<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" standalone="yes"?>
<doc>
    <assembly>
        <name>Inventor</name>
    </assembly>
    <members>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AccuracyEnum">
            <summary>Constants specifying the different computational accuracies of property calculations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AccuracyEnum.kHigh">
            <summary>High Accuracy.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AccuracyEnum.kLow">
            <summary>Low Accuracy.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AccuracyEnum.kMedium">
            <summary>Medium Accuracy.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AccuracyEnum.kVeryHigh">
            <summary>VeryHigh Accuracy.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ActionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Bit field describing the various action types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ActionTypeEnum.kActivationAction">
            <summary>Activation action type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ActionTypeEnum.kAllActions">
            <summary>All action types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ActionTypeEnum.kDeleteAction">
            <summary>Delete action type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ActionTypeEnum.kMoveAction">
            <summary>Move action type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ActionTypeEnum.kNoAction">
            <summary>No action types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ActionTypeEnum.kReorderAction">
            <summary>Reorder action type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ActionTypeEnum.kRestructureAction">
            <summary>Restructure action type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AddInLicenseStatusEnum">
            <summary>License Status of AddIn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AddInLicenseStatusEnum.kAddInLicenseStatusAvailable">
            <summary>The AddIn has attempted to license itself and a valid license is available for the AddIn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AddInLicenseStatusEnum.kAddInLicenseStatusUnavailable">
            <summary>The AddIn has attempted to license itself however a valid license is not available for the AddIn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AddInLicenseStatusEnum.kAddInLicenseStatusUnlicensed">
            <summary>The AddIn has not attempted to license itself therefor it is not possible to tell whether it is Licensed or Unlicensed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AddInLoadBehaviorEnum">
            <summary>AddIn Load Behavior.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AddInLoadBehaviorEnum.kLoadBehaviorUnknown">
            <summary>The AddIn's load status unknown.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AddInLoadBehaviorEnum.kLoadImmediately">
            <summary>The AddIn will be loaded when Inventor starts up.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AddInLoadBehaviorEnum.kLoadOnDemand">
            <summary>The AddIn will be loaded on demand - the user has no control over load behavior.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AddInLoadBehaviorEnum.kLoadWithAssemblies">
            <summary>The AddIn will be loaded when the Assembly applet loads.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AddInLoadBehaviorEnum.kLoadWithDrawings">
            <summary>The AddIn will be loaded when the Presentation applet loads.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AddInLoadBehaviorEnum.kLoadWithParts">
            <summary>The AddIn will be loaded when the Part applet loads.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AddInLoadBehaviorEnum.kLoadWithPresentations">
            <summary>The AddIn will be loaded when the Drawing applet loads.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AlignmentTypeEnum">
            <summary>Alignment types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AlignmentTypeEnum.kHorizontalAlignment">
            <summary>Horizontal alignment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AlignmentTypeEnum.kVerticalAlignment">
            <summary>Vertical alignment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AlternateUnitsDisplayTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating alternate units displaying types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AlternateUnitsDisplayTypeEnum.kAdjacent">
            <summary>Adjacent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AlternateUnitsDisplayTypeEnum.kAdjacentWithBracketsForAlternate">
            <summary>Adjacent with brackets for alternate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AlternateUnitsDisplayTypeEnum.kAdjacentWithBracketsForPrimary">
            <summary>Adjacent with brackets for primary.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AnalysisTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the analysis type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AnalysisTypeEnum.kCrossSectionAnalysis">
            <summary>Cross section analysis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AnalysisTypeEnum.kCurvatureAnalysis">
            <summary>Curvature analysis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AnalysisTypeEnum.kDraftAnalysis">
            <summary>Draft analysis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AnalysisTypeEnum.kNoAnalysis">
            <summary>No analysis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AnalysisTypeEnum.kSurfaceAnalysis">
            <summary>Surface analysis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AnalysisTypeEnum.kZebraAnalysis">
            <summary>Zebra analysis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants that define the types of geometry that can be inferred from different faces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum.kDirectedSolution">
            <summary>Directed solution.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum.kReferenceVectorSolution">
            <summary>Reference vector solution.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum.kUndirectedSolution">
            <summary>Undirected solution.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AngularPrecisionEnum">
            <summary>Enum specifying the precision for angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AngularPrecisionEnum.kDegreesAngularPrecision">
            <summary>Degrees precision for angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AngularPrecisionEnum.kEightDecimalPlacesAngularPrecision">
            <summary>Eight decimal places precision for angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AngularPrecisionEnum.kFiveDecimalPlacesAngularPrecision">
            <summary>Five decimal places precision for angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AngularPrecisionEnum.kFourDecimalPlacesAngularPrecision">
            <summary>Four decimal places precision for angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AngularPrecisionEnum.kMinutesAngularPrecision">
            <summary>Minutes precision for angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AngularPrecisionEnum.kOneDecimalPlaceAngularPrecision">
            <summary>One decimal place precision for angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AngularPrecisionEnum.kSecondsAngularPrecision">
            <summary>Seconds precision for angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AngularPrecisionEnum.kSecondsFourDecimalPlaceAngularPrecision">
            <summary>Seconds Four Decimal Place precision for angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AngularPrecisionEnum.kSecondsOneDecimalPlaceAngularPrecision">
            <summary>Seconds One Decimal Place precision for angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AngularPrecisionEnum.kSecondsThreeDecimalPlaceAngularPrecision">
            <summary>Seconds Three Decimal Place precision for angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AngularPrecisionEnum.kSecondsTwoDecimalPlaceAngularPrecision">
            <summary>Seconds Two Decimal Place precision for angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AngularPrecisionEnum.kSevenDecimalPlacesAngularPrecision">
            <summary>Seven decimal places precision for angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AngularPrecisionEnum.kSixDecimalPlacesAngularPrecision">
            <summary>Six decimal places precision for angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AngularPrecisionEnum.kThreeDecimalPlacesAngularPrecision">
            <summary>Three decimal places precision for angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AngularPrecisionEnum.kTwoDecimalPlacesAngularPrecision">
            <summary>Two decimal places precision for angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AngularPrecisionEnum.kZeroDecimalPlaceAngularPrecision">
            <summary>Zero decimal place precision for angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AppearanceSourceTypeEnum">
            <summary>types of appearance source.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AppearanceSourceTypeEnum.kBodyAppearance">
            <summary>Body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AppearanceSourceTypeEnum.kComponentOccurrenceAppearance">
            <summary>Component Occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AppearanceSourceTypeEnum.kDefaultAppearance">
            <summary>Default.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AppearanceSourceTypeEnum.kFeatureAppearance">
            <summary>Feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AppearanceSourceTypeEnum.kMaterialAppearance">
            <summary>Material.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AppearanceSourceTypeEnum.kMeshFeatureAppearance">
            <summary>Mesh.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AppearanceSourceTypeEnum.kOverrideAppearance">
            <summary>Override.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AppearanceSourceTypeEnum.kPartAppearance">
            <summary>Part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AppearanceSourceTypeEnum.kWeldsAppearance">
            <summary>Welds.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ApplicationAddInTypeEnum">
            <summary>Application AddIn Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ApplicationAddInTypeEnum.kPlugInApplicationAddIn">
            <summary>PlugIn Application AddIn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ApplicationAddInTypeEnum.kSdkApplicationAddIn">
            <summary>SDK Application AddIn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ApplicationAddInTypeEnum.kStandardApplicationAddIn">
            <summary>Standard Application AddIn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ApplicationAddInTypeEnum.kTranslationApplicationAddIn">
            <summary>Translator Application AddIn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ApplicationAddInTypeEnum.kUnknownApplicationAddIn">
            <summary>Unknown Application AddIn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ApplicationFrameColorTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum for the different application frame color types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ApplicationFrameColorTypeEnum.kDarkColorTheme">
            <summary>Dark color theme.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ApplicationFrameColorTypeEnum.kLightColorTheme">
            <summary>Light color theme.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ArcDimensionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of arc dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArcDimensionTypeEnum.kAngleArcDimension">
            <summary>Arc angle dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArcDimensionTypeEnum.kArcLengthArcDimension">
            <summary>Arc length dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArcDimensionTypeEnum.kChordLengthArcDimension">
            <summary>Arc chord length dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArcDimensionTypeEnum.kDiametricArcDimension">
            <summary>Arc diametric dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArcDimensionTypeEnum.kRadialArcDimension">
            <summary>Arc radial dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the arrowhead type for the leader.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum.kAsStyleArrowheadType">
            <summary>As style arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum.kBlankArrowheadType">
            <summary>Blank arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum.kCircleArrowheadType">
            <summary>Circle arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum.kClosedArrowheadType">
            <summary>Closed arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum.kDatum45BlankArrowheadType">
            <summary>Datum45 blank arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum.kDatum45FilledArrowheadType">
            <summary>Datum45 filled arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum.kDatum60BlankArrowheadType">
            <summary>Datum60 blank arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum.kDatum60FilledArrowheadType">
            <summary>Datum60 filled arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum.kFilledArrowheadType">
            <summary>Filled arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum.kFlaredArrowheadType">
            <summary>Flared arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum.kHalf1FilledArrowheadType">
            <summary>Half1 filled arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum.kHalf1FlaredArrowheadType">
            <summary>Half1 flared arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum.kHalf2FilledArrowheadType">
            <summary>Half2 filled arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum.kHalf2FlaredArrowheadType">
            <summary>Half2 flared arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum.kLargeDotArrowheadType">
            <summary>Large dot arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum.kNoneArrowheadType">
            <summary>None arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum.kObliqueArrowheadType">
            <summary>Oblique arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum.kOpenArrowheadType">
            <summary>Open arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum.kOriginArrowheadType">
            <summary>Origin arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum.kSmallDotArrowheadType">
            <summary>Small dot arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ArrowheadTypeEnum.kThickLineArrowheadType">
            <summary>Thick line arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ASideFaceStatusEnum">
            <summary>Enum to describe the status for the sheetmetal ASide definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ASideFaceStatusEnum.kASideDefault">
            <summary>The A-Side face is determined by Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ASideFaceStatusEnum.kASideSick">
            <summary>The A-Side face is specified but invalid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ASideFaceStatusEnum.kASideUpToDate">
            <summary>The A-Side face is specified and up-to-date.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssemblyJointOriginDefinitionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum identifying the assembly joint origin definition type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssemblyJointOriginDefinitionTypeEnum.kBetweenTwoFacesOriginDefinitionType">
            <summary>Origin Between Two Planar Faces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssemblyJointOriginDefinitionTypeEnum.kInferOriginDefinitionType">
            <summary>Infer Origin.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssemblyJointOriginDefinitionTypeEnum.kOffsetOriginDefinitionType">
            <summary>Offset Origin.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssemblyJointTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the assembly joint type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssemblyJointTypeEnum.kBallJointType">
            <summary>Ball Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssemblyJointTypeEnum.kCylindricalJointType">
            <summary>Cylindrical Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssemblyJointTypeEnum.kPlanarJointType">
            <summary>Plannar Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssemblyJointTypeEnum.kRigidJointType">
            <summary>Rigid Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssemblyJointTypeEnum.kRotationalJointType">
            <summary>Rotational Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssemblyJointTypeEnum.kSlideJointType">
            <summary>Slide Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssetLocalTypeEnum">
            <summary>types of asset local type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetLocalTypeEnum.kCeramicAssetType">
            <summary>Ceramic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetLocalTypeEnum.kConcreteAssetType">
            <summary>Concrete.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetLocalTypeEnum.kGenericAssetType">
            <summary>Generic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetLocalTypeEnum.kGlazingAssetType">
            <summary>Glazing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetLocalTypeEnum.kMasonryAssetType">
            <summary>MasonryCMU.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetLocalTypeEnum.kMetalAssetType">
            <summary>Metal.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetLocalTypeEnum.kMetallicPaintAssetType">
            <summary>MetallicPaint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetLocalTypeEnum.kMirrorAssetType">
            <summary>Mirror.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetLocalTypeEnum.kPlasticAssetType">
            <summary>PlasticVinyl.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetLocalTypeEnum.kSolidGlassAssetType">
            <summary>SolidGlass.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetLocalTypeEnum.kStoneAssetType">
            <summary>Stone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetLocalTypeEnum.kWallPaintAssetType">
            <summary>WallPaint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetLocalTypeEnum.kWaterAssetType">
            <summary>Water.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetLocalTypeEnum.kWoodAssetType">
            <summary>Hardwood.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssetTextureTypeEnum">
            <summary>types of textures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetTextureTypeEnum.kTextureTypeBitmap">
            <summary>Bitmap type of texture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetTextureTypeEnum.kTextureTypeChecker">
            <summary>Checkered type of texture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetTextureTypeEnum.kTextureTypeGradient">
            <summary>Gradient type of texture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetTextureTypeEnum.kTextureTypeMarble">
            <summary>Marble type of texture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetTextureTypeEnum.kTextureTypeNoise">
            <summary>Noise type of texture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetTextureTypeEnum.kTextureTypeSpeckle">
            <summary>Speckle type of texture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetTextureTypeEnum.kTextureTypeTile">
            <summary>Tile type of texture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetTextureTypeEnum.kTextureTypeUnknown">
            <summary>Type returned when the type is not current defined in the enum list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetTextureTypeEnum.kTextureTypeWave">
            <summary>Wave type of texture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetTextureTypeEnum.kTextureTypeWood">
            <summary>Wood type of texture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssetTypeEnum">
            <summary>types of assets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetTypeEnum.kAssetTypeAppearance">
            <summary>Appearance asset.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetTypeEnum.kAssetTypeMaterial">
            <summary>Material asset.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetTypeEnum.kAssetTypePhysicalProperties">
            <summary>Physical properties asset.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetTypeEnum.kAssetTypeUnknown">
            <summary>Asset Type that is currently undefined in the enum list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssetValueTypeEnum">
            <summary>types of asset values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetValueTypeEnum.kAssetValueTextureType">
            <summary>Asset value type that defines a texture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetValueTypeEnum.kAssetValueTypeBoolean">
            <summary>Asset value type that defines a Boolean value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetValueTypeEnum.kAssetValueTypeChoice">
            <summary>Asset value type that defines a value and a list of valid choices.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetValueTypeEnum.kAssetValueTypeColor">
            <summary>Asset value type that defines a color value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetValueTypeEnum.kAssetValueTypeFilename">
            <summary>Asset value type that defines a filename value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetValueTypeEnum.kAssetValueTypeFloat">
            <summary>Asset value type that defines a float value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetValueTypeEnum.kAssetValueTypeInteger">
            <summary>Asset value type that defines an integer value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetValueTypeEnum.kAssetValueTypeReference">
            <summary>Asset value type that defines a reference value. This is for values that reference other assets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetValueTypeEnum.kAssetValueTypeString">
            <summary>Asset value type that defines a String value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AssetValueTypeEnum.kAssetValueUnknownType">
            <summary>Asset value type for a type not defined in the current enum list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicatorSymbolTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum specifying the types of auxiliary feature indicator symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicatorSymbolTypeEnum.kCollectionPlaneIndicator">
            <summary>Collection plane indicator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicatorSymbolTypeEnum.kDirectionFeatureIndicator">
            <summary>Direction feature indicator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicatorSymbolTypeEnum.kIntersectionPlaneIndicator">
            <summary>Intersection plane indicator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicatorSymbolTypeEnum.kNoneIndicator">
            <summary>None indicator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicatorSymbolTypeEnum.kOrientationPlaneIndicator">
            <summary>Orientation plane indicator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BackFaceCullingEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying kind of application of the normals in the associated normal-set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BackFaceCullingEnum.kCullCCW">
            <summary>render triangles of the primitive only if its vertexes are counterclockwise on the screen.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BackFaceCullingEnum.kCullCW">
            <summary>render triangles of the primitive only if its vertexes are clockwise on the screen.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BackFaceCullingEnum.kCullNone">
            <summary>render triangles of the primitive from both sides.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BackgroundTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum for the different background types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BackgroundTypeEnum.kGradientBackgroundType">
            <summary>The background consists of a color gradient.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BackgroundTypeEnum.kImageBackgroundType">
            <summary>The background consists of an image.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BackgroundTypeEnum.kOneColorBackgroundType">
            <summary>The background consists of one color.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BackingSymbolTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants that define the backing symbol types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BackingSymbolTypeEnum.kBackingGB">
            <summary>Backing (GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BackingSymbolTypeEnum.kConsumableInsertANSI">
            <summary>Consumable insert (ANSI).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BackingSymbolTypeEnum.kMeltThroughANSIISOBSIDINGB">
            <summary>Melt through (ANSI, ISO/BSI/DIN/GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BackingSymbolTypeEnum.kPermanentBackingStripISOBSIDINGB">
            <summary>Permanent backing strip (ISO/BSI/DIN/GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BackingSymbolTypeEnum.kRemovableBackingStripANSI">
            <summary>Removable backing strip (ANSI).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BackingSymbolTypeEnum.kRemovableBackingStripISOBSIDINGB">
            <summary>Removable backing strip (ISO/BSI/DIN/GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BalloonDirectionEnum">
            <summary>Balloon Direction Enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BalloonDirectionEnum.kBottomDirection">
            <summary>Bottom direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BalloonDirectionEnum.kLeftDirection">
            <summary>Left direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BalloonDirectionEnum.kRightDirection">
            <summary>Right direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BalloonDirectionEnum.kTopDirection">
            <summary>Top direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BalloonTypeEnum">
            <summary>Balloon Type Enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BalloonTypeEnum.kCircularWithOneEntryBalloonType">
            <summary>Circular with one entry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BalloonTypeEnum.kCircularWithTwoEntriesBalloonType">
            <summary>Circular with two entries.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BalloonTypeEnum.kHexagonBalloonType">
            <summary>Hexagonal.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BalloonTypeEnum.kLinearBalloonType">
            <summary>Linear.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BalloonTypeEnum.kNoneBalloonType">
            <summary>None.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BalloonTypeEnum.kRectangleBalloonType">
            <summary>Rectangular.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BalloonTypeEnum.kSketchedSymbolBalloonType">
            <summary>Sketched symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BarControlTypeEnum">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BarControlTypeEnum.kBarControlButton">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BarControlTypeEnum.kBarControlPopUp">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BaseFeatureOutputTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the desired result type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BaseFeatureOutputTypeEnum.kCompositeOutputType">
            <summary>Specifies that a composite non-parametric base feature is to be created that contains multiple bodies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BaseFeatureOutputTypeEnum.kSolidOutputType">
            <summary>Specifies that the result is to be a solid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BaseFeatureOutputTypeEnum.kSurfaceOutputType">
            <summary>Specifies that the result is to be one or more work surfaces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BendAngleTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the Bend Angle Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendAngleTypeEnum.kBendingAngleType">
            <summary>Constants identifying bending angle type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendAngleTypeEnum.kDefaultAngleType">
            <summary>Constants identifying default angle type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendAngleTypeEnum.kOpenAngleType">
            <summary>Constants identifying open angle type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BendExtensionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Defines the constants used to specify the bend extension type for contour flange feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendExtensionTypeEnum.kBendExtensionMatchShape">
            <summary>Defines the bend extension match shape type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendExtensionTypeEnum.kBendExtensionUniform">
            <summary>Defines the bend extension uniform type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BendLocationEnum">
            <summary>Defines the constants used to specify the types bend locations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendLocationEnum.kCenterlineOfBend">
            <summary>Centerline of bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendLocationEnum.kEndOfBend">
            <summary>Start of bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendLocationEnum.kStartOfBend">
            <summary>End of bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BendOrderSourceTypeEnum">
            <summary>Defines how the bend order value has been defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendOrderSourceTypeEnum.kDefaultBendOrder">
            <summary>The original bend order as determined by Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendOrderSourceTypeEnum.kDuplicateOverrideBendOrder">
            <summary>The bend order has been assigned by the end-user and has overridden the default value, It is also has a duplicate value as another bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendOrderSourceTypeEnum.kOverrideBendOrder">
            <summary>The bend order has been assigned by the end-user and has overridden the default value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BendPartTypeEnum">
            <summary>Bend part types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendPartTypeEnum.kArcLengthAndAngleBendPart">
            <summary>Bend part defined by arc length and angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendPartTypeEnum.kRadiusAndAngleBendPart">
            <summary>Bend part defined by radius and angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendPartTypeEnum.kRadiusAndArcLengthBendPart">
            <summary>Bend part defined by radius and arc length.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BendPositionEnum">
            <summary>Defines the constants used to specify the position of a bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendPositionEnum.kBendPositionAdjacentFace">
            <summary>Bend position adjacent face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendPositionEnum.kBendPositionInnerEdgeOffset">
            <summary>Bend position inner edge offset.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendPositionEnum.kBendPositionInsideBendFace">
            <summary>Bend position inside base face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendPositionEnum.kBendPositionInsideBendFaceFlipped">
            <summary>Bend position inside base face flipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendPositionEnum.kBendPositionInsideReferencePlane">
            <summary>This bend position type is valid when the flange height extent is either a FlangeHeightDistanceExtent or FlangeHeightToExtent, and the Flange Angle is set By Reference.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendPositionEnum.kBendPositionOuterEdgeOffset">
            <summary>Bend position outer edge offset.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendPositionEnum.kBendPositionOutsideBaseFace">
            <summary>Bend position outside base face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendPositionEnum.kBendPositionOutsideBaseFaceFlipped">
            <summary>Bend position outside base face flipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendPositionEnum.kBendPositionOutsideReferencePlane">
            <summary>This bend position type is valid when the flange height extent is either a FlangeHeightDistanceExtent or FlangeHeightToExtent, and the Flange Angle is set By Reference.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendPositionEnum.kBendPositionTangentToSideFace">
            <summary>Bend position tangent to side face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BendReliefShapeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the bend relief shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendReliefShapeEnum.kDefaultBendReliefShape">
            <summary>Constants identifying the Default bend relief shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendReliefShapeEnum.kRoundBendReliefShape">
            <summary>Constants identifying the Round bend relief shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendReliefShapeEnum.kStraightBendReliefShape">
            <summary>Constants identifying the straight bend relief shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendReliefShapeEnum.kTearBendReliefShape">
            <summary>Constants identifying the tear bend relief shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BendTransitionEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying Bend Transition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendTransitionEnum.kArcBendTransition">
            <summary>Constants identifying Arc Bend Transition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendTransitionEnum.kDefaultBendTransition">
            <summary>Constants identifying default bend transition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendTransitionEnum.kIntersectionBendTransition">
            <summary>Constants identifying Intersection Bend Transition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendTransitionEnum.kNoBendTransition">
            <summary>Constants identifying No Bend Transition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendTransitionEnum.kStraightLineBendTransition">
            <summary>Constants identifying Straight Line Bend Transition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BendTransitionEnum.kTrimToBendBendTransition">
            <summary>Constants identifying trim to bend bend Transition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMCableTrayConnectionTypeEnum">
            <summary>CableTray Connection Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMCableTrayConnectionTypeEnum.kElectricallyBondedConnectionType">
            <summary>Electrically Bonded CableTray Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMCableTrayConnectionTypeEnum.kUndefinedConnectionType">
            <summary>Undefined CableTray Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMComponentOrientationTypeEnum">
            <summary>Orientation Type of BIM Component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMComponentOrientationTypeEnum.kModelOriginOrientationType">
            <summary>Model Origin.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMComponentOrientationTypeEnum.kUserCoordinateSystemOrientationType">
            <summary>User Coordinate System.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMComponentOrientationTypeEnum.kViewCubeOrientationType">
            <summary>ViewCube.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMConduitConnectionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Conduit Connection Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMConduitConnectionTypeEnum.kCompressionConduitConnectionType">
            <summary>Compression Conduit Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMConduitConnectionTypeEnum.kGluedConduitConnectionType">
            <summary>Glued Conduit Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMConduitConnectionTypeEnum.kSetScrewConduitConnectionType">
            <summary>Set Screw Conduit Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMConduitConnectionTypeEnum.kThreadedConduitConnectionType">
            <summary>Threaded Conduit Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMConduitConnectionTypeEnum.kUndefinedConduitConnectionType">
            <summary>Undefined Conduit Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMConnectorDefinitionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Shape of BIM Connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMConnectorDefinitionTypeEnum.kBIMCableTrayConnectorType">
            <summary>BIM Cable Tray Connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMConnectorDefinitionTypeEnum.kBIMConduitConnectorType">
            <summary>BIM Conduit Connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMConnectorDefinitionTypeEnum.kBIMDuctConnectorType">
            <summary>BIM Duct Connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMConnectorDefinitionTypeEnum.kBIMElectricalConnectorType">
            <summary>BIM Electrical Connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMConnectorDefinitionTypeEnum.kBIMPipeConnectorType">
            <summary>BIM Pipe Connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMConnectorShapeEnum">
            <summary>Shape of BIM Connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMConnectorShapeEnum.kCircularShapeConnector">
            <summary>Circle BIM Connector Shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMConnectorShapeEnum.kOvalShapeConnector">
            <summary>Oval BIM Connector Shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMConnectorShapeEnum.kRectangularShapeConnector">
            <summary>Rectangle BIM Connector Shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMConnectorShapeEnum.kUndefinedShapeConnector">
            <summary>Undefined BIM Connector Shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Duct Connection Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectionTypeEnum.kBandedDuctConnectionType">
            <summary>Banded Duct Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectionTypeEnum.kClippedDuctConnectionType">
            <summary>Clipped Duct Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectionTypeEnum.kFlangeDuctConnectionType">
            <summary>Flange Duct Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectionTypeEnum.kMasticDuctConnectionType">
            <summary>Mastic Duct Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectionTypeEnum.kOverCollarDuctConnectionType">
            <summary>Over Collar Duct Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectionTypeEnum.kRawEdgeDuctConnectionType">
            <summary>Raw Edge Duct Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectionTypeEnum.kSlipDriveDuctConnectionType">
            <summary>Slip Drive Duct Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectionTypeEnum.kSlipJointDuctConnectionType">
            <summary>Slip Joint Duct Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectionTypeEnum.kUndefinedDuctConnectionType">
            <summary>Undefined Duct Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectionTypeEnum.kVanStoneDuctConnectionType">
            <summary>Van Stone Duct Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMDuctFlowConfigurationEnum">
            <summary>Duct Flow Configuration Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMDuctFlowConfigurationEnum.kCalculatedDuctFlowConfigurationType">
            <summary>Calculated Flow Configuration Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMDuctFlowConfigurationEnum.kPresetDuctFlowConfigurationType">
            <summary>Preset Flow Configuration Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMDuctFlowConfigurationEnum.kSystemDuctFlowConfigurationType">
            <summary>System Flow Configuration Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMDuctLossMethodEnum">
            <summary>Duct Loss Method Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMDuctLossMethodEnum.kKCoefficientDuctLossMethodType">
            <summary>K Coefficient Duct Loss Method Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMDuctLossMethodEnum.kNoneDuctLossMethodType">
            <summary>None Duct Loss Method Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMDuctLossMethodEnum.kSpecificLossDuctLossMethodType">
            <summary>Specific Loss Duct Loss Method Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMDuctSystemTypeEnum">
            <summary>BIM Duct System Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMDuctSystemTypeEnum.kExhaustDuctSystemType">
            <summary>Exhaust Duct System Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMDuctSystemTypeEnum.kOtherDuctSystemType">
            <summary>Other Duct System Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMDuctSystemTypeEnum.kReturnDuctSystemType">
            <summary>Return Duct System Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMDuctSystemTypeEnum.kSupplyDuctSystemType">
            <summary>Supply Duct System Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMDuctSystemTypeEnum.kUndefinedDuctSystemType">
            <summary>Undefined Duct System Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMElectricalPowerFactorStateEnum">
            <summary>BIM Electrical Power Factor State Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMElectricalPowerFactorStateEnum.kLaggingPowerFactorStateType">
            <summary>Lagging Power Factor State Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMElectricalPowerFactorStateEnum.kLeadingPowerFactorStateType">
            <summary>Leading Power Factor State Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMElectricalSystemTypeEnum">
            <summary>BIM Electrical System Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMElectricalSystemTypeEnum.kCommunicationElectricalSystemType">
            <summary>Communication Electrical System Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMElectricalSystemTypeEnum.kControlsElectricalSystemType">
            <summary>Controls Electrical System Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMElectricalSystemTypeEnum.kDataElectricalSystemType">
            <summary>Data Electrical System Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMElectricalSystemTypeEnum.kFireAlarmElectricalSystemType">
            <summary>Fire Alarm Electrical System Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMElectricalSystemTypeEnum.kNurseCallElectricalSystemType">
            <summary>Nurse Call Electrical System Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMElectricalSystemTypeEnum.kPowerBalancedElectricalSystemType">
            <summary>Power Balanced Electrical System Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMElectricalSystemTypeEnum.kPowerUnbalancedElectricalSystemType">
            <summary>Power Unbalanced Electrical System Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMElectricalSystemTypeEnum.kSecurityElectricalSystemType">
            <summary>Security Electrical System Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMElectricalSystemTypeEnum.kTelephoneElectricalSystemType">
            <summary>Telephone Electrical System Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMElectricalSystemTypeEnum.kUndefinedElectricalSystemType">
            <summary>Undefined Electrical System Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMFlowDirectionEnum">
            <summary>BIM Flow Direction Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMFlowDirectionEnum.kBiDirectionalFlowDirectionType">
            <summary>BiDirectional Flow Direction Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMFlowDirectionEnum.kInFlowDirectionType">
            <summary>In Flow Direction Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMFlowDirectionEnum.kOutFlowDirectionType">
            <summary>Out Flow Direction Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Pipe Connection Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectionTypeEnum.kBrazedPipeConnectionType">
            <summary>Brazed Pipe Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectionTypeEnum.kButtWeldedPipeConnectionType">
            <summary>Butt Welded Pipe Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectionTypeEnum.kCapillaryPipeConnectionType">
            <summary>Capillary Pipe Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectionTypeEnum.kCompressionPipeConnectionType">
            <summary>Compression Pipe Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectionTypeEnum.kCouplingPipeConnectionType">
            <summary>Coupling Pipe Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectionTypeEnum.kCrimpedPipeConnectionType">
            <summary>Crimped Pipe Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectionTypeEnum.kFlangePipeConnectionType">
            <summary>Flange Pipe Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectionTypeEnum.kFusionPipeConnectionType">
            <summary>Fusion Pipe Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectionTypeEnum.kGluedPipeConnectionType">
            <summary>Glued Pipe Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectionTypeEnum.kGroovedPipeConnectionType">
            <summary>Grooved Pipe Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectionTypeEnum.kSlipJointPipeConnectionType">
            <summary>Slip Joint Pipe Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectionTypeEnum.kSocketWeldedPipeConnectionType">
            <summary>Socket Welded Pipe Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectionTypeEnum.kSolderedPipeConnectionType">
            <summary>Soldered Pipe Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectionTypeEnum.kThreadedPipeConnectionType">
            <summary>Threaded Pipe Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectionTypeEnum.kUndefinedPipeConnectionType">
            <summary>Undefined Pipe Connection Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMPipeFlowConfigurationEnum">
            <summary>Pipe Flow Configuration Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeFlowConfigurationEnum.kCalculatedFlowConfigurationType">
            <summary>Calculated Flow Configuration Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeFlowConfigurationEnum.kFixtureUnitsFlowConfigurationType">
            <summary>Fixture Units Flow Configuration Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeFlowConfigurationEnum.kPresetFlowConfigurationType">
            <summary>Preset Flow Configuration Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeFlowConfigurationEnum.kSystemFlowConfigurationType">
            <summary>System Flow Configuration Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMPipeLossMethodEnum">
            <summary>Pipe Loss Method Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeLossMethodEnum.kKCoefficientPipeLossMethodType">
            <summary>K Coefficient Pipe Loss Method Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeLossMethodEnum.kNonePipeLossMethodType">
            <summary>None Pipe Loss Method Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeLossMethodEnum.kSpecificLossPipeLossMethodType">
            <summary>Specific Loss Pipe Loss Method Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMPipeSystemTypeEnum">
            <summary>Pipe System Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeSystemTypeEnum.kDomesticColdWaterPipeSystemType">
            <summary>Domestic Cold Water.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeSystemTypeEnum.kDomesticHotWaterPipeSystemType">
            <summary>Domestic Hot Water.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeSystemTypeEnum.kFireProtectionDryPipeSystemType">
            <summary>Fire Protection Dry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeSystemTypeEnum.kFireProtectionOtherPipeSystemType">
            <summary>Fire Proetection Other.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeSystemTypeEnum.kFireProtectionPreActionPipeSystemType">
            <summary>Fire Protection PreAction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeSystemTypeEnum.kFireProtectionWetPipeSystemType">
            <summary>Fire Protection Wet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeSystemTypeEnum.kHydronicReturnPipeSystemType">
            <summary>Hydronic Return.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeSystemTypeEnum.kHydronicSupplyPipeSystemType">
            <summary>Hydronic Supply.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeSystemTypeEnum.kOtherPipeSystemType">
            <summary>Other.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeSystemTypeEnum.kSanitaryPipeSystemType">
            <summary>Sanitary.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BIMPipeSystemTypeEnum.kUndefinedPipeSystemType">
            <summary>Undefined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BitmapResolutionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum describes the bitmap resolution type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BitmapResolutionTypeEnum.kBitmapResolution100dpi">
            <summary>Bitmap resolution 100 dpi.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BitmapResolutionTypeEnum.kBitmapResolution150dpi">
            <summary>Bitmap resolution 150 dpi.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BitmapResolutionTypeEnum.kBitmapResolution200dpi">
            <summary>Bitmap resolution 200 dpi.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BitmapResolutionTypeEnum.kBitmapResolution300dpi">
            <summary>Bitmap resolution 300 dpi.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BitmapResolutionTypeEnum.kBitmapResolution50dpi">
            <summary>Bitmap resolution 50 dpi.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BOMQuantityTypeEnum">
            <summary>BOM quantity types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BOMQuantityTypeEnum.kEachBOMQuantity">
            <summary>The quantity is determined by each item.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BOMQuantityTypeEnum.kParameterBOMQuantity">
            <summary>The quantity is determined by a referenced parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BOMStructureEnum">
            <summary>BOM structure types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BOMStructureEnum.kDefaultBOMStructure">
            <summary>The default structure type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BOMStructureEnum.kInseparableBOMStructure">
            <summary>The inseparable structure type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BOMStructureEnum.kNormalBOMStructure">
            <summary>The normal structure type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BOMStructureEnum.kPhantomBOMStructure">
            <summary>The phantom structure type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BOMStructureEnum.kPurchasedBOMStructure">
            <summary>The purchased structure type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BOMStructureEnum.kReferenceBOMStructure">
            <summary>The reference structure type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BOMStructureEnum.kVariesBOMStructure">
            <summary>The structure type varies amongst references.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BOMViewTypeEnum">
            <summary>BOM View types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BOMViewTypeEnum.kModelDataBOMViewType">
            <summary>The 'raw' view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BOMViewTypeEnum.kPartsOnlyBOMViewType">
            <summary>The parts-only View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BOMViewTypeEnum.kStructuredBOMViewType">
            <summary>The Structured View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BooleanTypeEnum">
            <summary>Beoolean Operation Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BooleanTypeEnum.kBooleanTypeDifference">
            <summary>Difference.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BooleanTypeEnum.kBooleanTypeIntersect">
            <summary>Intersection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BooleanTypeEnum.kBooleanTypeUnion">
            <summary>Union.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BorderLabelModeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the label mode of the zones in a drawing border.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BorderLabelModeEnum.kBorderLabelModeAlphabetical">
            <summary>Constant identifying an alphabetical index label.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BorderLabelModeEnum.kBorderLabelModeNone">
            <summary>Constant identifying that no index label is used.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BorderLabelModeEnum.kBorderLabelModeNumeric">
            <summary>Constant identifying a numeric index label.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BossTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum for the different rib boss types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BossTypeEnum.kHeadBossType">
            <summary>Boss is Head Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BossTypeEnum.kThreadBossType">
            <summary>Boss is Thread type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BoundaryPatchConditionEnum">
            <summary>Constants that specifies the type of boundary condition to apply.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BoundaryPatchConditionEnum.kContinuousBoundaryPatchCondition">
            <summary>The type of boundary condition is ContinuousBoundaryPatch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BoundaryPatchConditionEnum.kFreeBoundaryPatchCondition">
            <summary>The type of boundary condition is FreeBoundaryPatch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BoundaryPatchConditionEnum.kTangentBoundaryPatchCondition">
            <summary>The type of boundary condition is TangentBoundaryPatch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BoundingTypeEnum">
            <summary>Defines the envelope bounding type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BoundingTypeEnum.kOrientedMinimumBoundingBox">
            <summary>Oriented minimum bounding box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BoundingTypeEnum.kOrientedMinimumBoundingCylinder">
            <summary>Oriented minimum bounding cylinder.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BoundingTypeEnum.kOrthogonalBoundingBox">
            <summary>Orthogonal bounding box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BreakOrientationEnum">
            <summary>View break orientation types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BreakOrientationEnum.kHorizontalBreakOrientation">
            <summary>Horizontal orientation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BreakOrientationEnum.kVerticalBreakOrientation">
            <summary>Vertical orientation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BreakOutDepthTypeEnum">
            <summary>Break out depth types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BreakOutDepthTypeEnum.kFromPointBreakOutType">
            <summary>From Point type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BreakOutDepthTypeEnum.kThroughPartBreakOutType">
            <summary>Through Part type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BreakOutDepthTypeEnum.kToHoleBreakOutType">
            <summary>To Hole type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BreakOutDepthTypeEnum.kToSketchBreakOutType">
            <summary>To Sketch type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BreakStyleEnum">
            <summary>View break style types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BreakStyleEnum.kRectangularBreakStyle">
            <summary>Rectangular break style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BreakStyleEnum.kStructuralBreakStyle">
            <summary>Structural break style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BrowserFolderDisplayTypeEnum">
            <summary>The display type of BrowserFolder for different contexts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserFolderDisplayTypeEnum.kAlwaysDisplay">
            <summary>The browser folder will be displayed in all contexts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserFolderDisplayTypeEnum.kDisplayInActiveEditContextOnly">
            <summary>The browser folder will be displayed only in the active edit (its parent document is active or in in-place edit) context.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserFolderDisplayTypeEnum.kDisplayInTopDocumentOnly">
            <summary>The browser folder will be displayed only in the top-level document context.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum">
            <summary>Browser node display state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum.kActivateDisplayState">
            <summary>Mimics the browser node of an assembly occurrence in in-place-edit state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum.kAdaptiveDisplayState">
            <summary>Display state indicating that this node has a adaptive state icon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum.kAdaptiveErrorDisplayState">
            <summary>Display state indicating that this node has a adaptive error state icon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum.kAdaptiveWarningDisplayState">
            <summary>Display state indicating that this node has a adaptive warning state icon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum.kBoldDisplayState">
            <summary>Display state indicating that this node has a bold browser font.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum.kCheckBoxDisplayState">
            <summary>Display state indicating that this node has a checkbox state icon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum.kComatoseDisplayState">
            <summary>Display state indicating that the subject corresponding to this node is comatose.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum.kContactSetDisplayState">
            <summary>Display state indicating that this node has a contact set state icon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum.kCyclicDisplayState">
            <summary>Display state indicating that this node has a cyclic state icon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum.kDefaultDisplayState">
            <summary>Default display state of a browser node. Use this to reset a browser node's display state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum.kExcludeDisplayState">
            <summary>Display state indicating that this node has an exclude state icon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum.kGrayCheckBoxDisplayState">
            <summary>Display state indicating that this node has an AT Invisible state icon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum.kGreenCheckDisplayState">
            <summary>Display state indicating that this node has a green check state icon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum.kIndependantAdaptivityDisplayState">
            <summary>Display state indicating that this node has a independant adaptivity state icon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum.kReferencedDocNeedsUpdateDisplayState">
            <summary>Display state indicating that this node has a  referenced document needs update state icon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum.kRollbackEditDisplayState">
            <summary>Mimics the browser node of a feature in rollback state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum.kSickDisplayState">
            <summary>Display state indicating that the subject corresponding to this node is sick.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum.kSuppressDisplayState">
            <summary>Display state indicating that the subject corresponding to this node is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum.kUnresolvedDisplayState">
            <summary>Display state indicating that this node has a unresolved state icon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum.kUpdateRequiredDisplayState">
            <summary>Display state indicating that this node has a update required state icon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum.kYellowCheckBoxDisplayState">
            <summary>Display state indicating that this node has a sick positional variation state icon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ButtonDisplayEnum">
            <summary>Button Display Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ButtonDisplayEnum.kAlwaysDisplayText">
            <summary>Always display Text on a Button.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ButtonDisplayEnum.kDisplayTextInLearningMode">
            <summary>Display Text in Learning mode on a Button.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ButtonDisplayEnum.kNoTextWithIcon">
            <summary>Do not show Text with Icons on a Button.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ButtonTypeEnum">
            <summary>Button Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ButtonTypeEnum.kAcceptButtonType">
            <summary>Implies that the user would like to continue despite the errors/warnings. The entire operation should return success, with the partially successful results committed to the document(s).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ButtonTypeEnum.kCancelButtonType">
            <summary>Implies that the user does not want to continue. Any partial success during the execution is to be aborted. The command would have thus behaved like a no-op.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ButtonTypeEnum.kEditButtonType">
            <summary>Implies that the user would like to go back into the command to correct the situation. The entire operation should be aborted, including any partial success and control should be returned back to the command.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CachedGraphicsStatusEnum">
            <summary>Describe the cached graphics status in assembly document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CachedGraphicsStatusEnum.kNoneCachedGraphics">
            <summary>None.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CachedGraphicsStatusEnum.kOutOfDateCachedGraphics">
            <summary>Out of date.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CachedGraphicsStatusEnum.kUpToDateCachedGraphics">
            <summary>Update to date.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CenterlineTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of centerline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CenterlineTypeEnum.kBisectorCenterlineType">
            <summary>Bisector centerline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CenterlineTypeEnum.kCenteredPatternCenterlineType">
            <summary>Centerline belongs to a centered pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CenterlineTypeEnum.kRegularCenterlineType">
            <summary>Regular centerline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CenterlineTypeEnum.kWorkFeatureCenterlineType">
            <summary>Centerline is associated with a model work feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CentermarkTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of center mark.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CentermarkTypeEnum.kCenterOfGravityCentermarkType">
            <summary>Center mark belongs to a center of gravity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CentermarkTypeEnum.kPunchFeatureCentermarkType">
            <summary>Center mark belongs to a punch feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CentermarkTypeEnum.kRecoveredPunchFeatureCentermarkType">
            <summary>Center mark belongs to a recovered punch feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CentermarkTypeEnum.kRegularCentermarkType">
            <summary>Regular center mark.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CentermarkTypeEnum.kWorkFeatureCentermarkType">
            <summary>Center mark is associated with a model work feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ChamferDefinitionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the definition type of a chamfer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ChamferDefinitionTypeEnum.kDistance">
            <summary>Constants identifying the definition of a chamfer using one distance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ChamferDefinitionTypeEnum.kDistanceAndAngle">
            <summary>Constants identifying the definition of a chamfer using a distance and an angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ChamferDefinitionTypeEnum.kTwoDistances">
            <summary>Constants identifying the definition of a chamfer using two distances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CircleDimensionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of circle dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CircleDimensionTypeEnum.kDiametricCircleDimension">
            <summary>Circle diametric dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CircleDimensionTypeEnum.kRadialCircleDimension">
            <summary>Circle radial dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ClientGraphicsTypeEnum">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the type of the ClientGraphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ClientGraphicsTypeEnum.kPreviewClientGraphics">
            <summary>The ClientGraphics object is non-transacted, and was created using the AddAsPreview method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ClientGraphicsTypeEnum.kTransientClientGraphics">
            <summary>The ClientGraphics object is transacted, and was created using the Add method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ColorBindingEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying kind of application of the colors in the associated color-set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ColorBindingEnum.kOverallColor">
            <summary>First color used for the entire graphics primitive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ColorBindingEnum.kPerItemColors">
            <summary>First color used for the first logically complete item in the primitive being defined (triangle, line segment, etc.).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ColorBindingEnum.kPerStripColors">
            <summary>First color used for the first strip of vertices, the second used for the second strip, ...</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ColorBindingEnum.kPerVertexColors">
            <summary>First color used for the first vertex, the second color is used for the second vertex, ...</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ColorSourceTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the source of the color in some objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ColorSourceTypeEnum.kAutomaticColorSource">
            <summary>The color of the object is specified by automatic color.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ColorSourceTypeEnum.kLayerColorSource">
            <summary>The color of the object is specified by layer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ColorSourceTypeEnum.kOverrideColorSource">
            <summary>The color of the object has been overrided.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ColorSourceTypeEnum.kSheetColorSource">
            <summary>The color of the object is specified by sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ColorStyleEnum">
            <summary>Color Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ColorStyleEnum.kBlueTutorialIndicator">
            <summary>Blue tutorial indicator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ColorStyleEnum.kRedTutorialIndicator">
            <summary>Red tutorial indicator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ColorStyleEnum.kYellowTutorialIndicator">
            <summary>Yellow tutorial indicator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CommandBarTypeEnum">
            <summary>Command Bar Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandBarTypeEnum.kButtonPopupCommandBar">
            <summary>A SplitButtonMRU CommandBar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandBarTypeEnum.kPopUpCommandBar">
            <summary>A Popup CommandBar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandBarTypeEnum.kRegularCommandBar">
            <summary>Regular CommandBar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandBarTypeEnum.kSplitButtonCommandBar">
            <summary>A SplitButton CommandBar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandBarTypeEnum.kSplitButtonMRUCommandBar">
            <summary>A SplitButtonMRU CommandBar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CommandIDEnum">
            <summary>Command IDs.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kAddParametersCommand">
            <summary>Add parameters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kAddPointCommand">
            <summary>Add a point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kAddPolygonCommand">
            <summary>Add a polygon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kAnimateCommand">
            <summary>Animate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCenterPointArcCommand">
            <summary>Create an arc by center point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCenterPointCircleCommand">
            <summary>Create a circle by center point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kConsCoincidentCommand">
            <summary>Create a coincident constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kConsCollinearCommand">
            <summary>Create a collinear constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kConsConcentricCommand">
            <summary>Create a concentric constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kConsEqualCommand">
            <summary>Create an equal radius constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kConsFixCommand">
            <summary>Create a fix constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kConsHorizontalCommand">
            <summary>Create a horizontal constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kConsParallelCommand">
            <summary>Create a parallel constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kConsPerpendicularCommand">
            <summary>Create a perpendicular constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kConsSymmetricCommand">
            <summary>Create a symmetry constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kConsTangentCommand">
            <summary>Create a tangent constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kConsVerticalCommand">
            <summary>Create a vertical constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreate3DBendCommand">
            <summary>Create 3D bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreate3DLineCommand">
            <summary>Create 3D line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreate3DSketchCommand">
            <summary>Create 3D sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreate3QuarterSectionViewCommand">
            <summary>Create a three quarter section view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateAreaFillCommand">
            <summary>Create area fill.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateAutoDimCommand">
            <summary>Auto dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateAuxiliaryViewCommand">
            <summary>Create an auxiliary view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateBaselineDimensionCommand">
            <summary>Create baseline dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateBendCommand">
            <summary>Create a bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateBreakoutViewCommand">
            <summary>Create a breakout view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateBrokenViewCommand">
            <summary>Create a broken view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateCaterpillarCommand">
            <summary>Create a caterpillar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateCenteredPatternCommand">
            <summary>Create a centered pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateCenterLineBisectorCommand">
            <summary>Create a center line bisector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateCenterLineCommand">
            <summary>create a center line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateCenterMarkCommand">
            <summary>create a center mark.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateChamferCommand">
            <summary>Create a chamfer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateCircularPatternCommand">
            <summary>Create a circular pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateCoilCommand">
            <summary>Create a coil.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateComponentCommand">
            <summary>Create a new part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateContourFlangeCommand">
            <summary>Create a contour flange.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateCornerChamferCommand">
            <summary>Create a corner chamfer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateCornerRoundCommand">
            <summary>Create a corner round.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateCornerSeamCommand">
            <summary>Create a corner seam.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateCutCommand">
            <summary>Create a cut.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateDecalCommand">
            <summary>Create Decal.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateDerivedPartCommand">
            <summary>Create a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateDesignElementCommand">
            <summary>Create a design element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateDetailViewCommand">
            <summary>Create a detail view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateDraftViewCommand">
            <summary>Create a draft view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateDrawingViewCommand">
            <summary>Create a drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateEmbossCommand">
            <summary>Create an emboss.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateEndTreatmentCommand">
            <summary>Create an end treatment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateEquationParamCommand">
            <summary>Create a parameter equation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateExtrudeCommand">
            <summary>Create an Extrude feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateFaceCommand">
            <summary>Create a face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateFaceDraftCommand">
            <summary>Create a face draft.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateFilletCommand">
            <summary>Create a fillet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateFlangeCommand">
            <summary>Create a flange.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateFlatPatternCommand">
            <summary>Create a flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateFoldCommand">
            <summary>Create a fold.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateGeneralDimensionCommand">
            <summary>Create a general dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateGroundedWorkPointCommand">
            <summary>Create Grounded Work Point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateHalfSectionViewCommand">
            <summary>Create a half section view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateHemCommand">
            <summary>Create a hem.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateHoleCommand">
            <summary>Create a hole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateHoleTableFromViewCommand">
            <summary>Create a hole table from the selected view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateHoleTableGroupCommand">
            <summary>Create a hole table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateInterfaceCommand">
            <summary>Create a component interface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateIntersectionCurveCommand">
            <summary>Create 3D intersection curves.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateKnitSurfaceCommand">
            <summary>Knit Surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateLoftCommand">
            <summary>Create a Loft feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateMateConstraintCommand">
            <summary>Create a mate constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateMirrorCommand">
            <summary>Create a mirror feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateNewSheetCommand">
            <summary>Create a new sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateOrdinateDimensionCommand">
            <summary>Create an ordinate dimension set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreatePresentationViewCommand">
            <summary>Create a presentation view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateProjectedViewCommand">
            <summary>Create a projected view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreatePunchCommand">
            <summary>Punch tool.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateQuarterSectionViewCommand">
            <summary>Create a quarter section view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateRectPatternCommand">
            <summary>Create a rectangular pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateRevisionTableCommand">
            <summary>Revision Table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateRevisionTagCommand">
            <summary>Revision Tag.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateRevolveCommand">
            <summary>Create a Revolve feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateRibCommand">
            <summary>Create a rib or a web.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateSectionViewCommand">
            <summary>Create a section view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateSelectedHoleTableCommand">
            <summary>Create a hole table from a selected hole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateShellCommand">
            <summary>Create a shell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateSingleOrdinateDimCommand">
            <summary>Create an ordinate dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateSketchChamferCommand">
            <summary>Create a sketch chamfer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateSketchCommand">
            <summary>Create a new sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateSketchMirrorCommand">
            <summary>Mirror a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateSplitCommand">
            <summary>Create a split.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateSweepCommand">
            <summary>Create a Sweep feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateTextCommand">
            <summary>Create text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateTextStylesCommand">
            <summary>*** DEFUNCT SINCE R9.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateThreadCommand">
            <summary>Create thread.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateUnsectionedViewCommand">
            <summary>Create an unsectioned view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateWeldSymbolCommand">
            <summary>Create a weld symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateWorkAxisCommand">
            <summary>Create a work axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateWorkPlaneCommand">
            <summary>Create a work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kCreateWorkPointCommand">
            <summary>Create a work point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kDefaultCommand">
            <summary>Current default command.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kDeleteFaceCommand">
            <summary>Delete Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kDeselAuthorCommand">
            <summary>Create iParts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kDesignViewsCommand">
            <summary>Design views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kEditFixedWorkPointCommand">
            <summary>Edit the position of a fixed work point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kEditSketchCoordCommand">
            <summary>Edit Sketch coordinates.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kEditThreadCommand">
            <summary>Edit thread.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kEditTweaksCommand">
            <summary>Edit tweaks and trails.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kEditViewCommand">
            <summary>Edit view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kEllipseCommand">
            <summary>Create an ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kExtendBodyCommand">
            <summary>Extend or contract a body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kFileOpenCommand">
            <summary>Open a file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kFileSaveCommand">
            <summary>Save active document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kFileSaveCopyAsCommand">
            <summary>Save a copy of active Document to a file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kFillHatchSketchRegionCommand">
            <summary>Fill or hatch a sketch region.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kFormatDimStylesCommand">
            <summary>Format dimension styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kIncludeGeometry3DCommand">
            <summary>Include geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kInsertBalloonAllCommand">
            <summary>Balloon all.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kInsertBalloonCommand">
            <summary>Insert a balloon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kInsertDatumIdentifierCommand">
            <summary>Insert a datum identifier symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kInsertDatumTargetCircleCommand">
            <summary>Insert a datum target circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kInsertDatumTargetLeaderCommand">
            <summary>Insert a datum target leader.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kInsertDatumTargetLineCommand">
            <summary>Insert a datum target line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kInsertDatumTargetPointCommand">
            <summary>Insert a datum target point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kInsertDatumTargetRectCommand">
            <summary>Insert a datum target rectangle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kInsertDesignElementCommand">
            <summary>Insert a design element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kInsertEdgeSymbolCommand">
            <summary>Insert edge symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kInsertFeatureControlFrameCommand">
            <summary>Insert a feature control frame symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kInsertFeatureIdentifierCommand">
            <summary>Insert a feature identifier symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kInsertHoleNotesCommand">
            <summary>Insert hole/thread notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kInsertImageCommand">
            <summary>Insert image.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kInsertImportCommand">
            <summary>Import.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kInsertLeaderTextCommand">
            <summary>Insert leader text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kInsertPartsListCommand">
            <summary>Insert a parts list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kInsertSurfaceTextureCommand">
            <summary>Insert surface texture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kInsertTableCommand">
            <summary>Insert a table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kInsertTextCommand">
            <summary>Insert general text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kLineCommand">
            <summary>Create a new line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kLookAtViewCommand">
            <summary>Look at view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kMeasureCommand">
            <summary>Measure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kModifyStandardSettingsCommand">
            <summary>Modify standard settings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kMoveComponentCommand">
            <summary>Move a component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kMoveFaceCommand">
            <summary>Move a face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kPanCommand">
            <summary>Pan.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kPatternComponentCommand">
            <summary>Pattern a component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kPlaceComponentCommand">
            <summary>Place existing Component in Assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kPlaceConstraintCommand">
            <summary>Place a constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kPopupBrowserFiltersCommand">
            <summary>Popup browser filters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kPreciseViewRotationCommand">
            <summary>Precise view rotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kProjectCutEdgesCommand">
            <summary>Project cut edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kProjectGeometryCommand">
            <summary>Project geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kProjectViewEdgesCommand">
            <summary>Project view edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kPushBackLocalBOMItemNumbersCommand">
            <summary>Pushback LBOM item numbers.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kRebuildPartCommand">
            <summary>Rebuild all features in the active Part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kRefreshViewCommand">
            <summary>Refresh View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kReplaceAllComponentsCommand">
            <summary>Replace all components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kReplaceComponentCommand">
            <summary>Replace a component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kReplaceFaceCommand">
            <summary>Replace Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kRotateCommand">
            <summary>Rotate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kRotateComponentCommand">
            <summary>Rotate a component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kRotateViewCommand">
            <summary>Rotate view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kSheetMetalSettingsCommand">
            <summary>Set sheet metal settings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kShowConstraintsCommand">
            <summary>Show sketch constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kSketchExtendCommand">
            <summary>Create an extend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kSketchFilletCommand">
            <summary>Create a sketch fillet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kSketchGeneralDimCommand">
            <summary>Create a general dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kSketchOffsetCommand">
            <summary>Create an Offset.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kSketchTrimCommand">
            <summary>Create a trim.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kSplineCommand">
            <summary>Create a new spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kTangentArcCommand">
            <summary>Create a tangent arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kTangentCircleCommand">
            <summary>Create a tangent circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kThickenCommand">
            <summary>Thicken.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kThreePointArcCommand">
            <summary>Create an arc by three points.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kThreePointRectangleCommand">
            <summary>Create a rectangle by three points.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kTweakComponentsCommand">
            <summary>Tweak components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kTwoPointRectangleCommand">
            <summary>Create a rectangle by two points.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kViewCatalogCommand">
            <summary>View catalog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kViewHiddenEdgeCommand">
            <summary>Display hidden edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kViewShadedCommand">
            <summary>Display shaded view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kViewWireframeCommand">
            <summary>Display wireframe.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kZoomAllCommand">
            <summary>Zoom all.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kZoomCommand">
            <summary>Zoom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kZoomSelectCommand">
            <summary>Zoom select.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandIDEnum.kZoomWindowCommand">
            <summary>Zoom window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CommandNotificationTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum specifying the type of command notifications sent when the ButtonDefinition is executed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandNotificationTypeEnum.kBothNotifications">
            <summary>Both OnActivateCommand and OnTerminateCommand notifications will be sent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandNotificationTypeEnum.kNoNotification">
            <summary>No notification will be sent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CommandTypesEnum">
            <summary>Constants that stand for the different types of commands.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandTypesEnum.kEditMaskCmdType">
            <summary>Commands that cause the document to become 'dirty'. Includes ShapeEdit, FilePropertyEdit, NonShapeEdit and UpdateWithReferences commands.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandTypesEnum.kFileOperationsCmdType">
            <summary>Commands that manage file operations - e.g. File Save.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandTypesEnum.kFilePropertyEditCmdType">
            <summary>Commands that edit File Properties (a.k.a Document Properties).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandTypesEnum.kModelStateSmudgeCmdType">
            <summary>Commands that cause model state switch, but does not dirty the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandTypesEnum.kModelStateUpdatesCmdType">
            <summary>Commands that cause model state updates (e.g. generate model state member document).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandTypesEnum.kNonShapeEditCmdType">
            <summary>Commands that edit data (other than File Properties) that is not directly related to the geometry of the model (e.g. color, style).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandTypesEnum.kQueryOnlyCmdType">
            <summary>Commands that purely query data. These do not 'dirty' the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandTypesEnum.kReferencesChangeCmdType">
            <summary>Commands that cause this document to change which files it references.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandTypesEnum.kSchemaChangeCmdType">
            <summary>Commands that change the format of the data, but do not change it otherwise (e.g. from the format of one Inventor release to another).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandTypesEnum.kShapeEditCmdType">
            <summary>Commands that can affect the geometry of the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandTypesEnum.kUpdateWithReferencesCmdType">
            <summary>Commands that cause this document to recalculate its contents with respect to changes that may have occurred in files it is referencing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CommandTypesEnum.kViewRepSmudgeCmdType">
            <summary>Commands that view representation switch, but does not dirty the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants enumerating the comparison type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum.kEqualToComparisonType">
            <summary>Equal to comparison.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum.kGreaterThanComparisonType">
            <summary>Greater than comparison.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum.kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparisonType">
            <summary>Greater than or equal to comparison.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum.kLessThanComparisonType">
            <summary>Less than comparison.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum.kLessThanOrEqualToComparisonType">
            <summary>Less than or equal to comparison.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum.kNotEqualToComparisonType">
            <summary>Not equal to comparison.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ConstraintIncrementTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum used to define the increment type for driving constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ConstraintIncrementTypeEnum.kIncrementAsAmountOfValue">
            <summary>Increment as amount of value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ConstraintIncrementTypeEnum.kIncrementAsNumberOfSteps">
            <summary>Increment as number of steps.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ConstraintInferencePriorityEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the preferred constraint type for automatic placement of constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ConstraintInferencePriorityEnum.kHorizontalAndVertical">
            <summary>Horizontal and vertical constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ConstraintInferencePriorityEnum.kParallelAndPerpendicular">
            <summary>Parallel and perpendicular constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ConstraintPriorityEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the preferred constraint type for automatic placement of constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ConstraintPriorityEnum.kHorizontalAndVerticalPriority">
            <summary>Horizontal and vertical constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ConstraintPriorityEnum.kNonePriority">
            <summary>None.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ConstraintPriorityEnum.kParallelAndPerpendicularPriority">
            <summary>Parallel and perpendicular constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ConstraintStatusEnum">
            <summary>Enum for the different constraint status types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ConstraintStatusEnum.kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Object is fully constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ConstraintStatusEnum.kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Object is over-constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ConstraintStatusEnum.kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Object is under-constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ConstraintStatusEnum.kUnknownConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Constraint status is unknown.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContainmentEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying containment of a point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContainmentEnum.kInsideContainment">
            <summary>Inside.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContainmentEnum.kOnContainment">
            <summary>On.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContainmentEnum.kOutsideContainment">
            <summary>Outside.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContainmentEnum.kUnknownContainment">
            <summary>Unknown.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentCenterAccessOptionEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating whether the access option for CC is Inventor Desktop or Vault/Productstream.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterAccessOptionEnum.kInventorDesktopAccess">
            <summary>Access to CC through desktop content.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterAccessOptionEnum.kVaultOrProductstreamServerAccess">
            <summary>Access to CC through remote content.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentCenterDecimalMarkerOptionEnum">
            <summary>Enum specifies decimal marker for number within filenames of parts instantiated from Content Center.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterDecimalMarkerOptionEnum.kCCDecimalMarkerOptionComma">
            <summary>Comma will be used as a decimal marker for content center filenames.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterDecimalMarkerOptionEnum.kCCDecimalMarkerOptionDefault">
            <summary>Local system settings will be used to obtain decimal markers as they appear in content center filenames.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterDecimalMarkerOptionEnum.kCCDecimalMarkerOptionPeriod">
            <summary>Period will be used as a decimal marker for content center filenames.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentCenterInstanceStatusEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating status of instance (.ipt) of corresponding member in content center database.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterInstanceStatusEnum.kNewer">
            <summary>The instance is newer than the one in CC database.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterInstanceStatusEnum.kNotFound">
            <summary>The instance is not found in the CC database.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterInstanceStatusEnum.kOlder">
            <summary>The instance is older than the one in CC database.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterInstanceStatusEnum.kUpToDate">
            <summary>The instance is uptodate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating result of refresh standard components process.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCFamilyHealthMissingCatParamMap">
            <summary>Warning: Family is sick. Missing category parameters map in family. Part has been skipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCFamilyHealthOutOfDateWithAuthorTableAndCategory">
            <summary>Warning: Family is sick. Family is in a bad shape. Part has been skipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCFamilyHealthOutOfDateWithCategory">
            <summary>Warning: Family is sick. Family requires re-author and missing parameters map. Part has been skipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCFamilyHealthOutOfDateWithTable">
            <summary>Warning: Family is sick. Family requires re-author and family table updated incompletely. Part has been skipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCFamilyHealthOutOfDateWithTableAndCategory">
            <summary>Warning: Family is sick. Family table has been updated incompletely and family is missing category parameters map. Part has been skipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCFamilyHealthRequiresReAuthor">
            <summary>Warning: Family is sick. Family requires re-author. Part has been skipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCFamilyHealthTableUpdateIncomplete">
            <summary>Warning: Family is sick. Family table updated incompletely. Part has been skipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCInstancingDifferentFamily">
            <summary>Warning: Instancing failed. Part is coming from different family. Part has been skipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCInstancingDifferentMember">
            <summary>Warning: Instancing failed. Part is coming from different member. Part has been skipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCInstancingFeatureSuppressFail">
            <summary>Warning: Instancing failed. Suppress/unsuppress feature failed. Part has been skipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCInstancingInvalidMemberValue">
            <summary>Warning: Instancing failed. Invalid member value for column. Part has been skipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCInstancingLongFilename">
            <summary>Warning: Instancing failed. Part file name exceeds allowed length. Part has been skipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCInstancingMaterialNotFound">
            <summary>Warning: Instancing failed. Missing material. Part has been skipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCInstancingMissingFileWritePermission">
            <summary>Warning: Instancing failed. Missing file write permission. Part has been skipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCInstancingThreadCreateFail">
            <summary>Warning: Instancing failed. Failed to create thread/hole feature. Part has been skipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCInstancingThreadFeatureNotFound">
            <summary>Warning: Instancing failed. Missing thread/hole feature. Part has been skipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCInstancingUnknownError">
            <summary>Warning: Instancing failed. Unknown instancing error. Part has been skipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCNoError">
            <summary>Succeeded.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCNoTPAddInLoadedForTPPart">
            <summary>Info: Part is from Tube&amp;Pipe while Tube&amp;Pipe add-in is not loaded. Part has been skipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCPartIsTPPipe">
            <summary>Info: Pipes from Tube&amp;Pipe are excluded from refreshing. Part has been skipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCReplaceFailed">
            <summary>Warning: New part has been created, but replacing of part failed. Part has been skipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentCenterRSCResultEnum.kRSCUnknownFailed">
            <summary>Error: Unknown fail. Check the assembly for consistency.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentFamilyTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating type of Content Center Family.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentFamilyTypeEnum.kContentFeatureFamily">
            <summary>This Family is a Inventor Feature Family.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentFamilyTypeEnum.kContentPartFamily">
            <summary>This Family is a Inventor Part Family.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentItemTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the type of content item.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentItemTypeEnum.kContentCategoryType">
            <summary>Using a category as the type of content item.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentItemTypeEnum.kContentFamilyType">
            <summary>Using a family as the type of content item.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentItemTypeEnum.kContentMemberType">
            <summary>Using a member as the type of content item.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentLibraryComponentTypeBits">
            <summary>Bits indicating the relationship of the model to data directly stored in the library.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentLibraryComponentTypeBits.kCustomContent">
            <summary>One or more of this model's parameters are custom-provided by the end-user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentLibraryComponentTypeBits.kStandardContent">
            <summary>All of this model's parameters are driven directly off the library's database.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentMemberRefreshEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating refresh out-of-date part of not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentMemberRefreshEnum.kDoNotRefreshOutOfDateParts">
            <summary>Do not refresh out-of-date parts if cache parts exist.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentMemberRefreshEnum.kRefreshOutOfDateParts">
            <summary>Always refresh out-of-date parts if cache parts are out-of-date.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentMemberRefreshEnum.kUseDefaultRefreshSetting">
            <summary>User Default Content Center Setting of Application options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentUserRoleEnum">
            <summary>Constants enumerating the various types of user roles relative to Content Center.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentUserRoleEnum.kContentConsumer">
            <summary>User can query and consume Content.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentUserRoleEnum.kContentEditor">
            <summary>User can edit Content.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContentUserRoleEnum.kContentPublisher">
            <summary>User can Publish new Content.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContinuityTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the Continuity Type for edge set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContinuityTypeEnum.kCurvatureContinuity">
            <summary>The Curvature continuity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContinuityTypeEnum.kTangentContinuity">
            <summary>The Tangent continuity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContourSymbolTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants that define the contour finish types for the weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContourSymbolTypeEnum.kConcaveContourSymbolType">
            <summary>Concave contour finish.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContourSymbolTypeEnum.kConvexContourSymbolType">
            <summary>Convex contour finish.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContourSymbolTypeEnum.kFlushFinishedContourSymbolType">
            <summary>Flush finished contour finish.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContourSymbolTypeEnum.kFlushOrFlatContourSymbolType">
            <summary>Flush or flat contour finish.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContourSymbolTypeEnum.kNoContourSymbolType">
            <summary>No contour finish.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContourSymbolTypeEnum.kToesShallBeBlendedSmoothContourSymbolType">
            <summary>Toes shall be blended smooth contour finish.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContourSymbolVariationTypeEnum">
            <summary>Drawing weld symbol contour symbol variation type enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContourSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kConcaveContourANSIJIS">
            <summary>Concave contour (ANSI/JIS).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContourSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kConcaveContourISOBSIDINGB">
            <summary>Concave contour (ISO/BSI/DIN/GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContourSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kConvexContourANSIJIS">
            <summary>Convex contour (ANSI/JIS).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContourSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kConvexContourISOBSIDINGB">
            <summary>Convex contour (ISO/BSI/DIN/GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContourSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kFlatFlushContourANSIJIS">
            <summary>Flat/flush contour (ANSI/JIS).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ContourSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kFlatFlushContourISOBSIDINGB">
            <summary>Flat/flush contour (ISO/BSI/DIN/GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ControlDefinitionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum specifying the type of controldefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ControlDefinitionTypeEnum.kButtonDefinition">
            <summary>A Button ControlDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ControlDefinitionTypeEnum.kComboBoxDefinition">
            <summary>A Button ControlDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ControlDefinitionTypeEnum.kMacroControlDefinition">
            <summary>A Macro ControlDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ControlTypeEnum">
            <summary>ControlType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ControlTypeEnum.kButtonControl">
            <summary>Button Control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ControlTypeEnum.kButtonPopupControl">
            <summary>MRUPopUp Control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ControlTypeEnum.kComboBoxControl">
            <summary>ComboBox Control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ControlTypeEnum.kGalleryControl">
            <summary>Gallery control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ControlTypeEnum.kMacroControl">
            <summary>Macro Control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ControlTypeEnum.kPopupControl">
            <summary>PopUp Control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ControlTypeEnum.kSeparatorControl">
            <summary>Separator control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ControlTypeEnum.kSplitButtonControl">
            <summary>SplitButton Control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ControlTypeEnum.kSplitButtonMRUControl">
            <summary>SplitButton MRU Control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ControlTypeEnum.kTogglePopupControl">
            <summary>Toggle Popup control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ControlTypeEnum.kUnknownControl">
            <summary>Unknown or Orphaned control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CoordinateSystemPlaneEnum">
            <summary>Type to specify the AutoCAD DWG version.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CoordinateSystemPlaneEnum.kXYPlane">
            <summary>XY Plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CoordinateSystemPlaneEnum.kXZPlane">
            <summary>XZ Plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CoordinateSystemPlaneEnum.kYZPlane">
            <summary>YZ Plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CoordinateSystemTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the coordinate system type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CoordinateSystemTypeEnum.kCartesian">
            <summary>Cartesian coordinate system type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CoordinateSystemTypeEnum.kCylindrical">
            <summary>Cylindrical coordinate system type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CoordinateSystemTypeEnum.kPolar">
            <summary>Polar coordinate system type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CoordinateSystemTypeEnum.kSpherical">
            <summary>Spherical coordinate system type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CornerDefinitionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Defines the constants used to specify the seam type used in a corner feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerDefinitionTypeEnum.kCornerFaceEdgeDistance">
            <summary>Corner face edge distance type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerDefinitionTypeEnum.kCornerMaxDistance">
            <summary>Corner max distance type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CornerReliefPlacementEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the corner relief placement.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerReliefPlacementEnum.kRoundCornerReliefAtIntersection">
            <summary>Constants identifying round corner relief placed at intersection of bend centerlines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerReliefPlacementEnum.kRoundCornerReliefAtVertex">
            <summary>Constants identifying round corner relief placed at base vertex.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerReliefPlacementEnum.kRoundCornerReliefTangent">
            <summary>Constants identifying round corner relief placed tangential to flange edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerReliefPlacementEnum.kSquareCornerReliefAtIntersection">
            <summary>Constants identifying square corner relief placed at intersection of bend centerlines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerReliefPlacementEnum.kSquareCornerReliefAtVertex">
            <summary>Constants identifying square corner relief placed at base vertex.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CornerReliefShapeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the corner relief shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerReliefShapeEnum.kArcWeldCornerReliefShape">
            <summary>Constants identifying arc weld corner relief shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerReliefShapeEnum.kDefaultCornerReliefShape">
            <summary>Constants identifying default corner relief shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerReliefShapeEnum.kFullRoundCornerReliefShape">
            <summary>Constants identifying full round corner relief shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerReliefShapeEnum.kIntersectionCornerReliefShape">
            <summary>Constants identifying intersection corner relief shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerReliefShapeEnum.kLaserWeldReliefShape">
            <summary>Constants identifying laser weld corner relief shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerReliefShapeEnum.kLinearWeldReliefShape">
            <summary>Constants identifying linear weld corner relief shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerReliefShapeEnum.kNoReplacementCornerReliefShape">
            <summary>Constants identifying no replacement corner relief shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerReliefShapeEnum.kRoundCornerReliefShape">
            <summary>Constants identifying round corner relief shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerReliefShapeEnum.kRoundWithRadiusCornerReliefShape">
            <summary>Constants identifying intersection corner relief shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerReliefShapeEnum.kSquareCornerReliefShape">
            <summary>Constants identifying square corner relief shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerReliefShapeEnum.kTearCornerReliefShape">
            <summary>Constants identifying tear corner relief shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerReliefShapeEnum.kTrimToBendReliefShape">
            <summary>Constants identifying trim to bend relief shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CornerTypeEnum">
            <summary>Defines the constants used to specify the seam type used in a corner feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerTypeEnum.kCornerNoOverlap">
            <summary>Corner overlap corner type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerTypeEnum.kCornerOverlap">
            <summary>Corner no overlap corner type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CornerTypeEnum.kCornerReverseOverlap">
            <summary>Corner reverse overlap corner type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CropViewBreakMarkLineTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants that define the Crop view break mark line types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CropViewBreakMarkLineTypeEnum.kContinuousBreakMarkLineType">
            <summary>Continuous break mark line type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CropViewBreakMarkLineTypeEnum.kZigzagBreakMarkLineType">
            <summary>Zigzag break mark line type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CursorHotSpotEnum">
            <summary>Interaction event Cursor hot spot enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorHotSpotEnum.kCursorHotSpotBottomCenter">
            <summary>Bottom center location of cursor as the hot spot.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorHotSpotEnum.kCursorHotSpotBottomLeft">
            <summary>Bottom Left location of cursor as the hot spot.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorHotSpotEnum.kCursorHotSpotBottomRight">
            <summary>Bottom right location of cursor as the hot spot.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorHotSpotEnum.kCursorHotSpotDefault">
            <summary>Default location of the hot spot.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorHotSpotEnum.kCursorHotSpotMiddleCenter">
            <summary>Middle center location of cursor as the hot spot.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorHotSpotEnum.kCursorHotSpotMiddleLeft">
            <summary>Middle Left location of cursor as the hot spot.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorHotSpotEnum.kCursorHotSpotMiddleRight">
            <summary>Middle right location of cursor as the hot spot.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorHotSpotEnum.kCursorHotSpotTopCenter">
            <summary>Top center location of cursor as the hot spot.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorHotSpotEnum.kCursorHotSpotTopLeft">
            <summary>Top Left location of cursor as the hot spot.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorHotSpotEnum.kCursorHotSpotTopRight">
            <summary>Top right location of cursor as the hot spot.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum">
            <summary>Interaction event Cursor Type enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum.kCursorBuiltInArrow">
            <summary>Inventor built-in cursor for Arrow.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum.kCursorBuiltInArrowCursor">
            <summary>Inventor built-in cursor for Arrow Cursor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum.kCursorBuiltInCommonSketchDrag">
            <summary>Inventor built-in cursor for Common Sketch Drag.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum.kCursorBuiltInCrosshair">
            <summary>Inventor built-in cursor for Crosshair.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum.kCursorBuiltInCursorSelComp">
            <summary>Inventor built-in cursor for selecting a component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum.kCursorBuiltInCursorSelTrail">
            <summary>Inventor built-in cursor for a Trail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum.kCursorBuiltInDynpan">
            <summary>Inventor built-in cursor for Dynamic pan.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum.kCursorBuiltInDynzoom">
            <summary>Inventor built-in cursor for Dynamic zoom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum.kCursorBuiltInLineCursor">
            <summary>Inventor built-in cursor for Sketch Line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum.kCursorBuiltInLookat">
            <summary>Inventor built-in cursor for Look at.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum.kCursorBuiltInMeasureCmd">
            <summary>Inventor built-in cursor for Measure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum.kCursorBuiltInPushpinCursor">
            <summary>Inventor built-in cursor for Pushpin.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum.kCursorBuiltInSelectArrow">
            <summary>Inventor built-in cursor for Select Arrow.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum.kCursorBuiltInSelectView">
            <summary>Inventor built-in cursor for Select View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum.kCursorBuiltInSketch">
            <summary>Inventor built-in cursor for Sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum.kCursorBuiltInSketch3DEditCursor">
            <summary>Inventor built-in cursor for Sketch3D Edit.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum.kCursorBuiltInZoom">
            <summary>Inventor built-in cursor for Zoom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum.kCursorBuiltInZoomSel">
            <summary>Inventor built-in cursor for Zoom Selection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum.kCursorTypeCustom">
            <summary>Custom cursor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum.kCursorTypeDefault">
            <summary>Default cursor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CursorTypeEnum.kCursorTypeWindows">
            <summary>Windows's predefined cursor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Curve2dTypeEnum">
            <summary>Curve2d type enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.Curve2dTypeEnum.kBSplineCurve2d">
            <summary>Curve2d bspline type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.Curve2dTypeEnum.kCircleCurve2d">
            <summary>Curve2d circle type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.Curve2dTypeEnum.kCircularArcCurve2d">
            <summary>Curve2d circular arc type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.Curve2dTypeEnum.kEllipseFullCurve2d">
            <summary>Curve2d ellipse full type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.Curve2dTypeEnum.kEllipticalArcCurve2d">
            <summary>Curve2d elliptical arc type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.Curve2dTypeEnum.kLineCurve2d">
            <summary>Curve2d line type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.Curve2dTypeEnum.kLineSegmentCurve2d">
            <summary>Curve2d line segment type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.Curve2dTypeEnum.kPolylineCurve2d">
            <summary>Curve2d polyline type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.Curve2dTypeEnum.kUnknownCurve2d">
            <summary>Curve2d unknown type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CurveEquationTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the Equation type of an Equation Driven Curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CurveEquationTypeEnum.kExplicit">
            <summary>Explicit curve equation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CurveEquationTypeEnum.kParametric">
            <summary>Parametric curve equation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CurveGeometryFormEnum">
            <summary>Curve geometry form enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CurveGeometryFormEnum.CurveGeometryForm_Not_NURBS">
            <summary>Not NURBS curve geometry form.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CurveGeometryFormEnum.CurveGeometryForm_NURBS">
            <summary>NURBS curve geometry form.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CurveTypeEnum">
            <summary>Curve type enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CurveTypeEnum.kBSplineCurve">
            <summary>Curve bspline type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CurveTypeEnum.kCircleCurve">
            <summary>Curve circle type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CurveTypeEnum.kCircularArcCurve">
            <summary>Curve circular arc type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CurveTypeEnum.kEllipseFullCurve">
            <summary>Curve ellipse full type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CurveTypeEnum.kEllipticalArcCurve">
            <summary>Curve elliptical arc type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CurveTypeEnum.kLineCurve">
            <summary>Curve line type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CurveTypeEnum.kLineSegmentCurve">
            <summary>Curve line segment type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CurveTypeEnum.kPolylineCurve">
            <summary>Curve polyline type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CurveTypeEnum.kUnknownCurve">
            <summary>Curve unknown type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum">
            <summary>Enum specifying the precision for custom property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kDegreesAnglePrecision">
            <summary>Degrees Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kEightDecimalPlacesPrecision">
            <summary>Eight Decimal Places Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kEighthsFractionalLengthPrecision">
            <summary>Eighths Fractional Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kFiveDecimalPlacesPrecision">
            <summary>Five Decimal Places Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kFourDecimalPlacesPrecision">
            <summary>Four Decimal Places Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kHalfFractionalLengthPrecision">
            <summary>Half Fractional Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kMinutesAnglePrecision">
            <summary>Minutes Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kOneDecimalPlacePrecision">
            <summary>One Decimal Place Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kOneTwentyEighthsFractionalLengthPrecision">
            <summary>OneTwentyEighths Fractional Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kQuarterFractionalLengthPrecision">
            <summary>Quarter Fractional Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kSecondsAnglePrecision">
            <summary>Seconds Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kSecondsFourDecimalPlaceAnglePrecision">
            <summary>Seconds Four Decimal Place Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kSecondsOneDecimalPlaceAnglePrecision">
            <summary>Seconds One Decimal Place Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kSecondsThreeDecimalPlaceAnglePrecision">
            <summary>Seconds Three Decimal Place Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kSecondsTwoDecimalPlaceAnglePrecision">
            <summary>Seconds Two Decimal Place Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kSevenDecimalPlacesPrecision">
            <summary>Seven Decimal Places Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kSixDecimalPlacesPrecision">
            <summary>Six Decimal Places Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kSixteenthsFractionalLengthPrecision">
            <summary>Sixteenths Fractional Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kSixtyFourthsFractionalLengthPrecision">
            <summary>SixtyFourths Fractional Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kThirtySecondsFractionalLengthPrecision">
            <summary>ThirtySeconds Fractional Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kThreeDecimalPlacesPrecision">
            <summary>Three Decimal Places Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kTwoDecimalPlacesPrecision">
            <summary>Two Decimal Places Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kZeroDecimalPlacePrecision">
            <summary>Zero Decimal Place Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyPrecisionEnum.kZeroFractionalLengthPrecision">
            <summary>Zero Fractional Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CustomPropertyTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum specifying the types for custom property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyTypeEnum.kNumberPropertyType">
            <summary>Number property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomPropertyTypeEnum.kTextPropertyType">
            <summary>Text property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CustomSettingsTypeEnum">
            <summary>CustomSettings Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomSettingsTypeEnum.kApplicationOptions">
            <summary>Application Options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomSettingsTypeEnum.kCommandPresets">
            <summary>Command Presets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomSettingsTypeEnum.kCommandSettings">
            <summary>Command Settings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomSettingsTypeEnum.kiLogicSettings">
            <summary>iLogic Settings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.CustomSettingsTypeEnum.kUserCustomizationSettings">
            <summary>User Customization Settings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DebugWatchType">
            <summary>Constants identifying which object event types to watch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DebugWatchType.kAddRefWatchType">
            <summary>AddRef events are monitored.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DebugWatchType.kNoneWatchType">
            <summary>No events are monitored.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DebugWatchType.kQueryInterfaceWatchType">
            <summary>QueryInterface events are monitored.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DebugWatchType.kReleaseWatchType">
            <summary>Release events are monitored.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DecimalMarkerTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum specifying the Decimal Marker type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DecimalMarkerTypeEnum.kCommaDecimalMarker">
            <summary>Comma as the Decimal Marker.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DecimalMarkerTypeEnum.kPeriodDecimalMarker">
            <summary>Period as the Decimal Marker.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DefaultDrawingFileTypeEnum">
            <summary>Default drawing file type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DefaultDrawingFileTypeEnum.kDWGDefaultDrawingFileType">
            <summary>DWGDefaultDrawingFileType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DefaultDrawingFileTypeEnum.kIDWDefaultDrawingFileType">
            <summary>IDWDefaultDrawingFileType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DefaultLayerStyleEnum">
            <summary>Default style for drawing layers.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DefaultLayerStyleEnum.kLastUsedDefaultLayerStyle">
            <summary>Last used default layer style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DefaultLayerStyleEnum.kStandardDefaultLayerStyle">
            <summary>Standard default layer style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DefaultNonInventorDWGFileOpenBehaviorEnum">
            <summary>Default file open behavior for non-inventor DWG files.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DefaultNonInventorDWGFileOpenBehaviorEnum.kImportNonInventorDWGFile">
            <summary>Import non-inventor DWG file type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DefaultNonInventorDWGFileOpenBehaviorEnum.kRegularOpenNonInventorDWGFile">
            <summary>Regularopen non-inventor DWG file type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DefaultObjectStyleEnum">
            <summary>Default style for drawing objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DefaultObjectStyleEnum.kLastUsedDefaultObjectStyle">
            <summary>Last used default object style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DefaultObjectStyleEnum.kStandardDefaultObjectStyle">
            <summary>Standard default object style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedComponentOptionEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying inclusion for derived components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedComponentOptionEnum.kDerivedBoundingBox">
            <summary>Constants identifying that the bounding box of the component will be used for the derivation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedComponentOptionEnum.kDerivedExcludeAll">
            <summary>Constants identifying that all occurrences in the assembly will be ignored.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedComponentOptionEnum.kDerivedIncludeAll">
            <summary>Constants identifying that all occurrences in the assembly will be used and will add material to the solid body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedComponentOptionEnum.kDerivedIndividualDefined">
            <summary>Constants identifying that the suboccurrences define their behavior.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedComponentOptionEnum.kDerivedIntersect">
            <summary>Constants identifying that the intersection of the component will be used for the derivation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedComponentOptionEnum.kDerivedOrientedMinimumBoundingCylinder">
            <summary>Constants identifying that the oriented minimum bounding cylinder of the component will be used for the derivation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedComponentOptionEnum.kDerivedSubtractAll">
            <summary>Constants identifying that all occurrences in the assembly will be used and will remove material from the solid body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedComponentStyleEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying how components are derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedComponentStyleEnum.kDeriveAsMultipleBodies">
            <summary>Derive as multiple bodies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedComponentStyleEnum.kDeriveAsSingleBodyNoSeams">
            <summary>Derive as a single body with no seams.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedComponentStyleEnum.kDeriveAsSingleBodyWithSeams">
            <summary>Derive as a single body with seams.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedComponentStyleEnum.kDeriveAsWorkSurface">
            <summary>Derive as work surfaces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedGeometryRemovalEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying what geometry to remove.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedGeometryRemovalEnum.kDerivedRemoveNone">
            <summary>Constants identifying that no geometry will be removed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedGeometryRemovalEnum.kDerivedRemovePartsAndFaces">
            <summary>Constants identifying that invisible parts and faces will be removed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedGeometryRemovalEnum.kDerivedRemovePartsOnly">
            <summary>Constants identifying that whole invisible parts will be removed only.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedHolePatchEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the holes to patch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedHolePatchEnum.kDerivedPatchAll">
            <summary>Constants identifying that all holes will be patched.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedHolePatchEnum.kDerivedPatchNone">
            <summary>Constants identifying that no holes will be patched.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedHolePatchEnum.kDerivedPatchRange">
            <summary>Constants identifying that holes within specified range will be patched.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedPartMirrorPlaneEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying mirror plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedPartMirrorPlaneEnum.kDerivedPartMirrorPlaneXY">
            <summary>Option to mirrror about the XY plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedPartMirrorPlaneEnum.kDerivedPartMirrorPlaneXZ">
            <summary>Option to mirrror about the XZ plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedPartMirrorPlaneEnum.kDerivedPartMirrorPlaneYZ">
            <summary>Option to mirrror about the YZ plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedPartMirrorPlaneEnum.kDerivedPartNoMirrorPlane">
            <summary>Option indicating that no mirror plane has been specified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedPropertyTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the type of derived property specified in formatted text objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedPropertyTypeEnum.kDerivedDrawingFilename">
            <summary>Filename of the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedPropertyTypeEnum.kDerivedDrawingFilenameAndPath">
            <summary>Full path of the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedPropertyTypeEnum.kDerivedDrawingVersion">
            <summary>Internal version number of the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedPropertyTypeEnum.kDerivedInitialViewScale">
            <summary>Initial view scale.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedPropertyTypeEnum.kDerivedModelFilename">
            <summary>Filename of the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedPropertyTypeEnum.kDerivedModelFilenameAndPath">
            <summary>Full path of the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedPropertyTypeEnum.kDerivedModelVersion">
            <summary>Internal version number of the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedPropertyTypeEnum.kDerivedNumberOfSheets">
            <summary>The number of sheets in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedPropertyTypeEnum.kDerivedSheetName">
            <summary>The name of this sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedPropertyTypeEnum.kDerivedSheetNumber">
            <summary>The number of this sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedPropertyTypeEnum.kDerivedSheetRevision">
            <summary>The revision of this sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DerivedPropertyTypeEnum.kDerivedSheetSize">
            <summary>The size of this sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DesignViewTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the type of the design view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DesignViewTypeEnum.kAllVisibleDesignViewType">
            <summary>The design view with all components visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DesignViewTypeEnum.kLastActiveDesignViewType">
            <summary>The last active design view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DesignViewTypeEnum.kMasterDesignViewType">
            <summary>The master design view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DesignViewTypeEnum.kNothingVisibleDesignViewType">
            <summary>The design view with all components invisible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DesignViewTypeEnum.kPrimaryDesignViewType">
            <summary>The primary design view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DesignViewTypeEnum.kPrivateDesignViewType">
            <summary>A private design view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DesignViewTypeEnum.kPublicDesignViewType">
            <summary>A public design view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DesignViewTypeEnum.kTransientDesignViewType">
            <summary>A transient design view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DialogStyleEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the style of dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DialogStyleEnum._kEditDialogStyle">
            <summary>A dialog without buttons.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DialogStyleEnum.kFullyDockedDialogStyle">
            <summary>A fully docked dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DialogStyleEnum.kNoButtonsDialogStyle">
            <summary>A dialog without buttons.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DialogStyleEnum.kNoTitleBarDialogStyle">
            <summary>A dialog without a title bar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DictionaryLanguageTypeEnum">
            <summary>The enum describes the dictionary language types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DictionaryLanguageTypeEnum.kAmericanEnglish">
            <summary>English(United States).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DictionaryLanguageTypeEnum.kBritishEnglish">
            <summary>English(United Kingdom).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DictionaryLanguageTypeEnum.kCanadianEnglish">
            <summary>English(Canada).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DictionaryLanguageTypeEnum.kCatalan">
            <summary>Catalan.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DictionaryLanguageTypeEnum.kCzech">
            <summary>Czech.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DictionaryLanguageTypeEnum.kDanish">
            <summary>Danish.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DictionaryLanguageTypeEnum.kDutch">
            <summary>Dutch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DictionaryLanguageTypeEnum.kFinnish">
            <summary>Finnish.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DictionaryLanguageTypeEnum.kFrench">
            <summary>French.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DictionaryLanguageTypeEnum.kGermanPostReform">
            <summary>German(post - reform).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DictionaryLanguageTypeEnum.kGermanPreReform">
            <summary>German(pre - reform).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DictionaryLanguageTypeEnum.kItalian">
            <summary>Italian.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DictionaryLanguageTypeEnum.kNorwegian">
            <summary>Norwegian.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DictionaryLanguageTypeEnum.kPortugueseBrazil">
            <summary>Portuguese(Brazil).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DictionaryLanguageTypeEnum.kPortuguesePortugal">
            <summary>Portuguese(Portugal).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DictionaryLanguageTypeEnum.kRussian">
            <summary>Russian.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DictionaryLanguageTypeEnum.kSpanish">
            <summary>Spanish.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DictionaryLanguageTypeEnum.kSwedish">
            <summary>Swedish.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DictionaryLanguageTypeEnum.kUnknownLanguage">
            <summary>UnknownLanguage.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DimensionAlignmentTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the various types of dimension alignment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionAlignmentTypeEnum.kAlignedAlignmentType">
            <summary>Aligned alignment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionAlignmentTypeEnum.kDefaultAlignmentType">
            <summary>All alignments valid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionAlignmentTypeEnum.kHorizontalAlignmentType">
            <summary>Horizontal alignment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionAlignmentTypeEnum.kVerticalAlignmentType">
            <summary>Vertical alignment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DimensionConstraintsRelaxationEnum">
            <summary>Dimension Constraints Relaxation Enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionConstraintsRelaxationEnum.kAlwaysRelaxDimensionConstraints">
            <summary>Always Relax.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionConstraintsRelaxationEnum.kNeverRelaxDimensionConstraints">
            <summary>Never Relax.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionConstraintsRelaxationEnum.kNoEquationRelaxDimensionConstraints">
            <summary>Relax if No Equation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionConstraintsRelaxationEnum.kPromptRelaxDimensionConstraints">
            <summary>Prompt.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DimensionDisplayTypeEnum">
            <summary>Dimension Display Styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionDisplayTypeEnum.kDimensionDisplayAsExpession">
            <summary>Display Expression for the dimension associated with a parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionDisplayTypeEnum.kDimensionDisplayAsExpression">
            <summary>Display Expression for the dimension associated with a parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionDisplayTypeEnum.kDimensionDisplayAsName">
            <summary>Display Name of the parameter to for all dimensions associated with a parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionDisplayTypeEnum.kDimensionDisplayAsPreciseValue">
            <summary>Display precise value for the dimension associated with a parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionDisplayTypeEnum.kDimensionDisplayAsToerance">
            <summary>Display Tolerance to display for the dimension associated with a parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionDisplayTypeEnum.kDimensionDisplayAsTolerance">
            <summary>Display Tolerance to display for the dimension associated with a parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionDisplayTypeEnum.kDimensionDisplayAsValue">
            <summary>Display Value for all dimensions associated with a parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DimensionOrientationEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying dimension orientation types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionOrientationEnum.kAlignedDim">
            <summary>Aligned dimension orientation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionOrientationEnum.kHorizontalDim">
            <summary>Horizontal dimension orientation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionOrientationEnum.kVerticalDim">
            <summary>Vertical dimension orientation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DimensionStyleFormatEnum">
            <summary>Enum specifying the dimension style format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionStyleFormatEnum.kAdjacentFormat">
            <summary>Adjancent Dimension style format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionStyleFormatEnum.kAdjacentWithBracketsForAlternateFormat">
            <summary>Adjacent with brackets for Alternate dimension style format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionStyleFormatEnum.kAdjacentWithBracketsForPrimaryFormat">
            <summary>Adjacent with brackets for Primary dimension style format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionStyleFormatEnum.kBelowFormat">
            <summary>Below dimension style format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionStyleFormatEnum.kBelowWithBracketsForAlternateFormat">
            <summary>Below with brackets for Alternate dimension style format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionStyleFormatEnum.kBelowWithBracketsForPrimaryFormat">
            <summary>Below with brackets for Primary dimension style format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionStyleFormatEnum.kNoAlternateUnits">
            <summary>No Alternate Units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DimensionTextAlignmentEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the dimension text update option in drawing document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTextAlignmentEnum.kMaintainAllTextAlignment">
            <summary>All dimension text is updated to maintain relative position.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTextAlignmentEnum.kMaintainCenteredTextAlignment">
            <summary>Dimension text is updated to stay centered.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTextAlignmentEnum.kMaintainViewPositionAlignment">
            <summary>Dimension text is fixed relative to the first anchor point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DimensionTextModifierEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the various types of dimension text modifier.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTextModifierEnum.kAboveForHorizontal">
            <summary>Above for horizontal.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTextModifierEnum.kNoModifier">
            <summary>No modifier.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTextModifierEnum.kOutsideDimensionLine">
            <summary>Outside dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTextModifierEnum.kOutsideForAngles30to210">
            <summary>Outside for angles 30 to 210.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DimensionTextOrientationEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the various types of dimension text orientation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTextOrientationEnum.kInlineAlignedDimensionText">
            <summary>Inline aligned dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTextOrientationEnum.kInlineHorizontalDimensionText">
            <summary>Inline horizontal dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTextOrientationEnum.kParallelAllAboveDimensionText">
            <summary>Parallel all above dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTextOrientationEnum.kParallelDimensionText">
            <summary>Parallel dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTextOrientationEnum.kParallelFirstAboveDimensionText">
            <summary>Parallel first above dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTextOrientationEnum.kParallelHorizontalDimensionText">
            <summary>Parallel horizontal dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating inferred cursor positions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum.kAlignedDimensionType">
            <summary>Dimension type is a aligned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum.kAlignedToCurveDimensionType">
            <summary>Dimension type is aligned to curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum.kAngularDimensionType">
            <summary>Dimension type is angular.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum.kAngularForeshortenedDimensionType">
            <summary>Dimension type is angular foreshortened.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum.kAngularSumDimensionType">
            <summary>Dimension type is angular sum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum.kArcLengthDimensionType">
            <summary>Dimension type is arc length.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum.kArcLengthForeshortenedDimensionType">
            <summary>Dimension type is arc length foreshortened.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum.kDiametricDimensionType">
            <summary>Dimension type is diametric.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum.kHorizontalDimensionType">
            <summary>Dimension type is horizontal.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum.kLinearForeshortenedDimensionType">
            <summary>Dimension type is linear foreshortened.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum.kLinearSumDimensionType">
            <summary>Dimension type is linear sum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum.kNormalToCurveDimensionType">
            <summary>Dimension type is normal to curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum.kParallelDiametricDimensionType">
            <summary>Dimension type is parallel diametric.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum.kSymmetricDimensionType">
            <summary>Dimension type is symmetric.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum.kVerticalDimensionType">
            <summary>Dimension type is vertical.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DimensionZeroToleranceDisplayEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the various types of dimension zero tolerance display.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionZeroToleranceDisplayEnum.kZeroToleranceDisplayFull">
            <summary>Zero tolerance display full.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionZeroToleranceDisplayEnum.kZeroToleranceDisplayNoTrailingZeros">
            <summary>Zero tolerance display no trailing zeros.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionZeroToleranceDisplayEnum.kZeroToleranceDisplayNoTrailingZerosNoSign">
            <summary>Zero tolerance display no trailing zeros no sign.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DimensionZeroToleranceDisplayEnum.kZeroToleranceDisplaySuppressDisplay">
            <summary>Zero tolerance display suppress display.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DirectEditOperationTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of direct edit operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DirectEditOperationTypeEnum.kDirectEditDeleteOperationType">
            <summary>Direct edit delete operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DirectEditOperationTypeEnum.kDirectEditMoveOperationType">
            <summary>Direct edit move operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DirectEditOperationTypeEnum.kDirectEditRotateOperationType">
            <summary>Direct edit rotate operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DirectEditOperationTypeEnum.kDirectEditScaleOperationType">
            <summary>Direct edit Scale operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DirectEditOperationTypeEnum.kDirectEditSizeOperationType">
            <summary>Direct edit size operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DirectEditOperationTypeEnum.kDirectEditUnknownOperationType">
            <summary>Direct edit unknown operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DirectionEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying feature direction orientations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DirectionEnum.kBothDirections">
            <summary>Both directions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DirectionEnum.kInwardDirection">
            <summary>Inward (negative normal) direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DirectionEnum.kOutwardDirection">
            <summary>Outward (positive normal) direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DisplayFormatEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of display format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayFormatEnum.kDecimalDegreeFormat">
            <summary>Decimal degree format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayFormatEnum.kDecimalFormat">
            <summary>Decimal format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayFormatEnum.kDegMinSecDegreeFormat">
            <summary>Deg Min Sec degree format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayFormatEnum.kFractionalDiagonalStackedFormat">
            <summary>Fractional diagonal stacked format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayFormatEnum.kFractionalHorizontalStackedFormat">
            <summary>Fractional horizontal stacked format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayFormatEnum.kFractionalNotStackedFormat">
            <summary>Fractional not stacked format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DisplayModeEnum">
            <summary>Type to indicate the kind of rendering on a given View of a Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayModeEnum.kHiddenEdgeRendering">
            <summary>Model displayed such that its hidden edges are displayed as well (in a different line style).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayModeEnum.kIllustrationRendering">
            <summary>Model displayed in its illustration representation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayModeEnum.kMonochromeRendering">
            <summary>Model displayed in its monochrome representation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayModeEnum.kRealisticRendering">
            <summary>Model displayed in its realistic representation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayModeEnum.kShadedRendering">
            <summary>Model displayed in its shaded representation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayModeEnum.kShadedWithEdgesRendering">
            <summary>Model displayed in its shaded with edges representation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayModeEnum.kShadedWithHiddenEdgesRendering">
            <summary>Model displayed such that its hidden edges are displayed as well (in a different line style).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayModeEnum.kTechnicalIllustrationRendering">
            <summary>Model displayed in its technical illustration representation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayModeEnum.kWatercolorRendering">
            <summary>Model displayed in its water color representation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayModeEnum.kWireframeNoHiddenEdges">
            <summary>Model displayed in its wireframe without hidden edges representation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayModeEnum.kWireframeRendering">
            <summary>Model displayed in its wireframe representation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayModeEnum.kWireframeWithHiddenEdgesRendering">
            <summary>Model displayed in its wireframe with hidden edges representation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DisplayModeSourceTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants enumerating the display mode types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayModeSourceTypeEnum.kDefaultDisplayMode">
            <summary>Default display mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayModeSourceTypeEnum.kOverrideDisplayMode">
            <summary>Override display mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DisplayQualityEnum">
            <summary>Constants specifying the resolution quality to apply to the display of the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayQualityEnum.kMediumDisplayQuality">
            <summary>Provides an intermediate display quality and provides a reasonably good resolution quality without unduly compromising the performance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayQualityEnum.kRoughDisplayQuality">
            <summary>Provides a rough resolution quality by simplifying the details on complex models but, provides better performance than what would be obtained with the smooth or medium display quality setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayQualityEnum.kSmoothDisplayQuality">
            <summary>Provides a better display quality in terms of resolution but, might result in reduced performance when displaying complex models.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayQualityEnum.kSmootherDisplayQuality">
            <summary>Provides the best display quality in terms of resolution but, might result in reduced performance when displaying complex models.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DisplaySeparateColorsTypeEnum">
            <summary>Display Separate Colors types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplaySeparateColorsTypeEnum.kEachPart">
            <summary>Display separate colors for each part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplaySeparateColorsTypeEnum.kEachTopLevelAssembly">
            <summary>Display separate colors for each top level assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplaySeparateColorsTypeEnum.kEachTopLevelComponent">
            <summary>Display separate colors for each top level component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplaySeparateColorsTypeEnum.kEachUniquePart">
            <summary>Display separate colors for each unique part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplaySeparateColorsTypeEnum.kEachUniqueTopLevelAssembly">
            <summary>Display separate colors for each unique top level assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplaySeparateColorsTypeEnum.kEachUniqueTopLevelComponent">
            <summary>Display separate colors for each unique top level component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplaySeparateColorsTypeEnum.kNoneDiplaySeparateColors">
            <summary>Disable the display separate colors.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum">
            <summary>Optional display options for Client Graphics primitives.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum.kFrontFacing">
            <summary>Keep primitive aligned with the camera.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum.kFrontFacingAndPixelScaling">
            <summary>Keep primitive camera aligned and constant size.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum.kNoTransformBehaviors">
            <summary>Remove display options from primitive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum.kPixelScaling">
            <summary>Keep primitive constant size on the screen.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DockingStateEnum">
            <summary>Docking State Enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DockingStateEnum.kDockBottom">
            <summary>Dock to bottom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DockingStateEnum.kDockLastKnown">
            <summary>Docking to the last know state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DockingStateEnum.kDockLeft">
            <summary>Docking to left.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DockingStateEnum.kDockRight">
            <summary>Docking to right.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DockingStateEnum.kDockTop">
            <summary>Docking to top.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DockingStateEnum.kFloat">
            <summary>floating.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DocumentInterestTypeEnum">
            <summary>Document Interest Types constants.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DocumentInterestTypeEnum.kInterested">
            <summary>Interested.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DocumentInterestTypeEnum.kNotInterested">
            <summary>Not Interested.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DocumentLoadStateEnum">
            <summary>Describe the cached graphics status in assembly document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DocumentLoadStateEnum.kDocumentExpressLoadState">
            <summary>Express.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DocumentLoadStateEnum.kDocumentFullLoadState">
            <summary>Full.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DocumentLoadStateEnum.kDocumentLiteLoadState">
            <summary>Lite.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DocumentLoadStateEnum.kDocumentPartialLoadState">
            <summary>Partial.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DocumentLoadStateEnum.kDocumentUnknownLoadState">
            <summary>Unknown.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DocumentTypeEnum">
            <summary>Document Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DocumentTypeEnum.kAssemblyDocumentObject">
            <summary>Assembly Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DocumentTypeEnum.kDesignElementDocumentObject">
            <summary>Design Element Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DocumentTypeEnum.kDrawingDocumentObject">
            <summary>Drawing Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DocumentTypeEnum.kForeignModelDocumentObject">
            <summary>Foreign Model Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DocumentTypeEnum.kNestingDocument">
            <summary>Nesting Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DocumentTypeEnum.kNoDocument">
            <summary>No Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DocumentTypeEnum.kPartDocumentObject">
            <summary>Part Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DocumentTypeEnum.kPresentationDocumentObject">
            <summary>Presentation Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DocumentTypeEnum.kSATFileDocumentObject">
            <summary>SAT File Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DocumentTypeEnum.kUnknownDocumentObject">
            <summary>Unknown Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DoubleBendTypeEnum">
            <summary>Defines the constants used to specify the types of double bends.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DoubleBendTypeEnum.kDoubleBend45Degree">
            <summary>45 degree double bend type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DoubleBendTypeEnum.kDoubleBend90Degree">
            <summary>90 degree double bend type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DoubleBendTypeEnum.kDoubleBendFixedEdges">
            <summary>Fixed edges double bend type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DoubleBendTypeEnum.kDoubleBendFullRadius">
            <summary>Bend full radius double bend type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DoubleBendTypeEnum.kDoubleBendNoBend">
            <summary>No bend double bend type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DoubleBendTypeEnum.kDoubleBendSingle">
            <summary>Bend single double bend type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DraftAngleConstraintTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum describes the draft angle constraint type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DraftAngleConstraintTypeEnum.kAsymmetricDraftAngles">
            <summary>The draft angles are asymmetric on two sides of the parting tool.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DraftAngleConstraintTypeEnum.kBothSidesMinDraftAngle">
            <summary>The minimum draft angle that will be applied to both sides of the parting tool.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DraftAngleConstraintTypeEnum.kOneWayDraftAngle">
            <summary>The draft angle for one way face draft.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DraftAngleConstraintTypeEnum.kSideOneMinDraftAngle">
            <summary>The minimum draft angle that will be applied to the one side of the parting tool.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DraftAngleConstraintTypeEnum.kSideTwoMinDraftAngle">
            <summary>The minimum draft angle that will be applied to the other side of the parting tool.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DraftAngleConstraintTypeEnum.kSymmetricDraftAngles">
            <summary>The draft angles are symmetric on both sides of the parting tool.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DraftingStandardEnum">
            <summary>Drafting Standards currently known to Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DraftingStandardEnum.kANSI_DraftingStandard">
            <summary>ANSI Drafting Standard.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DraftingStandardEnum.kBSI_DraftingStandard">
            <summary>BSI Drafting Standard.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DraftingStandardEnum.kDefault_DraftingStandard">
            <summary>Specifies the use of the default setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DraftingStandardEnum.kDIN_DraftingStandard">
            <summary>DIN Drafting Standard.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DraftingStandardEnum.kGB_DraftingStandard">
            <summary>GB Drafting Standard.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DraftingStandardEnum.kGOST_DraftingStandard">
            <summary>GOST Drafting Standard.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DraftingStandardEnum.kISO_DraftingStandard">
            <summary>ISO Drafting Standard.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DraftingStandardEnum.kJIS_DraftingStandard">
            <summary>JIS Drafting Standard.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DraftingStandardEnum.kLegacyBSI_DraftingStandard">
            <summary>Legacy BSI drafting standard: BS 308 - 1990.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DraftingStandardEnum.kLegacyDIN_DraftingStandard">
            <summary>Legacy DIN drafting standard: DIN ISO 1302 - 1992.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DraftingStandardEnum.kLegacyGB_DraftingStandard">
            <summary>Legacy GB drafting standard: GB/T 131 – 93.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DraftingStandardEnum.kLegacyISO_DraftingStandard">
            <summary>Legacy ISO drafting standard: ISO 1302 -1978.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DraftingStandardEnum.kLegacyJIS_DraftingStandard">
            <summary>Legacy JIS drafting standard: JIS B 0031 - 1994.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DraftingStandardEnum.kOther_DraftingStandard">
            <summary>Catch-all placeholder. Not typically used.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DragStateEnum">
            <summary>Enumeration of the conditions of the drag.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DragStateEnum.kDragStateCancelDrag">
            <summary>Drag is cancelled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DragStateEnum.kDragStateDragHandlerSelection">
            <summary>Inventor is seeking a handler for dragging the selected objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DragStateEnum.kDragStateEndDrag">
            <summary>Drag is ending.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DragStateEnum.kDragStateOnDrag">
            <summary>Drag is occurring right now.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DragStateEnum.kDragStateResumeDrag">
            <summary>Drag is being resumed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DragStateEnum.kDragStateStartDrag">
            <summary>Drag is starting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DragStateEnum.kDragStateSuspendDrag">
            <summary>Drag is being suspended.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingEdgeTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the edge type of a drawing curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingEdgeTypeEnum.kBendDownEdge">
            <summary>Bend down edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingEdgeTypeEnum.kBendExtentEdge">
            <summary>Bend extent edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingEdgeTypeEnum.kBendUpEdge">
            <summary>Bend up edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingEdgeTypeEnum.kContourRollEdge">
            <summary>Contour roll edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingEdgeTypeEnum.kPunchDownEdge">
            <summary>Punch down edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingEdgeTypeEnum.kPunchUpEdge">
            <summary>Punch up edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingEdgeTypeEnum.kTangentEdge">
            <summary>Tangent edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingEdgeTypeEnum.kThreadEdge">
            <summary>Thread edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingEdgeTypeEnum.kUnknownEdge">
            <summary>Unknown.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingSheetSizeEnum">
            <summary>Drawing Sheet Sizes supported by Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetSizeEnum.k12x18InDrawingSheetSize">
            <summary>12 in x 18 in (typically for architectural drawings).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetSizeEnum.k18x24InDrawingSheetSize">
            <summary>18 in x 24 in (typically for architectural drawings).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetSizeEnum.k24x36InDrawingSheetSize">
            <summary>24 in x 36 in (typically for architectural drawings).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetSizeEnum.k30x42InDrawingSheetSize">
            <summary>30 in x 42 in (typically for architectural drawings).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetSizeEnum.k36x48InDrawingSheetSize">
            <summary>36 in x 48 in (typically for architectural drawings).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetSizeEnum.k9x12InDrawingSheetSize">
            <summary>9 in x 12 in (typically for architectural drawings). Default page orientation is Portrait.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetSizeEnum.kA0DrawingSheetSize">
            <summary>A0 size (typically for metric units).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetSizeEnum.kA1DrawingSheetSize">
            <summary>A1 size (typically for metric units).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetSizeEnum.kA2DrawingSheetSize">
            <summary>A2 size (typically for metric units).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetSizeEnum.kA3DrawingSheetSize">
            <summary>A3 size (typically for metric units).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetSizeEnum.kA4DrawingSheetSize">
            <summary>A4 size (typically for metric units).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetSizeEnum.kADrawingSheetSize">
            <summary>A size (typically for inch units).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetSizeEnum.kBDrawingSheetSize">
            <summary>B size (typically for inch units).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetSizeEnum.kCDrawingSheetSize">
            <summary>C size (typically for inch units).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetSizeEnum.kCustomDrawingSheetSize">
            <summary>Custom size. Does (may) not fit one of the standard sizes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetSizeEnum.kDDrawingSheetSize">
            <summary>D size (typically for inch units).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetSizeEnum.kDefaultDrawingSheetSize">
            <summary>Specifies the default setting. The more strongly typed value is the one returned in a query.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetSizeEnum.kEDrawingSheetSize">
            <summary>E size (typically for inch units).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetSizeEnum.kFDrawingSheetSize">
            <summary>F size (typically for inch units).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingSheetStatusBits">
            <summary>Bits indicating out-of-date status of Drawing Sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetStatusBits.kAssyCompositionOutOfDateDrawingSheet">
            <summary>Assembly on the Sheet has undergone some composition changes. And the Sheet rendition is out-of-date.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetStatusBits.kAssyPositionOutOfDateDrawingSheet">
            <summary>Assembly on the Sheet has undergone positional changes. And the Sheet rendition is out-of-date.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetStatusBits.kGeomOutOfDateDrawingSheet">
            <summary>Geometric content of a Part on the sheet has changed. And the Sheet rendition is out-of-date.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetStatusBits.kNoDataDrawingSheet">
            <summary>Rendition of this Sheet is not available.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetStatusBits.kParameterizedTextOutOfDateDrawingSheet">
            <summary>Parameterized Text used on the Sheet has changed. And the Sheet rendition is out-of-date.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetStatusBits.kProcessingPreciseDisplayDrawingSheet">
            <summary>Hidden-line display in one or more views is in progress. Sheet may print with incomplete graphical representation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetStatusBits.kResourceTemplateOutOfDateDrawingSheet">
            <summary>Resource Templates used on the Sheet have changed. And the Sheet rendition is out-of-date.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetStatusBits.kStandardOutOfDateDrawingSheet">
            <summary>Drafting Standard of the Sheet has changed. And the Sheet rendition is out-of-date.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetStatusBits.kUnknownOutOfDateDrawingSheet">
            <summary>Up-to-date status of the rendition of this Sheet could not be fully determined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingSheetStatusBits.kUpToDateDrawingSheet">
            <summary>Check for equality with this enum to see if Sheet is fully up-to-date.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingViewAlignmentEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the alignment type of a drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingViewAlignmentEnum.kHorizontalViewAlignment">
            <summary>Horizontal View Alignment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingViewAlignmentEnum.kInPositionViewAlignment">
            <summary>In Position View Alignment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingViewAlignmentEnum.kVerticalViewAlignment">
            <summary>Vertical View Alignment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingViewStyleEnum">
            <summary>Drawing View Style Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingViewStyleEnum.kFromBaseDrawingViewStyle">
            <summary>Derive the style from the base drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingViewStyleEnum.kHiddenLineDrawingViewStyle">
            <summary>Hidden line style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingViewStyleEnum.kHiddenLineRemovedDrawingViewStyle">
            <summary>Hidden lines removed style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingViewStyleEnum.kShadedDrawingViewStyle">
            <summary>Shaded style (with hidden lines removed).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingViewStyleEnum.kShadedHiddenLineDrawingViewStyle">
            <summary>Shaded style with hidden lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingViewTypeEnum">
            <summary>Drawing View Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingViewTypeEnum.kAssociativeDraftDrawingViewType">
            <summary>View is an associative draft one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingViewTypeEnum.kAuxiliaryDrawingViewType">
            <summary>View is an auxiliary one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingViewTypeEnum.kCustomDrawingViewType">
            <summary>View with customized camera setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingViewTypeEnum.kDefaultDrawingViewType">
            <summary>Specifies the default View. The more strongly typed value is returned in a query.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingViewTypeEnum.kDetailDrawingViewType">
            <summary>View is a detail of a portion of the document contents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingViewTypeEnum.kDraftDrawingViewType">
            <summary>View is a draft one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingViewTypeEnum.kOLEAttachmentDrawingViewType">
            <summary>View is an OLE attachment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingViewTypeEnum.kOverlayDrawingViewType">
            <summary>View is an overlay one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingViewTypeEnum.kProjectedDrawingViewType">
            <summary>View is a projected one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingViewTypeEnum.kSectionDrawingViewType">
            <summary>View is a section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DrawingViewTypeEnum.kStandardDrawingViewType">
            <summary>View with the camera set to one of the standard orthogonal views (Top, Iso, etc.).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DriveTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum used to define the drive type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DriveTypeEnum.kDriveAngleType">
            <summary>Angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DriveTypeEnum.kDriveAngularPositionType">
            <summary>Angular Position.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DriveTypeEnum.kDriveLinearPositionType">
            <summary>Linear Position.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DriveTypeEnum.kDriveOffsetType">
            <summary>Offset.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedomTypeEnum">
            <summary>Type of degree of freedom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedomTypeEnum.kRotationDegreeOfFreedomType">
            <summary>rotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedomTypeEnum.kTranslationDegreeOfFreedomType">
            <summary>translation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DSDOFImposedMotionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Type of imposed motion.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSDOFImposedMotionTypeEnum.kAccelerationImposeMotion">
            <summary>acceleration.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSDOFImposedMotionTypeEnum.kNoImposeMotion">
            <summary>no.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSDOFImposedMotionTypeEnum.kPositionImposeMotion">
            <summary>position.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSDOFImposedMotionTypeEnum.kVelocityImposeMotion">
            <summary>velocity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DSGraphInterpolationTypeEnum">
            <summary>Type to indicate the interpolation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSGraphInterpolationTypeEnum.kCubicRampInterpolationType">
            <summary>cubic ramp.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSGraphInterpolationTypeEnum.kCycloidInterpolationType">
            <summary>cycloid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSGraphInterpolationTypeEnum.kFormulaInterpolationType">
            <summary>formula.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSGraphInterpolationTypeEnum.kHarmonicInterpolationType">
            <summary>harmonic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSGraphInterpolationTypeEnum.kLinearRampInterpolationType">
            <summary>linear ramp.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSGraphInterpolationTypeEnum.kModifiedSineInterpolationType">
            <summary>modified sine.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSGraphInterpolationTypeEnum.kModifiedTrapezoidInterpolationType">
            <summary>modified trapezoid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSGraphInterpolationTypeEnum.kPolynomialInterpolationType">
            <summary>polynomial.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSGraphInterpolationTypeEnum.kSineInterpolationType">
            <summary>sine.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSGraphInterpolationTypeEnum.kSplineInterpolationType">
            <summary>spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum">
            <summary>Type of DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointType3DPointInCyl">
            <summary>Constact 3D Point in Cylinder - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointType3DPointInSphere">
            <summary>Constact 3D Point in Sphere - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointType3DPointOnCyl">
            <summary>Constact 3D Point on Cylinder - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointType3DPointOnSphere">
            <summary>Constact 3D Point on Sphere - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointType3DPointPlane">
            <summary>Constact 3D Point Plane - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointType3DSphereInCyl">
            <summary>Constact 3D Sphere in Cylinder - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointType3DSphereInSphere">
            <summary>Constact 3D Sphere in Sphere - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointType3DSphereOnCyl">
            <summary>Constact 3D Sphere on Cylinder - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointType3DSphereOnSphere">
            <summary>Constact 3D Sphere on Sphere - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointType3DSpherePlane">
            <summary>Constact 3D Sphere Plane - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeAcuator">
            <summary>Spring - Damper - Jack - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeBelt1C">
            <summary>Belt - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeCurveCurveJct">
            <summary>2D Contact - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeCylindrical">
            <summary>Cylindrical - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeDiscInDiscJct">
            <summary>2D Contact Disc in Disc - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeDiscLineJct">
            <summary>2D Contact Disc Line - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeDiscOnDiscJct">
            <summary>2D Contact Disc on Disc - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeDiscSegmentJct">
            <summary>2D Contact Disc Segment - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeHeliCouple">
            <summary>Screw - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeHeliScrew1C">
            <summary>Screw - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeImpact3D">
            <summary>Constact 3D - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeLinePlane">
            <summary>Line-Plane - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeLinePlaneInv">
            <summary>Line-Plane - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypePivot">
            <summary>Revolution - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypePlanar3D">
            <summary>Planar - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypePointInDiscJct">
            <summary>2D Contact Point in Disc - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypePointLine">
            <summary>Point-Line - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypePointLineInv">
            <summary>Point-Line - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypePointLineJct">
            <summary>2D Contact Point Line - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypePointOnDiscJct">
            <summary>2D Contact Point On Disc - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypePointPlane">
            <summary>Point-Plane - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypePointPlaneInv">
            <summary>Point-Plane - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypePointSegmentJct">
            <summary>2D Contact Point Segment - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypePrismatic">
            <summary>Prismatic - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeRigidity">
            <summary>Welding - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeRollConeInCone1C">
            <summary>Rolling Cone in Cone - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeRollConeOnCone1C">
            <summary>Rolling Cone on Cone - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeRollConeOnPlane1C">
            <summary>Rolling Cone on Plane - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeRollDiscInDisc1C">
            <summary>Rolling Cylinder in Cylinder - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeRollDiscInDisc2C">
            <summary>Rolling Cylinder in Cylinder 2C - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeRollDiscLine1C">
            <summary>Rolling Cylinder on Plane - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeRollDiscLine2C">
            <summary>Rolling Cylinder on Plane 2C - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeRollDiscOnDisc1C">
            <summary>Rolling Cylinder on Cylinder - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeRollDiscOnDisc2C">
            <summary>Rolling Cylinder on Cylinder 2C - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeRollDiskCurve2C">
            <summary>Rolling Cylinder Curve - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeSlidDiscCurve1C">
            <summary>Sliding Cylinder Curve - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeSlidDiscInDisc1C">
            <summary>Sliding Cylinder in Cylinder - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeSlidDiscLine1C">
            <summary>Sliding Cylinder On Line1C - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeSlidDiscOnDisc1C">
            <summary>Sliding Cylinder On Cylinder - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeSlidPointCurve1C">
            <summary>Sliding Point Curve - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeSlidPointDisk1C">
            <summary>Sliding Point Cylinder - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeSpatial">
            <summary>Spatial - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeSpherical">
            <summary>Spherical - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeUndefined">
            <summary>Undefined - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSJointTypeEnum.kDSJointTypeWormGearCouple">
            <summary>Worm Gear - DS Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DSLoadTypeEnum">
            <summary>Type to indicate the type of load.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSLoadTypeEnum.kForceLoadType">
            <summary>force.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSLoadTypeEnum.kTorqueLoadType">
            <summary>torque.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum">
            <summary>Type of result.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kAcceleration1ResultType">
            <summary>acceleration 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kDrivingForceUImposed1ResultType">
            <summary>driving force U imposed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kExtentLengthResultType">
            <summary>extent length.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kExtentVelocityResultType">
            <summary>extent velocity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kForceResultType">
            <summary>force.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kForceXResultType">
            <summary>force X.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kForceYResultType">
            <summary>force Y.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kForceZResultType">
            <summary>force Z.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kMomentResultType">
            <summary>moment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kMomentXResultType">
            <summary>moment X.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kMomentYResultType">
            <summary>moment Y.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kMomentZResultType">
            <summary>moment Z.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kPosition1ResultType">
            <summary>position 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kTraceAccelerationResultType">
            <summary>trace acceleration.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kTraceAccelerationXResultType">
            <summary>trace acceleration X.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kTraceAccelerationYResultType">
            <summary>trace acceleration Y.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kTraceAccelerationZResultType">
            <summary>trace acceleration Z.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kTracePositionResultType">
            <summary>trace position.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kTracePositionXResultType">
            <summary>trace position X.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kTracePositionYResultType">
            <summary>trace position Y.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kTracePositionZResultType">
            <summary>trace position Z.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kTraceVelocityResultType">
            <summary>trace velocity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kTraceVelocityXResultType">
            <summary>trace velocity X.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kTraceVelocityYResultType">
            <summary>trace velocity Y.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kTraceVelocityZResultType">
            <summary>trace velocity Z.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DSResultTypeEnum.kVelocity1ResultType">
            <summary>velocity 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWFPublishModeEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the DWF publishing mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DWFPublishModeEnum.kBasicDWFPublish">
            <summary>Only the current view and the state of the document will be published to the DWF file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DWFPublishModeEnum.kCompleteDWFPublish">
            <summary>The full context of the current document will be published to the DWF file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DWFPublishModeEnum.kCustomDWFPublish">
            <summary>Only the selected data will be published to the DWF file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGFileVersionEnum">
            <summary>Type to specify the AutoCAD DWG version.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DWGFileVersionEnum.kAutoCAD2000">
            <summary>AutoCAD2000.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DWGFileVersionEnum.kAutoCAD2004">
            <summary>AutoCAD2004.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DWGFileVersionEnum.kAutoCAD2007">
            <summary>AutoCAD2007.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DWGFileVersionEnum.kAutoCAD2010">
            <summary>AutoCAD2010.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DWGFileVersionEnum.kAutoCAD2013">
            <summary>AutoCAD2013.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.DWGFileVersionEnum.kAutoCAD2018">
            <summary>AutoCAD2018.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeCollectionEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the collection type of edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EdgeCollectionEnum.kAllConcave">
            <summary>Constants identifying concave edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EdgeCollectionEnum.kAllConvex">
            <summary>Constants identifying convex edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EdgeCollectionEnum.kTangentiallyConnected">
            <summary>Constants identifying tangentially connected edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EdgeCollectionEnum.kUndefined">
            <summary>Constants identifying undefined edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeSymbolIndicationTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants that define the edge symbol indication types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EdgeSymbolIndicationTypeEnum.kAllEdgesIndicationType">
            <summary>All edges of a part indication.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EdgeSymbolIndicationTypeEnum.kInnerEdgeIndicationType">
            <summary>Indication of inner edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EdgeSymbolIndicationTypeEnum.kMajoritySymbolWithMoreExceptionIndicationType">
            <summary>Place as a Majority Symbol. Condition for all edges with more than one exception.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EdgeSymbolIndicationTypeEnum.kMajoritySymbolWithOneExceptionIndicationType">
            <summary>Place as a Majority Symbol. Condition for one exception.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EdgeSymbolIndicationTypeEnum.kOuterEdgeIndicationType">
            <summary>Indication of outer edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeSymbolValuePositionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants that define the edge symbol text position types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EdgeSymbolValuePositionTypeEnum.kEdgeSymbolValueDirectionHorizontal">
            <summary>Edge symbol text horizontal position type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EdgeSymbolValuePositionTypeEnum.kEdgeSymbolValueDirectionUndefined">
            <summary>Edge symbol text undefined position type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EdgeSymbolValuePositionTypeEnum.kEdgeSymbolValueDirectionVertical">
            <summary>Edge symbol text vertical position type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EdgeSymbolValuePositionTypeEnum.kEdgeSymbolValueDirectionVerticalAndHorizontal">
            <summary>Edge symbol text vertical and horizontal position type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EdgeSymbolValuePositionTypeEnum.kEdgeSymbolValueNoValues">
            <summary>Edge symbol empty position type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EmbossTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the type of emboss feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EmbossTypeEnum.kEmbossEngraveFromPlane">
            <summary>EmbossEngrave from plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EmbossTypeEnum.kEmbossFromFace">
            <summary>Emboss from face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EmbossTypeEnum.kEngraveFromFace">
            <summary>Engrave from face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EnvelopesReplaceStyleEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying what eveloping style is used.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EnvelopesReplaceStyleEnum.kAllInOneEnvelopeReplaceStyle">
            <summary>Replace entire assembly with an envelope.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EnvelopesReplaceStyleEnum.kEachBodyReplaceStyle">
            <summary>Replace each body with an envelope.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EnvelopesReplaceStyleEnum.kEachPartReplaceStyle">
            <summary>Replace each part with an envelope.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EnvelopesReplaceStyleEnum.kEachTopLevelComponentReplaceStyle">
            <summary>Replace each top level components with an envelope.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EnvelopesReplaceStyleEnum.kNoneReplaceStyle">
            <summary>No enveloping.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EnvelopesReplaceStyleEnum.kSelectedBodiesReplaceStyle">
            <summary>Replace selected bodies with envelopes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EnvironmentStateEnum">
            <summary>Enum to indicate the state of the environment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EnvironmentStateEnum.kActivateEnvironmentState">
            <summary>Implies the Environment has been activated.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EnvironmentStateEnum.kRequestActivateEnvironmentState">
            <summary>Implies a request to switch environments has been made.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EnvironmentStateEnum.kResumeEnvironmentState">
            <summary>Implies the Environment has been resumed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EnvironmentStateEnum.kSuspendEnvironmentState">
            <summary>Implies the Environment has been suspended.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EnvironmentStateEnum.kTerminateEnvironmentState">
            <summary>Implies the Environment has been terminated.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EventTimingEnum">
            <summary>Codes specifying exactly when a particular Event was fired (Before/After).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EventTimingEnum.kAbort">
            <summary>Event fired if the native processing ABORTED.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EventTimingEnum.kAfter">
            <summary>Event fired AFTER native processing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.EventTimingEnum.kBefore">
            <summary>Event fired BEFORE native processing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ExitTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the environment to exit to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ExitTypeEnum.kExitToParent">
            <summary>Exit to the parent environment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ExitTypeEnum.kExitToPrevious">
            <summary>Exit to the previous environment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ExitTypeEnum.kExitToTop">
            <summary>Exit to the top environment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceCollectionEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the collection type of faces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FaceCollectionEnum.kFaceTangentiallyConnected">
            <summary>Constants identifying tangentially connected faces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FaceCollectionEnum.kFaceUndefined">
            <summary>Constants identifying undefined faces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinitionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum describes the face draft definition type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinitionTypeEnum.kFixedEdgeFaceDraftDefinitionType">
            <summary>Fixed edge face draft definition type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinitionTypeEnum.kFixedPlaneFaceDraftDefinitionType">
            <summary>Fixed plane face draft definition type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinitionTypeEnum.kPartingToolFaceDraftDefinitionType">
            <summary>Parting tool face draft definition type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FactoryOptionsMemberNameTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of FactoryOptions MemberName Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FactoryOptionsMemberNameTypeEnum.kFileNameMemberNameType">
            <summary>FileName MemberName Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FactoryOptionsMemberNameTypeEnum.kPartNumberMemberNameType">
            <summary>PartNumber MemberName Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FactoryOptionsMemberNameTypeEnum.kValueMemberNameType">
            <summary>Value MemberName Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FactoryOptionsPartNumberTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating FactoryOptions PartNumber Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FactoryOptionsPartNumberTypeEnum.kNonePartNumberType">
            <summary>None PartNumber Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FactoryOptionsPartNumberTypeEnum.kValuePartNumberType">
            <summary>Value PartNumber Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FamilyParameterValueTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum for the different family parameter value types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FamilyParameterValueTypeEnum.kConstantFamilyParameterValue">
            <summary>Implies the value is a constant string.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FamilyParameterValueTypeEnum.kCustomFamilyParameterValue">
            <summary>Implies the value is a custom string.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FamilyParameterValueTypeEnum.kExpressionFamilyParameterValue">
            <summary>Implies the value is an expression string.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FastenerFitType">
            <summary>Constants info for hole clearance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FastenerFitType.kCloseFitType">
            <summary>Hole is drilled (no countersink or counterboring).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FastenerFitType.kLooseFitType">
            <summary>Hole is counterbored.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FastenerFitType.kNormalFitType">
            <summary>Hole is countersunk.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FeatureApproximationTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the feature approximation type of a thicken feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureApproximationTypeEnum.kMeanApproximation">
            <summary>Mean approximation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureApproximationTypeEnum.kNeverTooThickApproximation">
            <summary>Never too thick approximation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureApproximationTypeEnum.kNeverTooThinApproximation">
            <summary>Never too thin approximation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureApproximationTypeEnum.kNoApproximation">
            <summary>No approximation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating additional symbol types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kAnyCrossSection">
            <summary>Any cross section symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kAnyLongitudinalSection">
            <summary>Any longitudinal section symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kAreaDiameter">
            <summary>Area diameter symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kAverageSize">
            <summary>Average size symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kCircumferenceDiameter">
            <summary>Circumference diameter symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kClosingQuote">
            <summary>Closing quote symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kCommonZone">
            <summary>Common zone symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kContactingFeature">
            <summary>Contacting feature symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kDegree">
            <summary>Degree symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kLeastSquaresAssociationCriterion">
            <summary>Least-squares association criterion symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kLineElement">
            <summary>Line element symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kLocalSizeDefinedByASphere">
            <summary>Local size defined by a sphere symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kMajorDiameter">
            <summary>Major diameter symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kMaximumInscribedAssociationCriterion">
            <summary>Maximum inscribed association criterion symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kMaximumSize">
            <summary>Maximum size symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kMedianSize">
            <summary>Median size symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kMidRangeSize">
            <summary>Mid-range size symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kMinimumCircumscribedAssociationCriterion">
            <summary>Minimum circumscribed association criterion symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kMinimumSize">
            <summary>Minimum size symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kMinorDiameter">
            <summary>Minor diameter symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kNotConvex">
            <summary>Not convex symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kNumero">
            <summary>Numero symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kOpeningQuote">
            <summary>Opening quote symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kOrientationConstraintOnly">
            <summary>Orientation constraint only symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kPitchDiameter">
            <summary>Pitch diameter symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kPlaneSymbol">
            <summary>Plane symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kPlusMinus">
            <summary>Plus/Minus symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kPointSymbol">
            <summary>Point symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kRangeOfSizes">
            <summary>Range of sizes symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kSection">
            <summary>Section symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kSlopeLeft">
            <summary>Slope left symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kSlopeRight">
            <summary>Slope right symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kStraightLine">
            <summary>Straight line symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kTaperLeft">
            <summary>Taper left symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kTaperRight">
            <summary>Taper right symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kTOver2">
            <summary>T over 2 symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kTwoPointSize">
            <summary>Two-point size symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kUnequallyDisposedToleranceZone">
            <summary>Unequally disposed tolerance zone symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kVariableDistance">
            <summary>Variable distance symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum.kVolumeDiameter">
            <summary>Volume diameter symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameProfileTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum specifying the types of feature control frame profile.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameProfileTypeEnum.kAllAroundProfileType">
            <summary>All around profile type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameProfileTypeEnum.kAllOverProfileType">
            <summary>All over profile type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameProfileTypeEnum.kNoneProfileType">
            <summary>None profile type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FeatureDimensionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of dimensioning to use while placing linear dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureDimensionTypeEnum.kAlongEdgeFeatureDimension">
            <summary>AlongEdge feature dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureDimensionTypeEnum.kAngleFeatureDimension">
            <summary>Angle feature dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureDimensionTypeEnum.kCircularCountFeatureDimension">
            <summary>CircularCount feature dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureDimensionTypeEnum.kHoleFeatureDimension">
            <summary>Hole feature dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureDimensionTypeEnum.kLinearFeatureDimension">
            <summary>Linear feature dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureDimensionTypeEnum.kRadialFeatureDimension">
            <summary>Radial feature dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FeatureDimensionTypeEnum.kRectangularCountFeatureDimension">
            <summary>RectangularCount feature dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FieldFlagDirectionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Drawing weld symbol field flag direction type enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FieldFlagDirectionTypeEnum.kAutomaticDirection">
            <summary>The Field flag changes direction based on the leader direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FieldFlagDirectionTypeEnum.kFixedLeftDirection">
            <summary>The Field flag always points to the left ignoring the direction of the leader.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FieldFlagDirectionTypeEnum.kFixedRightDirection">
            <summary>The Field flag always points to the right ignoring the direction of the leader.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FileFormatEnum">
            <summary>File Format Enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileFormatEnum.kMicrosoftExcelFormat">
            <summary>Microsoft Excel.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileFormatEnum.kTextFileCommaDelimitedFormat">
            <summary>Text File Comma Delimited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileFormatEnum.kTextFileTabDelimitedFormat">
            <summary>Text File Tab Delimited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileFormatEnum.kUnicodeTextFileCommaDelimitedFormat">
            <summary>Unicode Text File Comma Delimited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileFormatEnum.kUnicodeTextFileTabDelimitedFormat">
            <summary>Unicode Text File Tab Delimited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FileManagementEnum">
            <summary>Bits indicating options used for various file management operations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileManagementEnum.kCopyFileMask">
            <summary>Option used by CopyFile.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileManagementEnum.kDeleteFileMask">
            <summary>Option used by DeleteFile.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileManagementEnum.kForceFile">
            <summary>Option to force the deletion if the file is reserved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileManagementEnum.kMoveFileMask">
            <summary>Option used by MoveFile.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileManagementEnum.kNoForceFile">
            <summary>Force option not specified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileManagementEnum.kOverwriteExistingFile">
            <summary>Option to overwrite the existing file at the destination.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileManagementEnum.kOverwriteReadOnlyFile">
            <summary>Option to overwrite the existing read-only file at the destination.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileManagementEnum.kOverwriteReservedFile">
            <summary>Option to overwrite the existing file at the destination even if reserved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FileOwnershipEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the ownership over other referenced file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileOwnershipEnum.kExclusiveOwnership">
            <summary>Indicating that this file is exclusively owned and cannot be referenced by any other file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileOwnershipEnum.kNoOwnership">
            <summary>No ownership over other referenced file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileOwnershipEnum.kSaveOwnership">
            <summary>Indicating that this file cannot be saved on its own and must be saved with the referencing file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FileTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the type of a File.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileTypeEnum.kAssemblyFileType">
            <summary>An assembly file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileTypeEnum.kAssociativeCADFileType">
            <summary>An associative CAD file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileTypeEnum.kDesignElementFileType">
            <summary>A design element file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileTypeEnum.kDrawingFileType">
            <summary>A drawing file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileTypeEnum.kForeignFileType">
            <summary>A foreign file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileTypeEnum.kPartFileType">
            <summary>A part file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileTypeEnum.kPresentationFileType">
            <summary>A presentation file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileTypeEnum.kUnknownFileType">
            <summary>An unknown type of file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FileVersionEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the type of FileVersion.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileVersionEnum.kOpenCurrentVersion">
            <summary>Open a current version file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileVersionEnum.kOpenOldVersion">
            <summary>Open an old version file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FileVersionEnum.kRestoreOldVersionToCurrent">
            <summary>Restore the old version file to current version.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FilletTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of fillet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FilletTypeEnum.kEdgeFillet">
            <summary>The Edge Fillet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FilletTypeEnum.kFaceFillet">
            <summary>The Face Fillet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FilletTypeEnum.kFullRoundFillet">
            <summary>The Full Round Fillet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FinishTypeEnum">
            <summary>Description of the enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FinishTypeEnum.kAppearanceFinishType">
            <summary>Apply appearance finish type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FinishTypeEnum.kHeatTreatmentFinishType">
            <summary>Apply heat treatment finish type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FinishTypeEnum.kMaterialCoatingFinishType">
            <summary>Apply material coating finish type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FinishTypeEnum.kPaintFinishType">
            <summary>Apply paint finish type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FinishTypeEnum.kSurfaceTextureFinishType">
            <summary>Apply surface texture finish type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlangeReferenceTypeEnum">
            <summary>Defines the constants used to specify the reference type for flange feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FlangeReferenceTypeEnum.kReferencePlaneAtSideFace">
            <summary>Defines the Reference Plane as the Side Face next to the selected edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FlangeReferenceTypeEnum.kReferencePlaneThroughPartnerEdge">
            <summary>Defines the Reference Plane through the partner Edge of the selected edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FlangeReferenceTypeEnum.kReferencePlaneThroughSelectedEdge">
            <summary>Defines the Reference Plane through the selected edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FlangeReferenceTypeEnum.kReferenceSelectedFaceOrWorkPlane">
            <summary>Defines the Reference Plane as a user selected Work Plane or Planar Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlatPatternEdgeTypeEnum">
            <summary>Edge types for flat pattern edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FlatPatternEdgeTypeEnum.kBendDownFlatPatternEdge">
            <summary>Bend down edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FlatPatternEdgeTypeEnum.kBendUpFlatPatternEdge">
            <summary>Bend up edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FlatPatternEdgeTypeEnum.kTangentFlatPatternEdge">
            <summary>Tangent edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlatPatternFaceTypeEnum">
            <summary>Defines Flat Pattern Face types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FlatPatternFaceTypeEnum.kFlatPatternBackFace">
            <summary>Back Flat Pattern Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FlatPatternFaceTypeEnum.kFlatPatternDetailFace">
            <summary>Detail Flat Pattern Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FlatPatternFaceTypeEnum.kFlatPatternFrontFace">
            <summary>Front Flat Pattern Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FlatPatternFaceTypeEnum.kFlatPatternUnknownFace">
            <summary>Unknown Flat Pattern Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FrontViewPlaneEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the viewing plane to use as front view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FrontViewPlaneEnum.kFrontViewFromModel">
            <summary>Front view orientation settings from the model document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FrontViewPlaneEnum.kFrontViewXYPlane">
            <summary>XY plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FrontViewPlaneEnum.kFrontViewXZPlane">
            <summary>XZ plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.FrontViewPlaneEnum.kFrontViewYZPlane">
            <summary>YZ plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the GDT symbols.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum.kGDTArcLength">
            <summary>Arc length symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum.kGDTBetween">
            <summary>Between symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum.kGDTCommonZone">
            <summary>Common zone symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum.kGDTControlledRadius">
            <summary>Controlled radius symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum.kGDTDiameter">
            <summary>Diameter symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum.kGDTFreeState">
            <summary>Free state symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum.kGDTLeastMaterialCondition">
            <summary>Least material condition symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum.kGDTMaximumMaterialCondition">
            <summary>Maximum material condition symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum.kGDTNoSymbol">
            <summary>No symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum.kGDTProjectedToleranceZone">
            <summary>Projected tolerance zone symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum.kGDTRadius">
            <summary>Radius symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum.kGDTReference">
            <summary>Reference symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum.kGDTSphericalDiameter">
            <summary>Spherical diameter symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum.kGDTSphericalRadius">
            <summary>Spherical radius symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum.kGDTStatisticalTolerance">
            <summary>Statistical tolerance symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum.kGDTTangentPlane">
            <summary>Tangent plane symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GeneralDataTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum for the different family parameter value types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeneralDataTypeEnum.kBooleanGeneralData">
            <summary>Implies the value is a boolean.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeneralDataTypeEnum.kCollectionGeneralData">
            <summary>Implies the value is a collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeneralDataTypeEnum.kDoubleGeneralData">
            <summary>Implies the value is a double.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeneralDataTypeEnum.kIDispatchGeneralData">
            <summary>Implies the value is an IDispatch-based XML-DOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeneralDataTypeEnum.kIntegerGeneralData">
            <summary>Implies the value is an integer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeneralDataTypeEnum.kStringGeneralData">
            <summary>Implies the value is a string.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeneralDataTypeEnum.kVTableGeneralData">
            <summary>Implies the value is a v-table interface-based XML-DOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GeneralDimensionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating whether the dimension is a true dimension or a projected dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeneralDimensionTypeEnum.kProjectedGeneralDimension">
            <summary>General dimensions projected to the sheet plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeneralDimensionTypeEnum.kTrueGeneralDimension">
            <summary>General dimensions drawn on model planes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the geometric characteristic types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum.kAngularity">
            <summary>Angularity geometric characteristic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum.kAxiality">
            <summary>Axiality geometric characteristic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum.kAxisIntersection">
            <summary>Axis intersection geometric characteristic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum.kCircularity">
            <summary>Circularity geometric characteristic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum.kCircularRunout">
            <summary>Circular runout geometric characteristic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum.kCircularRunoutFilled">
            <summary>Circular runout filled geometric characteristic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum.kConcentricityAndCoaxiality">
            <summary>Concentricity and coaxiality geometric characteristic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum.kCylindricity">
            <summary>Cylindricity geometric characteristic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum.kFlatness">
            <summary>Flatness geometric characteristic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum.kParallelism">
            <summary>Parallelism geometric characteristic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum.kParallelProfile">
            <summary>Parallel profile geometric characteristic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum.kPerpendicularity">
            <summary>Perpendicularity geometric characteristic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum.kPosition">
            <summary>Position geometric characteristic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum.kProfileOfAnyLine">
            <summary>Profile of anyline geometric characteristic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum.kProfileOfAnySurface">
            <summary>Profile of any surface geometric characteristic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum.kProfileOfASection">
            <summary>Profile of a section geometric characteristic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum.kStraightness">
            <summary>Straightness geometric characteristic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum.kSymmetry">
            <summary>Symmetry geometric characteristic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum.kTotalRunout">
            <summary>Total runout geometric characteristic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum.kTotalRunoutFilled">
            <summary>Total runout filled geometric characteristic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GeometricConstraintsBreakageEnum">
            <summary>Geometric Constraints Breakage Enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricConstraintsBreakageEnum.kAlwaysBreakGeometricConstraints">
            <summary>Always Break.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricConstraintsBreakageEnum.kNeverBreakGeometricConstraints">
            <summary>Never Break.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometricConstraintsBreakageEnum.kPromptBreakGeometricConstraints">
            <summary>Prompt.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GeometryMoveableStatusEnum">
            <summary>Enum for the different geometry moveable status types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometryMoveableStatusEnum.kFixedGeometryMoveableStatus">
            <summary>The geometry is fixed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometryMoveableStatusEnum.kFreeToMoveGeometryMoveableStatus">
            <summary>The geometry is free to move.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometryMoveableStatusEnum.kMoveableByDimensionChangeGeometryMoveableStatus">
            <summary>Other geometry will move along with this geometry, unless a dimension is relaxed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GeometryMoveableStatusEnum.kUnknownGeometryMoveableStatus">
            <summary>The moveable status of the geometry is unknown.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GraphicsDriverTypeEnum">
            <summary>Graphics Driver Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsDriverTypeEnum.kConservativeOpenGLGraphicsDriver">
            <summary>Conservative openGL.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsDriverTypeEnum.kDirect3D10GraphicsDriver">
            <summary>Direct3D 10 option for Vista.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsDriverTypeEnum.kDirect3D11GraphicsDriver">
            <summary>Direct3D 11 option.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsDriverTypeEnum.kDirect3DGraphicsDriver">
            <summary>Equal to comparison.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsDriverTypeEnum.kOpenGLGraphicsDriver">
            <summary>Not equal to comparison.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsDriverTypeEnum.kSoftwareGraphics">
            <summary>Software Graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GraphicsLevelsOfDetailEnum">
            <summary>Bits indicating the Levels of Detail in the graphics system. It controls the fineness of the facets generated on the surfaces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsLevelsOfDetailEnum.kCoarseRes">
            <summary>Estimated fineness required for a coarse picture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsLevelsOfDetailEnum.kFullScreenHighRes">
            <summary>Estimated fineness required for a good picture when you fit an 'average' model to full screen.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsLevelsOfDetailEnum.kMediumRes">
            <summary>Estimated fineness required for an averagely good picture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsLevelsOfDetailEnum.kMereDotRes">
            <summary>Estimated fineness required for representing the model as just a blob.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsLevelsOfDetailEnum.kVeryCoarseRes">
            <summary>Estimated fineness required for a very coarse picture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsLevelsOfDetailEnum.kZoomedInHighRes">
            <summary>Estimated fineness required for a good picture when you are zoomed in on an 'average' model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GraphicsOptimizationEnum">
            <summary>Constants specifying the graphics card optimization setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsOptimizationEnum.kConservativeGraphicsOptimization">
            <summary>Using conservative optimization setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsOptimizationEnum.kDriverGraphicsOptimization">
            <summary>Using Microsoft GDI generic OpenGL driver or Direct3D Software Renderer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsOptimizationEnum.kFullGraphicsOptimization">
            <summary>Using full optimization setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsOptimizationEnum.kRecommendedGraphicsOptimization">
            <summary>Using recommended optimization setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GraphicsSelectabilityEnum">
            <summary>Indicates whether some, all, or none of the client graphics are visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsSelectabilityEnum.kAllGraphicsSelectable">
            <summary>All client graphics are selectable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsSelectabilityEnum.kNoGraphicsSelectable">
            <summary>No client graphics are selectable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsSelectabilityEnum.kSomeGraphicsSelectable">
            <summary>Some, but not all, client graphics are selectable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GraphicsSettingTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants specifying the graphics card optimization setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsSettingTypeEnum.kCompatibilityGraphicsSetting">
            <summary>Use this setting for graphics compatible with previous Inventor releases.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsSettingTypeEnum.kConservativeGraphicsSetting">
            <summary>Use this setting for conservative graphics hardware use with Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsSettingTypeEnum.kPerformanceGraphicsSetting">
            <summary>Use this setting when performance is desired over realistic visualization.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsSettingTypeEnum.kQualityGraphicsSetting">
            <summary>Use this setting for the highest quality realistic visualization.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GraphicsVisibilityEnum">
            <summary>Indicates whether some, all, or none of the client graphics are visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsVisibilityEnum.kAllGraphicsVisible">
            <summary>All client graphics are selectable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsVisibilityEnum.kNoGraphicsVisible">
            <summary>No client graphics are selectable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GraphicsVisibilityEnum.kSomeGraphicsVisible">
            <summary>Some, but not all, client graphics are selectable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GroundShadowEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of ground shadow setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GroundShadowEnum.kGroundShadow">
            <summary>Ground Shadow.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GroundShadowEnum.kNoGroundShadow">
            <summary>No Ground Shadow.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.GroundShadowEnum.kXRayGroundShadow">
            <summary>XRay Ground Shadow.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum">
            <summary>Codes returned from some Event's methods.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum.kEventCanceled">
            <summary>Canceled: Return this code if you want Inventor's native 'cancel' or 'fail' behaviour.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum.kEventHandled">
            <summary>Handled: Return this code if Inventor should now bypass its native behaviour.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum.kEventNotHandled">
            <summary>Not Handled: Return this code if Inventor should carry on with its native behaviour.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HeadingPlacementEnum">
            <summary>HeadingPlacement.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HeadingPlacementEnum.kHeadingAtBottom">
            <summary>At bottom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HeadingPlacementEnum.kHeadingAtTop">
            <summary>At top.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HeadingPlacementEnum.kNoHeading">
            <summary>No heading.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HealthStatusEnum">
            <summary>Constants signifying the state of the Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HealthStatusEnum.kBeyondStopNodeHealth">
            <summary>Object is beyond stop node in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HealthStatusEnum.kCannotComputeHealth">
            <summary>Object cannot be evaluated.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HealthStatusEnum.kDeletedHealth">
            <summary>Object has been destroyed. You may be holding on to an empty 'shell' of the Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HealthStatusEnum.kDriverLostHealth">
            <summary>Object is driven by data from other Object(s), and one or more of them have been disconnected.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HealthStatusEnum.kInconsistentHealth">
            <summary>Object is inconsistent with another object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HealthStatusEnum.kInErrorHealth">
            <summary>Object's internal state is in error.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HealthStatusEnum.kInvalidLimitsHealth">
            <summary>Object has bad limits. e.g. max &lt; min.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HealthStatusEnum.kJointDOFLockedHealth">
            <summary>Object is locked Joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HealthStatusEnum.kNewlyAddedHealth">
            <summary>Object is newly added or unsuppressed and has not been solved yet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HealthStatusEnum.kOutOfDateHealth">
            <summary>Object needs to be recomputed with respect to its 'driver(s)'.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HealthStatusEnum.kRedundantHealth">
            <summary>Object's solution is redundant with another object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HealthStatusEnum.kSuppressedHealth">
            <summary>Object has been suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HealthStatusEnum.kUnknownHealth">
            <summary>Object's status is not known.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HealthStatusEnum.kUpToDateHealth">
            <summary>Object is up to date.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HeightDatumTypeEnum">
            <summary>Defines the constants used to specify how the height of a distance extent flange is calculated.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HeightDatumTypeEnum.kHeightDatumInner">
            <summary>Inner height datum type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HeightDatumTypeEnum.kHeightDatumInnerOrtho">
            <summary>Inner-ortho height datum type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HeightDatumTypeEnum.kHeightDatumOuter">
            <summary>Outer height datum type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HeightDatumTypeEnum.kHeightDatumOuterOrtho">
            <summary>Outer-ortho height datum type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HeightDatumTypeEnum.kHeightDatumTangent">
            <summary>Tangent height datum type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HelicalShapeDefinitionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying shape definition type of a helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HelicalShapeDefinitionTypeEnum.kPitchAndHeightShapeType">
            <summary>Pitch and height shape type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HelicalShapeDefinitionTypeEnum.kPitchAndRevolutionShapeType">
            <summary>Pitch and revolution shape type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HelicalShapeDefinitionTypeEnum.kRevolutionAndHeightShapeType">
            <summary>Revolution and height shape type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HelicalShapeDefinitionTypeEnum.kSpiralShapeType">
            <summary>Spiral shape type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HelixEndTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the end type of a helix curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HelixEndTypeEnum.kFlatEndType">
            <summary>Flat end type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HelixEndTypeEnum.kNaturalEndType">
            <summary>Natural end type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HemTypeEnum">
            <summary>Defines the constants used to specify the type of hems for a hem feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HemTypeEnum.kDoubleHemType">
            <summary>Double hem type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HemTypeEnum.kRolledHemType">
            <summary>Rolled hem type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HemTypeEnum.kSingleHemType">
            <summary>Single hem type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HemTypeEnum.kTeardropHemType">
            <summary>Teardrop hem type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HiddenLinesStatusEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the visible status of hidden lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HiddenLinesStatusEnum.kAllHiddenLinesInvisible">
            <summary>All hidden lines are invisible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HiddenLinesStatusEnum.kAllHiddenLinesVisible">
            <summary>All hidden lines are visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HiddenLinesStatusEnum.kSomeHiddenLinesVisible">
            <summary>Some hidden lines are visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HoleDrillPointTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the hole drill point types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HoleDrillPointTypeEnum.kAngledDrillPointType">
            <summary>Angle drill point type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HoleDrillPointTypeEnum.kAngledVDrillPointType">
            <summary>Angle V drill point type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HoleDrillPointTypeEnum.kAngledYDrillPointType">
            <summary>Angle Y drill point type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HoleDrillPointTypeEnum.kFlatDrillPointType">
            <summary>Flat drill point type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HoleDrillPointTypeEnum.kFlatWDrillPointType">
            <summary>Flat W drill point type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HoleNoteQuantityEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying how the quantity value is set for the note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HoleNoteQuantityEnum.kNumberOfHolesInFeature">
            <summary>Number of holes in feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HoleNoteQuantityEnum.kNumberOfLikeHolesNormalToView">
            <summary>Number of like holes normal to view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HolePlacementTypeEnum">
            <summary>Hole Placement Type enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePlacementTypeEnum.kConcentricPlacementType">
            <summary>Concentric Placement.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePlacementTypeEnum.kLinearPlacementType">
            <summary>Linear Placement.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePlacementTypeEnum.kPointPlacementType">
            <summary>Point Placement.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePlacementTypeEnum.kSketchPlacementType">
            <summary>Sketch Placement.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the various hole properties that can be included as columns in a hole table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kCBoreDepthHoleProperty">
            <summary>Counter Bore Depth Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kCBoreDiameterHoleProperty">
            <summary>Counter Bore Diameter Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kCSinkAngleHoleProperty">
            <summary>Counter Sink Angle Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kCSinkDepthHoleProperty">
            <summary>Counter Sink Depth Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kCSinkDiameterHoleProperty">
            <summary>Counter Sink Diameter Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kCustomDesignationHoleProperty">
            <summary>Custom Designation Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kCustomHoleProperty">
            <summary>Custom Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kDescriptionHoleProperty">
            <summary>Description Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kDrillPointHoleProperty">
            <summary>Drill point Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kFastenerTypeHoleProperty">
            <summary>Fastener Type Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kFasternerFitHoleProperty">
            <summary>Fasterner Fit Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kFasternerSizeHoleProperty">
            <summary>Fasterner Size Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kHoleDepthHoleProperty">
            <summary>Hole Depth Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kHoleDiameterHoleProperty">
            <summary>Hole Diameter Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kHoleHoleProperty">
            <summary>Hole Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kPunchAngleHoleProperty">
            <summary>Punch Angle Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kPunchDepthHoleProperty">
            <summary>Punch Depth Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kPunchDirectionHoleProperty">
            <summary>Punch Direction Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kPunchIdHoleProperty">
            <summary>Punch Id Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kQuantityHoleProperty">
            <summary>Quantity Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kTapDrillDiameterHoleProperty">
            <summary>Tap Drill Diameter Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kThreadClassHoleProperty">
            <summary>Thread Class Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kThreadDepthHoleProperty">
            <summary>Thread Depth Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kThreadDesignationHoleProperty">
            <summary>Thread Designation Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kThreadDirectionHoleProperty">
            <summary>Thread direction Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kThreadPitchHoleProperty">
            <summary>Thread Pitch Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kXDIMHoleProperty">
            <summary>XDIM Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HolePropertyEnum.kYDIMHoleProperty">
            <summary>YDIM Hole Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HoleTableTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of the Hole Table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HoleTableTypeEnum.kFeatureTypeHoleTable">
            <summary>Feature Type HoleTable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HoleTableTypeEnum.kSelectionTypeHoleTable">
            <summary>Selection Type HoleTable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HoleTableTypeEnum.kViewTypeHoleTable">
            <summary>View Type HoleTable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HoleTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the type of treatment given to the start of the hole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HoleTypeEnum.kCounterBoreHole">
            <summary>Hole is counterbored.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HoleTypeEnum.kCounterSinkHole">
            <summary>Hole is countersunk.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HoleTypeEnum.kDrilledHole">
            <summary>Hole is drilled (no countersink or counterboring).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HoleTypeEnum.kSpotFaceHole">
            <summary>Hole is spotfaced.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HorizontalTextAlignmentEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the horizontal positioning of text about a given point coordinate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HorizontalTextAlignmentEnum.kAlignTextCenter">
            <summary>Text centered about the supplied point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HorizontalTextAlignmentEnum.kAlignTextLeft">
            <summary>Text left-justified about the supplied point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.HorizontalTextAlignmentEnum.kAlignTextRight">
            <summary>Text right-justified about the supplied point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum for the table column type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kAdaptiveColumn">
            <summary>Adaptive column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kBOMQuantityColumn">
            <summary>Bom quantity column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kBOMStructureColumn">
            <summary>Bom structure column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kExclusionColumn">
            <summary>Exclusion column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kFilePropertyColumn">
            <summary>File property column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kFlatPatternBendOrderColumn">
            <summary>Flat pattern bend order column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kFlatPatternOrientationColumn">
            <summary>Flat pattern orientation column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kGroundedColumn">
            <summary>Grounded column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kiComponentTableReplaceColumn">
            <summary>iComponent TableReplace Column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kiFeatureTableReplaceColumn">
            <summary>iFeature TableReplace column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kiMateMatchingListColumn">
            <summary>iMate MatchingList column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kiMateMatchingNameColumn">
            <summary>iMate MatchingName column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kiMateSequenceNumberColumn">
            <summary>iMate SeqienceNumber column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kMemberNameColumn">
            <summary>Member Name column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kParameterValueColumn">
            <summary>Parameter value column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kSheetMetalRuleColumn">
            <summary>SheetMetal rule column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kSheetMetalUnfoldColumn">
            <summary>SheetMetal unfold Column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kThreadClassColumn">
            <summary>Thread class column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kThreadDesignationColumn">
            <summary>Thread designation column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kThreadDirectionColumn">
            <summary>Thread direction column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kThreadPipeDiameterColumn">
            <summary>Thread pipe diameter column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kThreadTypeColumn">
            <summary>Thread type column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iComponentColumnTypeEnum.kUnknownColumn">
            <summary>Unknown column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.IconsColorTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum for the different Icons color types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.IconsColorTypeEnum.kAmberColorTheme">
            <summary>Amber color theme.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.IconsColorTypeEnum.kCobaltColorTheme">
            <summary>Cobalt color theme.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.IdentificationLinePlacementEnum">
            <summary>Constants that define the identification line placement types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.IdentificationLinePlacementEnum.kIdentificationLineAbove">
            <summary>Identification line above the reference line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.IdentificationLinePlacementEnum.kIdentificationLineBelow">
            <summary>Identification line below the reference line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.IdentificationLinePlacementEnum.kNoIdentificationLine">
            <summary>No identification line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.IFCImportMethodEnum">
            <summary>Specifies IFC Import Method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.IFCImportMethodEnum.kAsAssemblyImportMethod">
            <summary>IFC Import as assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.IFCImportMethodEnum.kAsMultibodyImportMethod">
            <summary>IFC import as multiple body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInputTypeEnum">
            <summary>Bits indicating valid entity types for iFeature input.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInputTypeEnum.kiFeatureEntityInputTypeCircularEdge">
            <summary>Circular or elliptical edge type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInputTypeEnum.kiFeatureEntityInputTypeCircularSketchCurve">
            <summary>Circular sketch curve type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInputTypeEnum.kiFeatureEntityInputTypeConicalSurface">
            <summary>Conical surface type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInputTypeEnum.kiFeatureEntityInputTypeCylindricalSurface">
            <summary>Cylindrical surface type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInputTypeEnum.kiFeatureEntityInputTypeEllipticalSketchCurve">
            <summary>Elliptical sketch curve type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInputTypeEnum.kiFeatureEntityInputTypeGenericEdge">
            <summary>Any edge type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInputTypeEnum.kiFeatureEntityInputTypeGenericSketchCurve">
            <summary>Sketch curve type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInputTypeEnum.kiFeatureEntityInputTypeGenericSurface">
            <summary>Generic surface type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInputTypeEnum.kiFeatureEntityInputTypeLinearEdge">
            <summary>Linear edge type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInputTypeEnum.kiFeatureEntityInputTypeLinearSketchCurve">
            <summary>Linear sketch curve type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInputTypeEnum.kiFeatureEntityInputTypePlanarFace">
            <summary>Planar face type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInputTypeEnum.kiFeatureEntityInputTypeSketchPoint">
            <summary>Sketch Point type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInputTypeEnum.kiFeatureEntityInputTypeSphericalSurface">
            <summary>Spherical surface type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInputTypeEnum.kiFeatureEntityInputTypeSplineSketchCurve">
            <summary>Spline sketch curve type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInputTypeEnum.kiFeatureEntityInputTypeToroidalSurface">
            <summary>Toroidal surface type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInputTypeEnum.kiFeatureEntityInputTypeUnknown">
            <summary>Type not defined in the list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInputTypeEnum.kiFeatureEntityInputTypeVertex">
            <summary>Vertex type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInputTypeEnum.kiFeatureEntityInputTypeWorkAxis">
            <summary>Work axis type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInputTypeEnum.kiFeatureEntityInputTypeWorkPlane">
            <summary>Work plane type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInputTypeEnum.kiFeatureEntityInputTypeWorkPoint">
            <summary>Work Point type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureParamLimitTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the parameter limit type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureParamLimitTypeEnum.kParamLimitList">
            <summary>List of values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureParamLimitTypeEnum.kParamLimitNone">
            <summary>No Limit type specified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iFeatureParamLimitTypeEnum.kParamLimitRange">
            <summary>Range of values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iLogicEventTriggersFilterEnum">
            <summary>The enum describes the iLogic event triggers filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iLogicEventTriggersFilterEnum.kAllEventsEnabled">
            <summary>All Events Enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iLogicEventTriggersFilterEnum.kAllEventsEnabledExceptAfterOpenAndClose">
            <summary>All Events Enabled Except AfterOpen And Close.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iLogicEventTriggersFilterEnum.kNoEventsEnabled">
            <summary>No Events Enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iLogicExcelEngineTypeEnum">
            <summary>The enum describes the iLogic Excel engine types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iLogicExcelEngineTypeEnum.kCOMExcelEngine">
            <summary>COM Excel Engine.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.iLogicExcelEngineTypeEnum.kInternalExcelEngine">
            <summary>Internal Excel Engine.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportDWGBodyStyleEnum">
            <summary>DWG body import style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportDWGBodyStyleEnum.kIgnoreDWGBodies">
            <summary>Do not import DWG bodies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportDWGBodyStyleEnum.kImportDWGBodiesAsWireframe">
            <summary>Import DWG bodies as wireframe.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedAssemblyOrganizationTypeEnum">
            <summary>Specifies the assembly organization type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedAssemblyOrganizationTypeEnum.kAImportedAsMultibodyPart">
            <summary>Indicates assembly structure is converted to multibody parts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedAssemblyOrganizationTypeEnum.kImportedAsAssembly">
            <summary>Indicates the assembly structure is retained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedAssemblyOrganizationTypeEnum.kImportedAsCompositeFeaturePart">
            <summary>Indicates assembly structure is converted to composite features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedAssemblyOrganizationTypeEnum.kImportedAsMultibodyPart">
            <summary>Indicates assembly structure is converted to multibody parts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedModelEntityStatusEnum">
            <summary>Specifies the include state for a model entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedModelEntityStatusEnum.kAExcludedStatus">
            <summary>Indicates a model entity is excluded from the result.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedModelEntityStatusEnum.kExcludedStatus">
            <summary>Indicates a model entity is excluded from the result.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedModelEntityStatusEnum.kImportedAsIndividualSurfacesStatus">
            <summary>Indicates that the surfaces within an entity will be created as individual surfaces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedModelEntityStatusEnum.kImportedIndividualStatus">
            <summary>Indicates a model entity's individual status.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedModelEntityStatusEnum.kIncludedStatus">
            <summary>Indicates a model entity is included in the result.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedModelEntityTypeEnum">
            <summary>Specifies the model entity type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedModelEntityTypeEnum.kAliasEntityType">
            <summary>Alias Entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedModelEntityTypeEnum.kAliasLayerEntityType">
            <summary>Alias Layer Entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedModelEntityTypeEnum.kAliasSurfaceEntityType">
            <summary>Alias Surface Entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedModelEntityTypeEnum.kAssemblyEntityType">
            <summary>Assembly Entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedModelEntityTypeEnum.kIFCClassEntityType">
            <summary>IFC class type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedModelEntityTypeEnum.kPartEntityType">
            <summary>Part Entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedModelEntityTypeEnum.kSolidEntityType">
            <summary>Solid Entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedModelEntityTypeEnum.kSurfaceEntityType">
            <summary>Surface Entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedModelGeometryTypeEnum">
            <summary>Specifies the model geometry type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedModelGeometryTypeEnum.kMeshesModelGeometryType">
            <summary>Indicates meshes are included.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedModelGeometryTypeEnum.kSolidsModelGeometryType">
            <summary>Indicates solids are included.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedModelGeometryTypeEnum.kSurfacesModelGeometryType">
            <summary>Indicates surfaces are included.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedModelGeometryTypeEnum.kWiresModelGeometryType">
            <summary>Indicates wires are included.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedRevitLanguageTypeEnum">
            <summary>Specifies the import language type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedRevitLanguageTypeEnum.kEnglishGB">
            <summary>Indicates imported Revit language is English (GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedRevitLanguageTypeEnum.kEnglishUSA">
            <summary>Indicates imported Revit language is English (USA).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedRevitLanguageTypeEnum.kRevitBrazilianPortuguese">
            <summary>Indicates imported Revit language is Brazilian Portuguese.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedRevitLanguageTypeEnum.kRevitChineseSimplified">
            <summary>Indicates imported Revit language is Simplified Chinese.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedRevitLanguageTypeEnum.kRevitChineseTraditional">
            <summary>Indicates imported Revit language is Traditional Chinese.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedRevitLanguageTypeEnum.kRevitCzech">
            <summary>Indicates imported Revit language is Czech.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedRevitLanguageTypeEnum.kRevitDutch">
            <summary>Indicates imported Revit language is Dutch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedRevitLanguageTypeEnum.kRevitFrench">
            <summary>Indicates imported Revit language is French.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedRevitLanguageTypeEnum.kRevitGerman">
            <summary>Indicates imported Revit language is German.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedRevitLanguageTypeEnum.kRevitHungarian">
            <summary>Indicates imported Revit language is Hungarian.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedRevitLanguageTypeEnum.kRevitItalian">
            <summary>Indicates imported Revit language is Italian.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedRevitLanguageTypeEnum.kRevitJapanese">
            <summary>Indicates imported Revit language is Japanese.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedRevitLanguageTypeEnum.kRevitKorean">
            <summary>Indicates imported Revit language is Korean.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedRevitLanguageTypeEnum.kRevitPolish">
            <summary>Indicates imported Revit language is Polish.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedRevitLanguageTypeEnum.kRevitRussian">
            <summary>Indicates imported Revit language is Russian.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedRevitLanguageTypeEnum.kRevitSpanish">
            <summary>Indicates imported Revit language is Spanish.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedRevitLanguageTypeEnum.kRevitUnknown">
            <summary>Indicates imported Revit language is Unknown.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedRevitLanguageTypeEnum.kRevitUseInventorLanguage">
            <summary>Indicates imported Revit language is current Inventor Language.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedRevitLanguageTypeEnum.kRevitUseSourceLanguage">
            <summary>Indicates imported Revit language will be the source language.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedSurfaceOrganizationTypeEnum">
            <summary>Specifies the surface organization type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedSurfaceOrganizationTypeEnum.kImportedAsCompositeFeatures">
            <summary>Indicates surfaces are imported as composite features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedSurfaceOrganizationTypeEnum.kImportedAsSingleCompositeFeature">
            <summary>Indicates surfaces are imported as a single composite feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedSurfaceOrganizationTypeEnum.kImportedAsStitchedComposites">
            <summary>Indicates surfaces are imported as auto-stitched composite features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedSurfaceOrganizationTypeEnum.kImportedAsSurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Indicates the surfaces are imported as individual bodies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedWorkGeometryTypeEnum">
            <summary>Specifies the work geometry type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedWorkGeometryTypeEnum.kWorkAxesWorkGeometryType">
            <summary>Indicates work axes are included.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedWorkGeometryTypeEnum.kWorkPlanesWorkGeometryType">
            <summary>Indicates work planes are included.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportedWorkGeometryTypeEnum.kWorkPointsWorkGeometryType">
            <summary>Indicates work points are included.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportUnitsTypeEnum">
            <summary>Specifies the import document units type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportUnitsTypeEnum.kCentimeterUnitsType">
            <summary>Indicates document units will be centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportUnitsTypeEnum.kFootUnitsType">
            <summary>Indicates document units will be feet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportUnitsTypeEnum.kInchUnitsType">
            <summary>Indicates document units will be inches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportUnitsTypeEnum.kMeterUnitsType">
            <summary>Indicates document units will be meters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportUnitsTypeEnum.kMicronUnitsType">
            <summary>Indicates document units will be microns.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportUnitsTypeEnum.kMillimeterUnitsType">
            <summary>Indicates document units will be millimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ImportUnitsTypeEnum.kSourceUnitsType">
            <summary>Indicates document units will be the same as the source.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.IncrementTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum used to define the increment type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.IncrementTypeEnum.kAmountOfValueIncrement">
            <summary>Increment as amount of value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.IncrementTypeEnum.kNumberOfStepsIncrement">
            <summary>Increment as number of steps.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InferredTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants that define the types of geometry that can be inferred from different faces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InferredTypeEnum.kInferredLine">
            <summary>Inferenced line inference type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InferredTypeEnum.kInferredPoint">
            <summary>Inferenced point inference type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InferredTypeEnum.kNoInference">
            <summary>No inference inference type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InsertionLocationTypeEnum">
            <summary>Input the InsertionLocationTypeEnum indicating where to position the DragNodes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InsertionLocationTypeEnum.kInsertAfter">
            <summary>The insertion location is after the target node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InsertionLocationTypeEnum.kInsertBefore">
            <summary>The insertion location is before the target node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InsertionLocationTypeEnum.kInsertUnder">
            <summary>The insertion location is under the target node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of inspectionDimensionShape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum.kAngularEndsInspectionBorder">
            <summary>the border shape is an angularEnds.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum.kNoInspectionBorder">
            <summary>the border shape is no border.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum.kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder">
            <summary>the border shape is a roundedEnds.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InstallationStatusEnum">
            <summary>Describe the installation status.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InstallationStatusEnum.kInstallationFailedStatus">
            <summary>Installation failed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InstallationStatusEnum.kInstallationInProcessStatus">
            <summary>Installation is in process.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InstallationStatusEnum.kInstalledStatus">
            <summary>The specified version has been installed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InstallationStatusEnum.kUnsupportedVersionStatus">
            <summary>The specified version is unsupported to install.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.IntentTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the type of value that the GeometryIntent's Intent property will return.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.IntentTypeEnum.kGeometryIntent">
            <summary>Intent is a DrawingCurve or a SketchEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.IntentTypeEnum.kNoPointIntent">
            <summary>The GeometryIntent is not a point and the Intent property will not return a meaningful value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.IntentTypeEnum.kParameterIntent">
            <summary>Intent is a double value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.IntentTypeEnum.kPoint2dIntent">
            <summary>Intent is a Point2d object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.IntentTypeEnum.kPointEnumIntent">
            <summary>Intent is a PointIntentEnum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.IntentTypeEnum.kPointIntent">
            <summary>Intent is a Point object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InteractionEventsEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying which events are active during Interaction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InteractionEventsEnum.kKeyboardInteraction">
            <summary>Only the Keyboard Events is active.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InteractionEventsEnum.kMouseAndKeyboardInteraction">
            <summary>Both, the Mouse and Keyboard Events are active.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InteractionEventsEnum.kMouseInteraction">
            <summary>Only the MouseEvents is active.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InteractionEventsEnum.kNoInteraction">
            <summary>None of the Events are active.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InteractionEventsEnum.kSelectAndKeyboardInteraction">
            <summary>Both, the Select and Keyboard Events are active.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InteractionEventsEnum.kSelectInteraction">
            <summary>Only the Select Events is active.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InteractiveContactAnalysisEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of components which are used for interactive contact analysis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InteractiveContactAnalysisEnum.kAllComponentsInteractiveContact">
            <summary>All components are used as input.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InteractiveContactAnalysisEnum.kContactSetOnlyInteractiveContact">
            <summary>Components in the contact set are used as input.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InteractiveContactAnalysisEnum.kSolverOffInteractiveContact">
            <summary>None components are used as input.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InteractiveContactSurfacesEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of surfaces for interactive contact analysis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InteractiveContactSurfacesEnum.kAllSurfacesInteractiveContact">
            <summary>Takes into account all surfaces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InteractiveContactSurfacesEnum.kGeneralSurfacesInteractiveContact">
            <summary>Takes into account most surfaces except for some fillets(blends).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InteractiveContactSurfacesEnum.kSimpleSurfacesInteractiveContact">
            <summary>Ignores non-analytic surfaces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InterfaceStyleEnum">
            <summary>Enum for the different interface styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InterfaceStyleEnum.kClassicInterface">
            <summary>Classic interface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.InterfaceStyleEnum.kRibbonInterface">
            <summary>Ribbon interface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.IOMechanismEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the type of an input-output operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.IOMechanismEnum.kDataDropIOMechanism">
            <summary>A data drop IO operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.IOMechanismEnum.kFileBrowseIOMechanism">
            <summary>A file browse IO operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.IOMechanismEnum.kPasteSpecialIOMechanism">
            <summary>A paste special IO operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.IOMechanismEnum.kUnspecifiedIOMechanism">
            <summary>An unspecified IO operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LayDirectionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Bit field describing the various direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LayDirectionTypeEnum.kAngularInBothDirections">
            <summary>Angular in both directions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LayDirectionTypeEnum.kCircularRelativeToCenter">
            <summary>Circular relative to center.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LayDirectionTypeEnum.kMultidirectional">
            <summary>Multiple directional.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LayDirectionTypeEnum.kParallelToPlaneOfProjection">
            <summary>Parallel to plane projection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LayDirectionTypeEnum.kParticulateNondirectional">
            <summary>Particulate nondirectional.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LayDirectionTypeEnum.kPerpendicularToPlaneOfProjection">
            <summary>Perpendicular to plane projection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LayDirectionTypeEnum.kRadialRelativeToCenter">
            <summary>Radial relative to center.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LevelOfDetailEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the level of detail representation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LevelOfDetailEnum.kAllComponentsSuppressedLevelOfDetail">
            <summary>All components suppressed level of detail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LevelOfDetailEnum.kAllContentSuppressedLevelOfDetail">
            <summary>All content components suppressed level of detail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LevelOfDetailEnum.kAllPartsSuppressedLevelOfDetail">
            <summary>All parts suppressed level of detail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LevelOfDetailEnum.kCustomLevelOfDetail">
            <summary>A user defined explicit named custom level of detail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LevelOfDetailEnum.kLastActiveLevelOfDetail">
            <summary>Last Active level of detail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LevelOfDetailEnum.kMasterLevelOfDetail">
            <summary>The master or default level of detail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LevelOfDetailEnum.kSandboxLevelOfDetail">
            <summary>A temporary editing sandbox level of detail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LevelOfDetailEnum.kSubstituteLevelOfDetail">
            <summary>A component substitute level of detail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LevelOfDetailEnum.kTransientLevelOfDetail">
            <summary>A temporary transit level of detail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LicenseRoleEnum">
            <summary>Enumerator that defines license role type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LicenseRoleEnum.kLicenseRoleExtension">
            <summary>License role extension. The feature/service for non-core functionalities of product.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LicenseRoleEnum.kLicenseRoleHost">
            <summary>License role host. The feature/service is for core functionalities of product.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LicenseRoleEnum.kLicenseRolePlugin">
            <summary>License role plugin. The feature/service which can be installed seperately from product.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LightDefinitionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Light definition type enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LightDefinitionTypeEnum.kDirectionalLight">
            <summary>Directinal light.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LightDefinitionTypeEnum.kPointLight">
            <summary>Point light.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LightDefinitionTypeEnum.kSpotLight">
            <summary>Spot light.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LightingStyleTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants specifying the lighting style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LightingStyleTypeEnum.kImageBasedLightingStyle">
            <summary>Image based lighting style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LightingStyleTypeEnum.kStandardLightingStyle">
            <summary>Standard lighting style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LightTypeEnum">
            <summary>Coordinate space in which light direction (and position if applicable) is defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LightTypeEnum.kGroundPlaneSpaceLight">
            <summary>Light defined in Ground Plane (ViewCube) space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LightTypeEnum.kModelSpaceLight">
            <summary>Light defined in model (world) space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LightTypeEnum.kViewSpaceLight">
            <summary>Light defined in eye (camera) space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LinearDimensionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of dimensioning to use while placing linear dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinearDimensionTypeEnum.kDiametricLinearDimension">
            <summary>Linear diametric dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinearDimensionTypeEnum.kRegularLinearDimension">
            <summary>Linear regular dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinearDimensionTypeEnum.kSymmetricLinearDimension">
            <summary>Linear symmetric dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LinearPrecisionEnum">
            <summary>Enum specifying the precision for linear dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinearPrecisionEnum.kEightDecimalPlacesLinearPrecision">
            <summary>Eight Decimal Places Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinearPrecisionEnum.kEighthsFractionalLinearPrecision">
            <summary>Eighths Fractional Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinearPrecisionEnum.kFiveDecimalPlacesLinearPrecision">
            <summary>Five Decimal Places Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinearPrecisionEnum.kFourDecimalPlacesLinearPrecision">
            <summary>Four Decimal Places Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinearPrecisionEnum.kHalfFractionalLinearPrecision">
            <summary>Half Fractional Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinearPrecisionEnum.kOneDecimalPlaceLinearPrecision">
            <summary>One Decimal Place Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinearPrecisionEnum.kOneTwentyEighthsFractionalLinearPrecision">
            <summary>OneTwentyEighths Fractional Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinearPrecisionEnum.kQuarterFractionalLinearPrecision">
            <summary>Quarter Fractional Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinearPrecisionEnum.kSevenDecimalPlacesLinearPrecision">
            <summary>Seven Decimal Places Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinearPrecisionEnum.kSixDecimalPlacesLinearPrecision">
            <summary>Six Decimal Places Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinearPrecisionEnum.kSixteenthsFractionalLinearPrecision">
            <summary>Sixteenths Fractional Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinearPrecisionEnum.kSixtyFourthsFractionalLinearPrecision">
            <summary>SixtyFourths Fractional Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinearPrecisionEnum.kThirtySecondsFractionalLinearPrecision">
            <summary>ThirtySeconds Fractional Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinearPrecisionEnum.kThreeDecimalPlacesLinearPrecision">
            <summary>Three Decimal Places Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinearPrecisionEnum.kTwoDecimalPlacesLinearPrecision">
            <summary>Two Decimal Places Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinearPrecisionEnum.kZeroDecimalPlaceLinearPrecision">
            <summary>Zero Decimal Place Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinearPrecisionEnum.kZeroFractionalLinearPrecision">
            <summary>Zero Fractional Precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LineDefinitionSpaceEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating various line font definition space types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineDefinitionSpaceEnum.kHybridSpace">
            <summary>Hybrid Space type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineDefinitionSpaceEnum.kModelSpace">
            <summary>Model Space type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineDefinitionSpaceEnum.kScreenSpace">
            <summary>Screen Space type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LineSpacingEnum">
            <summary>LineSpacing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineSpacingEnum.kDoubleLineSpacing">
            <summary>Double Line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineSpacingEnum.kSingleLineSpacing">
            <summary>Single line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineSpacingEnum.kTripleLineSpacing">
            <summary>Triple Line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LineTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating various color source types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineTypeEnum.kChainLineType">
            <summary>Chain line style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineTypeEnum.kContinuousLineType">
            <summary>Continuous line style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineTypeEnum.kCustomLineType">
            <summary>Custom line style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineTypeEnum.kDashDottedLineType">
            <summary>Dash dotted line style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineTypeEnum.kDashedDoubleDottedLineType">
            <summary>Dashed double dotted line style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineTypeEnum.kDashedHiddenLineType">
            <summary>Dashed hidden line style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineTypeEnum.kDashedLineType">
            <summary>Dashed line style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineTypeEnum.kDashedTripleDottedLineType">
            <summary>Dashed triple dotted line style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineTypeEnum.kDefaultLineType">
            <summary>default line style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineTypeEnum.kDottedLineType">
            <summary>Dotted line style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineTypeEnum.kDoubleDashDoubleDottedLineType">
            <summary>Double dash double dotted line style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineTypeEnum.kDoubleDashedChainLineType">
            <summary>Double dashed line style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineTypeEnum.kDoubleDashedDottedLineType">
            <summary>Double dashed dotted line style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineTypeEnum.kDoubleDashedTripleDottedLineType">
            <summary>Double dash triple dotted line style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineTypeEnum.kLongDashDottedLineType">
            <summary>Long dash dotted line style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineTypeEnum.kLongDashedDoubleDottedLineType">
            <summary>Long dashed double dotted line style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineTypeEnum.kLongDashTripleDottedLineType">
            <summary>Long dash triple dotted line style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LineWeightTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of line weight.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineWeightTypeEnum.kRangeLineWeight">
            <summary>Lines will be displayed with a particular line weight,which depending on the actual line thickness that falls into one of the defined range of line thickness values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LineWeightTypeEnum.kTrueLineWeight">
            <summary>The line weights should correspond to the actual line dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LinkStatusEnum">
            <summary>Constants signifying the state of a link.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinkStatusEnum.kAmbiguousStatus">
            <summary>Link is ambiguous.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinkStatusEnum.kMissingStatus">
            <summary>No link exists.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinkStatusEnum.kOutOfDateStatus">
            <summary>Link is out of date.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinkStatusEnum.kSourceNewerStatus">
            <summary>Source is newer than target.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LinkStatusEnum.kUpToDateStatus">
            <summary>Link is up to date.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LocationTypeEnum">
            <summary>Location Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LocationTypeEnum.kDesktopConnectorLocation">
            <summary>Desktop Connector network location. Currently supported by BIM 360 and Fusion 360.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LocationTypeEnum.kLibraryLocation">
            <summary>A Library (shared Location). Typically, a read-only catalog of data files.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LocationTypeEnum.kLocalLocation">
            <summary>An Auxiliary Workspace (local Location). Additional WorkSpace locations for added flexibility.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LocationTypeEnum.kOwnerDirectoryLocation">
            <summary>The directory in which the container-file of the link to this file resides.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LocationTypeEnum.kUnknownLocation">
            <summary>An unknown Location.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LocationTypeEnum.kWorkgroupLocation">
            <summary>A Workgroup (shared Location). Typically, a share housing data files being concurrently worked on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LocationTypeEnum.kWorkspaceLocation">
            <summary>The Primary Workspace (local Location). User's local work area. Typically, not seen by others.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LoftConditionEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the loft condition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LoftConditionEnum.kAngleLoftCondition">
            <summary>Angle loft condition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LoftConditionEnum.kDirectionLoftCondition">
            <summary>Direction loft condition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LoftConditionEnum.kFreeLoftCondition">
            <summary>Free loft condition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LoftConditionEnum.kSharpPointLoftCondition">
            <summary>Sharp point loft condition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LoftConditionEnum.kSmoothLoftCondition">
            <summary>Smooth loft condition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LoftConditionEnum.kTangentLoftCondition">
            <summary>Tangent loft condition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LoftConditionEnum.kTangentToPlaneLoftCondition">
            <summary>Tangent to plane loft condition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LoftedFlangeOutputTypeEnum">
            <summary>Defines the constants used to specify the technique used when calculating a lofted flange.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LoftedFlangeOutputTypeEnum.kDieFormedLoftedFlange">
            <summary>Die Formed LoftedFlange.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LoftedFlangeOutputTypeEnum.kPressBrakeChordToleranceLoftedFlange">
            <summary>Press Brake LoftedFlange using Chord Tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LoftedFlangeOutputTypeEnum.kPressBrakeFacetAngleLoftedFlange">
            <summary>Press Brake LoftedFlange using Facet Angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LoftedFlangeOutputTypeEnum.kPressBrakeFacetDistanceLoftedFlange">
            <summary>Press Brake LoftedFlange using Facet Distance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LoftTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of loft feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LoftTypeEnum.kLoftWithAreaGraphSections">
            <summary>Loft with a Centerline and Area-Graph Sections.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LoftTypeEnum.kLoftWithCenterline">
            <summary>Loft with Centerline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LoftTypeEnum.kLoftWithRails">
            <summary>Loft with Rails.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.LoftTypeEnum.kRegularLoft">
            <summary>Regular Loft.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MajorityTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants that define the majority types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MajorityTypeEnum.kFullList">
            <summary>Full list majority type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MajorityTypeEnum.kSimplified">
            <summary>Simplified majority type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum">
            <summary>Manipulator element type enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum.kAllManipulatorElements">
            <summary>Toggle All manipulator elements.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum.kManipulatorOriginScaleElement">
            <summary>Toggle global scale element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum.kManipulatorOriginTranslationElement">
            <summary>Toggle global translation element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum.kManipulatorXRotationElement">
            <summary>Toggle X axis rotation element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum.kManipulatorXScaleElement">
            <summary>Toggle X axis scale element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum.kManipulatorXTranslationElement">
            <summary>Toggle X axis translation element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum.kManipulatorXYScaleElement">
            <summary>Toggle XY plane scale element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum.kManipulatorXYTranslationElement">
            <summary>Toggle XY plane translation element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum.kManipulatorXZScaleElement">
            <summary>Toggle XZ plane scale element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum.kManipulatorXZTranslationElement">
            <summary>Toggle XZ plane translation element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum.kManipulatorYRotationElement">
            <summary>Toggle Y axis rotation element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum.kManipulatorYScaleElement">
            <summary>Toggle Y axis scale element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum.kManipulatorYTranslationElement">
            <summary>Toggle Y axis translation element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum.kManipulatorYZScaleElement">
            <summary>Toggle YZ plane scale element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum.kManipulatorYZTranslationElement">
            <summary>Toggle YZ plane translation element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum.kManipulatorZRotationElement">
            <summary>Toggle Z axis rotation element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum.kManipulatorZScaleElement">
            <summary>Toggle Z axis scale element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum.kManipulatorZTranslationElement">
            <summary>Toggle Z axis translation element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MarkedViewDataTypeEnum">
            <summary>MarkedView data type enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MarkedViewDataTypeEnum.kMarkedViewAllDataType">
            <summary>All data type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MarkedViewDataTypeEnum.kMarkedViewAppearanceDataType">
            <summary>Appearance data type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MarkedViewDataTypeEnum.kMarkedViewNoneDataType">
            <summary>none data type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MarkedViewDataTypeEnum.kMarkedViewTrailDataType">
            <summary>Trail data type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MarkedViewDataTypeEnum.kMarkedViewTransformationDataType">
            <summary>Transformation data type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MarkedViewDataTypeEnum.kMarkedViewVisibilityDataType">
            <summary>Visibility data type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MarkMethodTypeEnum">
            <summary>Mark Method Type Enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MarkMethodTypeEnum.kProjectionMethodType">
            <summary>Mark projection method type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MarkMethodTypeEnum.kWrapToFaceMethodType">
            <summary>Mark wrap to face method type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MarkTextTypeEnum">
            <summary>Mark Text Enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MarkTextTypeEnum.kMarkOutkineTextType">
            <summary>Mark Text Outline type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MarkTextTypeEnum.kMarkStrokeTextType">
            <summary>Mark Text Stroke type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MarkTypeEnum">
            <summary>Mark Type Enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MarkTypeEnum.kMarkSurfaceType">
            <summary>Mark surface typ.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MarkTypeEnum.kMarkThroughType">
            <summary>Mark through type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MassPropertiesAccuracyEnum">
            <summary>Constants specifying the different computational accuracies of the mass property calculations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MassPropertiesAccuracyEnum.k_High">
            <summary>High Accuracy.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MassPropertiesAccuracyEnum.k_Low">
            <summary>Low Accuracy.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MassPropertiesAccuracyEnum.k_Medium">
            <summary>Medium Accuracy.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MassPropertiesAccuracyEnum.k_None">
            <summary>No Mass Properties Available.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MassPropertiesAccuracyEnum.k_VeryHigh">
            <summary>VeryHigh Accuracy.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum used to define the types of solution for a mate constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum.kAlignedSolutionType">
            <summary>Aligned solution type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum.kNoSolutionType">
            <summary>No solution type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum.kOpposedSolutionType">
            <summary>Opposed solution type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum.kUndirectedSolutionType">
            <summary>Undirected solution type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MaterialConditionEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating material condition types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialConditionEnum.kLeastMaterialCondition">
            <summary>Least Material Condition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialConditionEnum.kMaterialConditionNotSpecified">
            <summary>Material condition not specified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialConditionEnum.kMaximumMaterialCondition">
            <summary>Maximum Material Condition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialConditionEnum.kRegardlessOfFeatureSizeMaterialCondition">
            <summary>Regardless Of Feature Size Material Condition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MaterialDisplayUnitsEnum">
            <summary>units used when material information is displayed in the user interface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialDisplayUnitsEnum.kMaterialDisplayUnitsEnglishFoot">
            <summary>Values are displayed using ft, lbmass, psf.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialDisplayUnitsEnum.kMaterialDisplayUnitsEnglishInch">
            <summary>Values are displayed using in, lbmass, psi.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialDisplayUnitsEnum.kMaterialDisplayUnitsEnglishStandard">
            <summary>Values are displayed using ksi, psi, BTU.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialDisplayUnitsEnum.kMaterialDisplayUnitsMetricCGS">
            <summary>Values are displayed using cm, g, dyne.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialDisplayUnitsEnum.kMaterialDisplayUnitsMetricMKS">
            <summary>Values are displayed using m, kg, Pa.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialDisplayUnitsEnum.kMaterialDisplayUnitsMetricMMNS">
            <summary>Values are displayed using mm, N, MPa.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialDisplayUnitsEnum.kMaterialDisplayUnitsMetricStandard">
            <summary>Values are displayed using MPa, kg, J.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialDisplayUnitsEnum.kMaterialDisplayUnitsMetricUMNS">
            <summary>Values are displayed using µm, N, N/µm^2.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MaterialRemovalModifierEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating material removal modifier types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialRemovalModifierEnum.kBetweenModifier">
            <summary>Between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialRemovalModifierEnum.kContinuousFeatureModifier">
            <summary>Continuous feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialRemovalModifierEnum.kDiameterModifier">
            <summary>Diameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialRemovalModifierEnum.kEnvelopeRequirementModifier">
            <summary>Envelope requirement.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialRemovalModifierEnum.kFreeStateModifier">
            <summary>Free state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialRemovalModifierEnum.kFromToModifier">
            <summary>From...to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialRemovalModifierEnum.kLeastMaterialConditionModifier">
            <summary>Least material condition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialRemovalModifierEnum.kMaximumMaterialConditionModifier">
            <summary>Maximum material condition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialRemovalModifierEnum.kMedianFeatureModifier">
            <summary>Median feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialRemovalModifierEnum.kProjectedToleranceZoneModifier">
            <summary>Projected tolerance zone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialRemovalModifierEnum.kReciprocityModifier">
            <summary>Reciprocity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialRemovalModifierEnum.kRegardlessOfFeatureSizeModifier">
            <summary>Regardless of feature size.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialRemovalModifierEnum.kSquareModifier">
            <summary>Square.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialRemovalModifierEnum.kStatisticalToleranceModifier">
            <summary>Statistical tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialRemovalModifierEnum.kTangentPlaneModifier">
            <summary>Tangent plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MaterialRemovalModifierEnum.kUnequallyDisposedModifier">
            <summary>Unequally disposed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MeasureTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of measurement.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MeasureTypeEnum.kAngleMeasure">
            <summary>Angular measurement.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MeasureTypeEnum.kDistanceMeasure">
            <summary>Linear measurement.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MediumTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the type of medium data.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MediumTypeEnum.kDataObjectMedium">
            <summary>Using DataObject as the type of medium data.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MediumTypeEnum.kFileNameMedium">
            <summary>Using file name as the type of medium data.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MediumTypeEnum.kStreamMedium">
            <summary>Using stream as the type of medium data.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MediumTypeEnum.kStringMedium">
            <summary>Using string as the type of medium data.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MemberEditScopeEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the type of the membe edit scope.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberEditScopeEnum.kEditActiveMember">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberEditScopeEnum.kEditAllMembers">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberEditScopeEnum.kEditMultipleMembers">
            <summary>Edit multiple members.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MemberManagerErrorsEnum">
            <summary>Member Manager Error Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberManagerErrorsEnum.kMemberManagerDifferentFamily">
            <summary>The existing part file is coming from different family.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberManagerErrorsEnum.kMemberManagerDifferentMember">
            <summary>The existing part file is coming from different member.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberManagerErrorsEnum.kMemberManagerFeatureSuppressFail">
            <summary>Feature can't be suppressed/unsuppressedd.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberManagerErrorsEnum.kMemberManagerInvalidMemberValue">
            <summary>Invalid member value for column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberManagerErrorsEnum.kMemberManagerInvalidTemplateModelParameters">
            <summary>Template model parameters mismatch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberManagerErrorsEnum.kMemberManagerInvalidTemplateUserParameters">
            <summary>Template user pararameters mismatch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberManagerErrorsEnum.kMemberManagerLongFilename">
            <summary>The part file name exceeds allowed length.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberManagerErrorsEnum.kMemberManagerMaterialNotFound">
            <summary>Material is not found by reference key.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberManagerErrorsEnum.kMemberManagerMissingFileWritePermission">
            <summary>File write permission is missing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberManagerErrorsEnum.kMemberManagerNoError">
            <summary>No error.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberManagerErrorsEnum.kMemberManagerThreadCreateFail">
            <summary>Thread/hole feature create method failed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberManagerErrorsEnum.kMemberManagerThreadFeatureNotFound">
            <summary>Thread/hole feature can't be found by reference key.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberManagerErrorsEnum.kMemberManagerUnknown">
            <summary>Unknown error.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberManagerErrorsEnum.kMemberManagerVaultCheckoutFail">
            <summary>Vault checkout method failed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberManagerErrorsEnum.kMemberManagerVaultFileStatusFail">
            <summary>Vault file status method failed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberManagerErrorsEnum.kMemberManagerVaultGetLatestVersionFail">
            <summary>Vault checkout method failed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MemberTypeEnum">
            <summary>Inventor's VBA Member Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberTypeEnum.kEventMember">
            <summary>Event Member.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberTypeEnum.kFunctionMember">
            <summary>Function member.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberTypeEnum.kPropertyMember">
            <summary>Property member.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemberTypeEnum.kSubMember">
            <summary>Sub-routine member.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MemorySavingModeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the memory saving mode during drawing view computations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemorySavingModeEnum.kAlwaysSaveMemoryMode">
            <summary>Memory conservation should be done for all drawing view computations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemorySavingModeEnum.kNeverSaveMemoryMode">
            <summary>None of drawing view computations should do memory conservation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MemorySavingModeEnum.kUseApplicationOptionsMemoryMode">
            <summary>Memory saving mode belong to the application options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MeshEdgesVisibilityEnum">
            <summary>Defines the visibility types of the mesh edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MeshEdgesVisibilityEnum.kAllMeshEdgesVisible">
            <summary>All mesh edges are visiable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MeshEdgesVisibilityEnum.kNoMeshEdgesVisible">
            <summary>No mesh edges are visiable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MeshEdgesVisibilityEnum.kSomeMeshEdgesVisible">
            <summary>Some mesh edges are visiable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MeshFeaturesSuppressionEnum">
            <summary>Defines the suppression types of the mesh features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MeshFeaturesSuppressionEnum.kAllMeshFeaturesSuppressed">
            <summary>All mesh features are suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MeshFeaturesSuppressionEnum.kNoMeshFeaturesSuppressed">
            <summary>No mesh features are suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MeshFeaturesSuppressionEnum.kSomeMeshFeaturesSuppressed">
            <summary>Some mesh features are suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MeshFeaturesVisibilityEnum">
            <summary>Defines the visibility types of the Mesh Features .</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MeshFeaturesVisibilityEnum.kAllMeshFeaturesVisible">
            <summary>All mesh features are visiable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MeshFeaturesVisibilityEnum.kNoMeshFeaturesVisible">
            <summary>No mesh features are visiable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MeshFeaturesVisibilityEnum.kSomeMeshFeaturesVisible">
            <summary>Some mesh features are visiable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MigrateCustomSettingsResultEnum">
            <summary>MigrateCustomSettings Result.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MigrateCustomSettingsResultEnum.kMigrateCustomSettingsFailed">
            <summary>Migrate Custom Settings Failed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MigrateCustomSettingsResultEnum.kMigrateCustomSettingsSuccess">
            <summary>Migrate Custom Settings Success.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MigrateCustomSettingsResultEnum.kMigrateCustomSettingsSuccessRestart">
            <summary>Migrate Custom Settings Success Need Restart.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MiniToolbarControlTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants that specifies the MiniToolbar Control type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MiniToolbarControlTypeEnum.kButton">
            <summary>Button control type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MiniToolbarControlTypeEnum.kCheckBox">
            <summary>CheckBox control type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MiniToolbarControlTypeEnum.kComboBox">
            <summary>ComboBox control type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MiniToolbarControlTypeEnum.kDropdown">
            <summary>Dropdown control type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MiniToolbarControlTypeEnum.kLabel">
            <summary>Label control type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MiniToolbarControlTypeEnum.kSeparator">
            <summary>Separator control type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MiniToolbarControlTypeEnum.kSlider">
            <summary>Slider control type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MiniToolbarControlTypeEnum.kTextBox">
            <summary>TextBox control type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MiniToolbarControlTypeEnum.kTextEditor">
            <summary>TextEditor control type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MiniToolbarControlTypeEnum.kValueEditor">
            <summary>ValueEditor control type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelDatumFeatureTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of model datum feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelDatumFeatureTypeEnum.kAxis1PointDatumFeature">
            <summary>Axial datum defined from 1 center points on a feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelDatumFeatureTypeEnum.kAxis2PointsDatumFeature">
            <summary>Axial datum defined from 2 center points on a feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelDatumFeatureTypeEnum.kPlane1PointDatumFeature">
            <summary>Planar datum defined from 1 target points on a feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelDatumFeatureTypeEnum.kPlane2PointsDatumFeature">
            <summary>Planar datum defined from 2 target points on a feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelDatumFeatureTypeEnum.kPlane3PointsDatumFeature">
            <summary>Planar datum defined from 3 target points on a feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelDatumFeatureTypeEnum.kSimpleDatumFeature">
            <summary>Simple datum feature based directly on feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelDatumFeatureTypeEnum.kUserDefinedAxisDatumFeature">
            <summary>User defined axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelDatumFeatureTypeEnum.kUserDefinedPlaneDatumFeature">
            <summary>User defined plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of model datum target.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetTypeEnum.kModelDatumTargetTypeCircle">
            <summary>Circle datum target type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetTypeEnum.kModelDatumTargetTypePoint">
            <summary>Point datum target type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetTypeEnum.kModelDatumTargetTypeRectangle">
            <summary>Rectangle datum target type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelDiameterFromThreadEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the specific diameter out of the thread definition that is to be used for modeling.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelDiameterFromThreadEnum.kThreadMajorDiameter">
            <summary>Diameter of cylindrical face in the model is picked as the Major Thread diameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelDiameterFromThreadEnum.kThreadMinorDiameter">
            <summary>Diameter of cylindrical face in the model is picked as the Minor Thread diameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelDiameterFromThreadEnum.kThreadPitchDiameter">
            <summary>Diameter of cylindrical face in the model is picked as the Pitch diameter of the Thread.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelDiameterFromThreadEnum.kThreadTapDrillDiameter">
            <summary>Diameter of cylindrical face in the model is picked as the Tap Drill diameter of the Thread.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelStateTypeEnum">
            <summary>Model state types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelStateTypeEnum.kCustomModelStateType">
            <summary>Custom model state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelStateTypeEnum.kLastActiveModelStateType">
            <summary>Last active model state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelStateTypeEnum.kMasterModelStateType">
            <summary>Master model state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelStateTypeEnum.kPrimaryModelStateType">
            <summary>Primary model state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelStateTypeEnum.kSubstituteModelStateType">
            <summary>Substitute model state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureConstrainedStatusEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the model tolerance feature constrained status.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureConstrainedStatusEnum.kToleranceFeatureConstrained">
            <summary>Tolerance Feature Constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureConstrainedStatusEnum.kToleranceFeatureConstrainedStatusUnknown">
            <summary>Tolerance Feature Unknown.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureConstrainedStatusEnum.kToleranceFeatureUnConstrained">
            <summary>Tolerance Feature Unconstrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of model tolerance feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kArcToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kBallToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Ball.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kBendSurfaceToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Bend Surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kBlindHoleToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Blind Hole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kBlindThreadToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Blind Thread.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kChamferToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Chamfer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kCoaxialAxesToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Coaxial Axes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kCocylindricalGroupToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Cocylindrical Group.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kConeToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Cone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kCoplanarGroupToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Coplanar Group.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kCounterboreToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Counterbore.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kCountersinkToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Countersink.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kCurveToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kCylinderToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Cylindrical Surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kCylindricalGroupToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Cylindrical Group.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kDraftedHoleToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Drafted Hole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kDraftedShaftToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Drafted Shaft.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kDraftedSlottedHoleToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Drafted Slotted Hole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kDraftedSlotToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Drafted Slot.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kDraftedSquareToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Drafted Square.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kDraftedTabslotToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Drafted Tabslot.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kDraftedWidthToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Drafted Width.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kDrilledHoleToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Drilled Hole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kExtrudedGroupToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Extruded Group.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kGeneralGroupToleranceFeature">
            <summary>General Group.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kHoleToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Hole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kLinearPatternToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Linear Pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kLineToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kMultiElementHoleToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Multi Element Hole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kNonParallelAxesToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Non-parallel Axes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kNonParallelMidPlanesToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Non-parallel Midplanes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kOpposedConesToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Opposed Cones.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kOpposedCylindersToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Opposed Cylinders.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kParallelAxesToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Parallel Axes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kParallelMidPlanesToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Parallel Midplanes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kPipeToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Pipe.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kPlanarGroupToleranceFeature">
            <summary>PlanarGroup.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kPlaneToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Planar Surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kPointToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kPolarPatternToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Polar Pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kPrismToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Extruded Surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kRadialPatternToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Radial Pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kRevolvedGroupToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Revolved Group.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kRevolvedToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Revolved Surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kRolledSurfaceToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Rolled Surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kShaftToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Shaft.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kSlottedHoleToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Slotted Hole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kSlotToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Slot.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kSMPairAnchoredAxialToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Sheet Metal Anchored Axial Pair.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kSMPairAsymmetricToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Sheet Metal Asymmetric Pair.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kSMPairAxialToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Sheet Metal Axial Pair.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kSMPairPlanarToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Sheet Metal Planar Pair.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kSMPairPrismaticToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Sheet Metal Prismatic Pair.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kSMPairSphericalToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Sheet Metal Spherical Pair.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kSMWallToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Sheet Metal Wall.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kSocketToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Socket.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kSphereToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Sphere.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kSplitDraftHoleToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Split Draft Hole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kSplitDraftShaftToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Split Draft Shaft.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kSplitDraftSlabToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Split Draft Slab.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kSplitDraftSlottedHoleToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Split Draft Slotted Hole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kSplitDraftSlotToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Split Draft Slot.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kSquareToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Square.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kSurfaceToleranceFeature">
            <summary>General Surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kTabslotToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Tabslot.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kThruThreadToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Thru Thread.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kTorusToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Torus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kUnknownToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Unknown.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureTypeEnum.kWidthToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Slab.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelValueTypeEnum">
            <summary>Settings for computing model value of a parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelValueTypeEnum.kLowerValue">
            <summary>Use Lower Tolerance value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelValueTypeEnum.kMedianValue">
            <summary>Use Median Tolerance value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelValueTypeEnum.kNominalValue">
            <summary>Use Nominal value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ModelValueTypeEnum.kUpperValue">
            <summary>Use Upper Tolerance value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MouseButtonEnum">
            <summary>Enumeration of the buttons on a mouse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MouseButtonEnum.kLeftMouseButton">
            <summary>Left mouse button.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MouseButtonEnum.kMiddleMouseButton">
            <summary>Middle mouse button.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MouseButtonEnum.kNoneMouseButton">
            <summary>No mouse button.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MouseButtonEnum.kRightMouseButton">
            <summary>Right mouse button.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MouseDragStateEnum">
            <summary>Enumeration of the conditions of the mouse drag.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MouseDragStateEnum.kDragEnter">
            <summary>Drag occurring while entering this window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MouseDragStateEnum.kDragLeave">
            <summary>Drag occurring while leaving this window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MouseDragStateEnum.kDragOver">
            <summary>Drag occurring while within this window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MouseDragStateEnum.kDragUnknown">
            <summary>Drag occurring in an unknown state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MoveFaceTypeEnum">
            <summary>Move face types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MoveFaceTypeEnum.kDirectionAndDistanceMoveType">
            <summary>Direction and distance move type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MoveFaceTypeEnum.kFreeMoveType">
            <summary>Free move type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MoveFaceTypeEnum.kPlanarMoveType">
            <summary>Planar move type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MultiLineDimensionTextEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the various types of multiline dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MultiLineDimensionTextEnum.kAllAboveLandingLine">
            <summary>All above landing line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MultiLineDimensionTextEnum.kAllAboveLandingLineWithUnderline">
            <summary>All above landing line with underline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MultiLineDimensionTextEnum.kFirstLineAboveLandingLine">
            <summary>First line above landing line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MultiLineDimensionTextEnum.kFirstLineCenteredOnLandingLine">
            <summary>First line centered on landing line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MultiLineDimensionTextEnum.kJISAlignment">
            <summary>JIS alignment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MultiUserModeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating various multi-user modes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MultiUserModeEnum.kSemiIsolatedMode">
            <summary>Semi-Isolated mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MultiUserModeEnum.kSemiIsolatedNoCheckoutMode">
            <summary>Semi-Isolated No checkout mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MultiUserModeEnum.kSharedMode">
            <summary>Shared mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MultiUserModeEnum.kSingleUserMode">
            <summary>Single user mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MultiUserModeEnum.kVaultMode">
            <summary>Vault mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MyHomeContentTypeEnum">
            <summary>My home content type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MyHomeContentTypeEnum.kHomePageContentType">
            <summary>Home page content type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.MyHomeContentTypeEnum.kTeamWebContentType">
            <summary>Team web content type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.NormalBindingEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying kind of application of the normals in the associated normal-set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.NormalBindingEnum.kOverallNormal">
            <summary>First normal used for the entire graphics primitive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.NormalBindingEnum.kPerItemNormals">
            <summary>First normal used for the first logically complete item in the primitive being defined (triangle, line segment, etc.).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.NormalBindingEnum.kPerStripNormals">
            <summary>First normal used for the first strip of vertices, the second used for the second strip, ...</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.NormalBindingEnum.kPerVertexNormals">
            <summary>First normal used for the first vertex, the second normal is used for the second vertex, ...</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.NumberingSchemeEnum">
            <summary>Numbering schemes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.NumberingSchemeEnum.kLowercaseAlphaNumbering">
            <summary>The Lowercase Alpha Numbering scheme.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.NumberingSchemeEnum.kNumericNumbering">
            <summary>The Numeric Numbering scheme.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.NumberingSchemeEnum.kUppercaseAlphaNumbering">
            <summary>The Uppercase Alpha Numbering scheme.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum">
            <summary>Object Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.k3dAViewObject">
            <summary>3d Annotation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAliasFreeformFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part AliasFreeform Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAliasFreeformFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part AliasFreeform Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAliasFreeformFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part AliasFreeform Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAnalysisManagerObject">
            <summary>Analysis manager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAnalyticEdgeWorkAxisDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work axis using an analytic edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAngleConstraintObject">
            <summary>Angle Assembly Constraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAngleConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>Angle Assembly Constraint Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAngleExtentObject">
            <summary>AngleExtent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAngleiMateDefinitionObject">
            <summary>AngleiMateDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAngleiMateDefinitionProxyObject">
            <summary>AngleiMateDefinitionProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAngularGeneralDimensionObject">
            <summary>AngularGeneralDimension Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAngularModelDimensionDefinitionObject">
            <summary>AngularModelDimensionDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAngularModelDimensionObject">
            <summary>AngularModelDimension Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAngularModelDimensionProxyObject">
            <summary>AngularModelDimensionProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAngularModelDimensionsObject">
            <summary>AngularModelDimensions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAnnotationPlaneDefinitionObject">
            <summary>AnnotationPlaneDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAnnotationPlaneDefinitionsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>AnnotationPlaneDefinitionsEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAnnotationPlaneObject">
            <summary>AnnotationPlane Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAnnotationPlaneProxyObject">
            <summary>AnnotationPlaneProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAnnotationPlanesObject">
            <summary>AnnotationPlanes Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kApplicationAddInObject">
            <summary>Object that represents an Application AddIn inside Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kApplicationAddInSiteObject">
            <summary>Object passed to the AddIn on initialization.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kApplicationAddInsObject">
            <summary>Object that holds a collection of IRxApplicationAddIn interfaces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kApplicationEventsObject">
            <summary>The Application Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kApplicationObject">
            <summary>Inventor Application Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kApprenticeDrawingPrintManagerObject">
            <summary>Apprentice Drawing Print Manager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kApprenticePrintManagerObject">
            <summary>Apprentice Print Manager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kApprenticeServerDocumentObject">
            <summary>Document Object available inside the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kApprenticeServerDocumentsObject">
            <summary>Apprentice Server Documents collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kApprenticeServerDrawingDocumentObject">
            <summary>Apprentice Server Drawing Document Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kApprenticeServerObject">
            <summary>Standalone mini component allowing limited access to an Inventor File.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kArcLengthDimConstraintObject">
            <summary>ArcLengthDimConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kArcLengthDimConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>ArcLengthDimConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kASideDefinition">
            <summary>ASideDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kASideDefinitions">
            <summary>ASideDefinitions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssemblyComponentDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Assembly Component Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssemblyComponentDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>Assembly Component Definition collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssemblyConstraintsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>Assembly Constraint Enumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssemblyConstraintsObject">
            <summary>Assembly Constraints collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssemblyEventsObject">
            <summary>Assembly Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssemblyJointDefinitionObject">
            <summary>AssemblyJointDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssemblyJointObject">
            <summary>AssemblyJoint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssemblyJointProxyObject">
            <summary>AssemblyJointProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssemblyJointsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>Assembly Joint Enumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssemblyJointsObject">
            <summary>AssemblyJoints Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssemblyOptionsObject">
            <summary>Assembly Options Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssemblySolverNodeObject">
            <summary>Assembly Solver Node Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssemblySolverObject">
            <summary>Assembly Solver Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssemblySymmetryConstraintObject">
            <summary>Symmetry Assembly Constraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssemblySymmetryConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>Symmetry Assembly Constraint Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssemblyWorkAxisDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies an assembly work Axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssemblyWorkPlaneDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies an assembly work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssemblyWorkPointDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies an assembly work Point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssetCategoriesObject">
            <summary>Asset Categories Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssetCategoryObject">
            <summary>Asset Category Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssetLibrariesObject">
            <summary>Asset Libraries Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssetLibraryObject">
            <summary>Asset library Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssetObject">
            <summary>Asset Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssetsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>Assets Enumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssetsObject">
            <summary>Assets Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssetTextureObject">
            <summary>Asset Texture Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAssetValueObject">
            <summary>Asset Value Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAttributeManagerObject">
            <summary>Attribute Manager for the Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAttributeObject">
            <summary>Attribute Object. Contained within the Attribute Set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAttributesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>Attributes Enumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAttributeSetObject">
            <summary>Fundamental unit for attribution. Object can contain more than one AttributeSet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAttributeSetsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>AttributeSets Enumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAttributeSetsObject">
            <summary>Collection of all AttributeSets associated with an Inventor Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAutoCADBlockDefinitionObject">
            <summary>AutoCADBlockDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAutoCADBlockDefinitionsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>AutoCADBlockDefinitionsEnumerator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAutoCADBlockDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>AutoCADBlockDefinitions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAutoCADBlockObject">
            <summary>AutoCADBlockReference Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAutoCADBlocksObject">
            <summary>AutoCADBlockReferences Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAutomatedCenterlineSettingsObject">
            <summary>AutomatedCenterlineSettings Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAuxiliaryFeatureIndicatorObject">
            <summary>The AuxiliaryFeatureIndicator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kAuxiliaryFeatureIndicatorsObject">
            <summary>The AuxiliaryFeatureIndicators object allows to access the auxiliary feature indicators within a feature control frame symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBalloonObject">
            <summary>Balloon Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBalloonsObject">
            <summary>Balloons Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBalloonStyleObject">
            <summary>BalloonStyle Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBalloonStylesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>BalloonStylesEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBalloonTipObject">
            <summary>BalloonTip Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBalloonTipsObject">
            <summary>BalloonTips Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBalloonValueSetObject">
            <summary>BalloonValueSet Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBalloonValueSetsObject">
            <summary>BalloonValueSets Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBaselineDimensionSetObject">
            <summary>The BaselineDimensionSet object represents a baseline dimension set placed on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBaselineDimensionSetsObject">
            <summary>The BaselineDimensionSets collection object provides access to all of the baseline dimension sets on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBendConstraintObject">
            <summary>BendConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBendConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>BendConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBendDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Bend Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBendFeatureObject">
            <summary>Bend Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBendFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Bend Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBendFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Bend Features Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBendNoteObject">
            <summary>The BendNote object represents Bend Note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBendNotesObject">
            <summary>BendNotes Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBendObject">
            <summary>Bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBendOptionsObject">
            <summary>Bend Options Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBendPartFeatureObject">
            <summary>BendPart Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBendPartFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>BendPart Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBendPartFeaturesObject">
            <summary>BendPart Features Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBendsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>BendsEnumerator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBIMCableTrayConnectorDefinitionObject">
            <summary>BIMCableTrayConnectorDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBIMComponentDescriptionObject">
            <summary>BIMComponentDescription object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBIMComponentObject">
            <summary>BIMComponent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBIMComponentPropertyObject">
            <summary>BIMComponentProperty object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBIMComponentPropertySetObject">
            <summary>BIMComponentPropertySet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBIMComponentPropertySetsObject">
            <summary>BIMComponentPropertySets object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBIMConduitConnectorDefinitionObject">
            <summary>BIMConduitConnectorDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBIMConnectorDefinitionObject">
            <summary>BIMConnectorDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBIMConnectorLinkObject">
            <summary>BIMConnectorLink object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBIMConnectorLinksObject">
            <summary>BIMConnectorLinks object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBIMConnectorObject">
            <summary>BIMConnector object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBIMConnectorsObject">
            <summary>BIMConnectors object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBIMDuctConnectorDefinitionObject">
            <summary>BIMDuctConnectorDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBIMElectricalConnectorDefinitionObject">
            <summary>BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBIMExchangeServerObject">
            <summary>BIMExchangeServer object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBIMPipeConnectorDefinitionObject">
            <summary>BIMPipeConnectorDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBOMObject">
            <summary>BOM Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBOMQuantityObject">
            <summary>BOMQuantity Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBOMRowObject">
            <summary>BOMRow Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBOMRowsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>BOMRowsEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBOMViewObject">
            <summary>BOMView Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBOMViewsObject">
            <summary>BOMViews Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBooleanAssetValueObject">
            <summary>Boolean Asset Value Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBorderDefinitionObject">
            <summary>BorderDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBorderDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>BorderDefinitions Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBorderObject">
            <summary>Border Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBossFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Boss Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBossFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Boss Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBossFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Boss Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBossSetObject">
            <summary>Boss Set Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBossSetsObject">
            <summary>Boss Sets Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBoundaryPatchDefinitionObject">
            <summary>BoundaryPatch definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBoundaryPatchFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Boundary Patch Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBoundaryPatchFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Boundary Patch Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBoundaryPatchFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Boundary Patch Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBoundaryPatchLoopObject">
            <summary>BoundaryPatchLoop object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBoundaryPatchLoopsObject">
            <summary>BoundaryPatchLoops object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBreakOperationObject">
            <summary>BreakOperation object represents a break applied to a drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBreakOperationsObject">
            <summary>BreakOperations object represents all break operations applied to a drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBreakOutOperationObject">
            <summary>BreakOutOperation object represents a break out applied to a drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBreakOutOperationsObject">
            <summary>BreakOutOperations object represents all break out operations applied to a drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBrowserFolderObject">
            <summary>Represents a folder in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBrowserFoldersEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>Provides access to all browser folders directly under a browser node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBrowserNodeDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Contains the definition of a node in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBrowserNodeObject">
            <summary>Represents a node in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBrowserNodesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>Provides access to nodes underneath a node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBrowserPaneObject">
            <summary>BrowserPane object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBrowserPanesObject">
            <summary>Browser Panes object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBSplineCurve2dDefinitionObject">
            <summary>BSplineCurve2dDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kBSplineCurveDefinitionObject">
            <summary>BSplineCurveDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kButtonDefinitionHandlerObject">
            <summary>Represents a ButtonDefinitionHandler Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kButtonDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Represents a ButtonDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCallOutSymbolObject">
            <summary>CallOut Symbol Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCameraEventsObject">
            <summary>Camera Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCameraObject">
            <summary>Camera Object that encapsulates all of the viewing parameters into a Scene for a particular View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCategoryManagerObject">
            <summary>CategoryManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCellObject">
            <summary>Cell Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCenteredWidthExtentObject">
            <summary>CenteredWidthExtent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCenterlineObject">
            <summary>Centerline Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCenterlinesObject">
            <summary>Centerlines Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCentermarkObject">
            <summary>Centermark Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCentermarksObject">
            <summary>Centermarks Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCentermarkStyleObject">
            <summary>CentermarkStyle Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCentermarkStylesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>CentermarkStyles Enumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCentroidWorkPointDefObject">
            <summary>CentroidWorkPointDef Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kChainDimensionSetObject">
            <summary>ChainDimensionSet Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kChainDimensionSetsObject">
            <summary>ChainDimensionSets Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kChamferFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Chamfer Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kChamferFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Chamfer Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kChamferFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Chamfer Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kChamferNoteObject">
            <summary>The ChamferNote object represents Chamfer Note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kChamferNotesObject">
            <summary>ChamferNotes Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kChangeDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ChangeDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kChangeDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>ChangeDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kChangeManagerObject">
            <summary>ChangeManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kChangeProcessorObject">
            <summary>ChangeProcessor Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCheckPointObject">
            <summary>Check Point Object that stands for a bookmark within a transaction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCheckPointsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>Check Points Enumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kChoiceAssetValueObject">
            <summary>Choice Asset Value Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCircularOccurrencePatternObject">
            <summary>Circular pattern of assembly occurrences.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCircularOccurrencePatternProxyObject">
            <summary>Circular pattern of assembly occurrences Proxy.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCircularPatternFeatureDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Part CircularPatternFeature Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCircularPatternFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part CircularPattern Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCircularPatternFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Circular Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCircularPatternFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part CircularPattern Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kClientBrowserNodeDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Contains the definition for a client-created node in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kClientFeatureDefinitionObject">
            <summary>The ClientFeatureDefinition object is used to define and query all the inputs of a ClientFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kClientFeatureElementObject">
            <summary>ClientFeatureElement object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kClientFeatureElementProxyObject">
            <summary>ClientFeatureElementProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kClientFeatureElementsObject">
            <summary>ClientFeatureElements object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kClientFeatureObject">
            <summary>The ClientFeature object represents a client feature in a part or an assembly document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kClientFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>ClientFeatureProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kClientFeaturesObject">
            <summary>The ClientFeatures collection object provides access to client features and provides methods to create additional client features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kClientGraphicsCollectionObject">
            <summary>ClientGraphicsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kClientGraphicsObject">
            <summary>ClientGraphics object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kClientNodeResourceObject">
            <summary>Contains the icon used to define a new ClientBrowserNodeDefinition or override an existing BrowserNodeDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kClientNodeResourcesObject">
            <summary>Represents a ClientNodeResources collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kClientOperationEventsObject">
            <summary>ClientOperationEvents object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kClientResourceMapObject">
            <summary>Object that stores client resource ids with theme related icons.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kClientResourceMapsObject">
            <summary>Represents a ClientResourceMaps collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kClientViewObject">
            <summary>A view of the document/drawing sheet attached to a user specified window handle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kClientViewsObject">
            <summary>Collection of client views for a document/drawing sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCoilFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Coil Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCoilFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Coil Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCoilFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Coil Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCoincidentConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>CoincidentConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCoincidentConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>CoincidentConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCoincidentConstraintObject">
            <summary>CoincidentConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCoincidentConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>CoincidentConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCollinearConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>CollinearConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCollinearConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>CollinearConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCollinearConstraintObject">
            <summary>CollinearConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCollinearConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>CollinearConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kColorAssetValueObject">
            <summary>Color Asset Value Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kColorObject">
            <summary>Color Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kColorSchemeObject">
            <summary>ColorScheme object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kColorSchemesObject">
            <summary>ColorSchemes object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kColumnObject">
            <summary>Column Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kColumnsObject">
            <summary>Columns Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCombineFeatureObject">
            <summary>CombineFeature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCombineFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>CombineFeatureProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCombineFeaturesObject">
            <summary>CombineFeatures Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kComboBoxDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Represents a ComboBoxDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCommandBarBaseCollectionObject">
            <summary>Represents a CommandBarBase collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCommandBarBaseObject">
            <summary>CommandBarBase object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCommandBarButtonObject">
            <summary>CommandBarButton object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCommandBarControlObject">
            <summary>CommandBarControl object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCommandBarControlsObject">
            <summary>CommandBarControls object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCommandBarListObject">
            <summary>Represents a CommandBarList Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCommandBarObject">
            <summary>CommandBar object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCommandBarPopUpObject">
            <summary>CommandBarPopUp object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCommandBarsObject">
            <summary>CommandBars object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCommandCategoriesObject">
            <summary>Represents a CommandCategories object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCommandCategoryObject">
            <summary>Represents a CommandCategory object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCommandControlObject">
            <summary>CommandControl Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCommandControlsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>CommandControlsEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCommandControlsObject">
            <summary>CommandControls Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCommandManagerObject">
            <summary>Command Manager Object that encapsulates all of the command-based functionality.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCommandObject">
            <summary>Command Object. Encapsulation of the data on a UI command element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kComponentDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ComponentDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kComponentDefinitionReferenceObject">
            <summary>ComponentDefinitionReference object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kComponentDefinitionReferencesObject">
            <summary>ComponentDefinitionReferences object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kComponentDefinitionsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>ComponentDefinitionsEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kComponentDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>ComponentDefinitions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kComponentGraphicsObject">
            <summary>ComponentGraphics Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kComponentOccurrenceObject">
            <summary>ComponentOccurrence object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kComponentOccurrenceProxyObject">
            <summary>ComponentOccurrenceProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kComponentOccurrencesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>ComponentOccurrence enumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kComponentOccurrencesObject">
            <summary>ComponentOccurrences Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCompositeConstraintObject">
            <summary>Composite Assembly Constraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCompositeiMateDefinitionObject">
            <summary>CompositeiMateDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCompositeiMateDefinitionProxyObject">
            <summary>CompositeiMateDefinition Proxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kConcentricConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>ConcentricConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kConcentricConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>ConcentricConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kConcentricConstraintObject">
            <summary>ConcentricConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kConcentricConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>ConcentricConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kConcentricHolePlacementDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ConcentricHolePlacementDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kConstraintLimitsObject">
            <summary>ConstraintLimits Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContentCenterConfigurationObject">
            <summary>Content Center configuration Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContentCenterDialogEventsObject">
            <summary>ContentCenterDialogEvents Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContentCenterDialogObject">
            <summary>ContentCenterDialog Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContentCenterEventsObject">
            <summary>ContentCenterEvents Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContentCenterObject">
            <summary>Content Center Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContentCenterOptionsObject">
            <summary>ContentCenterOptions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContentFamiliesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>ContentFamiliesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContentFamilyObject">
            <summary>ContentFamily Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContentQueryObject">
            <summary>ContentQuery Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContentTableCellObject">
            <summary>ContentTableCell Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContentTableColumnObject">
            <summary>ContentTableColumn Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContentTableColumnsObject">
            <summary>ContentTableColumns Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContentTableRowObject">
            <summary>ContentTableRow Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContentTableRowsObject">
            <summary>ContentTableRows Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContentTreeViewNodeObject">
            <summary>ContentTreeViewNode Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContentTreeViewNodesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>ContentTreeViewNodesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContourFlangeDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ContourFlange definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContourFlangeFeatureObject">
            <summary>Counter Flange Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContourFlangeFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Counter Flange Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContourFlangeFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Counter Flange Features Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContourRollFeatureObject">
            <summary>ContourRoll Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContourRollFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>ContourRoll Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kContourRollFeaturesObject">
            <summary>ContourRoll Features Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kControlDefinitionEventsObject">
            <summary>Control definition events object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kControlDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>Represents a ControlDefinitions object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCoreCavityDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Part CoreCavity Feature Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCoreCavityFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part CoreCavity Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCoreCavityFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part CoreCavity Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCoreCavityFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part CoreCavity Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCornerChamferDefinitionObject">
            <summary>CornerChamfer Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCornerChamferFeatureObject">
            <summary>Corner Chamfer Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCornerChamferFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Corner Chamfer Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCornerChamferFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Corner Chamfer Features Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCornerDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Corner modeling feature definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCornerFeatureObject">
            <summary>Corner Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCornerFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Corner Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCornerFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Corner Features Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCornerOptionsObject">
            <summary>Corner Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCornerRoundDefinitionObject">
            <summary>CornerRound Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCornerRoundEdgeSetObject">
            <summary>Corner round edge set Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCornerRoundFeatureObject">
            <summary>Corner Round Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCornerRoundFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Corner Round Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCornerRoundFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Corner Round Features Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCosmeticBendFeatureObject">
            <summary>Cosmetic Bend Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCosmeticBendFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Cosmetic Bend Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCosmeticBendFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Cosmetic Bend Features Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCosmeticWeldDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Cosmetic Weld Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCosmeticWeldObject">
            <summary>CosmeticWeld Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCosmeticWeldsObject">
            <summary>CosmeticWelds Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCropOperationObject">
            <summary>CropOperation object represents a crop applied to a drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCropOperationsObject">
            <summary>CropOperations object represents all crop operations applied to a drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCropViewAnnotationStyleSettingsObject">
            <summary>The CropViewAnnotationStyleSettings object represents a view annotation style settings for crop view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCurveAndEntityWorkPointDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work point defined by a curve and another entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCurveGraphicsObject">
            <summary>CurveGraphics Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCustomConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>CustomConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCustomConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>CustomConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCustomConstraintObject">
            <summary>Custom Assembly Constraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCustomConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>Custom Assembly Constraint Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCustomDataEventsObject">
            <summary>CustomData Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCustomDictionariesObject">
            <summary>CustomDictionaries Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCustomDictionaryObject">
            <summary>CustomDictionary Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCustomParameterGroupObject">
            <summary>CustomParameterGroup Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCustomParameterGroupsObject">
            <summary>CustomParameterGroups Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCustomPropertyFormat">
            <summary>CustomPropertyFormat Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCustomTableObject">
            <summary>CustomTable Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCustomTablesObject">
            <summary>CustomTables Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCutAcrossBendsExtentObject">
            <summary>CutAcrossBendsExtent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCutDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Cut modeling feature definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCutFeatureObject">
            <summary>Cut Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCutFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Cut Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kCutFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Cut Features Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDecalFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Decal Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDecalFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Decal Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDecalFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Decal Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDefaultBorderObject">
            <summary>DefaultBorder Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDeleteFaceFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part DeleteFace Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDeleteFaceFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Delete Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDeleteFaceFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part DeleteFace Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedAliasComponentObject">
            <summary>Derived Alias Studio Component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedAliasComponentProxyObject">
            <summary>Derived Alias Studio Component Proxy.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedAliasComponentsObject">
            <summary>Derived Alias Studio Collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedAssemblyComponentObject">
            <summary>Derived Assembly Component Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedAssemblyComponentProxyObject">
            <summary>DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedAssemblyComponentsObject">
            <summary>Derived Assembly Components Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedAssemblyDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Derived Assembly Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedAssemblyOccurrenceObject">
            <summary>Derived Assembly Occurrence Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedAssemblyOccurrencesObject">
            <summary>Derived Assembly Occurrence Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedFutureAssemblyComponentObject">
            <summary>Derived Future Assembly Components Collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxyObject">
            <summary>DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedFutureAssemblyComponentsObject">
            <summary>Derived Future Assembly Components Collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedFutureAssemblyDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Derived Future Assembly Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrenceObject">
            <summary>Derived Future Assembly Occurrence Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrencesObject">
            <summary>Derived Future Assembly Occurrences Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedFuturePartComponentObject">
            <summary>Derived Future Part Components Collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedFuturePartComponentProxyObject">
            <summary>DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedFuturePartComponentsObject">
            <summary>Derived Future Part Components Collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedFuturePartDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Derived Future Part Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedParameterObject">
            <summary>DerivedParameter Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedParametersObject">
            <summary>DerivedParameters Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedParameterTableObject">
            <summary>DerivedParameterTable Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedParameterTablesObject">
            <summary>DerivedParameterTables object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedPartComponentObject">
            <summary>Derived Part Components Collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedPartComponentProxyObject">
            <summary>DerivedPartComponentProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedPartComponentsObject">
            <summary>Derived Part Components Collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedPartCoordinateSystemDefObject">
            <summary>Derived Part Coordinate System Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedPartDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Derived Part Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedPartEntitiesObject">
            <summary>Derived Part Entities Collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedPartEntityObject">
            <summary>Derived Part Entity Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedPartTransformDefObject">
            <summary>Derived Part Transform Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDerivedPartUniformScaleDefObject">
            <summary>Derived Part Uniform Scale Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDesignProjectManagerObject">
            <summary>Design Project Manager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDesignProjectObject">
            <summary>Design Project Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDesignProjectsObject">
            <summary>Design Projects Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDesignViewRepresentationObject">
            <summary>DesignViewRepresentation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDesignViewRepresentationsObject">
            <summary>DesignViewRepresentations Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDetailDrawingViewObject">
            <summary>Drawing Detail View Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDiameterDimConstraintObject">
            <summary>DiameterDimConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDiameterDimConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>DiameterDimConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDiameterGeneralDimensionObject">
            <summary>DiameterGeneralDimension Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDiameterModelDimensionDefinitionObject">
            <summary>DiameterModelDimensionDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDiameterModelDimensionObject">
            <summary>DiameterModelDimension Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDiameterModelDimensionProxyObject">
            <summary>DiameterModelDimensionProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDiameterModelDimensionsObject">
            <summary>DiameterModelDimensions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDimensionConstraints3DObject">
            <summary>DimensionConstraints3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDimensionConstraintsObject">
            <summary>DimensionConstraints Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDimensionStyleObject">
            <summary>DimensionStyle Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDimensionStylesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>DimensionStylesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDimensionTextObject">
            <summary>DimensionText Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDirectEditDeleteOperationObject">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Delete Operation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDirectEditDeleteOperationProxyObject">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Delete Operation Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDirectEditFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDirectEditFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDirectEditFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDirectEditMoveOperationObject">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Move Operation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDirectEditMoveOperationProxyObject">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Move Operation Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDirectEditOperationObject">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Operation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDirectEditOperationProxyObject">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Operation Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDirectEditOperationsObject">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Operations Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDirectEditRotateOperationObject">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Rotate Operation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDirectEditRotateOperationProxyObject">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Rotate Operation Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDirectEditScaleOperationObject">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Scale Operation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDirectEditScaleOperationProxyObject">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Scale Operation Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDirectEditSizeOperationObject">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Size Operation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDirectEditSizeOperationProxyObject">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Size Operation Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDirectionAndDistanceMoveDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Direction and distance move definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDisabledCommandListObject">
            <summary>DisabledCommandList object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDisplayOptionsObject">
            <summary>DisplayOptions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDisplaySettingsObject">
            <summary>DisplaySettings Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDistanceAndAngleChamferDefObject">
            <summary>Part Chamfer Feature Definition DistanceAndAngle object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDistanceChamferDefObject">
            <summary>Part Chamfer Feature Definition Distance object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDistanceExtentObject">
            <summary>DistanceExtent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDistanceFromFaceExtentObject">
            <summary>DistancetFromFaceExtent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDistanceHeightExtentObject">
            <summary>DistanceHeightExtent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDockableWindowObject">
            <summary>DockableWindow Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDockableWindowsEventsObject">
            <summary>Control definition events object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDockableWindowsObject">
            <summary>DockableWindows Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDocumentDescriptorObject">
            <summary>DocumentDescriptor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDocumentDescriptorsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>DocumentDescriptorsEnumerator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDocumentEventsObject">
            <summary>Document Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDocumentInterestObject">
            <summary>Document Interests Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDocumentInterestsObject">
            <summary>Document Interests Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDocumentObject">
            <summary>Document Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDocumentsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>DocumentsEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDocumentsObject">
            <summary>Documents collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDocumentSubTypeObject">
            <summary>Document Sub Type Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDoubleHemDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Object defines all of the inputs that are unique to a double style of hem feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDraftAnalysesObject">
            <summary>Draft analysis collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDraftAnalysisObject">
            <summary>Draft analysis object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDraftingStandardObject">
            <summary>Drafting Standard Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDragContextObject">
            <summary>The DragContext object provides methods that allow a user to move an object similar to the standard Inventor Assembly Drag.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingBOMCellObject">
            <summary>The DrawingBOMCell object represents a cell within the drawing BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingBOMColumnObject">
            <summary>DrawingBOMColumn object represents a column within the drawing BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingBOMColumnsObject">
            <summary>DrawingBOMColumns object represents the collection of all columns of a drawing BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingBOMObject">
            <summary>DrawingBOM object represents a locally stored BOM in the drawing document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingBOMRowObject">
            <summary>DrawingBOMRow object represents a row within the drawing BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingBOMRowsObject">
            <summary>DrawingBOMRows object represents the collection of all rows of a drawing BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingBOMsObject">
            <summary>DrawingBOMs object represents the collection of all locally stored BOMs in the drawing document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingCurveObject">
            <summary>DrawingCurve Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingCurveSegmentObject">
            <summary>DrawingCurveSegment Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingCurveSegmentsObject">
            <summary>DrawingCurveSegments Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingCurvesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>DrawingCurvesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingDimensionObject">
            <summary>DrawingDimension Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingDimensionsObject">
            <summary>DrawingDimensions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingEventsObject">
            <summary>Wrapper for the drawing events object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingHatchPatternObject">
            <summary>DrawingHatchPattern Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingHatchPatternsManagerObject">
            <summary>DrawingHatchPatternsManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingNoteObject">
            <summary>DrawingNote Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingNotesObject">
            <summary>DrawingNotes Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingOptionsObject">
            <summary>Drawing Options Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingPrintManagerObject">
            <summary>DrawingPrintManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingSettingsObject">
            <summary>DrawingSettings Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingSketchesObject">
            <summary>Drawing Sketches Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingSketchObject">
            <summary>Drawing Sketch Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingStandardStyleObject">
            <summary>DrawingStandardStyle Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingStandardStylesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>DrawingStandardStylesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingStylesManagerObject">
            <summary>DrawingStylesManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingViewAnnotationObject">
            <summary>DrawingViewAnnotation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingViewEventsObject">
            <summary>Wrapper for the drawing view events sink.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingViewHatchAreaObject">
            <summary>DrawingViewHatchArea Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingViewHatchAreasObject">
            <summary>DrawingViewHatchAreas Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingViewHatchRegionObject">
            <summary>DrawingViewHatchRegion Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingViewHatchRegionsObject">
            <summary>DrawingViewHatchRegions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingViewLabelObject">
            <summary>DrawingViewLabel Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingViewObject">
            <summary>Drawing View Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingViewsObject">
            <summary>Drawing Views collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingWeldingSymbolDefinitionObject">
            <summary>DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingWeldingSymbolDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinitions object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingWeldingSymbolObject">
            <summary>DrawingWeldingSymbol object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDrawingWeldingSymbolsObject">
            <summary>DrawingWeldingSymbols object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDriveConstraintSettingsObject">
            <summary>DriveConstraintSettings Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDriveSettingsObject">
            <summary>DriveSettings Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDSDegreeOfFreedomObject">
            <summary>DSDegreeOfFreedom object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDSDegreesOfFreedomObject">
            <summary>DSDegreesOfFreedom object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDSJointDefinitionObject">
            <summary>DSJointDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDSJointObject">
            <summary>DSJoint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDSJointsObject">
            <summary>DSJoints object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDSLoadDefinitionObject">
            <summary>DSLoadDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDSLoadObject">
            <summary>DSLoad object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDSLoadsObject">
            <summary>DSLoads object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDSResultObject">
            <summary>DSResult object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDSResultsObject">
            <summary>DSResults object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDSSettingsObject">
            <summary>DSSettings object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDSValueGraphObject">
            <summary>DSValueGraph object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDSValueObject">
            <summary>DSValue object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGAcadSupportedProxiesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>The DWGAcadSupportedProxiesEnumerator object provides access to all the DWG DWGAcadSupportedProxy objects in a DWGModelSpaceDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGAcadSupportedProxyObject">
            <summary>The DWGAcadSupportedProxy object represents a DWG AutoCAD support proxy within a DWGModelSpaceDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGAcadSupportedProxyProxyObject">
            <summary>The DWGAcadSupportedProxyProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGACMStandardPartObject">
            <summary>The DWGACMStandardPart object represents a DWG ACM standard part within a DWGModelSpaceDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGACMStandardPartProxyObject">
            <summary>The DWGACMStandardPartProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGACMStandardPartsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>The DWGACMStandardPartsEnumerator object provides access to all the DWG ACMStandardPart objects in a DWGModelSpaceDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGArcObject">
            <summary>DWGArc Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGArcProxyObject">
            <summary>DWGArcProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGArcsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>DWGArcsEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGBlockDefinitionObject">
            <summary>DWGBlockDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGBlockDefinitionProxyObject">
            <summary>DWGBlockDefinitionProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGBlockReferenceObject">
            <summary>DWGBlockReference Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGBlockReferenceProxyObject">
            <summary>DWGBlockReferenceProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGBlockReferencesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>DWGBlockReferencesEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGEllipticalArcObject">
            <summary>DWGEllipticalArc Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGEllipticalArcProxyObject">
            <summary>DWGEllipticalArcProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGEllipticalArcsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>DWGEllipticalArcsEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGEntitiesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>DWGEntitiesEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGEntityArcSegmentObject">
            <summary>DWGEntityArcSegment object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGEntityArcSegmentProxyObject">
            <summary>DWGEntityArcSegmentProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGEntityEllipticalArcSegmentObject">
            <summary>DWGEntityEllipticalArcSegment object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGEntityEllipticalArcSegmentProxyObject">
            <summary>DWGEntityEllipticalArcSegmentProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGEntityLineSegmentObject">
            <summary>DWGEntityLineSegment object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGEntityLineSegmentProxyObject">
            <summary>DWGEntityLineSegmentProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGEntityObject">
            <summary>DWGEntity Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGEntityProxyObject">
            <summary>DWGEntityProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGEntitySegmentObject">
            <summary>DWGEntitySegment object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGEntitySegmentProxyObject">
            <summary>DWGEntitySegmentProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGEntitySegmentsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>DWGEntitySegmentsEnumerator Collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGEntitySplineSegmentObject">
            <summary>DWGEntitySplineSegment object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGEntitySplineSegmentProxyObject">
            <summary>DWGEntitySplineSegmentProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGLineObject">
            <summary>DWGLine Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGLineProxyObject">
            <summary>DWGLineProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGLinesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>DWGLinesEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGPointObject">
            <summary>DWGPoint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGPointProxyObject">
            <summary>DWGPointProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGPointsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>DWGPointsEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGPolyline2DObject">
            <summary>DWGPolyline2D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGPolyline2DProxyObject">
            <summary>DWGPolyline2DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGPolyline3DObject">
            <summary>DWGPolyline3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGPolyline3DProxyObject">
            <summary>DWGPolyline3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGPolylineObject">
            <summary>DWGPolyline Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGPolylineProxyObject">
            <summary>DWGPolylineProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGPolylines2DEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>DWGPolylines2DEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGPolylines3DEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>DWGPolylines3DEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGPolylinesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>DWGPolylinesEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGSplineObject">
            <summary>DWGSpline Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGSplineProxyObject">
            <summary>DWGSplineProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDWGSplinesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>DWGSplinesEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDynamicSimulationObject">
            <summary>DynamicSimulation object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kDynamicSimulationsObject">
            <summary>DynamicSimulations object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgeCollectionObject">
            <summary>Edge Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgeDefinitionObject">
            <summary>EdgeDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgeDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>EdgeDefinitions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgeLoopDefinitionObject">
            <summary>EdgeLoopDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgeLoopDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>EdgeLoopDefinitions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgeLoopObject">
            <summary>EdgeLoop object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgeLoopProxyObject">
            <summary>EdgeLoopProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgeLoopsObject">
            <summary>EdgeLoops.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgeObject">
            <summary>Edge object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgeProxyObject">
            <summary>EdgeProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgesObject">
            <summary>Edges object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgeSymbolDefinitionObject">
            <summary>EdgeSymbolDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgeSymbolObject">
            <summary>EdgeSymbol object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgeSymbolsObject">
            <summary>EdgeSymbols object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgeSymbolStyleObject">
            <summary>EdgeSymbolStyle object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgeSymbolStylesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>EdgeSymbolStylesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgeUseDefinitionObject">
            <summary>EdgeUseDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgeUseDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>EdgeUseDefinitions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgeUseObject">
            <summary>EdgeUse object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgeUseProxyObject">
            <summary>EdgeUseProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgeUsesObject">
            <summary>EdgeUses object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEdgeWidthExtentObject">
            <summary>EdgeWidthExtent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEllipseRadiusDimConstraintObject">
            <summary>EllipseRadiusDimConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEllipseRadiusDimConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>EllipseRadiusDimConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEmbossFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Emboss Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEmbossFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Emboss Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEmbossFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Emboss Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEndOfFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Object representing the end of features node (stop node in browser).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEnvironmentBaseCollectionObject">
            <summary>Represents a EnvironmentsDef Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEnvironmentBaseHandlerObject">
            <summary>Represents a EnvironmentBaseHandler Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEnvironmentBaseObject">
            <summary>Represents a EnvironmentBase Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEnvironmentListObject">
            <summary>Represents a PanelBarList object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEnvironmentManagerObject">
            <summary>EnvironmentManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEnvironmentObject">
            <summary>Environment object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEnvironmentsObject">
            <summary>Environments object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEqualConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>EqualConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEqualConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>EqualConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEqualLengthConstraintObject">
            <summary>EqualLengthConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEqualLengthConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>EqualLengthConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEqualRadiusConstraintObject">
            <summary>EqualRadiusConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kEqualRadiusConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>EqualRadiusConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kErrorManagerObject">
            <summary>ErrorManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kExplodedViewObject">
            <summary>Presentation Exploded View Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kExplodedViewsObject">
            <summary>Presentation Exploded Views Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kExpressionLimitsObject">
            <summary>ExpressionLimits Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kExpressionListObject">
            <summary>ExpressionList Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kExtendFeatureObject">
            <summary>Extend Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kExtendFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>ExtendFeatureProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kExtendFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Extend Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kExtrudeDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ExtrudeDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kExtrudeFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Extrude Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kExtrudeFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Extrude Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kExtrudeFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Extrude Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceCollectionObject">
            <summary>Face Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceDefinitionObject">
            <summary>FaceDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>FaceDefinitions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceDraftDefinitionObject">
            <summary>The FaceDraftDefinition object represents the definition for a FaceDraftFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceDraftFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part FaceDraft Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceDraftFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Face Draft Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceDraftFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part FaceDraft Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceFeatureDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Face Feature Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceFeatureObject">
            <summary>Face Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Face Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Face Features Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceObject">
            <summary>Face Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceOffsetDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Face Offset modeling feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceOffsetFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Face Offset Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceOffsetFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Face Offset Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceOffsetFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Face Offset Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceProxyObject">
            <summary>FaceProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceShellDefinitionObject">
            <summary>FaceShellDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceShellDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>FaceShellDefinitions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceShellObject">
            <summary>FaceShell object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceShellProxyObject">
            <summary>FaceShellProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFaceShellsObject">
            <summary>FaceShells object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFacesObject">
            <summary>Faces object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFactoryOptionsObject">
            <summary>FactoryOptions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFactoryTableDialog">
            <summary>Factory Table Dialog Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFamilyManagerObject">
            <summary>FamilyManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFeatureBasedOccurrencePatternObject">
            <summary>Feature based occurrence pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFeatureBasedOccurrencePatternProxyObject">
            <summary>Feature based occurrence pattern proxy.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFeatureControlFrameObject">
            <summary>Object represents a feature control frame symbol on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFeatureControlFrameRowObject">
            <summary>Object represents a row within a feature control frame symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFeatureControlFrameRowsObject">
            <summary>Object provides access to all rows of a feature control frame.  This object is also used to define the rows during feature control frame creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFeatureControlFramesObject">
            <summary>Collection object provides access to all the feature control frame symbols on a sheet and provides methods to create additional ones.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFeatureControlFrameStyleObject">
            <summary>FeatureControlFrameStyle Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFeatureControlFrameStylesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>FeatureControlFrameStylesEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFeatureDimensionObject">
            <summary>FeatureDimension object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFeatureDimensionProxyObject">
            <summary>FeatureDimensionProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFeatureDimensionsObject">
            <summary>FeatureDimensions object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFeaturePatternElementObject">
            <summary>FeaturePatternElement object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFeaturePatternElementProxyObject">
            <summary>FeaturePatternElementProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFeaturePatternElementsObject">
            <summary>FeaturePatternElements object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Features Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFileAccessEventsObject">
            <summary>File Access Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFileAndReferencesCollectionObject">
            <summary>Object that holds a collection of IRxFileAndReferences interfaces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFileDescriptorObject">
            <summary>FileDescriptor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFileDescriptorsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>FileDescriptorsEnumerator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFileDialogEventsObject">
            <summary>File Dialog Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFileDialogObject">
            <summary>File Dialog Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFileLocationsObject">
            <summary>Object that provides access to the current, active Project being used by Inventor. A Project is an organization of 'file locations'.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFileManagerEventsObject">
            <summary>File Manager Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFileManagerObject">
            <summary>File Manager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFileMetadataObject">
            <summary>File Metadata Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFilenameAssetValueObject">
            <summary>Filename Asset Value Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFileObject">
            <summary>File Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFileOpenOptionsObject">
            <summary>FileOpenOptions object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFileOptionsObject">
            <summary>FileOptions object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFileSaveAsObject">
            <summary>Custom interface to access management information about a particular file version.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFilesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>FilesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFileUIEventsObject">
            <summary>File-UI Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFilletConstantRadiusEdgeSetObject">
            <summary>Part Fillet Constant Radius EdgeSet Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFilletConstantRadiusFaceSetObject">
            <summary>FilletFaceSet Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFilletDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Part Fillet Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFilletFaceSetObject">
            <summary>FilletFaceSet Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFilletFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Fillet Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFilletFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Fillet Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFilletFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Fillet Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFilletFullRoundSetObject">
            <summary>FilletFullRoundSet Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFilletIntermediateRadiusObject">
            <summary>Part Fillet Intermediate Radius Specifier Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFilletRadiusEdgeSetObject">
            <summary>Part Fillet Radius EdgeSet Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFilletSetbackObject">
            <summary>Part Fillet Setback Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFilletSetbackVertexObject">
            <summary>Part Fillet Setback Vertex Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFilletVariableRadiusEdgeSetObject">
            <summary>Part Fillet Variable Radius EdgeSet Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFinishDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Finish Feature Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFinishFeatureObject">
            <summary>Finish Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFinishFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Finish Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFinishFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Finish Features Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFinishParameterObject">
            <summary>FinishParameter Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFinishParametersObject">
            <summary>FinishParameters Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFixedWorkAxisDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a fixed work axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFixedWorkPlaneDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a fixed work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFixedWorkPointDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a fixed work point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFlangeDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Flange Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFlangeEdgeSetObject">
            <summary>Flange edge set Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFlangeFeatureObject">
            <summary>Flange Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFlangeFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Flange Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFlangeFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Flange Features Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFlatBendResultObject">
            <summary>FlatBendResult Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFlatBendResultsObject">
            <summary>FlatBendResults Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFlatPatternFeaturesObject">
            <summary>FlatPatternFeatures collection object provides access to the features that exist within the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFlatPatternObject">
            <summary>FlatPattern Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFlatPatternOrientationObject">
            <summary>FlatPatternOrientation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFlatPatternOrientationsObject">
            <summary>FlatPatternOrientations Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFlatPatternPlateObject">
            <summary>FlatPatternPlate Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFlatPatternPlatesObject">
            <summary>FlatPatternPlates Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFlatPatternSettingsObject">
            <summary>Provides access to flat pattern related document settings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFlatPunchResultObject">
            <summary>FlatPunchResult Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFlatPunchResultsObject">
            <summary>FlatPunchResults Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFloatAssetValueObject">
            <summary>Float Asset Value Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFlushConstraintObject">
            <summary>Flush Assembly Constraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFlushConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>Flush Assembly Constraint Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFlushiMateDefinitionObject">
            <summary>FlushiMateDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFlushiMateDefinitionProxyObject">
            <summary>FlushiMateDefinition Proxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFoldDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Fold modeling feature definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFoldFeatureObject">
            <summary>Fold Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFoldFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Fold Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFoldFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Fold Features Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFreeDragMoveOperationObject">
            <summary>FreeDragMoveOperation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFreeformFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Freeform Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFreeformFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Freeform Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFreeformFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Freeform Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFreeMoveDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Free move definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFromToExtentObject">
            <summary>FromToExtent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFromToWidthExtentObject">
            <summary>FromToWidthExtent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kFullSweepExtentObject">
            <summary>FullSweepExtent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGeneralDimensionObject">
            <summary>GeneralDimension Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGeneralDimensionsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>GeneralDimensions enumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGeneralDimensionsObject">
            <summary>GeneralDimensions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGeneralNoteObject">
            <summary>GeneralNote Colection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGeneralNotesObject">
            <summary>GeneralNotes Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGeneralNoteSymbolDefinitionObject">
            <summary>GeneralNoteSymbolDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGeneralNoteSymbolDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>GeneralNoteSymbolDefinitions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGeneralOptionsObject">
            <summary>General Options Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGeneralPreferencesObject">
            <summary>Graphics Preferences Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGenericObject">
            <summary>Generic object. Weakly-typed (IDispatch).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGeometricConstraints3DObject">
            <summary>GeometricConstraints3D Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGeometricConstraintsObject">
            <summary>GeometricConstraints Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGeometryIntentObject">
            <summary>GeometryIntent Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGraphicsColorMapperObject">
            <summary>GraphicsColorMapper Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGraphicsColorSetObject">
            <summary>GraphicsColorSet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGraphicsCoordinateSetObject">
            <summary>GraphicsCoordinateSet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGraphicsDataSetObject">
            <summary>GraphicsDataSet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGraphicsDataSetsCollectionObject">
            <summary>GraphicsDataSetsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGraphicsDataSetsObject">
            <summary>GraphicsDataSets object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGraphicsImageSetObject">
            <summary>GraphicsImageSet Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGraphicsIndexSetObject">
            <summary>GraphicsIndexSet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGraphicsNodeObject">
            <summary>GraphicsNode object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGraphicsNodeProxyObject">
            <summary>GraphicsNodeProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGraphicsNormalSetObject">
            <summary>GraphicsNormalSet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGraphicsPreferencesObject">
            <summary>Graphics Preferences Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGraphicsPrimitiveObject">
            <summary>Graphics primitive object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGraphicsTextureCoordinateSetObject">
            <summary>GraphicsTextureCoordinateSet Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGrillFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Grill Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGrillFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Grill Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGrillFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Grill Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGripSnapOptionsObject">
            <summary>GripSnapOptions object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGroundConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>GroundConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGroundConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>GroundConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGroundConstraintObject">
            <summary>GroundConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGroundConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>GroundConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kGroundPlaneSettingsObject">
            <summary>DisplaySettings Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHardwareOptionsObject">
            <summary>HardwareOptions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHeadsUpDisplayOptionsObject">
            <summary>HeadsUpDisplayOptions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHelicalConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>HelicalConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHelicalConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>HelicalConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Helical Curve Constant Shape Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHelicalCurveDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Helical Curve Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHelicalCurveObject">
            <summary>Helical Curve Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHelicalCurveProxyObject">
            <summary>Helical Curve Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRowObject">
            <summary>Helical Curve Shape Definition Row Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRowsObject">
            <summary>Helical Curve Shape Definition Rows Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHelicalCurvesObject">
            <summary>HelicalCurves Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHelicalCurveVariableShapeDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Helical Curve Variable Shape Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHelpEventsObject">
            <summary>Object that provides access to help related events.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHelpManagerObject">
            <summary>Transaction Manager Object that encapsulates all of the transaction-based functionality.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHemDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Hem definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHemFeatureObject">
            <summary>Hem Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHemFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Hem Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHemFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Hem Features Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHighlightSetObject">
            <summary>The Highlight set object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHighlightSetsObject">
            <summary>The HighlightSets Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHoleClearanceInfoObject">
            <summary>HoleClearanceInfo object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHoleFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Hole Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHoleFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Hole Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHoleFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Hole Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHoleNoteObject">
            <summary>The HoleNote object represents Hole Note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHolePlacementDefinitionObject">
            <summary>HolePlacementDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHoleTableCellObject">
            <summary>HoleTableCell Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHoleTableColumnObject">
            <summary>HoleTableColumn Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHoleTableColumnsObject">
            <summary>HoleTableColumns Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHoleTableObject">
            <summary>HoleTable Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHoleTableRowObject">
            <summary>HoleTableRow Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHoleTableRowsObject">
            <summary>HoleTableRows Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHoleTablesObject">
            <summary>HoleTables Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHoleTableStyleObject">
            <summary>HoleTableStyle Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHoleTableStylesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>HoleTableStylesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHoleTagObject">
            <summary>HoleTag Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHoleTapInfoObject">
            <summary>HoleTapInfo object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHoleThreadNoteObject">
            <summary>HoleThreadNote Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHoleThreadNotesObject">
            <summary>HoleThreadNotes Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHorizontalAlignConstraintObject">
            <summary>HorizontalAlignConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHorizontalAlignConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>HorizontalAlignConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHorizontalConstraintObject">
            <summary>HorizontalConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kHorizontalConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>HorizontalConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiAssemblyFactoryObject">
            <summary>iAssemblyFactory Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiAssemblyMemberObject">
            <summary>iAssemblyMember Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiAssemblyTableCellObject">
            <summary>iAssemblyTableCell Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiAssemblyTableColumnObject">
            <summary>iAssemblyTableColumn Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiAssemblyTableColumnsObject">
            <summary>iAssemblyTableColumns Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiAssemblyTableRowObject">
            <summary>iAssemblyTableRow Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiAssemblyTableRowsObject">
            <summary>iAssemblyTableRows Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeatureComponentObject">
            <summary>iFeature Component Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeatureComponentsObject">
            <summary>iFeature Components collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeatureDefinitionObject">
            <summary>iFeature Definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeatureEntityInputObject">
            <summary>iFeature Geometry Input object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeatureInputObject">
            <summary>iFeature Input object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeatureInputsObject">
            <summary>iFeature Inputs object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeatureObject">
            <summary>iFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeatureOptionsObject">
            <summary>iFeature Options Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeatureParameterInputObject">
            <summary>iFeature Parameter Input object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>iFeature proxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeatureSketchPlaneInputObject">
            <summary>iFeature SketchPlane Input object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeaturesObject">
            <summary>iFeatures object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeatureTableCellObject">
            <summary>iFeature table cell object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeatureTableColumnObject">
            <summary>iFeature table column object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeatureTableColumnsObject">
            <summary>iFeature table columns object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeatureTableObject">
            <summary>iFeature table object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeatureTableRowObject">
            <summary>iFeature table row object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeatureTableRowsObject">
            <summary>iFeature table rows object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeatureTemplateDescriptorObject">
            <summary>iFeature Template Descriptor Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeatureTemplateDescriptorsObject">
            <summary>iFeature Template Descriptors collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeatureVectorInputObject">
            <summary>iFeature Vector Input object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiFeatureWorkPlaneInputObject">
            <summary>iFeature WorkPlane Input object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiLogicOptionsObject">
            <summary>iLogicOptions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiMateDefinitionObject">
            <summary>iMateDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiMateDefinitionsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>iMateDefinitionssEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiMateDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>A iMateDefinition collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiMateResultObject">
            <summary>iMateResult object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiMateResultProxyObject">
            <summary>iMateResultProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiMateResultsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>iMateResultsEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiMateResultsObject">
            <summary>iMateResults object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kImportedComponentDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ImportedComponentDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kImportedComponentObject">
            <summary>ImportedComponent Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kImportedComponentsObject">
            <summary>ImportedComponents Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kImportedDataExchangeComponentDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ImportedDataExchangeComponentDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kImportedDataExchangeComponentObject">
            <summary>ImportedDataExchangeComponent Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kImportedDataExchangeComponentProxyObject">
            <summary>ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kImportedDWGComponentDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ImportedDWGComponentDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kImportedDWGComponentObject">
            <summary>ImportedDWGComponent Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kImportedDWGComponentProxyObject">
            <summary>ImportedDWGComponentProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kImportedDWGLayerObject">
            <summary>The ImportedDWGLayer object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kImportedDWGLayersEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>The ImportedDWGLayersEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kImportedGenericComponentDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ImportedGenericComponentDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kImportedGenericComponentObject">
            <summary>ImportedGenericComponent Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kImportedGenericComponentProxyObject">
            <summary>ImportedGenericComponentProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kImportedModelEntitiesObject">
            <summary>ImportedModelEntities Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kImportedModelEntityObject">
            <summary>ImportedModelEntity Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kImportedRVTComponentDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ImportedRVTComponentDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kImportedRVTComponentObject">
            <summary>ImportedRVTComponent Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kImportedRVTComponentProxyObject">
            <summary>ImportedRVTComponentProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kInsertConstraintObject">
            <summary>Insert Assembly Constraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kInsertConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>Flush Assembly Constraint Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kInsertiMateDefinitionObject">
            <summary>InsertiMateDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kInsertiMateDefinitionProxyObject">
            <summary>InsertiMateDefinition Proxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kIntegerAssetValueObject">
            <summary>Integer Asset Value Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kIntentConfigurationObject">
            <summary>IntentConfiguration Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kInteractionEventsObject">
            <summary>Event object that provides ability to perform selections and receive mouse/keyboard inputs with exclusivity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kInteractionGraphicsObject">
            <summary>Interaction Graphics Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kInterferenceResultObject">
            <summary>Interference Result Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kInterferenceResultsObject">
            <summary>Interference Results Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kIntersectionCurveObject">
            <summary>IntersectionCurve Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kIntersectionCurveProxyObject">
            <summary>IntersectionCurveProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kIntersectionCurvesObject">
            <summary>IntersectionCurves Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kInventorVBAArgumentObject">
            <summary>Represents a VBAArgument object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kInventorVBAArgumentsObject">
            <summary>Represents a collection of arguments in an InventorVBAMember.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kInventorVBAComponentObject">
            <summary>The InventorVBAComponent object represents a code, class or form module.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kInventorVBAComponentsObject">
            <summary>A collection of Components in an InventorVBAProject.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kInventorVBAMemberObject">
            <summary>Represents a member within a InventorVBAComponent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kInventorVBAMembersObject">
            <summary>Represents a collection of members in a InventorVBAComponent Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kInventorVBAProjectObject">
            <summary>Represents Inventor's VBA project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kInventorVBAProjectsObject">
            <summary>A Collection of Inventor's VBA Projects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiPartFactoryObject">
            <summary>iPart Factory Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiPartMemberObject">
            <summary>iPart Member Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiPartTableCellObject">
            <summary>iPart Table Cell Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiPartTableColumnObject">
            <summary>iPart Table Column Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiPartTableColumnsObject">
            <summary>iPart Table Columns Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiPartTableRowObject">
            <summary>iPart Table Row Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kiPartTableRowsObject">
            <summary>iPart Table Rows Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kJointOriginDWGObject">
            <summary>JointOriginDWG Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kJointOriginEdgeObject">
            <summary>JointOriginEdge Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kJointOriginFaceObject">
            <summary>JointOriginFace Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kJointOriginSketchObject">
            <summary>JointOriginSketch Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kKeyboardEventsObject">
            <summary>Event object that provides keyboard events with exclusivity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kKnitFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Knit Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kKnitFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Knit Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kKnitFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Knit Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLanguageToolsObject">
            <summary>Language Tools Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLayerObject">
            <summary>Layer Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLayersEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>LayersEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLayoutConstraintObject">
            <summary>Layout Constraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLayoutConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>Layout Constraint Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLeaderNodeObject">
            <summary>LeaderNode Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLeaderNodesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>LeaderNodesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLeaderNoteObject">
            <summary>LeaderNote Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLeaderNotesObject">
            <summary>LeaderNotes Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLeaderObject">
            <summary>Leader Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLeaderStyleObject">
            <summary>LeaderStyle Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLeaderStylesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>LeaderStylesEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLegacyDistanceHeightExtentObject">
            <summary>LegacyDistanceHeightExtent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLevelOfDetailRepresentationObject">
            <summary>LevelOfDetailRepresentation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLevelOfDetailRepresentationsObject">
            <summary>LevelOfDetailRepresentations Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLibraryFolderObject">
            <summary>LibraryFolder Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLibraryFoldersObject">
            <summary>LibraryFolders Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLibraryManagerObject">
            <summary>LibraryManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLibrarySketchedSymbolDefinitionObject">
            <summary>LibrarySketchedSymbolDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLibrarySketchedSymbolDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>LibrarySketchedSymbolDefinitions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLicenseManagerObject">
            <summary>LicenseManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLightingStyleObject">
            <summary>LightingStyle Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLightingStylesObject">
            <summary>LightingStyles Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLightObject">
            <summary>Light Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLightsObject">
            <summary>Lights Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLineAndFaceWorkPointDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work point defined by the intersection of a line and face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLineAndPlaneWorkAxisDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work axis that is along a line defined by projecting a line onto a plane along the plane normal.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLineAndPointWorkAxisDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work axis that is along a line and passes through a point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLineAndPointWorkPlaneDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane defined normal to a line and through a point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLineAndTangentWorkPlaneDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane that passes through a line and is tangent to a surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLinearGeneralDimensionObject">
            <summary>LinearGeneralDimension Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLinearHolePlacementDefinitionObject">
            <summary>LinearHolePlacementDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLinearModelDimensionDefinitionObject">
            <summary>LinearModelDimensionDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLinearModelDimensionObject">
            <summary>LinearModelDimension Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLinearModelDimensionProxyObject">
            <summary>LinearModelDimension Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLinearModelDimensionsObject">
            <summary>LinearModelDimensions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLineGraphicsObject">
            <summary>LineGraphics Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLineLengthDimConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>LineLengthDimConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLineLengthDimConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>LineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLinePlaneAndAngleWorkPlaneDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane that passes through a line and is a specified angle to a plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLineStripGraphicsObject">
            <summary>LineStripGraphics Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLineWorkAxisDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work axis along a line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLipFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Lip Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLipFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Lip Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLipFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Lip Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLoftedFlangeDefinitionObject">
            <summary>LoftedFlangeDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLoftedFlangeFeatureObject">
            <summary>Lofted Flange Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLoftedFlangeFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Lofted Flange Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLoftedFlangeFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Lofted Flange Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLoftFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Loft Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLoftFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Loft Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLoftFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Loft Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLoftRailObject">
            <summary>LoftRail Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLoftRailsObject">
            <summary>LoftRails Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLoftSectionDimensionObject">
            <summary>LoftSectionDimension Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLoftSectionDimensionsObject">
            <summary>LoftSectionDimensions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLumpDefinitionObject">
            <summary>LumpDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kLumpDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>LumpDefinitions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMachiningObject">
            <summary>Machining Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMacroControlDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Represents a MacroControlDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kManipulatorEventsObject">
            <summary>ManipulatorEvents Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMapPointCurveObject">
            <summary>MapPointCurve Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMapPointCurvesObject">
            <summary>MapPointCurves Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMarkDefinitionObject">
            <summary>MarkDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMarkFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Mark Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMarkFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Mark Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMarkFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Mark Features Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMarkGeometrySetObject">
            <summary>MarkGeometrySet Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMarkStyleObject">
            <summary>MarkStyle Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMarkStylesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>MarkStylesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMassPropertiesObject">
            <summary>The mass properties object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMateConstraintObject">
            <summary>Mate Assembly Constraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMateConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>Mate Assembly Constraint Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMateiMateDefinitionObject">
            <summary>MateiMateDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMateiMateDefinitionProxyObject">
            <summary>MateiMateDefinition Proxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMaterialAssetObject">
            <summary>Material Asset Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMaterialObject">
            <summary>The material object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMaterialsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>Materials Enumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMaterialsObject">
            <summary>Materials Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMeasureEventsObject">
            <summary>Event object that provides measure events with exclusivity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMeasureToolsObject">
            <summary>MeasureTools Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMemberManagerObject">
            <summary>MemberManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMergedCellObject">
            <summary>MergedCell object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMergedCellsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>MergedCellsEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMeshEdgeObject">
            <summary>MeshEdge Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMeshEdgeProxyObject">
            <summary>MeshEdgeProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMeshFaceObject">
            <summary>MeshFace Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMeshFaceProxyObject">
            <summary>MeshFaceProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMeshFeatureEntitiesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>MeshFeatureEntitiesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMeshFeatureEntityObject">
            <summary>MeshFeatureEntity Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMeshFeatureEntityProxyObject">
            <summary>MeshFeatureEntityProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMeshFeatureObject">
            <summary>MeshFeature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMeshFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>MeshFeatureProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMeshFeatureSetObject">
            <summary>MeshFeatureSet Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMeshFeatureSetProxyObject">
            <summary>MeshFeatureSetProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMeshFeatureSetsObject">
            <summary>MeshFeatureSets Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMeshVertexObject">
            <summary>MeshVertex Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMeshVertexProxyObject">
            <summary>MeshVertexProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMessageSectionObject">
            <summary>MessageSection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMidpointConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>MidpointConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMidpointConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>MidpointConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMidpointConstraintObject">
            <summary>MidpointConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMidpointConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>MidpointConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMidPointWorkPointDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work point defined to be at the midpoint of an edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMidSurfaceFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part MidSurface Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMidSurfaceFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part MidSurface Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMidSurfaceFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part MidSurface Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMidSurfaceThicknessesObject">
            <summary>MidSurface Thickness Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMidSurfaceThicknessObject">
            <summary>MidSurface Thickness Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMiniToolbarButtonObject">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarButton object represents a button control within a MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMiniToolbarCheckBoxObject">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarCheckBox object represents a check box control within a MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMiniToolbarComboBoxObject">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarComboBox object represents a combobox control within a MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMiniToolbarControlObject">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarControl object is the base class for all controls within a MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMiniToolbarControlsObject">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarControls object contains the controls within a minitoolbar and methods to create new controls.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMiniToolbarDropdownObject">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarDropdown object represents a dropdown control within a MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMiniToolbarListItemObject">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarListItem object represents an item in either a MiniToolBarComboBox or a MiniToolBarDropdown object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMiniToolbarObject">
            <summary>The MiniToolbar object provides the ability to create and display in-canvas controls for user interaction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMiniToolbarSliderObject">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarSlider object represents a slider control within a MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMiniToolbarTextBoxObject">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarTextBox object represents a text box control within a MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMiniToolbarTextEditorObject">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarTextEditor object represents a text edit control within a MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMiniToolbarValueEditorObject">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarValueEditor object represents a value edit control within a MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMirrorFeatureDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Part MirrorFeature Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMirrorFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Mirror Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMirrorFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Mirror Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMirrorFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Mirror Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMirrorOccurrencePatternObject">
            <summary>Mirror pattern of assembly occurrences.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMirrorOccurrencePatternProxyObject">
            <summary>Mirror pattern of assembly occurrences Proxy.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelAnnotationObject">
            <summary>ModelAnnotation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelAnnotationsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>ModelAnnotationsEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelAnnotationsObject">
            <summary>ModelAnnotations Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelAnnotationTextObject">
            <summary>ModelAnnotationText Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelCompositeAnnotationDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ModelCompositeAnnotationDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelCompositeAnnotationObject">
            <summary>ModelCompositeAnnotation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelCompositeAnnotationProxyObject">
            <summary>ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelCompositeAnnotationsObject">
            <summary>ModelCompositeAnnotations Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelDatumDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ModelDatumDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelDatumFeatureObject">
            <summary>ModelDatumFeature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelDatumFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>ModelDatumFeatureProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelDatumFeaturesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>ModelDatumFeaturesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelDatumIdentifierDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ModelDatumIdentifierDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelDatumIdentifierObject">
            <summary>ModelDatumIdentifier Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelDatumIdentifierProxyObject">
            <summary>ModelDatumIdentifierProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelDatumIdentifiersObject">
            <summary>ModelDatumIdentifiers Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelDatumObject">
            <summary>ModelDatum Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelDatumProxyObject">
            <summary>ModelDatumProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelDatumReferenceFrameObject">
            <summary>ModelDatumReferenceFrame Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelDatumReferenceFrameProxyObject">
            <summary>ModelDatumReferenceFrameProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelDatumReferenceFramesObject">
            <summary>ModelDatumReferenceFrames Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelDatumsObject">
            <summary>ModelDatums Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelDatumTargetObject">
            <summary>ModelDatumTarget Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelDatumTargetProxyObject">
            <summary>ModelDatumTargetProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelDatumTargetsObject">
            <summary>ModelDatumTargets Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelDimensionDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ModelDimensionDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelDimensionObject">
            <summary>ModelDimension Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelDimensionsObject">
            <summary>ModelDimensions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelFeatureControlFrameDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelFeatureControlFrameObject">
            <summary>ModelFeatureControlFrame Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelFeatureControlFrameProxyObject">
            <summary>ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelFeatureControlFrameRowObject">
            <summary>ModelFeatureControlFrameRow Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelFeatureControlFrameRowsObject">
            <summary>ModelFeatureControlFrameRows Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelFeatureControlFramesObject">
            <summary>ModelFeatureControlFrames Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelGeneralNoteDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ModelGeneralNoteDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelGeneralNoteObject">
            <summary>ModelGeneralNote Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelGeneralNoteProxyObject">
            <summary>ModelGeneralNoteProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelGeneralNotesObject">
            <summary>ModelGeneralNotes Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelHoleThreadNoteDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelHoleThreadNoteObject">
            <summary>ModelHoleThreadNote Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelHoleThreadNoteProxyObject">
            <summary>ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelHoleThreadNotesObject">
            <summary>ModelHoleThreadNotes Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelingEventsObject">
            <summary>The Modeling Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelingSettingsObject">
            <summary>Provides access to various modeling related document settings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelLeaderNodeObject">
            <summary>ModelLeaderNode Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelLeaderNodesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>ModelLeaderNodesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelLeaderNoteDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ModelLeaderNoteDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelLeaderNoteObject">
            <summary>ModelLeaderNote Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelLeaderNoteProxyObject">
            <summary>ModelLeaderNoteProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelLeaderNotesObject">
            <summary>ModelLeaderNotes Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelLeaderObject">
            <summary>ModelLeader Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelParameterObject">
            <summary>Model Parameter Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelParametersObject">
            <summary>Generated Model Parameters Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelStateEventsObject">
            <summary>The ModelStateEvents Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelStateObject">
            <summary>ModelState Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelStatesObject">
            <summary>ModelStates Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelStateTableCellObject">
            <summary>ModelStateTableCell Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelStateTableColumnObject">
            <summary>ModelStateTableColumn Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelStateTableColumnsObject">
            <summary>ModelStateTableColumns Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelStateTableObject">
            <summary>ModelStateTable Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelStateTableRowObject">
            <summary>ModelStateTableRow Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelStateTableRowsObject">
            <summary>ModelStateTableRows Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelSurfaceTextureSymbolObject">
            <summary>ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxyObject">
            <summary>ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelSurfaceTextureSymbolsObject">
            <summary>ModelSurfaceTextureSymbols Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelToleranceFeatureDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ModelToleranceFeatureDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelToleranceFeatureObject">
            <summary>ModelToleranceFeature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelToleranceFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>ModelToleranceFeatureProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelToleranceFeaturesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>ModelToleranceFeaturesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelToleranceFeaturesObject">
            <summary>ModelToleranceFeatures Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelWeldingSymbolDefinitionObject">
            <summary>ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelWeldingSymbolDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelWeldingSymbolObject">
            <summary>ModelWeldingSymbol Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelWeldingSymbolProxyObject">
            <summary>ModelWeldingSymbolProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kModelWeldingSymbolsObject">
            <summary>ModelWeldingSymbols Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMouseEventsObject">
            <summary>Event object that provides mouse events with exclusivity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMoveAlongRayMoveOperationObject">
            <summary>MoveAlongRayMoveOperation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMoveDefinitionObject">
            <summary>MoveDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMoveFaceDefinitionObject">
            <summary>MoveFace Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMoveFaceFeatureObject">
            <summary>MoveFaceFeature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMoveFaceFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>MoveFaceFeatureProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMoveFaceFeaturesObject">
            <summary>MoveFaceFeatures Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMoveFeatureObject">
            <summary>MoveFeature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMoveFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>MoveFeatureProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMoveFeaturesObject">
            <summary>MoveFeatures Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kMoveOperationObject">
            <summary>MoveOperation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kNativeBrowserNodeDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Contains the definition of a native-created node in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kNonLinearEdgeWorkPointDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work point using a non-linear edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kNonParametricBaseFeatureObject">
            <summary>NonParametricBaseFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kNonParametricBaseFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Non Parametric Base Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kNonParametricBaseFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Base Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kNormalToCurveWorkPlaneDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane defined normal to a curve and through a point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kNormalToSurfaceWorkAxisDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work axis that is normal to a surface and passes through a point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kNotebookOptionsObject">
            <summary>Notebook Options Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kObjectCollectionByVariantObject">
            <summary>Generic collection of weakly-typed Object (IDispatch).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kObjectCollectionObject">
            <summary>Generic collection of weakly-typed Object (IDispatch).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kObjectDefaultsStyleObject">
            <summary>ObjectDefaultsStyle Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kObjectDefaultsStylesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>ObjectDefaultsStylesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kObjectsEnumeratorByVariantObject">
            <summary>Generic enumerator for a group of objects. This enumerator will also support the IEnumxxx-style interface (IEnumUnknown, unless otherwise specified).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kObjectsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>Generic enumerator for a group of objects. This enumerator will also support the IEnumxxx-style interface (IEnumUnknown, unless otherwise specified).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kObjectVisibilityObject">
            <summary>ObjectVisibility Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOccurrencePatternElementObject">
            <summary>OccurrencePatternElement Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOccurrencePatternElementProxyObject">
            <summary>Occurrence Pattern Element Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOccurrencePatternElementsObject">
            <summary>Elements that result from the creation of a pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOccurrencePatternObject">
            <summary>OccurrencePattern Object (abstract base class).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOccurrencePatternsObject">
            <summary>Gets the Occurrence Patterns collection object that encapsulates all of the Occurrence Patterns defined in this Component Definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOffsetConstraintObject">
            <summary>OffsetConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOffsetConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>OffsetConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOffsetDimConstraintObject">
            <summary>OffsetDimConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOffsetDimConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>OffsetDimConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOffsetSplineDimConstraintObject">
            <summary>OffsetSplineDimConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOffsetSplineDimConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>OffsetSplineDimConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOffsetWidthExtentObject">
            <summary>OffsetWidthExtent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOGSRenderItemObject">
            <summary>OGSRenderItem object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOGSRenderItemsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>OGSRenderItemsEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOGSSceneNodeObject">
            <summary>OGSSceneNode object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOGSSceneNodesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>OGSRenderItemsEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOnFaceConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>OnFaceConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOnFaceConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>OnFaceConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOnFaceCurveObject">
            <summary>OnFaceCurve Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOnFaceCurveProxyObject">
            <summary>OnFaceCurveProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOnFaceCurvesObject">
            <summary>OnFaceCurves Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOrdinateDimensionObject">
            <summary>OrdinateDimension Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOrdinateDimensionsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>OrdinateDimensions enumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOrdinateDimensionSetObject">
            <summary>The OrdinateDimensionSet object represents an ordinate dimension set placed on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOrdinateDimensionSetsObject">
            <summary>The OrdinateDimensionSets collection object provides access to all of the ordinate dimension sets on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOrdinateDimensionsObject">
            <summary>OrdinateDimensions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kOriginIndicatorObject">
            <summary>OriginIndicator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPanelBarObject">
            <summary>Represents a PanelBar object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kParallelConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>ParallelConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kParallelConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>ParallelConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kParallelConstraintObject">
            <summary>ParallelConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kParallelConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>ParallelConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kParallelToXAxisConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>ParallelToXAxisConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kParallelToXAxisConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>ParallelToXAxisConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kParallelToYAxisConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>ParallelToYAxisConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kParallelToYAxisConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>ParallelToYAxisConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kParallelToZAxisConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>ParallelToZAxisConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kParallelToZAxisConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>ParallelToZAxisConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kParametersEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>Parameters Enumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kParametersObject">
            <summary>Parameters Collection Object (abstract base class).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kParameterTableObject">
            <summary>Parameter Table Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kParameterTablesObject">
            <summary>Parameter Tables Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPartComponentDefinitionObject">
            <summary>PartComponentDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPartComponentDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>PartComponentDefinitions Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPartEventsObject">
            <summary>PartEvents Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPartFeatureObject">
            <summary>Generic Feature (constraint) Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPartFeaturesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>Part Features Enumerator Object. Presents a snapshot of the set of Part Features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPartFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Feature Collection Object. Presents the current view of Part Features and allows their creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPartialChamferEdgeObject">
            <summary>Partial Chamfer edge object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPartialChamferEdgesObject">
            <summary>Partial Chamfer edges object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPartOptionsObject">
            <summary>PartOptions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPartsListCellObject">
            <summary>PartsListCell Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPartsListColumnObject">
            <summary>PartsListColumn Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPartsListColumnsObject">
            <summary>PartsListColumns Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPartsListFilterItemObject">
            <summary>PartsListFilterItem object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPartsListFilterSettingsObject">
            <summary>PartsListFilterSettings object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPartsListObject">
            <summary>PartsList Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPartsListRowObject">
            <summary>PartsListRow Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPartsListRowsObject">
            <summary>PartsListRows Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPartsListsObject">
            <summary>PartsLists Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPartsListSortSettingsObject">
            <summary>PartsListSortSettings object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPartsListStyleObject">
            <summary>PartsListStyle Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPartsListStylesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>PartsListStylesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPathAndGuideRailSweepDefObject">
            <summary>PathAndGuideRailSweepDef Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPathAndGuideSurfaceSweepDefObject">
            <summary>PathAndGuideSurfaceSweepDef Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPathAndSectionTwistsSweepDefObject">
            <summary>PathAndSectionTwistsSweepDef Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPathEntityObject">
            <summary>PathEntity Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPathEntityProxyObject">
            <summary>PathEntityProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPathObject">
            <summary>Path Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPathProxyObject">
            <summary>Path Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPathSweepDefObject">
            <summary>PathSweepDef Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPatternBoundarySettingObject">
            <summary>Part Pattern Boundary Setting Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPatternConstraintObject">
            <summary>PatternConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPatternConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>PatternConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPerpendicularConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>PerpendicularConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPerpendicularConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>PerpendicularConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPerpendicularConstraintObject">
            <summary>PerpendicularConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPerpendicularConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>PerpendicularConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPitchAndHeightCoilExtentObject">
            <summary>Pitch and height coil extent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPitchAndRevolutionCoilExtentObject">
            <summary>Pitch and revolution coil extent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPlanarMoveDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Planar move definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPlanarSketchesObject">
            <summary>PlanarSketches Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPlanarSketchObject">
            <summary>PlanarSketch Object, situated in 3D space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPlanarSketchProxyObject">
            <summary>PlanarSketchProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPlaneAndOffsetWorkPlaneDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane that is parallel to an existing plane and offset a specified distance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPlaneAndPointWorkPlaneDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane that is parallel to an existing plane and passes through an existing point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPlaneAndTangentWorkPlaneDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane that is parallel to a plane and tangent to a surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPluginLicenseManagerEventsObject">
            <summary>PluginLicenseManager Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPluginLicenseManagerObject">
            <summary>Plugin License Manager.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointAndPlaneWorkAxisDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work axis that is normal to a plane and passes through a point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointAndTangentWorkPlaneDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane that passes through a point and is tangent to a surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointCloudCropObject">
            <summary>PointCloudCrop Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointCloudCropsObject">
            <summary>PointCloudCrops Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointCloudObject">
            <summary>The PointCloud object represents a single point cloud within Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointCloudPlaneObject">
            <summary>The PointCloudPlane object represents a plane within a point cloud.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointCloudPlaneProxyObject">
            <summary>PointCloudPlaneProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointCloudPointObject">
            <summary>The PointCloudPoint object represents a point within a point cloud.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointCloudPointProxyObject">
            <summary>PointCloudPointProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointCloudProxyObject">
            <summary>PointCloudProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointCloudRegionObject">
            <summary>PointCloudRegion Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointCloudRegionsObject">
            <summary>PointCloudRegions Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointCloudScanObject">
            <summary>PointCloudScan Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointCloudScansObject">
            <summary>PointCloudScans Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointCloudsObject">
            <summary>PointClouds Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointGraphicsObject">
            <summary>Point graphics object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointHolePlacementDefinitionObject">
            <summary>PointHolePlacementDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointInferenceObject">
            <summary>Point Inference object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointInferenceObjectEnumerator">
            <summary>PointInference Enumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointToPointRipTypeDefObject">
            <summary>PointToPointRipTypeDef Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPointWorkPointDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work point defined to be coincident to a point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPositionalRepresentationObject">
            <summary>PositionalRepresentation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPositionalRepresentationsObject">
            <summary>PositionalRepresentations Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPreparationsObject">
            <summary>Preparations Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationBodiesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>PresentationBodiesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationBodyObject">
            <summary>PresentationBody Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationComponentObject">
            <summary>PresentationComponent Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationComponentsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>PresentationComponentsEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationEdgeObject">
            <summary>PresentationEdge Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationEdgesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>PresentationEdgesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationEventsObject">
            <summary>PresentationEvents Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationFaceObject">
            <summary>PresentationFace Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationFacesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>PresentationFacesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationMeshFeatureEntitiesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>PresentationMeshFeatureEntitiesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationMeshFeatureEntityObject">
            <summary>PresentationMeshFeatureEntity Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationMeshFeatureObject">
            <summary>PresentationMeshFeature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationMeshFeatureSetObject">
            <summary>PresentationMeshFeatureSet Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationMeshFeatureSetsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>PresentationMeshFeatureSetsEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationOptionsObject">
            <summary>PresentationOptions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationSceneObject">
            <summary>PresentationScene Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationScenesObject">
            <summary>PresentationScenes Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationSequenceObject">
            <summary>PresentationSequence object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationSequencesObject">
            <summary>PresentationSequences object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationSnapshotViewObject">
            <summary>PresentationSnapshotView Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationSnapshotViewsObject">
            <summary>PresentationSnapshotViews Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationTaskObject">
            <summary>PresentationTask object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationTasksObject">
            <summary>PresentationTasks object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationTrailObject">
            <summary>PresentationTrail Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationTrailSegmentsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>PresentationTrailSegmentsEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationTrailSegmentsObject">
            <summary>PresentationTrailSegments Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationTrailsObject">
            <summary>PresentationTrails Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationTweakObject">
            <summary>PresentationTweak object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationTweaksObject">
            <summary>PresentationTweaks object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationTweakTrailSegmentObject">
            <summary>PresentationTrailSegment Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationVertexObject">
            <summary>PresentationVertex Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPresentationVerticesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>PresentationVerticesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPrintManagerObject">
            <summary>Object through which this document may be printed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProfile3DObject">
            <summary>Profile3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProfile3DProxyObject">
            <summary>Profile3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProfileEntity3DObject">
            <summary>ProfileEntity3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProfileEntity3DProxyObject">
            <summary>ProfileEntity3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProfileEntityObject">
            <summary>ProfileEntity Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProfileEntityProxyObject">
            <summary>ProfileEntityProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProfileObject">
            <summary>Profile Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProfilePath3DObject">
            <summary>ProfilePath3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProfilePath3DProxyObject">
            <summary>ProfilePath3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProfilePathObject">
            <summary>ProfilePath Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProfilePathProxyObject">
            <summary>ProfilePathProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProfileProxyObject">
            <summary>ProfileProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProfiles3DObject">
            <summary>Profiles3D Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProfilesObject">
            <summary>Profiles Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProgressBarObject">
            <summary>ProgressBar Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProgressiveToolTipObject">
            <summary>ProgressiveToolTip Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProjectAssetLibrariesObject">
            <summary>ProjectAssetLibraries Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProjectAssetLibraryObject">
            <summary>ProjectAssetLibrary Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProjectedCutObject">
            <summary>ProjectedCut Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProjectedCutProxyObject">
            <summary>ProjectedCutProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProjectedCutsObject">
            <summary>ProjectedCuts Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProjectOptionsButtonObject">
            <summary>ProjectOptionsButton object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProjectPathObject">
            <summary>ProjectPath Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProjectPathsObject">
            <summary>ProjectPaths Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProjectToSurfaceCurveObject">
            <summary>ProjectToSurfaceCurve Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProjectToSurfaceCurveProxyObject">
            <summary>ProjectToSurfaceCurveProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kProjectToSurfaceCurvesObject">
            <summary>ProjectToSurfaceCurves Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPromptMessageObject">
            <summary>PromptMessage object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPromptMessagesObject">
            <summary>PromptMessages object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPromptsOptionsObject">
            <summary>PromptsOptions object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPropertyObject">
            <summary>Object that represents Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPropertySetObject">
            <summary>Object that represents a Property Set. This is a collection of related Properties.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPropertySetsObject">
            <summary>Object that manages the collection of Property Set objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationBodiesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>PublicationBodiesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationBodyObject">
            <summary>PublicationBody object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationComponentObject">
            <summary>PublicationComponent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationComponentsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>PublicationComponentsEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationComponentsObject">
            <summary>PublicationComponents collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationEdgeObject">
            <summary>PublicationEdge object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationEdgesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>PublicationEdgesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationEventsObject">
            <summary>Publication Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationFaceObject">
            <summary>PublicationFace object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationFacesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>PublicationFacesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationFaceShellObject">
            <summary>PublicationFaceShell object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationFaceShellsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>PublicationFaceShellsEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationMarkedViewObject">
            <summary>PublicationMarkedView object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationMarkedViewsObject">
            <summary>PublicationMarkedViews object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationMeshEdgeObject">
            <summary>PublicationMeshEdge Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationMeshFaceObject">
            <summary>PublicationMeshFace Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationObject">
            <summary>Publication object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationsObject">
            <summary>Publications collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationStageObject">
            <summary>PublicationStage Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationTrailObject">
            <summary>PublicationTrail object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationTrailSegmentObject">
            <summary>PublicationTrailSegment object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationTrailSegmentsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>PublicationTrailSegmentsEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationTrailSegmentsObject">
            <summary>PublicationTrailSegments object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationTrailsObject">
            <summary>PublicationTrails object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationTweakDefinitionObject">
            <summary>PublicationTweakDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationTweakObject">
            <summary>PublicationTweak object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationTweakPathObject">
            <summary>PublicationTweakPath object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationTweakPathsObject">
            <summary>PublicationTweakPaths collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationTweaksObject">
            <summary>PublicationTweaks collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationVertexObject">
            <summary>PublicationVertex Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationVerticesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>PublicationVerticesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPublisherServerObject">
            <summary>PublisherServer Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPunchNoteObject">
            <summary>The PunchNote object represents Punch Note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPunchNotesObject">
            <summary>PunchNotes Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPunchToolFeatureObject">
            <summary>Punch Tool Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPunchToolFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Punch Tool Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kPunchToolFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Punch Tool Features Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kQueryManagerObject">
            <summary>QueryManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRadialMarkingMenuObject">
            <summary>Represents a RadialMarkingMenu Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRadialMarkingMenusObject">
            <summary>RadialMarkingMenus object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRadiusDimConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>RadiusDimConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRadiusDimConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>RadiusDimConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRadiusDimConstraintObject">
            <summary>RadiusDimConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRadiusDimConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>RadiusDimConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRadiusGeneralDimensionObject">
            <summary>RadiusGeneralDimension Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRadiusModelDimensionDefinitionObject">
            <summary>RadiusModelDimensionDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRadiusModelDimensionObject">
            <summary>RadiusModelDimension Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRadiusModelDimensionProxyObject">
            <summary>RadiusModelDimensionProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRadiusModelDimensionsObject">
            <summary>RadiusModelDimensions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRectangularOccurrencePatternObject">
            <summary>Rectangular pattern of assembly occurrences.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRectangularOccurrencePatternProxyObject">
            <summary>Rectangular pattern of assembly occurrences proxy.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRectangularPatternFeatureDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Part RectangularPatternFeature Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRectangularPatternFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part RectangularPattern Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRectangularPatternFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Rectangular Pattern Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRectangularPatternFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part RectangularPattern Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kReferenceAssetValueObject">
            <summary>Reference Asset Value Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kReferenceComponentObject">
            <summary>Reference Component Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kReferenceComponentsObject">
            <summary>Reference Components Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kReferencedFileDescriptorObject">
            <summary>Object that represents a reference held within this Document, to a file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kReferencedFileDescriptorsObject">
            <summary>Object that holds a collection of IRxFileVersion interfaces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kReferencedOLEFileDescriptorObject">
            <summary>Object that represents an 'OLE' reference held within this Document, to a file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kReferencedOLEFileDescriptorsObject">
            <summary>Object that holds a collection of Referenced OLE File Descriptor objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptorObject">
            <summary>Object that represents an opaque reference held within this Document, to a file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptorsObject">
            <summary>Object that holds a collection of Referenced Opaque File Descriptor objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kReferenceFeatureObject">
            <summary>ReferenceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kReferenceFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Reference Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kReferenceFeaturesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>Reference features Enumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kReferenceFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Reference features collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kReferenceKeyEventsObject">
            <summary>Object that provides access to events associated with custom reference keys.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kReferenceKeyManagerObject">
            <summary>ReferenceKeyManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kReferenceParameterObject">
            <summary>Reference Parameter Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kReferenceParametersObject">
            <summary>Reference-only Parameters Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRefoldFeatureObject">
            <summary>Refold Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRefoldFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Refold Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRefoldFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Refolds Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRegionPropertiesObject">
            <summary>RegionProperties Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRenderStyleObject">
            <summary>RenderStyle object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRenderStylesObject">
            <summary>RenderStyles object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kReplaceFaceDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Replace Face Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kReplaceFaceFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part ReplaceFace Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kReplaceFaceFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Replace Face Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kReplaceFaceFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part ReplaceFace Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRepresentationEventsObject">
            <summary>The Representation Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRepresentationsManagerObject">
            <summary>RepresentationsManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRestFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Rest Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRestFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Rest Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRestFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Rest Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevisionCloudControlPointObject">
            <summary>RevisionCloudControlPoint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevisionCloudControlPointsObject">
            <summary>RevisionCloudControlPoints object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevisionCloudDefinitionObject">
            <summary>RevisionCloudDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevisionCloudObject">
            <summary>RevisionCloud object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevisionCloudsObject">
            <summary>RevisionClouds object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevisionIndexDefaultsObject">
            <summary>RevisionIndexDefaults object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevisionTableCellObject">
            <summary>RevisionTableCell Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevisionTableColumnObject">
            <summary>RevisionTableColumn Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevisionTableColumnsObject">
            <summary>RevisionTableColumns Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevisionTableObject">
            <summary>RevisionTable Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevisionTableRowObject">
            <summary>RevisionTableRow Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevisionTableRowsObject">
            <summary>RevisionTableRows Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevisionTablesObject">
            <summary>RevisionTables Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevisionTableStyleObject">
            <summary>RevisionTableStyle Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevisionTableStylesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>RevisionTableStylesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevitExportDefinitionObject">
            <summary>RevitExportDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevitExportObject">
            <summary>RevitExport Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevitExportsObject">
            <summary>RevitExports Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevolutionAndHeightCoilExtentObject">
            <summary>Revolution and height coil extent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevolvedFaceWorkAxisDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work axis at the axis of a revolved face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevolveFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Revolve Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevolveFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Revolve Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRevolveFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Revolve Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRibbonObject">
            <summary>Ribbon Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRibbonPanelObject">
            <summary>RibbonPanel Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRibbonPanelsObject">
            <summary>RibbonPanels Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRibbonsObject">
            <summary>Ribbons Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRibbonTabObject">
            <summary>RibbonTab Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRibbonTabsObject">
            <summary>RibbonTabs Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRibDefinitionObject">
            <summary>RibDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRibFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Rib Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRibFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Rib Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRibFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Rib Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRigidBodyGroupObject">
            <summary>RigidBodyGroup Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRigidBodyGroupsObject">
            <summary>RigidBodyGroups Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRigidBodyJointObject">
            <summary>RigidBodyJoint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRigidBodyJointsObject">
            <summary>RigidBodyJoints Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRigidBodyResultsObject">
            <summary>RigidBodyResults Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRipDefinitionObject">
            <summary>The RipDefinition object represents all of the information that defines a rip feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRipFeatureObject">
            <summary>Rip Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRipFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Rip Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRipFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Rip Features Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRolledHemDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Object defines all of the inputs that are unique to a rolled style of hem feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRotateAboutLineMoveOperationObject">
            <summary>RotateAboutLineMoveOperation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRotateRotateConstraintObject">
            <summary>Rotate-Rotate Assembly motion Constraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRotateRotateConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>Rotate-Rotate Assembly motion Constraint Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRotateRotateiMateDefinitionObject">
            <summary>RotateRotateiMateDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxyObject">
            <summary>RotateRotateiMateDefinition Proxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRotateTranslateConstraintObject">
            <summary>Rotate-Translate Assembly motion Constraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRotateTranslateConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>Rotate-Translate Assembly motion Constraint Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRotateTranslateiMateDefinitionObject">
            <summary>RotateTranslateiMateDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxyObject">
            <summary>RotateTranslateiMateDefinition Proxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRowObject">
            <summary>Row Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRowsObject">
            <summary>Rows Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRuledSurfaceDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Part RuledSurfaceDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRuledSurfaceEdgeFacePairObject">
            <summary>RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePair object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRuledSurfaceEdgeFacePairsObject">
            <summary>RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePairs object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRuledSurfaceFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part RuledSurfaceFeature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRuledSurfaceFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRuledSurfaceFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part RuledSurfaceFeatures Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRuleFilletFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part RuleFillet Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRuleFilletFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part RuleFillet Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kRuleFilletFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part RuleFillet Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSaveOptionsObject">
            <summary>Save Options Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSculptFeatureObject">
            <summary>Sculpt Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSculptFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>SculptFeatureProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSculptFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Sculpt Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSculptSurfaceObject">
            <summary>SculptSurface object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSearchBoxEventsObject">
            <summary>SearchBox Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSearchBoxObject">
            <summary>The SearchBox object represents a search box control within a BrowserPane object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSectionDrawingViewObject">
            <summary>Drawing Section View Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSelectEventsObject">
            <summary>Event object that provides ability to perform selections with exclusivity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSelectionPreferencesObject">
            <summary>SelectionPreferences Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSelectSetObject">
            <summary>The Selection set object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kShadedDisplayOptionsObject">
            <summary>ShadedDisplayOptions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSheetFormatObject">
            <summary>SheetFormat Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSheetFormatsObject">
            <summary>SheetFormats Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSheetMetalComponentDefinitionObject">
            <summary>SheetMetal Component Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSheetMetalFeaturesObject">
            <summary>SheetMetal Features Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSheetMetalStyleObject">
            <summary>Sheet Metal Style Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSheetMetalStylesObject">
            <summary>Sheet Metal Styles Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSheetObject">
            <summary>Drawing Sheet Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSheetSettingsObject">
            <summary>SheetSettings Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSheetsObject">
            <summary>Drawing Sheets collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kShellDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Shell modeling feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kShellFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Shell Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kShellFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Shell Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kShellFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Shell Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kShellThicknessFaceSetObject">
            <summary>Shell Thickness Face Set Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kShrinkwrapComponentObject">
            <summary>Shrinkwrap Component Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kShrinkwrapComponentProxyObject">
            <summary>Shrinkwrap Component Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kShrinkwrapComponentsObject">
            <summary>Shrinkwrap Components Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kShrinkwrapDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Shrinkwrap Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSilhouetteCurveObject">
            <summary>SilhouetteCurve Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSilhouetteCurveProxyObject">
            <summary>SilhouetteCurveProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSilhouetteCurvesObject">
            <summary>SilhouetteCurves Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSimplifyDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Part Simplify Feature Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSimplifyFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Simplify Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSimplifyFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Simplify Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSimplifyFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Simplify Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSimulationComponentObject">
            <summary>SimulationComponent Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSimulationManagerObject">
            <summary>SimulationManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSingleHemDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Object defines all of the inputs that are unique to a single style of hem feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSinglePointRipTypeDefObject">
            <summary>SinglePointRipTypeDef Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketch3DObject">
            <summary>3D Sketch Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketch3DOptionsObject">
            <summary>Sketch3DOptions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketch3DProxyObject">
            <summary>Sketch3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketch3DSettingsObject">
            <summary>Provides access to various 3D sketch related document settings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchArc3DObject">
            <summary>SketchArc3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchArc3DProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchArc3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchArcObject">
            <summary>SketchArc Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchArcProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchArcProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchArcs3DObject">
            <summary>SketchArcs3D Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchArcsObject">
            <summary>SketchArcs Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchBlockDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Sketch Block Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchBlockDefinitionProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchBlockDefinitionProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchBlockDefinitionsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>SketchBlockDefinitions Enumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchBlockDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>SketchBlockDefinitions Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchBlockObject">
            <summary>Sketch Block Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchBlockProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchBlockProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchBlocksEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>Sketches Enumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchBlocksObject">
            <summary>SketchBlocks Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchCircle3DObject">
            <summary>SketchCircle3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchCircle3DProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchCircle3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchCircleObject">
            <summary>SketchCircle Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchCircleProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchCircleProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchCircles3DObject">
            <summary>SketchCircles3D Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchCirclesObject">
            <summary>SketchCircles Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchCircularPatternDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Sketch Circular Pattern Definition Setting Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchCircularPatternObject">
            <summary>Sketch Circular Pattern Setting Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchCircularPatternsObject">
            <summary>Sketch Circular Patterns Setting Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchConstraints3dEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>SketchConstraints3DEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchConstraintsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>SketchConstraintEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchConstraintSettingsObject">
            <summary>Sketch Constraint Settings Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchControlPointSpline3DObject">
            <summary>SketchControlPointSpline3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchControlPointSpline3DProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchControlPointSplineObject">
            <summary>SketchControlPointSpline Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchControlPointSplineProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchControlPointSplineProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchControlPointSplines3DObject">
            <summary>SketchControlPointSplines3D Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchControlPointSplinesObject">
            <summary>SketchControlPointSplines Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchDrivenPatternDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Part Sketch Driven Pattern Feature Definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchDrivenPatternFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part SketchDrivenPattern Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Sketch Driven Pattern Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchDrivenPatternFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Sketch Driven Pattern Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchedSymbolDefinitionLibrariesObject">
            <summary>SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibraries Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchedSymbolDefinitionLibraryObject">
            <summary>SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibrary Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchedSymbolDefinitionObject">
            <summary>SketchedSymbolDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchedSymbolDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>SketchedSymbolDefinitions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchedSymbolObject">
            <summary>SketchedSymbol Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchedSymbolsObject">
            <summary>SketchedSymbols Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchEllipse3DObject">
            <summary>SketchEllipse3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchEllipse3DProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchEllipse3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchEllipseObject">
            <summary>SketchEllipse Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchEllipseProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchEllipseProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchEllipses3DObject">
            <summary>SketchEllipses3D Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchEllipsesObject">
            <summary>SketchEllipses Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchEllipticalArc3DObject">
            <summary>SketchEllipticalArc3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchEllipticalArc3DProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchEllipticalArcObject">
            <summary>SketchEllipticalArc Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchEllipticalArcProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchEllipticalArcProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchEllipticalArcs3DObject">
            <summary>SketchEllipticalArcs3D Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchEllipticalArcsObject">
            <summary>SketchEllipticalArcs Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchEntities3DEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>SketchEntities3DEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchEntitiesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>SketchEntitiesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchEquationCurve3DObject">
            <summary>SketchEquationCurve3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchEquationCurve3DProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchEquationCurve3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchEquationCurveObject">
            <summary>SketchEquationCurve Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchEquationCurveProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchEquationCurveProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchEquationCurves3DObject">
            <summary>SketchEquationCurves3D Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchEquationCurvesObject">
            <summary>SketchEquationCurves Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketches3DEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>Sketches3D Enumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketches3DObject">
            <summary>3D Sketches Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>Sketches Enumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchEventsObject">
            <summary>The Sketch Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchFillRegion">
            <summary>SketchFillRegion Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchFillRegions">
            <summary>SketchFillRegions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchFixedSpline3DObject">
            <summary>SketchFixedSpline3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchFixedSpline3DProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchFixedSpline3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchFixedSplineObject">
            <summary>SketchFixedSpline Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchFixedSplineProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchFixedSplineProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchFixedSplines3DObject">
            <summary>SketchFixedSplines3D Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchFixedSplinesObject">
            <summary>SketchFixedSplines Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchHatchRegionObject">
            <summary>SketchHatchRegion Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchHatchRegionsObject">
            <summary>SketchHatchRegions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchHolePlacementDefinitionObject">
            <summary>SketchHolePlacementDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchImageObject">
            <summary>SkecthImage object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchImageProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchImageProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchImagesObject">
            <summary>SketchImages collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchLine3DObject">
            <summary>SketchLine3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchLine3DProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchLine3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchLineObject">
            <summary>SketchLine Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchLineProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchLineProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchLines3DObject">
            <summary>SketchLines3D Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchLinesObject">
            <summary>SketchLines Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchOffsetSplineObject">
            <summary>SketchOffsetSpline Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchOffsetSplineProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchOffsetSplineProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchOffsetSplinesObject">
            <summary>SketchOffsetSplines Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchOptionsObject">
            <summary>SketchOptions object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchPatternElementObject">
            <summary>SketchPatternElement Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchPatternElementsObject">
            <summary>SketchPatternElements Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchPoint3DObject">
            <summary>SketchPoint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchPoint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchPoint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchPointObject">
            <summary>SketchPoint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchPointProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchPointProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchPoints3DObject">
            <summary>SketchPoints3D Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchPointsObject">
            <summary>SketchPoints Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchRectangularPatternDefinitionObject">
            <summary>SketchRectangularPatternDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchRectangularPatternObject">
            <summary>SketchRectangularPattern Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchRectangularPatternsObject">
            <summary>SketchRectangularPatterns Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchSettingsObject">
            <summary>Provides access to various sketch related document settings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchSpline3DObject">
            <summary>SketchSpline3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchSpline3DProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchSpline3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchSplineHandle3DObject">
            <summary>SketchSplineHandle3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchSplineHandle3DProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchSplineHandle3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchSplineHandleObject">
            <summary>SketchSplineHandle Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchSplineHandleProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchSplineHandleProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchSplineObject">
            <summary>SketchSpline Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchSplineProxyObject">
            <summary>SketchSplineProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchSplines3DObject">
            <summary>SketchSplines3D Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSketchSplinesObject">
            <summary>SketchSplines Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSmoothConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>SmoothConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSmoothConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>SmoothConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSmoothConstraintObject">
            <summary>SmoothConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSmoothConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>SmoothConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSnapFitFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part SnapFit Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSnapFitFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part SnapFit Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSnapFitFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part SnapFit Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSoftwareVersionObject">
            <summary>Object that encapsulates a given Software Version. Used in various contexts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSolidSweepDefinitionObject">
            <summary>SolidSweepDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSpellCheckOptionsObject">
            <summary>SpellCheckOptions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSphereCenterPointWorkPointDefObject">
            <summary>SphereCenterPointWorkPointDef Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSpiralCoilExtentObject">
            <summary>Spiral coil extent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSplineFitPointConstraintObject">
            <summary>SplineFitPointConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSplineFitPointConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>SplineFitPointConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSplineFitPointsConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>SplineFitPointsConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSplineFitPointsConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>SplineFitPointConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSplineLengthDimConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>SplineLengthDimConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSplineLengthDimConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>SplineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSplitFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Split Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSplitFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Split Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSplitFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Split Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kStandardThreadInfoObject">
            <summary>StandardThreadInfo object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kStoryboardObject">
            <summary>Storyboard object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kStoryboardsObject">
            <summary>Storyboards collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kStringAssetValueObject">
            <summary>String Asset Value Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kStyleEventsObject">
            <summary>The Style Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kStyleObject">
            <summary>Style Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kStylesManagerObject">
            <summary>StylesManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kStylesObject">
            <summary>Styles Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceBodiesObject">
            <summary>SurfaceBodies object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceBodyDefinitionObject">
            <summary>SurfaceBodyDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceBodyMassPropertiesObject">
            <summary>SurfaceBodyMassProperties Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceBodyObject">
            <summary>SurfaceBody object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceBodyProxyObject">
            <summary>SurfaceBodyProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceGraphicsEdgeListObject">
            <summary>surEdge graphics Edge list object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceGraphicsEdgeObject">
            <summary>surface graphics edge object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceGraphicsFaceListObject">
            <summary>surface graphics face list object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceGraphicsFaceObject">
            <summary>surface graphics face object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceGraphicsObject">
            <summary>Surface graphics object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceGraphicsVertexListObject">
            <summary>surface graphics vertex list object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceGraphicsVertexObject">
            <summary>surface graphics vertex object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceTextureANSIDefinitionObject">
            <summary>SurfaceTextureANSIDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceTextureBSIDefinitionObject">
            <summary>SurfaceTextureBSIDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceTextureDINDefinitionObject">
            <summary>SurfaceTextureDINDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceTextureGBDefinitionObject">
            <summary>SurfaceTextureGBDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceTextureGOSTDefinitionObject">
            <summary>SurfaceTextureGOSTDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceTextureISODefinitionObject">
            <summary>SurfaceTextureISODefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceTextureJISDefinitionObject">
            <summary>SurfaceTextureJISDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceTextureStyleObject">
            <summary>SurfaceTextureStyle Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceTextureStylesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>SurfaceTextureStylesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinitionObject">
            <summary>SurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceTextureSymbolObject">
            <summary>SurfaceTextureSymbol Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSurfaceTextureSymbolsObject">
            <summary>SurfaceTextureSymbols Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSweepDefinitionObject">
            <summary>SweepDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSweepFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Sweep Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSweepFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Sweep Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSweepFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Sweep Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSweepGraphicsObject">
            <summary>SweepGraphics object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSymmetryConstraintObject">
            <summary>SymmetryConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kSymmetryConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>SymmetryConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTableFormatObject">
            <summary>TableFormat Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTableParameterObject">
            <summary>Table Parameter Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTableParametersObject">
            <summary>Table-driven Parameters Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTableStyleObject">
            <summary>TableStyle Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTableStylesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>TableStylesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTangentConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>TangentConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTangentConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>TangentConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTangentConstraintObject">
            <summary>Tangent Assembly Constraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTangentConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>Tangent Assembly Constraint Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTangentDistanceDimConstraintObject">
            <summary>TangentDistanceDimConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTangentDistanceDimConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>TangentDistanceDimConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTangentiMateDefinitionObject">
            <summary>TangentiMateDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTangentiMateDefinitionProxyObject">
            <summary>TangentiMateDefinition Proxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTangentSketchConstraintObject">
            <summary>TangentSketchConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTangentSketchConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>TangentSketchConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTaperedThreadInfoObject">
            <summary>TaperedThreadInfo object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTeardropHemDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Object defines all of the inputs that are unique to a tear drop style of hem feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTextBoxConstraintObject">
            <summary>TextBoxConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTextBoxConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>TextBoxConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTextBoxesObject">
            <summary>TextBoxes Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTextBoxObject">
            <summary>TextBox Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTextGraphicsObject">
            <summary>TextGraphics Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTextStyleObject">
            <summary>TextStyle Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTextStylesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>TextStylesEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTextStylesObject">
            <summary>TextStyles Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTextureAssetValueObject">
            <summary>Texture Asset Value Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTextureCoordinateSetObject">
            <summary>TextureCoordinateSet Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTextureMapObject">
            <summary>TextureMaps Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTextureMapsObject">
            <summary>TextureMaps Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kThemeManagerObject">
            <summary>ThemeManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kThemeObject">
            <summary>Theme Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kThemesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>ThemesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kThickenFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Thicken Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kThickenFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Thicken Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kThickenFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Thicken Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kThreadFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Thread Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kThreadFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Thread Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kThreadFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Thread Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kThreadInfoObject">
            <summary>ThreadInfo object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kThreadNoteObject">
            <summary>The ThreadNote object represents Thread Note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kThreadTableQueryObject">
            <summary>ThreadQuery object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kThreePlanesWorkPointDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work point defined by the intersection of three planes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kThreePointAngleDimConstraintObject">
            <summary>ThreePointAngleDimConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kThreePointAngleDimConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>ThreePointAngleDimConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kThreePointsWorkPlaneDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane defined by three points.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kThroughAllExtentObject">
            <summary>ThroughAllExtent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTitleBlockDefinitionObject">
            <summary>TitleBlockDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTitleBlockDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>TitleBlockDefinitions Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTitleBlockObject">
            <summary>TitleBlock Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kToExtentObject">
            <summary>ToExtent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kToHeightExtentObject">
            <summary>ToHeightExtent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kToleranceObject">
            <summary>Tolerance Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kToNextExtentObject">
            <summary>ToNextExtent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTorusCenterPointWorkPointDefObject">
            <summary>TorusCenterPointWorkPointDef Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTorusMidPlaneWorkPlaneDefObject">
            <summary>TorusMidPlaneWorkPlaneDef Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTrailObject">
            <summary>Presentation Trail Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTrailSegmentObject">
            <summary>Presentation Trail Segment Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTrailSegmentsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>TrailSegmentsEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTrailsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>TrailsEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTransactionEventsObject">
            <summary>Transaction Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTransactionManagerObject">
            <summary>Transaction Manager Object that encapsulates all of the transaction-based functionality.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTransactionObject">
            <summary>Transaction Object that stands for a single transaction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTransactionsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>Transactions enumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTransientGeometryObject">
            <summary>TransientGeometry object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTransitionalConstraintObject">
            <summary>Transitional Assembly Constraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTransitionalConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>Transitional Assembly Constraint Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTransitionSymbolDefinitionObject">
            <summary>TransitionSymbolDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTransitionSymbolObject">
            <summary>TransitionSymbol object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTransitionSymbolsObject">
            <summary>TransitionSymbols object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTransitionSymbolStyleObject">
            <summary>TransitionSymbolStyle object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTransitionSymbolStylesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>TransitionSymbolStylesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTranslateTranslateConstraintObject">
            <summary>Translate-Translate Assembly motion Constraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTranslateTranslateConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>Translate-Translate Assembly motion Constraint Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTranslatorAddInObject">
            <summary>TranslatorAddIn Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTriadEventsObject">
            <summary>Event object that provides Triad events with exclusivity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTriangleFanGraphicsObject">
            <summary>TriangeFanGraphics Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTriangleGraphicsObject">
            <summary>TriangleGraphics Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTriangleStripGraphicsObject">
            <summary>TriangleStripGraphics Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTrimFeatureObject">
            <summary>Trim Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTrimFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>TrimFeatureProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTrimFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Trim Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTutorialsManagerObject">
            <summary>TutorialsManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTwoDistancesChamferDefObject">
            <summary>Part Chamfer Feature Definition TwoDistances object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTwoLineAngleDimConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTwoLineAngleDimConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTwoLineAngleDimConstraintObject">
            <summary>TwoLineAngleDimConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTwoLineAngleDimConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>TwoLineAngleDimConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTwoLinesWorkPlaneDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane defined by two lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTwoLinesWorkPointDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work point defined by the intersection of two lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTwoPlanesWorkAxisDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work axis along a line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTwoPlanesWorkPlaneDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane defined by two planes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3DObject">
            <summary>TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3D__Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3DProxyObject">
            <summary>TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTwoPointDistanceDimConstraintObject">
            <summary>TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTwoPointDistanceDimConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>TwoPointDistanceDimConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kTwoPointsWorkAxisDefObject">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work axis along a line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUnfoldFeatureObject">
            <summary>Unfold Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUnfoldFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Unfold Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUnfoldFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Unfolds Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUnfoldMethodObject">
            <summary>Unfold Method Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUnfoldMethodsObject">
            <summary>Unfold Methods Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUnitAttributesObject">
            <summary>UnitAttributes Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUnitsFormattingObject">
            <summary>UnitsFormatting Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUnitsOfMeasureObject">
            <summary>Units of Measure Object for a Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUnknownObject">
            <summary>Inventor object of unknown/unsupported type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUnwrapDefinitionObject">
            <summary>Part Unwrap Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUnwrapFeatureObject">
            <summary>Part Unwrap Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUnwrapFeatureProxyObject">
            <summary>Part Unwrap Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUnwrapFeaturesObject">
            <summary>Part Unwrap Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUserCoordinateSystemDefinitionObject">
            <summary>UserCoordinateSystemDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUserCoordinateSystemObject">
            <summary>UserCoordinateSystem Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUserCoordinateSystemProxyObject">
            <summary>UserCoordinateSystemProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUserCoordinateSystemSettingsObject">
            <summary>UserCoordinateSystemSettings object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUserCoordinateSystemsObject">
            <summary>UserCoordinateSystems Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUserInputEventsObject">
            <summary>User Input Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUserInterfaceEventsObject">
            <summary>UserInterfaceEvents Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUserInterfaceManagerObject">
            <summary>UserInterfaceManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUserParameterObject">
            <summary>User Parameter Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kUserParametersObject">
            <summary>User-definable Parameters Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kVertexDefinitionObject">
            <summary>VertexDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kVertexDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>VertexDefinitions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kVertexObject">
            <summary>Vertex Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kVertexProxyObject">
            <summary>VertexProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kVerticalAlignConstraintObject">
            <summary>VerticalAlignConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kVerticalAlignConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>VerticalAlignConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kVerticalConstraintObject">
            <summary>VerticalConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kVerticalConstraintProxyObject">
            <summary>VerticalConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kVerticesObject">
            <summary>Vertices object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kViewAnnotationStyleObject">
            <summary>ViewAnnotationStyle object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kViewAnnotationStylesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>ViewAnnotationStylesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kViewFrameObject">
            <summary>ViewFrame Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kViewFramesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>ViewFramesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kViewListObject">
            <summary>Represents a ViewList object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kViewObject">
            <summary>View Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kViewsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>Views enumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kViewsObject">
            <summary>Views collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kViewTabGroupObject">
            <summary>ViewTabGroup object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kViewTabGroupsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>ViewTabGroupsEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kViewTabObject">
            <summary>ViewTab object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kViewTabsEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>ViewTabsEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kVirtualComponentDefinitionObject">
            <summary>VirtualComponentDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kVisibleOccurrenceFinderObject">
            <summary>VisibleOccurrenceFinder object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWebBrowserDialogEventsObject">
            <summary>WebBrowserDialogEvents Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWebBrowserDialogObject">
            <summary>WebBrowserDialog Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWebBrowserDialogsObject">
            <summary>WebBrowserDialogs Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWebBrowserDockableWindowObject">
            <summary>WebBrowserDockableWindow Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWebViewObject">
            <summary>WebView Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWebViewsObject">
            <summary>WebViews Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWeldBeadObject">
            <summary>WeldBead Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWeldBeadsObject">
            <summary>WeldBeads Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWeldmentComponentDefinitionObject">
            <summary>WeldmentComponentDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWeldObject">
            <summary>Weld Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWeldsComponentDefinitionObject">
            <summary>WeldsComponentDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWeldsObject">
            <summary>Welds Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWeldSymbolObject">
            <summary>WeldSymbol object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWeldSymbolStyleObject">
            <summary>WeldSymbolStyle object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWeldSymbolStylesEnumeratorObject">
            <summary>WeldSymbolStylesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWidthOffsetWidthExtentObject">
            <summary>WidthOffsetWidthExtent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWireDefinitionObject">
            <summary>WireDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWireDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>WireDefinitions object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWireEdgeDefinitionObject">
            <summary>WireEdgeDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWireEdgeDefinitionsObject">
            <summary>WireEdgeDefinitions object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWireframeDisplayOptionsObject">
            <summary>WireframeDisplayOptions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWireObject">
            <summary>Wire Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWiresObject">
            <summary>Wire Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWorkAxesObject">
            <summary>WorkAxes Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWorkAxisObject">
            <summary>WorkAxis Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWorkAxisProxyObject">
            <summary>WorkAxisProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWorkPlaneObject">
            <summary>WorkPlane Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWorkPlaneProxyObject">
            <summary>WorkPlaneProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWorkPlanesObject">
            <summary>WorkPlanes Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWorkPointObject">
            <summary>WorkPoint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWorkPointProxyObject">
            <summary>WorkPointProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWorkPointsObject">
            <summary>WorkPoints Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWorkSurfaceObject">
            <summary>WorkSurface Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWorkSurfaceProxyObject">
            <summary>WorkSurfaceProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum.kWorkSurfacesObject">
            <summary>WorkSurfaces Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OccurrenceDOFStateEnum">
            <summary>Degree of freedom state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OccurrenceDOFStateEnum.kCanIgnoreDegreeOfFreedom">
            <summary>Can ignore degree of freedom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OccurrenceDOFStateEnum.kCanRetainDegreeOfFreedom">
            <summary>Can retain degree of freedom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OccurrenceDOFStateEnum.kNoDegreeOfFreedomState">
            <summary>No Degree of freedom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OccurrencePatternSuppressionEnum">
            <summary>The type of occurrence pattern suppression.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OccurrencePatternSuppressionEnum.kAllSuppressed">
            <summary>All occurrences are suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OccurrencePatternSuppressionEnum.kNoneSuppressed">
            <summary>None occurrence is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OccurrencePatternSuppressionEnum.kSomeSuppressed">
            <summary>Some occurrences are suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OfflineImageFidelityEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the printing quality for a shaded drawing view when defer updates is active.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OfflineImageFidelityEnum.kBestImageFidelity">
            <summary>Printing quality of 200 dpi.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OfflineImageFidelityEnum.kBetterImageFidelity">
            <summary>Printing quality of 150 dpi.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OfflineImageFidelityEnum.kLowerImageFidelity">
            <summary>Printing quality of 50 dpi.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OfflineImageFidelityEnum.kStandardImageFidelity">
            <summary>Printing quality of 100 dpi.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OffsetCornerClosureTypeEnum">
            <summary>OffsetCornerClosure Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OffsetCornerClosureTypeEnum.kCircularCornerClosure">
            <summary>Circular arcs are attached tangentially to the offset edges so that gaps are replaced by rounded corners.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OffsetCornerClosureTypeEnum.kExtendCornerClosure">
            <summary>Offset edges are extended smoothly where there is a gap, with the extension depending on the curve type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OffsetCornerClosureTypeEnum.kLinearCornerClosure">
            <summary>Linear extensions are attached tangentially to offset edges where there is a gap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OGSGeometryTypeEnum">
            <summary>types of OGS geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSGeometryTypeEnum.kCircularConicalFaceOGSGeometryType">
            <summary>Circular Conical Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSGeometryTypeEnum.kCircularCylindricalFaceOGSGeometryType">
            <summary>Circular Cylindrical Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSGeometryTypeEnum.kCircularEdgeOGSGeometryType">
            <summary>Circular Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSGeometryTypeEnum.kEllipticalConicalFaceOGSGeometryType">
            <summary>Elliptical Conical Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSGeometryTypeEnum.kEllipticalEdgeOGSGeometryType">
            <summary>Elliptical Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSGeometryTypeEnum.kEllipticCylindricalFaceOGSGeometryType">
            <summary>Elliptic Cylindrical Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSGeometryTypeEnum.kLinearEdgeOGSGeometryType">
            <summary>Linear Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSGeometryTypeEnum.kPlanarFaceOGSGeometryType">
            <summary>Planar Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSGeometryTypeEnum.kSphericalFaceOGSGeometryType">
            <summary>Spherical Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSGeometryTypeEnum.kSplineEdgeOGSGeometryType">
            <summary>Spline Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSGeometryTypeEnum.kSplineFaceOGSGeometryType">
            <summary>Spline Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSGeometryTypeEnum.kToroidalFaceOGSGeometryType">
            <summary>Toroidal Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSGeometryTypeEnum.kUnknownOGSGeometryType">
            <summary>Unknown.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OGSMaterialStringTypeEnum">
            <summary>types of OGSMaterialString.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSMaterialStringTypeEnum.kMaterialXStringType">
            <summary>Material X.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSMaterialStringTypeEnum.kNoneOGSMaterialStringType">
            <summary>None.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSMaterialStringTypeEnum.kProteinSchemeStringType">
            <summary>Protein Scheme.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OGSPrimitiveTypeEnum">
            <summary>types of OGSPrimitive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSPrimitiveTypeEnum.kLineListOGSPrimitiveType">
            <summary>Line List.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSPrimitiveTypeEnum.kLineStripOGSPrimitiveType">
            <summary>Line Strip.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSPrimitiveTypeEnum.kNoneOGSPrimitiveType">
            <summary>None.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSPrimitiveTypeEnum.kPointListOGSPrimitiveType">
            <summary>Point List.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSPrimitiveTypeEnum.kTriangleListOGSPrimitiveType">
            <summary>Triangle List.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSPrimitiveTypeEnum.kTriangleStripOGSPrimitiveType">
            <summary>Triangle Strip.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OGSSceneNodeTypeEnum">
            <summary>Describe the OGS scene node types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSSceneNodeTypeEnum.kBodyOGSSceneNodeType">
            <summary>Body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSSceneNodeTypeEnum.kComponentOGSSceneNodeType">
            <summary>Component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OGSSceneNodeTypeEnum.kUnknownOGSSceneNodeType">
            <summary>Unknown.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OLEDocumentTypeEnum">
            <summary>OLE Document Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OLEDocumentTypeEnum.kOLEDocumentEmbeddingObject">
            <summary>OLE Embedding Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OLEDocumentTypeEnum.kOLEDocumentLinkObject">
            <summary>OLE Link Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OLEDocumentTypeEnum.kOLEDocumentUnknownObject">
            <summary>OLE Unknown Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OLEVerbEnum">
            <summary>Actions that can be performed on an OLE attachment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OLEVerbEnum.kDefaultOLEVerb">
            <summary>Perform the default action associated with this attachment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OLEVerbEnum.kEditOpenOLEVerb">
            <summary>Open the document in a separate window for editing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OLEVerbEnum.kHideOLEVerb">
            <summary>If the document has been opened, hide it. Else, no action.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OLEVerbEnum.kShowOLEVerb">
            <summary>If the document has been hidden, display it. Else, open for editing (same as kEditOpenOLEVerb).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OrbitTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants specifying the default orbit types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OrbitTypeEnum.kConstrainedOrbit">
            <summary>Constrained orbit.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OrbitTypeEnum.kFreeOrbit">
            <summary>Free orbit.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionAlignmentEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the various types of oridinate dimension alignment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionAlignmentEnum.kOrdinateContinuousAlignment">
            <summary>Oridinate continuous alignment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionAlignmentEnum.kOrdinateLeaderAligned">
            <summary>Oridinate leader Aligned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionAlignmentEnum.kOridateNoAlignment">
            <summary>Oridinate no alignment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OverConstrainedDimensionBehaviorEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the preferred behavior when placing dimensions on overconstrained sketches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OverConstrainedDimensionBehaviorEnum.kApplyDrivenDimension">
            <summary>Apply driven dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OverConstrainedDimensionBehaviorEnum.kWarnOfOverConstrainedCondition">
            <summary>Warn of over constrained behavior.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OverflowMenuBehaviorEnum">
            <summary>Overflow menu behavior.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OverflowMenuBehaviorEnum.kFullOverflowMenu">
            <summary>Full Menu.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OverflowMenuBehaviorEnum.kRadialOnlyOverflowMenu">
            <summary>Radial Menu Only.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.OverflowMenuBehaviorEnum.kShortOverflowMenu">
            <summary>Short Menu.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PageOrientationTypeEnum">
            <summary>Page Orientation style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PageOrientationTypeEnum.kDefaultPageOrientation">
            <summary>Specifies the default setting. The more strongly typed value is returned in a query.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PageOrientationTypeEnum.kLandscapePageOrientation">
            <summary>Page is oriented as a Landscape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PageOrientationTypeEnum.kPortraitPageOrientation">
            <summary>Page is oriented as a Portrait.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum">
            <summary>Constants enumerating the various sizes of paper to be used for printing. Constant names are self-explanatory.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSize10x14">
            <summary>Paper size for 10x14.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSize11x17">
            <summary>Paper size for 11x17.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeA0">
            <summary>Paper size for ISO A0 (Applicable to drawings only).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeA0Oversize">
            <summary>Paper size for ISO A0 Oversize (Applicable to drawings only).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeA1">
            <summary>Paper size for ISO A1 (Applicable to drawings only).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeA1Oversize">
            <summary>Paper size for ISO A1 Oversize (Applicable to drawings only).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeA2">
            <summary>Paper size for ISO A2.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeA2Oversize">
            <summary>Paper size for ISO A2 Oversize (Applicable to drawings only).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeA3">
            <summary>Paper size for ISO A3.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeA4">
            <summary>Paper size for ISO A4.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeA4Small">
            <summary>Paper size for A4 Small.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeA5">
            <summary>Paper size for ISO A5.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeA6">
            <summary>Paper size for ISO A6.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeB0">
            <summary>Paper size for ISO B0 (Applicable to drawings only).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeB1">
            <summary>Paper size for ISO B1 (Applicable to drawings only).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeB2">
            <summary>Paper size for ISO B2 (Applicable to drawings only).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeB3">
            <summary>Paper size for ISO B3 (Applicable to drawings only).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeB4">
            <summary>Paper size for ISO B4.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeB5">
            <summary>Paper size for ISO B5.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeB6">
            <summary>Paper size for ISO B6 (Applicable to drawings only).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeCSheet">
            <summary>Paper size for C size sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeCustom">
            <summary>Paper size for Custom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeDefault">
            <summary>Paper size for Default.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeDSheet">
            <summary>Paper size for D size sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeESheet">
            <summary>Paper size for E size sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeExecutive">
            <summary>Paper size for Executive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeFolio">
            <summary>Paper size for Folio.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeLedger">
            <summary>Paper size for Ledger.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeLegal">
            <summary>Paper size for Legal.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeLetter">
            <summary>Paper size for Letter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PaperSizeEnum.kPaperSizeQuarto">
            <summary>Paper size for Quarto.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ParameterDisplayFormatEnum">
            <summary>Display format for the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ParameterDisplayFormatEnum.kArchitecturalDisplayFormat">
            <summary>Architectural Display Format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ParameterDisplayFormatEnum.kDecimalDisplayFormat">
            <summary>Decimal Display Format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ParameterDisplayFormatEnum.kFractionalDisplayFormat">
            <summary>Fractional Display Format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ParameterTypeEnum">
            <summary>Parameter Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ParameterTypeEnum.kDerivedParameter">
            <summary>Parameters automatically created from derived component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ParameterTypeEnum.kFinishParameter">
            <summary>Parameters automatically created from finish feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ParameterTypeEnum.kModelParameter">
            <summary>Parameter created automatically by Inventor when a command requires it.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ParameterTypeEnum.kReferenceParameter">
            <summary>Parameter created automatically by Inventor while creating a driven dimension, for example.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ParameterTypeEnum.kTableParameter">
            <summary>Parameters created from a table; like a spreadsheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ParameterTypeEnum.kUserParameter">
            <summary>Parameters explicitly created by the user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the direction in which a feature extension needs to take place.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum.kNegativeExtentDirection">
            <summary>Extension in the negative direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum.kPositiveExtentDirection">
            <summary>Extension in the positive direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum.kSymmetricExtentDirection">
            <summary>Extension in positive AND negative direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the type of Boolean operation to be performed during this feature placement.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum.kAngleExtent">
            <summary>Extent specified by an angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum.kCenteredWidthExtent">
            <summary>Centered width extent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum.kCutAcrossBendsExtent">
            <summary>The extent definition for a sheet metal cut feature that cuts across the bends of the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum.kDistanceExtent">
            <summary>Extent specified by a distance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum.kDistanceFromFaceExtent">
            <summary>Distance from face extent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum.kEdgeWidthExtent">
            <summary>Edge width extent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum.kFlangeDistanceExtent">
            <summary>Flange distance extent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum.kFlangeLegacyDistanceExtent">
            <summary>Flange legacy distance extent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum.kFlangeToExtent">
            <summary>Flange to extent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum.kFromToExtent">
            <summary>Extent specified on both ends by a surface to extend from and to extend to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum.kFromToWidthExtent">
            <summary>From to width extent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum.kFullSweepExtent">
            <summary>Extent specified as 360-degree angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum.kOffsetWidthExtent">
            <summary>Offset width extent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum.kPitchAndHeightCoilExtent">
            <summary>Coil Extent specified by pitch and height.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum.kPitchAndRevolutionCoilExtent">
            <summary>Coil Extent specified by pitch and revolution.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum.kRevolutionAndHeightCoilExtent">
            <summary>Coil Extent specified by revolution and height.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum.kSpiralCoilExtent">
            <summary>Coil Extent specified by a spiral.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum.kThroughAllExtent">
            <summary>Extent specified as going through all faces encountered.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum.kToExtent">
            <summary>Extent specified by a surface to extend to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum.kToNextExtent">
            <summary>Extent specified by extending to the next face encountered.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureExtentEnum.kWidthOffsetWidthExtent">
            <summary>Width offset width extent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the type of Boolean operation to be performed during this feature placement.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum.kCutOperation">
            <summary>Cut operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum.kIntersectOperation">
            <summary>Intersect operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum.kJoinOperation">
            <summary>Join operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum.kNewBodyOperation">
            <summary>New Body operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum.kSurfaceOperation">
            <summary>Surface operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartialChamferDrivenDimensionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the driven dimension type of a partial chamfer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartialChamferDrivenDimensionTypeEnum.kChamferDistanceDirvenDimensionType">
            <summary>Start distance driven dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartialChamferDrivenDimensionTypeEnum.kEndDistanceDirvenDimensionType">
            <summary>End distance driven dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartialChamferDrivenDimensionTypeEnum.kStartDistanceDirvenDimensionType">
            <summary>Chamfer distance driven dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartsListFileFormatEnum">
            <summary>PartsList File Format Enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartsListFileFormatEnum.kMicrosoftExcel">
            <summary>Microsoft Excel.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartsListFileFormatEnum.kTextFileCommaDelimited">
            <summary>Text File Comma Delimited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartsListFileFormatEnum.kTextFileTabDelimited">
            <summary>Text File Tab Delimited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartsListFileFormatEnum.kUnicodeTextFileCommaDelimited">
            <summary>Unicode Text File Comma Delimited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartsListFileFormatEnum.kUnicodeTextFileTabDelimited">
            <summary>Unicode Text File Tab Delimited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartsListFilterItemTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants that define the parts list filter types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartsListFilterItemTypeEnum.kAssemblyViewRepresentationFilterItem">
            <summary>Assembly view representation filter item.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartsListFilterItemTypeEnum.kBalloonedItemsOnlyFilterItem">
            <summary>Ballooned items only filter item.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartsListFilterItemTypeEnum.kItemNumberRangeFilterItem">
            <summary>Item number range filter item.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartsListFilterItemTypeEnum.kPurchasedItemsFilterItem">
            <summary>Purchased items filter item.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartsListFilterItemTypeEnum.kStandardContentFilterItem">
            <summary>Standard content filter item.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartsListLevelEnum">
            <summary>PartsListLevel.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartsListLevelEnum.kFirstLevelComponents">
            <summary>First level components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartsListLevelEnum.kPartsOnly">
            <summary>Parts only.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartsListLevelEnum.kStructured">
            <summary>Structured first level components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PartsListLevelEnum.kStructuredAllLevels">
            <summary>Structured all components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PatternBoundaryInclusionEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the pattern boundary inclusion type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PatternBoundaryInclusionEnum.kCentroidsInclusionType">
            <summary>Include using centroids.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PatternBoundaryInclusionEnum.kEnclosedGeometryInclusionType">
            <summary>Include enclosed geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PatternBoundaryInclusionEnum.kOccurrenceBasePointInclusionType">
            <summary>Include using occurrence base point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PatternComputeTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the pattern compute type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PatternComputeTypeEnum.kAdjustToModelCompute">
            <summary>Creation of occurrences adjusted to model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PatternComputeTypeEnum.kIdenticalCompute">
            <summary>All occurrences are created identically.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PatternComputeTypeEnum.kOptimizedCompute">
            <summary>Optimized creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PatternOrientationEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the pattern orientation method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PatternOrientationEnum.kAdjustToDirection1">
            <summary>Orientation of occurrences adjusted to direction 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PatternOrientationEnum.kAdjustToDirection2">
            <summary>Orientation of occurrences adjusted to direction 2.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PatternOrientationEnum.kIdentical">
            <summary>All occurrences are oriented identically.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PatternPositioningMethodEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the pattern spacing type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PatternPositioningMethodEnum.kFittedPositioningMethod">
            <summary>All occurrences fitted within specified angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PatternPositioningMethodEnum.kIncrementalPositioningMethod">
            <summary>Occurrences separated by increment specified angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PatternSpacingTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the pattern spacing type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PatternSpacingTypeEnum.kDefault">
            <summary>Occurrences separated by specified distance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PatternSpacingTypeEnum.kFitted">
            <summary>All occurrences fitted within specified distance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PatternSpacingTypeEnum.kFitToPathLength">
            <summary>All occurrences fitted within path length.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PhysicalPropertyEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating physical properties associated with a model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PhysicalPropertyEnum.kPhysicalModelArea">
            <summary>Area of the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PhysicalPropertyEnum.kPhysicalModelDensity">
            <summary>Density of the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PhysicalPropertyEnum.kPhysicalModelMass">
            <summary>Mass of the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PhysicalPropertyEnum.kPhysicalModelVolume">
            <summary>Volume of the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PluginLicenseIdleModeEnum">
            <summary>Constants that define the plugin license idle mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PluginLicenseIdleModeEnum.kDeferToIdleMode">
            <summary>Defer to enter idle mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PluginLicenseIdleModeEnum.kEnterIdleMode">
            <summary>Enter idle mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PluginLicenseIdleModeEnum.kExitIdleMode">
            <summary>Exit idle mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointInferenceEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the enumerations of the PointInfernece object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointInferenceEnum.kPtAtIntersection">
            <summary>Inference point at an intersection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointInferenceEnum.kPtAtMidPoint">
            <summary>Inference point at the midpoint of an object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointInferenceEnum.kPtOnCurve">
            <summary>Inference point on a curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointInferenceEnum.kPtOnPt">
            <summary>Inference point on a point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointIntentEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating inferred cursor positions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointIntentEnum.kAxisEndPointIntent">
            <summary>Intent is at the end of a cone, cylinder central axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointIntentEnum.kAxisMidPointIntent">
            <summary>Intent is at the midpoint of a cone, cylinder central axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointIntentEnum.kAxisStartPointIntent">
            <summary>Intent is at the start of a cone, cylinder central axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointIntentEnum.kBottomLeftPointIntent">
            <summary>The bottom left point of the outer rectangular box of Inventor object, like TextBox, DrawingDimension etc..</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointIntentEnum.kBottomMiddlePointIntent">
            <summary>The bottom middle point of the outer rectangular box of Inventor object, like TextBox, DrawingDimension etc..</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointIntentEnum.kBottomRightPointIntent">
            <summary>The bottom right point of the outer rectangular box of Inventor object, like TextBox, DrawingDimension etc..</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointIntentEnum.kCenterPointIntent">
            <summary>Intent is at the center of a circle, arc (circular and elliptical), or ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointIntentEnum.kCircularBottomPointIntent">
            <summary>Intent is at the bottom of the circle, arc, or ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointIntentEnum.kCircularLeftPointIntent">
            <summary>Intent is at the left side of the circle, arc, or ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointIntentEnum.kCircularRightPointIntent">
            <summary>Intent is at the right side of the circle, arc, or ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointIntentEnum.kCircularTopPointIntent">
            <summary>Intent is at the top of the circle, arc, or ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointIntentEnum.kEndPointIntent">
            <summary>Intent is at the end of the curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointIntentEnum.kLeftMiddlePointIntent">
            <summary>The left middle point of the outer rectangular box of Inventor object, like TextBox, DrawingDimension etc..</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointIntentEnum.kMidPointIntent">
            <summary>Intent is at the midpoint of a line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointIntentEnum.kPlanarFaceCenterPointIntent">
            <summary>Intent is at the center point of a planar face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointIntentEnum.kRightMiddlePointIntent">
            <summary>The right middle point of the outer rectangular box of Inventor object, like TextBox, DrawingDimension etc..</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointIntentEnum.kStartPointIntent">
            <summary>Intent is at the start of the curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointIntentEnum.kTopLeftPointIntent">
            <summary>The top left point of the outer rectangular box of Inventor object, like TextBox, DrawingDimension etc..</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointIntentEnum.kTopMiddlePointIntent">
            <summary>The top middle point of the outer rectangular box of Inventor object, like TextBox, DrawingDimension etc..</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointIntentEnum.kTopRightPointIntent">
            <summary>The top right point of the outer rectangular box of Inventor object, like TextBox, DrawingDimension etc..</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointRenderStyleEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the type of rendering to be performed on a point graphics primitive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointRenderStyleEnum.kCirclePointStyle">
            <summary>Point rendered as a circular dot.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointRenderStyleEnum.kCrossPointStyle">
            <summary>Point rendered as a cross.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointRenderStyleEnum.kCustomImagePointStyle">
            <summary>Point rendered as a custom image.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointRenderStyleEnum.kDimCircularPointStyle">
            <summary>Point rendered as a special dimension circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointRenderStyleEnum.kEndPointStyle">
            <summary>Point rendered as an end-point of an entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointRenderStyleEnum.kFilledCirclePointStyle">
            <summary>Point rendered as a filled circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointRenderStyleEnum.kFilledCircleSelectPointStyle">
            <summary>Point rendered as a special filled circle during selection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointRenderStyleEnum.kFilledCrossPointStyle">
            <summary>Point rendered as a filled cross.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointRenderStyleEnum.kNoSnapPointStyle">
            <summary>Point rendered as a No-Snap point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointRenderStyleEnum.kOnCurvePointStyle">
            <summary>Point rendered as if on a curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PointRenderStyleEnum.kXPointStyle">
            <summary>Point rendered as an X.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PrefixAndSuffixOrderEnum">
            <summary>Enum specifying the location of prefix and suffix.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PrefixAndSuffixOrderEnum.kAboveAndBelow">
            <summary>The location of prefix and suffix to be above and below the text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PrefixAndSuffixOrderEnum.kBeforeAndAfter">
            <summary>The location of prefix and suffix to be before and after the text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PrintColorModeEnum">
            <summary>Constants denoting the color mode being used.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PrintColorModeEnum.kPrintColorPalette">
            <summary>Print using color.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PrintColorModeEnum.kPrintDefaultColorMode">
            <summary>Default setting for color mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PrintColorModeEnum.kPrintGrayScale">
            <summary>Print using a gray scale.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PrintOrientationEnum">
            <summary>Constants denoting the orientation of the print.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PrintOrientationEnum.kDefaultOrientation">
            <summary>Default setting for print orientation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PrintOrientationEnum.kLandscapeOrientation">
            <summary>Print with Landscape orientation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PrintOrientationEnum.kPortraitOrientation">
            <summary>Print with Portrait orientation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PrintRangeEnum">
            <summary>Constants enumerating the methods of specifyng the range of sheets to be printed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PrintRangeEnum.kPrintAllSheets">
            <summary>Print all Sheets of the Drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PrintRangeEnum.kPrintCurrentSheet">
            <summary>Print the current Sheet in the Drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PrintRangeEnum.kPrintSheetRange">
            <summary>Print the Sheets specified in a range elsewhere.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PrintScaleModeEnum">
            <summary>Constants enumerating the methods of specifying teh scale of the print.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PrintScaleModeEnum.kPrintBestFitScale">
            <summary>Print using a best-fit scale for the Drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PrintScaleModeEnum.kPrintCurrentWindow">
            <summary>Print the contents of the window as-is.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PrintScaleModeEnum.kPrintCustomScale">
            <summary>Print usign the custom scale specified elsewhere.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PrintScaleModeEnum.kPrintFullScale">
            <summary>Print using full scale of the Drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PrivateEventTypeEnum">
            <summary>Semantic description of data on Inventor's Private Event Queue.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PrivateEventTypeEnum.kBooleanEvent">
            <summary>Boolean event corresponding to a Boolean.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PrivateEventTypeEnum.kCommandNameEvent">
            <summary>String event corresponding to a command name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PrivateEventTypeEnum.kDimensionEvent">
            <summary>Float event corresponding to a dimensional value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PrivateEventTypeEnum.kFileNameEvent">
            <summary>String event corresponding to a filename.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PrivateEventTypeEnum.kNameEvent">
            <summary>String event corresponding to a name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PrivateEventTypeEnum.kStringEvent">
            <summary>String event corresponding to a generic string.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProductEditionEnum">
            <summary>Product Edition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ProductEditionEnum.kProductEditionInventor">
            <summary>Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ProductEditionEnum.kProductEditionInventorFactoryAdvanced">
            <summary>Inventor Factory Advanced.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ProductEditionEnum.kProductEditionInventorFactoryPremium">
            <summary>Inventor Factory Premium.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ProductEditionEnum.kProductEditionInventorFactoryUltimate">
            <summary>Inventor Factory Ultimate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ProductEditionEnum.kProductEditionInventorOEM">
            <summary>Inventor OEM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ProductEditionEnum.kProductEditionInventorProfessional">
            <summary>Inventor Professional.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ProductEditionEnum.kProductEditionInventorRO">
            <summary>Inventor RO.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ProductEditionEnum.kProductEditionInventorRoutedSystems">
            <summary>Inventor Routed Systems.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ProductEditionEnum.kProductEditionInventorSimulation">
            <summary>Inventor Simulation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ProductEditionEnum.kProductEditionInventorSuite">
            <summary>Inventor Suite.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ProductEditionEnum.kProductEditionInventorTooling">
            <summary>Inventor Tooling.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProfileDirectionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Bit field describing the various profile direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ProfileDirectionTypeEnum.kAtADefinedAngleToThePredominantDirection">
            <summary>At a defined angle to the predominant direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ProfileDirectionTypeEnum.kCircularToTheCenterOfTheSurfaceToWhichTheSymbolApplies">
            <summary>Circular to the center of the surface to which the symbol applies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ProfileDirectionTypeEnum.kParallelToThePredominantDirection">
            <summary>Parallel to the predominant direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ProfileDirectionTypeEnum.kPerpendicularToThePredominantDirection">
            <summary>Perpendicular to the predominant direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProjectCurveToSurfaceTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants specifying the ProjectCurveToSurface type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ProjectCurveToSurfaceTypeEnum.kProjectAlongVectorType">
            <summary>Project along vector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ProjectCurveToSurfaceTypeEnum.kProjectToClosestPointType">
            <summary>Project to closest point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ProjectCurveToSurfaceTypeEnum.kWrapToSurfaceType">
            <summary>Wrap to surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProjectionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants specifying the projection type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ProjectionTypeEnum.kOrthographicProjection">
            <summary>Orthographic projection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ProjectionTypeEnum.kPerspectiveProjection">
            <summary>Perspective projection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ProjectionTypeEnum.kPerspectiveProjectionWithOrthoFaces">
            <summary>Perspective projection with ortho faces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PromptMessageRestrictionsEnum">
            <summary>Constants enumerating the restrictions for the PromptMessage method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PromptMessageRestrictionsEnum.kDontAllowButton1NeverAgain">
            <summary>Disable 'Never prompt again' on Button 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PromptMessageRestrictionsEnum.kDontAllowButton1NoMoreThisSession">
            <summary>Disable 'Don't prompt again this session' on Button 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PromptMessageRestrictionsEnum.kDontAllowButton1OncePerOperation">
            <summary>If Button 1 is selected, disable the 'Prompt only once per operation'.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PromptMessageRestrictionsEnum.kDontAllowButton2NeverAgain">
            <summary>Disable 'Never prompt again' on Button 2.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PromptMessageRestrictionsEnum.kDontAllowButton2NoMoreThisSession">
            <summary>Disable 'Don't prompt again this session' on Button 2.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PromptMessageRestrictionsEnum.kDontAllowButton2OncePerOperation">
            <summary>If Button 2 is selected, disable the 'Do not prompt again this session' option.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PromptMessageRestrictionsEnum.kDontAllowButton3NeverAgain">
            <summary>Disable 'Never prompt again' on Button 3.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PromptMessageRestrictionsEnum.kDontAllowButton3NoMoreThisSession">
            <summary>Disable 'Don't prompt again this session' on Button 3.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PromptMessageRestrictionsEnum.kDontAllowButton3OncePerOperation">
            <summary>If Button 3 is selected, disable the 'Prompt only once per operation' option.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PromptMessageRestrictionsEnum.kDontAllowNeverAgain">
            <summary>Disable 'Never prompt again'.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PromptMessageRestrictionsEnum.kDontAllowNoMoreThisSession">
            <summary>Disable 'Don't prompt again this session'.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PromptMessageRestrictionsEnum.kDontAllowOncePerOperation">
            <summary>Disable 'Prompt only once per operation' option.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PromptMessageRestrictionsEnum.kNoRestrictions">
            <summary>Allow all options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PropertiesFor_PrivateModelInformationEnum">
            <summary>_Private Model Information {BB586990-AF3E-11d3-95A9-00A0C9B6E37A}: Private Inventor-defined Property Set meant for internal use only.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesFor_PrivateModelInformationEnum.kAngleDisplayPrecision_PrivateModelInformation">
            <summary>Angle Display Precision: Long (VT_I4), Read Only,UI in Document Settings, Always present, Significant digits after decimal displayed for angles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesFor_PrivateModelInformationEnum.kAngleUnits_PrivateModelInformation">
            <summary>Angle Units: Long (VT_I4), Read Only, UI in Document Settings, Always present, Document's Angle Units as UnitsTypeEnum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesFor_PrivateModelInformationEnum.kAssemblyAvailablePvs_PrivateModelInformation">
            <summary>Available Pvs: String, Editable, No UI, Always present?? (default=FALSE), Lists the names of PVs available in assembly document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesFor_PrivateModelInformationEnum.kCompacted_PrivateModelInformation">
            <summary>Compacted: Boolean (VT_BOOL), Read Only, No UI, Always present, Whether this file has been processed for compaction or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesFor_PrivateModelInformationEnum.kLengthDisplayPrecision_PrivateModelInformation">
            <summary>Length Display Precision: Long (VT_I4), Read Only,UI in Document Settings, Always present, Significant digits after decimal displayed for lengths.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesFor_PrivateModelInformationEnum.kLengthUnits_PrivateModelInformation">
            <summary>Length Units: Long (VT_I4), Read Only, UI in Document Settings, Always present, Document's Length Units as UnitsTypeEnum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesFor_PrivateModelInformationEnum.kMassUnits_PrivateModelInformation">
            <summary>Mass Units: Long (VT_I4), Read Only, UI in Document Settings, Always present, Document's Mass Units as UnitsTypeEnum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesFor_PrivateModelInformationEnum.kPartActiveColorStyle_PrivateModelInformation">
            <summary>Part Active Color Style: String, Read Only, No UI, Need not be present, XML string contains the active color style info of part document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesFor_PrivateModelInformationEnum.kTimeUnits_PrivateModelInformation">
            <summary>Time Units: Long (VT_I4), Read Only, UI in Document Settings, Always present, Document's Time Units as UnitsTypeEnum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PropertiesForContentLibraryEnum">
            <summary>Content Library Component Properties {B9600981-DEE8-4547-8D7C-E525B3A1727A}.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForContentLibraryEnum.k_MonikerContentLibrary">
            <summary>DISCONTINUED.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForContentLibraryEnum.k_PropertySetSchemaRevisionContentLibrary">
            <summary>_PropertySet Schema Revision: String (VT_BSTR), Editable, No UI, Records the revision of the schema this property set is based on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForContentLibraryEnum.k_SubLibraryContentLibrary">
            <summary>DELETED.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForContentLibraryEnum.kAuthoringToolContentLibrary">
            <summary>DELETED.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForContentLibraryEnum.kComponentTypeContentLibrary">
            <summary>DELETED.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForContentLibraryEnum.kDomainCategoriesContentLibrary">
            <summary>DELETED.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForContentLibraryEnum.kFamilyContentLibrary">
            <summary>Family: String (VT_BSTR), Read Only, No UI, Display name of this family.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForContentLibraryEnum.kFamilyfolderContentLibrary">
            <summary>Family Folder: String (VT_BSTR), Read Only, No UI, Formal folder name assigned to this Member's Family by Content Center.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForContentLibraryEnum.kFamilyIdContentLibrary">
            <summary>FamilyId: String (VT_BSTR), Read Only, No UI, InternalName of the Family that forms its immutable identity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForContentLibraryEnum.kFamilyReviesionTimeContentLibrary">
            <summary>Family Revision Time: Date (VT_FILETIME), Read Only, No UI, Time the Family was last modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForContentLibraryEnum.kFamilyRevisionContentLibrary">
            <summary>Family Revision: String (VT_BSTR), Read Only, No UI, Records the revision made to the Family in general.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForContentLibraryEnum.kLibraryContentLibrary">
            <summary>DELETED.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForContentLibraryEnum.kLibraryIdContentLibrary">
            <summary>DELETED.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForContentLibraryEnum.kLibraryLocationContentLibrary">
            <summary>DELETED.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForContentLibraryEnum.kMemberContentLibrary">
            <summary>DELETED.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForContentLibraryEnum.kMemberFileNameContentLibrary">
            <summary>Member FileName: String (VT_BSTR), Read Only, No UI, Formal filename assigned to this Member by the Content Center.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForContentLibraryEnum.kMemberIdContentLibrary">
            <summary>MemberId: String (VT_BSTR), Read Only, No UI, Row Id of the Member in the Family Table. Used to uniquely identify this Member in the Family Table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForContentLibraryEnum.kMemberRevisionContentLibrary">
            <summary>Member Revision: String (VT_BSTR), Read Only, No UI, Records any revision made to the values of the parameters that drive this particular member (values of the row in the table).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForContentLibraryEnum.kSizeDesignationContentLibrary">
            <summary>DELETED.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForContentLibraryEnum.kUserCategoriesContentLibrary">
            <summary>DELETED.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingControlEnum">
            <summary>Design Tracking Control {D861FB30-3136-11d1-9E92-0060B03C1CA6}: Inventor-defined Property Set dealing with maintaining control under multi-user scenarios.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingControlEnum.kCheckedOutByDesignTrackingControl">
            <summary>Checked Out By: String (VT_BSTR), Editable, UI on Status Page, Always present (default=empty string), If checked out, the name of the person who has this checked out.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingControlEnum.kCheckedOutDateDesignTrackingControl">
            <summary>Checked Out Date: Date (VT_FILETIME), Editable, No UI, Always present (default=0), If checked out, the check out date/time.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingControlEnum.kCheckInByDesignTrackingControl">
            <summary>Last Check In By: String (VT_BSTR), Editable, UI on Status Page, Always present (default=empty string), Name of the person who last checked this file in.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingControlEnum.kCheckInDateDesignTrackingControl">
            <summary>Last Check In Date: Date (VT_FILETIME), Editable, No UI, Always present (default=0), Time of the last check in.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingControlEnum.kCheckOutVersionDesignTrackingControls">
            <summary>Check Out Version: String (VT_I4), Editable , No UI, Always present (default=0), Version of check out.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingControlEnum.kCheckOutWorkGroupDesignTrackingControl">
            <summary>Check Out Work Group: String (VT_BSTR), Editable , No UI , Always present (default=0), Work group the file belongs to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingControlEnum.kCheckOutWorkSpaceDesignTrackingControl">
            <summary>Check Out Work Space: String (VT_BSTR), Editable , No UI, Always present (default=0), Work space the file belongs to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingControlEnum.kCurrentVersionDesignTrackingControl">
            <summary>Current Version: String (VT_I4), Editable , No UI, Always present (default=0), Current version of check out.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingControlEnum.kDrawingDeferUpdateDesignTrackingControl">
            <summary>OBSOLETE Defer Updates: Boolean (VT_BOOL), Editable, No UI, Always present (default=FALSE), OBSOLETE_Moved to Design Tracking Properties set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingControlEnum.kLastSavedByDesignTrackingControl">
            <summary>Last Saved By: String (VT_STR), Editable, UI on Summary Page, Always present (default=empty string), Last saved by author.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingControlEnum.kLastSavedDateDesignTrackingControl">
            <summary>Last Saved Date: Date (VT_FILETIME), Editable, No UI, Always present (default=0), Time of the last save.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingControlEnum.kNextVersionDesignTrackingControl">
            <summary>Next Version: String (VT_I4), Editable , No UI, Always present (default=0), Next version to create on Save.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingControlEnum.kPreviousVersionDesignTrackingControl">
            <summary>Previous Version: String (VT_I4), Editable , No UI, Always present (default=0), Version that was edited to create this.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum">
            <summary>Design Tracking Properties, InternalName: {32853F0F-3444-11d1-9E93-0060B03C1CA6}, Name: Design Tracking Properties - This Enum contains values that correspond with the ID's of the Property objects within the Design Tracking Properties PropertySet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kAppearanceDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Appearance : String (VT_BSTR),Read Only, No UI, Need not be present, Appearance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kAuthorityDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Authority: String (VT_BSTR), Editable, UI on Project Page, Always present (default=empty string), If non-NULL, this signifies the authorization of this model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kCatalogWebLinkDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Catalog Web Link: String (VT_BSTR), Editable, UI on Project Page, Always present (default=empty string), If this is a Part from a Catalog, the Web address of the Catalog provider.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kCategoriesDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Categories: String (VT_BSTR), Read Only, No UI, XML string providing the complete categorization of this model, along with the mappings of the Category Parameters to parameters within this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kCheckedByDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Checked By: String (VT_BSTR), Editable, UI on Status Page, Always present (default=empty string), Name of the person checking the Part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kCostCenterDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Cost Center: String (VT_BSTR), Editable, UI on Project Page, Always present (default=empty string), Cost Center responsible for the Project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kCostDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Cost: Currency (VT_CY), Editable, UI on Project Page, Always present (default=0), Cost of the Part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kCreationDateDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Creation Time: Date (VT_FILETIME), Read Only, UI on Project Page, Always present (default=data creation time), Time the data in this file was first created. Will remain the same after Save As or Copy operations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kDateCheckedDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Date Checked: Date (VT_FILETIME), Editable, UI on Status Page, Always present (default=0), Time on which the check was performed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kDateEngrApprovedDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Engr Date Approved: Date (VT_FILETIME), Editable, UI on Status Page, Always present (default=0), Time on which the approval of the Part's engineering was performed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kDateMfgApprovedDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Mfg Date Approved: Date (VT_FILETIME), Editable, UI on Project Page, Always present (default=0), Time on which the approval of the Part's manufacturing was performed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kDensityDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Density: Double (VT_R4), Read Only, No UI, Always present (default=-1), Density.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kDescriptionDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Description: String (VT_BSTR), Editable, UI on Project Page, Always present (default=empty string), A user-defined description of the contents of this file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kDesignerDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Designer: String (VT_BSTR), Editable, UI on Project Page, Always present (default=empty string), If non-NULL, this is the name of the designer of this model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kDesignStatusDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Design Status: Long (VT_I4), Editable, UI on Status Page, Always present (default=0), 0=Not Set, 1=Work In Progress, 2=Pending, 3=Released.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kDocSubTypeDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Document SubType: GUID (VT_CLSID), Read Only, No UI, Always present (default=Document's CLSID), Finer classification of this Document's type. Document's type can be retrived by calling ::ReadClassStg on the root-storage.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kDocSubTypeNameDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Document SubType Name: String (VT_BSTR), Read Only, No UI, Always present (default=Document Type name), Display name of the finer classification of this Document's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kDrawingDeferUpdateDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Defer Updates: Boolean (VT_BOOL), Editable, No UI, Always present?? (default=FALSE), Whether to suspend drawing updates that reflect changes in its referenced files.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kEngineerDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Engineer: String (VT_BSTR), Editable, UI on Project Page, Always present (default=empty string), If non-NULL, this is the name of the engineer responsible for this model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kEngrApprovedByDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Engr Approved By: String (VT_BSTR), Editable, UI on Status Page, Always present (default=empty string), Name of the person approving the Part's engineering aspect.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kExternalPropRevIdDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>External Property Revision Id: GUID (VT_CLSID), Editable, No UI, Always present (default=initial GUID), GUID representing revision of external property sets (created by Third Parties).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kFlatPatternDeferUpdateDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Flat Pattern Defer Update: Boolean (VT_BOOL), Editable, No UI, Always present?? (default=FALSE), Whether to suspend flat pattern updates.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kFlatPatternExtentsAreaDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Flat Pattern Extents Area: Double (VT_R4), Read Only, No UI, Need not be present, Flat Pattern Extents Area.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kFlatPatternExtentsLengthDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Flat Pattern Extents Length: Double (VT_R4), Read Only, No UI, Need not be present, Flat Pattern Extents Length.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kFlatPatternExtentsWidthDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Flat Pattern Extents Width: Double (VT_R4), Read Only, No UI, Need not be present, Flat Pattern Extents Width.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kLanguageDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Language: String (VT_BSTR), Read Only, No UI, Always present (default=empty string), If non-NULL, this is the language (specified in ISO 639-2 alpha-3) being used for displaying the user-friendly names of various pieces of data.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kLastUpdatedWithDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Last Updated With: string (VT_BSTR),Read Only, UI on Detail Page, Always present (default=empty string), Last updated with which Inventor version.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kManufacturerDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Manufacturer: String (VT_BSTR), Editable, No UI, Always present (default=Standard), This is the name of the manufacturer or supplier of this component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kMassDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Mass: Double (VT_R4), Read Only, No UI, Always present (default=-1), Mass.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kMaterialDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Material: String (VT_BSTR), Read Only, UI in Material command, Always present (default=empty string), Name of the material used to build the Part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kMaterialIdentifierDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Material identifier : String (VT_BSTR),Read Only, No UI, Need not be present, Material Identifier.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kMfgApprovedByDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Mfg Approved By: String (VT_BSTR), Editable, UI on Project Page, Need not be present, Name of the person approving the Part's manufacturing aspect.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kParameterizedTemplateDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Parameterized Template: Bool (VT_BOOL), Read Only, No UI, Always present (default=FALSE), Whether this model is a parameterized template to produce other models.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kPartIconDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Part Icon: Clipdata (VT_CLIPDATA), Read Only, No UI, Need not be present, Special icon to be used wherever appropriate (eg: Windows Explorer).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kPartNumberDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Part Number: String (VT_BSTR), Editable, UI on Project Page, Always present (default=Filename), Tracking number assigned to the Part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kPartPropRevIdDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Part Property Revision Id: GUID (VT_CLSID), Editable, No UI, Always present (default=initial GUID), GUID representing revision of Part properties (SummaryInformation, DocumentSummaryInformation, UserDefinedProperties and DesignTrackingProperties).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kProjectDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Project: String (VT_BSTR), Editable, UI on Project Page, Always present (default=empty string), Project for which this Part was generated.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kProxyRefreshDateDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Proxy Refresh Date: Date (VT_FILETIME), Read Only, No UI, Always present (default=0), If this is Proxy file for a Part, the date/time when it was last refreshed with respect to the Part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kRevitCategoryDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Revit Category: Long (VT_I4), Editable, UI on Project Page, Always present (default=0), 0=&lt;None&gt;.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kSheetMetalRuleDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Sheet Metal Rule : String (VT_BSTR),Read Only, No UI, Always present (default=empty string), Name of the Sheet Metal Rule used for Sheet Metal.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kStandardDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Standard: String (VT_BSTR), Editable, No UI, Always present (default=empty string), If non-NULL, this is the specific standard that governs this component family.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kStandardRevisionDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Standard Revision: String (VT_BSTR), Editable, No UI, Always present (default=empty string), Applicable when Standard is non-NULL. Indicates the particular version of the international standard being applied to the component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kStandardsOrganizationDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Standards Organization: String (VT_BSTR), Editable, No UI, Always present (default=Custom), This is the name of the organization that developed the specific standard to which this family might belong.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kStockNumberDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Stock Number: String (VT_BSTR), Editable, UI on Project Page, Always present (default=Filename), Stock number assigned to the Part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kSurfaceAreaDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>SurfaceArea: Double (VT_R4), Read Only, No UI, Always present (default=-1), SurfaceArea.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kTemplateRowDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Template Row: GUID (VT_CLSID), Read Only, No UI, Need not be present, The row of parameters in the template from which this model was derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kUserStatusDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>User Status: String (VT_BSTR), Editable, UI on Status Page, Always present (default=empty string), Status of the Part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kValidMassPropsDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Valid MassProps: Long (VT_I4), Read Only, No UI, Always present (default=0), BitFlags indicating which MassProperties are Valid/Invalid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kVendorDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Vendor: String (VT_BSTR), Editable, UI on Project Page, Always present (default=empty string), Name of the vendor from which this Part is purchased.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kVolumeDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Volume: Double (VT_R4), Read Only, No UI, Always present (default=-1), Volume.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDesignTrackingPropertiesEnum.kWeldMaterialDesignTrackingProperties">
            <summary>Weld Material: String (VT_BSTR), Read Only, No UI, Always present (default=empty string), Name of the material used for Weld Beads.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PropertiesForDocSummaryInformationEnum">
            <summary>Document Summary Information, InternalName: {D5CDD502-2E9C-101B-9397-08002B2CF9AE}, Name: Inventor Document Summary Information - This Enum contains values that correspond with the ID's of the Property objects within the Document Summary Information PropertySe???oHR.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDocSummaryInformationEnum.kCategoryDocSummaryInformation">
            <summary>Category: String (VT_STR), Editable, UI on Summary Page, Always present (default=empty string), Category in which this file belongs.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDocSummaryInformationEnum.kCompanyDocSummaryInformation">
            <summary>Company: String (VT_STR), Editable, UI on Summary Page, Always present (default=empty string), Organization responsible for this project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForDocSummaryInformationEnum.kManagerDocSummaryInformation">
            <summary>Manager: String (VT_STR), Editable, UI on Summary Page, Always present (default=empty string), Manager in charge of the project in which this document has been generated.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PropertiesForSummaryInformationEnum">
            <summary>Summary Information, InternalName: {F29F85E0-4FF9-1068-AB91-08002B27B3D9}, Name: Inventor Summary Information - This Enum contains values that correspond with the ID's of the Property objects within the Summary Information PropertySet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForSummaryInformationEnum.kAuthorSummaryInformation">
            <summary>Author: String (VT_STR), Editable, UI on Summary Page, Always present (default=current login name), Creator of this file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForSummaryInformationEnum.kCommentsSummaryInformation">
            <summary>Comments: String (VT_STR), Editable, UI on Summary Page, Always present (default=empty string), Additional information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForSummaryInformationEnum.kCreationTimeSummaryInformation">
            <summary>Creation Time: Date (VT_FILETIME), Read Only, No UI, Always present (default=file creation time), Time this file came into existence. *** DEFUNCT. Use Creation Date in Design Tracking Property Set instead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForSummaryInformationEnum.kKeywordsSummaryInformation">
            <summary>Keywords: String (VT_STR), Editable, UI on Summary Page, Always present (default=empty string), Distinctive words that best describe this file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForSummaryInformationEnum.kLastSavedBySummaryInformation">
            <summary>Last Saved By: String (VT_STR), Editable, UI on Summary Page, Always present (default=empty string), Last saved by author.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForSummaryInformationEnum.kRevisionSummaryInformation">
            <summary>Revision: String (VT_STR), Editable, UI on Project Page, Always present (default=empty string), Number denoting the current version of the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForSummaryInformationEnum.kSubjectSummaryInformation">
            <summary>Subject: String (VT_STR), Editable, UI on Summary Page, Always present (default=empty string), Topic to which this file pertains.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForSummaryInformationEnum.kThumbnailSummaryInformation">
            <summary>Thumbnail: Bytes (VT_CLIPDATA), Editable, Read Only UI on File Dialogs, Always present (default=empty bitmap), A bitmap picture of the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForSummaryInformationEnum.kTitleSummaryInformation">
            <summary>Title: String (VT_STR), Editable, UI on Summary Page, Always present (default=empty string), Heading for this file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PropertiesForUserDefinedPropertiesEnum">
            <summary>User Defined Properties, InternalName: {D5CDD505-2E9C-101B-9397-08002B2CF9AE}, Name: Inventor User Defined Properties - This Enum is empty because the user defined properties are not predefined but are end-user created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertiesForUserDefinedPropertiesEnum.kDummyUserDefinedProperties">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PropertyTypeEnum">
            <summary>PropertyType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertyTypeEnum.kBaseQuantityPartsListProperty">
            <summary>Base Quantity property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertyTypeEnum.kBaseUnitPartsListProperty">
            <summary>Base Unit property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertyTypeEnum.kCustomProperty">
            <summary>Custom property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertyTypeEnum.kFilenamePartsListProperty">
            <summary>Filename property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertyTypeEnum.kFileProperty">
            <summary>File property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertyTypeEnum.kItemPartsListProperty">
            <summary>Item property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertyTypeEnum.kItemQuantityPartsListProperty">
            <summary>Item Quantity property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertyTypeEnum.kMassPartsListProperty">
            <summary>Mass property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertyTypeEnum.kMaterialPartsListProperty">
            <summary>Material property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertyTypeEnum.kModelStatePartsListProperty">
            <summary>Model State property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertyTypeEnum.kQuantityPartsListProperty">
            <summary>Quantity property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertyTypeEnum.kUnitQuantityPartsListProperty">
            <summary>Unit Quantity property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PropertyTypeEnum.kVolumePartsListProperty">
            <summary>Volume property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationTweakTrailsDisplayEnum">
            <summary>PublicationTweak trails display type enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PublicationTweakTrailsDisplayEnum.kAllComponentsTrailsDisplay">
            <summary>All components trails display.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PublicationTweakTrailsDisplayEnum.kAllPartsTrailsDisplay">
            <summary>All parts trails display.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PublicationTweakTrailsDisplayEnum.kNoneTrailsDisplay">
            <summary>None trails display.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PublicationTweakTrailsDisplayEnum.kSingleTrailDisplay">
            <summary>Single trail display.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PunchNoteQuantityEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying how the quantity value is set for the punch note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PunchNoteQuantityEnum.kNumberOfLikePunchesInFeature">
            <summary>Number of like punches in feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PunchNoteQuantityEnum.kNumberOfLikePunchesInModel">
            <summary>Number of like punches in model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PunchRepresentationTypeEnum">
            <summary>Punch representation types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PunchRepresentationTypeEnum.k2DSketchAndCenterMarkPunchRepresentation">
            <summary>2D Sketch and center mark type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PunchRepresentationTypeEnum.k2DSketchPunchRepresentation">
            <summary>2D sketch feature type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PunchRepresentationTypeEnum.kCentermarkPunchRepresentation">
            <summary>Center mark type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PunchRepresentationTypeEnum.kDefaultPunchRepresentation">
            <summary>Default represtntation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.PunchRepresentationTypeEnum.kFormedFeaturePunchRepresentation">
            <summary>Formed feature type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RayTracingQualityEnum">
            <summary>Constants that specifies TextureCoordinateSet's dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RayTracingQualityEnum.kBestRayTracingQuality">
            <summary>Best Ray Tracing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RayTracingQualityEnum.kDraftRayTracingQuality">
            <summary>Draft Ray Tracing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RayTracingQualityEnum.kGoodRayTracingQuality">
            <summary>Good Ray Tracing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RayTracingQualityEnum.kHighRayTracingQuality">
            <summary>High Ray Tracing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RayTracingQualityEnum.kInteractiveRayTracingQuality">
            <summary>Interactive Ray Tracing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RayTracingQualityEnum.kLowRayTracingQuality">
            <summary>Low Ray Tracing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReferenceDataDisplayStyleEnum">
            <summary>Reference data display styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ReferenceDataDisplayStyleEnum.kDisplayStyleOff">
            <summary>Off display style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ReferenceDataDisplayStyleEnum.kEdgesAsPart">
            <summary>Edges as part display style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ReferenceDataDisplayStyleEnum.kEdgesAsPartShaded">
            <summary>Edges as part shaded display style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ReferenceDataDisplayStyleEnum.kEdgesAsReference">
            <summary>Edges as reference display style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ReferenceDataDisplayStyleEnum.kEdgesAsReferenceShaded">
            <summary>Edges as reference shaded display style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReferenceMonitoringEnum">
            <summary>Enum for ReferenceMonitoring.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ReferenceMonitoringEnum.kMonitorAndEnableUpdate">
            <summary>Inventor will monitor changes to the file and enable the Update button in the Inventor document if the file changes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ReferenceMonitoringEnum.kNoMonitor">
            <summary>Inventor will not monitor changes to the file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReferenceStatusEnum">
            <summary>Constants signifying the state of the File Reference.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ReferenceStatusEnum.kMissingReference">
            <summary>File is either missing or can not be found at its location.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ReferenceStatusEnum.kOutOfDateReference">
            <summary>File reference is out of date as the referenced file has changed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ReferenceStatusEnum.kReplacedReference">
            <summary>File reference has been replaced with another file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ReferenceStatusEnum.kUnknownReference">
            <summary>File's status is not known.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ReferenceStatusEnum.kUpToDateReference">
            <summary>File reference is up to date.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RelationshipValueTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum used to define the relationship value type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RelationshipValueTypeEnum.kRelationshipAngleValue">
            <summary>Angle Value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RelationshipValueTypeEnum.kRelationshipAngularPositionValue">
            <summary>Angular Position Value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RelationshipValueTypeEnum.kRelationshipGapValue">
            <summary>Gap Value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RelationshipValueTypeEnum.kRelationshipLinearPositionValue">
            <summary>Linear Position Value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RelationshipValueTypeEnum.kRelationshipOffsetValue">
            <summary>Offset Value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReportLocationEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the save location for a translation report.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ReportLocationEnum.kEmbeddedReport">
            <summary>Translation report saved inside the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ReportLocationEnum.kExternalReport">
            <summary>Translation report saved to an external file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ReportLocationEnum.kNoReport">
            <summary>No translation report generated.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevisionTablePropertyEnum">
            <summary>Enum for the RevisionTable Property types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RevisionTablePropertyEnum.kRevisionTableCustomProperty">
            <summary>RevisionTable Custom Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RevisionTablePropertyEnum.kRevisionTableDateProperty">
            <summary>RevisionTable Date Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RevisionTablePropertyEnum.kRevisionTableFileProperty">
            <summary>RevisionTable File Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RevisionTablePropertyEnum.kRevisionTableLtrProperty">
            <summary>RevisionTable Ltr Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RevisionTablePropertyEnum.kRevisionTableSheetProperty">
            <summary>RevisionTable Sheet Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RevisionTablePropertyEnum.kRevisionTableZoneProperty">
            <summary>RevisionTable Zone Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RevisionTablePropertyEnum.kRevisionTableZoneSheetProperty">
            <summary>RevisionTable ZoneSheet Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevisionTagShapeEnum">
            <summary>Enum for the RevisionTag Shape Styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RevisionTagShapeEnum.kCircularRevisionTag">
            <summary>Circular Revision Tag.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RevisionTagShapeEnum.kHexagonRevisionTag">
            <summary>Hexagon Revision Tag.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RevisionTagShapeEnum.kSquareRevisionTag">
            <summary>Square Revision Tag.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RevisionTagShapeEnum.kTriangularRevisionTag">
            <summary>Triangular Revision Tag.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevitExportStructureTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying what Revit export structure type is used.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RevitExportStructureTypeEnum.kAllInOneElementStructure">
            <summary>Everything structured as a single Revit element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RevitExportStructureTypeEnum.kEachTopLevelComponentStructure">
            <summary>Top level components as Revit elements.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RevitExportStructureTypeEnum.kPartsOnlyStructure">
            <summary>Only part components as Revit elements.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RibbonAppearanceEnum">
            <summary>Ribbon Appearance Enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RibbonAppearanceEnum.kAllTextOff">
            <summary>All text off appearance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RibbonAppearanceEnum.kCompact">
            <summary>Compact appearance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RibbonAppearanceEnum.kLarge">
            <summary>Large appearance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RibbonAppearanceEnum.kNormal">
            <summary>Normal appearance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RibbonAppearanceEnum.kSmall">
            <summary>Small appearance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RibbonDockingStateEnum">
            <summary>Ribbon Docking State Enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RibbonDockingStateEnum.kDockToLeft">
            <summary>Ribbon docking to left.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RibbonDockingStateEnum.kDockToRight">
            <summary>Ribbon docking to right.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RibbonDockingStateEnum.kDockToTop">
            <summary>Ribbon docking to top.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RibbonDockingStateEnum.kFloating">
            <summary>Ribbon floating.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RibbonStateEnum">
            <summary>Ribbon State Enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RibbonStateEnum.kFullRibbon">
            <summary>Full Ribbon state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RibbonStateEnum.kMinimizeToPanelButtons">
            <summary>Ribbon minimized to panel buttons state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RibbonStateEnum.kMinimizeToPanelTitles">
            <summary>Ribbon minimized to panel titles state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RibbonStateEnum.kMinimizeToTabs">
            <summary>Ribbon minimized to tabs state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RibFeatureExtentEnum">
            <summary>Enum for the different rib extent types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RibFeatureExtentEnum.kFiniteRibExtent">
            <summary>Rib extent is finite.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RibFeatureExtentEnum.kToNextRibExtent">
            <summary>Rib Extent is to next.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RibThicknessPlaneEnum">
            <summary>Enum for the different rib thickness locations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RibThicknessPlaneEnum.kRibThicknessAtRoot">
            <summary>Rib Thickness defined at Root.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RibThicknessPlaneEnum.kRibThicknessAtSketchPlane">
            <summary>Rib Thickness defined at Sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants used to specify the type of joint used between two rigid bodies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kAngleVectorVectorJoint">
            <summary>AngleVectorVectorJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kConCentricCircleCircleJoint">
            <summary>ConCentricCircleCircleJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kDistanceLineLineJoint">
            <summary>DistanceLineLineJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kDistanceLinePlaneJoint">
            <summary>DistanceLinePlaneJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kDistancePlanePlaneJoint">
            <summary>DistancePlanePlaneJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kDistancePointLineJoint">
            <summary>DistancePointLineJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kDistancePointPlaneJoint">
            <summary>DistancePointPlaneJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kDistancePointPointJoint">
            <summary>DistancePointPointJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kEqualDistancePlanePlaneJoint">
            <summary>EqualDistancePlanePlaneJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kEqualDistancePointPlaneJoint">
            <summary>EqualDistancePointPlaneJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kGearJoint">
            <summary>GearJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kMateConeConeJoint">
            <summary>MateConeConeJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kMateCurveCurveJoint">
            <summary>MateCurveCurveJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kMateCylinderCylinderJoint">
            <summary>MateCylinderCylinderJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kMateLineLineJoint">
            <summary>MateLineLineJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kMatePointCircleJoint">
            <summary>MatePointCircleJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kMatePointCurveJoint">
            <summary>MatePointCurveJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kMatePointLineJoint">
            <summary>MatePointLineJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kMatePointPointJoint">
            <summary>MatePointPointJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kMatePointSurfaceJoint">
            <summary>MatePointSurfaceJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kMateSphereConeJoint">
            <summary>MateSphereConeJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kMateSphereSphereJoint">
            <summary>MateSphereSphereJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kPerpendicularCurveSurfaceJoint">
            <summary>PerpendicularCurveSurfaceJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kRevoluteJoint">
            <summary>RevoluteJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kSymmetricCircleCircleLineJoint">
            <summary>SymmetricCircleCircleLineJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kSymmetricEllipseEllipseLineJoint">
            <summary>SymmetricEllipseEllipseLineJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kSymmetricLineLineLineJoint">
            <summary>SymmetricLineLineLineJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kSymmetricLineLinePlaneJoint">
            <summary>SymmetricLineLinePlaneJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kSymmetricPlanePlanePlaneJoint">
            <summary>SymmetricPlanePlanePlaneJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kSymmetricPointPointLineJoint">
            <summary>SymmetricPointPointLineJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kSymmetricPointPointPlaneJoint">
            <summary>SymmetricPointPointPlaneJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kSymmetricVectorVectorPlaneJoint">
            <summary>SymmetricVectorVectorPlaneJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kTangentCircleCircleJoint">
            <summary>TangentCircleCircleJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kTangentCircleCylinderJoint">
            <summary>TangentCircleCylinderJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kTangentConeConeJoint">
            <summary>TangentConeConeJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kTangentCurveSurfaceJoint">
            <summary>TangentCurveSurfaceJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kTangentCylinderConeJoint">
            <summary>TangentCylinderConeJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kTangentCylinderCylinderJoint">
            <summary>TangentCylinderCylinderJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kTangentCylinderSphereJoint">
            <summary>TangentCylinderSphereJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kTangentLineCircleJoint">
            <summary>TangentLineCircleJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kTangentLineCylinderJoint">
            <summary>TangentLineCylinderJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kTangentLineSphereJoint">
            <summary>TangentLineSphereJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kTangentPlaneCircleJoint">
            <summary>TangentPlaneCircleJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kTangentPlaneConeJoint">
            <summary>TangentPlaneConeJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kTangentPlaneCylinderJoint">
            <summary>TangentPlaneCylinderJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kTangentSphereConeJoint">
            <summary>TangentSphereConeJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kTangentSphereSphereJoint">
            <summary>TangentSphereSphereJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kTangentSurfaceSurfaceJoint">
            <summary>TangentSurfaceSurfaceJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kTransitionalJoint">
            <summary>TransitionalJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kTranslationalJoint">
            <summary>TranslationalJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kUniversalJoint">
            <summary>UniversalJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kUnknownJoint">
            <summary>UnknownJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kWeldJoint">
            <summary>WeldJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RigidBodyJointTypeEnum.kWireframeWireframeJoint">
            <summary>WireframeWireframeJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RipTypeEnum">
            <summary>Defines the constants used to specify the types Rip.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RipTypeEnum.kFaceExtentsRipType">
            <summary>Face extent rip type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RipTypeEnum.kPointToPointRipType">
            <summary>Point to point rip type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RipTypeEnum.kSinglePointRipType">
            <summary>Single point rip type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RowMergeTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the settings for merging hole table rows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RowMergeTypeEnum.kCombineNotesRowMerge">
            <summary>Combine Notes Row Merge combines the Description cells for the holes with the same hole note in the hole table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RowMergeTypeEnum.kNoRowMerge">
            <summary>No Row Merge preserves legacy hole table formatting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RowMergeTypeEnum.kRollupRowMerge">
            <summary>Rollup Row Merge combines all rows of the same hole type into one row in the hole table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RuledSurfaceTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum describes the RuledSurfaceFeature type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RuledSurfaceTypeEnum.kNormalRuledSurfaceType">
            <summary>Fixed edge face draft definition type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RuledSurfaceTypeEnum.kSweepRuledSurfaceType">
            <summary>Parting tool face draft definition type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.RuledSurfaceTypeEnum.kTangentRuledSurfaceType">
            <summary>Fixed plane face draft definition type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ScreenQuadrantEnum">
            <summary>Screen Quadrant Enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ScreenQuadrantEnum.kLowerLeftQuadrant">
            <summary>Lower left quadrant.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ScreenQuadrantEnum.kLowerRightQuadrant">
            <summary>Lower right quadrant.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ScreenQuadrantEnum.kUpperLeftQuadrant">
            <summary>Upper left quadrant.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ScreenQuadrantEnum.kUpperRightQuadrant">
            <summary>Upper right quadrant.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SearchBoxFilterEnum">
            <summary>Search Box Filter Enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SearchBoxFilterEnum.kOutOfDateFiles">
            <summary>The out of date files filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SearchBoxFilterEnum.kUnresolvedFiles">
            <summary>The unresolved files filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SectionViewTypeEnum">
            <summary>Defines the types of the section views in part or assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SectionViewTypeEnum.kHalfSectionViewType">
            <summary>Half section view type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SectionViewTypeEnum.kNoSectionViewType">
            <summary>No section view type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SectionViewTypeEnum.kQuarterSectionViewType">
            <summary>Quarter section view type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SectionViewTypeEnum.kThreeQuarterSectionViewType">
            <summary>Three quarter section view type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SelectionDeviceEnum">
            <summary>Enumeration of the kind of UI used to select object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionDeviceEnum.kBrowserSelection">
            <summary>Selection made by pck in a browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionDeviceEnum.kGraphicsWindowSelection">
            <summary>Selection made by pick in graphics window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionDeviceEnum.kNameSelection">
            <summary>Selection made by providing the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionDeviceEnum.kUnknownSelection">
            <summary>Selection made by some unknown means.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum">
            <summary>Enumeration of the selection filters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kAllCircularEntities">
            <summary>All circular entities filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kAllCustomGraphicsFilter">
            <summary>All custom graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kAllEntitiesFilter">
            <summary>All entities filter(all entities should be selectable).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kAllLinearEntities">
            <summary>All linear entities filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kAllPlanarEntities">
            <summary>All planar entities filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kAllPointEntities">
            <summary>All point entities filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kAssemblyFeatureFilter">
            <summary>Assembly feature filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kAssemblyLeafOccurrenceFilter">
            <summary>Assembly leaf occurrence filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kAssemblyOccurrenceFilter">
            <summary>Assembly occurrence filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kAssemblyOccurrencePatternElementFilter">
            <summary>Assembly occurrence pattern element filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kAssemblyOccurrencePatternFilter">
            <summary>Assembly occurrence pattern filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kCustomBrowserNodeFilter">
            <summary>Custom browser node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingAutoCADBlockDefinitionFilter">
            <summary>Drawing Block Definition filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingAutoCADBlockFilter">
            <summary>Drawing Block Reference filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingBalloonFilter">
            <summary>Drawing balloon filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingBorderDefinitionFilter">
            <summary>Drawing border definition filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingBorderFilter">
            <summary>Drawing Border instance filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingCenterlineFilter">
            <summary>Drawing Centerline filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingCentermarkFilter">
            <summary>Drawing Centermark filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingCurveSegmentFilter">
            <summary>Drawing curve segment filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingCustomTableFilter">
            <summary>Drawing custom table filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingDefaultFilter">
            <summary>Drawing default filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingDimensionFilter">
            <summary>Drawing dimension filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingFeatureControlFrameFilter">
            <summary>Drawing feature control frame filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingHoleTableFilter">
            <summary>Drawing hole table filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingHoleTagFilter">
            <summary>Drawing hole tag filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingNoteFilter">
            <summary>Drawing note filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingOriginIndicatorFilter">
            <summary>Drawing OriginIndicator filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingPartsListFilter">
            <summary>Drawing parts list filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingRevisionTableFilter">
            <summary>Drawing revision table filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingSheetFilter">
            <summary>Drawing sheet filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingSheetFormatFilter">
            <summary>Drawing sheet format filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingSketchedSymbolDefinitionFilter">
            <summary>Drawing sketched symbol definition filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingSketchedSymbolFilter">
            <summary>Drawing sketched symbol filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingSurfaceTextureSymbolFilter">
            <summary>Drawing surfacetexture symbol filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingTitleBlockDefinitionFilter">
            <summary>Drawing title block definition filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingTitleBlockFilter">
            <summary>Drawing title block instance filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingViewFilter">
            <summary>Drawing view filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDrawingViewLabelFilter">
            <summary>Drawing surfacetexture symbol filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDWGEntityBlockFilter">
            <summary>DWG underlay block entities filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDWGEntityCircularFilter">
            <summary>DWG underlay circular entities filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDWGEntityEllipticalFilter">
            <summary>DWG underlay elliptical entities filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDWGEntityFilter">
            <summary>DWG underlay entities filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDWGEntityLinearFilter">
            <summary>DWG underlay linear entities filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDWGEntityPolylineFilter">
            <summary>DWG underlay polyline entities filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDWGEntitySegmentFilter">
            <summary>DWG underlay complex entity segments filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kDWGEntitySplineFilter">
            <summary>DWG underlay spline entities filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kFeatureDimensionFilter">
            <summary>Feature dimension filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kModelAnnotationFilter">
            <summary>Model annotation filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kModelDatumFilter">
            <summary>Model datum filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartBodyFilter">
            <summary>Part body filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartDefaultFilter">
            <summary>Part default filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartEdgeCircularFilter">
            <summary>Part edge circular filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartEdgeFilter">
            <summary>Part edge filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartEdgeLinearFilter">
            <summary>Part edge linear filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartEdgeMidpointFilter">
            <summary>Part edge midpoint filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartFaceConicalFilter">
            <summary>Part face conical filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartFaceCylindricalFilter">
            <summary>Part face cylindrical filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartFaceFilter">
            <summary>Part face filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartFacePlanarFilter">
            <summary>Part face planar filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartFaceSphericalFilter">
            <summary>Part face spherical filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartFaceToroidalFilter">
            <summary>Part face toroidal filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartFeatureFilter">
            <summary>Part feature filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartMeshEdgeCircularFilter">
            <summary>Part mesh circular edge filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartMeshEdgeFilter">
            <summary>Mesh Edge filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartMeshEdgeLinearFilter">
            <summary>Part mesh linear edge filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartMeshFaceConicalFilter">
            <summary>Part mesh conical face filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartMeshFaceCylindricalFilter">
            <summary>Part mesh cylindrical face filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartMeshFaceFilter">
            <summary>Mesh Face filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartMeshFacePlanarFilter">
            <summary>Part mesh planar face filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartMeshFaceSphericalFilter">
            <summary>Part mesh spherical face filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartMeshFeatureFilter">
            <summary>Mesh feature filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartMeshFeatureSetFilter">
            <summary>Mesh feature set filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartMeshVertexFilter">
            <summary>Mesh Vertex filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartSurfaceFeatureFilter">
            <summary>Part surface feature filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPartVertexFilter">
            <summary>Part vertext filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPointCloudFilter">
            <summary>Point cloud filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPointCloudPlaneFilter">
            <summary>Point cloud plane filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPointCloudPointFilter">
            <summary>Point cloud point filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPublicationComponentFilter">
            <summary>Publication component filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPublicationEdgeFilter">
            <summary>Publication Edge filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPublicationFaceFilter">
            <summary>Publication face filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPublicationLeafComponentFilter">
            <summary>Publication leaf component filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPublicationTrailNodeFilter">
            <summary>Publication trail node filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPublicationTrailSegmentFilter">
            <summary>Publication trail segment filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPublicationTweakPathFilter">
            <summary>Publication tweakpath filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kPublicationVertexFilter">
            <summary>Publication Vertex filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketch3DCurveCircularFilter">
            <summary>3D Sketch curve circular filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketch3DCurveEllipseFilter">
            <summary>3D Sketch curve ellipse filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketch3DCurveFilter">
            <summary>3D Sketch curve filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketch3DCurveLinearFilter">
            <summary>3D Sketch curve linear filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketch3DCurveSplineFilter">
            <summary>3D Sketch curve spline filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketch3DDefaultFilter">
            <summary>3D Sketch default filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketch3DDimConstraintFilter">
            <summary>3D Sketch dimension constraint filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketch3DObjectFilter">
            <summary>3D Sketch filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketch3DPointFilter">
            <summary>3D Sketch point filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketch3DProfileFilter">
            <summary>3D Sketch profile filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketchBlockDefinitionFilter">
            <summary>SketchBlock definition filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketchBlockFilter">
            <summary>SketchBlock filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketchCurveCircularFilter">
            <summary>Sketch curve circular filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketchCurveEllipseFilter">
            <summary>Sketch curve ellipse filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketchCurveFilter">
            <summary>Sketch curve filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketchCurveLinearFilter">
            <summary>Sketch curve linear filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketchCurveSplineFilter">
            <summary>Sketch curve spline filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketchDefaultFilter">
            <summary>Sketch default filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketchDimConstraintFilter">
            <summary>Sketch dimension constraint filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketchImageFilter">
            <summary>SketchImage filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketchObjectFilter">
            <summary>Sketch filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketchPointFilter">
            <summary>Sketch point filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketchProfileFilter">
            <summary>2D Profile filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketchProjectedCutFilter">
            <summary>ProjectedCut filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kSketchTextBoxFilter">
            <summary>Sketch TextBox filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kUserCoordinateSystemFilter">
            <summary>UserCoordinateSystem Filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kWorkAxisFilter">
            <summary>Work axis filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kWorkPlaneFilter">
            <summary>Work plane filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum.kWorkPointFilter">
            <summary>Work point filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SelectionPriorityEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of selection priority.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionPriorityEnum.kAnnotationSelectionPriority">
            <summary>Annotation selection priority.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionPriorityEnum.kBodySelectionPriority">
            <summary>Body selection priority.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionPriorityEnum.kComponentSelectionPriority">
            <summary>Component selection priority.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionPriorityEnum.kEdgeAndFaceSelectionPriority">
            <summary>Edge and face selection priority.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionPriorityEnum.kEdgeSelectionPriority">
            <summary>Edge selection priority.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionPriorityEnum.kFeatureSelectionPriority">
            <summary>Feature selection priority.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionPriorityEnum.kGroupSelectionPriority">
            <summary>Group selection priority.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionPriorityEnum.kPartSelectionPriority">
            <summary>Part selection priority.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionPriorityEnum.kSketchSelectionPriority">
            <summary>Sketch selection priority.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectionPriorityEnum.kWireSelectionPriority">
            <summary>Wire selection priority.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SelectType">
            <summary>DMAC list of bit-fields that are used to specify the selection region relative to a shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectType.SELECTTYPE_INSIDE">
            <summary>Select the elements inside the polygon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SelectType.SELECTTYPE_OVERLAP">
            <summary>Select elements overlapping either INSIDE or OUTSIDE.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ShadowDirectionEnum">
            <summary>Enum for the different shadow direction types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShadowDirectionEnum.k45DegreesLeftShadowDirection">
            <summary>shadow direction is in 45 degrees left.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShadowDirectionEnum.k45DegreesRightShadowDirection">
            <summary>shadow direction is in 45 degrees right.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShadowDirectionEnum.kAboveShadowDirection">
            <summary>shadow direction is in above.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShadowDirectionEnum.kEnvironmentShadowDirection">
            <summary>shadow direction is in Environment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShadowDirectionEnum.kLightFourShadowDirection">
            <summary>shadow direction is in light four.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShadowDirectionEnum.kLightOneShadowDirection">
            <summary>shadow direction is in light one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShadowDirectionEnum.kLightThreeShadowDirection">
            <summary>shadow direction is in light three.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShadowDirectionEnum.kLightTwoShadowDirection">
            <summary>shadow direction is in light two.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ShapeStyleEnum">
            <summary>Shape Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShapeStyleEnum.kUnknownShapeTutorialIndicator">
            <summary>Unknown shape of tutorial indicator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SheetMetalPropertyEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the sheet metal properties that are associated with a model will be extracted from the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SheetMetalPropertyEnum.kSheetMetalFlatPatternArea">
            <summary>Area extents of the flat pattern (Length x Width).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SheetMetalPropertyEnum.kSheetMetalFlatPatternLength">
            <summary>Length of the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SheetMetalPropertyEnum.kSheetMetalFlatPatternWidth">
            <summary>Width of the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ShellDirectionEnum">
            <summary>Enum specifying the shell boundary relative to the part face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShellDirectionEnum.kBothSidesShellDirection">
            <summary>offsets the shell wall equal distances to inside and outside the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShellDirectionEnum.kInsideShellDirection">
            <summary>Offsets the shell wall to the part interior.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShellDirectionEnum.kOutsideShellDirection">
            <summary>Offsets the shell wall to the exterior of the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ShellMethodEnum">
            <summary>Enum specifying the shell boundary relative to the part face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShellMethodEnum.kRoundedShellMethod">
            <summary>Rounded shell method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShellMethodEnum.kSharpShellMethod">
            <summary>Sharp shell method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ShiftStateEnum">
            <summary>Enumeration of the 'shift' key (SHIFT, CTRL and ALT) combination.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShiftStateEnum.kShiftStateAlt">
            <summary>&lt;ALT&gt; key pressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShiftStateEnum.kShiftStateCtrl">
            <summary>&lt;CTRL&gt; key pressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShiftStateEnum.kShiftStateCtrlAlt">
            <summary>&lt;CTRL&gt; + &lt;ALT&gt; keys pressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShiftStateEnum.kShiftStateNone">
            <summary>None of the 'shift' keys pressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShiftStateEnum.kShiftStateShift">
            <summary>&lt;SHIFT&gt; key pressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShiftStateEnum.kShiftStateShiftAlt">
            <summary>&lt;SHIFT&gt; + &lt;ALT&gt; keys pressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShiftStateEnum.kShiftStateShiftCtrl">
            <summary>&lt;SHIFT&gt; + &lt;CTRL&gt; keys pressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShiftStateEnum.kShiftStateShiftCtrlAlt">
            <summary>&lt;SHIFT&gt; + &lt;CTRL&gt; + &lt;ALT&gt; keys pressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ShortcutTypeEnum">
            <summary>Shortcut Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShortcutTypeEnum.kAcceleratorShortcut">
            <summary>Accelerator shortcut.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShortcutTypeEnum.kAliasShortcut">
            <summary>Commmand Alias.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShortcutTypeEnum.kNoShortcut">
            <summary>No Shortcut.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ShrinkwrapRemoveStyleEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying how holes/chamfers/fillets/pockets are removed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShrinkwrapRemoveStyleEnum.kShrinkwrapRemoveAll">
            <summary>Remove all.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShrinkwrapRemoveStyleEnum.kShrinkwrapRemoveByRange">
            <summary>Remove in range.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ShrinkwrapRemoveStyleEnum.kShrinkwrapRemoveNone">
            <summary>Do not remove any.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SimplificationRemoveStyleEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying how embosses/holes/chamfers/fillets/pockets/tunnels are removed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SimplificationRemoveStyleEnum.kSimplificationRemoveAll">
            <summary>Remove all.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SimplificationRemoveStyleEnum.kSimplificationRemoveByRange">
            <summary>Remove in range.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SimplificationRemoveStyleEnum.kSimplificationRemoveNone">
            <summary>Do not remove any.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchConstraintInferenceTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating constraint Inference types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchConstraintInferenceTypeEnum.kCoincidentInference">
            <summary>Coincident interferece.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchConstraintInferenceTypeEnum.kHorizontalInference">
            <summary>Horizontal Inference.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchConstraintInferenceTypeEnum.kIntersectionInference">
            <summary>Intersection Inference.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchConstraintInferenceTypeEnum.kMidPointInference">
            <summary>Mid point Inference.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchConstraintInferenceTypeEnum.kOnCurveInference">
            <summary>On curve Inference.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchConstraintInferenceTypeEnum.kParallelInference">
            <summary>Parallel Inference.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchConstraintInferenceTypeEnum.kPerpendicularInference">
            <summary>Perpendicular Inference.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchConstraintInferenceTypeEnum.kTangentInference">
            <summary>Tangent Inference.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchConstraintInferenceTypeEnum.kVerticalInference">
            <summary>Vertical Inference.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchCreationOnNewPartEnum">
            <summary>Constants enumerating the options for sketch creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchCreationOnNewPartEnum.kNoNewSketchCreation">
            <summary>No New Sketch will be created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchCreationOnNewPartEnum.kXYPlaneSketchCreation">
            <summary>Create a new Sketch on XY plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchCreationOnNewPartEnum.kXZPlaneSketchCreation">
            <summary>Create a new Sketch on XZ plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchCreationOnNewPartEnum.kYZPlaneSketchCreation">
            <summary>Create a new Sketch on YZ plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchGeometricConstraintTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating constraint types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchGeometricConstraintTypeEnum.kCoincident">
            <summary>Coincident constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchGeometricConstraintTypeEnum.kColinear">
            <summary>Colinear constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchGeometricConstraintTypeEnum.kConcentric">
            <summary>Concentric constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchGeometricConstraintTypeEnum.kEqual">
            <summary>Equal constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchGeometricConstraintTypeEnum.kFix">
            <summary>Fix constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchGeometricConstraintTypeEnum.kHorizontal">
            <summary>Horizontal constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchGeometricConstraintTypeEnum.kParallel">
            <summary>Parallel constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchGeometricConstraintTypeEnum.kPerpendicular">
            <summary>Perpenticular constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchGeometricConstraintTypeEnum.kSmooth">
            <summary>Smooth constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchGeometricConstraintTypeEnum.kSymmetric">
            <summary>Symmetric constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchGeometricConstraintTypeEnum.kTangent">
            <summary>Tangent constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SketchGeometricConstraintTypeEnum.kVertical">
            <summary>Vertical constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SolutionNatureEnum">
            <summary>Type that characterizes the result of a solution search.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SolutionNatureEnum.kDistinctlyManySolutions">
            <summary>There are distinctly many, equally good solutions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SolutionNatureEnum.kInfinitelyManySolutions">
            <summary>There are infinitely many, equally good solutions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SolutionNatureEnum.kNoSolution">
            <summary>No solution exists.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SolutionNatureEnum.kUniqueSolution">
            <summary>There is just the one solution.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SolutionNatureEnum.kUnknownSolutionNature">
            <summary>Could not determine a solution strategy.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SplineFitMethodEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the fit type of a spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SplineFitMethodEnum.kACADSplineFit">
            <summary>Use the same method of spline fitting as AutoCAD.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SplineFitMethodEnum.kSmoothSplineFit">
            <summary>Use the centripetal method of spline fitting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SplineFitMethodEnum.kSweetSplineFit">
            <summary>Use the minimum energy method of spline fitting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SplitToolTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the kind of split tool.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SplitToolTypeEnum.kPath">
            <summary>Path split tool.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SplitToolTypeEnum.kSurfaceBody">
            <summary>SurfaceBody split tool.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SplitToolTypeEnum.kWorkPlane">
            <summary>WorkPlane split tool.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SplitToolTypeEnum.kWorkSurface">
            <summary>WorkSurface split tool.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SplitTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the kind of split.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SplitTypeEnum.kSplitBody">
            <summary>Split feature caused body to split.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SplitTypeEnum.kSplitFaces">
            <summary>Split feature caused faces to split.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SplitTypeEnum.kSplitPart">
            <summary>Split feature caused part to split.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SplitTypeEnum.kTrimSolid">
            <summary>Split feature caused solid to be trimmed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.StaggerTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants that define the stagger types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StaggerTypeEnum.kANSIMoveWeldStagger">
            <summary>ANSI move weld stagger.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StaggerTypeEnum.kISOMoveWeldStagger">
            <summary>ISO move weld stagger.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StaggerTypeEnum.kMirrorWeldStagger">
            <summary>Mirror weld stagger.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StaggerTypeEnum.kNoWeldStagger">
            <summary>None weld stagger.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.StandardPartsSectionBehaviorEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the sectioning behavior for standard parts when section views are created in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StandardPartsSectionBehaviorEnum.kAlwaysSectionStandardParts">
            <summary>Standard parts should always be sectioned irrespective of the settings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StandardPartsSectionBehaviorEnum.kNeverSectionStandardParts">
            <summary>Standard parts should never be sectioned irrespective of the settings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StandardPartsSectionBehaviorEnum.kObeyBrowserSettingsSectionStandardParts">
            <summary>The drawing browser settings should be obeyed when sectioning standard parts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.StartupActionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of startup action to perform each time Autodesk Inventor is opened.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StartupActionTypeEnum.kFileNewDialogStartupAction">
            <summary>Cause the File New dialog box to be displayed each time Autodesk Inventor is opened.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StartupActionTypeEnum.kFileOpenDialogStartupAction">
            <summary>Cause the File Open dialog box to be displayed each time Autodesk Inventor is opened.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StartupActionTypeEnum.kNewFileFromTemplateStartupAction">
            <summary>Cause a new file to be automatically created each time Autodesk Inventor is opened.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StartupActionTypeEnum.kNoStartupAction">
            <summary>Cause no startup action to be performed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.StartupHelpFocusTopicEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the focus topic of the help dialog box that is displayed on startup of Autodesk Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StartupHelpFocusTopicEnum.kInventorClassicStartupHelpTopic">
            <summary>Inventor Classic Startup Help Topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StartupHelpFocusTopicEnum.kInventorForAutocadStartupHelpTopic">
            <summary>Inventor For Autocad Startup Help Topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.StatusEnum">
            <summary>Bit field describing the various action types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StatusEnum.kStatusError">
            <summary>Error occurred determining the status.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StatusEnum.kStatusNo">
            <summary>Status of No.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StatusEnum.kStatusUnknown">
            <summary>Unknown status.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StatusEnum.kStatusYes">
            <summary>Status of Yes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.StorageTypeEnum">
            <summary>Type to indicate the kind of storage medium being referred to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StorageTypeEnum.kFileOrStreamStorage">
            <summary>Storage medium could be either a file or a Structure Storage Stream.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StorageTypeEnum.kFileStorage">
            <summary>Storage medium is a file on a persistent storage device.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StorageTypeEnum.kStorageStorage">
            <summary>Storage medium is a Structured Storage Storage (accessed by IStorage*).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StorageTypeEnum.kStreamStorage">
            <summary>Storage medium is a Structured Storage Stream (accessed by IStream*).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StorageTypeEnum.kUnknownStorage">
            <summary>Storage medium is unknown.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.StoryboardObjectTypeEnum">
            <summary>StoryboardObjectTypeEnum enum which supports bit-mask.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StoryboardObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationTrailType">
            <summary>PublicationTrail object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StoryboardObjectTypeEnum.kPublicationTweakPathType">
            <summary>PublicationTweakPath object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.StyleLocationEnum">
            <summary>Enum for the different style location types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleLocationEnum.kBothStyleLocation">
            <summary>style is in both local and global locations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleLocationEnum.kLibraryStyleLocation">
            <summary>style is only in the library.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleLocationEnum.kLocalStyleLocation">
            <summary>style is only local.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.StylesLibraryAccessEnum">
            <summary>Styles Library Access.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StylesLibraryAccessEnum.kNoStylesLibraryAccess">
            <summary>Styles Library is not accessible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StylesLibraryAccessEnum.kReadOnlyStylesLibraryAccess">
            <summary>Styles Library is accessible, though styles can only be read from the library but not written to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StylesLibraryAccessEnum.kReadWriteStylesLibraryAccess">
            <summary>Styles Library is accessible, and styles can be read from and written into the library.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.StyleSourceTypeEnum">
            <summary>Render style source type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleSourceTypeEnum.kBodyRenderStyle">
            <summary>The render style of the body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleSourceTypeEnum.kFeatureRenderStyle">
            <summary>The render style of the containing feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleSourceTypeEnum.kOverrideRenderStyle">
            <summary>A render style override.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleSourceTypeEnum.kPartRenderStyle">
            <summary>The render style of the containing part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleSourceTypeEnum.kWeldBeadRenderStyle">
            <summary>The render style of Weld Breads.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the type of style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kBalloonStyleType">
            <summary>Balloon style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kCentermarkStyleType">
            <summary>Centermark style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kDatumTargetStyleType">
            <summary>DatumTarget style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kDimensionStyleType">
            <summary>Dimension style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kEdgeSymbolStyleType">
            <summary>EdgeSymbol style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kFeatureControlFrameStyleType">
            <summary>FeatureControlFrame style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kHatchStyleType">
            <summary>Hatch style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kHoleTableStyleType">
            <summary>HoleTable style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kIDStyleType">
            <summary>ID style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kLayerStyleType">
            <summary>Layer style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kLeaderStyleType">
            <summary>Leader style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kObjectDefaultsStyleType">
            <summary>ObjectDefaults style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kPartsListStyleType">
            <summary>PartsList style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kRevisionTableStyleType">
            <summary>RevisionTable style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kSheetMetalStyleType">
            <summary>SheetMetal style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kStandardStyleType">
            <summary>Standard style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kSurfaceTextureStyleType">
            <summary>SurfaceTexture style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kTableStyleType">
            <summary>Table style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kTextStyleType">
            <summary>Text style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kTransitionSymbolStyleType">
            <summary>TransitionSymbol style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kUnfoldMethodType">
            <summary>UnfoldMethod style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kViewAnnotationStyleType">
            <summary>ViewAnnotation style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kWeldBeadStyleType">
            <summary>WeldBead style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.StyleTypeEnum.kWeldSymbolStyleType">
            <summary>WeldSymbol style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceGeometryFormEnum">
            <summary>Surface geometry form enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceGeometryFormEnum.SurfaceGeometryForm_ClosedUVLoops">
            <summary>Surface geometry form is closed UV loops.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceGeometryFormEnum.SurfaceGeometryForm_Not_ClosedUVLoops">
            <summary>Surface geometry form is not closed UV loops.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceGeometryFormEnum.SurfaceGeometryForm_Not_NURBS">
            <summary>Surface geometry form is not NURBS (non-uniform rational B-spline).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceGeometryFormEnum.SurfaceGeometryForm_NURBS">
            <summary>Surface geometry form is NURBS (non-uniform rational B-spline).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceGeometryFormEnum.SurfaceGeometryForm_ProceduralToNURBS">
            <summary>Convert procedural surfaces to more accurate NURB approximations.  This may result in splitting faces and edges as necessary.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStandardReferenceTypeEnum">
            <summary>Surface Texture Standard Reference Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStandardReferenceTypeEnum.kANSIY1436M1996Standard">
            <summary>ANSI standard: ASME Y14.36M - 1996.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStandardReferenceTypeEnum.kBSI3081990Standard">
            <summary>BSI standard: BS 308 - 1990.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStandardReferenceTypeEnum.kBSIENISO13022002Standard">
            <summary>BSI standard: BS EN ISO 1302 - 2002.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStandardReferenceTypeEnum.kDINENISO13022002Standard">
            <summary>DIN standard: DIN EN ISO 1302 - 2002.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStandardReferenceTypeEnum.kDINISO13021992Standard">
            <summary>DIN standard: DIN ISO 1302 - 1992.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStandardReferenceTypeEnum.kGBT1312006Standard">
            <summary>GB standard: GB/T 131 – 2006.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStandardReferenceTypeEnum.kGBT13193Standard">
            <summary>GB standard: GB/T 131 – 93.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStandardReferenceTypeEnum.kGOST230973REV3Standard">
            <summary>GOST standard: GOST 2.309-73 (Rev 3).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStandardReferenceTypeEnum.kISO13021978Standard">
            <summary>ISO standard: ISO 1302 - 1978.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStandardReferenceTypeEnum.kISO13022002Standard">
            <summary>ISO standard: ISO 1302 - 2002.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStandardReferenceTypeEnum.kISO2192012021Standard">
            <summary>ISO standard: ISO 21920 - 1:2021.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStandardReferenceTypeEnum.kJISB00311994Standard">
            <summary>JIS standard: JIS B 0031 - 1994.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStandardReferenceTypeEnum.kJISB00312003Standard">
            <summary>JIS standard: JIS B 0031 - 2003.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceTextureTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of surfacetexture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTextureTypeEnum.kBasicSurfaceType">
            <summary>Basic surfacetexture type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTextureTypeEnum.kMaterialRemovalProhibitedSurfaceType">
            <summary>MaterialRemovalProhibited surfacetexture type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTextureTypeEnum.kMaterialRemovalRequiredSurfaceType">
            <summary>MaterialRemovalRequired surfacetexture type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceTypeEnum">
            <summary>Surface type enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTypeEnum.kBSplineSurface">
            <summary>Bspline surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTypeEnum.kConeSurface">
            <summary>Cone surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTypeEnum.kCylinderSurface">
            <summary>Cylinder surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTypeEnum.kEllipticalConeSurface">
            <summary>Elliptical cone surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTypeEnum.kEllipticalCylinderSurface">
            <summary>Elliptical cylinder surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTypeEnum.kPlaneSurface">
            <summary>Plane surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTypeEnum.kSphereSurface">
            <summary>Sphere surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTypeEnum.kTorusSurface">
            <summary>Torus surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SurfaceTypeEnum.kUnknownSurface">
            <summary>Unknown surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SweepDefinitionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of the sweep definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SweepDefinitionTypeEnum.kPathAndGuideRailSweepDef">
            <summary>Sweep defined by a path and a guide rail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SweepDefinitionTypeEnum.kPathAndGuideSurfaceSweepDef">
            <summary>Sweep defined by a path and a guide surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SweepDefinitionTypeEnum.kPathAndSectionTwistsSweepDef">
            <summary>Sweep defined by a path and section twists.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SweepDefinitionTypeEnum.kPathSweepDef">
            <summary>Sweep defined by path and profile orientation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SweepProfileOrientationEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the orientation of the profile for sweep feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SweepProfileOrientationEnum.kAlignToVector">
            <summary>Align to vector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SweepProfileOrientationEnum.kNormalToPath">
            <summary>Normal to path.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SweepProfileOrientationEnum.kParallelToOriginalProfile">
            <summary>Parallel to original profile.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SweepProfileScalingEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the type of profile scaling for the sweep feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SweepProfileScalingEnum.kNoProfileScaling">
            <summary>No scaling for profile.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SweepProfileScalingEnum.kXProfileScaling">
            <summary>Profile scaled along X axis only.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SweepProfileScalingEnum.kXYProfileScaling">
            <summary>Profile scaled along both X and Y axes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SweepTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum describes the sweep type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SweepTypeEnum.kPathAndGuidRailSweepType">
            <summary>Sweep type that indicates the feature is defined with a path and guide rail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SweepTypeEnum.kPathAndGuidSurfaceSweepType">
            <summary>Sweep type that indicates the feature is defined with a path and guide surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SweepTypeEnum.kPathAndSectionTwistSweepType">
            <summary>Sweep type that indicates the feature is defined with a path and section twist.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SweepTypeEnum.kPathSweepType">
            <summary>Sweep type that indicates the feature is defined with a path.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SystemOfMeasureEnum">
            <summary>Type of the Measurement System (Metric, English, etc.).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SystemOfMeasureEnum.kDefaultSystemOfMeasure">
            <summary>Installed, default system in use for this user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SystemOfMeasureEnum.kEnglishSystemOfMeasure">
            <summary>English system of measure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.SystemOfMeasureEnum.kMetricSystemOfMeasure">
            <summary>Metric system of measure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TableDirectionEnum">
            <summary>TableDirection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TableDirectionEnum.kBottomUpDirection">
            <summary>Bottom up.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TableDirectionEnum.kTopDownDirection">
            <summary>Top down.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TableSourceTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the source types for the tables.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TableSourceTypeEnum.kBendTableSource">
            <summary>Constants identifying bend table source.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TableSourceTypeEnum.kConfigurationTableSource">
            <summary>Constants identifying configuration table source.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TableSourceTypeEnum.kCSVTableSource">
            <summary>Constants identifying CSV table source.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TableSourceTypeEnum.kExcelTableSource">
            <summary>Constants identifying excel table source.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TableSourceTypeEnum.kNoTableSource">
            <summary>Constants identifying no table source.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TextLineSpacingTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the line spacing type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TextLineSpacingTypeEnum.kExactLineSpacing">
            <summary>Constant identifying an exact line spacing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TextLineSpacingTypeEnum.kMultipleLineSpacing">
            <summary>Constant identifying a multiple line spacing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TextureDimensionEnum">
            <summary>Constants that specifies TextureCoordinateSet's dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TextureDimensionEnum.k1DTexture">
            <summary>One dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TextureDimensionEnum.k2DTexture">
            <summary>Two dimensions type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TextureMappingTypeEnum">
            <summary>types of texture mapping.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TextureMappingTypeEnum.kAutomaticMappingType">
            <summary>Automatic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TextureMappingTypeEnum.kBoxMappingType">
            <summary>Box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TextureMappingTypeEnum.kCylindricalMappingType">
            <summary>Cylindrical.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TextureMappingTypeEnum.kNoMappingType">
            <summary>No mapping.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TextureMappingTypeEnum.kPlanarMappingType">
            <summary>Planar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TextureMappingTypeEnum.kSphericalMappingType">
            <summary>Spherical.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ThreadTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the kind of thread.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ThreadTypeEnum.kStandardThread">
            <summary>Standard thread definition used.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ThreadTypeEnum.kTaperedThread">
            <summary>Tapered thread definition used.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ThumbnailSaveOptionEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the save options for a document¡¯s thumbnail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ThumbnailSaveOptionEnum.kActiveComponentIsoViewOnSave">
            <summary>The isometric view of the document is set as thumbnail on save.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ThumbnailSaveOptionEnum.kActiveWindow">
            <summary>The currently active view is immediately set as thumbnail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ThumbnailSaveOptionEnum.kActiveWindowOnSave">
            <summary>The active view of the document is set as thumbnail on save.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ThumbnailSaveOptionEnum.kImportFromFile">
            <summary>The specified image file is set as thumbnail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ThumbnailSaveOptionEnum.kNoThumbnail">
            <summary>No thumbnail is set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TitleBlockAlignmentEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the default title block location.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TitleBlockAlignmentEnum.kLowerLeftTitleBlockAlignment">
            <summary>Lower left title block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TitleBlockAlignmentEnum.kLowerRightTitleBlockAlignment">
            <summary>Lower right title block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TitleBlockAlignmentEnum.kUpperLeftTitleBlockAlignment">
            <summary>Upper left title block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TitleBlockAlignmentEnum.kUpperRightTitleBlockAlignment">
            <summary>Upper right title block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TitleBlockLocationEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the position of the title block on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TitleBlockLocationEnum.kBottomLeftPosition">
            <summary>Constant identifying the bottom left corner of the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TitleBlockLocationEnum.kBottomRightPosition">
            <summary>Constant identifying the bottom right corner of the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TitleBlockLocationEnum.kTopLeftPosition">
            <summary>Constant identifying the top left corner of the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TitleBlockLocationEnum.kTopRightPosition">
            <summary>Constant identifying the top right corner of the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ToleranceTypeEnum">
            <summary>Tolerance Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ToleranceTypeEnum.kBasicTolerance">
            <summary>Basic Tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ToleranceTypeEnum.kDefaultTolerance">
            <summary>Standard Tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ToleranceTypeEnum.kDeviationTolerance">
            <summary>Deviation Tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ToleranceTypeEnum.kLimitLinearTolerance">
            <summary>Limit Linear Tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ToleranceTypeEnum.kLimitsFitsLinearTolerance">
            <summary>Limits/Fits-Linear Tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ToleranceTypeEnum.kLimitsFitsShowSizeTolerance">
            <summary>Limits/Fits-Show Size Tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ToleranceTypeEnum.kLimitsFitsShowTolerance">
            <summary>Limits/Fits-Show Tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ToleranceTypeEnum.kLimitsFitsStackedTolerance">
            <summary>Limits/Fits-Stacked Tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ToleranceTypeEnum.kLimitsStackedTolerance">
            <summary>Limits-Stacked Tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ToleranceTypeEnum.kMaxTolerance">
            <summary>MAX Tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ToleranceTypeEnum.kMinTolerance">
            <summary>MIN Tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ToleranceTypeEnum.kOverrideTolerance">
            <summary>Tolerance Type Override.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ToleranceTypeEnum.kReferenceTolerance">
            <summary>ReferenceTolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ToleranceTypeEnum.kSymmetricTolerance">
            <summary>Symmetric Tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TransactionPointEnum">
            <summary>Symbolic indicators to specific points in the transaction sequence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TransactionPointEnum.kCurrentTransaction">
            <summary>Current transaction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TransactionPointEnum.kNextTransaction">
            <summary>Next transaction from the current one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TransactionPointEnum.kPreviousTransaction">
            <summary>Previous transaction from the current one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TransactionPointEnum.kUnknownTransaction">
            <summary>Unknown point in the transaction sequence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TransactionPointEnum.kUptoSpecifiedTransaction">
            <summary>Point in the transaction sequence specified by another transaction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TransactionStateEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating various transaction states.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TransactionStateEnum.kDoneState">
            <summary>Done/committed state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TransactionStateEnum.kUncommittedState">
            <summary>Uncommitted state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TransactionStateEnum.kUndoneState">
            <summary>Undone state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TransitionSymbolAttachmentTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants that define the drawing transition symbol attachment types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TransitionSymbolAttachmentTypeEnum.kDrawingViewAttachmentType">
            <summary>Transition symbol attaches to a drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TransitionSymbolAttachmentTypeEnum.kGeometryAttachmentType">
            <summary>Transition symbol attaches to a geometry( DrawingCurve, drawing annotations etc.).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TransitionSymbolAttachmentTypeEnum.kNoAttachmentType">
            <summary>Transition symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TransitionSymbolIndicationTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants that define the drawing transition symbol attachment types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TransitionSymbolIndicationTypeEnum.kAdditionalIndicationsPresentedSymbolIndication">
            <summary>Specify additional specific transition indications presented in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TransitionSymbolIndicationTypeEnum.kAdditionalIndicationsWithinParenthesesSymbolIndication">
            <summary>Specify additional specific transition indications within parentheses.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TransitionSymbolIndicationTypeEnum.kForAllTransitionsSymbolIndication">
            <summary>Symbol defined for all transitions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TransitionSymbolIndicationTypeEnum.kForExternalTransitionsSymbolIndication">
            <summary>Symbol defined for external transitions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TransitionSymbolIndicationTypeEnum.kForInternalTransitionsSymbolIndication">
            <summary>Symbol defined for internal transitions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TransitionSymbolIndicationTypeEnum.kHorizontallyAdjacentSymbolIndication">
            <summary>The symbol is horizontally adjacent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TransitionSymbolIndicationTypeEnum.kNoSymbolIndication">
            <summary>No symbol indication.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TransitionSymbolIndicationTypeEnum.kVerticallyAdjacentSymbolIndication">
            <summary>The symbol is vertically adjacent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TransparencyTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants specifying the transparency quality.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TransparencyTypeEnum.kBlendingTransparency">
            <summary>Provides a high quality transparency display that is achieved by averaging the colors of overlapping objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TransparencyTypeEnum.kScreenDoorTransparency">
            <summary>Provides a lower quality transparency display that is achieved by using a pattern that allows the color of the hidden object to show through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TriadMoveTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating various actions that cause a triad move.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TriadMoveTypeEnum.kRepositionMoveType">
            <summary>Triad move as a result of a reposition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TriadSegmentEnum">
            <summary>Triad segment type enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TriadSegmentEnum.kAllSegments">
            <summary>Toggle all segments.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TriadSegmentEnum.kOriginSegment">
            <summary>Toggle the origin segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TriadSegmentEnum.kXAxisRotationSegment">
            <summary>Toggle X axis Rotation segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TriadSegmentEnum.kXAxisTranslationSegment">
            <summary>Toggle X axis translation segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TriadSegmentEnum.kXYPlaneTranslationSegment">
            <summary>Toggle XY plane translation segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TriadSegmentEnum.kXZPlaneTranslationSegment">
            <summary>Toggle XZ plane translation segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TriadSegmentEnum.kYAxisRotationSegment">
            <summary>Toggle Y axis Rotation segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TriadSegmentEnum.kYAxisTranslationSegment">
            <summary>Toggle Y axis translation segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TriadSegmentEnum.kYZPlaneTranslationSegment">
            <summary>Toggle YZ plane translation segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TriadSegmentEnum.kZAxisRotationSegment">
            <summary>Toggle Z axis Rotation segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TriadSegmentEnum.kZAxisTranslationSegment">
            <summary>Toggle Z axis translation segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TweakTypeEnum">
            <summary>Tweak type enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TweakTypeEnum.kRotationTweakType">
            <summary>Rotation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TweakTypeEnum.kTransformTweakType">
            <summary>Transform type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.TweakTypeEnum.kTranslationTweakType">
            <summary>Translation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UCSDefinitionTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum for UCS DefinitionType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UCSDefinitionTypeEnum.kThreePointsDefinitionType">
            <summary>Three Points Definition Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UCSDefinitionTypeEnum.kTransformationDefinitionType">
            <summary>Transformation Definition Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UnfoldMethodEquationTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the UnfoldMethod Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnfoldMethodEquationTypeEnum.kBendAllowanceEquationType">
            <summary>Constant identifying bend allowance equation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnfoldMethodEquationTypeEnum.kBendCompensationEquationType">
            <summary>Constant identifying bend compensation equation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnfoldMethodEquationTypeEnum.kBendDeductionEquationType">
            <summary>Constant identifying bend deduction equation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnfoldMethodEquationTypeEnum.kBendkFactorEquationType">
            <summary>Constant identifying bendk factor equation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UnfoldMethodTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the UnfoldMethod Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnfoldMethodTypeEnum.kBendTableUnfoldMethod">
            <summary>Constant identifying Bend Table UnfoldMethod.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnfoldMethodTypeEnum.kCustomEquationUnfoldMethod">
            <summary>Constant identifying Custom Equation UnfoldMethod.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnfoldMethodTypeEnum.kLinearUnfoldMethod">
            <summary>Constant identifying Linear UnfoldMethod.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UniqueOccurrencesBehaviorEnum">
            <summary>Constants that define the special behaviors to assign to the occurrences provided by the UniqueOccurrences argument.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UniqueOccurrencesBehaviorEnum.kLockDOF">
            <summary>Lock DOF.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UniqueOccurrencesBehaviorEnum.kRetainDOF">
            <summary>Retain DOF.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UniqueOccurrencesBehaviorEnum.kSinglePartRigidBody">
            <summary>Single Part Rigid Body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum">
            <summary>Units Types. Each signifies a specific unit in a particular dimension or category of measurement.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kAcreAreaUnits">
            <summary>Acre Area.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kAmpElectricalCurrentUnits">
            <summary>Amp electrical Current.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kArchitecturalMeterCentimeterLengthUnits">
            <summary>Architectural meter-centimeter length (bases on DINB 1356-1).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kBooleanUnits">
            <summary>Boolean (Yes/No).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kBrinellHardnessUnits">
            <summary>Brinell hardness (HB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kBTUWorkUnits">
            <summary>BTU Work.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kCalorieWorkUnits">
            <summary>Calorie Work.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kCandelaLuminousIntensityUnits">
            <summary>Candela luminous intensity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kCelsiusTemperatureUnits">
            <summary>Celsius Temperature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kCentimeterLengthUnits">
            <summary>Centimeter Length.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kCircularMilAreaUnits">
            <summary>CircularMil Area.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kCompositeUnits">
            <summary>Composite.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kCoulombElectricalChargeUnits">
            <summary>Coulomb electrical Charge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kCupVolumeUnits">
            <summary>Cup Volume.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kDatabaseAngleUnits">
            <summary>Database units for angle -- ALWAYS Radian.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kDatabaseLengthUnits">
            <summary>Database units for length -- ALWAYS Centimeter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kDatabaseMassUnits">
            <summary>Database units for mass -- ALWAYS Kilogram.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kDatabaseTemperatureUnits">
            <summary>Database units for temperature -- ALWAYS Kelvin.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kDatabaseTimeUnits">
            <summary>Database units for time -- ALWAYS Second.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kDefaultDisplayAngleUnits">
            <summary>Current default display units for Angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kDefaultDisplayLengthUnits">
            <summary>Current default display units for length.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kDefaultDisplayMassUnits">
            <summary>Current default display units for Mass.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kDefaultDisplayTemperatureUnits">
            <summary>Current default display units for Temperature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kDefaultDisplayTimeUnits">
            <summary>Current default display units for Time.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kDegreeAngleUnits">
            <summary>Degree Angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kDyneForceUnits">
            <summary>Dyne Force.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kErgWorkUnits">
            <summary>Erg Work.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kFahrenheitTemperatureUnits">
            <summary>Fahrenheit Temperature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kFaradElectricalCapacitanceUnits">
            <summary>Farad electrical Capacitance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kFeetPerSecondSpeedUnits">
            <summary>FeetPerSecond Speed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kFootLengthUnits">
            <summary>Foot Length.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kGallonVolumeUnits">
            <summary>Gallon Volume.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kGammaMagneticInductionUnits">
            <summary>Gamma magnetic Induction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kGaussMagneticInductionUnits">
            <summary>Gauss magnetic Induction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kGradAngleUnits">
            <summary>Grad Angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kGramMassUnits">
            <summary>Gram Mass.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kHenryElectricalInductanceUnits">
            <summary>Henry electrical Inductance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kHertzFrequencyUnits">
            <summary>Hertz Frequency.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kHorsePowerPowerUnits">
            <summary>HorsePower Power.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kHourTimeUnits">
            <summary>Hour Time.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kInchLengthUnits">
            <summary>Inch Length.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kJouleWorkUnits">
            <summary>Joule Work.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kKelvinTemperatureUnits">
            <summary>Kelvin Temperature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kKilogramMassUnits">
            <summary>Kilogram Mass.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kKnoopHardnessUnits">
            <summary>Knoop hardness (HK).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kKSIPressureUnits">
            <summary>KSI Pressure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kLbForceUnits">
            <summary>Lb Force.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kLbMassMassUnits">
            <summary>LbMass Mass.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kLiterVolumeUnits">
            <summary>Liter Volume.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kLumenLuminousFluxUnits">
            <summary>Lumen luminous flux.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kLuxIlluminationUnits">
            <summary>Lux illumination.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kMaxwellMagneticFluxUnits">
            <summary>Maxwell magnetic Flux.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kMeterLengthUnits">
            <summary>Meter Length.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kMetersPerSecondSpeedUnits">
            <summary>MetersPerSecond Speed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kmhoElectricalConductanceUnits">
            <summary>mho electrical Conductance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kMicronLengthUnits">
            <summary>Micron Length.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kMileLengthUnits">
            <summary>Mile Length.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kMilesPerHourSpeedUnits">
            <summary>MilesPerHour Speed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kMilLengthUnits">
            <summary>Mil Length.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kMillimeterLengthUnits">
            <summary>Millimeter Length.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kMinuteTimeUnits">
            <summary>Minute Time.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kMoleSubstanceUnits">
            <summary>Mole Substance or gram molecular weight.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kNauticalMileLengthUnits">
            <summary>NauticalMile Length.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kNewtonForceUnits">
            <summary>Newton Force.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kOerstedMagneticInductionUnits">
            <summary>Oersted magnetic Induction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kOhmElectricalResistanceUnits">
            <summary>Ohm electrical Resistance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kOunceForceUnits">
            <summary>Ounce Force.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kOunceMassUnits">
            <summary>Ounce Mass.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kOunceVolumeUnits">
            <summary>Ounce Volume.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kPascalPressureUnits">
            <summary>Pascal Pressure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kPintVolumeUnits">
            <summary>Pint Volume.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kPSIPressureUnits">
            <summary>PSI Pressure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kQuartVolumeUnits">
            <summary>Quart Volume.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kRadianAngleUnits">
            <summary>Radian Angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kRockwellHRAHardnessUnits">
            <summary>Rockwell hardness (HRA).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kRockwellHRBHardnessUnits">
            <summary>Rockwell hardness (HRB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kRockwellHRCHardnessUnits">
            <summary>Rockwell hardness(HRC).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kRPMAngularVelocityUnits">
            <summary>RPM AngularVelocity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kSecondTimeUnits">
            <summary>Second Time.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kSiemensElectricalConductanceUnits">
            <summary>Siemens electrical Conductance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kSlugMassUnits">
            <summary>Slug Mass.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kSteradianAngleUnits">
            <summary>Steradian Angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kTeslaMagneticInductionUnits">
            <summary>Tesla magnetic Induction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kTextUnits">
            <summary>Text (String).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kUnitlessUnits">
            <summary>No dimension associated with this value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kVickersHardnessUnits">
            <summary>Vickers hardness (HV).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kVoltElectricalVoltageUnits">
            <summary>Volt electrical Voltage.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kWattPowerUnits">
            <summary>Watt Power.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kWeberMagneticFluxUnits">
            <summary>Weber magnetic Flux.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum.kYardLengthUnits">
            <summary>Yard Length.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UnwrapResultAlignmentEnum">
            <summary>Defines the unwrap alignment type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnwrapResultAlignmentEnum.kOriginAlignment">
            <summary>Display Result at selected Origin.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnwrapResultAlignmentEnum.kXYPlaneAlignment">
            <summary>Display Result in XY PLane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnwrapResultAlignmentEnum.kXZPlaneAlignment">
            <summary>Display Result in XZ Plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UnwrapResultAlignmentEnum.kYZPlaneAlignment">
            <summary>Display Result in YZ Plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UpdatePropertiesOnSaveForFileTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating whether properties should be updated when part or assembly files are saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UpdatePropertiesOnSaveForFileTypeEnum.kDontUpdateProperties">
            <summary>Neither part nor assembly files should be updated.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UpdatePropertiesOnSaveForFileTypeEnum.kUpdatePropertiesForPartsAndAssemblies">
            <summary>Both part and assembly files should be updated.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.UpdatePropertiesOnSaveForFileTypeEnum.kUpdatePropertiesForPartsOnly">
            <summary>Only properties of part files should be updated.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ValueTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants enumerating the various types of values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueTypeEnum.kBooleanType">
            <summary>Boolean value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueTypeEnum.kByteArrayType">
            <summary>Byte Array Value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueTypeEnum.kDoubleType">
            <summary>Double Value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueTypeEnum.kIntegerType">
            <summary>Integer value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueTypeEnum.kStringType">
            <summary>String Value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ValueUnitsTypeEnum">
            <summary>Enum for the different units types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueUnitsTypeEnum.kAngleUnits">
            <summary>Angle units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueUnitsTypeEnum.kAngularVelocityUnits">
            <summary>AngularVelocity units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueUnitsTypeEnum.kAreaUnits">
            <summary>Area units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueUnitsTypeEnum.kCurrentUnits">
            <summary>Current units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueUnitsTypeEnum.kForceUnits">
            <summary>Force units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueUnitsTypeEnum.kHardnessUnits">
            <summary>Hardness units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueUnitsTypeEnum.kLengthUnits">
            <summary>Length units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueUnitsTypeEnum.kMassUnits">
            <summary>Mass units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueUnitsTypeEnum.kPowerUnits">
            <summary>Power units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueUnitsTypeEnum.kPressureUnits">
            <summary>Pressure units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueUnitsTypeEnum.kSpeedUnits">
            <summary>Speed units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueUnitsTypeEnum.kTemperatureUnits">
            <summary>Temperature units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueUnitsTypeEnum.kTimeUnits">
            <summary>Time units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueUnitsTypeEnum.kUnitless">
            <summary>Unitless.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueUnitsTypeEnum.kVoltageUnits">
            <summary>Voltage units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueUnitsTypeEnum.kVolumeUnits">
            <summary>Volume units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ValueUnitsTypeEnum.kWorkUnits">
            <summary>Work units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.VBAProjectTypeEnum">
            <summary>Inventor's VBA Project Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.VBAProjectTypeEnum.kApplicationVBAProject">
            <summary>Application VBA Project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.VBAProjectTypeEnum.kDocumentVBAProject">
            <summary>Document VBA Project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.VBAProjectTypeEnum.kUserVBAProject">
            <summary>User VBA Project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.VerticalTextAlignmentEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying the vertical positioning of text about a given point coordinate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.VerticalTextAlignmentEnum.kAlignTextBaseline">
            <summary>Text positioned at the supplied point. Applies to sketch text only.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.VerticalTextAlignmentEnum.kAlignTextLower">
            <summary>Text positioned below the supplied point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.VerticalTextAlignmentEnum.kAlignTextMiddle">
            <summary>Text centered about the supplied point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.VerticalTextAlignmentEnum.kAlignTextUpper">
            <summary>Text positioned above the supplied point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ViewBlockInsertionPointEnum">
            <summary>Type to specify default insertion point for a view block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewBlockInsertionPointEnum.kModelOriginInsertion">
            <summary>Use model origin as insertion point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewBlockInsertionPointEnum.kViewCenterInsertion">
            <summary>Use view center as insertion point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ViewJustificationEnum">
            <summary>Enum indicating the default drawing view justification.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewJustificationEnum.kCenteredViewJustification">
            <summary>Centered view justification.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewJustificationEnum.kFixedViewJustification">
            <summary>Fixed view justification.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum">
            <summary>View-relative enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum.kBottomLeftViewCorner">
            <summary>Relative to Bottom Left corner of view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum.kBottomRightViewCorner">
            <summary>Relative to Bottom Right corner of view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum.kTopLeftViewCorner">
            <summary>Relative to Top Left corner of view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum.kTopRightViewCorner">
            <summary>Relative to Top Right corner of view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ViewOperationTypeEnum">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOperationTypeEnum.kPanViewOperation">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOperationTypeEnum.kRotateViewOperation">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOperationTypeEnum.kZoomViewOperation">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum">
            <summary>View Orientation Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum.kArbitraryViewOrientation">
            <summary>Arbitrary View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum.kBackViewOrientation">
            <summary>Back View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum.kBottomViewOrientation">
            <summary>Bottom View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum.kCurrentViewOrientation">
            <summary>Current View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum.kDefaultViewOrientation">
            <summary>Specifies the default setting to use. Inquiry methods/properties always return the more strongly typed values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum.kFlatBacksidePivot180ViewOrientation">
            <summary>Sheet metal flat pattern backside pivot 180 degrees.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum.kFlatBacksidePivotLeftViewOrientation">
            <summary>Sheet metal flat pattern backside pivot left.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum.kFlatBacksidePivotRightViewOrientation">
            <summary>Sheet metal flat pattern backside pivot right.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum.kFlatBacksideViewOrientation">
            <summary>Sheet metal flat pattern backside.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum.kFlatPivot180ViewOrientation">
            <summary>Sheet metal flat pattern pivot 180 degrees.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum.kFlatPivotLeftViewOrientation">
            <summary>Sheet metal flat pattern pivot left.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum.kFlatPivotRightViewOrientation">
            <summary>Sheet metal flat pattern pivot right.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum.kFrontViewOrientation">
            <summary>Front View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum.kIsoBottomLeftViewOrientation">
            <summary>Isometric -- Bottom Left View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum.kIsoBottomRightViewOrientation">
            <summary>Isometric -- Bottom Right View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum.kIsoTopLeftViewOrientation">
            <summary>Isometric -- Top Left View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum.kIsoTopRightViewOrientation">
            <summary>Isometric -- Top Right View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum.kLeftViewOrientation">
            <summary>Left View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum.kRightViewOrientation">
            <summary>Right View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum.kSavedCameraViewOrientation">
            <summary>Saved camera View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum.kTopViewOrientation">
            <summary>Top View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ViewPreviewTypeEnum">
            <summary>preview type for drawing views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewPreviewTypeEnum.kAllComponentsViewPreview">
            <summary>All components view preview type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewPreviewTypeEnum.kBoundingBoxViewPreview">
            <summary>Bounding box view preview type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewPreviewTypeEnum.kPartialViewPreview">
            <summary>Partial view preview type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ViewTileTypeEnum">
            <summary>View Tyle Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewTileTypeEnum.kArrangeViewTileType">
            <summary>Arrange View Tile Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewTileTypeEnum.kHorizontalViewTileType">
            <summary>Horizontal View Tile Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewTileTypeEnum.kUnknownViewTileType">
            <summary>Unknown View Tile Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewTileTypeEnum.kVerticalViewTileType">
            <summary>Vertical View Tile Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ViewTypeEnum">
            <summary>View Types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewTypeEnum.kBrowserViewType">
            <summary>View showing the tree representation of the contents in the Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewTypeEnum.kGraphicsViewType">
            <summary>View showing the pictorial representation of the Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewTypeEnum.kNoteBookViewType">
            <summary>View showing the Engineers Notebook aspect of the Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ViewTypeEnum.kUnknownViewType">
            <summary>Unknown View type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WeldmentFeatureGroupEnum">
            <summary>Weldment Feature Group Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldmentFeatureGroupEnum.kAssemblyFeatureGroup">
            <summary>General Assembly Group.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldmentFeatureGroupEnum.kMachiningFeatureGroup">
            <summary>Machining Group.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldmentFeatureGroupEnum.kPreperationsFeatureGroup">
            <summary>Preperations Group.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldmentFeatureGroupEnum.kWeldsFeatureGroup">
            <summary>Welds Group.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WeldmentStateEnum">
            <summary>Constants indicating the weldment state of a drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldmentStateEnum.kAssemblyWeldmentState">
            <summary>Assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldmentStateEnum.kMachiningWeldmentState">
            <summary>Machining.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldmentStateEnum.kPreparationsWeldmentState">
            <summary>Preparations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldmentStateEnum.kWeldsWeldmentState">
            <summary>Welds.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum">
            <summary>Constants that define the weld symbol types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kBackOrBackingOrBeadWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Back, backing or bead weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kBevelButtWeldWithBroadRootFaceSymbolType">
            <summary>Bevel butt weld with broad root face symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kBevelGrooveOrButtWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Bevel groove/butt weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kEdgeWeldISO25531992WeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Edge weld ISO 2553:1992 weld symbol type (ISO/BSI/DIN/GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kEdgeWeldISO25532019WeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Edge weld ISO 2553:2019 weld symbol type (ANSI/ISO/BSI/DIN/GB/JIS).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kFilletWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Fillet weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kFlangeCornerOrSingleFlangeWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Flange corner/single flange weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kFlangeEdgeOrButtOrDoubleFlangeWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Flange edge/butt/double flange weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kFlareBevelOrSingleBevelGrooveWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Flare bevel groove/single bevel groove weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kFlareVGrooveOrSingleVGrooveWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Flare V groove or single V groove weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kFoldJointSymbolType">
            <summary>Fold joint symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kInclinedJointSymbolType">
            <summary>Inclined joint symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kJGrooveOrButtWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>J groove/butt weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kNondestructiveExaminationsWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Nondestructive examinations weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kNoneWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>None weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kPlugWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Plug weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kPressedJointSymbolType">
            <summary>Pressed joint symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kScarfGrooveWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Scarf groove weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kSeamWeldJISSymbolType">
            <summary>Seam weld symbol type (JIS).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kSeamWeldOnReferenceLineWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Seam weld on reference line weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kSeamWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Seam weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kSimplifiedButtWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Simplified butt weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kSlotWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Slot weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kSpotAndProjectionWeldJISSymbolType">
            <summary>Spot and projection weld symbol type (JIS).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kSpotOrProjectionWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Spot or projection weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kSpotWeldOnReferenceLineWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Spot weld on reference line weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kSquareGrooveOrSquareButtWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Square groove/butt weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kStakeWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Stake weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kSteepFlankedBevelButtWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Steep flanked bevel butt weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kSteepFlankedVButtWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Steep flanked V butt weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kStudWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Stud weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kSurfaceJointSymbolType">
            <summary>Surface joint symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kSurfacingOrCladdingWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Surfacing/cladding weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kUGrooveOrButtWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>U groove/butt weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kVButtWeldWithBroadRootFaceSymbolType">
            <summary>V butt weld with broad root face symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum.kVGrooveOrButtWeldSymbolType">
            <summary>V groove/butt weld symbol type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum">
            <summary>Drawing weld symbol weld symbol variation type enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kBackingRunBackOrBackingWeldISOBSIDINGB">
            <summary>Backing run, back or backing weld USA (ISO/BIS/DIN/GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kBackOrBackingWeldANSI">
            <summary>Back or backing weld (ANSI).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kBeadWeldJIS">
            <summary>Bead weld (JIS).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kBevelButtWeldISOBSIDINGB">
            <summary>Bevel butt weld (ISO/BSI/DIN/GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kBevelGrooveWeldANSI">
            <summary>Bevel groove weld (ANSI).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kBevelGrooveWeldJIS">
            <summary>Bevel groove weld (JIS).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kButtWeldISOBSIDINGB">
            <summary>Butt weld (ISO/SBI/DIN/GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kCladdingJIS">
            <summary>Cladding (JIS).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kDoubleFlangeJIS">
            <summary>Double flange (JIS).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kFilletWeldANSI">
            <summary>Fillet weld (ANSI).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kFilletWeldISOBSIDINGB">
            <summary>Fillet weld (ISO/BSI/DIN/GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kFilletWeldJIS">
            <summary>Fillet weld (JIS).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kFlangeCornerWeldANSI">
            <summary>Flange corner weld (ANSI).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kFlangeEdgeWeldANSI">
            <summary>Flange edge weld (ANSI).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kFlareBevelGrooveWeldANSI">
            <summary>Flare bevel groove weld (ANSI).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kFlareSingleBevelGrooveWeldJIS">
            <summary>Flare single bevel groove weld (JIS).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kFlareSingleVGrooveWeldJIS">
            <summary>Flare single V groove weld (JIS).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kFlareVGrooveWeldANSI">
            <summary>Flare V groove weld (ANSI).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kJButtWeldISOBSIDINGB">
            <summary>J butt weld (ISO/BSI/DIN/GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kJGrooveWeldANSI">
            <summary>J groove weld (ANSI).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kJGrooveWeldJIS">
            <summary>J groove weld (JIS).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kNondestructiveExaminationsANSI">
            <summary>Nondestructive examinations (ANSI).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kNondestructiveExaminationsJIS">
            <summary>Nondestructive examinations (JIS).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kPlugWeldANSI">
            <summary>Plug weld (ANSI).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kPlugWeldJIS">
            <summary>Plug weld (JIS).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kPlugWeldPlugOrSlotWeldUSAISOBSIDINGB">
            <summary>Plug weld, plug or slot weld USA (ISO/BSI/DIN/GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kSeamWeldANSI">
            <summary>Seam weld (ANSI).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kSeamWeldISOBSIDINGB">
            <summary>Seam weld (ISO/BIS/DIN/GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kSeamWeldOnReferenceLineANSI">
            <summary>Seam weld on reference line (ANSI).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kSeamWeldOnReferenceLineISOBSIDINGB">
            <summary>Seam weld on reference line (ISO/BSI/DIN/GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kSingleFlangeJIS">
            <summary>Single flange (JIS).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kSpotOrProjectionWeldANSI">
            <summary>Spot or projection weld (ANSI).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kSpotOrProjectionWeldISOBSIDINGB">
            <summary>Spot or projection weld (ISO/BSI/DIN/GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kSpotWeldOnReferenceLineANSI">
            <summary>Spot weld on reference line (ANSI).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kSpotWeldOnReferenceLineISOBSIDINGB">
            <summary>Spot weld on reference line (ISO/BSI/DIN/GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kSquareButtWeldISOBSIDINGB">
            <summary>Square butt weld (ISO/BSI/DIN/GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kSquareGrooveWeldANSI">
            <summary>Square groove weld (ANSI).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kSquareGrooveWeldJIS">
            <summary>Square groove weld (JIS).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kSurfacingANSI">
            <summary>Surfacing (ANSI).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kSurfacingISOBSIDINGB">
            <summary>Surfacing (ISO/BIS/DIN/GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kUButtWeldISOBSIDINGB">
            <summary>U butt weld (ISO/BSI/DIN/GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kUGrooveWeldANSI">
            <summary>U groove weld (ANSI).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kUGrooveWeldJIS">
            <summary>U groove weld (JIS).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kVButtWeldISOBSIDINGB">
            <summary>V butt weld (ISO/BSI/DIN/GB).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kVGrooveWeldANSI">
            <summary>V groove weld (ANSI).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum.kVGrooveWeldJIS">
            <summary>V groove weld (JIS).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WindowsSizeEnum">
            <summary>Window Size Enum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WindowsSizeEnum.kMaximize">
            <summary>Maximize the window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WindowsSizeEnum.kMinimize">
            <summary>Minimize the window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WindowsSizeEnum.kNormalWindow">
            <summary>Normal window size.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WorkAxisDefinitionEnum">
            <summary>Constants identitfying work axis definition types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkAxisDefinitionEnum.kAnalyticEdgeWorkAxis">
            <summary>Analytic edge work axis definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkAxisDefinitionEnum.kAssemblyWorkAxis">
            <summary>Assembly work axis definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkAxisDefinitionEnum.kFixedWorkAxis">
            <summary>Fixed work axis definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkAxisDefinitionEnum.kLineAndPlaneWorkAxis">
            <summary>Line and plane work axis definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkAxisDefinitionEnum.kLineAndPointWorkAxis">
            <summary>Line and point work axis definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkAxisDefinitionEnum.kLineWorkAxis">
            <summary>Line work axis definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkAxisDefinitionEnum.kNormalToSurfaceWorkAxis">
            <summary>Point and surface work axis definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkAxisDefinitionEnum.kPointAndPlaneWorkAxis">
            <summary>Point and plane work axis definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkAxisDefinitionEnum.kRevolvedFaceWorkAxis">
            <summary>Revolved face work axis definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkAxisDefinitionEnum.kTwoPlanesWorkAxis">
            <summary>Two plane work axis definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkAxisDefinitionEnum.kTwoPointsWorkAxis">
            <summary>Two point work axis definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WorkPlaneDefinitionEnum">
            <summary>Constants identitfying work plane definition types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPlaneDefinitionEnum.kAssemblyWorkPlane">
            <summary>Assembly work plane definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPlaneDefinitionEnum.kFixedWorkPlane">
            <summary>Fixed work plane definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPlaneDefinitionEnum.kLineAndPointWorkPlane">
            <summary>Line and point work plane definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPlaneDefinitionEnum.kLineAndTangentWorkPlane">
            <summary>Line and tangent face work plane definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPlaneDefinitionEnum.kLinePlaneAndAngleWorkPlane">
            <summary>Line, plane, and angle work plane definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPlaneDefinitionEnum.kNormalToCurveWorkPlane">
            <summary>Normal to curve work plane definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPlaneDefinitionEnum.kPlaneAndOffsetWorkPlane">
            <summary>Plane and offset work plane definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPlaneDefinitionEnum.kPlaneAndPointWorkPlane">
            <summary>Plane and point work plane definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPlaneDefinitionEnum.kPlaneAndTangentWorkPlane">
            <summary>Plane and tangent face work plane definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPlaneDefinitionEnum.kPointAndTangentWorkPlane">
            <summary>Point and tangent work plane definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPlaneDefinitionEnum.kThreePointsWorkPlane">
            <summary>Three point work plane definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPlaneDefinitionEnum.kTorusMidPlaneWorkPlane">
            <summary>Torus mid-plane work plane definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPlaneDefinitionEnum.kTwoLinesWorkPlane">
            <summary>Two line work plane definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPlaneDefinitionEnum.kTwoPlanesWorkPlane">
            <summary>Two planes work plane definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WorkPointDefinitionEnum">
            <summary>Constants identifying work point definition types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPointDefinitionEnum.kAssemblyWorkPoint">
            <summary>Assembly work point definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPointDefinitionEnum.kCentroidWorkPoint">
            <summary>Edge, Edge Loop or Edges centroid work point definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPointDefinitionEnum.kCurveAndEntityWorkPoint">
            <summary>Curve and entity work point definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPointDefinitionEnum.kFixedWorkPoint">
            <summary>Fixed work point definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPointDefinitionEnum.kLineAndFaceWorkPoint">
            <summary>Line and face work point definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPointDefinitionEnum.kMidPointWorkPoint">
            <summary>Midpoint work point definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPointDefinitionEnum.kNonLinearEdgeWorkPoint">
            <summary>Non linear edge work point definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPointDefinitionEnum.kPointWorkPoint">
            <summary>Point work point definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPointDefinitionEnum.kSphereCenterPointWorkPoint">
            <summary>Sphere center point work point definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPointDefinitionEnum.kThreePlanesWorkPoint">
            <summary>Three plane work point definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPointDefinitionEnum.kTorusCenterPointWorkPoint">
            <summary>Torus center point work point definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.WorkPointDefinitionEnum.kTwoLinesWorkPoint">
            <summary>Two line work point definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ZoomTargetComponentWithiMateEnum">
            <summary>Constants signifying the state of a link.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ZoomTargetComponentWithiMateEnum.kZoomTargetAll">
            <summary>Zooms the assembly so that all elements in the model fit in the graphics window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ZoomTargetComponentWithiMateEnum.kZoomTargetNone">
            <summary>No zoom is performed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="F:Inventor.ZoomTargetComponentWithiMateEnum.kZoomTargetPlacedComponent">
            <summary>Zooms in on the placed part so that it fills the graphics window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AddInAutomation">
            <summary>IUnknown of its Automation interface that an AddIn may return. Enables other applications to get at it.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatures">
            <summary>The AliasFreeFormFeatures collection object provides access to existing AliasFreeFormFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AliasFreeformFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AnalysisManager">
            <summary>The AnalysisManager object provides access to all types of surface analysis in a part document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnalysisManager.ActiveAnalysis">
            <summary>Property that returns the active analysis object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnalysisManager.ActiveAnalysisType">
            <summary>Property that returns the enum indicating the type of the currently active analysis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnalysisManager.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnalysisManager.DraftAnalyses">
            <summary>Property that returns the DraftAnalyses collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnalysisManager.IsAnalysisVisible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether the analysis visibility is turned on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnalysisManager.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ComponentDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnalysisManager.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AnalyticEdgeWorkAxisDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work axis using an analytic edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnalyticEdgeWorkAxisDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnalyticEdgeWorkAxisDef.Edge">
            <summary>Property that returns an Edge object that can be a circle, arc, or an ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnalyticEdgeWorkAxisDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent WorkAxis object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnalyticEdgeWorkAxisDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AngleConstraint">
            <summary>Object that represents an angle assembly constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.Angle">
            <summary>Property that returns the object that controls the angle of the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.ConstraintLimits">
            <summary>Property that returns the ConstraintLimits object that provides access to various limits related settings for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraint.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraint.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraint.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second geometry</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraint.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraint.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraint.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraint.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraint.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.ReferenceVectorEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the third (reference vector) entity the constraint it tied to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.SolutionType">
            <summary>Property that returns the solution type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraint.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.Angle">
            <summary>Property that returns the object that controls the angle of the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.ConstraintLimits">
            <summary>Property that returns the ConstraintLimits object that provides access to various limits related settings for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.ConvertToInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.ConvertToMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second geometry</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.ReferenceVectorEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the third (reference vector) entity the constraint it tied to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.SolutionType">
            <summary>Property that returns the solution type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleConstraintProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AngleExtent">
            <summary>The AngleExtent object provides access to the information that defines the extent for a feature using an angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleExtent.Angle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the sweep angle of the revolution.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleExtent.Direction">
            <summary>Property that indicates the distance direction of the feature. Valid input is kPositiveExtentDirection, kNegativeExtentDirection, or kSymmetricExtentDirection. kPositiveExtentDirection defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinition">
            <summary>The AngleiMateDefinition object represents an angle iMate definition. It is derived from the iMateDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinition.Angle">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the angle of the angle iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the iMateDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinition.DirectionOneReversed">
            <summary>Property that gets whether the direction is reversed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinition.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity used for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinition.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinition.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinition.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinition.Identifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal unique identifier for this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinition.MatchList">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of strings that specifies the priority order for iMate definition matches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinition.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinition.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinition.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Gets the object this entity is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinition.SequenceIndex">
            <summary>Gets the index of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinition.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates whether this iMateDefinition is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinitionProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinitionProxy.Angle">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the angle of the angle iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinitionProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinitionProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinitionProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinitionProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the iMateDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinitionProxy.DirectionOneReversed">
            <summary>Property that gets whether the direction is reversed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinitionProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity used for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinitionProxy.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinitionProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinitionProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinitionProxy.Identifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal unique identifier for this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinitionProxy.IsConsumed">
            <summary>Property that gets whether this object is consumed in the
context of the active assembly/part/sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinitionProxy.MatchList">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of strings that specifies the priority order for iMate definition matches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinitionProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinitionProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinitionProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinitionProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Gets the object this entity is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinitionProxy.SequenceIndex">
            <summary>Gets the index of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinitionProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates whether this iMateDefinition is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngleiMateDefinitionProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension">
            <summary>The AngularGeneralDimension object represents an angular general dimension placed on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.AngularPrecision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the angular precision of the dimension value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.ArrowheadsInside">
            <summary>Gets and sets the ArrowheadsInside setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.Attached">
            <summary>Indicates whether this dimension is attached to anything. If not, it is considered orphaned and can be removed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.CenterText">
            <summary>Method that centers the dimension text on the dimension line.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DrawingDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.DimensionLine">
            <summary>Property that returns the dimension line geometry of the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.DimensionType">
            <summary>Gets the dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.ExtensionLineOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first extension line of the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.ExtensionLineOneVisible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the first extension line is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.ExtensionLineTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second extension line of the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.ExtensionLineTwoVisible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the second extension line is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.FirstArrowheadInside">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the first arrowhead is inside or outside.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.FirstArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of the first arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.GeneralDimensionType">
            <summary>Returns an enum indicating the type of general dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.GetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum@,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method returns an error if the IsInspectionDimension property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Output InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that indicates the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text. Valid return values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text placed left of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.HideSecondArrowhead">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether hide the second arrowhead of the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.HideValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the HideValue setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.IntentOne">
            <summary>Gets and sets the first geometry associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.IntentThree">
            <summary>Gets and sets the third geometry associated with the dimension. This may return Nothing in some cases where two edges or two arc end points were used for the dimension creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.IntentTwo">
            <summary>Gets and sets the second geometry associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.IsInspectionDimension">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this is an inspection dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.ModelValue">
            <summary>Property that gets the dimension value as defined in the model or as measured in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.ModelValueOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the model value is overridden for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.OppositeAngle">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to dimension the opposite angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.OverrideModelValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the NominalValue setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sheet of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.Precision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the Precision setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.PromoteToSketch">
            <summary>Method that copies the dimension to the underlying sketch. This method only works for dimensions associated with a draft view.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.Retrieved">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether the dimension was created as a result of retrieving it either from the model or a drawing view sketch. If True, the RetrievedFrom property returns the object that the dimension was retrieved from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.RetrievedFrom">
            <summary>Property that returns the object that this dimension was retrieved from. Possible return objects include all sketch constraint objects that derive from DimensionConstraint and their proxies, FeatureDimension and FeatureDimensionProxy. The property returns Nothing if the Retrieved property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.SecondArrowheadInside">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the second arrowhead is inside or outside.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.SecondArrowheadPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the second arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.SecondArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of the second arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.SetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method automatically sets the IsInspectionDimension property to True, if it isn't already.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Optional input InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that specifies the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text. Valid values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder. If not specified, kNoInspectionBorder is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text placed left of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.ShowAllExtensionLines">
            <summary>Method that un-hides all the extension lines associated with this dimension. If there are no hidden extension lines associated with this dimension, this method does nothing and returns a success.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.ShowLeader">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display a leader line for the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.SpacingDimension">
            <summary>Gets and sets spacing dimension for the angular sum dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.Style">
            <summary>Gets and sets the DimensionStyle associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.Text">
            <summary>Gets and sets the DimensionText setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.Tolerance">
            <summary>Property that returns the Tolerance object associated with this dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.ToleranceAngularPrecision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the angular precision of the tolerance text for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.TolerancePrecision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the precision of the tolerance text for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension.UseQuadrant">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to use the quadrant in which the input text point lies to decide which angle to dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AngularModelDimension">
            <summary>AngularModelDimension Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.CenterText">
            <summary>Method that centers the dimension text on the dimension line.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the definition associated with this dimension.&amp;nbsp;When reading this property, the definition returned remains associated to the dimension and any changes made to the definition will be immediately reflected in the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.ExtensionLineOne">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the first extension line of the dimension. This property may return Nothing in cases where there are no extension lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.ExtensionLineTwo">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the second extension line of the dimension. This property may return Nothing in cases where there are no extension lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.ModelValue">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the dimension value as defined in the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimension.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition">
            <summary>The AngularModelDimensionDefinition provides access to all of the information that defines a angular model dimension.  It is derived from the ModelDimensionDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.AnnotationPlane">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the annotation plane for the dimension.&amp;nbsp;Will return nothing in the case where the ModelDimensionDefinition object is transient and not associated with a dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the annotation plane definition for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.ArrowheadsInside">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the arrowheads are inside or outside. This is a style override.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this AngularModelDimensionDefinition object. The new AngularModelDimensionDefinition object is independent of any dimension. It can edited and used as input to edit an existing dimension or to create a new dimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.FirstArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of the first arrowhead. This is a style override.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.GetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum@,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method returns an error if the IsInspectionDimension property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Output InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that indicates the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text.  Valid return values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text placed left of the dimension value.  The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.  For instance, it can contain “&amp;lt;StyleOverride Font='AIGDT'&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/StyleOverride&amp;gt;Hi They'WithI donno p” to specify &lt;img src="..\images\CircleM.png"&gt;.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text  (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value.  The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.  For instance, it can contain “&amp;lt'StyleOverride&amp;gt; Font='AIGDT'&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/StyleOverride&amp;gt;” to specify &lt;img src="..\images\CircleM.png"&gt;.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.IntentOne">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the first geometry associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.IntentThree">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the third geometry associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.IntentTwo">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the second geometry associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.IsExtensionLineOneVisible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the first extension line is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.IsExtensionLineTwoVisible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the second extension line is visible.&amp;nbsp;This property returns False and cannot be set to True for Angular symmetric dimensions.&amp;nbsp;For Angular diametric dimensions, this property returns False and cannot be set to Tr.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.IsFirstArrowheadInside">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the first arrowhead is inside or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.IsInspectionDimension">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether this is an inspection dimension.&amp;nbsp;Inspection dimensions are used during the quality control process. They are formatted specifically to indicate which dimensions must be checked before accepting a part. The dimens.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.IsModelValueOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the model value is overridden for the dimension.&amp;nbsp;Setting the OverrideModelValue property automatically toggles this property to True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.IsSecondArrowheadInside">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the second arrowhead is inside or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.IsValidAnnotationPlane(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns the wheather a planer object is valid to be used as an annotation plane for this model dimension.</summary>
            <param name="pPlane">
                <summary>Input planar object to check if it can be an annotation plane for the model dimension. This can be a Face or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.IsValueHidden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to display the dimension value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.OppositeAngle">
            <summary>Read-write that property that indicates that indicates whether to dimension the opposite angle.&amp;nbsp;This property defaults to False for a newly created AngularModelDimension object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.OverrideModelValue">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the display value for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent model annotation that the definition is associated with.&amp;nbsp;This property will return Nothing in the case where the definition is not associated with any annotation.&amp;nbsp;This is the case when it’s been created using one of the create definition methods and when it’s been copied from another definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.Precision">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the number of decimal places displayed for this dimension. Values are truncated and rounded to the specified precision.&amp;nbsp;Valid range of values is 0 to 8.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.SecondArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of the second arrowhead. This is a style override.&amp;nbsp;This property returns an error and cannot be set for the following dimension types: radius dimensions, diameter dimensions with the SingleDimensionLine property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.SetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method automatically sets the IsInspectionDimension property to True, if it isn’t already.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Optional input InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that specifies the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text.  Valid values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder.  If not specified, kNoInspectionBorder is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text placed left of the dimension value.  The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.  For instance, it can contain “&amp;lt;StyleOverride Font='AIGDT'&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/StyleOverride&amp;gt;” to specify &lt;img src="..\images\CircleM.png"&gt;.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text  (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value.  The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.  For instance, it can contain “&amp;lt;StyleOverride Font='AIGDT'&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/StyleOverride&amp;gt;” to specify &lt;img src="..\images\CircleM.png"&gt;.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.Text">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the text of the dimension.&amp;nbsp;Properties on the returned ModelAnnotationText object can be edited to change the displayed text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.TextPosition">
            <summary>Read-write property that controls the position of the dimension text.&amp;nbsp;When being set, the input point will be projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.Tolerance">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Tolerance object associated with this dimension. Methods and properties on the returned Tolerance object can be used to add/edit tolerance information for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.TolerancePrecision">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the number of decimal places displayed for this dimension tolerance. Values are truncated and rounded to the specified precision.&amp;nbsp;Valid range of values is 0 to 8.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition.UseQuadrant">
            <summary>Read-write that property that indicates whether to use the quadrant in which the input text point lies to decide which angle to dimension.&amp;nbsp;This property defaults to True for a newly created AngularModelDimension object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy">
            <summary>AngularModelDimensionProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.CenterText">
            <summary>Method that centers the dimension text on the dimension line.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the definition associated with this dimension.&amp;nbsp;When reading this property, the definition returned remains associated to the dimension and any changes made to the definition will be immediately reflected in the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.ExtensionLineOne">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the first extension line of the dimension. This property may return Nothing in cases where there are no extension lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.ExtensionLineTwo">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the second extension line of the dimension. This property may return Nothing in cases where there are no extension lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.ModelValue">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the dimension value as defined in the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensionProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AngularModelDimensions">
            <summary>The AngularModelDimensions collection object provides access to all of the angular model dimensions in a part or assembly and provides functionality to create new angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularModelDimensions.Add(Inventor.AngularModelDimensionDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates an angular dimension.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input AngularModelDimensionDefinition object that defines the dimension to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensions.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AngularModelDimensions.CreateDefinition(Inventor.GeometryIntent,Inventor.GeometryIntent,Inventor.GeometryIntent,Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that creates an angular dimension definition.&amp;nbsp;This is a not an angular dimension but an object that encapsulates all of the information that defines a dimension.&amp;nbsp;You use the methods an properties of this object to define the dimension you want to create and then provide it as input to the Add method.</summary>
            <param name="IntentOne">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that defines the first geometry to dimension to. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the PartComponentDefinition or AssemblyComponentDefinition object.
Valid entity combinations for the IntentOne, IntentTwo, and IntentThree arguments are: 
Three points (Vertex, WorkPoint, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D objects) 
Two linear entities (linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, SketchLine3D) 
A plane (planar face or work plane) and a linear entity (linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, SketchLine3D).

Two planes (planar face or work plane)</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that specifies the second geometry to dimension. In the cases where the second entity is not needed this argument should be set to Nothing (null).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentThree">
                <summary>Input entity that specifies the third geometry to dimension. In the cases where the third entity is not needed this argument should be set to Nothing (null).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
                <summary>Input AnnotationPlaneDefinition object that defines the annotation plane the annotation will be created on.  An existing annotation plane can be specified by using the AnnotationPlaneDefinition object associated with the existing annotation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextPosition">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the position of the dimension text.  The point will be projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensions.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AngularModelDimensions.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AnnotationPlane">
            <summary>The AnnotationPlane object represents an existing annotation plane in a document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlane.Annotations">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the annotations associated with this annotation plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlane.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlane.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlane.Definition">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the annotation plane definition object associated with this annotation plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AnnotationPlane.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlane.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlane.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kAnnotationPlaneObject indicating this objects type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
            <summary>The AnnotationPlaneDefinition object represents the information used to define an annotation plane.  It’s not the actual annotation plane, but only the definition of a plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition.AnnotationPlaneToModel(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 2d coordinate in annotation plane space, and returns a Point3d containing the coordinates of the point in model space.</summary>
            <param name="AnnotationPlaneCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point2d object defining the 2d coordinate in annotation plane space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this AnnotationPlaneDefinition object. The new AnnotationPlaneDefinition object is independent any annotation plane. It can edited and used as input to edit an existing annotation plane or to create a new annotation plane.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition.ModelToAnnotationPlane(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 3d coordinate in model space, projects it onto the annotation plane along the normal of the plane and returns a Point2d object containing the resulting coordinate point in annotation plane space.</summary>
            <param name="ModelCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point object defining the 3d coordinate in model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition.Origin">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns origin of the annotation plane in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent annotation plane this definition is associated with.&amp;nbsp;This property can be Nothing in the case the definition was created using either the CreateAnnotationPlaneDefinitionUsingIntents or CreateAnnotationPlaneDefinitionUsingPlane methods of the ModelAnnotations object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition.PlanarEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the planar entity the annotation plane is associated with.&amp;nbsp;This property can return Nothing in the case it’s not associated with a planar entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition.Plane">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the plane geometry indicating the position and orientation of the annotation plane in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition.Transformation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a matrix indicating the position and orientation of the annotation plane in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kAnnotationPlaneDefinitionObject indicating this object’s type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition.XAxis">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the orientation of the x axis of the annotation plane in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition.XAxisEntity">
            <summary>Read-write property that sets and gets the entity that defines the x axis of the annotation plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition.XAxisRotation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the rotation of the x-axis in radians against the XAxisEntity. Valid value is in (-Pi, Pi].</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinitionsEnumerator">
            <summary>The AnnotationPlaneDefinitionsEnumerator collection object provides access to a set of annotation plane definitions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinitionsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinitionsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinitionsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinitionsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneProxy">
            <summary>AnnotationPlaneProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneProxy.Annotations">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the annotations associated with this annotation plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the annotation plane definition object associated with this annotation plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlaneProxy.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kAnnotationPlaneObject indicating this objects type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AnnotationPlanes">
            <summary>The AnnotationPlanes collection object provides access to the existing annotation planes in a document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlanes.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlanes.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlanes.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AnnotationPlanes.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ActiveAppearanceLibrary">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the library whose contents is listed in the appearances drop-down list in the QAT (Quick Access Toolbar)_at the top of the Inventor window.&amp;nbsp;The initial active appearance is defined by the active project.&amp;nbsp;Using this property you can override the project appearance.&amp;nbsp;When a new project is activated the active appearance will be determined by the activated project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ActiveColorScheme">
            <summary>Property that returns the ColorScheme that is currently active.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ActiveDocument">
            <summary>Gets the active Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ActiveDocumentType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the active document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ActiveEditDocument">
            <summary>Property that returns the current in-place editing document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ActiveEditObject">
            <summary>Gets the object that is currently open for edit within the Autodesk Inventor user interface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ActiveMaterialLibrary">
            <summary>Gets and sets the library whose contents is listed in the materials drop-down list in the QAT(Quick Access Toolbar) at the top of the Inventor window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ActiveView">
            <summary>Gets the active view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ActiveViewFrame">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the active ViewFrame object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ApplicationAddIns">
            <summary>Property that returns the ApplicationAddIns object. This object provides access to the Add-Ins currently installed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ApplicationEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the ApplicationEvents object. This object supports a set of events that are application-centric.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.AssemblyEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the AssemblyEvents object. This object supports a set of events that are assembly centric.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.AssemblyOptions">
            <summary>Property that returns the AssemblyOptions object. The AssemblyOptions object provides access to various assembly related application level options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Assembly tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.AssetLibraries">
            <summary>Gets AssetLibraries collection object. This collection provides access to the all of the appearance and material libraries.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.AvailableComparisonVersions">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns an array of strings indicating the versions can be used to compare the commands with selected version.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.CameraEvents">
            <summary>Gets the object that fires the Camera related events.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.Caption">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the caption on the Application's frame window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ChangeManager">
            <summary>Gets the ChangeManager object. The ChangeManager object manages the processes involved in making changes to data and recording the change process.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ClientOperationEvents">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ClientOperationEvents object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ClientResourceMaps">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns ClientResourceMaps object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ColorSchemes">
            <summary>Property that returns the ColorSchemes object. The ColorSchemes object provides access to the color schemes. This is somewhat equivalent to the Colors tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.CommandManager">
            <summary>Property that returns the CommandManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ComparisonVersion">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the comparison version for commands. When set a comparison version, the commands will show additional info against the version (like whether a command is introduced/updated later than the version). The AvailableComparison.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Application.ConstructInternalNameAndRevisionId(System.String,System.String,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Constructs and returns the Internal Name and Revision Identifier</summary>
            <param name="InternalNameToken">
                <summary>_nt_</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RevisionIdToken">
                <summary>_nt_</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>_nt_</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RevisionId">
                <summary>_nt_</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ContentCenter">
            <summary>Property that returns the ContentCenter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ContentCenterOptions">
            <summary>Returns the ContentCenterOptions object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Application.CreateFactoryTableDialog(System.String)">
            <summary>Creates a Factory Table dialog.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that indicates the full filename of an ipart/iassembly document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Application.CreateFileDialog(Inventor.FileDialog@)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new FileDialog object. The FileDialog object is similar to the Microsoft common dialog control and allows you to reuse the Inventor open and save dialogs.</summary>
            <param name="Dialog">
                <summary>Output FileDialog object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Application.CreateProgressBar(System.Boolean,System.Int32,System.String,System.Boolean,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ProgressBar object. The progress bar is not immediately displayed. Calling the UpdateProgress method for the first time causes the bar to display.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayInStatusBar">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the progress bar should be displayed in the status bar or as a dialog.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NumberOfSteps">
                <summary>Input long that specifies the number of steps for the progress bar. The ProgressBar.UpdateProgress method should be called as many times as this value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Title">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the title for the progress bar.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AllowCancel">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the progress bar should display a cancel button for the user to cancel the operation. If specified to be True, the ProgressBar.OnCancel event is fired when the user chooses to cancel the operation. The client should abort their operation and close the progress bar when this event is fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HWND">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the hwnd of the parent dialog that is launching the progress bar. If not specified, the active Inventor application's hwnd is used. This argument is not applicable if the DisplayInStatusBar argument is set to True.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.DesignProjectManager">
            <summary>Gets the design project manager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.DisplayOptions">
            <summary>Gets the Display Options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.Documents">
            <summary>Gets all the in-memory documents in a collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.DrawingOptions">
            <summary>Property that returns the DrawingOptions object. The DrawingOptions object provides access to various drawing related application level options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Drawing tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ErrorManager">
            <summary>Property that returns the ErrorManager object. This object can be used to get errors that occurred during an API call, add to Inventor's errors or to display them.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Application.ExportApplicationOptions(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that exports the Application Options to an XML file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value to specify the full filename of the XML file to export the Application Options to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.FavoriteAssets">
            <summary>Gets the set of favorite assets. This includes both appearance and material assets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.FileAccessEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the FileAccessEvents object. This object supports a set of events that are fired as a result of a file being accessed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.FileManager">
            <summary>Property that returns the FileManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.FileOptions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FileOptions object. The FileOptions object provides access to various file related application level options. This is somewhat equivalent to the File tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.FileUIEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the FileUIEvents object. This object supports a set of events that are fired in reaction to certain user interface actions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.GeneralOptions">
            <summary>Property that returns the GeneralOptions object. The GeneralOptions object provides access to various application level options. This is somewhat equivalent to the General tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Application.GetAppFrameExtents(System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@)">
            <summary>Obtains the position and size of the application's main frame window.</summary>
            <param name="Top">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the top of the application's main frame window.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Left">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the left position of the application's main frame window.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the width of the application's main frame window.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Application.GetInterfaceObject(System.String)">
            <summary>Constructs and returns the IUnknown object for the specified ProgID or CLSID.</summary>
            <param name="ProgIDorCLSID">
                <summary>The class ID (CLSID) or ProgID of the required IUknown object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Application.GetInterfaceObject32(System.String)">
            <summary>In 32-bit Autodesk Inventor, this method always returns the same object as GetInterfaceObject.</summary>
            <param name="ProgIDorCLSID">
                <summary>_nt_</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Application.GetMaterialXFromAsset(Inventor.Asset,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets the MaterialX string from an Asset.</summary>
            <param name="Asset">
                <summary>Input Asset object from  which to generate the MaterialX string.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="converterOptions">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap that specifies more info to determine how to get the materialx string. Currently this is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Application.GetMDIClientAreaExtents(System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@)">
            <summary>Obtains the position and size of the Application's MDI client area.</summary>
            <param name="Top">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Left">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.HardwareOptions">
            <summary>Gets the Hardware Options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.Height">
            <summary>Gets/Sets Height edge of the frame window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.HelpManager">
            <summary>Gets the HelpManager object that provides access to the help-related activity taking place in the system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.iFeatureOptions">
            <summary>Property that returns the iFeatureOptions object. The iFeatureOptions object provides access to various iFeature related application level options. This is somewhat equivalent to the iFeature tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Application.ImportApplicationOptions(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that imports the Application Options from an XML file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value to specify the full filename of the XML file to import the Application Options from.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.InstallPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the full path where Inventor/Apprentice is installed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.IsIn3dPrintMode">
            <summary>Read-only property that indicates whether Application is in 3D print preview mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.LanguageCode">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the language code used to describe the current language being used by Inventor. The code is returned in the form of an EITF language code. The following codes can be returned by Inventor: 
Brazilian Portuguese: pt-BR 
Czech: cs-CZ 
English: en-US 
French: fr-FR 
German: de-DE 
Italian: it-IT 
Japanese: ja-JP 
Korean: ko-KR 
Polish: pl-PL 
Russian: ru-RU 
Simplified Chinese: zh-CN 
Spanish: es-ES 
Traditional Chinese: zh-TW </summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.LanguageName">
            <summary>Gets the language currently in use in Autodesk Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.LanguageTools">
            <summary>Property that returns the LanguageTools object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.Left">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the distance between the left edge of the screen and left edge of the frame window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.Locale">
            <summary>Property that returns the Locale Id currently in use in Autodesk Inventor, along with a string name of the language. Calling GetLocaleInfo with the LocaleId should give you further information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.LoggedIn">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether a user has logged in the online services or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.LoginUserId">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the login user Id(this is the same as the A360 oxygen Id). This returns empty string if has not logged in.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.LoginUserName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the online services login user name. This returns empty string if has not logged in.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.MainFrameHWND">
            <summary>Gets the Application main window's HWND.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.MaterialDisplayUnits">
            <summary>Gets and sets the units that are used in the user interface when working with materials.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.MeasureTools">
            <summary>Returns the MeasureTools object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ModelingEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the ModelingEvents object. This object supports a set of events that are common to parts and assemblies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ModelStateEvents">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelStateEvents object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Application.Move(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that moves the frame window.</summary>
            <param name="Top">
                <summary>Input argument that specifies the position to which to move the top of the frame window.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Left">
                <summary>Input argument that specifies the position to which to move the left of the frame window.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Input argument that specifies the height of the frame window.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input argument that specifies the width of the frame window.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.MRUDisplay">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the property that turns display of the application's MRU list on and off.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.MRUEnabled">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the property that deals with the application's ability to add files to the MRU list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.NotebookOptions">
            <summary>Property that returns the NotebookOptions object. The NotebookOptions object provides access to various notebook related application level options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Notebook tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.OpenDocumentsDisplay">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the property that turns display of the application's Open Documents list on and off.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.PartOptions">
            <summary>Property that returns the PartOptions object. The PartOptions object provides access to various part related application level options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Part tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.PresentationOptions">
            <summary>Gets the Presentation Options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.PromptsOptions">
            <summary>Gets the Prompts Options object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Application.Quit">
            <summary>Shuts down the application.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.Ready">
            <summary>Boolean property indicating whether Inventor has completed its initialization. This includes initialization of all the Add-ins loaded at startup.This property should be used in conjunction with the ApplicationEvents.OnReady event.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Application.RefreshRibbonForComparison">
            <summary>Method that refreshes the ribbon controls display when the comparison is set.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.RepresentationEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the RepresentationEvents object. This object supports a set of events related to design view and positional representations that are assembly centric.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Application.ReserveLicense(System.String)">
            <summary>Informs Inventor/Apprentice that a license should be retained for this instance of the application. Used to prevent idle detection from returning the seat license to the license pool. Requires a call to UnreserveLicense with the same ClientID to allow license reclamation to resume.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.SaveOptions">
            <summary>Property that returns the SaveOptions object. The SaveOptions object provides access to various save related application level options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Save tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ScreenUpdating">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the screen is updated (redrawn) during a series of actions. Turn off screen updating while a series of actions are performed so that the screen is not redrawn after each action. Remember to turn screen updating on to update the screen.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.SilentOperation">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag that controls whether an operation will proceed without prompting (if that gets required...e.g.: error message dismissal). If Inventor is running visible, this property is FALSE by default.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.SketchEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchEvents object. This object supports a set of 2d and 3d sketch-related events that are common to parts, assemblies and drawings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.SketchOptions">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchOptions object. The SketchOptions object provides access to various 2D sketch related application level options. This is somewhat equivalent to the 2D Sketch portion on the Sketch tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.SoftwareVersion">
            <summary>Gets the object that encapsulates the version of the current software.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.StatusBarText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Status Bar text in first pane of the Application's Main frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.StyleEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the StyleEvents object. This object supports a set of events that relate to styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.StylesManager">
            <summary>Gets the StylesManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.SupportsFileManagement">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether a file management AddIn is present.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ThemeManager">
            <summary>Gets the ThemeManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.Top">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the distance between the top of the screen and top of the frame window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.TransactionManager">
            <summary>Gets the TransactionManager object that controls all the database transactions taking place in the system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.TransientBRep">
            <summary>Property that returns the TransientBRep object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.TransientGeometry">
            <summary>Gets the object through which all transient geometry objects can be constructed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.TransientObjects">
            <summary>Gets the object through which all general transient objects are created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.UnitsOfMeasure">
            <summary>Property that returns the UnitsOfMeasure object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Application.UnreserveLicense(System.String)">
            <summary>Informs Inventor/Apprentice that normal seat license reclamation can resume. Use this method when extended processing for which a license was reserved completes. Do not use without a previous call to ReserveLicense using the same ClientID.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Application.UseAutoCADRelatedSettings">
            <summary>Method that sets the Application Options using AutoCAD related settings.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Application.UseInventorSettings">
            <summary>Method that sets the Application Options using Inventor Settings.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.UserInterfaceManager">
            <summary>Gets the UserInterfaceManager object. The UserInterfaceManager object is the starting point for UI and environment control, providing access to available environments, command bars, browsers, panel bars, toolbars etc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.UserName">
            <summary>Gets/sets the string that identifies the current user. Autodesk Inventor saves its own copy of this name per user and can thus be manipulated without affecting the rest of the OS.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.VBAProjects">
            <summary>Property that returns Autodesk Inventor's VBA projects collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.VBE">
            <summary>Gets the top-level automation pointer to VBA's IDE.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.ViewFrames">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ViewFramesEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.Views">
            <summary>Gets all the open Views in a collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the visibility of this application.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.WebBrowserDialogs">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the WebBrowserDialogs collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.Width">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Width the frame window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Application.WindowState">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the frame windows state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn">
            <summary>Object that represents an Application AddIn inside Autodesk Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.Activate">
            <summary>Creates and initializes the AddIn. No effect if AddIn already active.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.Activated">
            <summary>Gets a Boolean flag indicating whether this AddIn is currently active in the session.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.AddInType">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this AddIn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.Automation">
            <summary>Property that returns the Add-in's automation interface (if any). Fails if the Add-in is currently inactive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.ClassIdString">
            <summary>Gets the CLSID of the AddIn as the string used in the class moniker.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.ClientId">
            <summary>Property that returns a GUID in string format that uniquely identifies this Add-in. This GUID is used as an identifier when creating Add-in specific objects such as user interface elements, client features, etc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.DataVersion">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current data version of the AddIn.&amp;nbsp;This value corresponds to the 'Data Version' registry entry in the AddIn's registry hive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.Deactivate">
            <summary>Invokes the shutdown sequence on the AddIn. No effect if AddIn inactive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.Description">
            <summary>Gets the description of the AddIn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets the displayable name of the AddIn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.Hidden">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the AddIn is hidden or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.LicenseStatus">
            <summary>Gets the license status of the AddIn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.LoadAutomatically">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether the add-in loads automatically based on the load behavior specified for the add-in.&amp;nbsp;If set to False, the add-in needs to be manually loaded by the user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.LoadBehavior">
            <summary>Gets a constant indicating the load behavior (load time) of the add-in. This applies only if the LoadAutomatically property is set to True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.Location">
            <summary>Property that returns the full file name of the dll associated with this Add-in.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Application object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.ProgId">
            <summary>Gets the ProgID of the AddIn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.ShortDisplayName">
            <summary>Property that returns the short display name of the Add-in. Used in places to succinctly identify the AddIn inside Inventor's UI.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.UserInterfaceVersion">
            <summary>Property that returns the version of the user interface of the add-in. Incrementing this version results in all of the add-in"s UI getting cleaned up during Inventor start-up.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIn.UserUnloadable">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the AddIn is allowed to be unloaded by the user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ApplicationAddIns">
            <summary>Object that holds a collection of interfaces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIns.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIns.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIns.ItemById">
            <summary>Returns the specified ApplicationAddIn object from the collection. Retrieves an ApplicationAddIn object based on the Client Id.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddIns.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationAddIns.UpdateAddInList">
            <summary>This method searches for new Add-ins installed since Inventor started.&amp;nbsp;If a new add-in is found, it is added to the add-in list and is loaded if appropriate.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ApplicationAddInServer">
            <summary>Object required to be supported by Server to qualify as an Autodesk Inventor AddIn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationAddInServer.Activate(Inventor.ApplicationAddInSite,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Invoked by Autodesk Inventor after creating the AddIn. AddIn should initialize within this call.</summary>
            <param name="AddInSiteObject">
                <summary>Input argument that specifies the object, which provides access to the Autodesk Inventor Application object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FirstTime">
                <summary>The FirstTime flag, if True, indicates to the Addin that this is the first time it is being loaded and to take some specific action. It does not take these actions when this flag is False. Typically, when the flag is True, the AddIn proceeds to create all of the objects under the UserInterfaceManager that it needs - Environments, Ribbons and Controls. These objects are persistent, but if this is the first time the Addin is loaded, they need to be created from scratch. When the FirstTime flag is False, meaning the Addin has already been loaded, it only needs to create the objects under the CommandManager - CommandCategories and ControlDefinitions.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddInServer.Automation">
            <summary>Gets the IUnknown of the object implemented inside the AddIn that supports AddIn-specific API.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationAddInServer.Deactivate">
            <summary>Invoked by Autodesk Inventor to shut down the AddIn. AddIn should complete shutdown within this call.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationAddInServer.ExecuteCommand(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Invoked by Autodesk Inventor in response to user requesting the execution of an AddIn-supplied command. AddIn must perform the command within this call.</summary>
            <param name="CommandID">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the command to execute.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ApplicationAddInSite">
            <summary>The ApplicationAddInSite object is an object that is only available through the Activate method of the ApplicationAddInServer interface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddInSite.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddInSite.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ApplicationAddIn object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationAddInSite.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ApplicationEvents">
            <summary>Inventor::ApplicationEventsSink</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnActivateDocument(Inventor.Document,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a document is activated.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>Input object that is being activated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the document is activated. Notification is sent before and after the document is activated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. Below context information is provided for this event: 

Name = EnterSubstitute. Value = String value that returns the full filename of the document when the substitute model state is just being activated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnActivateView(Inventor.View,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires just after a view is activated.</summary>
            <param name="ViewObject">
                <summary>The view that has been activated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the view is activated. This notification is currently only provided after the view has been activated. To protect yourself against possible future changes to this event you should write your code so that you only respond to kAfter, as shown below. Private Sub ApplicationEvents_OnActivateView(...) If BeforeOrAfter = kAfter Then ' Your code in reaction to the notification. End If End Sub</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. This argument is ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnActivateWebView(Inventor.WebView,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires just after a web view is activated.</summary>
            <param name="WebViewObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnActiveProjectChanged(Inventor.DesignProject,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires just before and soon after the active project is changed, supplying the context in which this action is being taken.</summary>
            <param name="ProjectObject">
                <summary>The object that has been activated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the document is activated. Notification is sent before and after the active project is changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. This event provides additional information through the Context argument as described below: Name = "FileName". Value = Full filename of the ipj file that is being activated. Name = "Reason". Value = The reason the notification was made. Can be one of the following values: "ProjectActivated" or "ProjectSaved".</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. This argument is ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnApplicationOptionChange(Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires just before and soon after application options are modified.</summary>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) an application option is changed. Notification is sent before and after the option is changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. This argument is ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnCloseDocument(Inventor.Document,System.String,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a document is closed.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The Document object that is being closed. The document being closed is provided for both the kBefore and kAfter cases. This is because the Document is still available after it's closed, although in a limited sense, until it is terminated. One of the useful things you can do with a document in this state is to compare it's identity with a reference previously saved (usually during kBefore). For example: 
Private m_oClosingDoc As Object
Private Sub AppEvents_OnCloseDocument(ByVal DocumentObject As Document, ByVal FullDocumentName As String, ByVal BeforeOrAfter As EventTimingEnum, ByVal Context As NameValueMap, HandlingCode As HandlingCodeEnum)
If BeforeOrAfter = kBefore Then
' Check to see if the Document being closed is an interesting one.
If Interesting(DocumentObject) Then
' Save a reference to the object.
Set m_oClosingDoc = DocumentObject
End If
Else
' Now we're either after the close or it's been aborted. Check to see if the document is the interesting one.
If DocumentObject Is m_oClosingDoc Then
If BeforeOrAfter = kAfter Then
' The document was closed.
ElseIf BeforeOrAfter = kAbort Then
' The close was aborted.
End If
End If
End If
End Sub</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FullDocumentName">
                <summary>Output string that specifies the fully qualified name of the document being closed. This is supplied both before and after.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the document is closed. Notification is sent before and after the document is closed. In the case where this event is canceled the value of this argument will be kAbort.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. This event provides additional information through the Context argument as described below: Name = "HealthStatusEnum", Value = The health status of the document. If this value is anything other than kUpToDateHealth you know the Document object returned is not in a state where you can use most of its methods or properties.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>This event supports the ability to cancel the close. By setting this argument to kEventCanceled when the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore Inventor will abort the close. When the close is cancelled, this event is fired again but the BeforeOrAfter argument will have a value of kAbort.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnCloseView(Inventor.View,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnCloseView event notifies a client when a view is closed. An API view is equivalent to an Inventor graphics window.</summary>
            <param name="ViewObject">
                <summary>The view that is about to be closed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the view is closed. This notification is currently only provided before the view has been closed. To protect yourself against possible future changes to this event you should write your code so that you only respond to kBefore, as shown below. Private Sub ApplicationEvents_OnCloseView(...) If BeforeOrAfter = kBefore Then ' Your code in reaction to the notification. End If End Sub</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. This argument is ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnCloseWebView(Inventor.WebView,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires just before a web view is closed.</summary>
            <param name="WebViewObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnDeactivateDocument(Inventor.Document,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnDeactivateDocument event notifies a client when a document is deactivated.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The object that is being deactivated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the document is deactivated. Notification is sent before and after the document is deactivated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event. This argument is ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnDeactivateView(Inventor.View,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires just after a view is deactivated.</summary>
            <param name="ViewObject">
                <summary>The view that has been deactivated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the view is deactivated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnDeactivateWebView(Inventor.WebView,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires just before a web view is deactivated.</summary>
            <param name="WebViewObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnDisplayModeChange(Inventor.View,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnDisplayModeChange event notifies a client when the display mode of a view has changed.</summary>
            <param name="ViewObject">
                <summary>The View object whose display mode is being changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the view mode is changed. Notification is sent before and after the display mode is changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event. This argument is ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnDocumentChange(Inventor.Document,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.CommandTypesEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires just before the document is changed, supplying the reasons for change and the context in which this action is being taken.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The Document object the change is occurring within.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired. This argument specifies if the notification is being sent before a change is made (kBefore), after a change is made (kAfter), or when a change has been aborted (kAbort).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReasonsForChange">
                <summary>This argument indicates the type of change that occurred. The value is from the CommandTypesEnum list, which represents the different categories of changes that can be made. Typically this will be a single value from the list but it can represent multiple values that have been combined together so you need to use bitwise operations to check for a specific change.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. This argument provides additional information as described below:
Name = "DisplayName", Value = The display name of the command that caused the change. This name will change based on the language currently being used for Inventor.
Name = "InternalName", Value = The internal name of the command that caused the change. This name will be consistent regardless of the current language.
Name = "InternalNamesList", Value = as follows. When the internal name is "CompositeChange" this value is returned. Some commands result in making several changes but combine or composite them into a single command. The individual changes that were composited into the single command are provided through this value. It is an array of strings that consist of the internal names of the individual changes made. For example, if you drag a sketch point that connects two lines, the display name is "Drag Sketch Inference", the internal name is "CompositeChange" and the internal names list is an array of the following three strings; "Modify Point", "Modify Line", and "Modify Line".
Name = "ConsideredDirty", Value = "". If this name appears in the context list then the change made is one that causes the document to be dirty. </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. This event supports the ability to cancel the change. By setting this argument to kEventCanceled when the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore Inventor will abort the change. When the change is cancelled, this event is fired again but the BeforeOrAfter argument will have a value of kAbort.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnInitializeDocument(Inventor.Document,System.String,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a document is initialized. At the time this event fires, the document is not open yet. Calling methods or properties on the document will force it to open.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The Document object that is being initialized.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FullDocumentName">
                <summary>Output string that specifies the fully qualified name of the document being initialized. This is supplied both before and after.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Output EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the document is initialized. Notification is sent before and after the document is initialized.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Output NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. This argument is ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnMigrateDocument(Inventor.Document,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a document is being explicitly migrated.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>Input Document object that is being migrated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the document is migrated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. This argument is ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnMoveApplicationWindow(Inventor.Application,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires after application main window is moved.</summary>
            <param name="ApplicationObject">
                <summary>The Application object which window has been moved.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the application window is moved. This notification is currently only provided after the application window has been moved.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.  The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnMoveView(Inventor.View,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires after view window is moved.</summary>
            <param name="ViewObject">
                <summary>The view that has been moved.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the view is moved. This notification is currently only provided after the view has been moved.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.  The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnNewDocument(Inventor.Document,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a new document is created.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>Input object that was just created. When the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore this argument will be Nothing because the document does not yet exist.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the document is created. Notification is sent before and after the document is created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. This event provides additional information through the Context argument as described below: Name = "TemplateFilename", Value = The full filename of the file used as the template when creating the new document. Name = "NewFileName", Value = The full filename of the new file. In most cases this value will be an empty string because the filename of a new document is not specified until it is saved for the first time. The exception to this is when the Create Component command is used in an Assembly to create a new part. In this case the filename is specified as part of the command.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnNewEditObject(System.Object,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnNewEditObject event notifies a client when the edit object is changing.</summary>
            <param name="EditObject">
                <summary>The new edit object. When the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore this is the object that will become the edit object. When the argument is kAfter this is the current edit object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) there is a new edit object. Notification is sent before and after the edit object change is made.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. When an object is activated for edit within the context of an assembly some additional information is provided through the Context argument, as described below: Name = "ActiveDocument", Value = The AssemblyDocument object that the edit is within the context of. Name = "ActiveEditObject", Value = The ComponentOccurrence object in the assembly the edit is through.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. This argument is ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnNewView(Inventor.View,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnNewView event notifies a client when a new View object is created. An API "View" object is equivalent to an Inventor graphics window.</summary>
            <param name="ViewObject">
                <summary>The View object that was created. When the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore this argument will be Nothing because the view does not yet exist.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the view is created. Notification is sent before and after the view is created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnNewWebView(Inventor.WebView,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires just after a web view is created.</summary>
            <param name="WebViewObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnOpenDocument(Inventor.Document,System.String,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnOpenDocument event notifies a client when a document is opened.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The Document object being opened. When the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore, this argument will be nothing because the document does not yet exist.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FullDocumentName">
                <summary>Output string that specifies the fully qualified name of the document being opened. This is supplied both before and after.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Output EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the document is opened. Notification is sent before and after the document is opened.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Output NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. Additional information is provided through this argument to help in understanding the context of how the document is being opened. Name = "TopLevelFilename", Value = The full filename of the top-level file that was opened that's causing this file to be opened. For example, if an assembly is opened and a document referenced by that assembly is opened as a result, the TopLevelFilename will be the full filename of the assembly. This value can be the same as the FullDocumentName argument which indicates this document was opened by itself.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnProjectAdded(Inventor.DesignProject,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires just soon after a project is added, supplying the context in which this action is being taken.</summary>
            <param name="ProjectObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnProjectDeleted(Inventor.DesignProject,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires just before and soon after a project is deleted, supplying the context in which this action is being taken.</summary>
            <param name="ProjectObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnProjectRenamed(Inventor.DesignProject,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires just before and soon after a project is renamed, supplying the context in which this action is being taken.</summary>
            <param name="ProjectObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnQuit(Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnQuit event notifies a client when Inventor is being shut down.</summary>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input . This notification is only provided before Inventor has shut down so the value of this argument will always be kBefore.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnReady(Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnReady event notifies a client when Inventor has completely initialized and is ready for interactive use.</summary>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) initialization is complete. This notification is only provided after Inventor has initialized so the value of this argument will always be kAfter.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnResizeApplicationWindow(Inventor.Application,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires after application main window is resized, or layout is recalculated.</summary>
            <param name="ApplicationObject">
                <summary>The Application object which window has been resized.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the application window is resized. This notification is currently only provided after the application window has been resized.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;


Name=”WindowState”, Value= WindowsSizeEnum. This indicates the current application window state.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.  The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnResizeView(Inventor.View,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires after view window is resized, or window state is changed.</summary>
            <param name="ViewObject">
                <summary>The view that has been resized.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the view is moved. This notification is currently only provided after the view has been moved.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. 

Name=”WindowState”, Value= WindowsSizeEnum. This indicates the current view window state.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.  The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnRestart32BitHost(Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>This event is fired when the 32BitHost process is restarted. This process is used to host 32-bit processes when running 64-bit Inventor.&amp;nbsp;The primary use of this is to host VBA, which is currently only a 32-bit process.</summary>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnSaveDocument(Inventor.Document,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnSaveDocument notifies a client whenever a document is saved.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>Input object that is being saved.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating if the notification is being sent before the document is saved (kBefore), after a change is made (kAfter), or when a change has been aborted (kAbort).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. Additional information is provided through this argument to help in understanding the context of the save. Either SaveCopyAsFileName or SaveFileName is provided depending on whether the end-user executed the Save or Save Copy As command. The TopLevelSaveFileName is always provided but in some cases will have an empty string as the value. Name = SaveCopyAsFileName, Value = The full filename of the new document being created. Name = SaveFileName, Value = The full filename of the document being saved. Name = TopLevelSaveFileName, Value = Different values are returned depending on the context of the save. When a document is saved in the context of another document (for example, a part is saved when the assembly it is in is saved) this will return the name of the top-level assembly. When the notification is made for a save copy as operation this value is the full filename of the original document that is being saved to a new name. When the notification is made for a standard save this value is the filename of the document being saved. When a document is saved for the first time, this value will be "" for the kBefore timing and the filename of the document in the kAfter timing.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. This event supports the ability to cancel the save. By setting this argument to kEventCanceled when the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore Inventor will abort the save. When the save is cancelled, this event is fired again but the BeforeOrAfter argument will have a value of kAbort.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnTerminateDocument(Inventor.Document,System.String,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnTerminateDocument event notifies a client when a document is being terminated. Termination of a document is a complete close of the document. A document terminate corresponds with a document initialize.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>When the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore this returns the Document object that is being terminated. When BeforeOrAfter is kAfter this returns Nothing since the document is no longer available.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FullDocumentName">
                <summary>Output string that specifies the fully qualified name of the document being terminated. This is supplied both before and after.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Output EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the document is terminated. Notification is sent before and after the document is terminated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Output NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnTranslateDocument(System.Boolean,Inventor.Document,System.String,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnTranslateDocument event notifies a client whenever a file is translated into Inventor or an Inventor document is translated out to a non-Inventor file.</summary>
            <param name="TranslatingIn">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the document is being translated into Autodesk Inventor.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The object that is created as a result of the translation. When the BeforOrAfter argument is kBefore the value of this argument will be Nothing because the document has not been created yet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>The full filename of the document being translated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input that specifies whether to fire event before or after processing. Notification is sent before and after the document is translated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. Additional information is provided through this argument to help in understanding the context of the notification. Name = " TranslationContext ". Value =  The TranslationContext object to get and set the translation context. Name = " Options ", Value =  The NameValueMap object to get and set the options for translation. Name = " SourceData", this is only returned when translate a file into Inventor. Value =  The DataMedium for the translation. Name = " TargetData ", this is only returned when translate a document to a non-Inventor file. Value =  The DataMedium for the translation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. This argument is ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnUndoOpenDocument(Inventor.Document,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires when an open document transaction is undone.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The Document object that represents the document which was opened in an open transaction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired after (kAfter) an open document transaction is undone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.  The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.OnWebViewAct(Inventor.WebView,System.String,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires just after a web view action occurs.</summary>
            <param name="WebViewObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="ActionID">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApplicationEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ApplicationUtilities">
            <summary>ApplicationUtilities Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationUtilities.CreateHolePatch(Inventor.EdgeCollection,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Modifies a surface body by removing the specified holes have been removed.</summary>
            <param name="HoleEdges">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="PatchSpecifiedHoles">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationUtilities.CreateHolePatch2(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Creates a new body that represents the patch of the defined hole.</summary>
            <param name="EdgeUseLoop">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationUtilities.CreateHolePatch3(Inventor.Edge)">
            <summary>Creates a new body that represents the patch of the defined hole.</summary>
            <param name="Edge">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApplicationUtilities.CreateMoldDefinition(Inventor.SurfaceBody,Inventor.SurfaceBody,Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.UnitVector,System.Double,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a MoldDefinition object that can be used for analyzing and creating core/cavity geometry.</summary>
            <param name="PartBody">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="WorkpieceBody">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="RunoffSurfaces">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="PullDirection">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HolePatches">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Inserts">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager">
            <summary>The ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager object supports properties and methods that allow you to get and set the printing parameters and submit the print job.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.AllColorsAsBlack">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether all the Drawing colors should be black in the print.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.ColorMode">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the color mode to be used for printing. Defaults to using kPrintGrayScale.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.GetSheetRange(System.Int32@,System.Int32@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the sheet range to print. The sheet range is only used when the PrintRange property is set to kPrintSheetRange.</summary>
            <param name="FromSheet">
                <summary>Output Long value that specifies the first sheet of the range to print.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToSheet">
                <summary>Output Long value that specifies the last sheet of the range to print.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.NumberOfCopies">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the number of copies to be printed. Defaults to 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.Orientation">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the orientation of the printer. Defaults to the printer's default.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.PaperHeight">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the height of the paper to be printed. Setting this, sets PaperSize to kPaperSizeCustom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.PaperSize">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the size of the paper to be printed. Defaults to the printer's default.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.PaperSource">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the paper source (tray) on the printer. This is printer specific. Defaults to printer's default (denoted by -1).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.PaperWidth">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the width of the paper to be printed. Setting this, sets PaperSize to kPaperSizeCustom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.Printer">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the printer. This is the printer's identifier. Defaults to default printer for this machine.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.PrinterDeviceContext">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the printer's device context.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.PrintExcludedSheets">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether excluded sheets (when PrintRange is set to kPrintAllSheets or kPrintSheetRange) should be printed. Defaults to FALSE.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.PrintRange">
            <summary>Gets/Sets information about which sheets are to be printed. Defaults to kPrintCurrentSheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.PrintToFile(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that prints to the specified file using the current property settings defined by the ApprenticePrintManager object.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full path of the file to write the print information to. If the specified file already exists it will be overwritten.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.RemoveLineWeights">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether the Drawing line weights should be removed in the print.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.Rotate90Degrees">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether the Drawing should be rotated 90-deg in the print.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.Scale">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the scale of the print. Meaningless when the ScaleMode is not kPrintCustomScale.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.ScaleMode">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the mode by which the scale of the print is defined. Defaults to kPrintBestFitScale.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.SetCurrentView(Inventor.ClientView)">
            <summary>Property to set the current view, to be used for printing.</summary>
            <param name="CurrentView">
                <summary>Input ClientView that defines the area to print.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.SetSheetRange(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Property to indicate the range of Sheets to be printed. Valid only when PrintRange is set to kPrintSheetRange.</summary>
            <param name="FromSheet">
                <summary>Specifies the first sheet of the range to print.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToSheet">
                <summary>Specifies the last sheet of the range to print.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.SubmitPrint">
            <summary>Method that prints using the current property settings defined by the ApprenticePrintManager object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeDrawingPrintManager.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ApprenticePrintManager">
            <summary>The ApprenticePrintManager object supports properties and methods that allow you to get and set the printing parameters and submit the print job.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticePrintManager.ColorMode">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the color mode to be used for printing. Defaults to using kPrintGrayScale.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticePrintManager.NumberOfCopies">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the number of copies to be printed. Defaults to 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticePrintManager.Orientation">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the orientation of the printer. Defaults to the printer's default.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticePrintManager.PaperHeight">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the height of the paper to be printed. Setting this, sets PaperSize to kPaperSizeCustom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticePrintManager.PaperSize">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the size of the paper to be printed. Defaults to the printer's default.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticePrintManager.PaperSource">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the paper source (tray) on the printer. This is printer specific. Defaults to printer's default (denoted by -1).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticePrintManager.PaperWidth">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the width of the paper to be printed. Setting this, sets PaperSize to kPaperSizeCustom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticePrintManager.Printer">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the printer. This is the printer's identifier. Defaults to default printer for this machine.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticePrintManager.PrinterDeviceContext">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the printer's device context.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticePrintManager.PrintToFile(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that prints to the specified file using the current property settings defined by the ApprenticePrintManager object.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full path of the file to write the print information to. If the specified file already exists it will be overwritten.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticePrintManager.SetCurrentView(Inventor.ClientView)">
            <summary>Property to set the current view, to be used for printing.</summary>
            <param name="CurrentView">
                <summary>Input ClientView that defines the area to print.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticePrintManager.SubmitPrint">
            <summary>Method that prints using the current property settings defined by the ApprenticePrintManager object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticePrintManager.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent">
            <summary>Inventor::ApprenticeServer</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.ApplicationAddIns">
            <summary>Gets all the Application AddIns found on this machine in a collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.Close">
            <summary>Closes the current file. After this call there is no top-level Document. Attempt is also made to close the children Documents.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.Close2(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Closes the current file. After this call there is no top-level Document. Optionally forces any child Documents to close.</summary>
            <param name="ForceDependentsToClose">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value that specifies whether force to close dependent documents or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.DesignProjectManager">
            <summary>Gets the design project manager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.DisplayAffinity">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag that fine tunes the performance of Apprentice when it is being used to display Inventor files. Defaults to false.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.DisplayOptions">
            <summary>Gets the Display Options object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.Document">
            <summary>Gets the top-level Apprentice Server Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.FileManager">
            <summary>Gets the file manager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.FileOptions">
            <summary>Gets the File Options object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.FileSaveAs">
            <summary>Gets the object that provides access to the helper object that provides the Save As facility.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.HardwareOptions">
            <summary>Gets the Hardware Options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.HelpManager">
            <summary>Gets the Help Manager object that provides access to the help-related activity taking place in the system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.InstallPath">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full path where Inventor/Apprentice is installed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.Locale">
            <summary>Gets the Locale Id currently in use in Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.MultiUserExternallyManaged">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether Multi-User facility is managed by Inventor or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.MultiUserMode">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the enum indicating the Multi-User mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.Open(System.String)">
            <summary>Opens a file. It can now be accessed as the top-level Document.</summary>
            <param name="FullDocumentName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full document name of the document to open. If only the FullFileName is specified for part and assembly documents, the master document within the file is opened.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.OpenWithOptions(System.String,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Opens a document of the specified file-name with the specified set of options.</summary>
            <param name="FullDocumentName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full document name of the document to open. If only the FullFileName is specified for part and assembly documents, the master document within the file is opened.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that specifies additional options for open. (An empty NameValueMap object can be provided). See Remarks section for the valid options.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.SoftwareVersion">
            <summary>Gets the object that encapsulates the version of the current software.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.TransientGeometry">
            <summary>Gets the object through which all transient geometry objects can be constructed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.TransientObjects">
            <summary>Gets the TransientObjects object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerComponent.UserName">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the string that identifies the current user. Inventor saves its own copy of this name per user and can thus be manipulated without effecting the rest of the OS.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument">
            <summary>The ApprenticeServerDocument object represents an in-memory Inventor document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.AllReferencedDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the document references of this document along with all of the recursively nested references.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.AttributeManager">
            <summary>Returns the AttributeManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.ClientViews">
            <summary>Property that returns the document's .</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.Close">
            <summary>Closes this document.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.Compacted">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean that states whether this file has been processed for compaction since the last save.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.ComponentDefinition">
            <summary>Gets the primary that resides in this file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.CreateHighlightSet">
            <summary>Method that creates a new highlight set.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.DatabaseRevisionId">
            <summary>Gets the GUID that represents the last saved revision of database contained in this document. This revision id tracks modifications to the database (such as reference changes, geometry changes, etc.) but does not track file property changes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.Dirty">
            <summary>Gets/Sets a Boolean flag indicating if the Document has been written into, since opened.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the user-displayable name of this Document. Defaults to file-name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.DocumentInterests">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentInterests collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.DocumentType">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.File">
            <summary>Property that returns the file (storage) on disk that contains this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.FilePropertySets">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the file PropertySets. This is equivalent to the iProperties that got from Shell Extension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.FileSaveCounter">
            <summary>Gets the number that indicates the number of times the file has been saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.FindWhereUsed(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that obtains the set of documents that reference the given file within this document.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full file name of the file to search for references to. to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.FullDocumentName">
            <summary>Property that returns the fully qualified name of the document. The string is the full file name concatenated with the document name and is a unique identifier for the document. The document name is returned by the Name property on the Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.FullFileName">
            <summary>Gets the fully qualified file-name of this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.GetLocationFoundIn(System.String@,Inventor.LocationTypeEnum@)">
            <summary>Obtains the name of the location this file was found in.</summary>
            <param name="LocationName">
                <summary>Output String that specifies the name of the location.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Type">
                <summary>Output that specifies the location type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the Internal Name (a GUID) for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.IsModifiable">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this document can be currently modified. One of the reasons a document may be non-modifiable is if any other document belonging to the file containing this document is currently being edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.IsSubstitutePart">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether this part is intended to be used as a substitute part. (applies only to part documents).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.NeedsMigrating">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean indicating whether this file needs to be migrated first, using Autodesk Inventor (opened and saved using Autodesk Inventor), before any edits can be performed to the Autodesk Inventor-specific data within this file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.Open">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this document is currently open. If False, the document has only been initialized and calling methods or properties on the document could cause it to open.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.PrintManager">
            <summary>Property that returns the object for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.PropertySets">
            <summary>Gets the object that manages the File Properties.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.ReferencedDocumentDescriptors">
            <summary>Property that returns an enumeration of descriptors that represent the native document references held by this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.ReferencedDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the documents referenced by this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptors">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of linked files in the document. Embeddings are not accessible in Apprentice.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.ReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptors">
            <summary>Gets the collection of descriptor objects, presenting (editable) information about opaque references held.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.ReferenceKeyManager">
            <summary>Gets this Document's ReferenceKeyManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.ReferencingDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the documents in memory that reference this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.RequiresUpdate">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the document requires an update. Note that the document cannot be updated in Apprentice.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.ReservedForWrite">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean flag indicating whether this file has been reserved for write by someone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.ReservedForWriteByMe">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this file has been reserved for write by the caller.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.ReservedForWriteLogin">
            <summary>Gets the login of the person who currently holds the reservation to write.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.ReservedForWriteName">
            <summary>Gets the name of the person who currently holds the reservation to write.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.ReservedForWriteTime">
            <summary>Gets the time at which the reservation was made.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.ReservedForWriteVersion">
            <summary>Gets the version within this file that has been reserved for write.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.RevertReservedForWriteByMe">
            <summary>Method that reverts the file checked out by the caller.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.SoftwareVersionCreated">
            <summary>Gets the object that encapsulates the version of the software with which this document was first created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.SoftwareVersionSaved">
            <summary>Gets the object that encapsulates the version of the software with which this document was last saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.Thumbnail">
            <summary>Property that returns a bitmap picture of the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocument.UnitsOfMeasure">
            <summary>Property that returns the UnitsOfMeasure object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocuments">
            <summary>Provides access to a list of objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocuments.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocuments.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ApprenticeServerDocument object from the collection. This is the default property of the ApprenticeServerDocuments object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDocuments.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument">
            <summary>The ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument object represents the drawing document within an Apprentice context, and provides access to the Sheets in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.ActiveStandard">
            <summary>Gets the currently active drafting standard that applies to all of the sheets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.AllReferencedDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the document references of this document along with all of the recursively nested references.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.AttributeManager">
            <summary>Returns the AttributeManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.ClientViews">
            <summary>Property that returns the document's .</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.Close">
            <summary>Closes this document.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.Compacted">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean that states whether this file has been processed for compaction since the last save.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.ComponentDefinition">
            <summary>Gets the primary that resides in this file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.ContainingDWGDocument">
            <summary>Gets the reference to the containing DWG document when this document is stored in a DWG.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.CreateHighlightSet">
            <summary>Method that creates a new highlight set.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.DatabaseRevisionId">
            <summary>Gets the GUID that represents the last saved revision of database contained in this document. This revision id tracks modifications to the database (such as reference changes, geometry changes, etc.) but does not track file property changes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.Dirty">
            <summary>Gets/Sets a Boolean flag indicating if the Document has been written into, since opened.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the user-displayable name of this Document. Defaults to file-name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.DocumentInterests">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentInterests collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.DocumentType">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.File">
            <summary>Property that returns the file (storage) on disk that contains this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.FilePropertySets">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the file PropertySets. This is equivalent to the iProperties that got from Shell Extension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.FileSaveCounter">
            <summary>Gets the number that indicates the number of times the file has been saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.FindWhereUsed(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that obtains the set of documents that reference the given file within this document.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full file name of the file to search for references to. to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.FullDocumentName">
            <summary>Property that returns the fully qualified name of the document. The string is the full file name concatenated with the document name and is a unique identifier for the document. The document name is returned by the Name property on the Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.FullFileName">
            <summary>Gets the fully qualified file-name of this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.GetLocationFoundIn(System.String@,Inventor.LocationTypeEnum@)">
            <summary>Obtains the name of the location this file was found in.</summary>
            <param name="LocationName">
                <summary>Output String that specifies the name of the location.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Type">
                <summary>Output that specifies the location type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the Internal Name (a GUID) for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.IsInventorDWG">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this is an Inventor DWG document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.IsModifiable">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this document can be currently modified. One of the reasons a document may be non-modifiable is if any other document belonging to the file containing this document is currently being edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.IsSubstitutePart">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether this part is intended to be used as a substitute part. (applies only to part documents).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.NeedsMigrating">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean indicating whether this file needs to be migrated first, using Autodesk Inventor (opened and saved using Autodesk Inventor), before any edits can be performed to the Autodesk Inventor-specific data within this file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.Open">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this document is currently open. If False, the document has only been initialized and calling methods or properties on the document could cause it to open.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.PrintManager">
            <summary>Property that returns the object for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.PropertySets">
            <summary>Gets the object that manages the File Properties.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.ReferencedDocumentDescriptors">
            <summary>Property that returns an enumeration of descriptors that represent the native document references held by this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.ReferencedDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the documents referenced by this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptors">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of linked files in the document. Embeddings are not accessible in Apprentice.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.ReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptors">
            <summary>Gets the collection of descriptor objects, presenting (editable) information about opaque references held.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.ReferenceKeyManager">
            <summary>Gets this Document's ReferenceKeyManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.ReferencingDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the documents in memory that reference this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.RequiresUpdate">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the document requires an update. Note that the document cannot be updated in Apprentice.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.ReservedForWrite">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean flag indicating whether this file has been reserved for write by someone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.ReservedForWriteByMe">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this file has been reserved for write by the caller.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.ReservedForWriteLogin">
            <summary>Gets the login of the person who currently holds the reservation to write.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.ReservedForWriteName">
            <summary>Gets the name of the person who currently holds the reservation to write.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.ReservedForWriteTime">
            <summary>Gets the time at which the reservation was made.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.ReservedForWriteVersion">
            <summary>Gets the version within this file that has been reserved for write.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.RevertReservedForWriteByMe">
            <summary>Method that reverts the file checked out by the caller.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.Sheets">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of all the sheets making up this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.SoftwareVersionCreated">
            <summary>Gets the object that encapsulates the version of the software with which this document was first created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.SoftwareVersionSaved">
            <summary>Gets the object that encapsulates the version of the software with which this document was last saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.Thumbnail">
            <summary>Property that returns a bitmap picture of the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument.UnitsOfMeasure">
            <summary>Property that returns the UnitsOfMeasure object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Arc2d">
            <summary>The Arc2d object is a mathematical representation of a 2d arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Arc2d.Center">
            <summary>Specifies the center point for this arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Arc2d.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this Arc2d object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original Arc2d object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Arc2d.EndPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the end point of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Arc2d.Evaluator">
            <summary>Property that returns the Curve2dEvaluator for this arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Arc2d.GetArcData(System.Double[]@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this arc.</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the arc's center.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the radius of the arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartAngle">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the arc's start angle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SweepAngle">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the arc's sweep angle.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Arc2d.MidPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the mid point of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Arc2d.PutArcData(System.Double[]@,System.Double,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this arc.</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the arc's center.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the radius of the arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the arc's start angle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SweepAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the arc's sweep angle.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Arc2d.Radius">
            <summary>Specifies the radius for this arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Arc2d.StartAngle">
            <summary>Specifies the starting angle for this arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Arc2d.StartPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the start point of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Arc2d.SweepAngle">
            <summary>Specifies the sweep angle from the start angle for this arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Arc3d">
            <summary>The Arc3d object is a mathematical representation of a 3d arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Arc3d.Center">
            <summary>Specifies the center point for this arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Arc3d.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this Arc3d object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original Arc3d object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Arc3d.EndPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the end point of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Arc3d.Evaluator">
            <summary>Property that gets the CurveEvaluator for this arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Arc3d.GetArcData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this arc.</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the arc's center.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisVector">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RefVector">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the reference vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the radius of the arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the elliptical arc's start angle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SweepAngle">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the arc's sweep angle.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Arc3d.Normal">
            <summary>Specifies the normal for this arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Arc3d.PutArcData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this arc.</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the arc's center.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisVector">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RefVector">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the reference vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the radius of the arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the arc's start angle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SweepAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the arc's sweep angle.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Arc3d.Radius">
            <summary>Specifies the radius for this arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Arc3d.ReferenceVector">
            <summary>Specifies the reference vector for this arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Arc3d.StartAngle">
            <summary>Specifies the starting angle for this arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Arc3d.StartPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the start point of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Arc3d.SweepAngle">
            <summary>Specifies the sweep angle from the start angle for this arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraint">
            <summary>ArcLengthDimConstraint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraint.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraint.DimensionCenterPoint">
            <summary>Gets the center of the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraint.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraint.Entity">
            <summary>Gets the SketchArc2d object being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraint.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraint.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraintProxy">
            <summary>ArcLengthDimConstraintProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraintProxy.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraintProxy.DimensionCenterPoint">
            <summary>Gets the center of the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraintProxy.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraintProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Gets the SketchArc2d object being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraintProxy.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraintProxy.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ArcLengthDimConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ASideDefinition">
            <summary>The ASideFaceDefinition object provides the properties and methods for this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ASideDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ASideDefinition.ASideFace">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the face object that is used to define the A-side face definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ASideDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this ASideFaceDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ASideDefinition.Faces">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns all the faces that are tangentially connected with each other to define the A-side face definition, includes the ASideFace.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ASideDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ASideDefinition.Status">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the status of the A-side face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ASideDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ASideDefinitions">
            <summary>The ASideFaceDefinitions collection object provides access to all of the ASideFaceDefinition objects in this sheet metal component definition and provides methods to create additional ASideFaceDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ASideDefinitions.Add(Inventor.Face)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ASideFaceDefinition object with the input face.</summary>
            <param name="pInput">
                <summary>Input Face object to specify a face to create an A-side face definition on it.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ASideDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ASideDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ASideDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ASideDefinitions.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ASideDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition">
            <summary>The AssemblyComponentDefinition object provides access to all of the assembly information of an assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.ActiveOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the that is currently in edit.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.AdjustProxyContext(System.Object)">
            <summary>Returns the specified object proxy scoped into this assembly, trimming any portion of the context from any assembly in which this assembly is a subassembly. In other words, for the given object proxy, this method makes a new object proxy which has this component definition as the context definition.</summary>
            <param name="ObjectProxy">
                <summary>An object representing an Object Proxy - known in earlier versions of Inventor as a Geom Proxy. Each Object Proxy has an associated ComponentOccurrence, which has a property called ContextDefinition. The value of this property is the top level ComponentDefinition.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.AnalyzeInterference(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that analyzes the interference between two components. The input ObjectCollections contain the component occurrences that are to be checked for interference. If only one set is provided then interference checking is performed between all occurrences provided in the set. If two sets are provided then the overlap between the components of the two collections are calculated.</summary>
            <param name="Set1">
                <summary>Input that contains ComponentOccurrenceobjects. If this set is provided without Set2, all occurrences in the set are checked for interference against all other occurrences in the set.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Set2">
                <summary>Optional input that contains ComponentOccurrence objects. When this set is provided the occurrences in Set1 are checked for interference against the occurrences in Set2.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.AppearanceOverridesObjects">
            <summary>Property that returns the objects that have appearance overrides in the active design view. The objects returned in the collection can include occurrences.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.AssemblyEvents">
            <summary>Property returning an AssemblyEvents collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.BIMComponent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the BIMComponent object associated with this component definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.BOM">
            <summary>Property that returns the BOM object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.BOMQuantity">
            <summary>Property that returns the BOMQuantity object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.BOMStructure">
            <summary>Gets and sets how the component is used/viewed in a BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.ClearAppearanceOverrides(System.Object)">
            <summary>Clears the appearance overrides on the provided objects. The objects can include faces, features, work surfaces, surface bodies and occurrences.</summary>
            <param name="AppearanceOverrideObjects">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection including occurrences to clear their appearance overrides. If this argument is not provided, then it will clear all the appearance overrides in active design view.  If an object is provided that does not have an override, it is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.ClientGraphicsCollection">
            <summary>Property that returns the ClientGraphicsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns the AssemblyConstraints collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.CreateFactory">
            <summary>Method that converts an assembly to an iAssemblyFactory. The newly created iAssemblyFactory object will have an empty excel spreadsheet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.CreateGeometryIntent(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a GeometryIntent object.&amp;nbsp;GeometryIntent objects are used as input when creating assembly joints.&amp;nbsp;They are used to identify geometry and specific locations on that geometry.</summary>
            <param name="Geometry">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the geometry. 
Valid input objects are proxies of SketchLine, SketchCircle, SketchArc, SketchEllipse, SketchEllipticalArc, Edge, or Face objects. </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Intent">
                <summary>Optional input that specifies a specific position on the geometry. This can be a value from PointIntentEnum, a Point, or a GeometryIntent object that specifies a position on the geometry relative to model space, a double value indicating a position in the parametric space of the input curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.CreateVisibleOccurrenceFinder(System.Boolean,System.Double,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates an occurrence finder object that allows you to find all occurrences that are visible or hidden by a defined amount. By default, visible is defined by a portion of the part being visible from any view of the part. Optionally you can specify a camera to limit the viewing angle and the extents.</summary>
            <param name="Visible">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines if visible or hidden objects should be found. If True then fully and partially visible occurrences will be returned. If False, completely and partially hidden occurrences will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PercentageVisible">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the percentage of the component that can be visible or hidden. A value of 1 (100%) indicates that all components that are visible at all, or that are completely hidden (depending on the Visible argument) will be returned. A value of 0 (0%) indicates that the most visible or hidden components will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Compact">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines if all components that are found within an assembly will be consolidated so that their parent assembly is returned instead of each one of the child components. A value of True indicates that they will be consolidated.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.DataIO">
            <summary>Gets the object that directly deals with I/O to and from a storage-medium, including Streams(IStream).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.DefaultVirtualComponentMaterial">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default material associated with the assembly component. This is the material that is used for newly created virtual components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.Document">
            <summary>Property that returns the containing Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.ExportObjects(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that marks all the input objects as exported.</summary>
            <param name="Objects">
                <summary>Collection of objects to mark as exported.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.FactoryDocument">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the model state factory document when IsModelStateMember returns True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.Features">
            <summary>Gets the Features collection for this assembly (assembly features).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.FindUsingPoint(Inventor.Point,Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum[],System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that finds all the entities of the specified type at the specified location.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the model space point at which to find the entities.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ObjectTypes">
                <summary>Input array of SelelctionFilterEnum values that indicate the type of objects to find. The values are the enum values from the SelectionFilterEnum and can be combined to specify multiple object types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance value for the search. This value defines the radius of a sphere at the input point. All objects that intersect this sphere will be returned. If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VisibleObjectsOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether or not invisible objects should be included in the search. Defaults to True indicating that invisible objects will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.FindUsingRay(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,System.Double,Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator@,Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator@,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that fires a ray through the part or assembly and returns the entities intersected by the ray. The objects intersected by the ray are returned in the order in which they are intersected, with the first entities returned being those closest to the clipping plane.</summary>
            <param name="RayStartPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the start point of the ray in model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RayDirection">
                <summary>Input object that defines the direction of the ray. The ray is infinite in the direction defined.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the radius of the ray. This value is specified in centimeters. Defining a radius for a ray allows the intersection to be within a given tolerance. This radius essentially results in the definition of a cylinder whose axis lies along the axis defined by the RayStartPoint and RayDirection. The intersection result is between the cylinder and the model's entities. A value higher than zero is recommended, though not explicitly required.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FoundEntities">
                <summary>Output that returns the entities that were intersected by the ray.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LocationPoints">
                <summary>Output that returns a set of Point objects. One Point object is returned for each entity in the FoundEntities list. The point defines the coordinate of the intersection between the ray and the corresponding entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FindFirstOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to find just the first entity in the ray's path. If False (the default) then all entities found are returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.FindUsingVector(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum[],System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that finds all the entities of the specified type along the specified vector using either a cylinder or cone that to define the tolerance within the defined vector.</summary>
            <param name="OriginPoint">
                <summary>Input Point that defines the model space location to position the vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Input UnitVector that defines direction to find all entities that the vector penetrates. The vector is treated as infinite in both directions from the origin point so all entities that lie in the path of the vector on either side of the origin point will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ObjectTypes">
                <summary>Input array of SelelctionFilterEnum values that indicate the type of objects to find. The values are the enum values from the SelectionFilterEnum and can be combined to specify multiple object types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseCylinder">
                <summary>Input argument that specifies if the vector defines a cylinder or cone when checking to see if an entity is hit by the ray.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityTolerance">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the tolerance value for the search. This value defines the radius of a cylinder if UseCylinder is True or the angle of the cone if False. If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VisibleObjectsOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether or not invisible objects should be included in the search. Defaults to True indicating that invisible objects will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LocationPoints">
                <summary>Optional output that returns a set of Point objects. One Point object is returned for each entity in the FoundEntities list. The point defines the coordinate of the intersection between the vector and the corresponding entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.GetEndOfFeaturesPosition(System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Gets the current end of Features position in the browser in an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="After">
                <summary>The assembly feature or sketch that the "End of Features" node is positioned immediately after.  If the "End of Features" node is at the top of the tree this will return Nothing.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>The assembly feature or sketch that the "End of Features" node is positioned immediately before.  If the "End of Features" node is at the bottom of the tree this will return Nothing.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.GetUnusedGeometries(Inventor.ObjectCollection@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            <param name="UnusedGeometries">
                <summary>Output ObjectCollection object the includes the unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.HideAllRelationships">
            <summary>Method that hides all of the assembly constraints, joints and iMate objects in the document.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.iAssemblyFactory">
            <summary>Property that returns the iAssemblyFactory object. This property will return Nothing in the case where the assembly is not an iAssembly Factory. You can determine this by using the IsiAssemblyFactory property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.iAssemblyMember">
            <summary>Property that returns the iAssemblyMember object. This property will return Nothing in the case where the assembly is not an iAssembly Member. You can determine this by using the IsiAssemblyMember property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.iMateDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateDefinitions collection object associated with this assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.iMateResults">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResults collection object associated with this assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.ImportedComponents">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ImportedComponents collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.IsiAssemblyFactory">
            <summary>Property that returns if the assembly is an iAssembly factory or not. It returns True in the case where the assembly is a factory. If True, the factory can be obtained using the iAssemblyFactory property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.IsiAssemblyMember">
            <summary>Property that returns if the assembly is an iAssembly Member or not. It returns True in the case where the assembly is a member. If True, the member can be obtained using the iAssemblyMember property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.IsModelStateFactory">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the document is a model state factory document or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.IsModelStateMember">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the document is a model state member document or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.Joints">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the AssemblyJoints collection object which provides access to the existing joints in the assembly and provides the capability to create new joints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.MassProperties">
            <summary>Property that returns the MassProperties object. This supports performing mass properties calculations for the entire assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.ModelAnnotations">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelAnnotations collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.ModelGeometryVersion">
            <summary>Property that returns a string that can be used to determine if the document has been modified. This version string is changed every time the assembly is modified. By saving a previous version string, you can compare the current version string to see if the assembly has been modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.ModelStates">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelStates object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.OccurrencePatterns">
            <summary>Method that returns the pattern element this occurrence represents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.Occurrences">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.OrientedMinimumRangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the oriented minimum range box for this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameters collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.PointClouds">
            <summary>Gets the PointClouds collection object that encapsulates all of the point clouds defined in this Component Definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.PreciseRangeBox">
            <summary>Gets a bounding box that tightly encloses all the solid and surface bodies under the ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.PurgeUnusedGeometries(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that purges unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            <param name="UnusedGeometries">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that including the sketches and work features to purge. The unused sketches and work features can be retrieved using GetUnusedGeometries method. If this is not provided then all unused sketches and work features will be purged.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.RepositionObject(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the specifies object(s) to the new position within the collection of the object in the document.</summary>
            <param name="TargetObject">
                <summary>Input the Object that specifies the target object to move other objects next to. Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether to position other object(s) before or after the target object.  A value of True indicates that the object(s) will be positioned before the target object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartObject">
                <summary>Input Object that specifies the object to be repositioned.  Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndObject">
                <summary>Optional input Object that specifies the object to be repositioned.  If specified, all the objects from the StartObject to the EndObject, both inclusive, will be repositioned to the specified position in the document.  If not specified, only the StartObject will be repositioned.  Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.RepresentationsManager">
            <summary>Property that returns the RepresentationsManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.RevitExports">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the RevitExports collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.SetEndOfFeaturesToTopOrBottom(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Sets the End of Part marker to the top or bottom of the browser.</summary>
            <param name="SetToTop">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the "End of Features" node is to be moved to the top or the bottom of the modeling portion of the browser. If True, the marker is moved to the top of the browser, just below the Origin folder. If False, it is moved to the bottom of the browser modeling section of the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.SetOccurrencesProperty(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that process the property of a collection of occurrences.</summary>
            <param name="pOccurrences">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the ComponentOccurrence objects to set the grounded on. The collection can contain top-level occurrences only, if occurrences within a subassembly are specified then they will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PropertyName">
                <summary>Input String that indicates the property of the occurrences to set. Valid properties include: Grounded.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Input value to set for the occurrences for their property. Valid values for the properties are as below:
PropertyName = “Grounded”. Value = Boolean that indicates whether the occurrences are grounded or not. A value of True indicates that their grounded will be turned on. The Occurrences collection can contain top-level occurrences only, if occurrences within a subassembly are specified then they will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.SimulationManager">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SimulationManager object.&amp;nbsp;This object provides access to the various simulation API’s.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.Sketches">
            <summary>Gets the Sketches collection for this assembly component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.SuppressFeatures(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Property that returns the SurfaceBodies collection. Surface bodies within the assembly is not currently supported by Inventor. The returned SurfaceBodies collection will be a collection of zero.</summary>
            <param name="Features">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the list of features to suppress.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns all of the result SurfaceBody objects contained within this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.TransformOccurrences(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that transforms a collection of occurrences.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrences">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the ComponentOccurrence objects to be transformed. The collection can only contain top level occurrences from the document. An exception is the case of a flexible occurrence within the top level assembly, in which case, deeper level occurrences may be provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Transforms">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains Matrix objects defining the transform for the input occurrences. The collection must have the same number of objects as the number of input occurrences, else the method returns an error. The collection can also contain a single Matrix, in which case all occurrences are transformed similarly using the single Matrix.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IgnoreConstraints">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean which specifies whether to transform the occurrences without re-applying the current assembly constraints. An update of the Assembly will honor the constraints and ignore these transforms. If not specified, a default value of False is used (i.e. constraints are honored).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.UnsuppressFeatures(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that unsuppresses previously suppressed features.</summary>
            <param name="Features">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the list of features to unsuppress.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.UserCoordinateSystems">
            <summary>Property that returns the UserCoordinateSystems collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.WorkAxes">
            <summary>Property that returns the WorkAxes collection object that encapsulates all of the work axes defined in this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.WorkPlanes">
            <summary>Property that returns the WorkPlanes collection object that encapsulates all of the work planes defined in this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinition.WorkPoints">
            <summary>Property that returns the WorkPoints collection object that encapsulates all of the work points defined in this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinitions">
            <summary>Provides access to the objects within the assembly document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection. Currently Autodesk Inventor supports a single component definition within a document, so this collection will always be a collection of one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinitions.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyComponentDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint">
            <summary>Object that represents the base class of an assembly constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second geometry</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraint.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssemblyConstraints">
            <summary>Provides access to the collection in the top level of the assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraints.AddAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new angle assembly constraint.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectionSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectionSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectionSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input object that is used to help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraints.AddFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new flush assembly constraint.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraints.AddInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new insert assembly constraint.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axes of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraints.AddInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a new Insert assembly constraint.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axes of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value that specifies whether to lock the rotation or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraints.AddMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new mate assembly constraint. The two input entities can be a combination of planar faces, linear edges, vertices, cylindrical faces, conical faces, spherical faces, revolved faces, work planes, work axes, and work points. When a cylindrical, conical, or revolved face is input, the axis of the surface is used for the constraint. When a sphere is input, the center point of the sphere is used for the constraint. To use the surface of a cylindrical, conical, or spherical face use the EntityOneInferredType or EntityTwoInferredType arguments.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInference or kInferredLine. For kNoInference to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius. If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint. For kNoInference to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius. If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInference or kInferredLine. For kNoInference to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle. If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInference or kInferredLine. For kNoInference to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius. If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint. For kNoInference to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius. If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInference or kInferredLine. For kNoInference to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle. If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraints.AddMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a new Mate assembly constraint.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInference or kInferredLine. For kNoInference to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius. If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint. For kNoInference to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius. If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInference or kInferredLine. For kNoInference to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle. If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInference or kInferredLine. For kNoInference to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius. If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint. For kNoInference to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius. If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInference or kInferredLine. For kNoInference to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle. If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraints.AddRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new rotation motion constraint.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar , a revolved Point, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar , a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraints.AddRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new rotate-translate motion constraint.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar , a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar , a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraints.AddSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Creates a new Symmetry assembly constraint.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraints.AddTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new tangent assembly constraint.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyConstraints.AddTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new transitional constraint.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>Input that defines the initial face on the first occurrence that is used in repositioning the occurrences. Once the constraint is placed, it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Input that defines the initial face on the second occurrence that is used in repositioning the occurrences. Once the constraint is placed, it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraints.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraints.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraints.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified AssemblyConstraint object from the collection. This is the default property of the AssemblyConstraints collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraints.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraints.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssemblyConstraintsEnumerator">
            <summary>Provides access to the constraints acting directly on a particular occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraintsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraintsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified AssemblyConstraint object from the collection. This is the default property of the AssemblyConstraintsEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyConstraintsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssemblyDocument">
            <summary>The AssemblyDocument object represents an in-memory Inventor assembly document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.Activate">
            <summary>Makes this document the active one (receives user-focus).</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ActivatedObject">
            <summary>Gets the object that has been in-place activated for edit within the context of this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ActiveLightingStyle">
            <summary>Gets the active lighting style object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.AllReferencedDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the document references of this Document along with all of the recursively nested references.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.AppearanceAssets">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns an AssetsEnumerator collection object that contains the appearances associated with the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.Assets">
            <summary>Get Assets collection object that contains all of the assets, regardless of type, that are associated with the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.AssociativeForeignFilename">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full file name of the associative foreign file. This property returns empty string if the IsEmbeddedDocument returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.AttributeManager">
            <summary>Returns the AttributeManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.BrowserPanes">
            <summary>Property that returns the &lt;link Inventor::BrowserPanes, BrowserPanes&gt; collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ClientViews">
            <summary>Returns document's client views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.Close(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Closes this document.</summary>
            <param name="SkipSave">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to skip the save. If SkipSave is set to True, it indicates that the changes to the document should not be saved and that the document should be closed silently. If SkipSave is set to False, it indicates that the normal save process should be followed (including prompting a dialog to the user). In addition, if Application.SilentOperation is set to True, the default choice on the dialog should be accepted. The Close method will fail if the combination of SkipSave = False and SilentOperation = True is used for a previously unsaved document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.Compacted">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean that states whether this file has been processed for compaction since the last save.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ComponentDefinition">
            <summary>Property that returns the object associated with this assembly. For a standard assembly document, an AssemblyComponentDefinition object will be returned. For a weldment assembly, a Weldment object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.CreateHighlightSet">
            <summary>Method that creates a new highlight set.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.DatabaseRevisionId">
            <summary>Gets the GUID that represents the last saved revision of database contained in this document. This revision id tracks modifications to the database (such as reference changes, geometry changes, etc.) but does not track file property changes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.DefaultCommand">
            <summary>Gets the default command for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.DesignViewInfo">
            <summary>Gets the design view information for the document as a String containing XML formatted data. For more information on this XML format see More XML Design View Info...</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.Dirty">
            <summary>Gets/Sets a Boolean flag indicating if the Document has been written into, since opened.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.DisabledCommandList">
            <summary>Property that returns the DisabledCommandList object. This object allows the document to disable specific commands. This list contains commands that are disabled in addition to those specified by the DisabledCommandTypes property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.DisabledCommandTypes">
            <summary>Bit mask indicating the disabled command types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.DisplayNameBasis">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display name basis of this document. This defaults to file name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.DisplayNameOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the display name of the document has been overridden.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.DisplaySettings">
            <summary>Property that returns the DisplaySettings object. The DisplaySettings object provides access to various display appearance related document settings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.DocumentEvents">
            <summary>This object supports a set of events that are specific to the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.DocumentInterests">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentInterests collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.DocumentSubType">
            <summary>Property that returns the subtype of the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.DocumentType">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.EmbeddingDocument">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the document in which this document is embedded in. This returns Nothing if the IsEmbeddedDocument is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.EnvironmentManager">
            <summary>Property that returns the EnvironmentManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.File">
            <summary>Property that returns the file (storage) on disk that contains this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.FilePropertySets">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the file PropertySets. This is equivalent to the iProperties that got from Shell Extension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.FileSaveCounter">
            <summary>Gets the number that indicates the number of times the file has been saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.FindWhereUsed(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that obtains the set of documents that reference the given file within this document.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full file name of the file to search for references to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.FullDisplayName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full display name of this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.FullDocumentName">
            <summary>Property that returns the fully qualified name of the document. The string is the full file name concatenated with the document name and is a unique identifier for the document. The document name is returned by the Name property on the Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.FullFileName">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the fully qualified file-name of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.GetLocationFoundIn(System.String@,Inventor.LocationTypeEnum@)">
            <summary>Obtains the name of the location this file was found in.</summary>
            <param name="LocationName">
                <summary>Output String that specifies the name of the location.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LocationType">
                <summary>Output String that specifies the type of the location.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.GetMissingAddInBehavior(System.String@,Inventor.CommandTypesEnum@,Inventor.ObjectCollection@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the commands disabled when a particular AddIn is absent.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Specifies the ClassId of the AddIn. When the AddIn corresponding to this ClientId is absent (unloaded or uninstalled), the commands specified are disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisabledCommandTypesEnum">
                <summary>CommandTypesEnum that specifies the classifications of the commands disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisabledCommands">
                <summary>ObjectCollection that specifies the commands disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.GetPrivateStorage(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Obtains a private sub-storage within this document with the given name. Can create one, if one does not exist.</summary>
            <param name="StorageName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the private sub-storage.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateIfNecessary">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to create a private sub-storage if one does not already exist.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.GetPrivateStream(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Obtains a private stream within this document with the given name. Can create one, if one does not exist.</summary>
            <param name="StreamName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the name of the stream to get (31 chars max).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateIfNecessary">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to create a private stream if one does not already exist.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.GetSelectedObject(Inventor.GenericObject,Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum@,Inventor.NameValueMap@,Inventor.ComponentOccurrence@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>In order to provide better handling of system resources Inventor does not load all of the data when a document is opened but delays loading information until it is needed.&amp;nbsp;A common need in many programs is to have the user select vertices on parts.&amp;nbsp;Instead of loading the part model in order to return the true selected Vertex, Inventor returns a GenericObject.&amp;nbsp;You can use this method to obtain more information about the selected object.&amp;nbsp;If it is a vertex you can get the point coordinates without forcing the entire model to be loaded, or if you do need to do additional processing that requires access to the full model you can also force that by using the "SelectedObject" argument.</summary>
            <param name="Selection">
                <summary>Input object of type GenericObject that was obtained through a selection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ObjectType">
                <summary>Output ObjectTypeEnum value that indicates the type of object selected.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AdditionalData">
                <summary>Output NameValueMap object that provides any additional information for the entity. The following describes the data currently returned. Object TypeNameValue
VertexPointPoint</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ContainingOccurrence">
                <summary>Output ComponentOccurrence object that contains the entity that was selected.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SelectedObject">
                <summary>Optional output that returns the actual entity that was selected.  If this argument is provided then Inventor will load whatever additional data is required from the referenced document in order to provide the entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.GraphicsDataSetsCollection">
            <summary>Property that returns the object for the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.HasPrivateStorage(System.String)">
            <summary>Obtains a Boolean flag indicating if the specified sub-storage exists within this document.</summary>
            <param name="StorageName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the sub-storage.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.HasPrivateStream(System.String)">
            <summary>Obtains a Boolean flag indicating if the specified stream exists within this document.</summary>
            <param name="StreamName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the name of the stream.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.HasReferencesMissing">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether there are references missing for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the Internal Name (a GUID) for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.IsEmbeddedDocument">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether this document is embedded into another document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.IsModifiable">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this document can be currently modified. One of the reasons a document may be non-modifiable is if any other document belonging to the file containing this document is currently being edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.IsOpenExpress">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets a Boolean flag indicating whether this assembly is currently open in Express mode. When set this property it can only be set from True to False to load the document into full mode. To switch the document from full mode to express mode users should close it and re-open it in express mode using OpenWithOptions method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.LightingStyles">
            <summary>Property that returns the LightingStyles collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.MaterialAssets">
            <summary>Get AssetsEnumerator object that contains the materials associated with the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ModelingSettings">
            <summary>Property that returns the ModelingSettings object. The ModelingSettings object provides access to various modeling related document options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Modeling tab of the Document Settings dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ModelStateName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the model state that this document represents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.NeedsMigrating">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the document needs to be migrated to the current release.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.NonTransactingClientGraphicsCollection">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the non-transacting ClientGraphicsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.NonTransactingGraphicsDataSetsCollection">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the non-transacting GraphicsDataSetsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ObjectVisibility">
            <summary>Property that returns the ObjectVisibility object providing override visibility controls for objects in the document. Changes are not saved with the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.Open">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this document is currently open. If False, the document has only been initialized and calling methods or properties on the document could cause it to open.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.PhysicalAssets">
            <summary>Get AssetsEnumerator object that contains the physical properties associated with the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.PrintManager">
            <summary>Property that returns the PrintManager, or when called from a DrawingDocument it returns a DrawingPrintManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.PropertySets">
            <summary>Gets the Property Sets object that controls the file's published-format properties.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.PutInternalNameAndRevisionId(System.String,System.String,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Constructs and sets the Internal Name and Revision Identifier for this Document from strings supplied. This can only be done on a previously un-saved document (New or SaveCopyAs)</summary>
            <param name="InternalNameToken">
                <summary>Input string value to specify the internal name token.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RevisionIdToken">
                <summary>Input string value to specify the revision token.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Output string(GUID) value that indicates the internal name.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RevisionId">
                <summary>Output string(GUID) value that indicates the revision Id.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.Rebuild">
            <summary>Performs compute operations on all of the entities within this document's scope as if all of the driving entities had been 'dirtied.'</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.Rebuild2(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that performs compute operations on all of the entities within this Document's scope as if all of the driving entities had been 'dirtied'.</summary>
            <param name="AcceptErrorsAndContinue">
                <summary>Optional argument that specifies if errors should be ignored and the rebuild completed or if the rebuild should be aborted if an error occurs.  If the IgnoreErrors argument is set to True, errors are skipped and the rebuild process continues. If IgnoreErrors is set to False, the method returns as soon as the first error is encountered.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.RecentChanges">
            <summary>Gets a bit-encoded value where the bits indicate the kind of changes made to the document since it became dirty.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ReferencedDocumentDescriptors">
            <summary>Property that returns an enumeration of descriptors that represent the native document references held by this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ReferencedDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the documents directly referenced by this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptors">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of linked and embedded files in the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptors2">
            <summary>Gets the collection of OLE attachments made in this Document that match the input type. Returns all OLE attachments if type is kOLEDocumentUnknownObject.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptors">
            <summary>Gets the collection of descriptor objects, presenting (editable) information about opaque references held.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ReferenceKeyManager">
            <summary>Gets this document's ReferenceKeyManager.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ReferencingDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the documents in memory that reference this document. A referencing document may or may not be fully open (i.e. may just be initialized).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ReleaseReference">
            <summary>Method that releases the reference that gets added if a document is opened invisibly through the API. Releasing the reference on a hidden document makes it a candidate for closure the next time Inventor closes all unreferenced documents.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.RequiresUpdate">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean indicating if any of the entities within this document's scope is out of date with respect to their driving entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ReservedForWrite">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean flag indicating whether this file has been reserved for write by someone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ReservedForWriteByMe">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this file has been reserved for write by the caller.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ReservedForWriteLogin">
            <summary>Gets the login of the person who currently holds the reservation to write.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ReservedForWriteName">
            <summary>Gets the name of the person who currently holds the reservation to write.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ReservedForWriteTime">
            <summary>Gets the time at which the reservation was made.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ReservedForWriteVersion">
            <summary>Gets the version within this file that has been reserved for write.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ResolveFile">
            <summary>Method that invoke the resolve file for the document if there are references missing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.RevertReservedForWriteByMe">
            <summary>Method that reverts the file checked out by the caller.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.Save">
            <summary>Saves this document to disk.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.Save2(System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that saves the document and the specified dependent documents.</summary>
            <param name="SaveDependents">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether or not to save dependent documents that have been dirtied. Defaults to True indicating that the dependents will be saved. If the DependentsToSave argument is not specified, all dirty dependents are saved. If the argument is specified as False, only this document will be saved. The argument is ignored if the document doesn't have any dependents needing save.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DocumentsToSave">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that contains the Document objects to save. Use the Document.AllReferencedDocuments property to iterate over all dependent documents and find the ones that need to be saved (i.e. Dirty property returns True). If the SaveDependents argument is True and this argument is not specified, all dirty documents are saved. The argument is ignored if the document doesn't have any dependents needing save.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.SaveAs(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Saves this document into a file of the specified name.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the file to save the document into.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SaveCopyAs">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether the file to be saved is new or is a copy of a previously existing file.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.SaveAs2(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Saves this document into a file of the specified name.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full filename of the file to save the document into.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SaveCopyAs">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether the file to be saved is new or is a copy of a previously existing file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap to specify additional options when save the document. Valid options include:

Name = SaveDependents. Value = Boolean that specifies whether or not to save dependent documents that have been dirtied. Defaults to True indicating that the dependents will be saved. If the DependentsToSave argument is not specified, all dirty dependents are saved. If the argument is specified as False, only this document will be saved. The argument is ignored if the document doesn't have any dependents needing save.

Name = DocumentsToSave. Value = ObjectCollection that contains the Document objects to save. Use the Document.AllReferencedDocuments property to iterate over all dependent documents and find the ones that need to be saved (i.e. Dirty property returns True). If the SaveDependents argument is True and this argument is not specified, all dirty documents are saved. The argument is ignored if the document doesn't have any dependents needing save.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.SelectionPreferences">
            <summary>Gets the SelectionPreferences.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.SelectionPriority">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current selection priority for the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.SelectSet">
            <summary>Property that returns the SelectSet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.SetMissingAddInBehavior(System.String,Inventor.CommandTypesEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the commands to be disabled when a particular AddIn is absent.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Specifies the ClassId of the AddIn. When the AddIn corresponding to this ClientId is absent (unloaded or uninstalled), the commands specified are disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisabledCommandTypesEnum">
                <summary>CommandTypesEnum that specifies the classifications of the commands to be disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisabledCommands">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that specifies the commands to be disabled. The ObjectCollection must contain only ControlDefinition objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.SetThumbnailSaveOption(Inventor.ThumbnailSaveOptionEnum,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the thumbnail (preview picture) save option.</summary>
            <param name="SaveOption">
                <summary>ThumbnailSaveOptionEnum indicating what gets saved as a thumbnail, if anything. Options include kNoThumbnail, kActiveComponentIsoViewOnSave, kActiveWindowOnSave, kActiveWindow, and kImportFromFile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ImageFullFileName">
                <summary>Indicates what image file to use if SaveOption is set to kImportFromFile.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.SketchSettings">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchSettings object. The SketchSettings object provides access to various sketch related document options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Sketch tab of the Document Settings dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.SoftwareVersionCreated">
            <summary>Gets the object that encapsulates the version of the software with which this document was first created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.SoftwareVersionSaved">
            <summary>Gets the object that encapsulates the version of the software with which this document was last saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.SubType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the sub-Type (a published GUID. See DocCLSIDs.h) of this Document. Setting a new sub-Type will invoke a validation sequence and may fail if the operation is invalid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.TextStyles">
            <summary>Gets the TextStylesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.Thumbnail">
            <summary>Property that returns a bitmap picture of the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.ThumbnailSaveOption">
            <summary>Property that returns the current thumbnail (preview picture) save option.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.UnitsOfMeasure">
            <summary>Property that returns the UnitsOfMeasure object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.Update">
            <summary>Performs compute operations on all of the entities within this Document's scope that may be out of date with respect to their driving entities.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.Update2(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that performs compute operations on all of the entities within this Document's scope that may be out of date with respect to their driving entities.</summary>
            <param name="AcceptErrorsAndContinue">
                <summary>Optional argument that specifies if errors should be ignored and the update completed or if the update should be aborted if an error occurs.  If the IgnoreErrors argument is set to True, errors are skipped and the update process continues. If IgnoreErrors is set to False, the method returns as soon as the first error is encountered.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.VBAProject">
            <summary>Property that returns the Autodesk Inventor VBA project for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyDocument.Views">
            <summary>Gets all the open views of this document in a collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssemblyEvents">
            <summary>The AssemblyEvents object provides notification of assembly events including change, delete and constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyEvents.OnAssemblyChange(Inventor.AssemblyDocument,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired after any change occurs that impacts the assembly structure.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>Input AssemblyDocument object that indicates the document in which the change occurred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the assembly is changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyEvents.OnAssemblyChanged(Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires after any change occurs that impacts the Assembly Structure.</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyEvents.OnAssemblySolve(Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Fires before and after the assembly solver solves an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Solver">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyEvents.OnDelete(Inventor.Document,System.Object,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever an object within this events set is deleted in a document.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>Input Document object that indicates the document in which the change occurred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input object that was just deleted. When the value of the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore, the object provided is the object being deleted. When the value is kAfter, an object is also provided but since the actual entity has been deleted calling any methods or properties on the object will fail. The only thing that is valid to do with the object at this time is to compare it's identity with a reference previously saved (usually during kBefore). For example: Private m_oDeletedEntity As Object Private Sub oAssemblyEvents_OnDelete(ByVal DocumentObject As Document, ByVal Entity As Object, ByVal BeforeOrAfter As EventTimingEnum, ...) If BeforeOrAfter = kBefore Then ' Check to see if the Entity being deleted is an interesting one. For example, it could have an attribute attached to it. If Interesting(Entity) Then ' Save a reference to the object. Set m_oDeletedEntity = Entity End If Else ' Now we're either after the delete or it's been aborted. Check to see if the object is the interesting one. If Entity Is m_oDeletedEntity Then If BeforeOrAfter = kAfter then ' The object was deleted. Else If BeforeOrAfter = kAbort Then ' The delete was aborted. End If End If End Sub</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the entity is deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyEvents.OnLoadStateChange(Inventor.AssemblyDocument,Inventor.DocumentLoadStateEnum,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires when an assembly document goes from lite to full or full to lite loading.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The AssemblyDocument object whose load state is changing.  When the state is changing from Lite to Full the document object returned will be the same for both the before and after firings of this event.  When going from Full to Lite, the document object will be difference since the document is actually closed and reopened.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NewLoadState">
                <summary>Input DocumentLoadStateEnum value indicating the state the document is changing to when the timing kBefore and the current state when the timing is kAfter.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the load state has changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.  No context information is currently provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.  By setting this argument to kEventCanceled when the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore, Inventor will abort the state change.  When the save is cancelled, this event is fired again but the BeforeOrAfter argument will have a value of kAbort.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyEvents.OnNewConstraint(Inventor.AssemblyDocument,System.Object,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires whenever an assembly constraint or iMateResult is created.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Constraint">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyEvents.OnNewOccurrence(Inventor.AssemblyDocument,Inventor.ComponentOccurrence,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever an occurrence is created.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>Input AssemblyDocument object that indicates the document in which the change occurred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>Input ComponentOccurrence object that was just created. Nothing in the kBefore case.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the occurrence is created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyEvents.OnNewRelationship(Inventor.AssemblyDocument,System.Object,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnNewRelationship event notifies a client when a new constraint or connection is added to an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The AssemblyDocument object that represents the assembly the constraint is being added to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Relationship">
                <summary>The new relationship (an AssemblyConstraint, iMateResult, or AssemblyConnection) that was just created.  When the value of the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore, Nothing is returned for this argument.  When the value is kAfter, the new assembly relationship object is returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the relationship is created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.  No context information is currently provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.  The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyEvents.OnOccurrenceChange(Inventor.AssemblyDocument,Inventor.ComponentOccurrence,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever an occurrence changes.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>Input AssemblyDocument object that indicates the document in which the change occurred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>Input ComponentOccurrence object that indicates the occurrence that changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the occurrence is changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. Information describing the change is passed through the context argument, as described below: Name = "Grounded", Value = True or False. Indicates the grounded state is changing. The value indicates the new grounded state of the occurrence. Name = "Adaptive", Value = True or False. Indicates the adaptive state is changing. The value indicates the new adaptive state of the occurrence. Name = "Visible", Value = True or False. Indicates the visibility state is changing. The value indicates the new visibility state of the occurrence. Name = "Enabled", Value = True or False. Indicates the enabled state is changing. The value indicates the new enabled state of the occurrence. Name = "Suppressed", Value = True or False. Indicates the suppressed state is changing. The value indicates the new suppressed state of the occurrence. Name = "Transformation", Value = Matrix object. Indicates the occurrence is being transformed. The Matrix object provided specifies the new transformation of the occurrence. If the original transformation is needed, you can obtain it using the Transformation property of the ComponentOccurrence object provided by the Occurrence argument of this event when the timing is kBefore.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssemblyJoint">
            <summary>An AssemblyJoint object represents an assembly relationship between two components that defines those components connect.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJoint.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the first of the two occurrences affected by this joint.&amp;nbsp;This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive.&amp;nbsp;Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this joint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJoint.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the second of the two occurrences affected by this joint.&amp;nbsp;This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive.&amp;nbsp;Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this joint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJoint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJoint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJoint.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the AssemblyJointDefinition object associated with this assembly joint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyJoint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the AssemblyJoint object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJoint.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DriveSettings object associated with this joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyJoint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJoint.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJoint.Locked">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the degree of freedom of the assembly joint is locked or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJoint.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the assembly joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJoint.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the first of the two components this assembly joint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJoint.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the second of the two components this assembly joint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJoint.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent AssemblyComponentDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJoint.Protected">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the degree of freedom of the assembly joint is protected or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJoint.Suppressed">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the assembly joint is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJoint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJoint.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the visibility of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition">
            <summary>The AssemblyJointDefinition is not an assembly joint but is an object that contains all of the information that defines an assembly joint. It is used to create new joints and to edit existing joints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.AlignmentOne">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the geometry object that defines the first alignment for the assembly joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.AlignmentTwo">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the geometry object that defines the alignment for the second component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.AngularPosition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the angular position around the origin direction of the first occurrence the assembly joint object is between with.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.AngularPositionEndLimit">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the angular position end limit for the assembly joint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.AngularPositionStartLimit">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the angular position start limit for the assembly joint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this AssemblyJointDefinition object. The new AssemblyJointDefinition is independent of any assembly joint. It can be edited and used as input to edit an existing joint or to create a new assembly joint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.FlipAlignmentDirection">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether flip the alignment direction defined by AlignmentOne.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.FlipOriginDirection">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether flip the origin direction defined by OriginOne.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.Gap">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the translation between the first and second origins along the Z-axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.HasAngularPositionLimits">
            <summary>Read-write property that indicates if the assembly joint has angular position start and end limits that the angular position value should not exceed to be valid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.HasLinearPositionEndLimit">
            <summary>Read-write property that indicates if the assembly joint has linear position end limit that the linear position value should not exceed to be valid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.HasLinearPositionStartLimit">
            <summary>Read-write property that indicates if the assembly joint has linear position start limit that the linear position value should not be less than it to be valid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.JointType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of AssemblyJoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.LinearPosition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the linear position of the first occurrence relative to the second occurrence that the assembly joint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.LinearPositionEndLimit">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the linear position end limit for the assembly joint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.LinearPositionStartLimit">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the linear position start limit for the assembly joint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.OriginOne">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the first origin associated with the assembly joint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.OriginOneDefinitionType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the definition type of the first joint origin.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.OriginOneReferencedFaces">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the two referenced planar faces to define the projecting plane for OriginOne. This returns Nothing if the OriginOneDefinitonType is not equal to kBetweenTwoFacesOriginDefinitionType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.OriginOneXOffset">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the offset of the OriginOne along origin X-axis direction. This returns Empty if the OriginOneDefinitonType is not equal to kOffsetOriginDefinitionType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.OriginOneXOffsetReferencedGeometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the referenced geometry that used to define the offset of the OriginOne along X-axis direction. This returns Nothing if the offset is not referencing any geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.OriginOneYOffset">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the offset of the OriginOne along origin Y-axis direction. This returns Empty if the OriginOneDefinitonType is not equal to kOffsetOriginDefinitionType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.OriginOneYOffsetReferencedGeometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the referenced geometry that used to define the offset of the OriginOne along Y-axis direction. This returns Nothing if the offset is not referencing any geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.OriginTwo">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the second origin associated with the assembly joint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.OriginTwoDefinitionType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the definition type of the second joint origin.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.OriginTwoReferencedFaces">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the two referenced planar faces to define the projecting plane for OriginTwo. This returns Nothing if the OriginTwoDefinitonType is not equal to kBetweenTwoFacesOriginDefinitionType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.OriginTwoXOffset">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the offset of the OriginTwo along origin X-axis direction. This returns Empty if the OriginTwoDefinitonType is not equal to kOffsetOriginDefinitionType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.OriginTwoXOffsetReferencedGeometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the referenced geometry that used to define the offset of the OriginTwo along X-axis direction. This returns Nothing if the offset is not referencing any geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.OriginTwoYOffset">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the offset of the OriginTwo along origin Y-axis direction. This returns Empty if the OriginTwoDefinitonType is not equal to kOffsetOriginDefinitionType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.OriginTwoYOffsetReferencedGeometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the referenced geometry that used to define the offset of the OriginTwo along Y-axis direction. This returns Nothing if the offset is not referencing any geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent AssemblyJoint object. This returns Nothing when the AssemblyJointDefinition is not associated with an AssemblyJoint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.SetOriginOneAsBetweenTwoFaces(Inventor.FaceCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets assembly joint origin as between two faces origin for OriginOne.</summary>
            <param name="ReferencedFaces">
                <summary>Input FaceCollection object with two planar faces to define the projecting plane for the assembly joint origin.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.SetOriginOneAsInfer">
            <summary>Method that sets assembly joint origin as infer origin for OriginOne.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.SetOriginOneAsOffset(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets assembly joint origin as offset origin for OriginOne.</summary>
            <param name="XOffset">
                <summary>Input Variant object to specify the offset value along the X-axis. A numeric or string value can be supplied for this argument and a parameter will be automatically created after the joint is created. If a numeric value is supplied, the value is in centimeters, and the parameter is set to the value specified. If a string value is supplied it will be used as the expression for the newly created parameter, if the value is supplied without a unit qualifier it will default to the current document length unit. The following is a valid entry for it, assuming the parameter d1 already exists and defines a length “d1+3 in”. If a geometry is provided, the offset value will be calculated with the OriginOne and the geometry. Valid geometries are Edge, Face, WorkPlane, WorkAxis and their proxies.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YOffset">
                <summary>Input Variant object to specify the offset value along the Y-axis. A numeric or string value can be supplied for this argument and a parameter will be automatically created after the joint is created. If a numeric value is supplied, the value is in centimeters, and the parameter is set to the value specified. If a string value is supplied it will be used as the expression for the newly created parameter, if the value is supplied without a unit qualifier it will default to the current document length unit. The following is a valid entry for it, assuming the parameter d1 already exists and defines a length “d1+3 in”. If a geometry is provided, the offset value will be calculated with the OriginOne and the geometry. Valid geometries are Edge, Face, WorkPlane, WorkAxis and their proxies.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.SetOriginTwoAsBetweenTwoFaces(Inventor.FaceCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets assembly joint origin as between two faces origin for OriginTwo.</summary>
            <param name="ReferencedFaces">
                <summary>Input FaceCollection object with two planar faces to define the projecting plane for the assembly joint origin.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.SetOriginTwoAsInfer">
            <summary>Method that sets assembly joint origin as infer origin for OriginTwo.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.SetOriginTwoAsOffset(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets assembly joint origin as offset origin for OriginTwo.</summary>
            <param name="XOffset">
                <summary>Input Variant object to specify the offset value along the X-axis. A numeric or string value can be supplied for this argument and a parameter will be automatically created after the joint is created. If a numeric value is supplied, the value is in centimeters, and the parameter is set to the value specified. If a string value is supplied it will be used as the expression for the newly created parameter, if the value is supplied without a unit qualifier it will default to the current document length unit. The following is a valid entry for it, assuming the parameter d1 already exists and defines a length “d1+3 in”. If a geometry is provided, the offset value will be calculated with the OriginTwo and the geometry. Valid geometries are Edge, Face, WorkPlane, WorkAxis and their proxies.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YOffset">
                <summary>Input Variant object to specify the offset value along the Y-axis. A numeric or string value can be supplied for this argument and a parameter will be automatically created after the joint is created. If a numeric value is supplied, the value is in centimeters, and the parameter is set to the value specified. If a string value is supplied it will be used as the expression for the newly created parameter, if the value is supplied without a unit qualifier it will default to the current document length unit. The following is a valid entry for it, assuming the parameter d1 already exists and defines a length “d1+3 in”. If a geometry is provided, the offset value will be calculated with the OriginTwo and the geometry. Valid geometries are Edge, Face, WorkPlane, WorkAxis and their proxies.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssemblyJointProxy">
            <summary>Represents an AssemblyJoint object in a subaussembly within another assemby.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointProxy.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the first of the two occurrences affected by this joint.&amp;nbsp;This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive.&amp;nbsp;Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this joint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointProxy.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the second of the two occurrences affected by this joint.&amp;nbsp;This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive.&amp;nbsp;Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this joint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the AssemblyJointDefinition object associated with this assembly joint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyJointProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the AssemblyJoint object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointProxy.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DriveSettings object associated with this joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyJointProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointProxy.Locked">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the degree of freedom of the assembly joint is locked or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointProxy.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the assembly joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointProxy.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the first of the two components this assembly joint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointProxy.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the second of the two components this assembly joint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent AssemblyComponentDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointProxy.Protected">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the degree of freedom of the assembly joint is protected or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the assembly joint is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the visibility of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssemblyJoints">
            <summary>The AssemblyJoints object is a collection that provides access to all of the existing assembly joints in the document and provided access to the functions to create new joints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyJoints.Add(Inventor.AssemblyJointDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new AssemblyJoint. The new created AssemblyJoint is returned.</summary>
            <param name="AssemblyJointDef">
                <summary>Input AssemblyJointDefinition object that defines the assembly joint you want to create.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJoints.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJoints.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyJoints.CreateAssemblyJointDefinition(Inventor.AssemblyJointTypeEnum,Inventor.GeometryIntent,Inventor.GeometryIntent)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new AssemblyJointDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="JointType">
                <summary>Input AssemblyJointTypeEnum value that specifies the type of AssemblyJoint.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OriginOne">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that defines the first origin and origin direction of the connection on an occurrence that being connected with others. Valid geometries for defining the first origin and origin direction are: 
Linear edge or sketch line on which the start/mid/end point can be specified as origin. The direction of the linear object defines the origin direction. 
Circular/elliptical edge or sketch entity which the center will be used as origin. The normal of the object defines the origin direction. 
Cylindrical/conical/elliptical-cylindrical face which the start/mid/end point on the axis of the face can be specified as origin. The axis of the face defines the origin direction. 
Toroidal/spherical face which the center will be used as origin. The axis of the toroidal face defines the origin direction. 
Planar face that has linear/circular/elliptical edges which the start/mid/end point of linear edge or center of circular/elliptical edge can be specified as origin. The normal of the planar face defines the origin direction. </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OriginTwo">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that defines the second origin and origin direction of the connection on an occurrence that the first occurrence will be connected to.
Refer to OriginOne for the valid geometries for defining the second origin and origin direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJoints.Item">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the specified AssemblyJoint object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJoints.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssemblyJointsEnumerator">
            <summary>Provides access to the joints acting directly on a particular occurrence. This object may also be used wherever a snapshot of a set of assembly joints needs to be returned (this is a snapshot taken at the time this object is retrieved).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified AssemblyJoint object from the collection. This is the default method of the AssemblyJointsEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyJointsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssemblyOptions">
            <summary>The AssemblyOptions object provides access to properties that provide read and write access of the assembly related application options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Assembly tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyOptions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyOptions.AssemblyExpressMinimumUniqueDocument">
            <summary>Gets and sets the minimum number of unique documents to open in assembly Express mode by default.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyOptions.ConstraintAudioNotification">
            <summary>Enables or Disables audio notifications when creating constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyOptions.DeferUpdate">
            <summary>Enables or Disables updating assemblies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyOptions.DeleteComponentPatternSources">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the behavior when deleting pattern elements.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyOptions.DisplayComponentNamesInConstraints">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether component names should be suffixed to constraint names.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyOptions.EnableAssemblyExpress">
            <summary>Enables or disables assembly Express workflows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyOptions.EnableConstraintRedundancyAnalysis">
            <summary>Gets/Sets analysis of all assembly components for adaptivity adjustments.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyOptions.EnableCrossPartEdgeLoopProjection">
            <summary>Enables or disables associative edge/loop geometry projection during in-place modeling.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyOptions.EnableCrossPartSketchGeometryProjection">
            <summary>Enables or disables associative sketch geometry projection during in-place modeling.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyOptions.FromToExtentsAdaptFeature">
            <summary>Enables or Disables automatically adapting the in-place feature size or position.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyOptions.FromToExtentsMatePlane">
            <summary>Enables or Disables automatically creating the feature to the desired size and mating it to the plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyOptions.OnlyActiveComponentIsOpaque">
            <summary>Gets/Sets Opaqueness of Active Component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyOptions.PartFeaturesInitiallyAdaptive">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default adaptive behavior when new features are created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyOptions.PlaceAndGroundFirstComponentAtOrigin">
            <summary>Place and ground first component at origin.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyOptions.SectionAllParts">
            <summary>Enables or Disables sectioning of all parts including standard parts in an assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyOptions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyOptions.UseLastOccurrenceOrientationForPlacement">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the last used orientation should be applied when placing components interactively.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyOptions.ZoomTargetComponentWithiMate">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default zoom behavior for the graphics window when placing components with iMates.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint">
            <summary>Symmetry assembly constraint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second geometry</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.EntityOneInferredType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns an enum indicating how the geometry of entity one is interpreted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.EntityTwoInferredType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns an enum indicating how the geometry of entity two is interpreted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.NormalsOpposed">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets whether the directions of the normals are opposed or aligned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.SymmetryPlane">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the object that defines the symmetry plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraint.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy">
            <summary>AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy object represents an AssemblySymmetryConstraint that was created in a subassembly within an assembly that contains that subassembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.ConvertToInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.ConvertToMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second geometry</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.EntityOneInferredType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns an enum indicating how the geometry of entity one is interpreted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.EntityTwoInferredType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns an enum indicating how the geometry of entity two is interpreted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.NormalsOpposed">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets whether the directions of the normals are opposed or aligned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.SymmetryPlane">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the object that defines the symmetry plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblySymmetryConstraintProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssemblyWorkAxisDef">
            <summary>The AssemblyWorkAxisDef object allows you to get and set the information that specifies a fixed work axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyWorkAxisDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyWorkAxisDef.Axis">
            <summary>Property that returns the X-axis vector of the work axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyWorkAxisDef.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of constraints that are acting on the work axis. This returns all of the constraints, including those returned by the DefinitionConstraints property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyWorkAxisDef.GetData(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.UnitVector@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the data defining an assembly work axis.</summary>
            <param name="OriginPoint">
                <summary>Output object that defines the origin of the work axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Axis">
                <summary>Output object that defines the X-axis vector of the work axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyWorkAxisDef.OriginPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the origin point of the work axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyWorkAxisDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyWorkAxisDef.PutData(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector)">
            <summary>Method that sets all of the data defining an assembly work axis.</summary>
            <param name="OriginPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the origin of the work axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Axis">
                <summary>Input object that defines the X-axis vector of the work axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyWorkAxisDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssemblyWorkPlaneDef">
            <summary>The AssemblyWorkPlaneDef object allows you to access the information specific to work planes in an assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyWorkPlaneDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyWorkPlaneDef.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of constraints that are acting on the work plane. This returns all of the constraints, including those returned by the DefinitionConstraints property</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyWorkPlaneDef.GetData(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.UnitVector@,Inventor.UnitVector@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the data defining an assembly work plane.</summary>
            <param name="OriginPoint">
                <summary>Output object that defines the origin of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XAxis">
                <summary>Output object that defines the X-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YAxis">
                <summary>Output object that defines the Y-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyWorkPlaneDef.OriginPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the origin point of the work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyWorkPlaneDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent WorkPlane object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssemblyWorkPlaneDef.PutData(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,Inventor.UnitVector)">
            <summary>Method that sets all of the data defining an assembly work plane.</summary>
            <param name="OriginPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the origin of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XAxis">
                <summary>Input object that defines the X-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YAxis">
                <summary>Input object that defines the Y-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyWorkPlaneDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyWorkPlaneDef.XAxis">
            <summary>Property that returns the X-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyWorkPlaneDef.YAxis">
            <summary>Property that returns the Y-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssemblyWorkPointDef">
            <summary>The AssemblyWorkPointDef object allows you to get and set the information that specifies a fixed work point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyWorkPointDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyWorkPointDef.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of constraints that are acting on the work point. This returns all of the constraints, including those returned by the DefinitionConstraints property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyWorkPointDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent WorkPoint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyWorkPointDef.Point">
            <summary>Specifies the origin point of the work point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssemblyWorkPointDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Asset">
            <summary>The Asset object represents an appearance, material, or physical asset within a library.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Asset.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Asset.AssetType">
            <summary>Gets the data type that returns whether this is an appearance, physical properties, or material asset.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Asset.Category">
            <summary>Gets the category that this asset is a member of. A value of Nothing indicates this asset is not a member of a category. A value of Nothing is also returned when an Asset is associated with a document, rather than a library. Categories don’t exist in a documen.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Asset.CategoryName">
            <summary>Gets the name of the category this Asset is designated to be in. This can include the the category and subcategories which are delimited by a colon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Asset.CopyTo(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that copies this asset to the specified target and returns the new asset.&amp;nbsp;A failure will occur if you attempt to replace the asset itself..</summary>
            <param name="Target">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the target where the asset should be copied. Valid values are: 
AssetLibrary object - Copied to the asset library, assuming the library is not read only. 
AssetCategory object - Copied to the category, assuming the associated library is not read-only. 
Document object - Copied to the specified document. 
The String “Favorites” - Copies it to the Favorites list of assets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether replace the existing asset if an asset of the same name exists. If set to False, and an asset of the same name exists, this method creates a duplicate asset and returns the new asset. If the asset is a material asset that specify this value will either replace the existing material asset and its referenced appearance and physical assets, or duplicate all of them.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Asset.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Asset.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this asset from the library.&amp;nbsp;An asset can only be deleted if it is not currently being used, which you can determine using the IsUsed property.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Asset.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of this asset as seen in the Material or Appearance Browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Asset.Duplicate(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this asset within the document using a new display name. This method is only valid when called on an asset that is owned by a document. A failure will occur if you attempt to copy an asset that isn’t owned by a document and if the.</summary>
            <param name="NewDisplayName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Asset.HasTexture">
            <summary>Gets the flag that indicates if this asset has texture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Asset.IsReadOnly">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this asset is read-only. If True any attempted edits will fail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Asset.IsUsed">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this asset is being used in the document or in a material definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Asset.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Asset.LocalType">
            <summary>Returns the local type of this asset. This is applicable to appearance asset.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Asset.Name">
            <summary>Gets the key name of the asset. This name will remain constant for all languages and is the name used as input to the Item property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Asset.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent object of this asset.&amp;nbsp;This can return an AssetLibrary, or Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Asset.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssetCategories">
            <summary>The AssetCategories collection object provides access to the categories associated with a library.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssetCategories.Add(System.String,Inventor.Asset)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new asset category in the library.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary>Displayed name of the category as shown to the user in the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Asset">
                <summary>An Asset that will be used as the first item in the category.  The asset must exist in the same library or document as the category being created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetCategories.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetCategories.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetCategories.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetCategories.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kAssetCategoriesObject indicating this object’s type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssetCategory">
            <summary>The AssetCategory object represents a category within a library.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssetCategory.AddAsset(Inventor.Asset)">
            <summary>Adds the specified asset to this category. The asset must exist in the same library as the category and the library must not be read-only. If the asset is already in another category, it will be moved to this category.</summary>
            <param name="Asset">
                <summary>Input Asset object that will be added to the category.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetCategory.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetCategory.Assets">
            <summary>Gets the assets associated with category.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssetCategory.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this category from the library. Any assets associated with the category will also be deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetCategory.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of this category as seen in the Material or Appearance Browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetCategory.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetCategory.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kAssetCategoryObject indicating this object’s type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssetLibraries">
            <summary>The AssetLibraries collection object provides access to the various asset libraries and also supports opening and migrating existing libraries, and creating new libraries.  A library can contain both appearance and physical material assets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssetLibraries.Add(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new asset library. The newly created AssetLibrary object is returned. The library can contain both appearance and material assets.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>The full filename of the library to create.  This must be the full path and the filename, including the .adsklib extension.  For example: “C:\MyLibs\Acme.adsklib”</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetLibraries.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetLibraries.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetLibraries.Item">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the specified AssetLibrary object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssetLibraries.MigrateInventorStyle(System.String,System.Boolean,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that migrates existing inventor color and material styles into an existing or new library.</summary>
            <param name="InventorLibraryPath">
                <summary>The full path to the existing Inventor styles.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ImportMaterialStyles">
                <summary>Indicates if material styles should be imported.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetLibrary">
                <summary>The full path of the library to import the styles into.  If the specified library already exists they will be merged into that library.  If it doesn’t exist, a new library will be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssetLibraries.Open(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that open an existing asset library. The opened AssetLibrary object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>The full filename of the library to open.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetLibraries.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kAssetLibrariesObject indicating this object’s type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssetLibrary">
            <summary>The AssetLibrary object represents a material and appearance library which exists as a .asdklib file.  A library can contain both appearance and physical material information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetLibrary.AppearanceAssetCategories">
            <summary>Gets the AssetCategories collection which provides access to the appearance related categories defined within this library.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetLibrary.AppearanceAssets">
            <summary>Gets an Assets collection which provides access to all of the appearance assets in this library.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetLibrary.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetLibrary.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of this library as seen in the Material or Appearance Browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetLibrary.FullFileName">
            <summary>Gets the full filename of this library.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetLibrary.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the unique internal name of this library.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetLibrary.IsReadOnly">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this library is read-only. If True any attempted edits will fail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetLibrary.MaterialAssetCategories">
            <summary>Gets the AssetCategories collection which provides access to the material related categories defined within this library.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetLibrary.MaterialAssets">
            <summary>Gets the Assets collection which provides access to all of the materials in this library.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetLibrary.PhysicalAssets">
            <summary>Gets an Assets collection which provides access to all of the physical assets in this library. A physical asset defines the physical properties that are associated with a material.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssetLibrary.Remove">
            <summary>Method that removes the library from the set of loaded libraries. The associated .adsklib file is not affected.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetLibrary.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kAssetLibraryObject indicating this object’s type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Assets">
            <summary>The Assets collection object provides access to assets within a library and supports the creation of new assets.  Depending on where the Assets object was obtained from it will provide access to different types of assets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Assets.Add(Inventor.AssetTypeEnum,System.String,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new asset. The new created Asset object is returned. Currently only material and appearance assets can be created. When a material asset is created a physical asset is automatically created that is associated with it that you can edit.</summary>
            <param name="AssetType">
                <summary>The type of asset to be created, either an appearance or material asset.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LocalType">
                <summary>If the AssetType argument is kAssetAppearanceType, then you can specify the type of appearance asset you want to create. If a material asset is being created, this argument is ignored. If an appearance argument is being created and this argument is not provided it will default to creating a Generic type of appearance asset.

The valid types of assets that can be created are: “Ceramic”, “Concrete”, “Generic”, “Glazing”, “Masonry”, “Metal”, “Metallic Paint”, “Mirror”, “Plastic”, “Solid Glass”, “Stone”, “Wall Paint”, “Water” and “Wood”.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary>Reserved for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary>Displayed name of the asset as shown to the user in the browser. If no name is specified, Inventor creates a default name.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Assets.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Assets.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Assets.Item">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the specified Asset object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Assets.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kAssetsObject indicating this object’s type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssetsEnumerator">
            <summary>The AssetsEnumerator collection object provides access to a set of assets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the specified Asset object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kAssetsEnumeratorObject indicating this object’s type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssetTexture">
            <summary>The AssetTexture object represents a texture that’s associated with an asset value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetTexture.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AssetTexture.ChangeTextureType(Inventor.AssetTextureTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the type of of this texture.</summary>
            <param name="TextureType">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="ImageFileName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetTexture.Count">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the number of asset values associated with this texture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetTexture.Item">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the specified AssetValue object from the asset.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetTexture.TextureType">
            <summary>Gets the current texture type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetTexture.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kAssetTextureObject indicating this object’s type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AssetValue">
            <summary>The AssetValue object represents a specific value within an asset.  The AssetValue class is the base class for the various types of asset values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetValue.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetValue.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets the name of this value as seen in the Material or Appearance Browser. This can change based on the current Inventor language.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetValue.IsReadOnly">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this asset value is read-only. If True any attempted edits will fail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetValue.Name">
            <summary>Gets the key name of the value. This name will remain constant for all languages and is the name used as input to the Item property or the Asset object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetValue.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent Asset object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetValue.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kAssetValueObject indicating this object’s type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AssetValue.ValueType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the data type that the Value property for this AssetValue object will return.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Attribute">
            <summary>The Attribute object stores a name and value and belongs to a specific attribute set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Attribute.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the attribute from the attribute set.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Attribute.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Attribute.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Attribute.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent AttributeSet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Attribute.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Attribute.Value">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the value of the Attribute.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Attribute.ValueType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of the value stored within this attribute.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AttributeManager">
            <summary>Dynamic attributes provide the ability for a programmer to add any arbitrary data to any persistent object within Autodesk Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AttributeManager.FindAttributes(System.String,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns the Attribute objects that match the search criteria.</summary>
            <param name="AttributeSetName">
                <summary>Optional input String value that specifies the name of the owning attribute set. An asterisk can be used as a wild card in the string to match partial strings. If this value is not input it will default to "*" which will match all attribute sets. The search is not case sensitive.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AttributeName">
                <summary>Optional input String value that specifies the name of the attribute, including a compound name that contains nested sub-Attributes. An asterisk can be used as a wild card in the string to match partial strings. A dot is used as the delimiter between an attribute and its sub-attribute. If this value is not input it will default to "*" which will match all attributes. The search is not case sensitive. Thus, "Color.Green*" will match an object that has an attribute whose name is "color" with a sub-attribute, "green." The sub-attribute could also be "greenish" as well and the match would succeed. But no match is found if a 'color' object is found with no sub-attributes. On the other hand, a query with simply "Color" will match all objects which may or may not have sub-attributes, but do have the direct attribute, "color."</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AttributeValue">
                <summary>Optional input Variant value that specifies the value of the attribute. In the case of attributes that contain string values, an asterisk can be used as a wild card in the string to match partial strings. For other types, exact matches must be made. For some types, the value will be ignored, i.e. arrays. If this argument is not specified it will ignore the value and match based on the AttributeSetName and AttributeName arguments.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AttributeManager.FindAttributeSets(System.String,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns attribute sets that have the specified names and values.</summary>
            <param name="AttributeSetName">
                <summary>Optional input String value that specifies the name of the attribute set. An asterisk can be used as a wild card in the string to match partial strings. If this value is not input it will default to "*" which will match all attribute sets. The search is not case sensitive.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AttributeName">
                <summary>Optional input String value that specifies the name of any attribute within the set, including a compound name that contains nested sub-Attributes. An asterisk can be used as a wild card in the string to match partial strings. A dot is used as the delimiter between an attribute and its sub-attribute. If this value is not input it will default to "*" which will match all attributes. The search is not case sensitive. Thus, "Color.Green*" will match an object that has an attribute whose name is "color" with a sub-attribute, "green." The sub-attribute could also be "greenish" as well and the match would succeed. But no match is found if a 'color' object is found with no sub-attributes. On the other hand, a query with simply "Color" will match all objects which may or may not have sub-attributes, but do have the direct attribute, "color."</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AttributeValue">
                <summary>Optional input Variant value that specifies the value of the attribute. In the case of attributes that contain string values, an asterisk can be used as a wild card in the string to match partial strings. For other types, exact matches must be made. For some types, the value will be ignored, i.e. arrays. If this argument is not specified it will ignore the value and match based on the AttributeSetName and AttributeName arguments.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AttributeManager.FindObjects(System.String,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns the objects that have the specified attributes.</summary>
            <param name="AttributeSetName">
                <summary>Optional input String value that specifies the name of the attribute set. An asterisk can be used as a wild card in the string to match partial strings. If this value is not input it will default to "*" which will match all attribute sets. The search is not case sensitive.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AttributeName">
                <summary>Optional input String value that specifies the name of the attribute. An asterisk can be used as a wild card in the string to match partial strings. If this value is not input it will default to "*" which will match all attributes. The search is not case sensitive.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AttributeValue">
                <summary>Optional input Variant value that specifies the value of the attribute. In the case of attributes that contain string values, an asterisk can be used as a wild card in the string to match partial strings. For other types, exact matches must be made. For some types, the value will be ignored, i.e. arrays. If this argument is not specified it will ignore the value and match based on the AttributeSetName and AttributeName arguments.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AttributeManager.FindObjectsByPattern(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns the objects whose AttributeSets, if converted to XML, satisfy the specified XSL pattern.</summary>
            <param name="XPath">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AttributeManager.OpenAttributeSets(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.String)">
            <summary>Finds the AttributeSet of the given name for each object in the object collection. If it does not find one, it creates a new AttributeSet. returns the in the same order as the object collection. Using this method is several times faster than accessing AttributeSets for each object individually. OpenAttributeSets works correctly even if the given collection has degenerate objects such as an edge for the apex of a cone. In such a case, OpenAttributeSets succeeds for all the valid objects, and returns NULL objects for the degenerate objects.</summary>
            <param name="Objects">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AttributeSetName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the attribute set to find or create.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeManager.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns either the Autodesk Inventor document or the ApprenticeServerDocument.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AttributeManager.PurgeAttributeSets(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that finds and deletes the AttributeSets of the specified names whose parent cannot be resolved. If preview flag is true, then instead of deleting these AttributeSets, it returns their collection.</summary>
            <param name="AttributeSetName">
                <summary>Optional input String value that specifies the name of the attribute set. An asterisk can be used as a wild card in the string to match partial strings. If this value is not input it will default to "*" which will match all attribute sets. The search is not case sensitive.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Preview">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to return the collection of to preview prior to deleting them. A value of False (the default) means that the preview collection is not returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PreviewResult">
                <summary>Optional output Variant that contains the collection of to preview if Preview is set to True.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeManager.RevisionId">
            <summary>Gets the GUID that represents the last saved revision of this file. Works as a stamp of the contents of this file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeManager.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AttributesEnumerator">
            <summary>The AttributesEnumerator object provides access to a list of Attribute objects. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AttributeSet">
            <summary>The AttributeSet object provides the ability to create new attributes and access existing attributes. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AttributeSet.Add(System.String,Inventor.ValueTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new attribute in the attribute set. The created Attribute object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="AttributeName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the name of the attribute. The name must be unique with respect to the other attributes within this attribute set. If it is not unique, a failure will occur. A failure will also occur if the name contains a space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ValueType">
                <summary>Input value from that specifies the type of the attribute.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the value of the attribute.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AttributeSet.AddAttributes(System.String[],Inventor.ValueTypeEnum[],System.Object[],System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Adds attributes to the AttributeSet using the arrays that specify the names, valuetypes and values of the desired attributes</summary>
            <param name="AttributeNames">
                <summary>String array that specifies the names of the attributes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ValueTypes">
                <summary>Array of ValueTypeEnums that specify the types of the attributes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Values">
                <summary>Array of Variant values that specify the values of the attributes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Indicates whether to replace any attributes that already exist.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeSet.Copy">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean flag that indicates whether this set was created as a result of a operation that copied the owner Inventor Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AttributeSet.CopyTo(System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Copies the Attribute Set to another object. Returns reference to the copied Attribute Set.</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>The object to copy to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Indictates whether to replaces an existing attribute set.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeSet.CopyWithOwner">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean flag that controls the behavior of whether this set will copied onto this Inventor Object's copy.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeSet.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of attributes within this attribute set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeSet.DataIO">
            <summary>Property that returns the object that allows you to write the contents of the AttributeSet as XML. The DataIO object returned supports the WriteDataToFile method with the format "XML." The AttributeSet name is used as a tag name in the XML data. Because of this, the name must be a valid XML tag name. This means it must begin with a letter and can contain the following characters '_', '-', '.'. Spaces are not allowed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AttributeSet.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this AttributeSet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AttributeSet.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeSet.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Attribute object from the attribute set. This is the default property of the AttributeSet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeSet.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Attribute Set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeSet.NameIsUsed">
            <summary>Property that returns whether an existing attribute has the specific name or not. Returns True if the name is already being used.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeSet.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the Autodesk Inventor object being attributed with this AttributeSet. If this AttributeSet is being shared by more than one Autodesk Inventor object, then an ObjectCollection is returned that contains all of the Autodesk Inventor objects attributed with this AttributeSet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeSet.Transient">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean flag indicating whether this Attribute set is transient. (Meaning it is available only during this session).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Provides access to the objects associated with a specific object and provides the ability to create additional sets on the object. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AttributeSets.Add(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new for the object the AttributeSets collection was obtained from. The created AttributeSet object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="AttributeSetName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the name of the attribute set. The name must be unique with respect to the other attribute sets attached to this object. If it is not unique, an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CopyWithOwner">
                <summary>Property that specifies whether the attribute set should be copied with its owner when the object it is associated with is copied or split. If True, the attribute set is copied.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AttributeSets.AddTransient(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Adds a transient into this collection. This set is transient as it is available only during this session.</summary>
            <param name="AttributeSetName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the name of the attribute set. The name must be unique with respect to the other attribute sets attached to this object. If it is not unique, an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CopyWithOwner">
                <summary>Property that specifies whether the attribute set should be copied with its owner when the object it is associated with is copied or split. If True, the attribute set is copied.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeSets.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeSets.DataIO">
            <summary>Property that returns the object that allows you to write the contents of all of the AttributeSets attached to object as XML. The DataIO object returned supports the WriteDataToFile method with the format "XML." The AttributeSet names are used as the tag names in the XML data. Because of this, the names must be valid XML tag names. This means they must begin with a letter and can contain the following characters '_', '-', '.'. Spaces are not allowed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeSets.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection. This is the default property of the AttributeSets collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeSets.NameIsUsed">
            <summary>Property that returns whether an existing attribute set has the specified name or not. Multiple AttributeSets with the same name are not allowed within this collection. Returns True if the name is already being used.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeSets.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this attribute set is attached to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AttributeSets.ParentAvailable(System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether the parent can be found.</summary>
            <param name="Parent">
                <summary>Object that returns the parent. Returns Nothing if the method returns False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Optional output NameValueMap object. Possible values: 	*	ParentSuppressed As Boolean. Indicates whether the parent is in a suppressed occurrence. 	*	ParentMissing As Boolean. Indicates whether the parent is in a missing (unresolved) occurrence. 	*	ParentDeleted As Boolean. Indicates whether the parent is in a deleted occurrence. 	*	KnownOccurrencePath As ComponentOccurrence. Contains the known occurrence path in which the parent lives.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeSets.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AttributeSetsEnumerator">
            <summary>The AttributeSetsEnumerator object provides access to a list of objects. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeSetsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeSetsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AttributeSetsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AutoCADBlock">
            <summary>The AutoCADBlock object represents an instance of an AutoCAD block definition on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlock.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlock.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlock.Color">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the color for the block.&amp;nbsp;Setting the property to Nothing restores the block to the color defined by the layer on which this block resides.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlock.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the AutoCADBlockDefinition object referenced by the block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AutoCADBlock.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the AutoCAD block from the sheet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AutoCADBlock.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>String that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>String that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AutoCADBlock.GetPromptTextValues(System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the prompt strings and values (attributes) of the block.</summary>
            <param name="PromptTags">
                <summary>String array that returns the prompt tag strings.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Values">
                <summary>String array that returns the corresponding values of the prompt fields.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AutoCADBlock.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlock.Layer">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the layer associated with the block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlock.LineType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the line type override for the block.&amp;nbsp;Setting the property to kDefaultLineType restores the block to the line type defined by the layer on which this block resides.&amp;nbsp;If the property returns kCustomLineType, the GetCustom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlock.LineWeight">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the line weight override for the symbol.&amp;nbsp;Setting the property to 0 restores the symbol to the line weight defined by the layer on which this curve resides.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlock.Name">
            <summary>Property that indicates the name of this object or instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlock.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Sheet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlock.Position">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the origin position of the block on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlock.Rotation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the rotation angle of the block in radians.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlock.Scale">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the scale of the block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AutoCADBlock.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the symbol from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists. If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AutoCADBlock.SetPromptTextValues(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the prompt string values (attributes) of the block.</summary>
            <param name="PromptTags">
                <summary>String array that specifies the prompt tag strings.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Values">
                <summary>String array that specifies the corresponding values of the prompt fields.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlock.Static">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to show the scale and rotation grip points on the block.&amp;nbsp;If True, the grip points are disabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlock.Transformation">
            <summary>Property that provides the transform that is applied to display the associated AutoCAD block definition in the correct location on the sheet. The matrix defines the sheet to block transform.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlock.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinition">
            <summary>The AutoCADBlockDefinition object represents an AutoCAD block definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinition.CopyTo(Inventor.DrawingDocument,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that copies the definition to the target drawing document.</summary>
            <param name="TargetDocument">
                <summary>Input DrawingDocument object that specifies the document to copy the definition into. The target document must be an Inventor DWG drawing (not an IDW).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to replace or create a new definition with a different name if a definition of the same name exists in the target document. If not specified, the argument</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the AutoCADBlockDefinition object. This method will fail in the case where the definition is being referenced. This can be determined by using the IsReferenced property.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinition.GetPromptTags(System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the tags and their corresponding prompts for field text (attributes) within the block definition.</summary>
            <param name="Tags">
                <summary>Output array of Strings that returns the unique tag strings indicating field texts in the block definition.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Prompts">
                <summary>Optional array of Strings that returns the corresponding prompt strings for the tags.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinition.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinition.IsReferenced">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the definition is being referenced or not. A definition is referenced when an instance of the definition has been placed on a sheet. A referenced definition cannot be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinition.Name">
            <summary>Property that indicates the name of this object or instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent DrawingDocument object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinitions">
            <summary>The AutoCADBlockDefinitions collection object provides access to all the existing AutoCADBlockDefinition objects in a (DWG) drawing document and provides methods to import additional definitions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinitions.AddFromFile(System.String,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that imports AutoCAD block definitions from an AutoCAD or an Inventor DWG file.</summary>
            <param name="DWGFullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full file name of the AutoCAD or Inventor DWG file from which to import the definitions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DefinitionNames">
                <summary>Optional input array of strings that specifies the names of the definitions to import from the source file. If not specified, all AutoCAD block definitions are imported.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to replace or create a new definition with a different name if a definition of the same name exists in the target document. If not specified, the argument defaults to False indicating that a new definition will be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified AutoCADBlockDefinition object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinitionsEnumerator">
            <summary>The AutoCADBlockDefinitionsEnumerator object enumerates AutoCADBlockDefinition objects</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinitionsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinitionsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinitionsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified AutoCADBlockDefinition object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinitionsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AutoCADBlocks">
            <summary>The AutoCADBlocks collection object provides access to the instances of the blocks on a specific sheet. It also provides the ability to place blocks onto a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AutoCADBlocks.Add(Inventor.AutoCADBlockDefinition,Inventor.Point2d,System.Double,System.Double,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that places an AutoCAD block onto the sheet.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>AutoCADBlockDefinition object to use for placing the block.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Point2d that specifies the location on the sheet to place the block instance.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rotation">
                <summary>Optional input double that specifies the rotation angle in radians.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Scale">
                <summary>Optional input double that specifies the scale.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PromptStrings">
                <summary>Optional input array of strings to use as input for prompted text fields that my be present in the block definition.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Static">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to show the scale and rotation grip points on the block. If True, the grip points are disabled. If not specified, a value of False is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlocks.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlocks.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlocks.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified AutoCADBlock object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutoCADBlocks.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings">
            <summary>The AutomatedCenterlineSettings object provides access to all of the settings that are used when automatically generating centerlines and center marks.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings.ApplyToBends">
            <summary>Gets and sets if centerlines and center marks should be placed on sheet metal Bend features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings.ApplyToCircularPatterns">
            <summary>Gets and sets if centerlines and center marks should be placed on circular pattern features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings.ApplyToCylinders">
            <summary>Gets and sets if centerlines and center marks should be placed on cylindrical faces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings.ApplyToFillets">
            <summary>Gets and sets if centerlines and center marks should be placed on Fillet features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings.ApplyToHoles">
            <summary>Gets and sets if centerlines and center marks should be placed on Hole features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings.ApplyToPunches">
            <summary>Gets and sets if centerlines and center marks should be placed on sheet metal Punch features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings.ApplyToRectangularPatterns">
            <summary>Gets and sets if centerlines and center marks should be placed on rectangular pattern features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings.ApplyToRevolutions">
            <summary>Gets and sets if centerlines and center marks should be placed on Revolved features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings.ApplyToSketches">
            <summary>Gets and sets if centerlines and center marks should be placed on circular and elliptical geometry within sketches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings.ApplyToWorkFeatures">
            <summary>Gets and sets if centerlines and center marks should be placed on visible work features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings.ArcAngleThreshold">
            <summary>Gets and sets the minimum angle for creating a center mark or centerline on circles, arcs, or ellipses.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings.CircularEdgeMaximumThreshold">
            <summary>Gets and sets the maximum radius of a circular edge that centerlines and center marks should be placed on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings.CircularEdgeMinimumThreshold">
            <summary>Gets and sets the minimum radius of a circular edge that centerlines and center marks should be placed on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings.FilletRadiusMaximumThreshold">
            <summary>Gets and sets the maximum radius of a fillet that centerlines and center marks should be placed on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings.FilletRadiusMinimumThreshold">
            <summary>Gets and sets the minimum radius of a fillet that centerlines and center marks should be placed on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings.ProjectionNormalAxis">
            <summary>Gets and sets if centerlines should be created where the entity axis is normal to the drawing view plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings.ProjectionParallelAxis">
            <summary>Gets and sets if centerlines should be created where the entity axis is parallel to the drawing view plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings.RadiusThresholdPrecision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the number of decimal accuracy to use for comparing the size of fillets, arcs and circular features to the threshold.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicator">
            <summary>The AuxiliaryFeatureIndicator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicator.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the auxiliary feature indicator object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicator.FieldOneText">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the formatted text for the first text field of auxiliary feature indicator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicator.FieldTwoText">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the formatted text for the second text field of auxiliary feature indicator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicator.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicator.SymbolType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the symbol for the auxiliary feature indicator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicators">
            <summary>The AuxiliaryFeatureIndicators object allows to access the auxiliary feature indicators within a feature control frame symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicators.Add(Inventor.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicatorSymbolTypeEnum,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new AuxiliaryFeatureIndicator. The newly created AuxiliaryFeatureIndicator object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="SymbolType">
                <summary>Input AuxiliaryFeatureIndicatorSymbolTypeEnum  value that specifies the symbol type of the auxiliary feature indicator.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FieldOneText">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the formatted text for the first text field of auxiliary feature indicator.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FieldTwoText">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the formatted text for the second  text field of auxiliary feature indicator.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicators.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicators.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicators.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicators.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Balloon">
            <summary>The Balloon object provides the ability to access existing balloons.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Balloon.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Balloon.Attached">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the balloon is attached to a component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Balloon.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Balloon.BalloonValueSets">
            <summary>This property gets the collection of objects. See the BalloonValueSets and BalloonValueSet objects for more information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Balloon.Delete">
            <summary>Method to delete this Balloon.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Balloon.GetBalloonType(Inventor.BalloonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the balloon type.</summary>
            <param name="BalloonType">
                <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the balloon type. Valid types are kCircularWithOneEntryBalloonType, kCircularWithTwoEntriesBalloonType, kHexagonBalloonType, kLinearBalloonType, kNoneBalloonType and kSketchedSymbolBalloonType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BalloonTypeData">
                <summary>Returns the data associated with certain balloon types. If the balloon type is kSketchedSymbolBalloonType, this returns a SketchedSymbol object. Else, this returns Nothing.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Balloon.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Balloon.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this balloons.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Balloon.Leader">
            <summary>Property that returns the leader associated with the balloon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Balloon.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent sheet (the sheet object this balloon is associated with).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Balloon.ParentView">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent DrawingView object. In other words, the sheet contains a view with which this balloon is associated.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Balloon.PlacementDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction in which to place attached balloons.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Balloon.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the balloon on the Sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Balloon.SaveItemOverridesToBOM">
            <summary>Method that saves any overrides to the item values in the balloon to the model BOM. Only the overrides applies to the BallonValueSet.Value property are saved. The value of the OverrideValue property is ignored.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Balloon.SetBalloonType(Inventor.BalloonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the balloon type.</summary>
            <param name="BalloonType">
                <summary>Constant that indicates the balloon type. Valid types are kCircularWithOneEntryBalloonType, kCircularWithTwoEntriesBalloonType, kHexagonBalloonType, kLinearBalloonType, kNoneBalloonType and kSketchedSymbolBalloonType. Setting the type to kNoneBalloonType specifies that all the properties chosen in the style will be displayed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BalloonTypeData">
                <summary>Optional input data associated with certain balloon types. If the balloon type is kSketchedSymbolBalloonType, this argument requires a SketchedSymbolDefinition object. Else, this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Balloon.SortValueSets">
            <summary>Method that sorts the balloon value sets.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Balloon.Style">
            <summary>Gets and sets the associated BalloonStyle object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Balloon.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Balloons">
            <summary>The Balloons collection object provides access to all of the objects on a sheet. This collection is available via the Balloons property of the Sheet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Balloons.Add(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Balloon. The newly created Balloon is returned. The corresponding BOMView in the model is automatically enabled if not already enabled.</summary>
            <param name="LeaderPoints">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing a series of Point2d objects representing the leader originating at the note. The last item in the collection (even if it is the only item) must be a GeometryIntent object indicating a geometry to attach the leader to. A GeometryIntent object can be created using the Sheet.CreateGeometryIntent method. The ObjectCollection must contain at least one item (a GeometryIntent), else the method will fail. Note that the component that the balloon will attach to is inferred from the GeometryIntent object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VirtualComponent">
                <summary>Optional input object that defines the virtual or custom component that this balloon will be attached to. This can either be a ComponentOccurrence / ComponentOccurrenceProxy object representing a virtual component, a BOMRow that represents a virtual component or a custom/virtual DrawingBOMRow.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Level">
                <summary>Optional input PartsListLevelEnum that sets the view type for the parts list. If supplied, this input is only used in the case where the balloon references an assembly document. If this value was previously set as a result of creating a parts list or a balloon in the drawing based on the same model, this argument is ignored. Use the DrawingDocument.DrawingBOMs.IsDrawingBOMDefined method to check whether or not to supply this argument. Valid enums are: kStructured, that creates a 'first level only' parts list in which a simple integer value is assigned to direct children, kStructuredAllLevels that creates an 'all level' parts list with full expanded numbering, and kPartsOnly, that creates a parts list that sequentially numbers all parts in the top level assembly, even if they are contained in subassemblies.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NumberingScheme">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap object that specifies the numbering scheme to use for the parts list. This argument is ignored if the numbering schemes have already been set for this model as a result of creating a parts list or a balloon based on the same model. Use the DrawingDocument.DrawingBOMs.IsDrawingBOMDefined method to check whether or not to supply this argument. Also, this argument is ignored if the numbering schemes have been defined in the model BOM views. The NameValueMap can contain the following entries based on the input 'Level' argument:
For kStructured: 'MinimumDigits' As Long
For kStructuredAllLevels: 'Delimiter' As String
For kPartsOnly: 'NumberingScheme' As NumberingSchemeEnum and 'MinimumDigits' As Long
Valid values for NumberingSchemeEnum are kNumericNumbering, kLowercaseAlphaNumbering and kUppercaseAlphaNumbering. This input should be supplied only if the input argument Level is specified to be kPartsOnly. If this argument is not supplied for a 'parts only' parts list, a default value of kNumericNumbering is assumed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BalloonStyle">
                <summary>Optional input BalloonStyle object that specifies the balloon style to use for the balloon. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Optional input Layer object that specifies the layer to use for the balloon. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Balloons.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Balloons.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Balloons.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Balloons.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BalloonStyle">
            <summary>The BalloonStyle object represents a balloon style in a drawing. The properties and methods listed below are in addition to those supported by the Style object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStyle.AlternateLeaderStyle">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the alternate leader style used for the balloon style. Alternate leader style is used when a balloon termination is dragged away from its associative edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStyle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStyle.BalloonDiameter">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the balloon diameter. This value is used only if the ScaleToTextHeight property is set to False. This property is not applicable if the balloon type is kNoneBalloonType or kLinearBalloonType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStyle.BalloonType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the shape of the balloon. Valid types are kCircularWithOneEntryBalloonType, kCircularWithTwoEntriesBalloonType, kHexagonBalloonType, kLinearBalloonType and kNoneBalloonType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStyle.Comments">
            <summary>Gets and sets comments associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BalloonStyle.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BalloonStyle.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local Style object. The newly created style is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a dimension style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other dimension styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStyle.DefaultOffset">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the default distance between balloons when they are aligned. Changing this value has no effect on previously created balloons.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BalloonStyle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Style/Layer/UnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BalloonStyle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStyle.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the standard style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user. Note that this name is not guaranteed to be unique.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStyle.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStyle.LeaderStyle">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the leader style used for a balloon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStyle.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStyle.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStyle.Properties">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the properties to display in the balloon. The number of properties displayed depends on the balloon shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BalloonStyle.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStyle.ScaleToTextHeight">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to define the balloon size by text height. This property is not applicable if the balloon type is kNoneBalloonType or kLinearBalloonType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStyle.StretchBalloonToText">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to size the balloon horizontally to accommodate long text strings. If set to False, the balloon is restricted to the defined size. This property is not applicable if the balloon type is kNoneBalloonType or kLinearBalloonType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStyle.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStyle.StyleType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStyle.TextStyle">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the text style used to format the text in a balloon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStyle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BalloonStyle.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStyle.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BalloonStylesEnumerator">
            <summary>The BalloonStylesEnumerator object provides access to the existing BalloonStyle objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStylesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStylesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStylesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified BalloonStyle object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonStylesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BalloonTip">
            <summary>BalloonTip Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonTip.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonTip.ClientData">
            <summary>Gets/sets property that contains some additional data that the client would like to store with the BalloonTip.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BalloonTip.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the BalloonTip object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BalloonTip.Display(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that displays the BalloonTip object.</summary>
            <param name="Message">
                <summary>Input String to override the default message that was specified by the message property of BalloonTip. If an empty String is provided then the default message is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonTip.Enabled">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if the BalloonTip object is enabled or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonTip.InternalName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the internal name of the BalloonTip object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonTip.Interval">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the time interval for displaying the BalloonTip object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonTip.Message">
            <summary>Gets/sets the message of the BalloonTip object. This message supports the : &amp;lt;Hyperlink&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/Hyperlink&amp;gt; tag to create hyperlink string.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BalloonTip.OnClick(Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Event that fires when the BalloonTip object is clicked on a hyperlink.</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. Currently the following name-value pair is supported.
Name = "HyperlinkIndex", Value = Long. The Index of the hyper link that was clicked. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BalloonTip.OnDisplay(System.Boolean@)">
            <summary>Event that fires when the BalloonTip object is being displayed.</summary>
            <param name="Cancel">
                <summary>Boolean value indicating if the display of the balloon tip should be canceled.  This is an input/output argument and defaults to False, indicating the balloon tip should be displayed.  Changing the value to True will cancel the display of the balloon tip.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonTip.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonTip.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BalloonTips">
            <summary>BalloonTips Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BalloonTips.Add(System.String,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new BalloonTip object.</summary>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the internal name of the BalloonTip.  This must be unique with respect to all other ballon tips.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Title">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the title of the BalloonTip.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Message">
                <summary>Optional input String value that specifies the message for the BalloonTip. You can provide hyperlinks as part of the message using the format: &amp;lt;Hyperlink&amp;gt;http://www.yoursite.com&amp;lt;/Hyperlink&amp;gt;.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonTips.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonTips.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonTips.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonTips.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BalloonValueSet">
            <summary>The BalloonValueSet object allows for setting and overriding of balloon content.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonValueSet.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BalloonValueSet.Delete">
            <summary>Deletes this BalloonValueSet object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonValueSet.ItemNumber">
            <summary>Returns the associated item number.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonValueSet.OverrideValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the override value of the balloon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonValueSet.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent balloon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonValueSet.ReferencedRow">
            <summary>Property that returns the referenced DrawingBOMRow object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonValueSet.Static">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the Value property has been overridden.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonValueSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonValueSet.Value">
            <summary>Gets and sets the value of the balloon.&amp;nbsp;This value corresponds to the item number of a row in a parts list if any have been created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BalloonValueSets">
            <summary>The BalloonValueSets object represents a collection of objects. Note that this collection does not yet support an Add method. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BalloonValueSets.Add(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new BalloonValueSet.</summary>
            <param name="Component">
                <summary>Input object that defines the component that this balloon will be attached to. This can be one of the following: a ComponentOccurrence / ComponentOccurrenceProxy object, or a DrawingBOMRow object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonValueSets.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonValueSets.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonValueSets.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BalloonValueSets.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSet">
            <summary>The BaselineDimensionSet object represents a baseline dimension set placed on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSet.AddMember(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds a member to the baseline set and returns a LinearGeneralDimension object. If an existing LinearGeneralDimension is input into the method, the same object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="DimensionOrGeometry">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the member. This can either be an existing LinearGeneralDimension object or a GeometryIntent object that specifies the geometry to dimension to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSet.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSet.ArrangeText">
            <summary>Method that automatically arranges the text of all members.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSet.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSet.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the BaselineDimensionSet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSet.DetachMember(Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension)">
            <summary>Method that detaches the member from the set. The member is not deleted, it is merely converted into a vanilla linear general dimension.</summary>
            <param name="Member">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSet.DimensionType">
            <summary>Property that returns the dimension type of the baseline set. Possible values are kAlignedDimensionType, kHorizontalDimensionType and kVerticalDimensionType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSet.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSet.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer for the dimension set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSet.Members">
            <summary>Property that returns all the member LinearGeneralDimension objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSet.Origin">
            <summary>Gets and sets the origin for the baseline dimension set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSet.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sheet of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSet.Precision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the number of decimal places displayed for all the members in this set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSet.Style">
            <summary>Gets and sets the dimension style used for this dimension set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSets">
            <summary>The BaselineDimensionSets collection object provides access to all of the baseline dimension sets on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSets.Add(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a baseline dimension set and returns the newly created BaselineDimensionSet object.</summary>
            <param name="GeometryIntents">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing GeometryIntent objects. The GeometryIntent objects specify the geometries to use for the dimension. The first geometry in the collection is assumed to be the origin.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PlacementPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the placement point of the dimension set on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionType">
                <summary>' Input DimensionTypeEnum that specifies the dimension type. Valid values kHorizontalDimensionType, kVerticalDimensionType and kAlignedDimensionType. See Remarks.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionStyle">
                <summary>Optional input DimensionStyle object that specifies the dimension style to use for the dimension. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Optional input Layer object that specifies the layer to use for the dimension. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSets.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSets.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSets.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified dimension set object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BaselineDimensionSets.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Bend">
            <summary>The Bend object represents a bend in a sheet metal part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Bend.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Bend.BackFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of front faces in the model that represent this bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Bend.FrontFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of faces in the model that represent this bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Bend.IsFlat">
            <summary>Property that indicates if the bend is in a folded or flat state</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Bend.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent SheetMetalComponentDefinition of this Bend object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Bend.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BendConstraint">
            <summary>The BendConstraint object represents a bend constraint within a 3D sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendConstraint.Arc">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchArc3D object associated with the bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendConstraint.LineOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the Sketch Line used to construct the bend feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendConstraint.LineTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the Sketch Line used to construct the bend feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendConstraint.Radius">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the radius of the bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BendConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendConstraintProxy.Arc">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchArc3D object associated with the bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendConstraintProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendConstraintProxy.LineOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the Sketch Line used to construct the bend feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendConstraintProxy.LineTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the Sketch Line used to construct the bend feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendConstraintProxy.Radius">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the radius of the bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BendDefinition">
            <summary>The BendDefinition object represents all of the information that defines a bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendDefinition.BendOptions">
            <summary>Gets and sets the BendOptions object that defines the options for a bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendDefinition.BendRadius">
            <summary>Gets and sets the bend radius.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this BendDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendDefinition.DoubleBendType">
            <summary>Specifies if the bend is a double bend or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendDefinition.Edges">
            <summary>Gets and sets the set of edges that define the location of the bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendDefinition.ExtendFaces">
            <summary>Specifies if the existing faces will be extended to the bend or if a perpendicular section should be created to connect to the bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendDefinition.IsDoubleBendFirstEdgeFixed">
            <summary>Specify which face remains fixed and which one is extended or trimmed in the case of double bends.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendDefinition.IsUnfoldMethodOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and set whether the unfold method has been overridden for this feature. Setting this property to False clears the override.&amp;nbsp;Setting the property to True returns a failure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent feature of this BendDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendDefinition.UnfoldMethod">
            <summary>Gets and sets the UnfoldMethod object that defines how this bend is unfolded.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BendFeature">
            <summary>The BendFeature object represents a sheet metal bend feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets the BendDefinition object associated with this bend feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets the BendDefinition object associated with this bend feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BendFeatures">
            <summary>The BendFeatures collection object provides access to all of the objects in a sheet metal component definition. It"s also through the BendFeatures object that you create new BendFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendFeatures.Add(Inventor.BendDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new bend feature. The newly created BendFeature object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="BendDefinition">
                <summary>Input BendDefinition object that defines the bend feature you want to create. A BendDefinition object can be created using the BendFeatures.CreateBendDefinition method. It can also be obtained from an existing feature that has an associated bend.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendFeatures.CreateBendDefinition(Inventor.EdgeCollection)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new BendDefinition object. This object is not a bend feature but contains the information that defines bend information and can be used to help create a new feature that contains bends or edit the bend of an existing feature.</summary>
            <param name="Edges">
                <summary>Input EdgeCollection object that defines the existing edges on the sheet metal part that you want to create bends for. The EdgeCollection can contain either one or two edges depending on the geometry where you want to apply the bend and the type of feature the definition is being used with. To best understand what's valid you should try creating the same feature interactively to see what edges can be selected to create a valid bend.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified BendFeature object from the collection. This is the default property of the BendFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BendNote">
            <summary>The BendNote object represents a bend note on a sheet and derives from the LeaderNote object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.BackgroundColor">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the BackgroundColor associated with the LeaderNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.BendEdge">
            <summary>Property that returns the bend edge associated with the note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.Color">
            <summary>Gets/Sets color of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendNote.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DrawingNote.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.DimensionStyle">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the DimensionStyle associated with the LeaderNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.FormattedBendNote">
            <summary>Gets and sets the fully formatted string that defines the contents of the bend note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.FormattedText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets formatted text of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendNote.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.HideValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the bend note value in the note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.HorizontalJustification">
            <summary>Gets/Sets horizontal justification of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.Layer">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the layer used by the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.Leader">
            <summary>Property that returns the Leader object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.LineSpacing">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the LineSpacing used by the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.LineSpacingType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the LineSpacingType used by the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sheet of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.Position">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the position of the DrawingNote on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.Retrieved">
            <summary>Indicates whether the drawing note was created as a result of retrieving it from the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.RetrievedFrom">
            <summary>Returns the model annotation this drawing note was retrieved from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.Rotation">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the rotation of the LeaderNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.ShowTextBorder">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to show the text border or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.StackedTextPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position (alignment) of the stacked text with respect to regular text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.Text">
            <summary>Gets/Sets&amp;nbsp;text of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.UnitAttributes">
            <summary>Get the unit attributes associated with the LeaderNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.UseBackgroundColor">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the UseBackgroundColor associated with the LeaderNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.UsePartUnits">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to use model units or the units specified by dimension style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.VerticalJustification">
            <summary>Gets/Sets vertical justification of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNote.WidthScale">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the width scale factor of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BendNotes">
            <summary>The BendNotes collection object provides access to all of the bend notes on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendNotes.Add(Inventor.DrawingCurve,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a bend note based on the input bend edge on the sheet. The initial placement of the bend note will be along the bend edge without a leader.</summary>
            <param name="BendEdge">
                <summary>Input DrawingCurve object that specifies the bend edge to create the note for. If the DrawingCurve does not represent a bend edge, the method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionStyle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies which dimension style to use for the note. The dimension style can be specified by providing the name of an existing style or by supplying a DimensionStyle object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNotes.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNotes.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNotes.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified BendNote object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendNotes.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BendOptions">
            <summary>The BendOptions object defines the settings that influence the creation of a bend in a sheet metal part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendOptions.BendReliefDepth">
            <summary>Provides access to the bend relief depth of a sheet metal feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendOptions.BendReliefShape">
            <summary>Defines the type of bend relief shape to use for the associated sheet metal feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendOptions.BendReliefWidth">
            <summary>Provides access to the bend relief width of a sheet metal feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendOptions.BendTransition">
            <summary>Defines the type of bend transition to use for the associated sheet metal feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendOptions.BendTransitionArcRadius">
            <summary>Provides access to the radius for an arc bend transition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendOptions.Copy">
            <summary>Function that creates a copy of this BendOptions object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendOptions.MinimumRemnant">
            <summary>Provides access to the minimum remnant of a sheet metal feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendOptions.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object of this BendOptions object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendOptions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BendPartFeature">
            <summary>The BendPartFeature object represents an existing bend part feature in an Inventor part document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.BendInSketchNormalDirection">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the bend direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.BendLine">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the sketch line that represents the bend line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.BendMinimum">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether minimum bend should be applied.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.BendPartType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of the bend part feature. The valid return values are kArcLengthAndAngleBendPart, kRadiusAndAngleBendPart and kRadiusAndArcLengthBendPart.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.BendSide">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the bend side.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendPartFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendPartFeature.Edit(Inventor.SketchLine,Inventor.BendPartTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that edits the bend part feature using the new inputs.</summary>
            <param name="BendLine">
                <summary>Input SketchLine object that represents the bend line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BendPartType">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates the type of the bend part feature.
The BendPartType argument specifies the type of the input values used to define the bend arc. The values specified for the InputOne and InputTwo arguments will depend on the value specified for this argument.
The valid input is one of the constants in BendPartTypeEnum: kArcLengthAndAngleBendPart, kRadiusAndAngleBendPart and kRadiusAndArcLengthBendPart.
The following table describes how this argument determines the values that need to be specified for the InputOne and InputTwo arguments:
BendPartType InputOne InputOne 
kArcLengthAndAngleBendPart Arc Length Angle 
kRadiusAndAngleBendPart Radius Angle 
kRadiusAndArcLengthBendPart Radius Arc Length 

For example, if kArcLengthAndAngleBendPart is specified for this argument, then the arc length value should be specified in the InputOne argument and the angle value should be specified in the InputTwo argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InputOne">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the first input for the bend arc.
The InputOne parameter can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.
The type of the input value will be determined by the BendPartType argument. The following table shows what this input value should be based on the BendPartType argument:
BendPartType InputOne 
kArcLengthAndAngleBendPart Arc Length 
kRadiusAndAngleBendPart Radius 
kRadiusAndArcLengthBendPart Radius 

For example, if the bend is defined using the arc length and angle as indicated by the BendPartType argument being kArcLengthAndAngleBendPart, then this argument should be used to specify the arc length of the bend arc. Similarly, if the bend is defined using the radius and angle as indicated by the BendPartType argument being kRadiusAndAngleBendPart, then this argument should be used to specify the radius of the bend arc.
If a value is input, the units are the default database units (centimeters for distance and radians for angle). If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current unit type for the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InputTwo">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the second input for the bend arc. 
The InputTwo parameter can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.
The type of the input value will be determined by the BendPartType argument. The following table shows what this input value should be based on the BendPartType argument:
BendPartType InputTwo 
kArcLengthAndAngleBendPart Angle 
kRadiusAndAngleBendPart Angle 
kRadiusAndArcLengthBendPart Arc Length 

For example, if the bend is defined using the arc length and angle as indicated by the BendPartType argument being kArcLengthAndAngleBendPart, then this argument should be used to specify the angle of the bend arc. Similarly, if the bend is defined using the radius and arc length as indicated by the BendPartType argument being kRadiusAndArcLengthBendPart, then this argument should be used to specify the arc length of the bend arc. If a value is input, the units are the default database units (centimeters for distance and radians for angle). If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current unit type for the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BendSide">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the model to bend.
The bend side is specified with respect to the input bend line (sketch line), i.e. whether the model to the left, right or both sides of the bend line should be bent. The left side is the natural normal direction at any point on the sketch line (the cross-product of the vector representing the direction of the sketch line and the vector representing the sketch normal). The right side refers to the direction opposite to that of the natural normal. The following figure demonstrates an example of how the bend side is determined based on the normal direction of the sketch line.

The figure represents a model in which a sketch plane has been drawn on the rectangular side face. The sketch plane consists of a single sketch line which represents the bend line. The sketch plane normal direction is perpendicular to the face and coming out of the model. The direction of the sketch line which can be inferred from the start point and end points of the sketch line is towards the right. Therefore, the normal vector at any point on the sketch line is pointing in the downward direction (imagine standing on the normal side of the sketch plane and viewing in the direction of the sketch line, the normal of the sketch line will be towards your right). For the bend part feature, the left side of the bend corresponds to this normal direction of the sketch line. As indicated by the preview in the figure, when the left side is specified, the model in the normal direction of the sketch line is selected for the bend.
The valid input is one of the constants in PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum: kNegativeExtentDirection, kPositiveExtentDirection or kSymmetricExtentDirection.
If kNegativeExtentDirection is specified, the model on the left side of the input bend line will be bent. 
If kPositiveExtentDirection is specified, the model on the right side of the input bend line will be bent. 
If kSymmetricExtentDirection is specified, the model on both sides of the input bend line will be bent. </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BendInSketchNormalDirection">
                <summary>Input boolean that indicates the bend direction. If True is specified, the model will be bent in the direction normal to the sketch on which the input bend line (sketch line) exists. If False is specified, the model will be bent in the direction opposite to the sketch normal. If no value is explicitly specified, the default value of True will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Body">
                <summary>Optional input SurfaceBody object that specifies the solid body to bend.  If not specified, the body used for creating the feature is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BendMinimum">
                <summary>Optional Input boolean that indicates whether minimum bend should be applied. If True is specified, minium bend will be applied. If no value is explicitly specified, the default value of True will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendPartFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendPartFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.InputOne">
            <summary>Input Variant that defines the first input for the bend arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.InputTwo">
            <summary>Input Variant that defines the second input for the bend arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendPartFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendPartFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendPartFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendPartFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.BendInSketchNormalDirection">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the bend direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.BendLine">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the sketch line that represents the bend line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.BendMinimum">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether minimum bend should be applied.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.BendPartType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of the bend part feature. The valid return values are kArcLengthAndAngleBendPart, kRadiusAndAngleBendPart and kRadiusAndArcLengthBendPart.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.BendSide">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the bend side.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.Edit(Inventor.SketchLine,Inventor.BendPartTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that edits the bend part feature using the new inputs.</summary>
            <param name="BendLine">
                <summary>Input SketchLine object that represents the bend line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BendPartType">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates the type of the bend part feature.
The BendPartType argument specifies the type of the input values used to define the bend arc. The values specified for the InputOne and InputTwo arguments will depend on the value specified for this argument.
The valid input is one of the constants in BendPartTypeEnum: kArcLengthAndAngleBendPart, kRadiusAndAngleBendPart and kRadiusAndArcLengthBendPart.
The following table describes how this argument determines the values that need to be specified for the InputOne and InputTwo arguments:
BendPartType InputOne InputOne 
kArcLengthAndAngleBendPart Arc Length Angle 
kRadiusAndAngleBendPart Radius Angle 
kRadiusAndArcLengthBendPart Radius Arc Length 

For example, if kArcLengthAndAngleBendPart is specified for this argument, then the arc length value should be specified in the InputOne argument and the angle value should be specified in the InputTwo argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InputOne">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the first input for the bend arc.
The InputOne parameter can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.
The type of the input value will be determined by the BendPartType argument. The following table shows what this input value should be based on the BendPartType argument:
BendPartType InputOne 
kArcLengthAndAngleBendPart Arc Length 
kRadiusAndAngleBendPart Radius 
kRadiusAndArcLengthBendPart Radius 

For example, if the bend is defined using the arc length and angle as indicated by the BendPartType argument being kArcLengthAndAngleBendPart, then this argument should be used to specify the arc length of the bend arc. Similarly, if the bend is defined using the radius and angle as indicated by the BendPartType argument being kRadiusAndAngleBendPart, then this argument should be used to specify the radius of the bend arc.
If a value is input, the units are the default database units (centimeters for distance and radians for angle). If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current unit type for the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InputTwo">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the second input for the bend arc. 
The InputTwo parameter can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.
The type of the input value will be determined by the BendPartType argument. The following table shows what this input value should be based on the BendPartType argument:
BendPartType InputTwo 
kArcLengthAndAngleBendPart Angle 
kRadiusAndAngleBendPart Angle 
kRadiusAndArcLengthBendPart Arc Length 

For example, if the bend is defined using the arc length and angle as indicated by the BendPartType argument being kArcLengthAndAngleBendPart, then this argument should be used to specify the angle of the bend arc. Similarly, if the bend is defined using the radius and arc length as indicated by the BendPartType argument being kRadiusAndArcLengthBendPart, then this argument should be used to specify the arc length of the bend arc. If a value is input, the units are the default database units (centimeters for distance and radians for angle). If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current unit type for the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BendSide">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the model to bend.
The bend side is specified with respect to the input bend line (sketch line), i.e. whether the model to the left, right or both sides of the bend line should be bent. The left side is the natural normal direction at any point on the sketch line (the cross-product of the vector representing the direction of the sketch line and the vector representing the sketch normal). The right side refers to the direction opposite to that of the natural normal. The following figure demonstrates an example of how the bend side is determined based on the normal direction of the sketch line.

The figure represents a model in which a sketch plane has been drawn on the rectangular side face. The sketch plane consists of a single sketch line which represents the bend line. The sketch plane normal direction is perpendicular to the face and coming out of the model. The direction of the sketch line which can be inferred from the start point and end points of the sketch line is towards the right. Therefore, the normal vector at any point on the sketch line is pointing in the downward direction (imagine standing on the normal side of the sketch plane and viewing in the direction of the sketch line, the normal of the sketch line will be towards your right). For the bend part feature, the left side of the bend corresponds to this normal direction of the sketch line. As indicated by the preview in the figure, when the left side is specified, the model in the normal direction of the sketch line is selected for the bend.
The valid input is one of the constants in PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum: kNegativeExtentDirection, kPositiveExtentDirection or kSymmetricExtentDirection.
If kNegativeExtentDirection is specified, the model on the left side of the input bend line will be bent. 
If kPositiveExtentDirection is specified, the model on the right side of the input bend line will be bent. 
If kSymmetricExtentDirection is specified, the model on both sides of the input bend line will be bent. </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BendInSketchNormalDirection">
                <summary>Input boolean that indicates the bend direction. If True is specified, the model will be bent in the direction normal to the sketch on which the input bend line (sketch line) exists. If False is specified, the model will be bent in the direction opposite to the sketch normal. If no value is explicitly specified, the default value of True will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Body">
                <summary>Optional input SurfaceBody object that specifies the solid body to bend.  If not specified, the body used for creating the feature is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BendMinimum">
                <summary>Optional Input boolean that indicates whether minimum bend should be applied. If True is specified, minium bend will be applied. If no value is explicitly specified, the default value of True will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.InputOne">
            <summary>Input Variant that defines the first input for the bend arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.InputTwo">
            <summary>Input Variant that defines the second input for the bend arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BendPartFeatures">
            <summary>The BendPartFeatures collection object provides access to existing bend part features and supports the ability to create new bend part features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BendPartFeatures.Add(Inventor.SketchLine,Inventor.BendPartTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new bend part feature. If the bend part feature is created successfully, a BendPartFeature object corresponding to the newly created bend part feature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="BendLine">
                <summary>Input SketchLine object that represents the bend line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BendPartType">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates the type of the bend part feature. See Note 1.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InputOne">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the first input for the bend arc. See Note 2.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InputTwo">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the second input for the bend arc. See Note 3.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BendSide">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the model to bend. See Note 4</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BendInSketchNormalDirection">
                <summary>Input boolean that indicates the bend direction. If True is specified, the model will be bent in the direction normal to the sketch on which the input bend line (sketch line) exists. If False is specified, the model will be bent in the direction opposite to the sketch normal. If no value is explicitly specified, the default value of True will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Body">
                <summary>Optional input SurfaceBody object that specifies the solid body to bend. If not specified, a default body is chosen in the case of multi solid body parts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BendMinimum">
                <summary>Optional Input boolean that indicates whether minimum bend should be applied. If True is specified, minium bend will be applied. If no value is explicitly specified, the default value of True will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified BendPartFeature object from the collection. This is the default property of the BendPartFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendPartFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BendsEnumerator">
            <summary>The BendsEnumerator object represents all of the bends in a sheet metal part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of Bend objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Bend object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BendsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMCableTrayConnectorDefinition">
            <summary>BIMCableTrayConnectorDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMCableTrayConnectorDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMCableTrayConnectorDefinition.ConnectionType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the connection type for this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMCableTrayConnectorDefinition.ConnectorShape">
            <summary>Read-only property that specifies the shape of the connector.&amp;nbsp;To change the shape, use the SetShape method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMCableTrayConnectorDefinition.Direction">
            <summary>Read-only property that indicates the direction of the connection.&amp;nbsp;This property will return Nothing in the case where a valid set of referenced geometries have not yet been defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMCableTrayConnectorDefinition.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the geometry that defines the shape of the connection.&amp;nbsp;The returned collection is independent of the connector and any changes made to the contents of the collection will not affect the connector.&amp;nbsp;To change the geometry or the shape of the connector use the SetShape method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMCableTrayConnectorDefinition.Height">
            <summary>Read-only property that provides access to the connector height. When the BIMCableTrayConnectorDefinition object has been created using the CreateCableTrayConnectorDefinition method, this property returns a Double indicating the height, (in centimeters), of the connector as defined by the input geometry. After the definition object has been used to create a connector, this property returns a parameter that defines the height of the connector.
To change the height of an existing connector you can either edit the geometry that’s controlling the height or set the override height using the HeightOverride property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMCableTrayConnectorDefinition.HeightDirection">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the direction of the connector height. This returns Nothing in the case where the height has not yet been defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMCableTrayConnectorDefinition.HeightOverride">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the height override for this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMCableTrayConnectorDefinition.Origin">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the origin of the connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMCableTrayConnectorDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent BIMConnector that this definition is associated with.&amp;nbsp;If the definition was created using one of the Create methods this property will return Nothing since the definition isn’t associated with a connector yet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMCableTrayConnectorDefinition.ReverseDirection">
            <summary>Method that will reverse the direction of the connection.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMCableTrayConnectorDefinition.SetShape(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.BIMConnectorShapeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that used to set the shape of the connector.</summary>
            <param name="Geometry">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that specifies the set of geometry used to define the connector position and shape.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ConnectorShape">
                <summary>Input value that indicates the desired shape of the connector and how the geometry is to be evaluated. Valid values for the various types of connectors is shown below.
Cable tray connectors: kRectangularShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Conduit connectors: kCircularShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Duct connectors: kRectangularShapeConnector, kCircularShapeConnector, kOvalShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Electrical connectors: kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Pipe connectors: kCircularShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
The input geometry for the various shapes can be the following: 
Circular shape 
Single circular face. 
Circular edge (it can be an arc) 
Rectangular shape 
Rectangular planar face. 
Four edges that define a rectangle as illustrated below. 

Slot shape 
Planar face that has a slot shape. 
Four edges that define a slot or oval shape, as illustrated below </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMCableTrayConnectorDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMCableTrayConnectorDefinition.Width">
            <summary>Read-only property that provides access to the connector width. When the BIMCableTrayConnectorDefinition object has been created using the CreateCableTrayConnectorDefinition method, this property returns a Double indicating the width, (in centimeters), of the connector as defined by the input geometry. After the definition object has been used to create a connector, this property returns a parameter that defines the width of the connector.
To change the width of an existing connector you can either edit the geometry that’s controlling the width or set the override width using the WidthOverride property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMCableTrayConnectorDefinition.WidthDirection">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the direction of the connector width. This returns Nothing in the case where the width has not yet been defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMCableTrayConnectorDefinition.WidthOverride">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the width override for this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMComponent">
            <summary>BIMComponent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponent.ComponentDefinition">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Inventor PartComponentDefinition or AssemblyComponentDefinition that this BIMComponent object is associated with.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponent.ComponentDescription">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the BIMComponentDescription object associated this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponent.ConnectorLinks">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the collection of connector links for this document. Through the returned object you can access all existing links between connectors and create new links between connectors.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponent.Connectors">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the collection of connectors for this document. Through the returned object you can access all existing connectors and create new connectors.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMComponent.ExportBuildingComponent(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that exports the BIM component as an adsk, ifc or rfa file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that defines the full filename to write the building component to.  The filename should have an adsk, ifc or rfa extension.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMComponent.ExportBuildingComponentWithOptions(System.String,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Method that exports the BIM component as an adsk, ifc or rfa file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that defines the full filename to write the building component to.  The filename should have an adsk, ifc or rfa extension.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="pOptions">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object to specify additional options for export. 

For IFC format, you can specify below options:

Name = “IFCFileVersion”. Value = String value that indicates the IFC file version. Below are valid IFC file versions: IFC2x3, IFC4x3.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMComponentDescription">
            <summary>BIMComponentDescription object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentDescription.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentDescription.ComponentPropertySets">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the collection object containing the property sets for a BIM component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentDescription.FamilyType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the family type. This is applicable for IFC and RFA formats.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentDescription.ModelProperties">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the standard Inventor iProperties that are exported with this component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentDescription.OrientationType">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies which orientation type will be used when exporting the BIM component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentDescription.RevitFamilyCategory">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the Revit family category Id.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMComponentDescription.SetCustomThumbnail(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that lets you set the custom thumbnail by providing the filename of an image file.&amp;nbsp;The file should be a bmp,&amp;nbsp;jpg, or png format and should be 256x256 pixels.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String of the full filename of the image file.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentDescription.Thumbnail">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the thumbnail for this component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentDescription.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentDescription.UserCoordinateSystemOrientation">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines which user coordinate system will be used when exporting the component. If the OrientationType is not kUserCoordinateSystemOrientationType this property returns Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentDescription.ViewCubeOrientationOrigin">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and set the origin of the coordinate system when the orientation is defined using the ViewCube.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMComponentProperty">
            <summary>BIMComponentProperty object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentProperty.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentProperty.InternalName">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the internal name of this component property.&amp;nbsp;This name is consistent and can be used as a reliable index for this property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentProperty.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the visible name of this property.&amp;nbsp;This is the name shown to the end-user in the Component Properties list in the Export Building Components dialog.&amp;nbsp;This name is localized and can change for different languages.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentProperty.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentProperty.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentProperty.Value">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets the value of this BIM property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMComponentPropertySet">
            <summary>BIMComponentPropertySet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentPropertySet.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentPropertySet.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentPropertySet.InternalName">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the internal name of this property set.&amp;nbsp;This name is consistent and can be used as a reliable index for this property set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentPropertySet.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified BIMComponentProperty object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentPropertySet.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the visible name of this property set.&amp;nbsp;This is the name shown to the end-user in the Component Properties list in the Export Building Components dialog.&amp;nbsp;This name is localized and can change for different languages.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentPropertySet.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent BIMComponent object of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentPropertySet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMComponentPropertySets">
            <summary>BIMComponentPropertySets object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentPropertySets.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentPropertySets.Count">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the total number of BIM component property sets this BIM document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentPropertySets.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified BIMComponentPropertySet object from the collection.&amp;nbsp;This collection is empty until the component type is defined using the ComponentType property of the BIMComponentDescription object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMComponentPropertySets.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMConduitConnectorDefinition">
            <summary>BIMConduitConnectorDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConduitConnectorDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConduitConnectorDefinition.ConnectionType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the connection type for this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConduitConnectorDefinition.ConnectorShape">
            <summary>Read-only property that specifies the shape of the connector.&amp;nbsp;To change the shape, use the SetShape method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConduitConnectorDefinition.Diameter">
            <summary>Read-only property that provides access to the connector diameter. When the BIMConduitConnectorDefinition object has been created using the CreateConduitConnectorDefinition method, this property returns a Double indicating the diameter, (in centimeters), of the connector as defined by the input geometry. After the definition object has been used to create a connector, this property returns a parameter that defines the diameter of the connector.
To change the diameter of an existing connector you can either edit the geometry that’s controlling the diameter or set the override diameter using the DiameterOverride property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConduitConnectorDefinition.DiameterOverride">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the diameter override for this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConduitConnectorDefinition.Direction">
            <summary>Read-only property that indicates the direction of the connection.&amp;nbsp;This property will return Nothing in the case where a valid set of referenced geometries have not yet been defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConduitConnectorDefinition.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the geometry that defines the shape of the connection.&amp;nbsp;The returned collection is independent of the connector and any changes made to the contents of the collection will not affect the connector.&amp;nbsp;To change the geometry or the shape of the connector use the SetShape method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConduitConnectorDefinition.Origin">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the origin of the connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConduitConnectorDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent BIMConnector that this definition is associated with.&amp;nbsp;If the definition was created using one of the Create methods this property will return Nothing since the definition isn’t associated with a connector yet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMConduitConnectorDefinition.ReverseDirection">
            <summary>Method that will reverse the direction of the connection.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMConduitConnectorDefinition.SetShape(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.BIMConnectorShapeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that used to set the shape of the connector.</summary>
            <param name="Geometry">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that specifies the set of geometry used to define the connector position and shape.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ConnectorShape">
                <summary>Input value that indicates the desired shape of the connector and how the geometry is to be evaluated. Valid values for the various types of connectors is shown below.
Cable tray connectors: kRectangularShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Conduit connectors: kCircularShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Duct connectors: kRectangularShapeConnector, kCircularShapeConnector, kOvalShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Electrical connectors: kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Pipe connectors: kCircularShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
The input geometry for the various shapes can be the following: 
Circular shape 
Single circular face. 
Circular edge (it can be an arc) 
Rectangular shape 
Rectangular planar face. 
Four edges that define a rectangle as illustrated below. 

Slot shape 
Planar face that has a slot shape. 
Four edges that define a slot or oval shape, as illustrated below </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConduitConnectorDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMConnector">
            <summary>BIMConnector object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnector.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnector.Definition">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the definition object associated with this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnector.DefinitionType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the type of definition associated with this connector.&amp;nbsp;This property lets you determine what type of connector this object represents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMConnector.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the connector.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMConnector.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnector.MissingAttachment">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the attachment is missing or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnector.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the displayed name of the connector.&amp;nbsp;This is the name that is visible in the browser and is editable by the end-user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnector.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnector.Suppressed">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines whether the connector is suppressed or not.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the connector is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnector.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMConnectorDefinition">
            <summary>BIMConnectorDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnectorDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnectorDefinition.ConnectorShape">
            <summary>Read-only property that specifies the shape of the connector.&amp;nbsp;To change the shape, use the SetShape method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnectorDefinition.Direction">
            <summary>Read-only property that indicates the direction of the connection.&amp;nbsp;This property will return Nothing in the case where a valid set of referenced geometries have not yet been defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnectorDefinition.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the geometry that defines the shape of the connection.&amp;nbsp;The returned collection is independent of the connector and any changes made to the contents of the collection will not affect the connector.&amp;nbsp;To change the geometry or the shape of the connector use the SetShape method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnectorDefinition.Origin">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the origin of the connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnectorDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent BIMConnector that this definition is associated with.&amp;nbsp;If the definition was created using one of the Create methods this property will return Nothing since the definition isn’t associated with a connector yet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMConnectorDefinition.ReverseDirection">
            <summary>Method that will reverse the direction of the connection.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMConnectorDefinition.SetShape(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.BIMConnectorShapeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that used to set the shape of the connector.</summary>
            <param name="Geometry">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that specifies the set of geometry used to define the connector position and shape.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ConnectorShape">
                <summary>Input value that indicates the desired shape of the connector and how the geometry is to be evaluated. Valid values for the various types of connectors is shown below.
Cable tray connectors: kRectangularShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Conduit connectors: kCircularShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Duct connectors: kRectangularShapeConnector, kCircularShapeConnector, kOvalShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Electrical connectors: kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Pipe connectors: kCircularShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
The input geometry for the various shapes can be the following: 
Circular shape 
Single circular face. 
Circular edge (it can be an arc) 
Rectangular shape 
Rectangular planar face. 
Four edges that define a rectangle as illustrated below. 

Slot shape 
Planar face that has a slot shape. 
Four edges that define a slot or oval shape, as illustrated below </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnectorDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMConnectorLink">
            <summary>BIMConnectorLink object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnectorLink.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnectorLink.ConnectorOne">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the first of two connectors that this link is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnectorLink.ConnectorTwo">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the first of two connectors that this link is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMConnectorLink.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the connectorlink.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMConnectorLink.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnectorLink.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the displayed name of the connectorlink.&amp;nbsp;This is the name that is visible in the browser and is editable by the end-user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnectorLink.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMConnectorLinks">
            <summary>BIMConnectorLinks object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMConnectorLinks.Add(Inventor.BIMConnector,Inventor.BIMConnector)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new BIMConnectorLink.The new BIMConnectorLink is returned.</summary>
            <param name="ConnectorOne">
                <summary>Input BIMConnector that defines the first of two connectors to be connected by the link.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ConnectorTwo">
                <summary>Input BIMConnector that defines the second of two connectors to be connected by the link.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnectorLinks.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnectorLinks.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnectorLinks.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified BIMConnector object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnectorLinks.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMConnectors">
            <summary>BIMConnectors object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMConnectors.Add(Inventor.BIMConnectorDefinition,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new BIMConnector.&amp;nbsp;The type of connector definition supplied will determine the type of connector created.&amp;nbsp;The new BIMConnector is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input definition object that defines all of the required inputs to create a new connector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Defines the name of the new connector.  It must be unique with respect to all existing connectors.  If not provided, or an empty string is supplied then BIM Exchange will generate a default name.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnectors.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnectors.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMConnectors.CreateCableTrayConnectorDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.BIMConnectorShapeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new cable tray connector definition.&amp;nbsp;The created definition object defines the inputs to create a cable tray connector and is used as input to the Add method of the BIMConnectors object to create a new connector.</summary>
            <param name="Geometry">
                <summary>Input object collection that contains the geometry that defines the shape of the connector. When the specified shape is rectangular, valid input includes a single rectangular face or four linear edges on a planar face that define a rectangle. These edges do not need to connect but two of them need to be parallel to each other and perpendicular to the other two edge. For example, the picture below illustrates four valid lines and the resulting rectangle.

When the specified shape is undefined, valid input includes the input described above for a rectangular shape but also allows a circular planar face, a circular edge (it can be an arc), a planar face that has a slot shape, or four edges that define a slot or oval shape, as illustrated below.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ConnectorShape">
                <summary>Input value that specifies the shape of the connector.  This setting affects how the geometry is evaluated to determine the shape of the connector.  The following inputs are valid for a cable tray connector: kRectangularShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMConnectors.CreateConduitConnectorDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.BIMConnectorShapeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new conduit connector definition.&amp;nbsp;The created definition object defines the inputs to create a conduit connector and is used as input to the Add method of the BIMConnectors object to create a new conduit connector.</summary>
            <param name="Geometry">
                <summary>Input object collection that contains the geometry that defines the shape of the connector. When the specified shape is circular, valid input includes a single circular face or a circular edge (it can be an arc).
When the specified shape is undefined, valid input includes the input described above for a rectangular shape but also allows a rectangular planar face, four edges that define a rectangle as illustrated below.

a planar face that has a slot shape, or four edges that define a slot or oval shape, as illustrated below.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ConnectorShape">
                <summary>Input value that specifies the shape of the connector.  This setting affects how the geometry is evaluated to determine the shape of the connector.  The following inputs are valid for a conduit connector: kCircularShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMConnectors.CreateDuctConnectorDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.BIMConnectorShapeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new duct connector definition.&amp;nbsp;The created definition object defines the inputs to create a duct connector and is used as input to the Add method of the BIMConnectors object to create a new connector.</summary>
            <param name="Geometry">
                <summary>Input object collection that contains the geometry that defines the shape of the connector. When the specified shape is rectangular, valid input includes a single rectangular face or four linear edges on a planar face that define a rectangle. These edges do not need to connect but two of them need to be parallel to each other and perpendicular to the other two edge. For example, the picture below illustrates four valid lines and the resulting rectangle. 

When the specified shape is oval, valid input includes a face that defines an oval or four edges that define an oval as illustrated below.

When the specified shape is circular, valid input includes a single circular face or a circular edge (it can be an arc). When the specified shape is undefined, valid input includes any of the above.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ConnectorShape">
                <summary>Input value that specifies the shape of the connector.  This setting affects how the geometry is evaluated to determine the shape of the connector.  The following inputs are valid for a duct connector: kRectangularShapeConnector, kCircularShapeConnector, kOvalShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMConnectors.CreateElectricalConnectorDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new electrical connector definition.&amp;nbsp;The created definition object defines the inputs to create a electrical connector and is used as input to the Add method of the BIMConnectors object to create a new connector.</summary>
            <param name="Geometry">
                <summary>Input object collection that contains the geometry that defines the shape of the connector. Valid input includes: 
Single circular face. 
Circular edge (it can be an arc) 
Rectangular planar face. 
Four edges that define a rectangle as illustrated below. 

Planar face that has a slot shape. 
Four edges that define a slot or oval shape, as illustrated below. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMConnectors.CreatePipeConnectorDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.BIMConnectorShapeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new pipe connector definition.&amp;nbsp;The created definition object defines the inputs to create a pipe connector and is used as input to the Add method of the BIMConnectors object to create a new connector.</summary>
            <param name="Geometry">
                <summary>Input object collection that contains the geometry that defines the shape of the connector. When the specified shape is circular, valid input includes a single circular face or a circular edge (it can be an arc).
When the specified shape is undefined, valid input includes the input described above for a rectangular shape but also allows a rectangular planar face, four edges that define a rectangle as illustrated below:

a planar face that has a slot shape, or four edges that define a slot or oval shape, as illustrated below.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ConnectorShape">
                <summary>Input value that specifies the shape of the connector.  This setting affects how the geometry is evaluated to determine the shape of the connector.  The following inputs are valid for a pipe connector: kCircularShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnectors.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified BIMConnector object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMConnectors.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition">
            <summary>BIMDuctConnectorDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.ConnectionType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the connection type for this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.ConnectorShape">
            <summary>Read-only property that specifies the shape of the connector.&amp;nbsp;To change the shape, use the SetShape method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.Description">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the description of this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.DescriptionParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the description with expression or parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.Diameter">
            <summary>Read-only property that provides access to the connector diameter. When the BIMDuctConnectorDefinition object has been created using the CreateBIMDuctConnectorDefinition method, this property returns a Double indicating the diameter, (in centimeters), of the connector as defined by the input geometry. After the definition object has been used to create a connector, this property returns a parameter that defines the diameter of the connector.
To change the diameter of an existing connector you can either edit the geometry that’s controlling the diameter or set the override diameter using the DiameterOverride property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.DiameterOverride">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the diameter override for this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.Direction">
            <summary>Read-only property that indicates the direction of the connection.&amp;nbsp;This property will return Nothing in the case where a valid set of referenced geometries have not yet been defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.ExposeDescriptionAsParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if expose the description as parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.ExposeFlowValueAsParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if expose the flow value as parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.ExposeLossValueAsParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if expose the loss value as parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.FlowConfiguration">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the flow configuration used for this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.FlowDirection">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the flow direction for this Duct connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.FlowValue">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the value for the flow.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.FlowValueParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the flow value with expression or parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the geometry that defines the shape of the connection.&amp;nbsp;The returned collection is independent of the connector and any changes made to the contents of the collection will not affect the connector.&amp;nbsp;To change the geometry or the shape of the connector use the SetShape method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.Height">
            <summary>Read-only property that provides access to the connector height. When the BIMDuctConnectorDefinition object has been created using the CreateBIMDuctConnectorDefinition method, this property returns a Double indicating the height, (in centimeters), of the connector as defined by the input geometry. After the definition object has been used to create a connector, this property returns a parameter that defines the height of the connector.
To change the height of an existing connector you can either edit the geometry that’s controlling the height or set the override height using the HeightOverride property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.HeightDirection">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the direction of the connector height. This returns Nothing in the case where the height has not yet been defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.HeightOverride">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the height override for this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.LossMethod">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the loss method used for this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.LossValue">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the value for the loss method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.LossValueParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the loss value with expression or parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.Origin">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the origin of the connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent BIMConnector that this definition is associated with.&amp;nbsp;If the definition was created using one of the Create methods this property will return Nothing since the definition isn’t associated with a connector yet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.ReverseDirection">
            <summary>Method that will reverse the direction of the connection.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.SetShape(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.BIMConnectorShapeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that used to set the shape of the connector.</summary>
            <param name="Geometry">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that specifies the set of geometry used to define the connector position and shape.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ConnectorShape">
                <summary>Input value that indicates the desired shape of the connector and how the geometry is to be evaluated. Valid values for the various types of connectors is shown below.
Cable tray connectors: kRectangularShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Conduit connectors: kCircularShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Duct connectors: kRectangularShapeConnector, kCircularShapeConnector, kOvalShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Electrical connectors: kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Pipe connectors: kCircularShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
The input geometry for the various shapes can be the following: 
Circular shape 
Single circular face. 
Circular edge (it can be an arc) 
Rectangular shape 
Rectangular planar face. 
Four edges that define a rectangle as illustrated below. 

Slot shape 
Planar face that has a slot shape. 
Four edges that define a slot or oval shape, as illustrated below </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.SystemType">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies the system type for this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.Width">
            <summary>Read-only property that provides access to the connector width. When the BIMDuctConnectorDefinition object has been created using the CreateBIMDuctConnectorDefinition method, this property returns a Double indicating the width, (in centimeters), of the connector as defined by the input geometry. After the definition object has been used to create a connector, this property returns a parameter that defines the width of the connector.
To change the width of an existing connector you can either edit the geometry that’s controlling the width or set the override width using the WidthOverride property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.WidthDirection">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the direction of the connector width. This returns Nothing in the case where the width has not yet been defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMDuctConnectorDefinition.WidthOverride">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the width override for this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition">
            <summary>BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.ApparentLoad">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the apparent load associated with this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.ApparentLoadParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the apparent load with expression or parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.ApparentLoadPhase1">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the phase 1 apparent load associated with this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.ApparentLoadPhase1Parameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the apparent load phase 1 with expression or parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.ApparentLoadPhase2">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the phase 2 apparent load associated with this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.ApparentLoadPhase2Parameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the apparent load phase 2 with expression or parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.ApparentLoadPhase3">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the phase 3 apparent load associated with this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.ApparentLoadPhase3Parameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the apparent load phase 3 with expression or parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.ConnectorShape">
            <summary>Read-only property that specifies the shape of the connector.&amp;nbsp;To change the shape, use the SetShape method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.Description">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the description of this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.DescriptionParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the description with expression or parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.Direction">
            <summary>Read-only property that indicates the direction of the connection.&amp;nbsp;This property will return Nothing in the case where a valid set of referenced geometries have not yet been defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.ExposeApparentLoadAsParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if expose the apparent load as parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.ExposeApparentLoadPhase1AsParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if expose the apparent load phase 1 as parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.ExposeApparentLoadPhase2AsParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if expose the apparent load phase 2 as parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.ExposeApparentLoadPhase3AsParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if expose the apparent load phase 3 as parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.ExposeDescriptionAsParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if expose the description as parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.ExposeHasMotorAsParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if expose the HasMotor as parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.ExposeLoadClassificationAsParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if expose the load classification as parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.ExposeNumberOfPolesAsParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if expose the number of poles as parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.ExposePowerFactorAsParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if expose the power factor as parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.ExposeVoltageAsParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if expose the voltage as parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the geometry that defines the shape of the connection.&amp;nbsp;The returned collection is independent of the connector and any changes made to the contents of the collection will not affect the connector.&amp;nbsp;To change the geometry or the shape of the connector use the SetShape method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.HasMotor">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether or not there is a motor associated with this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.HasMotorParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the HasMotor with Boolean value or parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.LoadClassification">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the load classification associated with this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.LoadClassificationParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the load classification with expression or parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.NumberOfPoles">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the number of poles associated with this connector.&amp;nbsp;Valid values are 1, 2, or 3.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.NumberOfPolesParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the number of poles with expression or parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.Origin">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the origin of the connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent BIMConnector that this definition is associated with.&amp;nbsp;If the definition was created using one of the Create methods this property will return Nothing since the definition isn’t associated with a connector yet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.PowerFactor">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the power factor associated with this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.PowerFactorParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the power factor with expression or parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.PowerFactorState">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the power factor associated with this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.ReverseDirection">
            <summary>Method that will reverse the direction of the connection.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.SetShape(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.BIMConnectorShapeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that used to set the shape of the connector.</summary>
            <param name="Geometry">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that specifies the set of geometry used to define the connector position and shape.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ConnectorShape">
                <summary>Input value that indicates the desired shape of the connector and how the geometry is to be evaluated. Valid values for the various types of connectors is shown below.
Cable tray connectors: kRectangularShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Conduit connectors: kCircularShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Duct connectors: kRectangularShapeConnector, kCircularShapeConnector, kOvalShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Electrical connectors: kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Pipe connectors: kCircularShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
The input geometry for the various shapes can be the following: 
Circular shape 
Single circular face. 
Circular edge (it can be an arc) 
Rectangular shape 
Rectangular planar face. 
Four edges that define a rectangle as illustrated below. 

Slot shape 
Planar face that has a slot shape. 
Four edges that define a slot or oval shape, as illustrated below </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.SystemType">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies the system type for this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.Voltage">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the voltage associated with this connector.&amp;nbsp;The units of voltage is the Volt.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMElectricalConnectorDefinition.VoltageParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the voltage with expression or parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMExchangeServer">
            <summary>BIMExchangeServer object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMExchangeServer.GetBIMComponent(Inventor.ComponentDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that returns the BIMComponent associated with the provided Inventor part or assembly component definition.</summary>
            <param name="ComponentDefinition">
                <summary>Input PartComponentDefinition or AssemblyComponentDefinition object that specifies which Inventor part or assembly you want to get the associated BIMComponent for.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition">
            <summary>BIMPipeConnectorDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.AllowSlopeAdjustment">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether or not slope adjustment is allowed for this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.AllowSlopeAdjustmentParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the AllowSlopeAdjustment with expression or parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.ConnectionType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the connection type for this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.ConnectorShape">
            <summary>Read-only property that specifies the shape of the connector.&amp;nbsp;To change the shape, use the SetShape method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.Description">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the description of this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.DescriptionParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the description with expression or parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.Diameter">
            <summary>Read-only property that provides access to the connector diameter. When the BIMPipeConnectorDefinition object has been created using the CreateBIMPipeConnectorDefinition method, this property returns a Double indicating the diameter, (in centimeters), of the connector as defined by the input geometry. After the definition object has been used to create a connector, this property returns a parameter that defines the diameter of the connector.
To change the diameter of an existing connector you can either edit the geometry that’s controlling the diameter or set the override diameter using the DiameterOverride property. </summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.DiameterOverride">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the diameter override for this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.Direction">
            <summary>Read-only property that indicates the direction of the connection.&amp;nbsp;This property will return Nothing in the case where a valid set of referenced geometries have not yet been defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.ExposeAllowSlopeAdjustmentAsParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if expose the AllowSlopeAdjustment as parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.ExposeDescriptionAsParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if expose the description as parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.ExposeFlowValueAsParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if expose the flow value as parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.ExposeLossValueAsParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if expose the loss value as parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.FlowConfiguration">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the flow configuration used for this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.FlowDirection">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the flow direction for this pipe connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.FlowValue">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the value for the flow.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.FlowValueParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the flow value with expression or parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the geometry that defines the shape of the connection.&amp;nbsp;The returned collection is independent of the connector and any changes made to the contents of the collection will not affect the connector.&amp;nbsp;To change the geometry or the shape of the connector use the SetShape method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.LossMethod">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the loss method used for this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.LossValue">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the value for the loss method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.LossValueParameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the loss value with expression or parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.NominalDiameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that provides access to the nominal diameter of the pipe connection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.Origin">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the origin of the connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent BIMConnector that this definition is associated with.&amp;nbsp;If the definition was created using one of the Create methods this property will return Nothing since the definition isn’t associated with a connector yet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.ReverseDirection">
            <summary>Method that will reverse the direction of the connection.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.SetShape(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.BIMConnectorShapeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that used to set the shape of the connector.</summary>
            <param name="Geometry">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that specifies the set of geometry used to define the connector position and shape.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ConnectorShape">
                <summary>Input value that indicates the desired shape of the connector and how the geometry is to be evaluated. Valid values for the various types of connectors is shown below.
Cable tray connectors: kRectangularShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Conduit connectors: kCircularShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Duct connectors: kRectangularShapeConnector, kCircularShapeConnector, kOvalShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Electrical connectors: kUndefinedShapeConnector 
Pipe connectors: kCircularShapeConnector or kUndefinedShapeConnector 
The input geometry for the various shapes can be the following: 
Circular shape 
Single circular face. 
Circular edge (it can be an arc) 
Rectangular shape 
Rectangular planar face. 
Four edges that define a rectangle as illustrated below. 

Slot shape 
Planar face that has a slot shape. 
Four edges that define a slot or oval shape, as illustrated below </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.SystemType">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies the system type for this connector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BIMPipeConnectorDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BOM">
            <summary>The BOM object represents the Bill Of Materials (BOM) data of a document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOM.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOM.BOMViews">
            <summary>Property that gets the BOMViews collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BOM.ExportBOMCustomization(System.String)">
            <summary>Export BOM column customization as XML file.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String that defines the name of the xml file to write the BOM customization information to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BOM.GetPartNumberMergeSettings(System.Boolean@,System.String[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the part number row merge settings for the BOM.</summary>
            <param name="MergeEnabled">
                <summary>Boolean that indicates whether the row merging based on part number match is enabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MergeExcludeList">
                <summary>Array that returns the strings to exclude when merging based on part number match. This array will contain a minimum of one string ('').</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BOM.GetPartNumberMergeSettings2(System.Boolean@,System.String[]@,System.Boolean@)">
            <summary>Gets the part number row merge settings for the BOM.</summary>
            <param name="MergeEnabled">
                <summary>Output Boolean that indicates whether the row merging based on part number match is enabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MergeExcludeList">
                <summary>Output array that returns the strings to exclude when merging based on part number match.  This array will contain a minimum of one string (“&lt;BLANK&gt;”).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MergeInstanceRows">
                <summary>Output Boolean that indicates whether the merge instance rows is enabled or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOM.HideSuppressedComponentsInBOM">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to hide the suppressed components in BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BOM.ImportBOMCustomization(System.String)">
            <summary>Import BOM column customization as XML file.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String that defines the name of an existing xml file that contains BOM customization information.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOM.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ComponentDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOM.PartsOnlyViewEnabled">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the parts only BOM view is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOM.PartsOnlyViewMinimumDigits">
            <summary>Gets and sets the minimum number of digits displayed in a parts only view with the PartsOnlyViewNumberingScheme set to kNumericNumbering.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOM.PartsOnlyViewNumberingScheme">
            <summary>gets and sets the numbering scheme for a 'Parts Only' view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOM.RenumberItemsSequentially">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to renumber the items sequentially or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOM.RequiresUpdate">
            <summary>Determines whether the BOM requires an update.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOM.RevisionId">
            <summary>Property that returns the GUID that represents the last saved revision of this BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BOM.SetPartNumberMergeSettings(System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the part number row merge settings for the BOM.</summary>
            <param name="MergeEnabled">
                <summary>Boolean that indicates whether the row merging based on part number match is enabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MergeKeys">
                <summary>Optional input array that contains the strings to exclude when merging based on part number match. If supplied, this array should contain a minimum of one string ('').</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BOM.SetPartNumberMergeSettings2(System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Sets the part number row merge settings for the BOM.</summary>
            <param name="MergeEnabled">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether the row merging based on part number match is enabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MergeKeys">
                <summary>Optional input array that contains the strings to exclude when merging based on part number match.  If supplied, this array should contain a minimum of one string (“&lt;BLANK&gt;”).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MergeInstanceRows">
                <summary>Output Boolean that indicates whether the merge instance rows is enabled or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOM.StructuredViewDelimiter">
            <summary>Gets and sets the delimiter to use for numbering.&amp;nbsp;This property applies only for an all-level structured view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOM.StructuredViewEnabled">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the structured BOM view is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOM.StructuredViewFirstLevelOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the structured view is an 'all-level' or a 'first level only' view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOM.StructuredViewMinimumDigits">
            <summary>Gets and sets the minimum number of digits displayed in a 'first level only' structured view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOM.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BOMQuantity">
            <summary>This object provides methods and properties allowing the BOM row unit quantity to be computed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMQuantity.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMQuantity.BaseUnits">
            <summary>Gets and sets the true unit that the component is quantified in.&amp;nbsp;This property only applies if the BaseQuantity is set to a parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BOMQuantity.GetBaseQuantity(Inventor.BOMQuantityTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that retrieves the base quantity for the component.</summary>
            <param name="QuantityType">
                <summary>Output BOMQuantityTypeEnum indicating the quantity type. If kParameterBOMQuantity is returned, the Quantity argument returns the corresponding parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Quantity">
                <summary>Output Variant returning the quantity. This argument returns a Parameter object if the QuantityType returned is kParameterBOMQuantity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BOMQuantity.GetEvaluatedBaseQuantity(Inventor.BOMQuantityTypeEnum@)">
            <summary>Method that retrieves the stored base quantity for the component.</summary>
            <param name="QuantityType">
                <summary>BOMQuantityTypeEnum indicating the stored quantity type. This can currently return either kEachBOMQuantity or kParameterBOMQuantity. If kParameterBOMQuantity is returned, the Quantity argument returns the evaluated string indicating the base quantity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMQuantity.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ComponentDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BOMQuantity.SetBaseQuantity(Inventor.BOMQuantityTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the base quantity for the component.</summary>
            <param name="QuantityType">
                <summary>Input BOMQuantityTypeEnum indicating the quantity type. If kParameterBOMQuantity is set, a Parameter needs to be specified as the second argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Quantity">
                <summary>Input Variant specifying the quantity. If QuantityType is kParameterBOMQuantity, this argument expects a Parameter input, else this argument can be left unspecified. Only such parameters whose units resolve to being a linear length, a volume, or a mass are valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMQuantity.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMQuantity.UnitQuantity">
            <summary>Property that returns the unit quantity derived from two other properties, the BaseQuantity and the BaseUnits.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BOMRow">
            <summary>The BOMRow object represents an item in the BOM based on the parent BOMView.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRow.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRow.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRow.BOMStructure">
            <summary>Gets and sets how the BOM item represented by this row is used/viewed relating to design.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRow.ChildRows">
            <summary>Property that gets the BOMRowsEnumerator object containing the locally-stored rows under this BOMRow. This property will return Nothing for BOMRows in a parts-only view and if there are no sub-rows for this BOMRow.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRow.ComponentDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentDefinitions associated with this row in the BOM. These could be part, sheet metal, assembly, weldment or a virtual component definitions. This enumerator will return just one component definition unless this row is a merged one, in which case all associated component definitions are returned. The first component definition in the enumerator is always the primary component definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRow.ComponentOccurrences">
            <summary>Gets the ComponentOccurrences associated with this row in the BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BOMRow.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRow.ItemNumber">
            <summary>Gets and sets the item number of the BOM item.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRow.ItemNumberLocked">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the item identifier can be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRow.ItemQuantity">
            <summary>Property that gets the number of instances not marked as phantom or reference represented by this BOM row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRow.Merged">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this row is a result of a merging multiple rows. If true, the ComponentDefinitions property returns all the associated component definitions. This property will return False for all rows in the data BOMView.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRow.OccurrencePropertySets">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a PropertySets object associated with this BOMRow. This only applies to non merged component rows with Instance Properties.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRow.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent BOMView or the BOMRow object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRow.Promoted">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this row was promoted (for instance, as a result of the parent subassembly being marked phantom). This property will return False for all rows in the data BOMView.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRow.ReferencedFileDescriptor">
            <summary>Gets the FileDescriptor for the component referenced by this row. This only applies to non merged component rows and non local components and immediately referenced components. Therefore this would only be useful in the data view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRow.RolledUp">
            <summary>Indicates whether this row is a result of rolling up multiple promoted rows of the same ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRow.TotalQuantity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the total quantity of the BOM item.&amp;nbsp;Overrides cannot be set for parts only views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRow.TotalQuantityOverridden">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the TotalQuantity property has been overridden.&amp;nbsp;This property can only be set to False, in which case the override on the value will be removed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRow.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BOMRowsEnumerator">
            <summary>The BOMRowsEnumerator object provides access to BOMRow objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRowsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRowsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRowsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns an item in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMRowsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BOMView">
            <summary>The BOMView object represents a view (or an ordering scheme) of the BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMView.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMView.BOMRows">
            <summary>Property that gets the BOMRows enumerator object containing the top level BOM rows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BOMView.Export(System.String,Inventor.FileFormatEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that saves the BOM as viewed in this BOM view to an external file.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the file name to export the BOM to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileFormat">
                <summary>Input FileFormatEnum that specifies the file format to save to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input String or NameValueMap that specifies more options when the FileFormat is specified as kMicrosoftExcel, otherwise this is ignored. 

When a String is provided, it specifies the ‘Table Name’ for kMicrosoftExcel file format. This is the name of the Excel sheet. 

When a NameValueMap is provided, below options can be specified:

Name = “TableName”. Value = String value that specifies the Excel sheet name.

Name = “StartingCell”. Value = String value that specifies the starting cell.

Name = “Template”. Value = String value that specifies the template file.

Name = “ExportedColumns”. Value = String value that specifies semicolon separated column titles.

Name = “AutoFitColumnWidth”. Value = Boolean value that specifies whether to auto fit the column width.

Name = “ApplyCellFormatting”. Value = Boolean value that specifies whether to apply cell formatting or not.

Name = “ForceCellToText”. Value = Boolean value that specifies whether to force cell to text or not. This is forced to be True when the ApplyCellFormatting is set to True.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMView.iAssemblyMemberName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the iAssembly member that the BOM view is based on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMView.ModelStateMemberName">
            <summary>Gets the name of the model state member that the BOM view is based on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMView.Name">
            <summary>Property that gets the name of the BOMView.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMView.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent BOM object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BOMView.Renumber(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that renumbers all rows in the BOM view. If the BOMRowsToRenumber argument is provided, only those rows are renumbered. Applies only to structured and parts only views. This method returns a failure for the model data BOM view.</summary>
            <param name="StartValue">
                <summary>Optional input long that specifies the start value for renumbering. If not specified, this value defaults to 1.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Increment">
                <summary>Optional input long that specifies the increment to use for renumbering. If not specified, this value defaults to 1.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BOMRowsToRenumber">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection of BOMRow objects. If not supplied, all rows in the BOMView are renumbered. If provided, only the input rows are renumbered.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMView.RevisionId">
            <summary>Property that returns the GUID that represents the last saved revision of this BOMView.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BOMView.Sort(System.String,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that changes the sort order of items in the BOM view. Applies only to structured and parts only views. This method returns a failure for the model data BOM view.</summary>
            <param name="PrimaryColumnTitle">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the primary column to use for the sorting. If the name of a non-existing column is provided, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PrimaryColumnAscending">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to sort from the lowest value to the highest or vice versa. If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the sorting will be from the lowest value to the highest.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SecondaryColumnTitle">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the secondary column to use for the sorting. If the name of a non-existing column or the primary column is provided, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SecondaryColumnAscending">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to sort from the lowest value to the highest or vice versa. If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the sorting will be from the lowest value to the highest.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TertiaryColumnTitle">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the tertiary column to use for the sorting. If the name of a non-existing column, the primary column or the secondary column is provided, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TertiaryColumnAscending">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to sort from the lowest value to the highest or vice versa. If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the sorting will be from the lowest value to the highest.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BOMView.Sort2(System.String,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that changes the sort order of items in the BOM view. Applies only to structured and parts only views. This method returns a failure for the model data BOM view.</summary>
            <param name="PrimaryColumnTitle">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the primary column to use for the sorting. If the name of a non-existing column is provided, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PrimaryColumnAscending">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to sort from the lowest value to the highest or vice versa. If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the sorting will be from the lowest value to the highest.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SecondaryColumnTitle">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the secondary column to use for the sorting. If the name of a non-existing column or the primary column is provided, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SecondaryColumnAscending">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to sort from the lowest value to the highest or vice versa. If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the sorting will be from the lowest value to the highest.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TertiaryColumnTitle">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the tertiary column to use for the sorting. If the name of a non-existing column, the primary column or the secondary column is provided, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TertiaryColumnAscending">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to sort from the lowest value to the highest or vice versa. If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the sorting will be from the lowest value to the highest.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SortByString">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to sort the columns by string. This defaults to False to indicate the columns are sorted numerically.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMView.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMView.ViewType">
            <summary>Property that returns the BOM View type. Possible return values are kModelDataBOMViewType (for the 'raw' view), kStructuredBOMViewType (for the structured view) and kPartsOnlyBOMViewType (for the parts-only view).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BOMViews">
            <summary>The BOMViews collection object provides access to the existing BOMView objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMViews.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMViews.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMViews.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified BOMView object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BOMViews.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BooleanAssetValue">
            <summary>The BooleanAssetValue object represents an asset value that consists of a Boolean.  The Value property will return and must be set with a Boolean.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BooleanAssetValue.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BooleanAssetValue.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets the name of this value as seen in the Material or Appearance Browser. This can change based on the current Inventor language.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BooleanAssetValue.IsReadOnly">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this asset value is read-only. If True any attempted edits will fail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BooleanAssetValue.Name">
            <summary>Gets the key name of the value. This name will remain constant for all languages and is the name used as input to the Item property or the Asset object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BooleanAssetValue.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent Asset object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BooleanAssetValue.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kAssetValueObject indicating this object’s type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BooleanAssetValue.Value">
            <summary>Gets and sets this asset value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BooleanAssetValue.ValueType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the data type that the Value property for this AssetValue object will return.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Border">
            <summary>The Border object represents the instance of a border on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Border.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Border.Definition">
            <summary>Property returning the border definition object that this border is an instance of.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Border.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the title block from the sheet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Border.GetResultText(Inventor.TextBox)">
            <summary>Method that returns the text that is currently displayed for a specific text box. This is useful for text boxes that use input form other sources to define their content, i.e. properties and prompted text. The string displayed within this text box is returned.</summary>
            <param name="DefinitionText">
                <summary>Input object from the referenced TitleBlockDefinition object. This text box is used as in index to specify which text box in the instance to return the text for.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Border.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the border instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Border.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent sheet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Border.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Border.SetPromptResultText(Inventor.TextBox,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the text that was supplied for a specified border that contains prompted text. The string displayed within this border is changed.</summary>
            <param name="DefinitionText">
                <summary>Input TextBox object from the referenced BorderDefinition object. This text box is used to specify which prompted text box to set the text for.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NewValue">
                <summary>Input String that defines the new text to use for the specified prompted text.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Border.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BorderDefinition">
            <summary>The BorderDefinition object represents a border definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BorderDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BorderDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BorderDefinition.CopyTo(Inventor.DrawingDocument,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that copies the definition to the target drawing document.</summary>
            <param name="TargetDocument">
                <summary>Input DrawingDocument object that specifies the document to copy the definition into.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to replace or create a new definition with a different name if a definition of the same name exists in the target document. If not specified, the argument defaults to False indicating that a new definition will be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BorderDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the BorderDefinition object. This method will fail in the case where the definition is being referenced. This can be determined by using the IsReferenced property.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BorderDefinition.Edit(Inventor.DrawingSketch@)">
            <summary>Method that opens a copy of the border definition's sketch for edit in the Sketch environment.</summary>
            <param name="Sketch">
                <summary>Output DrawingSketch object. This is a copy of the DrawingSketch associated with the border definition. This new DrawingSketch is opened within the sketch environment.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BorderDefinition.ExitEdit(System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that closes the currently active sketch (see below for limitations) and depending on the input parameters, replaces the sketch of the border definition with the edited sketch.</summary>
            <param name="SaveChanges">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to save the changes or not. True indicates to save the changes. Setting this property to False will cause the sketch to close and lose all edits.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SaveAsName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the new border definition to create. This argument is used in the case where the SaveChanges argument is True. If not specified, or an empty string is supplied, the edited sketch replaces the sketch associated with the border definition being edited. If a string is supplied, a new border definition is created and the edited sketch is used for it. The supplied name must be unique with respect to all other objects in the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BorderDefinition.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BorderDefinition.IsDefault">
            <summary>Gets if the border definition is default or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BorderDefinition.IsReferenced">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the border definition is being referenced or not. A border definition is referenced whenever it is used on a sheet. A referenced border definition cannot be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BorderDefinition.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the border definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BorderDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent .</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BorderDefinition.Sketch">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch associated with the border definition. The DrawingSketch returned by the Sketch property supports all query functionality but cannot be edited. To edit the contents of a border definition, use the Edit method. This creates a copy of the border definition's sketch for edit. The ExitEdit method of the BorderDefinition can then be used to save the edited sketch as the border definition's sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BorderDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BorderDefinitions">
            <summary>The BorderDefinitions collection object provides access to all the existing objects in a drawing document and provides methods to create additional border definitions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BorderDefinitions.Add(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new border definition. The new BorderDefinition object is returned. This method will fail in the case where a sketch is currently active. You can check for this case using the ActiveEditObject property of the Application object to see if a sketch is active.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that defines the name of the new border definition. The name specified must be unique with respect to the other border definitions in the document. If a unique name is not specified, an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BorderDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BorderDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BorderDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified BorderDefinition object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BorderDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BossFeature">
            <summary>The BossFeature object represents a boss feature within the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BossFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BossFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BossFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BossFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BossFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BossFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BossFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BossFeatures">
            <summary>The BossFeatures collection object provides access to existing boss features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  You can provide either the index of the item in the collection, where the first item is index 1, or you can provide the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BossSet">
            <summary>Object containing boss definition of the rib.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossSet.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossSet.Centers">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the collection of SketchPoint objects which specify the boss centers.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BossSet.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the boss set from the collection.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossSet.Diameter">
            <summary>Read-write property that returns the boss diameter value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossSet.Offset">
            <summary>Read-write property that returns the value of boss offset from the sketch plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossSet.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossSet.TaperAngle">
            <summary>Read-write property that returns the boss taper angle value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BossSets">
            <summary>Collection Object containing boss definitions of the rib.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BossSets.Add(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.BossTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Boss set. The newly created BossSet object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Centers">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing SketchPoint objects that define boss centers.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Type">
                <summary>Input BossTypeEnum that defines the boss type.  This can either be kHeadBossType or kThreadBossType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Diameter">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the boss diameter. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset value. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Taper">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the taper angle for the boss. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossSets.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossSets.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossSets.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  You can provide either the index of the item in the collection, where the first item is index 1, or you can provide the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BossSets.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BoundaryPatchDefinition">
            <summary>The BoundaryPatchDefinition object is used to define the input required for creating boundary patch features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchDefinition.BoundaryPatchLoops">
            <summary>Property that specifies the set of boundary loops used to create the boundary patch feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchDefinition.GuideRails">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the guide rail objects for the boundary patch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature">
            <summary>This is the Part BoundaryPatchFeature object. A BoundaryPatchFeature is produced by the creation of a planar surface within the specified boundary.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Property that returns the BoundaryPatchDefinition object which defines the various input used to create the boundary patch feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Property that returns the BoundaryPatchDefinition object which defines the various input used to create the boundary patch feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatures">
            <summary>The BoundaryPatchFeatures collection object provides access to all of the objects in a part component definition and provides methods to create additional BoundaryPatchFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatures.Add(Inventor.BoundaryPatchDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new boundary patch feature.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input BoundaryPatchDefinition object that defines the input definition for the boundary patch feature. The BoundaryPatchDefinition object can be created using the CreateBoundaryPatchDefinition method of the BoundaryPatchFeatures object. The BoundaryPatchDefinition object defines the boundary loops for creating the boundary patch feature.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatures.CreateBoundaryPatchDefinition">
            <summary>Method that creates a BoundaryPatchDefinition object that defines the input definition for a boundary patch feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object in the collection. The index can be numeric or the object name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BoundaryPatchLoop">
            <summary>The BoundaryPatchLoop object is used to define a boundary loop for a boundary patch feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchLoop.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchLoop.BoundaryPath">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the boundary path for a boundary patch loop.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchLoop.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this boundary patch loop.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchLoop.GetBoundaryCondition(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets the boundary condition for the specified boundary path loop entity.</summary>
            <param name="BoundaryPathEntity">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the boundary path loop entity for which the boundary condition needs to be returned. If a boundary condition is not applicable to the boundary path entity, then this method will fail. The valid objects for the boundary path entity depend on the type of the boundary path object, i.e. the object returned by the BoundaryPath property. The following list shows the valid BoundaryPathEntity objects for the corresponding BoundaryPath object: * If BoundaryPath object is Profile3D, then the BoundaryPathEntity object can be one of the sketch 3D entities that constitute the Profile3D. * If BoundaryPath object is Path, then the BoundaryPathEntity object can be one of the sketch 2D or 3D entities that constitute the Path. * If BoundaryPath object is EdgeLoop, then the BoundaryPathEntity object can be one of the edges that constitute the EdgeLoop. * If BoundaryPath object is EdgeCollection, then the BoundaryPathEntity object can be one of the edges that belong to the EdgeCollection. * If BoundaryPath object is an ObjectCollection that contains SketchEntity, SketchEntity3D or Edge objects, then the BoundaryPathEntity object can be one of the entities that belong to the ObjectCollection.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchLoop.GetBoundaryTangentWeight(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets the tangent weight for the specified boundary path loop entity.</summary>
            <param name="BoundaryPathEntity">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchLoop.SetBoundaryCondition(System.Object,Inventor.BoundaryPatchConditionEnum)">
            <summary>Method that sets the boundary condition for the specified boundary path loop entity.</summary>
            <param name="BoundaryPathEntity">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the boundary path loop entity to which the boundary condition needs to be applied. If a boundary condition is not applicable to the boundary path entity, then this method will fail. The valid objects for the boundary path entity depend on the type of the boundary path object, i.e. the object returned by the BoundaryPath property. The following table lists the valid BoundaryPathEntity objects for the corresponding BoundaryPath object:
If BoundaryPath object is: Then, the BoundaryPathEntity object can be:
Profile3D One of the sketch 3D entities that constitute the Profile3D
Path One of the sketch 2D or 3D entities that constitute the Path
EdgeLoop One of the edges that constitute the EdgeLoop
EdgeCollection One of the edges that belong to the EdgeCollection
ObjectCollection that contains SketchEntity, SketchEntity3D or Edge objects One of the entities that belong to the ObjectCollectionNote: If the boundary path object, i.e. the object returned by the BoundaryPath property is a Profile then the boundary condition does not apply. If the Profile object or one of the sketch 2D entities that constitute the profile is specified for the BoundaryPathEntity argument then, this method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BoundaryPathCondition">
                <summary>Input constant that specifies the type of boundary condition to apply. Valid input is one of the values in BoundaryPatchConditionEnum: kFreeBoundaryPatchCondition or kTangentBoundaryPatchCondition. If the specified condition cannot be applied to the boundary path entity, then this method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchLoop.SetBoundaryTangentWeight(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the tangetn weight for the specified boundary path loop entity.</summary>
            <param name="BoundaryPathEntity">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BoundaryPathTangentWeight">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchLoop.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BoundaryPatchLoops">
            <summary>The BoundaryPatchLoops object is used to define the boundary loops for a boundary patch feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BoundaryPatchLoops.Add(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new BoundaryPatchLoop object using the specified boundary path.</summary>
            <param name="BoundaryPath">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the boundary path for a boundary patch loop. Valid objects for the boundary path can be one of the following types:
One of the following objects: Path, Profile, Profile3D, EdgeLoop or EdgeCollection If a Path, Profile or Profile3D object is specified, then it must represent a set of connected sketch entities that form a closed loop, otherwise the creation of the boundary loop will fail. If an EdgeCollection object is specified, then it must contain a set of tangentially connected edges that form a closed loop, otherwise the creation of the boundary loop will fail.
An ObjectCollection that can contain any combination of SketchEntity, SketchEntity3D and Edge objects These objects can be used to specify a set of connected entities that form a closed boundary loop. Also, the order of the objects in the collection must be such that the entities that represent them are end-to-end connected. If the entities do not form a closed loop or if their order in the collection does not represent a set of end-to-end connected entities, then the creation of the boundary loop will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchLoops.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchLoops.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of BoundaryPatchLoop objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchLoops.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified BoundaryPatchLoop object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BoundaryPatchLoops.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Box">
            <summary>The Box object is a mathematical utility object that represents a rectangular box whose faces are always parallel to the model XYZ planes. A common use of the Box object is as a means of passing the range box information of an entity and interacting with that range box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Box.Contains(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Determines whether the specified point is contained within this Box.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the coordinate to check.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Box.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this Box object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original Box object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Box.Expand(System.Double)">
            <summary>Expands the Box on all sides by the specified distance.</summary>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the distance by which to expand the box.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Box.Extend(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Extends the Box to include the specified point.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the coordinate to include in the box.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Box.GetBoxData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this Box.</summary>
            <param name="MinPoint">
                <summary>Input Double array that sets the smallest coordinate values for the box.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaxPoint">
                <summary>Input Double array that sets the largest coordinate values for the box.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Box.IsDisjoint(Inventor.Box)">
            <summary>Determines whether this Box intersects the specified Box.&amp;nbsp;A return value of True indicates that the box do not intersect.</summary>
            <param name="Box">
                <summary>Input Box object to compare.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Box.MaxPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the maximum corner of the box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Box.MinPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the minimum corner of the box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Box.PutBoxData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this Box.</summary>
            <param name="MinPoint">
                <summary>Input Double array that sets the smallest coordinate values for the box.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaxPoint">
                <summary>Input Double array that sets the largest coordinate values for the box.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Box2d">
            <summary>The Box2d object is a mathematical utility object that represents a rectangle whose edges are always parallel to the x-y axes. A common use of the Box2d object is as a means of passing the range box information of a 2d entity and interacting with that range box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Box2d.Contains(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Determines whether the specified point is contained within this Box.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the coordinate to check.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Box2d.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this Box2d object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original Box2d object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Box2d.Expand(System.Double)">
            <summary>Expands the Box on all sides by the specified distance.</summary>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the distance by which to expand the box.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Box2d.Extend(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Extends the Box to include the specified point.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the coordinate to include in the box.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Box2d.GetBoxData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this Box.</summary>
            <param name="MinPoint">
                <summary>Input Double array that sets the smallest coordinate values for the box.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaxPoint">
                <summary>Input Double array that sets the largest coordinate values for the box.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Box2d.IsDisjoint(Inventor.Box2d)">
            <summary>Determines whether this Box intersects the specified Box.&amp;nbsp;A return value of True indicates that the box do not intersect.</summary>
            <param name="Box">
                <summary>Input Box2d object to compare.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Box2d.MaxPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the maximum corner of the box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Box2d.MinPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the minimum corner of the box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Box2d.PutBoxData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this Box.</summary>
            <param name="MinPoint">
                <summary>Input Double array that sets the smallest coordinate values for the box.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaxPoint">
                <summary>Input Double array that sets the largest coordinate values for the box.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BreakOperation">
            <summary>A BreakOperation object represents a break applied to a drawing view. Editing or deleting this BreakOperation object will modify all affected views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOperation.AllAffectedViews">
            <summary>Property that returns all the DrawingView objects affected by this break operation. Multiple drawing views can be affected by a break operation if children views inherit breaks or if the break is propagated up to the parent view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOperation.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOperation.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOperation.BreakLineSketch">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DrawingSketch object containing the break lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOperation.BreakStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the break style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BreakOperation.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the break operation from the drawing view. The break is deleted from all other affected drawing views as well.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOperation.DisplayLevel">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the appearance of the break lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOperation.EndPoint">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the end point of the break in sheet space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOperation.Gap">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the gap (in centimeters) between the break lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BreakOperation.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOperation.IsSourceBreakOperation">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this break operation is the source for inherited break operations. The property returns True if there are no related break operations. If the property returns False, use the SourceBreakOperation property to find the source break.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOperation.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOperation.MidPoint">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the midpoint of the break in sheet space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOperation.NumberOfSymbols">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the number of break symbols to use for a structural style break.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOperation.Orientation">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the orientation of the break is horizontal or vertical. Possible return values are kHorizontalBreakOrientation and kVerticalBreakOrientation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOperation.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent drawing view from which this BreakOperation was retrieved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOperation.SourceBreakOperation">
            <summary>Property that returns the source BreakOperation object. For instance, if a projected view inherits the break from the parent base view, this property on the BreakOperation retrieved from the projected view will return the corresponding BreakOperation from the base view. If this BreakOperation itself is the source, the property returns nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOperation.StartPoint">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the start point of the break in sheet space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOperation.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BreakOperations">
            <summary>The BreakOperations collection object contains information about all the break operations applied to a drawing view as well as methods to add breaks to the view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BreakOperations.Add(Inventor.BreakOrientationEnum,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.BreakStyleEnum,System.Int32,System.Double,System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that adds a break to a drawing view. The newly created BreakOperation object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Orientation">
                <summary>Input BreakOrientationEnum that specifies whether the orientation of the break is horizontal or vertical. Valid values are kHorizontalBreakOrientation and kVerticalBreakOrientation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the start point of the break in sheet space. For a horizontal break orientation, only the 'x' component of the point is used and the 'y' component is ignored. For a vertical break, only the 'y' component of the point is used and the 'x' component is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the end point of the break in sheet space. For a horizontal break orientation, only the 'x' component of the point is used and the 'y' component is ignored. For a vertical break, only the 'y' component of the point is used and the 'x' component is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BreakStyle">
                <summary>Optional input BreakStyleEnum that specifies the break style. Valid values are kRectangularBreakStyle and kStructuralBreakStyle. If not specified, a rectangular style break is created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayLevel">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the appearance of the break lines. Valid range of values is 1 through10. For rectangular break style, this value controls the quantity or pitch of break edges displayed. For structural break style, this value controls amplitude of break line. If not specified, a value of 5 is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Gap">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the gap (in centimeters) between the break lines. If not specified, a gap value is automatically calculated based on the view size.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NumberOfSymbols">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the number of break symbols to use for a structural style break. Valid values are 1, 2 and 3. This argument is not applicable and is ignored for rectangular style breaks. If not specified, a value of 1 is assumed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PropagateToParentView">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to apply this break to the parent view as well. This is not applicable in all situations and is ignored if not applicable. The default value is False.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BreakOperations.AddBySketch(Inventor.DrawingSketch,Inventor.BreakStyleEnum,System.Int32,System.Double,System.Int32,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds a break to a drawing view. The newly created BreakOperation object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Sketch">
                <summary>Input DrawingSketch that specifies the sketch with sketch lines as the break lines to break the drawing view. The DrawingSketch should contain two vertical or horizontal sketch lines</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BreakStyle">
                <summary>Optional input BreakStyleEnum that specifies the break style.  Valid values are kRectangularBreakStyle and kStructuralBreakStyle.  If not specified, a rectangular style break is created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayLevel">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the appearance of the break lines.  Valid range of values is 1 through 10.  For rectangular break style, this value controls the quantity or pitch of break edges displayed.  For structural break style, this value controls amplitude of break line.  If not specified, a value of 5 is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Gap">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the gap (in centimeters) between the break lines.  If not specified, a gap value is automatically calculated based on the view size.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NumberOfSymbols">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the number of break symbols to use for a structural style break.  Valid values are 1, 2 and 3.  This argument is not applicable and is ignored for rectangular style breaks.  If not specified, a value of 1 is assumed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary>Reserved for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOperations.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOperations.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOperations.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified break operation object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOperations.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BreakOutOperation">
            <summary>A BreakOutOperation object represents a break out applied to a drawing view. Editing or deleting this BreakOutOperation object will modify all affected views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOutOperation.AllAffectedViews">
            <summary>Property that returns all the DrawingView objects affected by this break out operation. Multiple drawing views can be affected by a break out operation if children views inherit break outs.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOutOperation.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOutOperation.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BreakOutOperation.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the break out operation from the drawing view. The break out is deleted from all other affected drawing views as well.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOutOperation.DepthType">
            <summary>Property returns how the depth of the break out is defined. To change to another type use the DepthSource property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOutOperation.DisplayComponentsWithinTheSectionCut">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether or not to display the components within the section cut.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BreakOutOperation.GetDepth(System.Object@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the information controlling the depth of the break out.</summary>
            <param name="DepthSource">
                <summary>Graphic object that defines the depth of the break out. Several different types of objects can be returned depending on how the depth of the break out has been defined. The DepthType property can be used to know what type(s) of objects will be returned by this method. Based on the depth type here are the object types you can expect to be returned.
kFromPointBreakOutType * An Edge or Vertex object from the model being displayed in the view is returned. This is different than the GeometryIntent object that would have been provided during creation. Model geometry is returned in this case because in many cases the drawing curve that defines the depth is not visible, and so does not exist in the view containing the break out. * The DepthValue argument is applicable in this case and gives the offset from this point. 
kToSketchBreakOutType * A DrawingSketch object which is associated with a dependant projected view. 
kToHoleBreakOutType * A DrawingCurve object that is used to specify a 'hole'. A hole in this case is defined as any geometry from a HoleFeature object or any cylinder or cone in the model. The axis of the hole, cylinder, or cone is parallel to the sheet plane and defines the depth of the hole. 
kThroughPartBreakOutType * A PartComponentDefinition object indicates that the entire part is cut. This is only applicable when the drawing view contains a part, not an assembly. * A ComponentOccurrence (or a ComponentOccurrenceProxy) object in the context of the parent drawing view. The depth is defined by the depth of the associated part. * An ObjectCollection containing multiple ComponentOccurrence (or ComponentOccurrenceProxy) objects. The depth is defined by the depths of the associated parts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DepthValue">
                <summary>This argument is only applicable when the DepthType is kFromPointBreakOutType otherwise it should be ignored. The depth value is always returned as centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BreakOutOperation.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOutOperation.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent drawing view from which this BreakOutOperation was retrieved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOutOperation.Profile">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the sketch profile used for the break out.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOutOperation.SectionAllParts">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to section all parts in the break out area.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BreakOutOperation.SetDepth(System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets the depth of the break out.</summary>
            <param name="DepthSource">
                <summary>Graphic object that defines the depth of the break out. This argument is optional in the case where the depth is defined by a point (DepthType property returns kFromPointBreakOutType) and you only want to modify the depth value.
Several different types of objects can be used as input depending on how the depth of the break is to be defined. Here are the various valid inputs. 1. A GeometryIntent object that represents a point. This specifies the starting point of the break out area. In this case, the DepthValue argument must be specified to indicate the depth of the break out area from the specified point. 2. A DrawingSketch object which is associated with a dependant projected view. 3. A DrawingCurve object that is used to specify a 'hole'. A hole in this case is any geometry from a HoleFeature object or any cylinder or cone in the model. The axis of the hole, cylinder, or cone must be parallel to the sheet plane. The axis defines the depth of the hole. 4. A PartComponentDefinition object to indicate that the entire part is to be cut. This is only applicable when the drawing view contains a part. The PartComponentDefinition supplied must be the component definition of the part in the view. 5. A ComponentOccurrence (or a ComponentOccurrenceProxy) object in the context of the parent drawing view. The depth is defined by the depth of the associated part. This is only applicable when the drawing view contains an assembly. 6. An ObjectCollection containing multiple ComponentOccurrence (or ComponentOccurrenceProxy) objects. The depth is defined by the depths of the associated parts. This is only applicable when the drawing view contains an assembly.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DepthValue">
                <summary>This argument is only applicable when the DepthType is already kFromPointBreakOutType or you're setting the depth type to be measured from a point. If it is already kFromPointBreakOutType and you want to use the existing from point you can just provide a new depth value. If you want set or change the depth point then the DepthSource argument must also be used to define the new from point. In all other cases the value of this argument is ignored. The value is always input as centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOutOperation.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BreakOutOperations">
            <summary>The BreakOutOperations collection object contains information about all the break out operations applied to a drawing view as well as methods to add break outs to the view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BreakOutOperations.Add(Inventor.Profile,System.Object,System.Double,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that adds a break out to a drawing view. The newly created BreakOutOperation object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Profile">
                <summary>Input Profile object that specifies the sketch profile for the break out. This profile must be closed so it should be created using the AddForSolid method of the Profiles object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DepthSource">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the source for the break out depth. Valid input objects are: 
A GeometryIntent object that represents a point. This specifies the starting point of the break out area. In this case, the DepthValue argument must be specified to indicate the depth of the break out area from the specified point. 
A DrawingSketch object which is associated with a dependant projected view. 
A DrawingCurve object that is used to specify a 'hole'. A hole in this case is any geometry from a HoleFeature object or any cylinder or cone in the model. The axis of the hole, cylinder, or cone must be parallel to the sheet plane. The axis defines the depth of the hole. 
A PartComponentDefinition object to indicate that the entire part is to be cut. This is only applicable when the drawing view contains a part. The PartComponentDefinition supplied must be the component definition of the part in the view. 
A ComponentOccurrence (or a ComponentOccurrenceProxy) object in the context of the parent drawing view. The depth is defined by the depth of the associated part. This is only applicable when the drawing view contains an assembly. 
An ObjectCollection containing multiple ComponentOccurrence (or ComponentOccurrenceProxy) objects. The depth is defined by the depths of the associated parts. This is only applicable when the drawing view contains an assembly.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DepthValue">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the depth value for the break out if the input DepthSource is a point. This argument is ignored if the input source is not a point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SectionAllParts">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to section all parts in the break out area. The default value is False indicating that all parts will not be sectioned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOutOperations.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOutOperations.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOutOperations.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified break out operation object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BreakOutOperations.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BrowserFolder">
            <summary>The BrowserFolder object represents a folder in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserFolder.Add(Inventor.BrowserNode,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that adds a node to the folder. The node is automatically reordered in the browser if required. If the node cannot be reordered as needed, the method returns an error.</summary>
            <param name="BrowserNode">
                <summary>Input BrowserNode object that specifies the object to be moved into the folder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetNode">
                <summary>Optional input BrowserNode object that specifies the object within the folder adjacent to which the input node should be positioned. This node should be found directly under the folder, else the method returns an error. If not specified, the node is added to the top of the list in the folder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the input node should be moved before or after the target node. If not specified, the node is positioned after the target node. This argument is ignored if the TargetNode argument is not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserFolder.AllowAddRemove">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether items can be added to and removed from the folder by the user. If set to False, the add/remove restriction applies to the user interface only - the contents of folder can still be modified via the API.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserFolder.AllowDelete">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the folder can be deleted by the user. If set to False, the delete restriction applies to the user interface only - the folder can still be deleted via the API.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserFolder.AllowRename">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the folder can be renamed by the user. If set to False, the rename restriction applies to the user interface only - the folder can still be renamed via the API.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserFolder.AllowReorder">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the folder can be reordered in the browser by the user. If set to False, the reorder restriction applies to the user interface only - the folder can still be reordered via the API.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserFolder.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserFolder.BrowserNode">
            <summary>Property that returns the corresponding browser node for the folder. The contents of the folder (including sub-folders) can be accessed via the browser node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserFolder.Delete(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the browser folder. The contents of the folder are retained and moved up one level in the browser.</summary>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean reserved for future use. The value is currently ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserFolder.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object.  The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserFolder.InternalName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the unique internal name of the folder.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserFolder.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the folder.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserFolder.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent browser node for the folder.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserFolder.Remove(Inventor.BrowserNode,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that removes a node from the folder. The node is automatically reordered in the browser if required. If the node cannot be reordered as needed, the method returns an error.</summary>
            <param name="BrowserNode">
                <summary>Input BrowserNode object that specifies the object to be removed from the folder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetNode">
                <summary>Optional input BrowserNode object that specifies the object outside the folder adjacent to which the input node should be positioned. If not specified, the node is positioned adjacent to the folder (either before or after).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the input node should be moved before or after the target node. If not specified, the node is positioned after the target node.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserFolder.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that moves the end of part before or after the folder. The method only applies for first level folders in part documents and first level folders in the features portion of the browser in assembly documents. The method returns an error for all other folders.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to move the end of part before or after the folder. True for before.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserFolder.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BrowserFoldersEnumerator">
            <summary>The BrowserFoldersEnumerator object provides access to all browser folders directly under a browser node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserFoldersEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserFoldersEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserFoldersEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified BrowserFolder object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserFoldersEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BrowserNode">
            <summary>The BrowserNode object represents a node in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserNode.AddChild(Inventor.BrowserNodeDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new as a nested child of this one. The new BrowserNode is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the input definition for the browser node.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserNode.AllReferencedNodes(Inventor.BrowserNodeDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that returns all browser nodes referencing the specified BrowserNodeDefinition below this BrowserNode. For instance, in the case of a shared sketch, two browser nodes reference the same definition.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input BrowserNodeDefinition object to get the referenced nodes for.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNode.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNode.BrowserFolders">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of all browser folders contained directly under this node in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNode.BrowserNodeDefinition">
            <summary>Property that returns a object which defines the various inputs that were used to create the browser node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNode.BrowserNodes">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of the top level BrowserNode objects contained under this node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserNode.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the browser node. All of its child browser nodes are deleted as well. None of the corresponding browser node definitions nor the client node resources are deleted, however. This method will fail for built-in browser nodes.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserNode.DoPreSelect">
            <summary>This method will simulate a mouse hover on the browser node.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserNode.DoSelect">
            <summary>This method will simulate a mouse click on the browser node.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserNode.EnsureVisible">
            <summary>Method that ensures the BrowserNode object is visible.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNode.Expanded">
            <summary>Specifies the BrowserNode object is expanded.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNode.FullPath">
            <summary>Gets the fully qualified label of the BrowserNode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserNode.InsertChild(Inventor.BrowserNodeDefinition,Inventor.BrowserNode,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new BrowserNode at the specified location. The new BrowserNode is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input object that defines the input definition for the browser node.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetNode">
                <summary>Input BrowserNode object that specifies the node adjacent to which the new node should be inserted.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBefore">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the new node should be inserted before or after the target node.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNode.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNode.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the BrowserNode object. This may either be another BrowserNode or a BrowserPane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNode.Selected">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the object is selected or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNode.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNode.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the browser node is visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BrowserNodeDefinition">
            <summary>The BrowserNodeDefinition object contains the definition of a node in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNodeDefinition.AdditionalDisplayState">
            <summary>Gets and sets the additional display state of browsernodes that use this definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNodeDefinition.AdditionalStateIconToolTipText">
            <summary>Gets and sets additional state icon tool tip text on a existing definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNodeDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNodeDefinition.BuiltIn">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the node is a standard Autodesk Inventor node or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNodeDefinition.DisplayState">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display state of browsernodes that use this definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNodeDefinition.Label">
            <summary>Property that gets the label of the BrowserNode. This is the string that is displayed to the user. In the case of BuiltIns, this Label is really a reflection of the corresponding name held by the underlying data - for example, a Sketch or a WorkPlane object. In order to set the Label of a ClientBrowserNodeDefinition, see SetLabel on that object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNodeDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning of this BrowserNodeDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNodeDefinition.StateIconToolTipText">
            <summary>Gets and sets state icon tool tip text on a existing definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNodeDefinition.ToolTipText">
            <summary>Gets and sets tool tip text on a existing definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNodeDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BrowserNodesEnumerator">
            <summary>This object provides access to the individual objects in a collection of nodes; for example the nested children of a given .</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNodesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNodesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection. Only the immediate children are counted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNodesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserNodesEnumerator.ItemById(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection.</summary>
            <param name="Id">
                <summary>Input long value that specifies the unique and custom identifier of a in this collection. The identifier was supplied at creation time of the ClientBrowserNode. If no such ClientBrowserNode is found in the collection, an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserNodesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BrowserPane">
            <summary>The BrowserPane object represents an independent window or panel inside the browser that is currently associated with the active document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPane.Activate">
            <summary>Method that causes the pane to become the active browser pane.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPane.AddBrowserFolder(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a new browser folder at the location specified by the input nodes.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies a name for the folder. If not specified, the default naming scheme is used to assign a name to the folder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BrowserNodes">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection containing BrowserNode objects to create the folder for. If not specified, an empty folder is created as the last node in the browser. The input nodes should be contiguous in the browser. If not contiguous, Inventor attempts to reorder the nodes so they are contiguous before putting them in a folder. Use GetBrowserNodeFromObject method to get corresponding browser nodes for Inventor objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserPane.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserPane.BuiltIn">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the pane is a standard Inventor pane or not. Built-in panes have restrictions in the edits that can be performed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPane.ClearPreSelect">
            <summary>Clears any pre-selection(s) for this pane.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserPane.Control">
            <summary>Property that returns the ActiveX control that may be associated with the pane. This property will return Nothing in the case this is a Tree Browser Pane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserPane.Default">
            <summary>Specifies if this pane is set as the default when the document is opened.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPane.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the browser pane. If this pane is currently active, the default Inventor pane will become active. This method will fail for built-in browser panes.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPane.GetBrowserNodeFromObject(System.Object)">
            <summary>Returns the browser node that corresponds to the input object.&amp;nbsp;The method returns an error if no corresponding node is found within this pane. If multiple matches are found, the method returns the first match.</summary>
            <param name="NativeObject">
                <summary>Input object to return the node for.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPane.GetDockingState(Inventor.DockingStateEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the docking state of the browser pane.</summary>
            <param name="DockingState">
                <summary>Output DockingStateEnum value that indicates the docking state.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DockToObject">
                <summary>Output object to indicate where the browser pane docks to. This returns Nothing if the DockingState returns  kFloat.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserPane.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets either control identifier or the internal identifier depending on whether this browser pane is a ActiveX control identifier or an Inventor tree browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserPane.Name">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the name of the pane. When setting the name, an error will occur if the name is not unique with respect to the other panes of the document. The name of built-in panes cannot be set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPane.OnActivate">
            <summary>The OnActivate event notifies a client when the BrowserPane has become the active pane.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPane.OnDeactivate">
            <summary>The OnDeactivate event notifies a client when a BrowserPane is deactivated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPane.OnHelp(Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnHelp event notifies a client when the end-user clicks the help button on the browser pane.</summary>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter). This notification is only provided before any help is displayed so the value of this argument will always be kBefore.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. Setting the value of the HandlingCode argument specifies how Inventor is to handle displaying help. If you set this argument to kEventNotHandled or kEventCanceled, Inventor will display some general browser help. Setting the value of this argument to kEventHandled will allow you to handle displaying help to the end-user and Inventor will not display anything. To display help to the end-user you can choose to use whatever help system you want. Inventor's API does not provide support for the actual display of the clients help.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserPane.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPane.Refresh">
            <summary>Rebuilds assembly browser by incorporating information from sub-doc(s) default browser pane into the top level document's 'Model' pane. Should be used on a top level assembly's 'Model' pane after a sub-doc's default pane is changed via BrowserPane::Default.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPane.Reorder(Inventor.BrowserNode,System.Boolean,Inventor.BrowserNode,System.Object)">
            <summary>Moves a node or group of nodes to a new target position within the browser pane.</summary>
            <param name="TargetNode">
                <summary>Input BrowserNode object to position the browser nodes next to.  An error will occur if the target node is not at the same level in the browser as the node(s) being repositioned. The input node must belong to this pane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether to position the node(s) before or after the target browser node.  A value of True indicates that the node(s) will be positioned before the target node.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartNode">
                <summary>Input BrowserNode object that specifies the node to be repositioned.  The input node must belong to this pane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndNode">
                <summary>Optional input BrowserNode object.  If specified, all the browser node objects from the StartNode to the EndNode, both inclusive, will be repositioned to the specified position in the tree.  If not specified, only the StartNode will be repositioned.  This argument is currently ignored in drawings.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserPane.SearchBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets SearchBox object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPane.SetDockingState(Inventor.DockingStateEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the docking state of the browser pane.</summary>
            <param name="DockingState">
                <summary>Input DockingStateEnum value that specifies the docking state.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DockToObject">
                <summary>Optional input object to specify where the browser pane docks to. If the DockingState is specified as  kFloat  then this argument is ignored. Valid object includes: ViewFrame, DockableWindow, BrowserPane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserPane.TopNode">
            <summary>Gets the top browser node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserPane.TreeBrowser">
            <summary>Gets the property that specifies if the pane hosts TreeBrowser nodes constructed by Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserPane.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPane.Update">
            <summary>Refreshes the browser view. Should be used after changing browser node status (e.g. DisplayState).</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserPane.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the boolean flag which can turn the availability of browser pane in the UI, off or on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BrowserPanes">
            <summary>The BrowserPanes object provides access to the existing objects of the browser and allows you to create additional panes. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserPanes.ActivePane">
            <summary>Property that returns the that is currently being displayed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPanes.Add(System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates and returns a new BrowserPane object. The BrowserPane created is one that is explicitly used to house ActiveX controls.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the BrowserPane object. This is the name that will be displayed to the user. The name must be unique with respect to the other browser panes currently created for the document. It can be changed programmatically at any time, and can be localized. It can also be used as an index into the BrowserPanes collection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input string that identifies the ActiveX control that will be displayed on the pane. This identifier can be either the ProgID or the GUID of the control as a string, (including the braces "{ }"). This string will also be used to uniquely identify the BrowserPane within the collection. This identifier string once provided cannot be changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPanes.AddByManifest(System.String,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates and returns a new BrowserPane object. The BrowserPane created is one that is explicitly used to house un-registered ActiveX Controls.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the browser pane.  This is the name that will be displayed to the user.  And thus is expected to be localized. The name must be unique with respect to the other browser panes currently created for the document. It can be changed, programmatically, at any time. It may also be used to index into the BrowserPanes collection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input string that uniquely identifies the application. Suggestions are to use the 'ProgID' of the Add-In creating the pane or its CLSID in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}", although any unique string is valid. If the Add-In is going to create more than one such pane, you would want to further qualify the string by appending a suffix to the CLSID, say "{}:0" and "{}:1", etc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ManifestFileName">
                <summary>Input the full filename of the manifest which defines the information of an un-registered ActiveX control. 
Sample manifest can be like below: 
&lt;?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?&gt;
&lt;assembly xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:asm.v1" manifestVersion="1.0"&gt;
&lt;file name = "x64\SimpleMFCControl.ocx"&gt;
&lt;typelib tlbid="{E230D8E9-C189-49AA-A932-01B5F43507EB}" version="1.0" helpdir=""/&gt;
&lt;comClass progid = "SIMPLEMFCCONTROL.SIMPLEMFCCONTROLCtrl.1" clsid="{50CCD357-FA53-42B6-8B06-C5D6AB37CDBF}" threadingModel = "Apartment"/&gt;
&lt;/file&gt;
&lt;comInterfaceExternalProxyStub name="_DSIMPLEMFCCONTROLEvents" iid="{B1A2EFBE-A44E-4A40-A4CA-801685A6A624}" tlbid="{E230D8E9-C189-49AA-A932-01B5F43507EB}" proxyStubClsid32="{00020420-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}"/&gt;
&lt;comInterfaceExternalProxyStub name="_DSIMPLEMFCCONTROL" iid="{EA9F39CD-0356-4F7C-8DA8-DE913DB64D99}" tlbid="{E230D8E9-C189-49AA-A932-01B5F43507EB}" proxyStubClsid32="{00020420-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}"/&gt;
&lt;/assembly&gt; </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPanes.AddTreeBrowserPane(System.String,System.String,Inventor.BrowserNodeDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates and returns a new BrowserPane object. The BrowserPane created is one in which Inventor's BrowserTreeNodes can be instanced to generate a completely customizable tree view.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the browser pane. This is the name that will be displayed to the user. The name must be unique with respect to the other browser panes currently created for the document. It can be changed programmatically at any time, and can be localized. It can also be used as an index into the BrowserPanes collection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input string that uniquely identifies the application. Suggestions are to use the 'ProgID' of the Add-In creating the pane or its CLSID in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}", although any unique string is valid. If the Add-In is going to create more than one such pane, you would want to further qualify the string by appending a suffix to the CLSID, say "{}:0" and "{}:1", etc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TopNodeDefinition">
                <summary>Input definition object that will be used to build the single topmost node that starts the browser tree.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserPanes.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserPanes.BrowserPanesEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the events sink object for the BrowserPanes object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserPanes.ClientNodeResources">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of ClientNodeResource objects. A ClientNodeResource holds the icons necessary to define the open, closed and status images for all of the ClientBrowserNodes associated with this document. The ClientNodeResources collection has a method that allows you to add a new set of images that can then be used to create a new ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserPanes.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of browser panes in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPanes.CreateBrowserNodeDefinition(System.String,System.Int32,Inventor.ClientNodeResource,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new The definition object can then be further used to construct ClientBrowserNodes that make up the tree in a custom tree-browser pane. The new ClientBrowserNodeDefinition is returned. Note that this node definition object is constructed and has an identity within the 'name space' or context of the entire owning document.</summary>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the label of the browser node. This label will be displayed as the text of this resulting browser node.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Id">
                <summary>Input long that uniquely identifies the Client Browser Node Definition within the scope of this Document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Icon">
                <summary>ClientNodeResource that specifies the bitmap pictures for the node.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToolTipText">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the tool tip to be displayed for the node.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExpandedIcon">
                <summary>Optional input of a 16X16 pixel image. If this argument is not supplied then the StandardIcon is used for the purpose when the corresponding BrowserNode is to be displayed in an expanded state.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayState">
                <summary>Optional input BrowserNodeDisplayStateEnum that specifies the display state to use for the node.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StateIconToolTipText">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the tool tip to be displayed for the state icon.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPanes.GetClientBrowserNodeDefinition(System.String,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input string that specifies ClientId associated with the definition.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Id">
                <summary>Input long that uniquely identifies the Client Browser Node Definition within the scope of this Document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPanes.GetNativeBrowserNodeDefinition(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method to obtain the NativeBrowserNodeDefinition object corresponding to a data model object.Also see CreateNativeBrowserNodeDefinition for information on creating a new client browser node definition.</summary>
            <param name="NativeObject">
                <summary>The object for whom to obtain the NativeBrowserNodeDefinition.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPanes.GetNativeBrowserNodeDefinitionWithOptions(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns the NativeBrowserNodeDefinition that corresponds to the input object.</summary>
            <param name="NativeObject">
                <summary>Input object to return the definition for.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optinoal input NameValueMap object to specify options for how to find the definition. Below are the valid values:
Name = DepthFirst, Value = Boolean that indicates whether the search is depth first. If this is set to Ture then it will search the browser nodes recursively in depth level, otherwise it will search the top browser nodes first and then their children. If this is not specified it defaults to True.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserPanes.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BrowserPanes.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BrowserPanesEvents">
            <summary>Object providing event notification for browser events.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPanesEvents.OnBrowserNodeActivate(System.Object,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a node is activated by the user.</summary>
            <param name="BrowserNodeDefinition">
                <summary>The ClientBrowserNodeDefinition associated with the node just activated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>This event provides additional information through the Context argument as described below:
Name = “Browser Node”, Value = The BrowserNode object that the end-user double-clicked on.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>This argument is ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPanesEvents.OnBrowserNodeDeleteEntry(System.Object,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever the user requests that a node be deleted.</summary>
            <param name="BrowserNodeDefinition">
                <summary>The ClientBrowserNodeDefinition associated with the node the end-user has right-clicked on.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>When this value is kBefore you are able to control whether the Delete command is available in the context menu or not by setting the appropriate handling code.  When this value is kAfter it signals that the end-user has requested that this node and associated objects be deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>When the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore you can set the HandlingCode argument to kEventCanceled to disable the Delete command from being displayed in the context menu.  Any other value for this argument will allow Delete command to be displayed.  This argument has no meaning when the BeforeOrAfter argument is kAfter.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPanesEvents.OnBrowserNodeGetDisplayObjects(System.Object,Inventor.ObjectCollection@,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired when a user requests that the objects represented by a browser node be highlighted.</summary>
            <param name="BrowserNodeDefinition">
                <summary>The ClientBrowserNodeDefinition associated with the node the mouse is over.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Objects">
                <summary>An Object collection that the client must create and populate with the objects associated with the browser node.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>This event provides additional information through the Context argument as described below:
Name = “Browser Node”, Value = The BrowserNode object that the mouse is over.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>This argument is ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPanesEvents.OnBrowserNodeLabelEdit(System.Object,System.String,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a node is renamed by the user.</summary>
            <param name="BrowserNodeDefinition">
                <summary>The ClientBrowserNodeDefinition associated with the node being edited.  It’s the Label property of this object that will be affected by an edit.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NewLabel">
                <summary>When BeforeOrAfter is kBefore this is the current label of the node.  When BeforeOrAFter is kAfter this is the new label of the node.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Notification is sent before and after the label edit occurs.  When the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore you can set the HandlingCode argument to kEventCanceled to abort the edit and prohibit the end-user from editing the label.  Any other value for this argument will allow the end-user to edit the label.   If the HandlingCode is set to kEventCanceled, this notification is only sent before.  For the other cases this notification is also sent after the edit is finished.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>When the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore you can set the HandlingCode argument to kEventCanceled to abort the edit and prohibit the end-user from editing the label.  Any other value for this argument will allow the end-user to edit the label.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BrowserPanesEvents.OnBrowserNodesReorder(Inventor.BrowserPane,Inventor.BrowserNodesEnumerator,Inventor.BrowserNode,Inventor.InsertionLocationTypeEnum,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires just before and after browser nodes are reordered.</summary>
            <param name="BrowserPane">
                <summary>Input BrowserPane object indicating which browser pane has its browser nodes reordered.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DragNodes">
                <summary>Input the BrowserNodesEnumerator that contains the browser nodes being moved.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetNode">
                <summary>Input the BrowserNode to position  the DragNodes next to or under.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="eInsertionLoactionType">
                <summary>Input the InsertionLocationTypeEnum  indicating where to position  the DragNodes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the browser nodes are reordered.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.  The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BSplineCurve">
            <summary>The BSplineCurve object is a mathematical utility object that represents a NURBS curve. It is a transient object that is never shown graphically or saved in the Inventor document</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BSplineCurve.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this BSplineCurve object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original BSplineCurve object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BSplineCurve.Evaluator">
            <summary>Property that returns an evaluator object for the curve. The evaluator supports general curve evaluation functions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BSplineCurve.ExtractPartial(System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Creates a new curve by extracting a portion of an existing curve.</summary>
            <param name="StartParam">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the starting parameter of where the new curve is extracted.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndParam">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the ending parameter of where the new curve is extracted.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BSplineCurve.GetBSplineData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this B-spline.</summary>
            <param name="Poles">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the poles of the B-Spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Knots">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the knots of the B-Spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Weights">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the B-spline's weights.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BSplineCurve.GetBSplineInfo(System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Boolean@,System.Boolean@,System.Boolean@,System.Boolean@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Gets general information about the definition of the spline, including its order, number of poles and knots, and its rational, periodic, closed, and planar states.</summary>
            <param name="Order">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the order of the spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NumPoles">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of poles.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NumKnots">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of knots.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsRational">
                <summary>Output Boolean that specifies whether the B-Spline is rational.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsPeriodic">
                <summary>Output Boolean that specifies whether the B-Spline is periodic.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsClosed">
                <summary>Output Boolean that specifies whether the curve is closed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsPlanar">
                <summary>Output Boolean that specifies whether the B-Spline is planar.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PlaneVector">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the B-Spline's plane vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BSplineCurve.PoleAtIndex">
            <summary>Property that returns the x, y, z position of a specified pole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BSplineCurve.PutBSplineInfoAndData(System.Int32,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Sets the definition data of the spline.</summary>
            <param name="Order">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the order of the spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Poles">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the poles of the B-Spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Knots">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the knots of the B-Spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Weights">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the B-spline's weights.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsPeriodic">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the B-Spline is periodic.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BSplineCurve.Split(System.Double,Inventor.BSplineCurve@,Inventor.BSplineCurve@)">
            <summary>Creates two new curves that are the result of splitting this curve at the specified point. The original curve is left unchanged.</summary>
            <param name="SplitParam">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the parameter where the curve is to be split.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CurveOne">
                <summary>Output BSplineCurve that is the portion of the curve from the start of the curve to the split parameter location.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CurveTwo">
                <summary>Output BSplineCurve that is the portion of the curve from the split parameter location to the end of the curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BSplineCurve2d">
            <summary>The BSplineCurve2d object. For more information, see the Transient Geometry overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BSplineCurve2d.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this BSplineCurve2d object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original BSplineCurve2d object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BSplineCurve2d.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the Curve2dEvaluator for this curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BSplineCurve2d.ExtractPartial(System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Creates a new curve by extracting a portion of an existing curve.</summary>
            <param name="StartParam">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the starting parameter of where the new curve is extracted.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndParam">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the ending parameter of where the new curve is extracted.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BSplineCurve2d.GetBSplineData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this B-spline.</summary>
            <param name="Poles">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the poles of the B-Spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Knots">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the knots of the B-Spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Weights">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the B-spline's weights.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BSplineCurve2d.GetBSplineInfo(System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Boolean@,System.Boolean@,System.Boolean@)">
            <summary>Gets general information about the definition of the spline, including its order, number of poles and knots, and its rational, periodic, closed, and planar states.</summary>
            <param name="Order">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the order of the spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NumPoles">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of poles.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NumKnots">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of knots.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsRational">
                <summary>Output Boolean that specifies whether the B-Spline is rational.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsPeriodic">
                <summary>Output Boolean that specifies whether the B-Spline is periodic.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsClosed">
                <summary>Output Boolean that specifies whether the curve is closed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BSplineCurve2d.PoleAtIndex">
            <summary>Indicates the pole coordinate point at the specified index into the spline's pole vector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BSplineCurve2d.PutBSplineInfoAndData(System.Int32,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Sets the definition data of the spline.</summary>
            <param name="Order">
                <summary>Input Long array of two elements that specifies the order of the spline in U and V respectively.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Poles">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the poles of the B-Spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Knots">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the knots of the B-Spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Weights">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the B-spline's weights.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsPeriodic">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the B-Spline is periodic.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BSplineCurve2d.Split(System.Double,Inventor.BSplineCurve2d@,Inventor.BSplineCurve2d@)">
            <summary>Creates two new curves that are the result of splitting this curve at the specified point. The original curve is left unchanged.</summary>
            <param name="SplitParam">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the parameter where the curve is to be split.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CurveOne">
                <summary>Output BSplineCurve2d that is the portion of the curve from the start of the curve to the split parameter location.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CurveTwo">
                <summary>Output BSplineCurve2d that is the portion of the curve from the split parameter location to the end of the curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BSplineCurve2dDefinition">
            <summary>The BSplineCurve2dDefinition object is a transient object. It is a convenient way to define a spline, perhaps to then create a BSplineCurve2D object. For more information, see the Transient Geometry overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BSplineCurve2dDefinition.AddPoint(Inventor.Point2d,System.Double,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds point and its corresponding weight and tangent information to the definition.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Weight">
                <summary>Optional input double that specifies the weight for the input point. If not specified, a default value of 1 is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tangent">
                <summary>Optional input UnitVector2d object that defines the tangent of the BSpline curve at this point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BSplineCurve2dDefinition.FitMethod">
            <summary>Gets and sets the FitMethod setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BSplineCurve2dDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BSplineCurveDefinition">
            <summary>The BSplineCurveDefinition object is a transient object. It is a convenient way to define a spline, perhaps to then create a BSplineCurve object. For more information, see the Transient Geometry overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BSplineCurveDefinition.AddPoint(Inventor.Point,System.Double,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds point and its corresponding weight and tangent information to the definition.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Weight">
                <summary>Optional input double that specifies the weight for the input point. If not specified, a default value of 1 is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tangent">
                <summary>Optional input UnitVector object that defines the tangent of the BSpline curve at this point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BSplineCurveDefinition.FitMethod">
            <summary>Gets and sets the FitMethod setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BSplineCurveDefinition.FixedLength">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the curve should have a fixed length.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BSplineCurveDefinition.Length">
            <summary>Gets and sets the length for the curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BSplineCurveDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.BSplineSurface">
            <summary>The BSplineSurface object represent a surface curved according to BSpline poles, order, weights, and knots.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BSplineSurface.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this BSplineSurface object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original BSplineSurface object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BSplineSurface.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the surface evaluator for this surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BSplineSurface.GetBSplineData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this B-spline.</summary>
            <param name="Poles">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the poles of the B-Spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KnotsU">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the knots of the B-Spline in U.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KnotsV">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the knots of the B-Spline in V.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Weights">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the B-spline's weights.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BSplineSurface.GetBSplineInfo(System.Int32[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Boolean@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Gets general information about the definition of the spline, including its order, number of poles and knots, and its rational, periodic, closed, and planar states.</summary>
            <param name="Order">
                <summary>Input Long array of two elements that specifies the order of the spline in U and V respectively.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NumPoles">
                <summary>Input/output Long that specifies the number of poles.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NumKnots">
                <summary>Input/output array of Longs that specifies the number of knots.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsRational">
                <summary>Output Boolean that specifies whether the B-Spline is rational.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsPeriodic">
                <summary>Input/Output Boolean that specifies whether the B-Spline is periodic.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsClosed">
                <summary>Input/Output Boolean that specifies whether the curve is closed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsPlanar">
                <summary>Output Boolean that specifies whether the B-Spline is planar.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PlaneVector">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the B-Spline's plane vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.BSplineSurface.PoleAtIndex">
            <summary>Indicates the pole coordinate point at the specified UV indices into the spline's pole array.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.BSplineSurface.PutBSplineInfoAndData(System.Int32[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Boolean[]@)">
            <summary>Sets the definition data of the spline surface.</summary>
            <param name="Order">
                <summary>Input Long array of two elements that specifies the order of the spline in U and V respectively.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Poles">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the poles of the B-Spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KnotsU">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the knots of the B-Spline in U.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KnotsV">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the knots of the B-Spline in V.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Weights">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the B-spline's weights.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsPeriodic">
                <summary>Input/Output Boolean that specifies whether the B-Spline is periodic.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ButtonDefinition">
            <summary>The ButtonDefinition object represents any command whose user interface is a button.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.AutoAddToGUI">
            <summary>Adds it to AddIn Toolbar.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.BuiltIn">
            <summary>Gets the BuiltIn status for a UIDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.Classification">
            <summary>Gets the classification.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.ClientId">
            <summary>Gets ClientID.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.CommandNotificationType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets how to send the command notifications. This defaults to kBothNotifications when the ButtonDefinition is created. This property fails for built-in definitions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.DefaultShortcut">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default (internal) shortcut assigned to the command. Setting this property fails for built-in ControlDefinitions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.DefaultShortcutType">
            <summary>Gets the type of default shortcut assigned to this command. Possible return values are kNoShortcut (no shortcut has been assigned), kAcceleratorShortcut (a shortcut that directly launches the command), or kAliasShortcut (a command alias).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.DefinitionType">
            <summary>Gets the ControlDefinitionType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the UIDefinition Object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.DescriptionText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets Description Text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets the Display Name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.Enabled">
            <summary>Enables/Disables the UIDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.Execute">
            <summary>Executes this ControlDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.Execute2(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Executes the ControlDefinition synchronously or asynchronously.</summary>
            <param name="Synchronous">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to execute the control definition synchronously ('Send Message') or asynchronously ('Post Message').</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the Internal Name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.IntroducedInVersion">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the introduced in version of the control definition. The values from AvailableComparisonVersions can be used to set this property. This is read only if the control definition is built-in.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.IsShortcutOverridden">
            <summary>Gets whether the default (internal) shortcut has been overridden by the user or through the API.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.LargeIcon">
            <summary>Gets/Sets LargeIcon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.LastUpdatedVersion">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the last updated version of the control definition. The values from AvailableComparisonVersions can be used to set this property. This is read only if the control definition is built-in.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.OnExecute(Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Event that fires when the ButtonDefinition is executed.</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.OnHelp(Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the user selects F1 while the progressive tooltip of this command is being displayed in the ribbon interface.</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. Setting the value of the HandlingCode argument specifies how Inventor is to handle displaying help. If you set this argument to kEventNotHandled or kEventCanceled, Inventor will display some general help. Setting the value of this argument to kEventHandled will allow you to handle displaying help to the end-user and Inventor will not display anything. To display help to the end-user you can choose to use whatever help system you want. Inventor's API does not provide support for the actual display of the clients help.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.OverrideShortcut">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the override shortcut assigned to the command. Setting this property to a null string clears the override.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.OverrideShortcutType">
            <summary>Gets the type of override shortcut assigned to this command. Possible return values are kNoShortcut (no shortcut has been assigned), kAcceleratorShortcut (a shortcut that directly launches the command), or kAliasShortcut (a command alias).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.Pressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets Pressed property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.ProgressiveToolTip">
            <summary>Returns a ProgressiveToolTip object providing access to enhanced tooltip display for controls in the ribbon interface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.StandardIcon">
            <summary>Gets/Sets StandardIcon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.ToolTipText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets Tooltip.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ButtonDefinitionHandler">
            <summary>Represents a ButtonDefinitionHandler Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinitionHandler.ControlDefinition">
            <summary>Gets Control Definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinitionHandler.Enabled">
            <summary>Gets/Sets Enabled property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ButtonDefinitionHandler.OnClick">
            <summary>Fires when ButtonDefinitionHandlerObject is clicked.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinitionHandler.Pressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Pressed State of the Button.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ButtonDefinitionHandler.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Camera">
            <summary>The Camera defines the view of the model shown within the window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Camera.Apply">
            <summary>Method that causes the changes made to the Camera object to be applied to the actual camera of the view. This will also cause the view to update.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Camera.ApplyWithoutTransition">
            <summary>Method that applies the current camera to the View without transition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Camera.ComputeWithMouseInput(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.Point2d,System.Int32,Inventor.ViewOperationTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that changes the view according mouse movement and view operation.</summary>
            <param name="FromPoint">
                <summary>Input point that specifies the starting point from which to move the view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToPoint">
                <summary>Input point that specifies the destination to which to move the view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="WheelDelta">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the number of clicks (to zoom in or out) that have been made with the center mouse wheel. The WheelDelta is for the middle button wheel on the mouse. We use that for zoom in/out. The WheelDelta should represent the number of clicks that have been made with the wheel.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewOperation">
                <summary>Input constant that specifies the type of view operation (pan, rotate, or zoom).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Camera.CreateImage(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates an image based on the current camera view.</summary>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Specifies the number of horizontal pixels in the output image.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Specifies the number of vertical pixels in the output image.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="topColor">
                <summary>Optional argument that specifies the background color at the top of the image.  If a bottom background color is supplied, then the background will be a gradient between the top and bottom colors.  If only a top background color is supplied, the background will be a solid color using this color.  If no color is defined a default color will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="bottomColor">
                <summary>Optional argument that specified the background color at the bottom of the image.  This argument is only valid when the TopBackgroundColor argument has been supplied.  This argument defines the color of the background at the bottom of the image and a gradient background is created that varies from the top color to the bottom color.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Camera.CreateImageWithOptions(System.Int32,System.Int32,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Creates an image based on the current camera view with options.</summary>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Specifies the number of horizontal pixels in the output image.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Specifies the number of vertical pixels in the output image.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap that specifies more options to create the image. The valid values for the options are: NameValue TypeDescription
TopBackgroundColorColorSpecifies the background color at the top of the image. If a bottom background color is supplied, then the background will be a gradient between the top and bottom colors. If only a top background color is supplied, the background will be a solid color using this color. If no color is defined a default color will be used.
BottomBackgroundColorColorSpecified the background color at the bottom of the image. This argument is only valid when the TopBackgroundColor argument has been supplied. This argument defines the color of the background at the bottom of the image and a gradient background is created that varies from the top color to the bottom color.
AntiAliasingBooleanSpecifies whether apply the anti-aliasing effect for the image. If not specified this will default to False.
IncludeEditsBooleanSpecifies whether the saved image will include the edits to current camera even the edits are not applied yet. If not specified this will default to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Camera.Eye">
            <summary>Specifies the position of the observer's 'Eye' (View's center).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Camera.Fit">
            <summary>Method that fits all the contents of the Document into the view.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Camera.GetExtents(System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the current extents of the camera. The camera extents define the area within the model that is visible in the view.</summary>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Output Double that is the current width of the volume of the model shown within the view. For perspective views, the width is determined at the target point. The value is in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Output Double that is the current height of the volume of the model shown within the view. For perspective views, the height is determined at the target point. The value is in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Camera.ModelToViewSpace(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that converts a point in model space to the equivalent point on the view.</summary>
            <param name="ModelCoordinate">
                <summary>Input model space point to convert to view space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Camera.ModelToViewTransformation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the transformation matrix from model space to view space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Camera.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object of the camera.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Camera.Perspective">
            <summary>Gets/Sets a boolean flag indicating whether Perpspective viewing is on/off.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Camera.PerspectiveAngle">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Perspective Angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Camera.SaveAsBitmap(System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that saves the current camera view to the specified file. The width and height arguments define the aspect ratio and the number of pixels in the output image.
The CreateImage method is similar to this but instead of writing the image to a file it creates it in memory, which is more efficient than writing and reading if from disk if you need to use the image immediately.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>The full filename (path and filename) of the bitmap to create.  The type of image file to create is implied based on the extension of the filename.  Valid extensions are bmp, jpg, png, tiff, and gif.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Specifies the number of horizontal pixels in the output image.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Specifies the number of vertical pixels in the output image.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="topColor">
                <summary>Optional argument that specifies the background color at the top of the image.  If a bottom background color is supplied, then the background will be a gradient between the top and bottom colors.  If only a top background color is supplied, the background will be a solid color using this color.  If no color is defined a default color will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="bottomColor">
                <summary>Optional argument that specified the background color at the bottom of the image.  This argument is only valid when the TopBackgroundColor argument has been supplied.  This argument defines the color of the background at the bottom of the image and a gradient background is created that varies from the top color to the bottom color.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Camera.SaveAsBitmapWithOptions(System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Method that saves the view as a bitmap with more options.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full filename of the file to which to save the view.  The extension of this filename controls the type of file that’s created.  Valid extensions are bmp, jpg, png, tiff, and gif.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the width of the view.  A value of 0 will use the current width.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the height of the view.  A value of 0 will use the current height.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies more options to create the bitmap. The valid values for the options are:
Name = TransparentBackground. Value = Boolean value that specifies whether the saved bitmap will have transparent background. If not specified this will default to False. 

Name = TopBackgroundColor. Value = Color object that specifies the background color at the top of the image. If a bottom background color is supplied, then the background will be a gradient between the top and bottom colors. If only a top background color is supplied, the background will be a solid color using this color. If no color is defined a default color will be used. 

Name = BottomBackgroundColor. Value = Color object that specified the background color at the bottom of the image. This argument is only valid when the TopBackgroundColor argument has been supplied. This argument defines the color of the background at the bottom of the image and a gradient background is created that varies from the top color to the bottom color. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Camera.SceneObject">
            <summary>Get/Set the contents of the scene for a camera. This is applicable only when the Camera is created from the TransientObjects.CreateCamera. Valid objects that can be set to this property are: ComponentDefinition, Sheet, and PresentationScene.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Camera.SetExtents(System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets the current extents of the camera. The camera extents define the area within the model that is visible in the view. Setting the extents results in the camera zooming in or out. The Apply method of the camera must be called before any changes are shown in the view.</summary>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the new width of the volume of the model to display within the view. For perspective views, the width is specified at the target point. The value is in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the new height of the volume of the model to display within the view. For perspective views, the height is specified at the target point. The value is in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Camera.Target">
            <summary>Specifies the position of the Target point the observer's viewing in the scene (View's Z-axis).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Camera.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Camera.UpVector">
            <summary>Specifies the vector defining what is 'up' for the observer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Camera.ViewOrientationType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the type of orientation of the camera (Top, Iso, etc. or arbitrary).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Camera.ViewToModelSpace(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that converts a point in view space to the equivalent point in the model.</summary>
            <param name="ViewCoordinate">
                <summary>Input view point to convert to model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CameraEvents">
            <summary>The CameraEvents object supports a set of properties and events used to work with a camera object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CameraEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CameraEvents.OnCameraChange(Inventor.View,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Event that fires when the camera of a view has been modified but before the view has been updated. You can modify client graphics in response to this event and the modified client graphics will be drawn when the view is updated.</summary>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>The View object that is updating because of its associated camera has changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>This notification is only provided after the camera has changed so the value of this argument will always be kAfter.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is currently provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CameraEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CameraEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CategoryManager">
            <summary>CategoryManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Cell">
            <summary>The Cell object represents an individual cell in the table. A cell is the intersection between a column and a row. See the Custom Tables article in the overviews section for more information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Cell.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Cell.Column">
            <summary>Returns the index of this cell within the parent Column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Cell.IsMerged">
            <summary>Returns whether this cell is merged or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Cell.MergedCell">
            <summary>Returns the merged cell that this cell is merged in.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Cell.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Table object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Cell.Row">
            <summary>Returns the index of this cell within the parent Row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Cell.Static">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether or not the contents of this cell are static.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Cell.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Cell.Value">
            <summary>Specifies the value of the cell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CenteredWidthExtent">
            <summary>The CenteredWidthExtent is used by sheet metal features when the width of the feature is defined using an explicit width and the width is centered along the selected edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CenteredWidthExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CenteredWidthExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CenteredWidthExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CenteredWidthExtent.Width">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the width of the flange.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Centerline">
            <summary>The Centerline object represents a centerline on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centerline.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centerline.Attached">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the centerline is sick. Returns False if the centerline is sick.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centerline.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centerline.CenterlineType">
            <summary>Property that gets the centerline type. This could return kRegularCenterline, kBisectorCenterline, kCenteredPatternCenterline or kWorkFeatureCenterline. If the property returns kWorkFeatureCenterline, the centerline is associated with a model work feature. The work feature can be obtained using the ModelWorkFeature property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Centerline.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Centerline.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centerline.EndPoint">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the end point of the centerline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centerline.FitPoints">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that define the path of the centerline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centerline.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry that defines the shape of the centerline object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centerline.GeometryType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of the curve used to define the centerline. This property allows you to determine what type of object will be returned by the Geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Centerline.GetBisectorEntities(Inventor.GeometryIntent@,Inventor.GeometryIntent@)">
            <summary>Returns the two entities that the centerline bisects. This method is only valid for kBisectorCenterline type centerlines and will fail in all other cases.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Output GeometryIntent object that provides the first entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Output GeometryIntent object that provides the second entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Centerline.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centerline.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centerline.ModelWorkFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns the model work feature associated with this centerline. This property returns Nothing if the CenterlineType property is not kWorkFeatureCenterline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centerline.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Sheet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centerline.PatternCenter">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry the center that defines the center of the centerline pattern. This property is only valid for kCenteredPatternCenterline type centerlines and will return Nothing in all other cases.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centerline.StartPoint">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the start point of the centerline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centerline.Style">
            <summary>Gets and sets the style associated with this centerline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centerline.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centerline.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the centerline is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Centerlines">
            <summary>The Centerlines collection object provides access to all the centerlines on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Centerlines.Add(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new centerline. The centerline created with this method is kRegularCenterline type.</summary>
            <param name="CenterEntities">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that contains the set of entities that define the points the centerline passes through. Valid objects for input are GeometryIntent objects that reference circular or elliptical drawing curves, GeometryIntent objects that reference the end or midpoint of linear drawing curves, and center marks. Providing two points will result in a linear centerline. Providing three points will result in a circular centerline. Providing more than three points will result in a linear or a circular centerline depending on whether all of the input points lie on a circle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CentermarkStyle">
                <summary>Object that specifies the center mark style to use for the centerline. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Object that specifies the layer to use for the centerline. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Closed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that is only used in the case of a circular centerline. This indicates if it should be closed or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Centerlines.AddBisector(Inventor.GeometryIntent,Inventor.GeometryIntent,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new bisector centerline. The centerline created with this method is kBisectorCenterline type.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent that defines the first entity to bisect. This can be a line or a circular entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent that defines the second entity to bisect. If the first entity was a line then this must also be a line. If the first entity was a circular entity then this must be a circular entity that is concentric to the first entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CentermarkStyle">
                <summary>Object that specifies the center mark style to use for the centerline. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Object that specifies the layer to use for the centerline. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Centerlines.AddByWorkFeature(System.Object,Inventor.DrawingView,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a center line that represents the work feature within the drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="WorkFeature">
                <summary>Specifies the work feature to create the center line for. This can be a WorkAxis or WorkPlane object. In the case of a WorkPlane object, the work plane must be oriented so it is perpendicular to the plane of the sheet, (only the edge of the work plane is visible within that view). If an work plane is provided that does not meet this criteria the method will fail.
When working with an assembly the input WorkAxis or WorkPlane must always be with respect to the top-level. This means that work points or axes that exist within the parts or sub-assemblies must be represented by WorkAxisProxy or WorkPlaneProxy objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DrawingView">
                <summary>Specifies the drawing view to create the centerline within.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CentermarkStyle">
                <summary>Object that specifies the center mark style to use for the centerline. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Object that specifies the layer to use for the centerline. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Centerlines.AddCenteredPattern(Inventor.GeometryIntent,Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new centerline pattern. The centerline created with this method is kCenteredPatternCenterline type.</summary>
            <param name="PatternCenter">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent that defines the a circular or elliptical drawing curve that defines the center of the pattern.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CenterEntities">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that contains the set of entities that define the points the centerline passes through. Valid objects for input are GeometryIntent objects that reference circular or elliptical drawing curves, and center marks.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CentermarkStyle">
                <summary>Object that specifies the center mark style to use for the centerline. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Object that specifies the layer to use for the centerline. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Closed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the centerline should be closed or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centerlines.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centerlines.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centerlines.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified Centerline object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centerlines.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Centermark">
            <summary>The Centermark object represents a center mark on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermark.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermark.Attached">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the centermark is sick. Returns False if the centermark is sick.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermark.AttachedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity the center mark is associated with.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermark.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermark.Centerlines">
            <summary>Property that returns the a collection of associated Centerline objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermark.CentermarkType">
            <summary>Property that gets the centermark type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Centermark.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Centermark.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermark.ExtensionLinesVisible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the extension lines associated with this center mark are visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermark.ExtensionPointFour">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the position of the center mark extension point. This property can return Nothing in the case where the extension lines have been turned off or the end of the extension line is clipped of as the result of a broken view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermark.ExtensionPointFourDirection">
            <summary>Property that returns the direction of the extension point. This can be used to understand the direction the fourth extension point can be moved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermark.ExtensionPointOne">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the position of the center mark extension point. This property can return Nothing in the case where the extension lines have been turned off or the end of the extension line is clipped of as the result of a broken view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermark.ExtensionPointOneDirection">
            <summary>Property that returns the direction of the extension point. This can be used to understand the direction the first extension point can be moved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermark.ExtensionPointThree">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the position of the center mark extension point. This property can return Nothing in the case where the extension lines have been turned off or the end of the extension line is clipped of as the result of a broken view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermark.ExtensionPointThreeDirection">
            <summary>Property that returns the direction of the extension point. This can be used to understand the direction the third extension point can be moved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermark.ExtensionPointTwo">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the position of the center mark extension point. This property can return Nothing in the case where the extension lines have been turned off or the end of the extension line is clipped of as the result of a broken view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermark.ExtensionPointTwoDirection">
            <summary>Property that returns the direction of the extension point. This can be used to understand the direction the second extension point can be moved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Centermark.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermark.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermark.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Sheet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermark.Position">
            <summary>Property that returns the position of the center of the center mark on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermark.Style">
            <summary>Gets and sets the style associated with this center mark.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermark.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermark.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the center mark is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Centermarks">
            <summary>The Centermarks collection object provides access to all the center marks on a sheet and provides functionality to create new center marks.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Centermarks.Add(Inventor.GeometryIntent,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a center mark relative to drawing geometry. This can result in a center mark at the origin of a punch center if the specified geometry is the edge of a punch and the AtPunchCenter argument is true.</summary>
            <param name="Intent">
                <summary>Specifies the entity to create the center mark relative to. This is typically a circular or elliptical drawing curve but can be any drawing curve when it's the edge of a punch feature and you're creating the center point at the origin of the punch. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtensionLinesVisible">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if the extension lines should be visible in the created center mark.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AtPunchCenter">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if the input geometry is the edge of the punch feature the center mark should be created at the origin of the punch feature instead of the center of the input geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CentermarkStyle">
                <summary>Object that specifies the center mark style to use for the center mark. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Object that specifies the layer to use for the center mark. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Centermarks.AddByCenterOfGravity(Inventor.DrawingView,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a center mark at the center of gravity of the model in the input drawing view. This will fail in the case where the view does not contain any solid parts.</summary>
            <param name="DrawingView">
                <summary>Specifies the view to create the center mark for.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CentermarkStyle">
                <summary>Object that specifies the center mark style to use for the center mark. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Object that specifies the layer to use for the center mark. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Centermarks.AddByWorkFeature(System.Object,Inventor.DrawingView,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a center mark that represents the work feature within the drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="WorkFeature">
                <summary>Specifies the work feature to create the center mark for. This can be a WorkPoint or WorkAxis object. In the case of a WorkAxis object, the work axis must be oriented so it is normal to the plane of the sheet. If an work axis is provided that does not meet this criteria the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DrawingView">
                <summary>Specifies the drawing view to create the center mark within.
When working with an assembly the input WorkPoint or WorkAxis must always be with respect to the top-level. This means that work points or axes that exist within the parts or sub-assemblies must be represented by WorkPointProxy or WorkAxisProxy objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CentermarkStyle">
                <summary>Object that specifies the center mark style to use for the center mark. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Object that specifies the layer to use for the center mark. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermarks.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermarks.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermarks.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified Centermark object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Centermarks.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CentermarkStyle">
            <summary>The CentermarkStyle object represents a center mark style in a drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentermarkStyle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentermarkStyle.Comments">
            <summary>Gets and sets comments associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CentermarkStyle.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CentermarkStyle.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local Style object. The newly created style is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a dimension style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other dimension styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentermarkStyle.DefaultRadius">
            <summary>Gets and sets the size of a sick center mark if it is left detached from geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CentermarkStyle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Style/Layer/UnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentermarkStyle.ExtensionLength">
            <summary>Gets and sets the minimum length of center mark extension lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentermarkStyle.GapDistance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the gap distance between the center indicator and the extension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CentermarkStyle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentermarkStyle.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the standard style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user. Note that this name is not guaranteed to be unique.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentermarkStyle.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentermarkStyle.MarkSize">
            <summary>Gets and sets the size of the center indicator mark.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentermarkStyle.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentermarkStyle.OvershootDistance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the distance that center mark extension lines extend beyond the edges of the features that they define.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentermarkStyle.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CentermarkStyle.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentermarkStyle.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentermarkStyle.StyleType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentermarkStyle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CentermarkStyle.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentermarkStyle.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CentermarkStylesEnumerator">
            <summary>The CentermarkStylesEnumerator object provides access to the existing CentermarkStyle objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentermarkStylesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentermarkStylesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentermarkStylesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified CentermarkStyle object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentermarkStylesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CentroidWorkPointDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work point at the centroid of the input entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentroidWorkPointDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentroidWorkPointDef.Entities">
            <summary>Property that returns either an Edge, an EdgeLoop or an EdgeCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentroidWorkPointDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent WorkPoint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CentroidWorkPointDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ChainDimensionSet">
            <summary>The ChainDimensionSet object represents a chain dimension set placed on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChainDimensionSet.AddMembers(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds member(s) to the chain set based on the input geometry or dimension and returns the newly created member(s).</summary>
            <param name="DimensionOrGeometry">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the dimension or geometry used to define the chain dimension member(s). Valid input objects are GeometryIntent, LinearGeneralDimension and ChainDimensionSet.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChainDimensionSet.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChainDimensionSet.Arrange(Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension)">
            <summary>Method that resets the chain dimension set such that all members are equidistant from the view boundary. Dimensions are aligned to the specified base dimension.</summary>
            <param name="BaseDimension">
                <summary>Input LinearGeneralDimension object that specifies the member of the set. All set members are aligned to this member.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChainDimensionSet.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChainDimensionSet.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ChainDimensionSet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChainDimensionSet.DimensionType">
            <summary>Property that returns the dimension type of the chain set. Possible values are kAlignedDimensionType, kHorizontalDimensionType and kVerticalDimensionType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChainDimensionSet.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChainDimensionSet.Layer">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the layer for the dimension set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChainDimensionSet.Locked">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the lock status of the dimension set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChainDimensionSet.Members">
            <summary>Property that returns all the member LinearGeneralDimension objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChainDimensionSet.MergeMembers(Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension,Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension)">
            <summary>Method that merges two members of the set by deleting the second member and healing (modifying) the first member to fill the gap. The input members must be contiguous, else the method will fail.</summary>
            <param name="MemberOne">
                <summary>Input LinearGeneralDimension object that specifies the first member of the set to merge. This member is retained and modified.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MemberTwo">
                <summary>Input LinearGeneralDimension object that specifies the second member of the set to merge. This member is deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChainDimensionSet.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sheet of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChainDimensionSet.Precision">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the number of decimal places displayed for all the members in this set. Valid range of values is 0 to 8.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChainDimensionSet.Style">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the dimension style used for this dimension set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChainDimensionSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ChainDimensionSets">
            <summary>The ChainDimensionSets collection object provides access to all of the chain dimension sets on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChainDimensionSets.Add(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a chain dimension set using the specified geometries. Returns the newly created ChainDimensionSets object.</summary>
            <param name="GeometryIntents">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing GeometryIntent objects. The GeometryIntent objects specify the geometries to use for the dimension set. A GeometryIntent object can be created using the Sheet.CreateGeometryIntent method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PlacementPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the placement point of the dimension set on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionType">
                <summary>Input DimensionTypeEnum that specifies the dimension type. Valid values kHorizontalDimensionType, kVerticalDimensionType and kAlignedDimensionType. The value kAlignedDimensionType can be specified only if the first geometry specified in the input GeometryIntents collection represents a line which is not parallel to the x or y axes of the sheet. If kAlignedDimensionType is specified, the placement point decides the orientation of the dimension set.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionStyle">
                <summary>Optional input DimensionStyle object that specifies the dimension style to use for the dimension. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Optional input Layer object that specifies the layer to use for the dimension. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChainDimensionSets.AddUsingBaseDimension(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a chain dimension set based on the specified base dimension and using specified additional geometry. Returns the newly created ChainDimensionSet object.</summary>
            <param name="Dimensions">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="GeometryIntents">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing GeometryIntent objects. The GeometryIntent objects specify the geometries to use for the dimension set. A GeometryIntent object can be created using the Sheet.CreateGeometryIntent method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionStyle">
                <summary>Optional input DimensionStyle object that specifies the dimension style to use for the dimension. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Optional input Layer object that specifies the layer to use for the dimension. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChainDimensionSets.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChainDimensionSets.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChainDimensionSets.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified dimension set object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChainDimensionSets.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ChamferDefinition">
            <summary>The ChamferDefinition object is the base class that defines the variables for chamfer features</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferDefinition.Angle">
            <summary>Returns the parameter that controls the angle used for the chamfer feature. This is applicable when the DefinitionType is kDistanceAndAngle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferDefinition.AutomaticEdgeChain">
            <summary>Gets whether or not to use all tangentially connected edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferDefinition.ChamferedEdges">
            <summary>Gets the collection of edges that are chamfered by this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferDefinition.CornerSetback">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether a setback is to be applied to the chamfer feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChamferDefinition.CreatePartialChamferEdges">
            <summary>Create a new transient PartialChamferEdges collection object which can be used to define the partially chamfered edges info.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferDefinition.DefinitionType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the definition object used to hold data for chamfer feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferDefinition.Distance">
            <summary>Returns the parameter that controls the distance used for the chamfer feature. This is applicable when the DefinitionType is kDistance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferDefinition.DistanceOne">
            <summary>Returns the parameter that controls the first distance used for the chamfer feature. This is applicable when the DefinitionType is kTwoDistances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferDefinition.DistanceTwo">
            <summary>Returns the parameter that controls the second distance used for the chamfer feature. This is applicable when the DefinitionType is kTwoDistances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferDefinition.Face">
            <summary>Returns the face used to define the chamfer feature created using a distance and an angle or two distances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ChamferFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferDefinition.PartialChamferEdges">
            <summary>Gets and sets the PartialChamferEdges collection object which defines the partially chamfered edges info.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferDefinition.PreserveAllFeatures">
            <summary>Gets whether or not to preserve all features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ChamferFeature">
            <summary>The ChamferFeature object represents chamfered modeling features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Property that returns the ChamferDefinition object that defines how the chamfer is defined. The type of definition object that will be returned can be determined by using the DefinitionType property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChamferFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChamferFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChamferFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChamferFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChamferFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChamferFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChamferFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Property that returns the ChamferDefinition object that defines how the chamfer is defined. The type of definition object that will be returned can be determined by using the DefinitionType property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ChamferFeatures">
            <summary>The ChamferFeatures collection object provides access to all of the objects in a component definition and provides methods to create additional ChamferFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChamferFeatures.AddUsingDistance(Inventor.EdgeCollection,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ChamferFeature defined by a specified distance. The new ChamferFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Edges">
                <summary>Input object that contains the edges to be chamfered.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance for the chamfer. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current distance units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AutomaticEdgeChain">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that defines if automatic edge chaining along tangentially connected edges should be performed. The default is True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CornerSetback">
                <summary>Optional Boolean that defines how any corners will be treated. If True, the corner is joined by a flat intersection. If False, the corner is defined by the intersection of the chamfers. The default is True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PreserveAllFeatures">
                <summary>Optional Boolean that defines the behavior when the chamfer intersects the body other than at adjacent faces. The default is False.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChamferFeatures.AddUsingDistanceAndAngle(Inventor.EdgeCollection,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ChamferFeature that is defined by a distance and at a specified angle to an input face. The new ChamferFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Edges">
                <summary>Input object that contains the edges to be chamfered.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input object that is chamfer angle is measured from.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance for the chamfer. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current distance units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle for the chamfer. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AutomaticEdgeChain">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that defines if automatic edge chaining along tangentially connected edges should be performed. The default is True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PreserveAllFeatures">
                <summary>Optional Boolean that defines the behavior when the chamfer intersects the body other than at adjacent faces. The default is False.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChamferFeatures.AddUsingTwoDistances(Inventor.EdgeCollection,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ChamferFeature that is defined by two distances. The new ChamferFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Edges">
                <summary>Input edges that define the chamfer. This must be either a single edge or a set of tangent continuous edges.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input object that specifies which face distance one applies to. The first edge in the list of edges must lie on this face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DistanceOne">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the first distance for the chamfer. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current distance units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DistanceTwo">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the second distance for the chamfer. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current distance units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AutomaticEdgeChain">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that defines if automatic edge chaining along tangentially connected edges should be performed. The default is True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PreserveAllFeatures">
                <summary>Optional Boolean that defines the behavior when the chamfer intersects the body other than at adjacent faces. The default is False.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified ChamferFeature object from the collection</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ChamferNote">
            <summary>The ChamferNote object represents a chamfer note with an attached leader on a sheet and derives from the LeaderNote object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.BackgroundColor">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the BackgroundColor associated with the LeaderNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.ChamferEdgeOne">
            <summary>Property that returns that first chamfer edge. This can either be a linear DrawingCurve object or a SketchLine object from a sheet sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.ChamferEdgeTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns that second chamfer edge. This can either be a linear DrawingCurve object or a SketchLine object from a sheet sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.Color">
            <summary>Gets/Sets color of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChamferNote.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DrawingNote.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.DimensionStyle">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the DimensionStyle associated with the LeaderNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.FormattedChamferNote">
            <summary>Gets and sets the fully formatted string that defines the contents of the chamfer note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.FormattedText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets formatted text of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChamferNote.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.HideValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the chamfer note value in the note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.HorizontalJustification">
            <summary>Gets/Sets horizontal justification of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.Layer">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the layer used by the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.Leader">
            <summary>Property that returns the Leader object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.LineSpacing">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the LineSpacing used by the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.LineSpacingType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the LineSpacingType used by the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sheet of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.Position">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the position of the DrawingNote on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.Retrieved">
            <summary>Indicates whether the drawing note was created as a result of retrieving it from the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.RetrievedFrom">
            <summary>Returns the model annotation this drawing note was retrieved from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.Rotation">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the rotation of the LeaderNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.ShowTextBorder">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to show the text border or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.StackedTextPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position (alignment) of the stacked text with respect to regular text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.Text">
            <summary>Gets/Sets&amp;nbsp;text of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.UnitAttributes">
            <summary>Get the unit attributes associated with the LeaderNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.UseBackgroundColor">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the UseBackgroundColor associated with the LeaderNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.VerticalJustification">
            <summary>Gets/Sets vertical justification of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNote.WidthScale">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the width scale factor of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ChamferNotes">
            <summary>The ChamferNotes collection object provides access to all of the chamfer notes on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChamferNotes.Add(Inventor.Point2d,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a chamfer note positioned at the specified point on the sheet.</summary>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input Point2d that specifies the position of the chamfer note on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ChamferEdgeOne">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the first chamfer edge. This can either be a linear DrawingCurve object or a SketchLine object from a sheet sketch. Use the corresponding DrawingCurve objects for view sketch and model sketch entities. The leader of the chamfer note will point to the center of entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ChamferEdgeTwo">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the second chamfer edge. This can either be a linear DrawingCurve object or a SketchLine object from a sheet sketch. Use the corresponding DrawingCurve objects for view sketch and model sketch entities. This object must be connected to the first chamfer edge and at an angle other than 90 degrees, else the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionStyle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies which dimension style to use for the note. The dimension style can be specified by providing the name of an existing style or by supplying a DimensionStyle object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNotes.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNotes.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNotes.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ChamferNote object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChamferNotes.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ChangeDefinition">
            <summary>The ChangeDefinition object is obtained from the ChangeManager object. It's purpose is to provide a ChangeProcessor object via the CreateChangeProcessor method, according to the settings of the ChangeDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeDefinition.ChangeType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the type of change (shape edit, query only, etc.) that this ChangeDefinition represents. Defaults kShapeEditCmdType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeDefinition.ClientId">
            <summary>Gets the Client Id string for this definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeDefinition.CommandName">
            <summary>Gets the command name associated with this ChangeDefinition.  This localized string shows up in the undo list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChangeDefinition.CreateChangeProcessor">
            <summary>Creates a new ChangeProcessor object based on this definition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChangeDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Deletes this ChangeDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeDefinition.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name of the ChangeDefinition.  This is a unique string that may be used to reliably retrieve a ChangeDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChangeDefinition.OnReplay(Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.ChangeProcessor@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired by Inventor in a script replay scenario. In the handler of this event (typically, written by the client who created this ChangeDefinition), it is expected that a new ChangeProcessor will be generated using the CreateChangeProcessor method of this object, followed by the client proceeding to 'hook up' its ChangeProcessor handler code, and returning this hooked-up processor back. Inventor will then use this returned ChangeProcessor to replay the scripted command.</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ResultProcessor">
                <summary>The client returns this ChangeProcessor which Autodesk Inventor will use to replay the scripted command.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ChangeDefinitions">
            <summary>The ChangeDefinitions collection object provides access to all the objects created by a particular client and provides a method to create additional ChangeDefinitions. See the topic in the overview section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChangeDefinitions.Add(System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ChangeDefinition. The newly created ChangeDefinition is returned.</summary>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input String that defines the name of the new ChangeDefinition. The name specified must be unique with respect to the other change definitions in the collection. If a unique name is not specified, an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CommandName">
                <summary>Input String that defines the localized command name that will show up in the undo list.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeDefinitions.ClientId">
            <summary>Property indicating the Client Id string that uniquely identifies this definitions collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChangeDefinitions.Delete">
            <summary>Method to delete this collection and all objects contained within it.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ChangeDefinition object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ChangeManager">
            <summary>The ChangeManager object manages the processes involved in making changes to data and recording the change process.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChangeManager.Add(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new collection that will house all of the ChangeDefinition objects to be generated by the corresponding client. The newly created ChangeDefinitions object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input string that uniquely identifies the client. Suggestions are the 'ProgID' of the Add-In creating the resource or its CLSID in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}", although any unique string is valid. If you do not use a CLSID or a ProgID, it is recommended that you add your application name to the ClientId to help eliminate naming conflicts.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeManager.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeManager.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChangeManager.GetObjectFromScriptKey(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that retrieves the object with the specified string. The script key should have been generated using the GetScriptKeyFromObject method and the document should be in the same or similar state as when the script key was generated.</summary>
            <param name="ScriptKey">
                <summary>Script key string of object to retrieve.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChangeManager.GetScriptKeyFromObject(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that generates a key (identifier) for the input object. This key is suitable to use in constructing the Inputs argument of the OnWriteToScript event on the ChangeProcessor object. This key is only intended to be able to identify the specified object in the current state of the document (this is not a robust persistent reference key).</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Object from which to generate key.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeManager.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeManager.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the Application object, the parent of the ChangeManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeManager.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ChangeProcessor">
            <summary>The ChangeProcessor object is at the heart of Inventor's transaction and transcripting mechanism, exposed via its public API.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeProcessor.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeProcessor.ChangeType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the type of change (shape edit, query only, etc.) that this ChangeProcessor will make. Defaults to the type set on the ChangeDefinition, but can be overridden.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeProcessor.DisplayMessages">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether or not to display error/warning messages during the change process. A value of False indicates that all the messages will be suppressed. Initially set to False. This property should be set before the Execute metho.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChangeProcessor.Execute(Inventor.Document)">
            <summary>Executes the ChangeProcessor on the specified document.</summary>
            <param name="Document">
                <summary>Input Document object that specifies the document in which to make the changes.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeProcessor.GlobalChangeProcess">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether or not to execute the change process as a global transaction (can be viewed as a top-level transaction). If True, a global transaction will be created. Initially False; this property should be set before the Execute method is called.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeProcessor.GlobalChangeProcessAborted">
            <summary>Gets whether the global transaction for this change had to be aborted.&amp;nbsp;This only applies if GlobalChangeProcess is True and an Execute is in progress.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeProcessor.MergeWithPrevious">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to merge this change process with the previously committed transaction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeProcessor.MessageDialogUserChoice">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a ButtonTypeEnum value indicating the user’s choice in the message dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChangeProcessor.OnExecute(Inventor.Document,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.Boolean@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired when Inventor is in a state to accept changes to data. This is the event where the client application executes its logic on the specified document.</summary>
            <param name="Document">
                <summary>Input Document object that specifies the document in which the client is to make its changes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Succeeded">
                <summary>The Succeeded argument is an in/out argument, and will always have an initial value of True. Leave it set to true and the change will be committed. If your change fails and you want the change's transaction to be aborted, set this value to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChangeProcessor.OnReadFromScript(Inventor.Document,System.String,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Event that is fired in a replay scenario supplying the cached Inputs string. The client application interprets the inputs and converts them into meaningful data for use in the execution of logic in the OnExecute event. This event is always followed by the OnExecute event.</summary>
            <param name="Document">
                <summary>Input Document object that specifies the document in which to make the changes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Inputs">
                <summary>Input string, cached for playback.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChangeProcessor.OnTerminate">
            <summary>Event that is fired when this ChangeProcessor is done being used for the current execution.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChangeProcessor.OnWriteToScript(Inventor.Document,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.String@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired before the execution of and commit of the change. The return string should be set with a formatted string of the arguments. The string may be persisted for eventual replay, such as a transcript replay. A semicolon (';') character should be considered a reserved character used as a separator between individual arguments. The recommended format would be a variable name value pair separated by an equal character, with arguments separated by semicolons. For example "Argument1Name=Value1;Argument2Name=Value2"</summary>
            <param name="Document">
                <summary>Input Document object that specifies the document in which to execute the ChangeProcessor.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ResultInputs">
                <summary>Return string - most likely a formatted string of the arguments for eventual replay.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeProcessor.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChangeProcessor.SetAffectedDocuments(System.String[],System.Object)">
            <summary>Sets the FullDocumentNames, and optionally the change types, of the documents that will be affected by this change.</summary>
            <param name="FullDocumentNames">
                <summary>Input array of strings that specifies the full document names of all the documents that will be changed as a part of this change process.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReasonsForChange">
                <summary>Optional input array of CommandTypesEnum  (bit-encoded values) that specifies the type of changes being made to the documents. If the size of this array is not the same as the size of the FullDocumentNames array, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChangeProcessor.SetMessageDialogOptions(System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that specifies the buttons that should be available on the message dialog.</summary>
            <param name="AllowAccept">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether the 'Accept' button should be available. This user choice implies that the user would like to continue despite any errors/warnings.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AllowEdit">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether the 'Edit' button should be available. This user choice implies that implies that the user would like to go back into the command to correct the situation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChangeProcessor.SuppressChangeNotifications(System.String[],System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets whether the changes notifications within this change processor should be suppressed or not.</summary>
            <param name="SuppressedEvents">
                <summary>Input String array that specifies the event names to determine which events should be suppressed. 

Valid events can be suppressed are: ApplicationEvents.OnDocumentChange.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Suppressed">
                <summary>Input Boolean value that specifies whether the events should be suppressed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeProcessor.Transact">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to execute the change process as a transacting one. A non-transacting change process cannot be undone or redone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChangeProcessor.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CheckPoint">
            <summary>The CheckPoint object serves as a bookmark within a transaction. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CheckPoint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CheckPoint.ContainingTransaction">
            <summary>Gets the transaction in which this check point is defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CheckPoint.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets the user-friendly display name of this check point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CheckPoint.Id">
            <summary>Gets the numeric identifier of this check point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CheckPoint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CheckPoint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CheckPointsEnumerator">
            <summary>Provides access to a list of CheckPoint objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CheckPointsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CheckPointsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CheckPointsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ChoiceAssetValue">
            <summary>The ChoiceAssetValue object represents an asset value that consists of several pre-defined choices.  Typically these are represented in the UI as a combo box, but they are also often used to indicate the two states of a check box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChoiceAssetValue.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChoiceAssetValue.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets the name of this value as seen in the Material or Appearance Browser. This can change based on the current Inventor language.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ChoiceAssetValue.GetChoices(System.String[]@,System.String[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the valid choices associated with this value.</summary>
            <param name="Names">
                <summary>Output array or strings that contains the valid id’s that can be used when setting the value of this asset.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Choices">
                <summary>Output array of strings that contains the localized names for the choices.  These are returned in a corresponding order to the id’s returned in the Names argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChoiceAssetValue.IsReadOnly">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this asset value is read-only. If True any attempted edits will fail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChoiceAssetValue.Name">
            <summary>Gets the key name of the value. This name will remain constant for all languages and is the name used as input to the Item property or the Asset object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChoiceAssetValue.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent Asset object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChoiceAssetValue.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kAssetValueObject indicating this object’s type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChoiceAssetValue.Value">
            <summary>Gets and sets the currently selected choice from the set of choices. The value is a string that matches the name of a valid choice. These names can be obtained by GetChoices method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ChoiceAssetValue.ValueType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the data type that the Value property for this AssetValue object will return.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Circle">
            <summary>The mathematical Circle object, one of the transient geometry objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Circle.Center">
            <summary>The center Point of the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Circle.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this Circle object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original Circle object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Circle.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the CurveEvaluator for this circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Circle.GetCircleData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this circle.</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the circle's center.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisVector">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the radius of the circle.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Circle.Normal">
            <summary>The normal of the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Circle.PutCircleData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this circle.</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the circle's center.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisVector">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the radius of the circle.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Circle.Radius">
            <summary>The radius of the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Circle2d">
            <summary>The mathematical Circle2d object - one of the transient objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Circle2d.Center">
            <summary>The center of the 2D circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Circle2d.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this Circle2d object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original Circle2d object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Circle2d.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the Curve2dEvaluator for this circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Circle2d.GetCircleData(System.Double[]@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this circle.</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the circle's center.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the radius of the circle.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Circle2d.PutCircleData(System.Double[]@,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this circle.</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the circle's center.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the radius of the circle.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Circle2d.Radius">
            <summary>The radius of the 2D circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern">
            <summary>The CircularOccurrencePattern object represents a circular pattern of assembly occurrences.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.AngleOffset">
            <summary>Property returning the Parameter object that controls the angle offset between pattern instances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.AxisEntity">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the entity used to define the axis of the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.AxisEntityNaturalDirection">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether the axis direction is in the natural direction of the axis entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the pattern.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.ElementCount">
            <summary>Property returning the Parameter object that controls the number of elements in the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.IsPatternElement">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this occurrence pattern is itself an element of a parent pattern. In the case where this occurrence pattern represents a pattern element, this property returns True. The PatternElement property can be used to get that pattern element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.LockRotation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the patterned elements keep the same rotation as their parent occurrences. This defaults to False when the CircularOccurrencePattern is just created indicates that the patterned elements will be rotated.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.OccurrencePatternElements">
            <summary>Property returning an OccurrencePatternElements collection object. The first element within this collection will contain the components that were provided as input for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.ParentComponents">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the components used as input for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.PatternElement">
            <summary>Property that returns the pattern element this occurrence pattern represents. In the case where this occurrence pattern is not part of a parent pattern this property returns Nothing. The IsPatternElement property can be used to check if this occurrence pattern is part of a parent pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.PatternRadiusPoint">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the point used to define the pattern radius against the rotation axis. This property returns Nothing when the LockRotation is False. When the LockRotation is set to True, this property returns a Point object indicating th.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.PositioningMethod">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the enum indicating the positioning method used for the component pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.Suppress(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Suppress the occurrence pattern.</summary>
            <param name="SkipDocumentSave">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to skip document save or not. Default to False indicating the dirty documents will be saved.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.Suppressed">
            <summary>Returns the suppress state of the occurrence pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.Unsuppress">
            <summary>Unsuppress the occurrence pattern.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible property for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.AngleOffset">
            <summary>Property returning the Parameter object that controls the angle offset between pattern instances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.AxisEntity">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the entity used to define the axis of the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.AxisEntityNaturalDirection">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether the axis direction is in the natural direction of the axis entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the pattern.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.ElementCount">
            <summary>Property returning the Parameter object that controls the number of elements in the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.IsPatternElement">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this occurrence pattern is itself an element of a parent pattern. In the case where this occurrence pattern represents a pattern element, this property returns True. The PatternElement property can be used to get that pattern element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.LockRotation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the patterned elements keep the same rotation as their parent occurrences. This defaults to False when the CircularOccurrencePattern is just created indicates that the patterned elements will be rotated.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.OccurrencePatternElements">
            <summary>Property returning an OccurrencePatternElements collection object. The first element within this collection will contain the components that were provided as input for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.ParentComponents">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the components used as input for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.PatternElement">
            <summary>Property that returns the pattern element this occurrence pattern represents. In the case where this occurrence pattern is not part of a parent pattern this property returns Nothing. The IsPatternElement property can be used to check if this occurrence pattern is part of a parent pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.PatternRadiusPoint">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the point used to define the pattern radius against the rotation axis. This property returns Nothing when the LockRotation is False. When the LockRotation is set to True, this property returns a Point object indicating th.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.PositioningMethod">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the enum indicating the positioning method used for the component pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.Suppress(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Suppress the occurrence pattern.</summary>
            <param name="SkipDocumentSave">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to skip document save or not. Default to False indicating the dirty documents will be saved.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Returns the suppress state of the occurrence pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.Unsuppress">
            <summary>Unsuppress the occurrence pattern.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularOccurrencePatternProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible property for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature">
            <summary>The CircularPatternFeature object represents circular pattern feature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.AddParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that adds the specified participant to the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>Input ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be added. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a leaf occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the CircularPatternFeatureDefinition object associated with this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.PatternElements">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection that contains the elements created by this pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.SurfacesOpaque">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all the resulting surfaces are opaque or transparent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.SurfacesVisible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all the resulting surfaces are visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureDefinition">
            <summary>Part Circular Pattern Definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureDefinition.AffectedBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the collection of bodies affected by this feature. If this property is not set for multi-body parts, the default solid body is used as the affected body.&amp;nbsp;This property applies only to features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureDefinition.AffectedOccurrences">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the collection of occurrences that should participate in this feature. If this property is not set, all possible occurrences will participate.&amp;nbsp;This property applies only to features in an assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureDefinition.Angle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the angle of the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureDefinition.BoundarySetting">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the PatternBoundarySetting object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureDefinition.ComputeType">
            <summary>Read-write property that that indicates the method of solution for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this CircularPatternFeatureDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureDefinition.Count">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the number of instances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureDefinition.HasBoundarySettingConfigured">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether this pattern has boundary setting configured or not. When set this property it can only be set from True to False to clear the boundary setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureDefinition.LockRotation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the patterned occurrences keep the same rotation as their parent features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureDefinition.MidPlanePattern">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the patterned occurrences should fall on either side of the original.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureDefinition.NaturalRotationAxisDirection">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the flag that indicates if the direction of the pattern is in the natural direction of the RotationAxis or reversed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureDefinition.Operation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of operation used to add the feature to the model.&amp;nbsp;Valid values are kNewBodyOperation and kJoinOperation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureDefinition.ParentFeatures">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the parent features of the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureDefinition.PatternOfBody">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets whether this pattern resulted from patterning the SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureDefinition.PatternRadiusPoint">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the point used to define the pattern radius against the rotation axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureDefinition.PositioningMethod">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the enum indicating the positioning method used for pattern creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureDefinition.RotationAxis">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the entity as rotation axis. This can be a linear Edge, a WorkAxis, a cylindrical or conical Face (axis is used).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.AddParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that adds the specified participant to the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>Input ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be added. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a leaf occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the CircularPatternFeatureDefinition object associated with this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.PatternElements">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection that contains the elements created by this pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.SurfacesOpaque">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all the resulting surfaces are opaque or transparent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.SurfacesVisible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all the resulting surfaces are visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatures">
            <summary>The CircularPatternFeatures collection object provides access to all of the objects in a component definition and provides methods to create additional CircularPatternFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatures.AddByDefinition(Inventor.CircularPatternFeatureDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new CircularPattern feature.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input CircularPatternFeatureDefinition objet that defines the  CircularPatternFeature you want to create.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatures.CreateDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new CircularPatternFeatureDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="ParentFeatures">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that contains the features or solids to be patterned. The collection could contain the various part features, sheet metal features, work planes, work axes, work points, or SurfaceBody objects. If SurfaceBody objects are supplied, the only other objects that can be in the collection are work planes, work axes, work points, and surface part features.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisEntity">
                <summary>Input a linear entity that defines the rotation axis. This can be a linear Edge, a WorkAxis, a cylindrical/conical/spherical/toroidal Face (axis is used).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NaturalAxisDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the direction of the pattern is in the natural direction of the AxisEntity or reversed. A value of True indicates it is in the natural direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Count">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the number of instances in the pattern. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter will be created to control this value when the feature is created. If a string is input it can be any string that can be evaluated by Inventor to result in a unitless number.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle of the pattern. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter will be created to control this value when the feature is created. If a string is input it can be any string that can be evaluated by Inventor to result in a unitless value(document angular units will be used for it) or an angular unit value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FitWithinAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that defines how the count and angle are used to space the occurrences.  If this property is true then the angle specifies the total sweep made by the pattern and the occurrences are evenly spaced within the angle.  If it is false then the angle specifies the angular offset between each occurrence. This defaults to True.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified CircularPatternFeature object from the collection. This is the default property of the CircularPatternFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CircularPatternFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ClientApplication">
            <summary>ClientApplication object. Reserved - for future use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientApplication.GetXMLData(System.Object,System.String,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Output application specific data as XML . Reserved - for future use.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentName">
                <summary>Reserved - for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ControlData">
                <summary>Reserved - for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OutputData">
                <summary>Reserved - for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Status">
                <summary>Reserved - for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientApplication.PutXMLData(System.Object,System.String,System.String,System.String@)">
            <summary>Read application specific data from XML . Reserved - for future use.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentName">
                <summary>Reserved - for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ControlData">
                <summary>Reserved - for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InputData">
                <summary>Reserved - for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Status">
                <summary>Reserved - for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition">
            <summary>The ClientBrowserNodeDefinition object derives from the BrowserNodeDefinition and contains the definition for a client-created node in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.AdditionalDisplayState">
            <summary>Gets and sets the additional display state of browsernodes that use this definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.AdditionalStateIconToolTipText">
            <summary>Gets and sets additional state icon tool tip text on a existing definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.BuiltIn">
            <summary>Specifies if the node is a standard Autodesk Inventor node or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Deletes this definition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.DisplayState">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display state of browsernodes that use this definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.ExpandedIcon">
            <summary>Gets and sets the expanded icon on a client definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.Icon">
            <summary>Gets and sets the icon on a client definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.Id">
            <summary>Gets the client-supplied Id of the client browser node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.IsReferenced">
            <summary>Gets whether this ClientBrowserNodeDefinition object is used by any browser nodes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.Label">
            <summary>Gets the label of the BrowserNode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.OnActivate(Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever this node is activated by the user.</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.OnGetDisplayObjects(Inventor.ObjectCollection@,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Event that is fired when a user requests that the objects represented by this browser node be highlighted.</summary>
            <param name="Objects">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.OnLabelEdit(System.String,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever this node is renamed by the user.</summary>
            <param name="NewLabel">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.SetLabel(System.String)">
            <summary>Sets the label of the definition.</summary>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.StateIconToolTipText">
            <summary>Gets and sets state icon tool tip text on a existing definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.ToolTipText">
            <summary>Gets and sets tool tip text on a existing definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientBrowserNodeDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ClientFeature">
            <summary>The ClientFeature object represents a client feature in a part or an assembly document. A client feature is stored in Inventor's data model, and it's behaviors are provided jointly by Inventor and the client. It is an object that can composite other objects, and it can persist client graphics with a document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.BrowserNode">
            <summary>Property that returns the BrowserNode object in the model browser associated with this client feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.ClientGraphicsVisible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether all the client graphics in this client feature are visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.ClientId">
            <summary>Property that returns the string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}".</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Property that returns the ClientFeatureDefinition object that specifies the various inputs used to create the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.HiddenParameters">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the collection of Parameters that are to be hidden from the user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ClientFeatureDefinition">
            <summary>The ClientFeatureDefinition object is used to define and query all the inputs of a ClientFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientFeatureDefinition.AddDependency(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds an upstream Inventor object as a dependency of the client feature.</summary>
            <param name="Dependency">
                <summary>Input Object that specifies the dependency. This can be any of the following: Parameter, PartFeature, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkPlane, WorkPoint, WorkAxis, DerivedPartComponent and DerivedAssemblyComponent. If a Parameter is input, the parameter is deleted when the client feature is deleted (unless the parameter has dependents other than the client feature).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureDefinition.ClientFeatureElements">
            <summary>Property that returns the ClientFeatureElements collection object that defines the Inventor objects composited by this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureDefinition.ClientGraphicsCollection">
            <summary>Property that returns the ClientGraphicsCollection object. These graphics are persisted with the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureDefinition.FeatureInputs">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the objects that are inputs to the client feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureDefinition.FeatureType">
            <summary>Property that defines the naming of the client feature in the browser. This property returns a non-localized string supplied during the creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureDefinition.GraphicsDataSetsCollection">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the GraphicsDataSetsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureDefinition.HighlightClientGraphicsWithFeature">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether client graphics owned by this feature should be pre-highlighted, highlighted or selected with the client feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ClientFeature object. The property returns Nothing in the forward create scenario (i.e. when the object is created using ClientFeatures.CreateDefinition method).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientFeatureDefinition.RemoveDependency(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that removes a dependency of the client feature.</summary>
            <param name="Dependency">
                <summary>Input Object that specifies the dependency. This can be any of the following: Parameter, PartFeature, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkPlane, WorkPoint, WorkAxis, DerivedPartComponent and DerivedAssemblyComponent.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ClientFeatureElement">
            <summary>Represents a composited Inventor object within a ClientFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureElement.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureElement.BrowserVisible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether this element is visible in the browser under the ClientFeature node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientFeatureElement.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this element of the client feature</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureElement.Element">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureElement.HighlightWithFeature">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether this element should be pre-highlight, highlighted or selected with the client feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureElement.Parent">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureElement.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureElement.UserEditable">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether this element can be edited by the user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ClientFeatureElementProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureElementProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureElementProxy.BrowserVisible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether this element is visible in the browser under the ClientFeature node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureElementProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientFeatureElementProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this element of the client feature</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureElementProxy.Element">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureElementProxy.HighlightWithFeature">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether this element should be pre-highlight, highlighted or selected with the client feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureElementProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureElementProxy.Parent">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureElementProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureElementProxy.UserEditable">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether this element can be edited by the user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ClientFeatureElements">
            <summary>Provides access to the composited elements within a ClientFeature and provides methods to add elements.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientFeatureElements.Add(System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that adds an element to the client feature definition and returns a ClientFeatureElement object.</summary>
            <param name="Element">
                <summary>Input Object that specifies an object to add to the client feature. The input object must correspond to a node in the browser tree. This method fails if the input object is not adjacent to the client feature in the browser tree in the case where the client feature already composites certain elements. If the ClientFeature does not already composite any native object, the ClientFeature is moved to the position of the element in the browser. This can be a PartFeature, DerivedPartComponent, DerivedAssemblyComponent, iFeatureComponent, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkPoint, WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BrowserVisible">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether this element is visible in the browser under the client feature node. If not specified, the argument defaults to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureElements.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureElements.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureElements.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified ClientFeatureElement object from the collection. This is the default method of the ClientFeatureElement collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureElements.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.BrowserNode">
            <summary>Property that returns the BrowserNode object in the model browser associated with this client feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.ClientGraphicsVisible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether all the client graphics in this client feature are visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.ClientId">
            <summary>Property that returns the string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}".</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Property that returns the ClientFeatureDefinition object that specifies the various inputs used to create the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.HiddenParameters">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the collection of Parameters that are to be hidden from the user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ClientFeatures">
            <summary>The ClientFeatures collection object provides access to client features and provides methods to create additional client features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientFeatures.Add(Inventor.ClientFeatureDefinition,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ClientFeature. The newly created ClientFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input ClientFeatureDefinition object created using the CreateDefinition method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}".</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientFeatures.CreateDefinition(System.String,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ClientFeatureDefinition. The newly created ClientFeatureDefinition is returned.</summary>
            <param name="FeatureType">
                <summary>Optional input string that defines the naming of the client feature in the browser. If not specified, a default string 'ClientFeature' is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartElement">
                <summary>Optional input object that specifies the first element to be composited in this feature. This object must correspond to a node in the browser. This can be a PartFeature, DerivedPartComponent, DerivedAssemblyComponent, iFeatureComponent, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkPoint, WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndElement">
                <summary>Optional input object that specifies the last element to be composited in this feature. This object must correspond to a node in the browser. An error occurs if the EndElement is not at the same level as the StartElement in the browser tree. If the StartElement argument is specified and this argument is not specified, the feature just composites the StartElement. If both StartElement and EndElement arguments are specified and they are the same, the feature just composites the StartElement. This argument is ignored if the StartElement argument is not specified. This can be a PartFeature, DerivedPartComponent, DerivedAssemblyComponent, iFeatureComponent, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkPoint, WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FeatureInputs">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that specifies the inputs use to create this feature. The inputs are currently limited to 2D &amp; 3D sketches. The inputs must be above the feature in the browser. When sketches are specified as inputs, the behavior is the same as a regular Inventor feature (such as Extrude) consuming a sketch. The sketch appears under the client feature and can be 'shared' by the user so it is usable in other downstream features. The input objects are not 'strongly owned' by the client feature. i.e. when the client feature is deleted, the user has the option to retain the feature inputs. The feature inputs do not highlight with the client feature.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ClientFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ClientGraphics">
            <summary>The ClientGraphics object is a collection of objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientGraphics.AddNode(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new GraphicsNode object.</summary>
            <param name="NodeId">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the identifier for the newly created entity. This id needs to be unique with respect to all other objects in this ClientGraphics object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientGraphics.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientGraphics.ClientId">
            <summary>Property that returns the ID of this ClientGraphics object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientGraphics.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of GraphicsNode objects associated with this ClientGraphics object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientGraphics.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this ClientGraphics object. This will delete all of its associated GraphicsNode objects too.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientGraphics.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientGraphics.ItemById">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientGraphics.NonTransacting">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the creation of this ClientGraphics object and all its associated data is non-transacting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientGraphics.Parent">
            <summary>Property returns the logical parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientGraphics.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientGraphics.Selectable">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether all of the GraphicsNode objects within the ClientGraphics object are selectable. When getting this property valid values are kAllGraphicsSelectable, kNoGraphicsSelectable, and kSomeGraphicsSelectable. When setting this property kAllGraphicsSelectable and kNoGraphicsSelectable are valid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientGraphics.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientGraphics.Visible">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether all of the GraphicsNode objects within the ClientGraphics object are visible. When getting this property valid values are kAllGraphicsVisible, kNoGraphicsVisible, and kSomeGraphicsVisible. When setting this property kAllGraphicsVisible and kNoGraphicsVisible are valid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ClientGraphicsCollection">
            <summary>The ClientGraphicsCollection object provides access to all of the existing objects associated with a graphics container.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientGraphicsCollection.Add(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ClientGraphics object. The identifier supplied needs to uniquely identify the client. The method will fail in the case where a ClientGraphics object with this ClientId already exists on the object.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input string that uniquely identifies the application. Suggestion are the 'ProgID' of the Add-In creating the graphics or the its CLSID in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02},"although any unique string is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientGraphicsCollection.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientGraphicsCollection.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of ClientGraphics objects associated with the graphic container.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientGraphicsCollection.Item">
            <summary>Returns an existing ClientGraphics object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientGraphicsCollection.NonTransacting">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the creation of this ClientGraphicsColection object and all its associated data is non-transacting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientGraphicsCollection.Parent">
            <summary>Property returns the logical parent of this object. This could currently be a ComponentDefinition or an AssemblyOccurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientGraphicsCollection.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ClientNodeResource">
            <summary>This object is accessible through the BrowserPane. But it is in fact, just the one associated with the Document. In other words, all of the ClientNodeResource objects that are used inside the various BrowserPanes of this Document are to be found here.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientNodeResource.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientNodeResource.ClientId">
            <summary>Property returning the string identifier that stood for the client or AddIn that was supplied during the creation of this resource.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientNodeResource.Delete">
            <summary>Method that gets rid of this object. If it is being used currently by some node definition object, the method fails.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientNodeResource.DisabledIconName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the icon name to be used when the associated data model object becomes disabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientNodeResource.ExpandedDisabledIconName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the expanded icon name to be used when the associated data model objects becomes disabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientNodeResource.ExpandedInvisibleIconName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the expanded icon name to be used when the associated data model object becomes invisible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientNodeResource.ExpandedSuppressedIconName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the expanded icon name to be used when the associated data model object becomes suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientNodeResource.GroundedDisabledIconName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the icon name to be used when the associated data model object becomes grounded and disabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientNodeResource.GroundedIconName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the icon name to be used when the associated data model object becomes grounded.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientNodeResource.GroundedInvisibleIconName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the icon name to be used when the associated data model object becomes grounded and invisible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientNodeResource.GroundedSuppressedIconName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the icon name to be used when the associated data model object becomes grounded and suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientNodeResource.IconName">
            <summary>Gets and sets picture name associated with a ClientNodeResource object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientNodeResource.Id">
            <summary>Property returning the integer identifier that was supplied during the creation of this resource.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientNodeResource.InvisibleIconName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the icon name to be used when the associated data model object becomes invisible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientNodeResource.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of this object. Though this document is reachable from the BrowserPane out of convenience, it's true parent is the Document itself. That is, this object is not BrowserPane specific, rather, it has its scope or influence across all BrowserPanes (of the TreeBrowser kind).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientNodeResource.SuppressedIconName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the icon name to be used when the associated data model object becomes suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientNodeResource.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ClientNodeResources">
            <summary>This object is accessible through the . But it is in fact, just the one associated with the Document. In other words, all of the ClientNodeResource objects that are used inside the various BrowserPanes of this Document are to be found here.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientNodeResources.AddNodeResource(System.String,System.Int32,System.String)">
            <summary>Method which creates new client resource object.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input string that uniquely identifies the client. Suggestions are the ‘ProgID’ of the Add-In creating the resource or the its CLSID in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}", although any unique string is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Id">
                <summary>Input integer identifier that uniquely identifies the resource to the client. This identifier better be unique within the context of this owning document, and within this AddIn. The ClientId and the Id taken together uniquely identify this object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IconName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies name of a client icon from ClientResourceMap. If use default node icon an empty string can be provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientNodeResources.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientNodeResources.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientNodeResources.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified NodeResource object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientNodeResources.ItemById(System.String,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Returns the specified NodeResource object from the collection.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>String that was specified by the client or AddIn when the resource was created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Id">
                <summary>Input value that specifies the integer identifier that the client or AddIn had supplied while creating the resource.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientNodeResources.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ClientOperationEvents">
            <summary>ClientOperationEvents object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientOperationEvents.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientOperationEvents.FireOnClientOperation(System.String,System.String,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Method that fires the OnClientOperation even.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String value that indicates the client ID(GUID) of an application addin.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OperationName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the client operation name. This can be something like “Login”, “Logout” etc..</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum that indicates if this event is fired just before or after a client operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. This argument provides additional information as described below:

Name = “CommandName”. Value = String that specifies the command name(ControlDefinition.InternalName) that is executed as the client operation. This can not be provided if there is not a ControlDefinition is executed for the client operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Out HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The following three values are supported: 
kEventNotHandled: The client operation will continue. 
kEventHandled: This is ignored currently which has the same effect as kEventNotHandled. 
kEventCanceled: Cancels the operation.. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientOperationEvents.OnClientOperation(System.String,System.String,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired when FireOnClientOperation method is called.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String value that indicates the application addin’s client ID.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OperationName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the client operation name. This can be something like “Login”, “Logout” etc..</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum that indicates if this event is fired just before or after a client operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. . This argument provides additional information as described below:

Name = “CommandName”. Value = String that specifies the command name(ControlDefinition.InternalName) that is executed as the client operation. This can not be provided if there is not a ControlDefinition is executed for the client operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.. The following three values are supported: 
kEventNotHandled: The client operation will continue.
kEventHandled: This is ignored currently.
kEventCanceled: Cancels the operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientOperationEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientOperationEvents.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ClientResourceMap">
            <summary>Object that stores client resource ids with theme related icons.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientResourceMap.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientResourceMap.ClientId">
            <summary>Represents a ClientResourceMaps collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientResourceMap.Delete">
            <summary>Represents a ClientResourceMaps collection Object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientResourceMap.Description">
            <summary>Represents a ClientResourceMaps collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientResourceMap.Id">
            <summary>Represents a ClientResourceMaps collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientResourceMap.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientResourceMap.SetBrowserIconData(Inventor.NameValueMap,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Represents a ClientResourceMaps collection Object.</summary>
            <param name="IconData">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies the icon data. The data includes a batch of icon info as below: Name = A unique string in this NameValueMap to indicate the name of an icon. This name is also used for browser node definition to specify a client icon. Value = IPictureDisp object that indicate an icon of 16 pixels wide and 16 pixels high.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Theme">
                <summary>Input String value that indicates a Theme name.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AsDefault">
                <summary>Optional  input Boolean value that specifies whether this icon data will be used as default icons for other Theme if no icon data is set for that Theme.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientResourceMap.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ClientResourceMaps">
            <summary>Represents a ClientResourceMaps collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientResourceMaps.Add(System.String,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Adds a ClientResourceMap object.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input string that uniquely identifies the client. Some suggestions might be the 'ProgID' of the Add-In creating the resource, or its CLSID in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}", although any unique string is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Id">
                <summary>Input Long value that uniquely identifies the ClientResourceMap. This identifier must be unique within the context of this owning document, and within this AddIn. The ClientId and the Id taken together uniquely identify this object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientResourceMaps.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientResourceMaps.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientResourceMaps.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientResourceMaps.ItemById(System.String,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Retrieves a ClientResourceMap object based on the Id.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input string that was specified by the client or AddIn when the client resource map was created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Id">
                <summary>Input Long value that specifies the integer identifier that the client or AddIn had supplied while creating the client resource map.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientResourceMaps.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ClientView">
            <summary>The ClientView object represents a view of the document/drawing sheet attached to a user-specified window handle. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientView.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientView.Camera">
            <summary>Property that returns the camera for the view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientView.Close">
            <summary>Method that closes out the graphics context for the view. The hWnd is not affected.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientView.DisplayMode">
            <summary>Rendering mode of view (shaded, hidden, hidden line).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientView.Document">
            <summary>Property that returns the document object this is a view of.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientView.GetSubsetExtents(System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the extents of the client view within its assigned hWnd.</summary>
            <param name="Top">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the top of the client view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Left">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the left position of the client view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the width of the client view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the height of the client view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientView.GroundShadow">
            <summary>Gets and sets the ground shadow setting on the view!/s window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientView.HWND">
            <summary>Property that returns the hWnd (the handle assigned by Windows to the current window) of the view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientView.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientView.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientView.Update(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that redraws the view.</summary>
            <param name="Interactive">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the type of update to perform. Interactive update should be used when the user is dynamically modifying the view. During interactive update Autodesk Inventor takes steps to optimize the display in an attempt to achieve a higher frame rate. For example it will create simplified displays of parts and eliminate the display of small parts in assemblies. Setting the Interactive argument to True allows Autodesk Inventor to perform these optimizations. Setting this argument to False causes Autodesk Inventor to perform a complete rendering without any optimizations. Typically you will set the Interactive argument to True while the user is dynamically modifying the view (while the mouse button is down). A final update (When the mouse button is released) is performed with the Interactive argument set to False to get an accurate rendering.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ClientViews">
            <summary>The ClientViews collection object represents the collection of objects for a document/drawing sheet, along with the ability to add new views to the collection. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientViews.Add(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that adds a new to the collection.</summary>
            <param name="HWND">
                <summary>Input Long that defines the hWnd for the window to add.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ClientViews.AddBySubset(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Add a new within a rectangular region of a window, identified by its hWnd. This allows multiple views in a single hWnd.</summary>
            <param name="HWND">
                <summary>Input Long that defines the hWnd for the window to add.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Left">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the position of the left edge of the view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Top">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the position of the top edge of the view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the width of the view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the height of the view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientViews.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientViews.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientViews.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection. This is the default property of the ClientViews collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientViews.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ClientViews.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CoilFeature">
            <summary>The CoilFeature object represents coil modeling features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.AxisDirectionReversed">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether the axis direction of the coil is reversed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.AxisEntity">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the entity used to define the axis of the coil. Valid input is either a sketch line or work axis. The axis entity must not intersect the profile.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.ClockwiseRotation">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether the rotation is clockwise or counter-clockwise. A value of True indicates clockwise rotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.EndFlatAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the flat angle at the end of the coil feature. This property returns Nothing if ExtentType is kSpiral or FlatEndType is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.EndTransitionAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the transition angle at the end of the coil feature. This property returns Nothing if ExtentType is kSpiral or FlatEndType is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.Extent">
            <summary>Property that returns the object that defines how the extent of the feature is defined. The type of extent object that this property will return can be determined by using the ExtentType property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.ExtentType">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating how the extent of the feature is defined. This indicates the type of object returned by the Extent property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.FlatEndType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the coil end type at the end of the coil feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.FlatStartType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the coil end type at the start of the coil feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.Operation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the type of operation used to add the feature to the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.Profile">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the profile that defines the shape of the coil.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeature.SetPitchAndHeightExtent(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Set coil feature pitch and height extent.</summary>
            <param name="Pitch">
                <summary>ut Variant that defines the pitch of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the height of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TaperAngle">
                <summary>Optional input variant that defines the taper angle of the coil feature. If not supplied it defaults to zero. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeature.SetPitchAndRevolutionExtent(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Set coil feature pitch and revolution extent.</summary>
            <param name="Pitch">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the pitch of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Revolution">
                <summary>Input variant that defines the number of revolutions of the coil feature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TaperAngle">
                <summary>Optional input variant that defines the taper angle of the coil feature. If not supplied it defaults to zero. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeature.SetRevolutionAndHeightExtent(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Set coil feature revolution and height extent.</summary>
            <param name="Revolution">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the number of revolutions of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, it is unitless. If a string is input it must resolve to a unitless value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the height of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TaperAngle">
                <summary>Optional input variant that defines the taper angle of the coil feature. If not supplied it defaults to zero. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeature.SetSpiralExtent(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Set coil feature spiral extent.</summary>
            <param name="Pitch">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the pitch of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Revolution">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the number of revolutions of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, it is unitless. If a string is input it must resolve to a unitless value.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.StartFlatAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the flat angle at the start of the coil feature. This property returns Nothing if ExtentType is kSpiral or FlatStartType is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.StartTransitionAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the transition angle at the start of the coil feature. This property returns Nothing if ExtentType is kSpiral or FlatStartType is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.AxisDirectionReversed">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether the axis direction of the coil is reversed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.AxisEntity">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the entity used to define the axis of the coil. Valid input is either a sketch line or work axis. The axis entity must not intersect the profile.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.ClockwiseRotation">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether the rotation is clockwise or counter-clockwise. A value of True indicates clockwise rotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.EndFlatAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the flat angle at the end of the coil feature. This property returns Nothing if ExtentType is kSpiral or FlatEndType is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.EndTransitionAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the transition angle at the end of the coil feature. This property returns Nothing if ExtentType is kSpiral or FlatEndType is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.Extent">
            <summary>Property that returns the object that defines how the extent of the feature is defined. The type of extent object that this property will return can be determined by using the ExtentType property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.ExtentType">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating how the extent of the feature is defined. This indicates the type of object returned by the Extent property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.FlatEndType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the coil end type at the end of the coil feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.FlatStartType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the coil end type at the start of the coil feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.Operation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the type of operation used to add the feature to the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.Profile">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the profile that defines the shape of the coil.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.SetPitchAndHeightExtent(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Set coil feature pitch and height extent.</summary>
            <param name="Pitch">
                <summary>ut Variant that defines the pitch of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the height of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TaperAngle">
                <summary>Optional input variant that defines the taper angle of the coil feature. If not supplied it defaults to zero. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.SetPitchAndRevolutionExtent(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Set coil feature pitch and revolution extent.</summary>
            <param name="Pitch">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the pitch of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Revolution">
                <summary>Input variant that defines the number of revolutions of the coil feature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TaperAngle">
                <summary>Optional input variant that defines the taper angle of the coil feature. If not supplied it defaults to zero. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.SetRevolutionAndHeightExtent(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Set coil feature revolution and height extent.</summary>
            <param name="Revolution">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the number of revolutions of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, it is unitless. If a string is input it must resolve to a unitless value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the height of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TaperAngle">
                <summary>Optional input variant that defines the taper angle of the coil feature. If not supplied it defaults to zero. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.SetSpiralExtent(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Set coil feature spiral extent.</summary>
            <param name="Pitch">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the pitch of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Revolution">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the number of revolutions of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, it is unitless. If a string is input it must resolve to a unitless value.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.StartFlatAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the flat angle at the start of the coil feature. This property returns Nothing if ExtentType is kSpiral or FlatStartType is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.StartTransitionAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the transition angle at the start of the coil feature. This property returns Nothing if ExtentType is kSpiral or FlatStartType is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CoilFeatures">
            <summary>The CoilFeatures collection object provides access to all of the objects in a component definition and provides methods to create additional CoilFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeatures.AddByPitchAndHeight(Inventor.Profile,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new CoilFeature whose extent is defined by specifying pitch and total height. The new CoilFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Profile">
                <summary>Input object used to define the shape of the coil.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisEntity">
                <summary>Input linear entity that defines the axis of the revolution. Valid input is either a sketch line or work axis. The axis entity must not intersect the input profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Pitch">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the pitch of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the height of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Operation">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates the type of operation to perform. Valid input is kJoinOperation, kCutOperation, kIntersectOperation, kSurfaceOperation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisDirectionReversed">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates a reversal of axis direction. The default is False, which means the axis direction will be in the same direction as the natural direction of the input axis entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClockwiseRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that defines whether the rotation of the coil is clockwise or counter-clockwise. The default is False, indicating counter-clockwise rotation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TaperAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the taper angle of the coil feature. If not supplied it defaults to zero. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FlatStartType">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates the coil end type. The default is False indicating a natural end type. True indicates a flat start type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartTransitionAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the transition angle for the coil's end. This is used only if FlatStartType is True, otherwise this argument is ignored. The default value for this argument is p/2 (90 degrees). This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartFlatAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the flat angle for the coil's end. This is used only if FlatStartType is True, otherwise this argument is ignored. The default value for this argument is p/2 (90 degrees). This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FlatEndType">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates the coil's end type. The default is False, indicating a natural end type. True indicates a flat end type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndTransitionAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the transition angle for the coil's end. This is used only if FlatEndType is True, otherwise this argument is ignored. The default value for this argument is p/2 (90 degrees). This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndFlatAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the flat angle for the coil's end. This is used only if FlatEndType is True. The default value for this argument is p/2 (90 degrees). This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeatures.AddByPitchAndRevolution(Inventor.Profile,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new CoilFeature whose extent is defined by specifying the pitch and number of revolutions. The new CoilFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Profile">
                <summary>Input object used to define the shape of the coil.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisEntity">
                <summary>Input linear entity that defines the axis of the revolution. Valid input is either a sketch line or work axis. The axis entity must not intersect the input profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Pitch">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the pitch of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Revolution">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the number of revolutions of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, it is unitless. If a string is input it must resolve to a unitless value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Operation">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates the type of operation to perform. Valid input is kJoinOperation, kCutOperation, kIntersectOperation, kSurfaceOperation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisDirectionReversed">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates a reversal of axis direction. The default is False, which means the axis direction will be in the same direction as the natural direction of the input axis entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClockwiseRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that defines whether the rotation of the coil is clockwise or counter-clockwise. The default is False, indicating counter-clockwise rotation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TaperAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the taper angle of the coil feature. If this argument is not supplied it defaults to zero. It can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FlatStartType">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates the coil end type. The default is False indicating a natural end type. True indicates a flat start type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartTransitionAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the transition angle for the coil's end. This argument is used only if the FlatStartType argument is True, otherwise it is ignored. The default value for this argument is p/2 (90 degrees). It can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartFlatAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the flat angle for the coil's end. This argument is used only if FlatStartType is True, otherwise it is ignored. The default value for this argument is p/2 (90 degrees). It can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FlatEndType">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates the coil end type. The default is False indicating a natural end type. True indicates a flat end type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndTransitionAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the transition angle for the coil's end. This argument is used only if FlatEndType is True, otherwise it is ignored. The default value for this argument is p/2 (90 degrees). It can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndFlatAngle">
                <summary>Optional input variant that defines the flat angle for the coil's end. This argument is used only if FlatEndType is True, otherwise it is ignored. The default value for this argument is p/2 (90 degrees). It can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeatures.AddByRevolutionAndHeight(Inventor.Profile,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new CoilFeature whose extent is defined by specifying the number of revolutions and the total height. The new CoilFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Profile">
                <summary>Input object used to define the shape of the coil.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisEntity">
                <summary>Input linear entity that defines the axis of the revolution. Valid input is either a sketch line or work axis. The axis entity must not intersect the input profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Revolution">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the number of revolutions of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, it is unitless. If a string is input it must resolve to a unitless value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the height of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Operation">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates the type of operation to perform. Valid input is kJoinOperation, kCutOperation, kIntersectOperation, kSurfaceOperation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisDirectionReversed">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates a reversal of axis direction. The default is False, which means the axis direction will be in the same direction as the natural direction of the input axis entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClockwiseRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that defines whether the rotation of the coil is clockwise or counter-clockwise. The default is False, indicating counter-clockwise rotation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TaperAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the taper angle of the coil feature. If this argument is not supplied it defaults to zero. It can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FlatStartType">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates the coil's end type. The default is False indicating a natural end type. True indicates a flat start type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartTransitionAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the transition angle for the coil's end. This argument is used only if FlatStartType is True, otherwise it is ignored. The default value for this argument is p/2 (90 degrees). It can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartFlatAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the flat angle for the coil's end. This argument is used only if FlatStartType is True, otherwise it is ignored. The default value for this argument is p/2 (90 degrees). It can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FlatEndType">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates the coil's end type. The default is False indicating a natural end type. True indicates a flat end type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndTransitionAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the transition angle for the coil's end. This argument is used only if FlatEndType is True, otherwise it is ignored. The default value for this argument is p/2 (90 degrees). It can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndFlatAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the flat angle for the coil's end. This argument is used only if FlatEndType is True, otherwise it is ignored. The default value for this argument is p/2 (90 degrees). It can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoilFeatures.AddSpiral(Inventor.Profile,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new CoilFeature that sweeps a specified angle. The new CoilFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Profile">
                <summary>Input object used to define the shape of the coil.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisEntity">
                <summary>Input linear entity that defines the axis of the revolution. Valid input is either a sketch line or work axis. The axis entity must not intersect the input profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Pitch">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the pitch of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Revolution">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the number of revolutions of the coil feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, it is unitless. If a string is input it must resolve to a unitless value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Operation">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates the type of operation to perform. Valid input is kJoinOperation, kCutOperation, kIntersectOperation, kSurfaceOperation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisDirectionReversed">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates a reversal of axis direction. The default is False, which means the axis direction will be in the same direction as the natural direction of the input axis entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClockwiseRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that defines whether the rotation of the coil is clockwise or counter-clockwise. The default is False, indicating counter-clockwise rotation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified CoilFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoilFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint">
            <summary>The CoincidentConstraint object represents a coincident constraint within a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint.StartOrEndPointConstraint">
            <summary>Indicates whether the constraint is between the curve and its endpoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3D">
            <summary>The CoincidentConstraint3D object represents a coincident constraint within a 3D sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3D.ConnectedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity connected to this constraint. This can be a SketchPoint, Vertex or a WorkPoint. This property returns Nothing in the case where there isn't a connected entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3D.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3D.Disconnect(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that disconnects the input entity from the coincident constraint. Valid inputs are SketchPoint, Vertex or WorkPoint.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input object that specifies which entity to disconnect. Valid inputs are , Vertex or WorkPoint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3D.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first entity being constrained. This can be a SketchPoint3D, SketchLine3D, WorkPlane or a Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3D.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second entity being constrained. This can be a SketchPoint3D, SketchLine3D, WorkPlane or a Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3DProxy.ConnectedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity connected to this constraint. This can be a SketchPoint, Vertex or a WorkPoint. This property returns Nothing in the case where there isn't a connected entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3DProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3DProxy.Disconnect(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that disconnects the input entity from the coincident constraint. Valid inputs are SketchPoint, Vertex or WorkPoint.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input object that specifies which entity to disconnect. Valid inputs are , Vertex or WorkPoint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3DProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first entity being constrained. This can be a SketchPoint3D, SketchLine3D, WorkPlane or a Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3DProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second entity being constrained. This can be a SketchPoint3D, SketchLine3D, WorkPlane or a Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CoincidentConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraintProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoincidentConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoincidentConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraintProxy.StartOrEndPointConstraint">
            <summary>Indicates whether the constraint is between the curve and its endpoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoincidentConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CollinearConstraint">
            <summary>The CollinearConstraint object represents a collinear constraint within a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CollinearConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CollinearConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint.UseEllipseOneMajorAxis">
            <summary>Property used in the case where the entity returned by the EntityOne property is an ellipse. This property specifies if the major or minor axis of the ellipse is collinear to EntityTwo. True if it is the major axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint.UseEllipseTwoMajorAxis">
            <summary>Property used in the case where the entity returned by the EntityTwo property is an ellipse. This property specifies if the major or minor axis of the ellipse is collinear to EntityOne. True if it is the major axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3D">
            <summary>The CollinearConstraint3D object represents a collinear constraint within a 3D sketch. The constraint can be applied between two 3D sketch lines, or between a 3D sketch line and a work axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3D.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3D.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first entity being constrained. This can either be a SketchLine3D or a WorkAxis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3D.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second entity being constrained. This can either be a SketchLine3D or a WorkAxis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3DProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3DProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first entity being constrained. This can either be a SketchLine3D or a WorkAxis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3DProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second entity being constrained. This can either be a SketchLine3D or a WorkAxis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CollinearConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraintProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CollinearConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CollinearConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraintProxy.UseEllipseOneMajorAxis">
            <summary>Property used in the case where the entity returned by the EntityOne property is an ellipse. This property specifies if the major or minor axis of the ellipse is collinear to EntityTwo. True if it is the major axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CollinearConstraintProxy.UseEllipseTwoMajorAxis">
            <summary>Property used in the case where the entity returned by the EntityTwo property is an ellipse. This property specifies if the major or minor axis of the ellipse is collinear to EntityOne. True if it is the major axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Color">
            <summary>The Color object provides access to all of the components defining a color.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Color.Blue">
            <summary>Specifies the blue component of the color.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Color.ColorSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color source type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Color.GetColor(System.Byte@,System.Byte@,System.Byte@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the color components of the Color object.</summary>
            <param name="Red">
                <summary>Output Byte that specifies the red component of the color. This value will be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Green">
                <summary>Output Byte that specifies the green component of the color. This value will be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Blue">
                <summary>Output Byte that specifies the blue component of the color. This value will be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Color.Green">
            <summary>Specifies the green component of the color.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Color.Opacity">
            <summary>Specifies the opacity value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Color.Red">
            <summary>Specifies the red component of the color.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Color.SetColor(System.Byte,System.Byte,System.Byte)">
            <summary>Method that sets the color components of the Color object.</summary>
            <param name="Red">
                <summary>Input Byte that specifies the red component of the color. This value must be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Green">
                <summary>Input Byte that specifies the green component of the color. This value must be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Blue">
                <summary>Input Byte that specifies the blue component of the color. This value must be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Color.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ColorAssetValue">
            <summary>The ColorAssetValue object represents an asset value that consists of a color.  The Value property will return and must be set with a Color object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorAssetValue.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorAssetValue.ConnectedTexture">
            <summary>Gets the associated texture, if one exists. The HasConnectedTexture property controls if there is an associated texture or not. If the library is writable you can edit the texture. If not texture exists, this property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorAssetValue.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets the name of this value as seen in the Material or Appearance Browser. This can change based on the current Inventor language.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorAssetValue.HasConnectedTexture">
            <summary>Read-write property that indicates if the color has been overridden using a texture.&amp;nbsp;Setting this property to False will remove the texture so that a basic color is used.&amp;nbsp;Setting this property to True will connect a texture to this color which you can then edit to create the desired texture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorAssetValue.HasMultipleValues">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this value has multiple values or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorAssetValue.IsReadOnly">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this asset value is read-only. If True any attempted edits will fail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorAssetValue.Name">
            <summary>Gets the key name of the value. This name will remain constant for all languages and is the name used as input to the Item property or the Asset object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorAssetValue.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent Asset object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorAssetValue.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kAssetValueObject indicating this object’s type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorAssetValue.Value">
            <summary>Gets and sets this asset value. The value of this property should be ignored if the HasConnectedTexture property is ture. Setting this will remove any associated texture, if there is one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorAssetValue.Values">
            <summary>Gets and sets the values associated with this asset value. HasMultipleValues property indicates if this property will be returning more than one value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorAssetValue.ValueType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the data type that the Value property for this AssetValue object will return.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ColorScheme">
            <summary>The ColorScheme object represents a single color scheme. It provides access to the various components that make up a color scheme.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ColorScheme.Activate">
            <summary>Method that causes this color scheme to become the active color scheme.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.BottomScreenColor">
            <summary>Property that returns the bottom screen color used when the BackgroundType is set to kGradientBackgroundType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.BottomScreenColor2D">
            <summary>Property that returns the 2D bottom screen color used when the BackgroundType is set to kGradientBackgroundType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.CutPreviewColor">
            <summary>Property that returns the preview color used when using the 'Cut' option during feature creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.DimensionColor">
            <summary>Gets the 2D&amp;3D sketch dimension color.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.DisplaySeparateColors">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the colors that are used for display separate colors setting. Currently 32 colors are supported for display separate colors.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.DOFFixedColor">
            <summary>property that returns the DOF fixed color.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.DOFFreeColor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DOF free color.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.GripHighlightingColor">
            <summary>Gets the color of the active manipulator glyph.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.HighlightColor">
            <summary>Color property that returns the highlight .</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.HighlightColor2D">
            <summary>Property that returns the 2D highlight color.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.ImageFullFileName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the full file name of the image file to be used as the background.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.IntersectPreviewColor">
            <summary>Property that returns the preview color used when using the 'Intersect' option during feature creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.JoinPreviewColor">
            <summary>Property that returns the preview color used when using the 'Join' option during feature creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.Name">
            <summary>String property that returns the name of the color scheme.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.PrimarySelectColor">
            <summary>Color property that returns the primary selection .</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.PrimarySelectColor2D">
            <summary>Property that returns the 2D primary selection color.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.ReflectionEnvironmentFileName">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the image full filename for the reflection map.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.ScreenColor">
            <summary>Property that returns the background screen color.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.ScreenColor2D">
            <summary>Property that returns the 2D background screen color.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.SecondarySelectColor">
            <summary>Color property that returns the secondary selection .</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.TertiarySelectColor">
            <summary>Gets the TertiarySelectColor Color setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.TopScreenColor">
            <summary>Property that returns the top screen color used when the BackgroundType is set to kGradientBackgroundType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.TopScreenColor2D">
            <summary>Property that returns the 2D top screen color used when the BackgroundType is set to kGradientBackgroundType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorScheme.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ColorSchemes">
            <summary>The ColorSchemes object provides access to all of the existing objects. This is somewhat equivalent to the Color tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorSchemes.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorSchemes.BackgroundType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the type of background.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorSchemes.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorSchemes.EnableEnhancedHighlighting">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the enhanced highlighting option is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorSchemes.EnablePrehighlight">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether enables or disables pre-highlighting during selection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorSchemes.HighlightHiddenFaces">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether enables or disables hidden faces highlighting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorSchemes.IconsColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color theme for the icons in the ribbon interface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorSchemes.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ColorScheme object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ColorSchemes.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Column">
            <summary>The Column object represents a single column in this custom table.See the Custom Tables overview for more information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Column.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Column.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this Column object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Column.InternalTitle">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the column title.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Column.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Column.Reposition(System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the column within the table.</summary>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the existing column next to which the column will be inserted. The valid range of values is 0 to the number of existing columns in the table. The position remains unchanged if the index of the column being moved is specified. A value of 0 will put the column at the end. If not specified, a default value of 0 is used, indicating that the column will be moved to the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBefore">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if the column should be inserted before or after the target index. If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the column will be inserted before the target index. This argument is ignored if the value of TargetIndex is 0.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Column.Title">
            <summary>Specifies the title of the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Column.TitleHorizontalJustification">
            <summary>Specifies the horizontal justification of the column title.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Column.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Column.ValueHorizontalJustification">
            <summary>Specifies the horizontal justification of the column values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Column.Width">
            <summary>Specifies the width of the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Columns">
            <summary>The Columns collection object represents the collection of objects for this table.See the Custom Tables overview for more information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Columns.Add(System.String,System.Int32,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Column. The new created Column is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Title">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the title for the column.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the existing column next to which the new column will be inserted. The valid range of values is 0 to the number of existing columns in the table. A value of 0 will put the row at the end. If not specified, a default value of 0 is used, indicating that the column will be added at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBefore">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if the column should be inserted before or after the target index. If not specified, a default value of True is used. This argument is ignored if the value of TargetIndex is 0.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the width of the column. If not specified, a default value is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Columns.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Columns.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Columns.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Column object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Columns.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CombineFeature">
            <summary>The CombineFeature object represents an existing combine feature in an Inventor part document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CombineFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CombineFeature.Edit(Inventor.SurfaceBody,Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum)">
            <summary>Method that edits an existing combine feature.</summary>
            <param name="BaseBody">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody object that represents the blank body. This must be a solid body.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToolBodies">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing one or more SurfaceBody objects that represent the tool bodies. All tool bodies must be solid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Operation">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates the Boolean operation type for combine. Valid input values are kJoinOperation, kCutOperation and kIntersectOperation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CombineFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CombineFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.KeepToolBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the tool bodies were retained during the creation of the combine feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.Operation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the operation type.&amp;nbsp;Valid values are kJoinOperation, kCutOperation and kIntersectOperation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CombineFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CombineFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CombineFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CombineFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.ToolBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the input tool bodies used to create the feature. If the KeepToolBodies property returns False, the end of part marker needs to be moved above this feature in order to query the bodies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.Edit(Inventor.SurfaceBody,Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum)">
            <summary>Method that edits an existing combine feature.</summary>
            <param name="BaseBody">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody object that represents the blank body. This must be a solid body.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToolBodies">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing one or more SurfaceBody objects that represent the tool bodies. All tool bodies must be solid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Operation">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates the Boolean operation type for combine. Valid input values are kJoinOperation, kCutOperation and kIntersectOperation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.KeepToolBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the tool bodies were retained during the creation of the combine feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.Operation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the operation type.&amp;nbsp;Valid values are kJoinOperation, kCutOperation and kIntersectOperation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.ToolBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the input tool bodies used to create the feature. If the KeepToolBodies property returns False, the end of part marker needs to be moved above this feature in order to query the bodies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CombineFeatures">
            <summary>The CombineFeatures collection object provides access to existing combine features and supports the ability to create new combine features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CombineFeatures.Add(Inventor.SurfaceBody,Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new combine feature. If the combine feature is created successfully, a CombineFeature object corresponding to the newly created combine feature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="BaseBody">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody object that represents the blank body. This must be a solid body.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToolBodies">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing one or more SurfaceBody objects that represent the tool bodies. All tool bodies must be solid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Operation">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates the Boolean operation type for combine. Valid input values are kJoinOperation, kCutOperation and kIntersectOperation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeepToolBodies">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether or not to retain the tool bodies. If not specified, the argument defaults to False and the tool bodies are consumed (i.e. not retained).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified CombineFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CombineFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition">
            <summary>The ComboBoxDefinition object represents any command whose user interface is a combo box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.AddItem(System.String,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Adds Item to ComboBox.</summary>
            <param name="Item">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the content of the item.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the position of the item in the list.  If not specified, the item is added to the end of the list.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.AutoAddToGUI">
            <summary>Adds it to AddIn Toolbar.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.BuiltIn">
            <summary>Gets the BuiltIn status for a UIDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.Classification">
            <summary>Gets the classification.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.Clear">
            <summary>Clear the ComboBox Definition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.ClientId">
            <summary>Gets ClientID.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.DefaultShortcut">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default (internal) shortcut assigned to the command. Setting this property fails for built-in ControlDefinitions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.DefaultShortcutType">
            <summary>Gets the type of default shortcut assigned to this command. Possible return values are kNoShortcut (no shortcut has been assigned), kAcceleratorShortcut (a shortcut that directly launches the command), or kAliasShortcut (a command alias).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.DefinitionType">
            <summary>Gets the ControlDefinitionType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the UIDefinition Object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.DescriptionText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets Description Text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets the Display Name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.DropDownWidth">
            <summary>Gets/Sets DropDown Width.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.Enabled">
            <summary>Enables/Disables the UIDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.Execute">
            <summary>Executes this ControlDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.Execute2(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Executes the ControlDefinition synchronously or asynchronously.</summary>
            <param name="Synchronous">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to execute the control definition synchronously ('Send Message') or asynchronously ('Post Message').</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the Internal Name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.IntroducedInVersion">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the introduced in version of the control definition. The values from AvailableComparisonVersions can be used to set this property. This is read only if the control definition is built-in.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.IsShortcutOverridden">
            <summary>Gets whether the default (internal) shortcut has been overridden by the user or through the API.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.LargeIcon">
            <summary>Gets/Sets LargeIcon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.LastUpdatedVersion">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the last updated version of the control definition. The values from AvailableComparisonVersions can be used to set this property. This is read only if the control definition is built-in.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.ListCount">
            <summary>Gets number of Items in the combo box list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.ListIndex">
            <summary>Gets or sets 1 based index of selected item.  Returns 0 if nothing is selected.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.ListItem">
            <summary>Gets the item specified in the combo box.  The index is 1 based.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.OnHelp(Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires signaling the client to present help for the associated command.</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. Setting the value of the HandlingCode argument specifies how Inventor is to handle displaying help. If you set this argument to kEventNotHandled or kEventCanceled, Inventor will display some general help. Setting the value of this argument to kEventHandled will allow you to handle displaying help to the end-user and Inventor will not display anything. To display help to the end-user you can choose to use whatever help system you want. Inventor's API does not provide support for the actual display of the clients help.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.OnSelect(Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Event that is fired when an end user changes the selection in the combo box or when the selection is changed using the ListIndex property. This event is not fired for built-in definitions.</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.OverrideShortcut">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the override shortcut assigned to the command. Setting this property to a null string clears the override.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.OverrideShortcutType">
            <summary>Gets the type of override shortcut assigned to this command. Possible return values are kNoShortcut (no shortcut has been assigned), kAcceleratorShortcut (a shortcut that directly launches the command), or kAliasShortcut (a command alias).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.ProgressiveToolTip">
            <summary>Returns a ProgressiveToolTip object providing access to enhanced tooltip display for controls in the ribbon interface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.RemoveItem(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Removes specified item from the combo box list.  The index is 1 based.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the item within the list to remove.  The index is 1-based.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.StandardIcon">
            <summary>Gets/Sets StandardIcon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.Text">
            <summary>Gets the Text from the display or edit portion of the combo box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.ToolTipText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets Tooltip.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Command">
            <summary>Command Object. Encapsulation of the data on a UI command element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Command.BuiltIn">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Command.Caption">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Command.Delete">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Command.DescriptionText">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Command.Enabled">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Command.Id">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Command.ToolTipText">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Command.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Command.Visible">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CommandBar">
            <summary>The CommandBar object represents an individual command bar. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBar.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBar.BuiltIn">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the command bar is built-in or not. True if it is a standard Autodesk Inventor command bar. A built-in command bar has restrictions on the modifications that can be performed. For example, a built-in command bar cannot be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBar.ClientId">
            <summary>Property that returns the string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}".</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBar.CommandBarType">
            <summary>Property returning the type of the command bar. The possible return values are kRegularCommandBar, kPopupCommandBar, kButtonPopupCommandBar, kSplitButtonCommandBar and kSplitButtonMRUCommandBar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBar.Controls">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection. This collection provides access to the controls on the command bar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandBar.Copy(System.String,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a by making a copy of this command bar. New command bar controls are created for the copied command bar, but the underlying definitions for the control are the same.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary>Input string that defines the display name of the copied command bar. This is the name that is displayed to the user and should be localized for different locales.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input string that defines the name of the copied command bar. This is the internal name and is not displayed to the user. The name must be unique with respect to all other command bars and control definitions in Inventor. The name should remain constant in all locales so it can be used to find a specific command bar.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Optional input string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}'. If supplied, this string is used at Inventor start up time to determine whether the AddIn that created this command bar has since been uninstalled. If so, the command bar is deleted. Do not use this argument if programming in VBA unless you do not want the command bar to be persisted to the next session.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandBar.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this CommandBar object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBar.DisplayName">
            <summary>Property that returns the display name. This is the name that is displayed to the user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBar.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the name. The name is the internal unique identifier for the CommandBar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBar.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the CommandBar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBar.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBar.Visible">
            <summary>Property that specifies if this command bar is visible or not. Setting this property will fail if the CommandBarType is not kRegularCommandBar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CommandBarBase">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarBase.Controls">
            <summary>Returns Controls collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandBarBase.Copy(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Makes a copy of this command bar base object.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarBase.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets/Sets Display Name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarBase.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets/Sets Name of Command Bar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarBase.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CommandBarBaseCollection">
            <summary>Represents a CommandBarBase collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandBarBaseCollection.Add(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Adds a CommandBarBase object.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarBaseCollection.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarBaseCollection.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarBaseCollection.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarBaseCollection.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CommandBarButton">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarButton.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarButton.BuiltIn">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the control or definition is a standard Autodesk Inventor control or definition. Built-in ones have restrictions in the edits that can be performed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarButton.CommandBar">
            <summary>Property that returns the object associated with this control. If the ControlType of this control is kButtonControl, kMacroControl or kComboBoxControl this property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarButton.ControlDefinition">
            <summary>Property that returns the ControlDefinition object associated with this control. The ControlDefinition object is the public view of the command the ControlDefinitionHandler represents. The ControlDefinition is required as input when creating new command bar controls.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarButton.ControlType">
            <summary>Property that returns the style of the control. Valid types for a control are kButtonControl, kComboBoxControl, kMacroControl, kPopupControl, kButtonPopupControl, kSplitButtonMRUControl, kSplitButtonControl and kUnknownControl. An instance where kUnknownControl is returned is when an AddIn that created this control has been unloaded.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandBarButton.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this command bar control.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarButton.DisplayedControl">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the current ControlDefinition object for kButtonPopupControl, kSplitButtonMRUControl and kSplitButtonControl control types. For other types, this property returns Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarButton.DisplayName">
            <summary>Property that returns the display name. This is the name that is displayed to the user. For kButtonPopupControl, kSplitButtonMRUControl and kSplitButtonControl control types, this returns the display name of the currently displayed control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarButton.GroupBegins">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the control has a dividing bar immediately to its left or has a dividing bar immediately above. If True, a dividing bar will be displayed. Setting this property to True for the first control in a command bar will not have any effect.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarButton.Index">
            <summary>Property that returns the index of this control within the parent command bar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarButton.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal unique identifier of the control. This is the name that can be used to retrieve a control from a collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarButton.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarButton.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CommandBarControl">
            <summary>The CommandBarControl object is the base class for all command bar control objects. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarControl.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarControl.BuiltIn">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the control or definition is a standard Autodesk Inventor control or definition. Built-in ones have restrictions in the edits that can be performed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarControl.CommandBar">
            <summary>Property that returns the object associated with this control. If the ControlType of this control is kButtonControl, kMacroControl or kComboBoxControl this property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarControl.ControlDefinition">
            <summary>Property that returns the ControlDefinition object associated with this control. The ControlDefinition object is the public view of the command the ControlDefinitionHandler represents. The ControlDefinition is required as input when creating new command bar controls.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarControl.ControlType">
            <summary>Property that returns the style of the control. Valid types for a control are kButtonControl, kComboBoxControl, kMacroControl, kPopupControl, kButtonPopupControl, kSplitButtonMRUControl, kSplitButtonControl and kUnknownControl. An instance where kUnknownControl is returned is when an AddIn that created this control has been unloaded.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandBarControl.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this command bar control.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarControl.DisplayedControl">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the current ControlDefinition object for kButtonPopupControl, kSplitButtonMRUControl and kSplitButtonControl control types. For other types, this property returns Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarControl.DisplayName">
            <summary>Property that returns the display name. This is the name that is displayed to the user. For kButtonPopupControl, kSplitButtonMRUControl and kSplitButtonControl control types, this returns the display name of the currently displayed control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarControl.GroupBegins">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the control has a dividing bar immediately to its left or has a dividing bar immediately above. If True, a dividing bar will be displayed. Setting this property to True for the first control in a command bar will not have any effect.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarControl.Index">
            <summary>Property that returns the index of this control within the parent command bar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarControl.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal unique identifier of the control. This is the name that can be used to retrieve a control from a collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarControl.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarControl.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CommandBarControls">
            <summary>The CommandBarControls collection object provides access to all of the source objects in Autodesk Inventor, along with the ability to add new CommandBarControl objects. The command bars represent all of the menus and toolbars.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandBarControls.AddButton(Inventor.ButtonDefinition,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new button CommandBarControl object.</summary>
            <param name="ButtonDefinition">
                <summary>Input ButtonDefinition object that specifies the object to associate with this control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Optional input Long that defines the position of the new control on the command bar. The new control will be inserted before the control at this position. If this argument is omitted, the control is added at the end of the specified command bar.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandBarControls.AddButtonPopup(Inventor.CommandBar,System.Object,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new popup CommandBarControl object. An example of this type of control is the 'Display Mode' drop down (Shaded, Hidden Edge, Wireframe) available on the standard toolbar in part and assembly environments.</summary>
            <param name="CommandBar">
                <summary>Input CommandBar object that specifies the CommandBar to associate with this control. The CommandBarType of the command bar must be kButtonPopupCommandBar, else an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayedControl">
                <summary>Optional Input ControlDefinition object that specifies the default control for the control. This is the control that shows on the top of the control when the control is first displayed. If not specified, the first ControlDefinition on the input command bar is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Optional input Long that defines the position of the new control on the command bar. The new control will be inserted before the control at this position. If this argument is omitted, the control is added at the end of the specified command bar.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandBarControls.AddComboBox(Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new combo-box CommandBarControl object.</summary>
            <param name="ComboBoxDefinition">
                <summary>Input ComboBoxDefinition object that specifies the object to associate with this control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Optional input Long that defines the position of the new control on the command bar. The new control will be inserted before the control at this position. If this argument is omitted, the control is added at the end of the specified command bar.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandBarControls.AddMacro(Inventor.MacroControlDefinition,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new macro CommandBarControl object.</summary>
            <param name="MacroControlDefinition">
                <summary>Input MacroControlDefinition object that specifies the object to associate with this control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Optional input Long that defines the position of the new control on the command bar. The new control will be inserted before the control at this position. If this argument is omitted, the control is added at the end of the specified command bar.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandBarControls.AddPopup(Inventor.CommandBar,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new popup CommandBarControl object. An example of this type of control is the 'Help' control on the menu bar.</summary>
            <param name="CommandBar">
                <summary>Input CommandBar object that specifies the CommandBar to associate with this control. The CommandBarType of the command bar must be kPopupCommandBar, else an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Optional input Long that defines the position of the new control on the command bar. The new control will be inserted before the control at this position. If this argument is omitted, the control is added at the end of the specified command bar.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandBarControls.AddSplitButton(Inventor.CommandBar,System.Object,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new split button CommandBarControl object. An example of this type of control is the 'New File' split button drop down available on all standard toolbars.</summary>
            <param name="CommandBar">
                <summary>Input CommandBar object that specifies the CommandBar to associate with this control. The CommandBarType of the command bar must be kSplitButtonCommandBar, else an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayedControl">
                <summary>Optional Input ControlDefinition object that specifies the default control for the control. This is the control that shows on the top of the control when the control is first displayed. This ControlDefinition must be present in the input CommandBar. If not specified, the first ControlDefinition on the input command bar is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Optional input Long that defines the position of the new control on the command bar. The new control will be inserted before the control at this position. If this argument is omitted, the control is added at the end of the specified command bar.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandBarControls.AddSplitButtonMRU(Inventor.CommandBar,System.Object,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new split button MRU (Most Recently Used) CommandBarControl object. An example of this type of control is the 'Sketch Constraints' drop down in the Sketch toolbar/panel bar.</summary>
            <param name="CommandBar">
                <summary>Input CommandBar object that specifies the CommandBar to associate with this control. The CommandBarType of the command bar must be kSplitButtonMRUCommandBar, else an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayedControl">
                <summary>Optional Input ControlDefinition object that specifies the default control for the control. This is the control that shows on the top of the control when the control is first displayed. This ControlDefinition must be present in the input CommandBar. If not specified, the first ControlDefinition on the input command bar is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Optional input Long that defines the position of the new control on the command bar. The new control will be inserted before the control at this position. If this argument is omitted, the control is added at the end of the specified command bar.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarControls.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarControls.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of CommandBarControls in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarControls.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns the specified object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarControls.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CommandBarList">
            <summary>The CommandBarList object defines a list of objects that are displayed to the users in various contexts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandBarList.Add(Inventor.CommandBar)">
            <summary>Method that adds a new CommandBar object to the list.</summary>
            <param name="CommandBar">
                <summary>Input object to add to the list.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarList.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarList.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of command bars currently in the list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarList.InheritAll">
            <summary>Property that specifies if this list is to inherit all of the command bars from the parent environment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarList.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns the specified object in the collection. The index can be numeric or the object name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandBarList.Remove(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified CommandBar from the list.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the index within the collection of the item to return.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarList.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CommandBarPopUp">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarPopUp.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarPopUp.BuiltIn">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the control or definition is a standard Autodesk Inventor control or definition. Built-in ones have restrictions in the edits that can be performed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarPopUp.Caption">
            <summary>Get/Put to get/set caption of popup control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarPopUp.CommandBar">
            <summary>Property that returns the object associated with this control. If the ControlType of this control is kButtonControl, kMacroControl or kComboBoxControl this property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarPopUp.ControlDefinition">
            <summary>Property that returns the ControlDefinition object associated with this control. The ControlDefinition object is the public view of the command the ControlDefinitionHandler represents. The ControlDefinition is required as input when creating new command bar controls.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarPopUp.ControlType">
            <summary>Property that returns the style of the control. Valid types for a control are kButtonControl, kComboBoxControl, kMacroControl, kPopupControl, kButtonPopupControl, kSplitButtonMRUControl, kSplitButtonControl and kUnknownControl. An instance where kUnknownControl is returned is when an AddIn that created this control has been unloaded.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandBarPopUp.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this command bar control.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarPopUp.DisplayedControl">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the current ControlDefinition object for kButtonPopupControl, kSplitButtonMRUControl and kSplitButtonControl control types. For other types, this property returns Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarPopUp.DisplayName">
            <summary>Property that returns the display name. This is the name that is displayed to the user. For kButtonPopupControl, kSplitButtonMRUControl and kSplitButtonControl control types, this returns the display name of the currently displayed control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarPopUp.GroupBegins">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the control has a dividing bar immediately to its left or has a dividing bar immediately above. If True, a dividing bar will be displayed. Setting this property to True for the first control in a command bar will not have any effect.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarPopUp.Index">
            <summary>Property that returns the index of this control within the parent command bar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarPopUp.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal unique identifier of the control. This is the name that can be used to retrieve a control from a collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarPopUp.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBarPopUp.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CommandBars">
            <summary>The CommandBars collection object provides access to all of the objects in Autodesk Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandBars.Add(System.String,System.String,Inventor.CommandBarTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new CommandBar object.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary>Input string that defines the display name of the command bar. This is the name that is displayed to the user and should be localized for different locales.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input string that defines the name of the command bar. This is the internal name and is not displayed to the user. The name must be unique with respect to all other command bars and control definitions in Inventor. The name should remain constant in all locales so it can be used to find a specific command bar.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CommandBarType">
                <summary>Optional input that specifies the type of command bar to create. Valid inputs are kRegularCommandBar, kPopupCommandBar, kButtonPopupCommandBar, kSplitButtonCommandBar and kSplitButtonMRUCommandBar. Command bars would typically be created as regular toolbars (using the kRegularCommandBar type). If the intention is to use the command bar in a pop-up, a button pop-up, a split button control or an MRU (Most Recently Used) split button control, the type should be specified as kPopupCommandBar, kButtonPopupCommandBar, kSplitButtonCommandBar and kSplitButtonMRUCommandBar, respectively. The default value is kRegularCommandBar.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Optional input string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}". If supplied, this string is used at Inventor start up time to determine whether the AddIn that created this command bar has since been uninstalled. If so, the command bar is deleted. Do not use this argument if programming in VBA unless you do not want the command bar to be persisted to the next session.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBars.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBars.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBars.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns the specified object in the collection. The index can be numeric or the object name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandBars.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CommandCategories">
            <summary>The CommandCategories collection object provides access to all existing objects and provides methods to create additional categories. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandCategories.Add(System.String,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds a .</summary>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary>Input string that defines the display name of the command category. This is the name that is displayed to the user and should be localized for different locales.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input string that defines the name of the command category. This is the internal name and is not displayed to the user. The name must be unique with respect to all other command categories. The name should remain constant in all locales to it can be used to find a specific command category.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input string that uniquely identifies the client. Suggestions are the 'ProgID' of the Add-In creating the resource or its CLSID in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}", although any unique string is valid. If you do not use a CLSID or a ProgID, it is recommended that you add your application name to the ClientId to help eliminate naming conflicts.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandCategories.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandCategories.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandCategories.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object in the collection. The index can be numeric or the object name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandCategories.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CommandCategory">
            <summary>The CommandCategory object represents the list of commands that are displayed in the Customize dialog. Command categories serve as a logical grouping of commands to allow the user to more easily find a specific command. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandCategory.Add(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds a control definition or a command bar to the command category.</summary>
            <param name="Command">
                <summary>Input object to be added to this command category. This object can either be a ControlDefinition or a CommandBar. An error will occur if a built-in ControlDefinition or CommandBar is supplied.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandCategory.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandCategory.BuiltIn">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the control or definition is a standard Autodesk Inventor control or definition. Built-in ones have restrictions in the edits that can be performed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandCategory.ClientId">
            <summary>Property that returns the string that uniquely identifies the client.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandCategory.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of commands in this category.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandCategory.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the command category. If this category contains commands, these are moved to the default command category. This method fails for built-in categories.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandCategory.DisplayName">
            <summary>Property that returns the display name of the command category. This is the name displayed to the user and can vary between locales.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandCategory.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the name of the command category. The name is the internal English name of the command category. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. The name is never displayed to the user. The display name is what's shown to the user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandCategory.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandCategory.ItemByName">
            <summary>Returns the specified ControlDefinition or CommandBar object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandCategory.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandCategory.Remove(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that removes a control definition or a command bar from the command category.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the index within the collection of the item to return.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandCategory.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CommandControl">
            <summary>A CommandControl object represents a user interface control (button, combobox, split button, etc.).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandControl.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandControl.ChildControls">
            <summary>Property that returns a CommandControls collection object that provides access to the child controls of this control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandControl.ControlDefinition">
            <summary>Property that returns the ControlDefinition associated with this control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandControl.ControlType">
            <summary>Property that returns the control type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandControl.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the CommandControl. This simply removes the control from the panel, but does not delete the underlying ControlDefinition(s).</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandControl.DisplayedControl">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current ControlDefinition object for kButtonPopupControl, kPopupControl, kSplitButtonMRUControl and kSplitButtonControl control types. For other control types, this property returns Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandControl.DisplayName">
            <summary>Property that returns the display name of the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandControl.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the unique internal name of the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandControl.KeyTip">
            <summary>Gets and sets the keyboard access key for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandControl.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object. This can either be a RibbonPanel object if the control resides within a panel, or the UserInterfaceManager object if the control resides elsewhere (Quick Access Toolbar, etc.).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandControl.ShowText">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the text (display name) associated with the control.&amp;nbsp;The 'Ribbon Appearance' user choice overrides this setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandControl.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandControl.UseLargeIcon">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the control in the larger size. The 'Ribbon Appearance' user choice overrides this setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandControl.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this control is currently visible in the ribbon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CommandControls">
            <summary>The CommandControls collection object provides access to a collection of user interface controls and provides methods to create additional controls.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandControls.AddButton(Inventor.ButtonDefinition,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new button CommandControl object. An example of this type of control is the 'Extrude' feature command button.</summary>
            <param name="ButtonDefinition">
                <summary>Input ButtonDefinition object that specifies the object to associate with this control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseLargeIcon">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to use large icon or small icon for the control. If not specified, the small icon is used by default.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShowText">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to display text (display name) for the control. If not specified, text is displayed by default.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetControlInternalName">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the internal name of an existing control to position the new control next to. If specified, the InsertBeforeTargetControl argument indicates whether to place the new control before or after the target control. If not specified, the new control is positioned at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBeforeTargetControl">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to position the new control before or after the target control. The argument defaults to False and is not used if the TargetControlInternalName argument is not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandControls.AddButtonPopup(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new popup CommandControl object. An example of this type of control is the 'Display Mode' drop down (Shaded, Hidden Edge, Wireframe) available on the 'View' tab of the ribbon in parts and assemblies.</summary>
            <param name="ButtonDefinitions">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing the ButtonDefinition objects hosted by this control. The first ButtonDefinition is used as the displayed control. Also, the internal and display names of the first definition are used for the control. The internal name of the control remains unchanged regardless of the currently displayed control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseLargeIcon">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to use large icon or small icon for the control. If not specified, the small icon is used by default.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShowText">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to display text (display name) for the control. If not specified, text is displayed by default.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetControlInternalName">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the internal name of an existing control to position the new control next to. If specified, the InsertBeforeTargetControl argument indicates whether to place the new control before or after the target control. If not specified, the new control is positioned at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBeforeTargetControl">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to position the new control before or after the target control. The argument defaults to False and is not used if the TargetControlInternalName argument is not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandControls.AddComboBox(Inventor.ComboBoxDefinition,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new combo-box CommandControl object.</summary>
            <param name="ComboBoxDefinition">
                <summary>Input ComboBoxDefinition object that specifies the object to associate with this control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetControlInternalName">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the internal name of an existing control to position the new control next to. If specified, the InsertBeforeTargetControl argument indicates whether to place the new control before or after the target control. If not specified, the new control is positioned at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBeforeTargetControl">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to position the new control before or after the target control. The argument defaults to False and is not used if the TargetControlInternalName argument is not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandControls.AddCopy(Inventor.CommandControl,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of an existing CommandControl object as a child control of the current CommandControl. This can be used to copy controls between ribbon panels.</summary>
            <param name="CommandControl">
                <summary>CommandControl to copy</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetControlInternalName">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the internal name of an existing control to position the new control next to. If specified, the InsertBeforeTargetControl argument indicates whether to place the new control before or after the target control. If not specified, the new control is positioned at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBeforeTargetControl">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to position the new control before or after the target control. The argument defaults to False and is not used if the TargetControlInternalName argument is not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandControls.AddGallery(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Boolean,System.Int32,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new gallery CommandControl object. An example of this type of control is the gallery control available in the Symbols panel of the Annotate tab in drawings.</summary>
            <param name="ButtonDefinitions">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing the ButtonDefinition objects hosted by this control. The internal and display names of the first definition are used for the control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayAsComboBox">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to display the controls as a window (see Symbols panel in Annotate tab of drawings) or a combobox (see Insert panel of Manage tab in parts).  If not specified, a default of False is assumed and the control is displayed as a window.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the width for the control.  If not specified, a default value of 200 is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetControlInternalName">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the internal name of an existing control to position the new control next to. If specified, the InsertBeforeTargetControl argument indicates whether to place the new control before or after the target control. If not specified, the new control is positioned at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBeforeTargetControl">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to position the new control before or after the target control. The argument defaults to False and is not used if the TargetControlInternalName argument is not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandControls.AddMacro(Inventor.MacroControlDefinition,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new macro CommandControl object.</summary>
            <param name="MacroControlDefinition">
                <summary>Input MacroControlDefinition object that specifies the object to associate with this control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseLargeIcon">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to use large icon or small icon for the control. If not specified, the small icon is used by default.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShowText">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to display text (display name) for the control. If not specified, text is displayed by default.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetControlInternalName">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the internal name of an existing control to position the new control next to. If specified, the InsertBeforeTargetControl argument indicates whether to place the new control before or after the target control. If not specified, the new control is positioned at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBeforeTargetControl">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to position the new control before or after the target control. The argument defaults to False and is not used if the TargetControlInternalName argument is not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandControls.AddPopup(Inventor.ButtonDefinition,Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new popup CommandControl object. An example of this type of control is the 'Switch' control available in the Windows panel of the View tab.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayedControl">
                <summary>Input ButtonDefinition object that specifies the displayed control for the control. This ButtonDefinition is only used to extract the icons and the display name for the control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ButtonDefinitions">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing the ButtonDefinition objects hosted by this control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseLargeIcon">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to use large icon or small icon for the control. If not specified, the small icon is used by default.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShowText">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to display text (display name) for the control. If not specified, text is displayed by default.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetControlInternalName">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the internal name of an existing control to position the new control next to. If specified, the InsertBeforeTargetControl argument indicates whether to place the new control before or after the target control. If not specified, the new control is positioned at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBeforeTargetControl">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to position the new control before or after the target control. The argument defaults to False and is not used if the TargetControlInternalName argument is not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandControls.AddSeparator(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new separator CommandControl object.</summary>
            <param name="TargetControlInternalName">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the internal name of an existing control to position the new control next to. If specified, the InsertBeforeTargetControl argument indicates whether to place the new control before or after the target control. If not specified, the new control is positioned at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBeforeTargetControl">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to position the new control before or after the target control. The argument defaults to False and is not used if the TargetControlInternalName argument is not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandControls.AddSplitButton(Inventor.ButtonDefinition,Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new split button CommandControl object. An example of this type of control is the 'New File' split button drop down available in the Quick Access Toolbar.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayedControl">
                <summary>Input ButtonDefinition object that specifies the default control for the control. This is the control that is always displayed to the user.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ButtonDefinitions">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing the ButtonDefinition objects hosted by this control. This collection may include the displayed control, but doesn't have to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseLargeIcon">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to use large icon or small icon for the control. If not specified, the small icon is used by default.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShowText">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to display text (display name) for the control. If not specified, text is displayed by default.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetControlInternalName">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the internal name of an existing control to position the new control next to. If specified, the InsertBeforeTargetControl argument indicates whether to place the new control before or after the target control. If not specified, the new control is positioned at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBeforeTargetControl">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to position the new control before or after the target control. The argument defaults to False and is not used if the TargetControlInternalName argument is not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandControls.AddSplitButtonMRU(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new split button MRU (Most Recently Used) CommandControl object. An example of this type of control is the 'Circle' drop down in the Sketch tab of the ribbon.</summary>
            <param name="ButtonDefinitions">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing the ButtonDefinition objects hosted by this control. The first ButtonDefinition is used as the displayed control. Also, the internal and display names of the first definition are used for the control. The internal name of the control remains unchanged regardless of the currently displayed control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseLargeIcon">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to use large icon or small icon for the control. If not specified, the small icon is used by default.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShowText">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to display text (display name) for the control. If not specified, text is displayed by default.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetControlInternalName">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the internal name of an existing control to position the new control next to. If specified, the InsertBeforeTargetControl argument indicates whether to place the new control before or after the target control. If not specified, the new control is positioned at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBeforeTargetControl">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to position the new control before or after the target control. The argument defaults to False and is not used if the TargetControlInternalName argument is not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandControls.AddTogglePopup(Inventor.ButtonDefinition,Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new toggle popup CommandControl object. An example of this type of control is the 'Object Visibility' control available in the Visibility panel of the Views tab.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayedControl">
                <summary>Input ButtonDefinition object that specifies the displayed control for the control. This ButtonDefinition is only used to extract the icons and the display name for the control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ButtonDefinitions">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing the ButtonDefinition objects hosted by this control. Use the ButtonDefinition.Pressed property to query whether the toggle is checked or unchecked.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseLargeIcon">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to use large icon or small icon for the control. If not specified, the small icon is used by default.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShowText">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to display text (display name) for the control. If not specified, text is displayed by default.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetControlInternalName">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the internal name of an existing control to position the new control next to. If specified, the InsertBeforeTargetControl argument indicates whether to place the new control before or after the target control. If not specified, the new control is positioned at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBeforeTargetControl">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to position the new control before or after the target control. The argument defaults to False and is not used if the TargetControlInternalName argument is not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandControls.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandControls.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandControls.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified CommandControl object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandControls.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CommandControlsEnumerator">
            <summary>The CommandControlsEnumerator object provides access to a list of CommandControl objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandControlsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandControlsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandControlsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  The index of the first item in the collection is 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandControlsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CommandManager">
            <summary>The CommandManager object provides functionality that interacts with the various user interaction events. See here for an overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandManager.ActiveCommand">
            <summary>Gets the active command (one that is currently running).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandManager.ClearPrivateEvents">
            <summary>Clears the contents of Autodesk Inventor's internal clipboard.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandManager.CommandCategories">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandManager.ControlDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the ControlDefinitions collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandManager.CreateDragContext">
            <summary>Method that creates a new DragContext object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandManager.CreateInteractionEvents">
            <summary>Method that creates and returns a new InteractionEvents object. The InteractionEvents object is created for document that is currently active.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandManager.CreateMiniToolbar">
            <summary>Method that creates a MiniToolbar object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandManager.DoPreSelect(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that causes Autodesk Inventor to go through the pre-selection protocol, including firing of corresponding event out the active InteractionEvents object if one is active. If a native Autodesk Inventor command is active and is in a selection mode, it gets the pre-select notification just like a native pre-selection happened. This method is useful when you want to perform picking outside of the graphic window. For example if you have a browser that has icons that represent selectable objects you can cause the selection behavior to happen as the user navigates through your browser and selects objects.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input Autodesk Inventor object, including custom graphics object, that needs to be understood as a candidate for selection by the active selection process in progress. This entity may have been picked by a means not known to native Autodesk Inventor (say a foreign browser).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandManager.DoSelect(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that causes Autodesk Inventor to go through the selection protocol, including firing of corresponding event out the active InteractionEvents object if one is active. If a native Autodesk Inventor command is active and is in a selection mode, it gets the select notification just like a native selection happened. This method is useful when you want to perform picking outside of the graphic window. For example if you have a browser that has icons that represent selectable objects you can cause the selection behavior to happen as the user navigates through your browser and selects objects.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input Autodesk Inventor object, including custom graphics object, that needs to be understood as a selection by the active selection process in progress. This entity may have been picked by a means not known to native Autodesk Inventor (say a foreign browser).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandManager.DoStopPreSelect(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that causes Autodesk Inventor to go through the stop pre-selection protocol, including firing of corresponding event out the active InteractionEvents object if one is active. If a native Autodesk Inventor command is active and is in a selection mode, it gets the stop pre-select notification just like a native stop pre-selection happened. This method is useful when you want to perform picking outside of the graphic window. For example if you have a browser that has icons that represent selectable objects you can cause the selection behavior to happen as the user navigates through your browser and selects objects.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input Autodesk Inventor object, including custom graphics object, that needs to be understood as a candidate for selection by the active selection process in progress. This entity may have been picked by a means not known to native Autodesk Inventor (say a foreign browser).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandManager.DoUnSelect(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that causes Autodesk Inventor to go through the de-selection protocol, including firing of corresponding event out the active InteractionEvents object if one is active. If a native Autodesk Inventor command is active and is in a selection mode, it gets the de-select notification just like a native de-selection happened. This method is useful when you want to perform picking outside of the graphic window. For example if you have a browser that has icons that represent selectable objects you can cause the selection behavior to happen as the user navigates through your browser and selects objects.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input Autodesk Inventor object, including custom graphics object, that needs to be understood as being de-selected by the active selection process in progress. This entity may have been picked by a means not known to native Autodesk Inventor (say a foreign browser).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandManager.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent document of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandManager.PeekPrivateEvent(Inventor.PrivateEventTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that queries data contained by Autodesk Inventor's internal clipboard.</summary>
            <param name="DataType">
                <summary>Indicates the type of value contained by the clipboard.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Data">
                <summary>The actual data contained by the clipboard.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandManager.Pick(Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that allows the user to pick a single entity.</summary>
            <param name="Filter">
                <summary>SelectionFilterEnum Entity filter</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PromptText">
                <summary>Text to display as prompt.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandManager.PostPrivateEvent(Inventor.PrivateEventTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that posts data onto Autodesk Inventor's internal clipboard. Certain commands that usually obtain information using a dialog, i.e. Open, Save, etc., look first to see if data is on the clipboard before displaying the dialog. If valid information is on the clipboard the command will use it instead of displaying the dialog and asking the user to specify the filename.</summary>
            <param name="DataType">
                <summary>Input constant that specifies the type of value being pushed onto Autodesk Inventor's clipboard. Most often this will be kFileNameEvent.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Data">
                <summary>Input Variant that contains the actual data to push onto Autodesk Inventor's clipboard. When set the DateType as kBooleanEvent, then a NameValueMap object including the data name and value should be provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandManager.PromptMessage(System.String,System.Int32,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>This method allows the developer to put up prompt messages (unless the user has suppressed this prompt) much like the Visual Basic MsgBox functionality.</summary>
            <param name="Prompt">
                <summary>The string that will appear in the dialog. The string can include "%s"  to indicate a string placeholder, while you can specify the string value using the PromptStrings argument.  The string can also specify the hyperlink with XML tags.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Buttons">
                <summary>Describes which buttons will be used, and which is the default answer. For example "vbOKCancel + vbDefaultButton1", or "vbYesNo".</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Title">
                <summary>Each time you call the function, you can give it a new dialog title/caption. If not supplied, the title will default to "Inventor x", where x is the release number.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DefaultAnswer">
                <summary>The default response for the dialog. (vbOK, vbYes, etc.)</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Restrictions">
                <summary>The client can specify which of the "Controls when you will see this prompt" options to allow (these options are grayed on the dialog). Also, in Inventor there is an option for which window should get focus when you exit the dialog (default is the mainframe window of Inventor). Zero or more of the following, in combination (can be added together with +): General options 
* kNoRestrictions (Allow all of the radio button options in the dialog "Do not show this message again ever", "Do not show this message again this session", for all buttons) 
* kDontAllowNeverAgain (Disable the "Do not show this message again ever" option) 
* kDontAllowNoMoreThisSession (Disable the "Do not show this message again this session" option) 

Button 1 options (i.e. what is allowed/not allowed if button 1 is picked) 
* kDontAllowButton1NeverAgain (Disable the "Do not show this message again ever" option if button 1 is selected) 
* kDontAllowButton1NoMoreThisSession (Disable the "Do not show this message again this session") 

Button 2 options (i.e. what is allowed/not allowed if button 2 is picked) 
* kDontAllowButton2NeverAgain (Disable the "Do not show this message again ever" option if button 2 is selected) 
* kDontAllowButton2NoMoreThisSession (Disable the "Do not show this message again this session") 

Button 3 options (i.e. what is allowed/not allowed if button 3 is picked) 
* kDontAllowButton3NeverAgain (Disable the "Do not show this message again ever" option if button 3 is selected) 
* kDontAllowButton3NoMoreThisSession (Disable the "Do not show this message again this session") </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PromptStrings">
                <summary>Optional input String or String array or Long value. If this input is Long it can indicate the parent window handler(HWND) for this prompt. If this argument is String or String array, and the input Prompt value includes "%s" then the "%s" will be replaced by this String value or String array sequentially.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandManager.SelectionActive">
            <summary>Property that informs the client if Autodesk Inventor is currently in selection mode or not. This may be used, for example, by clients to test if calling the DoSelect (and related) methods will have any effect or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandManager.StartExecutable(System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that causes the specified executable to be run. Using the Parameters argument you can also pass arguments to the executable.</summary>
            <param name="ExecutableName">
                <summary>Input String that contains the full path of the executable.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Parameters">
                <summary>Input string that contains the parameters. An empty string is valid in the case where the executable doesn't have any input arguments.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CommandManager.StopActiveCommand">
            <summary>Method that causes the currently running command to be terminated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandManager.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CommandManager.UserInputEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the object that fires events on all user input (commands, keyboard, mouse, etc.).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ComponentDefinition">
            <summary>The ComponentDefinition object is the base class for the PartComponentDefinition, AssemblyComponentDefinition and the FlatPattern objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinition.BOMQuantity">
            <summary>Property that returns the BOMQuantity object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinition.BOMStructure">
            <summary>Gets and sets how the component is used/viewed in a BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinition.ClientGraphicsCollection">
            <summary>Property that returns the ClientGraphicsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinition.DataIO">
            <summary>Gets the object that directly deals with I/O to and from a storage-medium, including Streams(IStream).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinition.Document">
            <summary>Property that returns the containing Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentDefinition.FindUsingPoint(Inventor.Point,Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum[],System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that finds all the entities of the specified type at the specified location.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the model space point at which to find the entities.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ObjectTypes">
                <summary>Input array of SelelctionFilterEnum values that indicate the type of objects to find. The values are the enum values from the SelectionFilterEnum and can be combined to specify multiple object types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance value for the search. This value defines the radius of a sphere at the input point. All objects that intersect this sphere will be returned. If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VisibleObjectsOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether or not invisible objects should be included in the search. Defaults to True indicating that invisible objects will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentDefinition.FindUsingVector(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum[],System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that finds all the entities of the specified type along the specified vector using either a cylinder or cone that to define the tolerance within the defined vector.</summary>
            <param name="OriginPoint">
                <summary>Input Point that defines the model space location to position the vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Input UnitVector that defines direction to find all entities that the vector penetrates. The vector is treated as infinite in both directions from the origin point so all entities that lie in the path of the vector on either side of the origin point will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ObjectTypes">
                <summary>Input array of SelelctionFilterEnum values that indicate the type of objects to find. The values are the enum values from the SelectionFilterEnum and can be combined to specify multiple object types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseCylinder">
                <summary>Input argument that specifies if the vector defines a cylinder or cone when checking to see if an entity is hit by the ray.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityTolerance">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the tolerance value for the search. This value defines the radius of a cylinder if UseCylinder is True or the angle of the cone if False. If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VisibleObjectsOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether or not invisible objects should be included in the search. Defaults to True indicating that invisible objects will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LocationPoints">
                <summary>Optional output that returns a set of Point objects. One Point object is returned for each entity in the FoundEntities list. The point defines the coordinate of the intersection between the vector and the corresponding entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentDefinition.GetUnusedGeometries(Inventor.ObjectCollection@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            <param name="UnusedGeometries">
                <summary>Output ObjectCollection object the includes the unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinition.ModelGeometryVersion">
            <summary>Property that returns a string that can be used to determine if the document has been modified. This version string is changed every time the assembly is modified. By saving a previous version string, you can compare the current version string to see if the assembly has been modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinition.Occurrences">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinition.OrientedMinimumRangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the oriented minimum range box for this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinition.PreciseRangeBox">
            <summary>Gets a bounding box that tightly encloses all the solid and surface bodies under the ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentDefinition.PurgeUnusedGeometries(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that purges unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            <param name="UnusedGeometries">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that including the sketches and work features to purge. The unused sketches and work features can be retrieved using GetUnusedGeometries method. If this is not provided then all unused sketches and work features will be purged.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinition.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentDefinition.RepositionObject(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the specifies object(s) to the new position within the collection of the object in the document.</summary>
            <param name="TargetObject">
                <summary>Input the Object that specifies the target object to move other objects next to. Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether to position other object(s) before or after the target object.  A value of True indicates that the object(s) will be positioned before the target object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartObject">
                <summary>Input Object that specifies the object to be repositioned.  Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndObject">
                <summary>Optional input Object that specifies the object to be repositioned.  If specified, all the objects from the StartObject to the EndObject, both inclusive, will be repositioned to the specified position in the document.  If not specified, only the StartObject will be repositioned.  Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinition.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns all of the result SurfaceBody objects contained within this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ComponentDefinitionReference">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinitionReference.ImmediateOccurrences">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinitionReference.ReferencedDefinition">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinitionReference.ReferencedFileDescriptor">
            <summary>Get the ReferencedFileDescriptor of the document containing the referenced component definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ComponentDefinitionReferences">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinitionReferences.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinitionReferences.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinitionReferences.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ComponentDefinitions">
            <summary>Object that holds a collection of objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ComponentDefinitionsEnumerator">
            <summary>Provides access to a list of objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinitionsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinitionsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentDefinitionsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ComponentGraphics">
            <summary>ComponentGraphics Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.Anchored">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this graphics primitive is anchored in view space. This property can only be set to False. The Anchored property is automatically set to True by the SetViewSpaceAnchor method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.Body">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SurfaceBody object associated with the SurfaceGraphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.BurnThrough">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether or not graphics are always visible even if they are blocked by other objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.Color">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the color associated with the primitive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the graphics primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.DepthPriority">
            <summary>Read-write property that allows you to specify a display priority to the graphics.&amp;nbsp;This is used in the cases where entities are coincident.&amp;nbsp;The entities with the higher priority will render on top of lower priority entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.DisplayedEdges">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a SurfaceGraphicsEdgeList object. This list provides access to all edges that are currently displayed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.DisplayedFaces">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a SurfaceGraphicsFaceList object. This list provides access to all faces that are currently displayed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.DisplaySilhouettes">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether or not to display the silhouette edges of bodies.&amp;nbsp;The property defaults to True when the ComponentGraphics object is created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.GetTransformBehavior(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the current transform behavior of the graphic object. Graphic objects have two special transform behaviors: front facing and pixel scaling. A front facing object does not rotate as the view is rotated but maintains the same orientation on the screen. It is positioned at a specified location within model and its position on the screen will change as the view is zoomed in and out and scrolled, but its orientation will not change. 
A graphic object that has pixel scaling behavior maintains the same size relative to the screen. As the user zooms in and out the graphic objects visible size on the screen will remain the same.
By default an object has no transform behavior, which means its size, position, and orientation are relative to model space.  Text always has front facing behavior regardless of the behavior type returned through this method. </summary>
            <param name="TextAnchor">
                <summary>Output Point object that returns the anchor point of the graphic object in model space.  The coordinates of this point are always defined in model space.  The value of this argument is irrelevant when the behavior type to kNoTransformBehaviors.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BehaviorType">
                <summary>Output value from DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum that returns the type of transform behavior the text has.  Valid values are kFrontFacing, kFrontFacingAndPixelScaling, kNoTransformBehaviors, and kPixelScaling.  TextGraphics objects are always front facing regardless of the defined behavior type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PixelScale">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the scale factor to apply to all coordinates associated with this graphics object.  The scale factor is only relevant when the object has pixel scaling behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.GetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.Point2d@,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the anchor information of the graphics object. This method returns an error if the 'Anchored' property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Output that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Output that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Output constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.Id">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Id of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the line definition space for this primitive. This affects how the line weight and line scale are applied to the primitive. This defaults to kScreenSpace.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.LineScale">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the line scale applied to this primitive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.LineType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the line type associated with the primitive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.LineWeight">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the thickness of this primitive. If LineDefinitionSpace is set to kScreenSpace, this value is defined in pixels. If LineDefinitionSpace is set to kModelSpace, this value is defined in model units (centimeters).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.RemoveViewSpaceAnchor">
            <summary>The RemoveViewSpaceAnchor method removes the view space anchor from the object, and sets the Anchored property to false.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.SetTransformBehavior(Inventor.Point,Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets the transform behavior of the graphic object. Graphic objects have two special transform behaviors: front facing and pixel scaling. A front facing object does not rotate as the view is rotated but maintains the same orientation on the screen. It is positioned at a specified location within model and its position on the screen will change as the view is zoomed in and out and scrolled, but its orientation will not change.
  
A graphic object that has pixel scaling behavior maintains the same size relative to the screen. As the user zooms in and out the graphic objects visible size on the screen will remain the same.
Any graphic object can have no transform behavior which means it’s size, position, and orientation are relative to model space, front facing behavior, pixel scaling behavior, or front facing and pixel scaling behavior. By default an object has not transform behavior, with the exception of text. Text always has front facing behavior regardless of the behavior type set through this method.</summary>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the anchor point of the graphic object in model space.  The coordinates of this point are always defined in model space.  The value of this argument is ignored when setting the behavior type to kNoTransformBehaviors.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BehaviorType">
                <summary>Input value from DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum that specifies the type of transform behavior the text has.  Valid values are kFrontFacing, kFrontFacingAndPixelScaling, kNoTransformBehaviors, and kPixelScaling.  TextGraphics objects are always front facing regardless of the defined behavior type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PixelScale">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the scale factor to apply to all coordinates associated with this graphics object.  This scale factor is only used when the behavior type is kFrontFacingAndPixelScaling or kPixelScaling.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.SetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum)">
            <summary>Method that anchors the graphics object at the specified point in view space. The Anchored property is set to True.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Input that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Input constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentGraphics.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence">
            <summary>This object represents an individual occurrence within an assembly. An occurrence can be either a part or subassembly. Information obtained from the occurrence is returned in the context of the component definition that served as the starting point to access the occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.ActiveDesignViewRepresentation">
            <summary>Gets the active Design View Representation for an assembly occurrence.&amp;nbsp;This property returns Nothing in the case where a design view representation was set for the occurrence non-associatively (i.e. with the 'Associative' flag turned off).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.ActiveModelState">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the active model state for an assembly occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.ActivePositionalRepresentation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the active Positional Representation for this occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Adaptive">
            <summary>'Put' is Inventor Only: Gets/Sets the Boolean flag that specifies whether this Occurrence is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the component occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the component occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.AssociativeForeignFilename">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full file name of the associative foreign file. This property returns empty string if the IsAssociativelyImported returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.BOMStructure">
            <summary>Gets and sets the BOM structure override.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.ChangeRowOfiAssemblyMember(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the row in the iAssemblyFactory this occurrence references. This method can be used only if the IsiAssemblyMember property returns True.</summary>
            <param name="NewRow">
                <summary>Specifies the new row from the factory. The row index is specified either by a Long (row index), a String (MemberName of a member or DocumentName of a member), or an iAssemblyTableRow object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap object that specifies additional options for modifying the occurrence. This argument is currently ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.ChangeRowOfiPartMember(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the row in the iPartTable this iPartMember represents. This method can be used only if the iPartMember property is True.</summary>
            <param name="NewRow">
                <summary>Specifies the new row from the factory. The row index is specified either by a Long (row index), a String (MemberName of a member or DocumentName of a member), or an iPartTableRow object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CustomInput">
                <summary>Optional input array of Strings that specifies the input to use for the custom input. If the factory is a custom factory and this is not supplied the default values for custom values are used. The custom input strings are supplied in a column order. If the factory is not a custom factory this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Constraints">
            <summary>Property returns the collection of constraints that are acting on the occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.ContactSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the component belongs in the contact set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.ContextDefinition">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this occurrence is in the context of. For example, all coordinate data returned by the definition is in the space of this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.CreateGeometryProxy(System.Object,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that creates a proxy object for input object. A proxy object represents another object within the assembly space. Queries made on the proxy object are returned with respect to the assembly space, not the space the real geometry exists in.</summary>
            <param name="Geometry">
                <summary>Input entity to create a proxy for. This entity must exist under the tree of this occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Result">
                <summary>Output proxy object created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Definition">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this occurrence references.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.DefinitionDocumentType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the Document whose occurrence this is.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the occurrence. This is the equivalent of the user deleting the occurrence interactively.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Delete2(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Deletes this component occurrence.</summary>
            <param name="SkipDocumentSave">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value to specify if skip save the source document of the occurrence. This default to False if not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets the action types valid for this component occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Edit">
            <summary>Activates this component occurrence for editing by the end user via the user interface.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Enabled">
            <summary>'Put' is Inventor Only: Gets/Sets the Boolean flag that specifies whether this Occurrence is enabled or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Excluded">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the occurrence is excluded in the active row of the iAssembly factory.&amp;nbsp;This property returns False and cannot be set to True if the parent document is not an iAssembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.ExitEdit(Inventor.ExitTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that causes the component occurrence to return from the edit mode and into the environment specified by the input argument. If the ComponentOccurrence is not currently active (i.e. this is not the same occurrence as returned by AssemblyComponentDefinition.ActiveOccurrence), then this method does nothing.</summary>
            <param name="ExitTo">
                <summary>Input ExitTypeEnum that specifies the environment to exit to. Possible values are kExitToPrevious, kExitToParent and kExitToTop.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Flexible">
            <summary>Only works for assembly occurrences.&amp;nbsp;Gets and sets the Boolean flag that specifies whether the assembly is flexible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.GetDegreesOfFreedom(System.Int32@,Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator@,System.Int32@,Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator@,Inventor.Point@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the available degrees of freedom for the occurrence.</summary>
            <param name="TranslationDegreesCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of available translational degrees of freedom. The value can be from 0 to 3.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TranslationDegreesVectors">
                <summary>Output ObjectsEnumerator that returns Vector objects corresponding to the available translational degrees of freedom.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RotationDegreesCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of available rotational degrees of freedom. The value can be from 0 to 3.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RotationDegreesVectors">
                <summary>Output ObjectsEnumerator that returns Vector objects corresponding to the available rotational degrees of freedom.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DOFCenter">
                <summary>Output Point object that returns the DOF center as displayed by Inventor.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.GetDisplayMode(Inventor.DisplayModeSourceTypeEnum@)">
            <summary>Gets the display mode type - default or override.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayModeSourceType">
                <summary>Enum indicating the display mode.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Grounded">
            <summary>'Put' is Inventor Only: Gets/Sets the Boolean flag that specifies whether this Occurrence is grounded or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.HasAssociativeImportedComponent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the ComponentOccurrence has an associative imported component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.HasBodyOverride">
            <summary>Property that returns a Boolean specifying whether the occurrence path contains body-modifying assembly features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.iMateDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateDefinitions that are available from this occurrence. The iMateDefinition objects returned are actually proxies for the various iMateDefinition objects. These can be used as input to the Add and ValidResult methods of the iMateResults object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.ImportedComponent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the associative ImportedComponent object if the HasAssociativeImportedComponent returns True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.IsAssociativelyImported">
            <summary>Gets whether this occurrence is an associatively imported occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.IsAssociativeToDesignViewRepresentation">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this occurrence is associative to a design view representation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.IsiAssemblyMember">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the ComponentOccurrence is an iAssemblyMember. The property returns True if the ComponentOccurrence is an iAssemblyMember. This property always returns False for occurrences of part documents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.IsiPartMember">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the ComponentOccurence is an iPartMember. The property is True if the ComponentOccurence is an iPartMember.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.IsPatternElement">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this occurrence represents a pattern element. In the case where this occurrence represents a pattern element, this property returns True. The PatternElement property can be used to get that pattern element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.IsSubstituteOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this occurrence references a substitute part in the context of a substitute model state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Joints">
            <summary>Inventor Only: Gets the enumerator that presents the joints applied on this Component Occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.MassProperties">
            <summary>Property that returns the MassProperties object. This supports performing mass properties calculations for this particular occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the human-readable name of this Component Occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.OccurrencePath">
            <summary>Gets the path of immediate (directly instanced) occurrences that make up this occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.OccurrencePropertySets">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a PropertySets object associated with the occurence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.OccurrencePropertySetsEnabled">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether this occurrence has a PropertySets object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.OrientedMinimumRangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the oriented minimum range box for this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.OverrideOpacity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the opacity of an occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.ParentOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of this occurrence. This property is only valid for the occurrences in a multi-level assembly that are not in the top level. The parent occurrence is the occurrence representing the subassembly this occurrence is contained within.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.PatternElement">
            <summary>Property that returns the pattern element this occurrence represents. In the case where this occurrence is not part of a pattern this property returns Nothing. The IsPatternElement property can be used to check if this occurrence is part of a pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.PreciseRangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that tightly encloses this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns an enumeration of descriptors that represent the native document references held by this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Replace(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that replaces the occurrence or all instances of an occurrence with another file.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input filename of the new file to be used to replace the existing occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceAll">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether the current occurrence should be replaced for all instances of this occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Replace2(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Replaces this component occurrence with another component. Can save replaced component and unset adaptivity.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String value indicates the full document name of another document to be used to replace the existing occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceAll">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether the current occurrence should be replaced or all instances of this occurrence should be replaced.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SaveEdits">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to save the edits in the component(s) that is being replaced. This defaults to False indicating the edits won’t be saved.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeepAdaptivity">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to keep the adaptivity after replacing the component(s). This defaults to False indicating the adaptivity is removed after replacement.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.SetDesignViewRepresentation(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a design view representation for an assembly occurrence.</summary>
            <param name="Representation">
                <summary>String that specifies the Design View Representation to set on the occurrence. The method returns a failure if a representation with this name is not found in the referenced assembly or in the private representation file (if specified).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Associative">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to associatively apply the design view. If set to True, any changes to the design view in the referenced assembly will show in this occurrence. If not specified, a value of False is used. This method fails if the input representation is a private design view representation and a value of True is specified for this argument (i.e. the associative option is invalid for private design views).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.SetDisplayMode(Inventor.DisplayModeSourceTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Sets the display mode and type - default or override.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayModeSourceType">
                <summary>Enum indicating the display mode type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayMode">
                <summary>The display mode.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.SetTransformWithoutConstraints(Inventor.Matrix)">
            <summary>Method that sets the position and orientation of the occurrence, ignoring any constraints on the occurrence. When the assembly is recomputed the occurrence will reposition to honor the constraints.</summary>
            <param name="Matrix">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the position and orientation of the occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.ShowDegreesOfFreedom">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the degrees of freedom for the occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.ShowRelationships">
            <summary>Method that shows all of the assembly constraints, joints and iMate objects associated with this occurrence.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.SubOccurrences">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of occurrences for an occurrence. This property applies to occurrences that represent a subassembly. The collection returned provides access to the occurrences contained within the subassembly. If this collection is obtained from an occurrence that represents a part, it will not contain any occurrences.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Suppress(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Suppresses this occurrence.</summary>
            <param name="SkipDocumentSave">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value to specify if skip save the source document of the occurrence. This default to False if not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Suppressed">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this occurrence is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the SurfaceBodies collection for the occurrence. This property applies to occurrences that represent a part and provides access to the B-Rep of that part. The B-Rep queries will return coordinate data in the context of the component definition that served as the starting point to access the occurrence, which can also be accessed through the ContextDefinition property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Transformation">
            <summary>Property that returns and sets the transformation for the occurrence. The transformation matrix defines the position and orientation of the component within the assembly. When setting the transform of an occurrence the actual change in position and orientation of the occurrence is limited by the constraints on the occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Transparent">
            <summary>'Put' is Inventor Only: Gets/Sets the Boolean flag that specifies whether this Occurrence is transparent or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Unsuppress">
            <summary>Method that unsuppresses the occurrence.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrence.Visible">
            <summary>'Put' is Inventor Only: Gets/Sets the Boolean flag that specifies whether this Occurrence is visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.ActiveDesignViewRepresentation">
            <summary>Gets the active Design View Representation for an assembly occurrence.&amp;nbsp;This property returns Nothing in the case where a design view representation was set for the occurrence non-associatively (i.e. with the 'Associative' flag turned off).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.ActiveModelState">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the active model state for an assembly occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.ActivePositionalRepresentation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the active Positional Representation for this occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>'Put' is Inventor Only: Gets/Sets the Boolean flag that specifies whether this Occurrence is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the component occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the component occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.AssociativeForeignFilename">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full file name of the associative foreign file. This property returns empty string if the IsAssociativelyImported returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.BOMStructure">
            <summary>Gets and sets the BOM structure override.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.ChangeRowOfiAssemblyMember(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the row in the iAssemblyFactory this occurrence references. This method can be used only if the IsiAssemblyMember property returns True.</summary>
            <param name="NewRow">
                <summary>Specifies the new row from the factory. The row index is specified either by a Long (row index), a String (MemberName of a member or DocumentName of a member), or an iAssemblyTableRow object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap object that specifies additional options for modifying the occurrence. This argument is currently ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.ChangeRowOfiPartMember(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the row in the iPartTable this iPartMember represents. This method can be used only if the iPartMember property is True.</summary>
            <param name="NewRow">
                <summary>Specifies the new row from the factory. The row index is specified either by a Long (row index), a String (MemberName of a member or DocumentName of a member), or an iPartTableRow object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CustomInput">
                <summary>Optional input array of Strings that specifies the input to use for the custom input. If the factory is a custom factory and this is not supplied the default values for custom values are used. The custom input strings are supplied in a column order. If the factory is not a custom factory this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Constraints">
            <summary>Property returns the collection of constraints that are acting on the occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.ContactSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the component belongs in the contact set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.ContextDefinition">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this occurrence is in the context of. For example, all coordinate data returned by the definition is in the space of this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.CreateGeometryProxy(System.Object,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that creates a proxy object for input object. A proxy object represents another object within the assembly space. Queries made on the proxy object are returned with respect to the assembly space, not the space the real geometry exists in.</summary>
            <param name="Geometry">
                <summary>Input entity to create a proxy for. This entity must exist under the tree of this occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Result">
                <summary>Output proxy object created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this occurrence references.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.DefinitionDocumentType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the Document whose occurrence this is.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the occurrence. This is the equivalent of the user deleting the occurrence interactively.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Delete2(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Deletes this component occurrence.</summary>
            <param name="SkipDocumentSave">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value to specify if skip save the source document of the occurrence. This default to False if not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets the action types valid for this component occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Edit">
            <summary>Activates this component occurrence for editing by the end user via the user interface.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Enabled">
            <summary>'Put' is Inventor Only: Gets/Sets the Boolean flag that specifies whether this Occurrence is enabled or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Excluded">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the occurrence is excluded in the active row of the iAssembly factory.&amp;nbsp;This property returns False and cannot be set to True if the parent document is not an iAssembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.ExitEdit(Inventor.ExitTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that causes the component occurrence to return from the edit mode and into the environment specified by the input argument. If the ComponentOccurrence is not currently active (i.e. this is not the same occurrence as returned by AssemblyComponentDefinition.ActiveOccurrence), then this method does nothing.</summary>
            <param name="ExitTo">
                <summary>Input ExitTypeEnum that specifies the environment to exit to. Possible values are kExitToPrevious, kExitToParent and kExitToTop.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Flexible">
            <summary>Only works for assembly occurrences.&amp;nbsp;Gets and sets the Boolean flag that specifies whether the assembly is flexible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.GetDegreesOfFreedom(System.Int32@,Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator@,System.Int32@,Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator@,Inventor.Point@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the available degrees of freedom for the occurrence.</summary>
            <param name="TranslationDegreesCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of available translational degrees of freedom. The value can be from 0 to 3.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TranslationDegreesVectors">
                <summary>Output ObjectsEnumerator that returns Vector objects corresponding to the available translational degrees of freedom.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RotationDegreesCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of available rotational degrees of freedom. The value can be from 0 to 3.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RotationDegreesVectors">
                <summary>Output ObjectsEnumerator that returns Vector objects corresponding to the available rotational degrees of freedom.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DOFCenter">
                <summary>Output Point object that returns the DOF center as displayed by Inventor.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.GetDisplayMode(Inventor.DisplayModeSourceTypeEnum@)">
            <summary>Gets the display mode type - default or override.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayModeSourceType">
                <summary>Enum indicating the display mode.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Grounded">
            <summary>'Put' is Inventor Only: Gets/Sets the Boolean flag that specifies whether this Occurrence is grounded or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.HasAssociativeImportedComponent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the ComponentOccurrence has an associative imported component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.HasBodyOverride">
            <summary>Property that returns a Boolean specifying whether the occurrence path contains body-modifying assembly features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.iMateDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateDefinitions that are available from this occurrence. The iMateDefinition objects returned are actually proxies for the various iMateDefinition objects. These can be used as input to the Add and ValidResult methods of the iMateResults object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.ImportedComponent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the associative ImportedComponent object if the HasAssociativeImportedComponent returns True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.IsAssociativelyImported">
            <summary>Gets whether this occurrence is an associatively imported occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.IsAssociativeToDesignViewRepresentation">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this occurrence is associative to a design view representation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.IsiAssemblyMember">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the ComponentOccurrence is an iAssemblyMember. The property returns True if the ComponentOccurrence is an iAssemblyMember. This property always returns False for occurrences of part documents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.IsiPartMember">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the ComponentOccurence is an iPartMember. The property is True if the ComponentOccurence is an iPartMember.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.IsPatternElement">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this occurrence represents a pattern element. In the case where this occurrence represents a pattern element, this property returns True. The PatternElement property can be used to get that pattern element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.IsSubstituteOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this occurrence references a substitute part in the context of a substitute model state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Joints">
            <summary>Inventor Only: Gets the enumerator that presents the joints applied on this Component Occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.MassProperties">
            <summary>Property that returns the MassProperties object. This supports performing mass properties calculations for this particular occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the human-readable name of this Component Occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.OccurrencePath">
            <summary>Gets the path of immediate (directly instanced) occurrences that make up this occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.OccurrencePropertySets">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a PropertySets object associated with the occurence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.OccurrencePropertySetsEnabled">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether this occurrence has a PropertySets object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.OrientedMinimumRangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the oriented minimum range box for this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.OverrideOpacity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the opacity of an occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.ParentOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of this occurrence. This property is only valid for the occurrences in a multi-level assembly that are not in the top level. The parent occurrence is the occurrence representing the subassembly this occurrence is contained within.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.PatternElement">
            <summary>Property that returns the pattern element this occurrence represents. In the case where this occurrence is not part of a pattern this property returns Nothing. The IsPatternElement property can be used to check if this occurrence is part of a pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.PreciseRangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that tightly encloses this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns an enumeration of descriptors that represent the native document references held by this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Replace(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that replaces the occurrence or all instances of an occurrence with another file.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input filename of the new file to be used to replace the existing occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceAll">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether the current occurrence should be replaced for all instances of this occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Replace2(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Replaces this component occurrence with another component. Can save replaced component and unset adaptivity.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String value indicates the full document name of another document to be used to replace the existing occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceAll">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether the current occurrence should be replaced or all instances of this occurrence should be replaced.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SaveEdits">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to save the edits in the component(s) that is being replaced. This defaults to False indicating the edits won’t be saved.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeepAdaptivity">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to keep the adaptivity after replacing the component(s). This defaults to False indicating the adaptivity is removed after replacement.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.SetDesignViewRepresentation(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a design view representation for an assembly occurrence.</summary>
            <param name="Representation">
                <summary>String that specifies the Design View Representation to set on the occurrence. The method returns a failure if a representation with this name is not found in the referenced assembly or in the private representation file (if specified).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Associative">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to associatively apply the design view. If set to True, any changes to the design view in the referenced assembly will show in this occurrence. If not specified, a value of False is used. This method fails if the input representation is a private design view representation and a value of True is specified for this argument (i.e. the associative option is invalid for private design views).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.SetDisplayMode(Inventor.DisplayModeSourceTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Sets the display mode and type - default or override.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayModeSourceType">
                <summary>Enum indicating the display mode type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayMode">
                <summary>The display mode.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.SetTransformWithoutConstraints(Inventor.Matrix)">
            <summary>Method that sets the position and orientation of the occurrence, ignoring any constraints on the occurrence. When the assembly is recomputed the occurrence will reposition to honor the constraints.</summary>
            <param name="Matrix">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the position and orientation of the occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.ShowDegreesOfFreedom">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the degrees of freedom for the occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.ShowRelationships">
            <summary>Method that shows all of the assembly constraints, joints and iMate objects associated with this occurrence.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.SubOccurrences">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of occurrences for an occurrence. This property applies to occurrences that represent a subassembly. The collection returned provides access to the occurrences contained within the subassembly. If this collection is obtained from an occurrence that represents a part, it will not contain any occurrences.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Suppress(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Suppresses this occurrence.</summary>
            <param name="SkipDocumentSave">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value to specify if skip save the source document of the occurrence. This default to False if not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this occurrence is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the SurfaceBodies collection for the occurrence. This property applies to occurrences that represent a part and provides access to the B-Rep of that part. The B-Rep queries will return coordinate data in the context of the component definition that served as the starting point to access the occurrence, which can also be accessed through the ContextDefinition property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Transformation">
            <summary>Property that returns and sets the transformation for the occurrence. The transformation matrix defines the position and orientation of the component within the assembly. When setting the transform of an occurrence the actual change in position and orientation of the occurrence is limited by the constraints on the occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Transparent">
            <summary>'Put' is Inventor Only: Gets/Sets the Boolean flag that specifies whether this Occurrence is transparent or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Unsuppress">
            <summary>Method that unsuppresses the occurrence.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrenceProxy.Visible">
            <summary>'Put' is Inventor Only: Gets/Sets the Boolean flag that specifies whether this Occurrence is visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ComponentOccurrences">
            <summary>Provides access to the objects within an assembly and supports methods to create new occurrences.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrences.Add(System.String,Inventor.Matrix)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new for an existing part or subassembly. This method is the equivalent of the 'Place Component' command.</summary>
            <param name="FullDocumentName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full document name of the part or the sub-assembly. If only the FullFileName is specified, the master document within the file is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input object that defines the location and orientation to position the occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrences.AddByComponentDefinition(Inventor.ComponentDefinition,Inventor.Matrix)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new for a new part or subassembly. This method is the equivalent of the 'Create Component' command.</summary>
            <param name="CompDef">
                <summary>Input object that will be referenced when creating the new occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input object that defines the location and orientation to position the occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrences.AddCustomiPartMember(System.String,Inventor.Matrix,System.String,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates an of an iPartMember in this AssemblyComponentDefinition. The iPartMember is specified by a custom factory and a row in the factory.</summary>
            <param name="FactoryFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full filename of the iPart factory.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input object that defines the position and orientation of the iPart placement within the assembly.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that defines the filename of the resulting member. If the filename is not specified the default filename for the row will be used. In the case of a custom factory the filename must be specified and is not optional.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Row">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies the row for the member within the factory. The row index is specified either by a Long (row index), a String (part identifier, i.e. ''[Height=1.000 in][Length=2.000 in][Radius=0.250 in]''), or an iPartTableRow object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CustomInput">
                <summary>Optional input array of Strings that specifies the input to use for the custom input. If the factory is a custom factory and this is not supplied the default values for custom values are used. The custom input strings are supplied in a column order. If the factory is not a custom factory this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrences.AddiAssemblyMember(System.String,Inventor.Matrix,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates an occurrence of an iAssemblyMember in an assembly. The iAssemblyMember is specified by a factory and a row in the factory.</summary>
            <param name="FactoryDocumentName">
                <summary>String that specifies the full document name of the iAssembly factory.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Matrix that defines the position and orientation of the iAssembly member placement within the assembly.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Row">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies the row for the member within the factory. The row index is specified either by a Long (row index), a String (MemberName of a member), or an iAssemblyTableRow object. If not specified, the default row within the factory is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap object that specifies additional options for creating the occurrence. The valid options are:
Name Value Type
PrivateRepresentationFileName String
DesignViewRepresentation String
PositionalRepresentation String
UseiMate Boolean
PrivateRepresentationFileName As String If a PrivateRepresentationFileName (an idv file name) is specified, the DesignViewRepresentation name should be one of the private design views within that idv file else an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrences.AddiPartMember(System.String,Inventor.Matrix,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates an of an iPartMember in this AssemblyComponentDefinition. The iPartMember is specified by a factory and a row in the factory.</summary>
            <param name="FactoryFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full filename of the iPart factory.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input Matrix that defines the position and orientation of the iPart placement within the assembly.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Row">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies the row for the member within the factory. The row index is specified either by a Long (row index), a String (part identifier, i.e. ''[Height=1.000 in][Length=2.000 in][Radius=0.250 in]''), or an iPartTableRow object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrences.AddUsingiMates(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds a new occurrence into the assembly. This method is the equivalent of using the Place Component command with the "Use iMate" check box checked. The method returns a failure if no matches are found.</summary>
            <param name="FullDocumentName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full document name of the part or the sub-assembly. If only the FullFileName is specified, the master document within the file is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PlaceAllMatching">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to place multiple components corresponding to all iMate definition matches in the assembly. If specified to be True, multiple ComponentOccurrences could be returned. If specified to be False, a single ComponentOccurrence corresponding to the first match is returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that specifies additional options for creating the occurrence. (An empty NameValueMap object can be provided). See Remarks for valid options.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrences.AddVirtual(System.String,Inventor.Matrix)">
            <summary>Method that creates a virtual component definition and adds an occurrence based on that definition.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the virtual component.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input Matrix object that defines the location and orientation to position the occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ComponentOccurrences.AddWithOptions(System.String,Inventor.Matrix,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new occurrence for an existing part or subassembly. This method is the equivalent of the "Place Component" command.</summary>
            <param name="FullDocumentName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full document name of the part or the sub-assembly. If only the FullFileName is specified, the master document within the file is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input Matrix object that defines the location and orientation to position the occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that specifies additional options for creating the occurrence. (An empty NameValueMap object can be provided). The valid options are:
NameValue TypeValid Document Type
PrivateRepresentationFileNameString Assembly
DesignViewRepresentation String Part,Assembly
DesignViewAssociative Boolean Part,Assembly
PositionalRepresentation String Assembly
ModelState String Part,Assembly

Notes: 
PrivateRepresentationFileName: If a PrivateRepresentationFileName (an idv file name) is specified, the DesignViewRepresentation name should be one of the private design views within that idv file else an error will occur. 
ModelState: Typically, the ModelState to use should be provided in the form of a FullDocumentName (first argument). But if this is provided separately, you should make sure that it does not conflict with the FullDocumentName argument by providing FullFileName as the first argument rather than a FullDocumentName.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrences.AllLeafOccurrences">
            <summary>Return all unique leaf occurrences (optionally filtered to the specified definition) relative to this context.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrences.AllReferencedOccurrences">
            <summary>Property that returns all occurrences that reference the input object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrences.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrences.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrences.ItemByName">
            <summary>Allows string-indexed access to items in the collection. (Usually found when this ability has been added to a pre-existing collection).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrences.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ComponentOccurrencesEnumerator">
            <summary>Provides access to a list of objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrencesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrencesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ComponentOccurrencesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinition">
            <summary>The CompositeiMateDefinition object represents a composite iMate definition. It is derived from the iMateDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinition.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of iMateDefinitions in this composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the iMateDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinition.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinition.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinition.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinition.Identifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal unique identifier for this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinition.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified iMateDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinition.MatchList">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of strings that specifies the priority order for iMate definition matches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinition.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinition.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinition.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Gets the object this entity is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinition.RemoveItems(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Removes an object of the CompositeiMateDefinition collection.</summary>
            <param name="iMates">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinition.SequenceIndex">
            <summary>Gets the index of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinition.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates whether this iMateDefinition is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinitionProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinitionProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinitionProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinitionProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinitionProxy.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of iMateDefinitions in this composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinitionProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the iMateDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinitionProxy.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinitionProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinitionProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinitionProxy.Identifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal unique identifier for this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinitionProxy.IsConsumed">
            <summary>Property that gets whether this object is consumed in the
context of the active assembly/part/sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinitionProxy.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified iMateDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinitionProxy.MatchList">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of strings that specifies the priority order for iMate definition matches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinitionProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinitionProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinitionProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinitionProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Gets the object this entity is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinitionProxy.RemoveItems(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Removes an object of the CompositeiMateDefinition collection.</summary>
            <param name="iMates">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinitionProxy.SequenceIndex">
            <summary>Gets the index of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinitionProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates whether this iMateDefinition is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CompositeiMateDefinitionProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint">
            <summary>The Sketch ConcentricConstraint object represents a concentric constraint within a sketch. Makes a circle, arc, ellipse, or elliptical arc concentric to another circle, arc, ellipse, or elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint.CenterPointConstraint">
            <summary>Gets a Boolean indicating if the constraint is between the arc and its centerpoint or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Gets the sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Gets the sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint3D">
            <summary>The Sketch ConcentricConstraint3D object represents a concentric constraint within a sketch3D.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint3D.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint3DProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ConcentricConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraintProxy.CenterPointConstraint">
            <summary>Gets a Boolean indicating if the constraint is between the arc and its centerpoint or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraintProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ConcentricConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Gets the sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Gets the sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ConcentricConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ConcentricHolePlacementDefinition">
            <summary>The ConcentricHolePlacementDefinition object defines the placement of a hole feature with a circular edge or a cylindrical face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricHolePlacementDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricHolePlacementDefinition.ConcentricReference">
            <summary>Property that indicates the circular Edge or the cylindrical Face which forms the reference for the hole placement.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricHolePlacementDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition. This property returns Nothing in the case where the definition object is created using one of the Create methods on the HoleFeatures object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricHolePlacementDefinition.Plane">
            <summary>Property that indicates the Face or WorkPlane on which the hole feature is placed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConcentricHolePlacementDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Cone">
            <summary>The Cone object. The object is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Cone.AxisVector">
            <summary>Specifies the direction of the axis of the cone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Cone.BasePoint">
            <summary>Specifies the base of the cone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Cone.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this Cone object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original Cone object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Cone.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the surface evaluator for this cone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Cone.GetConeData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Boolean@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this cone.</summary>
            <param name="BasePoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the base point of the cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisVector">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the radius of the cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HalfAngle">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the half-angle value for the cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsExpanding">
                <summary>Output Boolean that specifies whether the radius of the cone is expanding or not, in the direction of the axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Cone.HalfAngle">
            <summary>Specifies the taper angle of the cone. This is the angle measured from the axis to the side of the cone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Cone.IsExpanding">
            <summary>Indicates whether the taper of the cone is expanding outwards or inwards in the direction of the axis vector. If True and the HalfAngle is positive, then the cone is expanding outward along the axis vector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Cone.PutConeData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double,System.Double,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this cone.</summary>
            <param name="BasePoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the base point of the cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisVector">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the radius of the cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HalfAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the half-angle value for the cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsExpanding">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the radius of the cone is expanding or not, in the direction of the axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Cone.Radius">
            <summary>Specifies the radius of the cone at the base point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ConstraintLimits">
            <summary>The ConstraintLimits object provides access to various limits related settings for assembly constraints and iMate definitions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConstraintLimits.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConstraintLimits.Maximum">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the maximum limit value. This property returns Nothing if the maximum limit has never been enabled for this constraint or the parameter associated with the maximum value was deleted. Set the MaximumEnabled property to True to make this parameter available.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConstraintLimits.MaximumEnabled">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the maximum limit value should be enabled.&amp;nbsp;Once enabled, the parameter returned in the Maximum property can be used to control the value of this limit.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConstraintLimits.Minimum">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the minimum limit value. This property returns Nothing if the minimum limit has never been enabled for this constraint or the parameter associated with the minimum value was deleted. Set the MinimumEnabled property to True to make this parameter available.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConstraintLimits.MinimumEnabled">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the minimum limit value should be enabled.&amp;nbsp;Once enabled, the parameter returned in the Minimum property can be used to control the value of this limit.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConstraintLimits.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object. This can be one of the strongly typed assembly constraint objects (such as MateConstraint) or one of the strongly typed iMate definition objects (such as MateiMateDefinition).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConstraintLimits.RestingPositionEnabled">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the resting position value should be enabled.&amp;nbsp;If enabled, the constraint snaps back to the nominal value after a drag or a solve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ConstraintLimits.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentCenter">
            <summary>The ContentCenter object provides the API interface to the Content Center functionality.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentCenter.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContentCenter.GetContentObject(System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Property that returns the specified content center object specified by the content identifier. If the object cannot be found then Nothing is returned. This can return a ContentFamily or ContentRow depending on what the identifier represents.</summary>
            <param name="ContentIdentifier">
                <summary>Input String that was previously obtained using the ContentIdentifier property of a content center object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LibraryId">
                <summary>Not currently supported.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentCenter.TreeViewTopNode">
            <summary>Property that returns the top-most node in the Content Center tree. The entire tree can be accessed by traversing the tree beginning at this node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentCenter.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentCenterConfiguration">
            <summary>Content Center configuration Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentCenterConfiguration.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentCenterConfiguration.ConfigurationXML">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the content center configuration XML.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentCenterConfiguration.InheritedConfigurationXML">
            <summary>Gets the content center configuration XML that is inherited from the included project file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentCenterConfiguration.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContentCenterConfiguration.Refresh">
            <summary>Refreshes the content center configuration XML from the project file.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentCenterConfiguration.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentCenterConfiguration.UpToDate">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean flag indicating whether the configuration data needs to be updated from the project file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentCenterDialog">
            <summary>ContentCenterDialog Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentCenterDialogEvents">
            <summary>ContentCenterDialogEvents Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentCenterEvents">
            <summary>ContentCenterEvents Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContentCenterEvents.OnRefreshStandardComponents(Inventor.Document,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires when a standard component is refreshed.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentCenterOptions">
            <summary>The ContentCenterOptions object provides access to properties that provide read and write access of the content center related application options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentCenterOptions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentCenterOptions.CheckFamiliesUpdates">
            <summary>Gets/sets how to handle linked families - check/do not check for parent version.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentCenterOptions.CustomFamilyAsStandard">
            <summary>Gets/sets whether to place Family with custom's columns As Standard or As Custom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContentCenterOptions.GetAccessOption(Inventor.ContentCenterAccessOptionEnum@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the access option for content center (Inventor Desktop or Vault/Productstream).</summary>
            <param name="AccessOption">
                <summary>Output ContentCenterAccessOptionEnum value that returns the access option for content center. This can either be kInventorDesktopAccess or kVaultOrProductstreamServerAccess. If kInventorDesktopAccess is returned, the LibrariesLocation argument returns the location of the libraries.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LibrariesLocation">
                <summary>Output String that returns the location of the libraries if the access option is kInventorDesktopAccess. The argument returns a null string if the access option is kVaultOrProductstreamServerAccess.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentCenterOptions.RefreshOutOfDateStandardParts">
            <summary>Gets/sets whether to automatically refresh out of date standard parts during placement.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContentCenterOptions.SetAccessOption(Inventor.ContentCenterAccessOptionEnum,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the access option for content center (Inventor Desktop or Vault/Productstream).</summary>
            <param name="AccessOption">
                <summary>Input ContentCenterAccessOptionEnum value that specifies the access option for content center. This can either be kInventorDesktopAccess or kVaultOrProductstreamServerAccess. If kInventorDesktopAccess is input, the LibrariesLocation argument must be specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LibrariesLocation">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the location of the libraries if the access option is kInventorDesktopAccess. The argument must be specified for kInventorDesktopAccess, and can be ignored for kVaultOrProductstreamServerAccess.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentCenterOptions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentFamiliesEnumerator">
            <summary>Object allowing enumeration of ContentFamily objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamiliesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamiliesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of ContentFamily objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamiliesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamiliesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentFamily">
            <summary>The ContentFamily object represents a content center family and provides access to the information associated with a family.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.ActiveCell">
            <summary>Property that returns a floating cell object that caller can use for iterating the table using indices. Set the Row and Column properties on the returned object to iterate through the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.ContentIdentifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the identifier for this object. This can be used with the GetContentObject method of the ContentCenter object to obtain this object at a later time.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContentFamily.CreateMember(System.Object,Inventor.MemberManagerErrorsEnum@,System.String@,Inventor.ContentMemberRefreshEnum,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a member part for the specified table row. The full filename of the created member is returned. If the creation fails the FailureReason argument indicates the reason for failure.</summary>
            <param name="Row">
                <summary>Input Variant that specifies which row to use to create the member. The row index can be specified by a Long (row index), a ContentTableRow object, or the internal name of a ContentTableRow object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FailureReason">
                <summary>Output MemberManagerErrorsEnum that indicates the reason for failure, if the creation of the member did fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FailureMessage">
                <summary>Output String that contains a message describing the reason for failure, if the creation of the member did fail. If it didn"t fail this will return an empty String.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Refresh">
                <summary>Optional Input ContentMemberRefreshEnum that specifies the behavior to use if the member already exists locally. kUseDefaultRefreshSetting indicates that the method should use whatever the default setting is as set by the user using the "Content Center" tab of the Application options dialog. kRefreshOutOfDateParts indicates that if the part already exists in the local cache and is out of date if it should be replaced with an up to date version of the part. kDoNotRefreshOutOfDateParts indicates that the existing part will be used and not overridden.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Custom">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that indicates if this part should be created as a custom or standard part. A value of True indicates it will be a custom member.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Optional Input String that defines the filename of the resulting member. This argument is only used in the case of a custom family (ContentFamily.IsCustom is true) and is ignored for a standard family. In the case of a custom factory the filename must be specified and is not optional.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CustomInput">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap that specifies the input to use for the custom input. If the family is custom and this is not supplied, the default values for custom values are used. For each input value you use the NameValueMap to specify the Column ID as the name and the custom value as the new value . If the factory is not a custom factory this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional Input NameValueMap that specifies additional options for this method. This is not currently being used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.Description">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the description of this family.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.DesignationColumn">
            <summary>Property that returns the column representing family designation values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this family.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.FamilyType">
            <summary>Property that returns the constant that indicates what type of family this family is; kContentPartFamily or kContentFeatureFamily.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.FileNameColumn">
            <summary>Property that returns the column representing family file name values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContentFamily.GetCustomData(System.String,System.String,System.Byte[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the specified custom data from the family. The custom data is returned if it exists or this method will fail if the specified custom data does not exist. You can use the HasCustomData property to determine if custom data exists.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that uniquely identifies the application that created the custom data. This is commonly the CLSID of the Add-In in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}", but it can be any string.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the unique name of the custom data to retrieve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CustomData">
                <summary>Output array of bytes containing the custom data.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContentFamily.HasCustomData(System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Property indicates if the family has the specified custom data. Returns True if the data exists.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that uniquely identifies the application that created the custom data. This is commonly the CLSID of the Add-In in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}", but can be any string.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the unique name of the custom data.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the ContentFamily. The internal name uniquely identifies this family with respect to other families in the library and it cannot be changed so it will remain consistent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.IsCustom">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this family is a custom or standard family. A custom family has at least one custom column and requires the additional input of the values for the custom columns and a filename when creating a member of the family.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.IsModifiable">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this library is writable or not. Returns True in the case where the library is modifiable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.LibraryInternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the library this family is defined within.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.LibraryName">
            <summary>Property that returns the display name of the library this family is defined within.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.Manufacturer">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the manufacturer of the parts within this family.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.MemberDirectory">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the directory where family members are saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.RevisionId">
            <summary>Property that returns the family revision Id, which is a GUID in string format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContentFamily.Save">
            <summary>Method that saves the changes that have been made to this family. This method fails if the family is not modifiable</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.Standard">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the standard this family is based on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.StandardOrganization">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the standard organization this family is part of.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.StandardRevision">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the standard revision this family is based on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.TableColumns">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of columns for the table associated with this family.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.TableRows">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of rows for the table associated with this family.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.Thumbnail">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the image used for the thumbnail of this family.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentFamily.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentQuery">
            <summary>ContentQuery Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentTableCell">
            <summary>The ContentTableCell object represents a specific cell with a content center family table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableCell.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableCell.Column">
            <summary>Returns the column index of this cell within the parent ContentFamily.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableCell.IsOverridden">
            <summary>Property that indicates if the value of this sell has been overwritten from its original value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableCell.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ContentFamily object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableCell.Row">
            <summary>Returns the row index of this cell within the parent ContentFamily.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableCell.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableCell.Value">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the value of the cell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentTableColumn">
            <summary>The ContentTableColumn object represents the column of the table associated with a particular content center family.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableColumn.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContentTableColumn.ClearPropertyMap">
            <summary>Method that removes any property mapping for this column.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableColumn.DataType">
            <summary>Property that indicates the type of value defined for this column. Values this property can return are kIntegerType, kDoubleType, kStringType, and kBooleanType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableColumn.DisplayHeading">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the display name of this column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableColumn.Expression">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the expression to use to automatically populate the rows of this column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContentTableColumn.GetPropertyMap(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the information associated with a custom expression. This method is only valid when the HasPropertyMap property returns True.</summary>
            <param name="PropertySetId">
                <summary>Output String that specifies the name of the property set that contains the property. This is the name associated with the property set.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PropertyIdentifier">
                <summary>Output String that identifies a property. This name of the property.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableColumn.HasPropertyMap">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this column is mapped to an iProperty.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableColumn.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the name of this column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableColumn.IsCustom">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns True if the column is a custom column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableColumn.KeyColumnOrder">
            <summary>Read-write Property that allows you to get and set the KeyWeight of the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableColumn.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ContentFamily object this column is associated with.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContentTableColumn.SetPropertyMap(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the information associated with a custom expression.</summary>
            <param name="PropertySetId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the property set that contains the property. This is the InternalName or Name associated with the property set.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PropertyIdentifier">
                <summary>Input Variant that identifies a property. This can be a Long value that specifies the PropId of a property within the specified property set or the name of a property.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableColumn.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableColumn.Units">
            <summary>Read-write Property that allows you to get and set the units of the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentTableColumns">
            <summary>The ContentTableColumns object is a collection that provides access to the columns of the table associated with a particular content center family.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContentTableColumns.Add(System.String,System.String,Inventor.ValueTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new column. Any changes to the table are not actually applied until the Save method of the parent ContentFamily object is called.</summary>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the internal name of this column.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayHeading">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the display name of this column. This is the name of the column that the end-user sees within the user interface.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DataType">
                <summary>Input value from ValueTypeEnum that specifies the type of data within this column. Valid values are: kIntegerType, kDoubleType, kStringType, and kBooleanType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Units">
                <summary>Input value that specifies the type of unit the values in the column are. The unit type needs to be specified if the DataType argument is kIntegerType or kDoubleType. For kStringType and kBooleanType this argument is ignored.
You specify a unit type using a value from UnitsTypeEnum or a string that describes a unit. For example, both of the following are valid unit specifiers for inch: kInchLengthUnits and "in". String specifiers are typically used for units that are not defined in the enum list. For example, the volume measure for cubic inches is not defined in the enum list but you can specify it using the string "in in in".</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies the expression to use to automatically populate the rows of this column. Not supplying this argument or providing an empty String will result in the default value of '1' being used.
There are two things that can be defined for the expression, a standard expression and limits for a custom expression. These are defined below.
Standard Expression ' This allows you to define an expression and will evaluate it to populate the rows of the table. Expressions can contain expression like you would use to define the value of a parameter and they can also contain the values of other columns. To use the values of other columns enclose the internal name within braces. Here are some examples of valid expression strings.
20 in
{SIZE}
{TOTAL_LENGTH} ' {HEAD_HEIGHT}
{DIA} / 2
Custom Expression Limits' A custom expression allows the end-user to specify the value when placing the member into an assembly. You can choose to define the limits for this value, i.e. minimum, maximum, increment and default values. These rules are defined using an ExpressionLimits object. You can create this object using the ContentTableColumn.CreateExpressionLimits method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PropertySetId">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the name of the property set that contains the property. This is the InternalName or Name associated with the property set. If this argument is set you must also set the PropertyIdentifier argument to fully define the property to use.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PropertyIdentifier">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that identifies a property. This can be a Long value that specifies the PropId or the name of a property. If this argument is set you must also set the PropertySetId argument to fully define the property to use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableColumns.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableColumns.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of ContentTableColumn objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContentTableColumns.CreateExpressionLimits">
            <summary>Method that creates an ExpressionLimits object. This object can be used to define the limits of a custom expression associated with a table column.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableColumns.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ContentTableColumn object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableColumns.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentTableRow">
            <summary>The ContentTableRow object represents the row of the table associated with a particular content center family.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableRow.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableRow.ContentIdentifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the identifier for this object. This can be used with the GetContentObject method of the ContentCenter object to obtain this object at a later time.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableRow.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of ContentTableCell objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContentTableRow.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this row from the table. Any changes to the table are not actually applied until the ContentFamily.Save method is called.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContentTableRow.GetCellValue(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>This method returns value of cell specified by given index. Caller can specify particular custom parameters which will be used for expression evaluation.</summary>
            <param name="CellIndex">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the ContentTableCell object within the collection to return. Valid index values are 1 to the value of Count, ContentTableColumn object or column internal name.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CustomInput">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap that specifies the input to use for the custom input. If the family is custom and this is not supplied, the default values for custom values are used. For each input value you use the NameValueMap to specify the Column ID as the name and the custom value as the new value . If the factory is not a custom factory this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableRow.Index">
            <summary>Property that returns the index of this row within the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableRow.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the ContentTableRow. The internal name uniquely identifies this row with respect to other rows in the family and it cannot be changed so it will remain consistent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableRow.IsSuppressed">
            <summary>Gets/sets the suppressed state of this row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableRow.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ContentTableCell object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableRow.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ContentFamily object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableRow.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentTableRows">
            <summary>The ContentTableRows object is a collection that provides access to the rows of the table associated with a particular content center family.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContentTableRows.Add(System.String[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new row. Any changes to the table are not actually applied until the ContentFamily.Save method is called.</summary>
            <param name="RowData">
                <summary>Input String array that contains the new values for the row. The array should be the same size as the number of columns and the values are defined in the same order as the column order.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Optional input Long that defines the position within the table where the new row should be created. If this argument is not supplied or is out of range the row will be created at the end of the table.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableRows.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableRows.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of ContentTableRow objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableRows.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ContentTableRow object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTableRows.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentTreeViewNode">
            <summary>The ContentTreeViewNode object represents nodes within the Content Center tree structure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTreeViewNode.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTreeViewNode.ChildNodes">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection containing the child ContentTreeViewNode objects of this node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTreeViewNode.DisplayName">
            <summary>Property that returns the display name of this node. This is the name that the end-user sees and is localized for different languages.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTreeViewNode.Families">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of families associated with this node. The collection returned may have a count of zero indicating there aren't any families associated with this node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTreeViewNode.FullTreeViewPath">
            <summary>Property that provides the full path in the tree view for this node. For example, this can return 'Fasteners:Bolts:Countersunk:Oval Countersunk Head Metric Machine Screws' where a colon is used as the delimiter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTreeViewNode.Icon">
            <summary>Property that returns the icon used for this node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTreeViewNode.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of this node. This will be consistent regardless of the language version of Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTreeViewNode.ParentNode">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ContentTreeViewNode object. This property will return Nothing for the top node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTreeViewNode.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContentTreeViewNodesEnumerator">
            <summary>The ContentFamiliesEnumerator is a collection object that provides access to a group of ContentFamily objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTreeViewNodesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTreeViewNodesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of ContentTreeViewNode objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTreeViewNodesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ContentTreeViewNode object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContentTreeViewNodesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition">
            <summary>The ContourFlangeDefinition object represents all of the information that defines a contour flange feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.AddContourFlangeEdgeSet(Inventor.EdgeCollection)">
            <summary>Method that adds a new contour flange edge set.&amp;nbsp;The new FlangeEdgeSet is returned. This is applicable when the WidthExtentsFromSketchPlane is set to False.</summary>
            <param name="Edges">
                <summary>Input EdgeCollection containing Edge objects used to create the contour flange edge set.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.AffectedBodies">
            <summary>Gets and sets the collection of bodies affected by this feature.&amp;nbsp;If this property is not set for multi-body parts, the default solid body is used as the affected body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.ApplyAutoMitering">
            <summary>Defines if auto mitering should be performed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.BendEdges">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the EdgeCollection object that contains the edges that are used to define the adjoining edges for new face. This is applicable when the WidthExtentsFromSketchPlane property is True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.BendExtensionType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the bend extension type. This is applicable when the BendEdges is configured.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.BendOptions">
            <summary>Gets and sets the bend options associated with this contour flange feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.BendRadius">
            <summary>Gets and sets the bend radius of a contour flange feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.ContourFlangeEdgeSetCount">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the contour flange edge set count currently defined in this contour flange definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.ContourFlangeEdgeSetItem(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified FlangeEdgeSet object from the collection.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the index within the collection of the item to return. If an out of range index is provided, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this ContourFlangeDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.CornerOptions">
            <summary>Gets and sets the CornerOptions object that defines how the corners of the contour flange are modeled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.DistanceWidthExtentTwo">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PartFeatureExtent object that defines how the second distance width extent of the contour flange feature is defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.ExtentDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the extent direction which indicates which side of the sketch the projection of the flange is in.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.IsDistanceWidthExtentAsymmetric">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the distance width extent is asymmetric or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.IsUnfoldMethodOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and set whether the unfold method has been overridden for this feature. Setting this property to False clears the override.&amp;nbsp;Setting the property to True returns a failure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.MiterGap">
            <summary>Gets and sets the miter gap size of the Contour flange feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.Operation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the type of operation used to add the feature to the model.&amp;nbsp;Valid inputs are kNewBodyOperation, kJoinOperation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ContourFlangeFeature of this ContourFlangeDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.Path">
            <summary>Gets and sets the Path object that defines the shape of the contour flange.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.SetDistanceExtent(System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum)">
            <summary>Method that changes the ContourFlangeDefinition object to define a contour flange whose width is defined by a distance from the input Profile.</summary>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Defines the length of the extrusion. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to exend the flange to. Valid input is kPositiveExtentDirection, kNegativeExtentDirection, or kSymmetricExtentDirection. kPositiveExtentDirection defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.SetDistanceWidthExtentTwo(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the second direction extent(Distance B) for the distance width extent of the ContourFlangeDefinition.</summary>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the length of the contour flange in the other direction for an asymmetric extent.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.SetFromToExtent(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the width extent to define a contour flange whose width is defined as being between two entities.&amp;nbsp;Calling this method will set WidthExtentsFromSketchPlane to True when the Operation is kJoinOperation.</summary>
            <param name="FromEntity">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the “from” extents.  This can be a planar Face or WorkPlane, object that is parallel to the original sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToEntity">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the “to” extents.  This can be a planar Face or WorkPlane that is parallel to the original sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.SetToExtent(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the width extent to define a contour flange whose width is defined as being between original sketch plane and another entity.&amp;nbsp;This is applicable when the WidthExtentsFromSketchPlane is True or when Operation is kJoinOperation.</summary>
            <param name="ToEntity">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the “to” extents.  This can be a planar Face or WorkPlane that is parallel to the original sketch plane..</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.SheetMetalRule">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the sheet metal style for the body the feature is in. Set this property is applicable only when the feature is the first feature in a solid body. When set this property the default sheet metal rule will be overridden and.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.UnfoldMethod">
            <summary>Gets and sets the UnfoldMethod object that defines how the bends associated with this contour flange feature are unfolded.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.UseDefaultSheetMetalRule">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to use the document active sheet metal style for the body the feature is in. Set this property is applicable only when the feature is the first feature in a solid body and this can only be set to True from False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.WidthExtent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PartFeatureExtent object that defines how the width extent of the contour flange feature is defined.&amp;nbsp;This is applicable when the WidthExtentsFromSketchPlane is True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.WidthExtentsFromSketchPlane">
            <summary>Read-only property that get and sets the width extents type is from sketch plane or along selected edge. This is applicable when the Operation is kJoinOperation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition.WidthExtentType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the width extent type.&amp;nbsp;The valid values for this property are kDistanceExten, kFromToExtent, and kToExtent. This is applicable when the WidthExtentsFromSketchPlane property is True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature">
            <summary>The ContourFlangeFeature object represents a sheet metal contour flange feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.BendFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns the associated bend feature, if there is one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the ContourFlangeDefinition object associated with this contour flange feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.BendFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns the associated bend feature, if there is one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the ContourFlangeDefinition object associated with this contour flange feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatures">
            <summary>The ContourFlangeFeatures collection object provides access to the ContourFlangeFeature objects. It"s also through the ContourFlangeFeatures object that you create new ContourFlangeFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatures.Add(Inventor.ContourFlangeDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new contour flange feature. The newly created ContourFlangeFeature object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="ContourFlangeDefinition">
                <summary>Input ContourFlangeDefinition object that defines the contour flange feature you want to create. A ContourFlangeDefinition object can be created using the ContourFlangeFeatures.CreateContourFlangeDefinition method. It can also be obtained from an existing ContourFlangeFeature object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatures.CreateDefinition(Inventor.Path,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a new ContourFlangeDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="Path">
                <summary>Input Path object that specifies the shape of the contour flange.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Operation">
                <summary>Optional input PartFeatureOperationEnum to specify operation type. Valid values are kJoinOperation and kNewBodyOperation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="WidthExtentsFromSketchPlane">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean to specify width extent type is from sketch plane or along selected edge. This is applicable only when the Operation is set to kJoinOperation. If not specified this defaults to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EdgeSet">
                <summary>Optional input EdgeCollection that specifies the edge set to create a contour flange feature on. 
The first FlangeEdgeSet is created using these edges, it can be queried using ContourFlangeEdgeSetItem. 

This is applicable only when the WidthExtentsFromSketchPlane is set to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BendEdges">
                <summary>Optional input EdgeCollection object that contains the edges that are used to define the adjoining edges for new face.  

This is applicable only when the WidthExtentsFromSketchPlane is set to True.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ContourFlangeFeature object from the collection. This is the default property of the ContourFlangeFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourFlangeFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContourRollFeature">
            <summary>The ContourRollFeature object represents a contour roll sheet metal feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ContourRollFeatures">
            <summary>The ContourRollFeatures collection object provides access to the ContourRollFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of ContourRollFeature objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ContourRollFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ContourRollFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ControlDefinition">
            <summary>The ControlDefinition object is the base class for all other command definition types. This includes the following objects: ButtonDefinition, ComboBoxDefinition, and MacroControlDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ControlDefinition.AutoAddToGUI">
            <summary>Method that automatically adds a control based on this definition to the General panel of the Add-Ins tab in the ribbon interface.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.BuiltIn">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the control or definition is a standard Autodesk Inventor control or definition. Built-in ones have restrictions in the edits that can be performed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.Classification">
            <summary>Property that returns the command classification of the ControlDefinition. These classifications are bits and can be combined to designate that a command falls within more than one classification. Because they are bits, care needs to be taken when interpreting the returned values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.ClientId">
            <summary>Property that returns the string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}".</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.DefaultShortcut">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default (internal) shortcut assigned to the command. Setting this property fails for built-in ControlDefinitions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.DefaultShortcutType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of shortcut assigned to this command.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.DefinitionType">
            <summary>Property that returns the control definition type. The possible return values are kButtonDefinition, kComboBoxDefinition, and kMacroControlDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ControlDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the control definition. This method fails for built-in definitions.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.DescriptionText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets Description Text.&amp;nbsp;For MacroControlDefinition this property is read-only.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.DisplayName">
            <summary>Property that returns the display name of the ControlDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.Enabled">
            <summary>Enables/Disables the UIDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ControlDefinition.Execute">
            <summary>Method that runs the built-in command or sends the Click event to the Add-In. The end result of calling the Execute method is the same as if the user had clicked/pressed the relevant control - for example, by clicking on a button that references a ButtonDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ControlDefinition.Execute2(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that executes the control definition synchronously or asynchronously.</summary>
            <param name="Synchronous">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to execute the control definition synchronously ('Send Message') or asynchronously ('Post Message').</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name. This name is the internal unique identifier for the ControlDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.IntroducedInVersion">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the introduced in version of the control definition. The values from AvailableComparisonVersions can be used to set this property. This is read only if the control definition is built-in or if it is MacroControlDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.IsShortcutOverridden">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the default (internal) shortcut has been overridden by the user or through the API.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.LargeIcon">
            <summary>Gets/Sets LargeIcon. For MacroControlDefinition this property is read-only.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.LastUpdatedVersion">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the last updated version of the control definition. The values from AvailableComparisonVersions can be used to set this property. This is read only if the control definition is built-in or if it is MacroControlDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.OverrideShortcut">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the override shortcut assigned to the command. Setting this property to a null string clears the override.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.OverrideShortcutType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of override shortcut assigned to this command.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.ProgressiveToolTip">
            <summary>Property that returns a ProgressiveToolTip object providing access to enhanced tooltip display for controls in the ribbon interface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.StandardIcon">
            <summary>Gets/Sets StandardIcon. For MacroControlDefinition this property is read-only.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.ToolTipText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets Tooltip. For MacroControlDefinition this property is read-only</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ControlDefinitionEvents">
            <summary>The ControlDefinitionEvents object supports a set of properties and events used to work with command inputs.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinitionEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ControlDefinitionEvents.FireOnCommandInputs(Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.NameValueMap@,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Method that fires the OnCommmandInput event.</summary>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Inputs">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ControlDefinitionEvents.OnCommandInputs(Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.NameValueMap@,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever the command requests an input from the user.</summary>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Inputs">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinitionEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinitionEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ControlDefinitions">
            <summary>The ControlDefinitions collection object provides access to existing objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ControlDefinitions.AddButtonDefinition(System.String,System.String,Inventor.CommandTypesEnum,System.Object,System.String,System.String,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.ButtonDisplayEnum)">
            <summary>Method that adds a newButtonDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the display name associated with this definition. The display name is the text that is displayed to the user. Because this string is displayed to the user, you should consider localizing it for different languages.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input String value that defines the unique name of the definition. This name is never displayed to the user. The name must be unique with respect to all other control definitions and command bars in Inventor. Because of the uniqueness requirement, it is recommended that you add your application name to the name to help eliminate naming conflicts. For example instead of the name "Analyze" it might be "ACMEAnalyze".</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Classification">
                <summary>Input that sets the classification for this ControlDefinition. These classifications are bits and can be combined to designate that a command falls within more than one classification.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Optional input string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}".
When set shortcut to a ButtonDefinition this is required to make the shortcut to work because Inventor requires this to determine if the addin is loaded or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DescriptionText">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the description text for this definition. The description text is displayed in the status bar when the mouse is moved over a control associated with the definition. If not supplied the display name will be used for the description text.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToolTipText">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the tool tip text for this definition. If not supplied the display name will be used for the tool tip text.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StandardIcon">
                <summary>Optional input Picture (IPictureDisp) object that specifies the standard size icon to use for the controls using this definition. A standard size icon is 16 pixels wide and 16 pixels high. If not supplied the button will be created as a text only button and the LargeIcon argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LargeIcon">
                <summary>Optional input Picture (IPictureDisp) object that specifies the large size icon to use for the controls using this definition. A large size icon is 32 wide by 32 high. If not supplied and a standard size icon is supplied a large icon will be automatically created by scaling the standard size icon. Because scaling a bitmap does not necessarily create a good image, it is recommended that you create and supply a large bitmap.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ButtonDisplay">
                <summary>constant indicating whether to display text and icons on a button. The default value is kDisplayTextInLearningMode.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ControlDefinitions.AddComboBoxDefinition(System.String,System.String,Inventor.CommandTypesEnum,System.Int32,System.Object,System.String,System.String,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.ButtonDisplayEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ComboBoxDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the display name associated with this definition. The display name is the text that is displayed to the user. Because this string is displayed to the user, you should consider localizing it for different languages.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input String value that defines the unique name of the definition. This name is never displayed to the user. The name must be unique with respect to all other control definitions and command bars in Inventor. Because of the uniqueness requirement, it is recommended that you add your application name to the name to help eliminate naming conflicts. For example instead of the name 'Analyze' it might be 'ACMEAnalyze'.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Classification">
                <summary>Input that sets the classification for this ControlDefinition. These classifications are bits and can be combined to designate that a command falls within more than one classification.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DropDownWidth">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the width (in pixels) of the drop-down portion of a combo box.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Optional input string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}". When set shortcut to a ComboBoxDefinition this is required to make the shortcut to work because Inventor requires this to determine if the addin is loaded or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DescriptionText">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the description text for this definition. The description text is displayed in the status bar when the mouse is moved over a control associated with the definition. If not supplied the display name will be used for the description text.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToolTipText">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the tool tip text for this definition. If not supplied the display name will be used for the tool tip text.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StandardIcon">
                <summary>Optional input Picture (IPictureDisp) object that specifies the standard size icon to use for the controls using this definition. A standard size icon is 16 pixels wide and 16 pixels high. All icons use 16 colors. If not supplied the button will be created as a text only button and the LargeIcon argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LargeIcon">
                <summary>Optional input Picture (IPictureDisp) object that specifies the large size icon to use for the controls using this definition. A large size icon is 24 pixels wide and 24 pixels high. All icons use 16 colors. If not supplied and a standard size icon is supplied a large icon will be automatically created by scaling the standard size icon. Because scaling a bitmap does not necessarily create a good image, it is recommended that you create and supply a large bitmap.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ButtonDisplay">
                <summary>constant indicating whether to display text and icons on a button.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ControlDefinitions.AddMacroControlDefinition(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new MacroControlDefinition object. The MacroControlDefinition object is used to define the information associated with a button that can be used to execute an Inventor VBA macro, insert an iPart, insert an iFeature or execute an EXE.</summary>
            <param name="MacroOrProgram">
                <summary>Input String that defines the VBA macro to run, the external file to insert or EXE program to run. A VBA macro must be a Public Sub defined in a standard code module of the Application VBA project. The Sub cannot have any input arguments. The Sub is specified using 'Module.SubName' format. For example the Sub MovePart in a module named AsmTools would be specified by 'AsmTools.MovePart'. If a filename with a .ipt extension is supplied it is assumed to be an iPart. The filename must be a full filename. If an external EXE is specified, this argument must be the full path to the EXE.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ControlDefinitionobject from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ControlDefinitions.UseDefaultMultiCharAliases">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether the multi-character Command Aliases delivered with Inventor should be used.&amp;nbsp;The equivalent UI option is found under the 'Keyboard' tab of the Customize dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CoreCavityDefinition">
            <summary>The CoreCavityDefinition object represents all of the information that defines a core-cavity feature. The CoreCavityDefinition object is used in two ways. First it is used as input when creating a core-cavity feature. Second it is used to query and edit existing core-cavity features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoreCavityDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this CoreCavityDefinition object. The new CoreCavityDefinition object is independent of any feature. It can be edited and used as input to edit an existing feature or to create a new core-cavity feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityDefinition.HolePatches">
            <summary>Property that allows you to get and set the surfaces that define any hole patches the core-cavity feature. The ObjectCollection must contain only SurfaceBody objects or it can be empty if there aren't any hole patches. The input SurfaceBody objects must be open surfaces, (SurfaceBody.IsSolid is False).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityDefinition.Inserts">
            <summary>Property that allows you to get and set the solids that define any inserts that are part of the core-cavity feature. The input SurfaceBody objects must be solids, (SurfaceBody.IsSolid is True), or the collection can be empty if there aren't any inserts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent CoreCavityDefintion object of this CoreCavityDefintion object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityDefinition.PartBody">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the solid, (SurfaceBody.IsSolid is True), SurfaceBody object used to define the geometry of the part. This body represents the part that is being molded.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityDefinition.PullDirection">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the pull direction of the CoreCavityFeature object. The portion generated on the positive direction side is the cavity, the other is the core.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityDefinition.RunoffSurfaces">
            <summary>Property that allows you to get and set the surfaces that define the run-off for the core-cavity feature. The ObjectCollection must consist of SurfaceBody objects and must contain at least one surface body. The input SurfaceBody objects must be open surfaces, (SurfaceBody.IsSolid is False).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityDefinition.Tolerance">
            <summary>Property that defines the tolerance used when attempting to fix certain failure cases such as when small gaps are detected between individual runoff surfaces or between the runoff surface and the base. The default value is 0.00005 (cm). The units are centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityDefinition.WorkpieceBody">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the solid, (SurfaceBody.IsSolid is True), SurfaceBody object used to define the work piece used for a CoreCavityFeature object. The work piece is a solid that represents the shape of the mold base and will be split into the core and cavity pieces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature">
            <summary>The CoreCavityFeature object represents a modeling feature for generating core/cavity surface bodies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.Cavity">
            <summary>Property that returns the SurfaceBody object that represents the cavity portion of the mold.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.Core">
            <summary>Property that returns the SurfaceBody object that represents the core portion of the mold.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets and set the CoreCavityDefinition object associated with this core-cavity feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.Cavity">
            <summary>Property that returns the SurfaceBody object that represents the cavity portion of the mold.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.Core">
            <summary>Property that returns the SurfaceBody object that represents the core portion of the mold.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets and set the CoreCavityDefinition object associated with this core-cavity feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatures">
            <summary>This CoreCavityFeatures collection provides access to existing CoreCavityFeature objects. It's also through the CoreCavityFeatures object that you create new CoreCavityFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatures.Add(Inventor.CoreCavityDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new CoreCavityFeature object. The newly created CoreCavityFeature object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input CoreCavityDefinition object that defines the core-cavity feature you want to create.
A CoreCavityDefinition object can be created using the CreateCoreCavityDefinition method on the CoreCavityFeatures object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatures.CreateDefinition(Inventor.SurfaceBody,Inventor.SurfaceBody,Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.UnitVector)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new CoreCavityDefinition object. This object is not a core-cavity feature but contains the information that defines a core-cavity feature and can be used to create a new core-cavity feature. Properties on the returned CoreCavityDefinition object can be used to define additional inputs for the core-cavity feature.</summary>
            <param name="PartBody">
                <summary>solid SurfaceBody object used to define the geometry of the part. This body represents the part that is being molded.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="WorkpieceBody">
                <summary>Input solid SurfaceBody object used to define the work piece used for a CoreCavityFeature object. The work piece is a solid that represents the shape of the mold base and will be split into the core and cavity pieces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RunoffSurfaces">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects that define the run off surfaces. The ObjectCollection must contain at least one surface body.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PullDirection">
                <summary>Input UnitVector that defines the pull direction. The portion generated on the positive direction side is the cavity, the other is the core.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns specified CoreCavityFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CoreCavityFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CornerChamferDefinition">
            <summary>The CornerChamferDefinition object is a utility object used for creating, querying, and editing sheet metal corner chamfer features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferDefinition.ChamferDefinition">
            <summary>Property that returns the ChamferDefinition object that defines how the chamfer is defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferDefinition.ChamferDefinitionType">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating how the chamfer is defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerChamferDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Function that creates a copy of this CornerChamferDefinition object. The copy is independent of any other object and can be edited without affecting anything else. It can then be used as input to either modify an existing corner round or create a new corner round feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferDefinition.CornerEdges">
            <summary>Gets the edges used for this corner chamfer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent CornerChamferFeature object of this CornerChamferDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerChamferDefinition.SetDistance(Inventor.EdgeCollection,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the way this corner chamfer is defined so that it is defined using an equal distance from the corner.</summary>
            <param name="CornerEdges">
                <summary>Input EdgeCollection object that contains all of the corners to apply a fillet on. These must be corner edges.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance from the edge. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerChamferDefinition.SetDistanceAndAngle(Inventor.EdgeCollection,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the CornerChamferDefinition object to define a chamfer that is measured by an offset from the corner along one face and then ang chamfer feature where the chamfer is defined by a distance from an edge and an angle from a face.</summary>
            <param name="CornerEdges">
                <summary>Input EdgeCollection object that contains all of the corners to apply a fillet on. These must be corner edges and must also be edges of the face specified through the Face argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object that the chamfer angle is measured from.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance for the chamfer. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle for the chamfer. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerChamferDefinition.SetTwoDistances(Inventor.Edge,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the CornerChamferDefinition object to define a chamfer that is measured by two offset distances.</summary>
            <param name="CornerEdge">
                <summary>Input Edge object that defines the corner to place the chamfer on..</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object that specifies which face the first distance applies to. The corner edges specified must lie on this face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DistanceOne">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the first distance for the chamfer.. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DistanceTwo">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the second distance for the chamfer.. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature">
            <summary>The CornerChamferFeature object represents a sheet metal corner chamfer feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets the CornerChamferDefinition object associated with this fold feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets the CornerChamferDefinition object associated with this fold feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatures">
            <summary>The CornerChamferFeatures collection object provides access to all of the objects in a sheet metal component definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatures.Add(Inventor.CornerChamferDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new corner chamfer feature. The newly created CornerChamferFeature object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="CornerChamferDefinition">
                <summary>Input CornerChamferFeature object that defines the corner chamfer feature you want to create. A CornerChamferDefinition object can be created using the CornerChamferFeatures.CreateCornerChamferDefinition method. It can also be obtained from an existing CornerChamferFeature object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatures.CreateCornerChamferDefinition(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new CornerChamferDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="CornerEdges">
                <summary>Input object that defines the corner(s) to apply a corner chamfer on. This can be a single Edge object or an EdgeCollection that contains the Edge objects to chamfer. Any non-corner edges will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance from the edge. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified CornerChamferFeature object from the collection. This is the default property of the CornerChamferFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerChamferFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CornerDefinition">
            <summary>The CornerDefinition object represents all of the information that defines a corner feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerDefinition.AlignedCornerExtension">
            <summary>Gets and sets how the corner is extened.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerDefinition.BendOptions">
            <summary>Gets and sets the BendOptions object that defines the bend options for this bend feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Function that creates a copy of this CornerDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerDefinition.CornerDefinitionType">
            <summary>Property that specifies the geometry that is used to measure the corner seam or miter gap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerDefinition.CornerOptions">
            <summary>Gets and sets the CornerDefinition object that defines how the corners are modeled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerDefinition.CornerType">
            <summary>Gets how the corner seam or miter is defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerDefinition.Edges">
            <summary>Gets the EdgeCollection object that specifies either the two edges that represent the two faces to create the seam between or the set of the create a ripped edge seam on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerDefinition.GapWidth">
            <summary>Gets the width of the gap of a sheet metal corner feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerDefinition.IsRippedCorner">
            <summary>Gets if this corner is a seam or ripped corner.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent CornerFeature object of this CornerDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerDefinition.PercentOverlap">
            <summary>Property that specifies the overlap as a percentage of the flange thickness.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CornerFeature">
            <summary>The CornerSeamFeature object represents a sheet metal corner seam feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the CornerDefinition object associated with this corner feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the CornerDefinition object associated with this corner feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CornerFeatures">
            <summary>The CornerFeatures collection object provides access to all of the objects in a sheet metal component definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerFeatures.Add(Inventor.CornerDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sheet metal corner feature.</summary>
            <param name="CornerDefinition">
                <summary>Input CornerDefinition object that defines the corner feature you want to create. A CornerDefinition object can be created using the CornerFeature.CreateCornerDefinition method. It can also be obtained from an existing CornerFeature object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerFeatures.CreateCornerDefinition(Inventor.EdgeCollection,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sheet metal corner feature.</summary>
            <param name="Edges">
                <summary>Input EdgeCollection object that contains the two edges that define the two sheet metal faces to create the corner between or the edges to create a ripped corner on.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RippedCorner">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies if the corner is a ripped corner or a seam corner. A value of True indicates a ripped corner.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified CornerFeature object from the collection. This is the default property of the CornerFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CornerOptions">
            <summary>The CornerOptions object defines the settings that influence the creation of a corner in a sheet metal part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerOptions.Copy">
            <summary>Function that creates a copy of this CornerOptions object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerOptions.CornerReliefPlacement">
            <summary>Defines the two bend relief placement to use for the associated sheet metal feature (valid only for round and square corners).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerOptions.CornerReliefShape">
            <summary>Defines the type of two bend relief shape to use for the associated sheet metal feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerOptions.CornerReliefSize">
            <summary>Provides access to the two bend corner relief size of a sheet metal feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerOptions.IsTwoBend">
            <summary>Property that indicates if the corner this CornerOptions object is associated with is a two or three bend corner.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerOptions.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object of this CornerOptions object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerOptions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CornerRoundDefinition">
            <summary>The CornerRoundDefinition object is a utility object used for creating, querying, and editing sheet metal corner round features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerRoundDefinition.AddEdgeSet(Inventor.EdgeCollection,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new edge set within the corner round definition.</summary>
            <param name="CornerEdges">
                <summary>Input EdgesCollection object that contains all of the corners to apply a corner round on. Any non-corner edges will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the corner radius. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerRoundDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Function that creates a copy of this CornerRoundDefinition object. The copy is independent of any other object and can be edited without affecting anything else. It can then be used as input to either modify an existing corner round or create a new corner round feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundDefinition.EdgeSetCount">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of edge sets defined within this CornerRoundDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundDefinition.EdgeSetItem">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified CornerRoundEdgeSet object from this CornerRoundDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent CornerRoundFeature of this CornerRoundDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerRoundDefinition.RemoveEdgeSet(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified CornerRoundEdgeSet object from this CornerRoundDefinition object. This results in all the corner round being removed from the edges in this edge set.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long value that specifies the index of the CornerRoundEdgeSet to return. If an out of range index is provided, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CornerRoundEdgeSet">
            <summary>The CornerRoundEdgeSet object represents a set of edges and an associated fillet radius.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundEdgeSet.Edges">
            <summary>Gets and sets the edges in this edge set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundEdgeSet.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent CornerRoundDefinition of this CornerRoundEdgeSet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundEdgeSet.Radius">
            <summary>Gets and sets the radius of a sheet metal corner round feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundEdgeSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature">
            <summary>The CornerRoundFeature object represents a sheet metal corner round feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets/sets the CornerRoundDefinition object associated with this fold feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets/sets the CornerRoundDefinition object associated with this fold feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatures">
            <summary>The CornerRoundFeatures collection object provides access to all of the objects in a sheet metal component definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatures.Add(Inventor.CornerRoundDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sheet metal corner round feature.</summary>
            <param name="CornerRoundDefinition">
                <summary>Input CornerRoundDefinition object that defines the various edges and radii.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatures.CreateCornerRoundDefinition(Inventor.EdgeCollection,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new CornerRoundDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="CornerEdges">
                <summary>Input EdgesCollection object that contains all of the corners to apply a corner round on. Any non-corner edges will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the corner radius. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatures.GetEdgesFromFeature(Inventor.PartFeature)">
            <summary>Method that gets the edges from a part feature that can be used to create corner round feature.</summary>
            <param name="Feature">
                <summary>Input PartFeature object that specifies a part feature to get its edges for creating corner round feature.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified CornerRoundFeature object from the collection. This is the default property of the CornerRoundFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CornerRoundFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature">
            <summary>The CosmeticBendFeature object represents a cosmetic bend within a flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatures">
            <summary>The CosmeticBendFeatures collection object provides access to the CosmeticBendFeature objects that have been created within a flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of LoftedFlangeFeature objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified CosmeticBendFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticBendFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CosmeticWeld">
            <summary>The CosmeticWeld object represents a cosmetic weld within an assembly. The CosmeticWeld object is derived from the Weld object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticWeld.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticWeld.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the definition object which defines the various inputs that were used to create the cosmetic weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CosmeticWeld.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the weld. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticWeld.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the Weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticWeld.SymbolAttachPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the coordinate where the weld symbol attached to the weld geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticWeld.SymbolBreakPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the coordinate where the weld symbol leader line break point is.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticWeld.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticWeld.WeldInfo">
            <summary>Gets the weld description information as a String containing XML formatted data. For more information on XML formatting see More XML Weld Info...</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CosmeticWeldDefinition">
            <summary>Cosmetic Weld Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticWeldDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticWeldDefinition.Area">
            <summary>Read-write property that provides access to the area of the cosmetic weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CosmeticWeldDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this CosmeticWeldDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticWeldDefinition.Edges">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the set of edges the cosmetic weld is on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticWeldDefinition.ExtentType">
            <summary>Read only property that gets and set the extent type for the weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticWeldDefinition.FromFace">
            <summary>Read only property that gets and sets a planar object as beginning plane to terminate the cosmetic weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CosmeticWeldDefinition.SetFromToExtent(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that set the extent type to from-to extent for the weld. Calling this method will set the ExtentType to kFromToExtent.</summary>
            <param name="FromFace">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="ToFace">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CosmeticWeldDefinition.SetThroughAllExtent">
            <summary>Method that changes the extents to be “through all” extents.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticWeldDefinition.ToFace">
            <summary>Read only property that gets and sets a planar object as ending plane to terminate the cosmetic weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticWeldDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CosmeticWelds">
            <summary>The CosmeticWelds object provides access to all the existing objects within a weldment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CosmeticWelds.Add(Inventor.CosmeticWeldDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a CosmeticWeld and returns the newly created CosmeticWeld object.</summary>
            <param name="CosmeticWeldDefinition">
                <summary>Input the CosmeticWeldDefinition object that defines the cosmetic weld you want to create.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticWelds.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticWelds.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CosmeticWelds.CreateDefinition(Inventor.EdgeCollection)">
            <summary>Method that creates a CosmeticWeldDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="Edges">
                <summary>Input the EdgeCollection object that specifies the edges on which to create the cosmetic weld.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticWelds.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified CosmeticWeld object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CosmeticWelds.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CropOperation">
            <summary>CropOperation object represents a crop applied to a drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CropOperation.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CropOperation.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CropOperation.CropBoundarySketch">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the drawing sketch used to specify the boundary for crop operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CropOperation.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the CropOperation.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CropOperation.DisplayCropCutLine">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to display the crop cut line or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CropOperation.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object.  The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CropOperation.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CropOperation.Style">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the view annotation style for this CropOperation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CropOperation.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CropOperations">
            <summary>CropOperations object represents all crop operations applied to a drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CropOperations.Add(System.Boolean,Inventor.Point2d,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds a crop to a drawing view. The newly created CropOperation object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="UseCircularBoundaryType">
                <summary>Input Boolean value that specifies whether to use the circular boundary type or rectangular boundary type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BoundaryCenterOrCornerOne">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the circular boundary center or rectangular boundary corner one. If the UseCircularBoundaryType is set to True then this is the circular boundary center, otherwise this is the rectangular boundary corner one.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BoundaryRadiusOrCornerTwo">
                <summary>Input double that specifies the radius of a circular boundary or input Point2d object that specifies the second corner for a rectangular boundary. If the UseCircularBoundaryType is set to True then this is the circular boundary radius, otherwise this is the rectangular boundary corner two.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayCropCutLine">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value that specifies whether to display the crop cut line or not. If not provided this default to True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Reserved for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CropOperations.AddBySketch(Inventor.DrawingSketch,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds a crop to a drawing view. The newly created CropOperation object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="CropBoundarySketch">
                <summary>Input DrawingSketch that specifies the sketch with a loop as the boundary to crop the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayCropCutLine">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value that specifies whether to display the crop cut line or not. If not provided this default to True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary>Reserved for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CropOperations.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CropOperations.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CropOperations.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CropOperations.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CropViewAnnotationStyleSettings">
            <summary>The CropViewAnnotationStyleSettings object represents a view annotation style settings for crop view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CropViewAnnotationStyleSettings.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CropViewAnnotationStyleSettings.CropBreakMarkLineType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets break mark line type for crop view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CropViewAnnotationStyleSettings.DistanceBetweenSymbols">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the distance between symbols.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CropViewAnnotationStyleSettings.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CropViewAnnotationStyleSettings.SymbolSize">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the symbol size.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CropViewAnnotationStyleSettings.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Curve2dEvaluator">
            <summary>The Curve2dEvaluator object. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Curve2dEvaluator.Continuity">
            <summary>Gets the level of continuity of the curve. The continuity is the largest order of continuity maintained for the entire curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Curve2dEvaluator.GetCurvature(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates the curvature direction and magnitude of the curve at the given parameter values.</summary>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the parameters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Directions">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the directions of the curvatures.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Curvatures">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the curvature.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Curve2dEvaluator.GetEndPoints(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Gets the end points of the curve if the curve is bounded.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the start point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the end point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Curve2dEvaluator.GetFirstDerivatives(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates the first order derivatives at the given parameter values on the curve.</summary>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the parameters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FirstDerivs">
                <summary>Input/output Double array of the resulting first derivatives.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Curve2dEvaluator.GetLengthAtParam(System.Double,System.Double,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Calculate the length of the curve as measured between the specified parameter values.</summary>
            <param name="FromParam">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the parameter value to measure the length from.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToParam">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the parameter value to measure the length to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Length">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the distance measured along the curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Curve2dEvaluator.GetParamAnomaly(System.Double[]@,System.Boolean@,System.Boolean@)">
            <summary>Gets general information about the parameterization of the curve, such as whether or not it is periodic, singular, or unbounded in the parameter domain.</summary>
            <param name="Periodicity">
                <summary>Output two element Double array that returns whether the curve is periodic. If the curve is periodic, the first array element is the period of the curve and the second element is the starting parameter of the principle period. If the curve is not periodic, the first element is zero, and the second element is unused.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsSingular">
                <summary>Output Boolean that returns whether the curve is degenerate to a singularity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UnboundedParam">
                <summary>Output Boolean that returns whether the curve has an unbounded parameter range.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Curve2dEvaluator.GetParamAtLength(System.Double,System.Double,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Calculates the parameter value at the point measured from the specified starting parameter along the curve.</summary>
            <param name="FromParam">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the parameter value to measure the length from.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Length">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the distance measured along the curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Param">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the parameter value at the specified Length from FromParam.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Curve2dEvaluator.GetParamAtPoint(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,Inventor.SolutionNatureEnum[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates the parameter value on the curve that is equal to the specified point. The point must lie on the curve.</summary>
            <param name="Points">
                <summary>Input/output double that specifies the points.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GuessParams">
                <summary>Input array of parameter values that are an initial guess to optimize the calculation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaxDeviations">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that returns the maximum deviation achieved from the input points.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the parameters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolTypes">
                <summary>Output that returns the nature of the solution found.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Curve2dEvaluator.GetParamExtents(System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Gets the valid parameter range of the curve if the curve is bounded.</summary>
            <param name="MinParam">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the minimum valid parameter value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaxParam">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the maximum valid parameter value.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Curve2dEvaluator.GetPointAtParam(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates the coordinate points at the given parameter values on the curve.</summary>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the parameters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Points">
                <summary>Input/output double that specifies the points.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Curve2dEvaluator.GetSecondDerivatives(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates the second order derivatives at the given parameter values on the curve.</summary>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the parameters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SecondDerivs">
                <summary>Input/output Double array of the resulting second derivatives.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Curve2dEvaluator.GetStrokes(System.Double,System.Double,System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates a set of connected line segments that approximate the curve within the specified tolerance.</summary>
            <param name="FromParam">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the starting parameter value to begin calculating the strokes. By specifying the from and to parameter values you can calculate strokes over a portion of a curve. 
If you want to calculate strokes over the entire curve you can call GetParamExtents to get the min and max param values for the entire curve. Remember that some curves are infinite and cannot return min and max param values. </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToParam">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the ending parameter value to end calculating the strokes. By specifying the from and to parameter values you can calculate strokes over a portion of a curve. 
If you want to calculate strokes over the entire curve you can call GetParamExtents to get the min and max param values for the entire curve. Remember that some curves are infinite and cannot return min and max param values. </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance of the resulting strokes.  This is the maximum distance that the stroked lines can be from the actual curve (chord height tolerance).  The distance is specified in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long indicating the number of points in the output connected line segments.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Double values that are the coordinates of the connected line segments.  The coordinate values are in 2d space (either the parametric space of the EdgeUse object or sketch space) and are in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Curve2dEvaluator.GetTangent(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates the tangency directions at the given parameter values on the curve.</summary>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the parameters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tangents">
                <summary>Output Double array that returns the tangent vectors at the specified parameter values.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Curve2dEvaluator.GetThirdDerivatives(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates the third order derivatives at the given parameter values on the curve.</summary>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the parameters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ThirdDerivs">
                <summary>Output Double array of the resulting third derivatives.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Curve2dEvaluator.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CurveAndEntityWorkPointDef">
            <summary>The CurveAndEntityWorkPointDefinition object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work point defined by a curve and another entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveAndEntityWorkPointDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveAndEntityWorkPointDef.CurveEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the curve of a curve and entity defined work point. . This object can be an Edge or any 2d or 3d sketch object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveAndEntityWorkPointDef.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the Face or WorkPlane object used in defining a work at the intersection of a curve and entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveAndEntityWorkPointDef.GetData(System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that returns all of the data defining a work point defined by the intersection of a curve and an entity.</summary>
            <param name="CurveEntity">
                <summary>Output object that returns the curve used in defining a work point at the intersection of a curve and entity. This object can be an or any 2d or 3d sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Output object that returns the or WorkPlane object used in defining a work at the intersection of a curve and entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveAndEntityWorkPointDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent WorkPoint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveAndEntityWorkPointDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CurveEvaluator">
            <summary>The CurveEvaluator object. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveEvaluator.Continuity">
            <summary>Gets the level of continuity of the curve. The continuity is the largest order of continuity maintained for the entire curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveEvaluator.GetCurvature(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates the curvature direction and magnitude of the curve at the given parameter values.</summary>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the parameters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Directions">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the directions of the curvatures.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Curvatures">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the curvature.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveEvaluator.GetEndPoints(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Gets the end points of the curve if the curve is bounded.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the start point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the end point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveEvaluator.GetFirstDerivatives(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates the first order derivatives at the given parameter values on the curve.</summary>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the parameters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FirstDerivs">
                <summary>Input/output Double array of the resulting first derivatives.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveEvaluator.GetLengthAtParam(System.Double,System.Double,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Calculate the length of the curve as measured between the specified parameter values.</summary>
            <param name="FromParam">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the parameter value to measure the length from.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToParam">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the parameter value to measure the length to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Length">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the distance measured along the curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveEvaluator.GetParamAnomaly(System.Double[]@,System.Boolean@,System.Boolean@)">
            <summary>Gets general information about the parameterization of the curve, such as whether or not it is periodic, singular, or unbounded in the parameter domain.</summary>
            <param name="Periodicity">
                <summary>Output two element Double array that returns whether the curve is periodic. If the curve is periodic, the first array element is the period of the curve and the second element is the starting parameter of the principle period. If the curve is not periodic, the first element is zero, and the second element is unused.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsSingular">
                <summary>Output Boolean that returns whether the curve is degenerate to a singularity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UnboundedParam">
                <summary>Output Boolean that returns whether the curve has an unbounded parameter range.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveEvaluator.GetParamAtLength(System.Double,System.Double,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Calculates the parameter value at the point measured from the specified starting parameter along the curve.</summary>
            <param name="FromParam">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the parameter value to measure the length from.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Length">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the distance measured along the curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Param">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the parameter value at the specified Length from FromParam.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveEvaluator.GetParamAtPoint(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,Inventor.SolutionNatureEnum[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates the parameter value on the curve that is equal to the specified point. The point must lie on the curve.</summary>
            <param name="Points">
                <summary>Input/output double that specifies the points.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GuessParams">
                <summary>Input array of parameter values that are an initial guess to optimize the calculation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaxDeviations">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that returns the maximum deviation achieved from the input points.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the parameters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolTypes">
                <summary>Output that returns the nature of the solution found.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveEvaluator.GetParamExtents(System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Gets the valid parameter range of the curve if the curve is bounded.</summary>
            <param name="MinParam">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the minimum valid parameter value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaxParam">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the maximum valid parameter value.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveEvaluator.GetPointAtParam(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates the coordinate points at the given parameter values on the curve.</summary>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the parameters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Points">
                <summary>Input/output double that specifies the points.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveEvaluator.GetSecondDerivatives(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates the second order derivatives at the given parameter values on the curve.</summary>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the parameters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SecondDerivs">
                <summary>Input/output Double array of the resulting second derivatives.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveEvaluator.GetStrokes(System.Double,System.Double,System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates a set of connected line segments that approximate the curve within the specified tolerance.</summary>
            <param name="FromParam">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the starting parameter value to begin calculating the strokes. By specifying the from and to parameter values you can calculate strokes over a portion of a curve.
If you want to calculate strokes over the entire curve you can call GetParamExtents to get the min and max param values for the entire curve. Remember that some curves are infinite and cannot return min and max param values. </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToParam">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the ending parameter value to end calculating the strokes. By specifying the from and to parameter values you can calculate strokes over a portion of a curve. 
If you want to calculate strokes over the entire curve you can call GetParamExtents to get the min and max param values for the entire curve. Remember that some curves are infinite and cannot return min and max param values. </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance of the resulting strokes.  This is the maximum distance that the stroked lines can be from the actual curve (chord height tolerance).  The distance is specified in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long indicating the number of points in the output connected line segments.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Double values that are the coordinates of the connected line segments.  The coordinate values are in model space and are in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveEvaluator.GetTangent(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates the tangency directions at the given parameter values on the curve.</summary>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the parameters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tangents">
                <summary>Output Double array that returns the tangent vectors at the specified parameter values.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveEvaluator.GetThirdDerivatives(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates the third order derivatives at the given parameter values on the curve.</summary>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the parameters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ThirdDerivs">
                <summary>Output Double array of the resulting third derivatives.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveEvaluator.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CurveGraphics">
            <summary>The CurveGraphics object defines a graphics object created using a transient curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveGraphics.Anchored">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this graphics primitive is anchored in view space. This property can only be set to False. The Anchored property is automatically set to True by the SetViewSpaceAnchor method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveGraphics.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveGraphics.BurnThrough">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether or not graphics are always visible even if they are blocked by other objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveGraphics.Color">
            <summary>Gets and sets color associated with this primitive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveGraphics.Curve">
            <summary>Gets and sets curve associated with this primitive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveGraphics.CurveType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of the underlying curve geometry that defines this curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveGraphics.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the graphics primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveGraphics.DepthPriority">
            <summary>Read-write property that allows you to specify a display priority to the curve graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveGraphics.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveGraphics.GetTransformBehavior(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the current transform behavior of the graphic object.</summary>
            <param name="TextAnchor">
                <summary>Output Point object that returns the anchor point of the graphic object in model space. The coordinates of this point are always defined in model space. The value of this argument is irrelevant when the behavior type to kNoTransformBehaviors.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BehaviorType">
                <summary>Output value from DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum that returns the type of transform behavior the text has. Valid values are kFrontFacing, kFrontFacingAndPixelScaling, kNoTransformBehaviors, and kPixelScaling. TextGraphics objects are always front facing regardless of the defined behavior type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PixelScale">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the scale factor to apply to all coordinates associated with this graphics object. The scale factor is only relevant when the object has pixel scaling behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveGraphics.GetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.Point2d@,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the anchor information of the graphics object. This method returns an error if the 'Anchored' property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Output that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Output that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Output constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveGraphics.Id">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Id of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveGraphics.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this curve graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveGraphics.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this curve graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveGraphics.LineType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the line type override. Setting the property to kDefaultLineType restores the default line type. If the property returns kCustomLineType, the GetCustomLineType method can be used to get further details about the line type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveGraphics.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this curve graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveGraphics.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveGraphics.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveGraphics.RemoveViewSpaceAnchor">
            <summary>The RemoveViewSpaceAnchor method removes the view space anchor from the object, and sets the Anchored property to false.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveGraphics.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists. If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveGraphics.SetTransformBehavior(Inventor.Point,Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets the transform behavior of the graphic object.</summary>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the anchor point of the graphic object in model space. The coordinates of this point are always defined in model space. The value of this argument is ignored when setting the behavior type to kNoTransformBehaviors.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BehaviorType">
                <summary>Input value from DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum that specifies the type of transform behavior the text has. Valid values are kFrontFacing, kFrontFacingAndPixelScaling, kNoTransformBehaviors, and kPixelScaling. TextGraphics objects are always front facing regardless of the defined behavior type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PixelScale">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the scale factor to apply to all coordinates associated with this graphics object. This scale factor is only used when the behavior type is kFrontFacingAndPixelScaling or kPixelScaling.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CurveGraphics.SetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum)">
            <summary>Method that anchors the graphics object at the specified point in view space. The Anchored property is set to True.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Input that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Input constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CurveGraphics.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CustomConstraint">
            <summary>The CustomConstraint object represents a custom constraint for a sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.ClientId">
            <summary>Property that returns the string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}".</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraint.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraint.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraint.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraint.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraint.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraint.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraint.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraint.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CustomConstraint3D">
            <summary>The CustomConstraint3D object represents a custom constraint for a 3D sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint3D.ClientId">
            <summary>Property that returns the string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}".</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint3D.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint3D.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity to which this custom constraint has been applied.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CustomConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint3DProxy.ClientId">
            <summary>Property that returns the string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}".</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint3DProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint3DProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity to which this custom constraint has been applied.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.ClientId">
            <summary>Property that returns the string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}".</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomConstraintProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CustomDictionaries">
            <summary>CustomDictionaries object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomDictionaries.Add(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new CustomDictionary. The new created CustomDictionary is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String as the new CustomDictionary name.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomDictionaries.AddExisting(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that adds an existing CustomDictionary to the list of available custom dictionaries. The newly added CustomDictionary is returned.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String indicating the full filename of an existing CustomDictionary.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomDictionaries.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomDictionaries.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomDictionaries.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomDictionaries.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CustomDictionary">
            <summary>CustomDictionary object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomDictionary.AddWord(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that adds a word to this custom dictionary.</summary>
            <param name="Word">
                <summary>Input String indicating a word.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomDictionary.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomDictionary.DeleteWord(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that deletes a word from this custom dictionary.</summary>
            <param name="Word">
                <summary>Input String indicating a word.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomDictionary.FullFileName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the fully qualified file name of the CustomDictionary.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomDictionary.GetWords(System.String[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all words in this custom dictionary.</summary>
            <param name="Words">
                <summary>Output array of Strings contains all the words in the dictionary.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomDictionary.ImportWordsFromExistingDictionary(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that imports words to this custom dictionary from an existing custom dictionary.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String indicating the full filename of an existing CustomDictionary.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomDictionary.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the name of the CustomDictionary.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomDictionary.Remove">
            <summary>Method that removes the CustomDictionary from the custom dictionaries.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomDictionary.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CustomParameterGroup">
            <summary>The CustomParameterGroup object represents a grouping of certain parameters in the parameters dialog. These groups serve as a logical grouping of parameters to allow the user to more easily find a specific parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomParameterGroup.Add(Inventor.Parameter)">
            <summary>Method that adds a parameter to the group. Adding a parameter to a group does not remove it from group(s) that it currently resides in.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Input Parameter object that represents the parameter to be added to this group.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomParameterGroup.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomParameterGroup.ClientId">
            <summary>Property that returns the string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}".</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomParameterGroup.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of parameters in this group.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomParameterGroup.Delete(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the group and optionally deletes the parameters that it contains.</summary>
            <param name="DeleteParameters">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value that indicates whether or not to additionally delete the parameters contained in the group. A value of True specifies that the parameters should be deleted. If not specified, a default of False is used indicating that the parameters in the group will not be deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomParameterGroup.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets the disabling of certain user actions on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomParameterGroup.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets the display name of the Custom Parameter Group.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomParameterGroup.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the name of the custom group. The name is the internal English name of the group. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. The name is never displayed to the user. The display name is what's shown to the user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomParameterGroup.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Parameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomParameterGroup.Remove(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that removes a parameter from the group. This does not delete the parameter.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the index of the item within the list to be removed from this group.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomParameterGroup.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CustomParameterGroups">
            <summary>The CustomParameterGroups collection object provides access to all existing custom parameter groups and provides methods to create additional groups</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomParameterGroups.Add(System.String,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that adds a custom parameter group.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary>Input string that defines the display name of the custom group. This is the name that is displayed to the user and should be localized for different locales.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input string that defines the name of the custom group. This is the internal name and is not displayed to the user. The name must be unique with respect to all other groups. The name should remain constant in all locales to it can be used to find a specific group.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Optional input string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}".</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomParameterGroups.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomParameterGroups.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomParameterGroups.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified CustomParameterGroup object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomParameterGroups.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CustomPropertyFormat">
            <summary>The CustomPropertyFormat provides control over how the parameter value is formatted when it is exposed as a custom iProperty.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomPropertyFormat.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomPropertyFormat.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Parameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomPropertyFormat.Precision">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the precision to use when formatting the parameter value to be displayed as an iProperty.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomPropertyFormat.PropertyType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether the custom iProperty created for this parameter is a text (String) or number (Double) parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomPropertyFormat.ShowLeadingZeros">
            <summary>Gets/Sets if leading zeros should be shown in the formatted iProperty value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomPropertyFormat.ShowTrailingZeros">
            <summary>Gets/Sets if trailing zeros should be shown in the formatted iProperty value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomPropertyFormat.ShowUnitsString">
            <summary>Gets/Sets if the unit string should be shown in the formatted iProperty value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomPropertyFormat.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomPropertyFormat.Units">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the units to use when formatting the parameter value to be displayed as an iProperty.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CustomTable">
            <summary>The CustomTable object allows the creation of user-defined tables with the specified number of rows and columns, headings, content, and so on. See the Custom Tables overview for more information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomTable.AddBendTagsToView(Inventor.DrawingView)">
            <summary>Method that adds bend tags to drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="DrawingView">
                <summary>Input DrawingView object that specifies the DrawingView to add bend tags to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomTable.AddLink(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that adds a link to the specified document. If a link to a foreign file type already exists, the link is replaced if the input is also a foreign file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full file name of the file to add a link to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.BendDirectionReversed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the bend direction is reversed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.ColumnHeaderTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the column titles (headers).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.Columns">
            <summary>Property that returns the Columns collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomTable.CopyTo(Inventor.Sheet)">
            <summary>Method that copies the table to another sheet, either within the same document or in another document.</summary>
            <param name="TargetSheet">
                <summary>Input Sheet object that specifies the sheet to copy the custom table to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.DataTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the contents of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomTable.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the CustomTable.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomTable.Export(System.String,Inventor.FileFormatEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that saves the custom table to an external file.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the file name to export the table to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileFormat">
                <summary>Input FileFormatEnum that specifies the file format to save to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap object that specifies additional options for export. See Remarks for valid options:</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomTable.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.HeadingPlacement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the placement position of the table heading.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer used by the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.MaximumRows">
            <summary>Gets and sets the maximum number of rows per section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomTable.MergeCells(Inventor.Cell,Inventor.Cell)">
            <summary>Merges the table cells.</summary>
            <param name="StartCell">
                <summary>Input Cell object that indicates the start cell being merged.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndCell">
                <summary>Input Cell object that indicates the end cell being merged.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.MergedCells">
            <summary>Returns all MergedCell objects in a table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.NumberOfSections">
            <summary>Gets and sets the number of columns to wrap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.OverrideFormat">
            <summary>Gets and sets the table format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.Position">
            <summary>Specifies the position of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns either a DocumentDescriptor object (for Inventor references) or a FileDescriptor object (for foreign file references). The property returns Nothing if no links have been specified for the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomTable.Renumber">
            <summary>Method that renumbers all rows in the table. This method applies only to bend tables and returns an error for all other tables.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.Rotation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the absolute rotation angle of the table in radians.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.RowGap">
            <summary>Property that returns the row gap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.RowLineSpacing">
            <summary>Gets and sets the spacing between the rows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.Rows">
            <summary>Property that returns the Rows collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.ShowTitle">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to show the title of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomTable.Sort(System.String,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sorts the table.</summary>
            <param name="PrimaryColumnTitle">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the primary column to use for the sorting. If the name of a non-existing column is provided, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PrimaryColumnAscending">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to sort from the lowest value to the highest or vice versa. If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the sorting will be from the lowest value to the highest.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SecondaryColumnTitle">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the secondary column to use for the sorting. If the name of a non-existing column or the primary column is provided, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SecondaryColumnAscending">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to sort from the lowest value to the highest or vice versa. If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the sorting will be from the lowest value to the highest.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TertiaryColumnTitle">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the tertiary column to use for the sorting. If the name of a non-existing column, the primary column or the secondary column is provided, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TertiaryColumnAscending">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to sort from the lowest value to the highest or vice versa. If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the sorting will be from the lowest value to the highest.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.Style">
            <summary>Gets and sets the style associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.TableDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the vertical direction of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.TableSource">
            <summary>Property that returns the source type for this table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.Title">
            <summary>Specifies the title of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.TitleTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the title of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomTable.Update">
            <summary>Method that updates the custom table if it is out of date with respect to its linked files. The method returns a success and returns trivially if no update is required.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.WrapAutomatically">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to split the table equally.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTable.WrapLeft">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the sections of the table are moved to the left or right when the number of rows increase.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CustomTables">
            <summary>The CustomTables object contains the collection of objects for a given Sheet. See the Custom Tables overview for more information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomTables.Add(System.String,Inventor.Point2d,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.String[]@,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new CustomTable. The new created CustomTable is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Title">
                <summary>String that specifies the title (or the header) of the table.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PlacementPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that defines the placement point of the table.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NumberOfColumns">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the number of columns in the table.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NumberOfRows">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the number of rows in the table.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ColumnTitles">
                <summary>Array of Strings that specifies the titles of the columns. The number of strings should be equal to the number of columns, else an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Contents">
                <summary>Optional input String array that specifies the contents of the table. The number of Strings must match the number of cells in the table, else an error will occur. This array of String is used to sequentially populate each row of the table.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ColumnWidths">
                <summary>Optional input array of Doubles that specifies the width of the columns. The number of doubles specified must be equal to the number of columns, else an error will occur. If not specified, a default value is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RowHeights">
                <summary>Optional input array of Doubles that specifies the height of the rows. The number of doubles specified must be equal to the number of rows, else an error will occur. If not specified, a default value is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MoreInfo">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap that specifies additional information for the table creation. This argument is currently ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomTables.AddBendTableWithOptions(System.String,Inventor.Point2d,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new bend table. The newly created CustomTable is returned.</summary>
            <param name="SheetMetalFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full file name of the sheet metal file to create the bend table from.  The input file name must be that of a sheet metal file with at least one flat pattern created in it, else an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PlacementPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that defines the placement point of the table on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap that specifies more options to create the bend table. 

Valid options are:

Name = “Title”. Value = String that specifies the title (or the header) of the table.

Name = “Columns”. Value = Array of Strings that specifies the columns of the bend table.  The strings can be any or all of the following in any order: “BEND ID”, “BEND DIRECTION”, “BEND ANGLE”, “BEND RADIUS”，“BEND ALT RADIUS”  and “ BEND KFACTOR”.  If not specified, the default columns “BEND ID”, “BEND DIRECTION”, “BEND ANGLE” and “BEND RADIUS” are created.

Name = “BendIDNumericFormat”. Value = Boolean that specifies whether the format of the Bend ID is alphabetic or numeric.  If not specified, a value of True is used indicating that numeric format will be used.



Name = “BendIDPrefix”. Value = String that specifies a prefix for the Bend IDs.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomTables.AddConfigurationTable(System.String,Inventor.Point2d,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new configuration (iPart/iAssembly) table. The newly created CustomTable is returned.</summary>
            <param name="ConfigurationFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full file name of the configuration file to create the configuration table from. The file can be an iPart, an iAssembly, or a Presentation file which contains views of an iPart or an iAssembly.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PlacementPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that defines the placement point of the table on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Title">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the title (or the header) of the table.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Columns">
                <summary>Optional input array of Strings that specifies the columns of the configuration table. The strings specified must be the headings of the columns from the iPart or the iAssembly (obtained using iPartTableColumn.Heading or iAssemblyTableColumn.Heading properties). If not specified, only the 'Member' column is used to create the table.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomTables.AddCSVTable(System.String,Inventor.Point2d,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new custom table based on a CSV (comma delimited) file. The newly created CustomTable is returned.</summary>
            <param name="CSVFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full file name of the CSV (comma delimited) file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PlacementPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that defines the placement point of the table on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Title">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the title (or the header) of the table.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseFirstRowForHeaders">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to use the first row for column headers. If not specified, this argument defaults to True.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomTables.AddExcelTable(System.String,Inventor.Point2d,System.String,System.String,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new custom table based on an excel file. The newly created CustomTable is returned.</summary>
            <param name="ExcelFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full file name of the excel file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PlacementPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that defines the placement point of the table on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Title">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the title (or the header) of the table.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartCell">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the start cell of the data in the excel file. If not specified, the cell 'A2' is used as the start cell.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ColumnHeaderRow">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the header row in the excel file. If not specified, the first row in the excel file is assumed to be the header row.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTables.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTables.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CustomTables.CreateTableFormat">
            <summary>Method that creates a TableFormat object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTables.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CustomTables.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CutAcrossBendsExtent">
            <summary>The CutAcrossBendsExtent object represents the extent definition for a sheet metal cut feature that cuts across the bends of the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutAcrossBendsExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutAcrossBendsExtent.Distance">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the depth of the cut.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutAcrossBendsExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutAcrossBendsExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CutDefinition">
            <summary>The CutDefinition object represents all of the information that defines a cut feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutDefinition.CutAcrossBends">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this cut feature goes across bends or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutDefinition.CutNormalToFlat">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the side faces of this cut feature are perpendicular to the top/bottom faces of the flat.&amp;nbsp;This simulates most manufacturing processes where the cut is made perpendicular to the sheet stock.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutDefinition.Extent">
            <summary>Property that returns the PartFeatureExtent object that defines how the extent of the feature is defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutDefinition.ExtentType">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum value indicating how the extent of the feature is defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent CutFeature object of this CutDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutDefinition.Profile">
            <summary>Gets the Profile object that defines the shape of the cut.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutDefinition.SetCutAcrossBendsExtent(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the cut to cut across bends.</summary>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the cut. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutDefinition.SetDistanceExtent(System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum)">
            <summary>Method that changes the extent to be a distance extent.</summary>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the cut. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Input PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum value to indicate which side of the sketch the cut should be. The value kPositiveExtentDirection defines the cut direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutDefinition.SetFromToExtent(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that changes the extent to be a 'from to' extent.</summary>
            <param name="FromFace">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the 'from face'. This can be either a face or work plane. The same limitations for the 'from' face that exist when creating a cut feature interactively through the command exist when using the API to create a cut feature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendFromFace">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the 'from face' should be extended to contain the extents of the profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToFace">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the 'to face'. This can be either a face or work plane. The same limitations for the 'to' plane that exist when creating a cut feature interactively through the command exist when using the API to create a cut feature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendToFace">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the 'to face' should be extended to contain the extents of the profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutDefinition.SetThroughAllExtent(Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum)">
            <summary>Method that changes the extent to be a 'to next' extent.</summary>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Input PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum value to indicate which side of the sketch the cut should be. The value kPositiveExtentDirection defines the cut direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutDefinition.SetToExtent(System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that changes the extent to be a 'to' extent.</summary>
            <param name="ToFace">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the 'to face'. This can be either a face or work plane. The same limitations for the 'to' face that exist when creating a cut feature interactively through the command exist when using the API to create a cut feature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendToFace">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the 'to face' should be extended to contain the extents of the profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutDefinition.SetToNextExtent(Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum)">
            <summary>Method that changes the extent to be a 'to next' extent.</summary>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Input PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum value to indicate which side of the sketch the cut should be. kPositiveExtentDirection and kNegativeExtentDirection are valid values. The value kPositiveExtentDirection defines the cut direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CutFeature">
            <summary>The CutFeature object represents a sheet metal cut feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets/sets the CutDefinition object associated with this cut feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets/sets the CutDefinition object associated with this cut feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.CutFeatures">
            <summary>The CutFeatures collection object provides access to the CutFeature objects. It"s also through the CutFeatures object that you create new CutFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutFeatures.Add(Inventor.CutDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new cut feature.</summary>
            <param name="CutDefinition">
                <summary>Input CutDefinition object that defines the face feature you want to create. A CutDefinition object can be created using the CutFeatures.CreateCutDefinition method. It can also be obtained from an existing CutFeature object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.CutFeatures.CreateCutDefinition(Inventor.Profile)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new CutDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="Profile">
                <summary>Input Profile object that defines the shape of the cut feature. The input profile must consist of one or more closed paths.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified CutFeature object from the collection. This is the default property of the CutFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.CutFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Cylinder">
            <summary>The Cylinder object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Cylinder.AxisVector">
            <summary>Specifies the direction of the axis of the cylinder.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Cylinder.BasePoint">
            <summary>Specifies the base of the cylinder.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Cylinder.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this Cylinder object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original Cylinder object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Cylinder.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the surface evaluator for this cylinder.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Cylinder.GetCylinderData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this cylinder.</summary>
            <param name="BasePoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the base point of the cylinder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisVector">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the radius of the cylinder.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Cylinder.PutCylinderData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this cylinder.</summary>
            <param name="BasePoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the base point of the cylinder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisVector">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the radius of the cylinder.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Cylinder.Radius">
            <summary>Specifies the radius of the cylinder.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DataIO">
            <summary>Generic object that handles input and output of formatted data. IDataObject-style functionality that's IDispatch-compatible and simplified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DataIO.GetInputFormats(System.String[]@,Inventor.StorageTypeEnum[]@)">
            <summary>Obtains all the formats that can be accepted, paired with the storage-mediums on which they can possibly be received.</summary>
            <param name="Formats">
                <summary>Input/output String that specifies all of the formats accepted by the method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StorageTypes">
                <summary>Input/output that specifies storage-media on which specific formats can be saved.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DataIO.GetOutputFormats(System.String[]@,Inventor.StorageTypeEnum[]@)">
            <summary>Obtains all the formats that can be output, paired with the storage-mediums into which they can possibly be presented.</summary>
            <param name="Formats">
                <summary>Input/output String that specifies all of the formats accepted by the method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StorageTypes">
                <summary>Input/output that specifies storage-media on which specific formats can be saved.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DataIO.ReadDataFromFile(System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Reads in the specifically formatted contents of a file into the supporting object.</summary>
            <param name="Format">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the format of the data to be read from the file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the file to read the data from.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DataIO.ReadDataFromStream(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Reads in the specifically formatted contents of a Stream (IStream) into the supporting object.</summary>
            <param name="Format">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the format of the data to be read from the stream.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Stream">
                <summary>Input/output object from which to read the formatted data.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DataIO.WriteDataToFile(System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Writes out the contents of the supporting object in the specified format onto a file.</summary>
            <param name="Format">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the format of the data to be written to the file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the file to write the data to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DataIO.WriteDataToStream(System.String,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Writes out the contents of the supporting object in the specified format onto a Stream (IStream). If once-dereferenced Stream pointer is NULL, then a Stream is allocated and must be 'Release-d()' by caller.</summary>
            <param name="Format">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the format of the data to be written to the stream.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Stream">
                <summary>Input/output object from which to read the formatted data.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DataMedium">
            <summary>The DataMedium object is used when exporting/importing to various formats using the TranslatorAddIn APIs. See the 'export' samples under TranslatorAddin for examples of its use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DataMedium.FileName">
            <summary>Specifies the name of a data file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DataMedium.IDataObject">
            <summary>Specifies a IDataObject containing the data.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DataMedium.MediumType">
            <summary>Specifies the type of the data.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DataMedium.Stream">
            <summary>Specifies an IStream containing the data.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DataMedium.String">
            <summary>Specifies a String containing the data.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DebugInstrumentation">
            <summary>DebugInstrumentation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DebugInstrumentation.GetLiveObjects(System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Get the list of all live api objects.</summary>
            <param name="Cookies">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DebugInstrumentation.GetObjectCookie(System.Object)">
            <summary>Get the cookie from an object instance.</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DebugInstrumentation.GetTraceInfo(System.Boolean@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Obtains the current settings for the trace facility.</summary>
            <param name="Enabled">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="TraceFilename">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DebugInstrumentation.Object">
            <summary>Get the object instance from a cookie.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DebugInstrumentation.ObjectAddRefd(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
            <summary>An api object was addref'd.</summary>
            <param name="Cookie">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="ToReferenceCount">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DebugInstrumentation.ObjectCreated(System.Int32)">
            <summary>An api object was created.</summary>
            <param name="Cookie">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DebugInstrumentation.ObjectDescription">
            <summary>Get a short description of an api object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DebugInstrumentation.ObjectDestroyed(System.Int32)">
            <summary>An api object was destroyed.</summary>
            <param name="Cookie">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DebugInstrumentation.ObjectInstanceNumber">
            <summary>Get the instance number of an object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DebugInstrumentation.ObjectQueryInterfaced(System.Int32,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>An api object was QueryInterface'd for the specified interface.  The Success argument specifies whether the object returned success or not.</summary>
            <param name="Cookie">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="InterfaceIID">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Successful">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DebugInstrumentation.ObjectReferenceCount">
            <summary>Get the reference count of an object instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DebugInstrumentation.ObjectReleased(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
            <summary>An api object was released.</summary>
            <param name="Cookie">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="ToReferenceCount">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DebugInstrumentation.ObjectWatchType">
            <summary>Specifies the watch type for a particular object instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DebugInstrumentation.OnMemberInvoke(System.Int32,System.String,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,System.Int32)">
            <summary>A member was invoked on an api object.</summary>
            <param name="Cookie">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="MemberName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Result">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DebugInstrumentation.SetProfileInfo(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.String)">
            <summary>Enables or disables performance profiling.  When disabling profiling you can choose to write out performance data optionally specifying a filename.</summary>
            <param name="Enable">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="WriteToFileOnStop">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DebugInstrumentation.SetTrace(System.Boolean,System.String)">
            <summary>Enable/Disable outputting a trace of every method/property invoked by a client program.</summary>
            <param name="Enable">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="TraceFilename">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DecalFeature">
            <summary>The DecalFeature object represents a decal feature on a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.ChainFaces">
            <summary>Specifies if the decal is also applied on any faces that are adjacent to the primary face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DecalFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.Face">
            <summary>Gets and sets the primary face on which the decal is applied.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DecalFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DecalFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.Image">
            <summary>Gets and sets the sketch image used to apply the decal.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DecalFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DecalFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DecalFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DecalFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeature.WrapFace">
            <summary>Specifies if the decal is wrapped on the faces on which it is applied.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.ChainFaces">
            <summary>Specifies if the decal is also applied on any faces that are adjacent to the primary face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.Face">
            <summary>Gets and sets the primary face on which the decal is applied.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.Image">
            <summary>Gets and sets the sketch image used to apply the decal.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatureProxy.WrapFace">
            <summary>Specifies if the decal is wrapped on the faces on which it is applied.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DecalFeatures">
            <summary>The DecalFeatures collection object provides access to all of the DecalFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DecalFeatures.Add(Inventor.SketchImage,Inventor.Face,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new decal feature by applying an image on one or more faces in the model.</summary>
            <param name="Image">
                <summary>Input SketchImage object used to define the sketch image used to apply the decal.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object that defines the primary face on which the decal should be applied. The orientation of the face must be such that the image can be projected onto the face, otherwise the creation of the decal will fail. If the face is planar, then the angle between the normal vector of the face and the normal vector of the sketch plane that contains the image should be less than 90 degrees. If this angle is equal to 90 degrees (which means that the plane of the face is perpendicular to the plane of the image) or if this angle is greater than 90 degrees, then the creation of the decal will fail. For example, if the face is planar and the plane of the face is perpendicular to the plane of the image, then the creation of the decal will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="WrapFace">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies if the image should be wrapped on the face on which the decal needs to be applied. If a value of True is specified, then the image will be wrapped on the face on which the decal is applied. But, the image will be wrapped on the face only if the face is tangential to the plane of the image. If the face is not tangential to the plane of the image and a value of True is specified for this argument, then the creation of the decal will fail. The effects of wrapping the decal are pronounced if the face is a curved face. If a value of False is specified, then it implies that the decal feature should not be wrapped around the face, but created as a result of straight projection onto the face. A default value of False will be assumed if no value is explicitly specified for this argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ChainFaces">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether the decal should also be applied on any faces that are adjacent to the primary face on which the decal needs to be applied. If a value of True is specified, then the decal will also be applied on adjacent faces in addition to the primary face specified by the Face argument. If there are no adjacent faces, then the decal will be applied only on the primary face. If a value of False is specified, then the decal will be applied only on the primary face specified by the Face argument. A default value of True will be assumed if no value is explicitly specified for this argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified DecalFeature object from the collection. This is the default property of the Decals collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DecalFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DefaultBorder">
            <summary>The DefaultBorder object represents an instance of the default border.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DefaultBorder.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DefaultBorder.BottomMargin">
            <summary>Property that returns the space between the bottom edge of the sheet and the border line. The distance is specified in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DefaultBorder.Centermarks">
            <summary>Property that returns if center marks are displayed on the border. A value of True indicates center marks are displayed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DefaultBorder.Definition">
            <summary>Property returning the border definition object that this border is an instance of.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DefaultBorder.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the title block from the sheet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DefaultBorder.DelimitZonesByLines">
            <summary>Property that returns if delimit zones are indicated by lines or arrowheads. A value of True indicates lines are used and False specifies arrowheads.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DefaultBorder.GetResultText(Inventor.TextBox)">
            <summary>Method that returns the text that is currently displayed for a specific text box. This is useful for text boxes that use input form other sources to define their content, i.e. properties and prompted text. The string displayed within this text box is returned.</summary>
            <param name="DefinitionText">
                <summary>Input object from the referenced TitleBlockDefinition object. This text box is used as in index to specify which text box in the instance to return the text for.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DefaultBorder.HorizontalZoneCount">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of horizontal zones to be created for the border.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DefaultBorder.HorizontalZoneLabelMode">
            <summary>Property that returns the label style for the horizontal labels. Valid values are kBorderLabelModeAlphabetical, kBorderLabelModeNumeric, and kBorderLabelModeNone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DefaultBorder.LabelFromBottomRight">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the zone numbers begin at the bottom-right or top-left corner. A value of True indicates the bottom-right corner and False specifies the top-left.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DefaultBorder.LeftMargin">
            <summary>Property that returns the space between the left edge of the sheet and the border line. The distance is specified in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DefaultBorder.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the border instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DefaultBorder.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent sheet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DefaultBorder.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DefaultBorder.RightMargin">
            <summary>Property that returns the space between the right edge of the sheet and the border line. The distance is specified in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DefaultBorder.SetPromptResultText(Inventor.TextBox,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the text that was supplied for a specified border that contains prompted text. The string displayed within this border is changed.</summary>
            <param name="DefinitionText">
                <summary>Input TextBox object from the referenced BorderDefinition object. This text box is used to specify which prompted text box to set the text for.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NewValue">
                <summary>Input String that defines the new text to use for the specified prompted text.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DefaultBorder.TopMargin">
            <summary>Property that returns the space between the top edge of the sheet and the border line. The distance is specified in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DefaultBorder.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DefaultBorder.VerticalZoneCount">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of vertical zones to be created for the border.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DefaultBorder.VerticalZoneLabelMode">
            <summary>Property that returns the label style for the vertical labels. Valid values are kBorderLabelModeAlphabetical, kBorderLabelModeNumeric, and kBorderLabelModeNone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature">
            <summary>The DeleteFaceFeature object represents a delete face feature on a part. A delete face feature is created interactively by using the Delete Face tool on the Feature toolbar--see Autodesk Inventor user interface help for further information about delete face features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.InputFaces">
            <summary>Property that specifies the faces that were specified to create the feature. This property will return the faces only when the end of part marker is moved above this feature, else this property will return Nothing. This can either be a FaceCollection or a FaceShell object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.InputFaces">
            <summary>Property that specifies the faces that were specified to create the feature. This property will return the faces only when the end of part marker is moved above this feature, else this property will return Nothing. This can either be a FaceCollection or a FaceShell object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatures">
            <summary>The DeleteFaceFeatures object represents a collection of objects on a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatures.Add(System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new DeleteFaceFeature. The new created DeleteFaceFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="FacesToDelete">
                <summary>Input object that defines the faces to be deleted. This can either be a FaceCollection or a FaceShell object. If a FaceShell is specified, and it defines a void, this method deletes the void and restores mass to the model. If the FaceShell does not define a void, it results in the deletion of all the faces of the lump that this FaceShell belongs to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Heal">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether or not to attempt to heal gaps by extending adjacent faces until they intersect. If specified, this input is used only if a collection of faces is provided in the Faces argument. The default value is False indicating that the faces will not be healed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified DeleteFaceFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DeleteFaceFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponent">
            <summary>The DerivedAliasComponent object represents a specific derived Alias instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponent.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponent.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponent.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponent.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponent.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponent.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponent.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponent.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponent.ReferencedAliasFullFilename">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full filename of the derived Alias file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponent.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponent.ResultFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of NonParametricBaseFeature objects that were created as a result of deriving this Alias file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponent.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponentProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponentProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponentProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponentProxy.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponentProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponentProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponentProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponentProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponentProxy.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponentProxy.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponentProxy.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponentProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponentProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponentProxy.ReferencedAliasFullFilename">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full filename of the derived Alias file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponentProxy.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponentProxy.ResultFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of NonParametricBaseFeature objects that were created as a result of deriving this Alias file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponentProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponentProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponents">
            <summary>The DerivedAliasComponents collection object provides access to all of the existing DerivedAliasComponent objects in a part and provides methods to create additional derived components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponents.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponents.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified DerivedAliasComponent object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponents.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAliasComponents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponent">
            <summary>The DerivedAssemblyComponent object represents a specific derived assembly instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponent.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponent.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponent.Definition">
            <summary>Gets or sets DerivedAssemblyDefinition that defines the current state of this derived assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponent.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponent.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponent.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponent.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponent.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponent.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponent.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponent.ReferenceFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection containing the ReferenceFeatures that was created as a result of the derived component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponent.Replace(System.String,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Replaces current derived assembly component with another file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the new file to be used to replace the existing component.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap value that specifies the options when replace the component. Valid options include:
Name = ModelState. Value = String value that specifies the model state name.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponent.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponent.SuppressAll">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the suppress state for all of the Reference features created by this derived assembly component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponent.SuppressLinkToFile">
            <summary>Gets and Sets a Boolean flag indicating whether the link to the assembly file is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Gets or sets DerivedAssemblyDefinition that defines the current state of this derived assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy.ReferenceFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection containing the ReferenceFeatures that was created as a result of the derived component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy.Replace(System.String,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Replaces current derived assembly component with another file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the new file to be used to replace the existing component.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap value that specifies the options when replace the component. Valid options include:
Name = ModelState. Value = String value that specifies the model state name.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy.SuppressAll">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the suppress state for all of the Reference features created by this derived assembly component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy.SuppressLinkToFile">
            <summary>Gets and Sets a Boolean flag indicating whether the link to the assembly file is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponentProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponents">
            <summary>The DerivedAssemblyComponents collection object provides access to all of the existing objects in a part and provides methods to create additional derived assembly components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponents.Add(Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new using the information supplied by the input DerivedAssemblyDefinition object. If successful, the new DerivedAssemblyComponent is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input object that defines the derived component.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponents.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponents.CreateDefinition(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Definition. The returned definition provides access to all of the items in the document that can be derived.</summary>
            <param name="FullDocumentName">
                <summary>String that specifies the full document name of the assembly document to create the definition for. If only the FullFileName is specified, the master document within the assembly file is opened.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponents.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponents.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ComponentDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyComponents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition">
            <summary>The DerivedAssemblyDefinition object is used to describe which parts in an assembly will be used during the creation of the DerivedAssemblyComponent. It is also used when querying and editing an existing derived assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.ActiveDesignViewRepresentation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the active Design View Representation for the derived part.&amp;nbsp;An empty string indicates the Master design view is used.&amp;nbsp;The IsAssociativeDesignView property indicates if an associate link to the design view is created or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.ActiveModelState">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets or sets the name of active model state for the derived assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.ActivePositionalRepresentation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the active Positional Representation for the derived assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.DeriveStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets how bodies are derived. Valid options are kDeriveAsSingleBodyWithSeams, kDeriveAsSingleBodyNoSeams and kDeriveAsMultipleBodies.&amp;nbsp;kDeriveAsWorkSurface is not a valid option for derived assemblies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.GetHolePatchingOptions(Inventor.DerivedHolePatchEnum@,System.Double@,System.Double@,Inventor.EdgeCollection@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the hole patching options for the derived assembly.</summary>
            <param name="HolePatchType">
                <summary>Output DerivedHolePatchEnum that specifies the holes to patch. Valid values are kDerivedPatchNone, kDerivedPatchAll and kDerivedPatchRange. If kDerivedPatchRange is returned, the MinimumPerimeter and MaximumPerimeter values define the range.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinimumPerimeter">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the minimum perimeter value if the HolePatchType is specified to be kDerivedPatchRange.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaximumPerimeter">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the maximum perimeter value if the HolePatchType is specified to be kDerivedPatchRange.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary>For future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.GetRemoveBySizeOptions(System.Boolean@,System.Int32@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the simplification options specifying geometry to remove based on size.</summary>
            <param name="Enable">
                <summary>Output Boolean that specifies whether to enable or disable the 'remove by size' simplification option.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SizeRatioPercentage">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the size ratio percentage value of parts/faces to be removed. Valid range is 0 to 100. The ratio indicates the difference between the part bounding box and the assembly bounding box. This value returns 1 and should be ignored if the Enable argument is returns False.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.GetRemoveByVisibilityOptions(Inventor.DerivedGeometryRemovalEnum@,System.Int32@,System.Boolean@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the simplification options specifying geometry to remove based on visibility.</summary>
            <param name="GeometryToRemove">
                <summary>Output that specifies what geometry to remove. Valid values are kDerivedRemoveNone, kDerivedRemovePartsOnly and kDerivedRemovePartsAndFaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VisibilityPercentage">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the visibility percentage value of parts/faces to be removed. For instance, a value of 0 indicates that parts/faces not visible in any view are to be removed. Valid range is 0 to 100. This value returns 0 and should be ignored if GeometryToRemove returns kDerivedRemoveNone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IgnoreSurfaceFeatures">
                <summary>Output Boolean that specifies whether to ignore surfaces in visibility detection and removal. This value returns True and should be ignored if GeometryToRemove returns kDerivedRemoveNone.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.IncludeAllParameters">
            <summary>Method that includes all parameters from the source assembly.&amp;nbsp;This includes top level parameters in the source assembly as well as parameters in sub-assemblies and parts.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.IncludeAllSketches">
            <summary>Method that includes all sketches from the source assembly. This includes top level sketches in the source assembly as well as sketches in sub-assemblies and parts.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.IncludeAllTopLeveliMateDefinitions">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines whether all top level iMates in the source assembly are included in the derived assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.IncludeAllTopLevelParameters">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines whether all top level parameters in the source assembly are included in the derived assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.IncludeAllTopLevelSketches">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines whether all top level sketches in the source assembly are included in the derived assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.IncludeAllTopLevelWorkFeatures">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines whether all top level work features in the source assembly are included in the derived assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.IncludeAllWorkFeatures">
            <summary>Method that includes all work features from the source assembly. This includes top level work features in the source assembly as well as work features in sub-assemblies and parts.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.InclusionOption">
            <summary>Property that defines the inclusion status for all of the occurrences in the assembly. Valid options are kDerivedIncludeAll, kDerivedSubtractAll, kDerivedExcludeAll, kDerivedBoundingBox, kDerivedIntersect and kDerivedIndividualDefined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.IndependentSolidsOnFailedBoolean">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to create independent solids in the derived part when a Boolean operation fails.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.IsAssociativeDesignView">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if there is an associative link to the specified design view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.LinkFaceColorFromSource">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether color override should be removed from the resulting derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.LinkSketchFormattingFromSource">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether color override should be removed from the resulting derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.MirrorPlane">
            <summary>Gets and sets the plane about which the base assembly will be mirrored to create the derived assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.Occurrences">
            <summary>Property that gets the available in the selected assembly. This returns the top-level occurrences in the assembly. You can use the SubOccurrences of the DerivedAssemblyOccurrence object to traverse through the entire occurrence tree.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.ReducedMemoryMode">
            <summary>Gets and sets reduced memory mode for the derived Assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.RemoveInternalVoids">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether internal voids should be removed from the resulting derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.ScaleFactor">
            <summary>Gets or sets the scale factor for the derived Assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.SetHolePatchingOptions(Inventor.DerivedHolePatchEnum,System.Double,System.Double,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the hole patching options for the derived assembly.</summary>
            <param name="HolePatchType">
                <summary>Input DerivedHolePatchEnum that specifies the holes to patch. Valid values are kDerivedPatchNone, kDerivedPatchAll and kDerivedPatchRange. If kDerivedPatchRange is provided, the MinimumPerimeter and MaximumPerimeter values define the range.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinimumPerimeter">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the minimum perimeter value if the HolePatchType is specified to be kDerivedPatchRange. If not provided, an internal default value is assumed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaximumPerimeter">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the maximum perimeter value if the HolePatchType is specified to be kDerivedPatchRange. If not provided, an internal default value is assumed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary>Optional input Variant reserved for future use. Currently ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.SetRemoveBySizeOptions(System.Boolean,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that sets the simplification options specifying geometry to remove based on size.</summary>
            <param name="Enable">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to enable or disable the 'remove by size' simplification option.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SizeRatioPercentage">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the size ratio percentage value of parts/faces to be removed. Valid range is 0 to 100. The ratio indicates the difference between the part bounding box and the assembly bounding box. This input is required if the Enable argument is specified to be True.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.SetRemoveByVisibilityOptions(Inventor.DerivedGeometryRemovalEnum,System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the simplification options specifying geometry to remove based on visibility.</summary>
            <param name="GeometryToRemove">
                <summary>Input that specifies what geometry to remove. Valid values are kDerivedRemoveNone, kDerivedRemovePartsOnly and kDerivedRemovePartsAndFaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VisibilityPercentage">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the visibility percentage value of parts/faces to be removed. For instance, a value of 0 indicates that parts/faces not visible in any view are to be removed. Valid range is 0 to 100. This input is required if GeometryToRemove is specified to be kDerivedRemovePartsOnly or kDerivedRemovePartsAndFaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IgnoreSurfaceFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to ignore surfaces in visibility detection and removal. If not specified, a default of True is assumed indicating that surfaces will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyDefinition.UseOrientedMinimumBoundingBox">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that specifies whether to use the oriented minimum bounding box or orthogonal bounding box for the components that are included as bounding box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyOccurrence">
            <summary>The DerivedAssemblyOccurrence object defines the behavior of an occurrence within a derived assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyOccurrence.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyOccurrence.FailedBooleanOperation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether this occurrence failed the Boolean operation resulting in creation of separate, independent bodies. This occurs only if the IndependentSolidsOnFailedBoolean property on DerivedAssemblyDefinition is set to true.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyOccurrence.InclusionOption">
            <summary>Property that defines if this occurrence is included and if it is how it is used in the derived assembly. Valid values for this property are kDerivedIncludeAll, kDerivedSubtractAll, kDerivedExcludeAll, kDerivedBoundingBox, kDerivedIntersect and kDerivedIndividualDefined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyOccurrence.IsAssembly">
            <summary>Property that specifies whether this DerivedAssemblyOccurrence object represents a subassembly or a leaf part. This property is True in the case where it represents a subassembly. When it is a subassembly, the SubOccurrences property can be used to access the occurrences within this subassembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyOccurrence.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the name of the derived occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyOccurrence.ReferencedOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the in the assembly document. This can be used to perform additional queries to help to determine whether to include this occurrence or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyOccurrence.SubOccurrences">
            <summary>Property that returns the in the top-level of the assembly this DerivedAssemblyOccurrence object represents. This property is only valid in the case where the IsAssembly property is True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyOccurrence.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyOccurrences">
            <summary>The DerivedAssemblyOccurrences collection object provides access to the objects associated with a specific DerivedAssemblyDefinition object. The DerivedAssemblyOccurrence objects contained within the collection represent the top-level occurrences within the assembly you obtained the collection from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyOccurrences.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyOccurrences.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyOccurrences.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedAssemblyOccurrences.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent">
            <summary>The DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent object represents a specific derived future assembly instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that returns the derived future assembly definition that defines the current state of the derived future assembly.
&amp;nbsp;
The state of the derived future assembly can be changed by modifying the values of the returned descriptor and assigning it back to the derived future assembly using the DerivedFutureAssemblyDefinition property.&amp;nbsp;The part will be updated as a result of the assignment.

Note: Definition property will return Nothing if the link to the base assembly is broken or if the link to the base assembly could not be resolved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent.ReferenceFeatures">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the collection containing the ReferenceFeatures that were created as a result of the derived component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent.SuppressAll">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the suppress state for all of the Reference features created by this derived assembly component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent.SuppressLinkToFile">
            <summary>Read-write property that suppresses or unsuppresses the link to the base assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy">
            <summary>DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that returns the derived future assembly definition that defines the current state of the derived future assembly.
&amp;nbsp;
The state of the derived future assembly can be changed by modifying the values of the returned descriptor and assigning it back to the derived future assembly using the DerivedFutureAssemblyDefinition property.&amp;nbsp;The part will be updated as a result of the assignment.

Note: Definition property will return Nothing if the link to the base assembly is broken or if the link to the base assembly could not be resolved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy.ReferenceFeatures">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the collection containing the ReferenceFeatures that were created as a result of the derived component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy.SuppressAll">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the suppress state for all of the Reference features created by this derived assembly component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy.SuppressLinkToFile">
            <summary>Read-write property that suppresses or unsuppresses the link to the base assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponentProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponents">
            <summary>The DerivedFutureAssemblyComponents collection object provides access to all of the existing DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent objects in a part and provides methods to create additional derived components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponents.Add(Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent using the information supplied by the input DerivedFutureAssemblyDefinition object.&amp;nbsp;If successful, the new DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input DerivedFutureAssemblyDefinition object that defines the derived component.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponents.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponents.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified DerivedFutureAssemblyComponent object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponents.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ComponentDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponents.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kDerivedFutureAssemblyComponentsObject indicating the type of object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyDefinition">
            <summary>The DerivedFutureAssemblyDefinition object is used to describe which parts in an assembly will be used during the creation of the DerivedAssemblyComponent.  It is also used when querying and editing an existing derived assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyDefinition.ActiveDesignViewRepresentation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the active Design View Representation for the derived future assembly.&amp;nbsp;An empty string indicates the Master design view is used.&amp;nbsp;The IsAssociativeDesignView property indicates if an associate link to the design view is created or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyDefinition.ActivePositionalRepresentation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the active Positional Representation for the derived future assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyDefinition.FullFileName">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the full filename of the derived document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyDefinition.IsAssociativeDesignView">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if there is an associative link to the specified design view.&amp;nbsp;When creating a new derived future assembly, setting this property to True (which is the default) will create a derivation that is associative to the design view.&amp;nbsp;This can only be set to True when a design view other than the master design view is specified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyDefinition.Occurrences">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the&amp;nbsp;derived assemblies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kDerivedFutureAssemblyDefinitionObject indicating the type of object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrence">
            <summary>The DerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrence object defines the behavior of an occurrence within a derived future assembly. This object is derived from the ReferenceComponent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrence.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrence.InclusionOption">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines if this occurrence is included and if it is how it is used in the derived assembly.&amp;nbsp;Valid values for this property are kDerivedIncludeAll, kDerivedExcludeAll and kDerivedIndividualDefined.
&amp;nbsp;
If this occurrence represents a subassembly, setting to kDerivedIncludeAll will cause all sub occurrences to add material to the solid body.&amp;nbsp;If setting to kDerivedIndividualDefined, the sub occurrence’s define their behavior.&amp;nbsp;An important distinction between “All” and “IndividualDefined” switches is that as occurrences are added to the subassembly they will automatically be included if any of the “All” switches are used.&amp;nbsp;If the “InidividualDefined” switch is used, new components added to the assembly will be set to kDerivedExludeAll.

If this occurrence represents a leaf part, then valid options are kDerivedIncludeAll or kDerivedExcludeAll.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrence.IsAssembly">
            <summary>Read-only property that specifies whether this DerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrence object represents a subassembly or a leaf part.&amp;nbsp;This property is True in the case where it represents a subassembly.&amp;nbsp;When it is a subassembly, the SubOccurrences property can be used to access the occurrences within this subassembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrence.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this DerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrence within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrence.SubOccurrences">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the occurrences in the top-level of the assembly this DerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrence object represents.&amp;nbsp;This property is only valid in the case where the IsAssembly property is True.
.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrence.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrences">
            <summary>The DerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrences collection object provides access to the DerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrence objects associated with a specific DerivedFutureAssemblyDefinition object.  The DerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrence objects contained within the collection represent the top-level occurrences within the assembly you obtained the collection from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrences.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrences.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrences.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified DerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrence object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFutureAssemblyOccurrences.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponent">
            <summary>The DerivedFuturePartComponent object represents a specific derived future part instance.  This is derived from ReferenceComponent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponent.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponent.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponent.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that returns the derived future part definition that defines the current state of the derived part.&amp;nbsp;

The state of the derived part can be changed by modifying the values of the returned descriptor and assigning it back to the derived future part using the DerivedFuturePartDefinition property.&amp;nbsp;The part will be updated as a result of the assignment.

Note: Definition property will return Nothing if the link to the base part is broken or if the link to the base part could not be resolved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponent.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponent.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponent.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponent.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponent.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponent.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponent.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponent.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponent.SolidBodies">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ReferenceFeature objects that represent the solids that were created as a result of this derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponent.SuppressLinkToFile">
            <summary>Read-write property that suppresses or unsuppresses the link to the base part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponent.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ReferenceFeature objects that represent the work surfaces that were created as a result of this derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy">
            <summary>DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that returns the derived future part definition that defines the current state of the derived part.&amp;nbsp;

The state of the derived part can be changed by modifying the values of the returned descriptor and assigning it back to the derived future part using the DerivedFuturePartDefinition property.&amp;nbsp;The part will be updated as a result of the assignment.

Note: Definition property will return Nothing if the link to the base part is broken or if the link to the base part could not be resolved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy.SolidBodies">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ReferenceFeature objects that represent the solids that were created as a result of this derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy.SuppressLinkToFile">
            <summary>Read-write property that suppresses or unsuppresses the link to the base part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ReferenceFeature objects that represent the work surfaces that were created as a result of this derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponentProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponents">
            <summary>The DerivedFuturePartComponents collection object provides access to all of the existing DerivedFuturePartComponent objects in a part and provides methods to create additional derived components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponents.Add(Inventor.DerivedFuturePartDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new DerivedFuturePartComponent using the information supplied by the input DerivedFuturePartDefinition object.&amp;nbsp;If successful, the new DerivedFuturePartComponent is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input DerivedFuturePartDefinition object that defines the derived component.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponents.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponents.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified DerivedFuturePartComponent object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponents.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ComponentDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartComponents.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kDerivedFuturePartComponentsObject indicating the type of object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartDefinition">
            <summary>The DerivedFuturePartDefinition object is used to describe which entities within a future part will be used during the creation of the DerivedFuturePartComponent.  It is also used when querying and editing an existing derived future part.  When a DerivedFuturePartDefinition is initially created it is set so all available entities will be included in the derived part. Note: DerivedFuturePartDefinition object will become invalid after it has been set in the DerivedFuturePartComponent object i.e; all the properties will return failure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartDefinition.ActiveDesignViewRepresentation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the active Design View Representation for the derived part.&amp;nbsp;An empty string indicates the Master design view is used.&amp;nbsp;The IsAssociativeDesignView property indicates if an associate link to the design view is created or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartDefinition.ExcludeAll">
            <summary>Method that causes all entities within the derived part descriptor to be set to kDerivedExcludeAll.

This method excludes all solids, surfaces, sketches, 3d sketches, sketch blocks, sketch block definitions, workfeatures, parameters and iMate definitions.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartDefinition.FullFileName">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the full filename of the derived document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartDefinition.IncludeAll">
            <summary>Method that causes all entities within the derived part descriptor to be set to kDerivedIncludeAll.

This method includes all solids, surfaces, sketches, 3d sketches, sketch blocks, sketch block definitions, workfeatures, parameters and iMate definitions.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartDefinition.IncludeAllSolids">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines whether all solids are included in the derived part.&amp;nbsp;Valid input for this property is kDerivedIncludeAll, kDerivedExcludeAll, and kDerivedIndividualDefined.&amp;nbsp;If set to kDerivedIncludeAll, all solids will be included.&amp;nbsp;If set to kDerivedExcludeAll, no solids will be included.&amp;nbsp;If set to kDerivedIndividualDefined, then the inclusion state of each solid is defined by the solid itself.&amp;nbsp;The available solids are accessed using the Solids property of the DerivedPartDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartDefinition.IncludeAllSurfaces">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines whether all surfaces are included in the derived part.&amp;nbsp;Valid input for this property is kDerivedIncludeAll, kDerivedExcludeAll, and kDerivedIndividualDefined.&amp;nbsp;If set to kDerivedIncludeAll, all surfaces will be included.&amp;nbsp;If set to kDerivedExcludeAll, no surfaces will be imported.&amp;nbsp;If set to kDerivedIndividualDefined, then the inclusion state of each surface is defined by the surface itself.&amp;nbsp;The available surfaces are accessed using the Surfaces property of the DerivedPartDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartDefinition.IsAssociativeDesignView">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if there is an associative link to the specified design view.&amp;nbsp;When creating a new derived part, setting this property to True (which is the default) will create a derivation that is associative to the design view.&amp;nbsp;This can only be set to True when a design view other than the master design view is specified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartDefinition.Solids">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the collection of solids available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each solid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartDefinition.Surfaces">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the collection of surfaces available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedFuturePartDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kDerivedFuturePartDefinitionObject indicating the type of object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedParameter">
            <summary>Object that represents a parameter that was created automatically by Inventor as the result of deriving a component or due to the creation of a DerivedParameterTable by linking to an Inventor document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.Comment">
            <summary>Gets the user comments against this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.CustomPropertyFormat">
            <summary>Property that returns the CustomPropertyFormat object associated with this parameter. The CustomPropertyFormat provides control over how the parameter value is formatted when it is exposed as a custom iProperty.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedParameter.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this Parameter.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.Dependents">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that have a direct dependency on the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets the action types valid for this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.DisplayFormat">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display format for the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.DrivenBy">
            <summary>Method that returns the collection objects that the parameter is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.ExposedAsProperty">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the Boolean indicating if this parameter is exposed as a property of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.Expression">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the string that denotes the algebraic expression making up the definition of this parameter. Maybe a constant. 'Set' may not be allowed on some parameter types. When set this for Text parameter, the expression value should be quoted by quotation marks at beginning and ending of a string(like """I am Jack""").</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.ExpressionList">
            <summary>Property that returns the expression list associated with this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedParameter.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.InUse">
            <summary>Property that returns whether whether this parameter is currently in use (by a dimension, feature or by any other parameter).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.IsKey">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this parameter is a key parameter or not. Key parameters are typically those that need to be easily accessed and are designated as key to be filtered out from the rest of the parameters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.ModelValue">
            <summary>Property that returns the evaluation of this parameter (in database units) that is currently used by the model. This takes into account the value computed from the expression and the tolerance. This method is only valid for numeric unit types and will fail for Text and Boolean unit types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.ModelValueType">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the setting which is used for determining the method used to compute the model value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.ParameterType">
            <summary>Property that allows you to get the type of the parameter. The parameter type can be either kModelParameterType, kDerivedParameter, kFinishParameter,&amp;nbsp;kReferenceParameterType, kTableParameterType, or kUserParameterType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Document of this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.Precision">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the the number of decimal places displayed for this parameter. Note that the precision is used when applying a standard tolerance to the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter that this parameter is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.Tolerance">
            <summary>Property that returns the tolerance for this parameter. This property returns Nothing in the case where the unit type of this parameter is kTextUnits or kBooleanUnits.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.Units">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the units of the parameter. Note that the units is always retrieved as a string, but may be set using a constant from UnitsTypeEnum. 'Set' may not be allowed on some parameter types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameter.Value">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the value of this parameter. Numeric values are in database units. Setting this is equivalent to setting the 'Expression' with a constant string. 'Set' may not be allowed on some parameter types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedParameters">
            <summary>Provides access to the derived parameters associated with the DerivedParameterTable object the collection was obtained from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameters.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameters.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified DerivedParameter object from the collection. This is the default method of the DerivedParameters collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameters.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedParameterTable">
            <summary>The DerivedParameterTable object represents the connection to an Inventor document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameterTable.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedParameterTable.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DerivedParameterTable object. This method will fail if the HasReferenceComponent property returns true.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameterTable.DerivedParameters">
            <summary>Property that returns the DerivedParameters collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedParameterTable.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameterTable.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameterTable.LinkedParameters">
            <summary>Gets and sets the collection of parameters that have been linked from the referenced document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameterTable.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object of this DerivedParameterTable. This property will return different types of objects depending on the document type the DerivedParameterTable is contained in. If the DerivedParameterTable is in a part document then the parent is a PartComponentDefinition object. If the DerivedParameterTable is in an assembly document then the parent is an AssemblyComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameterTable.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameterTable.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the referenced Inventor document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameterTable.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedParameterTables">
            <summary>Creates and provides access to the parameters that reference parameters in another Inventor document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedParameterTables.Add(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new DerivedParameterTable object, given an existing Inventor part or assembly document as input. Returns the resulting DerivedParameterTable object. The creation fails if the input document does not have any exported parameters.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>String value that contains the full path to the part or assembly document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedParameterTables.Add2(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new DerivedParameterTable object, given an existing Inventor part or assembly document as input. Returns the resulting DerivedParameterTable object. This method fails if the input document has already been linked.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that contains the full path to the part or assembly document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ParametersToLink">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that specifies the parameters in the input file to link. If this argument is not specified, all the exported parameters in the input file are linked. If there are no exported parameters, the method will fail. If specified, all parameters in the input file that are not already exported are automatically exported.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameterTables.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameterTables.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified DerivedParameterTable object from the collection. This is the default method of the DerivedParameterTables collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedParameterTables.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent">
            <summary>The DerivedPartComponent object represents a specific derived part instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.Definition">
            <summary>Gets the DerivedPartDefinition that defines the current state of the derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.iMateDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateDefinition objects that were created as a result of this derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter objects that were created as a result of this derived part. This property will return Nothing in the case where the link to the part has been broken.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.Replace(System.String,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Replaces current derived part component with another file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the new file to be used to replace the existing component.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap value that specifies the options when replace the component. Valid options include:
Name = ModelState. Value = String value that specifies the model state name.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.SketchBlockDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchBlockDefinition objects that were created as a result of this derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.SketchBlocks">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchBlock objects that were created as a result of this derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.Sketches">
            <summary>Property that returns the PlanarSketch objects that were created as a result of this derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.Sketches3D">
            <summary>Property that returns the Sketch3D objects that were created as a result of this derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.SolidBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceFeature objects that represent the solids that were created as a result of this derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.SuppressLinkToFile">
            <summary>Gets and Sets a Boolean flag indicating whether the link to the part file is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the SurfaceBody objects that represent work surfaces that were created as a result of this derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponent.WorkFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the WorkPlane, WorkAxis, and WorkPoint objects that were created as a result of this derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Gets the DerivedPartDefinition that defines the current state of the derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.iMateDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateDefinition objects that were created as a result of this derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter objects that were created as a result of this derived part. This property will return Nothing in the case where the link to the part has been broken.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.Replace(System.String,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Replaces current derived part component with another file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the new file to be used to replace the existing component.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap value that specifies the options when replace the component. Valid options include:
Name = ModelState. Value = String value that specifies the model state name.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.SketchBlockDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchBlockDefinition objects that were created as a result of this derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.SketchBlocks">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchBlock objects that were created as a result of this derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.Sketches">
            <summary>Property that returns the PlanarSketch objects that were created as a result of this derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.Sketches3D">
            <summary>Property that returns the Sketch3D objects that were created as a result of this derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.SolidBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceFeature objects that represent the solids that were created as a result of this derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.SuppressLinkToFile">
            <summary>Gets and Sets a Boolean flag indicating whether the link to the part file is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the SurfaceBody objects that represent work surfaces that were created as a result of this derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponentProxy.WorkFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the WorkPlane, WorkAxis, and WorkPoint objects that were created as a result of this derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedPartComponents">
            <summary>The DerivedPartComponents collection object provides access to all of the existing objects in a part and provides methods to create additional derived components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartComponents.Add(Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new DerivedPartDefinition using the information supplied by the input DerivedPartDefinition object. If successful, the new DerivedPartComponent is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input object that defines the derived component.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponents.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartComponents.CreateCoordinateSystemDef(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef object.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the file to create the definition for.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartComponents.CreateTransformDef(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new DerivedPartTransformDef object.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the file to create the definition for.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartComponents.CreateUniformScaleDef(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new DerivedPartUniformScaleDef object.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the file to create the definition for.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponents.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified DerivedPartComponent object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponents.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ComponentDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartComponents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef">
            <summary>The DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef object allows you to query and define the coordinate system for a derived part, as well as to include and exclude elements and characteristics from the base part to the part to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.ActiveDesignViewRepresentation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the active Design View Representation for the derived part. An empty string indicates the Master design view is used.&amp;nbsp;The IsAssociativeDesignView property indicates if an associate link to the design view is created or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.ActiveModelState">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets or sets the name of active model state for the derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.DeriveStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets how bodies are derived. Valid options are kDeriveAsSingleBodyWithSeams, kDeriveAsSingleBodyNoSeams, kDeriveAsMultipleBodies and kDeriveAsWorkSurface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.ExcludeAll">
            <summary>Method that causes all entities within the derived part component to be set to kDerivedExcludeAll. Description This method should exclude all solids, surfaces, sketches, 3d sketches, sketch blocks, sketch block definitions, workfeatures, parameters and iMate definitions.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.Finishes">
            <summary>Gets the collection of FinishFeatures available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each FinishFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.GetCoordinateSystem(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.Vector@,Inventor.Vector@,Inventor.Vector@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the coordinate system.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Output that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XAxis">
                <summary>Output that specifies the x-axis of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YAxis">
                <summary>Output that specifies the y-axis of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ZAxis">
                <summary>Output that specifies the z-axis of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.GetScale(System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the scale factors along the x, y and z directions.</summary>
            <param name="XScale">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the x scale.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YScale">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the y scale.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ZScale">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the z scale.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.iMateDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection of iMates available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.IncludeAll">
            <summary>Method that causes all entities within the derived part component to be set to kDerivedIncludeAll.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.IncludeAlliMateDefinitions">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all iMates are included in the derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.IncludeAllParameters">
            <summary>Property that defines whether exported parameters are included in the derived part. This property is initialized to True when the DerivedPartDefinition object is created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.IncludeAllSolids">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all solids are included in the derived part.&amp;nbsp;Valid input for this property is kDerivedIncludeAll, kDerivedExcludeAll, and kDerivedIndividualDefined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.IncludeAllSurfaces">
            <summary>Property that defines whether all surfaces are included in the derived part. Valid input for this property is kDerivedIncludeAll, kDerivedExcludeAll, and kDerivedIndividualDefined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.IsAssociativeDesignView">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if there is an associative link to the specified design view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.LinkFaceColorFromSource">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that specifies whether to link face color from source component or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.LinkSheetMetalStyles">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that specifies whether to link sheet metal styles or not. This is applicable only when derive another sheet metal document to current sheet metal document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.LinkSketchFormattingFromSource">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that specifies whether to link sketch formatting from source component or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.MirrorPlane">
            <summary>Sets the plane about which the base part will be mirrored to create the derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection of parameters available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.ReducedMemoryMode">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the Reduced Memory Mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.SetCoordinateSystem(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Vector,Inventor.Vector)">
            <summary>Method that sets the coordinate system.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Input that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XAxis">
                <summary>Input that specifies the x-axis of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YAxis">
                <summary>Input that specifies the y-axis of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.SetScale(System.Double,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets the scale factors along the x, y and z directions.</summary>
            <param name="XScale">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the x scale.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YScale">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the y scale.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ZScale">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the z scale.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.Solids">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection of solids available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each solid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.Surfaces">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection of surfaces available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef.UseOrientedMinimumBoundingBox">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that specifies whether to use the oriented minimum bounding box or orthogonal bounding box for the components that are included as bounding box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition">
            <summary>The DerivedPartDefinition object is used to describe which entities within a part will be used during the creation of the DerivedPartComponent. It is also used when querying and editing an existing derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.ActiveDesignViewRepresentation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the active Design View Representation for the derived part. An empty string indicates the Master design view is used.&amp;nbsp;The IsAssociativeDesignView property indicates if an associate link to the design view is created or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.ActiveModelState">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets or sets the name of active model state for the derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.DeriveStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets how bodies are derived. Valid options are kDeriveAsSingleBodyWithSeams, kDeriveAsSingleBodyNoSeams, kDeriveAsMultipleBodies and kDeriveAsWorkSurface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.ExcludeAll">
            <summary>Method that causes all entities within the derived part component to be set to kDerivedExcludeAll. Description This method should exclude all solids, surfaces, sketches, 3d sketches, sketch blocks, sketch block definitions, workfeatures, parameters and iMate definitions.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.Finishes">
            <summary>Gets the collection of FinishFeatures available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each FinishFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.iMateDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection of iMates available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.IncludeAll">
            <summary>Method that causes all entities within the derived part component to be set to kDerivedIncludeAll.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.IncludeAlliMateDefinitions">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all iMates are included in the derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.IncludeAllParameters">
            <summary>Property that defines whether exported parameters are included in the derived part. This property is initialized to True when the DerivedPartDefinition object is created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.IncludeAllSolids">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all solids are included in the derived part.&amp;nbsp;Valid input for this property is kDerivedIncludeAll, kDerivedExcludeAll, and kDerivedIndividualDefined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.IncludeAllSurfaces">
            <summary>Property that defines whether all surfaces are included in the derived part. Valid input for this property is kDerivedIncludeAll, kDerivedExcludeAll, and kDerivedIndividualDefined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.IsAssociativeDesignView">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if there is an associative link to the specified design view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.LinkFaceColorFromSource">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that specifies whether to link face color from source component or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.LinkSheetMetalStyles">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that specifies whether to link sheet metal styles or not. This is applicable only when derive another sheet metal document to current sheet metal document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.LinkSketchFormattingFromSource">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that specifies whether to link sketch formatting from source component or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection of parameters available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.ReducedMemoryMode">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the Reduced Memory Mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.Solids">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection of solids available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each solid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.Surfaces">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection of surfaces available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartDefinition.UseOrientedMinimumBoundingBox">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that specifies whether to use the oriented minimum bounding box or orthogonal bounding box for the components that are included as bounding box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedPartEntities">
            <summary>The DerivedPartEntities collection object provides access to all of the objects associated with a specific DerivedPartDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartEntities.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartEntities.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartEntities.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified DerivedPartEntity object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartEntities.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedPartEntity">
            <summary>The DerivedPartEntity object contains the information associated with an entity being derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartEntity.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartEntity.DeriveStatus">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the derive status for this entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartEntity.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity in the part document. This can be used to perform additional queries to help to determine whether to include this entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartEntity.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef">
            <summary>The DerivedPartCoordinateSystemDef object allows you to define the transformation for a derived part, as well as to include and exclude elements from the base part to the part to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.ActiveDesignViewRepresentation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the active Design View Representation for the derived part. An empty string indicates the Master design view is used.&amp;nbsp;The IsAssociativeDesignView property indicates if an associate link to the design view is created or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.ActiveModelState">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets or sets the name of active model state for the derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.DeriveStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets how bodies are derived. Valid options are kDeriveAsSingleBodyWithSeams, kDeriveAsSingleBodyNoSeams, kDeriveAsMultipleBodies and kDeriveAsWorkSurface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.ExcludeAll">
            <summary>Method that causes all entities within the derived part component to be set to kDerivedExcludeAll. Description This method should exclude all solids, surfaces, sketches, 3d sketches, sketch blocks, sketch block definitions, workfeatures, parameters and iMate definitions.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.Finishes">
            <summary>Gets the collection of FinishFeatures available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each FinishFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.GetTransformation(Inventor.Matrix@,System.Boolean@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the matrix describing the transform that should be applied to the entities being derived.</summary>
            <param name="Transform">
                <summary>Output that describes the transform to apply to the entities derived.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Mirror">
                <summary>Output Boolean that specifies whether the derived part is mirrored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.iMateDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection of iMates available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.IncludeAll">
            <summary>Method that causes all entities within the derived part component to be set to kDerivedIncludeAll.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.IncludeAlliMateDefinitions">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all iMates are included in the derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.IncludeAllParameters">
            <summary>Property that defines whether exported parameters are included in the derived part. This property is initialized to True when the DerivedPartDefinition object is created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.IncludeAllSolids">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all solids are included in the derived part.&amp;nbsp;Valid input for this property is kDerivedIncludeAll, kDerivedExcludeAll, and kDerivedIndividualDefined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.IncludeAllSurfaces">
            <summary>Property that defines whether all surfaces are included in the derived part. Valid input for this property is kDerivedIncludeAll, kDerivedExcludeAll, and kDerivedIndividualDefined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.IsAssociativeDesignView">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if there is an associative link to the specified design view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.LinkFaceColorFromSource">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that specifies whether to link face color from source component or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.LinkSheetMetalStyles">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that specifies whether to link sheet metal styles or not. This is applicable only when derive another sheet metal document to current sheet metal document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.LinkSketchFormattingFromSource">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that specifies whether to link sketch formatting from source component or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection of parameters available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.ReducedMemoryMode">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the Reduced Memory Mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.SetTransformation(Inventor.Matrix,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the matrix describing the transform that should be applied to the entities being derived. Operations allowed in the transform are: translation, rotation, non-uniform scale and mirror.</summary>
            <param name="Transform">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the transform for the derived part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Mirror">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the derived part should be mirrored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.Solids">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection of solids available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each solid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.Surfaces">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection of surfaces available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartTransformDef.UseOrientedMinimumBoundingBox">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that specifies whether to use the oriented minimum bounding box or orthogonal bounding box for the components that are included as bounding box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef">
            <summary>The DerivedPartUniformScaleDef object allows you to query and define the uniform scale for a derived part, as well as to include and exclude elements and characteristics from the base part to the part to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.ActiveDesignViewRepresentation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the active Design View Representation for the derived part. An empty string indicates the Master design view is used.&amp;nbsp;The IsAssociativeDesignView property indicates if an associate link to the design view is created or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.ActiveModelState">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets or sets the name of active model state for the derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.DeriveStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets how bodies are derived. Valid options are kDeriveAsSingleBodyWithSeams, kDeriveAsSingleBodyNoSeams, kDeriveAsMultipleBodies and kDeriveAsWorkSurface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.ExcludeAll">
            <summary>Method that causes all entities within the derived part component to be set to kDerivedExcludeAll. Description This method should exclude all solids, surfaces, sketches, 3d sketches, sketch blocks, sketch block definitions, workfeatures, parameters and iMate definitions.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.Finishes">
            <summary>Gets the collection of FinishFeatures available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each FinishFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.iMateDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection of iMates available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.IncludeAll">
            <summary>Method that causes all entities within the derived part component to be set to kDerivedIncludeAll.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.IncludeAlliMateDefinitions">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all iMates are included in the derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.IncludeAllParameters">
            <summary>Property that defines whether exported parameters are included in the derived part. This property is initialized to True when the DerivedPartDefinition object is created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.IncludeAllSketchBlockDefinitions">
            <summary>Gets or sets whether all sketch block definitions are included in the derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.IncludeAllSketches">
            <summary>Property that defines whether all sketches are included in the derived part. Valid input for this property is kDerivedIncludeAll, kDerivedExcludeAll, and kDerivedIndividualDefined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.IncludeAllSketches3D">
            <summary>Gets or sets whether all sketches3D are included in the derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.IncludeAllSolids">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all solids are included in the derived part.&amp;nbsp;Valid input for this property is kDerivedIncludeAll, kDerivedExcludeAll, and kDerivedIndividualDefined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.IncludeAllSurfaces">
            <summary>Property that defines whether all surfaces are included in the derived part. Valid input for this property is kDerivedIncludeAll, kDerivedExcludeAll, and kDerivedIndividualDefined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.IncludeAllWorkFeatures">
            <summary>Property that defines whether all work features are included in the derived part. Valid input for this property is kDerivedIncludeAll, kDerivedExcludeAll, and kDerivedIndividualDefined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.IsAssociativeDesignView">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if there is an associative link to the specified design view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.LinkFaceColorFromSource">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that specifies whether to link face color from source component or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.LinkSheetMetalStyles">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that specifies whether to link sheet metal styles or not. This is applicable only when derive another sheet metal document to current sheet metal document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.LinkSketchFormattingFromSource">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that specifies whether to link sketch formatting from source component or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.MirrorPlane">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the plane about which the base part will be mirrored to create the derived part. This property is initialized to kDerivedPartNoMirrorPlane when the DerivedPartDefinition object is created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection of parameters available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.ReducedMemoryMode">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the Reduced Memory Mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.ScaleFactor">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the scale factor for the Derived Part. The base part will be scaled by this factor to create the Derived Part. This property is initialized to 1.0 when the DerivedPartDefinition object is created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.SketchBlockDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection of sketch block definitions available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each sketch block definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.SketchBlocks">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection of sketch blocks available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each sketch block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.Sketches">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of sketches available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.Sketches3D">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection of 3D sketches available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.Solids">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection of solids available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each solid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.Surfaces">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection of surfaces available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.UseOrientedMinimumBoundingBox">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that specifies whether to use the oriented minimum bounding box or orthogonal bounding box for the components that are included as bounding box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DerivedPartUniformScaleDef.WorkFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of work features available in the selected part along with the inclusion option for each work feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DesignProject">
            <summary>The DesignProject object represents an Inventor project file (.ipj).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignProject.Activate(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that activates the DesignProject. This requires all the documents to be closed in Inventor.</summary>
            <param name="SetAsDefaultProject">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether this project should be set as the default project for the next session of Inventor and Apprentice. If not specified, a value of True is used indicating the this project will be set as the default.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.ActiveAppearanceLibrary">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the currently active appearance library.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.ActiveMaterialLibrary">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the currently active material library.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.AppearanceLibraries">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the collection of appearance libraries associated with this project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.ContentCenterPath">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the directory in which to look for the Content Center components.&amp;nbsp;If set, this value overrides the corresponding application option.&amp;nbsp;The ContentCenterPathOverridden property returns whether the path is overridden and provides the ability to clear the override.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.ContentCenterPathOverridden">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the content center path is overridden by this project.&amp;nbsp;Setting the property to False clears the override and path in the application option is used.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.CreationTime">
            <summary>Gets and sets the creation time of the project file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.DesignDataPath">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the directory in which to look for the Design Data such as styles.&amp;nbsp;If set, this value overrides the corresponding application option.&amp;nbsp;The DesignDataPathOverridden property returns whether the path is overridden and provides the ability to clear the override.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.DesignDataPathOverridden">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the design data path is overridden by this project.&amp;nbsp;Setting the property to False clears the override and path in the application option is used.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.FrequentlyUsedPaths">
            <summary>Property that returns a ProjectPaths object that contains the list of frequently used paths and provides ability to add/remove paths.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.FullFileName">
            <summary>Property that returns the fully qualified file name for this design project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignProject.GetCustomSection(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns a custom section (in the form of an XML string) from the project file.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies name of the custom section in the project file. If the section with the specified name is not found an error occurs. The following strings can be used to retrieve some of the built-in sections: 'ContentCenterConfig', 'VaultOptions', and 'AutodeskIntent.'</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignProject.GetIncludedCustomSection(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns a custom section (in the form of an XML string) from the included project file.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies name of the custom section in the included project file. If the section with the specified name is not found or there is no included project, a null string is returned. The following strings can be used to retrieve some of the built-in sections: 'ContentCenterConfig', 'VaultOptions', and 'AutodeskIntent'.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.IncludedProject">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the full file name of another project to include in this project.&amp;nbsp;The search paths in the included file are included in the project. The project type of the included file overrides the setting in the project.&amp;nbsp;The property can be set to a null string to indicate that there are no included projects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.LibraryPaths">
            <summary>Property that returns a ProjectPaths object that contains the list of library paths and provides ability to add/remove paths.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.MaterialLibraries">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the collection of material libraries associated with this project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name for this design project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.OldVersionsToKeep">
            <summary>Gets and sets the number of versions to store in the OldVersions folder for each file saved. The first time a file is saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.Owner">
            <summary>Gets and sets the string identifying the owner of the project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent DesignProjectManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.PresetsPath">
            <summary>Gets and sets the directory in which to look for the Presets path.&amp;nbsp;If set, this value overrides the corresponding directory.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.PresetsPathOverridden">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the presets path is overridden by this project.&amp;nbsp;Setting the property to False clears the override and path in the application option is used.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.ProjectType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the project type.&amp;nbsp;Setting the type to shared or semi-isolated requires workgroup(s) to be specified. Setting the type to a Vault project requires a workspace to be specified but no workgroups or included project should be specified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.ReleaseId">
            <summary>Gets and sets version of the project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignProject.Remove">
            <summary>Method that removes the DesignProject from the list of available project files. This does not delete the .ipj file on disk. This method fails if the project is currently active.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignProject.SetCustomSection(System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that adds or modifies a custom section (in the form of an XML string) in the project file. If a section with the given name is found, the section is replaced, else the section is added.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies name of the custom section in the project file. The name should be as unique and human-readable as possible. If a section with this name is found, the existing section is replaced with the input CustomSection string. If not found, a new section is created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CustomSection">
                <summary>Input String containing an XML string with custom data to be stored in the project file. The name of the section should be included in this XML string, for example 'ApplicationXYZProjectOptions'.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.Shortcuts">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of strings specifying the shortcuts for the project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.StylesLibraryAccess">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the status of the styles library access for the Design Project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.TemplatesPath">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the directory in which to look for the template files.&amp;nbsp;If set, this value overrides the corresponding application option.&amp;nbsp;The TemplatesPathOverridden property returns whether the path is overridden and provides the ability to clear the override.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.TemplatesPathOverridden">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the templates path is overridden by this project.&amp;nbsp;Setting the property to False clears the override and path in the application option is used.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.UsingUniqueFileNames">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether duplicate file names are used in the project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.VaultName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the vault name.&amp;nbsp;Applicable only if the ProjectType is set to kVaultMode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.VaultPublishPath">
            <summary>Gets and sets the publish folder for Vault.&amp;nbsp;Applicable only if the ProjectType is set to kVaultMode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.VaultServer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the vault server.&amp;nbsp;Applicable only if the ProjectType is set to kVaultMode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.VaultVirtualPath">
            <summary>Gets and sets the virtual folder for Vault.&amp;nbsp;Applicable only if the ProjectType is set to kVaultMode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.WorkgroupPaths">
            <summary>Property that returns a ProjectPaths object that contains the list of workgroup paths and provides ability to add/remove paths.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProject.WorkspacePath">
            <summary>Gets and sets the workspace folder for the project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DesignProjectManager">
            <summary>The DesignProjectManager object provides access to project files related functionality in Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProjectManager.ActiveDesignProject">
            <summary>Property that returns the currently active design project. Use DesignProject.Activate method to activate a project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignProjectManager.AddOptionsButton(System.String,System.String,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds an options button to the Projects dialog. The returned button object can be used to receive an OnClick event fired when the user clicks the option button.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input string that uniquely identifies the client.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the dispaly name of the control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToolTipText">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the tooltip text.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StandardIcon">
                <summary>Optional input Picture (IPictureDisp) object that specifies the icon to use for the control.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProjectManager.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProjectManager.DesignProjects">
            <summary>Property that returns the DesignProjects collection object containing all the projects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignProjectManager.IsFileInActiveProject(System.String,Inventor.LocationTypeEnum@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether the given file is located within the active project using the resolution rules of the project, and additionally returns the path type (library, workspace, workgroup) and its name.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of a file.  This can either be a full file name (recommended), a relative file name or a file name with no path.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProjectPathType">
                <summary>Output LocationTypeEnum that returns where the input file was found. Possible returns values are: kLibraryLocation, kWorkspaceLocation, kWorkgroupLocation, kUnknownLocation (if none of the above or if the file is not found within the project).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProjectPathName">
                <summary>Output String that returns the name of the library, workspace or workgroup that the file was found in. Returns a null string if none of the above.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProjectManager.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Application or ApprenticeServerComponent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignProjectManager.ResolveFile(System.String,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that runs the file resolver from the source path and attempts to find the destination file name, in the active project. The full file name of the resolved file is returned. A null string is returned if no file was resolved to.</summary>
            <param name="SourcePath">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the source path to start the file resolution from.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DestinationFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the destination file name to resolve to. This can either be a relative file name or a full file name.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input Variant reserved for future use. Currently ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProjectManager.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DesignProjects">
            <summary>The DesignProjects collection object provides access to all the existing projects and provides methods to create additional projects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignProjects.Add(Inventor.MultiUserModeEnum,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new DesignProject. The newly created DesignProject is returned.</summary>
            <param name="ProjectType">
                <summary>Input MultiUserModeEnum that specifies the type of project to create.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies a name for the project.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProjectPath">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the project (workspace or workgroup) folder for the project.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignProjects.AddExisting(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that adds an existing project file to the list of project files. This is equivalent of browsing to a specific ipj file on disk and choosing it in the Projects editor dialog. If the design project is already in the collection, the corresponding DesignProject object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full file name of an Inventor project file with an .ipj extension.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProjects.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProjects.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProjects.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified DesignProject object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProjects.ItemByName">
            <summary>Returns the specified DesignProject object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignProjects.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation">
            <summary>The DesignViewRepresentation object represents a design view representation in the assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.Activate">
            <summary>Method that activates the design view representation.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.AutoSaveCamera">
            <summary>Gets and sets weather the design view representations camera is saved automatically.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.Camera">
            <summary>Gets and sets the camera associated with this design view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of the DesignViewRepresentation. The new created DesignViewRepresentation is returned.</summary>
            <param name="NewName">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the name of the design view representation to create. If not specified, Inventor assigns a name to the representation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.CopyComponentVisibilityToSuppression(System.String)">
            <summary>Create a new ModelState based on the visibility of components as defined by the design view. The new created ModelState is returned.</summary>
            <param name="NewName">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the name of the model state to create.  If not specified, Inventor assigns a name to the mode state.  If specified, the name must be unique with respect to the other model states in the document</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DesignViewRepresentation. The method returns an error if the DesignViewType is kMasterDesignViewType.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.DesignViewInfo">
            <summary>Property that returns the design view representation information as a String containing XML formatted data. This is applicable for assembly documents only. For more information on the XML format see More XML Design View Info...</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.DesignViewType">
            <summary>Property that returns the design view representation type. This can return kPrimaryDesignViewType, kPrivateDesignViewType, kPublicDesignViewType and kTransientDesignViewType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.GetSectionViewInfo(Inventor.SectionViewTypeEnum@,Inventor.Plane@,Inventor.Plane@)">
            <summary>Gets the current section view info in the design view.</summary>
            <param name="SectionViewType">
                <summary>Output SectionViewTypeEnum that indicates the current section view type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FirstSectionPlane">
                <summary>Output a Plane object that indicates the first section plane for quarter or three quarter section view and the section plane for the half section view. The normal of the section plane indicates the section direction. This returns Nothing if the SectionViewType is equal to kNoSectionViewType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SecondSectionPlane">
                <summary>Output a Plane object that indicates the second section plane for quarter or three quarter section view. The normal of the section plane indicates the section direction. This returns Nothing if the SectionViewType is not equal to kQuarterSectionViewType or kThreeQuarterSectionViewType.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.HideAll">
            <summary>Method that makes all components invisible in this representation.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.IsSectionViewSuppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether section view in this design view is suppressed or not. Set this to True will suppress the section view in this design view. The GetSectionViewInfo can be used to determine whether there is a section view or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.Locked">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this design view representation is locked.&amp;nbsp;If a representation is locked, changes made to it will not be saved to the document.&amp;nbsp;Setting this property will fail if the DesignViewType is kMasterDesignViewType or kPrivateDesignViewType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.ModelAnnotationAutoScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the design view representations model annotation scale mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.ModelAnnotationScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the design view representations model annotation scale.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the DesignViewRepresentation.&amp;nbsp;The name must be unique with respect to all other DesignViewRepresentation objects in the document, or an error will occur. Setting this property returns an error if the DesignViewType is kMasterDesignVi.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent RepresentationsManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.Publish">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this design view representation is published.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.RemoveAppearanceOverrides">
            <summary>Resets all components to their default appearance.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.RestoreCamera">
            <summary>Method that changes the camera of the active view to the camera stored with the design view.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.SaveCurrentCamera">
            <summary>Method that saves the camera of the active view to the design view.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.SetAllContentCenterComponentsVisibility(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the visibility of all content center components.</summary>
            <param name="Visible">
                <summary>Input Boolean value that specifies whether all the content center components are visible or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.SetSectionView(Inventor.SectionViewTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Sets a section view in the design view.</summary>
            <param name="SectionViewType">
                <summary>Input SectionViewTypeEnum that specifies the section view type you want to set.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FirstSectionPlane">
                <summary>Optinoal input a Plane object that specifies the first section plane for quarter or three quarter section view and the section plane for the half section view. The normal of the section plane defines the section direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SecondSectionPlane">
                <summary>Optinoal input a Plane object that specifies the second section plane for quarter or three quarter section view. The normal of the section plane defines the section direction. If the SectionViewType is not equal to the kQuarterSectionViewType or kThreeQuarterSectionViewType this argument will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.SetVisibilityOfOccurrences(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the visibility of a collection of occurrences.&amp;nbsp;If occurrences within a subassembly are specified and the owning subassembly occurrence is associative to a design view representation, the associativity will be turned off.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrences">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the ComponentOccurrence objects to set the visibility on.  The collection can contain both top-level occurrences and those in subassemblies (ComponentOccurrenceProxy objects).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Visible">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the set of occurrences should have the visibility turned off or on.  A value of True indicates that their visibility will be turned on.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.ShowAll">
            <summary>Method that makes all components visible in this representation.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentations">
            <summary>The DesignViewRepresentations collection object provides access to all the design view representations in the assembly and provides methods to create new ones.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentations.Add(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new DesignViewRepresentation. The new created DesignViewRepresentation is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the name of the design view representation to create. If not specified, Inventor assigns a name to the representation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean reserved for future use. Currently ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentations.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentations.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentations.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified DesignViewRepresentation object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DesignViewRepresentations.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DetailDrawingView">
            <summary>For information on this object, please refer to DrawingView, which provides identical or very similar functionality.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ActiveMemberName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the active member for a drawing view of an iPart or an iAssembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ActiveModelState">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the name of the active model state for a drawing view. This property returns a null string for drawing views of presentations and in the case where the model is unresolved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ActivePositionalRepresentation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the active Positional Representation for a drawing view of an assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ActivePresentationView">
            <summary>Property that returns the name of the active Presentation (Exploded) View for a drawing view of a presentation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.Align(Inventor.DrawingView,Inventor.DrawingViewAlignmentEnum)">
            <summary>Method that aligns this view with the input drawing view. The method returns a failure if the view is already aligned. Use the Aligned property to check for this condition and to break existing alignment.</summary>
            <param name="DrawingView">
                <summary>Input DrawingView object that specifies the view with which to align this view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AlignmentType">
                <summary>Input DrawingViewAlignmentEnum that specifies the alignment type. Valid values are kHorizontalViewAlignment, kVerticalViewAlignment and kInPositionViewAlignment.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.AlignAuxiliary(Inventor.DrawingCurve,Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that re-aligns an auxiliary view. The method fails if the view is not an auxiliary view.</summary>
            <param name="DrawingCurve">
                <summary>Input DrawingCurve object that specifies the orientation edge for the auxiliary view. This must be from the parent view, else the method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the new placement point for the auxiliary view on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.Aligned">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the view is aligned with another view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.AttachPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets geometry to attach the view to. Use Sheet.CreateGeometryIntent method to create a new GeometryIntent object. This property can be set to Nothing to un-attach the view from a geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.AuxiliaryOrientationEdge">
            <summary>Property that returns drawing curve that the auxiliary view is aligned to. This property returns Nothing if this is not an auxiliary view or if the orientation edge (drawing curve) has been removed from the parent view during a subsequent update.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.BitmapAvailable">
            <summary>Property that returns if this view's graphics are also available as a bitmap as well. If a bitmap exists it can be retrieved using the DataIO object. This is only applicable within Apprentice.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.BoundaryLayer">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the layer associated with the boundary geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.BreakOperations">
            <summary>Property that returns the BreakOperations object containing information about all the break operations applied to this view as well as methods to add breaks. Both local as well as inherited break operations are returned in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.BreakOutOperations">
            <summary>Property that returns the BreakOutOperations object containing information about all the break out operations applied to this view as well as methods to add break outs. Only local break out operations are returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.Camera">
            <summary>Property that returns a Camera object that defines the orientation of the model within the view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.Center">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display center point of the drawing view on the owning sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.CircularFence">
            <summary>Gets whether the detail view uses a circular fence or a rectangular fence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ClientGraphicsCollection">
            <summary>Property that returns the ClientGraphicsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.CopyTo(Inventor.Sheet)">
            <summary>Method that copies this drawing view into the specified sheet. The new object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="TargetSheet">
                <summary>Input Sheet object that specifies the sheet that this drawing view is to be copied into. An error occurs if the input sheet is the parent sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.CreateOriginIndicator(Inventor.GeometryIntent)">
            <summary>Method that creates the origin indicator for ordinate dimensions and hole tables. The specified input GeometryIntent object must be associated with this drawing view, otherwise this method will fail.</summary>
            <param name="Intent">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that specifies the origin point with which the origin indicator is associated. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the Sheet.CreateGeometryIntent method. Valid intent values are points. If an invalid intent value is specified, this method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.CropOperations">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the CropOperations object containing information about all the crop operations applied to this view as well as methods to add crops.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.DataIO">
            <summary>Property that returns the associated DataIO object. This can be used in Apprentice to obtain an associated bitmap, if it exists.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DrawingView.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.DesignViewAssociative">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets whether the DesignViewRepresentation for a drawing view of a model is associative or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.DesignViewRepresentation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the name of the Design View Representation for a drawing view of a model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.DisplayBendExtents">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display sheet metal bend extents on the drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.DisplayConnectionLine">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to display the line between the detail view fence and the full boundary. This property can be set to True only if the IsBreakLineSmooth and DisplayFullBoundary properties are set to True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.DisplayDefinitionInBase">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display detail circles, section lines and the associated text in the base view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.DisplayForeshortenedTangentEdges">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display shortened tangent edges in order to distinguish them from visible edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.DisplayFullBoundary">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to display full boundary of the detail view. This property can be set to True only if the IsBreakLineSmooth property is set to True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.DisplayHatching">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display hatches for section and slice views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.DisplayInterferenceEdges">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display both hidden edges that are excluded due to an interference condition (press, or interference fit conditions, threaded fasteners in tapped holes where the hole feature is modeled with the minor diameter).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.DisplayTangentEdges">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to display the tangent edges on the drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.DisplayThreadFeatures">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display thread features on the drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.DisplayTrails">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display trails.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.DrawingCurves">
            <summary>Property that returns all the drawing curves within the drawing view optionally filtered to the input model object. This property returns Nothing for draft views.iew object represents a drawing view on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.DrawingViewEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the object, which provides event notifcation. For example, view updates.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.DrawingViewToModelSpace(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 2d coordinate in drawing view space, and returns a Line in model space. Since this method transforms from 2D space to 3D space, there is insufficient information to obtain a 3D model point. Hence, this method returns a Line in the view direction on which the point lies. You may then use the FindUsingRay method to find the point(s) of interest.</summary>
            <param name="ViewCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point2d object of a point within drawing view space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.DrawingViewToModelTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from drawing view coordinate space to the model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.DrawingViewToSheetSpace(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 2d coordinate in drawing view space, and returns a Point2d containing the coordinates of the point in sheet space.</summary>
            <param name="ViewCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point2d object of a point within drawing view space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.DrawingViewToSheetTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from drawing view coordinate space to the sheet space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.FenceCenter">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the center of the fence. Applies to both circular and rectangular fence types. Setting this property will fail if the view is attached to geometry (i.e. the AttachPoint property returns an object).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.FenceCornerOne">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the first corner of the rectangular fence. This property returns Nothing and cannot be set if the fence type is circular.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.FenceCornerTwo">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the second corner of the rectangular fence. This property returns Nothing and cannot be set if the fence type is circular.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.FenceRadius">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the radius of the circular fence. This property fails if the fence type is rectangular.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.GeneralDimensionType">
            <summary>Read-write property that indicates the type of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.GetAutomatedCenterlineSettings(Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the settings that define how automatic center lines and center marks are to be calculated for this view.</summary>
            <param name="AutomatedCenterlineSettings">
                <summary>Output AutomatedCenterlineSettings object that defines the automatic center line and center mark creation settings for this drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.GetComponentLineColor(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets color of a component in drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="Component">
                <summary>Input Document, ComponentOccurrence, ComponentOccurrenceProxy, SurfaceBody, SurfaceBodyProxy, PartFeature or PartFeatureProxy  object to indicate a component in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.GetHiddenLinesStatus(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets the hidden lines status of a component in the drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="Component">
                <summary>Input Document, ComponentOccurrence, ComponentOccurrenceProxy, SurfaceBody, SurfaceBodyProxy, MeshFeature or MeshFeatureProxy object to indicate a component in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.GetIncludeStatus(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets the include status of the input object in the drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Input object to get the include status of. Valid objects are 2d and 3d sketches, work features, surface features, and proxies for all of these. The object needs to be supplied in the context of the document referenced by the drawing view. For instance, to set the include status of a 3D sketch within a part instanced in an assembly (and the drawing view is of the assembly), the input should be a Sketch3DProxy object created in context of the assembly. An error will occur if no corresponding object exists in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.GetVisibility(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets the visibility of the input object in the drawing view. This returns error if the input object has partial visibility status.</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Input object to get the visibility state of. Valid objects are 2d and 3d sketches, work features, surface features, occurrences and proxies for all of these. The object needs to be supplied in the context of the document referenced by the drawing view. For instance, to set the visibility state of a 3D sketch within a part instanced in an assembly (and the drawing view is of the assembly), the input should be a Sketch3DProxy object created in context of the assembly. An error will occur if no corresponding object exists in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.GetWeldmentState(Inventor.WeldmentStateEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the weldment option for the drawing view. The method returns a failure if the referenced model does not contain weldments.</summary>
            <param name="WeldmentState">
                <summary>Output WeldmentStateEnum that returns the weldment state of the drawing view. Valid return values are kAssemblyWeldmentState, kMachiningWeldmentState, kWeldsWeldmentState and kPreparationsWeldmentState. If kPreparationsWeldmentState is returned, the Component argument returns the corresponding preparations component.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Component">
                <summary>Output object that returns the component used for the Preparations weldment state. Valid return objects include an AssemblyDocument that represents the top level weldment document or a ComponentOccurrence that represents a first level occurrence in the weldment document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.GraphicsDataSetsCollection">
            <summary>Property that returns the object for the drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.HasOriginIndicator">
            <summary>Property that specifies whether the origin indicator for ordinate dimensions and hole tables has been created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.HatchRegions">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DrawingViewHatchRegions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.Height">
            <summary>Property that specifies the height of the drawing view. The view height cannot be set but is defined by the contents of the view</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.HiddenLineCalculationForAllBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the hidden line are calculated for all bodies or reference data separately.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.Include3DAnnotations">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to include the 3D annotations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.IncludeMeshBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to include the mesh bodies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.IncludeSurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to include the work surfaces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.InheritBreak">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the view should inherit the corresponding break from the parent view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.InheritBreakOut">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the view should inherit the corresponding break out from the parent view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.InheritSection">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the view should inherit the corresponding section cut from the parent view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.InheritSlice">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the view should inherit the corresponding slice cut from the parent view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.InsertInModelSpace">
            <summary>Inserts the view geometry into model space only if the drawing lives in an Inventor DWG file.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.IsBreakLineSmooth">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether the cut shape of the fence is smooth or jogged.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.IsFlatPatternView">
            <summary>Gets whether the drawing view is of a sheet metal flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.IsRasterView">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the drawing view is raster view or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.IsTextPropertySource">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the drawing view is specified as the text property source.This is applicable only when the drawing view is a base view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.IsUpdateComplete">
            <summary>Indicates if the view has finished updating.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.Label">
            <summary>Property that returns the DrawingViewLabel object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.Left">
            <summary>Property that returns the position of the left edge of the drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.Margin">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the amount of area outside the normal view boundary that the view boundary extends.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ModelToDrawingViewSpace(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 3d coordinate in model space, and returns a Point2d object containing the coordinate point in drawing view space.</summary>
            <param name="ModelCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point object of a point within model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ModelToDrawingViewTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from model space to the drawing view coordinate space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ModelToSheetSpace(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 3d coordinate in model space, and returns a Point2d object containing the coordinate point in sheet space.</summary>
            <param name="ModelCoordinate">
                <summary>Point object of a point within model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ModelToSheetTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from model space to the sheet coordinate space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.MoveTo(Inventor.Sheet)">
            <summary>Method that moves this drawing view into the specified sheet. The moved object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="TargetSheet">
                <summary>Input Sheet object that specifies the sheet that this drawing view is to be moved into. An error occurs if the input sheet is the parent sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.Name">
            <summary>Gets or sets the name of this View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.OriginIndicator">
            <summary>Property that gets the origin indicator for ordinate dimensions and hole tables.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent Sheet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ParentView">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent . This property returns Nothing in the case where no parent view exists.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the point used to position the drawing view on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.PresentationViewAssociative">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to associate the drawing view to the referenced presentation view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ReferenceDataDisplayStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the reference data display style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the model document referenced by this view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.RevisionClouds">
            <summary>Returns the collection of revision clouds on this drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.RotateByAngle(System.Double,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that rotates the drawing view by the specified angle.</summary>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input double that specifies the angle by which to rotate the view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Clockwise">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to rotate the view clockwise or counter-clockwise. The default value is True indicating that the view will be rotated clockwise.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.Rotation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the absolute rotation angle of the drawing view in radians. The value can either be positive (counter-clockwise rotation) or negative (clockwise rotation).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.Scale">
            <summary>Gets or sets the Model-to-PaperSpace scale of this particular Drawing View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ScaleFromBase">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the scale of the view derives from the parent view or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ScaleString">
            <summary>Gets or sets the Model-to-PaperSpace scale in string format of this particular Drawing View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.SetActiveModelState(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the active model state for a drawing view. In this method users can also decide to update the PartsList objects which use the same model state as the drawing view. This method fails for drawing views where the model is unresolved.</summary>
            <param name="ModelState">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the name of active model state to set for the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UpdatePartsList">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the PartsList objects in the document with the same model state as the drawing view should be updated or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeepOverrides">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to keep the overrides in the PartsList objects. This is ignored if the UpdatePartsLists is set to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.SetAutomatedCenterlineSettings(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the automatic centerline and center mark settings for this view and creates the centerlines and center marks defined by the settings. The centerlines and center marks that were created are returned.</summary>
            <param name="AutomatedCenterlineSettings">
                <summary>Optional input AutomatedCenterlineSettings object that defines the automatic center line and center mark creation settings for this drawing view.
If this argument is omitted the following rules apply. If automated centerlines and center marks have not been created for this view then this argument will default to the settings defined by the drawing settings. If this view has had automatic centerlines and center marks created, then the values used for the previous created are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.SetComponentLineColor(System.Object,Inventor.Color)">
            <summary>Method that sets color for a component in the drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="Component">
                <summary>Input Document, ComponentOccurrence, ComponentOccurrenceProxy, SurfaceBody, SurfaceBodyProxy, PartFeature or PartFeatureProxy  object to indicate a component in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Color">
                <summary>Input Color object to set the color for the component in the drawing view. This the color has its ColorSourceType set to kLayerColorSource or kAutomaticColorSource then the color of the component will be set by layer or automatic.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.SetDesignViewRepresentation(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a design view representation for a drawing view of an assembly. This method fails for drawing views of parts and presentations and in the case where the model (assembly) is unresolved.</summary>
            <param name="Representation">
                <summary>String that specifies the Design View Representation to set on the drawing view. The method returns a failure if a representation with this name is not found in the referenced assembly.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Associative">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to associatively apply the design view. If set to True, any changes to the design view in the referenced assembly will show in this view. If not specified, a value of False is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.SetHiddenLinesStatus(System.Object,Inventor.HiddenLinesStatusEnum)">
            <summary>Method that sets the hidden lines status of a component in the drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="Component">
                <summary>Input Document, ComponentOccurrence, ComponentOccurrenceProxy, SurfaceBody, SurfaceBodyProxy, MeshFeature or MeshFeatureProxy object to indicate a component in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="visibleStatus">
                <summary>Input HiddenLinesStatusEnum value to specify the hidden line status for the component. Valid values are kAllHiddenLinesVisible and kAllHiddenLinesInvisible.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.SetIncludeStatus(System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the include status of the input object in the drawing view. This method automatically makes the object visible as well. After an object has been included, its visibility can be controlled using the GetVisibility and SetVisibility methods.</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Input object to set the include status of. Valid objects are 2d and 3d sketches, work features, surface features, and proxies for all of these. The object needs to be supplied in the context of the document referenced by the drawing view. For instance, to set the include status of a 3D sketch within a part instanced in an assembly (and the drawing view is of the assembly), the input should be a Sketch3DProxy object created in context of the assembly. An error will occur if no corresponding object exists in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Include">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the input object is included in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.SetVisibility(System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the visibility of the input object in the drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Input object to set the visibility state of. Valid objects are 2d and 3d sketches, work features, surface features, occurrences and proxies for all of these. The object needs to be supplied in the context of the document referenced by the drawing view. For instance, to set the visibility state of a 3D sketch within a part instanced in an assembly (and the drawing view is of the assembly), the input should be a Sketch3DProxy object created in context of the assembly. An error will occur if no corresponding object exists in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Visible">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the input object is visible in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.SetWeldmentState(Inventor.WeldmentStateEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the weldment option for the drawing view. The method returns a failure if the referenced model does not contain weldments.</summary>
            <param name="WeldmentState">
                <summary>Input WeldmentStateEnum that specifies the weldment state of the drawing view. Valid options are kAssemblyWeldmentState, kMachiningWeldmentState, kWeldsWeldmentState and kPreparationsWeldmentState. If kPreparationsWeldmentState is specified, the Component argument must also be specified, else the top level weldment document is assumed as the component.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Component">
                <summary>Optional input object that specifies the component to use for the Preparations weldment state. Valid input objects include an AssemblyDocument that represents the top level weldment document or a ComponentOccurrence that represents a first level occurrence in the weldment document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.SheetToDrawingViewSpace(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 2d coordinate in sheet space, and returns a Point2d object containing the coordinate point in drawing view space.</summary>
            <param name="SheetCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point2d object of a point within sheet space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.SheetToDrawingViewTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from sheet space to the drawing view coordinate space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.SheetToModelSpace(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 2d coordinate in sheet space, and returns a Line in model space. Since this method transforms from 2D space to 3D space, there is insufficient information to obtain a 3D model point. Hence, this method returns a Line in the view direction on which the point lies. You may then use the FindUsingRay method to find the point(s) of interest.</summary>
            <param name="SheetCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point2d object of a point within sheet space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.SheetToModelTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from sheet coordinate space to the model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ShowHiddenAnnotations">
            <summary>Method that displays all the annotations hidden by the user.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ShowHiddenCurves">
            <summary>Method that displays all the curves explicitly hidden by the user.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ShowLabel">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to show the label of the drawing view on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ShowTrails">
            <summary>Gets and set whether to show the trails or not for a drawing view of a presentation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.Sketches">
            <summary>Property that returns the DrawingSketches collection object for the sheet. This object provides access to all of the sketches that have been created on the sheet and provides functionality to create new sketches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.StandardPartsSectionBehavior">
            <summary>Gets and sets the sectioning behavior for standard parts in drawing views of assemblies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this drawing view is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.Top">
            <summary>Property that specifies the position of the top edge of the drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the drawing view is up to date with respect to the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ViewAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the drawing view annotation object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ViewJustification">
            <summary>Gets and sets the view justification.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ViewOrientationFromBase">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the view should inherit the orientation from the base view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ViewStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the drawing view style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.ViewType">
            <summary>Property returning an DrawingViewTypeEnum constant indicating the type of view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DetailDrawingView.Width">
            <summary>Property that specifies the width of the drawing view. The view width cannot be set but is defined by the contents of the view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraint">
            <summary>The DiameterDimConstraint object represents a constraint that controls the diameter of a circle or arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraint.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraint.DimensionCenterPoint">
            <summary>Gets the center of the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraint.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraint.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the circle or arc being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraint.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraint.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraintProxy.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraintProxy.DimensionCenterPoint">
            <summary>Gets the center of the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraintProxy.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraintProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the circle or arc being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraintProxy.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraintProxy.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterDimConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension">
            <summary>The DiameterGeneralDimension object represents a diameter dimension placed on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.ArrowheadsInside">
            <summary>Gets and sets the ArrowheadsInside setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.Attached">
            <summary>Indicates whether this dimension is attached to anything. If not, it is considered orphaned and can be removed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DrawingDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.DimensionLine">
            <summary>Property that returns the dimension line geometry of the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.ExtensionLineOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first extension line of the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.ExtensionLineTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second extension line of the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.FirstArrowheadInside">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the first arrowhead is inside or outside.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.FirstArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of the first arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.GeneralDimensionType">
            <summary>Returns an enum indicating the type of general dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.GetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum@,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method returns an error if the IsInspectionDimension property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Output InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that indicates the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text. Valid return values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text placed left of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.HideValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the HideValue setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.Intent">
            <summary>Gets and sets the geometry associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.IsInspectionDimension">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this is an inspection dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.LeaderFromCenter">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the leader starts from the center of the arc or the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.ModelValue">
            <summary>Property that gets the dimension value as defined in the model or as measured in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.ModelValueOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the model value is overridden for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.OverrideModelValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the NominalValue setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sheet of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.Precision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the Precision setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.PromoteToSketch">
            <summary>Method that copies the dimension to the underlying sketch. This method only works for dimensions associated with a draft view.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.Retrieved">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether the dimension was created as a result of retrieving it either from the model or a drawing view sketch. If True, the RetrievedFrom property returns the object that the dimension was retrieved from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.RetrievedFrom">
            <summary>Property that returns the object that this dimension was retrieved from. Possible return objects include all sketch constraint objects that derive from DimensionConstraint and their proxies, FeatureDimension and FeatureDimensionProxy. The property returns Nothing if the Retrieved property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.SecondArrowheadInside">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the second arrowhead is inside or outside.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.SecondArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of the second arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.SetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method automatically sets the IsInspectionDimension property to True, if it isn't already.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Optional input InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that specifies the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text. Valid values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder. If not specified, kNoInspectionBorder is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text placed left of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.ShowAllExtensionLines">
            <summary>Method that un-hides all the extension lines associated with this dimension. If there are no hidden extension lines associated with this dimension, this method does nothing and returns a success.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.SingleDimensionLine">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to use a single dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.Style">
            <summary>Gets and sets the DimensionStyle associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.Text">
            <summary>Gets and sets the DimensionText setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.Tolerance">
            <summary>Property that returns the Tolerance object associated with this dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.TolerancePrecision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the precision of the tolerance text for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterGeneralDimension.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DiameterModelDimension">
            <summary>The DiameterModelDimension object represents a diameter model dimension in a part or assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimension.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimension.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimension.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimension.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the definition associated with this dimension.&amp;nbsp;When reading this property, the definition returned remains associated to the dimension and any changes made to the definition will be immediately reflected in the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterModelDimension.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterModelDimension.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterModelDimension.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterModelDimension.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimension.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimension.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimension.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimension.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimension.ModelValue">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the dimension value as defined in the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimension.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimension.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimension.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimension.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimension.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimension.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition">
            <summary>The DiameterModelDimensionDefinition provides access to all of the information that defines a diameter model dimension.  It is derived from the ModelDimensionDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.AnnotationPlane">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the annotation plane for the dimension.&amp;nbsp;Will return nothing in the case where the ModelDimensionDefinition object is transient and not associated with a dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the annotation plane definition for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.ArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of the first arrowhead. This is a style override.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this DiameterModelDimensionDefinition object. The new DiameterModelDimensionDefinition object is independent of any dimension. It can edited and used as input to edit an existing dimension or to create a new dimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.GetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum@,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method returns an error if the IsInspectionDimension property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Output InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that indicates the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text.  Valid return values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text placed left of the dimension value.  The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.  For instance, it can contain “&amp;lt;StyleOverride Font='AIGDT'&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/StyleOverride&amp;gt;Hi They'WithI donno p” to specify &lt;img src="..\images\CircleM.png"&gt;.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text  (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value.  The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.  For instance, it can contain “&amp;lt'StyleOverride&amp;gt; Font='AIGDT'&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/StyleOverride&amp;gt;” to specify &lt;img src="..\images\CircleM.png"&gt;.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.Intent">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the first geometry associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.IsArrowheadsInside">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the arrowheads are inside or outside.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.IsInspectionDimension">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether this is an inspection dimension.&amp;nbsp;Inspection dimensions are used during the quality control process. They are formatted specifically to indicate which dimensions must be checked before accepting a part. The dimens.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.IsLeaderFromCenter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the leader starts from the center of the arc or the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.IsModelValueOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the model value is overridden for the dimension.&amp;nbsp;Setting the OverrideModelValue property automatically toggles this property to True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.IsValidAnnotationPlane(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns the wheather a planer object is valid to be used as an annotation plane for this model dimension.</summary>
            <param name="pPlane">
                <summary>Input planar object to check if it can be an annotation plane for the model dimension. This can be a Face or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.IsValueHidden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to display the dimension value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.LandingPosition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the landing position of the dimension. The point is projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.OverrideModelValue">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the display value for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent model annotation that the definition is associated with.&amp;nbsp;This property will return Nothing in the case where the definition is not associated with any annotation.&amp;nbsp;This is the case when it’s been created using one of the create definition methods and when it’s been copied from another definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.Precision">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the number of decimal places displayed for this dimension. Values are truncated and rounded to the specified precision.&amp;nbsp;Valid range of values is 0 to 8.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.SetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method automatically sets the IsInspectionDimension property to True, if it isn’t already.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Optional input InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that specifies the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text.  Valid values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder.  If not specified, kNoInspectionBorder is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text placed left of the dimension value.  The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.  For instance, it can contain “&amp;lt;StyleOverride Font='AIGDT'&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/StyleOverride&amp;gt;” to specify &lt;img src="..\images\CircleM.png"&gt;.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text  (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value.  The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.  For instance, it can contain “&amp;lt;StyleOverride Font='AIGDT'&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/StyleOverride&amp;gt;” to specify &lt;img src="..\images\CircleM.png"&gt;.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.Text">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the text of the dimension.&amp;nbsp;Properties on the returned ModelAnnotationText object can be edited to change the displayed text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.TextPosition">
            <summary>Read-write property that controls the position of the dimension text.&amp;nbsp;When being set, the input point will be projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.Tolerance">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Tolerance object associated with this dimension. Methods and properties on the returned Tolerance object can be used to add/edit tolerance information for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.TolerancePrecision">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the number of decimal places displayed for this dimension tolerance. Values are truncated and rounded to the specified precision.&amp;nbsp;Valid range of values is 0 to 8.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy">
            <summary>DiameterModelDimensionProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the definition associated with this dimension.&amp;nbsp;When reading this property, the definition returned remains associated to the dimension and any changes made to the definition will be immediately reflected in the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy.ModelValue">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the dimension value as defined in the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensions">
            <summary>The DiameterModelDimensions collection object provides access to all of the diameter model dimensions in a part or assembly and provides functionality to create new diameter dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensions.Add(Inventor.DiameterModelDimensionDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a diameter dimension.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input DiameterModelDimensionDefinition object that defines the dimension to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensions.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensions.CreateDefinition(Inventor.GeometryIntent,Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that creates a diameter dimension definition.&amp;nbsp;This is a not a diameter dimension but an object that encapsulates all of the information that defines a dimension.&amp;nbsp;You use the methods and properties of this object to define the dimension you want to create and then provide it as input to the Add method.</summary>
            <param name="Intent">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that defines the geometry to dimension to.  For a diameter dimension this can be a circular edge, cylindrical face, sketch arc, or sketch circle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
                <summary>Input AnnotationPlaneDefinition object that defines the annotation plane the annotation will be created on.  An existing annotation plane can be specified by using the AnnotationPlaneDefinition object associated with the existing annotation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LandingPosition">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the landing position of the dimension.  The point will be projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensions.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  You can provide either the index of the item in the collection, where the first item is index 1, or you can provide the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DiameterModelDimensions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DimensionConstraint">
            <summary>The DimensionConstraint object represents the base class of all dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraint.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraint.DimensionCenterPoint">
            <summary>Gets the center of the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraint.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraint.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraint.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DimensionConstraint3D">
            <summary>The DimensionConstraint3D object represents the base class of all 3D sketch dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraint3D.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraint3D.DimensionPlane">
            <summary>Property that returns the transient dimension plane used to place and position the dimension text for this dimension constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraint3D.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraint3D.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraint3D.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DimensionConstraints">
            <summary>The DimensionConstraints object provides access to all the dimension sketch constraints ( objects) in a sketch and provides methods to create additional dimension sketch constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionConstraints.AddArcLength(Inventor.SketchEntity,Inventor.Point2d,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new arc length dimension on the input arc.&amp;nbsp;This method will fail in the case where a driving dimension is specified and it will overconstrain the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input SketchArc object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that defines the position of the dimension text.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Driven">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the dimension should be a driven or driving dimension.  The default value is False, which causes a driving dimension constraint to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionConstraints.AddDiameter(Inventor.SketchEntity,Inventor.Point2d,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new diameter dimension constraint on the input circle or arc.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input or SketchArc object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the position of the dimension text.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Driven">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the dimension should be a driven or driving dimension. The default value is False, which causes a driving dimension constraint to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionConstraints.AddEllipseRadius(Inventor.SketchEntity,System.Boolean,Inventor.Point2d,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new dimension constraint defining the major or minor radius of the ellipse. This method will fail in the case where a driving dimension is specified and it will overconstrain the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input SketchEllipse or SketchEllipticalArc object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorRadius">
                <summary>Boolean that defines if the dimension is for the major or minor radius of the ellipse.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that defines the position of the dimension text. This also defines which side of the ellipse the dimension is placed on if the PositiveSide argument is not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PositiveSide">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to dimension the positive or the negative side of the major/minor axis. If not specified, the position of the TextPoint defines which side the dimension is placed on.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Driven">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the dimension should be a driven or driving dimension. The default value is False, which causes a driving dimension constraint to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionConstraints.AddOffset(Inventor.SketchLine,Inventor.SketchEntity,Inventor.Point2d,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new offset dimension constraint between two entities.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Input SketchLine object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input sketch entity. This must be either a or SketchPoint object. If creating a linear diameter dimension and Entity is a SketchLine, then Entity is used as the centerline. If Entity is a SketchPoint, then Line is used as the centerline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the position of the dimension text.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LinearDiameter">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the dimension should be a standard distance dimension or be displayed as a linear diameter dimension.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Driven">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the dimension should be a driven or driving dimension. The default is False, which will create a driving dimension.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionConstraints.AddOffsetSpline(Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline,Inventor.Point2d,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Creates a new offsetSpline dimension constraint between offset spline and the original spline.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Input object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the position of the dimension text.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Driven">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the dimension should be a driven or driving dimension. The default is False, which will create a driving dimension.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionConstraints.AddRadius(Inventor.SketchEntity,Inventor.Point2d,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new radius dimension constraint on the input circle or arc.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input or SketchArc object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the position of the dimension text.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Driven">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the dimension should be a driven or driving dimension. The default value is False, which causes a driving dimension constraint to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionConstraints.AddTangentDistance(Inventor.SketchEntity,Inventor.SketchEntity,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.Point2d,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new tangent distance dimension constraint between the two input entities. The input entities can consist of two circles or a line and a circle. Arcs can also be used in place of the circles.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input , SketchArc, or SketchLine object. Both EntityOne and EntityTwo cannot be sketch lines, at least one must be an arc or circle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input , SketchArc, or SketchLine object. Both EntityOne and EntityTwo cannot be sketch lines, at least one must be an arc or circle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityPointOne">
                <summary>The supplied by this argument is used when EntityOne is a circle or arc. This point specifies which of the possible two tangent cases is used when creating the constraint. The closest tangent to the input point is used. If EntityOne is a line, this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityPointTwo">
                <summary>The supplied by this argument is used when EntityTwo is a circle or arc. This point specifies which of the possible two tangent cases is used when creating the constraint. The closest tangent to the input point is used. If EntityTwo is a line, this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the position of the dimension text.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LinearDiameter">
                <summary>In the case when either EntityOne or EntityTwo is a line, it is valid to specify that this constraint be placed as a linear diameter type of dimension. If neither EntityOne nor EntityTwo is a line, this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Driven">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the dimension should be a driven or driving dimension. The default value is False, which causes a driving dimension constraint to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionConstraints.AddThreePointAngle(Inventor.SketchPoint,Inventor.SketchPoint,Inventor.SketchPoint,Inventor.Point2d,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new angular dimension constraint between three points.</summary>
            <param name="PointOne">
                <summary>Input sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointTwo">
                <summary>Input sketch point. This point defines the vertex point of the angle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointThree">
                <summary>Input sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the position of the dimension text and which of the four possible quadrants to place the dimension within.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Driven">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the dimension should be a driven or driving dimension. The default value is False, which causes a driving dimension constraint to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionConstraints.AddTwoLineAngle(Inventor.SketchLine,Inventor.SketchLine,Inventor.Point2d,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new angular dimension constraint between two lines.</summary>
            <param name="LineOne">
                <summary>Input sketch line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTwo">
                <summary>Input sketch line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the position of the dimension text and which of the four possible quadrants to place the dimension within.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Driven">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the dimension should be a driven or driving dimension. The default value is False, which causes a driving dimension constraint to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionConstraints.AddTwoPointDistance(Inventor.SketchPoint,Inventor.SketchPoint,Inventor.DimensionOrientationEnum,Inventor.Point2d,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new linear dimension constraint between two points.</summary>
            <param name="PointOne">
                <summary>Input sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointTwo">
                <summary>Input sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Orientation">
                <summary>Input constant that specifies if the dimension is horizontal, vertical, or aligned.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the position of the dimension text.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Driven">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the dimension should be a driven or driving dimension. The default value is False, which causes a driving dimension constraint to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraints.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraints.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraints.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified sketch dimension constraint object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraints.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DimensionConstraints3D">
            <summary>The DimensionConstraints3D object provides access to all the dimension sketch constraints in a 3D sketch and provides methods to create additional dimension sketch constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionConstraints3D.AddLineLength(Inventor.SketchLine3D,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new linear dimension constraint that defines the length of a 3D sketch line. This method will fail in the case where a driving dimension is specified and it will overconstrain the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Object that defines the 3D sketch line being constrained.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextPoint">
                <summary>Object that defines the position of the dimension text. The dimension text will always be placed on a particular dimension plane the orientation of which will be automatically determined using the input line that is being dimensioned. The dimension plane is a transient geometric plane which is only used to define the placement plane for the dimension text and does not have a graphical representation. If no input is specified for the position of the dimension text, a default position on the dimension plane will be calculated and used to place the dimension text. If a valid point for the dimension text is specified, then either of the following conditions will apply: 	*	If the specified point already lies on the dimension plane, then this point will be directly used to place the dimension text. 	*	If the specified point does not lie on the dimension plane, it will be projected onto the dimension plane. Therefore, the resultant placement position for the dimension text will be different from the specified one. The GetDimensionPlane method of the DimensionConstraints3D object can be used to get the dimension plane object which provides access to the dimension plane geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Driven">
                <summary>Specifies whether the dimension should be a driven or driving dimension. The default value is False, which causes a driving dimension constraint to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionConstraints3D.AddPointAndPlaneDistance(Inventor.SketchPoint3D,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new linear dimension constraint between a 3D sketch point and a planar face or workplane. This method will fail if the input 3D sketch point lies on the input plane specified by the face or workplane. This method will also fail in the case where a driving dimension is specified and it will overconstrain the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Object that defines the 3D sketch point being constrained.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Planar Face or WorkPlane object that defines the distance to the 3D sketch point being constrained.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextPoint">
                <summary>Point object that defines the position of the dimension text. The dimension text will always be placed on a particular dimension plane the orientation of which will be automatically determined based on the input plane and sketch point to which the dimension is being applied. The dimension plane is a transient geometric plane which is only used to define the placement plane for the dimension text and does not have a graphical representation. If no input is specified for the position of the dimension text, a default position on the dimension plane will be calculated and used to place the dimension text. If a valid point for the dimension text is specified, then either of the following conditions will apply: 	*	If the specified point already lies on the dimension plane, then this point will be directly used to place the dimension text. 	*	If the specified point does not lie on the dimension plane, it will be projected onto the dimension plane. Therefore, the resultant placement position for the dimension text will be different from the specified one. The GetDimensionPlane method of the DimensionConstraints3D object can be used to get the dimension plane object which provides access to the dimension plane geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Driven">
                <summary>Specifies whether the dimension should be a driven or driving dimension. The default value is False, which causes a driving dimension constraint to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionConstraints3D.AddRadius(Inventor.SketchEntity3D,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new radius dimension constraint on the input circle or arc.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input SketchCircle3D or SketchArc3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextPoint">
                <summary>The dimension text can only be placed on the plane that contains the two input sketch lines to which the dimension is being applied. The orientation of this dimension plane will be automatically determined using the input sketch lines. The dimension plane is a transient geometric plane which is only used to define the placement plane for the dimension text and does not have a graphical representation. The position of the text point defines which of the four quadrants on the dimension plane the constraint is placed within.
If no input is specified for the position of the dimension text, a default position on the dimension plane will be calculated and used to place the dimension text.
If a valid point for the dimension text is specified, then either of the following conditions will apply: * If the specified point already lies on the dimension plane, then this point will be directly used to place the dimension text. * If the specified point does not lie on the dimension plane, it will be projected onto the dimension plane. Therefore, the resultant placement position for the dimension text will be different from the specified one. The GetDimensionPlane method of the DimensionConstraints3D object can be used to get the dimension plane object which provides access to the dimension plane geometry. </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Driven">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the dimension should be a driven or driving dimension. The default value is False, which causes a driving dimension constraint to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionConstraints3D.AddSplineLength(Inventor.SketchEntity3D,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new spline length dimension constraint that defines the length of a 3D sketch spline.</summary>
            <param name="SketchSpline">
                <summary>Input SketchSpline3D object that specifies a 3D sketch spline to add dimension constraint to. Currently only the SkechSpline3D is supported to add this dimension, other 3D sketch splines are not supported yet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextPoint">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that defines the position of the dimension text. If no input is specified for the position of the dimension text, a default position on the dimension plane will be calculated and used to place the dimension text. If a valid point for the dimension text is specified, then either of the following conditions will apply: 
If the specified point already lies on the dimension plane, then this point will be directly used to place the dimension text. 
If the specified point does not lie on the dimension plane, it will be projected onto the dimension plane. Therefore, the resultant placement position for the dimension text will be different from the specified one.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Driven">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the dimension should be a driven or driving dimension.  The default value is False, which causes a driving dimension constraint to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionConstraints3D.AddTwoLineAngle(Inventor.SketchLine3D,Inventor.SketchLine3D,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new angular dimension constraint between two 3D sketch lines. This method will fail if the two input 3D sketch lines that need to be constrained are not co-planar. This method will also fail in the case where a driving dimension is specified and it will overconstrain the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="LineOne">
                <summary>Object that defines the first 3D sketch line being constrained.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTwo">
                <summary>Object that defines the second 3D sketch line being constrained.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextPoint">
                <summary>Point object that defines the position of the dimension text. The dimension text will always be placed on a particular dimension plane the orientation of which will be automatically determined based on the input plane and sketch point to which the dimension is being applied. The dimension plane is a transient geometric plane which is only used to define the placement plane for the dimension text and does not have a graphical representation. If no input is specified for the position of the dimension text, a default position on the dimension plane will be calculated and used to place the dimension text. If a valid point for the dimension text is specified, then either of the following conditions will apply: 	*	If the specified point already lies on the dimension plane, then this point will be directly used to place the dimension text. 	*	If the specified point does not lie on the dimension plane, it will be projected onto the dimension plane. Therefore, the resultant placement position for the dimension text will be different from the specified one. The GetDimensionPlane method of the DimensionConstraints3D object can be used to get the dimension plane object which provides access to the dimension plane geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Driven">
                <summary>Specifies whether the dimension should be a driven or driving dimension. The default value is False, which causes a driving dimension constraint to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionConstraints3D.AddTwoPointDistance(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new linear dimension constraint between a 3D sketch point and another 3D sketch point, vertex or workpoint. This method will fail in the case where a driving dimension is specified and it will overconstrain the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="PointOne">
                <summary>SketchPoint3D, Vertex or WorkPoint object that defines the first point being constrained.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointTwo">
                <summary>SketchPoint3D, Vertex or WorkPoint object that defines the second point being constrained. At least one of the input points (PointOne or PointTwo) for the dimension constraint must be a SketchPoint3D object. If a 3D sketch point is specified for either PointOne or PointTwo and a vertex or workpoint is specified for the other point, then a 3D sketch point will be created at the specified vertex or workpoint and then the constraint will be applied between the two 3D sketch points.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextPoint">
                <summary>Point object that defines the position of the dimension text. The dimension text will always be placed on a particular dimension plane the orientation of which will be automatically determined based on the input plane and sketch point to which the dimension is being applied. The dimension plane is a transient geometric plane which is only used to define the placement plane for the dimension text and does not have a graphical representation. If no input is specified for the position of the dimension text, a default position on the dimension plane will be calculated and used to place the dimension text. If a valid point for the dimension text is specified, then either of the following conditions will apply: 	*	If the specified point already lies on the dimension plane, then this point will be directly used to place the dimension text. 	*	If the specified point does not lie on the dimension plane, it will be projected onto the dimension plane. Therefore, the resultant placement position for the dimension text will be different from the specified one. The GetDimensionPlane method of the DimensionConstraints3D object can be used to get the dimension plane object which provides access to the dimension plane geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Driven">
                <summary>Specifies whether the dimension should be a driven or driving dimension. The default value is False, which causes a driving dimension constraint to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraints3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraints3D.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionConstraints3D.GetDimensionPlane(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that gets the transient dimension plane used to place and position the dimension text when a dimension constraint is applied to the specified input entities.</summary>
            <param name="Entities">
                <summary>ObjectCollection that contains the entity objects that represents the entities for which the dimension plane has to be determined. The objects in this collection should normally contain the same objects that would be supplied as inputs to create a dimension constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraints3D.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified 3D sketch dimension constraint object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionConstraints3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DimensionStyle">
            <summary>The DimensionStyle object represents a dimension style in a drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.AlignedDimensionTextOrientation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the orientation of the text in an aligned dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.AlternateDecimalMarkerType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the character to use as a decimal marker for alternate dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.AlternateDisplayFormat">
            <summary>Gets and sets the alternate units display format for all non-angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.AlternateDisplayUnitType">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display units for alternate dimensions in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.AlternateFractionalTextScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the size of the stacked text relative to the default text size when using alternate units. The valid range of values is 0.25 to 1.25.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.AlternateIncludedZeroDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the included zeroes for alternate dimensions in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.AlternateLeadingZeroDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the leading zeroes for alternate dimensions in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.AlternateLinearPrecision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the precision for linear alternate dimensions in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.AlternateLinearUnits">
            <summary>Gets and sets the units of length measure used for alternate dimensions in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.AlternateTrailingZeroDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the trailing zeroes for alternate dimensions in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.AngularArrowsInside">
            <summary>Gets and sets inside or outside placement of arrows for Angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.AngularFormatIsDecimalDegrees">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display angular dimension values as decimal degrees or degrees-minutes-seconds.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.AngularHideExtensionLineOne">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the first extension line of an angular dimension is hidden.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.AngularHideExtensionLineTwo">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the second extension line of an angular dimension is hidden.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.AngularLeadingZeroDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the leading zeroes for angular dimensions in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.AngularPrecision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the precision for angular dimensions in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.AngularTextModifier">
            <summary>Gets and sets the optional modifier that controls the controls the position of text in an angular dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.AngularTextOrientation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the orientation of angular dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.AngularTrailingZeroDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the trailing zeroes for angular dimensions in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.AngularUseQuadrant">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to use a quadrant or ignore the quadrant angular dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ArcLengthDimensionSymbolAbove">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the arc length dimension symbol is above the arc length dimension value or before it.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ArrowheadHeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the height of the arrowhead relative to the associated line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ArrowheadSize">
            <summary>Gets and sets the size of the arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ArrowheadType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the arrowhead style to use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ArrowheadTypeForChainDimensions">
            <summary>Gets and sets the internal arrowhead styles to use for chain dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.BasicDimensionPrefixSuffixInside">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the prefix and suffix are inside or outside the basic dimension box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.BendNoteDualFormat">
            <summary>Gets and sets the arrangement of the alternate dimension display for bend notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ChamferNoteDualFormat">
            <summary>Gets and sets the arrangement of the alternate dimension display for chamfer notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.Color">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color for the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.Comments">
            <summary>Gets and sets comments associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionStyle.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local Style object. The newly created style is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a dimension style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other dimension styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.DecimalMarkerType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the character to use as a decimal marker for dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionStyle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Style/Layer/UnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.DiameterArrowsInside">
            <summary>Gets and sets inside or outside placement of arrows for diameter dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.DiameterDualDimensionLine">
            <summary>Gets and sets if single or dual diameter dimension lines should be displayed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.DiameterExternalTextOrientation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the orientation of text in a diameter dimension when the text is external using a leader line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.DiameterInternalTextOrientation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the orientation of text in a diameter dimension when the text is within a dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.DiameterLeaderFromCenter">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the leader line of a diameter dimension extends to the center or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.DiameterMultiLineTextOrientation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the position of multiple lines of text relative to the landing line in a diameter dimension.&amp;nbsp;Valid values are kFirstLineCenteredOnLandingLine, kAllAboveLandingLine, kAllAboveLandingLineWithUnderline, kFirstLineAboveLandingLine, and kJISAlignment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.DiameterShowDiameterSymbol">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the diameter symbol should be shown in a diameter dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.DimensionDualFormat">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the arrangement of the alternate dimension display for dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.DisplayFormat">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display format for all non-angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.DisplayUnitType">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display units for dimensions in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ExtendBeyondTicks">
            <summary>Gets and sets the distance extend the dimension line past the extension line in centimeters when the arrowheads is specified as oblique or no marks.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.Extension">
            <summary>Gets and sets the distance the extension line is drawn past the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ExtensionLine">
            <summary>Gets and sets the length of the extension line in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.FractionalTextScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the size of the stacked text relative to the default text size. The valid range of values is 0.25 to 1.25.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.Gap">
            <summary>Gets and sets the distance between the dimension text and the dimension lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionStyle.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionStyle.GetHoleThreadNoteOptionValue(System.String,System.String,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Gets the option value for hole thread notes.</summary>
            <param name="HoleThreadType">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies a hole or thread type. 
The HoleThreadTypeList  can return the hole and thread type list for this argument to use. The English-based hole or thread type can always be used as valid input for this argument(like “Thru” or “Thru Counterbore” etc.).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OptionName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies an option name. Below are valid option names and return value types: 

OptionName = RightHandedThread. Value = Boolean that indicates whether to display the RH for right handed thread or not.

OptionName = UseDefault. Value = Boolean that indicates whether to use default hole not formatting or not.

OptionName = TapDrill. Value = Boolean that indicates whether to set the hole note as tap drill type or not.

OptionName = PartUnits. Value = Boolean that indicates whether to use the measurement units of the model or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Output Variant value indicating option value.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionStyle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.HoleNoteDualFormat">
            <summary>Gets and sets the arrangement of the alternate dimension display for hole notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.HoleThreadTypeList">
            <summary>Returns the hole and thread type list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.HorizontalDimensionTextOrientation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the orientation of the text in a horizontal dimension.&amp;nbsp;Valid values are kParallelDimensionText and kInlineHorizontalText.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.IncludedZeroDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the included zeroes for dimensions in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the standard style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user. Note that this name is not guaranteed to be unique.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.LeaderStyle">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the leader style used for the dimension style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.LeadingZeroDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the leading zeroes for dimensions in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.LinearArrowsInside">
            <summary>Gets and sets inside or outside placement of arrows for linear dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.LinearHideExtensionLineOne">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the first extension line of a linear dimension is hidden.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.LinearHideExtensionLineTwo">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the second extension line of a linear dimension is hidden.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.LinearMultiLineTextOrientation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the position of multiple lines of text relative to the landing line in a linear dimension.&amp;nbsp;Valid values are kAllAboveLandingLine and kFirstLineAboveLandingLine.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.LinearPrecision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the precision value for linear dimensions in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.LinearUnits">
            <summary>Gets and sets the units of length measure used for dimensions in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line type override for the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line weight override for the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.OrdinateAlignment">
            <summary>Gets and sets the type of alignment to use for ordinate dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.OrdinateDimensionOriginArrowheadType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the arrowhead type for the origin member of ordinate dimension sets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.OrdinateHideOriginIndicator">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the origin indicator is to be hidden or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.OrdinateJoggingAllowed">
            <summary>Gets and sets if jogged leaders for ordinate dimensions is allowed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.OrdinatePositiveBothDirections">
            <summary>Gets and sets if positive values should be shown in both directions or not for an ordinate dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.OrdinateShowDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the direction arrow should be shown or not for ordinate dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.OrdinateUseOriginIndicator">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the origin indicator is to be used or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.OriginOffset">
            <summary>Gets and sets the distance from an edge or point to the endpoint of the extension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.PartOffset">
            <summary>Gets and sets the distance from the referenced part edge to a parallel dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.Prefix">
            <summary>Gets and sets the dimension prefix.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.PrefixAndSuffixOrder">
            <summary>Gets and sets the location of prefix and suffix.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.PunchNoteDualFormat">
            <summary>Gets and sets the arrangement of the alternate dimension display for punch notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.RadialArrowsInside">
            <summary>Gets and sets inside or outside placement of arrows for radial dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.RadialJoggedLeader">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the leader line of a radial dimension is jogged or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.RadialLeaderFromCenter">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the leader line of a radial dimension extends from the center or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.RadialMultiLineTextOrientation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of multiple lines of text relative to the landing line in a radial dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.RadialTextOrientation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the orientation of text in a radial dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionStyle.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionStyle.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the style from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists. If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionStyle.SetHoleThreadNoteOptionValue(System.String,System.String,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Sets the option value for hole thread notes.</summary>
            <param name="HoleThreadType">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies a hole or thread type. The HoleThreadTypeList can return the hole and thread type list for this argument to use. The English-based hole or thread type can always be used as valid input for this argument(like “Thru” or “Thru Counterbore” etc.).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OptionName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies an option name. Below are valid option names and value types: 

OptionName = RightHandedThread. Value = Boolean that indicates whether to display the RH for right handed thread or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OptionValue">
                <summary>Input value that specifies an option value. Refer to OptionName to find the value type to set for an option.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ApplyToAll">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the value change should be applied to all the hole and thread types. If not provided this default to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ShowBreakSymbol">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display break symbols for dimensions on a broken view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ShowDimensionLine">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the dimension line when arrowheads are outside the dimension extension lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.Spacing">
            <summary>Gets and sets the distance between the parallel dimension lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.StyleType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.Suffix">
            <summary>Gets and sets the dimension suffix.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.TextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the dimension style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.Tolerance">
            <summary>Property that returns the Tolerance object. The Tolerance object contains methods and properties to query and modify tolerance types and values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ToleranceAlternateIncludedZeroDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the included zeroes for tolerances in alternate units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ToleranceAlternateLeadingZeroDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the leading zeroes for tolerances in alternate units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ToleranceAlternateTrailingZeroDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the trailing zeroes for tolerances in alternate units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ToleranceAlternateUnitPrecision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the number of decimal places visible to the right of the decimal marker in tolerance text for alternate dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ToleranceAngularPrecision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the precision of the tolerance text for angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ToleranceFontSize">
            <summary>Gets and sets the size of the font used for tolerances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ToleranceIncludedZeroDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the included zeroes for tolerances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ToleranceJustification">
            <summary>Gets and sets the vertical justification of dimension tolerance text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ToleranceLeadingZeroDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the leading zeroes for tolerances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ToleranceLinearPrecision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the number of decimal places visible to the right of the decimal marker in tolerance text for linear dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ToleranceShowMinuteSecond">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to show angles using fractional degrees or minutes and seconds.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ToleranceTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ToleranceTrailingZeroDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the trailing zeroes for tolerances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.ToleranceZeroToleranceDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets how to display zero tolerances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.TrailingZeroDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the trailing zeroes for dimensions in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DimensionStyle.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.UseCapitalXForEquallySpacedFeatures">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to use capital X for equally spaced features or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStyle.VerticalDimensionTextOrientation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the orientation of the text in a vertical dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DimensionStylesEnumerator">
            <summary>The DimensionStylesEnumerator collection object provides access to the existing objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStylesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStylesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStylesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionStylesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DimensionText">
            <summary>The DimensionText object represents text in a dimension placed on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionText.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionText.BackgroundColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the BackgroundColor associated with the DimensionText.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionText.Color">
            <summary>Gets and sets the Color Object of the text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionText.FormattedText">
            <summary>Gets and sets the formatted text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionText.HorizontalJustification">
            <summary>Gets and sets the horizontal justification of the text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionText.LineSpacing">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line spacing of the text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionText.LineSpacingType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line spacing method of the text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionText.Origin">
            <summary>Gets and sets the origin position of the text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionText.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionText.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionText.Text">
            <summary>Property that indicates the string that defines the dimension text. When getting this property, the returned string has all formatting removed and contains the actual text characters displayed in the text. If this property is used to set the text, all format overrides will be removed and the text will revert to the associated text style. Also, the dimension value will always be placed at the beginning of the text. If you want to control the location of the dimension value, use the FormattedText property. The dimension value can be hidden using the HideValue property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionText.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionText.UseBackgroundColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the UseBackgroundColor associated with the DimensionText.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionText.VerticalJustification">
            <summary>Gets and sets the vertical justification of the text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DimensionText.WidthScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the width scale factor of the text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DirectEditDeleteOperation">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Delete Operation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditDeleteOperation.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditDeleteOperation.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Delete this operation from the model.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditDeleteOperation.DirectEditOperationType">
            <summary>Gets the direct edit operation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditDeleteOperation.Faces">
            <summary>Gets the faces that are operated in the direct edit operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditDeleteOperation.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this direct edit operation within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditDeleteOperation.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditDeleteOperation.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DirectEditDeleteOperationProxy">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Delete Operation Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditDeleteOperationProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditDeleteOperationProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditDeleteOperationProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Delete this operation from the model.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditDeleteOperationProxy.DirectEditOperationType">
            <summary>Gets the direct edit operation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditDeleteOperationProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Gets the faces that are operated in the direct edit operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditDeleteOperationProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this direct edit operation within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditDeleteOperationProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the source object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditDeleteOperationProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditDeleteOperationProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DirectEditFeature">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.DirectEditOperations">
            <summary>Gets all the operations of this direct edit feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.DirectEditOperations">
            <summary>Gets all the operations of this direct edit feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DirectEditFeatures">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DirectEditMoveOperation">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Move Operation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditMoveOperation.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditMoveOperation.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Delete this operation from the model.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditMoveOperation.DirectEditOperationType">
            <summary>Gets the direct edit operation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditMoveOperation.Faces">
            <summary>Gets the faces that are operated in the direct edit operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditMoveOperation.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this direct edit operation within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditMoveOperation.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditMoveOperation.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DirectEditMoveOperationProxy">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Move Operation Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditMoveOperationProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditMoveOperationProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditMoveOperationProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Delete this operation from the model.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditMoveOperationProxy.DirectEditOperationType">
            <summary>Gets the direct edit operation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditMoveOperationProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Gets the faces that are operated in the direct edit operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditMoveOperationProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this direct edit operation within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditMoveOperationProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the source object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditMoveOperationProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditMoveOperationProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DirectEditOperation">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Operation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditOperation.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditOperation.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Delete this operation from the model.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditOperation.DirectEditOperationType">
            <summary>Gets the direct edit operation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditOperation.Faces">
            <summary>Gets the faces that are operated in the direct edit operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditOperation.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this direct edit operation within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditOperation.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditOperation.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DirectEditOperationProxy">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Operation Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditOperationProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditOperationProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditOperationProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Delete this operation from the model.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditOperationProxy.DirectEditOperationType">
            <summary>Gets the direct edit operation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditOperationProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Gets the faces that are operated in the direct edit operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditOperationProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this direct edit operation within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditOperationProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the source object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditOperationProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditOperationProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DirectEditOperations">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Operations Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditOperations.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditOperations.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditOperations.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditOperations.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DirectEditRotateOperation">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Rotate Operation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditRotateOperation.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditRotateOperation.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Delete this operation from the model.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditRotateOperation.DirectEditOperationType">
            <summary>Gets the direct edit operation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditRotateOperation.Faces">
            <summary>Gets the faces that are operated in the direct edit operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditRotateOperation.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this direct edit operation within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditRotateOperation.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditRotateOperation.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DirectEditRotateOperationProxy">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Rotate Operation Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditRotateOperationProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditRotateOperationProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditRotateOperationProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Delete this operation from the model.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditRotateOperationProxy.DirectEditOperationType">
            <summary>Gets the direct edit operation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditRotateOperationProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Gets the faces that are operated in the direct edit operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditRotateOperationProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this direct edit operation within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditRotateOperationProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the source object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditRotateOperationProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditRotateOperationProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DirectEditScaleOperation">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Scale Operation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditScaleOperation.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditScaleOperation.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Delete this operation from the model.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditScaleOperation.DirectEditOperationType">
            <summary>Gets the direct edit operation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditScaleOperation.Faces">
            <summary>Gets the faces that are operated in the direct edit operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditScaleOperation.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this direct edit operation within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditScaleOperation.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditScaleOperation.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DirectEditScaleOperationProxy">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Scale Operation Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditScaleOperationProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditScaleOperationProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditScaleOperationProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Delete this operation from the model.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditScaleOperationProxy.DirectEditOperationType">
            <summary>Gets the direct edit operation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditScaleOperationProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Gets the faces that are operated in the direct edit operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditScaleOperationProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this direct edit operation within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditScaleOperationProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the source object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditScaleOperationProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditScaleOperationProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DirectEditSizeOperation">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Size Operation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditSizeOperation.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditSizeOperation.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Delete this operation from the model.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditSizeOperation.DirectEditOperationType">
            <summary>Gets the direct edit operation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditSizeOperation.Faces">
            <summary>Gets the faces that are operated in the direct edit operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditSizeOperation.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this direct edit operation within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditSizeOperation.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditSizeOperation.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DirectEditSizeOperationProxy">
            <summary>Part DirectEdit Size Operation Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditSizeOperationProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditSizeOperationProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DirectEditSizeOperationProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Delete this operation from the model.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditSizeOperationProxy.DirectEditOperationType">
            <summary>Gets the direct edit operation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditSizeOperationProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Gets the faces that are operated in the direct edit operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditSizeOperationProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this direct edit operation within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditSizeOperationProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the source object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditSizeOperationProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectEditSizeOperationProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DirectionAndDistanceMoveDefinition">
            <summary>The DirectionAndDistanceMoveDefinition object defines all of the inputs that are unique to a move face feature defined using a direction vector and a distance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectionAndDistanceMoveDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectionAndDistanceMoveDefinition.Direction">
            <summary>Gets and sets the entity defining the direction for the move.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectionAndDistanceMoveDefinition.DirectionReversed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the direction defined by the entity in the Direction property should be reversed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectionAndDistanceMoveDefinition.Distance">
            <summary>Property that returns the distance Parameter object associated with the move.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectionAndDistanceMoveDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent MoveFaceDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DirectionAndDistanceMoveDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DisabledCommandList">
            <summary>This object represents a list of commands that are disabled in the given context. For example, a DisabledCommandList collection in the document context lists all commands disabled at the document level, while a DisabledCommandList collection at the environment level list commands disabled in a given environment. This collection object compliments the Enabled property of the ControlDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DisabledCommandList.Add(Inventor.ControlDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that adds the specified command to the list.</summary>
            <param name="Command">
                <summary>Input ControlDefinition object that is to be added to the disabled command list.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisabledCommandList.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisabledCommandList.Count">
            <summary>Read only property that returns the number of commands in the list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisabledCommandList.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ControlDefinition from the list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DisabledCommandList.Remove(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified command from the list.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long value that specifies the index of the ControlDefinition object to remove from the list. The first item in the list has an index of one.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisabledCommandList.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DisplayOptions">
            <summary>The DisplayOptions object provides access to properties that provide read and write access of the display related application options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Display tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.AreTexturesOn">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to turn textures on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.AutoUpdateReferringDocuments">
            <summary>Enable/Disable automatically update referring documents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.DefaultOrbitType">
            <summary>Gets/sets the default behavior for the orbit command.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.DepthDimming">
            <summary>Read-write property that enables or disables the depth dimming effect that displays entities that are nearer with a brighter light to better convey the depth of the model. Setting this property to True enables the depth dimming effect.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.DisplayQuality">
            <summary>Specifies the resolution quality to apply to the display of the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.DisplaySilhouettes">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether to display silhouette edges for active components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.EdgeColor">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the color for the edge display (including silhouettes) for active components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.EnableSmoothSketchLines">
            <summary>Gets/sets whether to use the smooth sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.HiddenLineDimmingPercent">
            <summary>Gets/sets the dimming factor (expressed as a percentage) applied to the display of hidden lines in the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.InactiveComponentsEdgeColor">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the color for the edge display (including silhouettes) for inactive components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.InactiveComponentsEdgeDisplay">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether edges should be displayed for inactive components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.InactiveComponentsEdgeDisplayFollowVisibility">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether inactive component edges display should follow the visibility setting of visual styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.InactiveComponentsShaded">
            <summary>Read-write property that enables or disables contrasting shading for the display of inactive components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.InactiveComponentsShadeOpacity">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the opacity level (expressed as a percentage) for the shading of inactive components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.MinimumFrameRate">
            <summary>Gets/sets the number of frames to display for the model during interactive viewing operations like Rotate, Pan and Zoom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.NewWindowDisplayMode">
            <summary>Gets/sets the default display mode for new windows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.NewWindowProjectionType">
            <summary>Gets/sets the default projection type for new windows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.NewWindowShowAmbientShadows">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display ambient shadows (occlusions) for new windows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.NewWindowShowGroundPlane">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to display ground planes for new windows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.NewWindowShowGroundReflections">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to display ground plane reflections for new windows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.NewWindowShowGroundShadows">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display ground shadows for new windows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.NewWindowShowObjectShadows">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display object shadows for new windows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.RayTracingQuality">
            <summary>Gets and sets the quality used when ray tracing is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.ReverseZoomDirection">
            <summary>Gets/sets the zoom direction with respect to the movement of the mouse cursor or mouse wheel.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.Show3DIndicator">
            <summary>Show/Hide 3D indicator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.ShowXYZAxisLabels">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to show axis labels for the 3D indicator (triad).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.SolidLinesForHiddenEdges">
            <summary>Gets/sets whether the hidden model edges should be displayed as solid lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.TransparentComponentsEdgeColor">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the color for the edge display (including silhouettes) for transparent components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.TransparentComponentsEdgeDisplay">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether edges should be displayed for transparent components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.TransparentComponentsEdgeDisplayFollowVisibility">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether transparent component edges display should follow the visibility setting of visual styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.TransparentComponentsShaded">
            <summary>Read-write property that enables or disables contrasting shading for the display of transparent components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.TransparentComponentsShadeOpacity">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the opacity level (expressed as a percentage) for the shading of transparent components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.UseDocumentDisplaySettings">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to use the display appearance settings defined in the document.&amp;nbsp;If set to False, the application level display settings are used.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.UseNearestModelPointForOrbit">
            <summary>Gets/sets whether to use the nearest model point to the mouse position as orbit pivot.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.UseRayTracingForRealisticDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to enable ray tracing in realistic visual styles for new windows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.ViewTransitionTime">
            <summary>Gets/sets the time taken to transition between views of a model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplayOptions.ZoomToCursor">
            <summary>Gets/sets whether the cursor position is the focus point for the zoom operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DisplaySettings">
            <summary>The DisplaySettings object provides access to properties that provide read and write access of the display appearance related document settings. This is somewhat equivalent to the Display Appearance tab of the Document Settings dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplaySettings.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplaySettings.AreTexturesOn">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to turn textures on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplaySettings.DepthDimming">
            <summary>Enables or disables the depth dimming effect that displays entities that are nearer with a brighter light to better convey the depth of the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplaySettings.DisplaySilhouettes">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether to display silhouette edges for active components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplaySettings.EdgeColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color for the edge display (including silhouettes) for active components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplaySettings.GroundPlaneSettings">
            <summary>Property that returns the GroundPlaneSettings object. The GroundPlaneSettings object provides access to various settings that define the ground plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplaySettings.HiddenLineDimmingPercent">
            <summary>Gets and sets the dimming factor (expressed as a percentage) applied to the display of hidden lines in the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplaySettings.NewWindowDisplayMode">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default display mode for new windows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplaySettings.NewWindowProjectionType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default projection type for new windows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplaySettings.NewWindowShowAmbientShadows">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display ambient shadows (occlusions) for new windows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplaySettings.NewWindowShowGroundPlane">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display ground planes for new windows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplaySettings.NewWindowShowGroundReflections">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display ground plane reflections for new windows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplaySettings.NewWindowShowGroundShadows">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display ground shadows for new windows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplaySettings.NewWindowShowObjectShadows">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display object shadows for new windows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplaySettings.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplaySettings.RayTracingQuality">
            <summary>Gets and sets the quality used when ray tracing is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplaySettings.SolidLinesForHiddenEdges">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the hidden model edges should be displayed as solid lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplaySettings.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DisplaySettings.UseRayTracingForRealisticDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to enable ray tracing in realistic visual styles for new windows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DistanceAndAngleChamferDef">
            <summary>The DistanceAndAngleChamferDef object provides access to the information that defines the variables for a chamfer feature created using a distance and an angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceAndAngleChamferDef.Angle">
            <summary>Returns the parameter that controls the angle used for the chamfer feature. This is applicable when the DefinitionType is kDistanceAndAngle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceAndAngleChamferDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceAndAngleChamferDef.Distance">
            <summary>Returns the parameter that controls the distance used for the chamfer feature. This is applicable when the DefinitionType is kDistance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceAndAngleChamferDef.Face">
            <summary>Returns the face used to define the chamfer feature created using a distance and an angle or two distances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceAndAngleChamferDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ChamferFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceAndAngleChamferDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DistanceChamferDef">
            <summary>The DistanceChamferDef object provides access to the information that defines the variables for a chamfer feature created using a distance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceChamferDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceChamferDef.CornerSetback">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether a setback is to be applied to the chamfer feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceChamferDef.Distance">
            <summary>Returns the parameter that controls the distance used for the chamfer feature. This is applicable when the DefinitionType is kDistance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceChamferDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ChamferFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceChamferDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DistanceExtent">
            <summary>The DistanceExtent object defines an extent given by a specified distance value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceExtent.Direction">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the distance direction of the feature. Valid input is kPositiveExtentDirection, kNegativeExtentDirection, or kSymmetricExtentDirection. kPositiveExtentDirection defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceExtent.Distance">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the distance extent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DistanceFromFaceExtent">
            <summary>The DistanceFromFaceExtent object provides access to the information that defines the extent for a feature that's extent is determined by extruding from a Face with offset. This is derived from the PartFeatureExtent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceFromFaceExtent.AlternateSolutionDirection">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the alternate solution direction of the feature. Valid input is kPositiveExtentDirection or kNegativeExtentDirection. kPositiveExtentDirection defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceFromFaceExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceFromFaceExtent.Direction">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the distance direction of the feature. Valid input is kPositiveExtentDirection, kNegativeExtentDirection, or kSymmetricExtentDirection. kPositiveExtentDirection defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceFromFaceExtent.Distance">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parameter controlling the distance extent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceFromFaceExtent.DistanceTwo">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parameter controlling the distance extent of the feature in the other direction. This returns Nothing if the IsTwoDirectional returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceFromFaceExtent.ExtendFromFace">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether the 'from face' should be extended to contain the extents of the feature. This property is not valid for every surface type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceFromFaceExtent.FromFace">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the distance from face, this can be a Face or WorkPlane object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceFromFaceExtent.IsTwoDirectional">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the distance from face, this can be a Face or WorkPlane object. This is applicable when the Direction is not set to kSymmetricExtentDirection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceFromFaceExtent.MinimumSolution">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the feature starts from the nearest valid face when there are multiple options for valid starting faces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceFromFaceExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceFromFaceExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DistanceHeightExtent">
            <summary>The DistanceHeightExtent is used by the FlangeFeature object when the height extent type is defined as a distance extent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceHeightExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceHeightExtent.Distance">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the extent distance of the flange.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceHeightExtent.FlangeDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction of the flange.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceHeightExtent.HeightDatumType">
            <summary>Gets and set the how the height of the flange is defined when the height extent is a distance extent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceHeightExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DistanceHeightExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DockableWindow">
            <summary>A DockableWindow object represents a window that can be docked on to the Inventor application window by the user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DockableWindow.AddChild(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds a dialog or a control to the dockable window. Currently, you can only add a single child to a dockable window. So this method returns a failure if the dockable window already has a child. It is the responsibility of the client to destroy the dialog/control as and when appropriate.</summary>
            <param name="Identifier">
                <summary>Input Variant that specifies the dialog or control. This can either be the HWND of a dialog/window, or the ProgID of a control or the GUID of the control as a string (including the braces "{ }"). The ProgID/GUID can be that of an ActiveX or a .NET user control.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindow.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindow.Caption">
            <summary>Gets and sets the caption of the window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DockableWindow.Clear">
            <summary>Method that empties the contents of the dockable window (i.e. removes any children of the window). This does not destroy the child dialog/controls; it is the responsibility of the client to destroy them.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindow.ClientId">
            <summary>Property that returns the string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. '{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}'.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindow.Control">
            <summary>Property that returns the control associated with the pane. This property returns Nothing if the pane contains a dialog and not a control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DockableWindow.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DockableWindow. This does not destroy the child dialog/controls; it is the responsibility of the client to destroy them.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindow.DisableCloseButton">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to disable close button.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindow.DisabledDockingStates">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the bit-mask that specifies the docking positions to disallow.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DockableWindow.GetDockingState(Inventor.DockingStateEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the docking state of the dockable window.</summary>
            <param name="DockingState">
                <summary>Output DockingStateEnum value that indicates the docking state.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DockToObject">
                <summary>Output object to indicate where the browser pane docks to. This returns Nothing if the DockingState returns  kFloat.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindow.Height">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current height of the window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindow.HWND">
            <summary>Property that returns the handle of the dockable window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindow.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the unique internal name of the window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindow.IsCustomized">
            <summary>Property that returns whether size, position and docking states of this window have previously been customized and remembered by Inventor. If this property returns True, the size, position and docking states should not be initialized by the creating application so that the last known values are re-applied.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindow.Left">
            <summary>Property that returns the distance between the left edge of the screen and left edge of the window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DockableWindow.Move(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that repositions and resizes the window. If the window is docked, calling this method automatically undocks the window and honors the input values.</summary>
            <param name="Top">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the distance between the top of the screen and top of the window.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Left">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the distance between the left edge of the screen and left edge of the window.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the height of the window.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the width of the window.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindow.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent UserInterfaceManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DockableWindow.SetDockingState(Inventor.DockingStateEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that set the docking state of&amp;nbsp;the window.</summary>
            <param name="DockingState">
                <summary>Input DockingStateEnum value that specifies the docking state.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DockToObject">
                <summary>Optional input object to specify where the dockable window docks to. If the DockingState is specified as  kFloat  then this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DockableWindow.SetMinimumSize(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that sets the minimum size that the user can resize the window to.</summary>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the minimum height for the window.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the minimum width for the window.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindow.ShowVisibilityCheckBox">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the visibility check box in the User Interface dropdown in the View tab | Windows panel.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindow.Top">
            <summary>Property that returns the distance between the top of the screen and top of the window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindow.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindow.VisibilityControl">
            <summary>Property that returns the button control automatically created by Inventor to control the visibility of the dockable window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindow.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the window is currently visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindow.Width">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current width of the window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DockableWindows">
            <summary>The DockableWindows collection object provides access to all existing dockable windows and provides methods to create additional ones.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DockableWindows.Add(System.String,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new DockableWindow.&amp;nbsp;The newly created DockableWindow is returned.&amp;nbsp;The window is created invisible and is undocked.&amp;nbsp;The window remains invisible until explicitly made visible by the creator of the window.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}". If supplied, this string is used at Inventor start up time to determine whether the AddIn that created this ribbon tab has since been uninstalled. If so, settings (such as window position, docking state, etc.) associated with the window are deleted.  The string is also used to find all the windows to delete when the associated Add-in is unloaded. A “dummy” string or a null string can be specified, but is not recommended.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies a unique internal name for the window.  This name is never displayed to the user and is only used (in combination with ClientId) to uniquely identify the window.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Caption">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the caption of the window.  This should be a localized string.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindows.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindows.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindows.Events">
            <summary>Property that returns the DockableWindowsEvents object that hosts events related to dockable windows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindows.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified DockableWindow object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindows.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DockableWindowsEvents">
            <summary>DockableWindows events object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindowsEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DockableWindowsEvents.OnHelp(Inventor.DockableWindow,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires whenever the user clicks the help button in a dockable window.</summary>
            <param name="DockableWindow">
                <summary>Input DockableWindow object that specifies the window on which the help button was pressed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. Setting the value of the HandlingCode argument specifies how Inventor is to handle displaying help. If you set this argument to kEventNotHandled or kEventCanceled, Inventor will display some general help. Setting the value of this argument to kEventHandled will allow you to handle displaying help to the end-user and Inventor will not display anything. To display help to the end-user you can choose to use whatever help system you want. Inventor's API does not provide support for the actual display of the clients help.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DockableWindowsEvents.OnHide(Inventor.DockableWindow,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires whenever a dockable window is hidden (i.e. closed).</summary>
            <param name="DockableWindow">
                <summary>Input DockableWindow object that specifies the window being hidden.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the window is hidden.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. This argument is currently ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DockableWindowsEvents.OnShow(Inventor.DockableWindow,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires whenever a dockable window is shown.</summary>
            <param name="DockableWindow">
                <summary>Input DockableWindow object that specifies the window being shown.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the window is shown.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. This argument is currently ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindowsEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DockableWindowsEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Document">
            <summary>The Document object represents an in-memory Inventor document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.Activate">
            <summary>Makes this document the active one (receives user-focus).</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.ActivatedObject">
            <summary>Gets the object that has been in-place activated for edit within the context of this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.AllReferencedDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the document references of this Document along with all of the recursively nested references.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.AttributeManager">
            <summary>Returns the AttributeManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.BrowserPanes">
            <summary>Property that returns the &lt;link Inventor::BrowserPanes, BrowserPanes&gt; collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.ClientViews">
            <summary>Returns document's client views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.Close(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Closes this document.</summary>
            <param name="SkipSave">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to skip the save. If SkipSave is set to True, it indicates that the changes to the document should not be saved and that the document should be closed silently. If SkipSave is set to False, it indicates that the normal save process should be followed (including prompting a dialog to the user). In addition, if Application.SilentOperation is set to True, the default choice on the dialog should be accepted. The Close method will fail if the combination of SkipSave = False and SilentOperation = True is used for a previously unsaved document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.Compacted">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean that states whether this file has been processed for compaction since the last save.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.CreateHighlightSet">
            <summary>Method that creates a new highlight set.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.DatabaseRevisionId">
            <summary>Gets the GUID that represents the last saved revision of database contained in this document. This revision id tracks modifications to the database (such as reference changes, geometry changes, etc.) but does not track file property changes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.DefaultCommand">
            <summary>Gets the default command for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.Dirty">
            <summary>Gets/Sets a Boolean flag indicating if the Document has been written into, since opened.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.DisabledCommandTypes">
            <summary>Bit mask indicating the disabled command types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.DisplayNameBasis">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display name basis of this document. This defaults to file name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.DisplayNameOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the display name of the document has been overridden.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.DocumentEvents">
            <summary>This object supports a set of events that are specific to the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.DocumentInterests">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentInterests collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.DocumentSubType">
            <summary>Property that returns the subtype of the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.DocumentType">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.File">
            <summary>Property that returns the file (storage) on disk that contains this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.FilePropertySets">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the file PropertySets. This is equivalent to the iProperties that got from Shell Extension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.FileSaveCounter">
            <summary>Gets the number that indicates the number of times the file has been saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.FindWhereUsed(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that obtains the set of documents that reference the given file within this document.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full file name of the file to search for references to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.FullDisplayName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full display name of this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.FullDocumentName">
            <summary>Property that returns the fully qualified name of the document. The string is the full file name concatenated with the document name and is a unique identifier for the document. The document name is returned by the Name property on the Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.FullFileName">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the fully qualified file-name of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.GetLocationFoundIn(System.String@,Inventor.LocationTypeEnum@)">
            <summary>Obtains the name of the location this file was found in.</summary>
            <param name="LocationName">
                <summary>Output String that specifies the name of the location.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LocationType">
                <summary>Output String that specifies the type of the location.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.GetMissingAddInBehavior(System.String@,Inventor.CommandTypesEnum@,Inventor.ObjectCollection@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the commands disabled when a particular AddIn is absent.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Specifies the ClassId of the AddIn. When the AddIn corresponding to this ClientId is absent (unloaded or uninstalled), the commands specified are disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisabledCommandTypesEnum">
                <summary>CommandTypesEnum that specifies the classifications of the commands disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisabledCommands">
                <summary>ObjectCollection that specifies the commands disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.GetPrivateStorage(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Obtains a private sub-storage within this document with the given name. Can create one, if one does not exist.</summary>
            <param name="StorageName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the private sub-storage.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateIfNecessary">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to create a private sub-storage if one does not already exist.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.GetPrivateStream(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Obtains a private stream within this document with the given name. Can create one, if one does not exist.</summary>
            <param name="StreamName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the name of the stream to get (31 chars max).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateIfNecessary">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to create a private stream if one does not already exist.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.GraphicsDataSetsCollection">
            <summary>Property that returns the object for the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.HasPrivateStorage(System.String)">
            <summary>Obtains a Boolean flag indicating if the specified sub-storage exists within this document.</summary>
            <param name="StorageName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the sub-storage.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.HasPrivateStream(System.String)">
            <summary>Obtains a Boolean flag indicating if the specified stream exists within this document.</summary>
            <param name="StreamName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the name of the stream.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.HasReferencesMissing">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether there are references missing for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the Internal Name (a GUID) for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.IsModifiable">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this document can be currently modified. One of the reasons a document may be non-modifiable is if any other document belonging to the file containing this document is currently being edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.ModelStateName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the model state that this document represents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.NeedsMigrating">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the document needs to be migrated to the current release.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.NonTransactingClientGraphicsCollection">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the non-transacting ClientGraphicsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.NonTransactingGraphicsDataSetsCollection">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the non-transacting GraphicsDataSetsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.Open">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this document is currently open. If False, the document has only been initialized and calling methods or properties on the document could cause it to open.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.PrintManager">
            <summary>Property that returns the PrintManager, or when called from a DrawingDocument it returns a DrawingPrintManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.PropertySets">
            <summary>Gets the Property Sets object that controls the file's published-format properties.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.PutInternalNameAndRevisionId(System.String,System.String,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Constructs and sets the Internal Name and Revision Identifier for this Document from strings supplied. This can only be done on a previously un-saved document (New or SaveCopyAs)</summary>
            <param name="InternalNameToken">
                <summary>Input string value to specify the internal name token.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RevisionIdToken">
                <summary>Input string value to specify the revision token.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Output string(GUID) value that indicates the internal name.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RevisionId">
                <summary>Output string(GUID) value that indicates the revision Id.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.Rebuild">
            <summary>Performs compute operations on all of the entities within this document's scope as if all of the driving entities had been 'dirtied.'</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.Rebuild2(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that performs compute operations on all of the entities within this Document's scope as if all of the driving entities had been 'dirtied'.</summary>
            <param name="AcceptErrorsAndContinue">
                <summary>Optional argument that specifies if errors should be ignored and the rebuild completed or if the rebuild should be aborted if an error occurs.  If the IgnoreErrors argument is set to True, errors are skipped and the rebuild process continues. If IgnoreErrors is set to False, the method returns as soon as the first error is encountered.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.RecentChanges">
            <summary>Gets a bit-encoded value where the bits indicate the kind of changes made to the document since it became dirty.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.ReferencedDocumentDescriptors">
            <summary>Property that returns an enumeration of descriptors that represent the native document references held by this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.ReferencedDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the documents directly referenced by this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptors">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of linked and embedded files in the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptors2">
            <summary>Gets the collection of OLE attachments made in this Document that match the input type. Returns all OLE attachments if type is kOLEDocumentUnknownObject.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.ReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptors">
            <summary>Gets the collection of descriptor objects, presenting (editable) information about opaque references held.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.ReferenceKeyManager">
            <summary>Gets this document's ReferenceKeyManager.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.ReferencingDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the documents in memory that reference this document. A referencing document may or may not be fully open (i.e. may just be initialized).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.ReleaseReference">
            <summary>Method that releases the reference that gets added if a document is opened invisibly through the API. Releasing the reference on a hidden document makes it a candidate for closure the next time Inventor closes all unreferenced documents.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.RequiresUpdate">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean indicating if any of the entities within this document's scope is out of date with respect to their driving entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.ReservedForWrite">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean flag indicating whether this file has been reserved for write by someone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.ReservedForWriteByMe">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this file has been reserved for write by the caller.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.ReservedForWriteLogin">
            <summary>Gets the login of the person who currently holds the reservation to write.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.ReservedForWriteName">
            <summary>Gets the name of the person who currently holds the reservation to write.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.ReservedForWriteTime">
            <summary>Gets the time at which the reservation was made.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.ReservedForWriteVersion">
            <summary>Gets the version within this file that has been reserved for write.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.ResolveFile">
            <summary>Method that invoke the resolve file for the document if there are references missing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.RevertReservedForWriteByMe">
            <summary>Method that reverts the file checked out by the caller.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.Save">
            <summary>Saves this document to disk.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.Save2(System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that saves the document and the specified dependent documents.</summary>
            <param name="SaveDependents">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether or not to save dependent documents that have been dirtied. Defaults to True indicating that the dependents will be saved. If the DependentsToSave argument is not specified, all dirty dependents are saved. If the argument is specified as False, only this document will be saved. The argument is ignored if the document doesn't have any dependents needing save.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DocumentsToSave">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that contains the Document objects to save. Use the Document.AllReferencedDocuments property to iterate over all dependent documents and find the ones that need to be saved (i.e. Dirty property returns True). If the SaveDependents argument is True and this argument is not specified, all dirty documents are saved. The argument is ignored if the document doesn't have any dependents needing save.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.SaveAs(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Saves this document into a file of the specified name.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the file to save the document into.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SaveCopyAs">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether the file to be saved is new or is a copy of a previously existing file.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.SaveAs2(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Saves this document into a file of the specified name.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full filename of the file to save the document into.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SaveCopyAs">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether the file to be saved is new or is a copy of a previously existing file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap to specify additional options when save the document. Valid options include:

Name = SaveDependents. Value = Boolean that specifies whether or not to save dependent documents that have been dirtied. Defaults to True indicating that the dependents will be saved. If the DependentsToSave argument is not specified, all dirty dependents are saved. If the argument is specified as False, only this document will be saved. The argument is ignored if the document doesn't have any dependents needing save.

Name = DocumentsToSave. Value = ObjectCollection that contains the Document objects to save. Use the Document.AllReferencedDocuments property to iterate over all dependent documents and find the ones that need to be saved (i.e. Dirty property returns True). If the SaveDependents argument is True and this argument is not specified, all dirty documents are saved. The argument is ignored if the document doesn't have any dependents needing save.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.SelectionPreferences">
            <summary>Gets the SelectionPreferences.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.SelectionPriority">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current selection priority for the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.SelectSet">
            <summary>Property that returns the SelectSet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.SetMissingAddInBehavior(System.String,Inventor.CommandTypesEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the commands to be disabled when a particular AddIn is absent.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Specifies the ClassId of the AddIn. When the AddIn corresponding to this ClientId is absent (unloaded or uninstalled), the commands specified are disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisabledCommandTypesEnum">
                <summary>CommandTypesEnum that specifies the classifications of the commands to be disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisabledCommands">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that specifies the commands to be disabled. The ObjectCollection must contain only ControlDefinition objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.SetThumbnailSaveOption(Inventor.ThumbnailSaveOptionEnum,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the thumbnail (preview picture) save option.</summary>
            <param name="SaveOption">
                <summary>ThumbnailSaveOptionEnum indicating what gets saved as a thumbnail, if anything. Options include kNoThumbnail, kActiveComponentIsoViewOnSave, kActiveWindowOnSave, kActiveWindow, and kImportFromFile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ImageFullFileName">
                <summary>Indicates what image file to use if SaveOption is set to kImportFromFile.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.SoftwareVersionCreated">
            <summary>Gets the object that encapsulates the version of the software with which this document was first created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.SoftwareVersionSaved">
            <summary>Gets the object that encapsulates the version of the software with which this document was last saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.SubType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the sub-Type (a published GUID. See DocCLSIDs.h) of this Document. Setting a new sub-Type will invoke a validation sequence and may fail if the operation is invalid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.Thumbnail">
            <summary>Property that returns a bitmap picture of the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.ThumbnailSaveOption">
            <summary>Property that returns the current thumbnail (preview picture) save option.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.UnitsOfMeasure">
            <summary>Property that returns the UnitsOfMeasure object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.Update">
            <summary>Performs compute operations on all of the entities within this Document's scope that may be out of date with respect to their driving entities.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Document.Update2(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that performs compute operations on all of the entities within this Document's scope that may be out of date with respect to their driving entities.</summary>
            <param name="AcceptErrorsAndContinue">
                <summary>Optional argument that specifies if errors should be ignored and the update completed or if the update should be aborted if an error occurs.  If the IgnoreErrors argument is set to True, errors are skipped and the update process continues. If IgnoreErrors is set to False, the method returns as soon as the first error is encountered.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.VBAProject">
            <summary>Property that returns the Autodesk Inventor VBA project for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Document.Views">
            <summary>Gets all the open views of this document in a collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>The DocumentDescriptor object represents a native document reference.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentDescriptor.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentDescriptor.DisplayName">
            <summary>Property that returns the display name of the referenced document as currently found (or the last known display name, if the reference is not found).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentDescriptor.FullDocumentName">
            <summary>Property that returns the full path name of the referenced document as currently found (or the last known full document name, if the reference is not found).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentDescriptor.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentDescriptor.ReferencedDocument">
            <summary>Property that returns the Document object being referenced.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentDescriptor.ReferencedDocumentType">
            <summary>Property that returns type of the referenced document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentDescriptor.ReferencedFileDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the descriptor object for the file object that contains the referenced document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentDescriptor.ReferenceDisabled">
            <summary>Gets whether the link to this file is disabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentDescriptor.ReferencedModelState">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the model state type of the referenced document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentDescriptor.ReferenceInternalNameDifferent">
            <summary>Gets whether the internal name of the referenced file is different from the last time the parent (referencing) file was saved. A value of True indicates that the currently referenced file has a different internal name than the originally referenced file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentDescriptor.ReferenceLocationDifferent">
            <summary>Gets whether the file path or the file name of the referenced document is different from the last time the parent (referencing) document was saved. A value of True indicates that the currently referenced document has a different file path or file name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentDescriptor.ReferenceMissing">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the referenced document is missing (unresolved or suppressed).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentDescriptor.ReferenceSuppressed">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference is currently suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentDescriptor.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DocumentDescriptorsEnumerator">
            <summary>The DocumentDescriptorsEnumerator object provides information about native document references held.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentDescriptorsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentDescriptorsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentDescriptorsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified DocumentDescriptor object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentDescriptorsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DocumentEvents">
            <summary>The DocumentEvents object provides notification of events that take place at the document level, such as activating, closing and saving particular documents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DocumentEvents.OnActivate(Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnActivate event notifies a client when the document is activated.</summary>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter). Notification is sent before and after the document is activated. BeforeOrAfter is kAbort if the native processing was ABORTED.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. This argument is ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DocumentEvents.OnChange(Inventor.CommandTypesEnum,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires when this document changes, supplying the reasons for change and the context in which this action is being taken.</summary>
            <param name="ReasonsForChange">
                <summary>This argument indicates the type of change that occurred. The value is from the CommandTypesEnum list, which represents the different categories of changes that can be made. Typically this will be a single value from the list but it can represent multiple values that have been combined together so you need to use bitwise operations to check for a specific change.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>This argument specifies if the notification is being sent before a change is made (kBefore), after a change is made (kAfter), or when a change has been aborted (kAbort).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. This argument provides additional information as described below:
Name = "DisplayName", Value = The display name of the command that caused the change. This name will change based on the language currently being used for Inventor.
Name = "InternalName", Value = The internal name of the command that caused the change. This name will be consistent regardless of the current language.
Name = "InternalNamesList", Value = as follows. When the internal name is "CompositeChange" this value is returned. Some commands result in making several changes but combine or composite them into a single command. The individual changes that were composited into the single command are provided through this value. It is an array of strings that consist of the internal names of the individual changes made. For example, if you drag a sketch point that connects two lines, the display name is "Drag Sketch Inference", the internal name is "CompositeChange" and the internal names list is an array of the following three strings; "Modify Point", "Modify Line", and "Modify Line".
Name = "ConsideredDirty", Value = "". If this name appears in the context list then the change made is one that causes the document to be dirty. </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. This event supports the ability to cancel the change. By setting this argument to kEventCanceled when the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore Inventor will abort the change. When the change is cancelled, this event is fired again but the BeforeOrAfter argument will have a value of kAbort.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DocumentEvents.OnChangeSelectSet(Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnChangeSelectSet event notifies a client when the contents of the select set have changed.</summary>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input that indicates when the event is fired. This notification is only provided after the contents of the select set have changed so the value of this argument will always be kAfter.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input that specifies additional context information regarding the event. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that specifies how Autodesk Inventor is to handle the event. This argument is ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DocumentEvents.OnClose(Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The Onclose event notifies a client when the document is closed.</summary>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is sent before and after the document is closed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. This event provides additional information through the Context argument as described below: Name = "HealthStatusEnum", Value = The health status of the document. If this value is anything other than kUpToDateHealth you know the Document object returned is not in a state where you can use most of its methods or properties.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DocumentEvents.OnDeactivate(Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnDeactivate event notifies a client when the document is being deactivated.</summary>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating when the event is fired. Notification is only sent before the document is deactivated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. This argument is ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DocumentEvents.OnDelete(System.Object,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnDelete event notifies a client when an entity is deleted.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>The Entity that is being deleted. When the value of the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore, the object provided is the object before it is deleted. When the value is kAfter, an object is also provided but since the actual entity has been deleted calling any methods or properties on the object will fail. The only thing that is valid to do with the object at this time is to compare it's identity with a reference previously saved. For example: Private m_oDeletedEntity As Object Private Sub oDocEvents_OnDelete(ByVal Entity As Object, ByVal BeforeOrAfter As EventTimingEnum, ...) If BeforeOrAfter = kBefore Then ' Check to see if the Entity being deleted is an interesting one. ' For example, it could have an attribute attached to it. If Interesting(Entity) Then ' Save a reference to the object. Set m_oDeletedEntity = Entity End If Else ' Now we're either after the delete or it's been aborted. ' Check to see if the object is the interesting one. If Entity is m_oDeletedEntity Then If BeforeOrAfter = kAfter then ' The object was deleted. Else If BeforeOrAfter = kAbort Then ' The delete was aborted. End If End If End Sub</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is sent before and after the entity is deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DocumentEvents.OnSave(Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnSave event notifies a client whenever the document is saved.</summary>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating when the event is being fired. Specifies if the notification is being sent before the document is saved (kBefore) or after the save (kAfter).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. Additional information is provided through this argument to help in understanding the context of the save. Name = "SaveFileName", Value = The full filename that document is being saved to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. This event supports the ability to cancel the change. Setting this argument to kEventCanceled when the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore Inventor will abort the save. If the event is aborted, it is not fired again with either kAfter or kAbort.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DocumentInterest">
            <summary>Provides a means for an application to register an interest in a document. In order words, to flag the document as containing application-specific data, and to set the data version (for example, so Inventor can determine whether data migration is required and so fire the appropriate event).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentInterest.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentInterest.ClientData">
            <summary>Gets/Sets additional data that the client would like to store with the interest. This string is not interpreted by Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentInterest.ClientId">
            <summary>Property that returns the ClientId associated with the DocumentInterest indicating the owner of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentInterest.DataVersion">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the current data version of the document. If the property returns -1 or is set to -1, this is assumed to be a 'non-migrating' type of interest.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DocumentInterest.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DocumentInterest object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentInterest.InterestType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the type of interest that the client has in this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentInterest.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the non-localized name associated with this interest.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentInterest.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentInterest.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DocumentInterests">
            <summary>Description of the collection object. Below are some common methods and properties.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DocumentInterests.Add(System.String,System.String,Inventor.DocumentInterestTypeEnum,System.Int32,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new DocumentInterest.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that uniquely identifies a client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}".</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name associated with this interest. This is typically a string specifying the document 'sub-type'.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InterestType">
                <summary>Input DocumentInterestTypeEnum that specifies the type of interest that the client has in this document. Valid inputs are kInterested and kNotInterested.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DataVersion">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the current data version of the document. If not specified, this is assumed to be a 'non-migrating' type of interest. When a document is opened, if this DataVersion value is less than the current DataVersion value of the AddIn (ApplicationAddIn.DataVersion), the 'Migrate' command is enabled. When the user invokes the Migrate command, the OnMigrateDocument event is fired and gives the client an opportunity to migrate their data.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientData">
                <summary>Optional input String that contains some additional data that the client would like to store with the interest. This string is not interpreted by Inventor. Clients are expected to use the string with extreme economy.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentInterests.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentInterests.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DocumentInterests.HasInterest(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether an AddIn with the input ClientId/Name has expressed interest in this document.</summary>
            <param name="ClientIdOrName">
                <summary>Input String that uniquely identifies a client. This could be the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}", or the Name of the interest.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentInterests.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified DocumentInterest object from the collection</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentInterests.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Documents">
            <summary>The Document collection object contains all in-memory Inventor documents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Documents.Add(Inventor.DocumentTypeEnum,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Creates a new of the specified type. Optionally, a template file can be specified instead.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentType">
                <summary>Input DocumentTypeEnum
 that specifies the type of document to add.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TemplateFileName">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the name of the template file. The FileManager.GetTemplateFile can be used to get a template full  file name. If not specified a document without template will be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateVisible">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the created document or template is visible.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Documents.AddWithOptions(Inventor.DocumentTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a new Document of the specified type.The options are passed in as a NameValueMap object.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentType">
                <summary>Input that specifies the type of document to add. If the DocumentType argument is specified to be kDrawingDocumentObject, the method will honor the application option to decide whether to use an idw template or an Inventor DWG template.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap that specifies the options for creating the document. Valid values are: 

Name = “TemplateFileName”, Value = String value specifies the name of template file. 

Name = “CreateVisible”, Value = Boolean value that specifies whether to create the document in visible mode or not. 

Name = “SheetFormat”, Value = String value that specifies the name of the sheet format that being used to create a new sheet. This is applicable only when the DocumentType is specified as kDrawingDocumentObject. 

Name = “SheetFormatModelFileName”, Value = String value that specifies the name of model file that being used for sheet format. This is applicable only when the SheetFormat is specified. 

Name = “PresentationSceneModelFileName”, Value = String value that specifies the name of model file that being used for presentation scene. This is applicable only when the document type kPresentationDocumentObject is specified. If this is provided then the Insert model dialog won’t appear.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Documents.CloseAll(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that closes all the documents in the current Inventor session. Changes are not saved to any of the documents. In other words, if there are dirty documents in the collection, changes made to them will be lost.</summary>
            <param name="UnreferencedOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to close only the unreferenced documents. If not specified, a value of False is assumed and all documents are closed. Examples of unreferenced documents: * Create a new assembly, place an instance of a part "block.ipt", (provided block.ipt is not open in it's own window) and then delete the instance in the assembly. At this point, block.ipt is an unreferenced document. * Set the Suppressed property of a ComponentOccurrence to True within an API Transaction (or a ChangeProcessor). Assuming that the document that this occurrence was referencing is not referenced elsewhere, it becomes an "unreferenced" document. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Documents.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Documents.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection. This is the default property of the DocumentsEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Documents.ItemByName">
            <summary>Returns the specified Document object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Documents.LoadedCount">
            <summary>Query Loaded documents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Documents.Open(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that opens the specified Inventor document.</summary>
            <param name="FullDocumentName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full document name of the document to open. If only the FullFileName is specified for part and assembly documents, the master document within the file is opened.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OpenVisible">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to open the document as visible.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Documents.OpenWithOptions(System.String,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that opens the specified Inventor document.</summary>
            <param name="FullDocumentName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full document name of the document to open. If only the FullFileName is specified for an assembly, the master document within the file is opened.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that specifies additional options for open. (An empty NameValueMap object can be provided). See Remarks section for the valid options.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OpenVisible">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to open the document as visible. If not specified, the document is opened visible.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Documents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Documents.VisibleDocuments">
            <summary>Gets the collection of visible documents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DocumentsEnumerator">
            <summary>Provides access to a list of objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection. This is the default property of the DocumentsEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DocumentSubType">
            <summary>Document Sub Type Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentSubType.DocumentSubTypeID">
            <summary>Gets SubTypeID associated with Sub Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentSubType.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DocumentSubTypeHandler">
            <summary>Represents a ControlDefinitionHandler Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentSubTypeHandler.ApplicationName">
            <summary>Gets/Sets Application Name for this document subtype.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentSubTypeHandler.DefaultEnvironment">
            <summary>Gets Default EnvironmentBase object for this document subtype.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentSubTypeHandler.DocumentSubTypeID">
            <summary>Gets SubTypeID for this document subtype.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DocumentSubTypeHandler.OnChangeType(System.Boolean,Inventor.Document,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires when DocumentSubType is changed.</summary>
            <param name="ConvertToSubType">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Document">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentSubTypeHandler.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DocumentSubTypeHandler.UserChangeable">
            <summary>Gets/Sets visbible property in Application menu.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DoubleHemDefinition">
            <summary>The DoubleHemDefinition defines all of the inputs that are unique to a double style of hem feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DoubleHemDefinition.Gap">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the gap of a hem feature defined by a double bend style of bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DoubleHemDefinition.Length">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the length of a hem feature defined by a double bend style of bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DoubleHemDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent hem definition feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DraftAnalyses">
            <summary>The DraftAnalyses collection object provides access to existing draft analyses and supports the ability to create new draft analysis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DraftAnalyses.Add(System.Double,System.Double,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Int32,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new draft analysis. If the draft analysis is created successfully, a DraftAnalysis object corresponding to the newly created draft analysis is returned from this method.</summary>
            <param name="StartAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the start angle for the draft analysis. The units for the input value will be assumed to be radians. If a value in another units (e.g. degrees) or a string expression needs to be used, the methods of the UnitsOfMeasure object can be used to first convert that value to the corresponding double value in radians units. The converted double value in radians units can then be specified as the input value for this argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the end angle for the draft analysis. The units for the input value will be assumed to be radians. If a value in another units (e.g. degrees) or a string expression needs to be used, the methods of the UnitsOfMeasure object can be used to first convert that value to the corresponding double value in radians units. The converted double value in radians units can then be specified as the input value for this argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PullDirection">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the direction in which the draft is applied. This can be any one of the following: * Face - planar, cylindrical, conical or torus 
For a planar face, the normal direction of the face will be used as the pull direction. For a cylindrical, conical or torus face, the axis direction of the face will be used as the pull direction. * Edge * WorkPlane * WorkAxis 
Face and edges that belong to surfaces can also be used to specify the pull direction for the draft analysis. The same limitations that apply for the pull direction when creating a draft analysis interactively through the command also apply when creating a draft analysis using the API. </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reversed">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the pull direction of the draft should be reversed. If no value is explicitly specified, then a default value of False will be assumed to indicate that the pull direction will not be reversed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Faces">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies an ObjectCollection containing the faces for the draft analysis. If no value is specified for this argument, then all faces in the part will be used for the draft analysis. If only a specific set of faces need to be used for the draft analysis, then they have to be specified as an ObjectCollection. The input collection can contain a combination of Face and WorkSurface objects. If WorkSurface objects are specified, then all faces of the WorkSurface will be used for the draft analysis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GradientDisplay">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the draft analysis results should be displayed as a color gradient. If a value of True is specified, then the draft analysis results will be displayed as a color gradient. If a value of False is specified, then the draft analysis results will be displayed as discrete color bands. If no value is explicitly specified, then a default value of False will be assumed to indicate that the draft analysis results should be displayed as discrete color bands.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayQuality">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the resolution or surface quality for the color gradient or color bands that represent the draft analysis results. The value indicates a scale, the valid values are in the range of 0 and 10. The specified value will then be interpreted in terms of the percentage value which is the type of value that is specified interactively through the command. For example, if a value of 1 is specified for this argument, this will be indicate a value of 10 percentage.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the name of the draft analysis. If not specified, Inventor assigns a name to the draft analysis.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DraftAnalyses.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DraftAnalyses.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DraftAnalyses.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified DraftAnalysis object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DraftAnalyses.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DraftAnalysis">
            <summary>The DraftAnalysis object represents an existing draft analysis feature in a part document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DraftAnalysis.Activate">
            <summary>Method that activates the draft analysis.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DraftAnalysis.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DraftAnalysis.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DraftAnalysis.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of the draft analysis.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DraftAnalysis.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the draft analysis.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DraftAnalysis.DisplayQuality">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the resolution or surface quality for the color gradient or color bands that represent the draft analysis results.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DraftAnalysis.EndAngle">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the end angle for the draft analysis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DraftAnalysis.Faces">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the faces for the draft analysis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DraftAnalysis.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DraftAnalysis.GradientDisplay">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether the draft analysis results should be displayed as a color gradient.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DraftAnalysis.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the draft analysis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DraftAnalysis.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent AnalysisManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DraftAnalysis.PullDirection">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the object that specifies the direction in which the draft is applied.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DraftAnalysis.PullDirectionReversed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether the pull direction of the draft should be reversed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DraftAnalysis.StartAngle">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the start angle for the draft analysis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DraftAnalysis.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DraftingStandard">
            <summary>The DraftingStandard object represent the currently applied drafting standard, and indicates whether the standard has been customized.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DraftingStandard.BaseStandard">
            <summary>Gets the base drafting standard associated with this particular object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DraftingStandard.BuiltIn">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean indicating if this object represents a built-in drafting standard. If FALSE, then this object represents a standard that has been customized.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DraftingStandard.Name">
            <summary>Property that indicates the displayable name of this standard. No 'Set' allowed in Apprentice.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DraftingStandard.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DragContext">
            <summary>The DragContext object provides methods that allow a user to move an object similar to the standard Inventor Assembly Drag.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DragContext.CancelDrag">
            <summary>Method called when the user wants to cancel the drag operation.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DragContext.Drag(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method called to drag a part to the given position. The Point parameter is the current position of the mouse in model space. This is the same as ModelPosition in OnDrag.</summary>
            <param name="ModelPosition">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DragContext.EndDrag">
            <summary>Method called when the drag is finished. Use this call to commit the drag changes.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DragContext.StartDrag(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method called at the beginning of the drag to initialize drag environment. This method must be called before any Drag or TryMove call.</summary>
            <param name="ModelPosition">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DragContext.TryMove(Inventor.Matrix)">
            <summary>Method that tries to&amp;nbsp;position the object at the exact location given. Returns false if object could not be placed at the exact transform given.</summary>
            <param name="NewPosition">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingBOM">
            <summary>The DrawingBOM object represents a locally stored BOM. This is the equivalent of the table displayed when the 'Attach Balloon From List' command in the context menu of a balloon is invoked.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOM.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOM.DrawingBOMColumns">
            <summary>Property that gets the DrawingBOMColumns collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOM.DrawingBOMRows">
            <summary>Property that gets the DrawingBOMRows collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOM.Level">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of numbering for the BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOM.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent DrawingDocument object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOM.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that gets the model document referenced by this DrawingBOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOM.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingBOMCell">
            <summary>The DrawingBOMCell object represents a cell within the drawing BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMCell.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMCell.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent DrawingBOM object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMCell.Static">
            <summary>Property that returns whether or not the contents of this cell are static.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMCell.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMCell.Value">
            <summary>Property that returns the value of the cell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingBOMColumn">
            <summary>The DrawingBOMColumn object represents a column within the drawing BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMColumn.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMColumn.CustomPropertyName">
            <summary>Property that returns the name of the custom property associated with this column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingBOMColumn.GetFilePropertyId(System.String@,System.Int32@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the id of the property associated with the column. This method will return an error if the PropertyType property does not return a value of kFilePropertyType.</summary>
            <param name="PropSetId">
                <summary>Returned String that specifies the internal name of the property set that contains the property. This is the FMTID associated with the property set.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PropId">
                <summary>Returned Long that specifies the property id. This value is unique within the specified property set.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMColumn.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent DrawingBOM object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMColumn.PropertyType">
            <summary>Property that returns the property type associated with this column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMColumn.Title">
            <summary>Property that returns the title of the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMColumn.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingBOMColumns">
            <summary>The DrawingBOMColumns collection object represents the collection of all columns of a drawing BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMColumns.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMColumns.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMColumns.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified DrawingBOMColumn object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMColumns.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingBOMRow">
            <summary>The DrawingBOMRow object represents a row within the drawing BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMRow.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMRow.Ballooned">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the item represented by this row in the drawing BOM has been ballooned in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMRow.BOMRow">
            <summary>Property that returns the corresponding BOMRow from the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMRow.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMRow.Custom">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this row is a custom row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMRow.Item">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMRow.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent DrawingBOM object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMRow.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMRow.Virtual">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this row references a virtual component in the assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingBOMRows">
            <summary>The DrawingBOMRows collection object represents the collection of all rows of a drawing BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMRows.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMRows.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMRows.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified DrawingBOMRow object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMRows.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingBOMs">
            <summary>The DrawingBOMs collection object returns the collection of all locally stored BOMs in the drawing document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMs.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMs.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingBOMs.IsDrawingBOMDefined(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether BOM properties have been defined in the drawing for the input model.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies a model document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMs.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified DrawingBOM object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingBOMs.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingCurve">
            <summary>The DrawingCurve object represents a curve within a drawing view that resulted from a model (including sketch entities).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurve.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurve.CenterPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the center point of the curve in sheet space. This property returns the center for arcs and circles and Nothing if the curve does not have a center.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurve.Color">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color for the curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurve.CurveType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of the underlying curve geometry that this curve is defined by.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurve.EdgeType">
            <summary>Property that returns the edge type of this curve. Possible return values are kThreadEdge, kBendUpEdge, kBendDownEdge, kBendExtentEdge, kPunchDownEdge, kPunchUpEdge, kTangentEdge, kContourRollEdge, and kUnknownEdge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurve.EndPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the end point of the curve in sheet space. This property returns Nothing for circular curves.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurve.Evaluator2D">
            <summary>Property that returns the Curve2dEvaluator object for this curve in sheet space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurve.Evaluator3D">
            <summary>Property that returns the CurveEvaluator object for this curve in 3d model view space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingCurve.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurve.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line type override for the curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurve.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line weight override for the curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurve.MidPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the mid point of the curve in sheet space. This property returns the mid point for linear curves and arcs.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurve.ModelGeometry">
            <summary>Property that returns the corresponding geometry from the model. This property returns Nothing in the case the model is not available.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurve.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent drawing view of the curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurve.ProjectedCurveType">
            <summary>Property that returns the curve type of the drawing curve projected onto the sheet. For instance, if a circular drawing curve shows up as a linear curve on the sheet, this property returns kLineSegmentCurve2d.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurve.Segments">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of the selectable segments representing this curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingCurve.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists. If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurve.StartPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the start point of the curve in sheet space. This property returns Nothing for circular curves.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurve.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingCurveSegment">
            <summary>The DrawingCurveSegment object represents a single segment of a drawing curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurveSegment.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurveSegment.EndPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the end point of the curve segment in sheet space. This property returns Nothing for circular segments.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurveSegment.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a 2d geometry object that represents this drawing curve segment in sheet space.&amp;nbsp;The true drawing curve is 3d geometry and this is a flattened 2d version.&amp;nbsp;As a result the geometry type can be different.&amp;nbsp;For example a 3d circle can flatten to a 2d ellipse or a line if the circle is viewed completely on edge.&amp;nbsp;There isn’t any expected correlation between the parameterization of this curve and the original 3d curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurveSegment.GeometryType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the type of the geometry object that will be returned by the Geometry property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurveSegment.HiddenLine">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this segment represents the hidden portion of a line. This is only applicable for drawing views with hidden lines and always returns False otherwise.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurveSegment.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurveSegment.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent drawing curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurveSegment.StartPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the start point of the curve segment in sheet space. This property returns Nothing for circular segments.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurveSegment.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurveSegment.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this object is graphically visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingCurveSegments">
            <summary>The DrawingCurveSegments object provides access to the segments of a drawing curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurveSegments.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurveSegments.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurveSegments.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified DrawingCurveSegment object from the collection. This is the default property of the DrawingCurveSegments collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurveSegments.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingCurvesEnumerator">
            <summary>The DrawingCurvesEnumerator object provides access to drawing view curves.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurvesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurvesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurvesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified DrawingCurve object from the collection. This is the default property of the DrawingCurves collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingCurvesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingDimension">
            <summary>The DrawingDimension object is the base class for all dimensions placed on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimension.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimension.Attached">
            <summary>Indicates whether this dimension is attached to anything. If not, it is considered orphaned and can be removed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimension.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDimension.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DrawingDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimension.DimensionLine">
            <summary>Property that returns the dimension line geometry of the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDimension.GetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum@,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method returns an error if the IsInspectionDimension property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Output InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that indicates the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text. Valid return values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text placed left of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDimension.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimension.HideValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the HideValue setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimension.IsInspectionDimension">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this is an inspection dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimension.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimension.ModelValue">
            <summary>Property that gets the dimension value as defined in the model or as measured in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimension.ModelValueOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the model value is overridden for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimension.OverrideModelValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the NominalValue setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimension.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sheet of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimension.Precision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the Precision setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDimension.SetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method automatically sets the IsInspectionDimension property to True, if it isn't already.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Optional input InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that specifies the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text. Valid values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder. If not specified, kNoInspectionBorder is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text placed left of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimension.Text">
            <summary>Gets and sets the DimensionText setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimension.Tolerance">
            <summary>Property that returns the Tolerance object associated with this dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimension.TolerancePrecision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the precision of the tolerance text for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimension.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingDimensions">
            <summary>The DrawingDimensions object provides access to all of the dimensions ( objects) on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimensions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDimensions.Arrange(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that automatically arranges the input drawing dimensions.</summary>
            <param name="DrawingDimensions">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the drawing dimensions to arrange. The collection can contains dimensions from different drawing views. The collection can contain DrawingDimension and ChainDimensionSet objects. The input DrawingDimension objects should not be a member of an ordinate dimension set, a baseline dimension set or a chain dimension set.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ContourEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that specifies a contour entity to use for dimension arrangement. This can either be a GeometryIntent object (which specifies a geometry) or a Point2d object (which specifies a 2d point in sheet space). This argument is applicable only when all the input dimension objects are along an axis (i.e. they are parallel).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimensions.BaselineDimensionSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the BaselineDimensionSets collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimensions.ChainDimensionSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the ChainDimensionSets collection object. This object provides access to all of the chain dimension sets on the sheet and provides functionality to create new chain dimension sets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimensions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimensions.GeneralDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the GeneralDimensions collection object. This object provides access to all of the general dimensions on the sheet and provides functionality to create new general dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimensions.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified dimension object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimensions.OrdinateDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the OrdinateDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimensions.OrdinateDimensionSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the OrdinateDimensionSets collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDimensions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingDocument">
            <summary>The DrawingDocument object provides methods and properties to create, activate, save, and query many properties of individual drawing documents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.Activate">
            <summary>Makes this document the active one (receives user-focus).</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ActivatedObject">
            <summary>Gets the object that has been in-place activated for edit within the context of this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ActiveSheet">
            <summary>Property that returns the currently active sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.AllReferencedDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the document references of this Document along with all of the recursively nested references.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.AttributeManager">
            <summary>Returns the AttributeManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.AutoCADBlockDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the AutoCADBlockDefinitions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.BorderDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the BorderDefinitions collection object. This object provides access to all of the border definitions in the document and provides functionality to create new border definitions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.BrowserPanes">
            <summary>Property that returns the &lt;link Inventor::BrowserPanes, BrowserPanes&gt; collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ClientViews">
            <summary>Returns document's client views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.Close(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Closes this document.</summary>
            <param name="SkipSave">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to skip the save. If SkipSave is set to True, it indicates that the changes to the document should not be saved and that the document should be closed silently. If SkipSave is set to False, it indicates that the normal save process should be followed (including prompting a dialog to the user). In addition, if Application.SilentOperation is set to True, the default choice on the dialog should be accepted. The Close method will fail if the combination of SkipSave = False and SilentOperation = True is used for a previously unsaved document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.Compacted">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean that states whether this file has been processed for compaction since the last save.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ContainingDWGDocument">
            <summary>Gets the reference to the containing DWG document when this document is stored in a DWG.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.CreateHighlightSet">
            <summary>Method that creates a new highlight set.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.DatabaseRevisionId">
            <summary>Gets the GUID that represents the last saved revision of database contained in this document. This revision id tracks modifications to the database (such as reference changes, geometry changes, etc.) but does not track file property changes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.DefaultCommand">
            <summary>Gets the default command for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.Dirty">
            <summary>Gets/Sets a Boolean flag indicating if the Document has been written into, since opened.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.DisabledCommandList">
            <summary>Property that returns the DisabledCommandList object. This object allows the document to disable specific commands. This list contains commands that are disabled in addition to those specified by the DisabledCommandTypes property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.DisabledCommandTypes">
            <summary>Bit mask indicating the disabled command types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.DisplayNameBasis">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display name basis of this document. This defaults to file name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.DisplayNameOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the display name of the document has been overridden.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.DocumentEvents">
            <summary>This object supports a set of events that are specific to the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.DocumentInterests">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentInterests collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.DocumentSubType">
            <summary>Property that returns the subtype of the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.DocumentType">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.DrawingBOMs">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of locally stored BOMs in this drawing document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.DrawingEvents">
            <summary>Property that gets the DrawingEvents object. This provides drawing event notification such as onRetrieveDimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.DrawingHatchPatternsManager">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DrawingHatchPatternsManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.DrawingSettings">
            <summary>The DrawingSettings object provides access to various drawing related document settings. This is somewhat equivalent to the Drawing tab of the Document Settings dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.EnvironmentManager">
            <summary>Property that returns the EnvironmentManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.File">
            <summary>Property that returns the file (storage) on disk that contains this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.FilePropertySets">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the file PropertySets. This is equivalent to the iProperties that got from Shell Extension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.FileSaveCounter">
            <summary>Gets the number that indicates the number of times the file has been saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.FindWhereUsed(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that obtains the set of documents that reference the given file within this document.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full file name of the file to search for references to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.FullDisplayName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full display name of this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.FullDocumentName">
            <summary>Property that returns the fully qualified name of the document. The string is the full file name concatenated with the document name and is a unique identifier for the document. The document name is returned by the Name property on the Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.FullFileName">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the fully qualified file-name of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.GetLocationFoundIn(System.String@,Inventor.LocationTypeEnum@)">
            <summary>Obtains the name of the location this file was found in.</summary>
            <param name="LocationName">
                <summary>Output String that specifies the name of the location.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LocationType">
                <summary>Output String that specifies the type of the location.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.GetMissingAddInBehavior(System.String@,Inventor.CommandTypesEnum@,Inventor.ObjectCollection@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the commands disabled when a particular AddIn is absent.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Specifies the ClassId of the AddIn. When the AddIn corresponding to this ClientId is absent (unloaded or uninstalled), the commands specified are disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisabledCommandTypesEnum">
                <summary>CommandTypesEnum that specifies the classifications of the commands disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisabledCommands">
                <summary>ObjectCollection that specifies the commands disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.GetPrivateStorage(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Obtains a private sub-storage within this document with the given name. Can create one, if one does not exist.</summary>
            <param name="StorageName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the private sub-storage.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateIfNecessary">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to create a private sub-storage if one does not already exist.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.GetPrivateStream(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Obtains a private stream within this document with the given name. Can create one, if one does not exist.</summary>
            <param name="StreamName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the name of the stream to get (31 chars max).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateIfNecessary">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to create a private stream if one does not already exist.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.GraphicsDataSetsCollection">
            <summary>Property that returns the object for the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.HasPrivateStorage(System.String)">
            <summary>Obtains a Boolean flag indicating if the specified sub-storage exists within this document.</summary>
            <param name="StorageName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the sub-storage.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.HasPrivateStream(System.String)">
            <summary>Obtains a Boolean flag indicating if the specified stream exists within this document.</summary>
            <param name="StreamName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the name of the stream.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.HasReferencesMissing">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether there are references missing for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the Internal Name (a GUID) for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.IsInventorDWG">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this is an Inventor DWG document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.IsModifiable">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this document can be currently modified. One of the reasons a document may be non-modifiable is if any other document belonging to the file containing this document is currently being edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.MakeAllViewsPrecise">
            <summary>Set all drawing views in the document to be precise views.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.MakeAllViewsRaster">
            <summary>Set all drawing views in the document to be raster views.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ModelStateName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the model state that this document represents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.NeedsMigrating">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the document needs to be migrated to the current release.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.NonTransactingClientGraphicsCollection">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the non-transacting ClientGraphicsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.NonTransactingGraphicsDataSetsCollection">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the non-transacting GraphicsDataSetsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.Open">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this document is currently open. If False, the document has only been initialized and calling methods or properties on the document could cause it to open.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of parameters stored in this drawing document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.PrintManager">
            <summary>Property that returns the PrintManager, or when called from a DrawingDocument it returns a DrawingPrintManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ProcessViewSelection(Inventor.GenericObject,Inventor.DrawingView@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Process object selection according to the context of the document referenced by the containing view.</summary>
            <param name="Selection">
                <summary>Input GenericObject obtained from the SelectSet.Item property.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ContainingView">
                <summary>Output DrawingView object that returns the drawing view in the context of which the selection was made.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SelectedObject">
                <summary>Output GenericObject that returns the object in the context of the document referenced by the containing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.PropertySets">
            <summary>Gets the Property Sets object that controls the file's published-format properties.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.PutInternalNameAndRevisionId(System.String,System.String,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Constructs and sets the Internal Name and Revision Identifier for this Document from strings supplied. This can only be done on a previously un-saved document (New or SaveCopyAs)</summary>
            <param name="InternalNameToken">
                <summary>Input string value to specify the internal name token.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RevisionIdToken">
                <summary>Input string value to specify the revision token.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Output string(GUID) value that indicates the internal name.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RevisionId">
                <summary>Output string(GUID) value that indicates the revision Id.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.Rebuild">
            <summary>Performs compute operations on all of the entities within this document's scope as if all of the driving entities had been 'dirtied.'</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.Rebuild2(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that performs compute operations on all of the entities within this Document's scope as if all of the driving entities had been 'dirtied'.</summary>
            <param name="AcceptErrorsAndContinue">
                <summary>Optional argument that specifies if errors should be ignored and the rebuild completed or if the rebuild should be aborted if an error occurs.  If the IgnoreErrors argument is set to True, errors are skipped and the rebuild process continues. If IgnoreErrors is set to False, the method returns as soon as the first error is encountered.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.RecentChanges">
            <summary>Gets a bit-encoded value where the bits indicate the kind of changes made to the document since it became dirty.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ReferencedDocumentDescriptors">
            <summary>Property that returns an enumeration of descriptors that represent the native document references held by this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ReferencedDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the documents directly referenced by this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptors">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of linked and embedded files in the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptors2">
            <summary>Gets the collection of OLE attachments made in this Document that match the input type. Returns all OLE attachments if type is kOLEDocumentUnknownObject.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptors">
            <summary>Gets the collection of descriptor objects, presenting (editable) information about opaque references held.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ReferenceKeyManager">
            <summary>Gets this document's ReferenceKeyManager.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ReferencingDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the documents in memory that reference this document. A referencing document may or may not be fully open (i.e. may just be initialized).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ReleaseReference">
            <summary>Method that releases the reference that gets added if a document is opened invisibly through the API. Releasing the reference on a hidden document makes it a candidate for closure the next time Inventor closes all unreferenced documents.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.RequiresUpdate">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean indicating if any of the entities within this document's scope is out of date with respect to their driving entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ReservedForWrite">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean flag indicating whether this file has been reserved for write by someone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ReservedForWriteByMe">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this file has been reserved for write by the caller.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ReservedForWriteLogin">
            <summary>Gets the login of the person who currently holds the reservation to write.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ReservedForWriteName">
            <summary>Gets the name of the person who currently holds the reservation to write.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ReservedForWriteTime">
            <summary>Gets the time at which the reservation was made.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ReservedForWriteVersion">
            <summary>Gets the version within this file that has been reserved for write.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ResolveFile">
            <summary>Method that invoke the resolve file for the document if there are references missing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.RevertReservedForWriteByMe">
            <summary>Method that reverts the file checked out by the caller.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.Save">
            <summary>Saves this document to disk.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.Save2(System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that saves the document and the specified dependent documents.</summary>
            <param name="SaveDependents">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether or not to save dependent documents that have been dirtied. Defaults to True indicating that the dependents will be saved. If the DependentsToSave argument is not specified, all dirty dependents are saved. If the argument is specified as False, only this document will be saved. The argument is ignored if the document doesn't have any dependents needing save.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DocumentsToSave">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that contains the Document objects to save. Use the Document.AllReferencedDocuments property to iterate over all dependent documents and find the ones that need to be saved (i.e. Dirty property returns True). If the SaveDependents argument is True and this argument is not specified, all dirty documents are saved. The argument is ignored if the document doesn't have any dependents needing save.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.SaveAs(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Saves this document into a file of the specified name.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the file to save the document into.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SaveCopyAs">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether the file to be saved is new or is a copy of a previously existing file.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.SaveAs2(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Saves this document into a file of the specified name.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full filename of the file to save the document into.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SaveCopyAs">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether the file to be saved is new or is a copy of a previously existing file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap to specify additional options when save the document. Valid options include:

Name = SaveDependents. Value = Boolean that specifies whether or not to save dependent documents that have been dirtied. Defaults to True indicating that the dependents will be saved. If the DependentsToSave argument is not specified, all dirty dependents are saved. If the argument is specified as False, only this document will be saved. The argument is ignored if the document doesn't have any dependents needing save.

Name = DocumentsToSave. Value = ObjectCollection that contains the Document objects to save. Use the Document.AllReferencedDocuments property to iterate over all dependent documents and find the ones that need to be saved (i.e. Dirty property returns True). If the SaveDependents argument is True and this argument is not specified, all dirty documents are saved. The argument is ignored if the document doesn't have any dependents needing save.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.SaveAsInventorDWG(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that saves the document as an Inventor DWG with the specified name.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string to specify the full file name of the new dwg.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SaveCopyAs">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether the file to be saved is new or is a copy of a previously existing file.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.SelectionPreferences">
            <summary>Gets the SelectionPreferences.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.SelectionPriority">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current selection priority for the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.SelectSet">
            <summary>Property that returns the SelectSet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.SetMissingAddInBehavior(System.String,Inventor.CommandTypesEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the commands to be disabled when a particular AddIn is absent.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Specifies the ClassId of the AddIn. When the AddIn corresponding to this ClientId is absent (unloaded or uninstalled), the commands specified are disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisabledCommandTypesEnum">
                <summary>CommandTypesEnum that specifies the classifications of the commands to be disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisabledCommands">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that specifies the commands to be disabled. The ObjectCollection must contain only ControlDefinition objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.SetThumbnailSaveOption(Inventor.ThumbnailSaveOptionEnum,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the thumbnail (preview picture) save option.</summary>
            <param name="SaveOption">
                <summary>ThumbnailSaveOptionEnum indicating what gets saved as a thumbnail, if anything. Options include kNoThumbnail, kActiveComponentIsoViewOnSave, kActiveWindowOnSave, kActiveWindow, and kImportFromFile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ImageFullFileName">
                <summary>Indicates what image file to use if SaveOption is set to kImportFromFile.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.SheetFormats">
            <summary>Property that returns the SheetFormats collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.Sheets">
            <summary>Property that returns the Sheets collection object. This object provides access to all of the sheets in the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.SheetSettings">
            <summary>Property that returns the SheetSettings object. The SheetSettings object provides access to various sheet related document options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Sheet tab of the Document Settings dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.SketchedSymbolDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchedSymbolDefinitions collection object. This object provides access to all of the sketched symbol definitions available for placement in the document and provides functionality to create new sketched symbol definitions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.SketchSettings">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchSettings object. The SketchSettings object provides access to various sketch related document options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Sketch tab of the Document Settings dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.SoftwareVersionCreated">
            <summary>Gets the object that encapsulates the version of the software with which this document was first created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.SoftwareVersionSaved">
            <summary>Gets the object that encapsulates the version of the software with which this document was last saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.StylesManager">
            <summary>Property that returns the DrawingStylesManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.SubType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the sub-Type (a published GUID. See DocCLSIDs.h) of this Document. Setting a new sub-Type will invoke a validation sequence and may fail if the operation is invalid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.Thumbnail">
            <summary>Property that returns a bitmap picture of the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.ThumbnailSaveOption">
            <summary>Property that returns the current thumbnail (preview picture) save option.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.TitleBlockDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the TitleBlockDefinitions collection object. This object provides access to all of the title block definition in the document and provides functionality to create new title block definitions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.UnitsOfMeasure">
            <summary>Property that returns the UnitsOfMeasure object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.Update">
            <summary>Performs compute operations on all of the entities within this Document's scope that may be out of date with respect to their driving entities.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingDocument.Update2(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that performs compute operations on all of the entities within this Document's scope that may be out of date with respect to their driving entities.</summary>
            <param name="AcceptErrorsAndContinue">
                <summary>Optional argument that specifies if errors should be ignored and the update completed or if the update should be aborted if an error occurs.  If the IgnoreErrors argument is set to True, errors are skipped and the update process continues. If IgnoreErrors is set to False, the method returns as soon as the first error is encountered.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.VBAProject">
            <summary>Property that returns the Autodesk Inventor VBA project for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingDocument.Views">
            <summary>Gets all the open views of this document in a collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingEvents">
            <summary>The DrawingEvents object provides drawing event notification, such as onRetrieveDimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingEvents.OnRetrieveDimensions(Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator,Inventor.GeneralDimensionsEnumerator,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnRetrieveDimensions event notifies a client whenever dimensions are retrieved into a drawing using the Retrieve Dimensions command.</summary>
            <param name="SketchDimensions">
                <summary>A collection containing the original dimensions that were retrieved into the drawing. These will be various dimension constraints or feature dimensions that were created in the part or drawing sketch. Feature dimensions are the dimensions created automatically when a feature is created. For example, when you create an extrude feature with a distance extent two feature dimensions are created. One to control the distance and another to control the taper angle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DrawingDimensions">
                <summary>A collection containing the drawing dimensions that were created as a result of the retrieve. The items in this collection will match up 1 for 1 with the dimensions provided by the SketchDimensions argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired. This notification is only provided after the dimensions have been retrieved so the value of this argument will always be kAfter.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingHatchPattern">
            <summary>DrawingHatchPattern Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingHatchPattern.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingHatchPattern.Description">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the description of the hatch pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingHatchPattern.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the name of the hatch pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingHatchPattern.Offered">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the offered status of the hatch pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingHatchPattern.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingHatchPattern.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingHatchPatternsManager">
            <summary>DrawingHatchPatternsManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingHatchPatternsManager.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingHatchPatternsManager.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingHatchPatternsManager.ExportHatchPatterns(System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that exports hatch patterns to a PAT file.&amp;nbsp;If a file with the same name already exists, it will be overwritten.</summary>
            <param name="DrawingHatchPatterns">
                <summary>Input a single DrawingHatchPattern object or ObjectCollection that contains one or more DrawingHatchPattern objects to export.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full file name of the PAT(.pat) file being saved to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingHatchPatternsManager.GetHatchPatternDefinitions(System.String,System.String[]@,System.String[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the hatch pattern definitions from a PAT file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full file name of the PAT(.pat) file which contains hatch patterns.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PatternDefinitionNames">
                <summary>Output String array that returns the names of the hatch pattern definitions in the PAT file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Descriptions">
                <summary>Output String array that returns the description strings of the hatch pattern definitions.The Descriptions and PatternDefinitionNames are returned in the same order within each array that the name and description to the name and the description of the same index will be the same pattern.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingHatchPatternsManager.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingHatchPatternsManager.LoadHatchPatterns(System.String,System.String[])">
            <summary>Method that loads hatch patterns from a PAT file. If a hatch pattern has the same name as specified in the PatternDefinitionNames is already loaded, it will be replaced.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full file name of the PAT(.pat) file which contains hatch patterns.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PatternDefinitionNames">
                <summary>Input String array value that specifies the names of the hatch pattern definitions to load from the PAT file.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingHatchPatternsManager.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingHatchPatternsManager.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingNote">
            <summary>The DrawingNote object is the base class for all the drawing notes on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNote.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNote.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNote.Color">
            <summary>Gets/Sets color of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingNote.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DrawingNote.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNote.FormattedText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets formatted text of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingNote.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNote.HorizontalJustification">
            <summary>Gets/Sets horizontal justification of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNote.Layer">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the layer used by the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNote.LineSpacing">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the LineSpacing used by the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNote.LineSpacingType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the LineSpacingType used by the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNote.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sheet of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNote.Position">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the position of the DrawingNote on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNote.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNote.StackedTextPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position (alignment) of the stacked text with respect to regular text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNote.Text">
            <summary>Gets/Sets&amp;nbsp;text of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNote.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNote.VerticalJustification">
            <summary>Gets/Sets vertical justification of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNote.WidthScale">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the width scale factor of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingNotes">
            <summary>The DrawingNotes collection object provides access to all of the drawing notes on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNotes.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNotes.BendNotes">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of bend notes on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNotes.ChamferNotes">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of chamfer notes on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNotes.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNotes.GeneralNotes">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of general notes on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNotes.HoleThreadNotes">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of hole and thread notes on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNotes.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified DrawingNote object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNotes.LeaderNotes">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of leader notes on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNotes.PunchNotes">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of punch notes on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingNotes.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingOptions">
            <summary>The DrawingOptions object provides access to properties that provide read and write access of the drawing related application options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Drawing tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.ArcDimensionType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the type of dimensioning to use while placing arc dimensions on drawing sheets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.CenterDimensionText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the dimension text is to be centered when adding dimensions to drawing views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.CircleDimensionType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the type of dimensioning to use while placing circle dimensions on drawing sheets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.DefaultDrawingFileType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default file type (.idw or .dwg) to use when creating new drawings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.DefaultLayerStyle">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default style to use for drawing layers.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.DefaultNonInventorDWGFileOpenBehavior">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default file open behavior for non-Inventor DWG files.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.DefaultObjectStyle">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default style to use for drawing objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.DisplayLineWeights">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the display of unique line weights in drawings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.EditDimensionWhenCreated">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether the edit dimension dialog should be shown when a dimension is created using the 'General Dimension' command.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.EnableBackgroundUpdates">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether drawing views are computed as a background process or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.EnableOrdinateDimGeomSelection">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the selection of drawing geometry when creating ordinate dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.EnablePartModificationFromDrawing">
            <summary>Enables/disables part modification from within a drawings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.GetModelDimensions">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default for the dimensions option in the create view dialog boxes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.InventorDWGFileVersion">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the AutoCAD DWG version for Inventor DWG files.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.LinearDimensionType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the type of dimensioning to use while placing linear dimensions on drawing sheets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.LineWeightType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the type of line weight to apply when displaying lines in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.ShowUncutSectionViewPreview">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the section view previews should be displayed in uncut mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.StandardPartsSectionBehavior">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the sectioning behavior for standard parts when section views are created in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.TitleBlockAlignment">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default title block location.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.UpperLimitForFirstRangeOfLineWeights">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the upper limit for the first range of line weights.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.UpperLimitForSecondRangeOfLineWeights">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the upper limit for the second range of line weights.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.UpperLimitForThirdRangeOfLineWeights">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the upper limit for the third range of line weights.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.ViewBlockInsertionPoint">
            <summary>Gets/Sets default insertion point for a view block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.ViewJustification">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default drawing view justification.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingOptions.ViewPreview">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the preview type for drawing views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager">
            <summary>The DrawingPrintManager object supports properties and methods that allow you to get and set the printing parameters and submit the print.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.AllColorsAsBlack">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether all the Drawing colors should be black in the print.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.ColorMode">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the color mode to be used for printing. Defaults to using kPrintGrayScale.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.GetSheetRange(System.Int32@,System.Int32@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the sheet range to print. The sheet range is only used when the PrintRange property is set to kPrintSheetRange.</summary>
            <param name="FromSheet">
                <summary>Output Long value that specifies the first sheet of the range to print.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToSheet">
                <summary>Output Long value that specifies the last sheet of the range to print.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.NumberOfCopies">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the number of copies to be printed. Defaults to 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.Orientation">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the orientation of the printer. Defaults to the printer's default.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.PaperHeight">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the height of the paper to be printed (max value is 327.67cm). Setting this, sets PaperSize to kPaperSizeCustom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.PaperSize">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the size of the paper to be printed. Defaults to the printer's default.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.PaperSource">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the paper source (tray) on the printer. This is printer specific. Defaults to printer's default (denoted by -1).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.PaperWidth">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the width of the paper to be printed (max value is 327.67cm). Setting this, sets PaperSize to kPaperSizeCustom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.Printer">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the printer. This is the printer's identifier. Defaults to default printer for this machine.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.PrinterDeviceContext">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the printer's device context.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.PrintExcludedSheets">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether excluded sheets (when PrintRange is set to kPrintAllSheets or kPrintSheetRange) should be printed. Defaults to FALSE.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.PrintRange">
            <summary>Gets/Sets information about which sheets are to be printed. Defaults to kPrintCurrentSheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.PrintToFile(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that prints to the specified file using the current property settings defined by the PrintManager object.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full path of the file to write the print information to. If the specified file already exists it will be overwritten.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.RemoveLineWeights">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether the Drawing line weights should be removed in the print.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.Rotate90Degrees">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether the Drawing should be rotated 90-deg in the print.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.Scale">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the scale of the print. Meaningless when the ScaleMode is not kPrintCustomScale.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.ScaleMode">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the mode by which the scale of the print is defined. Defaults to kPrintBestFitScale.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.SetCurrentView(Inventor.ClientView)">
            <summary>Set the current view used for printing.</summary>
            <param name="CurrentView">
                <summary>Input a ClientView for the print manager to print.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.SetSheetRange(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that sets the sheet range to print. The range set is only used when the PrintRange property is set to kPrintSheetRange.</summary>
            <param name="FromSheet">
                <summary>Input Long value that specifies the first sheet of the range to print.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToSheet">
                <summary>Input Long value that specifies the last sheet of the range to print.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.SubmitPrint">
            <summary>Method that prints using the current property settings defined by the PrintManager object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.TilingEnabled">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether Tiling is enabled during print.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingPrintManager.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingSettings">
            <summary>The DrawingSettings object provides access to properties that provide read and write access of the various drawing document specific settings. This is somewhat equivalent to the Drawing tab of the Document Settings dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSettings.AlwaysUseBitmapsForShadedViews">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether bitmaps should always be used when displaying shaded drawing views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSettings.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSettings.ApplySpecularEffect">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to apply specular effect or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSettings.AutomatedCenterlineSettings">
            <summary>Property that returns an object that provides properties to set all of the various settings that are used as the default settings for this document when creating automatic centerlines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSettings.BitmapResolution">
            <summary>Gets and sets the bitmap resolution for shaded views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSettings.CrossHatchClipping">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether cross hatches should be clipped about drawing annotations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSettings.CustomPropertySourceFile">
            <summary>Gets and sets the full file name of the model file that contains custom properties to copy to the active drawing or template.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSettings.DeferUpdates">
            <summary>Gets and sets the state of the DeferUpdates setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSettings.DimensionTextAlignment">
            <summary>Gets and sets the state of dimension text update alignment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSettings.HighlightInvalidAnnotations">
            <summary>Gets and sets the state of the invalid annotation highlighting setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSettings.InvalidFeatureBasedAnnotationsColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color for invalid feature-based annotations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSettings.OfflineImageFidelity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the printing quality for shaded drawing view when defer update is active.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSettings.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent DrawingDocument object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSettings.PreserveOrphanedAnnotations">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether orphaned annotations should be preserved and continued to be displayed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSettings.ReflectionEnvironmentFilePath">
            <summary>Gets and sets the reflection environment file path.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSettings.ReflectionEnvironmentUseApplicationOptions">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the reflection environment will use application options for shaded views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSettings.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingSketch">
            <summary>The DrawingSketch object represents a sketch within a drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.AddArcSlotByCenterPointArc(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates an arc slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the center of the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the start point of the  slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SweepAngle">
                <summary>Input Double defines the sweep angle of the slot’s center-line in radians. The sweep angle is in a counter-clockwise direction from the start point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the width of the slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.AddArcSlotByThreePointArc(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates an arc slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the starting point of the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MidPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines a point along the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the end point of the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input a Double that specifies the width of the arc slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.AddByProjectingEntity(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch entity by projecting other entities onto the sketch plane. This method performs the same function as the Project Geometry or Project DWG Geometry command according to the Entity you specified.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input object to project onto the sketch plane. In a part context, valid input includes the various 2d sketch objects, the various 3d sketch objects, Edge, Vertex, WorkAxis, WorkPoints and DWGEntities. WorkPlanes that are perpendicular to the sketch are also valid. In an assembly context (where this method is called on a PlanarSketchProxy object) this method that projects an entity from one part into a sketch in another part. The valid input in this case includes the various 2d sketch proxy objects, the various 3d sketch proxy objects, EdgeProxy, VertexProxy, WorkAxisProxy, and WorkPointProxy objects. WorkPlaneProxy objects that are perpendicular to the sketch are also valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.AddStraightSlotByCenterToCenter(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a straight slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the starting center point of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the ending center point of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the width of the straight slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.AddStraightSlotByOverall(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a straight slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the overall start point. The overall start point is a midpoint of the first arc of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the overall end point. The overall end point is a midpoint of the second arc of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the width of the straight slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.AddStraightSlotBySlotCenter(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a straight slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.CircularPatterns">
            <summary>Gets the SketchCircularPatterns collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.Color">
            <summary>Gets and Sets the color for the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.CopyContentsTo(Inventor.Sketch)">
            <summary>Method that copies all the contents of the sketch to the \input target sketch.</summary>
            <param name="TargetSketch">
                <summary>Sketch object that specifies the target sketch into which the contents of the sketch should be copied.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.CopyEntitiesTo(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Sketch,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that copies sketch entities of the sketch to the input target sketch.</summary>
            <param name="SketchEntities">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that specifies the sketch entities being copied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetSketch">
                <summary>Input Sketch object that specifies the target sketch into which the contents of the sketch should be copied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Optional input Point2d that specifies the position on target sketch to place the copied sketch entities. If not specified the position of the sketch entities in source sketch will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.DataIO">
            <summary>Gets the object through which this sketch's data content can be persisted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.DeferUpdates">
            <summary>Gets and Sets whether to defer the solving of the sketch or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch. This method is only valid for sketches that are not used by a feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.DimensionConstraints">
            <summary>Gets the collection of all dimension constraints on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets the action types valid for this sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.Edit">
            <summary>Method that causes the Sketch environment to be invoked with this sketch available for interactive edit.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.ExitEdit">
            <summary>Causes the Sketch environment to be closed and the user interface to return to the previous environment. This is equivalent to the Return command. This method is only valid in the case where this sketch is open for edit within the user interface.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.GeometricConstraints">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of all geometric constraints on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.GetAutomatedCenterlineSettings(Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the settings that define how automatic center lines and center marks are to be calculated for this sketch.</summary>
            <param name="AutomatedCenterlineSettings">
                <summary>Output AutomatedCenterlineSettings object that defines the automatic center line and center mark creation settings for this drawing sketch.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the \description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and Sets the line type override for the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and Sets the line weight override for the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.MoveSketchObjects(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Vector2d,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that moves a collection of sketch objects by a specified vector. If the Copy argument is set to True, the newly created objects are returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchObjects">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the sketch elements to move. The collection must contain at least one object and can be any SketchEntity, a TextBox or an Image.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Input Vector2d object that defines the delta distance to move the sketch elements.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Copy">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to copy the sketch elements to the new location or to move them. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the elements will be moved.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RemoveConstraints">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to remove or retain some of the constraints that constrain the input sketch entities to other geometry. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the constraints will be retained.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets name of the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.OffsetSketchEntitiesUsingDistance(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Double,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that offsets a sketch entity or a group of connected sketch entities. In both cases, the base sketch entity is first offset by the specified distance and along the specified direction. The base sketch entity is determined as follows: 	*	If only one sketch entity needs to be offset, it will be treated as the base sketch entity. 	*	If a group of end-to-end connected entities need to be offset, the first entity in the group will be treated as the base sketch entity. If this method successfully offsets the specified input sketch entities, the newly created sketch entities are returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchEntities">
                <summary>ObjectCollection that specifies either a single sketch entity or a set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The collection can contain any SketchEntity object except SketchPoint because sketch points cannot be offset. The first entity in the collection is always treated as the base sketch entity. The offset distance (OffsetDistance argument) and the offset direction (NaturalOffsetDirection argument) apply to this base sketch entity. If only one sketch entity needs to be offset, then it should be specified as the only item in the collection and the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be specified as False. Since the entity specified in the collection is the first and only item in the collection, it will be treated as the base sketch entity. If a group of end-to-end connected sketch entities need to be offset, then they can be specified using one of the following options: 	*	Specifying an exact set of sketch entities to offset. The collection can be used to specify an exact set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The objects in the collection must represent entities that are end-to-end connected and the collection must contain the objects in the order that they are connected. The first entity specified in the collection will be treated as the base sketch entity. 	*	Specifying only the base sketch entity and automatically including connected entities. The base sketch entity should be specified as the only item in the collection. The IncludeConnectedEntities boolean argument should be specified as True to indicate that all entities that form a loop (open or closed) which contains the base sketch entity should be automatically included to be offset. Since only one of the above options to specify a group of connected entities can be used at the same time and not both, if the collection contains multiple entities, it implies that the collection is being used to explicitly specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, in which case the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be False. If True is specified, the method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetDistance">
                <summary>Specifies the offset distance for the base sketch entity (the sketch entity specified by the first item in the SketchEntities collection). Since a group of connected entities that need to be offset will all be offset by the same distance, it implies that the distance value specified by this argument will be used not only for the base sketch entity but also for all the remaining connected sketch entities. Since the offset of the base sketch entity can lie on either side of the base entity, the offset distance in itself does not provide sufficient information regarding the final position for the offset of the base sketch entity. The NaturalOffsetDirection boolean argument can be used to specify one out of the two possible offset directions for the base sketch entity. Thus, the offset distance specified by this argument and the offset direction specified by the NaturalOffsetDirection boolean argument together determine the final position for the offset of the base sketch entity. Once the offset position for the base sketch entity is determined, the offset positions for any other additional connected sketch entities can be inferred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NaturalOffsetDirection">
                <summary>Value that can be used to specify one out of the two possible offset directions. This argument applies to the base sketch entity (the sketch entity specified by the first item in the SketchEntities collection). The natural offset direction is along the natural normal direction at any point on the base sketch entity which in-turn is defined as the cross-product of the vector representing the tangent at that point and the vector representing the sketch normal. If True is specified, then the points on the offset of the base sketch entity will be positioned in the direction specified by the natural normal at the corresponding points on the original base sketch entity. If False is specified, then the offset of the base sketch entity will be positioned in the direction opposite to that of the natural normal. Thus, this argument determines on which side of the base sketch entity the offset of the base sketch entity will be placed. Since this argument specifies only the offset direction, the OffsetDistance argument has to be used to specify the offset distance along the offset direction specified by this argument. Thus, the offset direction specified by this argument and the offset distance specified by the OffsetDistance argument together determine the final position for the offset of the base sketch entity. Once the offset position for the base sketch entity is determined, the offset positions for any other additional connected sketch entities can be inferred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IncludeConnectedEntities">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether all entities that form a loop containing the base sketch entity should also be offset. If True is specified, then all loop entities will be offset. But, if the sketch has multiple loops that contain the base sketch entity in which case it will not be possible to uniquely determine a single loop that needs to be offset, only the base sketch entity will be offset. If False is specified, then only the entities specified in the SketchEntities collection will be offset. If True is specified, the SketchEntities collection should contain only one item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, otherwise, if the SketchEntities collection contains multiple entities, then this method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset. If False is specified, the SketchEntities collection can contain either a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity or multiple items that correspond to a group of end-to-end connected entities. If the collection contains a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, then only this base sketch entity will be offset. On the other hand, if the collection contains multiple items, it implies that the collection is being used to specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, hence, only those exact set of sketch entities will be offset. If no value is specified for this argument, then a default value of False will be assumed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateOffsetConstraints">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether offset constraints between the original and offset entities should be automatically created. If True is specified, then offset constraints will be automatically created. If False is specified, then offset constraints will not be created. If no value is specified, then a default value of True will be assumed to indicate that the offset constraints will be automatically created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.OffsetSketchEntitiesUsingPoint(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Point2d,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that offsets a sketch entity or a group of end-to-end connected sketch entities. In both cases, the offset is first applied to the base sketch entity such that the offset of the base sketch entity passes through the specified offset point on the sketch. The shortest distance of this offset point from the original base sketch entity determines the offset distance.</summary>
            <param name="SketchEntities">
                <summary>ObjectCollection that specifies either a single sketch entity or a set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The collection can contain any SketchEntity object except SketchPoint because sketch points cannot be offset. The first entity in the collection is always treated as the base sketch entity. The offset distance (OffsetDistance argument) and the offset direction (NaturalOffsetDirection argument) apply to this base sketch entity. If only one sketch entity needs to be offset, then it should be specified as the only item in the collection and the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be specified as False. Since the entity specified in the collection is the first and only item in the collection, it will be treated as the base sketch entity. If a group of end\-to\-end connected sketch entities need to be offset, then they can be specified using one of the following options\: * Specifying an exact set of sketch entities to offset. The collection can be used to specify an exact set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The objects in the collection must represent entities that are end-to-end connected and the collection must contain the objects in the order that they are connected. The first entity specified in the collection will be treated as the base sketch entity. * Specifying only the base sketch entity and automatically including connected entities. The base sketch entity should be specified as the only item in the collection. The IncludeConnectedEntities boolean argument should be specified as True to indicate that all entities that form a loop (open or closed) which contains the base sketch entity should be automatically included to be offset. 
Since only one of the above options to specify a group of connected entities can be used at the same time and not both, if the collection contains multiple entities, it implies that the collection is being used to explicitly specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, in which case the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be False. If True is specified, the method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetPoint">
                <summary>Defines a point on the sketch through which the offset of the base sketch entity (the sketch entity specified by the first item in the SketchEntities collection) should pass. The shortest distance of this point from the base sketch entity is used to determine the offset distance. This offset distance will also be used to offset any other additional connected sketch entities. The location of the point with respect to the base sketch entity determines the position of the offset base sketch entity (i.e. the location of the point determines on which side of the base sketch entity the offset of the base sketch entity will be positioned). Once the offset distance and position for the offset of the base sketch entity are determined, this information is used to determine the position for all other connected sketch entities that need to be offset. Thus, the offset point provides sufficient information to calculate the offset distance as well as the offset direction for all the sketch entities that need to be offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IncludeConnectedEntities">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether all entities that form a loop containing the base sketch entity should also be offset. If True is specified, then all loop entities will be offset. But, if the sketch has multiple loops that contain the base sketch entity in which case it will not be possible to uniquely determine a single loop that needs to be offset, only the base sketch entity will be offset. If False is specified, then only the entities specified in the SketchEntities collection will be offset. If True is specified, the SketchEntities collection should contain only one item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, otherwise, if the SketchEntities collection contains multiple entities, then this method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset. If False is specified, the SketchEntities collection can contain either a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity or multiple items that correspond to a group of end\-to\-end connected entities. If the collection contains a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, then only this base sketch entity will be offset. On the other hand, if the collection contains multiple items, it implies that the collection is being used to specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, hence, only those exact set of sketch entities will be offset. If no value is specified for this argument, then a default value of False will be assumed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateOffsetConstraints">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether offset constraints between the original and offset entities should be automatically created. If True is specified, then offset constraints will be automatically created. If False is specified, then offset constraints will not be created. If no value is specified, then a default value of True will be assumed to indicate that the offset constraints will be automatically created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.Parent">
            <summary>Property that gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.Profiles">
            <summary>Gets the profiles collection associated with this drawing sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.RectangularPatterns">
            <summary>Gets the SketchRectangularPatterns collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.RotateSketchObjects(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Point2d,System.Double,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that rotates a collection of sketch objects by a specified angle. If the Copy argument is set to True, the newly created objects are returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchObjects">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the sketch elements to rotate. The collection must contain at least one object and can be any SketchEntity, a TextBox or an Image.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that defines the center point to rotate the elements about.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the angle to rotate the elements by in radians.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Copy">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to copy the sketch elements to the new location or to rotate them. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the elements will be rotated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RemoveConstraints">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to remove or retain some of the constraints that constrain the input sketch entities to other geometry. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the constraints will be retained.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.SetAutomatedCenterlineSettings(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the automatic centerline and center mark settings for this sketch and creates the centerlines and center marks defined by the settings. The centerlines and center marks that were created are returned.</summary>
            <param name="AutomatedCenterlineSettings">
                <summary>Optional input AutomatedCenterlineSettings object that defines the automatic center line and center mark creation settings for this sketch.
If this argument is omitted the following rules apply. If automated centerlines and center marks have not been created for this sketch then this argument will default to the settings defined by the drawing settings. If this sketch has had automatic centerlines and center marks created, then the values used for the previous created are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists. If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.SheetToSketchSpace(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that takes a coordinate in sheet space returns a Point2d object containing the resulting coordinate point in sketch space.</summary>
            <param name="SheetCoordinate">
                <summary>Input object of a point within sheet space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.SketchArcs">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchArcs collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.SketchCircles">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchArcs collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.SketchControlPointSplines">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchControlPointSplines collection object.&amp;nbsp;This collection provides access to the existing control point splines in the sketch and provides functionality to create new control point splines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.SketchEllipses">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchEllipses collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.SketchEllipticalArcs">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchEllipticalArcs collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.SketchEntities">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of all entities on the sketch, regardless of their type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.SketchEquationCurves">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchEquationCurves collection object.&amp;nbsp;This collection provides access to the existing equation curves in the sketch and provides functionality to create new equation curves.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.SketchFillRegions">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.SketchFixedSplines">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.SketchHatchRegions">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchHatchRegions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.SketchImages">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of all images on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.SketchLines">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchLines collection object. This collection provides access to the existing lines in the sketch and provides functionality to create new lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.SketchOffsetSplines">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object. This collection provides access to the existing offset splines in the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.SketchPoints">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchPoints collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.SketchSplines">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchSplines collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.SketchToSheetSpace(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that takes a coordinate in sketch space, and returns a Point2d object containing the coordinates of the point in sheet space.</summary>
            <param name="SketchCoordinate">
                <summary>Input object of a point within sketch space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketch.Solve">
            <summary>Method that causes the sketch to solve.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.TextBoxes">
            <summary>Gets the TextBoxes collection associated with this Sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketch.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingSketches">
            <summary>The DrawingSketches collection object provides access to the objects associated with the object the collection was obtained from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingSketches.Add">
            <summary>Method that creates a new drawing sketch.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketches.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketches.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketches.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified DrawingSketch object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingSketches.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle">
            <summary>The DrawingStandardStyle object represents a drawing standard.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.ActiveObjectDefaults">
            <summary>Returns the active ObjectDefaultsStyle object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.ApplyExcludeCharactersToBendTables">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to exclude characters specified in the ExcludeCharacters property from bend tables and its associated tags.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.ApplyExcludeCharactersToHoleTables">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to exclude characters specified in the ExcludeCharacters property from hole tables and its associated tags.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.ApplyExcludeCharactersToRevisionTables">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to exclude characters specified in the ExcludeCharacters property from revision tables and its associated tags.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.ApplyExcludeCharactersToViewNames">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to exclude characters specified in the ExcludeCharacters property from view names.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.Comments">
            <summary>Gets and sets comments associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local Style object. The newly created style is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a dimension style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other dimension styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.DecimalMarkerType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the character to use as a decimal marker.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Style/Layer/UnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.ExcludeCharacters">
            <summary>Gets and sets comma separated list of characters to be excluded from automatic alphabetical indexing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.FirstAngleProjection">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the projection type is first angle or third angle projection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.FrontViewPlane">
            <summary>Gets and sets the viewing plane to use as front view when creating a drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.GetAvailableStyles(Inventor.StyleTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that returns the ObjectCollection containing the styles which are available for the standard style.</summary>
            <param name="StyleType">
                <summary>Input StyleTypeEnum value that specifies style type to get the available styles for the standard style.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.GetViewAnnotationDefaults(Inventor.DrawingViewTypeEnum,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the drawing view annotation defaults for the specified view type.</summary>
            <param name="ViewType">
                <summary>Input DrawingViewTypeEnum value  that specifies the view type for which to get the annotation defaults. Valid values are kAuxiliaryDrawingViewType, kDetailDrawingViewType and kSectionDrawingViewType,</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FormattedText">
                <summary>Output String that gets the content of the view annotation defaults.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.GetViewLabelDefaults(Inventor.DrawingViewTypeEnum,System.String@,System.Boolean@,System.String@,System.Boolean@,System.Boolean@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the drawing view label defaults for the specified view type.</summary>
            <param name="ViewType">
                <summary>Input DrawingViewTypeEnum value that specifies the drawing view type for which to return the label defaults.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Prefix">
                <summary>Output String that returns the default view label prefix.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Visible">
                <summary>Output Boolean that returns whether the label should be displayed by default.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FormattedText">
                <summary>Output String that returns the content of the view label. See the documentation of the DrawingViewLabel.FormattedText property for details, or see the list of XML text formatting tags under Reference Topics in the Overviews section.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ConstrainToBorder">
                <summary>Output Boolean that returns whether the view label is constrained to the view. If a value of True is returned, the view label maintains its relative position to the view boundary as the boundary changes in size or position due to a modeling change, changing a view's assembly representation, or changing the view scale.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PlaceBelowView">
                <summary>Output Boolean that returns whether to place the label below or above the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.GlobalLineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line scale for all line styles in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the standard style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user. Note that this name is not guaranteed to be unique.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.InternationalStandardReference">
            <summary>Property that returns the International Standard on which this standard style is based.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.LinearUnits">
            <summary>Gets and sets the units of length measure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.PartialCircularThreadEdge">
            <summary>Gets and sets thread edge display type for top views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.PartialSectionThreadEnd">
            <summary>Gets and sets thread edge display type for sectional views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.PresetLineWeights">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of Doubles that specify the set of default values for line weights.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.PresetScales">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of Strings that specify the set of default values for drawing view scales.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.PresetSectionHatchAngles">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of Doubles that specify the set of default values for section view hatch angles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.PresetTextHeights">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of Doubles that specify the set of default values for text heights.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.SetAvailableStyles(Inventor.StyleTypeEnum,Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets the styles which are available for the standard style.</summary>
            <param name="StyleType">
                <summary>Input StyleTypeEnum value that specifies style type to set the available styles for the standard style.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Styles">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that contains the styles to set as the available styles for the standard style.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.SetViewAnnotationDefaults(Inventor.DrawingViewTypeEnum,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the drawing view annotation defaults for the specified view type.</summary>
            <param name="ViewType">
                <summary>Input DrawingViewTypeEnum value  that specifies the view type for which to set the annotation defaults. Valid values are kAuxiliaryDrawingViewType, kDetailDrawingViewType and kSectionDrawingViewType,</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FormattedText">
                <summary>Input String that sets the content of the view annotation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.SetViewLabelDefaults(Inventor.DrawingViewTypeEnum,System.String,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the drawing view label defaults for the specified view type.</summary>
            <param name="ViewType">
                <summary>Input DrawingViewTypeEnum value that specifies the drawing view type for which to set the label defaults.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Prefix">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the default view label prefix.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Visible">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the label should be displayed by default.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FormattedText">
                <summary>Input String that sets the content of the view label. See the documentation of the DrawingViewLabel.FormattedText property for details, or see the list of XML text formatting tags under Reference Topics in the Overviews section.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ConstrainToBorder">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the view label is constrained to the view. If set to True, the view label maintains its relative position to the view boundary as the boundary changes in size or position due to a modeling change, changing a view's assembly representation, or changing the view scale.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PlaceBelowView">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to place the label below or above the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.StyleType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStyle.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingStandardStylesEnumerator">
            <summary>The DrawingStandardStylesEnumerator object provides access to the existing objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStylesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStylesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStylesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStandardStylesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager">
            <summary>The DrawingStylesManager object provides utilities to manage the various styles in a drawing document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.ActiveStandardStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the active standard style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.BalloonStyles">
            <summary>Property that returns the BalloonStylesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.CentermarkStyles">
            <summary>Property that returns the CentermarkStylesEnumerator object. This object provides access to all the center mark styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.DimensionStyles">
            <summary>Property that returns the DimensionStylesEnumerator object. This object provides access to all the dimension styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.EdgeSymbolStyles">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the EdgeSymbolStylesEnumerator object. This object provides access to all the edge symbol styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.FeatureControlFrameStyles">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureControlFrameStylesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.HoleTableStyles">
            <summary>Property that returns the HoleTableStylesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.Layers">
            <summary>Property that returns the LayersEnumerator object. This object provides access to all the layers.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.LeaderStyles">
            <summary>Property that returns the LeaderStylesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.ObjectDefaultsStyles">
            <summary>Property that gets the ObjectDefaultsStylesEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.PartsListStyles">
            <summary>Property that returns the PartsListStylesEnumerator object. This object provides access to all the parts list styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.ReplaceStyles(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Style,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that replaces styles.</summary>
            <param name="ReplacedStyles">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that specifies the styles to be replaced.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceStyle">
                <summary>Input Style object that specifies the replace style.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PurgeReplacedStyles">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to purge the replaced styles or not. This default to False if not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.RevisionTableStyles">
            <summary>Property that returns the RevisionTableStylesEnumerator object. This object provides access to all the revision table styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.StandardStyles">
            <summary>Property that returns the DrawingStandardStylesEnumerator object. This object provides access to all the standard styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.Styles">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Styles object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.SurfaceTextureStyles">
            <summary>Property that returns the SurfaceTextureStylesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.TableStyles">
            <summary>Property that returns the TableStylesEnumerator object. This object provides access to all the general table styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.TextStyles">
            <summary>Property that gets the TextStyles collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.TransitionSymbolStyles">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the TransitionSymbolStylesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.ViewAnnotationStyles">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ViewAnnotationStylesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingStylesManager.WeldSymbolStyles">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the WeldSymbolStylesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingView">
            <summary>The DrawingView object represents a drawing view on a sheet. It allows access to information about drawing views. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.ActiveMemberName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the active member for a drawing view of an iPart or an iAssembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.ActiveModelState">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the name of the active model state for a drawing view. This property returns a null string for drawing views of presentations and in the case where the model is unresolved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.ActivePositionalRepresentation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the active Positional Representation for a drawing view of an assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.ActivePresentationView">
            <summary>Property that returns the name of the active Presentation (Exploded) View for a drawing view of a presentation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.Align(Inventor.DrawingView,Inventor.DrawingViewAlignmentEnum)">
            <summary>Method that aligns this view with the input drawing view. The method returns a failure if the view is already aligned. Use the Aligned property to check for this condition and to break existing alignment.</summary>
            <param name="DrawingView">
                <summary>Input DrawingView object that specifies the view with which to align this view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AlignmentType">
                <summary>Input DrawingViewAlignmentEnum that specifies the alignment type. Valid values are kHorizontalViewAlignment, kVerticalViewAlignment and kInPositionViewAlignment.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.AlignAuxiliary(Inventor.DrawingCurve,Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that re-aligns an auxiliary view. The method fails if the view is not an auxiliary view.</summary>
            <param name="DrawingCurve">
                <summary>Input DrawingCurve object that specifies the orientation edge for the auxiliary view. This must be from the parent view, else the method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the new placement point for the auxiliary view on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.Aligned">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the view is aligned with another view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.AuxiliaryOrientationEdge">
            <summary>Property that returns drawing curve that the auxiliary view is aligned to. This property returns Nothing if this is not an auxiliary view or if the orientation edge (drawing curve) has been removed from the parent view during a subsequent update.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.BitmapAvailable">
            <summary>Property that returns if this view's graphics are also available as a bitmap as well. If a bitmap exists it can be retrieved using the DataIO object. This is only applicable within Apprentice.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.BreakOperations">
            <summary>Property that returns the BreakOperations object containing information about all the break operations applied to this view as well as methods to add breaks. Both local as well as inherited break operations are returned in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.BreakOutOperations">
            <summary>Property that returns the BreakOutOperations object containing information about all the break out operations applied to this view as well as methods to add break outs. Only local break out operations are returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.Camera">
            <summary>Property that returns a Camera object that defines the orientation of the model within the view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.Center">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display center point of the drawing view on the owning sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.ClientGraphicsCollection">
            <summary>Property that returns the ClientGraphicsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.CopyTo(Inventor.Sheet)">
            <summary>Method that copies this drawing view into the specified sheet. The new object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="TargetSheet">
                <summary>Input Sheet object that specifies the sheet that this drawing view is to be copied into. An error occurs if the input sheet is the parent sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.CreateOriginIndicator(Inventor.GeometryIntent)">
            <summary>Method that creates the origin indicator for ordinate dimensions and hole tables. The specified input GeometryIntent object must be associated with this drawing view, otherwise this method will fail.</summary>
            <param name="Intent">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that specifies the origin point with which the origin indicator is associated. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the Sheet.CreateGeometryIntent method. Valid intent values are points. If an invalid intent value is specified, this method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.CropOperations">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the CropOperations object containing information about all the crop operations applied to this view as well as methods to add crops.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.DataIO">
            <summary>Property that returns the associated DataIO object. This can be used in Apprentice to obtain an associated bitmap, if it exists.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DrawingView.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.DesignViewAssociative">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets whether the DesignViewRepresentation for a drawing view of a model is associative or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.DesignViewRepresentation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the name of the Design View Representation for a drawing view of a model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.DisplayBendExtents">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display sheet metal bend extents on the drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.DisplayDefinitionInBase">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display detail circles, section lines and the associated text in the base view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.DisplayForeshortenedTangentEdges">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display shortened tangent edges in order to distinguish them from visible edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.DisplayHatching">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display hatches for section and slice views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.DisplayInterferenceEdges">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display both hidden edges that are excluded due to an interference condition (press, or interference fit conditions, threaded fasteners in tapped holes where the hole feature is modeled with the minor diameter).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.DisplayTangentEdges">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to display the tangent edges on the drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.DisplayThreadFeatures">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display thread features on the drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.DisplayTrails">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display trails.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.DrawingCurves">
            <summary>Property that returns all the drawing curves within the drawing view optionally filtered to the input model object. This property returns Nothing for draft views.iew object represents a drawing view on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.DrawingViewEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the object, which provides event notifcation. For example, view updates.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.DrawingViewToModelSpace(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 2d coordinate in drawing view space, and returns a Line in model space. Since this method transforms from 2D space to 3D space, there is insufficient information to obtain a 3D model point. Hence, this method returns a Line in the view direction on which the point lies. You may then use the FindUsingRay method to find the point(s) of interest.</summary>
            <param name="ViewCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point2d object of a point within drawing view space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.DrawingViewToModelTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from drawing view coordinate space to the model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.DrawingViewToSheetSpace(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 2d coordinate in drawing view space, and returns a Point2d containing the coordinates of the point in sheet space.</summary>
            <param name="ViewCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point2d object of a point within drawing view space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.DrawingViewToSheetTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from drawing view coordinate space to the sheet space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.GeneralDimensionType">
            <summary>Read-write property that indicates the type of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.GetAutomatedCenterlineSettings(Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the settings that define how automatic center lines and center marks are to be calculated for this view.</summary>
            <param name="AutomatedCenterlineSettings">
                <summary>Output AutomatedCenterlineSettings object that defines the automatic center line and center mark creation settings for this drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.GetComponentLineColor(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets color of a component in drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="Component">
                <summary>Input Document, ComponentOccurrence, ComponentOccurrenceProxy, SurfaceBody, SurfaceBodyProxy, PartFeature or PartFeatureProxy  object to indicate a component in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.GetHiddenLinesStatus(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets the hidden lines status of a component in the drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="Component">
                <summary>Input Document, ComponentOccurrence, ComponentOccurrenceProxy, SurfaceBody, SurfaceBodyProxy, MeshFeature or MeshFeatureProxy object to indicate a component in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.GetIncludeStatus(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets the include status of the input object in the drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Input object to get the include status of. Valid objects are 2d and 3d sketches, work features, surface features, and proxies for all of these. The object needs to be supplied in the context of the document referenced by the drawing view. For instance, to set the include status of a 3D sketch within a part instanced in an assembly (and the drawing view is of the assembly), the input should be a Sketch3DProxy object created in context of the assembly. An error will occur if no corresponding object exists in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.GetVisibility(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets the visibility of the input object in the drawing view. This returns error if the input object has partial visibility status.</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Input object to get the visibility state of. Valid objects are 2d and 3d sketches, work features, surface features, occurrences and proxies for all of these. The object needs to be supplied in the context of the document referenced by the drawing view. For instance, to set the visibility state of a 3D sketch within a part instanced in an assembly (and the drawing view is of the assembly), the input should be a Sketch3DProxy object created in context of the assembly. An error will occur if no corresponding object exists in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.GetWeldmentState(Inventor.WeldmentStateEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the weldment option for the drawing view. The method returns a failure if the referenced model does not contain weldments.</summary>
            <param name="WeldmentState">
                <summary>Output WeldmentStateEnum that returns the weldment state of the drawing view. Valid return values are kAssemblyWeldmentState, kMachiningWeldmentState, kWeldsWeldmentState and kPreparationsWeldmentState. If kPreparationsWeldmentState is returned, the Component argument returns the corresponding preparations component.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Component">
                <summary>Output object that returns the component used for the Preparations weldment state. Valid return objects include an AssemblyDocument that represents the top level weldment document or a ComponentOccurrence that represents a first level occurrence in the weldment document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.GraphicsDataSetsCollection">
            <summary>Property that returns the object for the drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.HasOriginIndicator">
            <summary>Property that specifies whether the origin indicator for ordinate dimensions and hole tables has been created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.HatchRegions">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DrawingViewHatchRegions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.Height">
            <summary>Property that specifies the height of the drawing view. The view height cannot be set but is defined by the contents of the view</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.HiddenLineCalculationForAllBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the hidden line are calculated for all bodies or reference data separately.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.Include3DAnnotations">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to include the 3D annotations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.IncludeMeshBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to include the mesh bodies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.IncludeSurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to include the work surfaces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.InheritBreak">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the view should inherit the corresponding break from the parent view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.InheritBreakOut">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the view should inherit the corresponding break out from the parent view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.InheritSection">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the view should inherit the corresponding section cut from the parent view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.InheritSlice">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the view should inherit the corresponding slice cut from the parent view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.InsertInModelSpace">
            <summary>Inserts the view geometry into model space only if the drawing lives in an Inventor DWG file.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.IsFlatPatternView">
            <summary>Gets whether the drawing view is of a sheet metal flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.IsRasterView">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the drawing view is raster view or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.IsTextPropertySource">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the drawing view is specified as the text property source.This is applicable only when the drawing view is a base view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.IsUpdateComplete">
            <summary>Indicates if the view has finished updating.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.Label">
            <summary>Property that returns the DrawingViewLabel object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.Left">
            <summary>Property that returns the position of the left edge of the drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.Margin">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the amount of area outside the normal view boundary that the view boundary extends.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.ModelToDrawingViewSpace(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 3d coordinate in model space, and returns a Point2d object containing the coordinate point in drawing view space.</summary>
            <param name="ModelCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point object of a point within model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.ModelToDrawingViewTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from model space to the drawing view coordinate space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.ModelToSheetSpace(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 3d coordinate in model space, and returns a Point2d object containing the coordinate point in sheet space.</summary>
            <param name="ModelCoordinate">
                <summary>Point object of a point within model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.ModelToSheetTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from model space to the sheet coordinate space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.MoveTo(Inventor.Sheet)">
            <summary>Method that moves this drawing view into the specified sheet. The moved object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="TargetSheet">
                <summary>Input Sheet object that specifies the sheet that this drawing view is to be moved into. An error occurs if the input sheet is the parent sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.Name">
            <summary>Gets or sets the name of this View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.OriginIndicator">
            <summary>Property that gets the origin indicator for ordinate dimensions and hole tables.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent Sheet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.ParentView">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent . This property returns Nothing in the case where no parent view exists.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the point used to position the drawing view on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.PresentationViewAssociative">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to associate the drawing view to the referenced presentation view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.ReferenceDataDisplayStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the reference data display style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the model document referenced by this view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.RevisionClouds">
            <summary>Returns the collection of revision clouds on this drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.RotateByAngle(System.Double,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that rotates the drawing view by the specified angle.</summary>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input double that specifies the angle by which to rotate the view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Clockwise">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to rotate the view clockwise or counter-clockwise. The default value is True indicating that the view will be rotated clockwise.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.Rotation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the absolute rotation angle of the drawing view in radians. The value can either be positive (counter-clockwise rotation) or negative (clockwise rotation).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.Scale">
            <summary>Gets or sets the Model-to-PaperSpace scale of this particular Drawing View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.ScaleFromBase">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the scale of the view derives from the parent view or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.ScaleString">
            <summary>Gets or sets the Model-to-PaperSpace scale in string format of this particular Drawing View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.SetActiveModelState(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the active model state for a drawing view. In this method users can also decide to update the PartsList objects which use the same model state as the drawing view. This method fails for drawing views where the model is unresolved.</summary>
            <param name="ModelState">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the name of active model state to set for the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UpdatePartsList">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the PartsList objects in the document with the same model state as the drawing view should be updated or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeepOverrides">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to keep the overrides in the PartsList objects. This is ignored if the UpdatePartsLists is set to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.SetAutomatedCenterlineSettings(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the automatic centerline and center mark settings for this view and creates the centerlines and center marks defined by the settings. The centerlines and center marks that were created are returned.</summary>
            <param name="AutomatedCenterlineSettings">
                <summary>Optional input AutomatedCenterlineSettings object that defines the automatic center line and center mark creation settings for this drawing view.
If this argument is omitted the following rules apply. If automated centerlines and center marks have not been created for this view then this argument will default to the settings defined by the drawing settings. If this view has had automatic centerlines and center marks created, then the values used for the previous created are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.SetComponentLineColor(System.Object,Inventor.Color)">
            <summary>Method that sets color for a component in the drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="Component">
                <summary>Input Document, ComponentOccurrence, ComponentOccurrenceProxy, SurfaceBody, SurfaceBodyProxy, PartFeature or PartFeatureProxy  object to indicate a component in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Color">
                <summary>Input Color object to set the color for the component in the drawing view. This the color has its ColorSourceType set to kLayerColorSource or kAutomaticColorSource then the color of the component will be set by layer or automatic.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.SetDesignViewRepresentation(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a design view representation for a drawing view of an assembly. This method fails for drawing views of parts and presentations and in the case where the model (assembly) is unresolved.</summary>
            <param name="Representation">
                <summary>String that specifies the Design View Representation to set on the drawing view. The method returns a failure if a representation with this name is not found in the referenced assembly.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Associative">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to associatively apply the design view. If set to True, any changes to the design view in the referenced assembly will show in this view. If not specified, a value of False is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.SetHiddenLinesStatus(System.Object,Inventor.HiddenLinesStatusEnum)">
            <summary>Method that sets the hidden lines status of a component in the drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="Component">
                <summary>Input Document, ComponentOccurrence, ComponentOccurrenceProxy, SurfaceBody, SurfaceBodyProxy, MeshFeature or MeshFeatureProxy object to indicate a component in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="visibleStatus">
                <summary>Input HiddenLinesStatusEnum value to specify the hidden line status for the component. Valid values are kAllHiddenLinesVisible and kAllHiddenLinesInvisible.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.SetIncludeStatus(System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the include status of the input object in the drawing view. This method automatically makes the object visible as well. After an object has been included, its visibility can be controlled using the GetVisibility and SetVisibility methods.</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Input object to set the include status of. Valid objects are 2d and 3d sketches, work features, surface features, and proxies for all of these. The object needs to be supplied in the context of the document referenced by the drawing view. For instance, to set the include status of a 3D sketch within a part instanced in an assembly (and the drawing view is of the assembly), the input should be a Sketch3DProxy object created in context of the assembly. An error will occur if no corresponding object exists in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Include">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the input object is included in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.SetVisibility(System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the visibility of the input object in the drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Input object to set the visibility state of. Valid objects are 2d and 3d sketches, work features, surface features, occurrences and proxies for all of these. The object needs to be supplied in the context of the document referenced by the drawing view. For instance, to set the visibility state of a 3D sketch within a part instanced in an assembly (and the drawing view is of the assembly), the input should be a Sketch3DProxy object created in context of the assembly. An error will occur if no corresponding object exists in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Visible">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the input object is visible in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.SetWeldmentState(Inventor.WeldmentStateEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the weldment option for the drawing view. The method returns a failure if the referenced model does not contain weldments.</summary>
            <param name="WeldmentState">
                <summary>Input WeldmentStateEnum that specifies the weldment state of the drawing view. Valid options are kAssemblyWeldmentState, kMachiningWeldmentState, kWeldsWeldmentState and kPreparationsWeldmentState. If kPreparationsWeldmentState is specified, the Component argument must also be specified, else the top level weldment document is assumed as the component.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Component">
                <summary>Optional input object that specifies the component to use for the Preparations weldment state. Valid input objects include an AssemblyDocument that represents the top level weldment document or a ComponentOccurrence that represents a first level occurrence in the weldment document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.SheetToDrawingViewSpace(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 2d coordinate in sheet space, and returns a Point2d object containing the coordinate point in drawing view space.</summary>
            <param name="SheetCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point2d object of a point within sheet space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.SheetToDrawingViewTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from sheet space to the drawing view coordinate space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.SheetToModelSpace(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 2d coordinate in sheet space, and returns a Line in model space. Since this method transforms from 2D space to 3D space, there is insufficient information to obtain a 3D model point. Hence, this method returns a Line in the view direction on which the point lies. You may then use the FindUsingRay method to find the point(s) of interest.</summary>
            <param name="SheetCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point2d object of a point within sheet space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.SheetToModelTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from sheet coordinate space to the model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.ShowHiddenAnnotations">
            <summary>Method that displays all the annotations hidden by the user.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingView.ShowHiddenCurves">
            <summary>Method that displays all the curves explicitly hidden by the user.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.ShowLabel">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to show the label of the drawing view on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.ShowTrails">
            <summary>Gets and set whether to show the trails or not for a drawing view of a presentation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.Sketches">
            <summary>Property that returns the DrawingSketches collection object for the sheet. This object provides access to all of the sketches that have been created on the sheet and provides functionality to create new sketches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.StandardPartsSectionBehavior">
            <summary>Gets and sets the sectioning behavior for standard parts in drawing views of assemblies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this drawing view is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.Top">
            <summary>Property that specifies the position of the top edge of the drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the drawing view is up to date with respect to the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.ViewAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the drawing view annotation object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.ViewJustification">
            <summary>Gets and sets the view justification.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.ViewOrientationFromBase">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the view should inherit the orientation from the base view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.ViewStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the drawing view style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.ViewType">
            <summary>Property returning an DrawingViewTypeEnum constant indicating the type of view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingView.Width">
            <summary>Property that specifies the width of the drawing view. The view width cannot be set but is defined by the contents of the view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingViewAnnotation">
            <summary>DrawingViewAnnotation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewAnnotation.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewAnnotation.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewAnnotation.FormattedText">
            <summary>Gets and sets the formatted string value of the view annotation text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingViewAnnotation.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewAnnotation.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewAnnotation.SecondFormattedText">
            <summary>Gets and sets the formatted string value of the second view annotation text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewAnnotation.SecondText">
            <summary>Returns the second string value of the view annotation text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewAnnotation.SecondTextPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the second view annotation text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewAnnotation.Style">
            <summary>Gets and sets the view annotation style for this DrawingViewAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewAnnotation.Text">
            <summary>Returns the string value of the view annotation text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewAnnotation.TextPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the view annotation text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewAnnotation.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingViewEvents">
            <summary>Call-back or 'outgoing' sink interface through which Inventor fires the DrawingView Events. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingViewEvents.OnViewUpdate(Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.CommandTypesEnum,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnViewUpdate event notifies a client when the document associated with the drawing view has been modified and causes the drawing view to update.</summary>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired. Indicates if the notification is being sent before or after the drawing view has been updated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Additional information is provided through this argument to help in understanding the context of the update, as indicated by the value of ReasonsForChange, which is a value from the CommandTypesEnum list, which represents the different categories of changes that can be made.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReasonsForChange">
                <summary>A value from the CommandTypesEnum list, which represents the different categories of changes that can be made. Typically this will be a single value from the list but it can represent multiple values that have been combined together so you need to use bitwise operations to check for a specific change.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchArea">
            <summary>DrawingViewHatchArea Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchArea.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchArea.BoundaryGeometries">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the geometries that shape the profile of the drawing view hatch area.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchArea.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchArea.RangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the range box of the DrawingViewHatchArea.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchArea.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchAreas">
            <summary>DrawingViewHatchAreas Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchAreas.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchAreas.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchAreas.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchAreas.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegion">
            <summary>DrawingViewHatchRegion Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegion.Angle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the rotation angle of the pattern in radians.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegion.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegion.BoundaryGeometries">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the geometries that shape the profile of the drawing view hatch region.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegion.ByMaterial">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies if use the hatch pattern corresponds to the mapping between materials and hatch patterns defined in the active drawing standard style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegion.Color">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the color of the hatch pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegion.DoublePattern">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies if a duplicate hatch pattern should be created that is perpendicular to the original hatch pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegion.HatchAreas">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DrawingViewHatchAreas collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegion.Layer">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the layer associated with the drawing view hatch region object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegion.LineWeight">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies the line weight of the drawing view hatch region object in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegion.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegion.Pattern">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the DrawingHatchPattern of the drawing view hatch region.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegion.RangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the range box of the DrawingViewHatchRegion.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegion.Scale">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies the scale of the distance between lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegion.Shift">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies the hatch pattern offset from original hatch pattern position.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegion.SurfaceBody">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SurfaceBody or SurfaceBodyProxy that associated with the DrawingViewHatchRegion.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegion.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegion.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the drawing view hatch region is visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegions">
            <summary>DrawingViewHatchRegions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegions.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegions.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegions.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewHatchRegions.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingViewLabel">
            <summary>The DrawingViewLabel object represents the text in a drawing view label.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewLabel.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewLabel.Color">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the color of the text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewLabel.ConstrainToBorder">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to constrain the view label to the view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewLabel.FormattedText">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the fully formatted string that defines the contents of the drawing view label.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewLabel.HorizontalJustification">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the horizontal justification override of the drawing view label.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewLabel.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer associated with the view label.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewLabel.LineSpacing">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the line spacing of the drawing view label.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewLabel.LineSpacingType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the method used to define the line spacing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewLabel.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewLabel.Position">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the position of the label.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewLabel.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingViewLabel.RestoreViewLabel">
            <summary>Method that restores the drawing view label to default position.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewLabel.StackedTextPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position (alignment) of the stacked text with respect to regular text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewLabel.Text">
            <summary>Property that gets the string that defines the drawing view label.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewLabel.TextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style associated with the view label.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewLabel.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewLabel.VerticalJustification">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the vertical justification override of the drawing view label.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViewLabel.WidthScale">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the width scale factor for the drawing view label.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingViews">
            <summary>The DrawingViews collection object provides access to the objects associated with the sheet the collection was obtained from. It also provides method to create new drawing views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingViews.AddAssociativeDraftView(Inventor.Document,Inventor.Point2d,System.Double,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new associative draft . An empty draft view is created and associated with the input document. The newly created DrawingView is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Model">
                <summary>Input Document that specifies the document to associate with this view. Valid document types include part file, assembly files, and presentation files.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input Point2d that specifies the placement point of the view on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Scale">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the drawing view scale factor. If not specified, a default value of 1.0 is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input String that defines the editable portion of the name that is displayed within the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingViews.AddAuxiliaryView(Inventor.DrawingView,Inventor.DrawingCurve,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.DrawingViewStyleEnum,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates an auxiliary drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="ParentView">
                <summary>Input DrawingView object that specifies the parent view of the auxiliary view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OrientationEdge">
                <summary>Input DrawingCurve object that specifies the orientation of the auxiliary view. This must be a linear DrawingCurve from the parent view, else the method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input Point2d that specifies the placement point of the view on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewStyle">
                <summary>Input DrawingViewStyleEnum the specifies the display style of the geometry within the view. Valid values are kHiddenLineDrawingViewStyle, kHiddenLineRemovedDrawingViewStyle, kShadedDrawingViewStyle, kShadedHiddenLineDrawingViewStyle and kFromBaseDrawingViewStyle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Scale">
                <summary>Optional input that specifies the drawing view scale factor. This can be either specified as a Double or a String.
Examples: 2.0, "5:1", "1/2", etc.
If this argument is not specified, the scale is derived from the ParentView.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShowLabel">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to display or hide the view label. The default is True indicating that the label will be displayed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input String that defines the editable portion of the drawing view name that is displayed within the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingViews.AddBaseView(Inventor.Document,Inventor.Point2d,System.Double,Inventor.ViewOrientationTypeEnum,Inventor.DrawingViewStyleEnum,System.String,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new base . The newly created DrawingView is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Model">
                <summary>Input Document that specifies the document to create the view of. Valid document types include part file, assembly files, and presentation files. This method uses a Document object as input rather than a filename to allow the insertion of a document into a drawing and avoid the requirement of that document first being saved to a file. If a document already exists as a file on disk you can use the Documents.Open method to open the file and obtain a Document object. Typically, you'll want to set the OpenVisible argument of the Open method to False so the open is invisible to the user.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input Point2d that specifies the placement point of the view on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Scale">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the drawing view scale factor.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewOrientation">
                <summary>Input ViewOrientationTypeEnum that specifies the orientation of the model within the view. If this value is kArbitraryViewOrientation the orientation is derived from the Camera specified by the ArbitraryCamera argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewStyle">
                <summary>Input DrawingViewStyleEnum the specifies the display style of the geometry within the view. Valid values are kHiddenLineDrawingViewStyle, kHiddenLineRemovedDrawingViewStyle, kShadedDrawingViewStyle, and kShadedHiddenLineDrawingViewStyle. If kFromBaseDrawingViewStyle is specified, an error is returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelViewName">
                <summary>Optional input String that defines the design view name for assembly files, or the presentation view name for presentation files. This argument is ignored if the document type specified by the Model argument is a part file (.ipt).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ArbitraryCamera">
                <summary>Optional input Camera object that specifies the model orientation within the view. This argument is ignored if the ViewOrientation argument is not kArbitraryViewOrientation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AdditionalOptions">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap object that specifies additional or advanced options as described in the remarks section.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingViews.AddDetailView(Inventor.DrawingView,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.DrawingViewStyleEnum,System.Boolean,Inventor.Point2d,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a detail drawing view. This method fails if the parent sheet is not active.</summary>
            <param name="ParentView">
                <summary>DrawingView object that specifies the base parent view of the projected view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input Point2d that specifies the placement point of the view on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewStyle">
                <summary>DrawingViewStyleEnum the specifies the display style of the geometry within the view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CircularFence">
                <summary>Boolean that specifies whether to use a circular fence or a rectangular fence. Specify True for circular and False for rectangular.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FenceCenterOrCornerOne">
                <summary>Point2d object that specifies the center point for a circular fence or the first corner for a rectangular fence.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FenceRadiusOrCornerTwo">
                <summary>Specifies the radius of a circular fence or input Point2d object that specifies the second corner for a rectangular fence.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AttachPoint">
                <summary>Optional input GeometryIntent object that specifies the geometry to attach the detail view to. If not specified, the detail view is unattached and can be moved around.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Scale">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the drawing view scale factor. If this argument is not specified, the scale is derived from the ParentView.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShowLabel">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to display or hide the view label. The default is True indicating that the label will be displayed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input String that defines the editable portion of the drawing view name that is displayed within the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean reserved for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingViews.AddDraftView(System.Double,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new draft . The newly created DrawingView is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Scale">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the drawing view scale factor. If not specified, a default value of 1.0 is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input String that defines the editable portion of the drawing view name that is displayed within the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingViews.AddOverlayView(Inventor.DrawingView,System.String,System.String,System.Boolean,Inventor.DrawingViewStyleEnum,System.Boolean,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates an overlay drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="ParentView">
                <summary>Input DrawingView object that specifies the parent view of the overlay view. The parent view must be a base view, projected view or an auxiliary view of an assembly, else the method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PositionalRepresentation">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the positional representation to use for the overlay view. The input string must the name of an existing position representation in the assembly referenced by the parent view. The method returns a failure if a representation with this name is not found in the referenced assembly.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DesignViewRepresentation">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the design view representation to use for the overlay view. The input string must the name of an existing design view representation in the assembly referenced by the parent view. In addition, 'Nothing Visible' and 'All Visible' can also be provided. The method returns a failure if a representation with this name is not found in the referenced assembly.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DesignViewAssociative">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether to associatively apply the design view representation. If set to True, any changes to the design view in the referenced assembly will show in this view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewStyle">
                <summary>Input DrawingViewStyleEnum the specifies the display style of the geometry within the view. Valid values are kHiddenLineDrawingViewStyle, kHiddenLineRemovedDrawingViewStyle, kShadedDrawingViewStyle, kShadedHiddenLineDrawingViewStyle and kFromBaseDrawingViewStyle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShowLabel">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to display or hide the view label. The default is True indicating that the label will be displayed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input String that defines the editable portion of the drawing view name that is displayed within the browser. If not specified, the name of the input positional representation is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingViews.AddOverlayView2(Inventor.DrawingView,System.String,System.String,System.String,System.Boolean,Inventor.DrawingViewStyleEnum,System.Boolean,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates an overlay drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="ParentView">
                <summary>Input DrawingView object that specifies the parent view of the overlay view.  The parent view must be a base view, projected view or an auxiliary view of an assembly, else the method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelState">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the model state to use for the overlay view. The input string must the name of an existing model state in the assembly referenced by the parent view.  The method returns a failure if a model state with this name is not found in the referenced assembly.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PositionalRepresentation">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the positional representation to use for the overlay view. The input string must the name of an existing position representation in the assembly referenced by the parent view.  The method returns a failure if a representation with this name is not found in the referenced assembly.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DesignViewRepresentation">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the design view representation to use for the overlay view. The input string must the name of an existing design view representation in the assembly referenced by the parent view.  In addition, “Nothing Visible” and “All Visible” can also be provided.  The method returns a failure if a representation with this name is not found in the referenced assembly.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DesignViewAssociative">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether to associatively apply the design view representation.  If set to True, any changes to the design view in the referenced assembly will show in this view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewStyle">
                <summary>Input DrawingViewStyleEnum the specifies the display style of the geometry within the view.  Valid values are kHiddenLineDrawingViewStyle, kHiddenLineRemovedDrawingViewStyle, kShadedDrawingViewStyle, kShadedHiddenLineDrawingViewStyle and kFromBaseDrawingViewStyle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShowLabel">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to display or hide the view label.  The default is True indicating that the label will be displayed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input String that defines the editable portion of the drawing view name that is displayed within the browser.  If not specified, the name of the input positional representation is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingViews.AddProjectedView(Inventor.DrawingView,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.DrawingViewStyleEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a projected .</summary>
            <param name="ParentView">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the base parent view of the projected view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input Point2d that specifies the placement point of the view on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewStyle">
                <summary>Input DrawingViewStyleEnum the specifies the display style of the geometry within the view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Scale">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies the drawing view scale factor. If this argument is not specified, the scale is derived from the ParentView.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingViews.AddSectionView(Inventor.DrawingView,Inventor.DrawingSketch,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.DrawingViewStyleEnum,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a section drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="ParentView">
                <summary>Input DrawingView object that specifies the base parent view of the projected view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SectionLineSketch">
                <summary>Input DrawingSketch object that contains the profile that will be used to define the section line of the view. The DrawingSketch should be associated with the parent DrawingView (i.e. from parent DrawingView.Sketches). The choice between the projected and aligned methods is made automatically based on the following rules. The method can be changed after creation using SectionDrawingView.UseAlignedMethod property.
One line - Full Section View - Projected method 
Two perpendicular lines - Half Section View - Projected method 
Two non-perpendicular lines - Aligned Section View 
Three or more lines - Offset Section View - Projected method </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input Point2d that specifies the placement point of the view on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewStyle">
                <summary>Input DrawingViewStyleEnum the specifies the display style of the geometry within the view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Scale">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the drawing view scale factor. If this argument is not specified, the scale is derived from the ParentView.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShowLabel">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to display or hide the view label. The default is True indicating that the label will be displayed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input String that defines the editable portion of the drawing view name that is displayed within the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean reserved for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FullDepth">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to use full section depth. A value of True indicates full section depth. If False, the SectionDepth argument needs to be supplied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SectionDepth">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the section depth. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingViews.AddSectionView2(Inventor.DrawingView,Inventor.DrawingSketch,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.DrawingViewStyleEnum,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a section drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="ParentView">
                <summary>Input DrawingView object that specifies the base parent view of the projected view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SectionLineSketch">
                <summary>Input DrawingSketch object that contains the profile that will be used to define the section line of the view. The choice between the projected and aligned methods is made automatically based on the following rules. The method can be changed after creation using SectionDrawingView.UseAlignedMethod property. 
One line - Full Section View - Projected method. 
Two perpendicular lines - Half Section View - Projected method 
Two non-perpendicular lines - Aligned Section View. 
Three or more lines - Offset Section View - Projected method. </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input Point2d that specifies the placement point of the view on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewStyle">
                <summary>Input DrawingViewStyleEnum the specifies the display style of the geometry within the view.  Valid values are kHiddenLineDrawingViewStyle, kHiddenLineRemovedDrawingViewStyle, kShadedDrawingViewStyle, kShadedHiddenLineDrawingViewStyle and kFromBaseDrawingViewStyle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Scale">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the drawing view scale factor. If this argument is not specified, the scale is derived from the ParentView.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShowLabel">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to display or hide the view label. The default is True indicating that the label will be displayed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input String that defines the editable portion of the drawing view name that is displayed within the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FullDepth">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to use full section depth. A value of True indicates full section depth. If False, the SectionDepth argument needs to be supplied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SectionDepth">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the section depth. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MoreOptions">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap that specifies more options for creating the section view. 

Valid options include: 

Name = TargetSheet. Value = Sheet object that specifies the target Sheet to place the section view. If not specifies this will default to the Sheet the ParentView is located on. 

Name = PositionOnTargetSheet. Value = Point2d object that specifies the position of the section view on target sheet. This is ignored when the TargetSheet is not specified. If this is specified the Positon argument is used to determine the section line direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViews.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViews.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingViews.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbol">
            <summary>DrawingWeldingSymbol Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbol.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbol.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbol.Definitions">
            <summary>Gets and sets the DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinitions object associated with this symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbol.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DrawingWeldingSymbol.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbol.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the key context. A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object.  The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbol.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbol.Leader">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the leader associated with the drawing welding symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbol.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbol.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the symbol on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbol.Retrieved">
            <summary>Read-only property that indicates whether the symbol was created as a result of retrieving it from the model. Retrieved DrawingWeldingSymbol can not be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbol.RetrievedFrom">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the object that this symbol was retrieved from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbol.Style">
            <summary>Gets and sets the associated WeldSymbolStyle object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbol.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition">
            <summary>DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition.AllAroundSymbol">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to add the all-around indicator to the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition.ClosedNoteTail">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to enclose the note text in a box or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition.FieldWeldingSymbol">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to add a flag indicating a field or site weld to the selected reference line or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition.IdentificationLinePlacement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the placement of the identification line against the reference line. Available for ISO and DIN only.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition.StaggerType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the stagger type of the welding symbols for fillets. This is applicable only if fillet welding symbols are set on both sides of the reference line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition.SwapArrowAndSymbols">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to switch the arrow and symbols above or below the reference line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition.TailNote">
            <summary>Gets and sets the description to the reference line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition.UseSpacer">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to use spacer or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition.WeldSymbolOne">
            <summary>Returns the WeldSymbol object that is above the reference line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition.WeldSymbolTwo">
            <summary>Returns the WeldSymbol object that is below the reference line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinitions">
            <summary>The DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinitions collection object provides access to the definitions for a drawing welding symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinitions.Add(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition. The newly created DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Long value indicating the target index to position this new DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition. The newly created DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition will be placed just before the target index, if not provided the newly created DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition will be placed as the first one.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinitions.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinitions object. The new DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinitions object is independent of any drawing welding symbol.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinitions.Remove(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that remove the specified DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition from the DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinitions collection.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long value indicating the index of DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinition to return.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbols">
            <summary>DrawingWeldingSymbols Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbols.Add(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinitions,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a drawing welding symbol.</summary>
            <param name="LeaderPoints">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing a series of Point2d objects representing the leader originating at the symbol.  The last item in the collection (even if it is the only item) can be a GeometryIntent object indicating a geometry to attach the leader to.  A GeometryIntent object can be created using the Sheet.CreateGeometryIntent method.  The ObjectCollection must contain at least one item, else the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Definitions">
                <summary>Input DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinitions object that defines the input for the DrawingWeldingSymbol. A DrawingWeldingSymbolDefinitions  object can be created using the DrawingWeldingSymbols.CreateDefinitions method. It can also be obtained from an existing DrawingWeldingSymbol object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="WeldSymbolStyle">
                <summary>Optional input WeldSymbolStyle object to specify the weld symbol style for the object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbols.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbols.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbols.CreateDefinitions">
            <summary>Method that creates a drawing welding symbol definitions object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbols.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DrawingWeldingSymbols.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings">
            <summary>.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.CollisionDetection">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to drive the constrained assembly until a collision is detected.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.DriveAdaptivity">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to adapt components while maintaining constraint relationships.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.EndValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the expression for the end value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.FrameRate">
            <summary>Gets and sets the increments at which a "snapshot" is taken for inclusion as a frame in a recorded animation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.GetIncrement(Inventor.ConstraintIncrementTypeEnum@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Returns how the increment was specified and the value.</summary>
            <param name="IncrementType">
                <summary>Output enum that returns the increment type. The possible return values are kIncrementAsAmountOfValue and kIncrementAsNumberOfSteps.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Increment">
                <summary>Output String that returns the increment value.  The value returned is based on the increment type - amount of value if the type is kIncrementAsAmountOfValue and total number of steps if the type is kIncrementAsNumberOfSteps.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.GoToEnd">
            <summary>Advances the constraint to the end value.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.GoToStart">
            <summary>Returns the constraint to the start value.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.IsInitialized">
            <summary>Returns whether the drive constraint parameters have been set for this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.OnCollision">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a collision occurs during the animation/play of the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.PauseDelay">
            <summary>Gets and sets the delay between steps in seconds.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.PlayForward">
            <summary>Drives the constraint forward.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.PlayReverse">
            <summary>Drives the constraint in reverse.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.RepetitionCount">
            <summary>Gets and sets the number of repetitions for the Start/End sequence and the number of cycles for the Start/End/Start sequence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.RepetitionStartEndStart">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to drive the constraint from the start value to the end value and then in reverse to the start value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.SetIncrement(Inventor.ConstraintIncrementTypeEnum,System.String)">
            <summary>Sets the increment type and the value.</summary>
            <param name="IncrementType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies the increment type. Valid values are kIncrementAsAmountOfValue and kIncrementAsNumberOfSteps.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Increment">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the increment value.  The value is interpreted based on the increment type - amount of value if the type is kIncrementAsAmountOfValue and total number of steps if the type is kIncrementAsNumberOfSteps.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.StartAVIRecording(System.String,System.String,System.Int32,System.Object)">
            <summary>Starts recording the drive constraint animation for saving to an avi file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full file name of the avi file to save the recording to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Compressor">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the name of the compressor to use. The string should be a FourCC code (see http://ww.fourcc.org for details). If not specified, the default is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CompressionQuality">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the compression quality.  The valid range of values is 0 to 100.  If not specified, a default value of 75 is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MoreOptions">
                <summary>Optional input that specifies additional options. Currently unused.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.StartValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the expression for the start value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.StartWMVRecording(System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Starts recording the drive constraint animation for saving to a wmv file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full file name of the wmv file to save the recording to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NetworkBandwidth">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the bandwidth of your network connection in kbps.  This value determines the size of the output file and the quality of recording.  If not specified, this defaults to the BroadBand connection speed (250 Kbps).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ImageWidth">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the width of the recorded window.  Defaults to 176 if not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ImageHeight">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the height of the recorded window.  Defaults to 144 if not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AddMarkers">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether or not to add markers to the recording.  Defaults to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MoreOptions">
                <summary>Optional input that specifies additional options. Currently unused.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.StepForward">
            <summary>Advances the constraint by one step.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.StepReverse">
            <summary>Reverses the constraint by one step.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.StopRecording">
            <summary>Stops recording the drive constraint animation and generates the animation file.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveConstraintSettings.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DriveSettings">
            <summary>The DriveSettings object provides access to various drive relationship related settings for assembly constraints and joints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveSettings.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveSettings.CollisionDetection">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to drive the constrained assembly until a collision is detected.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveSettings.DriveAdaptivity">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to adapt components while maintaining constraint or connection relationships.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveSettings.DriveType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the drive type to specify which value to drive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveSettings.EndValue">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the expression for the end value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveSettings.FrameRate">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the increments at which a snapshot is taken for inclusion as a frame in a recorded animation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveSettings.GetIncrement(Inventor.IncrementTypeEnum@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns how the increment was specified and the value.</summary>
            <param name="IncrementType">
                <summary>Output enum that returns the increment type. The possible return values are kIncrementAsAmountOfValue and kIncrementAsNumberOfSteps.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Increment">
                <summary>Output String that returns the increment value.  The value returned is based on the increment type - amount of value if the type is kIncrementAsAmountOfValue and total number of steps if the type is kIncrementAsNumberOfSteps.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveSettings.GoToEnd">
            <summary>Method that got to the ending frame of the animation.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveSettings.GoToStart">
            <summary>Method that got to the starting frame of the animation.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveSettings.IsInitialized">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the drive parameters have been set for this relationship. If this property returns False, the properties on this object will return hard-coded default values and the methods will fail.  Calling properties and methods to set drive parameters will automatically toggle this property to True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveSettings.OnCollision">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a collision occurs during the animation/play of the relationship.  The event only fires if the CollisionDetection property is set to True.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveSettings.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent assembly constraint or joint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveSettings.PauseDelay">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the delay between steps in seconds.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveSettings.PlayForward">
            <summary>Method that drives the relationship forward. This will fail if start and end values are not set.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveSettings.PlayReverse">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the delay between steps in seconds.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveSettings.RepetitionCount">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the number of repetitions for the Start/End sequence and the number of cycles for the Start/End/Start sequence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveSettings.RepetitionStartEndStart">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to drive the relationship from the start value to the end value and then in reverse to the start value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveSettings.SetIncrement(Inventor.IncrementTypeEnum,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the increment type and the value.</summary>
            <param name="IncrementType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies the increment type. Valid values are kIncrementAsAmountOfValue and kIncrementAsNumberOfSteps.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Increment">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the increment value.  The value is interpreted based on the increment type - amount of value if the type is kIncrementAsAmountOfValue and total number of steps if the type is kIncrementAsNumberOfSteps.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveSettings.StartAVIRecording(System.String,System.String,System.Int32,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that starts recording the drive relationship animation for saving to an avi file. Use the StopRecording method to stop recording and generate the animation file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full file name of the avi file to save the recording to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Compressor">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the name of the compressor to use. The string should be a FourCC code ( see http://www.fourcc.org/ for details). If not specified, the default is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CompressionQuality">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the compression quality.  The valid range of values is 0 to 100.  If not specified, a default value of 75 is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MoreOptions">
                <summary>Optional input that specifies additional options.  This argument is currently not used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveSettings.StartValue">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the expression for the start value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveSettings.StartWMVRecording(System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that starts recording the drive relationship animation for saving to a wmv file. Use the StopRecording method to stop recording and generate the animation file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full file name of the wmv file to save the recording to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NetworkBandwidth">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the bandwidth of your network connection in kbps.  This value determines the size of the output file and the quality of recording.  If not specified, this defaults to the BroadBand connection speed (250 Kbps).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ImageWidth">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the width of the recorded window.  Defaults to 176 if not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ImageHeight">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the height of the recorded window.  Defaults to 144 if not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AddMarkers">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether or not to add markers to the recording.  Defaults to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MoreOptions">
                <summary>Optional input that specifies additional options. This argument is currently not used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveSettings.StepForward">
            <summary>Method that advances the animation by one step.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveSettings.StepReverse">
            <summary>Method that reverses the animation by one step.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DriveSettings.StopRecording">
            <summary>Method that stops recording the drive relationship animation and generates the animation file. Use the StartWMVRecording or StartAVIRecording method to start recording the animation.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DriveSettings.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom">
            <summary>The DSDegreeOfFreedom object represents a degree of freedom associated with a joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.DegreeOfFreedomType">
            <summary>Read-only property that indicates if this degree of freedom is for a rotation or translation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.ImposedMotionType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the type of imposed motion defined on a degree of freedom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.ImposedMotionValue">
            <summary>Read-only property returning a DSValue object that you can use to get and set the imposed motion.&amp;nbsp;This property returns nothing in the case where the ImposedMotionType property is set to kNoImposedMotion.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.InitialPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the initial position. This property is writable when the DSDegreeOfFreedom object is transient and not associated with an existing joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.InitialVelocity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the initial position. This property is writable when the DSDegreeOfFreedom object is transient and not associated with an existing joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.IsLoadEnabled">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the load settings for this joint are enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.IsMaxBoundsEnabled">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the maximum bounds of the joint are defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.IsMinBoundsEnabled">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the minimum bounds of the joint are defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.IsPositionLocked">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the position of this joint is locked.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.IsVelocityComputed">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the velocity is computed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.LoadDamping">
            <summary>Gets a DSValue object that you can use to get and set the load damping. This property returns Nothing in the case where IsLoadEnabled is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.LoadDryFrictionCoefficient">
            <summary>Gets a DSValue object that you can use to get and set the load dry friction coefficient. This property returns Nothing in the case where IsLoadEnabled is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.LoadDryFrictionRadius">
            <summary>Gets a DSValue object that you can use to get and set the load dry friction radius. This property returns Nothing in the case where IsLoadEnabled is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.LoadForce">
            <summary>Gets a DSValue object that you can use to get and set the load force. This property returns Nothing in the case where IsLoadEnabled is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.LoadSpringElasticStiffness">
            <summary>Gets a DSValue object that you can use to get and set the load spring free position. This property returns Nothing in the case where IsLoadEnabled is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.LoadSpringFreePosition">
            <summary>Gets a DSValue object that you can use to get and set the load spring free position. This property returns Nothing in the case where IsLoadEnabled is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.MaxBoundsDamping">
            <summary>Gets the maximum damping value. The value is in database units, where lengths are is always expressed in centimeters, angles in radians, and time in seconds.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.MaxBoundsStiffness">
            <summary>Gets the maximum stiffness value. The value is in database units, where lengths are is always expressed in centimeters, angles in radians, and time in seconds.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.MaxBoundsValue">
            <summary>Gets the maximum value of the joint. The value is in database units, which for linear bounds is centimeters and radial bounds is radians.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.MinBoundsDamping">
            <summary>Gets the minimuim damping value. The value is in database units, which for linear bounds is centimeters and radial bounds is radians.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.MinBoundsStiffness">
            <summary>Gets the minimum stiffness value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.MinBoundsValue">
            <summary>Gets the minimum value of the joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.Parent">
            <summary>Returns the DSJointDefinition object this degree of freedom is associated with.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.Results">
            <summary>Gets the DSResults object that provides access to the simulation results associated with this degree of freedom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreeOfFreedom.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DSDegreesOfFreedom">
            <summary>DSDegreesOfFreedom object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreesOfFreedom.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreesOfFreedom.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreesOfFreedom.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSDegreesOfFreedom.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DSJoint">
            <summary>DSJoint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJoint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJoint.Definition">
            <summary>Gets the definition object associated with this joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJoint.IsSuppressed">
            <summary>Gets whether the joint is suppressed or not.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the joint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJoint.JointType">
            <summary>Returns the type of simulation joint this object represents</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJoint.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the displayed name of the joint.&amp;nbsp;This is the name that is visible in the browser and is editable by the end-user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJoint.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent DynamicSimulation object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJoint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DSJointDefinition">
            <summary>DSJointDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJointDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DSJointDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this DSJointDefinition object. The new DSJointDefinition object is independent of any joint. It can edited and used as input to edit an existing joint or to create a new joint.&amp;nbsp;Creating a copy of a definition, editing it, and then assigning it back to the joint can be a more efficient way of editing multiple inputs because it results in a single recompute.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJointDefinition.DegreesOfFreedom">
            <summary>Gets the DSDegreesOfFreedom collection object&amp;nbsp;provides access to the degrees of freedom associated with this joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJointDefinition.ForceGlyphColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color of the force glyph as seen during the playback of the simulation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJointDefinition.ForceGlyphScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the scale of the force glyph.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJointDefinition.IsDOFsLocked">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the degrees of freedom are locked.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJointDefinition.IsForceDisplayed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the force glyph is displayd.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJointDefinition.IsLoadDisplayed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the load glyph is displayed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJointDefinition.IsSuppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the joint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJointDefinition.LoadGlyphColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color of the load glyph as seen during the playback of the simulation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJointDefinition.LoadGlyphScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the scale of the load glyph.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJointDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent DSJoint object this definition is associated with.&amp;nbsp;This can return Nothing in the case where the definition is not associated with any joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJointDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DSJoints">
            <summary>DSJoints Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJoints.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJoints.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJoints.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified DSJoint object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSJoints.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DSLoad">
            <summary>DSLoad Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoad.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoad.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the load definition object associated with this load.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoad.IsSuppressed">
            <summary>Gets whether the load is suppressed or not.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the load is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoad.LoadType">
            <summary>Gets the type of load this load object represents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoad.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of this load as seen in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoad.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition">
            <summary>DSLoadDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this DSLoadDefinition object. The new DSLoadDefinition object is independent of any load. It can edited and used as input to edit an existing load or to create a new load.&amp;nbsp;Creating a copy of a definition, editing it, and then assigning it back to the load can be a more efficient way of editing multiple inputs because it results in a single recompute.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition.DirectionEntity">
            <summary>Gets and sets Entity that defines the direction of the load.&amp;nbsp;Valid geometry includes planar and cylindrical faces, and linear edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition.GlyphColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color of the force or torque glyph as seen during the playback of the simulation.&amp;nbsp;The IsDisplayed property controls whether the glyph is displayed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition.GlyphScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the scale of the load glyph. This property is writable when the DSLoadDefinition object has been created using the DSLoads.CreateLoadDefinition or DSLoadDefinition.Copy methods.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition.IsAssociativeLoadDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the how the direction of the force or torque is defined.&amp;nbsp;If True, the direction of the force or torque is defined relative to the coordinate system of the component containing the force or torque.&amp;nbsp;If False, the direction of the force or torque.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition.IsDefinedByVectorComponents">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the magnitude and direction of this load is defined by vector components or a specified magnitude and direction entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition.IsDirectionEntityNaturalDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the direction of the load, when defined by an entity, is in the natural direction defined by the entity or reversed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition.IsDisplayed">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the arrow for the force or torque is displayed during the playback of the simulation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition.IsSuppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the load is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition.Location">
            <summary>Gets the location of the load. The location is defined by specifying geometry and the location coordinate is inferred from the selected geometry.&amp;nbsp;This provides that inferred coordinate regardless of the entity that was used to specify the location.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition.LocationEntity">
            <summary>Gets and sets Entity that defines the location of the load.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition.Magnitude">
            <summary>Gets the DSValue object that defines the magnitude of the load. The value of the magnitude can be accessed through the returned DSValue object.
This property returns Nothing in the case where the IsDefinedByVectorComponents is True. To change the definition of the load to be defined by a magnitude and direction use the SetByMagnitudeAndDirection method.
Setting the magnitude using the SetValueUsingArray method of the DSValue object is currently limited to motion, magnitude, and x,y,z coordinates.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent DSLoad object this definition object is associated with.&amp;nbsp;If this definition is not associated with a load then this property returns Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition.SetByMagnitudeAndDirection(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Specifies the direction and magnitude of this load to be defined by a magnitude value and a direction defined by an entity.</summary>
            <param name="Magnitude">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the magnitude of the load.  This can be either a Double indicating the load in database units, a String containing a valid expression that results in either force or torque units, or a DSGraph object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DirectionEntity">
                <summary>Input entity that defines the direction of the load.  Valid geometry includes planar and cylindrical faces, and linear edges.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NaturalEntityDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean value that specifies if the direction is the same as the natural direction of the direction entity or reversed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition.SetByVector(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Specifies the direction and magnitude of this load to be defined by the x, y, z components of a vector.</summary>
            <param name="XComponent">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the X component value of the vector.  This can be either a Double indicating the load in database units, a String containing a valid expression that results in either force or torque units, or a DSValueGraph object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YComponent">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the Y component value of the vector.  This can be either a Double indicating the load in database units, a String containing a valid expression that results in either force or torque units, or a DSValueGraph object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ZComponent">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the Z component value of the vector.  This can be either a Double indicating the load in database units, a String containing a valid expression that results in either force or torque units, or a DSValueGraph object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition.Vector">
            <summary>Gets a Vector indicating the vector of the load.&amp;nbsp;This can be used to get the load vector regardless of whether it has been defined using geometry or the x, y, z, components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition.VectorXComponent">
            <summary>Gets the DSValue object that defines the X component of the vector. This property returns Nothing in the case where the IsDefinedByVectorComponents is False.&amp;nbsp;To change the definition of the load to be defined by a vector use the SetByVector method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition.VectorYComponent">
            <summary>Gets the DSValue object that defines the Y component of the vector. This property returns Nothing in the case where the IsDefinedByVectorComponents is False.&amp;nbsp;To change the definition of the load to be defined by a vector use the SetByVector method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoadDefinition.VectorZComponent">
            <summary>Gets the DSValue object that defines the Z component of the vector. This property returns Nothing in the case where the IsDefinedByVectorComponents is False.&amp;nbsp;To change the definition of the load to be defined by a vector use the SetByVector method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DSLoads">
            <summary>DSLoads Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoads.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoads.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoads.Item">
            <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the DSLoad to return.&amp;nbsp;This can be either a numeric value indicating the index of the item in the collection or it can be a string indicating the DSLoad name.&amp;nbsp;If an out of range index or a name of a non-existent DSLoad is provided, an error will occur.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSLoads.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DSResult">
            <summary>The DSResult object represents a specific result from a degree of freedom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSResult.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DSResult.GetCurrentResultValue">
            <summary>Returns the value of the current result.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DSResult.GetResultValues(System.Double[])">
            <summary>Returns an array representing the values for this result. The array consists of time-value pairs. The unit type of the value will vary depending on the type of value this result represents. For example, getting the extent length will be a distance and is always expressed in the database length unit of centimeters. 
Results are available when the entire simulation has been computed (LastComputedTimeStep equals NumberOfTimeSteps).</summary>
            <param name="ResultValues">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that consist of time-value pairs.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSResult.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this result as it is displayed in the Output Grapher dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSResult.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent degree of freedom that this results object is associated with.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSResult.ResultType">
            <summary>Gets the type of result this DSResult object represents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSResult.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DSResults">
            <summary>The DSResults collection object  provides access to the results associated with a degree of freedom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSResults.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSResults.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSResults.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified DSResult object from the collection</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSResults.ItemByResultType">
            <summary>Gets the specified DSResult object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSResults.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DSServer">
            <summary>DSServer object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DSServer.GetDynamicSimulations(Inventor.ComponentDefinition)">
            <summary>Returns the DynamicSimulations associated with the provided Inventor part or assembly component definition.</summary>
            <param name="ComponentDefinition">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DSServer.GetXMLData(System.Object,System.String,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Get test data.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="ControlData">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="OutputData">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Status">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DSSettings">
            <summary>The DSDegreeOfFreedom object represents a degree of freedom associated with a joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSSettings.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSSettings.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DSValue">
            <summary>The DSValue object represents a value where the value can be either a constant value or be a variable value defined by a graph.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSValue.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSValue.ConstantValue">
            <summary>Get and set the value. This property is writable when the DSValue object is associated with a transient object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSValue.Graph">
            <summary>Gets the graph that controls this value.&amp;nbsp;You can access and edit the graph using the properties on the returned DSValueGraph object.&amp;nbsp;This property returns Nothing in the case where the value is defined by a constant value .&amp;nbsp;You can determine this using the IsConstantValue property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSValue.IsConstantValue">
            <summary>Indicates if this value is defined by a constant value or a graph.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSValue.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DSValueGraph">
            <summary>The DSValueGraph object represents the graph that defines  a value at various time steps.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSValueGraph.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DSValueGraph.GetSegmentInterpolationType(System.Int32,Inventor.DSGraphInterpolationTypeEnum@,Inventor.NameValueMap@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the interpolation method used for the specified curve segment.&amp;nbsp;A curve segment is defined as the curve between two of the value points.&amp;nbsp;There are PointCount-1 segments.</summary>
            <param name="SegmentIndex">
                <summary>Input index value of the segment to get the interpolation information for.  This must be a value of 1 to PointCount-1.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InterpolationType">
                <summary>The type of interpolation used for this curve segment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AdditionalInfo">
                <summary>Additional information used to define the shape of the segment for certain interpolation types.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DSValueGraph.GetValueArray(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Gets the values in the graph.&amp;nbsp;The array consists of time-value pairs.&amp;nbsp;The unit type of the value will vary depending on the type of value this result represents.</summary>
            <param name="TimeValueArray">
                <summary>Output Double array that contains the time-value pairs.  The first value (x) is the time in seconds and should be a value within the range of the simulation.  The second value (y) is the value for whatever is being defined.  The units for this value depend on what is being set.  For example, setting the velocity of a linear motion is always expressed in the database length unit of centimeters and the time unit of seconds.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSValueGraph.PointCount">
            <summary>Gets the number of points in the graph.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DSValueGraph.SetSegmentInterpolationType(System.Int32,Inventor.DSGraphInterpolationTypeEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Sets the interpolation method used for the specified curve segment.&amp;nbsp;A curve segment is defined as the curve between two of the value points.&amp;nbsp;There are PointCount-1 segments.</summary>
            <param name="SegmentIndex">
                <summary>Input index value of the segment to set the interpolation information for.  This must be a value of 1 to PointCount-1.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InterpolationType">
                <summary>The type of interpolation to use for this curve segment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AdditionalInfo">
                <summary>Additional information used to define the shape of the segment for certain interpolation types.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DSValueGraph.SetValueUsingArray(System.Double[],Inventor.DSGraphInterpolationTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Sets the values in the graph.&amp;nbsp;The array consists of time-value pairs.&amp;nbsp;The unit type of the value will vary depending on the type of value this result represents.</summary>
            <param name="TimeValueArray">
                <summary>Input Double array that contains the time-value pairs.  The first value (x) is the time in seconds and should be a value within the range of the simulation.  The second value (y) is the value for whatever is being defined.  The units for this value depend on what is being set.  For example, setting the velocity of a linear motion is always expressed in the database length unit of centimeters and the time unit of seconds.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InterpolationType">
                <summary>Optional input that defines the type of interpolation to apply between each point when fitting the curve.  This setting will be applied to the entire curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DSValueGraph.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGAcadSupportedProxiesEnumerator">
            <summary>The DWGAcadSupportedProxiesEnumerator object provides access to all the DWG DWGAcadSupportedProxy objects in a DWGModelSpaceDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGAcadSupportedProxiesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGAcadSupportedProxiesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGAcadSupportedProxiesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGAcadSupportedProxiesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGAcadSupportedProxy">
            <summary>The DWGAcadSupportedProxy object represents a DWG Acad support proxy within a DWGModelSpaceDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGAcadSupportedProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGAcadSupportedProxy.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGAcadSupportedProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGAcadSupportedProxy.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGAcadSupportedProxy.Segments">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGEntitySegmentsEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGAcadSupportedProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGAcadSupportedProxyProxy">
            <summary>DWGAcadSupportedProxyProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGAcadSupportedProxyProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGAcadSupportedProxyProxy.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGAcadSupportedProxyProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGAcadSupportedProxyProxy.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGAcadSupportedProxyProxy.Segments">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGEntitySegmentsEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGAcadSupportedProxyProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGACMStandardPart">
            <summary>The DWGACMStandardPart object represents a DWG ACM standard part within a DWGModelSpaceDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGACMStandardPart.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGACMStandardPart.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGACMStandardPart.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGACMStandardPart.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGACMStandardPart.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGACMStandardPartProxy">
            <summary>DWGACMStandardPartProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGACMStandardPartProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGACMStandardPartProxy.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGACMStandardPartProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGACMStandardPartProxy.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGACMStandardPartProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGACMStandardPartsEnumerator">
            <summary>The DWGACMStandardPartsEnumerator object provides access to all the DWG ACMStandardPart objects in a DWGModelSpaceDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGACMStandardPartsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGACMStandardPartsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGACMStandardPartsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGACMStandardPartsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGArc">
            <summary>DWGArc Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGArc.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGArc.Center">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns center of the arc in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGArc.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGArc.Normal">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the UnitVector indicating the normal of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGArc.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGArc.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGArc.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGArcProxy">
            <summary>DWGArcProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGArcProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGArcProxy.Center">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns center of the arc in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGArcProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGArcProxy.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGArcProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGArcProxy.Normal">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the UnitVector indicating the normal of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGArcProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGArcProxy.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGArcProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGArcsEnumerator">
            <summary>DWGArcsEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGArcsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGArcsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGArcsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGArcsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinition">
            <summary>DWGBlockDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinition.AcadSupportedProxies">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGAcadSupportedProxiesEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinition.Arcs">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGArcsEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinition.BlockReferences">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGBlockReferencesEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinition.EllipticalArcs">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGEllipticalArcsEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinition.Entities">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGEntitiesEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinition.IsModelSpaceDefinition">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether this DWGBlockDefinition is indicating the model space definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinition.Lines">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGLinesEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinition.Points">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGPointsEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinition.Polylines">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGPolylinesEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinition.Polylines2D">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGPolylines2DEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinition.Polylines3D">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGPolylines3DEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinition.Splines">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGSplinesEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinitionProxy">
            <summary>DWGBlockDefinitionProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinitionProxy.AcadSupportedProxies">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGAcadSupportedProxiesEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinitionProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinitionProxy.Arcs">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGArcsEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinitionProxy.BlockReferences">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGBlockReferencesEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinitionProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinitionProxy.EllipticalArcs">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGEllipticalArcsEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinitionProxy.Entities">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGEntitiesEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinitionProxy.IsModelSpaceDefinition">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether this DWGBlockDefinition is indicating the model space definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinitionProxy.Lines">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGLinesEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinitionProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinitionProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinitionProxy.Points">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGPointsEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinitionProxy.Polylines">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGPolylinesEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinitionProxy.Polylines2D">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGPolylines2DEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinitionProxy.Polylines3D">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGPolylines3DEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinitionProxy.Splines">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGSplinesEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockDefinitionProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGBlockReference">
            <summary>DWGBlockReference Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockReference.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockReference.Definition">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the definition object that this DWGBlockReference is an instance of.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DWGBlockReference.GetObject(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns the corresponding object in the block reference for the given object from its definition.</summary>
            <param name="ObjectInDefinition">
                <summary>Input Object to get the corresponding object (in the block reference) for. This can be any type of DWGEntity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockReference.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockReference.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockReference.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockReference.Transformation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the transformation matrix for the DWGBlockReference instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockReference.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGBlockReferenceProxy">
            <summary>DWGBlockReferenceProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockReferenceProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockReferenceProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockReferenceProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the definition object that this DWGBlockReference is an instance of.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DWGBlockReferenceProxy.GetObject(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns the corresponding object in the block reference for the given object from its definition.</summary>
            <param name="ObjectInDefinition">
                <summary>Input Object to get the corresponding object (in the block reference) for. This can be any type of DWGEntity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockReferenceProxy.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockReferenceProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockReferenceProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockReferenceProxy.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockReferenceProxy.Transformation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the transformation matrix for the DWGBlockReference instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockReferenceProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGBlockReferencesEnumerator">
            <summary>DWGBlockReferencesEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockReferencesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockReferencesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockReferencesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGBlockReferencesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArc">
            <summary>DWGEllipticalArc Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArc.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArc.Center">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the position of the center of the DWGEllipticalArc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArc.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArc.Normal">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the UnitVector indicating the normal of the DWGEllipticalArc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArc.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArc.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArc.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArcProxy">
            <summary>DWGEllipticalArcProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArcProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArcProxy.Center">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the position of the center of the DWGEllipticalArc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArcProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArcProxy.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArcProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArcProxy.Normal">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the UnitVector indicating the normal of the DWGEllipticalArc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArcProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArcProxy.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArcProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArcsEnumerator">
            <summary>DWGEllipticalArcsEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArcsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArcsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArcsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEllipticalArcsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGEntitiesEnumerator">
            <summary>DWGEntitiesEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitiesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitiesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitiesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitiesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGEntity">
            <summary>DWGEntity Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntity.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntity.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntity.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntity.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntity.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGEntityArcSegment">
            <summary>DWGEntityArcSegment object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityArcSegment.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityArcSegment.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the segment geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityArcSegment.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityArcSegment.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGEntityArcSegmentProxy">
            <summary>DWGEntityArcSegmentProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityArcSegmentProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityArcSegmentProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the segment geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityArcSegmentProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGEntityEllipticalArcSegment">
            <summary>DWGEntityEllipticalArcSegment object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityEllipticalArcSegment.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityEllipticalArcSegment.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the segment geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityEllipticalArcSegment.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityEllipticalArcSegment.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGEntityEllipticalArcSegmentProxy">
            <summary>DWGEntityEllipticalArcSegmentProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityEllipticalArcSegmentProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityEllipticalArcSegmentProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the segment geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityEllipticalArcSegmentProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGEntityLineSegment">
            <summary>DWGEntityLineSegment object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityLineSegment.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityLineSegment.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the segment geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityLineSegment.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityLineSegment.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGEntityLineSegmentProxy">
            <summary>DWGEntityLineSegmentProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityLineSegmentProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityLineSegmentProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the segment geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityLineSegmentProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGEntityProxy">
            <summary>DWGEntityProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityProxy.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityProxy.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntityProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGEntitySegment">
            <summary>DWGEntitySegment object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySegment.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySegment.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySegment.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGEntitySegmentProxy">
            <summary>DWGEntitySegmentProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySegmentProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySegmentProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySegmentProxy.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySegmentProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySegmentProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySegmentProxy.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySegmentProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGEntitySegmentsEnumerator">
            <summary>DWGEntitySegmentsEnumerator Collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySegmentsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySegmentsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySegmentsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySegmentsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGEntitySplineSegment">
            <summary>DWGEntitySplineSegment object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySplineSegment.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySplineSegment.EndPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the end point geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySplineSegment.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySplineSegment.StartPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the start point geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySplineSegment.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGEntitySplineSegmentProxy">
            <summary>DWGEntitySplineSegmentProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySplineSegmentProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySplineSegmentProxy.EndPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the end point geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySplineSegmentProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGEntitySplineSegmentProxy.StartPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the start point geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGLine">
            <summary>DWGLine Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLine.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLine.Direction">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the UnitVector indicating the direction of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLine.EndPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the point that defines the position of the end of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLine.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLine.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLine.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLine.StartPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the point that defines the position of the start of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLine.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGLineProxy">
            <summary>DWGLineProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLineProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLineProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLineProxy.Direction">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the UnitVector indicating the direction of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLineProxy.EndPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the point that defines the position of the end of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLineProxy.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLineProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLineProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLineProxy.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLineProxy.StartPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the point that defines the position of the start of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLineProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGLinesEnumerator">
            <summary>DWGLinesEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLinesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLinesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLinesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGLinesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGPoint">
            <summary>DWGPoint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPoint.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPoint.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPoint.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPoint.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPoint.Point">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a Point indicating the position of the DWGPoint in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPoint.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGPointProxy">
            <summary>DWGPointProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPointProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPointProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPointProxy.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPointProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPointProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPointProxy.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPointProxy.Point">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a Point indicating the position of the DWGPoint in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPointProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGPointsEnumerator">
            <summary>DWGPointsEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPointsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPointsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPointsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPointsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGPolyline">
            <summary>DWGPolyline Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline.Segments">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGEntitySegmentsEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGPolyline2D">
            <summary>DWGPolyline2D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline2D.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline2D.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline2D.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline2D.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline2D.Segments">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGEntitySegmentsEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline2D.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGPolyline2DProxy">
            <summary>DWGPolyline2DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline2DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline2DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline2DProxy.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline2DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline2DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline2DProxy.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline2DProxy.Segments">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGEntitySegmentsEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline2DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGPolyline3D">
            <summary>DWGPolyline3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline3D.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline3D.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline3D.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline3D.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline3D.Segments">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGEntitySegmentsEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline3D.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGPolyline3DProxy">
            <summary>DWGPolyline3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline3DProxy.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline3DProxy.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline3DProxy.Segments">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGEntitySegmentsEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolyline3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGPolylineProxy">
            <summary>DWGPolylineProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolylineProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolylineProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolylineProxy.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolylineProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolylineProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolylineProxy.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolylineProxy.Segments">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGEntitySegmentsEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolylineProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGPolylines2DEnumerator">
            <summary>DWGPolylines2DEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolylines2DEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolylines2DEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolylines2DEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolylines2DEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGPolylines3DEnumerator">
            <summary>DWGPolylines3DEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolylines3DEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolylines3DEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolylines3DEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolylines3DEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGPolylinesEnumerator">
            <summary>DWGPolylinesEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolylinesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolylinesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolylinesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGPolylinesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGSpline">
            <summary>DWGSpline Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGSpline.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGSpline.EndPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the end point geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGSpline.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGSpline.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGSpline.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGSpline.StartPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the start point geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGSpline.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGSplineProxy">
            <summary>DWGSplineProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGSplineProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGSplineProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGSplineProxy.EndPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the end point geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGSplineProxy.HandleID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HandleID for the DWGEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGSplineProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGSplineProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGSplineProxy.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DWGEntity of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGSplineProxy.StartPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the start point geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGSplineProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DWGSplinesEnumerator">
            <summary>DWGSplinesEnumerator Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGSplinesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGSplinesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGSplinesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DWGSplinesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DynamicSimulation">
            <summary>The DynamicSimulation object represents a single dynamic simulation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DynamicSimulation.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DynamicSimulation.ComputeSimulation(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Computes the simulation starting at the current time step and ending at the specified time step.</summary>
            <param name="EndStep">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the ending time step of the compute.  If not specified then the last time step of the simulation is used.  If a value greater than the number of time steps in the simulation is specified, an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DynamicSimulation.CurrentTimeStep">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current time step of the animation. Valid values are 1 to the LastComputedTimeStep.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DynamicSimulation.DSJoints">
            <summary>Gets the DSJoints object which provides access to all of the joints associated with this simulation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DynamicSimulation.DSLoads">
            <summary>Gets the DSLoads object which provides access to all of the loads associated with this simulation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DynamicSimulation.DSSettings">
            <summary>Gets the DSSettings object which provides access to settings associated with this simulation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DynamicSimulation.IsInSimulationMode">
            <summary>Toggles the simulation between simulation and construction modes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DynamicSimulation.LastComputedTimeStep">
            <summary>Gets the last computed time step of the simulation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DynamicSimulation.NumberOfTimeSteps">
            <summary>Gets and sets the number of time steps for the entire simulation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DynamicSimulation.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent SimulationManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DynamicSimulation.PlaybackSpeed">
            <summary>Gets and sets the speed when playing a simulation.&amp;nbsp;A value of 1 indicates that every time step should be shown, a value of 5 indicates that every fifth time step should be shown, etc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.DynamicSimulation.PlaySimulation(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Plays the simulation between the specified time steps. The time steps being played must have already been computed.</summary>
            <param name="StartStep">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the starting time step of the playback.  If not specified then the first time step of the simulation is used.  This value must be less than the end time step or an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndStep">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the ending time step of the playback.  If not specified then the last computed time step of the simulation is used.  The last computed time step can be found using the LastComputedTimeStep property.  If a value is specified that is greater than the last computed time step and error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DynamicSimulation.SimulationLength">
            <summary>Gets and sets the simulation length of the simulation in seconds.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DynamicSimulation.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.DynamicSimulations">
            <summary>DynamicSimulations Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DynamicSimulations.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DynamicSimulations.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DynamicSimulations.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.DynamicSimulations.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Edge">
            <summary>The Edge object. See the Boundary Representation article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edge.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edge.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Edge.CalculateStrokes(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that calculates the set of strokes that approximate all of the edges of the SurfaceBody, Face or Edge from which the method was called. The Tolerance argument defines the accuracy of the strokes. The output from this method represents a series of line segments, not connected polylines.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the accuracy of the strokes. This is a "chord height" tolerance. This is the maximum distance the stroke can be from the actual curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated for the strokes. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SegmentCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of line segments represented by the strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used to index into the vertex coordinates array. These indices provide the information that defines how the vertices are connected to create the strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Edge.CalculateStrokesWithOptions(System.Double,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new set of strokes within the specified conditions.</summary>
            <param name="ChordalTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the stroke can deviate from the smooth curve.  This value is in centimeters.  Smaller values can result in a much greater number of strokes being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies additional tolerances that can be used to control the output strokes.  The supported options are:
&lt;P&gt;Name: MaxSideLength, Value: Defines the maximum side of any stroke in the polyline.  A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no maximum length is specified
&lt;P&gt;Name: MaxNormalDeviation, Value: Defines the maximum deviation between adjacent vertex normals.  This value is the maximum angle allowed between normals and is input as radians.  A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no normal deviation is supplied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of vertices used to define all of the output strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the stroked object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of polylines that the strokes represent.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that specifies the number of vertices that are used to define each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edge.EdgeUses">
            <summary>Gets the that reference this Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edge.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the CurveEvaluator for this Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edge.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns the that this Edge is referenced from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edge.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns the underlying geometry of the edge (e.g. Arc2D, Circle, Cone etc.)</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edge.GeometryForm">
            <summary>Gets the form of the underlying geometry as a combination of one or more CurveGeometryFormEnum values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edge.GeometryType">
            <summary>Get the curve type of the curve that will be returned from the Geometry property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Edge.GetClosestPointTo(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that returns a point on the edge that is closest to the input point. A single point is returned even if multiple equidistant points are found. To get the u parameter of the returned point on the edge, use Edge.Evaluator.GetParamAtPoint method.</summary>
            <param name="InputPoint">
                <summary>Point object that specifies the point for which the closest point on the edge is to be located. If the input point lies on the Edge, the coordinates of the input point are returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Edge.GetExistingStrokes(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified set of strokes from the SurfaceBody, Face or Edge the method was called from. Existing strokes are stored to single-precision floating point accuracy. This is typically adequate accuracy for display purposes. If a more accurate result is required you can use the CalculateStrokes method, which will calculate new strokes to a given tolerance at double-precision accuracy. If you are using this method within Apprentice, you can use the DisplayAffinity property to optimize Apprentice for access to strokes. Setting this property to True before you begin to traverse an assembly notifies Apprentice not to load any B-rep entities.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceIndex">
                <summary>Input Double that serves as an index into which set of existing strokes you want to retrieve. If the input tolerance does not match an existing set an error will occur. The tolerances for existing strokes can be obtained using the GetExistingStrokeTolerances method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated for the strokes. This is the number of vertices will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of polylines that are represented by the strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that specifies the number of vertices that are used for each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Edge.GetExistingStrokeTolerances(System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the tolerances that were used to calculate the existing sets of display strokes. These can be used to determine if any existing strokes have been calculated within your desired accuracy. The tolerance value is also used as an index to specify which set of existing strokes to retrieve when using the GetExistingStrokes method. If you are using this method within Apprentice, you can use the DisplayAffinity property to optimize Apprentice for access to strokes. Setting this property to True before you begin to traverse an assembly notifies Apprentice not to load any B-rep entities.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of existing stroke sets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExistingTolerances">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the tolerances that were used to compute the existing sets of display strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Edge.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Edge.GetSourceEdge(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that gets the source edge that has been overridden by this edge. The method returns Nothing if this edge is not an override. An error is returned if this method is called on an edge in a part.</summary>
            <param name="GetLeafSource">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to get the 'leaf' source edge in the case where there are multiple levels of override. If specified to be False, the method returns the next level override edge. If not specified, the argument defaults to True indicating that the leaf source will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edge.IsParamReversed">
            <summary>Gets whether the parameterization of the geometry obtained from the Geometry property is aligned or opposed to the topological sense of this Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edge.IsTolerant">
            <summary>Indicates if this Edge is using tolerant modeling to allow a non-exact model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edge.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edge.PointOnEdge">
            <summary>Property that returns a characteristic somewhere in the middle of the Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edge.StartVertex">
            <summary>Gets the Vertex referenced at the start of this Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edge.StopVertex">
            <summary>Gets the Vertex referenced at the end of this Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edge.TangentiallyConnectedEdges">
            <summary>Property that returns an that contains the input edge and all tangentially connected edges. The CollectionType of the output EdgeCollection is set to kTangentiallyConnected.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edge.Tolerance">
            <summary>Returns the tolerance being used for modeling calculations and this Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edge.TransientKey">
            <summary>Property that obtains an ID key that can be used to bind back to the live object. This transient key is only valid as long as the document state has not changed. For more information, see the ReferenceKeys overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edge.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edge.Wire">
            <summary>Get the Wire containing this Edge. Returns Nothing if this Edge does not belong to a Wire.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeCollection">
            <summary>The EdgeCollection object provides access to all of the and EdgeCollection objects in a collection and provides methods to add Edge and EdgeCollection objects to the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeCollection.Add(System.Object)">
            <summary>Adds an object to the generic collection.</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Input Object to add to the collection.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeCollection.Clear">
            <summary>Removes all objects from the generic collection.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeCollection.CollectionType">
            <summary>Property that returns how the edge collection was constructed. Valid returns are kAllConcave, kAllConvex, kTangentiallyConnected, and kUndefined. This property is set when the EdgeCollection object is originally created. When the ConcaveEdges property of the SurfaceBody object is used, it is set to kAllConcave. When the ConvexEdges property of the SurfaceBody object is used, it is set to kAllConvex. When the TangentiallyConnectedEdges property of the Edge object is used, it is set to kTangentiallyConnected. When it is created using the CreateEdgeCollection method of the TransientObjects it is set to kUndefined. If an EdgeCollection has a collection type other than kUndefined and the contents are changed by adding or removing items from the collection, the CollectionType will be reset to kUndefined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeCollection.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeCollection.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeCollection.Remove(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified object from the generic collection.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long value that specifies the index of the object to remove.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeCollection.RemoveByObject(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified object from the generic object collection.</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Input Object to remove.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeCollection.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeDefinition">
            <summary>The EdgeDefinition represents a transient definition of an Edge object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeDefinition.AssociativeID">
            <summary>Gets and sets the associate ID of this edge.&amp;nbsp;This ID will be transferred to the corresponding edge when this SurfaceBodyDefinition is used to create a SurfaceBody.&amp;nbsp;It is used by Inventor as the identifier for the edge and is used for tracking this geometry f.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeDefinition.EndVertex">
            <summary>Gets and sets the end vertex of the edge.&amp;nbsp;This can be Nothing where no end vertex is specifically defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeDefinition.FaceOne">
            <summary>Gets and sets the associated FaceDefinition object.&amp;nbsp;This is used in two cases.&amp;nbsp;The first case is where the edge is being defined by a parameter space curve and this face defines the parameter space of the curve provided through the ParameterSpaceCurveOne pro.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeDefinition.FaceTwo">
            <summary>Gets and sets the associated FaceDefinition object.&amp;nbsp;This is used in two cases.&amp;nbsp;The first case is where the edge is being defined by a parameter space curve and this face defines the parameter space of the curve provided through the ParameterSpaceCurveTwo pro.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeDefinition.IsParamReversed">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the orientation of this EdgeUse is in the same direction or not relative to the associated EdgeDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeDefinition.ModelSpaceCurve">
            <summary>Gets and sets the definition of the edge in model space.&amp;nbsp;This can be Nothing in the case where no model space geometry is specified for this edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeDefinition.ParameterSpaceCurveOne">
            <summary>Gets and sets the definition of the edge in parameter space.&amp;nbsp;If this is provided then the FaceOne property must also be set to define the parameter space this curve is defined within. This can be Nothing in the case where no parameter space curve is defined f.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeDefinition.ParameterSpaceCurveTwo">
            <summary>Gets and sets the definition of the edge in parameter space.&amp;nbsp;If this is provided then the FaceTwo property must also be set to define the parameter space this curve is defined within. This can be Nothing in the case where no parameter space curve is defined f.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeDefinition.StartVertex">
            <summary>Gets and sets the starting vertex of the edge.&amp;nbsp;This can be Nothing where no start vertex is specifically defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeDefinitions">
            <summary>The EdgeDefinitions collection provides access to existing EdgeDefinition objects and allows creation of new EdgeDefinition objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeDefinitions.Add(Inventor.VertexDefinition,Inventor.VertexDefinition,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new EdgeDefinition within the associated SurfaceBodyDefinition.</summary>
            <param name="StartVertex">
                <summary>Optional input VertexDefinition object that defines the start of the edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndVertex">
                <summary>Optional input VertexDefinition object that defines the end of the edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelSpaceCurve">
                <summary>Optional input transient geometry curve object that defines the shape of this edge using 3d geometry in model space. Valid input is Arc3d, BsplineCurve, Circle, EllipseFull, EllipticalArc, LineSegment and Polyline3D.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ParameterSpaceCurveOne">
                <summary>Optional input transient geometry curve object that defines the shape of this edge using 2d geometry in the parametric space of the surface defined by the FaceOne argument. Valid input is Arc2d, BsplineCurve2d, Circle2d, EllipseFull2d, EllipticalArc2d, LineSegment2d and Polyline2D.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>Optional input FaceDefinition object that either defines the parametric space that the curve provided in ParameterSpaceCurveOne argument is defined within or it defines the first of two faces to be intersected to calculate the edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ParameterSpaceCurveTwo">
                <summary>Optional input transient geometry curve object that defines the shape of this edge using 2d geometry in the parametric space of the surface defined by the FaceOne argument. Valid input is Arc2d, BsplineCurve2d, Circle2d, EllipseFull2d, EllipticalArc2d, LineSegment2d and Polyline2D.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Optional input FaceDefinition object that either defines the parametric space that the curve provided in ParameterSpaceCurveTwo argument is defined within or it defines the second of two faces to be intersected to calculate the edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  The index of the first item in the collection is 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeLoop">
            <summary>The EdgeLoop object. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoop.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoop.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoop.Edges">
            <summary>Gets the referenced by this EdgeLoop.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoop.EdgeUses">
            <summary>Gets the referenced by this EdgeLoop.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoop.Face">
            <summary>Gets the containing this EdgeLoop.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeLoop.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoop.IsOuterEdgeLoop">
            <summary>Gets whether this EdgeLoop is an external loop, or a loop that encloses material as opposed to a void.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoop.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoop.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoop.TransientKey">
            <summary>Property that obtains an ID key that can be used to bind back to the live object. This transient key is only valid as long as the document state has not changed. For more information, see the ReferenceKeys overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoop.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeLoopDefinition">
            <summary>The FaceDefinition represents a transient definition of a Face object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoopDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoopDefinition.EdgeUseDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of EdgeUseDefinition objects associated with this EdgeLoopDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoopDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeLoopDefinitions">
            <summary>The EdgeLoopsDefinitions collection provides access to existing EdgeLoopDefinition objects and allows creation of new EdgeLoopDefinition objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeLoopDefinitions.Add">
            <summary>Method that creates a new EdgeLoopDefinition within the associated SurfaceBodyDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoopDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoopDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoopDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  The index of the first item in the collection is 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoopDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeLoopProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoopProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoopProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoopProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoopProxy.Edges">
            <summary>Gets the referenced by this EdgeLoop.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoopProxy.EdgeUses">
            <summary>Gets the referenced by this EdgeLoop.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoopProxy.Face">
            <summary>Gets the containing this EdgeLoop.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeLoopProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoopProxy.IsOuterEdgeLoop">
            <summary>Gets whether this EdgeLoop is an external loop, or a loop that encloses material as opposed to a void.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoopProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoopProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoopProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoopProxy.TransientKey">
            <summary>Property that obtains an ID key that can be used to bind back to the live object. This transient key is only valid as long as the document state has not changed. For more information, see the ReferenceKeys overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoopProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeLoops">
            <summary>The EdgeLoops object is a collection of objects. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoops.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoops.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeLoops.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeProxy.CalculateStrokes(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that calculates the set of strokes that approximate all of the edges of the SurfaceBody, Face or Edge from which the method was called. The Tolerance argument defines the accuracy of the strokes. The output from this method represents a series of line segments, not connected polylines.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the accuracy of the strokes. This is a "chord height" tolerance. This is the maximum distance the stroke can be from the actual curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated for the strokes. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SegmentCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of line segments represented by the strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used to index into the vertex coordinates array. These indices provide the information that defines how the vertices are connected to create the strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeProxy.CalculateStrokesWithOptions(System.Double,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new set of strokes within the specified conditions.</summary>
            <param name="ChordalTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the stroke can deviate from the smooth curve.  This value is in centimeters.  Smaller values can result in a much greater number of strokes being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies additional tolerances that can be used to control the output strokes.  The supported options are:
&lt;P&gt;Name: MaxSideLength, Value: Defines the maximum side of any stroke in the polyline.  A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no maximum length is specified
&lt;P&gt;Name: MaxNormalDeviation, Value: Defines the maximum deviation between adjacent vertex normals.  This value is the maximum angle allowed between normals and is input as radians.  A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no normal deviation is supplied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of vertices used to define all of the output strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the stroked object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of polylines that the strokes represent.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that specifies the number of vertices that are used to define each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeProxy.EdgeUses">
            <summary>Gets the that reference this Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeProxy.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the CurveEvaluator for this Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns the that this Edge is referenced from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns the underlying geometry of the edge (e.g. Arc2D, Circle, Cone etc.)</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeProxy.GeometryForm">
            <summary>Gets the form of the underlying geometry as a combination of one or more CurveGeometryFormEnum values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeProxy.GeometryType">
            <summary>Get the curve type of the curve that will be returned from the Geometry property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeProxy.GetClosestPointTo(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that returns a point on the edge that is closest to the input point. A single point is returned even if multiple equidistant points are found. To get the u parameter of the returned point on the edge, use Edge.Evaluator.GetParamAtPoint method.</summary>
            <param name="InputPoint">
                <summary>Point object that specifies the point for which the closest point on the edge is to be located. If the input point lies on the Edge, the coordinates of the input point are returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeProxy.GetExistingStrokes(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified set of strokes from the SurfaceBody, Face or Edge the method was called from. Existing strokes are stored to single-precision floating point accuracy. This is typically adequate accuracy for display purposes. If a more accurate result is required you can use the CalculateStrokes method, which will calculate new strokes to a given tolerance at double-precision accuracy. If you are using this method within Apprentice, you can use the DisplayAffinity property to optimize Apprentice for access to strokes. Setting this property to True before you begin to traverse an assembly notifies Apprentice not to load any B-rep entities.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceIndex">
                <summary>Input Double that serves as an index into which set of existing strokes you want to retrieve. If the input tolerance does not match an existing set an error will occur. The tolerances for existing strokes can be obtained using the GetExistingStrokeTolerances method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated for the strokes. This is the number of vertices will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of polylines that are represented by the strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that specifies the number of vertices that are used for each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeProxy.GetExistingStrokeTolerances(System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the tolerances that were used to calculate the existing sets of display strokes. These can be used to determine if any existing strokes have been calculated within your desired accuracy. The tolerance value is also used as an index to specify which set of existing strokes to retrieve when using the GetExistingStrokes method. If you are using this method within Apprentice, you can use the DisplayAffinity property to optimize Apprentice for access to strokes. Setting this property to True before you begin to traverse an assembly notifies Apprentice not to load any B-rep entities.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of existing stroke sets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExistingTolerances">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the tolerances that were used to compute the existing sets of display strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeProxy.GetSourceEdge(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that gets the source edge that has been overridden by this edge. The method returns Nothing if this edge is not an override. An error is returned if this method is called on an edge in a part.</summary>
            <param name="GetLeafSource">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to get the 'leaf' source edge in the case where there are multiple levels of override. If specified to be False, the method returns the next level override edge. If not specified, the argument defaults to True indicating that the leaf source will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeProxy.IsParamReversed">
            <summary>Gets whether the parameterization of the geometry obtained from the Geometry property is aligned or opposed to the topological sense of this Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeProxy.IsTolerant">
            <summary>Indicates if this Edge is using tolerant modeling to allow a non-exact model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeProxy.PointOnEdge">
            <summary>Property that returns a characteristic somewhere in the middle of the Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeProxy.StartVertex">
            <summary>Gets the Vertex referenced at the start of this Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeProxy.StopVertex">
            <summary>Gets the Vertex referenced at the end of this Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeProxy.TangentiallyConnectedEdges">
            <summary>Property that returns an that contains the input edge and all tangentially connected edges. The CollectionType of the output EdgeCollection is set to kTangentiallyConnected.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeProxy.Tolerance">
            <summary>Returns the tolerance being used for modeling calculations and this Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeProxy.TransientKey">
            <summary>Property that obtains an ID key that can be used to bind back to the live object. This transient key is only valid as long as the document state has not changed. For more information, see the ReferenceKeys overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeProxy.Wire">
            <summary>Get the Wire containing this Edge. Returns Nothing if this Edge does not belong to a Wire.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Edges">
            <summary>The Edges object is a collection of objects. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edges.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edges.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Edges.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeSymbol">
            <summary>EdgeSymbol Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbol.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbol.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeSymbol.CopyTo(Inventor.Sheet,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that copies the edge symbol to specified sheet.</summary>
            <param name="TargetSheet">
                <summary>Input Sheet object that specifies the sheet to copy the edge symbol to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NewName">
                <summary>Optional input String value that specifies the name of the new edge symbol. If not provided the default name will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Optional input Point2d object that specifies the position on the sheet to copy the edge symbol to. If not provided the default position will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbol.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the EdgeSymbolDefinition object associated with this edge symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeSymbol.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the EdgeSymbol.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeSymbol.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbol.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbol.Position">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the position of the edge symbol on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbol.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeSymbolDefinition">
            <summary>EdgeSymbolDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeSymbolDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this EdgeSymbolDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolDefinition.Edges">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the edges text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolDefinition.HorizontalValue">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the horizontal value of the EdgeSymbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolDefinition.HorizontalValueLower">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the horizontal value lower of the EdgeSymbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolDefinition.IndicationType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the indication type of the edge symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolDefinition.Layer">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the layer associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolDefinition.RangeOfValues">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to use range of values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolDefinition.ReferenceToISO">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to reference to ISO 13715.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolDefinition.SidesDefined">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to enable the states of all edges around the profile of a part with sides clearly defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolDefinition.StatesOfAllEdgesAroundProfile">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to enable the states of all edges around the profile of a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolDefinition.Style">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the edge symbol style associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolDefinition.UndefinedValue">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the undefined value of the EdgeSymbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolDefinition.UndefinedValueLower">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the undefined value lower of the EdgeSymbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolDefinition.ValuePositionType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the value position type of the edge symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolDefinition.VerticalValue">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the vertical value of the EdgeSymbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolDefinition.VerticalValueLower">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the vertical value lower of the EdgeSymbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeSymbols">
            <summary>EdgeSymbols Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeSymbols.Add(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.EdgeSymbolDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new edge symbol. The newly created EdgeSymbol object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="LeaderPoints">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object containing a series of Point2d objects representing the leader originating at the edge symbol. The last item in the collection (even if it is the only item) can be a GeometryIntent object indicating a geometry to attach the leader to. A GeometryIntent object can be created using the Sheet.CreateGeometryIntent method. The ObjectCollection must contain at least one item, else the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EdgeSymbolDefinition">
                <summary>Input EdgeSymbolDefinition object that defines the edge symbol to create.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbols.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbols.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeSymbols.CreateDefinition(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new edge symbol definition.</summary>
            <param name="ValuePositionType">
                <summary>Optional input EdgeSymbolValuePositionTypeEnum   indicating the text position type of the edge symbol. If not provided, this defaults to kEdgeSymbolValueDirectionVertical.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IndicationType">
                <summary>Optional input EdgeSymbolIndicationTypeEnum   indicating the indication type. If not provided, this defaults to kAllEdgesIndicationType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolOptions">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap to specify more options for the definition. Below are the options can be specified: 

Name = RangeOfValues. Value = Boolean indicating if use the range of values. If not provided, this defaults to False. 

Name = StatesOfAllEdgesAroundProfile. Value = Boolean indicating the states of all edges around the profile of a part. If not provided, this defaults to False. 

Name = SidesDefined. Value = Boolean indicating the states of all edges around the profile of a part with sides clearly defined. If not provided, this defaults to False. 

Name = ReferenceToISO. Value = Boolean indicating whether to reference to ISO 13715. If not provided, this defaults to False. 

Name = VerticalValue. Value = String value indicating the vertical value. This is applicable when the ValuePositionType is set to kEdgeSymbolValueVerticalDirectionDefined or kEdgeSymbolValueVerticalAndHorizontalDirectionDefined. The value should contain at least a sign “+”, “-” or “±”, and if “±” is specified a number should be specified along with it. 

Name = VerticalValueLower. Value = String value indicating the vertical value lower. This is applicable when the RangeOfValues is set to True and ValuePositionType is set to kEdgeSymbolValueVerticalDirectionDefined or kEdgeSymbolValueVerticalAndHorizontalDirectionDefined. The value should contain at least a sign “+”, “-” or “±”, and if “±” is specified a number should be specified along with it. 

Name = HorizontalValue. Value = String value indicating the horizontal value. This is applicable when the ValuePositionType is set to kEdgeSymbolValueHorizontalDirectionDefined or kEdgeSymbolValueVerticalAndHorizontalDirectionDefined. The value should contain at least a sign “+”, “-” or “±”, and if “±” is specified a number should be specified along with it. 

Name = HorizontalValueLower. Value = String value indicating the horizontal value lower. This is applicable when the RangeOfValues is set to True and the ValuePositionType is set to kEdgeSymbolValueHorizontalDirectionDefined or kEdgeSymbolValueVerticalAndHorizontalDirectionDefined. The value should contain at least a sign “+”, “-” or “±”, and if “±” is specified a number should be specified along with it. 

Name = UndefinedValue. Value = String value indicating the direction undefined value. This is applicable when the ValuePositionType is set to kEdgeSymbolValueDirectionUndefined. The value should contain at least a sign “+”, “-” or “±”, and if “±” is specified a number should be specified along with it. 

Name = UndefinedValueLower. Value = String value indicating the direction undefined value lower. This is applicable when the RangeOfValues is set to True and ValuePositionType is set to kEdgeSymbolValueDirectionUndefined. The value should contain at least a sign “+”, “-” or “±”, and if “±” is specified a number should be specified along with it. 

Name = Edges. Value = String value indicating the edges text. This is applicable when the SidesDefined is set to True.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbols.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbols.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStyle">
            <summary>EdgeSymbolStyle object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStyle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStyle.Comments">
            <summary>Gets and sets comments associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStyle.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStyle.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local Style object. The newly created style is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a dimension style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other dimension styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStyle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Style/Layer/UnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStyle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStyle.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the standard style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user. Note that this name is not guaranteed to be unique.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStyle.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStyle.LeaderStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the leader style used for the edge symbol style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStyle.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStyle.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStyle.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStyle.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStyle.StyleType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStyle.TextStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the text style used for the edge symbol style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStyle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStyle.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStyle.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStylesEnumerator">
            <summary>EdgeSymbolStylesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStylesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStylesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStylesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeSymbolStylesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeUse">
            <summary>The EdgeUse object. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUse.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUse.CurveType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the underlying curve geometry that this EdgeUse is defined by.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUse.Edge">
            <summary>Gets the that this EdgeUse references.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUse.EdgeLoop">
            <summary>Gets the that contains this EdgeUse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUse.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the Curve2dEvaluator for this edge use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUse.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns the underlying geometry of the edge use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUse.GeometryForm">
            <summary>Gets the form of the underlying geometry as a combination of one or more CurveGeometryFormEnum values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeUse.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUse.IsOpposedToEdge">
            <summary>Gets whether this EdgeUse is opposed to or aligned with the orientation of the referenced Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUse.IsParamReversed">
            <summary>Gets whether the parameterization of the geometry obtained from the Curve property is aligned or opposed to the topological sense of this EdgeUse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUse.Next">
            <summary>Gets the next in the connected list of EdgeUses in the EdgeLoop.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUse.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUse.Partner">
            <summary>In a solid, Face objects are connected to other Face objects by virtue of sharing at least one Edge. The shared Edge is the same object. objects, however ,are unique to a particular face. The Partner property returns the corresponding EdgeUse that belongs to the connected face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUse.Previous">
            <summary>Gets the previous .</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUse.TransientKey">
            <summary>Property that obtains an ID key that can be used to bind back to the live object. This transient key is only valid as long as the document state has not changed. For more information, see the ReferenceKeys overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUse.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUse.Wire">
            <summary>Get the Wire containing this EdgeUse. Returns Nothing if this EdgeUse does not belong to a Wire.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeUseDefinition">
            <summary>The FaceDefinition represents a transient definition of a Face object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseDefinition.EdgeDefinition">
            <summary>Gets and set the associated EdgeDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseDefinition.IsOpposedToEdge">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the orientation of this EdgeUse is in the same direction or not relative to the associated EdgeDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeUseDefinitions">
            <summary>The EdgeUseDefinitions collection object provides access to existing EdgeUseDefinition objects, and allows creation of new EdgeUseDefinition objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeUseDefinitions.Add(Inventor.EdgeDefinition,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new EdgeUseDefinition within the associated EdgeLoopDefinition.</summary>
            <param name="EdgeDefinition">
                <summary>Input EdgeDefinition that defines the geometry for this EdgeUseDefinition.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsOpposedToEdge">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the parameterization of this EdgeUseDefinition is reversed with respect to the associated EdgeDefinition object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  The index of the first item in the collection is 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeUseProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseProxy.CurveType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the underlying curve geometry that this EdgeUse is defined by.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseProxy.Edge">
            <summary>Gets the that this EdgeUse references.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseProxy.EdgeLoop">
            <summary>Gets the that contains this EdgeUse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseProxy.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the Curve2dEvaluator for this edge use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns the underlying geometry of the edge use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseProxy.GeometryForm">
            <summary>Gets the form of the underlying geometry as a combination of one or more CurveGeometryFormEnum values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EdgeUseProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseProxy.IsOpposedToEdge">
            <summary>Gets whether this EdgeUse is opposed to or aligned with the orientation of the referenced Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseProxy.IsParamReversed">
            <summary>Gets whether the parameterization of the geometry obtained from the Curve property is aligned or opposed to the topological sense of this EdgeUse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseProxy.Next">
            <summary>Gets the next in the connected list of EdgeUses in the EdgeLoop.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseProxy.Partner">
            <summary>In a solid, Face objects are connected to other Face objects by virtue of sharing at least one Edge. The shared Edge is the same object. objects, however ,are unique to a particular face. The Partner property returns the corresponding EdgeUse that belongs to the connected face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseProxy.Previous">
            <summary>Gets the previous .</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseProxy.TransientKey">
            <summary>Property that obtains an ID key that can be used to bind back to the live object. This transient key is only valid as long as the document state has not changed. For more information, see the ReferenceKeys overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUseProxy.Wire">
            <summary>Get the Wire containing this EdgeUse. Returns Nothing if this EdgeUse does not belong to a Wire.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeUses">
            <summary>The EdgeUses object is a collection of objects. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUses.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUses.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeUses.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EdgeWidthExtent">
            <summary>The EdgeWidthExtent is used by sheet metal features when the width of the feature is defined by an edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeWidthExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeWidthExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EdgeWidthExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EllipseFull">
            <summary>The EllipseFull object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseFull.Center">
            <summary>Specifies the center of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipseFull.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this EllipseFull object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original EllipseFull object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseFull.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the CurveEvaluator for this ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipseFull.GetEllipseFullData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this ellipse.</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the entity's center.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisVector">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorAxis">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies major axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorMajorRatio">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the ratio of the minor and major axes of the ellipse.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseFull.MajorAxisVector">
            <summary>Specifies the direction of the major axis of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseFull.MinorMajorRatio">
            <summary>Specifies the ratio of the minor and major axes of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseFull.Normal">
            <summary>Specifies the axis of the ellipse. The axis extends out of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipseFull.PutEllipseFullData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this ellipse.</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the entity's center.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisVector">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorAxis">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies major axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorMajorRatio">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the ratio of the minor and major axes of the ellipse.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EllipseFull2d">
            <summary>The EllipseFull2d object. The object is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseFull2d.Center">
            <summary>Specifies the center of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipseFull2d.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this EllipseFull2d object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original EllipseFull2d object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseFull2d.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the Curve2dEvaluator for this ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipseFull2d.GetEllipseFullData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this ellipse.</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the entity's center.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorAxis">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies major axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorMajorRatio">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the ratio of the minor and major axes of the ellipse.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseFull2d.MajorAxisVector">
            <summary>Specifies the direction of the major axis of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseFull2d.MinorMajorRatio">
            <summary>Specifies the ratio of the minor and major axes of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipseFull2d.PutEllipseFullData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this ellipse.</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the Ellipse's center.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorAxis">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the Ellipse's major axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorMajorRatio">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the ratio of the minor and major axes of the Ellipse.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraint">
            <summary>The EllipseRadiusDimConstraint object represents a constraint that controls either the major or minor radius of an ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraint.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraint.DimensionCenterPoint">
            <summary>Gets the center of the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraint.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraint.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the ellipse or elliptical arc being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraint.MajorRadius">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the proxy constraint is controlling the major or minor radius of the ellipse. Returns true if it is the major radius.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraint.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraint.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object. F</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraintProxy.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraintProxy.DimensionCenterPoint">
            <summary>Gets the center of the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraintProxy.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraintProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the ellipse or elliptical arc being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraintProxy.MajorRadius">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the proxy constraint is controlling the major or minor radius of the ellipse. Returns true if it is the major radius.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraintProxy.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraintProxy.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipseRadiusDimConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EllipticalArc">
            <summary>The EllipticalArc object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalArc.Center">
            <summary>Specifies the center point for the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipticalArc.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this EllipticalArc object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original EllipticalArc object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalArc.EndPoint">
            <summary>Gets the end point for the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalArc.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the CurveEvaluator for the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipticalArc.GetEllipticalArcData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this elliptical arc.</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the elliptical arc's center.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorAxis">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies major axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorAxis">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies minor axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorRadius">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies major radius.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorRadius">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the minor radius.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartAngle">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the elliptical arc's start angle. This angle is an elliptical angle, not a circular angle, unlike the user interface which uses circular angles in all cases. To convert from an elliptical angle to a circular angle CircAngle = atn( tan(EllipAngle) * MinorRadius / MajorRadius ) To convert from a circular angle to an elliptical angle EllipAngle = atn( tan(CircAngle) * MajorRadius / MinorRadius )</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SweepAngle">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the elliptical arc's sweep angle. This angle is an elliptical angle, not a circular angle, unlike the user interface which uses circular angles in all cases. To convert from an elliptical angle to a circular angle CircAngle = atn( tan(EllipAngle) * MinorRadius / MajorRadius ) To convert from a circular angle to an elliptical angle EllipAngle = atn( tan(CircAngle) * MajorRadius / MinorRadius )</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalArc.MajorAxis">
            <summary>Specifies the major axis for the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalArc.MajorRadius">
            <summary>Specifies the major radius for the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalArc.MinorAxis">
            <summary>Specifies the minor axis for the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalArc.MinorRadius">
            <summary>Specifies the minor radius for the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipticalArc.PutEllipticalArcData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double,System.Double,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this elliptical arc.</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the elliptical arc's center.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorAxis">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies major axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorAxis">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies minor axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorRadius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies major radius.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorRadius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the minor radius.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the elliptical arc's start angle. This angle is an elliptical angle, not a circular angle, unlike the user interface which uses circular angles in all cases. To convert from an elliptical angle to a circular angle CircAngle = atn( tan(EllipAngle) * MinorRadius / MajorRadius ) To convert from a circular angle to an elliptical angle EllipAngle = atn( tan(CircAngle) * MajorRadius / MinorRadius )</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SweepAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the elliptical arc's sweep angle. This angle is an elliptical angle, not a circular angle, unlike the user interface which uses circular angles in all cases. To convert from an elliptical angle to a circular angle CircAngle = atn( tan(EllipAngle) * MinorRadius / MajorRadius ) To convert from a circular angle to an elliptical angle EllipAngle = atn( tan(CircAngle) * MajorRadius / MinorRadius )</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalArc.StartAngle">
            <summary>Specifies the start angle for the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalArc.StartPoint">
            <summary>Gets the start point for the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalArc.SweepAngle">
            <summary>Specifies the sweep angle from the start angle for the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EllipticalArc2d">
            <summary>The EllipticalArc2d object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalArc2d.Center">
            <summary>Specifies the center point for the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipticalArc2d.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this EllipticalArc2d object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original EllipticalArc2d object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalArc2d.EndPoint">
            <summary>Gets the end point for the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalArc2d.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the Curve2DEvaluator for the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipticalArc2d.GetEllipticalArcData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this elliptical arc.</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the elliptical arc's center.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorAxis">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies major axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorRadius">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies major radius.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorRadius">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the minor radius.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartAngle">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the elliptical arc's start angle. This angle is an elliptical angle, not a circular angle, unlike the user interface which uses circular angles in all cases. To convert from an elliptical angle to a circular angle CircAngle = atn( tan(EllipAngle) * MinorRadius / MajorRadius ) To convert from a circular angle to an elliptical angle EllipAngle = atn( tan(CircAngle) * MajorRadius / MinorRadius )</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SweepAngle">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the elliptical arc's sweep angle. This angle is an elliptical angle, not a circular angle, unlike the user interface which uses circular angles in all cases. To convert from an elliptical angle to a circular angle CircAngle = atn( tan(EllipAngle) * MinorRadius / MajorRadius ) To convert from a circular angle to an elliptical angle EllipAngle = atn( tan(CircAngle) * MajorRadius / MinorRadius )</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalArc2d.MajorAxis">
            <summary>Specifies the major axis for the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalArc2d.MajorRadius">
            <summary>Specifies the major radius for the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalArc2d.MinorRadius">
            <summary>Specifies the minor radius for the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipticalArc2d.PutEllipticalArcData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double,System.Double,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this elliptical arc.</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the elliptical arc's center.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorAxis">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies major axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorRadius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies major radius.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorRadius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the minor radius.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the elliptical arc's start angle. This angle is an elliptical angle, not a circular angle, unlike the user interface which uses circular angles in all cases. To convert from an elliptical angle to a circular angle CircAngle = atn( tan(EllipAngle) * MinorRadius / MajorRadius ) To convert from a circular angle to an elliptical angle EllipAngle = atn( tan(CircAngle) * MajorRadius / MinorRadius )</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SweepAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the elliptical arc's sweep angle. This angle is an elliptical angle, not a circular angle, unlike the user interface which uses circular angles in all cases. To convert from an elliptical angle to a circular angle CircAngle = atn( tan(EllipAngle) * MinorRadius / MajorRadius ) To convert from a circular angle to an elliptical angle EllipAngle = atn( tan(CircAngle) * MajorRadius / MinorRadius )</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalArc2d.StartAngle">
            <summary>Specifies the start angle for the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalArc2d.StartPoint">
            <summary>Gets the start point for the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalArc2d.SweepAngle">
            <summary>Specifies the sweep angle from the start angle for the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EllipticalCone">
            <summary>The EllipticalCone object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalCone.AxisVector">
            <summary>Specifies the direction of the axis of the elliptical cone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalCone.BasePoint">
            <summary>Specifies the base of the elliptical cone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipticalCone.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this EllipticalCone object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original EllipticalCone object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalCone.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the surface evaluator for this elliptical cone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipticalCone.GetEllipticalConeData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Boolean@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this elliptical cone.</summary>
            <param name="BasePoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies base point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisVector">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorAxis">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies major axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorMajorRatio">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the ratio of the minor and major axes of the elliptical cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HalfAngle">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the half-angle value for the elliptical cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsExpanding">
                <summary>Output Boolean that specifies whether the radius of the cone is expanding or not, in the direction of the axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalCone.HalfAngle">
            <summary>Specifies the taper angle of the elliptical cone. This is the angle measured from the axis to the side of the elliptical cone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalCone.IsExpanding">
            <summary>Specifies whether the taper of the elliptical cone is expanding outwards or inwards in the direction of the axis vector. If True and the HalfAngle is positive, then the elliptical cone is expanding outward along the axis vector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalCone.MajorAxisVector">
            <summary>Specifies the direction of the major axis of the elliptical cone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalCone.MinorMajorRatio">
            <summary>Specifies the ratio of the minor and major axes of the elliptical cone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipticalCone.PutEllipticalConeData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double,System.Double,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this elliptical cone.</summary>
            <param name="BasePoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies base point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisVector">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorAxis">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies major axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorMajorRatio">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the ratio of the minor and major axes of the elliptical cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HalfAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the half-angle value for the elliptical cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsExpanding">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the radius of the cone is expanding or not, in the direction of the axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EllipticalCylinder">
            <summary>The EllipticalCylinder object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalCylinder.AxisVector">
            <summary>Specifies the direction of the axis of the elliptical cylinder.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalCylinder.BasePoint">
            <summary>Specifies the base of the elliptical cylinder.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipticalCylinder.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this EllipticalCylinder object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original EllipticalCylinder object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalCylinder.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the surface evaluator for this elliptical cylinder.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipticalCylinder.GetEllipticalCylinderData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this elliptical cylinder.</summary>
            <param name="BasePoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies base point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisVector">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorAxis">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies major axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorMajorRatio">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the ratio of the minor and major axes of the elliptical cylinder.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalCylinder.MajorAxisVector">
            <summary>Specifies the direction of the major axis of the elliptical cylinder.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EllipticalCylinder.MinorMajorRatio">
            <summary>Specifies the ratio of the minor and major axes of the elliptical cylinder.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EllipticalCylinder.PutEllipticalCylinderData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this elliptical cylinder.</summary>
            <param name="BasePoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies base point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisVector">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorAxis">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies major axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorMajorRatio">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the ratio of the minor and major axes of the elliptical cylinder.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EmbossFeature">
            <summary>The EmbossFeature object represents an emboss feature on a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.Depth">
            <summary>Property returns the parameter controlling the depth of the emboss feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.Direction">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction of the emboss feature relative to the sketch plane that contains the emboss profile.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.EmbossType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of emboss feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.Profile">
            <summary>Gets and sets the Profile object that defines the shape of the emboss.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeature.SetEmbossEngraveFromPlane(System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the emboss feature by embossing and/or engraving a profile on one or more faces in the model.</summary>
            <param name="Taper">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the taper angle of the emboss. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates on which side of the sketch plane the emboss feature should be placed. Valid input is one of the constants in PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum: kPositiveExtentDirection, kNegativeExtentDirection or kSymmetricExtentDirection. The value kPositiveExtentDirection defines the emboss direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane that contains the profile to be embossed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeature.SetEmbossFromFace(System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the emboss feature by embossing a profile on one or more faces in the model.</summary>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the emboss. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates on which side of the sketch plane the emboss feature should be placed. Valid input is either kPositiveExtentDirection or kNegativeExtentDirection constant value in PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum. The value kPositiveExtentDirection defines the projection direction of the profile to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane that contains the profile to be embossed. If kSymmetricExtentDirection is specified, then the emboss feature will fail to be redefined.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="WrapFace">
                <summary>Optional Input Variant that specifies the face around which the emboss feature should be wrapped. The valid input is a Face object. This argument can be used to specify a curved face around which the emboss feature should be wrapped. The face can only be planar or conical, not a spline. If the emboss profile is large relative to the amount of curvature, the embossed or engraved area distorts slightly as it projects to the curved face. The wrap stops when a perpendicular face is encountered. If this argument is not specified, then it implies that the emboss feature should not be wrapped around any face, but created as a result of straight projection onto the face.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeature.SetEngraveFromFace(System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the emboss feature by engraving a profile on one or more faces in the model.</summary>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the emboss. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates on which side of the sketch plane the emboss feature should be placed. Valid input is either kPositiveExtentDirection or kNegativeExtentDirection constant value in PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum. The value kPositiveExtentDirection defines the projection direction of the profile to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane that contains the profile to be embossed. If kSymmetricExtentDirection is specified, then the emboss feature will fail to be redefined.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="WrapFace">
                <summary>Optional Input Variant that specifies the face around which the emboss feature should be wrapped. The valid input is a Face object. This argument can be used to specify a curved face around which the emboss feature should be wrapped. The face can only be planar or conical, not a spline. If the emboss profile is large relative to the amount of curvature, the embossed or engraved area distorts slightly as it projects to the curved face. The wrap stops when a perpendicular face is encountered. If this argument is not specified, then it implies that the emboss feature should not be wrapped around any face, but created as a result of straight projection onto the face.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.Taper">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the taper angle of the emboss feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.TopFaceAppearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the top face appearance of the emboss feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.TopFaceAppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the top face of the emboss feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.WrapFace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the face around which the emboss feature is wrapped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeature.WrapToFace">
            <summary>Property that returns a Boolean indicating if the emboss feature is wrapped around a face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.Depth">
            <summary>Property returns the parameter controlling the depth of the emboss feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.Direction">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction of the emboss feature relative to the sketch plane that contains the emboss profile.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.EmbossType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of emboss feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.Profile">
            <summary>Gets and sets the Profile object that defines the shape of the emboss.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.SetEmbossEngraveFromPlane(System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the emboss feature by embossing and/or engraving a profile on one or more faces in the model.</summary>
            <param name="Taper">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the taper angle of the emboss. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates on which side of the sketch plane the emboss feature should be placed. Valid input is one of the constants in PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum: kPositiveExtentDirection, kNegativeExtentDirection or kSymmetricExtentDirection. The value kPositiveExtentDirection defines the emboss direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane that contains the profile to be embossed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.SetEmbossFromFace(System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the emboss feature by embossing a profile on one or more faces in the model.</summary>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the emboss. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates on which side of the sketch plane the emboss feature should be placed. Valid input is either kPositiveExtentDirection or kNegativeExtentDirection constant value in PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum. The value kPositiveExtentDirection defines the projection direction of the profile to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane that contains the profile to be embossed. If kSymmetricExtentDirection is specified, then the emboss feature will fail to be redefined.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="WrapFace">
                <summary>Optional Input Variant that specifies the face around which the emboss feature should be wrapped. The valid input is a Face object. This argument can be used to specify a curved face around which the emboss feature should be wrapped. The face can only be planar or conical, not a spline. If the emboss profile is large relative to the amount of curvature, the embossed or engraved area distorts slightly as it projects to the curved face. The wrap stops when a perpendicular face is encountered. If this argument is not specified, then it implies that the emboss feature should not be wrapped around any face, but created as a result of straight projection onto the face.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.SetEngraveFromFace(System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the emboss feature by engraving a profile on one or more faces in the model.</summary>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the emboss. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates on which side of the sketch plane the emboss feature should be placed. Valid input is either kPositiveExtentDirection or kNegativeExtentDirection constant value in PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum. The value kPositiveExtentDirection defines the projection direction of the profile to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane that contains the profile to be embossed. If kSymmetricExtentDirection is specified, then the emboss feature will fail to be redefined.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="WrapFace">
                <summary>Optional Input Variant that specifies the face around which the emboss feature should be wrapped. The valid input is a Face object. This argument can be used to specify a curved face around which the emboss feature should be wrapped. The face can only be planar or conical, not a spline. If the emboss profile is large relative to the amount of curvature, the embossed or engraved area distorts slightly as it projects to the curved face. The wrap stops when a perpendicular face is encountered. If this argument is not specified, then it implies that the emboss feature should not be wrapped around any face, but created as a result of straight projection onto the face.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.Taper">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the taper angle of the emboss feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.TopFaceAppearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the top face appearance of the emboss feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.TopFaceAppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the top face of the emboss feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.WrapFace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the face around which the emboss feature is wrapped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatureProxy.WrapToFace">
            <summary>Property that returns a Boolean indicating if the emboss feature is wrapped around a face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EmbossFeatures">
            <summary>The EmbossFeatures object represents a collection of objects on a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeatures.AddEmbossEngraveFromPlane(Inventor.Profile,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new emboss feature by embossing and/or engraving a profile on one or more faces in the model.</summary>
            <param name="Profile">
                <summary>Input Profile object used to define the shape of the emboss. The specified profile must be closed, otherwise (i.e. if the profile is open), the creation of the emboss feature will fail. The closed profiles can constitute both sketch entities as well as text.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Taper">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the taper angle of the emboss. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates on which side of the sketch plane the emboss feature should be created. The profile will be extended to create the emboss feature starting from the sketch plane until any existing face in the model is intersected. Valid input is any one of the constants in PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum: kPositiveExtentDirection, kNegativeExtentDirection or kSymmetricExtentDirection. The value kPositiveExtentDirection defines the emboss direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane that contains the profile to be embossed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TopFaceColor">
                <summary>Optional Input Variant that defines the render style to use for the top face of the emboss feature. The valid input is a RenderStyle object. If no input is specified, then the default render style will be applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeatures.AddEmbossFromFace(Inventor.Profile,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new emboss feature by embossing a profile on one or more faces in the model.</summary>
            <param name="Profile">
                <summary>Input Profile object used to define the shape of the emboss. The specified profile must be closed, otherwise (i.e. if the profile is open), the creation of the emboss feature will fail. The closed profiles can constitute both sketch entities as well as text.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the emboss. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates on which side of the sketch plane the emboss feature should be created. First, the profile will be projected along the specified direction onto all faces that are in that direction. Then, the emboss feature will be generated by embossing the projected profile on these faces. Valid input is either kPositiveExtentDirection or kNegativeExtentDirection constant value in PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum. The value kPositiveExtentDirection defines the projection direction of the profile to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane that contains the profile to be embossed. If kSymmetricExtentDirection is specified, then the creation of the emboss feature will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TopFaceColor">
                <summary>Optional Input Variant that defines the render style to use for the top face of the emboss feature. The valid input is a RenderStyle object. If no input is specified, then the default render style will be applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="WrapFace">
                <summary>Optional Input Variant that specifies the face around which the emboss feature should be wrapped. The valid input is a Face object. This argument can be used to specify a curved face around which the emboss feature should be wrapped. The face can only be planar or conical, not a spline. If the emboss profile is large relative to the amount of curvature, the embossed or engraved area distorts slightly as it projects to the curved face. The wrap stops when a perpendicular face is encountered. If this argument is not specified, then it implies that the emboss feature should not be wrapped around any face, but created as a result of straight projection onto the face.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EmbossFeatures.AddEngraveFromFace(Inventor.Profile,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new emboss feature by engraving a profile on one or more faces in the model.</summary>
            <param name="Profile">
                <summary>Input Profile object used to define the shape of the emboss. The specified profile must be closed, otherwise (i.e. if the profile is open), the creation of the emboss feature will fail. The closed profiles can constitute both sketch entities as well as text.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the emboss. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates on which side of the sketch plane the emboss feature should be created. First, the profile will be projected along the specified direction onto all faces that are in that direction. Then, the emboss feature will be generated by engraving the projected profile on these faces. Valid input is either kPositiveExtentDirection or kNegativeExtentDirection constant value in PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum. The value kPositiveExtentDirection defines the projection direction of the profile to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane that contains the profile to be embossed. If kSymmetricExtentDirection is specified, then the creation of the emboss feature will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TopFaceColor">
                <summary>Optional Input Variant that defines the render style to use for the top face of the emboss feature. The valid input is a RenderStyle object. If no input is specified, then the default render style will be applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="WrapFace">
                <summary>Optional Input Variant that specifies the face around which the emboss feature should be wrapped. The valid input is a Face object. This argument can be used to specify a curved face around which the emboss feature should be wrapped. The face can only be planar or conical, not a spline. If the emboss profile is large relative to the amount of curvature, the embossed or engraved area distorts slightly as it projects to the curved face. The wrap stops when a perpendicular face is encountered. If this argument is not specified, then it implies that the emboss feature should not be wrapped around any face, but created as a result of straight projection onto the face.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified EmbossFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EmbossFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EndOfFeatures">
            <summary>This object represents the End of Part marker in the browser. When traversing through the browser hierarchy, this is one of the nodes that is encountered, indicating the position of the marker in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EndOfFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EndOfFeatures.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EndOfFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EnumType">
            <summary>Enum Type Wrapper Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnumType.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of available enum values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnumType.CurrentIndex">
            <summary>Gets/sets the current index indicating which enum value is stored from the available list of values (1 To Count).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EnumType.MoveNext">
            <summary>Move to next enum value in the available list of values.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnumType.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of the enum type wrapped by this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EnumType.Reset">
            <summary>Reset enum type to one before the first enum value.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnumType.Value">
            <summary>Gets/sets a the enum value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnumType.ValueName">
            <summary>Gets the string representation of the enum value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Environment">
            <summary>The Environment object represents any Autodesk Inventor environment. Example environments are Part, Assembly, Sketch, etc. The Environment represents the current state of an environment. See the UI customization and Environments overviews for more information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environment.AdditionalVisibleRibbonTabs">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of strings containing the internal names of ribbon tabs that should be displayed in this environment. These are in addition to the tabs displayed as a result of setting the InheritAllRibbonTabs property to True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environment.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environment.BuiltIn">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the Environment a standard Autodesk Inventor Environment or if it has been added by a client. Built-in environments have restrictions in the edits that can be performed. For example, build-in environments cannot be deleted. For more information, see the Environments overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environment.ClientId">
            <summary>Property that returns the string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}".</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environment.DefaultRibbonTab">
            <summary>Gets and sets the internal name of the ribbon tab that should be displayed when this environment is activated.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Environment.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the environment. This method will fail for built-in environments.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environment.DisabledCommandList">
            <summary>Property that returns the DisabledCommandList object. This object allows the environment to disable commands when this environment is active. This list contains commands that are disabled in addition to those specified by the DisabledCommandTypes property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environment.DisabledCommandTypes">
            <summary>Gets list of disabled command types for the Environment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environment.DisplayName">
            <summary>Display Name of the Environment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environment.ExitDisplayName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the exit display name of the environment, to be used on the Finish button. As default this will be the same as the DisplayName. This is the name displayed to the user and should be localized for the current locale.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Environment.GetRadialMarkingMenu(System.Object)">
            <summary>Returns the RadialMarkingMenu object that can be used to query and set the commands available in the radial menu for the input object type.</summary>
            <param name="ObjectType">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectTypeEnum that specifies the object type to retrieve the marking menu for.  If not provided, the marking menu for the default environment state (no selections) is returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environment.InheritAllRibbonTabs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this environment should inherit all ribbon tabs from the 'base' environment. This property applies only to custom environments. If set to True, all visible tabs in the base environment are displayed in this environment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environment.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that indicates the name of the environment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environment.LargeIcon">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LargeIcon for the Environment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environment.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the environment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environment.PreserveWhenSwitchModelState">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the environment status would be preserved when switch model state in an assembly. This would make sure the environment to be preserved when switch between substitute model state and other model state in an assembly.For built-in environmen.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environment.RadialMarkingMenus">
            <summary>Returns the RadialMarkingMenus object that can be used to query and set the selection based radial menu.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environment.Ribbon">
            <summary>Property that returns the Ribbon object associated with this environment. This property returns Nothing when the environment is initially created and not yet applied as an override or a parallel environment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environment.StandardIcon">
            <summary>Gets and sets the StandardIcon for the Environment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environment.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EnvironmentBase">
            <summary>Represents a EnvironmentBase Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentBase.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentBase.DisplayName">
            <summary>Display Name of the EnvironmentBase.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentBase.InternalName">
            <summary>Internal Name of the EnvironmentBase.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentBase.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentBase.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EnvironmentBaseCollection">
            <summary>Represents a EnvironmentsDef Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentBaseCollection.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentBaseCollection.CommandBarBaseCollection">
            <summary>Gets CommandBarBaseCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentBaseCollection.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentBaseCollection.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentBaseCollection.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EnvironmentBaseHandler">
            <summary>Represents a EnvironmentBaseHandler Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentBaseHandler.EnvironmentBase">
            <summary>Gets Environment Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EnvironmentBaseHandler.OnActivate">
            <summary>Fires when Environment is activated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EnvironmentBaseHandler.OnDeactivate">
            <summary>Fires when Environment is deactivated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentBaseHandler.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EnvironmentList">
            <summary>The EnvironmentList object defines a list of environments that are displayed to the user in various contexts. For more information, refer to the Environments overviews.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EnvironmentList.Add(Inventor.Environment)">
            <summary>Method that adds an Environment object to the list. The method returns an error if a built-in Environment is supplied.</summary>
            <param name="Environment">
                <summary>Input Environment object to add to the list.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentList.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentList.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of environments currently in the list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentList.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Environment object from the list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EnvironmentList.Remove(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified Environment from the list.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Long that specifies the index of the Environment to remove from the list.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentList.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EnvironmentManager">
            <summary>This object provides methods and properties to get and set the base and override environments for this document. For more information, refer to the Environments overviews.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentManager.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentManager.BaseEnvironment">
            <summary>Property that returns the Environment that is defined as the default for this document. This is the environment displayed when the document is opened unless an override environment has been specified for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentManager.EditObjectEnvironment">
            <summary>This method returns the environment associated with the currently active edit object. This is the environment which is the topmost entry in the Application menu. Since Autodesk Inventor 10, the active environment and EditObjectEnvironment are not necessarily the same. Using parallel environments, one can switch to a parallel environment for the same edit object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EnvironmentManager.GetCurrentEnvironment(Inventor.Environment@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the current Environment for this document. This is the environment that the document is currently displayed in.</summary>
            <param name="Environment">
                <summary>Output Environment that the document is currently displayed in.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EditTargetId">
                <summary>Output string (if available) that contains the edit target identifier if specified by the client. The string indicates the edit target associated with this instance of the environment.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentManager.OverrideEnvironment">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current override environment for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentManager.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the EnvironmentManager.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EnvironmentManager.SetCurrentEnvironment(Inventor.Environment,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the current Environment for this document. This is the environment that the document is currently displayed in. The change is not persisted with the document; i.e. the next time the document is opened, it will show up in its base environment or the override environment if specified.</summary>
            <param name="Environment">
                <summary>Environment that the document should be displayed in.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EditObjectId">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EnvironmentManager.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Environments">
            <summary>The Environments collection object provides access to all of the existing objects, and allows creation of new ones. See the UI customization and Environments overviews for more information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Environments.Add(System.String,System.String,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Environment object.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary>Input string that defines the display name of the environment. This is the name that is displayed to the user and should be localized for different locales.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input string that defines the name of the environment. This is the internal name and is not displayed to the user. The name must be unique with respect to all other environments and is typically a GUID. The name should remain constant in all locales to it can be used to find a specific environment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Optional input string that uniquely identifies the client. Ignored for VBA clients, but Addins should supply the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}". If supplied, this string is used at Inventor start up time to determine whether the AddIn that created this environment has since been uninstalled. If so, the environment is deleted. If a ClientId is supplied, it must be the CLSID of an Add-in, else the method returns a failure.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StandardIcon">
                <summary>Optional input Picture object that specifies the standard size icon to use for the environment. A standard size icon is 16 pixels wide and 16 pixels high. All icons use 16 colors. If not supplied the icon from the source environment will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LargeIcon">
                <summary>Optional input Picture object that specifies the large size icon to use for the environment. A large size icon is 24 pixels wide and 24 pixels high. All icons use 16 colors. If not supplied and a standard size icon is supplied a large icon will be automatically created by scaling the standard size icon. Because scaling a bitmap does not necessarily create a good image, it is recommended that you create and supply a large bitmap.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environments.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environments.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of Environments in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environments.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Environment object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Environments.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EqualConstraint3D">
            <summary>EqualConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualConstraint3D.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EqualConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualConstraint3D.EntityOne">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the first 3D sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualConstraint3D.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the second 3D sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EqualConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EqualConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>EqualConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualConstraint3DProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EqualConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualConstraint3DProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the first 3D sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualConstraint3DProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the second 3D sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EqualConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraint">
            <summary>The EqualLengthConstraint object represents a constraint that makes two lines equal in length.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraint.LineOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraint.LineTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraintProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraintProxy.LineOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraintProxy.LineTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualLengthConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraint">
            <summary>The EqualRadiusConstraint object represents a constraint that makes the radius of two circular entities equal.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch circle or arc being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch circle or arc being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraintProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch circle or arc being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch circle or arc being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.EqualRadiusConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ErrorManager">
            <summary>The ErrorManager object contains methods and properties to get errors and warnings that occurred during an API call, add to Inventor's errors or to display them.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ErrorManager.AddMessage(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds a new message at the current level in the message tree.</summary>
            <param name="Message">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the error or warning message.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Error">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether this is an error or a warning. True indicates error.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary>Optional input Variant reserved for future use. Currently unused.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ErrorManager.AllMessages">
            <summary>Property that returns an XML string containing all messages (errors and warnings).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ErrorManager.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ErrorManager.Clear">
            <summary>Method that clears all errors and warnings. This method returns a failure if there are any active message sections (indicated by the IsMessageSectionActive property).</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ErrorManager.HasErrors">
            <summary>Property that returns whether there are any recorded errors.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ErrorManager.HasWarnings">
            <summary>Property that returns whether there are any recorded warnings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ErrorManager.IsMessageSectionActive">
            <summary>Property that returns whether there is any message section active.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ErrorManager.LastMessage">
            <summary>Property that returns the last recorded error/warning message. If there is a tree of errors/warnings, this property returns the most recent leaf error/warning.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ErrorManager.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Application object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ErrorManager.Show(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that displays the current error/warning or the stack of errors/warnings to the user.</summary>
            <param name="Title">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the title of the message dialog. The display name of the product (e.g. 'Autodesk Inventor 2010 ' ') is prefixed to the string automatically.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AllowAccept">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether the 'Accept' button should be available. This user choice implies that the user would like to continue despite any errors/warnings.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AllowEdit">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether the 'Edit' button should be available. This user choice implies that implies that the user would like to go back into the command to correct the situation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ErrorManager.StartMessageSection">
            <summary>Method that starts a message section and returns a MessageSection object which can be used to clear, adopt or retain error/warning messages created during the section.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ErrorManager.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ExpressionLimits">
            <summary>The ExpressionLimits object provides access to the various range values that can be specified when defining a custom expression for a column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExpressionLimits.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExpressionLimits.DefaultValue">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default value for this expression.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExpressionLimits.IncrementValue">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the increment value for this expression.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExpressionLimits.MaximumValue">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the maximum value for this expression.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExpressionLimits.MaximumValueComparisonType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the type of comparison to perform against the maximum value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExpressionLimits.MinimumValue">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the minimum value for this expression.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExpressionLimits.MinimumValueComparisonType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the type of comparison to perform against the minimum value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExpressionLimits.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ExpressionList">
            <summary>The ExpressionList provides access to a list of possible expressions that can be used for the associated parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExpressionList.AllowCustomValues">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to allow users to specify custom values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExpressionList.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExpressionList.ClearAll">
            <summary>Method that removes all items from the list.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExpressionList.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of expressions in the list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExpressionList.CustomOrder">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to disable automatically sorting the custom values. If you assign a list of values using SetExpressionList, that operation will automatically set CustomOrder to True. If you want to assign a list using SetExpressi.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExpressionList.GetExpressionList">
            <summary>Rreturns an array of Strings that represents the list of expressions used in the list.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExpressionList.Item">
            <summary>Property that gets the specified expression in the list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExpressionList.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Parameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExpressionList.SetExpressionList(System.String[],System.Boolean,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that sets the list of expressions for the parameter this expression list is associated with. The current value of the associated parameter will be modifed to match one of the values in the list. The CurrentValueIndex argument allows you control over which value from the list is used.</summary>
            <param name="ExpressionList">
                <summary>Input array of Strings that defines a list of valid expressions that the user will be able to select from when setting the value of the associated parameter. 
When set this for Text parameter, the expression value should be quoted by quotation marks at beginning and ending of a string(like """I am Jack""").</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ChangeCurrentValue">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value indicating whether to change the current value or not. When set this to True then you can use CurrentValueIndex to specify which value in the expression list to use as current value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CurrentValueIndex">
                <summary>Input Long value that specifies which value within the expression list should be used as the current value of the parameter. The first value in the expression list is index 0.
For a numerical parameter, the default value of -1 will result in the expression that is closest to the current value of the parameter being used." Otherwise the index value specified will be used.
For a String parameter, the default value of -1 will result in using the value from the list if there's one that matches the current value of the parameter. If -1 is specified and the current parameter value doesn't match one of the values in the list the first value in the list is used.
This method is not valid for Boolean type parameters since they are already limited to True or False.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExpressionList.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ExtendFeature">
            <summary>For information on this object, please refer to PartFeature, which provides identical or very similar functionality.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtendFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtendFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtendFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtendFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtendFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtendFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtendFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ExtendFeatures">
            <summary>For information on this object, please refer to PartFeatures, which provides identical or very similar functionality.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  You can provide either the index of the item in the collection, where the first item is index 1, or you can provide the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtendFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition">
            <summary>ExtrudeDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.AffectedBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the collection of bodies affected by this feature.&amp;nbsp;If this property is not set for multi-body parts, the default solid body is used as the affected body.&amp;nbsp;This property applies only to features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.AffectedOccurrences">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the collection of occurrences that should participate in this feature.&amp;nbsp;If this property is not set, all possible occurrences will participate.&amp;nbsp;This property applies only to features in an assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this ExtrudeDefinition object.&amp;nbsp;The new ExtrudeDefinition object is independent of any feature.&amp;nbsp;It can edited and used as input to edit an existing feature or to create a new Extrude feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.Extent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PartFeatureExtent object that defines how the extent of the feature is defined.&amp;nbsp;The type of extent object returne.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.ExtentTwo">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PartFeatureExtent object that defines how the second direction extent of the feature is defined.&amp;nbsp;The type of exte.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.ExtentTwoType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns an enum indicating how the second direction extent of the feature is defined.&amp;nbsp;This indicates the type of object retur.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.ExtentType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns an enum indicating how the extent of the feature is defined.&amp;nbsp;This indicates the type of object returned by the Extent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.InferiMates">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to automatically place iMates on full circular edges.&amp;nbsp;If set to True, Inventor places the iMates on cl.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.IsTwoDirectional">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether extents have been defined in two directions for the extrude.&amp;nbsp;If this property returns True, the ExtentTwoType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.MatchShape">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets how open profiles are handled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.Operation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of operation used to add the feature to the model.&amp;nbsp;Valid inputs are kNewBodyOperation, kJoinOperation, kCutOperation, kIntersectOperation and kSurfaceOperation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.Profile">
            <summary>Read-write property gets and sets the sketch profile used for the extrude feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.SetDistanceExtent(System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum)">
            <summary>Method that changes the extents to be “distance” extents.&amp;nbsp;If this method is called on an asymmetric extrude, the second direction extent is removed.&amp;nbsp;To change extent values, use the properties on the object returned by the Extent property.</summary>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the length of the extrusion.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude towards.  Valid input is kPositiveExtentDirection, kNegativeExtentDirection, or kSymmetricExtentDirection.  kPositiveExtentDirection defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.SetDistanceExtentTwo(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the second direction extent to be “distance” extents.&amp;nbsp;This method returns an error if the first extent type is not distance extent.</summary>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the length of the extrusion in the other direction for an asymmetric extrude.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.SetDistanceFromFaceExtent(System.Object,System.Boolean,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the extents to be “Distance From Face” extents.</summary>
            <param name="FromFace">
                <summary>Input object that indicates from which to do the offset extrusion. This can be a Face or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendFromFace">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the “from face” should be extended to contain the extents of the profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum that defines the distance direction of the feature.  Valid input is kPositiveExtentDirection, kNegativeExtentDirection, or kSymmetricExtentDirection. kPositiveExtentDirection defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the length of the extrusion.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsTwoDirectional">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates if the extents have been defined in two directions for the extrusion. This is ignored if the ExtentDirection is set to kSymmetricExtentDirection. This defaults to False if not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DistanceTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the length of the extrusion in the other direction for an asymmetric extrude. This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document. This is ignored if the IsTwoDirectional is set to False, otherwise this is required to specify the distance for the extrusion in the other direction for an asymmetric extrude.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.SetFromToExtent(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that changes the extents to be “from and to face” extents.</summary>
            <param name="FromFace">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the “from face”.  This can be either a Face or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendFromFace">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the “from face” should be extended to contain the extents of the profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToFace">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the “to face”.  This can be either a Face or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendToFace">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the “to face” should be extended to contain the extents of the profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.SetThroughAllExtent(Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum)">
            <summary>Method that changes the extents to be “through all” extents.</summary>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude towards.  Valid input is kPositiveExtentDirection, kNegativeExtentDirection, or kSymmetricExtentDirection.  kPositiveExtentDirection defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.SetToExtent(System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that changes the extents to be “to entity” extents.</summary>
            <param name="ToEntity">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the “to entity”.
This can be one of the following types: 
Planar entity: Face or WorkPlane object. 
Point entity: Vertex, SketchPoint, SketchPoint3D, WorkPoint or Edge object.

If an Edge object is specified, only its mid-point will be used as input. If other points (e.g. start point or end point) of the edge need to be used as input, they have to be specified using the corresponding Vertex object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendToFace">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that defines whether the plane defined by the “to entity” should be extended to contain the extents of the profile.
This argument is applicable only if the ToEntity argument is a Face. If no value is explicitly specified, a default value of False will be assumed.
If the ToEntity argument is not a Face, this argument will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.SetToNextExtent(Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,Inventor.SurfaceBody)">
            <summary>Method that changes the extents to be “to next face” extents.</summary>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude towards.  Valid input is kPositiveExtentDirection or kNegativeExtentDirection.  kPositiveExtentDirection defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Terminator">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody object that specifies the solid or the surface on which to terminate the extrude.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.TaperAngle">
            <summary>Read-write property that provides access to the taper angle of an extrude feature.&amp;nbsp;If not supplied, the feature will be created with a taper angle of.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.TaperAngleTwo">
            <summary>Read-write property that provides access to the second direction taper angle of an asymmetric extrude feature. This property is not applicable and ret.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature">
            <summary>The ExtrudeFeature object represents extruded modeling features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.AddParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that adds the specified participant to the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be added. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a leaf occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the ExtrudeDefinition object associated with this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.EndFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of that cap one end of the extrusion.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.SideFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns a object that provides access to all of the faces created around the perimeter of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.StartFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of that cap one end of the extrusion and are coincident with the sketch plane. In the case of a symmetric extrusion these faces are the ones on the positive normal side of the sketch plane. In the case where there aren't any start faces this property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.AddParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that adds the specified participant to the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be added. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a leaf occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the ExtrudeDefinition object associated with this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.EndFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of that cap one end of the extrusion.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.SideFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns a object that provides access to all of the faces created around the perimeter of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.StartFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of that cap one end of the extrusion and are coincident with the sketch plane. In the case of a symmetric extrusion these faces are the ones on the positive normal side of the sketch plane. In the case where there aren't any start faces this property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatures">
            <summary>The ExtrudeFeatures collection object provides access to all of the ExtrudeFeature object in a part component definition and provides methods to create additional ExtrudeFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatures.Add(Inventor.ExtrudeDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Extrude feature.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input ExtrudeDefinition object that defines the extrude feature you want to create.  An ExtrudeDefinition object can be created using the ExtrudeFeatures.CreateExtrudeDefinition method.  It can also be obtained from an existing ExtrudeFeature object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatures.CreateExtrudeDefinition(Inventor.Profile,Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ExtrudeDefinition object.&amp;nbsp;The object created does not represent an extrude feature but instead is a representation of the information that defines an extrude feature.&amp;nbsp;You can use this object as input to the ExtrudeFeatures.Add method to create the actual feature.</summary>
            <param name="Profile">
                <summary>Input Profile object that specifies the sketch profile to use for the extrude feature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Operation">
                <summary>Input that specifies the type of operation used to add the feature to the model.  Valid inputs are kNewBodyOperation, kJoinOperation, kCutOperation, kIntersectOperation and kSurfaceOperation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ExtrudeFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Face">
            <summary>The Face object. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.AlternateBody">
            <summary>Property that returns the alternate SurfaceBody.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Face.CalculateFacets(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the facetted representation for the given chord-height tolerance.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the facet can deviate from the smooth surface. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of facets being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.
The picture below illustrates how the chordal tolerance is used when creating a stroked version of a curve. The chordal tolerance defines the maximum distance a line can be from the actual curve. When calculating facets the same concept applies but it defines the maximum distance between a triangle facet and the smooth surface.

The pictures below illustrate the difference obtained when calculating facets for a model using different chordal tolerances. The overall size of this model is approx. 6x6x4 cm’s. The picture on the left used a chordal tolerance of 0.1 cm and the one on the right used a tolerance of 0.01 cm.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that defines the normal for each vertex in the facet mesh.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent vector components within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list.  The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1.  Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Face.CalculateFacetsAndTextureMap(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the facetted representation for the given chord-height tolerance. This also include the texture map coordinates.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the facet can deviate from the smooth surface. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of facets being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.
The picture below illustrates how the chordal tolerance is used when creating a stroked version of a curve. The chordal tolerance defines the maximum distance a line can be from the actual curve. When calculating facets the same concept applies but it defines the maximum distance between a triangle facet and the smooth surface.

The pictures below illustrate the difference obtained when calculating facets for a model using different chordal tolerances. The overall size of this model is approx. 6x6x4 cm’s. The picture on the left used a chordal tolerance of 0.1 cm and the one on the right used a tolerance of 0.01 cm.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list.  The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1.  Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the texture map.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Face.CalculateFacetsWithOptions(System.Double,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new set of facets within the specified conditions.</summary>
            <param name="ChordalTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the facet can deviate from the smooth surface.  This value is in centimeters.  Smaller values can result in a much greater number of facets being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies additional tolerances that can be used to control the output mesh. The supported options are: 
Name: MaxSideLength, Value: Defines the maximum side of any triangle in the mesh. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no maximum length is specified.
Name: MaxAspectRatio, Value: Defines the maximum length to height ratio that a triangle can have. This helps to avoid long skinny triangles. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no maximum aspect ratio is specified.
Name: MaxNormalDeviation, Value: Defines the maximum deviation between adjacent vertex normals. This value is the maximum angle allows between normals and is input as radians. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no normal deviation is specified.
Name: ConversionMode, Value: Specifies the conversion mode (0 or 2). 0 - Do not convert the display mesh to a Quad-Dominant mesh. This mode instructs the faceter to keep the generated display mesh (i.e., skip the tri-mesh to quad-dominant mesh conversion).
2 - Convert the triangular display mesh to a triangular mesh suitable for STL output, 3D printing or other similar application requiring a slightly higher quality triangular mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of vertices in the facet mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number facets in the mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that defines the normal for each vertex in the facet mesh.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent vector components within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list.  The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1.  Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureCoordinates">
                <summary>Optional output array of Doubles that defines the texture coordinates that Inventor uses to map the render style texture to the face.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Face.CalculateStrokes(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the stroked or polygonal representation for the given chord-height tolerance.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the stroke can deviate from the smooth curve. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of strokes being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.
The picture below illustrates how the chordal tolerance is used when creating a stroked version of a curve. The chordal tolerance defines the maximum distance a line can be from the actual curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SegmentCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of segments that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list.  The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Face.CalculateStrokesWithOptions(System.Double,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new set of strokes within the specified conditions.</summary>
            <param name="ChordalTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the stroke can deviate from the smooth curve.  This value is in centimeters.  Smaller values can result in a much greater number of strokes being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies additional tolerances that can be used to control the output strokes. The supported options are: 
Name: MaxSideLength, Value: Defines the maximum side of any stroke in the polyline. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no maximum length is specified.
Name: MaxNormalDeviation, Value: Defines the maximum deviation between adjacent vertex normals. This value is the maximum angle allowed between normals and is input as radians. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no normal deviation is supplied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of vertices used to define all of the output strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the stroked object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of polylines that the strokes represent.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that specifies the number of vertices that are used to define each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.CreatedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns the feature that resulted in the creation of this face. This property is not currently supported for FaceProxy objects and will return Nothing in those cases. It is also not currently supported for Assembly Features and will fail in that case.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.EdgeLoops">
            <summary>Gets the EdgeLoops collection referenced by this Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.Edges">
            <summary>Gets the Edges referenced by this Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the surface evaluator for this face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.FaceShell">
            <summary>Property that returns the FaceShell object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns the underlying geometry of the face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.GeometryForm">
            <summary>Gets the form of the underlying geometry as a combination of one or more CurveGeometryFormEnum values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Face.GetClosestPointTo(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that returns a point on the face that is closest to the input point. A single point is returned even if multiple equidistant points are found. To get the u-v parameters of the returned point on the face, use Face.Evaluator.GetParamAtPoint method.</summary>
            <param name="InputPoint">
                <summary>Point object that specifies the point for which the closest point on the face is to be located. If the input point lies on the Face, the coordinates of the input point are returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Face.GetExistingFacets(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the facetted representation for the given chord-height tolerance as. Fails if the tolerance supplied is not pre-existing.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceIndex">
                <summary>Input Double that serves as an index as to which set of existing facets you want to retrieve. If the input tolerance does not match an existing set an error will occur. The tolerances for existing facets can be obtained using the GetExistingFacetTolerances method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated for the facets. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the components of the vertex normals. A normal is returned for each vertex. The normal is the normal of the actual surface at the position of the vertex.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that are used to index into the vertex coordinates array. These indices provide the information that defines how the vertices are connected to create the triangular facets.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Face.GetExistingFacetsAndTextureMap(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified set of existing display facets. Existing display facets are stored to single-precision floating point accuracy. This is typically adequate accuracy for display purposes. If a more accurate result is required you can use the CalculateFacets method which will calculate new facets to a given tolerance at double-precision accuracy.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceIndex">
                <summary>Input Double that serves as an index as to which set of existing facets you want to retrieve. If the input tolerance does not match an existing set an error will occur. The tolerances for existing facets can be obtained using the GetExistingFacetTolerances method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated for the facets. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the components of the vertex normals. A normal is returned for each vertex. The normal is the normal of the actual surface at the position of the vertex.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that are used to index into the vertex coordinates array. These indices provide the information that defines how the vertices are connected to create the triangular facets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the texture map.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Face.GetExistingFacetTolerances(System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the tolerances that were used to calculate the existing sets of display facets. These can be used to determine if any existing facets have been calculated within your desired accuracy. The tolerance value is also used as an index to specify which set of existing facets to retrieve when using the GetExistingFacets method. If you are using this method within Apprentice, you can use the DisplayAffinity property to optimize Apprentice for access to facets. Setting this property to True before you begin to traverse an assembly notifies Apprentice not to load any B-rep entities.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of existing facet sets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExistingTolerances">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the tolerances that were used to compute the existing sets of display facets.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Face.GetExistingStrokes(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified set of strokes from the SurfaceBody, Face or Edge the method was called from. Existing strokes are stored to single-precision floating point accuracy. This is typically adequate accuracy for display purposes. If a more accurate result is required you can use the CalculateStrokes method, which will calculate new strokes to a given tolerance at double-precision accuracy. If you are using this method within Apprentice, you can use the DisplayAffinity property to optimize Apprentice for access to strokes. Setting this property to True before you begin to traverse an assembly notifies Apprentice not to load any B-rep entities.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceIndex">
                <summary>Input Double that serves as an index into which set of existing strokes you want to retrieve. If the input tolerance does not match an existing set an error will occur. The tolerances for existing strokes can be obtained using the GetExistingStrokeTolerances method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated for the facets. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of polylines that are represented by the strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that specifies the number of vertices that are used for each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Face.GetExistingStrokeTolerances(System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the tolerances that were used to calculate the existing sets of display strokes. These can be used to determine if any existing strokes have been calculated within your desired accuracy. The tolerance value is also used as an index to specify which set of existing strokes to retrieve when using the GetExistingStrokes method. If you are using this method within Apprentice, you can use the DisplayAffinity property to optimize Apprentice for access to strokes. Setting this property to True before you begin to traverse an assembly notifies Apprentice not to load any B-rep entities.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of existing stroke sets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExistingTolerances">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the tolerances that were used to compute the existing sets of display strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Face.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Face.GetSourceFace(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that gets the source face that has been overridden by this face. The method returns Nothing if this face is not an override. An error is returned if this method is called on a face in a part.</summary>
            <param name="GetLeafSource">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to get the 'leaf' source face in the case where there are multiple levels of override. If specified to be False, the method returns the next level override face. If not specified, the argument defaults to True indicating that the leaf source will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Face.GetTextureScale(System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that returns U scale and V scale.</summary>
            <param name="UScale">
                <summary>Output Double indicating the texture scale along U direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VScale">
                <summary>Output Double indicating the texture scale along V direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns a unique string identifying this face. This identifier is valid only so long as there are no further modifications to the face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.IsParamReversed">
            <summary>Gets whether the parameterization of the geometry obtained from the Geometry property is aligned or opposed to the topological sense of this Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.PointOnFace">
            <summary>Property that returns a characteristic somewhere on the interior of the Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the referenced face(s) from the source part. This could be a proxy object in case of a derived assembly. The property returns Nothing if there isn't a referenced entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.SurfaceBody">
            <summary>Property that returns the associated with this object or feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.SurfaceType">
            <summary>Property that returns a SurfaceTypeEnum that specifies the surface type for this Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.TangentiallyConnectedFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns a FaceCollection that contains the input face and all tangentially connected faces. The CollectionType of the output FaceCollection is set to kFaceTangentiallyConnected.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.TextureMaps">
            <summary>Gets the texture maps associated with this face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.ThreadInfos">
            <summary>Property that returns a ThreadInfo object for each thread affecting this face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.TransientKey">
            <summary>Property that obtains an ID key that can be used to bind back to the live object. This transient key is only valid as long as the document state has not changed. For more information, see the ReferenceKeys overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Face.Vertices">
            <summary>Gets the vertices for this Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceCollection">
            <summary>The FaceCollection object is a transient object created by the CreateFaceCollection method of the TransientObjects object. Typically used when creating a ShellFeature, FaceDraftFeature, etc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceCollection.Add(System.Object)">
            <summary>Adds an object to the generic collection.</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Input Object to add to the collection.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceCollection.Clear">
            <summary>Removes all objects from the generic collection.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceCollection.CollectionType">
            <summary>Property returning a constant indicating the Face Collection type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceCollection.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceCollection.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceCollection.Remove(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified object from the generic collection.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long value that specifies the index of the object to remove.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceCollection.RemoveByObject(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified object from the generic object collection.</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Input Object to remove.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceCollection.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceDefinition">
            <summary>The FaceDefinition represents a transient definition of a Face object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDefinition.AssociativeID">
            <summary>Gets and sets the associate ID of this face.&amp;nbsp;This ID will be transferred to the corresponding face&amp;nbsp;when this SurfaceBodyDefinition is used to create a SurfaceBody.&amp;nbsp;It is used by Inventor as the identifier for the face and is used for tracking this geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDefinition.EdgeLoopDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of EdgeLoopDefinition objects associated with this FaceDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDefinition.IsParamReversed">
            <summary>Read write property that indicates if the normal of this face is reversed with respect to the geometry associated with this face definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDefinition.SurfaceGeometry">
            <summary>Gets the collection of EdgeLoopDefinition objects associated with this FaceDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceDefinitions">
            <summary>The FaceDefinitions collection provides access to exisitng FaceDefinition objects and allows creation of new FaceDefinition objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceDefinitions.Add(System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new FaceDefinition within the associated SurfaceBodyDefinition.</summary>
            <param name="SurfaceGeometry">
                <summary>Input transient geometry object that defines the surface geometry of the face. Valid objects for input are BSplineSurface, Cone, Cylinder, EllipticalCone, EllipticalCylinder, Plane, Sphere, and Torus.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsParamReversed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the normal of this face is reversed with respect to the geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  The index of the first item in the collection is 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinition">
            <summary>The FaceDraftDefinition object represents the definition for a FaceDraftFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinition.AbsoluteDraftAngle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the draft angle of the face draft is absolute against the pull direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinition.AutomaticBlending">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether include the blended features in the face draft feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this FaceDraftDefinition object.&amp;nbsp;The new FaceDraftDefinition object is independent of any feature.&amp;nbsp;It can be edited and used as input to edit an existing feature or to create a new face draft feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinition.CutMaterial">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to cut material or not when create a draft face feature using parting tool. This is applicable only when the DefinitionType is&amp;nbsp;kPartingToolFaceDraftDefinitionType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinition.DefinitionType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the FaceDraftDefinitionTypeEnum indicating which face draft type the definition is.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinition.DraftAngle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the draft angle of the face draft. For parting line face draft, this DraftAngle will be the minimum draft angle value for the two sides face draft.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinition.DraftAngleConstraintType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the draft angle constraint type for the face draft.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinition.DraftAngleTwo">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the draft angle two of the face draft. This property is applicable only when the DraftAngleConstraintType is set to kAsymmetricDraftAngles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinition.FixedEdges">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the fixed edges on the input faces.&amp;nbsp;This property is applicable when the DefinitionType is kFixedEdgeFaceDraftDefinitionType or kPartingToolFaceDraftDefinitionType and the CutMaterial is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinition.InputFaces">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies the faces used to create the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinition.PullDirection">
            <summary>Read-only property that specifies the object used to determine the pull direction.&amp;nbsp;For a fixed edge face draft this could be a planar Face, an Edge, a WorkPlane or a WorkAxis.&amp;nbsp;For a fixed plane face draft this could either be a planar Face or a WorkPlane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinition.PullDirectionReversed">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether reverse the pull direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinition.SetFixedEdge(Inventor.FaceCollection,Inventor.EdgeCollection,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that set the face draft definition to be kFixedEdgeFaceDraftDefinitionType with input values.</summary>
            <param name="InputFaces">
                <summary>Input FaceCollection object that specifies the faces to draft.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FixedEdges">
                <summary>Input EdgeCollection object that specifies the fixed edges for face draft.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PullDirection">
                <summary>Input Object that specifies an object to define the pull direction. This could be a planar Face, an Edge, a WorkPlane or a WorkAxis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DraftAngle">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the draft angle for face draft.  A numeric or string value can be supplied for this property and a parameter will be automatically created after the face draft feature is created. If a numeric value is supplied, the value is in radian, and the parameter is set to the value specified. If a string value is supplied it will be used as the expression for the newly created parameter, if the value is supplied without a unit qualifier it will default to the current document angle unit. The following is a valid entry for it, assuming the parameter d1 already exists and defines a angle “d1+3 deg”.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PullDirectionReversed">
                <summary>Optioanl input Boolean that specifies whether reverse the pull direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AbsoluteDraftAngle">
                <summary>Optioanl input Boolean that specifies whether the DraftAngle is absolute angle or relative angle against the pull direction. This defaults to True indicating the draft angle is absolute angle value.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinition.SetFixedPlane(Inventor.FaceCollection,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.DraftAngleConstraintTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that set the face draft definition to be kFixedPlaneFaceDraftDefinitionType with input values.</summary>
            <param name="InputFaces">
                <summary>Input FaceCollection object that specifies the faces to draft.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FixedPlane">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the fixed plane for face draft.  This can be a planar Face, or a WorkPlane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DraftAngle">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the draft angle for face draft.  A numeric or string value can be supplied for this property and a parameter will be automatically created after the face draft feature is created. If a numeric value is supplied, the value is in radian, and the parameter is set to the value specified. If a string value is supplied it will be used as the expression for the newly created parameter, if the value is supplied without a unit qualifier it will default to the current document angle unit. The following is a valid entry for it, assuming the parameter d1 already exists and defines a angle “d1+3 deg”.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DraftAngleConstraintType">
                <summary>Optioanl input DraftAngleConstraintTypeEnum that specifies how the draft angle will be applied to the draft faces on two sides of the fixed plane. Valid inputs are kOneWayDraftAngle ,kSymmetricDraftAngles and kAsymmetricDraftAngles. This defaults to kOneWayDraftAngle. When the kAsymmetricDraftAngles is specified for this argument the DraftAngleTwo is required to specify the draft angle two for the face draft feature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DraftAngleTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Variant value that specifies the draft angle two for face draft.  A numeric or string value can be supplied for this property and a parameter will be automatically created after the face draft feature is created. If a numeric value is supplied, the value is in radian, and the parameter is set to the value specified. If a string value is supplied it will be used as the expression for the newly created parameter, if the value is supplied without a unit qualifier it will default to the current document angle unit. The following is a valid entry for it, assuming the parameter d1 already exists and defines a angle “d1+3 deg”.
This is ignored if the DraftAngleConstraintType is not equal to kAsymmetricDraftAngles.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AbsoluteDraftAngle">
                <summary>Optioanl input Boolean that specifies whether the DraftAngle is absolute angle or relative angle against the pull direction. This defaults to True indicating the draft angle is absolute angle value.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinition.SetPartingTool(Inventor.FaceCollection,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,Inventor.DraftAngleConstraintTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that set the face draft definition to be kPartingToolFaceDraftDefinitionType with input values.</summary>
            <param name="InputFaces">
                <summary>Input FaceCollection object that specifies the faces to draft.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PartingTool">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the parting tool for face draft.  This can be a 2D&amp;3D sketch profile or work plane or work surface. Valid parting tool should be intersecting with the input faces for drafting.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PullDirection">
                <summary>Input Object that specifies an object to define the pull direction. This could be a planar Face, an Edge, a WorkPlane or a WorkAxis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DraftAngle">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the draft angle for face draft.  A numeric or string value can be supplied for this property and a parameter will be automatically created after the face draft feature is created. If a numeric value is supplied, the value is in radian, and the parameter is set to the value specified. If a string value is supplied it will be used as the expression for the newly created parameter, if the value is supplied without a unit qualifier it will default to the current document angle unit. The following is a valid entry for it, assuming the parameter d1 already exists and defines a angle “d1+3 deg”.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CutMaterial">
                <summary>Optioanl input Boolean that specifies whether the draft face feature is to cut material. This defaults to True indicating the draft face feature is to cut material.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FixedEdges">
                <summary>Optioanl input EdgeCollection object that specifies the fixed edges for face draft.  This is ignored if the CutMaterial is True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DraftAngleConstraintType">
                <summary>Optioanl input DraftAngleConstraintTypeEnum that specifies how the draft angle will be applied to the draft faces on two sides of the parting tool. When the CutMaterial is True you can specify the kSymmetricDraftAngles and kAsymmetricDraftAngles, and the kSymmetricDraftAngles is default value in this case. While the CutMaterial is False, valid input values are kSideOneMinDraftAngle, kSideTwoMinDraftAngle and kBothSidesMinDraftAngle, and the kSideOneMinDraftAngle is default value in this case.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DraftAngleTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Variant value that specifies the draft angle two for face draft.  A numeric or string value can be supplied for this property and a parameter will be automatically created after the face draft feature is created. If a numeric value is supplied, the value is in radian, and the parameter is set to the value specified. If a string value is supplied it will be used as the expression for the newly created parameter, if the value is supplied without a unit qualifier it will default to the current document angle unit. The following is a valid entry for it, assuming the parameter d1 already exists and defines a angle “d1+3 deg”.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PullDirectionReversed">
                <summary>Optioanl input Boolean that specifies whether reverse the pull direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AbsoluteDraftAngle">
                <summary>Optioanl input Boolean that specifies whether the DraftAngle is absolute angle or relative angle against the pull direction. This defaults to True indicating the draft angle is absolute angle value.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature">
            <summary>The FaceDraftFeature object represents a face draft on a part..</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the FaceDraftDefinition object associated with this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the FaceDraftDefinition object associated with this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatures">
            <summary>The FaceDraftFeatures object represents a collection of face draft features ( objects) on a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatures.Add(Inventor.FaceDraftDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new FaceDraft feature.</summary>
            <param name="FaceDraftDefinition">
                <summary>Input FaceDraftDefinition object that defines the face draft feature you want to create. An FaceDraftDefinition object can be created using the FaceDraftFeatures.CreateFaceDraftDefinition method. It can also be obtained from an existing FaceDraftFeature object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatures.CreateFaceDraftDefinition">
            <summary>Method that creates a new FaceDraftDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object in the collection. The index can be numeric or the object name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceDraftFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceFeature">
            <summary>The FaceFeature object represents a sheet metal face feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.BendFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns the associated bend feature, if one exists. If there isn't an associated bend feature this property returns Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets the FaceFeatureDefinition object associated with this face feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceFeatureDefinition">
            <summary>The FaceFeatureDefinition object represents all of the information that defines a face feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureDefinition.AffectedBodies">
            <summary>Gets and sets the collection of bodies affected by this feature.&amp;nbsp;If this property is not set for multi-body parts, the default solid body is used as the affected body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureDefinition.BendDefinition">
            <summary>Get and sets the BendDefinition object that defines the bend information for this face feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureDefinition.Direction">
            <summary>Gets and sets the extent direction which indicates which side of the sketch the projection of the face is in.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureDefinition.Operation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the type of operation used to add the feature to the model.&amp;nbsp;Valid inputs are kNewBodyOperation, kJoinOperation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent FaceFeature object of this FaceFeatureDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureDefinition.Profile">
            <summary>Gets and sets the Profile object that defines the shape of the face feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureDefinition.SheetMetalRule">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the sheet metal style for the body the feature is in. Set this property is applicable only when the feature is the first feature in a solid body. When set this property the default sheet metal rule will be overridden and.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureDefinition.UseDefaultSheetMetalRule">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to use the document active sheet metal style for the body the feature is in. Set this property is applicable only when the feature is the first feature in a solid body and this can only be set to True from False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.BendFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns the associated bend feature, if one exists. If there isn't an associated bend feature this property returns Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets the FaceFeatureDefinition object associated with this face feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceFeatures">
            <summary>The FaceFeatures collection object provides access to all of the objects in a sheet metal component definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceFeatures.Add(Inventor.FaceFeatureDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new face feature. The newly created FaceFeature object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="FaceFeatureDefinition">
                <summary>Input FaceFeatureDefinition object that defines the face feature you want to create. A FaceFeatureDefinition object can be created using the FaceFeatures.CreateFaceFeatureDefinition method. It can also be obtained from an existing FaceFeature object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceFeatures.CreateFaceFeatureDefinition(Inventor.Profile)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new FaceFeatureDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="Profile">
                <summary>Input Profile object that defines the shape of the face. The input profile must consist of one or more closed paths.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified FaceFeature object from the collection. This is the default property of the FaceFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceOffsetDefinition">
            <summary>FaceOffset modeling feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature">
            <summary>Part FaceOffset Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy">
            <summary>Part FaceOffset Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatures">
            <summary>Part FaceOffset Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceOffsetFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceOffsetPreview">
            <summary>Face Offset Preview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.AlternateBody">
            <summary>Property that returns the alternate SurfaceBody.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceProxy.CalculateFacets(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the facetted representation for the given chord-height tolerance.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the facet can deviate from the smooth surface. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of facets being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.
The picture below illustrates how the chordal tolerance is used when creating a stroked version of a curve. The chordal tolerance defines the maximum distance a line can be from the actual curve. When calculating facets the same concept applies but it defines the maximum distance between a triangle facet and the smooth surface.

The pictures below illustrate the difference obtained when calculating facets for a model using different chordal tolerances. The overall size of this model is approx. 6x6x4 cm’s. The picture on the left used a chordal tolerance of 0.1 cm and the one on the right used a tolerance of 0.01 cm.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that defines the normal for each vertex in the facet mesh.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent vector components within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list.  The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1.  Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceProxy.CalculateFacetsAndTextureMap(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the facetted representation for the given chord-height tolerance. This also include the texture map coordinates.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the facet can deviate from the smooth surface. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of facets being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.
The picture below illustrates how the chordal tolerance is used when creating a stroked version of a curve. The chordal tolerance defines the maximum distance a line can be from the actual curve. When calculating facets the same concept applies but it defines the maximum distance between a triangle facet and the smooth surface.

The pictures below illustrate the difference obtained when calculating facets for a model using different chordal tolerances. The overall size of this model is approx. 6x6x4 cm’s. The picture on the left used a chordal tolerance of 0.1 cm and the one on the right used a tolerance of 0.01 cm.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list.  The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1.  Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the texture map.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceProxy.CalculateFacetsWithOptions(System.Double,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new set of facets within the specified conditions.</summary>
            <param name="ChordalTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the facet can deviate from the smooth surface.  This value is in centimeters.  Smaller values can result in a much greater number of facets being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies additional tolerances that can be used to control the output mesh. The supported options are: 
Name: MaxSideLength, Value: Defines the maximum side of any triangle in the mesh. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no maximum length is specified.
Name: MaxAspectRatio, Value: Defines the maximum length to height ratio that a triangle can have. This helps to avoid long skinny triangles. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no maximum aspect ratio is specified.
Name: MaxNormalDeviation, Value: Defines the maximum deviation between adjacent vertex normals. This value is the maximum angle allows between normals and is input as radians. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no normal deviation is specified.
Name: ConversionMode, Value: Specifies the conversion mode (0 or 2). 0 - Do not convert the display mesh to a Quad-Dominant mesh. This mode instructs the faceter to keep the generated display mesh (i.e., skip the tri-mesh to quad-dominant mesh conversion).
2 - Convert the triangular display mesh to a triangular mesh suitable for STL output, 3D printing or other similar application requiring a slightly higher quality triangular mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of vertices in the facet mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number facets in the mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that defines the normal for each vertex in the facet mesh.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent vector components within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list.  The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1.  Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureCoordinates">
                <summary>Optional output array of Doubles that defines the texture coordinates that Inventor uses to map the render style texture to the face.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceProxy.CalculateStrokes(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the stroked or polygonal representation for the given chord-height tolerance.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the stroke can deviate from the smooth curve. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of strokes being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.
The picture below illustrates how the chordal tolerance is used when creating a stroked version of a curve. The chordal tolerance defines the maximum distance a line can be from the actual curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SegmentCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of segments that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list.  The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceProxy.CalculateStrokesWithOptions(System.Double,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new set of strokes within the specified conditions.</summary>
            <param name="ChordalTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the stroke can deviate from the smooth curve.  This value is in centimeters.  Smaller values can result in a much greater number of strokes being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies additional tolerances that can be used to control the output strokes. The supported options are: 
Name: MaxSideLength, Value: Defines the maximum side of any stroke in the polyline. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no maximum length is specified.
Name: MaxNormalDeviation, Value: Defines the maximum deviation between adjacent vertex normals. This value is the maximum angle allowed between normals and is input as radians. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no normal deviation is supplied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of vertices used to define all of the output strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the stroked object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of polylines that the strokes represent.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that specifies the number of vertices that are used to define each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.CreatedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns the feature that resulted in the creation of this face. This property is not currently supported for FaceProxy objects and will return Nothing in those cases. It is also not currently supported for Assembly Features and will fail in that case.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.EdgeLoops">
            <summary>Gets the EdgeLoops collection referenced by this Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.Edges">
            <summary>Gets the Edges referenced by this Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the surface evaluator for this face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.FaceShell">
            <summary>Property that returns the FaceShell object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns the underlying geometry of the face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.GeometryForm">
            <summary>Gets the form of the underlying geometry as a combination of one or more CurveGeometryFormEnum values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceProxy.GetClosestPointTo(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that returns a point on the face that is closest to the input point. A single point is returned even if multiple equidistant points are found. To get the u-v parameters of the returned point on the face, use Face.Evaluator.GetParamAtPoint method.</summary>
            <param name="InputPoint">
                <summary>Point object that specifies the point for which the closest point on the face is to be located. If the input point lies on the Face, the coordinates of the input point are returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceProxy.GetExistingFacets(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the facetted representation for the given chord-height tolerance as. Fails if the tolerance supplied is not pre-existing.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceIndex">
                <summary>Input Double that serves as an index as to which set of existing facets you want to retrieve. If the input tolerance does not match an existing set an error will occur. The tolerances for existing facets can be obtained using the GetExistingFacetTolerances method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated for the facets. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the components of the vertex normals. A normal is returned for each vertex. The normal is the normal of the actual surface at the position of the vertex.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that are used to index into the vertex coordinates array. These indices provide the information that defines how the vertices are connected to create the triangular facets.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceProxy.GetExistingFacetsAndTextureMap(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified set of existing display facets. Existing display facets are stored to single-precision floating point accuracy. This is typically adequate accuracy for display purposes. If a more accurate result is required you can use the CalculateFacets method which will calculate new facets to a given tolerance at double-precision accuracy.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceIndex">
                <summary>Input Double that serves as an index as to which set of existing facets you want to retrieve. If the input tolerance does not match an existing set an error will occur. The tolerances for existing facets can be obtained using the GetExistingFacetTolerances method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated for the facets. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the components of the vertex normals. A normal is returned for each vertex. The normal is the normal of the actual surface at the position of the vertex.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that are used to index into the vertex coordinates array. These indices provide the information that defines how the vertices are connected to create the triangular facets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the texture map.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceProxy.GetExistingFacetTolerances(System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the tolerances that were used to calculate the existing sets of display facets. These can be used to determine if any existing facets have been calculated within your desired accuracy. The tolerance value is also used as an index to specify which set of existing facets to retrieve when using the GetExistingFacets method. If you are using this method within Apprentice, you can use the DisplayAffinity property to optimize Apprentice for access to facets. Setting this property to True before you begin to traverse an assembly notifies Apprentice not to load any B-rep entities.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of existing facet sets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExistingTolerances">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the tolerances that were used to compute the existing sets of display facets.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceProxy.GetExistingStrokes(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified set of strokes from the SurfaceBody, Face or Edge the method was called from. Existing strokes are stored to single-precision floating point accuracy. This is typically adequate accuracy for display purposes. If a more accurate result is required you can use the CalculateStrokes method, which will calculate new strokes to a given tolerance at double-precision accuracy. If you are using this method within Apprentice, you can use the DisplayAffinity property to optimize Apprentice for access to strokes. Setting this property to True before you begin to traverse an assembly notifies Apprentice not to load any B-rep entities.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceIndex">
                <summary>Input Double that serves as an index into which set of existing strokes you want to retrieve. If the input tolerance does not match an existing set an error will occur. The tolerances for existing strokes can be obtained using the GetExistingStrokeTolerances method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated for the facets. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of polylines that are represented by the strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that specifies the number of vertices that are used for each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceProxy.GetExistingStrokeTolerances(System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the tolerances that were used to calculate the existing sets of display strokes. These can be used to determine if any existing strokes have been calculated within your desired accuracy. The tolerance value is also used as an index to specify which set of existing strokes to retrieve when using the GetExistingStrokes method. If you are using this method within Apprentice, you can use the DisplayAffinity property to optimize Apprentice for access to strokes. Setting this property to True before you begin to traverse an assembly notifies Apprentice not to load any B-rep entities.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of existing stroke sets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExistingTolerances">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the tolerances that were used to compute the existing sets of display strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceProxy.GetSourceFace(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that gets the source face that has been overridden by this face. The method returns Nothing if this face is not an override. An error is returned if this method is called on a face in a part.</summary>
            <param name="GetLeafSource">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to get the 'leaf' source face in the case where there are multiple levels of override. If specified to be False, the method returns the next level override face. If not specified, the argument defaults to True indicating that the leaf source will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceProxy.GetTextureScale(System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that returns U scale and V scale.</summary>
            <param name="UScale">
                <summary>Output Double indicating the texture scale along U direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VScale">
                <summary>Output Double indicating the texture scale along V direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns a unique string identifying this face. This identifier is valid only so long as there are no further modifications to the face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.IsParamReversed">
            <summary>Gets whether the parameterization of the geometry obtained from the Geometry property is aligned or opposed to the topological sense of this Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.PointOnFace">
            <summary>Property that returns a characteristic somewhere on the interior of the Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the referenced face(s) from the source part. This could be a proxy object in case of a derived assembly. The property returns Nothing if there isn't a referenced entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.SurfaceBody">
            <summary>Property that returns the associated with this object or feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.SurfaceType">
            <summary>Property that returns a SurfaceTypeEnum that specifies the surface type for this Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.TangentiallyConnectedFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns a FaceCollection that contains the input face and all tangentially connected faces. The CollectionType of the output FaceCollection is set to kFaceTangentiallyConnected.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.TextureMaps">
            <summary>Gets the texture maps associated with this face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.ThreadInfos">
            <summary>Property that returns a ThreadInfo object for each thread affecting this face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.TransientKey">
            <summary>Property that obtains an ID key that can be used to bind back to the live object. This transient key is only valid as long as the document state has not changed. For more information, see the ReferenceKeys overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceProxy.Vertices">
            <summary>Gets the vertices for this Face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Faces">
            <summary>The Faces object represents a collection of objects. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Faces.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Faces.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Faces.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceShell">
            <summary>The FaceShell object. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShell.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShell.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShell.Edges">
            <summary>Gets the referenced by this FaceShell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShell.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection object generated as a result of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceShell.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShell.IsClosed">
            <summary>Indicates whether the FaceShell is closed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShell.IsPointInside">
            <summary>Property that returns a constant indicating whether the specified point is inside, on or outside the body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShell.IsVoid">
            <summary>Indicates whether the FaceShell is a void.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShell.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShell.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShell.SurfaceBody">
            <summary>Property that returns the surface body for this face shell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShell.TransientKey">
            <summary>Property that obtains an ID key that can be used to bind back to the live object. This transient key is only valid as long as the document state has not changed. For more information, see the ReferenceKeys overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShell.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShell.Volume">
            <summary>Property that returns the volume of the component in database units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceShellDefinition">
            <summary>The FaceShellDefinition represents a transient definition of a FaceShell object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellDefinition.FaceDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of FaceDefinition objects associated with this FaceShellDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellDefinition.WireDefinitions">
            <summary>Gets&amp;nbsp;the collection of WireDefinition objects associated with this SurfaceBodyDefinition object. The primary use of the WireDefinitions collection is to create new WireDefinition objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceShellDefinitions">
            <summary>The FaceShellDefinitions object represents a collection of FaceShellDefinition objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceShellDefinitions.Add">
            <summary>Method that creates a new FaceShellDefinition within the associated SurfaceBodyDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  The index of the first item in the collection is 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceShellProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellProxy.Edges">
            <summary>Gets the referenced by this FaceShell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection object generated as a result of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FaceShellProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellProxy.IsClosed">
            <summary>Indicates whether the FaceShell is closed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellProxy.IsPointInside">
            <summary>Property that returns a constant indicating whether the specified point is inside, on or outside the body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellProxy.IsVoid">
            <summary>Indicates whether the FaceShell is a void.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellProxy.SurfaceBody">
            <summary>Property that returns the surface body for this face shell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellProxy.TransientKey">
            <summary>Property that obtains an ID key that can be used to bind back to the live object. This transient key is only valid as long as the document state has not changed. For more information, see the ReferenceKeys overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShellProxy.Volume">
            <summary>Property that returns the volume of the component in database units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FaceShells">
            <summary>The FaceShells object represents a collection of objects. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShells.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShells.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FaceShells.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FactoryOptions">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryOptions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FactoryOptions.ApplyToAllMembers">
            <summary>Method that applies the factory options to all members of the factory including existing ones. By default, any factory options specified using the FactoryOptions object will only apply to newly created members. If the options need to be applied to existing members also, this method needs to be called.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryOptions.IsPartNumberIndexed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part number displayed in the iPart factory table is indexed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryOptions.MemberNameIndexDigits">
            <summary>Gets and sets the number of digits to use for the member name index.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryOptions.MemberNameIndexInitialValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the starting value of the member name index.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryOptions.MemberNameIndexSeparator">
            <summary>Gets and sets the separator for the member name index.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryOptions.MemberNameIndexStepValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the step value for the member name index.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryOptions.MemberNameType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the type of value to use for the member name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryOptions.MemberNameValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the custom text value for the member name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryOptions.PartNumberIndexDigits">
            <summary>Gets and sets the number of digits to use for the part number index.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryOptions.PartNumberIndexInitialValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the starting value of the part number index.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryOptions.PartNumberIndexSeparator">
            <summary>Gets and sets the separator for the part number index.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryOptions.PartNumberIndexStepValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the step value for the part number index.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryOptions.PartNumberType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the type of value to use for the part number.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryOptions.PartNumberValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the custom text value for the part number.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryOptions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FactoryTableDialog">
            <summary>FactoryTable Dialog Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryTableDialog.ActiveTabIndex">
            <summary>FactoryTable Dialog Active Tab Index.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryTableDialog.CustomInput">
            <summary>FactoryTable Dialog Custom Input Data.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryTableDialog.DestinationFileName">
            <summary>FactoryTable Dialog Destination Name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryTableDialog.DialogTitle">
            <summary>FactoryTable Dialog Title.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryTableDialog.FullFileName">
            <summary>FactoryTable Dialog Full File Name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryTableDialog.IsCustomFactory">
            <summary>FactoryTable Dialog Custom Factory Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FactoryTableDialog.SelectedTableRow">
            <summary>FactoryTable Dialog Selected Table Row Index.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FactoryTableDialog.Show">
            <summary>FactoryTable Dialog Show Method.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FamilyManager">
            <summary>FamilyManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePattern">
            <summary>The FeatureBasedOccurrencePattern object represents a feature-based occurrence pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePattern.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePattern.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePattern.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the pattern.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePattern.FeaturePattern">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the feature pattern used as input for this occurrence pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePattern.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePattern.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePattern.IsPatternElement">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this occurrence pattern is itself an element of a parent pattern. In the case where this occurrence pattern represents a pattern element, this property returns True. The PatternElement property can be used to get that pattern element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePattern.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePattern.OccurrencePatternElements">
            <summary>Property returning an OccurrencePatternElements collection object. The first element within this collection will contain the components that were provided as input for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePattern.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePattern.ParentComponents">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the components used as input for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePattern.PatternElement">
            <summary>Property that returns the pattern element this occurrence pattern represents. In the case where this occurrence pattern is not part of a parent pattern this property returns Nothing. The IsPatternElement property can be used to check if this occurrence pattern is part of a parent pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePattern.Suppress(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Suppress the occurrence pattern.</summary>
            <param name="SkipDocumentSave">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to skip document save or not. Default to False indicating the dirty documents will be saved.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePattern.Suppressed">
            <summary>Returns the suppress state of the occurrence pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePattern.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePattern.Unsuppress">
            <summary>Unsuppress the occurrence pattern.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePattern.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible property for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePatternProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePatternProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePatternProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePatternProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePatternProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the pattern.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePatternProxy.FeaturePattern">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the feature pattern used as input for this occurrence pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePatternProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePatternProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePatternProxy.IsPatternElement">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this occurrence pattern is itself an element of a parent pattern. In the case where this occurrence pattern represents a pattern element, this property returns True. The PatternElement property can be used to get that pattern element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePatternProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePatternProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePatternProxy.OccurrencePatternElements">
            <summary>Property returning an OccurrencePatternElements collection object. The first element within this collection will contain the components that were provided as input for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePatternProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePatternProxy.ParentComponents">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the components used as input for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePatternProxy.PatternElement">
            <summary>Property that returns the pattern element this occurrence pattern represents. In the case where this occurrence pattern is not part of a parent pattern this property returns Nothing. The IsPatternElement property can be used to check if this occurrence pattern is part of a parent pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePatternProxy.Suppress(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Suppress the occurrence pattern.</summary>
            <param name="SkipDocumentSave">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to skip document save or not. Default to False indicating the dirty documents will be saved.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePatternProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Returns the suppress state of the occurrence pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePatternProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePatternProxy.Unsuppress">
            <summary>Unsuppress the occurrence pattern.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureBasedOccurrencePatternProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible property for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FeatureControlFrame">
            <summary>The FeatureControlFrame object represents a feature control frame symbol on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrame.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrame.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrame.DatumIdentifier">
            <summary>Gets and sets a datum identifier for the feature control frame. Setting this property fails if the associated style does not allow the specification of a datum identifier.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureControlFrame.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the FeatureControlFrame.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrame.FeatureControlFrameRows">
            <summary>Gets and sets the FeatureControlFrameRows object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureControlFrame.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrame.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrame.Leader">
            <summary>Property that returns the leader associated with the feature control frame symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrame.MergeSymbolOverridden">
            <summary>Gets whether the OverrideMergeSymbol is set to override the MergeSymbol setting in FeatureControlFrameStyle. Set this to False will clear the override setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrame.Notes">
            <summary>Gets and sets notes for the feature control frame. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag. For instance, use 'm' to specify (M).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrame.OverrideMergeSymbol">
            <summary>Gets and sets the merge symbol override value. Set this property will set the MergeSymbolOverridden to True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrame.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Sheet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrame.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the symbol on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrame.ProfileType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the profile type for the feature control frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrame.Rotation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the absolute rotation angle of the symbol in radians. The value can either be positive (counter-clockwise rotation) or negative (clockwise rotation).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrame.Style">
            <summary>Gets and sets the associated FeatureControlFrameStyle object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrame.TopNotes">
            <summary>Gets and sets top notes for the feature control frame. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag. For instance, use 'm' to specify (M).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrame.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameRow">
            <summary>The FeatureControlFrameRow object represents a row within a feature control frame symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameRow.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameRow.AuxiliaryFeatureIndicators">
            <summary>Gets the AuxiliaryFeatureIndicators collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameRow.DatumOne">
            <summary>Gets and sets the first datum that affects the tolerance. Returns a null string if the datum is not specified. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag. E.g. use 'm' to specify (M).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameRow.DatumThree">
            <summary>Gets and sets the third datum that affects the tolerance. Returns a null string if the datum is not specified. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag. E.g. use 'm'to specify (M).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameRow.DatumTwo">
            <summary>Gets and sets the second datum that affects the tolerance. Returns a null string if the datum is not specified. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag. E.g. use 'm' to specify (M).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameRow.Delete">
            <summary>The row of the feature control frame.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameRow.GeometricCharacteristic">
            <summary>Gets and sets the geometric characteristic symbol for the row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameRow.InlineNote">
            <summary>Gets and sets the inline note. This is applicable only when the FeatureControlFrameStyle.EnableInlineNotes is set to True when the style is applied to this FeatureControlFrame object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameRow.LowerTolerance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the lower tolerance associated with this geometric characteristic. Applies to ANSI standard only. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag. E.g. use 'm' to specify (M).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameRow.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent FeatureControlFrame object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameRow.Tolerance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tolerance associated with this geometric characteristic. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag. E.g. use 'm' to specify (M).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameRow.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameRows">
            <summary>The FeatureControlFrameRows object provides access to all rows of a feature control frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameRows.Add(Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum,System.String,System.String,System.String,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that adds a row to the feature control frame.</summary>
            <param name="GeometricCharacteristic">
                <summary>Input GeometricCharacteristicEnum that specifies the geometric characteristic symbol for the row.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the tolerance associated with this geometric characteristic. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag. Input String that specifies the tolerance associated with this geometric characteristic. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag. For example, use "&lt;StyleOverride Font='AIGDT'\&gt;m&lt;/StyleOverride&gt;" to specify .</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LowerTolerance">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the lower tolerance associated with this geometric characteristic. Applies to ANSI standard only. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag. For example, use "&lt;StyleOverride Font='AIGDT'\&gt;m&lt;/StyleOverride&gt;" to specify .</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DatumOne">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the first datum that affects the tolerance. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag. For example, use "&lt;StyleOverride Font='AIGDT'\&gt;m&lt;/StyleOverride&gt;" to specify .</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DatumTwo">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the second datum that affects the tolerance. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag. For example, use "&lt;StyleOverride Font='AIGDT'\&gt;m&lt;/StyleOverride&gt;" to specify .</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DatumThree">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the third datum that affects the tolerance. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag. For example, use "&lt;StyleOverride Font='AIGDT'\&gt;m&lt;/StyleOverride&gt;" to specify .</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameRows.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameRows.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameRows.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified FeatureControlFrameRow object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameRows.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FeatureControlFrames">
            <summary>The FeatureControlFrames collection object provides access to all the feature control frame symbols on a sheet and provides methods to create additional ones.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureControlFrames.Add(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.FeatureControlFrameRows,System.Boolean,System.String,System.String,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a feature control frame symbol.</summary>
            <param name="LeaderPoints">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing a series of Point2d objects representing the leader originating at the symbol. The last item in the collection (even if it is the only item) can be a GeometryIntent object indicating a geometry to attach the leader to. A GeometryIntent object can be created using the Sheet.CreateGeometryIntent method. The ObjectCollection must contain at least one item, else the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FeatureControlFrameRows">
                <summary>Input FeatureControlFrameRows object containing the definition of the rows of the feature control frame. The FeatureControlFrameRows object is created using the CreateFeatureControlFrameRows method on the FeatureControlFrames collection object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AllAroundSymbol">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to add the all-around indicator to the symbol. The diameter is specified in the leader style. Defaults to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DatumIdentifier">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies a datum identifier for the feature control frame. This argument is ignored if the associated style does not allow the specification of a datum identifier. This can be checked using the FeatureControlFrameStyle.AllowDatumIdentifier property. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag. For instance, use 'm' to specify m.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Notes">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies notes for the feature control frame symbol. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag. For example, use "&lt;StyleOverride Font='AIGDT'\&gt;m&lt;/StyleOverride&gt;" to specify .</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FeatureControlFrameStyle">
                <summary>Optional input FeatureControlFrameStyle object which specifies the feature control frame style to use for the symbol. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Optional input Layer object that specifies the layer to use for the symbol. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrames.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrames.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureControlFrames.CreateFeatureControlFrameRows">
            <summary>Method that creates a new FeatureControlFrameRows object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrames.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified FeatureControlFrame object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrames.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle">
            <summary>The FeatureControlFrameStyle object represents a feature control frame style in a drawing. The properties and methods listed below are in addition to those supported by the Style object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.AlignCellsVertically">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to add spaces to short cells so that pairs of cells align vertically.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.AllowTolerance2">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to provide the ability to add a second tolerance in the feature control frame dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.AlternateDecimalMarkerType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the character to use as a decimal marker for alternate units. Valid values are kPeriodDecimalMarker and kCommaDecimalMarker. This property is used only when the AlternateUnitsDisplay property is set to true.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.AlternateDisplayUnitType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the arrangement of the alternate units display with respect to the primary units. The primary unit always precedes the alternate unit. This property is used only when the AlternateUnitsDisplay property is set to true.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.AlternateLeadingZeroDisplay">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to display the leading zeroes for alternate units. This property is used only when the AlternateUnitsDisplay property is set to true.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.AlternateLinearPrecision">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the precision for linear alternate units. This property is used only when the AlternateUnitsDisplay property is set to true.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.AlternateLinearUnits">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the units of length measure used for alternate units. This property is used only when the AlternateUnitsDisplay property is set to true.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.AlternateTrailingZeroDisplay">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to display the trailing zeroes for alternate units. This property is used only when the AlternateUnitsDisplay property is set to true.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.AlternateUnitsDisplay">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to display alternate units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.AlternateUnitsDisplayType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the arrangement of the alternate units display with respect to the primary units. The primary unit always precedes the alternate unit. This property is used only when the AlternateUnitsDisplay property is set to true.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.AttachLeaderToCorner">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether the leader terminates on the corner of the frame or at the midpoint of a vertical leg of the frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.AvailableGeometricCharacteristics">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the geometric characteristics to be made available in the feature control frame creation and edit dialog. A combination of enum values can be provided.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.AvailableModifiers">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the material removal modifiers to be made available in the feature control frame creation and edit dialog. A combination of enum values can be provided.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.Comments">
            <summary>Gets and sets comments associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local Style object. The newly created style is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a dimension style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other dimension styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.DecimalMarkerType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the character to use as a decimal marker for primary units. Valid values are kPeriodDecimalMarker and kCommaDecimalMarker.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Style/Layer/UnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.DisplayUnitType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to display units string for primary units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.EnableAuxiliaryFeatureIndicators">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the auxiliary feature indicators is enabled or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.EnableInlineNotes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inline notes is enabled or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.GetAvailableAdditionalSymbols(Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum[]@)">
            <summary>Gets the array of FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum indicating the additional symbols to be made available in the feature control frame creation and edit dialog.</summary>
            <param name="AvailaleAdditionalSymbols">
                <summary>Output array of FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum indicating the additional symbols to be made available in the feature control frame creation and edit dialog.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the standard style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user. Note that this name is not guaranteed to be unique.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.LeaderStyle">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the leader style used for a feature control frame symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.LeadingZeroDisplay">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to display the leading zeroes for primary units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.LinearUnits">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the units of length measure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.MergeDatum">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to merge datum cells when the data is the same.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.MergeSymbol">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to merge symbol cells when the data is the same.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.MergeTolerance">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to merge tolerance cells when the data is the same.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.ScaleToTextHeight">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to define the symbol size by text height.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.SetAvailableAdditionalSymbols(Inventor.FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum[])">
            <summary>Sets the array of FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum to specify additional symbols to be made available in the feature control frame creation and edit dialog.</summary>
            <param name="AvailaleAdditionalSymbols">
                <summary>Input array of FeatureControlFrameAdditionalSymbolsEnum to specify additional symbols to be made available in the feature control frame creation and edit dialog.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.Size">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the size of the feature control frame in linear units. This value is used only if the ScaleToTextHeight property is set to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.StyleType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.TextStyle">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the text style used to format the text in a feature control frame symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.TrailingZeroDisplay">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to display the trailing zeroes for primary units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStyle.WhiteSpace">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the space before and after text in the tolerance and datum cells.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStylesEnumerator">
            <summary>The FeatureControlFrameStylesEnumerator object provides access to the existing FeatureControlFrameStyle objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStylesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStylesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStylesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified FeatureControlFrameStyle object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureControlFrameStylesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FeatureDimension">
            <summary>A FeatureDimension object represents a dimension associated with a feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimension.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimension.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimension.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimension.DimensionType">
            <summary>Gets the type of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureDimension.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimension.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimension.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimension.TextPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimension.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FeatureDimensionProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimensionProxy.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimensionProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimensionProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimensionProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimensionProxy.DimensionType">
            <summary>Gets the type of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureDimensionProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimensionProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimensionProxy.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimensionProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimensionProxy.TextPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimensionProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>The FeatureDimensions collection object contains all the dimensions that are associated with a feature. These do not include the dimensions within sketches used by the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimensions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimensions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimensions.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified FeatureDimension object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureDimensions.Show">
            <summary>Method that displays all the dimensions for the feature. This is the equivalent of the 'Show Dimensions' command in the user interface.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureDimensions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FeatureGraphics">
            <summary>FeatureGraphics object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureGraphics.Anchored">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this graphics primitive is anchored in view space. This property can only be set to False. The Anchored property is automatically set to True by the SetViewSpaceAnchor method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureGraphics.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureGraphics.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the graphics primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureGraphics.GetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.Point2d@,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the anchor information of the graphics object. This method returns an error if the 'Anchored' property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Output that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Output that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Output constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureGraphics.Id">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Id of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureGraphics.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureGraphics.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureGraphics.RemoveViewSpaceAnchor">
            <summary>The RemoveViewSpaceAnchor method removes the view space anchor from the object, and sets the Anchored property to false.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeatureGraphics.SetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum)">
            <summary>Method that anchors the graphics object at the specified point in view space. The Anchored property is set to True.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Input that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Input constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeatureGraphics.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FeaturePatternElement">
            <summary>Represents a single instance within a feature pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElement.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElement.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElement.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection object generated as a result of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeaturePatternElement.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElement.Index">
            <summary>Property that returns the index of this element within the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElement.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the feature pattern this element is a member of.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElement.ResultFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the features that were created for this pattern element. These can be work planes, work axes, work points and work surfaces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElement.Suppressed">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether the element is suppressed or not. A value of True indicates it is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElement.Transform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transform that describes this occurrences relative position to the parent feature(s). The transform returned for the first element in a pattern (the parent feature(s)) will be an identity matrix.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElement.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FeaturePatternElementProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElementProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElementProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElementProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElementProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection object generated as a result of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FeaturePatternElementProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElementProxy.Index">
            <summary>Property that returns the index of this element within the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElementProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElementProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the feature pattern this element is a member of.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElementProxy.ResultFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the features that were created for this pattern element. These can be work planes, work axes, work points and work surfaces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElementProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether the element is suppressed or not. A value of True indicates it is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElementProxy.Transform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transform that describes this occurrences relative position to the parent feature(s). The transform returned for the first element in a pattern (the parent feature(s)) will be an identity matrix.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElementProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FeaturePatternElements">
            <summary>Provides access to the instances ( objects) that result from the creation of a feature pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElements.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElements.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElements.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection. This is the default property of the FeaturePatternElements collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FeaturePatternElements.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Features">
            <summary>Represents the collection of features in the assembly context. The API does not yet support addition of assembly features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Features.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Features.ChamferFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the ChamferFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing ChamferFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Features.CircularPatternFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the CircularPatternFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing CircularPatternFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Features.ClientFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the Client Features collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Features.Count">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Features.CreatePath(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a path used to define the shape of several part features such as Sweep, RectangularPattern, Split, etc. All other 2D and 3D curves that are connected to the input curve are obtained and used to create a Path object. The new Path is returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchCurve">
                <summary>Input sketch (planar or 3D) entity. This can be any entity that is part of the desired path. All curves that are end point connected will be found and used to create the path.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Features.CreateSpecifiedPath(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that creates a path used to define the shape of several part features such as Sweep, RectangularPattern, Split, etc. The new Path is returned. This method will fail if the input curves are not connected end to end.</summary>
            <param name="SketchCurves">
                <summary>Input (planar or 3D) sketch entities. These are entities that are part of the desired path. The input curves must form a contiguous set.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Features.ExtrudeFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object. This collection provides access to existing ExtrudeFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Features.FilletFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the FilletFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing FilletFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Features.FinishFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that besides listing out the subset of features that are FinishFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Features.HoleFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the HoleFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing HoleFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Features.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified feature from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Features.MirrorFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the MirrorFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing MirrorFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Features.MoveFaceFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the MoveFaceFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing MoveFaceFeatures objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Features.RectangularPatternFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the RectangularPatternFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing RectangularPatternFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Features.RevolveFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the RevolveFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing RevolveFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Features.SketchDrivenPatternFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that besides listing out the subset of features that are SketchDrivenPatterns, allows the creations of new SketchDrivenPatterns.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Features.SweepFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the SweepFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing SweepFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Features.ThreadFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that besides listing out the subset of features that are Threads, allows the creations of new Threads.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Features.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.File">
            <summary>The File object represents an Inventor file on disk.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.File.AllReferencedFiles">
            <summary>Property that returns all the file references of this File along with all of the recursively nested references.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.File.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.File.AvailableDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns an enumeration of all the documents within this file that are currently available (i.e. have been initialized). The returned documents may or may not be open. The property returns a DocumentsEnumerator object in Inventor and a ApprenticeServerDocuments in Apprentice.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.File.DatabaseRevisionId">
            <summary>Gets the GUID that represents the last saved revision of database contained in this file. This revision id tracks modifications to the database (such as reference changes, geometry changes, etc.) but does not track file property changes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.File.FileSaveCounter">
            <summary>Returns the number that is indicative of the number of times the file has been saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.File.FullFileName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the fully qualified name of this file. This property can only be set if this file has never been saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.File.HasLoadedDocuments">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether any documents within this file is loaded or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.File.HasReferencingFiles">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether this file is referenced by any other files in memory or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.File.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that gets the Internal Name (a GUID) for this File.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.File.ReferencedFileDescriptors">
            <summary>Property that returns an enumeration of descriptors that represent the direct file references held by this file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.File.ReferencedFiles">
            <summary>Property that returns all the files directly referenced by this file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.File.ReferencingFiles">
            <summary>Property that returns all the files in memory that reference this file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.File.RevisionId">
            <summary>Gets the GUID that represents the last saved revision of this file. Works as a stamp of the contents of this file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.File.SoftwareVersionCreated">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns object that encapsulates version of the software with which this file was created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.File.SoftwareVersionSaved">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns object that encapsulates version of the software with which this file was last saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.File.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FileAccessEvents">
            <summary>The FileAccessEvents object supports a set of properties and events used to get access to files.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileAccessEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileAccessEvents.FireOnFileResolution(System.String,System.String,System.Byte[]@,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.String@,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Method that fires the OnFileResolution event.</summary>
            <param name="RelativeFileName">
                <summary>Input the relative filename of the document. This is typically just the filename but may also include relative path information. Inventor uses this in combination with the paths defined by the active project to resolve the location of the file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LibraryName">
                <summary>Input string value that indicates the library name if necessary.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CustomLogicalName">
                <summary>Input an array of Bytes that is used by data management systems as a way to associate additional information with a file reference. In the case where a custom logical name was assigned to a reference and the associated document, this argument will return that value. The data management application that originally defined the custom logical name can use this information to help look up the file within the data management system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired. This notification is currently only provided before the document is resolved.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. Additional information is provided through this argument to help in understanding the context of the notification. Name = "DatabaseRevisionId". Value = This value should be ignored. Name = "InternalName". Value = The internal name of the document that was last resolved for this reference. This is the same value returned by the InternalName property of the document that was last used for this reference. Name = "DirectReferencingFileName". Value = This value and the value for TopLevelFilename are related. Looking at a simple example helps to explain the information they provide: In this example there is Part.ipt that's referenced by subassembly Sub.iam, which is referenced by the assembly Top.iam. When you open Top.iam, the other files also need to be resolved and loaded. When Top.iam is opened, an OnFileResolution notification is sent for Sub.iam. For Sub.iam, DirectReferencingFileName will be the full filename of Top.iam because Sub.iam is being loaded because of the direct reference from Top.iam. TopLevelFilename will also be the full filename of Top.iam since that is the top level document that was opened. An OnFileResolution notification is also sent for Part.ipt. In this case, DirectReferencingFileName will be the full filename of Sub.iam since Part.ipt is being loaded because of the direct reference from Sub.iam. TopLevelFilename will be the full filename of Top.iam, since is it the top-level document that caused the loading. Name = "TopLevelFilename". Value = See the description for DirectReferencingFileName.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that indicates the full filename of the document you want Inventor to load.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Input HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you want the client to hande the event. To handle this event and you need to set this argument to kEventHandled. This will cause Inventor to skip its standard resolution and load the file you spescified in the FullFileName argument. Setting the value of this argument to kEventNotHandled (the default) will cause Inventor to use its standard file resolution. Canceling this event is not supported and setting this argument to kEventCanceled has the same effect as kEventNotHandled.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileAccessEvents.OnFileDirty(System.String,System.String,System.Byte[]@,System.String,Inventor.Document,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnFileDirty event notifies a client when a document is about to become to dirty.</summary>
            <param name="RelativeFileName">
                <summary>The relative filename of the document. This is typically just the filename but may also include relative path information.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LibraryName">
                <summary>If the document is a library part, this argument provides the name of the library as defined in the active project. If it is not a library part this will be an empty string.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CustomLogicalName">
                <summary>An array of Bytes that is used by data management systems as a way to associated additional information with a file reference. In the case where a custom logical name was assigned to a reference and the associated document, this argument will return that value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>The full filename of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>Input object being dirtied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired. This notification is currently only provided before the document is dirtied so this is always kBefore.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. Additional information is provided through this argument to help in understanding the context of the notification.
Name = "AffectedFiles". Value = An array of Strings that contains a list of full filenames of the files being dirtied. Typically this will contain a single filename, but in the case of referenced files, changing one document can also cause others to become dirty. For example, editing a part in the context of the assembly can cause other parts to reposition within other assemblies and in the case of adaptivity can cause parts to update. Each of these documents becomes dirty as a result of editing the single part. This list returns the filenames of the files affected. An OnFileDirty event notification is also made for each document as it is dirtied. 
Name = "ReasonsForChange". Value = A value from the CommandTypesEnum list, which represents the different categories of changes that can be made. Typically this will be a single value from the list but it can represent multiple values that have been combined together so you need to use bitwise operations to check for a specific change. 
Name = "Reason". Value = Returns "Update" or "FilesOpened" indicating the dirty reason. 
Name = "DirtyByRecompute". Value = A Boolean value indicates if the dirty is caused by recompute only.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. This event supports the ability to cancel the dirty by aborting the actions that caused the change. By setting this argument to kEventCanceled Inventor will abort the change.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileAccessEvents.OnFileResolution(System.String,System.String,System.Byte[]@,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.String@,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnFileResolution event notifies a client whenever Inventor is trying to find the location of a file on disk.</summary>
            <param name="RelativeFileName">
                <summary>The relative filename of the document. This is typically just the filename but may also include relative path information. Inventor uses this in combination with the paths defined by the active project to resolve the location of the file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LibraryName">
                <summary>If the document is a library part, this argument provides the name of the library as defined in the active project. If it is not a library part this will be an empty string.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CustomLogicalName">
                <summary>An array of Bytes that is used by data management systems as a way to associate additional information with a file reference. In the case where a custom logical name was assigned to a reference and the associated document, this argument will return that value. The data management application that originally defined the custom logical name can use this information to help look up the file within the data management system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired. This notification is always provided with kBefore when the document is being resolved, and only provided kAfter when this event is not handled in kBefore.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. Additional information is provided through this argument to help in understanding the context of the notification. 
Name = "DatabaseRevisionId". Value = This value should be ignored. 
Name = "InternalName". Value = The internal name of the document that was last resolved for this reference. This is the same value returned by the InternalName property of the document that was last used for this reference. 
Name = "DirectReferencingFileName". Value = This value and the value for TopLevelFilename are related. Looking at a simple example helps to explain the information they provide: In this example there is Part.ipt that's referenced by subassembly Sub.iam, which is referenced by the assembly Top.iam. When you open Top.iam, the other files also need to be resolved and loaded. When Top.iam is opened, an OnFileResolution notification is sent for Sub.iam. For Sub.iam, DirectReferencingFileName will be the full filename of Top.iam because Sub.iam is being loaded because of the direct reference from Top.iam. TopLevelFilename will also be the full filename of Top.iam since that is the top level document that was opened. An OnFileResolution notification is also sent for Part.ipt. In this case, DirectReferencingFileName will be the full filename of Sub.iam since Part.ipt is being loaded because of the direct reference from Sub.iam. TopLevelFilename will be the full filename of Top.iam, since is it the top-level document that caused the loading. 
Name = "TopLevelFilename". Value = See the description for DirectReferencingFileName.
Name = "IsForeignFile". Value = Boolean value that indicates whether the file being resolved is a foreign file.
Name = "RedirectionStreamIndex ". Value = Long value that indicates the redirection stream index of the file for native and foreign files respectively. This value is starting from 0.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>If you are handling this event you use this argument to pass back the full filename of the document you want Inventor to load.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. To handle this event and you need to set this argument to kEventHandled. This will cause Inventor to skip its standard resolution and load the file you spescified in the FullFileName argument. Setting the value of this argument to kEventNotHandled (the default) will cause Inventor to use its standard file resolution. Canceling this event is not supported and setting this argument to kEventCanceled has the same effect as kEventNotHandled.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileAccessEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileAccessEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FileDescriptor">
            <summary>The FileDescriptor object represents a reference to an Autodesk Inventor file or a foreign file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDescriptor.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDescriptor.FileSaveCounter">
            <summary>Property that returns the save counter associated with the file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDescriptor.FullFileName">
            <summary>Property that returns the full path name of the file as currently found (or the last known full file name, if the reference is not found).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileDescriptor.GetCustomLogicalFileName">
            <summary>Similar in nature to the Logical Filename, except that the application interprets and perhaps controls the location and access to the file being referenced.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDescriptor.LibraryName">
            <summary>Gets the name of the library this reference was resolved in. This property is only valid when ReferenceMissing is false.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDescriptor.LocationType">
            <summary>Gets the type of location this reference was resolved in. This property is only valid when ReferenceMissing is false.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDescriptor.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent File object of this descriptor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileDescriptor.PutCustomLogicalFileName(System.Byte[])">
            <summary>This method does the posting of the Custom Logical Filename referred to in GetCustomLogicalFileName.</summary>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDescriptor.ReferencedFile">
            <summary>Property that returns the File object being referenced. The property returns Nothing for foreign file references.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDescriptor.ReferencedFileType">
            <summary>Property that returns type of the referenced file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDescriptor.ReferenceDisabled">
            <summary>Gets whether the link to this file is disabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDescriptor.ReferenceInternalNameDifferent">
            <summary>Gets whether the internal name of the referenced file is different from the last time the parent (referencing) file was saved. A value of True indicates that the currently referenced file has a different internal name than the originally referenced file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDescriptor.ReferenceLocationDifferent">
            <summary>Gets whether the file path or the file name of the referenced file is different from the last time the parent (referencing) file was saved. A value of True indicates that the currently referenced file has a different file path or file name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDescriptor.ReferenceMissing">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the referenced file is missing (unresolved).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDescriptor.RelativeFileName">
            <summary>Gets the relative file name from the resolved location of this reference. This property is only valid when ReferenceMissing is false.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileDescriptor.ReplaceReference(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that replaces the referenced file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name to which the reference should be switched.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDescriptor.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FileDescriptorsEnumerator">
            <summary>The FileDescriptorsEnumerator object provides information about file references held, both native and foreign.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDescriptorsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDescriptorsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDescriptorsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified FileDescriptor object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDescriptorsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FileDialog">
            <summary>The FileDialog object represents the Inventor dialogs that are displayed when the user invokes the Place Component or Save As command. In the API, the FileDialog object provides the ability to use these same dialogs when a filename is needed from the user. It is very similar in concept to the Microsoft common file control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDialog.CancelError">
            <summary>Generate error when user cancels dialog if true.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDialog.DialogTitle">
            <summary>The string displayed in the dialog's title bar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDialog.FileDialogEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the FileDialogEvents object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDialog.FileName">
            <summary>The selected filename.&amp;nbsp;Can be pre-set to initialize the selected filename in the dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDialog.Filter">
            <summary>The filter used to limit the types of files displayed in the dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDialog.FilterIndex">
            <summary>The index of the default filter in the filter string (first index is 1).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDialog.InitialDirectory">
            <summary>The initial directory displayed in the file dialog.&amp;nbsp;This can also be set with the filename property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDialog.InsertMode">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the FileDialog is being used for inserting a file (as opposed to opening one). If set to True, the OnFileInsertDialog event is fired by the ShowOpen method; if set to False, the OnFileOpenDialog event is fired. This defaults to True when a FileDialog is created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDialog.MultiSelectEnabled">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the 'Open' dialog should allow the selection of multiple files.&amp;nbsp;If multiple files are selected by the user, the FileName property returns a string containing all selected file names delimited by a vertical bar ('|').</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDialog.OptionsEnabled">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the 'Options' button on the dialog is enabled. If the button is enabled and the user clicks it, the OnOptions event is fired.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDialog.OptionValues">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the settings the user specified in the options dialog when a file type known to Inventor was selected. This includes the standard Inventor types (.ipt, .iam, .idw, etc.) and also any files types supported by any translator add-ins. In the case where it’s an unknown type (i.e. .txt, .xml), or if no options were specified this property will return Nothing.
The NameValueMap that’s returned can be used directly as the NameValueMap for the corresponding translator add-in.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileDialog.SetHelpContext(System.String,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that sets the HTML Help Context to display when the help button is pressed in the FileDialog.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the path of the HTML(.chm) file or a website address.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the HTML help context or -1 when the FileName is specified with a website address.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileDialog.SetHelpTopic(System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the HTML Help Topic to display when the help button is pressed in the FileDialog.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the HTML file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TopicName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the HTML topic to display.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileDialog.ShowOpen">
            <summary>Method that displays the open dialog. The existence of the specified file is checked for by the dialog, so only valid filenames will be returned. This does not actually open the file but only returns the filename the user has specified through the dialog.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDialog.ShowQuickLaunch">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the quick launch controls on the dialog are visible or not. When the dialog is in insert mode the quick launch controls will be always hidden, so to show the quick launch controls the InsertMode should be set to False also.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileDialog.ShowSave">
            <summary>Method that displays the Save As dialog. If the user selects an existing file a warning message is displayed notifying them that the file already exists and the file will be overwritten if they continue. The use of this method does not actually perform a save but only returns the filename the user has specified through the dialog.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDialog.SuppressResolutionWarnings">
            <summary>Specifies whether or not to warn that a file is being saved outside of a project resolvable location.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FileDialogEvents">
            <summary>The FileDialogEvents object hosts events related to the FileDialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDialogEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileDialogEvents.OnOptions(Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires when the user clicks the Options button on the file dialog. This event can be used to put up customized option pages.</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Output NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. This argument is currently empty.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileDialogEvents.OnOptionsReset(Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires when the action to reset options on the file dialog occurs, e.g. file filter type changes, etc.</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Output NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. Information describing the change is passed through the context argument, as described below:

 Name = "FileTypeChanged", Value = Boolean value that indicates whether the file type was changed or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDialogEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileDialogEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FileLocations">
            <summary>Please Note =========================================================== While this object is still accessible, it is now hidden by default. Please use the Design Project APIs instead (see sample code below). Object that provides access to the current, active Project being used by Autodesk Inventor. A Project is an organization of 'file locations.'</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileLocations.AddLibrary(System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Adds a given library path with its name at a specific position in the list.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the library.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Path">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the library path to add.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileLocations.AddWorkgroup(System.String,System.String,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Adds a given Workgroup path with its name at a specific position in the list.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the work group path name.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Path">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the work group path to add.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long value that specifies the position in which to add the work group path name.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileLocations.FileLocationsFile">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the currently active Project File.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileLocations.FileLocationsFilesDir">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the directory in which to look for the Project Files that can be used in Inventor sessions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileLocations.FindInLocations(System.String,System.String@,Inventor.LocationTypeEnum@)">
            <summary>Finds the file location in which a given fully qualified filename will be found using the current resolution rules.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full filename of the file to locate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RepositoryName">
                <summary>Output String that indicates the name of the repository in which the specified filename is located.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Type">
                <summary>Output that defines the type of location.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileLocations.FindLogicalInLocations(System.String,System.String,System.String@,Inventor.LocationTypeEnum@)">
            <summary>Finds the file location in which a given logical filename will be found using the current resolution rules.</summary>
            <param name="RelativeFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the relative path and filename of the reference.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LibraryName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the name of the library.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RepositoryName">
                <summary>Output String that indicates the name of the repository in which the specified filename is located.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Type">
                <summary>Output that defines the type of location.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileLocations.Libraries(System.Int32@,System.String[]@,System.String[]@)">
            <summary>Obtains the list of all Library paths along with their logical names.</summary>
            <param name="NumLibraries">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of libraries.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Names">
                <summary>Input/output String value that specifies the names of the libraries.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Paths">
                <summary>Input/output String that specifies the library paths to add.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileLocations.ProjectFiles(System.Int32@,System.String[]@)">
            <summary>Method that obtains the list of all the project files available to Autodesk Inventor.</summary>
            <param name="NumProjectFiles">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of project files available.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProjectFileNamePaths">
                <summary>String containing the filenames of the project files available.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileLocations.RemoveLibrary(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that removes a given Library path, given its name.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the library.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileLocations.RemoveWorkgroup(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that removes a given Workgroup path, given its name.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the Workgroup's name.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileLocations.Workgroups(System.Int32@,System.String[]@,System.String[]@)">
            <summary>Obtains the list of all workgroup paths along with their logical names.</summary>
            <param name="NumWorkGroups">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of workgroups.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Names">
                <summary>Input/output String value that specifies the names of the workgroup paths.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Paths">
                <summary>Input/output String that specifies the workgroups to add.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileLocations.Workspace">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Workspace directory for the Project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FileManager">
            <summary>The FileManager object provides access to file-related utility functions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileManager.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.CanCADFileBeAssociativelyImported(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that checks whether a foreign CAD file can be associatively imported into Inventor document or not.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full filename of a CAD file. Valid filename can be an AnyCAD filename or Inventor part or assembly filename.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.CopyFile(System.String,System.String,Inventor.FileManagementEnum)">
            <summary>Method that copies the specified Autodesk Inventor file (.ipt, .idw, .ipt etc.) from one location to another.</summary>
            <param name="SourceFullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full path and filename of the file to copy.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DestinationFullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full path and filename in which to place the results of the copy procedure.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileManagementOption">
                <summary>Input constant that specifies how to handle the results of the file operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.DeleteFile(System.String,Inventor.FileManagementEnum)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the specified file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full path and filename of the file to delete.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileManagementOption">
                <summary>Input constant that specifies how to handle the results of the file operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileManager.FileManagerEvents">
            <summary>Property that gets the object that fires the File Manager related events.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileManager.Files">
            <summary>Property that returns the FilesEnumerator object</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileManager.FileSystemObject">
            <summary>Gets the Scripting.FileSystemObject in Inventor process.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetAutoCADBlockDefinitions(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns the names of all the AutoCAD block definitions contained within the input DWG file. The input file can be an AutoCAD DWG or an Inventor DWG.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full file name of the AutoCAD or Inventor DWG file from which to return the block definition names.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetDesignViewRepresentations(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns the names of all the design view representations contained within the input file (either *.iam, *.ipt or *.idv).</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the file (*.iam, *.ipt or *.idv) to retrieve the design view names from. A FullDocumentName can also be specified. If an idv file is specified, the private design views contained within it are returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetDWGDocumentReferences(System.Object)">
            <summary>Gets the set of direct file references from a DWG file.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentOrFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full document or file name.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetEmbeddedDocumentShortName(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns the short filename of an embedded document path.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input the full filename of an embedded document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetExpressGraphicsStatus(System.String)">
            <summary>Returns a value indicating the current state of the express graphics in the specified assembly.</summary>
            <param name="AssemblyFullFilename">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the assembly full filename.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetFileNameFromIdentifier(System.Byte[]@,System.String@,System.String)">
            <summary>Property that returns the fully qualified name of a file using its unique identifier. The identifier must have been obtained from the GetIdentifierFromFileName method.</summary>
            <param name="Identifier">
                <summary>The identifier obtained from the GetIdentifierFromFileName method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Output String value that specifies the full filename of the file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AbsolutePath">
                <summary>String specifying the absolute path to the file.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetFullDocumentName(System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Returns the full document name which is a unique identifier for an open Document. The returned string is the full file name concatenated with the model state name for a part or assembly document.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the Inventor file on disk.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelStateName">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the name of the model state within the file. This argument is ignored for presentation and drawing documents. If an assembly or partt document has multiple model states and this argument is not specified, the full document name of the primary document is returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetFullFileName(System.String)">
            <summary>Returns the full file name given its full document name.</summary>
            <param name="FullDocumentName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full document name.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetIdentifierFromFileName(System.String,System.Byte[]@,System.String)">
            <summary>Creates and returns a unique, persistent identifier for the specified file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full path and filename of the file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Identifier">
                <summary>The Identifier for the file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AbsolutePath">
                <summary>String specifying the absolute path to the file.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetLastActiveDesignViewRepresentation(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns the name of the design view representation that was active when the file was last saved.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full file name of a part or assembly document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetLastActiveModelState(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns the name of the model state that was active when the file was last saved.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full filename of a document. This can be a full filename of a part or assembly document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetModelStateName(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns the name of the model state given its full document name.</summary>
            <param name="FullDocumentName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full document name of a document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetModelStates(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns the names of all the model states contained within the input file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full filename of a document. This can be a full filename of a part or assembly document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetPositionalRepresentations(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns the names of all the positional representations contained within the input assembly file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the file to retrieve the positinal representations from.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetRevitEngineInstallationStatus">
            <summary>Method that returns the Revit engine installation status for available versions.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetRevitFamilyCategories(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method and returns an array of string that contains the names of Revit family categories.</summary>
            <param name="InCurrentLanguage">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value indicating whether the returned Revit family category names are in current language or English. This defaults to True indicates the names are in current language. Set this to False will return the names in English.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetRevitFamilyCategoryIds">
            <summary>Method and returns an array of Long values that contains the unique Ids of Revit family categories.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetRevitFileVersionCreated(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns the Revit version that the Revit file was created with.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full filename of a Revit file. Valid file extensions include: 
RVT - Revit Project 
RTE - Revit Project Template 
RFA - Revit Family File 
RFT - Revit Family Templates </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetRFAFamilyCategories(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method and returns an array of string that contains the names of RFA family categories.</summary>
            <param name="InCurrentLanguage">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value indicating whether the returned RFA family category names are in current language or English. This defaults to True indicates the names are in current language. Set this to False will return the names in English.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetRFAFamilyCategoryIds">
            <summary>Method and returns an array of Long values that contains the unique Ids of RFA family categories.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetSHXFontList(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets the array of strings containing the SHX font name list.</summary>
            <param name="BigFont">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value that specifies whether to get the big font name list or not. This default to False means to return the common SHX font name list, when set this to True the big font name list will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetTemplateFile(Inventor.DocumentTypeEnum,Inventor.SystemOfMeasureEnum,Inventor.DraftingStandardEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that specifies the template to use when creating a file.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentType">
                <summary>Input constant that specifies the type of document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SystemOfMeasure">
                <summary>Input constant that specifies the system of measure to use in the drawing being created.
If the DocumentType argument is specified to be kDrawingDocumentObject, the method will honor the application option Default Drawing File Type (equivalent to DrawingOptions.DefaultDrawingFileType) to decide whether to use an idw template or an Inventor DWG template.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DraftingStandard">
                <summary>Input constant that specifies the drafting standard to use in the drawing being created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DocumentSubType">
                <summary>Input constant (GUID) that specifies the subtype of the document to be created (sheet metal or weldment).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.GetTemplateFileWithOptions(Inventor.DocumentTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets a template file that can be used to create a new document.</summary>
            <param name="DocType">
                <summary>Input constant that specifies the type of to create.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SystemOfMeasure">
                <summary>Optional input SystemOfMeasureEnum that specifies the system of measure to use in the drawing being created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DraftingStandard">
                <summary>Optional input DraftingStandardEnum that specifies the drafting standard to use in the drawing being created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DocumentSubType">
                <summary>Optional input constant (GUID) that specifies the subtype of the document to be created (sheet metal or weldment).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MoreOptions">
                <summary>Optional NameValueMap that species more options. Valid options are:

Name = “TemplatePathType”. Value = String value that indicates where the template file is retrieved from. The “Application” indicates that the template path that is defined by Application is used. The “Project” indicates that the template path that is defined by active Inventor Project is used. The “Global” indicates the template path that is from installation folder. If not specified the templates path defined in the active Inventor Project will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.InstallRevitEngineVersion(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that tries to install specified Revit engine and returns the installation status. The installation is asynchronous, and this returns kInstallationInProcessStatus if the installation is started.</summary>
            <param name="RevitEngineVersion">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the Revit engine version(e.g. “Revit 2025”) to install.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.IsEmbeddedDocumentPath(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether the input string indicates an embedded document path.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full filename of a file.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.IsFileNameValid(System.String,System.String@)">
            <summary>Validate the input filename and replace illegal filename characters with something more appropriate.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Filename to validate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ValidFileName">
                <summary>Validated filename.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.IsFutureCADFile(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether the input CAD file is a future CAD file. If an invalid CAD filename is provided an error would occur.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full filename of a CAD file. Valid filename can be an AnyCAD filename or Inventor part or assembly filename.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.IsInventorComponent(System.String)">
            <summary>Returns whether the input file is an Inventor Component (part or assembly).</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies full file name.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.IsInventorDWG(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether the input file is an Inventor DWG file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of a DWG file.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.MoveFile(System.String,System.String,Inventor.FileManagementEnum)">
            <summary>Method that moves the specified file from one location to another.</summary>
            <param name="SourceFullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full path and filename of the file to move.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DestinationFullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full path and filename in which to place the results of the move procedure.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileManagementOption">
                <summary>Input constant that specifies how to handle the results of the file operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.ReferencedDocumentCount(System.String)">
            <summary>Returns the number of uniquely referenced documents the input document had at the time it was last saved. This is the number that is used in determining whether or not an assembly will open in Express mode or Full mode.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string value that indicates the assembly full filename.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.RefreshAllDocuments">
            <summary>Refreshes all documents in memory to the latest version on disk.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.SoftwareVersionSaved(System.String)">
            <summary>Returns the object that encapsulates the version of the software with which this file was last saved.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string value that indicates the full filename of an Inventor file.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileManager.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManager.WillOpenExpressDefault(System.String)">
            <summary>Returns whether the input assembly will open in Express mode by default.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FileManagerEvents">
            <summary>The FileManagerEvents object provides access to file events, such as file deletion.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileManagerEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManagerEvents.OnFileCopy(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires whenever a file is moved or copied using the MoveFile or CopyFile methods of the FileManager object.</summary>
            <param name="SourceFullFileName">
                <summary>The full file name of the file to copy/move.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DestinationFullFileName">
                <summary>The full file name of the destination to copy/move to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Copy">
                <summary>Indicates whether this is a 'copy' (True) or a 'move' (False).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>This event supports a veto (HandlingCode = kEventCanceled)</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileManagerEvents.OnFileDelete(System.String,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnFileDelete event notifies a client whenever a file is deleted using the DeleteFile method of the FileManager object.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>The full filename of the file being deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. Additional information is provided through this argument to help in understanding the context of the notification. Name = "FileManagementOption". Value = A value from the FileManagementEnum list. This can represent multiple values that have been combined together so you need to use bitwise operations to check for a specific option.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileManagerEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileManagerEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FileMetadata">
            <summary>A container object for defining the name and file properties for an Inventor file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileMetadata.BOMStructure">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default BOM structure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileMetadata.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets and sets name of the file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileMetadata.DisplayNameOverridden">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the display name has been overridden. This property should be set by the (PDM) application that overrides the display name to indicate that the overridden display name should not be changed by the command or the user. Defaults to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileMetadata.Document">
            <summary>Gets and sets the document object for which the file name and properties are being requested. This can be set to Nothing if the document hasn’t yet been created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileMetadata.FileName">
            <summary>Gets and sets just the file name portion (no extension and no path) of the FullFileName string.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileMetadata.FileNameOverridden">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the file name has been overridden. This property should be set by the (PDM) application that overrides the file name to indicate that the overridden file name should not be changed by the command or the user. Defaults to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileMetadata.FileProperties">
            <summary>Gets and sets an XML string containing the values for file properties.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileMetadata.FullFileName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the full file name (with the extension and the path).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileMetadata.TemplateFileName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the full filename of the file used as the template when create a new file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileMetadata.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FilenameAssetValue">
            <summary>The FilenameAssetValue object represents an asset value that consists of a String that represents a file.  The Value property will return and must be set with a String that represents a valid file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilenameAssetValue.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilenameAssetValue.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets the name of this value as seen in the Material or Appearance Browser. This can change based on the current Inventor language.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilenameAssetValue.HasMultipleValues">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this value has multiple values or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilenameAssetValue.IsReadOnly">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this asset value is read-only. If True any attempted edits will fail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilenameAssetValue.Name">
            <summary>Gets the key name of the value. This name will remain constant for all languages and is the name used as input to the Item property or the Asset object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilenameAssetValue.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent Asset object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilenameAssetValue.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kAssetValueObject indicating this object’s type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilenameAssetValue.Value">
            <summary>Gets and sets this asset value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilenameAssetValue.Values">
            <summary>Gets and sets the values associated with this asset value. HasMultipleValues property indicates if this property will be returning more than one value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilenameAssetValue.ValueType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the data type that the Value property for this AssetValue object will return.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FileOpenOptions">
            <summary>The FileOpenOptions object provides access to options affecting the opening of files.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOpenOptions.DefaultDesignViewInAssembly">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default design view representation to use when opening assembly documents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOpenOptions.DefaultDesignViewInPart">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default design view representation to use when opening part documents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOpenOptions.DefaultDesignViewIsAssociativeInAssembly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the default design view representation is associative in assembly documents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOpenOptions.DefaultDesignViewIsAssociativeInPart">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the default design view representation is associative in part documents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOpenOptions.DefaultModelStateInAssembly">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default model state to use when opening assembly documents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOpenOptions.DefaultModelStateInPart">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default model state to use when opening part documents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOpenOptions.SkipAllUnresolvedFilesInAssembly">
            <summary>Enables/disables skip all unresolved files during openning in assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOpenOptions.SkipAllUnresolvedFilesInDrawing">
            <summary>Enables/disables skip all unresolved files during openning in drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOpenOptions.SkipAllUnresolvedFilesInPart">
            <summary>Enables/disables skip all unresolved files during openning in part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FileOptions">
            <summary>The FileOptions object provides access to properties that provide read and write access of the file related application options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOptions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOptions.ContentCenterPath">
            <summary>Gets and sets the location of content center components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOptions.DefaultTemplateDrawingStandard">
            <summary>Gets and sets the standard for the default template.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOptions.DefaultTemplateUnitsAreInches">
            <summary>Gets and sets the units for the default template, the options are either inches or millimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOptions.DefaultVBAProjectFileFullFilename">
            <summary>Gets and sets the full filename of the VBA project file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOptions.DesignDataPath">
            <summary>Gets and sets the location of design data files such as Style files.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOptions.EnvironmentPath">
            <summary>Gets and sets the location of environment files.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOptions.FileOpenOptions">
            <summary>Property that gets the FileOpenOptions object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOptions.PresetsPath">
            <summary>Gets and sets the location of presets files.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOptions.ProjectsPath">
            <summary>Gets and sets the location of a new project file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOptions.SymbolLibraryPath">
            <summary>Gets and sets the location of sketch symbol library.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOptions.TeamWebFullFilename">
            <summary>Gets and sets the full filename of the html file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOptions.TemplatesPath">
            <summary>Gets and sets the location of Inventor template files.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOptions.TexturePath">
            <summary>Gets and sets the location of texture files.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOptions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileOptions.UndoPath">
            <summary>Gets and sets the location of the temporary file used for transactions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FileSaveAs">
            <summary>Custom interface to access management information about a particular file version.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileSaveAs.AddFileToSave(System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Adds a document, taken from within this tree, to the set of documents to be saved. Please note: Saving of files in Apprentice is not allowed on files that require migration (any file that has not already been migrated to the same version of the Apprentice server). The current document's NeedsMigrating property must return False before the FileSaveAs object can successfully be returned.</summary>
            <param name="Document">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the to be saved.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the file to be saved.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileSaveAs.ExecuteSave">
            <summary>Executes the Save operation on each of the documents specified via the AddFileToSave method.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileSaveAs.ExecuteSaveAs">
            <summary>Executes the Save As operation on each of the documents specified via the AddFileToSave method.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileSaveAs.ExecuteSaveCopyAs">
            <summary>Executes the Save Copy As operation on each of the documents specified via the AddFileToSave method.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FilesEnumerator">
            <summary>The FilesEnumerator object provides access to all Inventor files.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified File object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FileUIEvents">
            <summary>The FileUIEvents object supports a set of events that are fired when the user is creating, inserting, opening and saving files.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileUIEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileUIEvents.OnFileInsertDialog(System.String[],Inventor.Document,System.Int32,System.String@,System.String@,System.String@,System.Byte[]@,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnFileInsertDialog event notifies a client whenever the end-user has executed a command that provides for the selection and insertion of a document into another document.</summary>
            <param name="FileTypes">
                <summary>A list of the file types displayed in the 'Files of Type' combo box on the Open dialog. For example, when the Derived Component command is executed the array contains the following three strings: "Component Files (*.ipt, *.iam)|*.ipt; *.iam" "Part Files (*.ipt)|*.ipt" "Assembly Files (*.iam)|*.iam"</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The object the file will be inserted into. For example, if the Place Component command is invoked, this will be the assembly the component will be inserted into.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ParentHWND">
                <summary>The Windows handle of the Inventor Application window. If the client displays their own dialog they can use this to associate their dialog to the Inventor window. This results in better behavior between the client dialog and Inventor. For example, the client window will stay on top of Inventor and if the Inventor window is collapsed the client dialog will also be collapsed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>The full filename that the client returns to Inventor if they choose to override Inventor's standard behavior and obtain the filename themselves. In order for this filename to be used the client must also return kEventHandled as the handling code.
Multiple files are also supported where the file names are delimited with the "|" character. For example:
FileName = "C:\Temp\Part1.ipt|C:\Temp\Part2.ipt"</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RelativeFileName">
                <summary>Not used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LibraryName">
                <summary>Not used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CustomLogicalName">
                <summary>An array of Bytes that can be used by data management systems as a way to associate additional information with a file reference. During file resolution, the data management system can use this information to help look up the file within the data management system. Supplying an array of bytes for this event will associate this custom logical name with the reference created to the document being inserted. If a reference already exists for this document, the existing custom logical name will be replaced by this one.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. Additional information is provided through this argument to help in understanding the context of the notification. See the Remarks section for valid NameValueMap values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. The following three values are supportd: 
kEventNotHandled: Inventor continues with its standard behavior and displays the Open dialog to allow the end-user to select a file. 
kEventHandled: Indicates that the client is handling getting the filename. Requires that the client also sets the FileName argument with the full filename of the file Inventor should use. 
kEventCanceled: Cancels the operation. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileUIEvents.OnFileInsertNewDialog(System.String,System.String[],Inventor.Document,System.Int32,System.String@,System.String@,System.String@,System.String@,System.Byte[]@,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnFileInsertNewDialog event notifies the client whenever the end-user executes the Create Component command within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="TemplateDir">
                <summary>The default template directory as defined in the File tab of the Application Options dialog. This information can be used by the client in their dialog to allow the end-user to select one of the standard templates.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileTypes">
                <summary>A list of the file types displayed in the "Files of Type" combo box on the Open dialog. For example, when the Derived Component command is executed the array contains the following strings: "Part Files (*.ipt)|*.ipt" "Assembly Files (*.iam)|*.iam"</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The AssemblyDocument object the new component will be created within.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ParentHWND">
                <summary>The Windows handle of the Inventor Application window. If the client displays their own dialog they can use this to associate their dialog to the Inventor window. This results in better behavior between the client dialog and Inventor. For example, the client window will stay on top of Inventor and if the Inventor window is collapsed the client dialog will also be collapsed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TemplateFileName">
                <summary>The full filename of the file to use as the template when creating the new component. This can be any existing file and is not restricted to the files within the default template path. If this argument is not set, then the default part or assembly template will be used for the component. The type of document is determined based on the extension of the filename supplied in the Filename argument. This argument is ignored unless the HandlingCode argument is set to kEventHandled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>The full filename of the file to be created. When creating a component in-place, the component is created in memory and is not written to disk until the end-user performs a save of the file. Because the filename is specified during the creation of the component the end-user will not be prompted for a filename during the save operation. This argument is required if the HandlingCode is set to kEventHandled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RelativeFileName">
                <summary>Not used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LibraryName">
                <summary>Not used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CustomLogicalName">
                <summary>An array of Bytes that could have been defined by an application as an additional identifier for this document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event. See Remarks for valid NameValueMap values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. This can supply any of the following three values\: * kEventNotHandled\: Inventor continues with its standard behavior and displays the "Create In-Place Component" dialog to allow the end-user to specify the component information. * kEventHandled\: Indicates that the client is handling getting the component information. Requires that the client also set, at least, the FileName argument with the full filename of the component to be created. * kEventCanceled\: Cancels the operation. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileUIEvents.OnFileNew(Inventor.DocumentTypeEnum,System.String@,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires before a File New from standard template is executed.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentType">
                <summary>DocumentTypeEnum indicating the document's type. Possible values include kUnknownDocumentObject,
kPartDocumentObject, kAssemblyDocumentObject, kDrawingDocumentObject, kPresentationDocumentObject, kDesignElementDocumentObject, kForeignModelDocumentObject, and kSATFileDocumentObject.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TemplateFileName">
                <summary>The full filename of the file to use as the template when creating the new file. This can be any existing file and is not restricted to the files within the default template path. This argument must be set if the HandlingCode is set to kEventHandled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that, if populated, can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. Can supply any of the following three values\: * kEventNotHandled\: Inventor continues with its standard behavior and displays the "Open" dialog to allow the end-user to select a template. * kEventHandled\: Indicates that the client is handling getting the template. Requires that the client also set the TemplateFileName argument. * kEventCanceled\: Cancels the operation. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileUIEvents.OnFileNewDialog(System.String,System.Int32,System.String@,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnFileNewDialog event notifies the client when the end-user executes the New or Create Drawing View command to create a new file.</summary>
            <param name="TemplateDir">
                <summary>The default template directory as defined in the File tab of the Application Options dialog. This information can be used by the client in their dialog to allow the end-user to select one of the standard templates.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ParentHWND">
                <summary>The Windows handle of the Inventor Application window. If the client displays their own dialog they can use this to associate their dialog to the Inventor window. This results in better behavior between the client dialog and Inventor. For example, the client window will stay on top of Inventor and if the Inventor window is collapsed the client dialog will also be collapsed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TemplateFileName">
                <summary>The full filename of the file to use as the template when creating the new file. This can be any existing file and is not restricted to the files within the default template path. This argument must be set if the HandlingCode is set to kEventHandled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. Can supply any of the following three values: 
kEventNotHandled: Inventor continues with its standard behavior and displays the "Open" dialog to allow the end-user to select a template. 
kEventHandled: Indicates that the client is handling getting the template. Requires that the client also set the TemplateFileName argument. 
kEventCanceled: Cancels the operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileUIEvents.OnFileOpenDialog(System.String[],System.Int32,System.String@,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnFileOpenDialog event notifies the client when the end-user executes the Open command to open an existing file.
By responding to this event the client can override Inventor's standard behavior of displaying the Open dialog and provide their own interface to determine the file to open. This notification is only made in cases where the Open dialog is displayed to allow the end-user to select a file. If the end-user uses the most recently used list in the File menu to open a file the Open dialog is bypassed and the file is opened directly and because the Open dialog is not used this notification is not sent.</summary>
            <param name="FileTypes">
                <summary>A list of the file types displayed in the "Files of Type" combo box on the Open dialog. Examples of some strings that could be provided by this arguments are: "Inventor Files (*.iam;*.idw;*.ipt;*.ipn;*.ide)|*.iam;*.idw;*.ipt;*.ipn;*.ide" "Assembly Files (*.iam)|*.iam" "Drawing Files (*.idw)|*.idw" "Part Files (*.ipt)|*.ipt" "STEP Files (*.stp;*.ste;*.step)|*.stp;*.ste;*.step" "All Files (*.*)|*.*"</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ParentHWND">
                <summary>The Windows handle of the Inventor Application window. If the client displays their own dialog they can use this to associate their dialog to the Inventor window. This results in better behavior between the client dialog and Inventor. For example, the client window will stay on top of Inventor and if the Inventor window is collapsed the client dialog will also be collapsed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>The full filename of the file to open. This must be an existing valid file and the HandlingCode must be set to kEventHandled in order to override the standard open behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>See Remarks for valid NameValueMap values that can be passed back when responding to event.  These control how the document will be opened.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. Can supply any of the following three values: 
kEventNotHandled: Inventor continues with its standard behavior and displays the "Open" dialog to allow the end-user to select a file. 
kEventHandled: Indicates that the you are handling getting the filename. Requires that you also set the FileName argument. 
kEventCanceled: Cancels the operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileUIEvents.OnFileOpenFromMRU(System.String@,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires when a file is selected from the MRU list to open.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>The full filename of the file to open. This must be an existing valid file and the HandlingCode must be set to kEventHandled in order to override the standard open behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event. See Remarks for valid NameValueMap values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. Can supply any of the following three values: 
kEventNotHandled: Inventor continues with its standard behavior and displays the "Open" dialog to allow the end user to select a file. 
kEventHandled: Indicates that the client is handling getting the filename. Requires that the client also set the FullFileName argument. 
kEventCanceled: Cancels the operation. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileUIEvents.OnFileSaveAsDialog(System.String[],System.Boolean,System.Int32,System.String@,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnFileSaveAsDialog event notifies the client when the end-user executes the Save As or Save Copy As command to create a new file.</summary>
            <param name="FileTypes">
                <summary>A list of the file types displayed in the 'Files of Type' combo box on the Save As dialog. When saving a copy of part an example of the list is: "Part Files (*.ipt)|*.ipt" "DWF Files (*.dwf)|*.dwf" "BMP (*.bmp)|*.bmp" "IGES Files (*.igs;*.ige;*.iges)|*.igs;*.ige;*.iges" "SAT Files (*.sat)|*.sat"</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SaveCopyAs">
                <summary>Indicates if the end-user is performing a Save As or Save Copy As operation. Returns True if it is a Save Copy As and False for Save As.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ParentHWND">
                <summary>The Windows handle of the Inventor Application window. If the client displays their own dialog they can use this to associate their dialog to the Inventor window. This results in better behavior between the client dialog and Inventor. For example, the client window will stay on top of Inventor and if the Inventor window is collapsed the client dialog will also be collapsed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>The full filename to use when saving the file. The handling code must be set to kEventHandled in order to override the standard Save dialog and save the file using this filename.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. The following information is provided through the Context argument: Name = "TopLevelDocument". Value = The Document object being saved.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. Can supply any of the following three values: 	*	kEventNotHandled: Inventor continues with its standard behavior and displays the "Save As" dialog to allow the end-user to specify the filename. 	*	kEventHandled: Indicates that the client is handling getting the filename. Requires that the client also set the FileName argument. 	*	kEventCanceled: Cancels the operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileUIEvents.OnPopulateFileMetadata(Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator,System.String,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires when file names and properties are being generated by a command.</summary>
            <param name="FileMetadataObjects">
                <summary>Input ObjectsEnumerator that contains FileMetadata objects with the proposed file names and properties. The input enumerator contains one FileMetadata object for every file being generated. The properties of the FileMetadata objects can be set to the desired values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Formulae">
                <summary>Input String that specifies XML-based formulae for generating file name, display name and file properties. This can be a null string.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input/output NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event: 	*	kEventNotHandled: Inventor continues with its standard behavior and displays the file-naming dialog to the end-user. 	*	kEventHandled: Indicates that the client has specified file names and/or properties for the files and Inventor should use these to display in its dialog to the user. 	*	kEventCanceled: This code is return as a signal that an unexpected failure has occurred</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileUIEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FileUIEvents.PopulateFileMetadata(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.String,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Method that fires the OnPopulateFileMetadata event with the input arguments and returns the values specified in the event.  This method should be called just before showing the file naming dialog to the user.</summary>
            <param name="FileMetadataObjects">
                <summary>Input ObjectsEnumerator that contains FileMetadata objects with the proposed file names and properties. The input enumerator contains one FileMetadata object for every file being generated. The properties of the FileMetadata objects can be set to the desired values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Formulae">
                <summary>Input String that specifies XML-based formulae for generating file name, display name and file properties. This can be a null string.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input/output NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Input HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event: 
* kEventNotHandled: Inventor continues with its standard behavior and displays the file-naming dialog to the end-user. 
* kEventHandled: Indicates that the client has specified file names and/or properties for the files and Inventor should use these to display in its dialog to the user. 
* kEventCanceled: This code is return as a signal that an unexpected failure has occurred.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FileUIEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FilletConstantRadiusEdgeSet">
            <summary>The ConstantRadiusEdgeSet object provides access the edges and their associated radii for a constant radius fillet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletConstantRadiusEdgeSet.AllFillets">
            <summary>Property that returns if the edge set defines all concave edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletConstantRadiusEdgeSet.AllRounds">
            <summary>Property that returns if the edge set defines all convex edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletConstantRadiusEdgeSet.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletConstantRadiusEdgeSet.ContinuityType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the continuity type for the edge set. Valid values are kTangentContinuity and kCurvatureContinuity. This property can currently only be set in the forward create scenario (it fails if the FilletDefinition is obtained from an existing feature).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletConstantRadiusEdgeSet.Edges">
            <summary>Property that provides access to the in the edge set. This property is only available when a FilletDefinition object is being defined to use as input for creating a fillet. When the parent FilletDefinition object is obtained from an existing Fillet, the end-of-part marker should be placed above this fillet feature to allow access this property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletConstantRadiusEdgeSet.InvertedFillet">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether or not to use inverted fillet for the edge set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletConstantRadiusEdgeSet.Radius">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the radius of the fillet. This property will return Nothing if the fillet feature has not been created yet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletConstantRadiusEdgeSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FilletConstantRadiusFaceSet">
            <summary>The ConstantRadiusFaceSet object provides access to the faces for a constant radius fillet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletConstantRadiusFaceSet.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletConstantRadiusFaceSet.BiasPoint">
            <summary>Optional input Point object that specifies a bias point to help choose between solutions if there are multiple possibilities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletConstantRadiusFaceSet.FacesOne">
            <summary>FaceCollection object that contains the first set of faces for the face fillet feature. This can contain more than one face only if the faces are tangentially connected. The Face.TangentiallyConnectedFaces property can be used to get a collection of faces that are tangent to a given face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletConstantRadiusFaceSet.FacesOneReverseDirection">
            <summary>Boolean that indicates whether the side of the surface on which the fillet will be created is flipped. This only applies to faces of a surface and is ignored for faces of a solid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletConstantRadiusFaceSet.FacesTwo">
            <summary>FaceCollection object that contains the second set of faces for the face fillet feature. This can contain more than one face only if the faces are tangentially connected. The Face.TangentiallyConnectedFaces property can be used to get a collection of faces that are tangent to a given face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletConstantRadiusFaceSet.FacesTwoReverseDirection">
            <summary>Boolean that indicates whether the side of the surface on which the fillet was created is flipped. This only applies to faces of a surface and is ignored for faces of a solid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletConstantRadiusFaceSet.IncludeTangentFaces">
            <summary>Boolean that indicates whether faces were tangential to the faces input in the FacesOne and FacesTwo arguments for the fillet creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletConstantRadiusFaceSet.Radius">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the radius of the fillet. This property will return Nothing if the fillet feature has not been created yet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletConstantRadiusFaceSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FilletDefinition">
            <summary>The FilletDefinition object is used to define all of the input required for fillet features. It is also used to query and edit existing fillet features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletDefinition.AddConstantRadiusEdgeSet(Inventor.EdgeCollection,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new constant radius edge set. The new FilletDefinition is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Edges">
                <summary>Input object that contains edges for the fillet feature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ConstantRadius">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the radius of the fillet. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current distance units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletDefinition.AddFaceSet(Inventor.FaceCollection,Inventor.FaceCollection,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new constant radius face set used to create a face fillet. The new FilletFaceSet is returned. If a FilletFaceSet already exists in the definition, it is replaced with this new one.</summary>
            <param name="FacesOne">
                <summary>FaceCollection object that contains the first set of faces for the face fillet feature. This can contain more than one face only if the faces are tangentially connected. The Face.TangentiallyConnectedFaces property can be used to get a collection of faces that are tangent to a given face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacesTwo">
                <summary>FaceCollection object that contains the second set of faces for the face fillet feature. This can contain more than one face only if the faces are tangentially connected. The Face.TangentiallyConnectedFaces property can be used to get a collection of faces that are tangent to a given face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Defines the radius of the face fillet. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current distance units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IncludeTangentFaces">
                <summary>Boolean that specifies whether to include faces that are tangential to the faces input in the FacesOne and FacesTwo arguments for the fillet creation. If not specified, a default of True is used, indicating that the tangential faces will be used in feature creation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPoint">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that specifies a bias point to help choose between solutions if there are multiple possibilities.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacesOneReverseDirection">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to flip the side of the surface on which the fillet will be created. This argument only applies to faces of a surface and is ignored for faces of a solid. Default value is False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacesTwoReverseDirection">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to flip the side of the surface on which the fillet will be created. This argument only applies to faces of a surface and is ignored for faces of a solid. Default value is False.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletDefinition.AddFullRoundSet(Inventor.FaceCollection,Inventor.FaceCollection,Inventor.FaceCollection,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new full round set used to create a full round fillet. The new FilletFullRoundSet is returned. If a FilletFullRoundSet already exists in the definition, it is replaced with this new one.</summary>
            <param name="SideFacesOne">
                <summary>FaceCollection object that contains the first set of side faces for the full round fillet feature. This can contain more than one face only if the faces are tangentially connected. The Face.TangentiallyConnectedFaces property can be used to get a collection of faces that are tangent to a given face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CenterFaces">
                <summary>FaceCollection object that contains the center faces for the full round fillet feature. This can contain more than one face only if the faces are tangentially connected. The Face.TangentiallyConnectedFaces property can be used to get a collection of faces that are tangent to a given face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SideFacesTwo">
                <summary>FaceCollection object that contains the second set of side faces for the full round fillet feature. This can contain more than one face only if the faces are tangentially connected. The Face.TangentiallyConnectedFaces property can be used to get a collection of faces that are tangent to a given face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IncludeTangentFaces">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to include faces that are tangential to the faces input in the SideFacesOne, CenterFaces and SideFacesTwo arguments for the fillet creation. If not specified, a default of True is used, indicating that the tangential faces will be used in feature creation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletDefinition.AddVariableRadiusEdgeSet(Inventor.EdgeCollection,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new variable radius edge set. Intermediate radii can be defined using the AddIntermediatePoint method of the FilletVariableRadiusEdgeSet object returned by this method.</summary>
            <param name="Edges">
                <summary>Input object that contains edges for the fillet feature. For variable radius fillets, this can contain more than one edge only if the edges are tangentially connected.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartRadius">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the start radius of the variable radius fillet. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current distance units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndRadius">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the end radius of the variable radius fillet. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current distance units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletDefinition.EdgeSetCount">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of edge sets currently defined in the definition. This property always returns 0 if the FilletType is not kEdgeFillet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletDefinition.EdgeSetItem">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified FilletRadiusEdgeSet object from the collection. This will return either a FilletConstantRadiusEdgeSet or FilletVariableRadiusEdgeSet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletDefinition.FaceSet">
            <summary>Property that returns the FilletConstantRadiusFaceSet object that defines the inputs used to create a face fillet. This property returns Nothing if the FilletType is not kFaceFillet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletDefinition.FilletType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of the fillet. Possible return values are kEdgeFillet, kFaceFillet and kFullRoundFillet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletDefinition.FullRoundSet">
            <summary>property that returns the FilletFullRoundSet object that defines the inputs used to create a full round fillet. This property returns Nothing if the FilletType is not kFullRoundFillet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent FilletFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletDefinition.SetbackVertexCount">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of possible vertex setbacks available for the current set of edges in the definition. This property always returns 0 if the FilletType is not kEdgeFillet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletDefinition.SetbackVertexItem">
            <summary>Returns the specified FilletSetbackVertex object from the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FilletFeature">
            <summary>The FilletFeature object represents the fillet modeling feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.AutomaticEdgeChain">
            <summary>Property that returns whether or not to use all tangentially connected edges. A value of True indicates that automatic edge chaining of tangentially connected edges should be performed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.FilletDefinition">
            <summary>Property that returns the object which defines the various input that was used to create the fillet feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.PreserveAllFeatures">
            <summary>Property that specifies whether all other features that intersect with the feature are checked and their intersections calculated during this feature operation. If False, only the objects that are part of this feature operation are calculated.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.RollAlongSharpEdges">
            <summary>Property that specifies the solution method for fillets when the specified radius would cause adjacent faces to be extended. When True, the radius will be varied when necessary to preserve the edges of adjacent faces. When False, a constant radius will be maintained and adjacent faces extended as needed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.RollingBallWherePossible">
            <summary>Property that specifies the corner style for the fillet. When True, the fillet will be defined as if a ball had been rolled along the edge and around the corners. When False, a continuous tangent transition between fillets in sharp corners is created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.SmoothRadiusTransition">
            <summary>Property that applies only to variable radius fillets and specifies whether the transition between different radii is to be smooth. For a smooth transition there is a gradual blending transition between the defined radius points and the transitions are tangent. Without a smooth transition, a linear transition is used between radius points.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.AutomaticEdgeChain">
            <summary>Property that returns whether or not to use all tangentially connected edges. A value of True indicates that automatic edge chaining of tangentially connected edges should be performed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.FilletDefinition">
            <summary>Property that returns the object which defines the various input that was used to create the fillet feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.PreserveAllFeatures">
            <summary>Property that specifies whether all other features that intersect with the feature are checked and their intersections calculated during this feature operation. If False, only the objects that are part of this feature operation are calculated.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.RollAlongSharpEdges">
            <summary>Property that specifies the solution method for fillets when the specified radius would cause adjacent faces to be extended. When True, the radius will be varied when necessary to preserve the edges of adjacent faces. When False, a constant radius will be maintained and adjacent faces extended as needed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.RollingBallWherePossible">
            <summary>Property that specifies the corner style for the fillet. When True, the fillet will be defined as if a ball had been rolled along the edge and around the corners. When False, a continuous tangent transition between fillets in sharp corners is created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.SmoothRadiusTransition">
            <summary>Property that applies only to variable radius fillets and specifies whether the transition between different radii is to be smooth. For a smooth transition there is a gradual blending transition between the defined radius points and the transitions are tangent. Without a smooth transition, a linear transition is used between radius points.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FilletFeatures">
            <summary>The FilletFeatures collection object provides access to all of the objects in a component definition and provides methods to create additional FilletFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletFeatures.Add(Inventor.FilletDefinition,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new FilletFeature. This method may be used to create fillet features of constant radius, variable radius or a combination of constant and variable radius. Setbacks may also be specified. The new FilletFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="FilletDefinition">
                <summary>Input object that defines the input definition for the fillet feature. The object defines the edges, radii, and setbacks.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AutomaticEdgeChain">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that defines if automatic edge chaining along tangentially connected edges should be performed. The default is True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SmoothRadiusTransition">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that applies only to variable radius fillets and defines whether the transition between different radii is to be smooth. For a smooth transition there is a gradual blending transition between the defined radius points and the transitions are tangent. Without a smooth transition, a linear transition is used between radius points. The default is True for a smooth transition.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RollAlongSharpEdges">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that sets the solution method for fillets when the specified radius would cause adjacent faces to be extended. When True, the radius will be varied when necessary to preserve the edges of adjacent faces. When False, a constant radius will be maintained and adjacent faces extended as needed. The default is False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RollingBallWherePossible">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that sets the corner style for the fillet. When True, the fillet will be defined as if a ball had been rolled along the edge and around the corners. When False, a continuous tangent transition between fillets in sharp corners is created. The default is True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PreserveAllFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if all features that intersect with the fillet are checked and their intersections calculated during the fillet operation. If False, only the edges that are part of the fillet operation are calculated during the operation. The default is False.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletFeatures.AddSimple(Inventor.EdgeCollection,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new constant radius fillet where all fillets have the same radius. For more complex fillet features, the Add method of the FilletFeatures collection can be used.</summary>
            <param name="Edges">
                <summary>Input object that contains the edges to be filleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the radius of the fillet. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current distance units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AllFillets">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if all concave edges of the body are to be considered part of this edge set. True indicates all concave edges will be filleted. The default is False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AllRounds">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if all convex edges of the body are to be considered part of this edge set. True indicates all convex edges will be filleted. The default is False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AutomaticEdgeChain">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that defines if automatic edge chaining along tangentially connected edges should be performed. The default is True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RollAlongSharpEdges">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that sets the solution method for fillets when the specified radius would cause adjacent faces to be extended. When True, the radius will be varied when necessary to preserve the edges of adjacent faces. When False, a constant radius will be maintained and adjacent faces extended as needed. The default is False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RollingBallWherePossible">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that sets the corner style for the fillet. When True, the fillet will be defined as if a ball had been rolled along the edge and around the corners. When False, a continuous tangent transition between fillets in sharp corners is created. The default is True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PreserveAllFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if all features that intersect with the fillet are checked and their intersections calculated during the fillet operation. If False, only the edges that are part of the fillet operation are calculated during the operation. The default is False.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletFeatures.CreateFilletDefinition">
            <summary>Method that creates a new FilletDefinition object. The object returned by this method is used to define the inputs for a fillet feature and is provided as the argument to the Add method of the FilletFeatures collection.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified FilletFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FilletFullRoundSet">
            <summary>The FilletFullRoundSet object provides access to the inputs used to create a full round fillet feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFullRoundSet.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFullRoundSet.CenterFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns the center faces for the full round fillet feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFullRoundSet.IncludeTangentFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns whether to include faces that are tangential to the faces specified in the SideFacesOne, CenterFaces and SideFacesTwo properties for the fillet creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFullRoundSet.SideFacesOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first set of side faces for the full round fillet feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFullRoundSet.SideFacesTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second set of side faces for the full round fillet feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletFullRoundSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FilletIntermediateRadius">
            <summary>The FilletIntermediateRadius object represents the information needed to define the radius at a point along an edge for a variable radius fillet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletIntermediateRadius.Edge">
            <summary>Property that returns the associated with the PercentLength value. This property is only available when a FilletDefinition object is being defined to use as input for creating a fillet. When the parent FilletDefinition object is obtained from an existing Fillet, the end-of-part marker should be placed above this fillet feature to allow access this property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletIntermediateRadius.PercentLength">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the position of the point along the edge. The value defines it's position as a percentage of the entire length. This property will return Nothing if the fillet feature has not been created yet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletIntermediateRadius.Radius">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the radius of the fillet at the defined point. This property will return Nothing if the fillet feature has not been created yet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FilletRadiusEdgeSet">
            <summary>The FilletRadiusEdgeSet object is the base class for FilletConstantRadiusEdgeSet and FilletVariableRadiusEdgeSet objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletRadiusEdgeSet.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletRadiusEdgeSet.Edges">
            <summary>Property that provides access to the in the edge set. This property is only available when a FilletDefinition object is being defined to use as input for creating a fillet. When the parent FilletDefinition object is obtained from an existing Fillet, the end-of-part marker should be placed above this fillet feature to allow access this property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletRadiusEdgeSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FilletSetback">
            <summary>The FilletSetback object provides access to an edge and its setback value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletSetback.Edge">
            <summary>Property that returns the associated with this setback. This property is only available when a FilletDefinition object is being defined to use as input for creating a fillet. When the parent FilletDefinition object is obtained from an existing Fillet, the end-of-part marker should be placed above this fillet feature to allow access this property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletSetback.Setback">
            <summary>Gets and sets the setback value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FilletSetbackVertex">
            <summary>The FilletSetbackVertex object provides access to a vertex that is valid to define fillet setbacks for. It also provides access to the edges connected to the vertex and each edge's associated setback value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletSetbackVertex.MinimalSetback">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the minimum allowable setback should be used for this vertex.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletSetbackVertex.SetbackCount">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of edges connected to the vertex. Each edge is represented by a FilletSetback object which can be obtained using the Setback property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletSetbackVertex.SetbackItem">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified FilletSetback object from this vertex.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletSetbackVertex.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletSetbackVertex.UseSetbacks">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether or not to use setback values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletSetbackVertex.Vertex">
            <summary>Property that gets the vertex shared by the edges. This property is only available when a FilletDefinition object is being defined to use as input for creating a fillet. When the parent FilletDefinition object is obtained from an existing Fillet, the end-of-part marker should be placed above this fillet feature to allow access this property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FilletVariableRadiusEdgeSet">
            <summary>The FilletVariableRadiusEdgeSet object provides methods to specify the radius for variable radius fillet features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FilletVariableRadiusEdgeSet.AddIntermediateRadius(Inventor.Edge,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new FilletIntermediateRadius. The new FilletIntermediateRadius is returned. This method is used to define radii at intermediate points along an edge.</summary>
            <param name="Edge">
                <summary>Input object that the intermediate radius lies on.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the radius at the specified point. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current distance units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PercentLength">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the position of the point along the edge as a percentage of the length of the edge. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The units for input value need to be unitless and the value should be between 0 and 1.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletVariableRadiusEdgeSet.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletVariableRadiusEdgeSet.ContinuityType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the continuity type for the edge set. Valid values are kTangentContinuity and kCurvatureContinuity. This property can currently only be set in the forward create scenario (it fails if the FilletDefinition is obtained from an existing feature).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletVariableRadiusEdgeSet.Edges">
            <summary>Property that provides access to the in the edge set. This property is only available when a FilletDefinition object is being defined to use as input for creating a fillet. When the parent FilletDefinition object is obtained from an existing Fillet, the end-of-part marker should be placed above this fillet feature to allow access this property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletVariableRadiusEdgeSet.EndRadius">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the end radius of the fillet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletVariableRadiusEdgeSet.IntermediateRadiusCount">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of intermediate points defined in the edge set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletVariableRadiusEdgeSet.IntermediateRadiusItem">
            <summary>Returns the specified FilletIntermediateRadius object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletVariableRadiusEdgeSet.StartRadius">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the start radius of the fillet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FilletVariableRadiusEdgeSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FinishDefinition">
            <summary>The FinishDefinition object represents all of the information that defines a finish feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishDefinition.Appearance">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the appearance for the finish feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishDefinition.Comment">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the comment for the finish feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FinishDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this FinishDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishDefinition.Depth">
            <summary>Read-write property that provides access to the depth of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishDefinition.Description">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the description for the finish feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FinishDefinition.DisableProperties(System.String[],System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that disables or enables the properties in this finish definition.</summary>
            <param name="PropertyNames">
                <summary>Input String array that specifies the properties to disable or enable for this finish definition. The properties can be: 
Appearance
Comment
Description
ShortDescription
Thickness
Hardness
Depth</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Disabled">
                <summary>Input Boolean value that specifies whether the properties should be disabled or enabled for this finish definition.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishDefinition.ExcludedEntities">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the Face objects and their proxies that will be excluded from the finish feature. Valid objects in the ObjectCollection can be Face objects and the proxies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishDefinition.FinishType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the finish type for the finish feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishDefinition.Hardness">
            <summary>Read-write property that provides access to the hardness of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishDefinition.IncludedEntities">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the Face and SurfaceBody objects and their proxies on which the finish feature is created. Valid objects in the ObjectCollection can be Face, SurfaceBody and the proxies, or FaceCollection that contains Face or FaceProxy.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FinishDefinition.IsPropertyDisabled(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether the specified property is disabled or not.</summary>
            <param name="PropertyName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the property name to get its disabled status. The property name can be: 
Appearance
Comment
Description
ShortDescription
Thickness
Hardness
Depth</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishDefinition.ProcessName">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the process name for the finish feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishDefinition.ShortDescription">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the short description for the finish feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishDefinition.Thickness">
            <summary>Read-write property that provides access to the thickness of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FinishFeature">
            <summary>FinishFeature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.Definition">
            <summary>The FinishFeature object represents an existing finish feature in an Inventor document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FinishFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FinishFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FinishFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FinishFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FinishFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FinishFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FinishFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy">
            <summary>The FinishFeatureProxy object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>The FinishFeature object represents an existing finish feature in an Inventor document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FinishFeatures">
            <summary>Finish Features Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FinishFeatures.Add(Inventor.FinishDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new finish feature. The newly created FinishFeature object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="pDefinition">
                <summary>Input FinishDefinition object that defines the finish feature you want to create.  An FinishDefinition object can be created using the FinishFeatures.CreateFinishDefinition method.  It can also be obtained from an existing FinishFeature object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FinishFeatures.CreateDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object,Inventor.FinishTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new FinishDefinition object. The object created does not represent a finish feature but instead is a representation of the information that defines a finish feature. You can use this object as input to the FinishFeatures.Add method to cre.</summary>
            <param name="pIncludedEntities">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that specifies the Face and SurfaceBody objects and their proxies on which the finish feature is created. Valid objects in the ObjectCollection can be Face, SurfaceBody and the proxies, or FaceCollection that contains Face or FaceProxy objects</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="vtExcludedEntities">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that specifies the Face objects and their proxies that will be excluded from the finish feature. Valid objects in the ObjectCollection can be Face objects and the proxies.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FinishType">
                <summary>Optional input FinishTypeEnum value that specifies finish type. If not provided the default kAppearanceFinishType will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="vtProcessName">
                <summary>Optional  input String value that specifies finish process name.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="vtAppearance">
                <summary>Optional input Asset object that specifies finish appearance.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="vtMoreOptions">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap that specifies more options. This is for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FinishParameter">
            <summary>FinishParameter Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.Comment">
            <summary>Gets the user comments against this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.CustomPropertyFormat">
            <summary>Property that returns the CustomPropertyFormat object associated with this parameter. The CustomPropertyFormat provides control over how the parameter value is formatted when it is exposed as a custom iProperty.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FinishParameter.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this Parameter.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.Dependents">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that have a direct dependency on the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets the action types valid for this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.DisplayFormat">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display format for the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.DrivenBy">
            <summary>Method that returns the collection objects that the parameter is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.ExposedAsProperty">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the Boolean indicating if this parameter is exposed as a property of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.Expression">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the string that denotes the algebraic expression making up the definition of this parameter. Maybe a constant. 'Set' may not be allowed on some parameter types. When set this for Text parameter, the expression value should be quoted by quotation marks at beginning and ending of a string(like """I am Jack""").</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.ExpressionList">
            <summary>Property that returns the expression list associated with this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FinishParameter.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.InUse">
            <summary>Property that returns whether whether this parameter is currently in use (by a dimension, feature or by any other parameter).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.IsKey">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this parameter is a key parameter or not. Key parameters are typically those that need to be easily accessed and are designated as key to be filtered out from the rest of the parameters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.ModelValue">
            <summary>Property that returns the evaluation of this parameter (in database units) that is currently used by the model. This takes into account the value computed from the expression and the tolerance. This method is only valid for numeric unit types and will fail for Text and Boolean unit types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.ModelValueType">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the setting which is used for determining the method used to compute the model value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.ParameterType">
            <summary>Property that allows you to get the type of the parameter. The parameter type can be either kModelParameterType, kDerivedParameter, kFinishParameter,&amp;nbsp;kReferenceParameterType, kTableParameterType, or kUserParameterType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Document of this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.Precision">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the the number of decimal places displayed for this parameter. Note that the precision is used when applying a standard tolerance to the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.Tolerance">
            <summary>Property that returns the tolerance for this parameter. This property returns Nothing in the case where the unit type of this parameter is kTextUnits or kBooleanUnits.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.Units">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the units of the parameter. Note that the units is always retrieved as a string, but may be set using a constant from UnitsTypeEnum. 'Set' may not be allowed on some parameter types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameter.Value">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the value of this parameter. Numeric values are in database units. Setting this is equivalent to setting the 'Expression' with a constant string. 'Set' may not be allowed on some parameter types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FinishParameters">
            <summary>FinishParameters Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameters.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameters.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FinishParameters.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FixedWorkAxisDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a fixed work axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FixedWorkAxisDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FixedWorkAxisDef.Axis">
            <summary>Property that returns the X-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FixedWorkAxisDef.GetData(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.UnitVector@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the data defining a fixed work axis.</summary>
            <param name="OriginPoint">
                <summary>Output object that defines the origin of the work axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Axis">
                <summary>Output object that defines the X-axis vector of the work axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FixedWorkAxisDef.OriginPoint">
            <summary>Property that indicates the origin point of the work axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FixedWorkAxisDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent WorkAxis object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FixedWorkAxisDef.PutData(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining a fixed work axis.</summary>
            <param name="OriginPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the origin of the work axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Axis">
                <summary>Input object that defines the X-axis vector of the work axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FixedWorkAxisDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FixedWorkPlaneDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a fixed work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FixedWorkPlaneDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FixedWorkPlaneDef.GetData(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.UnitVector@,Inventor.UnitVector@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the data defining a fixed work plane.</summary>
            <param name="OriginPoint">
                <summary>Output object that defines the origin of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XAxis">
                <summary>Output object that defines the X-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YAxis">
                <summary>Output object that defines the Y-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FixedWorkPlaneDef.OriginPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the origin point of the work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FixedWorkPlaneDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent WorkPlane object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FixedWorkPlaneDef.PutData(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,Inventor.UnitVector)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the origin point, x, and y axes of the work plane.</summary>
            <param name="OriginPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the origin of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XAxis">
                <summary>Input object that defines the X-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YAxis">
                <summary>Input object that defines the Y-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FixedWorkPlaneDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FixedWorkPlaneDef.XAxis">
            <summary>Property that returns the X-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FixedWorkPlaneDef.YAxis">
            <summary>Property that returns the Y-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FixedWorkPointDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a fixed work point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FixedWorkPointDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FixedWorkPointDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent WorkPoint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FixedWorkPointDef.Point">
            <summary>Specifies the origin point of the work point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FixedWorkPointDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlangeDefinition">
            <summary>The FlangeDefinition object represents the information that defines a flange feature, not a flange feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.AddFlangeEdgeSet(Inventor.EdgeCollection)">
            <summary>Method that adds a new flange edge set.</summary>
            <param name="Edges">
                <summary>Input EdgeCollection containing Edge objects used to create the flange edge set.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.ApplyAutoMitering">
            <summary>Defines if auto mitering should be performed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.BendOptions">
            <summary>Gets and sets the bend options associated with this bend feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.BendRadius">
            <summary>Gets and sets the bend radius of a sheet metal flange feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this FlangeDefinition object. The new FlangeDefinition object is independent of any feature. It can edited and used as input to edit an existing feature or to create a new flange feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.CornerOptions">
            <summary>Gets and sets the CornerOptions object that defines how the corners of the bend are modeled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.EdgeSetCount">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the flange edge set count currently defined in this flange definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.EdgeSetItem(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified FlangeEdgeSet object from the collection.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the index within the collection of the item to return. If an out of range index is provided, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.FlangeAngle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the bend angle of a sheet metal flange feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.FlangeAngleReferencePlane">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the reference plane(WorkPlane or Face) object that is used to define the flange angle. When set this property the WorkPlane or Face should be parallel to the flange edge, otherwise an error would occur.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.FlangeAngleReferenceType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the flange angle reference type. When change this from flange angle value type to reference plane type the SetFlangeAngleReferenceType should be used.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.FlangePlacementType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the flange placement type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.HeightExtent">
            <summary>Property that returns the PartFeatureExtent object that defines how the height extent of the flange feature is defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.HeightExtentType">
            <summary>Property that returns the method used to define the height extent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.IsUnfoldMethodOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and set whether the unfold method has been overridden for this feature. Setting this property to False clears the override.&amp;nbsp;Setting the property to True returns a failure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.MiterGap">
            <summary>Gets and sets the miter gap size of the flange feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent FlangeFeature of this FlangeDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.SetDistanceHeightExtent(System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,Inventor.HeightDatumTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that changes the FlangeDefinition object to define a flange whose height is measured by a distance.</summary>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance used for the height extent of the flange. When the FlangeDefinition object is created it defaults to a distance height extent. This value is used to define that distance.
This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input value from PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum that defines the direction of the flange. kPositiveExtentDirection indicates that the direction of the flange is on the side of the selected edge. kNegativeExtentDirection indicates the flange is on the opposite side of the select edge. kSymmetricExtentDirection is not valid for a flange direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HeightDatumType">
                <summary>Input value from HeightDatumTypeEnum that defines how the height of the flange is defined. There are five options to define the height. Three of these are measured along the flange and two are measured in an orthogonal direction. These are illustrated in the figures below, along with the corresponding option as shown in the Flange dialog. In the examples below the flange distance is 1.00, the angle is 135.0 and the position of the bend is outside of the base face extents.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.SetFlangeAngleReferenceType(Inventor.FlangeReferenceTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that removes the override width extent for the specified physical flange.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceType">
                <summary>Input FlangeReferenceTypeEnum that specifies which reference type to apply to the flange feature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FlangeAngleOrReferencePlane">
                <summary>Optional input value to specify the flange angle or object to specify the reference plane. When the ReferenceType is speficied for flange angle, this can be a Double to indicate the radian value of the flange angle, or a String to indicate the flange angle as expression(like “135 deg”). When the ReferenceType is specified as kReferenceSelectedFaceOrWorkPlane then a Face or WorkPlance should be specified here as the reference plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PlancementType">
                <summary>Optional input DirectionEnum to specify the flange placement type. If this is not provided the kOutwardDirection is the default value for this argument, while the kInwardDirection is the flipped direction for the placement.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.SetLegacyDistanceHeightExtent(System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,Inventor.HeightDatumTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that changes the FlangeDefinition object to define a flange whose height is measured by a distance. The way the distance is computed for this type of height extent was used in earlier versions of Inventor and is supported in the current versions to support backward compatibility with older models.</summary>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance used for the height extent of the flange. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input value from PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum that defines the direction of the flange. kPositiveExtentDirection indicates that the direction of the flange is on the side of the selected edge. kNegativeExtentDirection indicates the flange is on the opposite side of the select edge. kSymmetricExtentDirection is not valid for a flange direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HeightDatumType">
                <summary>HeightDatumTypeEnum</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.SetToHeightExtent(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the FlangeDefinition object to define a flange whose height is defined by extending to the specified entity.</summary>
            <param name="ToEntity">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the 'To' point. A WorkPoint or Vertex object is valid for input.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Optional Input Variant that defines the offset distance from the 'To' point. The default value is zero. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeDefinition.UnfoldMethod">
            <summary>Gets and sets the UnfoldMethod object that defines how the bends associated with this flange feature are unfolded.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlangeEdgeSet">
            <summary>Flange edge set Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeEdgeSet.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeEdgeSet.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the flange edge set.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeEdgeSet.Edges">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the collection of edges in the edge set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeEdgeSet.SetCenteredWidthExtent(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the width extent of the specified physical flange to define a flange that’s centered along the edge and has a defined width.</summary>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance used for the width extent of the flange.   This value is used to define that distance.  This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeEdgeSet.SetEdgeWidthExtent">
            <summary>Method that changes the flange edge set object to define a flange whose width is defined by the length of the input edge(s).</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeEdgeSet.SetFromToWidthExtent(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the width extent of the specified physical flange to define a flange whose width is defined as being between two entities.</summary>
            <param name="FromEntity">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the “from” extents.  This can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, Vertex, or WorkPoint object that intersects the selected edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToEntity">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the “to” extents.  This can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, Vertex, or WorkPoint object that intersects the selected edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeEdgeSet.SetOffsetdWidthExtent(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the width extent of the specified physical flange to define a flange whose width is defined with respect to two entities.</summary>
            <param name="OffsetEntityOne">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the first entity the distance is measured relative to.  This can be a point (WorkPoint or a Vertex object) or a plane (Face or WorkPlane object that is perpendicular to the selected edge).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetDistanceOne">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of the flange from offset entity one.   This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetEntityTwo">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the second entity the distance is measured relative to.  This can be a point (WorkPoint or a Vertex object) or a plane (Face or WorkPlane object that is perpendicular to the selected edge).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetDistanceTwo">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of the flange from offset entity two.   This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeEdgeSet.SetWidthOffsetWidthExtent(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the width extent of the specified physical flange to define a flange whose width is defined relative to another entity.</summary>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance used for the width extent of the flange.   This value is used to define that distance.  This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetDistance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of the flange from the offset entity.   This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetEntity">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the entity the distance is measured relative to.  This can be a point (WorkPoint or a Vertex object) or a plane (Face or WorkPlane object that is perpendicular to the selected edge).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PositiveDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the side of the offset entity the flange is on.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeEdgeSet.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeEdgeSet.WidthExtent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns width extent of this FlangeEdgeSet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeEdgeSet.WidthExtentType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns width extent type of this FlangeEdgeSet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlangeFeature">
            <summary>The FlangeFeature object represents a sheet metal flange feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.BendFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns the associated bend feature, if there is one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the FlangeDefinition object that provides access to all of the various settings that define this flange feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.BendFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns the associated bend feature, if there is one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the FlangeDefinition object that provides access to all of the various settings that define this flange feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlangeFeatures">
            <summary>The FlangeFeatures collection object provides access to all of the objects in a sheet metal component definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeFeatures.Add(Inventor.FlangeDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new flange feature. The newly created FlangeFeature object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="FlangeDefinition">
                <summary>Input FlangeDefinition object that defines the flange feature you want to create. A FlangeDefinition object can be created using the FlangeFeatures.CreateFlangeDefinition method. It can also be obtained from an existing FlangeFeature object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlangeFeatures.CreateDefinition(Inventor.EdgeCollection,Inventor.FlangeReferenceTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new FlangeDefinition object. The object created does not represent a flange feature but instead is a representation of the information that defines a flange feature.&amp;nbsp;You can use this object as input to the FlangeFeatures.Add method to cr.</summary>
            <param name="Edges">
                <summary>Input EdgeCollection containing Edge objects used to create the flange feature. These Edge objects are in the first edge set for flange feature, the newly created FlangeDefinition can be used to add more FlangeEdgeSet objects. The FlangeEdgeSet object provides functions to set the width extent type, if not changed default kWidthEdgeExtent will be applied for it.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FlangeAngleReferenceType">
                <summary>Input FlangeReferenceTypeEnum that defines the flange angle reference type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FlangeAngleOrFlangeAngleReferencePlane">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle of the flange. When the FlangeAngleReferenceType is set to kReferencePlaneThroughPartnerEdge, 
kReferencePlaneThroughSelectedEdge or
kReferencePlaneAtSideFace, 
this can be a numeric value or a string to specify the flange angle value. When the FlangeAngleReferenceType is set to kReferenceSelectedFaceOrWorkPlane, this can be a WorkPlane or a Face to specify the flange angle reference plane. If a string or a numeric value is input, a parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or numeric value is assigned to the parameter. If a numeric value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document. If a WorkPlane or Face is input, the WorkPlane or Face should be parallel to the flange edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FlangePlacementType">
                <summary>Optional input DirectionEnum that defines the flange placement type. If not provided the default kOutwardDirection is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the distance used for the height extent of the flange. When the FlangeDefinition object is created it defaults to a distance height extent. This value is used to define that distance. If you want to define the height using a “to” extent instead you can edit the definition and change it, but to initially create the definition you must still supply an value for the distance. 

This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document. If not provided a default value will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap to specify more options. This is reserved for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified FlangeFeature object from the collection. This is the default property of the FlangeFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlangeFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlatBendResult">
            <summary>The FlatBendResult object represents a single bend instance in the flat. A bend instance can result from a feature placed either in the folded model or in the flat pattern. A bend feature may define multiple bends, and every one of the resulting bend instances is represented by a FlatBendResult object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatBendResult.Angle">
            <summary>Property that returns the angle of the bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatBendResult.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatBendResult.Bend">
            <summary>Property that returns the Bend object associated with this bend result.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatBendResult.Edge">
            <summary>Property that returns the edge in the flat pattern that belongs to the bend result.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatBendResult.GetBendOrder(System.Int32@,Inventor.BendOrderSourceTypeEnum@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the bend order for this bend result.</summary>
            <param name="BenderOrder">
                <summary>Output Long that defines the order of this bend.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BendOrderSourceType">
                <summary>Output BendOrderSourceTypeEnum value that defines how the bend order value has been defined. Valid values and their meaning is described below.
kDefaultBendOrder - The original bend order as determined by Inventor.
kOverrideBendOrder - The bend order has been assigned by the end-user and has overridden the default value.
kDuplicateOverrideBendOrder - The bend order has been assigned by the end-user and has overridden the default value. It is also has a duplicate value as another bend.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatBendResult.InnerRadius">
            <summary>Property that returns the inner radius of the bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatBendResult.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns a string that uniquely identifies a bend instance within the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatBendResult.IsDirectionUp">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the direction of the bend is up or down.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatBendResult.IsOnBottomFace">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this bend result is on the bottom face of the flat pattern. Every bend has two coresponding bend results on the flat pattern one on the top face and one on the bottom face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatBendResult.kFactor">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the K-Factor value associated with this bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatBendResult.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent FlatPattern object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatBendResult.SetBendOrder(System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the bend order for this bend result. This will define a bend order override for this bend result.</summary>
            <param name="BenderOrder">
                <summary>Input Long that defines the order of this bend.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AllowDuplicate">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if duplicate bend order values are allowed. If True and the specified bend order value already exists on another bend result, the same bend order will be assigned to this bend result and both bend results will be defined to have an duplicate override bend order. If False and the value specified already exists then the bend values on the other bend results will modified to make room for this value.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatBendResult.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlatBendResults">
            <summary>The FlatBendResults collection object contains information about all the resulting bends in the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatBendResults.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatBendResults.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatBendResults.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified FlatBendResultobject from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatBendResults.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlatPattern">
            <summary>The FlatPattern object represents the unfolded model in a sheet metal document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.AnnotationPlanes">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the AnnotationPlanes collection object.&amp;nbsp;This object provides access to all of the annotation planes in the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.ASideFace">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ASideFaceDefinition from the folded model that was used to create the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.BaseFace">
            <summary>Property that returns the base face from the folded model that was used to create the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.BendAngleReportType">
            <summary>Gets and sets which angle is reported in the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.Body">
            <summary>Property that returns the corresponding SurfaceBody.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.BOMQuantity">
            <summary>Property that returns the BOMQuantity object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.BOMStructure">
            <summary>Gets and sets how the component is used/viewed in a BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.BottomFace">
            <summary>Property that returns the bottom face of the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.ClientGraphicsCollection">
            <summary>Property that returns the ClientGraphicsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPattern.CreateGeometryIntent(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a GeometryIntent object.&amp;nbsp;GeometryIntent objects are used as input when creating annotations in the model.&amp;nbsp;They are used to identify geometry and optionally specific locations on that geometry.</summary>
            <param name="Geometry">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the geometry. Valid input objects are Vertex, WorkPoint, SketchPoint, SketchPoint3d, WorkAxis, SketchLine, SketchLine3d, SketchCircle, SketchCircle3d, Edge, or Face objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Intent">
                <summary>Optional input that specifies a specific position on the geometry. This can be a value from PointIntentEnum, an entity if the intent is the intersection of two geometries, a Point object that specifies a position on the geometry relative to model space, a double value indicating a position in the parametric space of the input curve, and a Point2d object that specifies a point in the parametric space of a surface.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.DataIO">
            <summary>Gets the object that directly deals with I/O to and from a storage-medium, including Streams(IStream).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPattern.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the FlatPattern.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPattern.DeleteObjects(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes a collection of objects that belong to the flat pattern.</summary>
            <param name="Objects">
                <summary>Collection of objects to delete from the part. Valid objects are part features, work features, sketches and 3d sketches.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDepFeatsAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features and sketches should be deleted. If there are no such dependents this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDepWorkFeats">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.Document">
            <summary>Property that returns the containing Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPattern.Edit">
            <summary>Method that puts the FlatPattern in edit mode.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPattern.ExitEdit">
            <summary>Method that causes the FlatPattern editing environment to be closed and the user interface to return to sheet metal editing environment.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.Features">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object that provides access to the features associated with the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPattern.FindUsingPoint(Inventor.Point,Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum[],System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that finds all the entities of the specified type at the specified location.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the model space point at which to find the entities.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ObjectTypes">
                <summary>Input array of SelelctionFilterEnum values that indicate the type of objects to find. The values are the enum values from the SelectionFilterEnum and can be combined to specify multiple object types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance value for the search. This value defines the radius of a sphere at the input point. All objects that intersect this sphere will be returned. If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VisibleObjectsOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether or not invisible objects should be included in the search. Defaults to True indicating that invisible objects will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPattern.FindUsingRay(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,System.Double,Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator@,Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator@,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that fires a ray through the flat pattern and returns the entities intersected by the ray. The objects intersected by the ray are returned in the order in which they are intersected, with the first entities returned being those closest to the clipping plane.</summary>
            <param name="RayStartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the start point of the ray in model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RayDirection">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object that defines the direction of the ray. The ray is infinite in the direction defined.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the radius of the ray. This value is specified in centimeters. Defining a radius for a ray allows the intersection to be within a given tolerance. This radius essentially results in the definition of a cylinder whose axis lies along the axis defined by the RayStartPoint and RayDirection. The intersection result is between the cylinder and the model's entities. A value higher than zero is recommended, though not explicitly required.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FoundEntities">
                <summary>Output ObjectsEnumerator that returns the entities that were intersected by the ray.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LocationPoints">
                <summary>Output ObjectsEnumerator that returns a set of Point objects. One Point object is returned for each entity in the FoundEntities list. The point defines the coordinate of the intersection between the ray and the corresponding entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FindFirstOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to find just the first entity in the ray's path. If False (the default) then all entities found are returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPattern.FindUsingVector(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum[],System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that finds all the entities of the specified type along the specified vector using either a cylinder or cone that to define the tolerance within the defined vector.</summary>
            <param name="OriginPoint">
                <summary>Input Point that defines the model space location to position the vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Input UnitVector that defines direction to find all entities that the vector penetrates. The vector is treated as infinite in both directions from the origin point so all entities that lie in the path of the vector on either side of the origin point will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ObjectTypes">
                <summary>Input array of SelelctionFilterEnum values that indicate the type of objects to find. The values are the enum values from the SelectionFilterEnum and can be combined to specify multiple object types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseCylinder">
                <summary>Input argument that specifies if the vector defines a cylinder or cone when checking to see if an entity is hit by the ray.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityTolerance">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the tolerance value for the search. This value defines the radius of a cylinder if UseCylinder is True or the angle of the cone if False. If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VisibleObjectsOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether or not invisible objects should be included in the search. Defaults to True indicating that invisible objects will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LocationPoints">
                <summary>Optional output that returns a set of Point objects. One Point object is returned for each entity in the FoundEntities list. The point defines the coordinate of the intersection between the vector and the corresponding entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.FlatBendResults">
            <summary>Property that returns the FlatBendResults collection object that contains information about all the bends in the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.FlatPatternOrientations">
            <summary>Gets the FlatPatternOrientations collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.FlatPunchResults">
            <summary>Property that returns the FlatPunchResults collection object that contains information about all the punches in the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPattern.GetEdgesOfType(Inventor.FlatPatternEdgeTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that returns edges of the specified type from the flat pattern body.</summary>
            <param name="EdgeType">
                <summary>Input FlatPatternEdgeTypeEnum that specifies the type of edges to return from the flat pattern body.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TopFaceEdges">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to return the edges from the top face or the bottom face of the unfolded model. If not specified, edges from the top face are returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPattern.GetEndOfPartPosition(System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the current end of part position in the browser in parts and assemblies.</summary>
            <param name="After">
                <summary>Output object that returns the object after which the end of part is currently positioned. This could return Nothing if there are no features before the end of part in the browser. Valid return objects in part are features, 2d and 3d sketches, all work features and derived part/assembly components. Valid return objects in assembly are features and 2d sketches.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Output object that returns the object before which the end of part is currently positioned. This could return Nothing if there are no features after the end of part in the browser. Valid return objects in part are features, 2d and 3d sketches, all work features and derived part/assembly components. Valid return objects in assembly are features and 2d sketches.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPattern.GetFlatPatternEntity(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns the corresponding BRep entity (face, edge, etc.) in the flat pattern body given a BRep entity in the sheet metal body.</summary>
            <param name="SheetMetalEntity">
                <summary>Input BRep entity from the sheet metal body.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPattern.GetSheetMetalEntity(System.Object)">
            <summary>Returns the corresponding BRep entity (face, edge, etc.) in the sheet metal body given a BRep entity in the flat pattern body. If an entity is not found, the method returns Nothing. If multiple matches are found, an ObjectsEnumerator is returned.</summary>
            <param name="FlatPatternEntity">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPattern.GetUnusedGeometries(Inventor.ObjectCollection@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            <param name="UnusedGeometries">
                <summary>Output ObjectCollection object the includes the unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.GraphicsDataSetsCollection">
            <summary>Inventor::ComponentDefinition::GraphicsDataSetsCollection</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.IgnorePunchToolFeaturesRepresentationOverrides">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to ignore the punch tool features representation overrides in flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.Length">
            <summary>Property that returns the length of the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.MassProperties">
            <summary>Property that returns the MassProperties object for the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.ModelAnnotations">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelAnnotations collection object.&amp;nbsp;This object provides access to all of the model annotations in the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.ModelGeometryVersion">
            <summary>Property that returns a string that can be used to determine if the document has been modified. This version string is changed every time the assembly is modified. By saving a previous version string, you can compare the current version string to see if the assembly has been modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.ModelToleranceFeatures">
            <summary>Returns the ModelToleranceFeatures collection object.&amp;nbsp;This object provides access to all of the model annotations in the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.Occurrences">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.OrientedMinimumRangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the oriented minimum range box for this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of parameters for the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent SheetMetalComponentDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.PartEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the PartEvents object associated with the flat pattern. This object will fire events for changes that occur to the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.PreciseRangeBox">
            <summary>Gets a bounding box that tightly encloses all the solid and surface bodies under the ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.PunchRepresentationType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the punch representation to use for the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPattern.PurgeUnusedGeometries(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that purges unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            <param name="UnusedGeometries">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that including the sketches and work features to purge. The unused sketches and work features can be retrieved using GetUnusedGeometries method. If this is not provided then all unused sketches and work features will be purged.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPattern.RepositionObject(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the specifies object(s) to the new position within the collection of the object in the document.</summary>
            <param name="TargetObject">
                <summary>Input the Object that specifies the target object to move other objects next to. Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether to position other object(s) before or after the target object.  A value of True indicates that the object(s) will be positioned before the target object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartObject">
                <summary>Input Object that specifies the object to be repositioned.  Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndObject">
                <summary>Optional input Object that specifies the object to be repositioned.  If specified, all the objects from the StartObject to the EndObject, both inclusive, will be repositioned to the specified position in the document.  If not specified, only the StartObject will be repositioned.  Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.RepresentationsManager">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the RepresentationsManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.RolledBackForEdit">
            <summary>Property that gets whether the flat pattern model is currently rolled back to a previous point in the feature history.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPattern.SetEndOfPartToTopOrBottom(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Inventor::PartComponentDefinition::SetEndOfPartToTopOrBottom</summary>
            <param name="SetToTop">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the end-of-part marker is to be moved to the top or the bottom of the browser. If True, the marker is moved to the top of the browser, just below the Origin folder. If False, it is moved to the bottom of the browser, just below the last item in the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.SketchBlockDefinitions">
            <summary>Inventor::PartComponentDefinition::SketchBlockDefinitions</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.Sketches">
            <summary>Inventor::PartComponentDefinition::Sketches</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.Sketches3D">
            <summary>Inventor::PartComponentDefinition::Sketchs3D</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPattern.SuppressFeatures(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that suppresses the specified features. This is limited to the features created in the flat pattern.</summary>
            <param name="Features">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection of flat pattern features to suppress.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns all of the result SurfaceBody objects contained within this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.TopFace">
            <summary>Property that returns top face of the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPattern.UnsuppressFeatures(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that unsuppresses the specified features. This is limited to the features created in the flat pattern.</summary>
            <param name="Features">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection of flat pattern features to unsuppress.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.UserCoordinateSystems">
            <summary>Property that returns the UserCoordinateSystems collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.Width">
            <summary>Property that returns the width of the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.WorkAxes">
            <summary>Property that returns that collection object that provides access to all of the existing work axis objects in the flat pattern and provides the functionality to create new work axis objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.WorkPlanes">
            <summary>Property that returns that collection object that provides access to all of the existing work plane objects in the flat pattern and provides the functionality to create new work plane objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPattern.WorkPoints">
            <summary>Property that returns that collection object that provides access to all of the existing work point objects in the flat pattern and provides the functionality to create new work point objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures">
            <summary>The FlatPatternFeatures object represents a collection of FlatPatternFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.ChamferFeatures">
            <summary>Inventor::PartFeatures::ChamferFeatures</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.CircularPatternFeatures">
            <summary>Inventor::SheetMetalFeatures::CornerChamferFeatures</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.ClientFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the ClientFeatures object associated with the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.CornerChamferFeatures">
            <summary>Inventor::SheetMetalFeatures::CornerChamferFeatures</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.CornerRoundFeatures">
            <summary>Inventor::SheetMetalFeatures::CornerRoundFeatures</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.CosmeticBendFeatures">
            <summary>Returns the CosmeticBendFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of features in the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.CreatePath(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a path used to define the shape of several part features such as sweep, rectangular pattern, split, etc. All other 2D and 3D curves that are connected to the input curve are obtained and used to create a Path object. The new Path is returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchCurve">
                <summary>Input sketch (planar or 3D) entity. This can be any entity that is part of the desired path. All curves that are end point connected will be found and used to create the path.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.CutFeatures">
            <summary>Inventor::SheetMetalFeatures::CutFeatures</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.EmbossFeatures">
            <summary>Inventor::SheetMetalFeatures::EmbossFeatures</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.ExtrudeFeatures">
            <summary>Inventor::PartFeatures::ExtrudeFeatures</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.FilletFeatures">
            <summary>Inventor::PartFeatures::FilletFeatures</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.HoleFeatures">
            <summary>Inventor::PartFeatures::HoleFeatures</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.iFeatures">
            <summary>Inventor::PartFeatures::iFeatures</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified PartFeature object from the collection. This is limited to the features within the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.MarkFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the MarkFeature collection object. This collection provides access to existing MarkFeature objects and provides functionality to create new MarkFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.MirrorFeatures">
            <summary>Inventor::PartFeatures::MirrorFeatures</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.PunchToolFeatures">
            <summary>Inventor::SheetMetalFeatures::PunchToolFeatures</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.RectangularPatternFeatures">
            <summary>Inventor::PartFeatures::RectangularPatternFeatures</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.RevolveFeatures">
            <summary>Inventor::PartFeatures::RevolveFeatures</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.SketchDrivenPatternFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that besides listing out the subset of part features that are SketchDrivenPatterns, allows the creations of new SketchDrivenPatterns.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.SweepFeatures">
            <summary>Inventor::PartFeatures::SweepFeatures</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlatPatternOrientation">
            <summary>FlatPatternOrientation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPatternOrientation.Activate">
            <summary>Method that activates the FlatPatternOrientation object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternOrientation.AlignmentAxis">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the alignment axis of flat pattern orientation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternOrientation.AlignmentRotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parameter object controlling the alignment rotation angle of flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternOrientation.AlignmentType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the alignment type of flat pattern orientation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternOrientation.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPatternOrientation.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new FlatPatternOrientation by copying an existing FlatPatternOrientation object.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPatternOrientation.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the FlatPatternOrientation object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternOrientation.FlipAlignmentAxis">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether alignment direction of flat pattern orientation is the opposite of the natural direction of the alignment axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternOrientation.FlipBaseFace">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to flip the flat pattern by swapping the top and bottom faces or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternOrientation.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name for the FlatPatternOrientation object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternOrientation.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternOrientation.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlatPatternOrientations">
            <summary>FlatPatternOrientations Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternOrientations.ActiveFlatPatternOrientation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the active FlatPatternOrientation object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternOrientations.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternOrientations.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternOrientations.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternOrientations.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlatPatternPlate">
            <summary>FlatPatternPlate Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternPlate.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternPlate.BackFaces">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the back faces in the flat pattern plate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternPlate.FrontFaces">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the front faces in the flat pattern plate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPatternPlate.GetBendExtentEdges(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that returns the bend extent edges.</summary>
            <param name="FrontFaceEdges">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value that specifies whether to return the FlatBendResult from the front face or the back face. If not specified, the FlatBendResult on the front face is returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlatPatternPlate.GetBendResult(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that returns a FlatBendResult for this plate. If the plate is Rigid return nothing. For a non-rigid plate this property can return the front or back FlatBendResult.</summary>
            <param name="FrontBendResult">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value that specifies whether to return the bend extent edges from the front face or the back face from the flat pattern plate. If not specified, edges from the front face are returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternPlate.IsRigid">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the flat pattern plate is from a rigid partition. This returns False if the plate is from a bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternPlate.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternPlate.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlatPatternPlates">
            <summary>FlatPatternPlates Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternPlates.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternPlates.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternPlates.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternPlates.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlatPatternSettings">
            <summary>Provides access to flat pattern related document settings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternSettings.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternSettings.DeferUpdate">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets Flat Pattern defer update status.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternSettings.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPatternSettings.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlatPunchResult">
            <summary>The FlatPunchResult object represents a single punch instance in the flat. A punch instance can result from a punch tool feature placed either in the folded model or in the flat pattern. A punch tool feature may define multiple punches, and every one of the resulting punch instances is represented by a FlatPunchResult object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPunchResult.Angle">
            <summary>Property that returns an angle value indicating the punch orientation. This property may return an error if this information is not available.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPunchResult.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPunchResult.Depth">
            <summary>Property that returns the depth of the punch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPunchResult.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns the faces in the flat pattern that belong to the punch result. This property returns Nothing if punch representation is not formed feature representation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPunchResult.FoldedAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns an angle value indicating the punch orientation in the folded model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPunchResult.FoldedPosition">
            <summary>Property that returns a Point indicating the position of the punch instance in the folded model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPunchResult.HasDepth">
            <summary>Gets whether there is a depth value associated with this punch result.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPunchResult.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns a string that uniquely identifies a punch instance within the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPunchResult.IsDirectionUp">
            <summary>Property that whether the direction of the punch is up or down.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPunchResult.IsPunchAfterStopNode">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the punch feature that resulted in this punch result is currently after the stop node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPunchResult.IsPunchSuppressed">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the punch feature that resulted in this punch result is currently suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPunchResult.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent FlatPattern object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPunchResult.Position">
            <summary>Property that returns a Point indicating the position of the punch instance in the flat pattern. This property may return Nothing if this information is not available.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPunchResult.PunchId">
            <summary>Property that returns the Id associated with the punch result. This is the Id assigned during creation of the punch feature and is the same for all instances of a punch feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPunchResult.SketchRepresentationEdges">
            <summary>Property that returns the edges in the flat pattern that belong to the punch result. The property will return Nothing if the punch tool feature that resulted in this punch result does not have a sketch-based alternate representation defined for it.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPunchResult.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlatPunchResults">
            <summary>The FlatPunchResults collection object contains information about all the resulting punches in the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPunchResults.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPunchResults.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPunchResults.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified FlatPunchResult object from the collection</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlatPunchResults.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FloatAssetValue">
            <summary>The FloatAssetValue object represents a floating point value.  The value is returned as a Double and a Double should be used when setting the value.  This object also provides any limits that the value must meet to be valid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FloatAssetValue.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FloatAssetValue.ConnectedTexture">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the associated texture, if one exists.&amp;nbsp;The HasConnectedTexture property controls if there is an associated texture or not.&amp;nbsp;If the library is writable you can edit the texture.&amp;nbsp;If there isn’t a texture associated with this value, this property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FloatAssetValue.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets the name of this value as seen in the Material or Appearance Browser. This can change based on the current Inventor language.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FloatAssetValue.GetLimits(System.Boolean@,System.Double@,System.Boolean@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the limits for this value.</summary>
            <param name="HasLowLimit">
                <summary>Output Boolean that indicates if there is a lower limit.  If False then the value of the LowLimit argument should be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LowLimit">
                <summary>Output Double that is the lowest valid value.  The value of this argument should be ignored if HasLowLimit is false.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HasHighLimit">
                <summary>Output Boolean that indicates if there is an upper limit.  If False then the value of the HighLimit argument should be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HighLimit">
                <summary>Output Double that is the upper valid value. The value of this argument should be ignored if HasHighLimit is false.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FloatAssetValue.HasConnectedTexture">
            <summary>Gets and sets the boolean flag that indicates if the float value has been overridden using a texture. Setting this property to False will remove the texture so that a float value is used. Setting this property to True will connect a texture to this float value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FloatAssetValue.HasLimits">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this value has any limits it must be within to be valid. If True, use the GetLimits method to get the limit values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FloatAssetValue.HasMultipleValues">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this value has multiple values or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FloatAssetValue.IsPercentage">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates that this value represents a percentage value so the valid values must be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0 unless they’re further limited by additional limits which can be determined with the HasLimits property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FloatAssetValue.IsReadOnly">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this asset value is read-only. If True any attempted edits will fail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FloatAssetValue.Name">
            <summary>Gets the key name of the value. This name will remain constant for all languages and is the name used as input to the Item property or the Asset object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FloatAssetValue.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent Asset object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FloatAssetValue.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kAssetValueObject indicating this object’s type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FloatAssetValue.Units">
            <summary>Gets the units that this value is returned in. The String returned is a valid Inventor unit string that can be used with the methods on the UnitOfMeasure object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FloatAssetValue.Value">
            <summary>Gets and sets this asset value. If this asset value has a texture associated with it, setting the value will remove the texture and assign the static value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FloatAssetValue.Values">
            <summary>Gets and sets the values associated with this asset value. HasMultipleValues property indicates if this property will be returning more than one value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FloatAssetValue.ValueType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the data type that the Value property for this AssetValue object will return.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlushConstraint">
            <summary>Object that represents a flush assembly constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.ConstraintLimits">
            <summary>Property that returns the ConstraintLimits object that provides access to various limits related settings for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraint.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraint.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraint.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second geometry</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraint.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraint.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraint.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraint.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraint.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.Offset">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the offset distance of the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraint.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.ConstraintLimits">
            <summary>Property that returns the ConstraintLimits object that provides access to various limits related settings for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.ConvertToInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.ConvertToMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second geometry</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.Offset">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the offset distance of the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushConstraintProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinition">
            <summary>The FlushiMateDefinition object represents a flush iMate definition. It is derived from the iMateDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinition.ConstraintLimits">
            <summary>Property that returns the ConstraintLimits object that provides access to various limits related settings for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the iMateDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinition.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity used for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinition.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinition.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinition.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinition.Identifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal unique identifier for this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinition.MatchList">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of strings that specifies the priority order for iMate definition matches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinition.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinition.Offset">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the offset of the flush iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinition.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinition.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Gets the object this entity is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinition.SequenceIndex">
            <summary>Gets the index of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinition.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates whether this iMateDefinition is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinitionProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinitionProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinitionProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinitionProxy.ConstraintLimits">
            <summary>Property that returns the ConstraintLimits object that provides access to various limits related settings for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinitionProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinitionProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the iMateDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinitionProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity used for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinitionProxy.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinitionProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinitionProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinitionProxy.Identifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal unique identifier for this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinitionProxy.IsConsumed">
            <summary>Property that gets whether this object is consumed in the
context of the active assembly/part/sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinitionProxy.MatchList">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of strings that specifies the priority order for iMate definition matches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinitionProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinitionProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinitionProxy.Offset">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the offset of the flush iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinitionProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinitionProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Gets the object this entity is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinitionProxy.SequenceIndex">
            <summary>Gets the index of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinitionProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates whether this iMateDefinition is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FlushiMateDefinitionProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FoldDefinition">
            <summary>The FoldDefinition object represents all of the information that defines a fold feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldDefinition.BendAngle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the bend angle of a sheet metal fold feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldDefinition.BendLine">
            <summary>Gets and sets the SketchLine object that defines the location of the bend line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldDefinition.BendLocation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the bend with respect to the bend line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldDefinition.BendOptions">
            <summary>Gets and sets the BendOptions object that defines the bend options for this bend feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldDefinition.BendRadius">
            <summary>Gets and sets the bend radius of a sheet metal fold feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FoldDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Function that creates a copy of this FoldDefinition object. The copy is independent of any fold feature and can be edited without affecting anything else. It can then be used as input to edit an existing fold feature or create a new fold feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldDefinition.IsPositiveBendDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the direction of the fold is in the positive or negative direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldDefinition.IsPositiveBendSide">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the flip direction is positive or negative.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldDefinition.IsUnfoldMethodOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and set whether the unfold method has been overridden for this feature. Setting this property to False clears the override.&amp;nbsp;Setting the property to True returns a failure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent FoldFeature object of this FoldDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldDefinition.UnfoldMethod">
            <summary>Gets and sets the UnfoldMethod object that defines how this bend is unfolded.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FoldFeature">
            <summary>The FoldFeature object represents a sheet metal fold feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the FoldDefinition object associated with this fold feature, Modifying the FoldDefinition object will edit the associated FoldFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FoldFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FoldFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FoldFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FoldFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FoldFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FoldFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FoldFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the FoldDefinition object associated with this fold feature, Modifying the FoldDefinition object will edit the associated FoldFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FoldFeatures">
            <summary>The FoldFeatures collection object provides access to all of the objects in a sheet metal component definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FoldFeatures.Add(Inventor.FoldDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new fold feature. The newly created CutFeature object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="FoldDefinition">
                <summary>Input FoldDefinition object that defines the fold feature you want to create. A FoldDefinition object can be created using the FoldFeatures.CreateFoldDefinition method. It can also be obtained from an existing FoldFeature object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FoldFeatures.CreateFoldDefinition(Inventor.SketchLine,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new FoldDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="BendLine">
                <summary>Input SketchLine object that defines the location of the bend line. The bend line must be on the face you are folding, and must terminate at the edges of the face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BendAngle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the bend angle. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified FoldFeature object from the collection. This is the default property of the FoldFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FoldFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FreeDragMoveOperation">
            <summary>The FreeDragMoveOperation object represents the definition of a free drag within a move feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeDragMoveOperation.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FreeDragMoveOperation.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this operation from the feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeDragMoveOperation.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property returning the associated MoveDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeDragMoveOperation.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeDragMoveOperation.XOffset">
            <summary>Read-write property that provides access to the x offset of a free drag operation on a move body feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeDragMoveOperation.YOffset">
            <summary>Read-write property that provides access to the y offset of a free drag operation on a move body feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeDragMoveOperation.ZOffset">
            <summary>Read-write property that provides access to the z offset of a free drag operation on a move body feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FreeformFeature">
            <summary>Part Freeform Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FreeformFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FreeformFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FreeformFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.IsInEditMode">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the edit mode of this freeform feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FreeformFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FreeformFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FreeformFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FreeformFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy">
            <summary>Part Freeform Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FreeformFeatures">
            <summary>Part Freeform Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeformFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FreeMoveDefinition">
            <summary>The FreeMoveDefinition object defines all of the inputs that are unique to a move face feature defined using a transform.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeMoveDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeMoveDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent MoveFaceDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeMoveDefinition.Transformation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the Matrix defining the free move transform of the faces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FreeMoveDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FromToExtent">
            <summary>The FromToExtent object provides access to the information that defines the extent for a feature using 'from' and 'to' faces to define the extent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FromToExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FromToExtent.Direction">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FromToExtent.ExtendFromFace">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether the 'from face' should be extended to contain the extents of the feature. This property is not valid for every surface type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FromToExtent.ExtendToFace">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether the 'to face' should be extended to contain the extents of the feature. This property is not valid for every surface type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FromToExtent.FromFace">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the face that defines the 'from' extents of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FromToExtent.MinimumSolution">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the feature terminates on the nearest valid face when there are multiple options for valid termination faces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FromToExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FromToExtent.ToFace">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the face that defines the 'to' extents of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FromToExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FromToWidthExtent">
            <summary>The FromToWidthExtent is used by sheet metal features when the width of the feature is defined from one entity to another entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FromToWidthExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FromToWidthExtent.FromEntity">
            <summary>Property that gets and set the entity that defines the 'from' extents of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FromToWidthExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FromToWidthExtent.ToEntity">
            <summary>Property that gets and set the entity that defines the 'to' extents of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FromToWidthExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.FullSweepExtent">
            <summary>The FullSweepExtent object suggests that a full, 360-degree sweep about an axis, is the definition of the extents on this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FullSweepExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FullSweepExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.FullSweepExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GeneralDimension">
            <summary>The GeneralDimension object represents a general dimension placed on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.ArrowheadsInside">
            <summary>Gets and sets the ArrowheadsInside setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.Attached">
            <summary>Indicates whether this dimension is attached to anything. If not, it is considered orphaned and can be removed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralDimension.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DrawingDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.DimensionLine">
            <summary>Property that returns the dimension line geometry of the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.FirstArrowheadInside">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the first arrowhead is inside or outside.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.FirstArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of the first arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.GeneralDimensionType">
            <summary>Returns an enum indicating the type of general dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralDimension.GetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum@,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method returns an error if the IsInspectionDimension property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Output InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that indicates the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text. Valid return values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text placed left of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralDimension.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.HideValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the HideValue setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.IsInspectionDimension">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this is an inspection dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.ModelValue">
            <summary>Property that gets the dimension value as defined in the model or as measured in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.ModelValueOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the model value is overridden for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.OverrideModelValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the NominalValue setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sheet of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.Precision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the Precision setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralDimension.PromoteToSketch">
            <summary>Method that copies the dimension to the underlying sketch. This method only works for dimensions associated with a draft view.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.Retrieved">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether the dimension was created as a result of retrieving it either from the model or a drawing view sketch. If True, the RetrievedFrom property returns the object that the dimension was retrieved from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.RetrievedFrom">
            <summary>Property that returns the object that this dimension was retrieved from. Possible return objects include all sketch constraint objects that derive from DimensionConstraint and their proxies, FeatureDimension and FeatureDimensionProxy. The property returns Nothing if the Retrieved property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.SecondArrowheadInside">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the second arrowhead is inside or outside.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.SecondArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of the second arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralDimension.SetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method automatically sets the IsInspectionDimension property to True, if it isn't already.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Optional input InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that specifies the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text. Valid values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder. If not specified, kNoInspectionBorder is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text placed left of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralDimension.ShowAllExtensionLines">
            <summary>Method that un-hides all the extension lines associated with this dimension. If there are no hidden extension lines associated with this dimension, this method does nothing and returns a success.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.Style">
            <summary>Gets and sets the DimensionStyle associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.Text">
            <summary>Gets and sets the DimensionText setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.Tolerance">
            <summary>Property that returns the Tolerance object associated with this dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.TolerancePrecision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the precision of the tolerance text for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimension.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GeneralDimensions">
            <summary>The GeneralDimensions collection object provides access to all of the general dimensions ( objects) on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralDimensions.AddAngular(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.GeometryIntent,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates an angular dimension. Valid intent combinations are Three points, Two non-parallel linear curves, One arc curve.</summary>
            <param name="TextOrigin">
                <summary>Object that specifies the position of the dimension text on sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentOne">
                <summary>Object that specifies the first geometry to dimension. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentTwo">
                <summary>Object that specifies the second geometry to dimension. If three point intents are provided, this input indicates the apex point of the angle. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentThree">
                <summary>Object that specifies the third geometry to dimension. This argument must be specified if the first and second geometry intents are points. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ArrowheadsInside">
                <summary>Indicates whether to place the dimension line arrows inside or outside. If not specified, this argument defaults to True indicating that arrowheads will be place inside (if possible).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseQuadrant">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to use the quadrant in which the input text point lies to decide which angle to dimension. If not specified, the argument defaults to True. If a single (arc) intent is provided as input, this argument is ignored and assumed to be False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OppositeAngle">
                <summary>Indicates whether to dimension the opposite angle. If not specified, the argument defaults to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionStyle">
                <summary>Object that specifies the dimension style to use for the dimension. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Object that specifies the layer to use for the dimension. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralDimensions.AddAngularForeshortened(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.GeometryIntent,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates an angular foreshortened dimension on the drawing sheet.</summary>
            <param name="TextOrigin">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the position of the dimension text on sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentOne">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that specifies the first geometry to dimension. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentTwo">
                <summary>Optional input GeometryIntent object that specifies the second geometry to dimension. If three point intents are provided, this input indicates the apex point of the angle.  The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentThree">
                <summary>Optional input GeometryIntent object that specifies the third geometry to dimension. This argument must be specified if the first and second geometry intents are points.The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HideSecondArrowhead">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether hide the second arrowhead of the dimension.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseQuadrant">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to use the quadrant in which the input text point lies to decide which angle to dimension.  If not specified, the argument defaults to True.  If a single (arc) intent is provided as input, this argument is ignored and assumed to be False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OppositeAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to dimension the opposite angle.  If not specified, the argument defaults to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionStyle">
                <summary>Optional input DimensionStyle object that specifies the dimension style to use for the dimension. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Optional input Layer object that specifies the layer to use for the dimension. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralDimensions.AddAngularSum(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.AngularGeneralDimension,Inventor.GeometryIntent,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates an angular sum general dimension on the drawing sheet.</summary>
            <param name="TextOrigin">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the position of the dimension text on sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SpacingDimension">
                <summary>Input AngularGeneralDimension object that specifies the spacing dimension.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentOne">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that specifies the first geometry to dimension. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentTwo">
                <summary>Optional input GeometryIntent object that specifies the second geometry to dimension. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentThree">
                <summary>Optional input GeometryIntent object that specifies the third geometry to dimension. This argument must be specified if the first and second geometry intents are points. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ArrowheadsInside">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to place the dimension line arrows inside or outside.  If not specified, this argument defaults to True indicating that arrowheads will be place inside (if possible).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OppositeAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to dimension the opposite angle.  If not specified, the argument defaults to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionStyle">
                <summary>Optional input DimensionStyle object that specifies the dimension style to use for the dimension. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Optional input Layer object that specifies the layer to use for the dimension. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary>Reserved for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralDimensions.AddArcLengthForeshortened(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.GeometryIntent,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates an arc length foreshortened dimension on the drawing sheet.</summary>
            <param name="TextOrigin">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the position of the dimension text on sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentOne">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that specifies the first geometry to dimension. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentTwo">
                <summary>Optional input GeometryIntent object that specifies the second geometry to dimension. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentThree">
                <summary>Optional input GeometryIntent object that specifies the third geometry to dimension. This argument must be specified if the first and second geometry intents are points.The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VirtualArcPosition">
                <summary>Optional input GeometryIntent object that specifies the virtual arc’s position for dimension. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HideSecondArrowhead">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether hide the second arrowhead of the dimension.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseQuadrant">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to use the quadrant in which the input text point lies to decide which angle to dimension.  If not specified, the argument defaults to True.  If a single (arc) intent is provided as input, this argument is ignored and assumed to be False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OppositeAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to dimension the opposite angle.  If not specified, the argument defaults to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionStyle">
                <summary>Optional input DimensionStyle object that specifies the dimension style to use for the dimension. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Optional input Layer object that specifies the layer to use for the dimension. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralDimensions.AddDiameter(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.GeometryIntent,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a diameter dimension.</summary>
            <param name="TextOrigin">
                <summary>Specifies the position of the dimension text on sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Intent">
                <summary>Specifies the arc or circle to dimension. A parameter along the curve should be specified in the intent. If not, a default is assumed. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ArrowheadsInside">
                <summary>Indicates whether to place the dimension line arrows inside or outside. If not specified, this argument defaults to False indicating that arrowheads will be place outside.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LeaderFromCenter">
                <summary>Indicates whether the leader starts from the center of the arc or the circle. If not specified, the argument defaults to False indicating that the leader will not start from the center.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SingleDimensionLine">
                <summary>Indicates whether to use a single dimension line. If not specified, the argument defaults to True indicating a single dimension line will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionStyle">
                <summary>Specifies the dimension style to use for the dimension. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Specifies the layer to use for the dimension. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralDimensions.AddLinear(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.GeometryIntent,System.Object,Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a linear dimension. Valid intent combinations are: Two points, Two curves, Point and a curve, One linear curve, One arc curve (with DimensionType set to kAlignedDimensionType for chord length and kArcLengthDimensionType for arc length).</summary>
            <param name="TextOrigin">
                <summary>Object that specifies the position of the dimension text on sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentOne">
                <summary>Object that specifies the first geometry to dimension. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentTwo">
                <summary>Object that specifies the second geometry to dimension. This argument must be specified if the first geometry intent is a point. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionType">
                <summary>Specifies the linear dimension type. Valid values (based on the input intents) are kAlignedDimensionType, kHorizontalDimensionType, kVerticalDimensionType, kArcLengthDimensionType, kSymmetricDimensionType and kDiametricDimensionType. If not specified, the argument defaults to kAlignedDimensionType. An error will occur if the specified type is invalid for the input intents. For instance, kHorizontalDimensionType is invalid for a vertical dimension and kSymmetricDimensionType &amp; kDiametricDimensionType are invalid if only the first intent (an edge) is specified. kArcLengthDimensionType is only valid if two intents are supplied and they represent end points of an arc or a single intent is supplied and it represents an arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ArrowheadsInside">
                <summary>Indicates whether to place the dimension line arrows inside or outside. If not specified, this argument defaults to True indicating that arrowheads will be place inside (if possible).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionStyle">
                <summary>Object that specifies the dimension style to use for the dimension. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Object that specifies the layer to use for the dimension. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralDimensions.AddLinear2(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.GeometryIntent,System.Object,Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a linear dimension on the drawing sheet.</summary>
            <param name="TextOrigin">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the position of the dimension text on sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentOne">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that specifies the first geometry to dimension. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentTwo">
                <summary>Optional input GeometryIntent object that specifies the second geometry to dimension. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionType">
                <summary>Optional input DimensionTypeEnum that specifies the linear dimension type.  Valid values (based on the input intents) are kAlignedDimensionType, kHorizontalDimensionType, kVerticalDimensionType, kArcLengthDimensionType, kSymmetricDimensionType, kDiametricDimensionType, kAlignedToCurveDimensionType and kNormalToCurveDimensionType.  If not specified, the argument defaults to kAlignedDimensionType.  An error will occur if the specified type is invalid for the input intents.  For instance, kHorizontalDimensionType is invalid for a vertical dimension and kSymmetricDimensionType &amp; kDiametricDimensionType are invalid if only the first intent (an edge) is specified.  kArcLengthDimensionType is only valid if two intents are supplied and they represent end points of an arc or a single intent is supplied and it represents an arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AlignmentGeometry">
                <summary>Optional input linear geometry object to align the dimension. Valid objects are DrawingCurve and SketchLine in the same DrawingView as the dimension. This is only applicable if the DimensionType is set to kAlignedToCurveDimensionType or kNormalToCurveDimensionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ArrowheadsInside">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to place the dimension line arrows inside or outside.  If not specified, this argument defaults to True indicating that arrowheads will be place inside (if possible).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionStyle">
                <summary>Optional input DimensionStyle object that specifies the dimension style to use for the dimension. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Optional input Layer object that specifies the layer to use for the dimension. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralDimensions.AddLinearForeshortened(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.GeometryIntent,Inventor.GeometryIntent,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a linear foreshortened dimension on the drawing sheet.</summary>
            <param name="TextOrigin">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the position of the dimension text on sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentOne">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that specifies the first geometry to dimension. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentTwo">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that specifies the second geometry to dimension. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HideSecondArrowhead">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether hide the second arrowhead of the dimension.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionStyle">
                <summary>Optional input DimensionStyle object that specifies the dimension style to use for the dimension. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Optional input Layer object that specifies the layer to use for the dimension. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralDimensions.AddLinearSum(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension,Inventor.GeometryIntent,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates an linear sum dimension on the drawing sheet.</summary>
            <param name="TextOrigin">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the position of the dimension text on sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SpacingDimension">
                <summary>Input LinearGeneralDimension that specifies the spacing dimension.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentOne">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that specifies the first geometry to dimension. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentTwo">
                <summary>Optional input GeometryIntent object that specifies the second geometry to dimension. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ArrowheadsInside">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to place the dimension line arrows inside or outside.  If not specified, this argument defaults to True indicating that arrowheads will be place inside (if possible).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionStyle">
                <summary>Optional input DimensionStyle object that specifies the dimension style to use for the dimension. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Optional input Layer object that specifies the layer to use for the dimension. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary>Reserved for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralDimensions.AddRadius(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.GeometryIntent,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a radius dimension.</summary>
            <param name="TextOrigin">
                <summary>Specifies the position of the dimension text on sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Intent">
                <summary>Specifies the arc or circle to dimension. A parameter along the curve should be specified in the intent. If not, a default is assumed. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the Sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ArrowheadsInside">
                <summary>Indicates whether to place the dimension line arrows inside or outside. If not specified, this argument defaults to False indicating that arrowheads will be place outside.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LeaderFromCenter">
                <summary>Indicates whether the leader starts from the center of the arc or the circle. If not specified, the argument defaults to False indicating that the leader will not start from the center. This argument is ignored and defaulted to True if the ArrowheadsInside argument is specified to be True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Jogged">
                <summary>Indicates whether the dimension is jogged. If not specified, the argument defaults to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionStyle">
                <summary>Specifies the dimension style to use for the dimension. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Specifies the layer to use for the dimension. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimensions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimensions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimensions.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified dimension object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimensions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GeneralDimensionsEnumerator">
            <summary>The GeneralDimensionsEnumerator object provides access to the existing objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimensionsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimensionsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified DrawingStandardStyle object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralDimensionsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GeneralNote">
            <summary>The GeneralNote object represents a general note on a sheet and derives from the DrawingNote object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.BackgroundColor">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the BackgroundColor associated with the GeneralNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.Color">
            <summary>Gets/Sets color of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralNote.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DrawingNote.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.Fitted">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the note remains tightly fitted to the text within the box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.FittedTextHeight">
            <summary>Property that returns the actual height of the text within the note. This does not necessarily represent the current height of the note, but only the text within the note. If the Fitted property is True then this value is the same as the height of the note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.FittedTextWidth">
            <summary>Property that returns the actual width of the text within the note. This does not necessarily represent the current width of the note, but only the text within the note. If the Fitted property is True then this value is the same as the width of the note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.FormattedText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets formatted text of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralNote.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.Height">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the height of the GeneralNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.HorizontalJustification">
            <summary>Gets/Sets horizontal justification of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.Layer">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the layer used by the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.LineSpacing">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the LineSpacing used by the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.LineSpacingType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the LineSpacingType used by the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sheet of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.Position">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the position of the DrawingNote on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.Retrieved">
            <summary>Indicates whether the drawing note was created as a result of retrieving it from the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.RetrievedFrom">
            <summary>Returns the model annotation this drawing note was retrieved from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.Rotation">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the rotation of the GeneralNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.ShowTextBorder">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to show the text border or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.StackedTextPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position (alignment) of the stacked text with respect to regular text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.Text">
            <summary>Gets/Sets&amp;nbsp;text of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.TextStyle">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the TextStyle of the GeneralNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.UnitAttributes">
            <summary>Get the unit attributes associated with the GeneralNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.UseBackgroundColor">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the UseBackgroundColor associated with the GeneralNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.VerticalJustification">
            <summary>Gets/Sets vertical justification of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.Width">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the width of the GeneralNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNote.WidthScale">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the width scale factor of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GeneralNotes">
            <summary>GeneralNotes collection object provides access to all of the general notes on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralNotes.AddByRectangle(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.Point2d,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a general note whose size is defined by the input points that define opposing diagonals of the note.</summary>
            <param name="CornerOne">
                <summary>Input Point2d that specifies the first corner of the rectangle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CornerTwo">
                <summary>Input Point2d that specifies the second corner of the rectangle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FormattedText">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the text of the general note. This string can contain tags that define internal formatting changes, which override the text style associated with the general note. The formatting is specified using XML tags within the string. By default, all text in the string will be displayed using the text style assigned to the note. You can use the XML tags to override the default style and apply style overrides for all or portions of the text.
The formatting overrides are defined using tags. There is an opening tag and closing tag for each formatting override you define. The text between the opening and closing tags is affected by the override. See the list of XML text formatting tags under Reference Topics in the Overviews section.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextStyle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies which text style to use for the general note. The text style can be specified by providing the name of an existing style or by supplying a TextStyle object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralNotes.AddFitted(Inventor.Point2d,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a fitted general note positioned at the specified point on the sheet.</summary>
            <param name="PlacementPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d that specifies the position of the general note on the sheet. The position of this point in relation to the resulting text string is dependent on the vertical and horizontal justification of the note. For example if the vertical justification is the top and horizontal is the left, then the position point defines the upper-left corner of the note. If the vertical justification is the center and the horizontal justification is the center, the position point defines the center of the \note.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FormattedText">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the text of the general note. This string can contain tags that define internal formatting changes, which override the text style associated with the general note. The formatting is specified using XML tags within the string. By default, all text in the string will be displayed using the text style assigned to the note. You can use the XML tags to override the default style and apply style overrides for all or portions of the text.
The formatting overrides are defined using tags. There is an opening tag and closing tag for each formatting override you define. The text between the opening and closing tags is affected by the override. See the list of XML text formatting tags under Reference Topics in the Overviews section.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextStyle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies which text style to use for the general note. The text style can be specified by providing the name of an existing style or by supplying a TextStyle object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNotes.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNotes.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNotes.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified GeneralNote object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNotes.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GeneralNoteSymbolDefinition">
            <summary>GeneralNoteSymbolDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNoteSymbolDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralNoteSymbolDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Get whether the GeneralNote is tightly fitted to the text box.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNoteSymbolDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNoteSymbolDefinition.SymbolDefinition">
            <summary>Get the height of the text within the GeneralNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNoteSymbolDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GeneralNoteSymbolDefinitions">
            <summary>GeneralNoteSymbolDefinitions Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeneralNoteSymbolDefinitions.Add(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Add a GeneralNote with size defined by diagonal corners.</summary>
            <param name="SymbolDefinition">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBefore">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNoteSymbolDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNoteSymbolDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNoteSymbolDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralNoteSymbolDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GeneralOptions">
            <summary>The GeneralOptions object provides access to properties that provide read and write access of the general application options. This is somewhat equivalent to the General tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.AnnotationScale">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the size of non-model elements in the graphics window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.EnableLegacyProjectCreation">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the creation of shared and semi-isolated legacy projects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.EnableOptimizedSelection">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether enables or disables optimized selection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.EnableSpellCheck">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to enable the spell check or not. This property defaults to True to indicate the specll check is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.GripSnapOptions">
            <summary>Property that returns the GripSnapOptions object. The GripSnapOptions object provides access to various grip snap related application level options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.iMateVisibility">
            <summary>Gets and sets the Visibility of the iMate Glyph.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.SecondLevelTooltipDelay">
            <summary>Gets and sets the length of the delay time (in seconds), before the second tooltip is displayed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.SelectOtherDelay">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the length of the delay time.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.ShowAutocompleteForCommandAlias">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the autocomplete dropdown box should be displayed for command aliases.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.ShowCommandAliasInputDialog">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the input dialog should be displayed for command aliases.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.ShowCommandPromptTooltips">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether tooltips should be displayed to prompt for command inputs.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.ShowDocumentTabTooltips">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to show tooltips when hovering over document tabs.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.ShowHomeBaseOnStartup">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to use the MyHome Screen.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.ShowSecondLevelTooltips">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to show second level tooltips when hovering over a command in the ribbon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.ShowTooltips">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to show tooltips when hovering over a command in the ribbon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.SpellCheckOptions">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SpellCheckOptions object. The SpellCheckOptions object provides access to various spell check related application level options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.StartupActionType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the type of startup action to perform each time Autodesk Inventor is opened.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.StartupNewFileTemplateName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the template for the new file that will be automatically created each time Autodesk Inventor is opened.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.StartupProjectFileName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the project file that will be used each time Autodesk Inventor is opened.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.TextAppearance">
            <summary>Gets/Sets Text Appearance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.TextSize">
            <summary>Gets/Sets Text Size.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.ThreadTableQuery">
            <summary>Property that returns the ThreadTableQuery object. This object has methods to query the thread table data contained in the Thread.xls spreadsheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.ToleranceValue">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the distance (in pixels) where a selection of an object can occur.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.TooltipDelay">
            <summary>Gets and sets the length of the delay time (in seconds), while the cursor is hovering over a command in the ribbon, before the tooltip is displayed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.UndoFileSize">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the size of the temporary file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.UpdatePropertiesOnSaveForFileType">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether properties should be updated when part or assembly files are saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.UseAutodeskOnlineHelp">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to use the Autodesk online help or not. This property defaults to True to indicate the online help will be used. If local help is installed set this property to False to use the local help.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.UseNegativeIntegralForInertialProperties">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether the inertial properties should be calculated using the negative integral.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralOptions.UserName">
            <summary>Gets/Sets user name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GeneralPreferences">
            <summary>The GeneralPreferences object provides the ability to store information about users' preferences, such as what template directory to use when creating new files, whether the Multi-User facility is on or off, etc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralPreferences.DeferUpdate">
            <summary>Property that indicates the Boolean flag indicating whether to defer update or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralPreferences.MultiUserExternallyManaged">
            <summary>Property that indicates the Boolean flag indicating whether Multi-User facility is managed by Autodesk Inventor or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralPreferences.MultiUserMode">
            <summary>Property that indicates a constant indicating the Multi-User mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeneralPreferences.TemplateDir">
            <summary>Property that indicates the directory from which Autodesk Inventor will present the templates for use in its File New command.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GenericObject">
            <summary>Generic object. Weakly-typed (IDispatch).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GenericObject.ObjectType">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the real type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GenericObject.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GeometricConstraint">
            <summary>The GeomtricConstraint object represents the base class of all geometric constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometricConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometricConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometricConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometricConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometricConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GeometricConstraint3D">
            <summary>The GeometricConstraint3D object represents the base class of all 3D geometric constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometricConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometricConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometricConstraint3D.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometricConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometricConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GeometricConstraints">
            <summary>The GeometricConstraints object provides access to all the geometric sketch constraints ( objects) in a sketch and provides methods to create additional geometric sketch constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints.AddCoincident(Inventor.SketchEntity,Inventor.SketchEntity)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new coincident constraint between two entities. One of the input entities must be a sketch point. The other entity can be a point or any other type of sketch entity.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input sketch entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input sketch entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints.AddCollinear(Inventor.SketchEntity,Inventor.SketchEntity,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new collinear constraint between the two input sketch entities. Valid objects for input include lines, ellipses, and elliptical arcs. Either the major or minor axis of an ellipse is used, depending on the value of the EllipseMajorAxis input argument. When an ellipse is used, the specified axis of the ellipse will become collinear to the other entity. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input sketch entity. Must be a line, ellipse, or elliptical arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input sketch entity. Must be a line, ellipse, or elliptical arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseEllipseOneMajorAxis">
                <summary>Optional Boolean that specifies whether to use the major or minor axis for the ellipse supplied in the EntityOne argument. This argument only applies when the input entity is an ellipse or elliptical arc. Inputting True results in the constraint being applied to the major axis. This value is ignored when a line is supplied as the EntityOne argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseEllipseTwoMajorAxis">
                <summary>Optional Boolean that specifies whether to use the major or minor axis for the ellipse supplied in the EntityTwo argument. This argument only applies when the input entity is an ellipse or elliptical arc. Inputting True results in the constraint being applied to the major axis. This value is ignored when a line is supplied as the EntityTwo argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints.AddConcentric(Inventor.SketchEntity,Inventor.SketchEntity)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new concentric constraint between the two input sketch entities. The two entities must be circles, arcs, ellipses, or elliptical arcs. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input sketch entity. Must be a circle, arc, ellipse, or elliptical arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input sketch entity. Must be a circle, arc, ellipse, or elliptical arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints.AddEqualLength(Inventor.SketchLine,Inventor.SketchLine)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new equal length constraint between the two input sketch lines. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="LineOne">
                <summary>Input SketchLine object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTwo">
                <summary>Input SketchLine object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints.AddEqualRadius(Inventor.SketchEntity,Inventor.SketchEntity)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new equal radius constraint between the two input sketch entities. Valid input entities are circles and arcs. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input sketch entity. Must be a circle or arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input sketch entity. Must be a circle or arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints.AddGround(Inventor.SketchEntity)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ground constraint on the input sketch entity. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input sketch entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints.AddHorizontal(Inventor.SketchEntity,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new horizontal constraint on the input sketch entity. Valid input objects are lines, ellipses, and elliptical arcs. Either the major or minor axis of an ellipse is used depending on the value of the EllipseMajorAxis input argument. When an ellipse is used, the specified axis of the ellipse will become horizontal. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input sketch entity. Must be a line, ellipse, or elliptical arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseEllipseMajorAxis">
                <summary>Optional Boolean that specifies whether to use the major or minor axis for the ellipse. This argument only applies when the input entity is an ellipse or elliptical arc. Inputting True results in the constraint being applied to the major axis. This value is ignored when a line is supplied for the entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints.AddHorizontalAlign(Inventor.SketchPoint,Inventor.SketchPoint)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new horizontal alignment constraint between two sketch points. This causes the two points to align along the same horizontal axis. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="PointOne">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointTwo">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints.AddMidpoint(Inventor.SketchPoint,Inventor.SketchLine)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new midpoint constraint between the point and line. This causes the input sketch point to be positioned at the midpoint of the input line. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Input SketchLine object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints.AddMidPointToArc(Inventor.SketchPoint,Inventor.SketchArc)">
            <summary>Creates a new midpoint constraint between the point and arc.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Arc">
                <summary>Input SketchLine entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints.AddParallel(Inventor.SketchEntity,Inventor.SketchEntity,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new parallel constraint between the two input sketch entities. Valid objects for input include lines and ellipses. Either the major or minor axis of an ellipse is used depending on the values of UseEllipseMajorAxis input arguments. When an ellipse is used, the specified axis of the ellipse will become parallel to the other entity. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input sketch entity. Must be a line, ellipse, or elliptical arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input sketch entity. Must be a line, ellipse, or elliptical arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseEllipseOneMajorAxis">
                <summary>Optional Boolean that specifies whether to use the major or minor axis for the ellipse supplied in the EntityOne argument. This argument only applies when the input entity is an ellipse or elliptical arc. Inputting True results in the constraint being applied to the major axis. This value is ignored when a line is supplied as the EntityOne argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseEllipseTwoMajorAxis">
                <summary>Optional Boolean that specifies whether to use the major or minor axis for the ellipse supplied in the EntityTwo argument. This argument only applies when the input entity is an ellipse or elliptical arc. Inputting True results in the constraint being applied to the major axis. This value is ignored when a line is supplied as the EntityTwo argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints.AddPerpendicular(Inventor.SketchEntity,Inventor.SketchEntity,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new perpendicular constraint between the two input sketch entities. Valid objects for input include lines and ellipses. Either the major or minor axis of an ellipse is used depending on the value of EllipseMajorAxis input argument. When an ellipse is used, the specified axis of the ellipse will become perpendicular to the other entity. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input sketch entity. Must be a line, ellipse, or elliptical arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input sketch entity. Must be a line, ellipse, or elliptical arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseEllipseOneMajorAxis">
                <summary>Optional Boolean that specifies whether to use the major or minor axis for the ellipse supplied in the EntityOne argument. This argument only applies when the input entity is an ellipse or elliptical arc. Inputting True results in the constraint being applied to the major axis. This value is ignored when a line is supplied as the EntityOne argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseEllipseTwoMajorAxis">
                <summary>Optional Boolean that specifies whether to use the major or minor axis for the ellipse supplied in the EntityTwo argument. This argument only applies when the input entity is an ellipse or elliptical arc. Inputting True results in the constraint being applied to the major axis. This value is ignored when a line is supplied as the EntityTwo argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints.AddSmooth(Inventor.SketchEntity,Inventor.SketchEntity,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new smooth (G2-continuous) constraint. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input sketch entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input sketch entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityPoint">
                <summary>Optional input Point2d object that specifies which ends of the curves to make smooth in case there are multiple connections.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints.AddSymmetry(Inventor.SketchEntity,Inventor.SketchEntity,Inventor.SketchLine)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new symmetry constraint between the two input entities about the specified line. The two input entities must be of the same type. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric. Must be the same type as EntityTwo.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric. Must be the same type as EntityOne.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryAxis">
                <summary>Input object that defines the axis of symmetry.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints.AddTangent(Inventor.SketchEntity,Inventor.SketchEntity,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new tangent constraint. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityPoint">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that specifies where the tangency should be applied in the case where the input entities share two sketch points.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints.AddVertical(Inventor.SketchEntity,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new vertical constraint on the input sketch entity. Valid input objects are lines and ellipses. Either the major or minor axis of an ellipse is used depending on the value of the UseEllipseMajorAxis input argument. When an ellipse is used, the specified axis of the ellipse will become vertical. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input sketch entity. Must be a line, ellipse, or elliptical arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseEllipseMajorAxis">
                <summary>Optional Boolean that specifies whether to use the major or minor axis for the ellipse. This argument only applies when the input entity is an ellipse or elliptical arc. Inputting True results in the constraint being applied to the major axis. This value is ignored when a line is supplied for the entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints.AddVerticalAlign(Inventor.SketchPoint,Inventor.SketchPoint)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new vertical alignment constraint between two sketch points. This causes the two points to align along the same vertical axis. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="PointOne">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointTwo">
                <summary>Input SketchLine object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometricConstraints.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometricConstraints.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometricConstraints.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified geometric sketch constraint object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometricConstraints.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D">
            <summary>The GeometricConstraints3D object provides access to all the geometric sketch constraints ( objects) in a 3D sketch and provides methods to create additional geometric sketch constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D.AddCoincident(Inventor.SketchEntity3D,Inventor.SketchEntity3D)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new coincident constraint between two entities. One of the input entities must be a sketch point. The other entity can be any other type of sketch entity (but not a sketch point). Placing a coincident constraint between two points will fail. Use the ConnectTo method on the SketchPoint3D object to merge two points. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input sketch entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input sketch entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D.AddCollinear(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new collinear constraint between the two input objects. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Object that specifies the first entity to be constrained.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Object that specifies the second entity to be constrained.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved1">
                <summary>This argument is reserved for future use and is currently ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved2">
                <summary>This argument is reserved for future use and is currently ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D.AddCustom(Inventor.SketchEntity3D,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new custom constraint on the input sketch entity.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>SketchEntity3D object that specifies the entity to which the custom constraint needs to be applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>String that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}".</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D.AddEqual(Inventor.SketchEntity3D,Inventor.SketchEntity3D)">
            <summary>Creates a new equal constraint between the input entities.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D.AddGround(Inventor.SketchEntity3D)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ground constraint on the input sketch entity. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>SketchEntity3D object that specifies the entity to ground.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D.AddMidpoint(Inventor.SketchPoint3D,Inventor.SketchLine3D)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new midpoint constraint between the input point and the midpoint of the line. This causes the input sketch point to be positioned at the midpoint of the \input line. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Input SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D.AddOnFace(Inventor.SketchEntity3D,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a new on face constraint between the input entity and face.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D.AddParallel(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new parallel constraint between the two input entities. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Object that specifies the first entity to be constrained.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Object that specifies the second entity to be constrained.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved1">
                <summary>This argument is reserved for future use and is currently ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved2">
                <summary>This argument is reserved for future use and is currently ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D.AddParallelToXAxis(Inventor.SketchLine3D)">
            <summary>Creates a new parallel constraint between the input entity and X-axis.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D.AddParallelToXYPlane(Inventor.SketchEntity3D)">
            <summary>Creates a new parallel constraint between the input entity and XY-plane.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D.AddParallelToXZPlane(Inventor.SketchEntity3D)">
            <summary>Creates a new parallel constraint between the input entity and XZ-plane.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D.AddParallelToYAxis(Inventor.SketchLine3D)">
            <summary>Creates a new parallel constraint between the input entity and Y-axis.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D.AddParallelToYZPlane(Inventor.SketchEntity3D)">
            <summary>Creates a new parallel constraint between the input entity and YZ-plane.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D.AddParallelToZAxis(Inventor.SketchLine3D)">
            <summary>Creates a new parallel constraint between the input entity and Z-axis.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D.AddPerpendicular(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new perpendicular constraint between the two input entities. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Object that specifies the first entity to be constrained.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Object that specifies the second entity to be constrained.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved1">
                <summary>This argument is reserved for future use and is currently ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved2">
                <summary>This argument is reserved for future use and is currently ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D.AddSmooth(Inventor.SketchEntity3D,Inventor.SketchEntity3D,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new smooth (G2-continuous) constraint. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input sketch entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input sketch entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityPoint">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that specifies which ends of the curves to make smooth in case there are multiple connections.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D.AddTangent(Inventor.SketchEntity3D,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new tangent constraint. This method will fail if the constraint overconstrains the sketch or if the two input entities do not share at least one common sketch point. In creating the constraint, the method attempts to match the existing orientation between the two curves. If the dot product of the direction vectors for the curves at the tangent point is greater than 0.0 the options for the tangent constraint is set to be outward. That means that if you look at the curves and ignore the parameterization, the curves will be going in opposite directions.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input sketch or edge object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityPoint">
                <summary>Optional input object that specifies where the tangency should be applied in the case where the input entities share two sketch points.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified geometric sketch constraint object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometricConstraints3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GeometryIntent">
            <summary>The GeometryIntent object represents a geometry intent for use in various annotation and view creations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometryIntent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometryIntent.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry associated with the intent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometryIntent.Intent">
            <summary>Property that returns the intent point on the input geometry. This can be a value from PointIntentEnum, a geometry if the intent is the intersection of two geometries, a Point2d object that specifies a sheet point on the geometry or a double value indicating the parameter on the input curve geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometryIntent.IntentType">
            <summary>Property that returns intent type indicating the type of value that the Intent property will return. Possible return values are kPointEnumIntent (a PointIntentEnum will be returned), kPoint2dIntent (a Point2d object will be returned), kParameterIntent (a double value will be returned), kGeometryIntent (a DrawingCurve or a SketchEntity will be returned) or kNoPointIntent (the GeometryIntent is not a point and the Intent property will not return a meaningful value).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometryIntent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometryIntent.Point">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a 3d point define by the geometry intent.&amp;nbsp;This property returns nothing there is not a 3d point intent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometryIntent.PointOnSheet">
            <summary>Property that returns the point on sheet represented by a point intent. This property returns Nothing if this is not a point intent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GeometryIntent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GraphicsColorMapper">
            <summary>The GraphicsColorMapper object maps scalar values to colors. Use methods provided on the object to define the scalar values and colors. The same object can be used to define the mapping for multiple graphics primitives using the ColorMapper property on the primitives.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsColorMapper.Color">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the color at a given index in the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsColorMapper.ColorCount">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of colors defined within the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsColorMapper.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the GraphicsColorMapper object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsColorMapper.GetColors(System.Byte[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the colors in the map.</summary>
            <param name="Colors">
                <summary>Output array of bytes that contains the values of the colors. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential red, green, and blue values. If the array has been declared undimensioned, this method will redimension its size to be able to contain the complete set of colors. If the array has been dimensioned, it must be large enough to contain the entire set of colors or an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsColorMapper.GetValues(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the values in the map.</summary>
            <param name="Values">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the values in the map. The array is a single dimension array containing the scalar values. If the array has been declared undimensioned, this method will redimension its size to be able to contain the complete set of values. If the array has been dimensioned, it must be large enough to contain the entire set of values or an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsColorMapper.MappedColor">
            <summary>Property that returns the color at a given value in the map. This property is informational only and need not be used when assigning a color map to a primitive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsColorMapper.PutColors(System.Byte[])">
            <summary>Method that sets all of the colors in the map. This will replace all existing colors currently defined for the map.</summary>
            <param name="Colors">
                <summary>Input array of Bytes that contains the values of the colors. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential red, green, and blue values.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsColorMapper.PutValues(System.Double[])">
            <summary>Method that sets all of the values in the map. This will replace all existing values currently defined for the map.</summary>
            <param name="Values">
                <summary>Input array of Doubles that contains the values.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsColorMapper.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsColorMapper.Value">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the value at a given index in the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsColorMapper.ValueCount">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of values defined within the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GraphicsColorSet">
            <summary>The GraphicsColorSet object contains a list of colors. This object can be referenced by any number of graphic primitives to use in defining triangle or vertex specific colors to use when rendering.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsColorSet.Add(System.Int32,System.Byte,System.Byte,System.Byte)">
            <summary>Method that adds a new color to the set.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long value that specifies the index of the object to return.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Red">
                <summary>Input value that specifies the red component of the color. This must be a value between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Green">
                <summary>Input Byte that specifies the green component of the color. This value must be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Blue">
                <summary>The blue component of the color. A Byte value between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsColorSet.Color">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the color at a given index in the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsColorSet.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of objects in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsColorSet.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the GraphicsDataSet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsColorSet.GetColors(System.Byte[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the colors of the set.</summary>
            <param name="Colors">
                <summary>Output array of bytes that contains the values of the colors. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential red, green, and blue values. If the array has been declared undimensioned, this method will redimension its size to be able to contain the complete set of colors. If the array has been dimensioned, it must be large enough to contain the entire set of colors or an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsColorSet.Id">
            <summary>Property returning the unique id of this GraphicsDataSet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsColorSet.PutColors(System.Byte[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets all of the colors of the set. This will replace all existing colors currently defined for the set.</summary>
            <param name="Colors">
                <summary>Input array of bytes that contains the values of the colors. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential red, green, and blue values.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsColorSet.Remove(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that removes a coordinate from the set.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Specifies the index you want to remove from the set. All coordinates above the Index will be shifted down. The coordinate set indices are one-based.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsColorSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GraphicsCoordinateSet">
            <summary>The GraphicsCoordinateSet object contains a list of coordinate values. This object can be referenced by any number of graphic primitives to use in defining their coordinates.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsCoordinateSet.Add(System.Int32,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that adds a single coordinate to the set.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Specifies the index you want this coordinate to be within the set. All coordinates above the Index will be shifted up to make room for this index. Specifying any number greater than the current count of the set will cause the coordinate to become the last in the set. The coordinate set indices are one-based.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Coordinate">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the coordinate to add.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsCoordinateSet.Coordinate">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsCoordinateSet.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of objects in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsCoordinateSet.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the GraphicsDataSet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsCoordinateSet.GetCoordinates(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the coordinates of the set.</summary>
            <param name="Coordinates">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that contains the x-y-z value of the coordinates. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, and z values. If the array has been declared undimensioned, this method will redimension its size to be able to contain the complete set of coordinates. If the array has been dimensioned, it must be large enough to contain the entire set of coordinates or an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsCoordinateSet.Id">
            <summary>Property returning the unique id of this GraphicsDataSet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsCoordinateSet.PutCoordinates(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets all of the coordinates of the set. This will replace all existing coordinates currently defined for the set.</summary>
            <param name="Coordinates">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that contains the x-y-z value of the coordinates. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsCoordinateSet.Remove(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that removes a coordinate from the set.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Specifies the index you want to remove from the set. All coordinates above the Index will be shifted down. The coordinate set indices are one-based.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsCoordinateSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GraphicsDataSet">
            <summary>The GraphicsDataSet object is the base class for the various utility objects used for creating custom graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsDataSet.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of objects in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsDataSet.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the GraphicsDataSet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsDataSet.Id">
            <summary>Property returning the unique id of this GraphicsDataSet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsDataSet.Remove(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that removes a coordinate from the set.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Specifies the index you want to remove from the set. All coordinates above the Index will be shifted down. The coordinate set indices are one-based.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsDataSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GraphicsDataSets">
            <summary>The GrahicsDataSets object supports methods to create the various graphics-related data objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsDataSets.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsDataSets.ClientId">
            <summary>Property that returns the unique identifier for the GraphicsDataSets object. The ClientId is assigned during the creation of the GraphicsDataSets object. Typically, it is a GUID in string form, but any string is valid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsDataSets.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of GraphicDataSet objects in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsDataSets.CreateColorMapper">
            <summary>Method that creates a new GraphicsColorMapper object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsDataSets.CreateColorSet(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new GraphicsColorSet object. You use methods provided by the ColorSet object to define the colors.</summary>
            <param name="DataSetId">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the unique identifier for the GraphicsDataSet object. This must be unique with respect to all other GraphicsDataSet objects within this GraphicsDataSets object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsDataSets.CreateCoordinateSet(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new GraphicsCoordinateSet object. You use methods provided by the CoordinateSet object to define the coordinates.</summary>
            <param name="DataSetId">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the unique identifier for the GraphicsDataSet object. This must be unique with respect to all other GraphicsDataSet objects within this GraphicsDataSets object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsDataSets.CreateImageSet(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new GraphicsImageSet object. You use methods provided by the GraphicsImageSet object to define the images.</summary>
            <param name="DataSetId">
                <summary>Specifies the unique identifier for the GraphicsImageSet object. This must be unique with respect to all other GraphicsDataSet objects within this GraphicDataSets collection object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsDataSets.CreateIndexSet(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new GraphicsIndexSet object. You use methods provided by the GraphicsIndexSet object to define the indices.</summary>
            <param name="DataSetId">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the unique identifier for the GraphicsDataSet object. This must be unique with respect to all other GraphicsDataSet objects within this GraphicsDataSets object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsDataSets.CreateNormalSet(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new GraphicsNormalSet object. You use methods provided by the NormalSet object to define the normal vectors.</summary>
            <param name="DataSetId">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the unique identifier for the GraphicsDataSet object. This must be unique with respect to all other GraphicsDataSet objects within this GraphicsDataSets object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsDataSets.CreateTextureCoordinateSet(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new GraphicsTextureCoordinateSet object. You use methods provided by the GraphicsTextureCoordinateSet object to define the coordinates.</summary>
            <param name="DataSetId">
                <summary>Specifies the unique identifier for the GraphicsTextureCoordinateSet object. This must be unique with respect to all other GraphicsDataSet objects within this GraphicDataSets collection object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsDataSets.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the GraphicsDataSets object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsDataSets.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsDataSets.ItemById">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsDataSets.NonTransacting">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the creation of this GraphicsDataSets object and all its associated data is non-transacting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsDataSets.Parent">
            <summary>Property returns the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsDataSets.SaveWithDocument">
            <summary>Property that returns whether to save the GraphicsDataSets with the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsDataSets.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GraphicsDataSetsCollection">
            <summary>The ClientGraphicsCollection object allows you to create new objects and supports access to existing GraphicsDataSets objects. See the article in the overview section for more information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsDataSetsCollection.Add(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new GraphicsDataSets object. When the GraphicsDataSetsCollection object is obtained from a Document, this will always create a transient graphics data object. That is, its lifetime is only for the period of time the document is open. 
When the GraphicsDataSetsCollection object is obtained from a ClientFeatureDefinition object, the graphics data objects created are persistent and will be saved with the document. In that case it is only intended to be used for graphics that are associated with a client feature.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Specifies the unique identifier for the GraphicsDataSets object. This must be unique with respect to all other GraphicsDataSets objects. Typically, this is a GUID in string form, but any string is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsDataSetsCollection.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsDataSetsCollection.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of coordinates defined within the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsDataSetsCollection.Item">
            <summary>Returns an existing GraphicsDataSets object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsDataSetsCollection.NonTransacting">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the creation of this GraphicsDataSetsCollection object and all its associated data is non-transacting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsDataSetsCollection.Parent">
            <summary>Property returns the parent document of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsDataSetsCollection.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GraphicsImageSet">
            <summary>The GraphicsImageSet defines images that can be used when displaying client graphics objects that support images. Currently this is limited to the GraphicsPoint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsImageSet.Add(System.Int32,stdole.IPictureDisp,System.Object,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that adds a new custom point to the set.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the position you want this image to have within the set. All images above the specified index will be shifted up to make room for this image. Specifying any number greater than the current count of the set will cause the new image to become the last in the set.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Image">
                <summary>Input picture to use for the image. This should be the size that you want the point to appear on the screen.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TransparentColor">
                <summary>Optional input Color object that defines the transparent color within the image. If this argument is not supplied and the image provided doesn't define a transparent color, then there won't be any transparency.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HotPointX">
                <summary>Optional input Integer that defines the x coordinate of the hot spot as defined in pixels of the image where 0,0 is the top-left corner of the image. The default value of -1 will result in the center of the image being used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HotPointY">
                <summary>Optional input Integer that defines the x coordinate of the hot spot as defined in pixels of the image where 0,0 is the top-left corner of the image. The default value of -1 will result in the center of the image being used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsImageSet.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of objects in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsImageSet.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the GraphicsDataSet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsImageSet.Id">
            <summary>Property returning the unique id of this GraphicsDataSet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsImageSet.Remove(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that removes a coordinate from the set.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Specifies the index you want to remove from the set. All coordinates above the Index will be shifted down. The coordinate set indices are one-based.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsImageSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GraphicsIndexSet">
            <summary>The GraphicsIndexSet object contains a list of indices. This object can be referenced by any number of graphic primitives to use in defining the list of indices that index into a coordinate set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsIndexSet.Add(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that adds a new index to the set.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the position you want this index to be within the set. All indices above the position will be shifted up to make room for this index. Specifying any number greater than the current count of the set will cause the index to become the last in the set. The index set indices are one-based.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IndexValue">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the index value.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsIndexSet.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of objects in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsIndexSet.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the GraphicsDataSet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsIndexSet.GetIndices(System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the indices of the set.</summary>
            <param name="IndexValues">
                <summary>Output array of longs that contains the indices of the set. The array is a single dimension array. If the array has been declared undimensioned, this method will redimension its size to be able to contain the complete set of indices. If the array has been dimensioned, it must be large enough to contain the entire set of indices or an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsIndexSet.Id">
            <summary>Property returning the unique id of this GraphicsDataSet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsIndexSet.IndexValue">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsIndexSet.PutIndices(System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets all of the indices of the set. This will replace any existing indices currently defined for the set.</summary>
            <param name="IndexValues">
                <summary>Input array of longs that contains the indices into a an index set. The array is a single dimension array.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsIndexSet.Remove(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that removes a coordinate from the set.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Specifies the index you want to remove from the set. All coordinates above the Index will be shifted down. The coordinate set indices are one-based.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsIndexSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GraphicsNode">
            <summary>The GraphicsNode object provides a logical grouping of Client graphics. It is the lowest level of detail the user will see when selecting objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNode.AddComponentGraphics(Inventor.ComponentDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ComponentGraphics object based on the input ComponentDefinition.</summary>
            <param name="ComponentDefinition">
                <summary>Input ComponentDefinition object (either from a part or an assembly) to create the graphics from.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNode.AddCurveGraphics(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new CurveGraphics graphic primitive.</summary>
            <param name="Curve">
                <summary>Input object that defines the curve. This can be one of the following: LineSegment, Circle, Arc3d, EllipseFull, EllipticalArc, BSplineCurve and Polyline3d.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNode.AddLineGraphics">
            <summary>Method that creates a new LineGraphics graphic primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNode.AddLineStripGraphics">
            <summary>Method that creates a new LineStripGraphics graphic primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNode.AddPointGraphics">
            <summary>Method that creates a new PointGraphics graphic primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNode.AddScalableTextGraphics">
            <summary>Method that creates a new (scalable) TextGraphics graphic primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNode.AddSurfaceGraphics(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new SurfaceGraphics object based on the input surface(s).</summary>
            <param name="Surfaces">
                <summary>Input object that defines the surfaces. This can be one of the following: SurfaceBody, Face, Faces or a FaceCollection object. If a FaceCollection is provided, all the Face objects in the collection must belong to the same SurfaceBody, else an error will occur. Use the various body primitive creation methods on the TransientBRep object to create bodies for input to this method.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNode.AddTextGraphics">
            <summary>Method that creates a new TextGraphics graphic primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNode.AddTriangleFanGraphics">
            <summary>Method that creates a new TriangleFanGraphics graphic primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNode.AddTriangleGraphics">
            <summary>Method that creates a new TriangleGraphics graphic primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNode.AddTriangleStripGraphics">
            <summary>Method that creates a new TriangleStripGraphics graphic primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNode.AllowSliceCapping">
            <summary>Specifies that whether this graphics node will display a cap or not when sliced.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNode.AllowSlicing">
            <summary>Specifies that the node participates in slicing of client graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNode.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the appearance asset associated with the graphics node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNode.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNode.ClearSlice">
            <summary>Method that clears all the slicing applied to the graphics node.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNode.Copy(Inventor.Matrix,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this . The copy has the same property values as the original, a duplicate of all of the graphics primitives, and the CustomRenderStyle has the same values. A new ID is generated for the copy.</summary>
            <param name="Transformation">
                <summary>Input that defines the transform for the copy.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NodeId">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the identifier for the newly created node. This id needs to be unique with respect to all other object in this ClientGraphics object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNode.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of graphic primitive objects associated with this GraphicsNode object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNode.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the GraphicsNode. This also deletes all associated graphic primitives.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNode.DisplayName">
            <summary>Read-write Property that gets and sets display name of this graphics node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNode.ExcludedFromViewAll">
            <summary>Specifies that the node is not considered when doing a view all.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNode.Id">
            <summary>Property that returns the Id of the GraphicsNode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNode.IsTransparentInPlaceEdit">
            <summary>Read-write Property that gets and sets transparency behavior of this graphics node in inactive mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNode.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified graphic entity from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNode.ItemById">
            <summary>Returns the specified GraphicsPrimitive from the collection using its Id as index.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNode.OverrideOpacity">
            <summary>Override Opacity that controls the transparencty of the node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNode.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this graphics node belongs to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNode.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNode.Selectable">
            <summary>Property that specifies whether the GraphicsNode object can be selected when the Select command is running in Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNode.Transformation">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the transformation of the GraphicsNode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNode.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNode.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the GraphicsNode is visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNode.VisibleInActiveEditObject">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether this graphics node is visible when the containing object is not the active edit object. A value of True indicates that this node is visible only when the containing object is activated. The value of this property is ignored if the Visible property on GraphicsNode is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNode.VisibleInViews">
            <summary>Property that returns a object containing the Views that this graphics node is visible in. If there are no views in the list, the node is visible in all views. Views may be added or removed from the list. This property is ignored if the Visible property on GraphicsNode is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.AddComponentGraphics(Inventor.ComponentDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ComponentGraphics object based on the input ComponentDefinition.</summary>
            <param name="ComponentDefinition">
                <summary>Input ComponentDefinition object (either from a part or an assembly) to create the graphics from.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.AddCurveGraphics(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new CurveGraphics graphic primitive.</summary>
            <param name="Curve">
                <summary>Input object that defines the curve. This can be one of the following: LineSegment, Circle, Arc3d, EllipseFull, EllipticalArc, BSplineCurve and Polyline3d.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.AddLineGraphics">
            <summary>Method that creates a new LineGraphics graphic primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.AddLineStripGraphics">
            <summary>Method that creates a new LineStripGraphics graphic primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.AddPointGraphics">
            <summary>Method that creates a new PointGraphics graphic primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.AddScalableTextGraphics">
            <summary>Method that creates a new (scalable) TextGraphics graphic primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.AddSurfaceGraphics(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new SurfaceGraphics object based on the input surface(s).</summary>
            <param name="Surfaces">
                <summary>Input object that defines the surfaces. This can be one of the following: SurfaceBody, Face, Faces or a FaceCollection object. If a FaceCollection is provided, all the Face objects in the collection must belong to the same SurfaceBody, else an error will occur. Use the various body primitive creation methods on the TransientBRep object to create bodies for input to this method.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.AddTextGraphics">
            <summary>Method that creates a new TextGraphics graphic primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.AddTriangleFanGraphics">
            <summary>Method that creates a new TriangleFanGraphics graphic primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.AddTriangleGraphics">
            <summary>Method that creates a new TriangleGraphics graphic primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.AddTriangleStripGraphics">
            <summary>Method that creates a new TriangleStripGraphics graphic primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.AllowSliceCapping">
            <summary>Specifies that whether this graphics node will display a cap or not when sliced.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.AllowSlicing">
            <summary>Specifies that the node participates in slicing of client graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the appearance asset associated with the graphics node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.ClearSlice">
            <summary>Method that clears all the slicing applied to the graphics node.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.Copy(Inventor.Matrix,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this . The copy has the same property values as the original, a duplicate of all of the graphics primitives, and the CustomRenderStyle has the same values. A new ID is generated for the copy.</summary>
            <param name="Transformation">
                <summary>Input that defines the transform for the copy.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NodeId">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the identifier for the newly created node. This id needs to be unique with respect to all other object in this ClientGraphics object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of graphic primitive objects associated with this GraphicsNode object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the GraphicsNode. This also deletes all associated graphic primitives.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.DisplayName">
            <summary>Read-write Property that gets and sets display name of this graphics node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.ExcludedFromViewAll">
            <summary>Specifies that the node is not considered when doing a view all.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.Id">
            <summary>Property that returns the Id of the GraphicsNode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.IsTransparentInPlaceEdit">
            <summary>Read-write Property that gets and sets transparency behavior of this graphics node in inactive mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified graphic entity from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.ItemById">
            <summary>Returns the specified GraphicsPrimitive from the collection using its Id as index.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.OverrideOpacity">
            <summary>Override Opacity that controls the transparencty of the node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this graphics node belongs to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.Selectable">
            <summary>Property that specifies whether the GraphicsNode object can be selected when the Select command is running in Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.Transformation">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the transformation of the GraphicsNode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the GraphicsNode is visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.VisibleInActiveEditObject">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether this graphics node is visible when the containing object is not the active edit object. A value of True indicates that this node is visible only when the containing object is activated. The value of this property is ignored if the Visible property on GraphicsNode is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNodeProxy.VisibleInViews">
            <summary>Property that returns a object containing the Views that this graphics node is visible in. If there are no views in the list, the node is visible in all views. Views may be added or removed from the list. This property is ignored if the Visible property on GraphicsNode is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GraphicsNormalSet">
            <summary>The GraphicsNormalSet object contains a list of normals. This object can be referenced by any number of graphic primitives to help define the normals to be used when rendering.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNormalSet.Add(System.Int32,Inventor.UnitVector)">
            <summary>Method that adds a new normal to the set.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Specifies the position you want this normal to have within the set. All normals above the position will be shifted up to make room for this normal. Specifying any number greater than the current count of the set will cause the normal to become the last in the set. The normal set indices are one-based, meaning the first normal in the set has an index of one.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Normal">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the normal to add to the set.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNormalSet.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of objects in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNormalSet.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the GraphicsDataSet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNormalSet.GetNormals(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the normals of the set.</summary>
            <param name="Normals">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that contains the x-y-z values of the normals. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, and z values. If the array has been declared undimensioned, this method will redimension its size to be able to contain the complete set of normals. If the array has been dimensioned, it must be large enough to contain the entire set of normals or an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNormalSet.Id">
            <summary>Property returning the unique id of this GraphicsDataSet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNormalSet.Normal">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNormalSet.PutNormals(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets all of the normals of the set. This will replace any existing normals currently defined for the set.</summary>
            <param name="Normals">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that contains the x-y-z values of the normals. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, and z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsNormalSet.Remove(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that removes a coordinate from the set.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Specifies the index you want to remove from the set. All coordinates above the Index will be shifted down. The coordinate set indices are one-based.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsNormalSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GraphicsPreferences">
            <summary>The GraphicsPreferences object represents preference options for the graphical environment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GraphicsPrimitive">
            <summary>The GraphicsPrimitive object is the base class for all the various primitive types of client graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsPrimitive.Anchored">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this graphics primitive is anchored in view space. This property can only be set to False. The Anchored property is automatically set to True by the SetViewSpaceAnchor method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsPrimitive.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsPrimitive.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the graphics primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsPrimitive.GetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.Point2d@,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the anchor information of the graphics object. This method returns an error if the 'Anchored' property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Output that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Output that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Output constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsPrimitive.Id">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Id of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsPrimitive.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsPrimitive.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsPrimitive.RemoveViewSpaceAnchor">
            <summary>The RemoveViewSpaceAnchor method removes the view space anchor from the object, and sets the Anchored property to false.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsPrimitive.SetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum)">
            <summary>Method that anchors the graphics object at the specified point in view space. The Anchored property is set to True.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Input that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Input constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsPrimitive.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GraphicsTextureCoordinateSet">
            <summary>The GraphicsTextureCoordinateSet object contains a list of coordinate values</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsTextureCoordinateSet.Add(System.Int32,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds a single coordinate to the set.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Specifies the index you want this coordinate to be within the set. All coordinates above the Index will be shifted up to make room for this index. Specifying any number greater than the current count of the set will cause the coordinate to become the last in the set. The coordinate set indices are one-based.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Coordinate">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the value of the coordinate to add. The input is currently limited to double values.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsTextureCoordinateSet.Coordinate">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the value of a specific coordinate within the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsTextureCoordinateSet.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of objects in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsTextureCoordinateSet.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the GraphicsDataSet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsTextureCoordinateSet.GetCoordinates(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the coordinates of the set.</summary>
            <param name="Coordinates">
                <summary>Output array of doubles that contains the scalar texture coordinates. The array is a single dimension array containing texture coordinates. If the array has been declared undimensioned, this method will redimension its size to contain the complete set of coordinates. If the array has been dimensioned, it must be large enough to contain the entire set of coordinates or an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsTextureCoordinateSet.Id">
            <summary>Property returning the unique id of this GraphicsDataSet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsTextureCoordinateSet.PutCoordinates(System.Double[])">
            <summary>Method that sets all of the coordinates of the set. This will replace all existing coordinates currently defined for the set.</summary>
            <param name="Coordinates">
                <summary>Input array of doubles that contains value of the texture coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GraphicsTextureCoordinateSet.Remove(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that removes a coordinate from the set.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Specifies the index you want to remove from the set. All coordinates above the Index will be shifted down. The coordinate set indices are one-based.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsTextureCoordinateSet.TextureDimension">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines the dimension of the texture coordinate array.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GraphicsTextureCoordinateSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GrillFeature">
            <summary>The GrillFeature object represents a grill feature within the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GrillFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GrillFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GrillFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GrillFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GrillFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GrillFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GrillFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GrillFeatures">
            <summary>The GrillFeatures collection object provides access to existing grill features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  You can provide either the index of the item in the collection, where the first item is index 1, or you can provide the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GrillFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GripSnapOptions">
            <summary>The GripSnapOptions object provides access to various grip snap related application level options. This object is obtained from the GeneralOptions.GripSnapOptions property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GripSnapOptions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GripSnapOptions.DisplayObjectInOriginalLocation">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether or not to maintain a static reference image of the selection set while transient graphics represent the translation or rotation in drag and snap and reference geometry workflows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GripSnapOptions.SelectGroundedComponentsAndWorkGeometry">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether grounded components and work geometries can be included for move/rotate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GripSnapOptions.ShowDegreesOfFreedom">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether or not to add boxes to the end of the heads-up display (HUD) for translational and rotational degrees of freedom related to the active component or assembly selection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GripSnapOptions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GripSnapOptions.UseFreeDrag">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether or not to use the free drag option for each geometry type, skipping the step to select Free Drag from the Grip Snap move options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GripSnapOptions.UseTemporaryConstraints">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether or not to use transient constraints during multiple manipulations of the same selection set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GroundConstraint">
            <summary>The GroundConstraint object represents a constraint that grounds an entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GroundConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraint.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns entity being grounded.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GroundConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GroundConstraint3D">
            <summary>The GroundConstraint3D object represents a constraint that grounds an entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraint3D.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GroundConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraint3D.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity being grounded.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GroundConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GroundConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraint3DProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GroundConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraint3DProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity being grounded.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GroundConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GroundConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraintProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GroundConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraintProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns entity being grounded.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GroundConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.GroundPlaneSettings">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundPlaneSettings.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundPlaneSettings.AutoResize">
            <summary>Gets or sets whether the ground plane should be resized automatically based on the component size.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundPlaneSettings.Color">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the color for the ground plane for the area inside the margin.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundPlaneSettings.DisplayGridLines">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether to display grid lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundPlaneSettings.FrontDirection">
            <summary>Gets front directon of the ground plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GroundPlaneSettings.GetSize(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.Point@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the current size of the displayed graphics for the ground plane. The plane is functionally infinite but has a plane that is displayed to allow the user to visualize it.</summary>
            <param name="PointOne">
                <summary>Point object that returns the first corner of the ground plane in model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointTwo">
                <summary>Point object that returns the diagonally opposite corner of the ground plane in model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundPlaneSettings.HeightOffset">
            <summary>Gets and sets the offset of the ground plane from the specified position.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundPlaneSettings.MinorGridLineSpacing">
            <summary>Gets and sets the spacing between minor grid lines in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundPlaneSettings.MinorLinesPerMajorGridLine">
            <summary>Gets and sets the number of minor lines to appear between major lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundPlaneSettings.Opacity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the opacity of the ground plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundPlaneSettings.Plane">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the ground plane. The returned Plane object provides information about the position and normal of the work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundPlaneSettings.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the ground plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundPlaneSettings.ReflectionBlur">
            <summary>Gets and sets the reflection’s blurriness, specifying the amount of blur the ground plane surface will produce.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundPlaneSettings.ReflectionBlurFalloff">
            <summary>Gets and sets where the model reflection seems to fade away.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundPlaneSettings.Reflectivity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the reflectivity of the ground plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.GroundPlaneSettings.SetSize(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that sets the current size of the displayed graphics for the ground plane. The plane is functionally infinite but has a plane that is displayed to allow the user to visualize it. This method will fail if the AutoResize property is set to True.</summary>
            <param name="PointOne">
                <summary>Point object that defines the first corner of the ground plane in model space. If the input point does not lie on the ground plane, the point is projected to the plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointTwo">
                <summary>Point object that defines the diagonally opposite corner of the ground plane in model space. If the input point does not lie on the ground plane, the point is projected to the plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundPlaneSettings.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.GroundPlaneSettings.UpDirection">
            <summary>Gets up directon of the ground plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HardwareOptions">
            <summary>The HardwareOptions object provides access to properties that provide read and write access of the hardware related application options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Hardware tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HardwareOptions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HardwareOptions.Diagnostics">
            <summary>Property that returns a string with results of diagnostic testing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HardwareOptions.EnableViewportGPURayTracing">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether to use GPU Raytracing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HardwareOptions.GraphicsSettingType">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies the type of the graphics hardware setting to use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HardwareOptions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HardwareOptions.UseSoftwareGraphics">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether to use software graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HeadsUpDisplayOptions">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HeadsUpDisplayOptions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HeadsUpDisplayOptions.DimensionInputEnabled">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to enable dimension input where possible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HeadsUpDisplayOptions.DimensionInputInCartesianCoordinates">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether dimension input is in Cartesian or Polar coordinates.&amp;nbsp;If set to False, input is in Polar coordinates.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HeadsUpDisplayOptions.Enabled">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether heads-up display is enabled for sketches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HeadsUpDisplayOptions.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent SketchOptions object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HeadsUpDisplayOptions.PointerInputEnabled">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether pointer input is enabled for sketches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HeadsUpDisplayOptions.PointerInputInCartesianCoordinates">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether pointer input is in Cartesian or Polar coordinates.&amp;nbsp;If set to False, input is in Polar coordinates.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HeadsUpDisplayOptions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HelicalConstraint3D">
            <summary>This object represents a helix-based constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalConstraint3D.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HelicalConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HelicalConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HelicalConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalConstraint3DProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HelicalConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HelicalConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HelicalCurve">
            <summary>HelicalCurve object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurve.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurve.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurve.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurve.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurve.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurve.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the shape definition of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HelicalCurve.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HelicalCurve.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurve.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurve.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurve.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurve.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurve.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurve.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurve.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurve.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurve.SketchEntities">
            <summary>Returns a collection of sketch entities that belong to the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurve.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition">
            <summary>HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition.AxisEndPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the axis end point of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition.AxisStartPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the axis start point of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition.Clockwise">
            <summary>Gets and sets the rotation of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this HelicalCurveDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition.CurveStart">
            <summary>Gets and sets the start point of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition.Diameter">
            <summary>Gets and sets the diameter of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition.Height">
            <summary>Gets and sets the height of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition.HelixEndEndType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the helix end end type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition.HelixEndFlatAngle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the helix end flat angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition.HelixEndTransitionAngle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the helix end transition angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition.HelixStartEndType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the helix start end type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition.HelixStartFlatAngle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the helix start flat angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition.HelixStartTransitionAngle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the helix start transition angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition.Pitch">
            <summary>Gets and sets the pitch of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition.Revolution">
            <summary>Gets and sets the revolution of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition.ShapeDefinitionType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the shape definition type of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition.Taper">
            <summary>Gets and sets the taper angle of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveConstantShapeDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HelicalCurveDefinition">
            <summary>HelicalCurveDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveDefinition.AxisEndPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the axis end point of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveDefinition.AxisStartPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the axis start point of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveDefinition.Clockwise">
            <summary>Gets and sets the rotation of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HelicalCurveDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this HelicalCurveDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveDefinition.CurveStart">
            <summary>Gets and sets the start point of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveDefinition.ShapeDefinitionType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the shape definition type of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HelicalCurveProxy">
            <summary>Helical Curve Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveProxy.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the shape definition of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HelicalCurveProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HelicalCurveProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveProxy.SketchEntities">
            <summary>Returns a collection of sketch entities that belong to the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HelicalCurves">
            <summary>HelicalCurves Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HelicalCurves.Add(Inventor.HelicalCurveDefinition)">
            <summary>Creates a helical curve.</summary>
            <param name="HelicalCurveDefinition">
                <summary>Input HelicalCurveDefinition object that defines the inputs of the helical curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurves.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurves.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HelicalCurves.CreateConstantShapeDefinition(Inventor.HelicalShapeDefinitionTypeEnum,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a helical curve shape definition which can be used to create a helical curve.</summary>
            <param name="ShapeDefinitionType">
                <summary>Input HelicalShapeDefinitionTypeEnum that defines the helical curve shape definition type. Valid value includes: kPitchAndRevolutionShapeType, kPitchAndHeightShapeType, kRevolutionAndHeightShapeType and kSpiralShapeType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisStartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the axis start point of the helical curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisEndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the axis end point of the helical curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CurveStartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the start point of the helical curve. This maybe not the exact position of the start point of the helical curve, but defines the direction of the helical curve start point will be in, the direction is from the AxisStartPoint to CurveStartPoint. If the CurveStartPoint is not on the plane that is perpendicular to the axis and across the AxisStartPoint then it will be projected onto the plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Diameter">
                <summary>Input value that defines the diameter of the helical curve. This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Pitch">
                <summary>Optional input value that defines the pitch of the helical curve. This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document. This is required if  the ShapeDefinitionType is specified as kPitchAndRevolutionShapeType, kPitchAndHeightShapeType or kSpiralShapeType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Revolution">
                <summary>Optional input Double value that defines the revolution of the helical curve. This is required if  the ShapeDefinitionType is specified as kPitchAndRevolutionShapeType, kRevolutionAndHeightShapeType or kSpiralShapeType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Optional input value that defines the height of the helical curve. This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document. This is required if  the ShapeDefinitionType is specified as kPitchAndHeightShapeType or kRevolutionAndHeightShapeType.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HelicalCurves.CreateVariableShapeDefinition(Inventor.HelicalShapeDefinitionTypeEnum,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a helical curve shape definition which can be used to create a helical curve.</summary>
            <param name="ShapeDefinitionType">
                <summary>Input HelicalShapeDefinitionTypeEnum that defines the helical curve shape definition type. Valid value includes: kPitchAndRevolutionShapeType, kPitchAndHeightShapeType, and kRevolutionAndHeightShapeType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisStartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the axis start point of the helical curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisEndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the axis end point of the helical curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CurveStartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the start point of the helical curve. This maybe not the exact position of the start point of the helical curve, but defines the direction of the helical curve start point will be in, the direction is from the AxisStartPoint to CurveStartPoint. If the CurveStartPoint is not on the plane that is perpendicular to the axis and across the AxisStartPoint then it will be projected onto the plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Diameter">
                <summary>Input value that defines the diameter of the helical curve. This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Pitch">
                <summary>Optional input value that defines the pitch of the helical curve. This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document. This is required if  the ShapeDefinitionType is specified as kPitchAndRevolutionShapeType, kPitchAndHeightShapeType or kSpiralShapeType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Revolution">
                <summary>Optional input Double value that defines the revolution of the helical curve. This is required if  the ShapeDefinitionType is specified as kPitchAndRevolutionShapeType, kRevolutionAndHeightShapeType or kSpiralShapeType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Optional input value that defines the height of the helical curve. This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document. This is required if  the ShapeDefinitionType is specified as kPitchAndHeightShapeType or kRevolutionAndHeightShapeType.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurves.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurves.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRow">
            <summary>HelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRow object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRow.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRow.Delete">
            <summary>Deletes this row.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRow.Diameter">
            <summary>Gets and sets the diameter of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRow.Height">
            <summary>Gets and sets the height of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRow.Index">
            <summary>Returns the index of the row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRow.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRow.Pitch">
            <summary>Gets and sets the pitch of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRow.Revolution">
            <summary>Gets and sets the revolution of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRow.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRows">
            <summary>HelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRows object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRows.Add(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Adds a new HelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRow.</summary>
            <param name="Diameter">
                <summary>Input value that defines the diameter of the helical curve. This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Pitch">
                <summary>Optional input value that defines the pitch of the helical curve. This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document. This is required if  the ShapeDefinitionType is specified as kPitchAndRevolutionShapeType or kPitchAndHeightShapeType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Revolution">
                <summary>Optional input Double value that defines the revolution of the helical curve. This is required if  the ShapeDefinitionType is specified as kPitchAndRevolutionShapeType or kRevolutionAndHeightShapeType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Optional input value that defines the overall height of the helical curve till this row. This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document. This is required if  the ShapeDefinitionType is specified as kPitchAndHeightShapeType or kRevolutionAndHeightShapeType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Optional input value that specifies the index of the row to insert. If not provided this defaults to 0 means it will be placed at last.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRows.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRows.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRows.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRows.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HelicalCurveVariableShapeDefinition">
            <summary>HelicalCurveVariableShapeDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveVariableShapeDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveVariableShapeDefinition.AxisEndPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the axis end point of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveVariableShapeDefinition.AxisStartPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the axis start point of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveVariableShapeDefinition.Clockwise">
            <summary>Gets and sets the rotation of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HelicalCurveVariableShapeDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this HelicalCurveDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveVariableShapeDefinition.CurveStart">
            <summary>Gets and sets the start point of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveVariableShapeDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveVariableShapeDefinition.ShapeDefinitionRows">
            <summary>Returns the HelicalCurveShapeDefinitionRows collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveVariableShapeDefinition.ShapeDefinitionType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the shape definition type of the helical curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelicalCurveVariableShapeDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HelpEvents">
            <summary>Object that provides access to help related events.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelpEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HelpEvents.OnApplicationHelp(Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires before Application Help is displayed.</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelpEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HelpManager">
            <summary>The HelpManager object encapsulates all of the help functionality.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelpManager.HelpEvents">
            <summary>Gets the object that fires Help related events.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelpManager.HelpPath">
            <summary>Gets the full path location of the help directory.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelpManager.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HelpManager.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HemDefinition">
            <summary>The HemDefinition object represents all of the information that defines a hem feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemDefinition.BendOptions">
            <summary>Gets and sets the bend options associated with this contour flange feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this HemDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemDefinition.Edges">
            <summary>Gets and sets the EdgeCollection object that contains the edges that are used to define the hem feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemDefinition.HemType">
            <summary>Property that returns the method used to define the type of hem.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemDefinition.HemTypeDefinition">
            <summary>Property that returns the HemTypeDefinition object that defines the type of hem.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemDefinition.IsOnEdgeSide">
            <summary>Gets and sets the side of the part that the hem is on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemDefinition.IsUnfoldMethodOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and set whether the unfold method has been overridden for this feature. Setting this property to False clears the override.&amp;nbsp;Setting the property to True returns a failure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent HemFeature of this HemDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemDefinition.SetCenteredWidthExtent(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the HemDefinition object to define a hem that's centered along the edge and has a defined width.</summary>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance used for the width extent of the hem. This value is used to define that distance. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemDefinition.SetDoubleHemType(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the HemDefinition object to define a hem whose shape has a double bend.</summary>
            <param name="Gap">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Length">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemDefinition.SetEdgeWidthExtent">
            <summary>Method that changes the ContourFlangeDefinition object to define a hem whose width is defined by the length of the input edge(s). These are the same edges that were specified to define the location of the hems.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemDefinition.SetFromToWidthExtent(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the FlangeDefinition object to define a hem whose width is defined as being between two entities.</summary>
            <param name="FromEntity">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the 'from' extents. This can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, Vertex, or WorkPoint object that intersects the selected edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToEntity">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the 'to' extents. This can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, Vertex, or WorkPoint object that intersects the selected edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemDefinition.SetOffsetWidthExtent(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the HemDefinition object to define a hem whose width is defined with respect to two entities.</summary>
            <param name="OffsetEntityOne">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the first entity the distance is measured relative to. This can be a point (WorkPoint or a Vertex object) or a plane (Face or WorkPlane object that is perpendicular to the selected edge).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetDistanceOne">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of the hem from offset entity one. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetEntityTwo">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the second entity the distance is measured relative to. This can be a point (WorkPoint or a Vertex object) or a plane (Face or WorkPlane object that is perpendicular to the selected edge).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetDistanceTwo">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of the hem from offset entity two. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemDefinition.SetRolledHemType(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the HemDefinition object to define a hem whose shape has a rolled bend.</summary>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the radius of the hem. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle of the hem. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemDefinition.SetSingleHemType(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the HemDefinition object to define a hem whose shape has a single bend.</summary>
            <param name="Gap">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the gap of the hem. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Length">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the length of the hem. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemDefinition.SetTeardropHemType(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the HemDefinition object to define a hem whose shape has a teardrop bend.</summary>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the radius of the hem. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle of the hem. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemDefinition.SetWidthOffsetWidthExtent(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that changes the ContourFlangeDefinition object to define a hem whose width is defined relative to another entity.</summary>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance to use for the width extent of the hem. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetDistance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of the hem from the offset entity. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetEntity">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the entity the distance is measured relative to. This can be a point (WorkPoint or a Vertex object) or a plane (Face or WorkPlane object that is perpendicular to the selected edge).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PositiveDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the side of the offset entity the hem is on.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemDefinition.UnfoldMethod">
            <summary>Gets and sets the UnfoldMethod object that defines how the bends associated with this contour flange feature are unfolded.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemDefinition.WidthExtent">
            <summary>Property that returns the PartFeatureExtent object that defines how the width extent of the hem feature is defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemDefinition.WidthExtentType">
            <summary>Property that returns the method used to define the width extent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HemFeature">
            <summary>The HemFeature object represents a sheet metal hem feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets the HemDefinition object associated with this fold feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets the HemDefinition object associated with this fold feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HemFeatures">
            <summary>The HemFeatures collection object provides access to all of the objects in a sheet metal component definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemFeatures.Add(Inventor.HemDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new hem feature. The newly created HemFeature object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="HemDefinition">
                <summary>Input HemDefinition object that defines the hem feature you want to create. A HemDefinition object can be created using the HemFeatures.CreateHemDefinition method. It can also be obtained from an existing HemFeature object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HemFeatures.CreateHemDefinition(Inventor.EdgeCollection)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new HemDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="Edges">
                <summary>Input EdgeCollection object that specifies the edges to create a hem feature on.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified HemFeature object from the collection. This is the default property of the HemFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HemFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HighlightSet">
            <summary>The HighlightSet object defines a set of objects and an associated color to display them with.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HighlightSet.AddItem(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds an entity to the highlight set.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input Autodesk Inventor object that is valid to be highlighted.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HighlightSet.AddMultipleItems(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Adds multiple entities to the highlight set.</summary>
            <param name="Entities">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that specifies the entities to highlight.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HighlightSet.Clear">
            <summary>Method that removes all objects from the highlight set.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HighlightSet.Color">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the color of the highlight set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HighlightSet.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of objects in the highlight set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HighlightSet.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the HighlightSet object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HighlightSet.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the highlight set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HighlightSet.Remove(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified object from the highlight set.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input value that specifies the object to remove. This can be a Long, which specifies the index within the collection of the item to remove, or it can be the object you wish to remove. This method only removes the object from the highlight set. It does not delete it from the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HighlightSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HighlightSets">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HighlightSets.Add">
            <summary>Method that creates a new HighlightSet object. A new HighlightSet will be empty and the color will be the current highlight color as defined by the color scheme.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HighlightSets.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of HighlightSet objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HighlightSets.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns the specified HighlightSet from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HighlightSets.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HoleClearanceInfo">
            <summary>HoleClearanceInfo object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleClearanceInfo.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleClearanceInfo.FastenerFitType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the fastener fit type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleClearanceInfo.FastenerSize">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the fastener size.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleClearanceInfo.FastenerStandard">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the fastener standard.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleClearanceInfo.FastenerType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the fastener type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleClearanceInfo.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleClearanceInfo.SetClearanceInfo(System.String,System.String,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that set HoleClearanceInfo data.</summary>
            <param name="FastenerStandard">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the fastener standard. The standard is the name of the sheet in the Clearance.xls file that is used to define the clearance info.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FastenerType">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the fastener type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FastenerSize">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the fastener size.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FastenerFitType">
                <summary>Optinal input FastenerFitTypeEnum value that specifies the fastener fit type. If not provided the default kNormalFitType will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleClearanceInfo.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HoleFeature">
            <summary>The HoleFeature object represents hole modeling features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeature.AddParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that adds the specified participant to the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be added. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a leaf occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.BottomTipAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter that defines the included angle of the tip of a blind hole, one that has been specified by a distance extent or 'to face' extent . If this is a Flat Bottomed hole then the property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.CBoreDepth">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the CBore depth. This property will return Nothing in the case where the HoleType is not kCounterBoreHole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.CBoreDiameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the CBore diameter. This property will return Nothing in the case where the HoleType is not kCounterBoreHole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.ClearanceInfo">
            <summary>Gets and sets the HoleClearanceInfo object associated with the hole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.CSinkAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the CSink angle. This property will return Nothing in the case where the HoleType is not kCounterSinkHole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.CSinkDepth">
            <summary>Gets depth of hole coutersink.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.CSinkDiameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the CSink diameter. This property will return Nothing in the case where the HoleType is not kCounterSinkHole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.Depth">
            <summary>Gets depth of hole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.DrillPointType">
            <summary>Gets and sets hole drill point type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.EndFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of that cap the end of the hole. In the cases where there aren't any such end faces this property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.ExtendStart">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to extend the start of the hole feature.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;When set this to True the hole feature will be extended to cut the body that is adjacent to the hole feature starting face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.Extent">
            <summary>Property that returns the object that defines how the extent of the feature is defined. The type of extent object that this property will return can be determined by using the ExtentType property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.ExtentType">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating how the extent of the feature is defined. This indicates the type of object returned by the Extent property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.HoleCenterPoints">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of points that define the centers of the holes of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.HoleDiameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the diameter of the hole. This property will return Nothing if the diameter is being read off a value from the HoleTapInfo, when this hole is tapped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.HoleType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of hole. Can be kDrilledHole, kCounterBoreHole, kCounterSinkHole, or kSpotFaceHole. The hole type can be set by using the SetCBore, SetCSink, SetDrilled, and SetSpotFace methods.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.IsClearanceHole">
            <summary>Read – only property that returns the Boolean flag indicating whether the hole is clearance hole or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.PlacementDefinition">
            <summary>Gets the Placement Definition for the hole feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.PlacementType">
            <summary>Property that returns a constant indicating the type of hole placement.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeature.SetCBore(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the hole to be a counterbore hole type. If the hole is already a counterbore type you can access and modify the counterbore parameters using the CBoreDiameter and CBoreDepth properties of the HoleFeature object.</summary>
            <param name="CBoreDiameter">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the diameter of the counterbore. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CBoreDepth">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the counterbore. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeature.SetCSink(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the hole to be a countersink hole type. If the hole is already a countersink type you can access and modify the counterbore parameters using the CSinkDiameter and CSinkAngle properties of the HoleFeature object.</summary>
            <param name="CSinkDiameter">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the diameter of the countersink. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CSinkAngle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle of the countersink. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeature.SetDistanceExtent2(System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that specifies the termination type for the hole feature. Hole features can be specified to terminate at a particular distance or object, or can be specified as through all, which means it extends through all faces of the feature. This method defines th.</summary>
            <param name="Depth">
                <summary>Input Variant that specifies the depth to which to extend the hole feature.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude towards.  Valid input is kPositive, kNegative, or kSymmetric.  kPositive defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DrillPointType">
                <summary>Optional input DrillPointTypeEnum that specifies the drill point of the hole.  If specifies an angled drill point then the BottomTipAngle argument needs to be provided to specify the angle.  The default value is kFlatDrillPointType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BottomTipAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the angle of the tip at the bottom of a hole. This argument is only used when the DrillPointType argument is kAngledDrillPointType, kAngledVDrillPointType or kAngledYDrillPointType. If this argument is not supplied a default value of 118 degrees is assigned. 

This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeature.SetDrilled">
            <summary>Method that changes the hole to be a drilled hole type.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeature.SetSpotFace(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the hole to be a spotface hole type. If the hole is already a spotface type you can access and modify the spotface parameters using the SpotFaceDiameter and SpotFaceDepth properties of the HoleFeature object. This method will fail of the hole contains a tapered thread.</summary>
            <param name="SpotFaceDiameter">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the diameter of the spotface. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SpotFaceDepth">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the spotface. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeature.SetThroughAllExtent(Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum)">
            <summary>Method that specifies the termination type for the hole feature. Hole features can be specified to terminate at a particular distance or object, or can be specified as "through all," which means it extends through all faces of the feature. This method defines a through-all termination type.</summary>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input argument identifying the direction in which to extend the hole feature.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeature.SetToFaceExtent2(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that specifies the termination type for the hole feature. Hole features can be specified to terminate at a particular distance or object, or can be specified as through all, which means it extends through all faces of the feature. This method defines th.</summary>
            <param name="ToFace">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the to face.  This can be either a Face or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendToFace">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the “to face” should be extended to contain the extents of the profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DrillPointType">
                <summary>Optional input DrillPointTypeEnum that specifies the drill point of the hole.  If specifies an angled drill point then the BottomTipAngle argument needs to be provided to specify the angle.  The default value is kFlatDrillPointType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BottomTipAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the angle of the tip at the bottom of a hole. This argument is only used when the DrillPointType argument is kAngledDrillPointType, kAngledVDrillPointType or kAngledYDrillPointType. If this argument is not supplied a default value of 118 degrees is assigned. 

This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.SideFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns a object that provides access to all of the faces created around the perimeter of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.Sketch">
            <summary>Property that returns the Sketch object that contains the points the hole is based on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.SpotFaceDepth">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the SpotFace depth. This property will return Nothing in the case where the HoleType is not kSpotFaceHole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.SpotFaceDiameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the SpotFace diameter. This property will return Nothing in the case where the HoleType is not kSpotFaceHole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.TapInfo">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the HoleTapInfo or TaperedThreadInfo object associated with the hole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.Tapped">
            <summary>Property that returns the Boolean flag indicating whether the hole is tapped or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.AddParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that adds the specified participant to the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be added. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a leaf occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.BottomTipAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter that defines the included angle of the tip of a blind hole, one that has been specified by a distance extent or 'to face' extent . If this is a Flat Bottomed hole then the property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.CBoreDepth">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the CBore depth. This property will return Nothing in the case where the HoleType is not kCounterBoreHole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.CBoreDiameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the CBore diameter. This property will return Nothing in the case where the HoleType is not kCounterBoreHole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.ClearanceInfo">
            <summary>Gets and sets the HoleClearanceInfo object associated with the hole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.CSinkAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the CSink angle. This property will return Nothing in the case where the HoleType is not kCounterSinkHole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.CSinkDepth">
            <summary>Gets depth of hole coutersink.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.CSinkDiameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the CSink diameter. This property will return Nothing in the case where the HoleType is not kCounterSinkHole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.Depth">
            <summary>Gets depth of hole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.DrillPointType">
            <summary>Gets and sets hole drill point type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.EndFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of that cap the end of the hole. In the cases where there aren't any such end faces this property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.ExtendStart">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to extend the start of the hole feature.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;When set this to True the hole feature will be extended to cut the body that is adjacent to the hole feature starting face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.Extent">
            <summary>Property that returns the object that defines how the extent of the feature is defined. The type of extent object that this property will return can be determined by using the ExtentType property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.ExtentType">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating how the extent of the feature is defined. This indicates the type of object returned by the Extent property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.HoleCenterPoints">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of points that define the centers of the holes of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.HoleDiameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the diameter of the hole. This property will return Nothing if the diameter is being read off a value from the HoleTapInfo, when this hole is tapped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.HoleType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of hole. Can be kDrilledHole, kCounterBoreHole, kCounterSinkHole, or kSpotFaceHole. The hole type can be set by using the SetCBore, SetCSink, SetDrilled, and SetSpotFace methods.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.IsClearanceHole">
            <summary>Read – only property that returns the Boolean flag indicating whether the hole is clearance hole or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.PlacementDefinition">
            <summary>Gets the Placement Definition for the hole feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.PlacementType">
            <summary>Property that returns a constant indicating the type of hole placement.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.SetCBore(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the hole to be a counterbore hole type. If the hole is already a counterbore type you can access and modify the counterbore parameters using the CBoreDiameter and CBoreDepth properties of the HoleFeature object.</summary>
            <param name="CBoreDiameter">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the diameter of the counterbore. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CBoreDepth">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the counterbore. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.SetCSink(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the hole to be a countersink hole type. If the hole is already a countersink type you can access and modify the counterbore parameters using the CSinkDiameter and CSinkAngle properties of the HoleFeature object.</summary>
            <param name="CSinkDiameter">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the diameter of the countersink. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CSinkAngle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle of the countersink. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.SetDistanceExtent2(System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that specifies the termination type for the hole feature. Hole features can be specified to terminate at a particular distance or object, or can be specified as through all, which means it extends through all faces of the feature. This method defines th.</summary>
            <param name="Depth">
                <summary>Input Variant that specifies the depth to which to extend the hole feature.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude towards.  Valid input is kPositive, kNegative, or kSymmetric.  kPositive defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DrillPointType">
                <summary>Optional input DrillPointTypeEnum that specifies the drill point of the hole.  If specifies an angled drill point then the BottomTipAngle argument needs to be provided to specify the angle.  The default value is kFlatDrillPointType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BottomTipAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the angle of the tip at the bottom of a hole. This argument is only used when the DrillPointType argument is kAngledDrillPointType, kAngledVDrillPointType or kAngledYDrillPointType. If this argument is not supplied a default value of 118 degrees is assigned. 

This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.SetDrilled">
            <summary>Method that changes the hole to be a drilled hole type.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.SetSpotFace(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the hole to be a spotface hole type. If the hole is already a spotface type you can access and modify the spotface parameters using the SpotFaceDiameter and SpotFaceDepth properties of the HoleFeature object. This method will fail of the hole contains a tapered thread.</summary>
            <param name="SpotFaceDiameter">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the diameter of the spotface. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SpotFaceDepth">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the spotface. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.SetThroughAllExtent(Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum)">
            <summary>Method that specifies the termination type for the hole feature. Hole features can be specified to terminate at a particular distance or object, or can be specified as "through all," which means it extends through all faces of the feature. This method defines a through-all termination type.</summary>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input argument identifying the direction in which to extend the hole feature.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.SetToFaceExtent2(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that specifies the termination type for the hole feature. Hole features can be specified to terminate at a particular distance or object, or can be specified as through all, which means it extends through all faces of the feature. This method defines th.</summary>
            <param name="ToFace">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the to face.  This can be either a Face or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendToFace">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the “to face” should be extended to contain the extents of the profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DrillPointType">
                <summary>Optional input DrillPointTypeEnum that specifies the drill point of the hole.  If specifies an angled drill point then the BottomTipAngle argument needs to be provided to specify the angle.  The default value is kFlatDrillPointType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BottomTipAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the angle of the tip at the bottom of a hole. This argument is only used when the DrillPointType argument is kAngledDrillPointType, kAngledVDrillPointType or kAngledYDrillPointType. If this argument is not supplied a default value of 118 degrees is assigned. 

This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.SideFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns a object that provides access to all of the faces created around the perimeter of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.Sketch">
            <summary>Property that returns the Sketch object that contains the points the hole is based on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.SpotFaceDepth">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the SpotFace depth. This property will return Nothing in the case where the HoleType is not kSpotFaceHole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.SpotFaceDiameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the SpotFace diameter. This property will return Nothing in the case where the HoleType is not kSpotFaceHole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.TapInfo">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the HoleTapInfo or TaperedThreadInfo object associated with the hole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.Tapped">
            <summary>Property that returns the Boolean flag indicating whether the hole is tapped or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HoleFeatures">
            <summary>The HoleFeatures object provides access to all of the objects in a component definition and provides methods to create additional HoleFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatures.AddCBoreByDistanceExtent2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new counterbore HoleFeature using distance extents. The new HoleFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="PlacementDefinition">
                <summary>Object that defines the centerpoint(s) of the hole feature. This object can be one of the following four objects that derive from the HolePlacementDefinition object: SketchHolePlacementDefinition, LinearHolePlacementDefinition, ConcentricHolePlacementDefinition, PointHolePlacementDefinition. These objects can be created using methods provided on this HoleFeatures object. This argument also supports an ObjectCollection of SketchPoints for compatibility with the older version of this method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DiameterOrTapInfo">
                <summary>Defines either the diameter of the hole or the tap information (using a HoleTapInfo object). In the case of a tapped hole, the tap information defines the diameter of the hole. When the diameter is supplied, this can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Depth">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the hole. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude toward. Valid input is kPositive or kNegative. kPositive defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CBoreDiameter">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the diameter of the counterbore. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CBoreDepth">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the counterbore. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DrillPointType">
                <summary>Optional input HoleDrillPointTypeEnum that specifies the drill point of the hole.  If specifies an angled drill point then the BottomTipAngle argument needs to be provided to specify the angle.  The default value is kFlatDrillPointType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BottomTipAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the angle of the tip at the bottom of a hole. This argument is only used when the DrillPointType argument is kAngledDrillPointType, kAngledVDrillPointType or kAngledYDrillPointType. If this argument is not supplied a default value of 118 degrees is assigned. 

This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatures.AddCBoreByThroughAllExtent(System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new counterbore HoleFeature using 'through all' extents. The new HoleFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="PlacementDefinition">
                <summary>Object that defines the centerpoint(s) of the hole feature. This object can be one of the following four objects that derive from the HolePlacementDefinition object: SketchHolePlacementDefinition, LinearHolePlacementDefinition, ConcentricHolePlacementDefinition, PointHolePlacementDefinition. These objects can be created using methods provided on this HoleFeatures object. This argument also supports an ObjectCollection of SketchPoints for compatibility with the older version of this method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DiameterOrTapInfo">
                <summary>Defines either the diameter of the hole or the tap information (using a HoleTapInfo object). In the case of a tapped hole, the tap information defines the diameter of the hole. When the diameter is supplied, this can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude toward. Valid input is kPositive or kNegative. kPositive defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CBoreDiameter">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the diameter of the counterbore. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CBoreDepth">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the counterbore. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatures.AddCBoreByToFaceExtent2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new counterbore HoleFeature using 'to face' extents. The new HoleFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="PlacementDefinition">
                <summary>Object that defines the centerpoint(s) of the hole feature. This object can be one of the following four objects that derive from the HolePlacementDefinition object: SketchHolePlacementDefinition, LinearHolePlacementDefinition, ConcentricHolePlacementDefinition, PointHolePlacementDefinition. These objects can be created using methods provided on this HoleFeatures object. This argument also supports an ObjectCollection of SketchPoints for compatibility with the older version of this method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DiameterOrTapInfo">
                <summary>Defines either the diameter of the hole or the tap information (using a HoleTapInfo object). In the case of a tapped hole, the tap information defines the diameter of the hole. When the diameter is supplied, this can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToFace">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the 'to face.' This can be either a or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendToFace">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the 'to face' should be extended to contain the extents of the hole.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CBoreDiameter">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the diameter of the counterbore. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CBoreDepth">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the counterbore. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DrillPointType">
                <summary>Optional input HoleDrillPointTypeEnum that specifies the drill point of the hole.  If specifies an angled drill point then the BottomTipAngle argument needs to be provided to specify the angle.  The default value is kFlatDrillPointType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BottomTipAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the angle of the tip at the bottom of a hole. This argument is only used when the DrillPointType argument is kAngledDrillPointType, kAngledVDrillPointType or kAngledYDrillPointType. If this argument is not supplied a default value of 118 degrees is assigned. 

This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatures.AddCSinkByDistanceExtent2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new countersink HoleFeature using distance extents. The new HoleFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="PlacementDefinition">
                <summary>Object that defines the centerpoint(s) of the hole feature. This object can be one of the following four objects that derive from the HolePlacementDefinition object: SketchHolePlacementDefinition, LinearHolePlacementDefinition, ConcentricHolePlacementDefinition, PointHolePlacementDefinition. These objects can be created using methods provided on this HoleFeatures object. This argument also supports an ObjectCollection of SketchPoints for compatibility with the older version of this method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DiameterOrTapInfo">
                <summary>Defines either the diameter of the hole or the tap information (using a HoleTapInfo object). In the case of a tapped hole, the tap information defines the diameter of the hole. When the diameter is supplied, this can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Depth">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the hole. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude toward. Valid input is kPositive or kNegative. kPositive defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CSinkDiameter">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the diameter of the countersink. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CSinkAngle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle of the countersink. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DrillPointType">
                <summary>Optional input HoleDrillPointTypeEnum that specifies the drill point of the hole.  If specifies an angled drill point then the BottomTipAngle argument needs to be provided to specify the angle.  The default value is kFlatDrillPointType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BottomTipAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the angle of the tip at the bottom of a hole. This argument is only used when the DrillPointType argument is kAngledDrillPointType, kAngledVDrillPointType or kAngledYDrillPointType. If this argument is not supplied a default value of 118 degrees is assigned. 

This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatures.AddCSinkByThroughAllExtent(System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new counter sink HoleFeature using 'through all' extents. The new HoleFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="PlacementDefinition">
                <summary>Object that defines the centerpoint(s) of the hole feature. This object can be one of the following four objects that derive from the HolePlacementDefinition object: SketchHolePlacementDefinition, LinearHolePlacementDefinition, ConcentricHolePlacementDefinition, PointHolePlacementDefinition. These objects can be created using methods provided on this HoleFeatures object. This argument also supports an ObjectCollection of SketchPoints for compatibility with the older version of this method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DiameterOrTapInfo">
                <summary>Defines either the diameter of the hole or the tap information (using a HoleTapInfo or a TaperedThreadInfo object). In the case of a tapped hole, the tap information defines the diameter of the hole. When the diameter is supplied, this can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude toward. Valid input is kPositive or kNegative. kPositive defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CSinkDiameter">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the diameter of the countersink. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CSinkAngle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle of the countersink. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatures.AddCSinkByToFaceExtent2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new countersink HoleFeature using 'to face' extents. The new HoleFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="PlacementDefinition">
                <summary>Object that defines the centerpoint(s) of the hole feature. This object can be one of the following four objects that derive from the HolePlacementDefinition object: SketchHolePlacementDefinition, LinearHolePlacementDefinition, ConcentricHolePlacementDefinition, PointHolePlacementDefinition. These objects can be created using methods provided on this HoleFeatures object. This argument also supports an ObjectCollection of SketchPoints for compatibility with the older version of this method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DiameterOrTapInfo">
                <summary>Defines either the diameter of the hole or the tap information (using a HoleTapInfo object). In the case of a tapped hole, the tap information defines the diameter of the hole. When the diameter is supplied, this can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToFace">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the 'to face.' This can be either a or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendToFace">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the 'to face' should be extended to contain the extents of the hole.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CSinkDiameter">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the diameter of the countersink. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CSinkAngle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle of the countersink. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DrillPointType">
                <summary>Optional input HoleDrillPointTypeEnum that specifies the drill point of the hole.  If specifies an angled drill point then the BottomTipAngle argument needs to be provided to specify the angle.  The default value is kFlatDrillPointType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BottomTipAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the angle of the tip at the bottom of a hole. This argument is only used when the DrillPointType argument is kAngledDrillPointType, kAngledVDrillPointType or kAngledYDrillPointType. If this argument is not supplied a default value of 118 degrees is assigned. 

This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatures.AddDrilledByDistanceExtent2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new drilled HoleFeature using distance extents. The new HoleFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="PlacementDefinition">
                <summary>Object that defines the centerpoint(s) of the hole feature. This object can be one of the following four objects that derive from the HolePlacementDefinition object: SketchHolePlacementDefinition, LinearHolePlacementDefinition, ConcentricHolePlacementDefinition, PointHolePlacementDefinition. These objects can be created using methods provided on this HoleFeatures object. This argument also supports an ObjectCollection of SketchPoints for compatibility with the older version of this method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DiameterOrTapInfo">
                <summary>Defines either the diameter of the hole or the tap information (using a HoleTapInfo object). In the case of a tapped hole, the tap information defines the diameter of the hole. When the diameter is supplied, this can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Depth">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude toward. Valid input is kPositive or kNegative. kPositive defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude toward. Valid input is kPositive or kNegative. kPositive defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DrillPointType">
                <summary>Optional input HoleDrillPointTypeEnum that specifies the drill point of the hole.  If specifies an angled drill point then the BottomTipAngle argument needs to be provided to specify the angle.  The default value is kFlatDrillPointType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BottomTipAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the angle of the tip at the bottom of a hole. This argument is only used when the DrillPointType argument is kAngledDrillPointType, kAngledVDrillPointType or kAngledYDrillPointType. If this argument is not supplied a default value of 118 degrees is assigned. 

This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatures.AddDrilledByThroughAllExtent(System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new drilled HoleFeature using 'through all' extents. The new HoleFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="PlacementDefinition">
                <summary>Object that defines the centerpoint(s) of the hole feature. This object can be one of the following four objects that derive from the HolePlacementDefinition object: SketchHolePlacementDefinition, LinearHolePlacementDefinition, ConcentricHolePlacementDefinition, PointHolePlacementDefinition. These objects can be created using methods provided on this HoleFeatures object. This argument also supports an ObjectCollection of SketchPoints for compatibility with the older version of this method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DiameterOrTapInfo">
                <summary>Defines either the diameter of the hole or the tap information (using a HoleTapInfo or a TaperedThreadInfo object). In the case of a tapped hole, the tap information defines the diameter of the hole. When the diameter is supplied, this can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude toward. Valid input is kPositive or kNegative. kPositive defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatures.AddDrilledByToFaceExtent2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new drilled HoleFeature using 'to face' extents. The new HoleFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="PlacementDefinition">
                <summary>Object that defines the centerpoint(s) of the hole feature. This object can be one of the following four objects that derive from the HolePlacementDefinition object: SketchHolePlacementDefinition, LinearHolePlacementDefinition, ConcentricHolePlacementDefinition, PointHolePlacementDefinition. These objects can be created using methods provided on this HoleFeatures object. This argument also supports an ObjectCollection of SketchPoints for compatibility with the older version of this method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DiameterOrTapInfo">
                <summary>Defines either the diameter of the hole or the tap information (using a HoleTapInfo object). In the case of a tapped hole, the tap information defines the diameter of the hole. When the diameter is supplied, this can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToFace">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the 'to face.' This can be either a or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendToFace">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the 'to face' should be extended to contain the extents of the hole.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DrillPointType">
                <summary>Optional input HoleDrillPointTypeEnum that specifies the drill point of the hole.  If specifies an angled drill point then the BottomTipAngle argument needs to be provided to specify the angle.  The default value is kFlatDrillPointType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BottomTipAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the angle of the tip at the bottom of a hole. This argument is only used when the DrillPointType argument is kAngledDrillPointType, kAngledVDrillPointType or kAngledYDrillPointType. If this argument is not supplied a default value of 118 degrees is assigned. 

This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatures.AddSpotFaceByDistanceExtent2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a new SpotFace HoleFeature using distance extents.</summary>
            <param name="PlacementDefinition">
                <summary>Object that defines the centerpoint(s) of the hole feature. This object can be one of the following four objects that derive from the HolePlacementDefinition object: SketchHolePlacementDefinition, LinearHolePlacementDefinition, ConcentricHolePlacementDefinition, PointHolePlacementDefinition. These objects can be created using methods provided on this HoleFeatures object. This argument also supports an ObjectCollection of SketchPoints for compatibility with the older version of this method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DiameterOrTapInfo">
                <summary>Defines either the diameter of the hole or the tap information (using a HoleTapInfo object). In the case of a tapped hole, the tap information defines the diameter of the hole. When the diameter is supplied, this can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Depth">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the hole. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude toward. Valid input is kPositive or kNegative. kPositive defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SpotFaceDiameter">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the diameter of the spotface. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SpotFaceDepth">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the spotface. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DrillPointType">
                <summary>Optional input HoleDrillPointTypeEnum that specifies the drill point of the hole.  If specifies an angled drill point then the BottomTipAngle argument needs to be provided to specify the angle.  The default value is kFlatDrillPointType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BottomTipAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the angle of the tip at the bottom of a hole. This argument is only used when the DrillPointType argument is kAngledDrillPointType, kAngledVDrillPointType or kAngledYDrillPointType. If this argument is not supplied a default value of 118 degrees is assigned. 

This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatures.AddSpotFaceByThroughAllExtent(System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new spotface HoleFeature using 'through all' extents. The new HoleFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="PlacementDefinition">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the centerpoint(s) of the hole feature. This object can be one of the following four objects that derive from the HolePlacementDefinition object: SketchHolePlacementDefinition, LinearHolePlacementDefinition, ConcentricHolePlacementDefinition, PointHolePlacementDefinition. These objects can be created using methods provided on this HoleFeatures object. This argument also supports an ObjectCollection of SketchPoints for compatibility with the older version of this method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DiameterOrTapInfo">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines either the diameter of the hole or the tap information (using a HoleTapInfo or a TaperedThreadInfo object). In the case of a tapped hole, the tap information defines the diameter of the hole. When the diameter is supplied, this can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude towards. Valid input is kPositive or kNegative. kPositive defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SpotFaceDiameter">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the diameter of the spotface. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SpotFaceDepth">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the spotface. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatures.AddSpotFaceByToFaceExtent2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a new SpotFace HoleFeature using to face extents.</summary>
            <param name="PlacementDefinition">
                <summary>Object that defines the centerpoint(s) of the hole feature. This object can be one of the following four objects that derive from the HolePlacementDefinition object: SketchHolePlacementDefinition, LinearHolePlacementDefinition, ConcentricHolePlacementDefinition, PointHolePlacementDefinition. These objects can be created using methods provided on this HoleFeatures object. This argument also supports an ObjectCollection of SketchPoints for compatibility with the older version of this method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DiameterOrTapInfo">
                <summary>Defines either the diameter of the hole or the tap information (using a HoleTapInfo object). In the case of a tapped hole, the tap information defines the diameter of the hole. When the diameter is supplied, this can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToFace">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the 'to face.' This can be either a or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendToFace">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the 'to face' should be extended to contain the extents of the hole.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SpotFaceDiameter">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the diameter of the spotface. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SpotFaceDepth">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the spotface. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DrillPointType">
                <summary>Optional input HoleDrillPointTypeEnum that specifies the drill point of the hole.  If specifies an angled drill point then the BottomTipAngle argument needs to be provided to specify the angle.  The default value is kFlatDrillPointType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BottomTipAngle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the angle of the tip at the bottom of a hole. This argument is only used when the DrillPointType argument is kAngledDrillPointType, kAngledVDrillPointType or kAngledYDrillPointType. If this argument is not supplied a default value of 118 degrees is assigned. 

This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatures.CreateClearanceInfo(System.String,System.String,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a new ClearanceInfo object.</summary>
            <param name="FastenerStandard">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the fastener standard. The standard is the name of the sheet in the Clearance.xls file that is used to define the clearance info.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FastenerType">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the fastener type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FastenerSize">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the fastener size.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FastenerFitType">
                <summary>Optinal input FastenerFitTypeEnum value that specifies the fastener fit type. If not provided the default kNormalFitType will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatures.CreatePointPlacementDefinition(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new PointHolePlacementDefinition object that can be used for defining the placement of Hole features coincident with a work point and positioned with respect to an axis, edge or work plane.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Object that specifies the point to set as the hole center. The only valid input is a WorkPoint.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Object that specifies the direction of the hole axis. This can be a planar Face object or a WorkPlane object with which the axis of the hole is perpendicular, or an Edge or WorkAxis object with which the axis of the hole is parallel.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatures.CreateSketchPlacementDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new SketchHolePlacementDefinition object that can be used for defining the placement of Hole features using sketch points.</summary>
            <param name="HoleCenterPoints">
                <summary>ObjectCollection object that contains the SketchPoint objects that will be used to define the centers of the holes. All of the SketchPoint objects used as input must be within the same sketch.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatures.CreateTaperedTapInfo(System.Boolean,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new TaperedThreadInfo object that can be used in creating HoleFeature objects. See the Thread.xls file that is delivered with Inventor for examples of valid input for these arguments. The spreadsheet columns match one for one with these arguments.</summary>
            <param name="RightHanded">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the thread is right or left-handed thread. A value of True indicates a right-handed thread.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ThreadType">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the thread type. The thread type is the name of the sheet in the Thread.xls file that is used by the Thread command to define valid thread definitions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ThreadDesignation">
                <summary>Input String that contains the thread designation. This is input as the full thread designation that will be used in a drawing for the thread callout. The nominal size information is extracted from the designation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleFeatures.CreateTapInfo(System.Boolean,System.String,System.String,System.String,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new HoleTapInfo object that can be used in creating threads for Hole features. See the Thread.xls file that is delivered with Autodesk Inventor for examples of valid input for these arguments.</summary>
            <param name="RightHanded">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the thread is right or left-handed thread. A value of True indicates a right-handed thread.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ThreadType">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the sheet in the Thread.xls that this thread information should be validated within. Each sheet within the Excel document is typically used for different thread types. The string is the name of the sheet. For example "ANSI Unified Screw Threads" or "ANSI Metric M Profile" are valid for English versions of Autodesk Inventor.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ThreadDesignation">
                <summary>Input String that contains the thread designation. This is input as the full thread designation that will be used in a drawing for the thread callout. The nominal size and pitch information are extracted from the designation. For example valid inch thread designations are '10-24 UNC' and '7/16-20 UNF'. Examples of valid metric designations are 'M16x1.5' and 'M55x1.5'.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Class">
                <summary>Input String that defines the thread class. For example a valid class for an inch internal thread is 2B. A valid class for a metric external thread is 6g.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FullTapDepth">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the thread extends the full length of the hole or not. A value of True indicates the thread goes the full extent of the hole.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ThreadDepth">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the thread depth. This is only applicable when the FullDepth argument is False, otherwise this argument is ignored. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified HoleFeature object from the collection. This is the default property of the HoleFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HolePlacementDefinition">
            <summary>The HolePlacementDefinition object is the base class that defines the placement method for hole features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HolePlacementDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HolePlacementDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition. This property returns Nothing in the case where the definition object is created using one of the Create methods on the HoleFeatures object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HolePlacementDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HoleTable">
            <summary>A hole table contains information for some or all holes in a drawing view. A hole tag is associated with each hole and a corresponding row in the table. If an existing hole is changed, the hole table is updated when the drawing updates.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.ArrangeByPosition">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to tags holes relative to their position on the selected view or by their relative size.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.ColumnHeaderTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the text style used for the column titles (headers).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.DataTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the text style used for the contents of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleTable.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the HoleTable.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.DeleteTagsOnRollup">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to delete tags except for the first in a series of hole tags when the row merge type is kRollupRowMerge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleTable.Export(System.String,Inventor.FileFormatEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that saves the custom table to an external file.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the file name to export the table to. The valid file extension for this file are .csv and .txt.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileFormat">
                <summary>Input FileFormatEnum to specify the file format to export. Valid values for export hole tables are:kTextFileCommaDelimitedFormat, kTextFileTabDelimitedFormat, kUnicodeTextFileCommaDelimitedFormat and kUnicodeTextFileTabDelimitedFormat.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap object that specifies additional options for export. See Remarks for valid inputs:</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleTable.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.GroupHoleTypes">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to group and tag holes by type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.HeadingPlacement">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the placement position of the HoleTable heading.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.HoleTableColumns">
            <summary>Property that returns the HoleTableColumns collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.HoleTableRows">
            <summary>Property that returns the HoleTableRows collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.HoleTableType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of the hole table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.IncludeCentermarks">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to include center marks.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.IncludeCircularCuts">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to include extruded cuts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.IncludeCounterBoreHoleFeatures">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to include counterbored hole features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.IncludeCounterSinkHoleFeatures">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to include countersunk hole features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.IncludeDrilledHoleFeatures">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to include drilled hole features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.IncludeHoleFeatures">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to include hole features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.IncludeRecoveredPunchCenters">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to include recovered punch center marks.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.IncludeThreadedHoleFeatures">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to include threaded hole features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer used by the HoleTable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleTable.MatchCustomHoles(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that specifies two or more custom holes (designated with center marks) to be the same.</summary>
            <param name="HoleTags">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing HoleTag objects that represent center marks. All the hole tags are matched to the first hole tag in the collection. The method returns an error if any of the input hole tags do not represent a center mark.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object of this HoleTable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.ParentView">
            <summary>Property that returns the drawing view that this table is associated with.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.Position">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the position of the HoleTable on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.PreserveTagging">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to preserve the hole tags assigned when the table is created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.ReformatOnCustomHoleMatch">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to re-index the hole tags and resort contents when a Match Custom Hole operation is done.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.RowMergeType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the row merge option for the hole table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.SecondaryTagModifierOnRollup">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to include a secondary numeric tag when the row merge type is kRollupRowMerge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.SequentialNumbering">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to replace the alphanumeric hole tags with sequential numbering of the holes in the hole table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleTable.ShowTags(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether to show or hide all the hole tags associated with this table.</summary>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>When set to True, show all the hole tags associated with this table.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.ShowTitle">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to show the title of the hole table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.Style">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the associated HoleTableStyle object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.Title">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the title of the HoleTable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.TitleTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the text style used for the title of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTable.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HoleTableCell">
            <summary>The HoleTableCell object represents an individual cell in the hole table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableCell.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableCell.FormattedText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets formatted text of the HoleTable cell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableCell.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent HoleTable object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableCell.StackedTextPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position (alignment) of the stacked text with respect to regular text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableCell.Text">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the text of the HoleTable cell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableCell.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HoleTableColumn">
            <summary>The HoleTableColumn object defines a column within the hole table, including the column width.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableColumn.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableColumn.CustomPropertyName">
            <summary>Property that returns the name of the custom property associated with this column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleTableColumn.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the column from the table.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableColumn.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent HoleTable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableColumn.PropertyType">
            <summary>Property that returns the property type associated with this column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleTableColumn.Reposition(System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the column within the table.</summary>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the existing column next to which the column will be inserted. The valid range of values is 0 to the number of existing columns in the table. The position remains unchanged if the index of the column being moved is specified. A value of 0 will put the column at the end. If not specified, a default value of 0 is used, indicating that the column will be moved to the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBefore">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if the column should be inserted before or after the target index. If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the column will be inserted before the target index. This argument is ignored if the value of TargetIndex is 0.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableColumn.Title">
            <summary>Specifies the title of the HoleTable column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableColumn.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableColumn.UnitsFormatting">
            <summary>Gets the units formatting of the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableColumn.Width">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the width of the HoleTable column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HoleTableColumns">
            <summary>The HoleTableColumns collection object provides access to the existing collection of HoleTableColumn objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleTableColumns.Add(Inventor.HolePropertyEnum,System.String,System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new HoleTableColumn based on a property. The newly created HoleTableColumn is returned.</summary>
            <param name="PropertyType">
                <summary>Input HolePropertyEnum that specifies the property type to associate with the column. If kCustomHoleProperty is specified, the CustomPropertyName argument is required.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CustomPropertyName">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the name of the custom property to associate with the column. This argument must be specified if the PropertyType is specified to be kCustomHoleProperty, else the method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the existing column next to which the new column will be inserted. The valid range of values is 0 to the number of existing columns in the table. A value of 0 will put the row at the end. If not specified, a default value of 0 is used, indicating that the column will be added at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBefore">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if the column should be inserted before or after the target index. If not specified, a default value of True is used. This argument is ignored if the value of TargetIndex is 0.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableColumns.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableColumns.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableColumns.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Column object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableColumns.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HoleTableRow">
            <summary>The HoleTableRow object defines a row within the hole table, including the row height.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableRow.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableRow.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleTableRow.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the HoleTableRow and the associated hole tag.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableRow.Height">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the height of the HoleTable row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableRow.HoleTag">
            <summary>Property that returns the hole tag associated with this hole in the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableRow.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Cell object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableRow.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent HoleTable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableRow.ReferencedHole">
            <summary>Property that returns the hole associated with this row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableRow.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HoleTableRows">
            <summary>The HoleTableRows collection object provides access to the existing collection of HoleTableRow objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleTableRows.Add(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds a row to the table.</summary>
            <param name="Hole">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the hole to be added to the table. This can either be a DrawingCurve object (which represents the geometry of the hole to be added) or a Centermark object. The method returns an error if the input DrawingCurve does not represent a hole. For view based and feature type based hole tables, the method returns an error if the input hole feature type is not included in the hole table.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableRows.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableRows.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableRows.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified row object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableRows.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HoleTables">
            <summary>The HoleTables collection object represents all the hole tables on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleTables.Add(Inventor.DrawingView,Inventor.Point2d,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new hole table by including all holes in the input drawing view. Only those feature types specified in the input (or the default) hole table style will be included. The newly created HoleTable is returned.</summary>
            <param name="DrawingView">
                <summary>Input DrawingView object that specifies the drawing view for which the hole table is to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PlacementPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the position of the top left corner of the table on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HoleTableStyle">
                <summary>Optional input HoleTableStyle object that specifies the hole table style to use for the table. If not specified, the default style specified by the standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Optional input Layer object that specifies the layer to use for the table. If not specified, the default layer specified by the standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleTables.AddByFeatureType(Inventor.DrawingView,Inventor.Point2d,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new hole table by including only the holes that are of the specified type in the input drawing view. The newly created HoleTable is returned.</summary>
            <param name="DrawingView">
                <summary>Input DrawingView object that specifies the drawing view for which the hole table is to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PlacementPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the position of the top left corner of the table on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IncludeDrilledHoleFeatures">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to include drilled hole features.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IncludeCounterBoreHoleFeatures">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to include counterbored hole features.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IncludeCounterSinkHoleFeatures">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to include countersunk hole features.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IncludeThreadedHoleFeatures">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to include threaded hole features.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IncludeCircularCuts">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to include circular extruded cuts. Circular cuts are recognized only as drilled thru or drilled blind holes, and do not include mid-plane extrusions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IncludeCentermarks">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to include center marks. Center marks with visibility turned off are not included in the hole table.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IncludeRecoveredPunchCenters">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to include recovered punch center marks. Punch center marks with visibility turned off are not included in the hole table.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HoleTableStyle">
                <summary>Optional input HoleTableStyle object that specifies the hole table style to use for the table. If not specified, the default style specified by the standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Optional input Layer object that specifies the layer to use for the table. If not specified, the default layer specified by the standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleTables.AddSelected(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Point2d,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new hole table by including only the specified holes. The newly created HoleTable is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Holes">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection which specifies the holes to create the table with. The collection may contain DrawingCurve objects that represent hole features or circular extrude cuts, or Centermark objects (which include recovered punch centers). All the holes must belong to the same drawing view, else an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PlacementPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the position of the top left corner of the table on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HoleTableStyle">
                <summary>Optional input HoleTableStyle object that specifies the hole table style to use for the table. If not specified, the default style specified by the standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Optional input Layer object that specifies the layer to use for the table. If not specified, the default layer specified by the standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTables.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTables.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTables.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified HoleTable object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTables.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HoleTableStyle">
            <summary>The HoleTableStyle object represents a hole table style in a drawing. The properties and methods listed below are in addition to those supported by the Style object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.AddColumn(Inventor.HolePropertyEnum,System.String,System.String,System.Double,Inventor.HorizontalTextAlignmentEnum,Inventor.HorizontalTextAlignmentEnum)">
            <summary>Method that adds a column to the list of default columns in the style.</summary>
            <param name="PropertyType">
                <summary>Input HolePropertyEnum that specifies the property type to associate with the column. If kCustomHoleProperty is specified, the CustomPropertyName argument is required.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CustomPropertyName">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the name of the custom property to associate with the column. This argument must be specified if the PropertyType is specified to be kCustomHoleProperty, else the method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Title">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the column title. If not specified, the property name is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the width of the column. If not specified, the default width value is used. A value of 0 indicates the default width value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TitleHorizontalJustification">
                <summary>Optional input HorizontalTextAlignmentEnum that specifies the text justification for the column title.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ValueHorizontalJustification">
                <summary>Optional input HorizontalTextAlignmentEnum that specifies the text justification for the column values.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.ArrangeByPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to tags holes relative to their position on the selected view or by their relative size.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.ColumnHeaderTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the column titles (headers).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.Comments">
            <summary>Gets and sets comments associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local Style object. The newly created style is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a dimension style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other dimension styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.DataTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the contents of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Style/Layer/UnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.DeleteTagsOnRollup">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to delete tags except for the first in a series of hole tags when the row merge type is kRollupRowMerge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.GroupHoleTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to group and tag holes by type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.HeadingPlacement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the location of the heading (title).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.IncludeCentermarks">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to include center marks.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.IncludeCircularCuts">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to include extruded cuts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.IncludeCounterBoreHoleFeatures">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to include counterbored hole features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.IncludeCounterSinkHoleFeatures">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to include countersunk hole features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.IncludeDrilledHoleFeatures">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to include drilled hole features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.IncludeHoleFeatures">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to include hole features. Applies only to view based hole tables.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.IncludeRecoveredPunchCenters">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to include recovered punch center marks.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.IncludeThreadedHoleFeatures">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to include threaded hole features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.InsideLineColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color of the inner lines of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.InsideLineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line weight of the inner lines of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the standard style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user. Note that this name is not guaranteed to be unique.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.OutsideLineColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color of the outer lines of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.OutsideLineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line weight of the outer lines of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.PreserveTagging">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to preserve the hole tags assigned when the table is created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.ReformatOnCustomHoleMatch">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to re-index the hole tags and resort contents when a Match Custom Hole operation is done.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.RemoveAllColumns">
            <summary>Method that removes all columns from the style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.RowMergeType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the row merge option for the hole table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.SecondaryTagModifierOnRollup">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to include a secondary numeric tag when the row merge type is kRollupRowMerge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.SequentialNumbering">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to replace the alphanumeric hole tags with sequential numbering of the holes in the hole table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.StyleType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.Title">
            <summary>Gets and sets the title of the HoleTable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.TitleTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the title of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStyle.UseLeaderForTags">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to generate a leader for any hole tag dragged away from the hole with which it is associated.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HoleTableStylesEnumerator">
            <summary>The HoleTableStylesEnumerator object provides access to the existing HoleTableStyle objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStylesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStylesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStylesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified HoleTableStyle object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTableStylesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HoleTag">
            <summary>The HoleTag object represents a hole tag associated with a hole table row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTag.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTag.DimensionStyle">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the associated DimensionStyle object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTag.FormattedText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets formatted text of the HoleTag.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTag.Layer">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the layer associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTag.Leader">
            <summary>Property that returns the Leader object associated with the hole tag.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTag.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent HoleTableRow object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTag.Position">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the position of the HoleTag on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTag.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTag.ShowLeader">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to display the leader line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTag.StackedTextPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position (alignment) of the stacked text with respect to regular text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTag.Text">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the text of the HoleTag.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTag.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTag.Visible">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether the tag is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HoleTapInfo">
            <summary>This object is really a StandardThreadInfo object with the addition of the property specifying which of the various diameter dimensions to use to model the cylindrical surface of the hole.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.Class">
            <summary>Property that returns the thread class. For example a valid class for an inch internal thread is '2B'. A valid class for a metric external thread is '6g'.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.CustomThreadDesignation">
            <summary>Indicates the custom thread designation from the Custom Thread Designation column of the thread data spreadsheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.FullThreadDepth">
            <summary>Gets whether this thread is the full length of the cylinder or cone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.Internal">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this is an internal thread or external (False).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.MajorDiameterMax">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the maximum major diameter. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.MajorDiameterMin">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the minimum major diameter. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.Metric">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this thread is metric or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.MinorDiameterMax">
            <summary>Property that returns the maximum minor diameter. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.MinorDiameterMin">
            <summary>Property that returns the minimum minor diameter. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.NominalSize">
            <summary>Property that returns the description of the nominal size. Any string is valid but the following examples are typical of the strings used, '1.6', 'M4', and '9/16'.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.Pitch">
            <summary>Property that returns the actual thread pitch. This value is used when displaying the threads in the model. This value is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.PitchDiameterMax">
            <summary>Property that returns the maximum pitch diameter. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.PitchDiameterMin">
            <summary>Property that returns the minimum pitch diameter. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.RightHanded">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this is a right handed thread or left handed (False).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.TapDrillDiameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the maximum pitch diameter. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.ThreadBasePoints">
            <summary>Property that returns an enumerator of Point objects indicating the base points for the thread. Typically, there is only one item in the collection. The exception is a hole feature based on multiple sketch points, in which case there are as many Point objects returned as there are sketch points. The point accounts for any offsets applied to the thread. The property returns a point only when the ThreadInfo object is obtained from a feature and returns Nothing in the forward create scenario.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.ThreadDepth">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the depth of the thread. Even though the parameter for the thread depth is always created and accessible through this property, it is only used in the case where the FullDepth property is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.ThreadDesignation">
            <summary>Property that returns a string that contains the thread designation. This is the full thread designation that is used in a drawing for the thread callout.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.ThreadDirection">
            <summary>Property that returns the direction of the thread. The property returns a vector only when the ThreadInfo object is obtained from a feature and returns Nothing in the forward create scenario.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.ThreadType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the thread type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.ThreadTypeIdentifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the string that identifies the thread type. This string is not localized and should not be changed by the user. The thread type is the name of the sheet in the Thread.xls file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleTapInfo.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HoleThreadNote">
            <summary>The HoleThreadNote object represents either a hole note or a thread note on a sheet and derives from the DiameterGeneralDimension object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.ArrowheadsInside">
            <summary>Gets and sets the ArrowheadsInside setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.Attached">
            <summary>Indicates whether this dimension is attached to anything. If not, it is considered orphaned and can be removed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DrawingDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.DimensionLine">
            <summary>Property that returns the dimension line geometry of the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.Edge">
            <summary>Gets and sets the hole/thread edge associated with the note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.ExtensionLineOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first extension line of the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.ExtensionLineTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second extension line of the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.FirstArrowheadInside">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the first arrowhead is inside or outside.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.FirstArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of the first arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.FormattedHoleThreadNote">
            <summary>Gets and sets the fully formatted string that defines the contents of the hole/thread note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.FormattedQuantityNote">
            <summary>Gets and sets the fully formatted string that defines the quantity note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.GeneralDimensionType">
            <summary>Returns an enum indicating the type of general dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.GetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum@,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method returns an error if the IsInspectionDimension property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Output InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that indicates the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text. Valid return values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text placed left of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.HideValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the HideValue setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.Intent">
            <summary>Gets and sets the geometry associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.IsHoleNote">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this note is for a hole or thread feature. Returns True if it is for a hole note. This is true even in the case where the hole is tapped and has threads. Returns False in the case where the note is for a thread feature. There is some difference in behavior between the two and this property provides a convenient way to determine the expected behavior.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.IsInspectionDimension">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this is an inspection dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.LeaderFromCenter">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the leader starts from the center of the arc or the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.ModelValue">
            <summary>Property that gets the dimension value as defined in the model or as measured in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.ModelValueOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the model value is overridden for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.OverrideModelValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the NominalValue setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sheet of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.Precision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the Precision setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.PromoteToSketch">
            <summary>Method that copies the dimension to the underlying sketch. This method only works for dimensions associated with a draft view.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.QuantityDefinition">
            <summary>Gets and sets how the quantity value is set for the note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.Retrieved">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether the dimension was created as a result of retrieving it either from the model or a drawing view sketch. If True, the RetrievedFrom property returns the object that the dimension was retrieved from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.RetrievedFrom">
            <summary>Property that returns the object that this dimension was retrieved from. Possible return objects include all sketch constraint objects that derive from DimensionConstraint and their proxies, FeatureDimension and FeatureDimensionProxy. The property returns Nothing if the Retrieved property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.RightHandedThread">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to show RH for right handed thread.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.SecondArrowheadInside">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the second arrowhead is inside or outside.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.SecondArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of the second arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.SetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method automatically sets the IsInspectionDimension property to True, if it isn't already.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Optional input InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that specifies the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text. Valid values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder. If not specified, kNoInspectionBorder is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text placed left of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.ShowAllExtensionLines">
            <summary>Method that un-hides all the extension lines associated with this dimension. If there are no hidden extension lines associated with this dimension, this method does nothing and returns a success.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.SingleDimensionLine">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to use a single dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.Style">
            <summary>Gets and sets the DimensionStyle associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.TapDrill">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to set the hole note as tap drill type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.Text">
            <summary>Gets and sets the DimensionText setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.Tolerance">
            <summary>Property that returns the Tolerance object associated with this dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.TolerancePrecision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the precision of the tolerance text for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.UseCustomThreadDesignation">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to use the custom thread designation, as defined in the Thread.xls spreadsheet for thread notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.UseDefaultFormat">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to use the default format for hole notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNote.UsePartUnits">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to use model units or the units specified by dimension style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HoleThreadNotes">
            <summary>The HoleThreadNotes collection object provides access to all of the hole and thread notes on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HoleThreadNotes.Add(Inventor.Point2d,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a hole or thread note on the sheet. Different results are possible depending on the input provided, as discussed below.</summary>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input Point2d that specifies the position of the hole/thread note on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HoleOrThreadEdge">
                <summary>Input DrawingCurve or GeometryIntent object that specifies the edge to create the note for and the location along the edge the note points to. If the drawing curve or geometry intent does not represent a hole or thread edge, the method returns an error. See the discussion above for more information about how to get different results by providing different inputs for this argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LinearDiameterType">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create a leader type of note or a linear diameter type of note. There are two examples of linear diameter types in the figure above. These are the uncircled notes in the right view. The three circled notes illustrate a leader type of note.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionStyle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies which dimension style to use for the note. The dimension style can be specified by providing the name of an existing style or by supplying a DimensionStyle object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNotes.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNotes.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNotes.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified HoleThreadNote object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HoleThreadNotes.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraint">
            <summary>The HorizontalAlignConstraint object represents a constraint that makes two sketch points align horizontally.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraint.PointOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraint.PointTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraintProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraintProxy.PointOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraintProxy.PointTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalAlignConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HorizontalConstraint">
            <summary>The HorizontalConstraint object represents a horizontal constraint within a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HorizontalConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalConstraint.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity being constrained. This can be a sketch line, ellipse, or elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HorizontalConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalConstraint.UseEllipseMajorAxis">
            <summary>Property used in the case where the entity returned by the Entity property is an ellipse. This property specifies if the major or minor axis of the ellipse is horizontal. True if it is the major axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.HorizontalConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalConstraintProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HorizontalConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalConstraintProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity being constrained. This can be a sketch line, ellipse, or elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.HorizontalConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.HorizontalConstraintProxy.UseEllipseMajorAxis">
            <summary>Property used in the case where the entity returned by the Entity property is an ellipse. This property specifies if the major or minor axis of the ellipse is horizontal. True if it is the major axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iAssemblyFactory">
            <summary>The iAssemblyFactory object provides access to the iAssembly table and provides methods to create iAssembly members.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyFactory.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iAssemblyFactory.CreateMember(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates an iAssembly member using the parameter values in a row. The created iAssemblyMember is returned. If the member already exists, the member is updated and the iAssemblyMember object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Row">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies the row number within an iAssembly table. The row index is specified either by a Long (row index), a String (MemberName), or an iAssemblyTableRow object. If the argument is not specified, the default row of the factory will be used to create the iAssembly member.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyFactory.DefaultRow">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the default row for this iAssemblyFactory.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iAssemblyFactory.Delete">
            <summary>Method that converts the iAssembly factory to a regular assembly. When an iAssembly factory is converted to a regular assembly, all of the iAssembly members created from the factory become sick.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyFactory.ExcelWorkSheet">
            <summary>Property that returns the excel spreadsheet that represents the iAssembly table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iAssemblyFactory.Export(System.String,Inventor.FileFormatEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that exports the iAssemblyFactory to an external file.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the file name to export the iAssemblyFactory to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileFormat">
                <summary>Input FileFormatEnum that specifies the file format to save to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap object that specifies additional options for export.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyFactory.FactoryOptions">
            <summary>Property that gets the options for the factory.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyFactory.FileNameColumn">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the column to use as the file name column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyFactory.MemberCacheDir">
            <summary>Property that returns the directory location for the newly created iAssembly members.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyFactory.MemberEditScope">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the edits to a member should affect just the active member or all members within the factory.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyFactory.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent AssemblyComponentDefinition of the factory.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyFactory.TableColumns">
            <summary>Property that returns the iAssemblyTableColumns collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyFactory.TableRows">
            <summary>Property that returns the iAssemblyTableRows collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyFactory.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iAssemblyMember">
            <summary>The iAssemblyMember object provides access to a member of an iAssembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyMember.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iAssemblyMember.BreakLinkToFactory">
            <summary>Method that breaks the link to the parent factory and converts the iAssembly member to a regular assembly.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyMember.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyMember.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent AssemblyComponentDefinition of the member.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyMember.ParentFactory">
            <summary>Property that returns the iAssembly factory that created this iAssemblyMember.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyMember.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the descriptor of the iAssembly factory document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyMember.Row">
            <summary>Property that returns the row in the iAssembly table that this iAssemblyMember represents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyMember.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iAssemblyTableCell">
            <summary>The iAssemblyTableCell object represents an individual cell in the iAssembly factory table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableCell.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableCell.Column">
            <summary>Property that returns the index of this cell within the parent iAssemblyTableColumn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableCell.HasFormula">
            <summary>Property that returns whether a formula (equation) was input into this cell via Excel. Such cells show with a red background in the user interface and are not editable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableCell.IsValid">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the contents of this cell are valid. Invalid cells show with a yellow background in the user interface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableCell.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent iAssemblyFactory object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableCell.Row">
            <summary>Property that returns the index of this cell within the parent iAssemblyTableRow.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableCell.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableCell.Value">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the value of the cell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iAssemblyTableColumn">
            <summary>The iAssemblyTableColumn object represents a column in the iAssembly factory table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableColumn.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableColumn.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iAssemblyTableColumn.Delete">
            <summary>Deletes this column in the factory.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableColumn.DisplayHeading">
            <summary>Property that returns the localized heading of the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableColumn.FormattedHeading">
            <summary>Property that returns the heading of the column in XML format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableColumn.Heading">
            <summary>Property that returns the non-localized heading of the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableColumn.Index">
            <summary>Property that returns the index of this column within the iAssembly factory table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableColumn.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified iAssemblyTableCell object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableColumn.Key">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the key order for the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableColumn.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent iAssemblyFactory object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableColumn.ReferencedDataType">
            <summary>Property that returns the data type contained in the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableColumn.ReferencedObject">
            <summary>Property that returns the object referenced by the column. For instance, if the column references a fillet feature suppression, the corresponding FilletFeature object is returned. Similarly, if a file property is referenced, the corresponding Property object is returned.  The property returns Nothing if there is no corresponding object (e.g. when the ReferencedDataType returns kMemberNameColumn).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableColumn.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iAssemblyTableColumns">
            <summary>The iAssemblyTableColumns collection object provides access to all existing iAssemblyTableColumn objects in the iAssembly factory table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableColumns.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableColumns.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableColumns.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified iAssemblyTableColumn object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableColumns.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iAssemblyTableRow">
            <summary>The iAssemblyTableRow object represents a row in the iAssembly factory table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableRow.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableRow.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iAssemblyTableRow.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new row with all values equal to the original row.</summary>
            <param name="NewMemberName">
                <summary>Name of new row member.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableRow.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iAssemblyTableRow.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this row in the factory.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableRow.DocumentName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the document name corresponding to this row in the iAssembly table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableRow.DocumentNameModifiable">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the name of the document corresponding to this member can be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iAssemblyTableRow.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableRow.Index">
            <summary>Property that returns the index of this row within the iAssembly factory table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableRow.IsDocumentNameBasedOnMemberName">
            <summary>Gets whether the member's filename is based on the member name or an explicitly set filename.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iAssemblyTableRow.IsExcluded(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether the input object is excluded in this member.</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Object to check for exclusion.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableRow.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified iAssemblyTableCell object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableRow.MemberName">
            <summary>Property that returns the member name corresponding to this row in the iAssembly table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableRow.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent iAssemblyFactory object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableRow.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iAssemblyTableRows">
            <summary>The iAssemblyTableRows collection object provides access to all existing iAssemblyTableRow objects in the iAssembly factory table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableRows.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableRows.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableRows.Item">
            <summary>Returns an item from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iAssemblyTableRows.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeature">
            <summary>The iFeature object represents the instance of a placed iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.iFeatureDefinition">
            <summary>Property that returns the associated iFeatureDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.iFeatureTemplateDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the iFeatureTemplateDescriptor object associated with this iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity in the base part or assembly document. In the case of a derived assembly, the ReferencedEntity property returns the component occurrence in the base assembly that this ReferenceFeature represents. In the case of a derived part, the ReferencedEntity property can return a solid or surface body of the source part or a surface in the source part.. In cases where the component occurrence, solid or surface body entity is referencing a model entity, but the model entity no longer exists because it has been consumed by a subsequent modeling operation, this property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.Sketches">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketches that were created when the iFeature was placed. In most case there will be a single sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureComponent">
            <summary>This object and its behavior will remain in its current state to support backward compatibility but it will be hidden because it's no longer needed in the new implementation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureComponent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureComponent.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatureComponent.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatureComponent.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatureComponent.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureComponent.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureComponent.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureComponent.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureComponent.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureComponent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureComponent.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatureComponent.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureComponent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureComponents">
            <summary>This object and its behavior will remain in its current state to support backward compatibility but it will be hidden because it's no longer needed in the new implementation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureDefinition">
            <summary>The iFeatureDefinition object represents the positional and parameter information of an iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureDefinition.ActiveTableRow">
            <summary>Gets and sets the row from the table that should be used to specify the sizes for the iFeature instances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureDefinition.iFeatureInputs">
            <summary>Property that indicates the input information of the iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureDefinition.iFeatureTable">
            <summary>Property that returns the table information associated with this iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureDefinition.IsPunchTool">
            <summary>Property that specifies if this iFeature has been defined to be used as a punch tool.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureDefinition.IsTableDriven">
            <summary>Property that specifies if this iFeature is driven by a table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureDefinition.PunchId">
            <summary>Property that returns the PunchID associated with this iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInput">
            <summary>The iFeatureEntityInput object represents the positional information of an iFeature. The iFeatureEntityInput object is used both to describe and specify the geometry necessary for the placement of an iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInput.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInput.Entity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the entity required for the input.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInput.EntityType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of geometry that are valid. The value returned is the sum of values specifying the valid entity types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInput.Name">
            <summary>Property that gets the name associated with this input. When placing an iFeature using the API you can use the name to identify each input when assigning the desired values and entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInput.Prompt">
            <summary>Property that gets the prompt that is used for this input during the placement of the iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureEntityInput.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureInput">
            <summary>The iFeatureInput object is the base class for iFeatureParameterInput, iFeatureEntityInput, iFeatureSketchPlaneInput, iFeatureWorkPlaneInput and iFeatureVectorInput.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureInput.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureInput.EntityType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of geometry that are valid. The value returned is the sum of values specifying the valid entity types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureInput.Name">
            <summary>Property that gets the name associated with this input. When placing an iFeature using the API you can use the name to identify each input when assigning the desired values and entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureInput.Prompt">
            <summary>Property that gets the prompt that is used for this input during the placement of the iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureInput.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureInputs">
            <summary>The iFeatureInputs collection object provides access to all of the / iFeatureParameterInput objects associated with a specific iFeatureDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureInputs.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureInputs.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureInputs.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureInputs.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureOptions">
            <summary>The iFeatureOptions object provides access to properties that provide read and write access of the iFeature related application options. This is somewhat equivalent to the iFeature tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureOptions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureOptions.RootPath">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the location of iFeature files used by the View Catalog dialog box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureOptions.SheetMetalPunchesRootPath">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the location of iFeature files used by the sheet metal Punch Tool dialog box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureOptions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureOptions.UseKey1AsBrowserNameColumn">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to use the Key 1 column of a table-driven iFeature as the Browser Name column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureOptions.UserRootPath">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the location of iFeature files used by both the Create iFeature and Insert iFeature dialog boxes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureOptions.Viewer">
            <summary>Gets/sets the viewer application used to manage the iFeature files.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureOptions.ViewerArguments">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the viewer command line arguments for run-time options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureParameterInput">
            <summary>The iFeatureParameterInput object contains the information associated with a parameter of an iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureParameterInput.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureParameterInput.DefaultExpression">
            <summary>Property that gets the expression which specifies the default value and unit. This is the default value of the Expression property. This property will fail in the case where the iFeatureDefinition object is associated with an iFeature instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureParameterInput.EntityType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of geometry that are valid. The value returned is the sum of values specifying the valid entity types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureParameterInput.Expression">
            <summary>Gets and sets the expression of the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureParameterInput.IsPunchToolDepth">
            <summary>Property specifies if this parameter input is used to define the custom depth of a punch tool.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureParameterInput.LimitListCount">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of limit values if the LimitType is kParamLimitList. This property will fail in the case where the iFeatureDefinition object is associated with an iFeature instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatureParameterInput.LimitListExpressions(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that gets the expressions of the LimitType kParamLimitList. This property will fail in the case where the iFeatureDefinition object is associated with an iFeature instance.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long value that specifies the index of the expression to return.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatureParameterInput.LimitRangeExpressions(System.String@,System.String@,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the expressions of the LimitType kParamLimitRange. If the LeftLimitValue and LeftRangeSpec strings are NULL, there is no lower limit for the values that the user can enter. Similarly if the RightLimitValue and RightRangeSpec strings are NULL, there is no upper limit for the values that the user can enter. This property will fail in the case where the iFeatureDefinition object is associated with an iFeature instance.</summary>
            <param name="LeftLimitValue">
                <summary>Output String that contains the expression of the lower limit value. If an empty string is returned then there is no lower limit.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LeftRangeSpec">
                <summary>Output String that contains the comparison operator used for the lower range. If an empty string is returned then there is no lower limit.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RightRangeSpec">
                <summary>Output String that contains the expression of the upper limit value. If an empty string is returned then there is no upper limit.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RightLimitValue">
                <summary>Output String that contains the comparison operator used for the upper range. If an empty string is returned then there is no upper limit.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureParameterInput.LimitType">
            <summary>Property that returns the limit type of the parameter. If this returns kParamLimitRange, the LimitExpression property will return the upper and lower limits will be two limit values: the value of the lower and upper bounds. If the LimitType property is kParamLimitList there will be n values. This property will fail in the case where the iFeatureDefinition object is associated with an iFeature instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureParameterInput.Name">
            <summary>Property that gets the name associated with this input. When placing an iFeature using the API you can use the name to identify each input when assigning the desired values and entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureParameterInput.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter in the model this iFeature parameter is dependent on. This property will return Nothing in the case where the iFeatureDefinition object is not associated with an iFeature instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureParameterInput.Prompt">
            <summary>Property that gets the prompt that is used for this input during the placement of the iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureParameterInput.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureParameterInput.Value">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the evaluation of this iFeature parameter in database units. Setting this is equivalent to setting the 'Expression' with the constant string.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.iFeatureDefinition">
            <summary>Property that returns the associated iFeatureDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.iFeatureTemplateDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the iFeatureTemplateDescriptor object associated with this iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity in the base part or assembly document. In the case of a derived assembly, the ReferencedEntity property returns the component occurrence in the base assembly that this ReferenceFeature represents. In the case of a derived part, the ReferencedEntity property can return a solid or surface body of the source part or a surface in the source part.. In cases where the component occurrence, solid or surface body entity is referencing a model entity, but the model entity no longer exists because it has been consumed by a subsequent modeling operation, this property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.Sketches">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketches that were created when the iFeature was placed. In most case there will be a single sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatures">
            <summary>The iFeatures collection object provides access to all of the iFeature objects in a part component definition and provides methods to create additional iFeatures..</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatures.Add(Inventor.iFeatureDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new iFeature using the input placement information. If successfully created the new iFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input iFeatureDefinition object used to define the various input required for the placement of an iFeature. Appropriate input must be defined in the iFeatureDefinition object in order to place the iFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatures.CreateiFeatureDefinition(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new iFeatrureDefinition. The returned definition provides access to all of the inputs that are necessary for placing an iFeature. Using this object you provide the parameter and the geometry inputs necessary for placing the iFeature.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the iFeature file (.ide) to create the definition for. The file must be an existing iFeature file. If an invalid file is specified an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified iFeature object from the collection..</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureSketchPlaneInput">
            <summary>The iFeatureSketchPlaneInput object represents the sketch plane input information of an iFeature. The iFeatureSketchPlaneInput object is used specify the geometry's and other data necessary for the sketch plane input of an iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureSketchPlaneInput.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureSketchPlaneInput.EntityType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of geometry that are valid. The value returned is the sum of values specifying the valid entity types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureSketchPlaneInput.FlipOption">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the geometry selection needs to be flipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureSketchPlaneInput.Name">
            <summary>Property that gets the name associated with this input. When placing an iFeature using the API you can use the name to identify each input when assigning the desired values and entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureSketchPlaneInput.PlaneInput">
            <summary>Gets and sets the geometry matching the sketch plane input.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureSketchPlaneInput.Prompt">
            <summary>Property that gets the prompt that is used for this input during the placement of the iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatureSketchPlaneInput.SetPosition(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Vector,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets the position of the iFeature on the plane provided.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the 3D location of the iFeature on the plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Axis">
                <summary>Specifies the vector along which the X-axis of iFeature will be aligned.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RotationAngle">
                <summary>Specifies the angle in radians by which the axis will be rotated about a vector perpendicular to the plane used for placing the iFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureSketchPlaneInput.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureTable">
            <summary>The iFeatureTable object represents the table associated with a table driven iFeature. This object provides access to the contents of the table and provides information about the default and active rows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTable.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTable.DefaultRow">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatureTable.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the iFeatureTable. This converts a table driven iFeature into a standard iFeature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTable.ExcelWorkSheet">
            <summary>Property that returns the Excel WorkSheet object representing the iFeature table. After making changes to the Excel sheet, save and close the parent WorkBook object of the sheet in order for Inventor to absorb the changes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatureTable.Export(System.String,Inventor.FileFormatEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Exports the iFeatureTable to an external file.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the file name to export the iFeatureTable to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileFormat">
                <summary>Input FileFormatEnum that specifies the file format to save to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap object that specifies additional options for export.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTable.iFeatureTableColumns">
            <summary>Property returning the collection of columns in the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTable.iFeatureTableRows">
            <summary>Property returning the collection of rows in the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTable.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTable.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureTableCell">
            <summary>The iFeatureTableCell object represents a single cell within a table associated with a table driven iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableCell.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableCell.Column">
            <summary>Property that returns the column this cell is within.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableCell.CustomCell">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this is a custom parameter cell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableCell.CustomIncrement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the increment value for custom parameter cell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableCell.CustomRangeMaximum">
            <summary>Gets and sets the maximum value for a custom parameter cell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableCell.CustomRangeMinimum">
            <summary>Gets and sets the minimum value for a custom parameter cell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableCell.HasFormula">
            <summary>Gets whether a formula (equation) was input into this cell via Excel.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableCell.IsValid">
            <summary>Gets whether the contents of this cell are valid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableCell.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent iFeatureTable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableCell.Row">
            <summary>Property that returns the row this cell is within.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableCell.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableCell.Value">
            <summary>Gets and sets the value of the cell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureTableColumn">
            <summary>The iFeatureTableColumn object represents a single column of a table associated with a table driven iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableColumn.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableColumn.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of rows in the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableColumn.CustomColumn">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this is a custom parameter column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableColumn.CustomIncrement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the increment value for custom parameter column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableColumn.CustomRangeMaximum">
            <summary>Gets and sets the maximum value for a custom parameter column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableColumn.CustomRangeMinimum">
            <summary>Gets and sets the minimum value for a custom parameter column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatureTableColumn.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the column from the table.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableColumn.DisplayHeading">
            <summary>Property that returns the heading of the column as seen in the iFeature author command.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableColumn.FormattedHeading">
            <summary>Property that returns the heading of the column in XML format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableColumn.Heading">
            <summary>Property that returns the heading of the column in XML format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableColumn.Index">
            <summary>Property that returns the index of this column within the iFeatureTableColumns collection where the first column has an index of 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableColumn.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified iFeatureTableCell object from the row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableColumn.Key">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the key order for the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableColumn.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent iFeatureTable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableColumn.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureTableColumns">
            <summary>The iFeatureTableColumns collection object provides access to the columns of an iFeature table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableColumns.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableColumns.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableColumns.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified iFeatureTableColumn object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableColumns.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureTableRow">
            <summary>The iFeatureTableRow object represents a single row of a table associated with a table driven iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableRow.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatureTableRow.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a new row with all cell values equal to the original row with the exception of columns whose values must be unique for each row. These are automatically modified to be unique using the same behavior that you see when inserting a new row in the user-interface.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableRow.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of columns in the row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatureTableRow.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the row from the table.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableRow.Index">
            <summary>Property that returns the index of this row within the iFeatureTableRows collection where the first row has an index of 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableRow.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified iFeatureTableCell object from the row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableRow.MemberName">
            <summary>Property that returns the name that identifies this row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableRow.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent iFeatureTable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableRow.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureTableRows">
            <summary>The iFeatureTableRows collection object provides access to the rows of an iFeature table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableRows.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableRows.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableRows.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified iFeatureTableRow object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTableRows.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureTemplateDescriptor">
            <summary>The iFeatureTemplateDescriptor object describes the iFeature file that was used to create the iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTemplateDescriptor.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iFeatureTemplateDescriptor.DelayReplaceAll(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that flags the ReferenceComponent corresponding to the iFeature as being out of date. The next time this part is opened a message will be displayed to the user notifying them that the iFeature is out of date and allowing them to update it using the file specified.</summary>
            <param name="NewSourceFilename">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the name of the file to use during the replacement of the iFeatureTemplateDescriptor.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTemplateDescriptor.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the Internal Name (a GUID) for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTemplateDescriptor.LastKnownSourceFileName">
            <summary>Property that returns the name of the iFeature file (.ide) used to create this iFeatureTemplateDescriptor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTemplateDescriptor.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ComponentDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTemplateDescriptor.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureTemplateDescriptors">
            <summary>The iFeatureTemplateDescriptors collection object provides access to all of the objects in a document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTemplateDescriptors.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTemplateDescriptors.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTemplateDescriptors.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified iFeatureTemplateDescriptor object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureTemplateDescriptors.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureVectorInput">
            <summary>The iFeatureVectorInput object represents the vector input information of an iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureVectorInput.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureVectorInput.EntityType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of geometry that are valid. The value returned is the sum of values specifying the valid entity types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureVectorInput.FlipOption">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the geometry selection needs to be flipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureVectorInput.LineInput">
            <summary>Gets and sets the geometry matching the vector input.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureVectorInput.Name">
            <summary>Property that gets the name associated with this input. When placing an iFeature using the API you can use the name to identify each input when assigning the desired values and entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureVectorInput.Prompt">
            <summary>Property that gets the prompt that is used for this input during the placement of the iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureVectorInput.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iFeatureWorkPlaneInput">
            <summary>The iFeatureWorkPlaneInput object represents the work plane input information of an iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureWorkPlaneInput.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureWorkPlaneInput.EntityType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of geometry that are valid. The value returned is the sum of values specifying the valid entity types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureWorkPlaneInput.FlipOption">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether direction of the selection needs to be flipped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureWorkPlaneInput.Name">
            <summary>Property that gets the name associated with this input. When placing an iFeature using the API you can use the name to identify each input when assigning the desired values and entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureWorkPlaneInput.PlaneInput">
            <summary>Gets and sets the geometry matching the plane input.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureWorkPlaneInput.Prompt">
            <summary>Property that gets the prompt that is used for this input during the placement of the iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iFeatureWorkPlaneInput.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iMateDefinition">
            <summary>The iMateDefinition object is the base class for all iMate definition objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iMateDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the iMateDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateDefinition.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iMateDefinition.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateDefinition.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateDefinition.Identifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal unique identifier for this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateDefinition.MatchList">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of strings that specifies the priority order for iMate definition matches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateDefinition.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateDefinition.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateDefinition.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Gets the object this entity is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateDefinition.SequenceIndex">
            <summary>Gets the index of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateDefinition.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates whether this iMateDefinition is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iMateDefinitions">
            <summary>The iMateDefinitions collection provides access to all of the objects in a part or assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iMateDefinitions.AddAngleiMateDefinition(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new angle iMate definition. The newly created AngleiMateDefinition object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Object that defines the entity. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DirectionReversed">
                <summary>Boolean that specifies whether to reverse the direction of the entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Defines the angle value. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPoint">
                <summary>Point object that is used to help determine the initial position when this iMate definition is used. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>String that specifies the name of the iMate definition. If not specified, a name is automatically generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MatchList">
                <summary>Array of Strings that specifies the priority order of the iMate definitions to match.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iMateDefinitions.AddCompositeiMateDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new composite iMate definition. The newly created CompositeiMateDefinition object is returned. When iMate definition objects are used as input for a composite iMate, the iMateDefinition objects are no longer directly accessible through the iMateDefinitions collection. They are only accessible through the CompositeiMateDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="iMates">
                <summary>Contains the iMates that are used as input for the composite iMate. The collection must contain only iMateDefinition objects. It will fail if any other object types are input or if any of the objects are a CompositeiMateDefinition object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Specifies the name of the iMate definition. If not specified, a name is automatically generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MatchList">
                <summary>Array of Strings that specifies the priority order of the iMate definitions to match.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iMateDefinitions.AddFlushiMateDefinition(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new flush iMate definition. The newly created FlushiMateDefinition object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Object that defines the entity. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Defines the offset value. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPoint">
                <summary>Point object that is used to help determine the initial position when this iMate definition is used. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>String that specifies the name of the iMate definition. If not specified, a name is automatically generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MatchList">
                <summary>Array of Strings that specifies the priority order of the iMate definitions to match.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iMateDefinitions.AddInsertiMateDefinition(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new insert iMate definition. The newly created InsertiMateDefinition object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Object that defines the entity. This object must be a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Specifies whether the direction of the axis of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Defines the offset value. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPoint">
                <summary>Used to help determine the initial position when this iMate definition is used. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Specifies the name of the iMate definition. If not specified, a name is automatically generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MatchList">
                <summary>Array of Strings that specifies the priority order of the iMate definitions to match.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iMateDefinitions.AddMateiMateDefinition(System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new mate iMate definition.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Defines the entity to mate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Defines the offset value. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityInferredType">
                <summary>Enum that specifies how the geometry of the entity is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity, different options are possible. If the entity is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, the matching iMate must also be on a cylinder and they must be the same radius. If the entity is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, the matching iMate must also be on a sphere and they must be the same radius. If the entity is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, the matching iMate must also be on a cone and they must have the same taper angle. If the entity is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPoint">
                <summary>Point object that is used to help determine the initial position when this iMate definition is used. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Specifies the name of the iMate definition. If not specified, a name is automatically generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MatchList">
                <summary>Array of Strings that specifies the priority order of the iMate definitions to match.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iMateDefinitions.AddRotateRotateiMateDefinition(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new rotation motion iMate definition.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Defines the entity and it rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Defines the rotation ratio value. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPoint">
                <summary>Point object that is used to help determine the initial position when this iMate definition is used. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Specifies the name of the iMate definition. If not specified, a name is automatically generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MatchList">
                <summary>Array of Strings that specifies the priority order of the iMate definitions to match.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iMateDefinitions.AddRotateTranslateiMateDefinition(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new rotate-translate motion iMate definition.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Defines the entity and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPoint">
                <summary>Point object that is used to help determine the initial position when this iMate definition is used. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Specifies the name of the iMate definition. If not specified, a name is automatically generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MatchList">
                <summary>Array of Strings that specifies the priority order of the iMate definitions to match.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iMateDefinitions.AddTangentiMateDefinition(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new tangent iMate definition.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Defines the entity to use for the tangency.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Defines the offset value. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPoint">
                <summary>Point object that is used to help determine the initial position when this iMate definition is used. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Specifies the name of the iMate definition. If not specified, a name is automatically generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MatchList">
                <summary>Array of Strings that specifies the priority order of the iMate definitions to match.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified iMateDefinition object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iMateDefinitionsEnumerator">
            <summary>Object that represents an iMateDefinitionsEnumerator. Presents a snapshot of the set of objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateDefinitionsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateDefinitionsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateDefinitionsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iMateResult">
            <summary>The iMateResult object represents the result of using an iMate in an assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResult.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResult.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns an AssemblyConstraintstEnumerator containing the constraints associated with this iMate. If the iMate is not a composite iMate this collection will contain one constraint. If it is a composite it can contain any number of constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iMateResult.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the iMateResult. This method will fail if the iMateResult is a part of a composite iMateResult.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iMateResult.GetInputs(Inventor.iMateDefinition@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the input entities that were used to create this iMateResult object.</summary>
            <param name="iMateDefinition">
                <summary>Output object that defines the output iMate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Output object that defines the second entity. This object can be either an object or a geometric entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iMateResult.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResult.IsComposite">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate result.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResult.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the iMateResult.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResult.ParentComposite">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent iMateResult object. This property is only valid in the case when the iMateResult object it is being called from is not a composite. This can be checked for by using the IsComposite property of the iMateResult object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResult.Results">
            <summary>Property that returns an iMateResultsEnumerator object that provides access to the iMate results object that are part of a composite iMate. This property is only valid in the case when the iMateResult object it is being called from is a composite. This can be checked for by using the IsComposite property of the iMateResult object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iMateResult.SetInputs(Inventor.iMateDefinition,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that edits the inputs of an iMate result.</summary>
            <param name="iMateDefinition">
                <summary>Input iMateDefinitionProxy object that defines the input iMate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second entity. This object can be either a iMateDefinition proxy object or a geometric entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityBiasPoint">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used to help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the bias point coincident with the iMate. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias point you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type when creating an angle constraint. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResult.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the iMateResult is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResult.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iMateResultProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResultProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResultProxy.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns an AssemblyConstraintstEnumerator containing the constraints associated with this iMate. If the iMate is not a composite iMate this collection will contain one constraint. If it is a composite it can contain any number of constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResultProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iMateResultProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the iMateResult. This method will fail if the iMateResult is a part of a composite iMateResult.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iMateResultProxy.GetInputs(Inventor.iMateDefinition@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the input entities that were used to create this iMateResult object.</summary>
            <param name="iMateDefinition">
                <summary>Output object that defines the output iMate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Output object that defines the second entity. This object can be either an object or a geometric entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iMateResultProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResultProxy.IsComposite">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate result.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResultProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the iMateResult.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResultProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResultProxy.ParentComposite">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent iMateResult object. This property is only valid in the case when the iMateResult object it is being called from is not a composite. This can be checked for by using the IsComposite property of the iMateResult object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResultProxy.Results">
            <summary>Property that returns an iMateResultsEnumerator object that provides access to the iMate results object that are part of a composite iMate. This property is only valid in the case when the iMateResult object it is being called from is a composite. This can be checked for by using the IsComposite property of the iMateResult object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iMateResultProxy.SetInputs(Inventor.iMateDefinition,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that edits the inputs of an iMate result.</summary>
            <param name="iMateDefinition">
                <summary>Input iMateDefinitionProxy object that defines the input iMate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second entity. This object can be either a iMateDefinition proxy object or a geometric entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityBiasPoint">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used to help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the bias point coincident with the iMate. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias point you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type when creating an angle constraint. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResultProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the iMateResult is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResultProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iMateResults">
            <summary>The iMateResults collection provides access to all of the objects in an assembly. It also supports the methods that allow the creation of iMateResult objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iMateResults.AddByiMateAndEntity(Inventor.iMateDefinition,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new iMate result. The newly created iMateResult object is returned. If the two inputs do not define a valid iMateResult the method will fail.</summary>
            <param name="iMateDefinition">
                <summary>Input object that defines the input iMate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second entity. This object must be a valid geometric entity in the assembly, such as a , WorkAxis, SketchLine, etc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityBiasPoint">
                <summary>Optional input object that is used to help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the bias point coincident with the iMate. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias point you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AngleEntityReversed">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that is only used when creating an angle constraint. This argument specifies if the direction of the entity should be reversed or not. A value of True indicates it should be reversed. If this argument is not provided for an angle constraint it defaults to False. This argument is ignored for all other constraint types.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iMateResults.AddByTwoiMates(Inventor.iMateDefinition,Inventor.iMateDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new iMate result. The newly created iMateResult object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="iMateDefinitionOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first input iMate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="iMateDefinitionTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second input iMate.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResults.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResults.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResults.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified iMateResult object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResults.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iMateResultsEnumerator">
            <summary>Object that represents an iMateResultsEnumerator. Presents a snapshot of the set of objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResultsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResultsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iMateResultsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedComponent">
            <summary>ImportedComponent Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedComponent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedComponent.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedComponent.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedComponent.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the ImportedComponentDefinition which defines the various inputs that were used to create the imported component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedComponent.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedComponent.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedComponent.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedComponent.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedComponent.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedComponent.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedComponent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedComponent.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedComponent.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedComponent.SuppressLinkToFile">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to suppress the connection of the imported component with the file from which it was created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedComponent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedComponentDefinition">
            <summary>ImportedComponentDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedComponentDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedComponentDefinition.FullFileName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full filename of the source file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedComponentDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedComponentDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedComponents">
            <summary>ImportedComponents Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedComponents.Add(Inventor.ImportedComponentDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ImportedComponent object using the information supplied by the input ImportedComponentDefinition object. Returns the imported component.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input ImportedComponentDefinition object that defines the imported component.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedComponents.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedComponents.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedComponents.CreateDataExchangeDefinition(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ImportedComponentDefinition object.&amp;nbsp;Suitable for online import like FDX.</summary>
            <param name="exchangeUrn">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the Data Exchange urn.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap that specifies additional options. This is ignored at present.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedComponents.CreateDefinition(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ImportedComponentDefinition object.&amp;nbsp;The returned definition provides access to all of the items in the file that can be imported.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full filename of a CAD file.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedComponents.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedComponents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedComponents.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponent">
            <summary>ImportedDataExchangeComponent Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponent.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponent.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponent.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the ImportedComponentDefinition which defines the various inputs that were used to create the imported component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponent.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponent.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponent.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponent.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponent.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponent.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponent.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponent.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponent.SuppressLinkToFile">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to suppress the connection of the imported component with the file from which it was created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponent.Update(System.Object)">
            <summary>Updates the component from the exchange if there is update available.</summary>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap that specifies additional options. This is ignored at present.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponent.Urn">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DataExchange urn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentDefinition">
            <summary>ImportedDataExchangeComponentDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentDefinition.FullFileName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full filename of the source file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy">
            <summary>ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the ImportedComponentDefinition which defines the various inputs that were used to create the imported component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy.SuppressLinkToFile">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to suppress the connection of the imported component with the file from which it was created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy.Update(System.Object)">
            <summary>Updates the component from the exchange if there is update available.</summary>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap that specifies additional options. This is ignored at present.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDataExchangeComponentProxy.Urn">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DataExchange urn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent">
            <summary>ImportedDWGComponent Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.Crop">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the crop in LocationPlane space. Set this to Nothing will clear the crop.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the ImportedComponentDefinition which defines the various inputs that were used to create the imported component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.Grounded">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is grounded or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.Layers">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ImportedDWGLayersEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.ModelSpaceDefinition">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGModelSpaceDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.Origin">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the work point that represents the origin for the component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.RangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the bounding box of the DWG graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.SuppressLinkToFile">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to suppress the connection of the imported component with the file from which it was created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether&amp;nbsp;this object is visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.XAxis">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the work axis that represents the x-axis for the component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.XYPlane">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the work plane that represents the X-Y plane for the component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.XZPlane">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the work plane that represents the X-Z plane for the component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.YAxis">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the work axis that represents the y-axis for the component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.YZPlane">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the work plane that represents the Y-Z plane for the component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponent.ZAxis">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the work axis that represents the z-axis for the component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentDefinition">
            <summary>ImportedDWGComponentDefinition Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this ImportedDWGComponentDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentDefinition.DWGReferenceOrigin">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the reference origin for the imported DWG component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentDefinition.DWGReferenceOriginInLocationPlane">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the position of the imported DWG component origin.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentDefinition.DWGRotationInLocationPlane">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the absolute rotation angle of the imported DWG component in LocationPlane space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentDefinition.FullFileName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full filename of the source file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentDefinition.ImportDWGBodyStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property determines how solid and surface bodies are handled on import.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentDefinition.LocationOrigin">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the object indicating the position for the origin of the imported DWG component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentDefinition.LocationPlane">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the location plane for the imported DWG component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentDefinition.SetLocation(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the plane and origin to define the location of the imported DWG component.</summary>
            <param name="LocationPlane">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="LocationOrigin">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentDefinition.Transformation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the translation and rotation of the imported DWG in part space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy">
            <summary>ImportedDWGComponentProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.Crop">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the crop in LocationPlane space. Set this to Nothing will clear the crop.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the ImportedComponentDefinition which defines the various inputs that were used to create the imported component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.Grounded">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is grounded or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.Layers">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ImportedDWGLayersEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.ModelSpaceDefinition">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DWGModelSpaceDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.Origin">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the work point that represents the origin for the component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the bounding box of the DWG graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.SuppressLinkToFile">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to suppress the connection of the imported component with the file from which it was created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether&amp;nbsp;this object is visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.XAxis">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the work axis that represents the x-axis for the component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.XYPlane">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the work plane that represents the X-Y plane for the component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.XZPlane">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the work plane that represents the X-Z plane for the component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.YAxis">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the work axis that represents the y-axis for the component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.YZPlane">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the work plane that represents the Y-Z plane for the component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGComponentProxy.ZAxis">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the work axis that represents the z-axis for the component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedDWGLayer">
            <summary>The ImportedDWGLayer object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGLayer.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGLayer.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the name of the imported DWG layer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGLayer.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGLayer.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the visibility of the imported DWG layer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedDWGLayersEnumerator">
            <summary>The ImportedDWGLayersEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGLayersEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGLayersEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedDWGLayersEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponent">
            <summary>ImportedGenericComponent Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponent.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponent.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponent.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the ImportedComponentDefinition which defines the various inputs that were used to create the imported component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponent.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponent.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponent.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponent.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponent.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponent.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponent.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponent.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponent.SuppressLinkToFile">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to suppress the connection of the imported component with the file from which it was created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition">
            <summary>ImportedGenericComponentDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this ImportedGenericComponentDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition.ExcludeAll">
            <summary>Method that causes all model entities to be excluded.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition.FullFileName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full filename of the source file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition.IFCImportMethod">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the IFC import method. This is only applicable when import IFC file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition.ImportedAssemblyOrganizationType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the imported assembly organization type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition.ImportedModelEntities">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ImportedModelEntities collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition.ImportedModelGeometryTypes">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets a bit mask defining the imported model geometry types. A combination of enum values can be provided.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition.ImportedSurfaceOrganizationType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the imported surface organization type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition.ImportedWorkGeometryTypes">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets a bit mask defining the imported work geometry types. A combination of enum values can be provided.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition.ImportIFCGeometryAsMesh">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to import IFC geometry as mesh.&amp;nbsp;This is only applicable when import IFC file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition.ImportIFCPropertiesAsCustomProperties">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to mark the parameters that are imported from IFC properties as export. This is applicable when the ImportMethod is set to kAsAssemblyImportMethod and ImoprtIFCPropertiesAsParameters is set to True when import IFC.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition.ImportIFCPropertiesAsParameters">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to import IFC properties as Inventor parameters. This is applicable when the ImportMethod is set to kAsAssemblyImportMethod when import IFC file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition.ImportUnitsType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the import units type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition.IncludeAll">
            <summary>Method that causes all model entities to be included.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition.ReferenceModel">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to import the component as linked reference.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition.SaveFileNamesPrefixOrSuffix">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the prefix or suffix that being added to file names.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition.SaveFileNamesWithPrefix">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to add string as prefix for file names.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition.SaveFilesLocation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the location for save files.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentProxy">
            <summary>ImportedGenericComponentProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentProxy.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the ImportedComponentDefinition which defines the various inputs that were used to create the imported component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentProxy.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentProxy.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentProxy.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentProxy.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentProxy.SuppressLinkToFile">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to suppress the connection of the imported component with the file from which it was created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedGenericComponentProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedModelEntities">
            <summary>ImportedModelEntities Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedModelEntities.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedModelEntities.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedModelEntities.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedModelEntities.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedModelEntity">
            <summary>ImportedModelEntity Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedModelEntity.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedModelEntity.EntityType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ImportedModelEntityTypeEnum indicating the type of the ImportedModelEntity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedModelEntity.ImportedStatus">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and set the imported status for the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedModelEntity.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the name of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedModelEntity.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedModelEntity.ParentEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent ImportedModelEntity object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedModelEntity.SubEntities">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the sub ImportedModelEntities collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedModelEntity.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponent">
            <summary>ImportedRVTComponent Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponent.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponent.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponent.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the ImportedComponentDefinition which defines the various inputs that were used to create the imported component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponent.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponent.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponent.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponent.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponent.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponent.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponent.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponent.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponent.SuppressLinkToFile">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to suppress the connection of the imported component with the file from which it was created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentDefinition">
            <summary>ImportedRVTComponentDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentDefinition.FullFileName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full filename of the source file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentDefinition.Imported3DView">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the 3D view of the Revit data to import.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentDefinition.ImportedAssemblyOrganizationType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the imported assembly organization type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentDefinition.ImportedLanguage">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the imported Revit language type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentDefinition.ReferenceModel">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to import the component as linked reference.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentProxy">
            <summary>ImportedRVTComponentProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentProxy.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the ImportedComponentDefinition which defines the various inputs that were used to create the imported component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentProxy.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentProxy.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentProxy.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentProxy.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentProxy.SuppressLinkToFile">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to suppress the connection of the imported component with the file from which it was created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ImportedRVTComponentProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InsertConstraint">
            <summary>Object that represents an insert assembly constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.AxesOpposed">
            <summary>Property that gets whether the direction of the two axes is opposed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.ConstraintLimits">
            <summary>Property that returns the ConstraintLimits object that provides access to various limits related settings for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraint.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraint.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraint.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second geometry</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraint.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraint.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraint.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraint.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraint.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.Distance">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the offset distance of the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.LockRotation">
            <summary>Property that gets/sets whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraint.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.AxesOpposed">
            <summary>Property that gets whether the direction of the two axes is opposed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.ConstraintLimits">
            <summary>Property that returns the ConstraintLimits object that provides access to various limits related settings for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.ConvertToInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.ConvertToMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second geometry</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.Distance">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the offset distance of the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.LockRotation">
            <summary>Property that gets/sets whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertConstraintProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinition">
            <summary>The InsertiMateDefinition object represents an insert iMate definition. It is derived from the iMateDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinition.AxesOpposed">
            <summary>Property that gets whether the direction of the two axes is opposed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinition.ConstraintLimits">
            <summary>Property that returns the ConstraintLimits object that provides access to various limits related settings for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the iMateDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinition.Distance">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the distance of the insert iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinition.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity used for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinition.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinition.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinition.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinition.Identifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal unique identifier for this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinition.MatchList">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of strings that specifies the priority order for iMate definition matches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinition.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinition.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinition.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Gets the object this entity is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinition.SequenceIndex">
            <summary>Gets the index of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinition.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates whether this iMateDefinition is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy.AxesOpposed">
            <summary>Property that gets whether the direction of the two axes is opposed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy.ConstraintLimits">
            <summary>Property that returns the ConstraintLimits object that provides access to various limits related settings for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the iMateDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy.Distance">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the distance of the insert iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity used for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy.Identifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal unique identifier for this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy.IsConsumed">
            <summary>Property that gets whether this object is consumed in the
context of the active assembly/part/sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy.MatchList">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of strings that specifies the priority order for iMate definition matches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Gets the object this entity is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy.SequenceIndex">
            <summary>Gets the index of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates whether this iMateDefinition is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InsertiMateDefinitionProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.IntegerAssetValue">
            <summary>The IntegerAssetValue object represents an integer value.  The value is returned as a Long and a Long should be used when setting the value.  This object also provides any limits that the value must meet to be valid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntegerAssetValue.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntegerAssetValue.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets the name of this value as seen in the Material or Appearance Browser. This can change based on the current Inventor language.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.IntegerAssetValue.GetLimits(System.Boolean@,System.Int32@,System.Boolean@,System.Int32@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the limits for this value.</summary>
            <param name="HasLowLimit">
                <summary>Output Boolean that indicates if there is a lower limit.  If False then the value of the LowLimit argument should be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LowLimit">
                <summary>Output Long that is the lowest valid value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HasHighLimit">
                <summary>Output Boolean that indicates if there is an upper limit.  If False then the value of the HighLimit argument should be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HighLimit">
                <summary>Output Long that is the upper valid value.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntegerAssetValue.HasLimits">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this value has any limits it must be within to be valid. If True, use the GetLimits method to get the limit values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntegerAssetValue.HasMultipleValues">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this value has multiple values or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntegerAssetValue.IsReadOnly">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this asset value is read-only. If True any attempted edits will fail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntegerAssetValue.Name">
            <summary>Gets the key name of the value. This name will remain constant for all languages and is the name used as input to the Item property or the Asset object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntegerAssetValue.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent Asset object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntegerAssetValue.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kAssetValueObject indicating this object’s type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntegerAssetValue.Value">
            <summary>Gets and sets this asset value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntegerAssetValue.Values">
            <summary>Gets and sets the values associated with this asset value. HasMultipleValues property indicates if this property will be returning more than one value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntegerAssetValue.ValueType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the data type that the Value property for this AssetValue object will return.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.IntentConfiguration">
            <summary>IntentConfiguration Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntentConfiguration.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntentConfiguration.ConfigurationXML">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the intent configuration XML.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntentConfiguration.InheritedConfigurationXML">
            <summary>Gets the intent configuration XML that is inherited from the included project file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntentConfiguration.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.IntentConfiguration.Refresh">
            <summary>Refreshes the intent configuration XML from the project file.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntentConfiguration.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntentConfiguration.UpToDate">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether the configuration data needs to be updated from the project file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InteractionEvents">
            <summary>The InteractionEvents object provides the ability to obtain input from the user. This includes selecting objects, various mouse inputs, and using the keyboard.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InteractionEvents.AllowCommandAliases">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether command aliases are allowed while the interaction command is active.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InteractionEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InteractionEvents.CreateMiniToolbar">
            <summary>Method that creates a MiniToolbar object associated with the parent InteractionEvents.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InteractionEvents.GetCursor(Inventor.CursorTypeEnum@,System.Object@,Inventor.CursorHotSpotEnum@)">
            <summary>Gets the cursor for the command in which this interaction takes place.</summary>
            <param name="CursorType">
                <summary>Returns the CursorTypeEnum indicating the cursor type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Cursor">
                <summary>Returns the cursor.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CursorHotSpot">
                <summary>Returns the CursorHotSpotEnum indicating the hotspot location relative to the cursor.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InteractionEvents.InteractionDisabled">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag that disables this object's Selection, Mouse and Keyboard Events. Setting this to True, continues to honor the SelectionActive flag.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InteractionEvents.InteractionGraphics">
            <summary>Gets the Interaction Graphics object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InteractionEvents.KeyboardEvents">
            <summary>Gets the Keyboard Events object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InteractionEvents.ManipulatorEvents">
            <summary>Gets the ManipulatorEvents object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InteractionEvents.MeasureEvents">
            <summary>Gets the Measure Events object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InteractionEvents.MouseEvents">
            <summary>Gets the Mouse Events object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InteractionEvents.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name for the command in which this interaction takes place.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InteractionEvents.OnActivate">
            <summary>Event that notifies the command that control has been passed to it. This event is fired when the command initially starts, (when the Start method has been called).</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InteractionEvents.OnHelp(Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires to signal the client to present help for the associated activity.</summary>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the assembly structure is changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. In this case it specifies whether the user pressed the F1 key or selected "How to..." from the context menu. A value of "Help" maps to the F1 key, and "HowTo" to the context menu.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InteractionEvents.OnResume">
            <summary>Event that notifies the command to resume execution after being suspended.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InteractionEvents.OnSuspend">
            <summary>Event that notifies the InteractionEvents object to temporarily suspend itself. This happens when the user selects a command that stacks on the current command. Invocation of any of the view commands will cause the stacking behavior.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InteractionEvents.OnTerminate">
            <summary>Event that notifies the command has been terminated. This can happen when the user selects another command or presses escape. It can be forced by calling the Stop method on the InteractionEvents object as well.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InteractionEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InteractionEvents.SelectEvents">
            <summary>Gets the Selection Events object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InteractionEvents.SetCursor(Inventor.CursorTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Sets the cursor for the command in which this interaction takes place.</summary>
            <param name="CursorType">
                <summary>Specify the CursorTypeEnum indicating the cursor type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Cursor">
                <summary>Input the cursor. 

When the CursorType is specified as kCursorTypeCustom, this is required to be set as String indicating a cursor file(.cur, .ani) name or IPictureDisp object(32x32 pixels). If the CursorType is specified as kCursorTypeWindows, this is required to be set as Long indicating the Windows cursor ID, below table shows the map between the Long value and Windows cursor ID: Long valueWindows Cursor Id
0IDC_ARROW
1IDC_ARROW
2IDC_CROSS
3IDC_IBEAM
4IDC_ARROW
5IDC_SIZEALL
6IDC_SIZENESW
7IDC_SIZENS
8IDC_SIZENWSE
9IDC_SIZEWE
10IDC_UPARROW
11IDC_WAIT
12IDC_NO
13IDC_WAIT
14IDC_HELP
15IDC_SIZEALL</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CursorHotSpot">
                <summary>Specify the CursorHotSpotEnum indicating the hotspot location relative to the cursor.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InteractionEvents.Start">
            <summary>Starts this object inside Inventor. This will cause the OnActivate to fire initiating the activity linked with this object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InteractionEvents.StatusBarText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the status bar message for the command in which this interaction takes place.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InteractionEvents.Stop">
            <summary>Stops this object inside Inventor. This will cause the OnTerminate to fire halting all activity linked with this object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InteractionEvents.TargetDocument">
            <summary>Gets the Document which is the context in which this interaction takes place.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InteractionEvents.TriadEvents">
            <summary>Gets the TriadEvents object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InteractionEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InteractionGraphics">
            <summary>Inventor supports the creation of preview and overlay graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InteractionGraphics.GraphicsDataSets">
            <summary>The object that can be used with the preview and overlay graphics properties.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InteractionGraphics.OverlayClientGraphics">
            <summary>The top level object for graphics that are rendered independently from the main scene.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InteractionGraphics.PreviewClientGraphics">
            <summary>The top level object for graphics that are rendered with the main scene.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InteractionGraphics.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InteractionGraphics.UpdateOverlayGraphics(Inventor.View)">
            <summary>Redraw just the overlay graphics only in a specified view.</summary>
            <param name="TheView">
                <summary>View object representing the view to redraw.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InterferenceResult">
            <summary>In an assembly, two or more components cannot occupy the same space at the same time. To detect such errors, you can analyze assemblies for interference.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InterferenceResult.Centroid">
            <summary>Property that returns the centroid of the volume of interference.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InterferenceResult.InterferenceBody">
            <summary>Gets the transient body representing the interference volume.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InterferenceResult.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first interfering .</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InterferenceResult.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second interfering .</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InterferenceResult.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InterferenceResult.Volume">
            <summary>Property that returns the volume of interference in cubic centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InterferenceResults">
            <summary>In an assembly, two or more components cannot occupy the same space at the same time. To detect such errors, you can analyze assemblies for interference.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InterferenceResults.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InterferenceResults.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified InterferenceResult object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InterferenceResults.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.IntersectionCurve">
            <summary>The IntersectionCurve object represents the results of creating an intersection curve calculation.  It consists of one or more sketch entities that represent the intersection of the original input entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurve.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurve.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.IntersectionCurve.BreakLink">
            <summary>Method that breaks the link between the intersection curve and the model.&amp;nbsp;This breaks the associativity to the model, allowing you to edit the individual sketch entities.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.IntersectionCurve.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the intersection curve. This will delete all of the related sketch entities.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.IntersectionCurve.Edit(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that edits all of the inputs used to compute the intersection curve.&amp;nbsp;This method is more efficient than setting each of the individual properties since this will result in a single compute rather than computing after each property edit.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first entity. This can be one of the following: SurfaceBody, Face, WorkPlane or 2D sketch curve object. If a 2D sketch curve is specified, the sketch curves connected with the sketch curve might be automatically included for intersection operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second entity or set of entities being intersected by the first entity. This can be one of the following: SurfaceBody, Face, Faces, FaceCollection, WorkPlane or 2D sketch curve object with the following restrictions:
If the EntityOne is a WorkPlane then EntityTwo cannot be a WorkPlane. 
If a Faces or FaceCollection object is provided, all the Face objects in the collection must belong to the same SurfaceBody. 
If EntityOne is a 2D sketch curve, then EntityTwo must also be a 2D sketch curve in a different 2D sketch. The 2D sketch curves connected with the one specified as EntityTwo might be automatically included for intersection operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurve.EntityOne">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines the first entity involved in the intersection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurve.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines the second entity(s) involved in the intersection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.IntersectionCurve.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurve.Name">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets name of the intersection curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurve.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent 3D sketch of the intersection curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurve.SketchEntities">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a collection of sketch entities that belong to the intersection curve. The sketch entities returned by this property cannot be edited or deleted because they are associated with the intersection curve in the model.&amp;nbsp;The BreakLink method can be used to break this association so they are individually editable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurve.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.IntersectionCurveProxy">
            <summary>Represent a part IntersectionCurveProxy object within an assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurveProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurveProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.IntersectionCurveProxy.BreakLink">
            <summary>Method that breaks the link between the intersection curve and the model.&amp;nbsp;This breaks the associativity to the model, allowing you to edit the individual sketch entities.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurveProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.IntersectionCurveProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the intersection curve. This will delete all of the related sketch entities.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.IntersectionCurveProxy.Edit(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that edits all of the inputs used to compute the intersection curve.&amp;nbsp;This method is more efficient than setting each of the individual properties since this will result in a single compute rather than computing after each property edit.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first entity. This can be one of the following: SurfaceBody, Face, WorkPlane or 2D sketch curve object. If a 2D sketch curve is specified, the sketch curves connected with the sketch curve might be automatically included for intersection operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second entity or set of entities being intersected by the first entity. This can be one of the following: SurfaceBody, Face, Faces, FaceCollection, WorkPlane or 2D sketch curve object with the following restrictions:
If the EntityOne is a WorkPlane then EntityTwo cannot be a WorkPlane. 
If a Faces or FaceCollection object is provided, all the Face objects in the collection must belong to the same SurfaceBody. 
If EntityOne is a 2D sketch curve, then EntityTwo must also be a 2D sketch curve in a different 2D sketch. The 2D sketch curves connected with the one specified as EntityTwo might be automatically included for intersection operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurveProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines the first entity involved in the intersection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurveProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines the second entity(s) involved in the intersection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.IntersectionCurveProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurveProxy.Name">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets name of the intersection curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurveProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurveProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent 3D sketch of the intersection curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurveProxy.SketchEntities">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a collection of sketch entities that belong to the intersection curve. The sketch entities returned by this property cannot be edited or deleted because they are associated with the intersection curve in the model.&amp;nbsp;The BreakLink method can be used to break this association so they are individually editable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurveProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.IntersectionCurves">
            <summary>The IntersectionCurves object provides access to all the intersection curve results in a 3D sketch and supports the ability to create new intersection curves.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.IntersectionCurves.Add(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a new intersection curve.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first entity. This can be one of the following: SurfaceBody, Face, WorkPlane or 2D sketch curve object. If a 2D sketch curve is specified, then sketch curves connected with the sketch curve might be automatically included for intersection operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second entity or set of entities being intersected by the first entity. This can be one of the following: SurfaceBody, Face, Faces, FaceCollection, WorkPlane or 2D sketch curve object with the following restrictions:
If the EntityOne is a WorkPlane then EntityTwo cannot be a WorkPlane. 
If a Faces or FaceCollection object is provided, all the Face objects in the collection must belong to the same SurfaceBody. 
If EntityOne is a 2D sketch curve, then EntityTwo must also be a 2D sketch curve in a different 2D sketch. The 2D sketch curves connected with the one specified as EntityTwo might be automatically included for intersection operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurves.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurves.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurves.Item">
            <summary>returns the specified IntersectionCurve object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.IntersectionCurves.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InventorServer">
            <summary>The top-level object in the server environment, equivalent to the Application object in previous versions of Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.ActiveAppearanceLibrary">
            <summary>Gets and sets the library whose contents is listed in the appearances drop-down list in the QAT(Quick Access Toolbar) at the top of the Inventor window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.ActiveMaterialLibrary">
            <summary>Gets and sets the library whose contents is listed in the materials drop-down list in the QAT(Quick Access Toolbar) at the top of the Inventor window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.ApplicationAddIns">
            <summary>Gets all the Application AddIns found on this machine in a collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.ApplicationEvents">
            <summary>Gets the object that fires the Application-related events.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.AssemblyEvents">
            <summary>Gets the object that fires the Assembly-related events.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.AssemblyOptions">
            <summary>Gets the Assembly Options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.AssetLibraries">
            <summary>Gets AssetLibraries collection object. This collection provides access to the all of the appearance and material libraries.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.ChangeManager">
            <summary>Gets the ChangeManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.ContentCenter">
            <summary>Gets the Content Center object that provides access to the content libraries.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.ContentCenterOptions">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ContentCenterOptions object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.DesignProjectManager">
            <summary>Gets the design project manager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.DisplayOptions">
            <summary>Gets the Display Options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.Documents">
            <summary>Gets all the open Documents in a collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.DrawingOptions">
            <summary>Gets the Drawing Options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.ErrorManager">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ErrorManager object.&amp;nbsp;This object can be used to get errors that occurred during an API call, add to Inventor’s errors or to display them.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.FavoriteAssets">
            <summary>Gets the set of favorite assets. This includes both appearance and material assets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.FileAccessEvents">
            <summary>Gets the object that fires the File Access-related events.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.FileManager">
            <summary>Gets the file utility object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.FileOptions">
            <summary>Gets the FileOptions object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.GeneralOptions">
            <summary>Gets the General Options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InventorServer.GetInterfaceObject(System.String)">
            <summary>Constructs and returns the specified object.</summary>
            <param name="ProgIDorCLSID">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InventorServer.GetInterfaceObject32(System.String)">
            <summary>same as GetInterfaceObject, except that on 64-bit Inventor, the COM server is loaded in the Inventor 32-bit host process.</summary>
            <param name="ProgIDorCLSID">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.HardwareOptions">
            <summary>Gets the Hardware Options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.iFeatureOptions">
            <summary>Gets the iFeature Options object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.InstallPath">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full path where Inventor/Apprentice is installed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.LanguageName">
            <summary>Gets the language currently in use in Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.LanguageTools">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the LanguageTools object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.Locale">
            <summary>Gets the Locale Id currently in use in Inventor, along with a string name of the language. Calling GetLocaleInfo with the LocaleId should give you further information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.MaterialDisplayUnits">
            <summary>Gets and sets the units that are used in the user interface when working with materials.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.MeasureTools">
            <summary>Gets the MeasureTools object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.ModelingEvents">
            <summary>Gets the object that fires the Modeling events.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.NotebookOptions">
            <summary>Gets the Notebook Options object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.PartOptions">
            <summary>Gets the Part Options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.PresentationOptions">
            <summary>Gets the Presentation Options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.Ready">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean flag that indicates whether Inventor has completed its initialization. This includes initialization of all the Add-ins that are loaded at startup.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.RepresentationEvents">
            <summary>Gets the object that fires the Representation events.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InventorServer.ReserveLicense(System.String)">
            <summary>Informs Inventor/Apprentice that a license should be retained for this instace of the application. Used to prevent idle detection from returning the seat license to the license pool. Requires a call to UnreserveLicense with the same ClientID to allow the license to be made available again.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>The unique ID used to identify this request.  This can be any string but to ensure uniqueness a GUID is typically used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.SaveOptions">
            <summary>Gets the Save Options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.SketchEvents">
            <summary>Gets the object that fires the Sketch and Sketch3D events.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.SketchOptions">
            <summary>Gets the Sketch Options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.SoftwareVersion">
            <summary>Gets the object that encapsulates the version of the current software.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.StyleEvents">
            <summary>Gets the object that fires the Style events.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.StylesManager">
            <summary>Gets the StylesManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.SupportsFileManagement">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether a file management AddIn is present.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.TransactionManager">
            <summary>Gets the Transaction Manager object that controls all the database transactions taking place in the system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.TransientBRep">
            <summary>Gets the TransientBRep object.&amp;nbsp;The TransientBRep object is used to create and manipulate B-Rep objects within a transient space.&amp;nbsp;B-Rep objects that exist within this transient space are not displayed, saved, or transacted by Inventor.&amp;nbsp;It’s used to perform B???oHR.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.TransientGeometry">
            <summary>Gets the object through which all transient geometry objects can be constructed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.TransientObjects">
            <summary>Gets the object through which all general transient objects are created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.UnitsOfMeasure">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the UnitsOfMeasure object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InventorServer.UnreserveLicense(System.String)">
            <summary>Informs Inventor/Apprentice that normal seat license reclamation can resume. Use this method when extended processing for which a license was reserved completes. Do not use without a previous call to ReserveLicense using the same ClientID.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>The unique ID used to identify this request.  This can be any string but to ensure uniqueness a GUID is typically used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.UserName">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the string that identifies the current user. Inventor saves its own copy of this name per user and can thus be manipulated without effecting the rest of the OS.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.VBAProjects">
            <summary>Gets Inventor's VBA Projects Collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServer.VBE">
            <summary>Gets the top-level automation pointer to VBA's IDE.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InventorServerObject">
            <summary>InventorServer Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.ActiveAppearanceLibrary">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the library whose contents is listed in the appearances drop-down list in the QAT (Quick Access Toolbar)_at the top of the Inventor window.&amp;nbsp;The initial active appearance is defined by the active project.&amp;nbsp;Using this property you can override the project appearance.&amp;nbsp;When a new project is activated the active appearance will be determined by the activated project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.ActiveMaterialLibrary">
            <summary>Gets and sets the library whose contents is listed in the materials drop-down list in the QAT(Quick Access Toolbar) at the top of the Inventor window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.ApplicationAddIns">
            <summary>Property that returns the ApplicationAddIns object. This object provides access to the Add-Ins currently installed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.ApplicationEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the ApplicationEvents object. This object supports a set of events that are application-centric.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.AssemblyEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the AssemblyEvents object. This object supports a set of events that are assembly centric.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.AssemblyOptions">
            <summary>Property that returns the AssemblyOptions object. The AssemblyOptions object provides access to various assembly related application level options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Assembly tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.AssetLibraries">
            <summary>Gets AssetLibraries collection object. This collection provides access to the all of the appearance and material libraries.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.ChangeManager">
            <summary>Gets the ChangeManager object. The ChangeManager object manages the processes involved in making changes to data and recording the change process.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InventorServerObject.ConstructInternalNameAndRevisionId(System.String,System.String,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Constructs and returns the Internal Name and Revision Identifier</summary>
            <param name="InternalNameToken">
                <summary>_nt_</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RevisionIdToken">
                <summary>_nt_</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>_nt_</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RevisionId">
                <summary>_nt_</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.ContentCenter">
            <summary>Property that returns the ContentCenter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.ContentCenterOptions">
            <summary>Returns the ContentCenterOptions object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.DesignProjectManager">
            <summary>Gets the design project manager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.DisplayOptions">
            <summary>Gets the Display Options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.Documents">
            <summary>Gets all the in-memory documents in a collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.DrawingOptions">
            <summary>Property that returns the DrawingOptions object. The DrawingOptions object provides access to various drawing related application level options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Drawing tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.ErrorManager">
            <summary>Property that returns the ErrorManager object. This object can be used to get errors that occurred during an API call, add to Inventor's errors or to display them.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.FavoriteAssets">
            <summary>Gets the set of favorite assets. This includes both appearance and material assets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.FileAccessEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the FileAccessEvents object. This object supports a set of events that are fired as a result of a file being accessed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.FileManager">
            <summary>Property that returns the FileManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.FileOptions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FileOptions object. The FileOptions object provides access to various file related application level options. This is somewhat equivalent to the File tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.GeneralOptions">
            <summary>Property that returns the GeneralOptions object. The GeneralOptions object provides access to various application level options. This is somewhat equivalent to the General tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InventorServerObject.GetInterfaceObject(System.String)">
            <summary>Constructs and returns the IUnknown object for the specified ProgID or CLSID.</summary>
            <param name="ProgIDorCLSID">
                <summary>The class ID (CLSID) or ProgID of the required IUknown object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InventorServerObject.GetInterfaceObject32(System.String)">
            <summary>In 32-bit Autodesk Inventor, this method always returns the same object as GetInterfaceObject.</summary>
            <param name="ProgIDorCLSID">
                <summary>_nt_</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.HardwareOptions">
            <summary>Gets the Hardware Options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.iFeatureOptions">
            <summary>Property that returns the iFeatureOptions object. The iFeatureOptions object provides access to various iFeature related application level options. This is somewhat equivalent to the iFeature tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.InstallPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the full path where Inventor/Apprentice is installed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.LanguageName">
            <summary>Gets the language currently in use in Autodesk Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.LanguageTools">
            <summary>Property that returns the LanguageTools object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.Locale">
            <summary>Property that returns the Locale Id currently in use in Autodesk Inventor, along with a string name of the language. Calling GetLocaleInfo with the LocaleId should give you further information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.MaterialDisplayUnits">
            <summary>Gets and sets the units that are used in the user interface when working with materials.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.MeasureTools">
            <summary>Returns the MeasureTools object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.ModelingEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the ModelingEvents object. This object supports a set of events that are common to parts and assemblies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.NotebookOptions">
            <summary>Property that returns the NotebookOptions object. The NotebookOptions object provides access to various notebook related application level options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Notebook tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.PartOptions">
            <summary>Property that returns the PartOptions object. The PartOptions object provides access to various part related application level options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Part tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.PresentationOptions">
            <summary>Gets the Presentation Options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.Ready">
            <summary>Boolean property indicating whether Inventor has completed its initialization. This includes initialization of all the Add-ins loaded at startup.This property should be used in conjunction with the ApplicationEvents.OnReady event.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.RepresentationEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the RepresentationEvents object. This object supports a set of events related to design view and positional representations that are assembly centric.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InventorServerObject.ReserveLicense(System.String)">
            <summary>Informs Inventor/Apprentice that a license should be retained for this instance of the application. Used to prevent idle detection from returning the seat license to the license pool. Requires a call to UnreserveLicense with the same ClientID to allow license reclamation to resume.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.SaveOptions">
            <summary>Property that returns the SaveOptions object. The SaveOptions object provides access to various save related application level options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Save tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.SketchEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchEvents object. This object supports a set of 2d and 3d sketch-related events that are common to parts, assemblies and drawings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.SketchOptions">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchOptions object. The SketchOptions object provides access to various 2D sketch related application level options. This is somewhat equivalent to the 2D Sketch portion on the Sketch tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.SoftwareVersion">
            <summary>Gets the object that encapsulates the version of the current software.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.StyleEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the StyleEvents object. This object supports a set of events that relate to styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.StylesManager">
            <summary>Gets the StylesManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.SupportsFileManagement">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether a file management AddIn is present.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.TransactionManager">
            <summary>Gets the TransactionManager object that controls all the database transactions taking place in the system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.TransientBRep">
            <summary>Property that returns the TransientBRep object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.TransientGeometry">
            <summary>Gets the object through which all transient geometry objects can be constructed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.TransientObjects">
            <summary>Gets the object through which all general transient objects are created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.UnitsOfMeasure">
            <summary>Property that returns the UnitsOfMeasure object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InventorServerObject.UnreserveLicense(System.String)">
            <summary>Informs Inventor/Apprentice that normal seat license reclamation can resume. Use this method when extended processing for which a license was reserved completes. Do not use without a previous call to ReserveLicense using the same ClientID.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.UserName">
            <summary>Gets/sets the string that identifies the current user. Autodesk Inventor saves its own copy of this name per user and can thus be manipulated without affecting the rest of the OS.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.VBAProjects">
            <summary>Property that returns Autodesk Inventor's VBA projects collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorServerObject.VBE">
            <summary>Gets the top-level automation pointer to VBA's IDE.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InventorVBAArgument">
            <summary>Represents a VBAArgument object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAArgument.ArgumentType">
            <summary>Property that returns the argument's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAArgument.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the argument's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAArgument.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAArgument.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAArgument.Value">
            <summary>Get/Sets the argument's value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InventorVBAArguments">
            <summary>Represents a collection of objects in an InventorVBAMember.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAArguments.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAArguments.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified InventorVBAArgument object from the collection. This is the default property of the InventorVBAArguments collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAArguments.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAArguments.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InventorVBAComponent">
            <summary>The InventorVBAComponent object represents a code, class or form module.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAComponent.InventorVBAMembers">
            <summary>Property that returns the InventorVBAMembers collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAComponent.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the components display name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAComponent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAComponent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAComponent.VBComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the VBComponent object corresponding to this InventorVBAComponent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InventorVBAComponents">
            <summary>The InventorVBAComponents collection object represents a collection of objects in an InventorVBAProject, and provides methods to create new InventorVBAComponent objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InventorVBAComponents.Add(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that adds a component to the collection.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the new component to add to the collection.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAComponents.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAComponents.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified InventorVBAComponent object from the collection. This is the default property of the InventorVBAComponents collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAComponents.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAComponents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InventorVBAMember">
            <summary>Represents a member within a InventorVBAComponent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAMember.Arguments">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection containing the member's arguments.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InventorVBAMember.Execute(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that is used to execute this member.</summary>
            <param name="FunctionReturnValue">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies the function's return value.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAMember.MemberType">
            <summary>Property that returns a constant that specifies the member type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAMember.Name">
            <summary>Property that indicates the member's display name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAMember.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAMember.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAMember.VBMember">
            <summary>Property that returns the member object that corresponds to this InventorVBAMember object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InventorVBAMembers">
            <summary>Represents a collection of objects in an InventorVBAComponent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAMembers.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAMembers.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified InventorVBAMember object from the collection. This is the default property of the InventorVBAMemberscollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAMembers.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAMembers.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InventorVBAProject">
            <summary>Represents Autodesk Inventor's VBA project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InventorVBAProject.Close">
            <summary>Method that closes this project. Please note that this method works only for user-defined VBA projects. It will not work with Application or Document VBA projects, which are built in.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAProject.InventorVBAComponents">
            <summary>Gets the InventorVBAComponents contained in this project.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAProject.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the projects display name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAProject.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAProject.ProjectType">
            <summary>Property that returns a constant specifying the type of VBA project this project is.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InventorVBAProject.Save">
            <summary>Method that saves the VBA project.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InventorVBAProject.SaveAs(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that saves the project to a specified location. Please note that this method works only for user-defined VBA projects. It will not work with Application or Document VBA projects, which are built in.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full path of the project file to save.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAProject.Saved">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this project has been saved or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAProject.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAProject.VBProject">
            <summary>Property that returns the VBA project that corresponds to this InventorVBAProject.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.InventorVBAProjects">
            <summary>A collection of Autodesk Inventor's VBA projects ( objects).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InventorVBAProjects.Add">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Autodesk Inventor VBA project. Please note that this method works only for user-defined VBA projects.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAProjects.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAProjects.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified InventorVBAProject object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.InventorVBAProjects.Open(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that opens the specified VBA project.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the project file to open.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAProjects.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.InventorVBAProjects.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iPartFactory">
            <summary>The iPartFactory object provides access to the iPart table and provides methods to create additional iPart members ( objects).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartFactory.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iPartFactory.CreateCustomMember(System.String,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates an iPart member for a custom factory using the parameter values in a row. The created iPartMember is returned.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full filename of the iPart member.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Row">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies the row number within an iPart table. The row index is specified either by a Long (row index), a String (PartIdentifier), or an iPartTableRow object. If a RowIndex is not specified, default row will be used to create the iPart member.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CustomInput">
                <summary>Optional input safearray of Strings that specifies the input to use for the custom input. If the factory is a custom factory and this is not supplied the default values for custom values are used. The custom input strings are supplied in a column order. If the factory is not a custom factory this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iPartFactory.CreateMember(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates an iPart member using the parameter values in a row. The created iPartMember is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Row">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies the row number within an iPart table. The row index is specified either by a Long (row index), a String (PartIdentifier), or an iPartTableRow object. If a RowIndex is not specified, the default row will be used to create the iPart member.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartFactory.CustomFactory">
            <summary>Property that specifies whether this iPartFactory object represents a custom factory or a standard factory. This property is True in the case where it represents a custom factory.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartFactory.DefaultRow">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default row for this iPart factory.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iPartFactory.Delete">
            <summary>Method that converts an iPart factory to a regular part. When an iPart factory is converted to a regular part, all of the iPart members created from the factory become sick.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartFactory.DisplayStyleColumn">
            <summary>Gets and sets the column to use as the display (render) style&amp;nbsp;column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartFactory.ExcelWorkSheet">
            <summary>Property that returns the Excel spreadsheet that represents the iPart table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iPartFactory.Export(System.String,Inventor.FileFormatEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Exports the iPartFactory to an external file.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the file name to export the iPartFactory to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileFormat">
                <summary>Input FileFormatEnum that specifies the file format to save to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap object that specifies additional options for export.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartFactory.FactoryOptions">
            <summary>Property that gets the options for the factory.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartFactory.FileNameColumn">
            <summary>Gets and sets the column to use as the file name column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartFactory.MaterialColumn">
            <summary>Gets and sets the column to use as the material&amp;nbsp;column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartFactory.MemberCacheDir">
            <summary>Property that returns the directory location for the newly created iPart members.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartFactory.MemberEditScope">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the edits to a member should affect just the active member or all members within the factory.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartFactory.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartDocument of the factory.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartFactory.TableColumns">
            <summary>Property that returns the iPartTableColumns collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartFactory.TableRows">
            <summary>Property that returns the iPartTableRows collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartFactory.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iPartMember">
            <summary>The iPartMember object provides access to the iPart.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartMember.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartMember.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iPartMember.BreakLinkToFactory">
            <summary>Method that breaks the link to the parent factory and converts the iPart member to a derived part.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iPartMember.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iPartMember.ChangeRow(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the row in the iPartTable that this custom iPartMember represents. This method is only valid for custom members. This can be determined using the CustomMember property.</summary>
            <param name="NewRow">
                <summary>Input Variant that specifies the new row. The row index is specified either by a Long (row index), a String (part identifier, i.e. ''[Height=1.000 in][Length=2.000 in][Radius=0.250 in]''), or an iPartTableRow object. If a RowIndex is not specified, default row will be used to create the iPart member.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CustomInput">
                <summary>Optional input safearray of Strings that specifies the input to use for the custom input. If the factory is a custom factory and this is not supplied the default values for custom values are used. The custom input strings are supplied in a column order. If the factory is not a custom factory this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartMember.CustomMember">
            <summary>Property that specifies whether this iPartMember represents a custom member or a standard member. This property is True if the iPartMember is a CustomMember.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iPartMember.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iPartMember.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartMember.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartMember.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartMember.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartMember.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartMember.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartMember.ParentFactory">
            <summary>Property that returns the iPart factory that created this iPartMember.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartMember.PrimaryBody">
            <summary>Property that returns the primary body as a solid body. The solid body corresponds to the resultant body obtained from the iPartFactory.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartMember.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartMember.Row">
            <summary>Property that returns the row in the iPart table that this iPartMember represents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iPartMember.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartMember.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iPartTableCell">
            <summary>The iPartTableCell object represents an individual cell in the iPart factory table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableCell.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableCell.Column">
            <summary>Property that returns the index of this cell within the parent iPartTableColumn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableCell.CustomCell">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this is a custom parameter cell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableCell.CustomIncrement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the increment value for custom parameter cell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableCell.CustomRangeMaximum">
            <summary>Gets and sets the maximum value for a custom parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableCell.CustomRangeMinimum">
            <summary>Gets and sets the minimum value for a custom parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableCell.HasFormula">
            <summary>Property that returns whether a formula (equation) was input into this cell via Excel. Such cells show with a red background in the user interface and are not editable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableCell.IsValid">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the contents of this cell are valid. Invalid cells show with a yellow background in the user interface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableCell.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent iPartTableRow object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableCell.Row">
            <summary>Property that returns the index of this cell within the parent iPartTableRow.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableCell.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableCell.Value">
            <summary>Gets and sets the value of the cell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iPartTableColumn">
            <summary>The iPartTableColumn object represents a column in the iPart factory table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableColumn.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableColumn.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableColumn.CustomColumn">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this is a custom parameter column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableColumn.CustomIncrement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the increment value for custom parameter columns.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableColumn.CustomRangeMaximum">
            <summary>Gets and sets the maximum value for a custom parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableColumn.CustomRangeMinimum">
            <summary>Gets and sets the minimum value for a custom parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iPartTableColumn.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this column in the factory. The "Member" and "Part Number" columns cannot be deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableColumn.DisplayHeading">
            <summary>Property that returns the localized heading of the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableColumn.FormattedHeading">
            <summary>Property that returns the heading of the column in XML format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableColumn.Heading">
            <summary>Property that returns the heading of the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableColumn.Index">
            <summary>Property that returns the index of this column within the iPart factory table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableColumn.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified iPartTableCell object from the collection. This is the default property of the iPartTableColumn object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableColumn.Key">
            <summary>Gets and sets the key order for the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableColumn.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent iPartFactory object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableColumn.ReferencedDataType">
            <summary>Property that returns the data type contained in the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableColumn.ReferencedObject">
            <summary>Property that returns the object referenced by the column. For instance, if the column references a fillet feature suppression, the corresponding FilletFeature object is returned. Similarly, if a file property is referenced, the corresponding Property object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableColumn.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iPartTableColumns">
            <summary>The iPartTableColumns collection object provides access to all existing objects in the iPart factory table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableColumns.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableColumns.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableColumns.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified iPartTableColumn object from the collection. This is the default property of the iPartTableColumns collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableColumns.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iPartTableRow">
            <summary>The iPartTableRow object represents a row in the iPart factory table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableRow.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableRow.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iPartTableRow.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new row with all values equal to the original row.</summary>
            <param name="NewMemberName">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the member name for the new row. If not specified, a member name is automatically generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableRow.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iPartTableRow.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this row in the factory.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.iPartTableRow.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableRow.Index">
            <summary>Property that returns the index of this row within the iPart factory table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableRow.IsPartNameBasedOnMemberName">
            <summary>Gets whether the member's filename is based on the member name or an explicitly set filename.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableRow.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified iPartTableCell object from the collection. This is the default property of the iPartTableRow object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableRow.MemberName">
            <summary>Property that returns the member name corresponding to this row in the iPart table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableRow.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent iPartFactory object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableRow.PartName">
            <summary>Gets the filename corresponding to this row in the iPart table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableRow.PartNameModifiable">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the name of the document corresponding to this member can be modified. This property also returns False if the corresponding cell in Excel contains a formula.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableRow.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.iPartTableRows">
            <summary>TheiPartTableRows collection object provides access to all existing objects in the iPart factory table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableRows.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableRows.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableRows.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified iPartTableRow object from the collection. This is the default property of the iPartTableRows collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.iPartTableRows.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.KeyboardEvents">
            <summary>The KeyboardEvents object supports a set of events that can be received by the client when a key on the keyboard is pressed while the InteractionEvents object has been started AND the InteractionDisabled flag is set to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KeyboardEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.KeyboardEvents.OnKeyDown(System.Int32,Inventor.ShiftStateEnum)">
            <summary>Event that occurs when the user presses a button on the keyboard. Only the keys specified in the enumerator are handled through this event. The input signifies the hardware key that was actually depressed.</summary>
            <param name="Key">
                <summary>Returns a key code, such as kKeyF1 (the F1 key) or kKeyHome (the HOME key). The key codes are defined in the constant list KeyCodeEnum.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShiftKeys">
                <summary>Returns an enumerated constant that corresponds to the state of the SHIFT, CTRL, and ALT keys when the button specified in the button argument is clicked. The constants correspond to one or more of those three keys being down. Each of these keys corresponds to a bit: SHIFT key (bit 0), the CTRL key (bit 1), and the ALT key (bit 2). These bits correspond to the values 1, 2, and 4, respectively. Combinations of these are provided as conveniences in the enumerator. For example, if only the ALT key was down, the constant kShiftStateAlt would be returned corresponding to the integer 4. If CTRL and ALT were pressed, the constant kShiftStateCtrlAlt would be returned whose integer value would be 6.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.KeyboardEvents.OnKeyPress(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Event that occurs when the user presses and releases an ANSI key on the keyboard. The ANSI value of the key pressed is returned.</summary>
            <param name="KeyASCII">
                <summary>Returns a Long that is a standard numeric ANSI keycode. KeyASCII is passed by value. Changing KeyASCII to 0 cancels the keystroke so the object receives no character.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.KeyboardEvents.OnKeyUp(System.Int32,Inventor.ShiftStateEnum)">
            <summary>Event that occurs when the user releases a button on the keyboard . Only the keys specified in the enumerator are handled through this event. The input signifies the hardware key that was actually depressed.</summary>
            <param name="Key">
                <summary>Returns a key code, such as kKeyF1 (the F1 key) or kKeyHome (the HOME key). The key codes are defined in the constant list KeyCodeEnum.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShiftKeys">
                <summary>Returns an enumerated constant that corresponds to the state of the SHIFT, CTRL, and ALT keys when the button specified in the button argument is clicked. The constants correspond to one or more of those three keys being down. Each of these keys corresponds to a bit: SHIFT key (bit 0), the CTRL key (bit 1), and the ALT key (bit 2). These bits correspond to the values 1, 2, and 4, respectively. Combinations of these are provided as conveniences in the enumerator. For example, if only the ALT key was down, the constant kShiftStateAlt would be returned corresponding to the integer 4. If CTRL and ALT were pressed, the constant kShiftStateCtrlAlt would be returned whose integer value would be 6.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KeyboardEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KeyboardEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.KnitFeature">
            <summary>The KnitFeature object represents a knit feature on a part. Knit features connect edge-matched surfaces together to create a quilt.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.KnitFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.KnitFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.KnitFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.MaintainAsSurface">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to maintain the resulting body as a surface in the case where the resulting body of the stitch operation could potentially be a solid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.MaximumTolerance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the maximum distance between the edges of two faces before being knit together.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.KnitFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.KnitFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.KnitFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.KnitFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.Surfaces">
            <summary>Gets and sets the set of surfaces associated with the Knit Feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.MaintainAsSurface">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to maintain the resulting body as a surface in the case where the resulting body of the stitch operation could potentially be a solid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.MaximumTolerance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the maximum distance between the edges of two faces before being knit together.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.Surfaces">
            <summary>Gets and sets the set of surfaces associated with the Knit Feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.KnitFeatures">
            <summary>The KnitFeatures object represents a collection of knit features ( objects) on a part. Knit features connect edge-matched surfaces together to create a quilt.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.KnitFeatures.Add(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Double,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new knit feature.</summary>
            <param name="Surfaces">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that defines the input surfaces for the knit feature. Valid objects for the surfaces are WorkSurface objects and the result solid body obtained from PartComponentDefinition.SurfaceBodies.Item(1).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaximumTolerance">
                <summary>Optional Input Double that defines the maximum distance between the edges of two faces before being knit together.  This value is defined in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaintainAsSurface">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if the resulting SurfaceBody should, if closed should continue to be treated as a surface or a solid.  If the result is not closed it will always result in a surface.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified KnitFeature object from the collection. This is the default property of the KnitFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.KnitFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LanguageTools">
            <summary>The LanguageTools object provides a means of determining the logical boolean value of iPart/iComponent table strings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LanguageTools.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LanguageTools.CurrentPrimaryModelStateString">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the primary ModelState string in current language.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LanguageTools.GetiComponentStringValue(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns the logical value of the input iComponent string. For instance, if the input string is 'Include', a value of True is returned. The input string can be in any of the supported localized languages.</summary>
            <param name="iComponentString">
                <summary>Return the logical value of this string.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LanguageTools.IsValidPrimaryModelState(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether the input primary model state string is valid or not. The input primary model state string can be in any language that Inventor supports.</summary>
            <param name="PrimaryName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the primary model state string. This string can be in any language that Inventor supports. Below are the valid localized string for primary model state string in different languages: 

{"en-US", "[Primary]"},
{"ja-JP", "[プライマリ]"}, 
{"de-DE", "[Primär]"}, 
{"cs-CZ", "[Primární]"}, 
{"pl-PL", "[Główny]"}, 
{"ru-RU", "[Oсновной]"}, 
{"it-IT", "[Primario]"}, 
{"fr-FR", "[Principale]"}, 
{"es-ES", "[Principal]"}, 
{"pt-BR", "[Principal]"}, 
{"ko-KR", "[1차]"}, 
{"zh-CN", "[主要]"}, 
{"zh-TW", "[主要]"}.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LanguageTools.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Application object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LanguageTools.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Layer">
            <summary>The Layer object represents a layer in a drawing document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Layer.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Layer.AutomaticColor">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to use the default color for the layer. This property can only be set to True. Setting the Color property automatically sets this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Layer.Color">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the color used for the layer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Layer.Comments">
            <summary>Gets and sets comments associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Layer.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Layer.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local Style object. The newly created style is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a dimension style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other dimension styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Layer.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Style/Layer/UnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Layer.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use, or a failure if it is not a kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>The name of the custom line type in use.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>The description of the line type in use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Layer.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Layer.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the standard style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user. Note that this name is not guaranteed to be unique.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Layer.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Layer.LineType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the line type override. Setting the property to kDefaultLineType restores the default line type. If the property returns kCustomLineType, the GetCustomLineType method can be used to get further details about the line type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Layer.LineWeight">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the thickness of this primitive/object. If LineDefinitionSpace is set to kScreenSpace, this value is defined in pixels. If LineDefinitionSpace is set to kModelSpace, this value is defined in model units (centimeters).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Layer.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Layer.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Layer.Plot">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether this layer is plotted. If set to False, the layer continues to display in the drawing but will neither get printed nor published.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Layer.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Layer.ScaleByLineWeight">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to scale the line type based on the line weight value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Layer.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the entity from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of the LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>The full path and file name of the .lin file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>The linetype name specified in the .lin file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Indicates whether to override an existing line type of the same name.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Layer.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Layer.StyleType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Layer.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Layer.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Layer.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Layer.Visible">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether the layer is turned on or off.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LayersEnumerator">
            <summary>The LayersEnumerator object provides access to the existing Layer objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayersEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayersEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayersEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Layer object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayersEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>The LayoutConstraint object represents a layout constraint within an assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LayoutConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LayoutConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraint.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraint.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraint.XYFlushConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the flush constraint that defines the XY plane of the layout constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraint.XZFlushConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the flush constraint that defines the XZ plane of the layout constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraint.YZFlushConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the flush constraint that defines the YZ plane of the layout constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraint.ZAngleConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the angle constraint that defines the rotation about the Z axis of the layout constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LayoutConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LayoutConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LayoutConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraintProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraintProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraintProxy.XYFlushConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the flush constraint that defines the XY plane of the layout constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraintProxy.XZFlushConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the flush constraint that defines the XZ plane of the layout constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraintProxy.YZFlushConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the flush constraint that defines the YZ plane of the layout constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LayoutConstraintProxy.ZAngleConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the angle constraint that defines the rotation about the Z axis of the layout constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Leader">
            <summary>The Leader object represents a leader associated with a drawing annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Leader.AddLeader(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that adds a leader branch with the input points. This is the equivalent of the 'Add Leader' command in the user interface. This method will succeed only if the HasRootNode property returns False (i.e. there are no existing leader segments). If there are existing leader segments, this method will fail you should use the LeaderNode.AddLeader method instead.</summary>
            <param name="Points">
                <summary>ObjectCollection containing a series of Point2d objects representing a leader branch originating at the drawing annotation or symbol. The first point indicates the position of the root node. The last item in the collection can be a GeometryIntent object indicating a geometry to attach the leader branch to. The ObjectCollection must contain at least two items, else the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Leader.AllLeafNodes">
            <summary>Property that returns a flat collection of all the leaf nodes in the leader tree. This property will return Nothing if the HasRootNode property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Leader.AllNodes">
            <summary>Property that returns a flat collection of all the nodes in the leader tree. This property will return Nothing if the HasRootNode property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Leader.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Leader.ArrowheadType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the arrowhead type of the leader.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Leader.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Leader.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Leader.HasRootNode">
            <summary>Property that returns if a root node exists for this leader. If False, there are no leader segments associated with this leader and the RootNode property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Leader.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of this leader object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Leader.RootNode">
            <summary>Property that returns the root node of this leader. This property will return Nothing if the HasRootNode property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Leader.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LeaderNode">
            <summary>The LeaderNode object represents a node in a leader.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LeaderNode.AddLeader(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that adds a leader branch with the input points. This is the equivalent of the 'Add Leader' command in the user interface.</summary>
            <param name="Points">
                <summary>ObjectCollection containing a series of points representing a leader branch, that originates at the node that the branch is being attached to and terminates at the leaf of the branch. If the first point specified has the same position as the node that the branch is being attached to, then the first point is ignored. The last item in the collection can be a GeometryIntent object indicating a geometry to attach the leader branch to. The ObjectCollection must contain at least one item, else the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNode.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNode.AttachedEntity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the attached entity of the leaf leader node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNode.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNode.ChildNodes">
            <summary>Property that returns the children nodes under this node. The count will return 0 if the node is a leaf node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LeaderNode.Delete(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes this leader node.</summary>
            <param name="RetainDependentNodes">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to delete all the dependent nodes as well. If specified to be True, dependent nodes are not deleted. Instead, their ownership is transferred to the parent of this node. If not specified, the argument defaults to False, indicating that all dependent nodes will be deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LeaderNode.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LeaderNode.InsertNode(Inventor.LeaderNode,Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that adds a LeaderNode at the specified position between two existing leader nodes. This is the equivalent of the 'Add Vertex' command in the user interface. This method does not apply for leaf nodes.</summary>
            <param name="ChildNode">
                <summary>LeaderNode object that specifies a child node of this node. The new node will be inserted between these two nodes. If the input node is not an immediate child, an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Point2d object that specifies the position of the node to add. The method fails if the input position is not on the leader segment connecting the two leader nodes.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNode.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of this leader node object. This could either be another LeaderNode object or the Leader object in case of a root node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNode.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the leader node location on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNode.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LeaderNodesEnumerator">
            <summary>The LeaderNodesEnumerator object provides an enumeration of LeaderNode objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNodesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNodesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNodesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified LeaderNode object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNodesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LeaderNote">
            <summary>The LeaderNote object represents a note with an attached leader on a sheet and derives from the DrawingNote object. The properties and methods listed below are in addition to those supported by the DrawingNote object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.BackgroundColor">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the BackgroundColor associated with the LeaderNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.Color">
            <summary>Gets/Sets color of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LeaderNote.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DrawingNote.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.DimensionStyle">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the DimensionStyle associated with the LeaderNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.FormattedText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets formatted text of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LeaderNote.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.HorizontalJustification">
            <summary>Gets/Sets horizontal justification of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.Layer">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the layer used by the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.Leader">
            <summary>Property that returns the Leader object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.LineSpacing">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the LineSpacing used by the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.LineSpacingType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the LineSpacingType used by the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sheet of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.Position">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the position of the DrawingNote on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.Retrieved">
            <summary>Indicates whether the drawing note was created as a result of retrieving it from the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.RetrievedFrom">
            <summary>Returns the model annotation this drawing note was retrieved from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.Rotation">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the rotation of the LeaderNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.ShowTextBorder">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to show the text border or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.StackedTextPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position (alignment) of the stacked text with respect to regular text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.Text">
            <summary>Gets/Sets&amp;nbsp;text of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.UnitAttributes">
            <summary>Get the unit attributes associated with the LeaderNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.UseBackgroundColor">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the UseBackgroundColor associated with the LeaderNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.VerticalJustification">
            <summary>Gets/Sets vertical justification of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNote.WidthScale">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the width scale factor of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LeaderNotes">
            <summary>The LeaderNotes collection object provides access to all of the leader notes on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LeaderNotes.Add(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a leader note.</summary>
            <param name="LeaderPoints">
                <summary>ObjectCollection containing a series of Point2d objects representing the leader originating at the note. The last item in the collection (even if it is the only item) can be a GeometryIntent object indicating a geometry to attach the leader to. A GeometryIntent object can be created using the Sheet.CreateGeometryIntent method. The ObjectCollection must contain at least one item, else the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FormattedText">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the text of the general note. This string can contain tags that define internal formatting changes, which override the text style associated with the general note. The formatting is specified using XML tags within the string. By default, all text in the string will be displayed using the text style assigned to the note. You can use the XML tags to override the default style and apply style overrides for all or portions of the text. The formatting overrides are defined using tags. There is an opening tag and closing tag for each formatting override you define. The text between the opening and closing tags is affected by the override. See the list of XML text formatting tags under Reference Topics in the Overviews section.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionStyle">
                <summary>Specifies which dimension style to use for the leader note. The dimension style can be specified by providing the name of an existing style or by supplying a DimensionStyle object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNotes.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNotes.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNotes.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified LeaderNote object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderNotes.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LeaderStyle">
            <summary>The LeaderStyle object represents a leader style in a drawing. The properties and methods listed below are in addition to those supported by the Style object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStyle.AllAroundSymbolDiameter">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the size of the all-around symbol for Feature Control Frames, Surface symbols, and Weld symbols (circular only). This value is used only if the ScaleToTextHeight property is set to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStyle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStyle.ArrowheadHeight">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the height of the arrowhead relative to the associated line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStyle.ArrowheadSize">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the size of the arrowhead (i.e. the terminator). The value is that of width of the arrow if the terminator is an arrowhead or for diameter if the terminator is a circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStyle.ArrowheadType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the arrowhead style to use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStyle.Color">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the color for the style. Setting the property to Nothing restores the style to the color defined by the layer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStyle.Comments">
            <summary>Gets and sets comments associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LeaderStyle.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LeaderStyle.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local Style object. The newly created style is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a dimension style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other dimension styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LeaderStyle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Style/Layer/UnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStyle.ExtensionLineOffset">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the space from the end of the edge to which the leader attaches to the beginning of the leader extension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStyle.ExtensionLineOvershoot">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the length of the leader extension line past the end of the terminator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LeaderStyle.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LeaderStyle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStyle.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the standard style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user. Note that this name is not guaranteed to be unique.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStyle.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStyle.LineType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the line type override. Setting the property to kDefaultLineType restores the default line type. If the property returns kCustomLineType, the GetCustomLineType method can be used to get further details about the line type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStyle.LineWeight">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the thickness of this primitive/object. If LineDefinitionSpace is set to kScreenSpace, this value is defined in pixels. If LineDefinitionSpace is set to kModelSpace, this value is defined in model units (centimeters).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStyle.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStyle.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LeaderStyle.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStyle.ScaleToTextHeight">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to define the all-around symbol size by the height of text from the symbol's text style. This specifies the size of the all-around symbol for Feature Control Frames, Surface symbols, and Weld symbols (circular only).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LeaderStyle.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the style from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists. If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStyle.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStyle.StyleType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStyle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LeaderStyle.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStyle.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LeaderStylesEnumerator">
            <summary>The LeaderStylesEnumerator object provides access to the existing LeaderStyle objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStylesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStylesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStylesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified LeaderStyle object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LeaderStylesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LegacyDistanceHeightExtent">
            <summary>The LegacyDistanceHeightExtent is used by the FlangeFeature object when the 'Old Method' is specified in the Flange feature dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LegacyDistanceHeightExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LegacyDistanceHeightExtent.Distance">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the extent distance of the flange.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LegacyDistanceHeightExtent.FlangeDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction of the flange.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LegacyDistanceHeightExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LegacyDistanceHeightExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentation">
            <summary>The LevelOfDetailRepresentation object represents a positional representation in the assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentation.Activate(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that activates the level of detail representation.</summary>
            <param name="SkipDocumentSave">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether ignore the document save when activate this LOD or not. This default to True if not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentation.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentation.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentation.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of the LevelOfDetailRepresentation. The new created LevelOfDetailRepresentation is returned.</summary>
            <param name="NewName">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the name of the level of detail representation to create. If not specified, Inventor assigns a name to the representation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentation.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the LevelOfDetailRepresentation. The method returns an error if this is a built-in LOD representation.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentation.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentation.LevelOfDetail">
            <summary>Property that returns the enum indicating the LOD type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentation.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the LevelOfDetailRepresentation.&amp;nbsp;The name must be unique with respect to all other LevelOfDetailRepresentation objects in the document, or an error will occur.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentation.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent RepresentationsManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentation.SubstituteDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor of the document associated with the substitute occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentation.SubstituteOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence object associated with this level of detail representation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentation.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentations">
            <summary>The LevelOfDetailRepresentations collection object provides access to all the LOD (Level Of Detail) representations in the assembly and provides methods to create new ones.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentations.Add(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new LevelOfDetailRepresentation. The newly created LevelOfDetailRepresentation is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the name of the LOD representation to create. If not specified, Inventor assigns a name to the representation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentations.AddSubstitute(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new substitute LevelOfDetailRepresentation based on the input file. The newly created LevelOfDetailRepresentation is returned.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full name of the file to create the substitute LOD with.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the name of the LOD representation to create. If not specified, Inventor assigns a name to the representation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SkipDocumentSave">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to suppress the save dialogs that appear for dirty documents that are about to be closed as a result of this action. If set to True, any edits performed on the documents needing to be closed are lost. Also, any document never saved to disk and needing to be closed is lost. The default value is False indicating that the user will be prompted to save documents about to be closed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentations.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentations.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentations.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified LevelOfDetailRepresentation object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentations.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LibraryFolder">
            <summary>LibraryFolder Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LibraryFolder.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LibraryFolder.ChildFolders">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a collection of all library folders contained directly under this folder in the library.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LibraryFolder.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the name of the library folder object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LibraryFolder.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LibraryFolder.ParentFolder">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent LibraryFolder for this library folder object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LibraryFolder.SketchedSymbolDefinitions">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the collection of library sketched symbol definitions under this library folder object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LibraryFolder.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LibraryFolders">
            <summary>LibraryFolders Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LibraryFolders.Add(System.Object)">
            <summary>creates a new library folder.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input String value to specify the name of the library folder.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LibraryFolders.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LibraryFolders.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LibraryFolders.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LibraryFolders.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LibraryManager">
            <summary>LibraryManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LibrarySketchedSymbolDefinition">
            <summary>LibrarySketchedSymbolDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LibrarySketchedSymbolDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LibrarySketchedSymbolDefinition.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the name of the library sketched symbol definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LibrarySketchedSymbolDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LibrarySketchedSymbolDefinition.ParentFolder">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent LibraryFolder for this library sketched symbol definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LibrarySketchedSymbolDefinition.Thumbnail">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the thumbnail of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LibrarySketchedSymbolDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LibrarySketchedSymbolDefinitions">
            <summary>LibrarySketchedSymbolDefinitions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LibrarySketchedSymbolDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LibrarySketchedSymbolDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LibrarySketchedSymbolDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LibrarySketchedSymbolDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LicenseManager">
            <summary>LicenseManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LicenseManager.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LicenseManager.LicenseModel">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the license model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LicenseManager.LicenseUsage">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the license usage.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LicenseManager.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LicenseManager.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Light">
            <summary>The Light object provides access to all of the properties that define a specific light source.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Light.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Light.Color">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color of the light source.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Light.ConstantAttenuation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the QuadraticAttenuation value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Light.Direction">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction of the light.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Light.Intensity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the intensity value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Light.LightDefinitionType">
            <summary>Returning the light definition type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Light.LightType">
            <summary>Returning kLightObject indicating the type of object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Light.LinearAttenuation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LinearAttenuation value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Light.On">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this light is switched on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Light.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Light.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the light in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Light.QuadraticAttenuation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the QuadraticAttenuation value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Light.SpotLightCutoffAngle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the SpotLightCutoffAngle value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Light.SpotLightFalloff">
            <summary>Gets and sets the SpotLightFalloff value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Light.SpotLightInnerAngle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the SpotLightInnerAngle value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Light.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LightingStyle">
            <summary>The LightingStyle object provides access to all of the properties that define a specific lighting style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.Ambience">
            <summary>Gets and sets the ambience of the lighting style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.AmbientShadowIntensity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the intensity of the ambient shadow (occlusion).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.Brightness">
            <summary>Gets and sets the brightness of the lighting style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LightingStyle.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style. This method fails if this style is already local. Use the StyleLocation property to determine whether the style is local.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LightingStyle.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that copies the rendering style and assigns the specified name to the copy. The new style is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="NewName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new lighting style. This name must be unique with respect to all other lighting styles in the document. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LightingStyle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the LightingStyle.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.Exposure">
            <summary>Gets and sets the exposure of the lighting style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LightingStyle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.ImageBasedLightingBrightness">
            <summary>Gets and sets the brightness of the lighting style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.ImageBasedLightingRotation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the rotation to be applied to the image.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.ImageBasedLightingScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the scale to be applied to the image.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.ImageBasedLightingShowImage">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the image in the graphics scene.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.InternalName">
            <summary>property that returns the unique name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.LightingStyleType">
            <summary>Gets the lighting style type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.Lights">
            <summary>Property that returns the Lights collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the lighting style name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LightingStyle.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.ShadowDensity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction of the light source that controls the shadow.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.ShadowDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction of the light source that controls the shadow.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.ShadowSoftness">
            <summary>Gets and sets the blending between shadowed and non-shadowed areas.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this lighting style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Lighting styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LightingStyle.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LightingStyle.UploadImage(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Upload an IBL image to current lighting style.</summary>
            <param name="ImageFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the image file name. Valid image extension types are: .hdr and .exr.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EnvName">
                <summary>Optional input String value that specifies the environment name. If not specified the default file name will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyle.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LightingStyles">
            <summary>The LightingStyles collection object allows for the creation of new LightingStyle objects and provides access to existing LightingStyle objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LightingStyles.Add(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new LightingStyle object. The name of the new style is specified, while the rendering attributes are initialized with the same values as the Default style.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the new rendering style. This name must be unique with respect to all other rendering styles defined in the document. The method will fail if the name is not unique.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyles.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyles.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyles.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyles.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LightingStyles.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Lights">
            <summary>The Lights collection object allows for the creation of new Light objects and provides access to existing model space and view space lights.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Lights.Add(Inventor.LightTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Light object.</summary>
            <param name="LightType">
                <summary>Specifies the light type - model space or view space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Lights.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Lights.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of Light objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Lights.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Light from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Lights.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Lights.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Line">
            <summary>The Line object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically. For more information, see the Transient Geometry article in the overview section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Line.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this Line object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original Line object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Line.Direction">
            <summary>Specifies the direction of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Line.DistanceTo(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that returns the distance to the specified point.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Point object that specifies the point to which the distance is to be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Line.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the CurveEvaluator for the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Line.GetLineData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this line.</summary>
            <param name="RootPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the root point of the line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the direction of the line.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Line.IntersectWithCurve(System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that returns Point objects that represent the points at the intersection of the Line/LineSegment and the input curve. Returns Nothing if the curves overlap or are parallel.</summary>
            <param name="Curve">
                <summary>Input object. This can be a Line, LineSegment, Arc3d, EllipticalArc, Circle, EllipseFull, or a BSplineCurve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the linear tolerance to use for intersection computation.  If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Line.IntersectWithSurface(System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that returns Point objects that represent the points at the intersection of the Line/LineSegment and the input surface. Returns Nothing if the Line/LineSegment lies on the surface or it is parallel to the surface.</summary>
            <param name="Surface">
                <summary>Input object. This can be a Plane, Cone, Cylinder, EllipticalCone, EllipticalCylinder, Sphere, Torus or a BSplineSurface.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the linear tolerance to use for intersection computation.  If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Line.IsColinearTo">
            <summary>Property that gets whether this line is colinear to the specified line, within the specified tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Line.PutLineData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this line.</summary>
            <param name="RootPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the root point of the line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the direction of the line.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Line.RootPoint">
            <summary>Specifies the root point of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Line2d">
            <summary>The Line2d object. A Line2d object is infinite. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Line2d.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this Line2d object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original Line2d object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Line2d.Direction">
            <summary>Specifies the direction of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Line2d.DistanceTo(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that returns the distance to the specified point.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Point2d object that specifies the point to which the distance is to be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Line2d.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the Curve2DEvaluator for the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Line2d.GetLineData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this line.</summary>
            <param name="RootPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the root point of the line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the direction of the line.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Line2d.IntersectWithCurve(System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that returns Point2d objects that represent the points at the intersection of the Line2d/LineSegment2d and the input curve. Returns Nothing if the curves overlap or are parallel.</summary>
            <param name="Curve">
                <summary>Input object. This can be a Line2d, LineSegment2d, Arc2d, EllipticalArc2d, Circle2d, EllipseFull2d, or a BSplineCurve2d.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the linear tolerance to use for intersection computation.  If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Line2d.PutLineData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this line.</summary>
            <param name="RootPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the root point of the line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the direction of the line.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Line2d.RootPoint">
            <summary>Specifies the root point of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LineAndFaceWorkPointDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work point defined by the intersection of a line and face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndFaceWorkPointDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndFaceWorkPointDef.Face">
            <summary>Specifies the face of a work point that is defined by the intersection of a line and face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineAndFaceWorkPointDef.GetData(System.Object@,Inventor.Face@)">
            <summary>Gets all of the data defining a work point at the intersection of a line and face.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndFaceWorkPointDef.Line">
            <summary>Specifies the line of a work point that is defined by the intersection of a line and face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndFaceWorkPointDef.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndFaceWorkPointDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LineAndPlaneWorkAxisDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work axis that is along a line defined by projecting a line onto a plane along the plane normal.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndPlaneWorkAxisDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineAndPlaneWorkAxisDef.GetData(System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the data defining a work axis that is along a line defined by projecting a line onto a plane along the plane normal.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Output object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, or SketchLine object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Output object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndPlaneWorkAxisDef.Line">
            <summary>Property that returns the point of a work axis that is along a line defined by projecting a line onto a plane along the plane normal. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, or SketchLine object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndPlaneWorkAxisDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent WorkAxis object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndPlaneWorkAxisDef.Plane">
            <summary>Property that indicates the plane of a work axis that is along a line defined by projecting a line onto a plane along the plane normal. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndPlaneWorkAxisDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LineAndPointWorkAxisDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work axis that is along a line and passes through a point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndPointWorkAxisDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineAndPointWorkAxisDef.GetData(System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the data defining a work axis that is along a line and passes through a point.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Output object that represents a point. This object can be a vertex, WorkPoint, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndPointWorkAxisDef.Line">
            <summary>Property that returns the line used to define a work axis that is along a line and passes through a point. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndPointWorkAxisDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent WorkAxis object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndPointWorkAxisDef.Point">
            <summary>Property that returns the point used to define a work axis that is along a line and passes through a point.. This object can be a vertex, WorkPoint, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndPointWorkAxisDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LineAndPointWorkPlaneDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane defined normal to a line and through a point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndPointWorkPlaneDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineAndPointWorkPlaneDef.GetData(System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Gets all of the data defining a work planed defined by a line and a point.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndPointWorkPlaneDef.Line">
            <summary>Gets or sets the line of a line and point defined work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndPointWorkPlaneDef.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndPointWorkPlaneDef.Point">
            <summary>Gets or sets the point of a line and point defined work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndPointWorkPlaneDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LineAndTangentWorkPlaneDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane that passes through a line and is tangent to a surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndTangentWorkPlaneDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndTangentWorkPlaneDef.Face">
            <summary>Property that returns the tangent of the work plane. This face must either be a cylinder whose axis is parallel to the line, a cone that is positioned such that a valid tangent exists, or a sphere.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineAndTangentWorkPlaneDef.GetData(System.Object@,Inventor.Face@,Inventor.Point@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the data defining a work that passes through the line and is tangent to the input face.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Output object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, or SketchLine object. The work plane passes through this line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Output Face object that indicates the tangent surface. This face will be a cylinder, cone, or sphere.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityPoint">
                <summary>Output object that indicates which of the possible two solutions was used when calculating the tangent plane. The proximity point itself is not stored. The point returned is calculated as an arbitrary point along the tangent between the face and plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndTangentWorkPlaneDef.Line">
            <summary>Property that returns the line of a work plane that passes through a line and is tangent to a surface. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, or SketchLine object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndTangentWorkPlaneDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent WorkPlane object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndTangentWorkPlaneDef.ProximityPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the proximity point. The proximity point defines which of the two possible solutions is chosen when computing the tangent plane. This point is used for the initial computation and the specific point is not stored. During a recompute of the model the plane will remain on the same side of the tangent surface regardless of its position relative to the originally specified point. The point returned by this property is as an arbitrary point along the tangent between the face and plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineAndTangentWorkPlaneDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension">
            <summary>The LinearGeneralDimension object represents a linear general dimension placed on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.AlignmentGeometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the geometry that defines the direction the linear dimension aligns to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.ArrowheadsInside">
            <summary>Gets and sets the ArrowheadsInside setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.Attached">
            <summary>Indicates whether this dimension is attached to anything. If not, it is considered orphaned and can be removed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.BaselineDimensionSet">
            <summary>Property that returns the BaselineDimensionSet that owns this dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.CenterText">
            <summary>Method that centers the dimension text on the dimension line.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.ChainDimensionSet">
            <summary>Property that returns the ChainDimensionSet that owns this dimension. This property returns nothing if this dimension is not a chain dimension set member. This can be checked using the IsChainSetMember property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DrawingDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.DimensionLine">
            <summary>Property that returns the dimension line geometry of the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.DimensionType">
            <summary>Property that returns the dimension type. Possible values are kAlignedDimensionType, kHorizontalDimensionType, kVerticalDimensionType, kArcLengthDimensionType, kSymmetricDimensionType and kDiametricDimensionType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.ExtensionLineOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first extension line of the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.ExtensionLineOneVisible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the first extension line is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.ExtensionLineTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second extension line of the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.ExtensionLineTwoVisible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the second extension line is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.FirstArrowheadInside">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the first arrowhead is inside or outside.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.FirstArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of the first arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.FullDimensionLine">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the full dimension line should be displayed for linear diametric dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.GeneralDimensionType">
            <summary>Returns an enum indicating the type of general dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.GetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum@,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method returns an error if the IsInspectionDimension property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Output InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that indicates the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text. Valid return values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text placed left of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.HideSecondArrowhead">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether hide the second arrowhead of the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.HideValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the HideValue setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.IntentOne">
            <summary>Gets the sets first geometry associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.IntentThree">
            <summary>Gets the sets the third geometry associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.IntentTwo">
            <summary>Gets the sets second geometry associated with the dimension. This may return Nothing in some cases where a single geometry was used for the dimension creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.IsBaselineSetMember">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this dimension is a member of a baseline dimension set. If this property returns True, the BaselineDimensionSet object is returned by the BaselineDimensionSet property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.IsChainSetMember">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this dimension is a member of a chain dimension set. If this property returns True, the ChainDimensionSet object is returned by the ChainDimensionSet property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.IsInspectionDimension">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this is an inspection dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.ModelValue">
            <summary>Property that gets the dimension value as defined in the model or as measured in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.ModelValueOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the model value is overridden for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.OverrideModelValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the NominalValue setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sheet of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.Precision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the Precision setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.PromoteToSketch">
            <summary>Method that copies the dimension to the underlying sketch. This method only works for dimensions associated with a draft view.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.Retrieved">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether the dimension was created as a result of retrieving it either from the model or a drawing view sketch. If True, the RetrievedFrom property returns the object that the dimension was retrieved from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.RetrievedFrom">
            <summary>Property that returns the object that this dimension was retrieved from. Possible return objects include all sketch constraint objects that derive from DimensionConstraint and their proxies, FeatureDimension and FeatureDimensionProxy. The property returns Nothing if the Retrieved property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.SecondArrowheadInside">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the second arrowhead is inside or outside.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.SecondArrowheadPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the second arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.SecondArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of the second arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.SetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method automatically sets the IsInspectionDimension property to True, if it isn't already.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Optional input InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that specifies the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text. Valid values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder. If not specified, kNoInspectionBorder is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text placed left of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.ShowAllExtensionLines">
            <summary>Method that un-hides all the extension lines associated with this dimension. If there are no hidden extension lines associated with this dimension, this method does nothing and returns a success.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.ShowLeader">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display a leader line for the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.SpacingDimension">
            <summary>Gets and sets spacing dimension for the linear sum dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.Style">
            <summary>Gets and sets the DimensionStyle associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.Text">
            <summary>Gets and sets the DimensionText setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.Tolerance">
            <summary>Property that returns the Tolerance object associated with this dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.TolerancePrecision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the precision of the tolerance text for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearGeneralDimension.VirtualArcPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the geometry that defines the position of the virtual arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LinearHolePlacementDefinition">
            <summary>The LinearHolePlacementDefinition object defines the placement of a hole feature with respect to two linear entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearHolePlacementDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearHolePlacementDefinition.DirectionOneReversed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the direction of the hole placement with respect to the first reference entity is reversed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearHolePlacementDefinition.DirectionTwoReversed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the direction of the hole placement with respect to the second reference entity is reversed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearHolePlacementDefinition.DistanceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the distance of the hole center from the first reference entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearHolePlacementDefinition.DistanceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the distance of the hole center from the second reference entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearHolePlacementDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition. This property returns Nothing in the case where the definition object is created using one of the Create methods on the HoleFeatures object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearHolePlacementDefinition.Plane">
            <summary>Property that indicates the plane on which the hole feature is placed. This can be a planar Face object or a WorkPlane object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearHolePlacementDefinition.ReferenceEntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first entity referenced for dimensioning the placement of the hole. This can only be a linear Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearHolePlacementDefinition.ReferenceEntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second entity referenced for dimensioning the placement of the hole. This can only be a linear Edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearHolePlacementDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LinearModelDimension">
            <summary>The LinearModelDimension object represents a linear general dimension in a part or assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimension.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimension.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearModelDimension.CenterText">
            <summary>Method that centers the dimension text on the dimension line.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimension.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimension.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the definition associated with this dimension.&amp;nbsp;When reading this property, the definition returned remains associated to the dimension and any changes made to the definition will be immediately reflected in the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearModelDimension.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearModelDimension.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearModelDimension.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearModelDimension.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimension.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimension.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimension.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimension.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimension.ModelValue">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the dimension value as defined in the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimension.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimension.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimension.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimension.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimension.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimension.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition">
            <summary>LinearModelDimensionDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.AnnotationPlane">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the annotation plane for the dimension.&amp;nbsp;Will return nothing in the case where the ModelDimensionDefinition object is transient and not associated with a dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the annotation plane definition for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this LinearModelDimensionDefinition object. The new LinearModelDimensionDefinition object is independent of any dimension. It can edited and used as input to edit an existing dimension or to create a new dimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.DimensionType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the dimension type.&amp;nbsp;Possible values are kAlignedDimensionType, kHorizontalDimensionType, kVerticalDimensionType, kArcLengthDimensionType, kSymmetricDimensionType and kDiametricDimensionType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.FirstArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of the first arrowhead. This is a style override.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.GetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum@,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method returns an error if the IsInspectionDimension property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Output InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that indicates the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text.  Valid return values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text placed left of the dimension value.  The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.  For instance, it can contain “&amp;lt;StyleOverride Font='AIGDT'&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/StyleOverride&amp;gt;Hi They'WithI donno p” to specify &lt;img src="..\images\CircleM.png"&gt;.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text  (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value.  The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.  For instance, it can contain “&amp;lt'StyleOverride&amp;gt; Font='AIGDT'&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/StyleOverride&amp;gt;” to specify &lt;img src="..\images\CircleM.png"&gt;.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.IntentOne">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the first geometry associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.IntentTwo">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the second geometry associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.IsExtensionLineOneVisible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the first extension line is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.IsExtensionLineTwoVisible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the second extension line is visible.&amp;nbsp;This property returns False and cannot be set to True for linear symmetric dimensions.&amp;nbsp;For linear diametric dimensions, this property returns False and cannot be set to True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.IsFirstArrowheadInside">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the first arrowhead is inside or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.IsInspectionDimension">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether this is an inspection dimension.&amp;nbsp;Inspection dimensions are used during the quality control process. They are formatted specifically to indicate which dimensions must be checked before accepting a part. The dimens.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.IsModelValueOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the model value is overridden for the dimension.&amp;nbsp;Setting the OverrideModelValue property automatically toggles this property to True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.IsOppositeAngleOfArc">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the opposite angle of an arc is dimensioned or not.&amp;nbsp;This is only applicable when an arc is dimensioned and the value of this property should be ignored in other cases.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.IsSecondArrowheadInside">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the second arrowhead is inside or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.IsValidAnnotationPlane(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns the wheather a planer object is valid to be used as an annotation plane for this model dimension.</summary>
            <param name="pPlane">
                <summary>Input planar object to check if it can be an annotation plane for the model dimension. This can be a Face or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.IsValueHidden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to display the dimension value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.OverrideModelValue">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the display value for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent model annotation that the definition is associated with.&amp;nbsp;This property will return Nothing in the case where the definition is not associated with any annotation.&amp;nbsp;This is the case when it’s been created using one of the create definition methods and when it’s been copied from another definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.Precision">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the number of decimal places displayed for this dimension. Values are truncated and rounded to the specified precision.&amp;nbsp;Valid range of values is 0 to 8.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.SecondArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of the second arrowhead. This is a style override.&amp;nbsp;This property returns an error and cannot be set for the following dimension types: radius dimensions, diameter dimensions with the SingleDimensionLine property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.SetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method automatically sets the IsInspectionDimension property to True, if it isn’t already.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Optional input InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that specifies the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text.  Valid values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder.  If not specified, kNoInspectionBorder is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text placed left of the dimension value.  The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.  For instance, it can contain “&amp;lt;StyleOverride Font='AIGDT'&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/StyleOverride&amp;gt;” to specify &lt;img src="..\images\CircleM.png"&gt;.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text  (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value.  The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.  For instance, it can contain “&amp;lt;StyleOverride Font='AIGDT'&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/StyleOverride&amp;gt;” to specify &lt;img src="..\images\CircleM.png"&gt;.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.Text">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the text of the dimension.&amp;nbsp;Properties on the returned ModelAnnotationText object can be edited to change the displayed text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.TextPosition">
            <summary>Read-write property that controls the position of the dimension text.&amp;nbsp;When being set, the input point will be projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.Tolerance">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Tolerance object associated with this dimension. Methods and properties on the returned Tolerance object can be used to add/edit tolerance information for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.TolerancePrecision">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the number of decimal places displayed for this dimension tolerance. Values are truncated and rounded to the specified precision.&amp;nbsp;Valid range of values is 0 to 8.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy">
            <summary>LinearModelDimensionProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.CenterText">
            <summary>Method that centers the dimension text on the dimension line.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the definition associated with this dimension.&amp;nbsp;When reading this property, the definition returned remains associated to the dimension and any changes made to the definition will be immediately reflected in the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.ModelValue">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the dimension value as defined in the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensionProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LinearModelDimensions">
            <summary>The LinearModelDimensions collection object provides access to all of the linear model dimensions in a part or assembly and provides functionality to create new linear dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearModelDimensions.Add(Inventor.LinearModelDimensionDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a linear dimension.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input LinearModelDimensionDefinition object that defines the dimension to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensions.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinearModelDimensions.CreateDefinition(Inventor.GeometryIntent,Inventor.GeometryIntent,Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition,Inventor.Point,Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates a linear dimension definition.&amp;nbsp;This is a not a linear dimension but an object that encapsulates all of the information that defines a dimension.&amp;nbsp;You use the methods an properties of this object to define the dimension you want to create and then provide it as input to the Add method.</summary>
            <param name="IntentOne">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that defines the first geometry to dimension to. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the PartComponentDefinition or AssemblyComponentDefinition object.
Valid entity combinations for the IntentOne and IntentTwo arguments are: 
Two points. 
Two linear entities. (Non-parallel lines will result in an angular dimension.) 
A linear entity and a point. 
A point and a linear entity. 
One linear entity. 
One circular entity (with DimensionType set to kAlignedDimensionType for chord length and kArcLengthDimensionType for arc length)</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that specifies the second geometry to dimension. In the cases where there is only one entity needed this argument should be set to Nothing (null);</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
                <summary>Input AnnotationPlaneDefinition object that defines the annotation plane the annotation will be created on.  An existing annotation plane can be specified by using the AnnotationPlaneDefinition object associated with the existing annotation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextPosition">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the position of the dimension text.  The point will be projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionType">
                <summary>Input DimensionTypeEnum that specifies the linear dimension type. Valid values (based on the input intents) are kAlignedDimensionType, kHorizontalDimensionType, kVerticalDimensionType, kArcLengthDimensionType, kSymmetricDimensionType, kDiametricDimensionType, and kArcLengthDimensionType
An error will occur if the specified type is invalid for the input intents. For instance, kSymmetricDimensionType &amp; kDiametricDimensionType are valid only when two intents are providedone intent is provided as input. the first intent (an edge) is specified. kArcLengthDimensionType is only valid if two intents are supplied and they represent end points of an arc or a single intent is supplied and it represents an arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensions.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  You can provide either the index of the item in the collection, where the first item is index 1, or you can provide the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinearModelDimensions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LineGraphics">
            <summary>The LineGraphics object defines one or more disconnected lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineGraphics.Anchored">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this graphics primitive is anchored in view space. This property can only be set to False. The Anchored property is automatically set to True by the SetViewSpaceAnchor method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineGraphics.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineGraphics.BurnThrough">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether or not graphics are always visible even if they are blocked by other objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineGraphics.ColorBinding">
            <summary>Gets and sets how colors are defined for the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineGraphics.ColorIndexSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsIndexSet that defines the indices within the GraphicsColorSet to use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineGraphics.ColorSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsColorSet associated with the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineGraphics.CoordinateIndexSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsCoordinateIndexSet that defines the indices within the coordinate set to use for the lines of the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineGraphics.CoordinateSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsCoordinateSet associated with the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineGraphics.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the graphics primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineGraphics.DepthPriority">
            <summary>Read-write property that allows you to specify a display priority to the line graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineGraphics.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineGraphics.GetTransformBehavior(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Returns the current view transformation settings (e.g. pixel scaling and front facing).</summary>
            <param name="TextAnchor">
                <summary>Output Point that returns the point that is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BehaviorType">
                <summary>Output DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum that returns the transform behaviors currently being used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PixelScale">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the number of pixels that are used to draw one model unit when pixel scaling is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineGraphics.GetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.Point2d@,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the anchor information of the graphics object. This method returns an error if the 'Anchored' property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Output that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Output that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Output constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineGraphics.Id">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Id of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineGraphics.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this line graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineGraphics.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this line graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineGraphics.LineType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the line type override. Setting the property to kDefaultLineType restores the default line type. If the property returns kCustomLineType, the GetCustomLineType method can be used to get further details about the line type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineGraphics.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this line graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineGraphics.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineGraphics.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineGraphics.RemoveViewSpaceAnchor">
            <summary>The RemoveViewSpaceAnchor method removes the view space anchor from the object, and sets the Anchored property to false.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineGraphics.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineGraphics.SetTransformBehavior(Inventor.Point,Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum,System.Double)">
            <summary>Sets the view transformation settings (e.g. pixel scaling and front facing).</summary>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BehaviorType">
                <summary>Input DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum that specifies which transform behaviors are to be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PixelScale">
                <summary>Input Double that indicates how many pixels should be used to draw one model unit when pixel scaling is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineGraphics.SetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum)">
            <summary>Method that anchors the graphics object at the specified point in view space. The Anchored property is set to True.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Input that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Input constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineGraphics.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3D">
            <summary>The LineLengthDimConstraint3D object represents a constraint that controls the length of a 3D sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3D.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3D.DimensionPlane">
            <summary>Property that returns the transient dimension plane used to place and position the dimension text for this dimension constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3D.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3D.Line">
            <summary>Property that returns the 3D sketch line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3D.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3D.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.DimensionPlane">
            <summary>Property that returns the transient dimension plane used to place and position the dimension text for this dimension constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.Line">
            <summary>Property that returns the 3D sketch line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LinePlaneAndAngleWorkPlaneDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane that passes through a line and is a specified angle to a plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinePlaneAndAngleWorkPlaneDef.Angle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the angle of a line, plane and angle defined work plane. The angle of the plane can be read and modified by accessing the returned Parameter object. The positive angle direction is computed by crossing the axis vector with the plane normal vector. Changes made will not be visible until the model is recomputed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinePlaneAndAngleWorkPlaneDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LinePlaneAndAngleWorkPlaneDef.GetData(System.Object@,System.Object@,Inventor.Parameter@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the data defining a work planed defined by a line, plane and an angle. The work plane passes through the line and is a specified angle to the plane.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Output object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, or SketchLine object. The work plane passes through this line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Output object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object. The angle of the work plane is measured with respect to this plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Output Parameter that defines the angle of the work plane to the plane. The positive angle direction is computed by crossing the axis vector with the plane normal vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinePlaneAndAngleWorkPlaneDef.Line">
            <summary>Property that returns the line of a line, plane and angle defined work plane. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, or SketchLine object. The work plane passes through the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinePlaneAndAngleWorkPlaneDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent WorkPlane object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinePlaneAndAngleWorkPlaneDef.Plane">
            <summary>Property that indicates the plane of a line, plane and angle defined work plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object. The angle of the plane is measured with respect to this plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LinePlaneAndAngleWorkPlaneDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LineSegment">
            <summary>The LineSegment object represents a line segment. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineSegment.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this LineSegment object. The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original LineSegment object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineSegment.Direction">
            <summary>Property that returns the direction of the line segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineSegment.DistanceTo(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that returns the distance to the specified point.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Point object that specifies the point to which the distance is to be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineSegment.EndPoint">
            <summary>Specifies the end point of the line segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineSegment.Evaluator">
            <summary>Property that returns the CurveEvaluator for this line segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineSegment.GetLineSegmentData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the data defining this line segment.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the start point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the end point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineSegment.IntersectWithCurve(System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that returns Point objects that represent the points at the intersection of the Line/LineSegment and the input curve. Returns Nothing if the curves overlap or are parallel.</summary>
            <param name="Curve">
                <summary>Input object. This can be a Line, LineSegment, Arc3d, EllipticalArc, Circle, EllipseFull, or a BSplineCurve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the linear tolerance to use for intersection computation.  If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineSegment.IntersectWithSurface(System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that returns Point objects that represent the points at the intersection of the Line/LineSegment and the input surface. Returns Nothing if the Line/LineSegment lies on the surface or it is parallel to the surface.</summary>
            <param name="Surface">
                <summary>Input object. This can be a Plane, Cone, Cylinder, EllipticalCone, EllipticalCylinder, Sphere, Torus or a BSplineSurface.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the linear tolerance to use for intersection computation.  If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineSegment.MidPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the midpoint of the line segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineSegment.PutLineSegmentData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this line segment.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the start point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that defines the end point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineSegment.StartPoint">
            <summary>Specifies the start point of the line segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LineSegment2d">
            <summary>The LineSegment2d object. The object is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineSegment2d.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this LineSegment2d object.
Creates a copy of this LineSegment2d object. The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original LineSegment2d object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineSegment2d.Direction">
            <summary>Gets the direction of the line segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineSegment2d.DistanceTo(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that returns the distance to the specified point.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Point2d object that specifies the point to which the distance is to be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineSegment2d.EndPoint">
            <summary>Specifies the end point of the line segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineSegment2d.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the Curve2dEvaluator for this line segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineSegment2d.GetLineSegmentData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this line segment.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the start point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that defines the end point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineSegment2d.IntersectWithCurve(System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that returns Point2d objects that represent the points at the intersection of the Line2d/LineSegment2d and the input curve. Returns Nothing if the curves overlap or are parallel.</summary>
            <param name="Curve">
                <summary>Input object. This can be a Line2d, LineSegment2d, Arc2d, EllipticalArc2d, Circle2d, EllipseFull2d, or a BSplineCurve2d.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the linear tolerance to use for intersection computation.  If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineSegment2d.MidPoint">
            <summary>Gets the mid point of the line segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineSegment2d.PutLineSegmentData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this line segment.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the start point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that defines the end point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineSegment2d.StartPoint">
            <summary>Specifies the start point of the line segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LineStripGraphics">
            <summary>The LineStripGraphics Object. The LineStripGraphics object defines a set of connected lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.Anchored">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this graphics primitive is anchored in view space. This property can only be set to False. The Anchored property is automatically set to True by the SetViewSpaceAnchor method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.BurnThrough">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether or not graphics are always visible even if they are blocked by other objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.ColorBinding">
            <summary>Gets and sets how colors are defined for the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.ColorIndexSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsIndexSet that defines the indices within the GraphicsColorSet to use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.ColorSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsColorSet associated with the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.CoordinateIndexSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsCoordinateIndexSet that defines the indices within the coordinate set to use for the lines of the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.CoordinateSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsCoordinateSet associated with the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the graphics primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.DepthPriority">
            <summary>Read-write property that allows you to specify a display priority to the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.GetStripLengths(System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the current strip lengths. The strip lengths are defined by the number of coordinates used for each strip.</summary>
            <param name="StripLengths">
                <summary>Array of Longs that defines the strip lengths. The length of a strip is defined by specifying the number of coordinates used for each strip.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.GetTransformBehavior(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Returns the current view transformation settings (e.g. pixel scaling and front facing).</summary>
            <param name="TextAnchor">
                <summary>Output Point that returns the point that is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BehaviorType">
                <summary>Output DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum that returns the transform behaviors currently being used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PixelScale">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the number of pixels that are used to draw one model unit when pixel scaling is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.GetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.Point2d@,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the anchor information of the graphics object. This method returns an error if the 'Anchored' property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Output that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Output that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Output constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.Id">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Id of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this line strip graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this line strip graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.LineType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the line type override. Setting the property to kDefaultLineType restores the default line type. If the property returns kCustomLineType, the GetCustomLineType method can be used to get further details about the line type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this line strip graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.PutStripLengths(System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets the current strip lengths. The strip lengths are defined by the number of coordinates used for each strip.</summary>
            <param name="StripLengths">
                <summary>Array of Longs that defines the strip lengths. The length of a strip is defined by specifying the number of coordinates used for each strip.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.RemoveViewSpaceAnchor">
            <summary>The RemoveViewSpaceAnchor method removes the view space anchor from the object, and sets the Anchored property to false.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.SetTransformBehavior(Inventor.Point,Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum,System.Double)">
            <summary>Sets the view transformation settings (e.g. pixel scaling and front facing).</summary>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BehaviorType">
                <summary>Input DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum that specifies which transform behaviors are to be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PixelScale">
                <summary>Input Double that indicates how many pixels should be used to draw one model unit when pixel scaling is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.SetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum)">
            <summary>Method that anchors the graphics object at the specified point in view space. The Anchored property is set to True.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Input that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Input constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineStripGraphics.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LineWorkAxisDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work axis along a line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineWorkAxisDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineWorkAxisDef.Line">
            <summary>Property that returns the line of a line defined work axis. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, or SketchLine object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineWorkAxisDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent WorkAxis object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LineWorkAxisDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LipFeature">
            <summary>The LipFeature object represents a lip feature within the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LipFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LipFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LipFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LipFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LipFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LipFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LipFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LipFeatures">
            <summary>The LipFeatures collection object provides access to existing Lip features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  You can provide either the index of the item in the collection, where the first item is index 1, or you can provide the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LipFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LoftDefinition">
            <summary>The LoftDefinition object is used to define additional input required for creating loft features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftDefinition.Centerline">
            <summary>Property that specifies the centerline for the loft. Valid objects includes Profile, Profile3D, EdgeLoop and EdgeCollection. When this LoftDefinition is associative with an existing LoftFeature or if it is copied from an LoftDefinition that is associative with a LoftFeature, then set this property you should follow below rules, otherwise an error would occur: 
If the LoftDefinition.LoftType returns kRegularLoft you can set this property directly. 
If the LoftDefinition.LoftType returns kLoftWithRails you need to clear the LoftDefinition.LoftRails before setting this property. 
If the LoftDefinition.LoftType returns kLoftWithAreaGraphSections you need to clear the LoftDefinition.LoftSectionDimensions if any before setting this property, </summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftDefinition.Closed">
            <summary>Property that specifies whether the loft needs to be closed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates and returns a copy of this loft definition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftDefinition.FirstSectionAngle">
            <summary>Property that specifies the angle of the loft in relation to the sketch plane of the starting section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftDefinition.FirstSectionCondition">
            <summary>Property that specifies the condition of the loft at the starting section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftDefinition.FirstSectionDirectionReversed">
            <summary>Property that specifies whether the takeoff direction for the starting section should be reversed from its default direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftDefinition.FirstSectionImpact">
            <summary>Property that specifies the impact the starting section's condition has on the shape of the entire loft.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftDefinition.FirstSectionTangentPlane">
            <summary>Property that specifies the tangent plane for the starting section in the case that the section is a point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftDefinition.LastSectionAngle">
            <summary>Property that specifies the angle of the loft in relation to the sketch plane of the ending section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftDefinition.LastSectionCondition">
            <summary>Property that specifies the condition of the loft at the ending section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftDefinition.LastSectionDirectionReversed">
            <summary>Property that specifies whether the takeoff direction for the ending section should be reversed from its default direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftDefinition.LastSectionImpact">
            <summary>Property that specifies the impact the ending section's condition has on the shape of the entire loft.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftDefinition.LastSectionTangentPlane">
            <summary>Property that specifies the tangent plane for the ending section in the case that the section is a point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftDefinition.LoftRails">
            <summary>Read-only property that specifies the rails for the loft. If the LoftDefinition.LoftType is not kRegularLoft or kLoftWithRails then set this property will raise error, you should follow below rules to set this property: 
If the LoftDefinition.LoftType returns kRegularLoft you can set this property directly. 
If the LoftDefinition.LoftType returns kLoftWithCenterline you need to clear the LoftDefinition.Centerline before setting this property. 
If the LoftDefinition.LoftType returns kLoftWithAreaGraphSections you need to clear the LoftDefinition.LoftSectionDimensions if any and LoftDefinition.Centerline before setting this property, </summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftDefinition.LoftSectionDimensions">
            <summary>Read-only property that specifies the placed section dimensions for an area-graph type loft. Before adding new LoftSectionDimension into this collection the LoftDefinition.Centerline should be set first, otherwise an error would occur.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftDefinition.LoftType">
            <summary>Property that gets the type of loft feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftDefinition.MapPointCurves">
            <summary>Property that specifies the mapping to use between sections.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftDefinition.MergeTangentFaces">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the tangent faces of the loft should be merged or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftDefinition.Operation">
            <summary>Property that specifies the type of operation used to add the feature to the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftDefinition.Sections">
            <summary>Property that specifies the sections used for a loft.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LoftedFlangeDefinition">
            <summary>The LoftedFlangeDefinition object represents all of the information that defines a lofted flange feature. The LoftedFlangeDefinition object is used in two ways. First it is used as input when creating a lofted flange feature. Second it is used to query and edit existing lofted flange features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeDefinition.AffectedBodies">
            <summary>Gets and sets the collection of bodies affected by this feature.&amp;nbsp;If this property is not set for multi-body parts, the default solid body is used as the affected body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeDefinition.BendRadius">
            <summary>Read-write property that provides access to the bend radius of a lofted flange feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeDefinition.Converge">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines whether the corner of the lofted flange should converge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftedFlangeDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this LoftedFlangeDefinition object. The new LoftedFlangeDefinition object is independent of any feature. It can edited and used as input to edit an existing feature or to create a new lofted flange feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeDefinition.ExtentDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the which side of the sketch entities is the direction for the material to be added.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeDefinition.FacetTolerance">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the tolerance used to calculate the lofted flange. This will return Nothing in the case where the OutputType property returns kDieFormedLoftedFlange and where the LoftedFlangeDefinition object is not associated with an existing lofted flange.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeDefinition.IsUnfoldMethodOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and set whether the unfold method has been overridden for this feature. Setting this property to False clears the override.&amp;nbsp;Setting the property to True returns a failure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeDefinition.Operation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the type of operation used to add the feature to the model.&amp;nbsp;Valid inputs are kNewBodyOperation, kJoinOperation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeDefinition.OutputType">
            <summary>Property that returns the technique being used to calculate the shape of the lofted flange. To set the output type use the SetOutputType method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent LoftedFlangeFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeDefinition.ProfileOne">
            <summary>Gets and sets the first of two profiles defining the lofted flange.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeDefinition.ProfileTwo">
            <summary>Gets and sets the second of two profiles defining the lofted flange.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftedFlangeDefinition.SetOutputType(Inventor.LoftedFlangeOutputTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the technique that will be used to calculate the lofted flange.</summary>
            <param name="OutputType">
                <summary>Constant that defines the how the lofted flange will be calculated. Valid values are kDieFormedLoftedFlange, kPressBrakeChordToleranceLoftedFlange, kPressBrakeFacetAngleLoftedFlange, and kPressBrakeFacetDistanceLoftedFlange.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetTolerance">
                <summary>Optional Variant that defines the tolerance value used when calculating the lofted flange. This only applies to the press brake methods and is ignored if the OutputType argument is kDieFormedLoftedFlange.
This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input and the output type is kPressBrakeChordToleranceLoftedFlange or kPressBrakeFacetDistanceLoftedFlange, the units are centimeters. If the output type is kPressBrakeFacetAngleLoftedFlange, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length or angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeDefinition.SheetMetalRule">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the sheet metal style for the body the feature is in. Set this property is applicable only when the feature is the first feature in a solid body. When set this property the default sheet metal rule will be overridden and.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeDefinition.UnfoldMethod">
            <summary>Gets and set the UnfoldMethod object that defines how the bends associated with this lofted flange feature are unfolded.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeDefinition.UseDefaultSheetMetalRule">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to use the document active sheet metal style for the body the feature is in. Set this property is applicable only when the feature is the first feature in a solid body and this can only be set to True from False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature">
            <summary>The LoftedFlangeFeature object represents a lofted flange sheet metal feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LoftedFlangeDefinition object associated with this lofted flange feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LoftedFlangeDefinition object associated with this lofted flange feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatures">
            <summary>The LoftedFlangeFeatures collection object provides access to the LoftedFlangeFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatures.Add(Inventor.LoftedFlangeDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new lofted flange feature. The newly created LoftedFlangeFeature object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="LoftedFlangeDefinition">
                <summary>Object that defines the lofted flange feature you want to create. A LoftedFlangeDefinition object can be created using the CreateLoftedFlangeDefinition method on the LoftedFlangeFeatures object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatures.CreateLoftedFlangeDefinition(Inventor.Path,Inventor.Path)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new LoftedFlangeDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="ProfileOne">
                <summary>The first of two profiles that defines the shape of the lofted flange. Use PartFeatures.CreatePath method to create this path.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProfileTwo">
                <summary>The second of two profiles that defines the shape of the lofted flange. Use PartFeatures.CreatePath method to create this path.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified LoftedFlangeFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftedFlangeFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LoftFeature">
            <summary>The LoftFeature object represents an existing loft in an Autodesk Inventor part document. The LoftFeature is derived from the PartFeature object and inherits all of its methods and properties.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the definition for the loft feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.EndFace">
            <summary>Property that returns the that acts as the cap of the last section of the loft. This property will return nothing in the cases where the loft does not have a ending face. These cases are when the loft sections are not closed or when the loft operation does not result in a solid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.SideFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns a object that provides access to all of the faces created around the perimeter of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.StartFace">
            <summary>Property that returns the that acts as the cap of the first section of the loft. This property will return nothing in the cases where the loft does not have a starting face. These cases are when the loft sections are not closed or when the loft operation does not result in a solid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the definition for the loft feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.EndFace">
            <summary>Property that returns the that acts as the cap of the last section of the loft. This property will return nothing in the cases where the loft does not have a ending face. These cases are when the loft sections are not closed or when the loft operation does not result in a solid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.SideFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns a object that provides access to all of the faces created around the perimeter of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.StartFace">
            <summary>Property that returns the that acts as the cap of the first section of the loft. This property will return nothing in the cases where the loft does not have a starting face. These cases are when the loft sections are not closed or when the loft operation does not result in a solid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LoftFeatures">
            <summary>The LoftFeatures collection object provides access to existing loft features and supports the ability to create new loft features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftFeatures.Add(Inventor.LoftDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new loft.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input LoftDefinition object that defines the input definition for the loft. The LoftDefinition object can be created using the CreateLoftDefinition method of the LoftFeatures object. The LoftDefinition object defines the following input data for creating the loft feature: the loft sections, the boundary conditions for the starting and ending sections, a centerline or rails with any applicable boundary conditions, the mapping between the sections, an option to indicate whether the loft should be closed or not and an option to indicate whether tangent faces should be merged or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftFeatures.CreateLoftDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates a LoftDefinition object that defines the input definition for a loft feature.</summary>
            <param name="Sections">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the sections for the loft. Valid objects for sections are Profile, Profile3D, EdgeLoop, EdgeCollection, SketchPoint, SketchPoint3D, WorkPoint and Vertex objects. If a point (SketchPoint, SketchPoint3D, WorkPoint or Vertex object) is used, it must be either the first section or the last section and there must be at least one other intermediate section which is not a point. If an EdgeCollection object is used it may contain either a single edge or a set of tangentially connected edges. The order of the sections within the ObjectCollection defines the fit order of the loft through the sections. The sections must be either all open or all closed; you cannot mix open and closed sections.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Operation">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates the type of operation to perform. Valid input is kJoinOperation, kCutOperation, kIntersectOperation or kSurfaceOperation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftFeatures.CreateMapCurves(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new MapPointCurves object. You then use functionality provided by the resulting MapPointCurves object to define the specific point mapping.</summary>
            <param name="Sections">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the sections for the loft. The sections provided for input must be the same sections that will be used as input for the LoftFeatures.Add method.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified LoftFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LoftRail">
            <summary>The LoftRail object is used to define a rail in a loft feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftRail.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftRail.Condition">
            <summary>Returns an enum indicating the condition of the loft at the rail if the rail has conditions associated with it.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftRail.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this loft rail.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftRail.HasConditions">
            <summary>Property that specifies whether the rail has conditions associated with it.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftRail.Impact">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the amount of influence the rail has on the shape of the entire loft.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftRail.Rail">
            <summary>Property that gets the rail for the loft feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftRail.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LoftRails">
            <summary>The LoftRails object is used to define the rails and their conditions in a loft feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftRails.Add(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new LoftRail that represents a rail for a loft feature.</summary>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Input Object that defines a rail for a loft feature. Valid input objects for rails are Profile, Profile3D, EdgeLoop and EdgeCollection objects. The EdgeCollection object may contain either a single edge or a set of tangentially connected edges. Since all the rails for a loft must be either open or all closed, if the existing rails in the collection are open, then the rail specified using this argument must be open. Similarly, if the existing rails in the collection are closed, then the rail specified using this argument must be closed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Condition">
                <summary>Optional input constant that defines the condition of the loft at the rail. Valid input is one of the following constants in LoftConditionEnum: kFreeLoftCondition, kTangentLoftCondition or kSmoothLoftCondition. If any other constant in LoftConditionEnum is specified, then the creation of the loft rail will fail. Since the condition is only applicable for a rail to which boundary conditions can be applied, the rail condition must not be specified using this argument if boundary conditions cannot be applied to the rail specified by the Rail argument, otherwise the creation of the loft rail will fail. If the rail is a rail to which boundary conditions can be applied and if no value is explicitly specified for this argument, then the default value of kFreeLoftCondition will be assumed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Impact">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the impact the rail's condition has on the shape of the entire loft. The value can be specified either as a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is \input, it is unitless. If a string is input it must resolve to a unitless value. Since the impact is only applicable for a rail to which the tangent or smooth condition can been applied, the impact value should be specified only if both of the following conditions are satisfied: 
The loft rail is a rail to which boundary conditions can be applied. 
The Condition argument is specified to be kTangentLoftCondition or kSmoothLoftCondition to indicate tangent or smooth condition. 
If any one or both of the above conditions are not satisfied and an impact value is specified, then this method will fail to create the loft rail. If both the conditions are satisfied and if no value is explicitly specified for this argument, then the default value of 0 will be assumed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftRails.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftRails.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of LoftRail objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftRails.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified LoftRail object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftRails.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LoftSectionDimension">
            <summary>The LoftSectionDimension object is used to define the position and area for a placed section of an area-graph type loft.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftSectionDimension.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftSectionDimension.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this placed section of an area-graph type loft.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftSectionDimension.IsDrivingSection">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether the placed section for an area-graph type loft is driving or driven.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftSectionDimension.Position">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the positional distance (from the starting section) of the placed section for an area-graph type loft.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftSectionDimension.PositionAsAbsoluteDistance">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that gets and sets the whether the positional distance of the placed section for an area-graph type loft is specified as an absolute distance value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftSectionDimension.Size">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the size of the placed section for an area-graph type loft.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftSectionDimension.SizeAsScaleFactor">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the size of the placed section for an area-graph type loft is specified as a scale factor with respect to its default size.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftSectionDimension.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LoftSectionDimensions">
            <summary>The LoftSectionDimensions object is used to define the placed section dimensions for an area-graph type loft.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftSectionDimensions.AddDrivenSection(System.Double,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new LoftSectionDimension that represents a driven placed section for an area-graph type loft feature.</summary>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Specifies the positional distance (from the starting section) of the placed section for an area-graph type loft feature. The valid range of values for this argument depends on the value of the PositionAsAbsoluteDistance argument. If the PositionAsAbsoluteDistance argument is True, then the value specified by this argument represents an absolute distance value (measured along the centerline of the loft from the starting section) and any Double value that represents this absolute distance can be specified. If the PositionAsAbsoluteDistance argument is False, then the value specified by this argument represents a proportional distance value (relative to the starting section). The valid range of values for the proportional distance is 0.0 to 1.0 (including 0.0 and 1.0). This proportional distance is defined as the absolute distance of the placed section from the starting section divided by the absolute distance of the ending section from the starting section where both the distances are measured along the centerline of the loft. For example, for a placed section that coincides with the starting section the value of the proportional distance will be 0.0 and for a placed section that coincides with the ending section the value of the proportional distance will be 1.0. For intermediate placed sections, the value of the proportional distance will be between 0.0 and 1.0.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PositionAsAbsoluteDistance">
                <summary>Indicates whether the positional distance of the placed section for an area-graph type loft feature is specified as an absolute distance value. A value of True indicates that the positional distance (specified by the Position argument) of the placed section is specified as an absolute distance value (measured along the centerline of the loft from the starting section). A value of False indicates that the positional distance (specified by the Position argument) of the placed section is specified as a proportional distance value (relative to the starting section). This proportional distance is defined as the absolute distance of the placed section from the starting section divided by the absolute distance of the ending section from the starting section where both the distances are measured along the centerline of the loft. For example, for a placed section that coincides with the starting section the value of the proportional distance will be 0.0 and for a placed section that coincides with the ending section the value of the proportional distance will be 1.0. For intermediate placed sections, the value of the proportional distance will be between 0.0 and 1.0. If no value is explicitly specified, a default value of False will be assumed to indicate that positional distance is specified as a proportional distance value.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LoftSectionDimensions.AddDrivingSection(System.Double,System.Double,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new LoftSectionDimension that represents a driving placed section for an area-graph type loft feature.</summary>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Specifies the positional distance (from the starting section) of the placed section for an area-graph type loft feature. The valid range of values for this argument depends on the value of the PositionAsAbsoluteDistance argument. If the PositionAsAbsoluteDistance argument is True, then the value specified by this argument represents an absolute distance value (measured along the centerline of the loft from the starting section) and any Double value that represents this absolute distance can be specified. If the PositionAsAbsoluteDistance argument is False, then the value specified by this argument represents a proportional distance value (relative to the starting section). The valid range of values for the proportional distance is 0.0 to 1.0 (including 0.0 and 1.0). This proportional distance is defined as the absolute distance of the placed section from the starting section divided by the absolute distance of the ending section from the starting section where both the distances are measured along the centerline of the loft. For example, for a placed section that coincides with the starting section the value of the proportional distance will be 0.0 and for a placed section that coincides with the ending section the value of the proportional distance will be 1.0. For intermediate placed sections, the value of the proportional distance will be between 0.0 and 1.0.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Size">
                <summary>Specifies the size of the placed section for an area-graph type loft feature. The specified value will either represent an absolute area value or a scale factor value depending on the value of the SizeAsScaleFactor argument. If the SizeAsScaleFactor argument is True, then the value specified by this argument represents a scale factor for the size of the placed section (i.e. by what scale factor should the placed section be re-sized from its default size). For example, for a placed section whose area needs to be the same as its default size, the value of the scale factor will be 1.0 and for a placed section whose area needs to be half the default size, the value of the scale factor will be 0.5. If the SizeAsScaleFactor argument is False, then the value specified by this argument represents the absolute area of the placed section.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PositionAsAbsoluteDistance">
                <summary>Indicates whether the positional distance of the placed section for an area-graph type loft feature is specified as an absolute distance value. A value of True indicates that the positional distance (specified by the Position argument) of the placed section is specified as an absolute distance value (measured along the centerline of the loft from the starting section). A value of False indicates that the positional distance (specified by the Position argument) of the placed section is specified as a proportional distance value (relative to the starting section). This proportional distance is defined as the absolute distance of the placed section from the starting section divided by the absolute distance of the ending section from the starting section where both the distances are measured along the centerline of the loft. For example, for a placed section that coincides with the starting section the value of the proportional distance will be 0.0 and for a placed section that coincides with the ending section the value of the proportional distance will be 1.0. For intermediate placed sections, the value of the proportional distance will be between 0.0 and 1.0. If no value is explicitly specified, a default value of False will be assumed to indicate that positional distance is specified as a proportional distance value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SizeAsScaleFactor">
                <summary>Indicates whether the size of the placed section for an area-graph type loft feature is specified as a scale factor with respect to its default size. A value of True indicates that the size (specified by the Size argument) of the placed section is specified in terms of a scale factor with respect to its default size. For example, for a placed section whose area needs to be the same as its default size, the value of the scale factor will be 1.0 and for a placed section whose area needs to be half the default size, the value of the scale factor will be 0.5. A value of False indicates that the size (specified by the Size argument) of the placed section is specified as an absolute area value. If no value is explicitly specified, a default value of False will be assumed to indicate that that the size of the placed section is specified as an absolute area value.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftSectionDimensions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftSectionDimensions.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of LoftSectionDimension objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftSectionDimensions.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified LoftSectionDimension object from the collection</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LoftSectionDimensions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LumpDefinition">
            <summary>The LumpDefinition represents a transient definition of a lump. A lump represents a bounded area of space. It can consist of one or more FaceShell objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LumpDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LumpDefinition.FaceShellDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of FaceShellDefinitionobjects associated with this LumpDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LumpDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.LumpDefinitions">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.LumpDefinitions.Add">
            <summary>Method that creates a new LumpDefinition within the associated SurfaceBodyDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LumpDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LumpDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of LumpDefinition objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LumpDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified LumpDefinition object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.LumpDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Machining">
            <summary>Allows editing for environment-specific features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Machining.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Machining.Edit">
            <summary>Method that activates this object for editing by the user.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Machining.ExitEdit">
            <summary>Method that causes the current editing environment to be closed and the user interface to return to weldment editing environment.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Machining.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition">
            <summary>The MacroControlDefinition object represents a command that causes a macro to run.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.AutoAddToGUI">
            <summary>Method that automatically adds a control based on this definition to the General panel of the Add-Ins tab in the ribbon interface.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.BuiltIn">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the control or definition is a standard Autodesk Inventor control or definition. Built-in ones have restrictions in the edits that can be performed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.Classification">
            <summary>Property that returns the command classification of the ControlDefinition. These classifications are bits and can be combined to designate that a command falls within more than one classification. Because they are bits, care needs to be taken when interpreting the returned values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.ClientId">
            <summary>Property that returns the string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}".</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.DefaultShortcut">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default (internal) shortcut assigned to the command. Setting this property fails for built-in ControlDefinitions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.DefaultShortcutType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of shortcut assigned to this command.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.DefinitionType">
            <summary>Property that returns the control definition type. The possible return values are kButtonDefinition, kComboBoxDefinition, and kMacroControlDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the control definition. This method fails for built-in definitions.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.DescriptionText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets Description Text.&amp;nbsp;For MacroControlDefinition this property is read-only.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.DisplayName">
            <summary>Property that returns the display name of the ControlDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.Enabled">
            <summary>Enables/Disables the UIDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.Execute">
            <summary>Method that runs the built-in command or sends the Click event to the Add-In. The end result of calling the Execute method is the same as if the user had clicked/pressed the relevant control - for example, by clicking on a button that references a ButtonDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.Execute2(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that executes the control definition synchronously or asynchronously.</summary>
            <param name="Synchronous">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to execute the control definition synchronously ('Send Message') or asynchronously ('Post Message').</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name. This name is the internal unique identifier for the ControlDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.IntroducedInVersion">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the introduced in version of the control definition. The values from AvailableComparisonVersions can be used to set this property. This is read only if the control definition is built-in or if it is MacroControlDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.IsShortcutOverridden">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the default (internal) shortcut has been overridden by the user or through the API.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.LargeIcon">
            <summary>Gets/Sets LargeIcon. For MacroControlDefinition this property is read-only.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.LastUpdatedVersion">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the last updated version of the control definition. The values from AvailableComparisonVersions can be used to set this property. This is read only if the control definition is built-in or if it is MacroControlDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.MacroOrFileName">
            <summary>Property that indicates the macro or filename associated with this MacroControlDefinition. A VBA macro must be a Public Sub defined in a standard code module of the Application VBA project. The Sub cannot have any input arguments. The Sub is specified using 'Module.SubName' format. For example, the Sub MovePart in a module named AsmTools would be specified by 'AsmTools.MovePart'. If a filename with an .ide extension is supplied it is assumed to be an iFeature. When the user clicks the button it will begin placement of the iFeature. The filename must be a full filename. If an external EXE is specified, this must be the full path to the EXE.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.OverrideShortcut">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the override shortcut assigned to the command. Setting this property to a null string clears the override.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.OverrideShortcutType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of override shortcut assigned to this command.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.ProgressiveToolTip">
            <summary>Property that returns a ProgressiveToolTip object providing access to enhanced tooltip display for controls in the ribbon interface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.StandardIcon">
            <summary>Gets/Sets StandardIcon. For MacroControlDefinition this property is read-only.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.ToolTipText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets Tooltip. For MacroControlDefinition this property is read-only</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MacroControlDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ManipulatorEvents">
            <summary>ManipulatorEvents Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ManipulatorEvents.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ManipulatorEvents.ApplyDrag(Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Drives manipulator to move as if it is dragged by end user.</summary>
            <param name="ManipulatorElement">
                <summary>The ManipulatorElementEnum that indicates the direction to drag.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DragValue">
                <summary>Input Variant to specify the translation, rotation or scaling value for the drag . For scaling this can be numeric value, for translation this can be Vector and for rotation this can be numeric value or String. If a numeric value is provided for rotation it is in radians, and if a String is provided the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ManipulatorEvents.Enabled">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the manipulator events is enabled or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ManipulatorEvents.OnDrag(Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum,System.Object,Inventor.Matrix,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires fires when the manipulator moves as a result of a drag, reposition or user entering values for translation, rotation and scaling.</summary>
            <param name="SelectedManipulatorElement">
                <summary>Returns a ManipulatorElementEnum indicating the element of the manipulator that was selected for this drag operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DragValue">
                <summary>Returns the value of the translation, rotation or scaling in the drag. This returns Vector for translation, numeric value in radians for rotation and numeric value for scaling.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ManipulatorTransform">
                <summary>Input the Matrix object that indicates the transformation of the Manipulator against its original position and orientation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ManipulatorEvents.OnEndDrag(Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum,System.Object,Inventor.Matrix,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires when the user ends an intermediate drag of the manipulator.</summary>
            <param name="SelectedManipulatorElement">
                <summary>Returns a ManipulatorElementEnum indicating the element of the manipulator that was selected for this drag operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DragValue">
                <summary>Returns the value of the translation, rotation or scaling in the drag. This returns Vector for translation, numeric value in radians for rotation and numeric value for scaling.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ManipulatorTransform">
                <summary>Input the Matrix object that indicates the transformation of the Manipulator against its original position and orientation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the manipulator element move.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ManipulatorEvents.OnManipulatorElementSelectionChange(Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires when a manipulator element is selected.</summary>
            <param name="SelectedManipulatorElement">
                <summary>The ManipulatorElementEnum that indicates the selected manipulator element.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the manipulator element selection is changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ManipulatorEvents.OnStartDrag(Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires when a manipulator element is selected.</summary>
            <param name="SelectedManipulatorElement">
                <summary>Returns a ManipulatorElementEnum indicating the element of the manipulator that was selected for this drag operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the manipulator element move.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.
&lt;P&gt;Name=”UserDrag”,Value=Boolean. This indicates whether this event is fired because of user drags manipulator, this returns False if this is fired because of calling ApplyDrag method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ManipulatorEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ManipulatorEvents.SelectedElement">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the selected manipulator element. If the kAllManipulatorElements is set that no element will be selected.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ManipulatorEvents.SetAppearance(Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum,Inventor.ManipulatorElementEnum)">
            <summary>Sets the visible and enabled manipulator elements.</summary>
            <param name="VisibleElements">
                <summary>Input ManipulatorElementEnum that specifies which manipulator elements would be enabled. This could be a bit mask defining various of manipulator elements.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EnabledElements">
                <summary>Input ManipulatorElementEnum that specifies which manipulator elements would be enabled. This could be a bit mask defining various of manipulator elements.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ManipulatorEvents.SuggestedMiniToolbarPosition(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Calculates a suggested position to place mini toolbar with input mini toolbar size.</summary>
            <param name="MiniToolbarHeight">
                <summary>Input Long indicating the mini toolbar height.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MiniToolbarWidth">
                <summary>Input Long indicating the mini toolbar width.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ManipulatorEvents.Transform">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current position and orientation of the manipulator in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ManipulatorEvents.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ManipulatorEvents.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the enabled manipulator is visible or not. Set this property does not work if the Enabled equals to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MapPointCurve">
            <summary>The MapPointCurve object is used to define a set of mapping points between sections in a loft feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MapPointCurve.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MapPointCurve.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this set of mapping points for a loft.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MapPointCurve.GetPosition(System.Int32,System.Object@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the position of the specified map point along the input entity.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long that defines which map point to get the position for. The first map point has an index of 1.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Output entity that is the component of the section that was used to define the position of the map point. This argument can be a SketchEntity, SketchEntity3D, Edge, WorkPoint or Vertex.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Result">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MapPointCurve.GetPositionPoint(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that returns the position of the specified map point in 3D space.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long that defines which map point to get the position for. The first map point has an index of 1 and corresponds with the section of the same index.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MapPointCurve.PointCount">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of MapPoints in the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MapPointCurve.SetPosition(System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets the position of the map point. The entity implicitly defines which section the point is for. The position of the map points is defined using a 3D coordinate point. If a map point already exists for the section the input entity is a member of, the current map point will be replaced.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input entity that is a component of a section. Valid input is a SketchEntity, SketchEntity3D, Edge, WorkPoint or Vertex.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the position of the map point along the input entity as a percentage of the length of the entity. The input value should be between 0 and 1.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MapPointCurve.SetPositionUsingPoint(System.Int32,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that sets the position of the map point using a 3D coordinate. The index corresponds with the section of the same index. If a map point already exists for the section the input entity is a member of, the current map point will be replaced.</summary>
            <param name="SectionIndex">
                <summary>Input Long that identifies which section the map point is being defined for. The index corresponds with the section of the same index.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input that defines the coordinate position of the map point. The input point will be projected to the nearest point along the specified section.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MapPointCurve.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MapPointCurves">
            <summary>The MapPointCurves object represents a collection of objects, used to define mapping points between sections in a loft feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MapPointCurves.AddMapCurve">
            <summary>Method that creates a new MapPointCurve. This method is only valid for MapPointCurves objects that were created using the LoftFeatures.CreateMapCurves. A error will occur if you use this method for a MapPointCurves object obtained from an existing LoftFeature object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MapPointCurves.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MapPointCurves.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of MapPointCurve objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MapPointCurves.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified MapPointCurve object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MapPointCurves.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MarkDefinition">
            <summary>MarkDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkDefinition.AddGeometrySet(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.MarkStyle)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new mark geometry set.</summary>
            <param name="Geometries">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that specifies the sketch geometries to create mark feature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="pStyle">
                <summary>Input MarkStyle object that specifies mark style.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this MarkDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkDefinition.Direction">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the extent direction. Set this to kSymmetricExtentDirection is invalid when the method is set to kWrapToFaceMethodType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkDefinition.GetMethod(Inventor.MarkMethodTypeEnum@,System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the mark method type info.</summary>
            <param name="Method">
                <summary>Output MarkMethodTypeEnum value that indicates which method is applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="pFaces">
                <summary>Optional output the FaceCollection object. This returns the wrap to face if the method is kWrapToFaceMethodType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="chain">
                <summary>Optional output Boolean value that indicates whether the automatic face chain is applied or not. This is ignored if the method is kWrapToFaceMethodType.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkDefinition.MarkGeometrySetCount">
            <summary>Property returns the number of mark geometry sets currently defined in the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkDefinition.MarkGeometrySetItem(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified MarkGeometrySet object from the collection.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long value that specifies the index of the MarkGeometrySet to return.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkDefinition.SetMethod(Inventor.MarkMethodTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the mark method type.</summary>
            <param name="Method">
                <summary>Input MarkMethodTypeEnum value that indicates which method is applied. When any MarkGeometrySet in this definition sets Mark Through style then the valid method is kProjectionMethodType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Faces">
                <summary>Optional input the FaceCollection object. This is required if the method is set to kWrapToFaceMethodType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="chain">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value that specifies whether or not to perform chaining of tangent continuous faces. This is ignored if the method is not set to kWrapToFaceMethodType.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MarkFeature">
            <summary>MarkFeature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the MarkDefinition object associated with this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkFeature.ResultEdges(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets the result edges created by this mark feature.</summary>
            <param name="MarkGeometrySet">
                <summary>Optional input MarkGeometrySet object that returns the result edges of specified MarkGeometrySet. If no MarkGeometrySet is provided then all the result edges of the mark feature will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy">
            <summary>Part Mark Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the MarkDefinition object associated with this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.ResultEdges(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets the result edges created by this mark feature.</summary>
            <param name="MarkGeometrySet">
                <summary>Optional input MarkGeometrySet object that returns the result edges of specified MarkGeometrySet. If no MarkGeometrySet is provided then all the result edges of the mark feature will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MarkFeatures">
            <summary>Part Mark Features Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkFeatures.Add(Inventor.MarkDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new mark feature.</summary>
            <param name="pDefinition">
                <summary>Input MarkDefinition object that defines the mark feature you want to create.  An MarkDefinition object can be created using the MarkFeatures.CreateMarkDefinition method.  It can also be obtained from an existing MarkFeature object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkFeatures.CreateMarkDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.MarkStyle)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new MarkDefinition objec.</summary>
            <param name="pGeoms">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that specifies the sketch geometries to create mark feature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="pStyle">
                <summary>Input MarkStyle object that specifies mark style.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MarkGeometrySet">
            <summary>MarkGeometrySet Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkGeometrySet.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkGeometrySet.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the mark geometry set.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkGeometrySet.Geometries">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the geometries for the mark geometry set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkGeometrySet.Style">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the mark Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkGeometrySet.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MarkStyle">
            <summary>MarkStyle object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStyle.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStyle.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStyle.BackLayerColor">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the color for back Layer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStyle.BackLayerLineType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the line type for back Layer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStyle.BackLayerLineWeight">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the line weight for back Layer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStyle.BackLayerName">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the layer name for back layer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkStyle.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkStyle.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local style object.</summary>
            <param name="NewName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a mark style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other mark styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkStyle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this style object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStyle.FrontLayerColor">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the color for front Layer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStyle.FrontLayerLineType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the line type for front Layer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStyle.FrontLayerLineWeight">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the line weight for front Layer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStyle.FrontLayerName">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the layer name for front face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkStyle.GetBackCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>The name of the custom line type in use.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>The description of the line type in use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkStyle.GetFrontCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>The name of the custom line type in use.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>The description of the line type in use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkStyle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object.  The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkStyle.GetStrokeFontList">
            <summary>Method that gets the array of strings containing the stroke font list.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStyle.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the unique name of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStyle.InUse">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStyle.MarkDepthType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the mark depth type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStyle.MarkTextType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the mark text type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStyle.Name">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the name of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStyle.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkStyle.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkStyle.SetBackCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a the style to use custom line type from the specified .lin file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>The full path and file name of the .lin file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>The linetype name specified in the .lin file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Indicates whether to override an existing line type of the same name.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkStyle.SetFrontCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a the style to use custom line type from the specified .lin file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>The full path and file name of the .lin file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>The linetype name specified in the .lin file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Indicates whether to override an existing line type of the same name.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStyle.StrokesFontName">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the mark text strokes font name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStyle.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Gets the location status of the mark style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStyle.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MarkStyle.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStyle.UpToDate">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MarkStylesEnumerator">
            <summary>The MarkStylesEnumerator collection object provides access to mark styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStylesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStylesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStylesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MarkStylesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MassProperties">
            <summary>The MassProperties object provides access to properties that provide read and write access to various mass property information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MassProperties.Accuracy">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets/sets the desired level of computational accuracy of the mass property calculations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MassProperties.AchievedAccuracy(System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Property that gets the actual accuracy achieved while computing the mass property calculations.</summary>
            <param name="AchievedAccuracyArea">
                <summary>Gets the actual accuracy achieved while computing the mass property calculations for the area.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AchievedAccuracyVolume">
                <summary>Gets the actual accuracy achieved while computing the mass property calculations for the vol/com/centroid.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MassProperties.Area">
            <summary>Property that returns the area of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MassProperties.AvailableAccuracy">
            <summary>Indicates the computational accuracy of mass properties calculations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MassProperties.CacheResultsOnCompute">
            <summary>Property that deterimines whether mass property calculations are cached with the component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MassProperties.CenterOfMass">
            <summary>Property that gets the center of mass.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MassProperties.IncludeCosmeticWelds">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether cosmetic welds should be included for mass property calculations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MassProperties.IncludeQuantityOverrides">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether BOM quantity overrides should be used for assembly components to perform mass property calculations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MassProperties.Mass">
            <summary>Gets and sets the mass of the model in database units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MassProperties.MassOverridden">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the mass value is overridden.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MassProperties.PrincipalMomentsOfInertia(System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Property that gets the moments of inertia about the principal axis.</summary>
            <param name="I1">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the first moment of inertia.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="I2">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the second moment of inertia.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="I3">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the third moment of inertia.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MassProperties.RadiusOfGyration(System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Property that gets the radius of gyration about the principal axis.</summary>
            <param name="Kx">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the X partial radius of gyration.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ky">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the Y partial radius of gyration.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Kz">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the Z partial radius of gyration.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MassProperties.RotationToPrincipal(System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Gets the rotation from the active edit coordinate system of the target to the principal coordinate system.</summary>
            <param name="Rx">
                <summary>Output the rotation angle in radian along X axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ry">
                <summary>Output the rotation angle in radian along Y axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rz">
                <summary>Output the rotation angle in radian along Z axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MassProperties.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MassProperties.Volume">
            <summary>Gets and sets the volume of the model in database units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MassProperties.VolumeOverridden">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the volume value is overridden.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MassProperties.XYZMomentsOfInertia(System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the moments of inertia about the reference axis with the center of gravity as origin.</summary>
            <param name="Ixx">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the XX partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Iyy">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the YY partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Izz">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the ZZ partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ixy">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the XY partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Iyz">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the YZ partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ixz">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the XZ partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MateConstraint">
            <summary>Object that represents a mate assembly constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.ConstraintLimits">
            <summary>Property that returns the ConstraintLimits object that provides access to various limits related settings for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraint.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraint.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraint.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second geometry</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraint.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraint.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraint.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraint.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraint.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.EntityOneInferredType">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating how the geometry of entity one is interpreted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.EntityTwoInferredType">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating how the geometry of entity two is interpreted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.Offset">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the offset distance of the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.SolutionType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the solution type for the mate constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraint.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.ConstraintLimits">
            <summary>Property that returns the ConstraintLimits object that provides access to various limits related settings for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.ConvertToInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.ConvertToMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second geometry</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.EntityOneInferredType">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating how the geometry of entity one is interpreted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.EntityTwoInferredType">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating how the geometry of entity two is interpreted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.Offset">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the offset distance of the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.SolutionType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the solution type for the mate constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateConstraintProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MateiMateDefinition">
            <summary>The MateiMateDefinition object represents a mate iMate definition. It is derived from the iMateDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinition.ConstraintLimits">
            <summary>Property that returns the ConstraintLimits object that provides access to various limits related settings for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateiMateDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the iMateDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinition.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity used for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinition.EntityInferredType">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating how the geometry of the entity is interpreted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinition.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateiMateDefinition.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinition.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinition.Identifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal unique identifier for this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinition.MatchList">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of strings that specifies the priority order for iMate definition matches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinition.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinition.Offset">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the offset of the mate iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinition.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinition.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Gets the object this entity is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinition.SequenceIndex">
            <summary>Gets the index of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinition.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates whether this iMateDefinition is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy.ConstraintLimits">
            <summary>Property that returns the ConstraintLimits object that provides access to various limits related settings for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the iMateDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity used for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy.EntityInferredType">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating how the geometry of the entity is interpreted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy.Identifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal unique identifier for this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy.IsConsumed">
            <summary>Property that gets whether this object is consumed in the
context of the active assembly/part/sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy.MatchList">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of strings that specifies the priority order for iMate definition matches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy.Offset">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the offset of the mate iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Gets the object this entity is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy.SequenceIndex">
            <summary>Gets the index of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates whether this iMateDefinition is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MateiMateDefinitionProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Material">
            <summary>The Material object provides access to all of the properties that define a specific material.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Material.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Material.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Material.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style. This method fails if this style is already local. Use the Local property to determine whether the style is local.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Material.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that copies the material and assigns the specified name to the new material. The new material is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="NewName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new material. This name must be unique with respect to all other materials in the document. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Material.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Material.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Material.Density">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the density of the material. The density is mass per unit volume. The units density is defined in are g/cm^3 (grams/cubic centimeter).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Material.ExternalMaterialId">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the external material id associated with the material.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Material.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Material.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the unique name of the material.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Material.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this material style is in use in the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Material.LinearExpansion">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the linear expansion of the material. The linear expansion is the measure of how much a material expands as it is heated. The units linear expansion is defined in are 10^5m/m/C (change in length / original length / Celsius).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Material.Name">
            <summary>Property that indicates the name of this object or instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Material.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Material.PoissonsRatio">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets Poisson's Ratio for the material. Poisson's Ratio is a measure of how much a material will laterally contract or expand as a sample of it is stretched or compressed, respectively.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Material.RenderStyle">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the render style associated with the material.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Material.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this material to the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Material.SpecificHeat">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the specific heat of the material. The specific heat is a measure of how much heat energy a material can store (absorb) per unit of mass per unit of temperature. The units specific heat is defined in are J / [kg*K] (Joules / kilogram - K).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Material.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that indicates the location status ( ) of this material style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Material.ThermalConductivity">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets thermal conductivity of the material. The thermal conductivity is the amount of heat energy transferred through a material per unit length and per one degree of temperature. The units thermal conductivity is defined in are W/[m*K] (Watts / meter ? ? Kelvin).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Material.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Material.UltimateTensileStrength">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the ultimate tensile strength of the material. The ultimate tensile strength is the stress at which the material fails. The units tensile strength is defined in are megaPascals (Mpa).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Material.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this material from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Material.UpToDate">
            <summary>If a property of both a Local and Global style is changed, its UpToDate property returns False until UpdateFromGlobal is called. UpdateFromGlobal undoes any changes made locally on this style, so then the UpToDate property will return True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Material.YieldStrength">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the yield strength of the material. The yield strength is the stress at which the material begins to permanently deform. The units yield strength is defined in are megaPascals (Mpa).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Material.YoungsModulus">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets Young's modulus or the modulus of elasticity for the material. Young's modulus the ratio of stress: ? (force/area) to strain, ? (? change in length / original length ); ? = E?. The units Young's modulus is defined in are the same as for pressure (force/area), gigaPascals (GPa).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MaterialAsset">
            <summary>The MaterialAsset object is derived from the Asset object and represents a material.  A material is a simple asset that references an appearance and a physical properties asset.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MaterialAsset.AppearanceAsset">
            <summary>Gets and sets the appearance associated with the material. When assigning an appearance, the appearance must exist in the same document as the material.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MaterialAsset.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MaterialAsset.AssetType">
            <summary>Gets the data type that returns whether this is an appearance, physical properties, or material asset.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MaterialAsset.Category">
            <summary>Gets the category that this asset is a member of. A value of Nothing indicates this asset is not a member of a category. A value of Nothing is also returned when an Asset is associated with a document, rather than a library. Categories don’t exist in a documen.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MaterialAsset.CategoryName">
            <summary>Gets the name of the category this Asset is designated to be in. This can include the the category and subcategories which are delimited by a colon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MaterialAsset.CopyTo(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that copies this asset to the specified target and returns the new asset.&amp;nbsp;A failure will occur if you attempt to replace the asset itself..</summary>
            <param name="Target">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the target where the asset should be copied. Valid values are: 
AssetLibrary object - Copied to the asset library, assuming the library is not read only. 
AssetCategory object - Copied to the category, assuming the associated library is not read-only. 
Document object - Copied to the specified document. 
The String “Favorites” - Copies it to the Favorites list of assets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether replace the existing asset if an asset of the same name exists. If set to False, and an asset of the same name exists, this method creates a duplicate asset and returns the new asset. If the asset is a material asset that specify this value will either replace the existing material asset and its referenced appearance and physical assets, or duplicate all of them.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MaterialAsset.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MaterialAsset.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this asset from the library.&amp;nbsp;An asset can only be deleted if it is not currently being used, which you can determine using the IsUsed property.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MaterialAsset.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of this asset as seen in the Material or Appearance Browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MaterialAsset.Duplicate(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this asset within the document using a new display name. This method is only valid when called on an asset that is owned by a document. A failure will occur if you attempt to copy an asset that isn’t owned by a document and if the.</summary>
            <param name="NewDisplayName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MaterialAsset.HasTexture">
            <summary>Gets the flag that indicates if this asset has texture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MaterialAsset.IsReadOnly">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this asset is read-only. If True any attempted edits will fail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MaterialAsset.IsUsed">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this asset is being used in the document or in a material definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MaterialAsset.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MaterialAsset.LocalType">
            <summary>Returns the local type of this asset. This is applicable to appearance asset.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MaterialAsset.Name">
            <summary>Gets the key name of the asset. This name will remain constant for all languages and is the name used as input to the Item property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MaterialAsset.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent object of this asset.&amp;nbsp;This can return an AssetLibrary, or Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MaterialAsset.PhysicalPropertiesAsset">
            <summary>Gets and sets the physical properties associated with the material. When assigning physical properties, the physical properties asset must exist in the same document as the material.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MaterialAsset.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Materials">
            <summary>The Materials collection object allows for the creation of new objects and provides access to existing Material objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Materials.Add(System.String,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Material object. The density is specified during creation and all other material attributes default to zero. To specify any of the other material attributes you can use the properties supported by the Material object.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the material. The name must be unique with respect to the other materials in the collection. If the name is not unique an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Density">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the density of the material. The density is mass per unit volume. The units used to define density are g/cm3 (grams/cubic centimeter).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Materials.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Materials.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of Material objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Materials.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Material object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Materials.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Materials.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MaterialsEnumerator">
            <summary>Enumerates through the available Materials.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MaterialsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MaterialsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MaterialsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  You can provide either the index of the item in the collection, where the first item is index 1, or you can provide the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MaterialsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Matrix">
            <summary>A 4x4 Matrix object. For more information, see the Transient Geometry article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Matrix.Cell">
            <summary>Property that returns the cell defined by row/col.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this Matrix object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original Matrix object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Matrix.Determinant">
            <summary>Get the determinant of this matrix.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix.GetCoordinateSystem(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.Vector@,Inventor.Vector@,Inventor.Vector@)">
            <summary>Get the coordinate system that this matrix maps to from the standard coordinate system.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Output Point object that defines the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XAxis">
                <summary>Output Vector object that defines the X-axis vector of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YAxis">
                <summary>Output Vector object that defines the Y-axis vector of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ZAxis">
                <summary>Output Vector object that defines the Z-axis vector of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix.GetMatrixData(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this matrix.</summary>
            <param name="Cells">
                <summary>Input/output Double that defines the matrix's cells.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix.Invert">
            <summary>Invert this matrix.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix.IsEqualTo(Inventor.Matrix,System.Double)">
            <summary>Compares this matrix for equality with the specified matrix.</summary>
            <param name="Matrix">
                <summary>Input Matrix object that specifies matrix to compare.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance to be used when determining whether the matrices are equal.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix.PostMultiplyBy(Inventor.Matrix)">
            <summary>Method that post-multiplies this matrix by the specified matrix, setting this matrix to the result.</summary>
            <param name="Matrix">
                <summary>Input Matrix object that specifies the matrix to post-multiply by.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix.PreMultiplyBy(Inventor.Matrix)">
            <summary>Method that pre-multiplies this matrix by the specified matrix, setting this matrix to the result.</summary>
            <param name="Matrix">
                <summary>Input Matrix object that specifies the matrix to pre-multiply by.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix.PutMatrixData(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this matrix.</summary>
            <param name="Cells">
                <summary>Input/output Double that defines the matrix's cells.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix.SetCoordinateSystem(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Vector,Inventor.Vector,Inventor.Vector)">
            <summary>Sets this matrix to be the matrix that maps from the standard coordinate system to the specified coordinate system.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XAxis">
                <summary>Input Vector object that defines the X-axis vector of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YAxis">
                <summary>Input Vector object that defines the Y-axis vector of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ZAxis">
                <summary>Input Vector object that defines the Z-axis vector of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix.SetToAlignCoordinateSystems(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Vector,Inventor.Vector,Inventor.Vector,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Vector,Inventor.Vector,Inventor.Vector)">
            <summary>Sets this matrix to be the matrix that maps from the 'from' coordinate system to the 'to' coordinate system.</summary>
            <param name="FromOrigin">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the origin to map the coordinate system from.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FromXAxis">
                <summary>Input Vector object that defines the X-axis to map the coordinate system from.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FromYAxis">
                <summary>Input Vector object that defines the Y-axis to map the coordinate system from.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FromZAxis">
                <summary>Input Vector object that defines the Z-axis to map the coordinate system from.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToOrigin">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the origin to map the coordinate system to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToXAxis">
                <summary>Input Vector object that defines the X-axis to map the coordinate system to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToYAxis">
                <summary>Input Vector object that defines the Y-axis to map the coordinate system to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToZAxis">
                <summary>Input Vector object that defines the Z-axis to map the coordinate system to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix.SetToIdentity">
            <summary>Sets this matrix to the identity matrix.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix.SetToRotateTo(Inventor.Vector,Inventor.Vector,Inventor.Vector)">
            <summary>Sets to the matrix of rotation that would align the 'from' vector with the 'to' vector. The optional Axis argument may be used when the two vectors are parallel and in opposite directions to specify a specific solution, but is otherwise ignored.</summary>
            <param name="From">
                <summary>Input Vector object to align from.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="To">
                <summary>Input Vector object to align to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Axis">
                <summary>Input Vector object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix.SetToRotation(System.Double,Inventor.Vector,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Sets this matrix to the matrix of rotation by the specified angle, through the specified origin, around the specified axis.</summary>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the angle of rotation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Axis">
                <summary>Input Vector object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the origin.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix.SetTranslation(Inventor.Vector,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Sets the translation portion of the matrix. If the optional ResetRotation flag is True, the rotation portion of the matrix is reset to identity.</summary>
            <param name="Translation">
                <summary>Input Vector that specifies the new translation portion of the matrix.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ResetRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to reset to rotation portion of the matrix to identity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix.TransformBy(Inventor.Matrix)">
            <summary>Method that sets this matrix to the result of this transformation followed by the specified transformation (a pre-multiplication of this matrix by the specified matrix).</summary>
            <param name="Matrix">
                <summary>Input Matrix object that specifies the matrix to transform by.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Matrix.Translation">
            <summary>Get the translation portion of the matrix.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Matrix2d">
            <summary>A 3x3 Matrix2d object. For more information, see the Transient Geometry article on the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Matrix2d.Cell">
            <summary>Property that returns the cell defined by row/col.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix2d.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this Matrix2d object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original Matrix2d object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Matrix2d.Determinant">
            <summary>Get the determinant of this matrix2d.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix2d.GetCoordinateSystem(Inventor.Point2d@,Inventor.Vector2d@,Inventor.Vector2d@)">
            <summary>Get the coordinate system that this matrix2d maps to from the standard coordinate system.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Specifies the origin point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XAxis">
                <summary>Vextor for the X axis of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YAxis">
                <summary>Vextor for the Y axis of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix2d.GetMatrixData(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this matrix.</summary>
            <param name="Cells">
                <summary>Input/output Double that defines the matrix's cells.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix2d.Invert">
            <summary>Method to Invert this matrix2d.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix2d.IsEqualTo(Inventor.Matrix2d,System.Double)">
            <summary>Compares this matrix2d for equality with the specified matrix2d</summary>
            <param name="Matrix2d">
                <summary>Matrix2s to compare to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Tolerance value for comparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix2d.PostMultiplyBy(Inventor.Matrix2d)">
            <summary>Post multiply this matrix2d by the specified matrix2d, setting this matrix2d to the result.</summary>
            <param name="Matrix2d">
                <summary>Matrix2d to multiply by.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix2d.PreMultiplyBy(Inventor.Matrix2d)">
            <summary>Pre multiply this matrix2d by the specified matrix2d, setting this matrix2d to the result.</summary>
            <param name="Matrix2d">
                <summary>Matrix2d to multiply by.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix2d.PutMatrixData(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this matrix.</summary>
            <param name="Cells">
                <summary>Input/output Double that defines the matrix's cells.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix2d.SetCoordinateSystem(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.Vector2d,Inventor.Vector2d)">
            <summary>Sets this matrix2d to be the matrix2d that maps from the standard coordinate system to the specified coordinate system.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Origin point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XAxis">
                <summary>Vector for X axis of coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YAxis">
                <summary>Vector for Y axis of coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix2d.SetToAlignCoordinateSystems(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.Vector2d,Inventor.Vector2d,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.Vector2d,Inventor.Vector2d)">
            <summary>Sets this matrix2d to be the matrix2d that maps from the 'from' coordinate system to the 'to' coordinate system.</summary>
            <param name="FromOrigin">
                <summary>Origin point of 'from' coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FromXAxis">
                <summary>Vector of X axis of 'from' coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FromYAxis">
                <summary>Vector of Y axis of 'from' coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToOrigin">
                <summary>Origin point of "to" coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToXAxis">
                <summary>Vector of X axis of 'to' coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToYAxis">
                <summary>Vector of Y axis of 'to' coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix2d.SetToIdentity">
            <summary>Sets this matrix2d to the identity matrix2d.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix2d.SetToRotateTo(Inventor.Vector2d,Inventor.Vector2d)">
            <summary>Sets to the matrix2d of rotation that would align the 'from' vector2d with the 'to' vector2d.</summary>
            <param name="From">
                <summary>Input Vector object to align from.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="To">
                <summary>Input Vector object to align to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix2d.SetToRotation(System.Double,Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Sets this matrix2d to the matrix2d of rotation by the specified angle, through the specified origin.</summary>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Angle of rotation for new matrix2d.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Origin (center) of rotation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix2d.SetTranslation(Inventor.Vector2d,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Sets the translation portion of the matrix2d.</summary>
            <param name="Translation">
                <summary>Vector of translation</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ResetRotation">
                <summary>Optional. If True, the rotation portion of the matrix2d is reset to identity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Matrix2d.TransformBy(Inventor.Matrix2d)">
            <summary>Set this matrix2d to the result of this transformation followed by the specified transformation (a pre multiplication of this matrix2d by the specified matrix2d).</summary>
            <param name="Matrix2d">
                <summary>Matrix to use for pre-multiplication.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Matrix2d.Translation">
            <summary>Get the translation portion of the matrix2d.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MeasureEvents">
            <summary>The MeasureEvents object provides the ability to invoke the measure and show dimension commands during InteractionEvents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeasureEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeasureEvents.Enabled">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether MeasureEvents is enabled. Defaults to False. This property should be set to True when the relevant field in the command's dialog gets focus and should be set to False when it loses focus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeasureEvents.ListParameters(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that invokes the 'List Parameters' command, prompting the user to select a parameter from a list.</summary>
            <param name="ScreenPosition">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Component">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayAllParameters">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HWND">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeasureEvents.Measure(Inventor.MeasureTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that invokes the 'Measure' command and prompts the user to select entities for measure. The OnMeasure event fires as a result of the user action.</summary>
            <param name="MeasureType">
                <summary>Input MeasureTypeEnum that indicates the type of measure action to invoke. Valid values are kDistanceMeasure and kAngleMeasure.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap specifying additional options for measure. Currently ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeasureEvents.OnMeasure(Inventor.MeasureTypeEnum,System.Double,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Event that fires when the user selects entities for measure..</summary>
            <param name="MeasureType">
                <summary>Input MeasureTypeEnum that indicates the type of measure action. Possible values are kDistanceMeasure and kAngleMeasure.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MeasuredValue">
                <summary>Input measured value returned in centimeters for kDistanceMeasure and in radians for kAngleMeasure.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Currently empty.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeasureEvents.OnSelectParameter(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Event that fires when the user selects a parameter. The selected object can be a feature dimension, a 2d sketch dimension, a 3d sketch dimension or a parameter from the parameters list box.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Input Parameter object selected by the user. This parameter can either be associated with a dimension or could be a parameter created by the user or via the API.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Currently empty.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeasureEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeasureEvents.ShowDimensions">
            <summary>Method that invokes the 'Show Dimensions' command, prompting the user to select a feature to show the dimensions for.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeasureEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MeasureTools">
            <summary>The MeasureTools object provides methods for various measurement related utilities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeasureTools.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeasureTools.GetAngle(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns the angle between the input entities. The input entities must all belong to the same document, unless they are transient objects.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Object that specifies the first entity. Valid inputs include Face, Edge, Vertex, transient objects (Point, Plane, Cylinder, etc.), work features, 2d and 3d sketch entities, DrawingViewCurve and GeometryIntent objects. Proxy object inputs are supported for assembly documents. For spherical and circular entity inputs, the center is assumed. For cylindrical and conical inputs, the axis is assumed. For toroidal inputs, the axis is assumed, unless the third argument of the method is also supplied in which case the center is assumed. For position inputs (such as Vertex, WorkPoint, Point, etc.) to be valid, all three inputs to the method should be supplied and they must all be position inputs (this implies a 3-point angle measurement).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the second entity. Valid inputs include Face, Edge, Vertex, transient objects (Point, Plane, Cylinder, etc.), work features, 2d and 3d sketch entities, DrawingViewCurve and GeometryIntent objects. Proxy object inputs are supported for assembly documents. For spherical and circular entity inputs, the center is assumed. For cylindrical and conical inputs, the axis is assumed. For toroidal inputs, the axis is assumed, unless the third argument of the method is also supplied in which case the center is assumed. For position inputs (such as Vertex, WorkPoint, Point, etc.) to be valid, all three inputs to the method should be supplied and they must all be position inputs (this implies a 3-point angle measurement).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityThree">
                <summary>Optional input object that specifies the third entity for a 3-point angle measurement. Valid inputs include spherical &amp; toroidal Face, Vertex, transient objects defining a position (Point, Sphere, etc.), work points, 2d &amp; 3d sketch points, and GeometryIntent objects. Proxy object inputs are supported for assembly documents.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeasureTools.GetAnglePrecision(Inventor.Document)">
            <summary>Get angle precision.</summary>
            <param name="Document">
                <summary>Input Document object that gets the measure tools angle precision from. Valid input includes PartDocument and AssemblyDocument.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeasureTools.GetLengthPrecision(Inventor.Document)">
            <summary>Get length precision.</summary>
            <param name="Document">
                <summary>Input Document object that gets the measure tools length precision from. Valid input includes PartDocument and AssemblyDocument.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeasureTools.GetLoopLength(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns the total length of a loop.</summary>
            <param name="Curves">
                <summary>Object that specifies the loop. Valid inputs are: 
An Edge object 
A 2d/3d sketch curve (SketchLine, SketchArc, etc.) (For the above inputs, the method returns the length of the loop that the input entity is a part of (whether open or closed). Based on the input, the method looks for a unique closed loop or a unique open loop (in that order). If one is found, the length is returned else the method returns an error.) 
An ObjectCollection containing Edge objects or 2d/3d sketch curve objects. (The collection can contain all the elements of a loop or must contain enough number of elements to uniquely identify a loop. Else the method returns an error. Also, the input curves must be end to end connected and in order.) 
An EdgeLoop object 
A ProfilePath object 
A ProfilePath3D object </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeasureTools.GetMinimumDistance(System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the minimum distance between the two input entities and also returns the closest points associated with both entities (not necessarily on the entity).</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Object that specifies the first entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Object that specifies the second entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input InferredTypeEnum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInference (cylindrical surface) or kInferredLine (axis). 
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInference (spherical surface) or kInferredPoint (center). 
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInference (conical surface) or kInferredLine (axis). 
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine (axis) or kInferredPoint (center). 
If entity one is a circular or elliptical curve this can be either kNoInference (the curve) or kInferredPoint (center). 
For all other inputs, only kNoInference is valid. </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input InferredTypeEnum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. 
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInference (cylindrical surface) or kInferredLine (axis). 
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInference (spherical surface) or kInferredPoint (center). 
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInference (conical surface) or kInferredLine (axis). 
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine (axis) or kInferredPoint (center). 
If entity two is a circular or elliptical curve this can be either kNoInference (the curve) or kInferredPoint (center). 
For all other inputs, only kNoInference is valid. </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Optional output NameValueMap object that returns additional information regarding the measurement. Following are the possible return values (descriptions are below the table): NameValue Type
ClosestPointOnePoint object that returns a transient point closest to entity one in the minimum distance measure. This point may or may not lie on entity one (but will lie on the plane or axis of entity one). If entity one is a position input (Point, Vertex, WorkPoint, etc.), the position of the input entity is returned.
ClosestPointTwoPoint object that returns a transient point closest to entity two in the minimum distance measure. This point may or may not lie on entity two (but will lie on the plane or axis of entity two). If entity two is a position input (Point, Vertex, WorkPoint, etc.), the position of the input entity is returned.
ClosestEntityOneObject type that returns the entity on which the returned ClosestPointOne lies. This is applicable only in the case where the input EntityOne is a ComponentOccurrence (or itG's proxy).
ClosestEntityTwoObject type that returns the entity on which the returned ClosestPointTwo lies. This is applicable only in the case where the input EntityTwo is a ComponentOccurrence (or itG's proxy).
IntersectionFoundBoolean that indicates whether an intersection was found between entities one and two. If True, the method returns a value of 0.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeasureTools.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object. It can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServerComponent' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeasureTools.SetAnglePrecision(Inventor.Document,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Set angle precision.</summary>
            <param name="Document">
                <summary>Input Document object that sets the measure tools angle precision to. Valid input includes PartDocument and AssemblyDocument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Precision">
                <summary>Input Long value that to set the measure tools angle precision. Valid value is from -1 to 8. When specify this to -1 the All Decimals is set.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeasureTools.SetLengthPrecision(Inventor.Document,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Set length precision.</summary>
            <param name="Document">
                <summary>Input Document object that sets the measure tools length precision to. Valid input includes PartDocument and AssemblyDocument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Precision">
                <summary>Input Long value that sets the measure tools length precision. Valid value is from -1 to 8. When specify this to -1 the All Decimals is set.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeasureTools.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MemberManager">
            <summary>MemberManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MergedCell">
            <summary>MergedCell Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MergedCell.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MergedCell.EndCell">
            <summary>Returns the end cell that is merged into this MergedCell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MergedCell.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MergedCell.StartCell">
            <summary>Returns the start cell that is merged into this MergedCell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MergedCell.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MergedCell.Unmerge">
            <summary>Splits this MergedCell object into individual cells.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MergedCellsEnumerator">
            <summary>MergedCellsEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MergedCellsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MergedCellsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MergedCellsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MergedCellsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MeshEdge">
            <summary>MeshEdge Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshEdge.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshEdge.Edge">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the transient Brep Edge for the MeshEdge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshEdge.Evaluator">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the curve evaluator for this MeshEdge. This evaluator differs from the one that could be obtained from the surface geometry definition in that this evaluator accounts for the topological orientation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshEdge.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the underlying geometry of the MeshEdge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshEdge.GeometryType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a curve type of the curve that will be returned from the Geometry property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeshEdge.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshEdge.MeshFeature">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the MeshFeature this MeshEdge is located on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshEdge.MeshFeatureEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the MeshFeatureEntity this MeshEdge is located on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshEdge.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MeshEdgeProxy">
            <summary>MeshEdgeProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshEdgeProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshEdgeProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshEdgeProxy.Edge">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the transient Brep Edge for the MeshEdge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshEdgeProxy.Evaluator">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the curve evaluator for this MeshEdge. This evaluator differs from the one that could be obtained from the surface geometry definition in that this evaluator accounts for the topological orientation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshEdgeProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the underlying geometry of the MeshEdge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshEdgeProxy.GeometryType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a curve type of the curve that will be returned from the Geometry property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeshEdgeProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshEdgeProxy.MeshFeature">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the MeshFeature this MeshEdge is located on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshEdgeProxy.MeshFeatureEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the MeshFeatureEntity this MeshEdge is located on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshEdgeProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshEdgeProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MeshFace">
            <summary>MeshFace Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFace.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFace.Evaluator">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the surface evaluator for this MeshFace.This evaluator differs from the one that could be obtained from the surface geometry definition in that this evaluator accounts for the topological orientation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFace.Face">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the transient Brep Face for the MeshFace.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFace.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the underlying geometry of the MeshFace.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeshFace.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFace.MeshFeature">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the MeshFeature this MeshFace is located on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFace.MeshFeatureEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the MeshFeatureEntity this MeshFace is located on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFace.SurfaceType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a SurfaceTypeEnum that specifies the surface type for this MeshFace.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFace.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MeshFaceProxy">
            <summary>MeshFaceProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFaceProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFaceProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFaceProxy.Evaluator">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the surface evaluator for this MeshFace.This evaluator differs from the one that could be obtained from the surface geometry definition in that this evaluator accounts for the topological orientation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFaceProxy.Face">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the transient Brep Face for the MeshFace.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFaceProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the underlying geometry of the MeshFace.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeshFaceProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFaceProxy.MeshFeature">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the MeshFeature this MeshFace is located on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFaceProxy.MeshFeatureEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the MeshFeatureEntity this MeshFace is located on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFaceProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFaceProxy.SurfaceType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a SurfaceTypeEnum that specifies the surface type for this MeshFace.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFaceProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MeshFeature">
            <summary>MeshFeature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the appearance of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the source of the appearance for the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeature.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeshFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes this object.</summary>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features and sketches should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeature.Entities">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the MeshFeatureEntitiesEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeshFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeature.Name">
            <summary>Mesh Feature Name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the whether this object is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeature.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeature.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the visiblity of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntitiesEnumerator">
            <summary>MeshFeatureEntitiesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntitiesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntitiesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntitiesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntitiesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntity">
            <summary>MeshFeatureEntity Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntity.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntity.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntity.ColorBinding">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the color binding of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntity.ColorIndexSet">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the color index set of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntity.ColorSet">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the color set of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntity.CoordinateIndexSet">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the coordinate index set of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntity.CoordinateSet">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the coordinate set of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntity.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntity.NormalBinding">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the normal binding of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntity.NormalIndexSet">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the normal index set of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntity.NormalSet">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the normal set of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntity.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntity.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntityProxy">
            <summary>MeshFeatureEntityProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntityProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntityProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntityProxy.ColorBinding">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the color binding of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntityProxy.ColorIndexSet">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the color index set of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntityProxy.ColorSet">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the color set of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntityProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntityProxy.CoordinateIndexSet">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the coordinate index set of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntityProxy.CoordinateSet">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the coordinate set of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntityProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntityProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntityProxy.NormalBinding">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the normal binding of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntityProxy.NormalIndexSet">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the normal index set of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntityProxy.NormalSet">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the normal set of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntityProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureEntityProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MeshFeatureProxy">
            <summary>MeshFeatureProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the appearance of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the source of the appearance for the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeshFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes this object.</summary>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features and sketches should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureProxy.Entities">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the MeshFeatureEntitiesEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeshFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Mesh Feature Name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the whether this object is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the visiblity of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MeshFeatureSet">
            <summary>MeshFeatureSet Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSet.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSet.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSet.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeshFeatureSet.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the object.</summary>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features and sketches should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeshFeatureSet.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSet.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSet.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSet.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSet.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSet.RangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeshFeatureSet.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end of part marker relative to the object.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this object. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSet.Suppressed">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the whether all of the mesh features within this set are suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSet.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSet.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether all of the mesh features within this set are visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MeshFeatureSetProxy">
            <summary>MeshFeatureSetProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSetProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSetProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSetProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSetProxy.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeshFeatureSetProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the object.</summary>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features and sketches should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeshFeatureSetProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSetProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSetProxy.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSetProxy.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSetProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSetProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSetProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeshFeatureSetProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end of part marker relative to the object.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this object. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSetProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the whether all of the mesh features within this set are suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSetProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSetProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether all of the mesh features within this set are visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MeshFeatureSets">
            <summary>MeshFeatureSets Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeshFeatureSets.Add(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new MeshFeatureSet object. The newly created MeshFeatureSet object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="FullName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full filename of a file which is being imported. Valid file types include STL, Obj, Catia V4, Catia V5, JT, STEP, NX, Alias and  Rhino files.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSets.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSets.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSets.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshFeatureSets.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MeshVertex">
            <summary>MeshVertex Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshVertex.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshVertex.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the underlying geometry of the MeshEdge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeshVertex.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshVertex.MeshFeature">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the MeshFeature this MeshVertex is located on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshVertex.MeshFeatureEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the MeshFeatureEntity this MeshVertex is located on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshVertex.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MeshVertexProxy">
            <summary>MeshVertexProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshVertexProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshVertexProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshVertexProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the underlying geometry of the MeshEdge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MeshVertexProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshVertexProxy.MeshFeature">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the MeshFeature this MeshVertex is located on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshVertexProxy.MeshFeatureEntity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the MeshFeatureEntity this MeshVertex is located on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshVertexProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MeshVertexProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MessageSection">
            <summary>A MessageSection object can be used to clear, adopt or retain error/warning messages created during the section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MessageSection.AdoptMessages(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adopts all messages within this section under the specified message and terminates the section.</summary>
            <param name="Message">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the error or warning message to be used as the parent of existing messages.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Error">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether this is an error or a warning. True indicates error.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary>Optional input Variant reserved for future use. Currently unused.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MessageSection.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MessageSection.ClearMessages">
            <summary>Method that clears all messages within this section and terminates the section.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MessageSection.End">
            <summary>Method that retains all the messages within this section as is and terminates the section. Calling this method is not required if either the ClearMessages or the AdoptMessages method has been called.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MessageSection.HasErrors">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this message section has any errors reported in it.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MessageSection.HasWarnings">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this message section has any warnings reported in it.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MessageSection.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ErrorManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MessageSection.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MidpointConstraint">
            <summary>The MidpointConstraint object represents a constraint that connects a sketch point to the midpoint of a sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint.Arc">
            <summary>Gets the sketch arc being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidpointConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidpointConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint.Line">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint.Point">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3D">
            <summary>The MidpointConstraint3D object represents a constraint that connects a sketch point to the midpoint of a sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3D.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3D.Line">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3D.Point">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3DProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3DProxy.Line">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3DProxy.Point">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MidpointConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraintProxy.Arc">
            <summary>Gets the sketch arc being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraintProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidpointConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidpointConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraintProxy.Line">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraintProxy.Point">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidpointConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MidPointWorkPointDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work point defined to be at the midpoint of an edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidPointWorkPointDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidPointWorkPointDef.Edge">
            <summary>Property that returns the object of a work point that is defined to be at the center of the edge. Any open edge is valid as input. Inputting a closed edge, (i.e. circle), will cause and error to occur.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidPointWorkPointDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent WorkPoint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidPointWorkPointDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature">
            <summary>Part MidSurface Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy">
            <summary>Part MidSurface Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatures">
            <summary>Part MidSurface Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MidSurfaceThickness">
            <summary>MidSurface Thickness Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceThickness.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MidSurfaceThickness.GetSourceFace">
            <summary>Gets the corresponding face on the mid-surface body which being assigned with the maximum and minimum thickness here.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceThickness.Maximum">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Parameter object that controls the maximum thickness value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceThickness.Minimum">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Parameter object that controls the minimum thickness value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceThickness.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MidSurfaceThicknesses">
            <summary>MidSurface Thickness Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceThicknesses.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceThicknesses.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceThicknesses.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MidSurfaceThicknesses.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MiniToolbar">
            <summary>The MiniToolbar object provides the ability to create and display in-canvas controls for user interaction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbar.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbar.Controls">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the MiniToolbarControls collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbar.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the MiniToolbar object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbar.EnableApply">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether the ‘Apply’ button is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbar.EnableOK">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether the ‘OK’ button is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbar.Height">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the height of the mini toolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbar.HWND">
            <summary>Returns the HWND.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbar.OnApply">
            <summary>Event that fires when the ‘Apply’ button is clicked.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbar.OnCancel">
            <summary>Event that fires when the ‘Cancel’ button is clicked.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbar.OnEndMove(Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires when a drag or a reposition of this MiniToolbar ends.</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbar.OnHide(Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires when this MiniToolbar is hidden.</summary>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the mini toolbar is hidden. Notification is only sent after the mini toolbar has hidden, so this value is always kAfter.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbar.OnMove(Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires when this MiniToolbar moves as a result of a drag.</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbar.OnOK">
            <summary>Event that fires when the ‘OK’ button is clicked.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbar.OnShow(Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires when this MiniToolbar is shown.</summary>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the mini toolbar is shown. Notification is only sent after the mini toolbar has shown, so this value is always kAfter.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbar.OnStartMove(Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires when this MiniToolbar begins to move as a result of a drag or a reposition.</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbar.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbar.Position">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the view space point specifying the current position of the toolbar within the graphical window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbar.ShowApply">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the toolbar should display the ‘Apply’ button (represented by a green plus symbol).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbar.ShowCancel">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the toolbar should display the ‘Cancel’ button (represented by a red ‘x’).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbar.ShowHandle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the toolbar should display the handle which is used to move the minitoolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbar.ShowOK">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the toolbar should display the OK button (represented by a green check mark).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbar.ShowOptionBox">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the toolbar should display the option box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbar.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbar.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the toolbar is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbar.Width">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the width of the mini toolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MiniToolbarButton">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarButton object represents a button control within a MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarButton.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarButton.AutoHide">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control should be automatically hidden when the user moves the cursor away from the MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarButton.ControlType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the control type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarButton.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the control.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarButton.DisplayName">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the display name for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarButton.Enabled">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarButton.Index">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the index this control is currently positioned at within the mini toolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarButton.InternalName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a string uniquely identifying this control within the toolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarButton.LargeIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the large icon for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarButton.OnClick">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the button is clicked by the user.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarButton.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarButton.Pressed">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the button is currently pressed (active).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarButton.StandardIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the standard (small) icon for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarButton.ToolTipText">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the tooltip text for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarButton.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarButton.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MiniToolbarCheckBox">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarCheckBox object represents a check box control within a MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarCheckBox.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarCheckBox.AutoHide">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control should be automatically hidden when the user moves the cursor away from the MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarCheckBox.Checked">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the check box is currently checked.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarCheckBox.ControlType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the control type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarCheckBox.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the control.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarCheckBox.DisplayName">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the display name for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarCheckBox.Enabled">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarCheckBox.Index">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the index this control is currently positioned at within the mini toolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarCheckBox.InternalName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a string uniquely identifying this control within the toolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarCheckBox.LargeIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the large icon for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarCheckBox.OnClick">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the check box is toggled by the user.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarCheckBox.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarCheckBox.StandardIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the standard (small) icon for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarCheckBox.ToolTipText">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the tooltip text for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarCheckBox.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarCheckBox.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarComboBox object represents a combobox control within a MiniToolbar. </summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.AddItem(System.String,System.String,System.String,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that adds an item to the controls list.</summary>
            <param name="Text">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the text for the item.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToolTipText">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the tooltip text for the item.  This is used as the tooltip for the control when this item is selected.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies an internal name for the control.  You can provide this for convenience in identifying the item at a later time.  If provided, it must be unique with respect to all other items in this combo box.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AllowDelete">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the user can delete this item from the combobox.  Defaults to False if not provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StandardIcon">
                <summary>Optional input IPictureDisp that specifies the icon to use for the item.  A standard size icon is 16 pixels wide and 16 pixels high.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LargeIcon">
                <summary>Optional input IPictureDisp that specifies the large icon to use for the item.  A large size icon is 24 pixels wide and 24 pixels high.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Optional input Long value that specifies the 1-based index at which to add the item.  If not specified, the item is added at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.AutoHide">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control should be automatically hidden when the user moves the cursor away from the MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.Clear">
            <summary>Method that removes all the items from the control, including any separators.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.ControlType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the control type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.Count">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the number of items in the combobox, including separators.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the control.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.DisplayName">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the display name for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.Enabled">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.Index">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the index this control is currently positioned at within the mini toolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.InternalName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a string uniquely identifying this control within the toolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.Item">
            <summary>Returns the text of the specified item or the name of the specified separator from the combobox.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.LargeIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the large icon for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.OnItemHoverEnd(Inventor.MiniToolbarListItem)">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the user stops hovering over an item in the combobox in the expanded state.</summary>
            <param name="ListItem">
                <summary>Input ListItem that indicates the item the user has stopped hovering over.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.OnItemHoverStart(Inventor.MiniToolbarListItem)">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the user starts to hover over an item in the combobox in the expanded state.</summary>
            <param name="ListItem">
                <summary>Input ListItem that indicates the item the user has started hovering over.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.OnItemRemove(Inventor.MiniToolbarListItem)">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the user removes an item from the combobox.</summary>
            <param name="ListItem">
                <summary>Input ListItem that indicates the item being deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.OnPreMenuDisplay">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the user clicks the combobox.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.OnSelect(Inventor.MiniToolbarListItem)">
            <summary>Event that is fired soon after the user changes the currently selected item using the drop down.</summary>
            <param name="ListItem">
                <summary>Input ListItem that indicates the item just selected.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.RemoveItem(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified item or the separator from the control.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the item to remove.  This can be  a numeric value indicating the index of the item in the list or it can be the ListItem object to be removed.  If an out of range index is provided or an invalid ListItem object is provided, an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.SelectedIndex">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and set the index of the item currently selected.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.SelectedItem">
            <summary>Returns the item currently selected.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.ShowIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the icon associated with the currently selected item should be displayed on the face of the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.ShowText">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the display name associated with the currently selected item should be displayed on the face of the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.StandardIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the standard (small) icon for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.ToolTipText">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the tooltip text for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarComboBox.Width">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the width of the combobox in pixels.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MiniToolbarControl">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarControl object is the base class for all controls within a MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarControl.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarControl.AutoHide">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control should be automatically hidden when the user moves the cursor away from the MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarControl.ControlType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the control type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarControl.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the control.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarControl.DisplayName">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the display name for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarControl.Enabled">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarControl.Index">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the index this control is currently positioned at within the mini toolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarControl.InternalName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a string uniquely identifying this control within the toolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarControl.LargeIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the large icon for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarControl.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarControl.StandardIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the standard (small) icon for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarControl.ToolTipText">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the tooltip text for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarControl.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarControl.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MiniToolbarControls">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarControls object contains the controls within a minitoolbar and methods to create new controls.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarControls.AddButton(System.String,System.String,System.String,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new button control within the MiniToolbar.</summary>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies an internal name for the control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies a display name for the control.  If this is specified to be a null string, the control does not display any text.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToolTipText">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the tooltip text for the control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StandardIcon">
                <summary>Optional input IPictureDisp that specifies the icon to use for the control.  A standard size icon is 16 pixels wide and 16 pixels high.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LargeIcon">
                <summary>Optional input IPictureDisp that specifies the icon to use for the control.  A standard size icon is 24 pixels wide and 24 pixels high.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarControls.AddCheckBox(System.String,System.String,System.String,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new check box control within the MiniToolbar.</summary>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies an internal name for the control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies a display name for the control.  If this is specified to be a null string, the control does not display any text.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToolTipText">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the tooltip text for the control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Checked">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to initially display the control as checked.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StandardIcon">
                <summary>Optional input IPictureDisp that specifies the icon to use for the control.  A standard size icon is 16 pixels wide and 16 pixels high.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LargeIcon">
                <summary>Optional input IPictureDisp that specifies the large icon to use for the control.  A large size icon is 24 pixels wide and 24 pixels high.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarControls.AddComboBox(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new combobox control within the MiniToolbar.</summary>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies an internal name for the control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShowIcon">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the icon associated with the currently selected item should be displayed on the face of the control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShowText">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the text associated with the currently selected item should be displayed on the face of the control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the text associated with the currently selected item should be displayed on the face of the control.
Note: The width and height of the dropdown area of the control are automatically calculated based on the contents.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarControls.AddDropdown(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new dropdown control within the MiniToolbar.</summary>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies an internal name for the control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShowIcon">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the icon associated with the currently selected item should be displayed on the face of the control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShowText">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the display name associated with the currently selected item should be displayed on the face of the control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HasMRUBehavior">
                <summary>Specifies if this button displays the most recently selected item from the list.  When True, the item displayed on the button is the item last selected from the list.  If False, the text of the button is independent of the list.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsSplitButton">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether this is a split button dropdown control.  If set to True, a separator is added between the currently selected item and the dropdown arrow within the control, and the currently selected item is clickable by the user.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarControls.AddLabel(System.String,System.String,System.String,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new label control within the MiniToolbar.</summary>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies an internal name for the control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Text">
                <summary>Input String that specifies a display name for the control.  If this is specified to be a null string, the control does not display any text.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToolTipText">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the tooltip text for the control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StandardIcon">
                <summary>Optional input IPictureDisp that specifies the icon to use for the control.  A standard size icon is 16 pixels wide and 16 pixels high.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LargeIcon">
                <summary>Optional input IPictureDisp that specifies the large icon to use for the control.  A large size icon is 24 pixels wide and 24 pixels high.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarControls.AddNewLine">
            <summary>Method that creates a new line within the MiniToolbar.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarControls.AddSeparator">
            <summary>Method that creates a new separator within the MiniToolbar.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarControls.AddSlider(System.String,System.String,System.String,Inventor.ValueTypeEnum,System.Double,System.Double,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new slider control within the MiniToolbar.</summary>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies an internal name for the control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies a display name for the control.  If this is specified to be a null string, the control does not display any text.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToolTipText">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the tooltip text for the control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ValueType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies if the slider will handle integer or decimal numbers.  Valid values are kDoubleType or kIntegerType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Maximum">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum value of the slider.  If the ValueType argument is kIntegerType then this value will be rounded to the nearest integer.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Minimum">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the minimum value of the slider.  If the ValueType argument is kIntegerType then this value will be rounded to the nearest integer.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NumberOfTicks">
                <summary>Input Long that sets the number of tick marks displayed.  This does not include the start and end marks.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StepsBetweenTicks">
                <summary>Input Long that sets the number of steps the slider will move to go from one tick to the next.  This controls the resolution and the corresponding values that can be returned by the slider.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Long that sets the width of the slider in pixels.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarControls.AddValueEditor(System.String,System.String,Inventor.ValueUnitsTypeEnum,System.String,System.String,System.Int32,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new value edit control within the MiniToolbar.</summary>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies an internal name for the control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToolTipText">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the tooltip text for the control.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UnitsType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies the units type for the value editor.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the initial value to display in the value editor.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the label text to display next to the value field.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the width of the value editor in pixels. If not specified (or specified to be 0), an internal default width value is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StandardIcon">
                <summary>Optional input IPictureDisp that specifies the icon to use for the control.  A standard size icon is 16 pixels wide and 16 pixels high.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LargeIcon">
                <summary>Optional input IPictureDisp that specifies the large icon to use for the control.  A large size icon is 24 pixels wide and 24 pixels high.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarControls.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarControls.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarControls.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarControls.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarDropdown object represents a dropdown control within a MiniToolbar. The pictures below illustrate various types of drop downs. </summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.AddItem(System.String,System.String,System.String,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that adds an item to the control.</summary>
            <param name="Text">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the text for the item.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToolTipText">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the tooltip text for the item.  This is used as the tooltip for the control when this item is selected.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies an internal name for the control.  You can provide this for convenience in identifying the item at a later time.  If provided, it must be unique with respect to all other items in this drop down.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AllowDelete">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the user can delete this item from the drop down.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShowCheckBox">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if a check box should be displayed by this item.  It will be initialized to be unchecked.  To check it, use the IsChecked property on the returned MiniToolbarListItem.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StandardIcon">
                <summary>Optional input IPictureDisp that specifies the icon to use for the item.  A standard size icon is 16 pixels wide and 16 pixels high.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LargeIcon">
                <summary>Optional input IPictureDisp that specifies the large icon to use for the item.  A large size icon is 24 pixels wide and 24 pixels high.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Optional input Long value that specifies the 1-based index at which to add the item.  If not specified, the item is added at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.AddSeparator(System.String,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that adds a separator to the control.</summary>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies an internal name for the control.  You can provide this for convenience in identifying the item at a later time.  If provided, it must be unique with respect to all other items in this drop down.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Optional input Long value that specifies the 1-based index at which to add the separator.  If not specified, the separator is added at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.AutoHide">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control should be automatically hidden when the user moves the cursor away from the MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.Clear">
            <summary>Method that removes all the items from the control.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.ControlType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the control type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.Count">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the number of items in the dropdown.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the control.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.DisplayName">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the display name for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.Enabled">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.HasMRUBehavior">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies if this button displays the most recently selected item from the list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.Index">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the index this control is currently positioned at within the mini toolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.InternalName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a string uniquely identifying this control within the toolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.IsSplitButton">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies if this is a split button dropdown control.  If True, clicking the button will result in an OnClick event.  If this property if False, clicking the button will cause the pop-up to be displayed where the user can click on an item in the list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.Item">
            <summary>Returns the display name of the specified item from the dropdown.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.LargeIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the large icon for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.OnItemHoverEnd(Inventor.MiniToolbarListItem)">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the user stops hovering over an item in the drop down in the expanded state.</summary>
            <param name="ListItem">
                <summary>Input ListItem that indicates the item being deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.OnItemHoverStart(Inventor.MiniToolbarListItem)">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the user starts to hover over an item in the drop down in the expanded state.</summary>
            <param name="ListItem">
                <summary>Input Long that is the index of the item the user is starting to hover over.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.OnItemRemove(Inventor.MiniToolbarListItem)">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the user removes an item from the dropdown.</summary>
            <param name="ListItem">
                <summary>Input MiniToolbarListItem that is being deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.OnPreMenuDisplay">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the user clicks the dropdown in a way where the drop down menu will be displayed.  The event is fired just before the contents of the drop down list are shown to the user, so you can dynamically modify the contents of the list.  If the IsSplitButton property is True, then clicking on the arrow to the right of the button will cause this event to be fired and display the drop-down list.  Clicking the button itself is result in the OnSelect event to be fired.  If the IsSplitbutton property is False, clicking the button will cause this event to be fired and display the drop-down list.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.OnSelect(Inventor.MiniToolbarListItem)">
            <summary>Event that is fired soon after the user changes the currently selected item using the drop down.</summary>
            <param name="ListItem">
                <summary>Input MiniToolbarListItem that is the item just selected.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.Pressed">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the currently selected item is active.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.RemoveItem(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified item from the control.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the item to remove.  This can be  a numeric value indicating the index of the item in the list or it can be a string that is the internal name of the item.  If an out of range index is provided or a name that doesn’t exist, an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.SelectedIndex">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the index of the item currently selected.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.SelectedItem">
            <summary>Returns the item currently selected.  This can return Nothing in the case where nothing is selected and will always return Nothing in the case where HasMRUBehavior is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.ShowIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the icon associated with the currently selected.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.ShowText">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the display name associated with the currently selected item should be displayed on the face of the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.StandardIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the standard (small) icon for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.ToolTipText">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the tooltip text for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarDropdown.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MiniToolbarListItem">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarListItem object represents an item in either a MiniToolBarComboBox or a MiniToolBarDropdown object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarListItem.AllowDelete">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies if this item can be deleted.&amp;nbsp;This will always be false for a separator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarListItem.Enabled">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control is enabled.&amp;nbsp;This property defaults to True when the control is created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarListItem.Index">
            <summary>Read-only property that specifies the position of this item within the list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarListItem.InternalName">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the internal name of this item.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarListItem.IsChecked">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies if the check box beside this item is checked or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarListItem.IsSeperator">
            <summary>Read-only property that indicates if this control is a separator or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarListItem.LargeIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the standard size icon for this item.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarListItem.ShowCheckBox">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the a check box is displayed beside this item.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarListItem.StandardIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the standard size icon for this item.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarListItem.Text">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the visible text for this item.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarListItem.ToolTipText">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the tool tip text for this item.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarSlider object represents a slider control within a MiniToolbar. </summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.AutoHide">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control should be automatically hidden when the user moves the cursor away from the MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.ControlType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the control type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the control.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.DisplayName">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the display name for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.Enabled">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.Index">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the index this control is currently positioned at within the mini toolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.InternalName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a string uniquely identifying this control within the toolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.LargeIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the large icon for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.Maximum">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the maximum value of the slider.  If the ValueType property is kIntegerType then this value will be rounded to the nearest integer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.Minimum">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the minimum value of the slider.  If the ValueType property is kIntegerType then this value will be rounded to the nearest integer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.NumberOfTicks">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the number of tick marks displayed.  This does not include the start and end marks.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.OnValueChange">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the value of the slider has changed.  This event is fired after the user has finished any scrolling and released the left mouse button.  Use the Value property to get the current value of the slider.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.StandardIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the standard (small) icon for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.StepsBetweenTicks">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the number of steps the slider will move to go from one tick to the next.  This controls the resolution and the corresponding values that can be returned by the slider.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.ToolTipText">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the tooltip text for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.Value">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the value of the slider.  If a value outside the range defined by the Minimum and Maximum properties is specified, it will be set to the close valid value.  Use the ValueType property to know if the value returned should.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.ValueType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if the slider will handle integer or decimal numbers.  Valid values are kDoubleType or kIntegerType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarSlider.Width">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the width of the slider in pixels.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarTextBox object represents a text box control within a MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.AddItem(System.String,System.String,System.String,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Adds an item to the control.</summary>
            <param name="Text">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the text for the item.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToolTipText">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the tooltip text for the item.  This is used as the tooltip for the control when this item is selected.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies an internal name for the control.  You can provide this for convenience in identifying the item at a later time.  If provided, it must be unique with respect to all other items in this text box list.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AllowDelete">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the user can delete this item from the text box list.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StandardIcon">
                <summary>Optional input IPictureDisp that specifies the icon to use for the item.  A standard size icon is 16 pixels wide and 16 pixels high.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LargeIcon">
                <summary>Optional input IPictureDisp that specifies the large icon to use for the item.  A large size icon is 24 pixels wide and 24 pixels high.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Optional input Long value that specifies the 1-based index at which to add the item.  If not specified, the item is added at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.AddSeparator(System.String,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Adds a separator to this control.</summary>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies an internal name for the control.  You can provide this for convenience in identifying the item at a later time.  If provided, it must be unique with respect to all other items in this drop down.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Optional input Long value that specifies the 1-based index at which to add the separator.  If not specified, the separator is added at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.AutoHide">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control should be automatically hidden when the user moves the cursor away from the MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.BackgroundColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color of the background of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.Clear">
            <summary>Removes all the items from the control.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.ControlType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the control type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.Count">
            <summary>Returns the number of items in the text box list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the control.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.DisplayName">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the display name for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.Enabled">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.Index">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the index this control is currently positioned at within the mini toolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.InternalName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a string uniquely identifying this control within the toolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.IsTextAcceptable">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the text in the text box is acceptable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.Item">
            <summary>Returns the MiniToolbarListItem of the specified item from the text box list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.LargeIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the large icon for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.OnChange">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the content of the value editor is changed by the user.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.OnEnter">
            <summary>Event that is fired just before the control gets focus.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.OnExit">
            <summary>Event that is fired just before the control loses focus.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.OnItemHoverEnd">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the user stops hovering over an item in the drop down in the expanded state.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.OnItemHoverStart">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the user starts to hover over an item in the drop down in the expanded state.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.OnItemRemove">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the user removes an item from the drop down.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.OnSelect">
            <summary>Event that is fired soon after the user changes the currently selected item using the drop down.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.RemoveItem(System.Object)">
            <summary>Removes the specified item from the control.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long value that specifies the item or the separator to be removed.  This is a numeric value indicating the (1-based) index of the item/separator in the drop down.  If an out of range index is provided, an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.SelectedIndex">
            <summary>Gets and sets the index of the item currently selected.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.SelectedItem">
            <summary>Returns the item currently selected.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.SelectionEndPosition">
            <summary>Returns the position of the selected characters end position in the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.SelectionStartPosition">
            <summary>Returns the position of the selected characters start position in the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.SetFocus">
            <summary>Sets the focus on this control and highlights the current content of the value editor.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.ShowIcon">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the icon associated with the currently selected item should be displayed on the face of the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.StandardIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the standard (small) icon for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.Text">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text displayed in the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.TextColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color of the text in the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.ToolTipText">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the tooltip text for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextBox.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarTextEditor object represents a text edit control within a MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.AppendLine(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that append one line  text on this control.</summary>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.AutoHide">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control should be automatically hidden when the user moves the cursor away from the MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.ControlType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the control type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the control.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.DisplayName">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the display name for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.Enabled">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.Height">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the height of the control (in pixels).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.Index">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the index this control is currently positioned at within the mini toolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.InternalName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a string uniquely identifying this control within the toolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.LargeIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the large icon for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.OnChange">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the content of the text editor is changed by the user.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.OnEnter">
            <summary>Event that is fired just before the control gets focus.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.OnExit">
            <summary>Event that is fired just before the control loses focus.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.SetFocus">
            <summary>Method that sets the focus on this control and highlights the current content of the text editor.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.SetReadonly(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that set this control readonly.</summary>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.StandardIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the standard (small) icon for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.TextValue">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the text value of the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.ToolTipText">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the tooltip text for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarTextEditor.Width">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the width of the control (in pixels).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor">
            <summary>The MiniToolbarValueEditor object represents a value edit control within a MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.AllowMeasure">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to provide the ‘Measure’ command in the fly-out and right click context menus of the value editor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.AllowShowDimensions">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to provide the ‘Show Dimensions’ command in the fly-out and right click context menus of the value editor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.AllowToleranceEdit">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to provide the ‘Tolerance...’ command in the fly-out and right click context menus of the value editor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.AutoHide">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control should be automatically hidden when the user moves the cursor away from the MiniToolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.CanValueBeEqualToMaximumValue">
            <summary>Read-write  property that gets and sets whether the maximum value is valid value or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.CanValueBeEqualToMinimumValue">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the minimum value is valid value or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.ControlType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the control type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.DefaultUnits">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the default units for the value editor. If the Expression includes string that has no units specified, the units of this property will be used to calculate the value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the control.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.DisplayName">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the display name for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.Enabled">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.Expression">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the current, unevaluated content of the value editor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.Index">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the index this control is currently positioned at within the mini toolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.InternalName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a string uniquely identifying this control within the toolbar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.IsExpressionValid">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the current content of the value editor evaluates to a valid value based on the specified units, and that the evaluated value is within the range of values, if specified. The range of values can be specified using MaximumValue and MinimumValue properties. If the current content is invalid, the text in the control is displayed in red.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.LargeIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the large icon for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.MaximumValue">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the maximum valid value for this control in database units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.MinimumValue">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the minimum valid value for this control in database units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.ModelValueType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the model value type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.MostRecentValues">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets an array of strings representing the most recent values associated with this control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.OnChange">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the content of the value editor is changed by the user.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.OnEnter">
            <summary>Event that is fired just before the control gets focus.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.OnExit">
            <summary>Event that is fired just before the control loses focus.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.Precision">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets number of decimal places to be used when displaying the parameter associated with this control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.SetFocus">
            <summary>Method that sets the focus on this control and highlights the current content of the value editor.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.StandardIcon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the standard (small) icon for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.Tolerance">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a Tolerance object containing tolerance values for the parameter associated with this control. This property is applicable only if the AllowToleranceEdit property is set to True. Use this property to set the default values for the tolerance dialog and to query the values set by the user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.ToolTipText">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the tooltip text for the control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.UnitsType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the units type assigned to the control during creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.Value">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the evaluated value of the current expression in database units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the control is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MiniToolbarValueEditor.Width">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the width of the control (in pixels).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MirrorFeature">
            <summary>The MirrorFeature object represents mirror pattern feature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MirrorFeature.AddParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Add the specified occurrence from the list of participants for this feature. This method only applies to assembly features.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrenc">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the MirrorFeatureDefinition object associated with this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MirrorFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MirrorFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MirrorFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.PatternElements">
            <summary>Gets the FeaturePatternElements collection that contains the elements created by this pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MirrorFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.ResultFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the features that were created for this mirror. These can be work planes, work axes, work points and work surfaces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MirrorFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MirrorFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MirrorFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.SurfacesOpaque">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all the resulting surfaces are opaque or transparent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.SurfacesVisible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all the resulting surfaces are visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MirrorFeatureDefinition">
            <summary>Part Rectangular Pattern Definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureDefinition.AffectedBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the collection of bodies affected by this feature.&amp;nbsp;If this property is not set for multi-body parts, the default solid body is used as the affected body.&amp;nbsp;This property applies only to features in a part. This is only ap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureDefinition.ComputeType">
            <summary>Read-write property that that indicates the method of solution for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MirrorFeatureDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this MirrorFeatureDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureDefinition.MirrorOfBody">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets whether this mirror feature resulted from mirroring the SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureDefinition.MirrorPlaneEntity">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the mirror plane.&amp;nbsp;This can be either a planar face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureDefinition.Operation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of operation used to add the feature to the model. This is only applied when MirrorOfBody is True. Valid values are kNewBodyOperation and kJoinOperation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureDefinition.ParentFeatures">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the parent features of the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureDefinition.RemoveOriginal">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to remove the original portion after the mirror operation. This property only applies if&amp;nbsp;MirrorOfBody is True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.AddParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Add the specified occurrence from the list of participants for this feature. This method only applies to assembly features.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrenc">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the MirrorFeatureDefinition object associated with this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.PatternElements">
            <summary>Gets the FeaturePatternElements collection that contains the elements created by this pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.ResultFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the features that were created for this mirror. These can be work planes, work axes, work points and work surfaces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.SurfacesOpaque">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all the resulting surfaces are opaque or transparent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.SurfacesVisible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all the resulting surfaces are visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MirrorFeatures">
            <summary>The MirrorFeatures object provides access to all of the objects in a component definition and provides methods to create additional MirrorFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MirrorFeatures.AddByDefinition(Inventor.MirrorFeatureDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new mirror feature.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input MirrorFeatureDefinition objet that defines the  MirrorFeature you want to create.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MirrorFeatures.CreateDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object,Inventor.PatternComputeTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new MirrorFeatureDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="ParentFeatures">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that contains the features or solids to be patterned. The collection could contain the various part features, sheet metal features, work planes, work axes, work points, or SurfaceBody objects. If SurfaceBody objects are supplied, the only other objects that can be in the collection are work planes, work axes, work points, and surface part features. Finish features such as fillets and chamfers may be included only if their parent feature is also included.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MirrorPlaneEntity">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the mirror plane.  This can be either a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComputeType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that indicates the method of solution for the pattern.  

&lt;P&gt;If specified as kOptimizedCompute, patterns are optimized for faster calculation. 
 
&lt;P&gt;If kIdenticalCompute is specified, all occurrences in the pattern use an identical termination, regardless of where they intersect another feature.  Use this method to efficiently pattern large numbers of features when the feature being duplicated has a distance termination or terminates on a work plane.

&lt;P&gt;If kAdjustToModelCompute is specified, the termination of each occurrence is calculated individually.  Computation time can be lengthy for patterns with a large number of occurrences.  You must use this method if the parent feature terminates on a model face.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified MirrorFeature objects from the collection. This is the default property of the MirrorFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MirrorFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelAnnotation">
            <summary>ModelAnnotation Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotation.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotation.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotation.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelAnnotation.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelAnnotation.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelAnnotation.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelAnnotation.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotation.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotation.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotation.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotation.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotation.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotation.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotation.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotation.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotation.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotation.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelAnnotations">
            <summary>The ModelAnnotations collection object provides access to all of the annotations in a part or assembly.  This includes dimensions and other types of annotations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotations.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotations.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelAnnotations.CreateAnnotationPlaneDefinitionUsingIntents(Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum,Inventor.GeometryIntent,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that determines all of the valid annotation planes for the given input.&amp;nbsp;The definitions for these annotation planes is returned as a collection, allowing you to select the desired annotation plane to use when creating annotation.</summary>
            <param name="AnnotationType">
                <summary>Input AnnotationTypeEnum that defines the type of annotation you intend on using the annotation plane to create.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentOne">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that defines the first geometry that specifies the position of the annotation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentTwo">
                <summary>Optional Input GeometryIntent object that defines the second geometry that specifies the position of the annotation plane.  If there is only one geometry defininng the annotation plane, you can pass Nothing for this argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IntentThree">
                <summary>Optional Input GeometryIntent object that defines the third geometry that specifies the position of the annotation plane.  If there is only one or two geometries defining the annotation plane, you can pass Nothing for this argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XAxis">
                <summary>Input linear entity that defines the x-axis of the annotation plane.  If not provided a default orientation is determined.  A valid input object for the axis is a linear edge, work axis, 2D sketch line.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelAnnotations.CreateAnnotationPlaneDefinitionUsingPlane(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns an annotation plane definition for the given planar entity.&amp;nbsp;The object returned is not an annotation plane, but is the information that defines a plane and can be used to create an annotation plane when an annotation is created.</summary>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that the annotation plane will lie on.  The input object can be a planar face or work plane</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XAxisDirection">
                <summary>Input linear entity that defines the x-axis of the annotation plane.  If not provided a default orientation is determined.  A valid input object for the axis is a linear edge, work axis, 2D sketch line.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotations.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified model annotation object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotations.ModelCompositeAnnotations">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns ModelCompositeAnnotations collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotations.ModelDatumIdentifiers">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelDatumIdentifiers collection object. This object provides access to all of the datum ID’s in the part or assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotations.ModelDatums">
            <summary>Returns the ModelDatums collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotations.ModelDimensions">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelDimensions collection object.&amp;nbsp;This object provides access to all of the model dimensions in the part or assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotations.ModelFeatureControlFrames">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelFeatureControlFrames collection object.&amp;nbsp;This object provides access to all of the feature controls frames in the part or assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotations.ModelGeneralNotes">
            <summary>Returns ModelGeneralNotes collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotations.ModelHoleThreadNotes">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelHoleThreadNotes collection object.&amp;nbsp;This object provides access to all of the model dimensions in the part or assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotations.ModelLeaderNotes">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelLeaderNotes collection object.&amp;nbsp;This object provides access to all of the model dimensions in the part or assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotations.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbols">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelSurfaceTextureSymbols collection object.&amp;nbsp;This object provides access to all of the surface texture symbols in the part or assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotations.ModelWeldingSymbols">
            <summary>Returns the ModelWeldingSymbols collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotations.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelAnnotationsEnumerator">
            <summary>The ModelAnnotationsEnumerator collection object provides access to a set of annotations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotationsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotationsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotationsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified ModelAnnotation object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotationsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kModelAnnotationsEnumeratorObject indicating this objects type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelAnnotationText">
            <summary>The ModelAnnotationText object represents text in a model annotation or dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotationText.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotationText.Color">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the color of the annotation text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotationText.Font">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the default font.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotationText.FormattedText">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the fully formatted string that defines the contents of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotationText.HorizontalJustification">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the horizontal justification override of the annotation text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotationText.LineSpacing">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the line spacing of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotationText.LineSpacingType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the method used to define the line spacing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotationText.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotationText.Position">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the position of the origin of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotationText.Size">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the default size of the text in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotationText.StackedTextPosition">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the position (alignment) of the stacked text with respect to regular text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotationText.Text">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the string that defines the dimension text.&amp;nbsp;When getting this property, the returned string has all formatting removed and contains the actual text characters displayed in the text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotationText.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotationText.VerticalJustification">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the vertical justification of the ModelAnnotationText.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelAnnotationText.WidthScale">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the width scale factor for the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>The ModelCompositeAnnotation represents one or more ModelAnnotation objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotation.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotation.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotation.ClientId">
            <summary>Returns the string that uniquely identifies the client.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotation.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotation.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the ModelCompositeAnnotationDefinition associative with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotation.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotation.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotation.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotation.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotation.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotation.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotation.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotation.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotation.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotation.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotation.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotation.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotation.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotation.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationDefinition">
            <summary>ModelCompositeAnnotationDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationDefinition.AddAnnotation(Inventor.ModelAnnotation)">
            <summary>Adds a new member to the model composite annotation.</summary>
            <param name="ModelAnnotation">
                <summary>Input ModelAnnotation object that specifies the ModelAnnotation to be added to the ModelCompositeAnnotation. A valid ModelAnnotation to be added to this ModelCompositeAnnotation should be directly or indirectly attached to the base annotation of this ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationDefinition.Annotations">
            <summary>Returns the ModelAnnotationsEnumerator collection that contains all the ModelAnnotation objects in the composite annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationDefinition.BaseAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns the base annotation for the model composite annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this ModelCompositeAnnotationDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationDefinition.RemoveAnnotation(Inventor.ModelAnnotation)">
            <summary>Removes a member from the model composite annotation.</summary>
            <param name="ModelAnnotation">
                <summary>Input ModelAnnotation object that specifies the ModelAnnotation to be removed from the ModelCompositeAnnotation. The ModelAnnotation being removed should not be the base annotation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy">
            <summary>ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy.ClientId">
            <summary>Returns the string that uniquely identifies the client.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the ModelCompositeAnnotationDefinition associative with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotations">
            <summary>The ModelCompositeAnnotations collection object provides access to all of the annotation groups in a part or assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotations.Add(Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotationDefinition,System.Object)">
            <summary>Adds a new ModelCompositeAnnotation object.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input ModelCompositeAnnotationDefinition object that specifies the inputs to create a new ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String value that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}".</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotations.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotations.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotations.CreateDefinition(Inventor.ModelAnnotation,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a model composite annotation definition.</summary>
            <param name="BaseAnnotation">
                <summary>Input ModelAnnotation object that specifies the base annotation in the ModelCompositeAnnotation. Valid base annotation can be a ModelDimension, ModelFeatureControlFrame, ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol, ModelLeaderNote and ModelHoleThreadNote.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnnotationType">
                <summary>Optional input String value that specifies the annotation type of the ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotations.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelCompositeAnnotations.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelDatum">
            <summary>ModelDatum Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatum.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatum.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatum.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the ModelDatumDefinition associated with this ModelDatum object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatum.Delete">
            <summary>Deletes this object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatum.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object.  The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatum.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Returns the current health status of the model datum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatum.ModelDatumTargets">
            <summary>Returns a ModelDatumTargets collection object providing access to the existing model datum targets in this model datum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatum.Name">
            <summary>Gets or sets the name of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatum.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatum.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelDatumDefinition">
            <summary>ModelDatumDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumDefinition.ApplySizeToAllDatumTargets(System.Double,System.Object)">
            <summary>Applies the area size to all datum targets.</summary>
            <param name="DiameterOrWidth">
                <summary>Input Double value that specifies the datum target area diameter or width. The value indicate the datum target area diameter when the DatumTargetType is kModelDatumTargetTypeCircle, and the datum target area width when the DatumTargetType is kModelDatumTargetTypeRectangle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Optional input Double value that specifies the datum target area height. This property it is applicable when the DatumTargetType is kModelDatumTargetTypeRectangle.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this ModelDatumDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumDefinition.DatumTargetAreaDiameters">
            <summary>Gets and sets the datum target area diameter values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumDefinition.DatumTargetAreaHeights">
            <summary>Gets and sets the datum target area height values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumDefinition.DatumTargetAreaWidths">
            <summary>Gets and sets the datum target area width values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumDefinition.DatumTargetIndices">
            <summary>Gets and sets the model datum targets’ indices.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumDefinition.DatumTargetPlanes">
            <summary>Gets or sets the datum target annotation plane definitions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumDefinition.DatumTargetPoints">
            <summary>Gets or sets the datum target points.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumDefinition.DatumTargetTextPositions">
            <summary>Gets or sets the datum target text positions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumDefinition.DatumTargetType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the datum target type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumDefinition.DatumText">
            <summary>Gets and sets the datum text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifier">
            <summary>ModelDatumIdentifier Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifier.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifier.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifier.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifier.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the definition associated with this symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifier.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifier.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifier.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifier.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifier.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifier.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifier.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifier.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifier.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifier.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifier.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifier.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifier.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifier.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierDefinition">
            <summary>ModelDatumIdentifierDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierDefinition.AnnotationPlane">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the annotation plane for the datum identifier symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierDefinition.AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the annotation plane definition for the datum identifier symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierDefinition.ArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of the arrowhead. This is a style override.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this ModelDatumIdentifierDefinition object. The new ModelDatumIdentifierDefinition object is independent of any datum identifier symbols. It can edited and used as input to edit an existing datum identifier or to create a datum id???K??????.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierDefinition.DatumText">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the text of the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierDefinition.Intent">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the geometric entity the note is attached to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierDefinition.TextPosition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the text position of the symbol in the part or assembly. The point is projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierProxy">
            <summary>ModelDatumIdentifierProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierProxy.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the definition associated with this symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierProxy.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierProxy.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierProxy.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierProxy.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierProxy.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierProxy.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierProxy.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierProxy.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifiers">
            <summary>ModelDatumIdentifiers Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifiers.Add(Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifierDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a datum identifier symbol.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input ModelDatumIdentifierDefinition object that defines the datum identifer to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifiers.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifiers.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifiers.CreateDefinition(Inventor.GeometryIntent,Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that creates a datum identifier definition.</summary>
            <param name="Intent">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that defines the geometry to attach the symbol to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
                <summary>Input AnnotationPlaneDefinition object that defines the annotation plane the annotation will be created on.  An existing annotation plane can be specified by using the AnnotationPlaneDefinition object associated with the existing annotation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextPosition">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifiers.ExcludedDatumTextCharacters">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns an array of characters with comma as delimiter which will be excluded from the datum text list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifiers.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifiers.NextAvailableDatumText">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a string value that indicates an unused datum text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumIdentifiers.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelDatumProxy">
            <summary>ModelDatumProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the ModelDatumDefinition associated with this ModelDatum object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Deletes this object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object.  The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Returns the current health status of the model datum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumProxy.ModelDatumTargets">
            <summary>Returns a ModelDatumTargets collection object providing access to the existing model datum targets in this model datum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets or sets the name of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrame">
            <summary>ModelDatumReferenceFrame Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrame.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrame.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrame.ClientId">
            <summary>Returns string that uniquely identifies the client.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrame.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition associative with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrame.Delete">
            <summary>Deletes the model datum reference frame.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrame.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrame.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Returns the current health status of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrame.Identifier">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the identifier of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrame.Name">
            <summary>Gets or sets the name of the tolerance feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrame.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrame.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrame.Visible">
            <summary>Gets or sets the visibility of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition">
            <summary>ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition.CoordinateSystem">
            <summary>Gets and sets the Matrix object that defines the model datum reference frame coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition.PrimaryCompoundDatum">
            <summary>Gets or sets the primary compound datum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition.PrimaryCompoundMaterialCondition">
            <summary>Gets or sets the primary compound material condition for the model datum reference frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition.PrimaryDatum">
            <summary>Gets or sets the primary datum for the model datum reference frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition.PrimaryMaterialCondition">
            <summary>Gets or sets the primary material condition for the model datum reference frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition.SecondaryCompoundDatum">
            <summary>Gets or sets the secondary compound datum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition.SecondaryCompoundMaterialCondition">
            <summary>Gets or sets the secondary compound material condition for the model datum reference frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition.SecondaryDatum">
            <summary>Gets or sets the secondary datum for the model datum reference frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition.SecondaryMaterialCondition">
            <summary>Gets or sets the secondary material condition for the model datum reference frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition.TertiaryCompoundDatum">
            <summary>Gets or sets the tertiary compound datum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition.TertiaryCompoundMaterialCondition">
            <summary>Gets or sets the tertiary compound material condition for the model datum reference frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition.TertiaryDatum">
            <summary>Gets or sets the tertiary datum for the model datum reference frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition.TertiaryMaterialCondition">
            <summary>Gets or sets the tertiary material condition for the model datum reference frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameProxy">
            <summary>ModelDatumReferenceFrameProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameProxy.ClientId">
            <summary>Returns string that uniquely identifies the client.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition associative with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Deletes the model datum reference frame.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Returns the current health status of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameProxy.Identifier">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the identifier of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets or sets the name of the tolerance feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets or sets the visibility of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrames">
            <summary>ModelDatumReferenceFrames Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrames.Add(Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition,System.Object)">
            <summary>Adds a new ModelDatumReferenceFrame object.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input ModelDatumReferenceFrameDefinition object that specifies the inputs to create a new ModelDatumReferenceFrame.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Optional input String value that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}".</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrames.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrames.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrames.CreateDefinition(Inventor.Matrix,Inventor.ModelToleranceFeature,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a model datum reference frame definition.</summary>
            <param name="CoordinateSystem">
                <summary>Input Matrix that specifies the model datum reference frame coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PrimaryDatum">
                <summary>Input ModelToleranceFeature object that specifies the primary datum.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SecondaryDatum">
                <summary>Optional  input ModelToleranceFeature object that specifies the secondary datum.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TertiaryDatum">
                <summary>Optional  input ModelToleranceFeature object that specifies the tertiary datum.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrames.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumReferenceFrames.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelDatums">
            <summary>ModelDatums Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatums.Add(Inventor.ModelDatumDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a model datum.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input ModelDatumDefinition object that defines the model datum to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatums.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatums.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatums.CreateDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a model datum definition.</summary>
            <param name="DatumTargetPoints">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection including the points that define the datum target points. Valid entities for the datum target points are: 
WorkPoint 
SketchPoint(the SketchPoint should be on the sketch that was created from a planar Face) 
GeometryIntent (When GeometryIntent is provided, the point should be on a planar Face. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the CreateGeometryIntent method on the PartComponentDefinition or AssemblyComponentDefinition object.). 

When provide the datum target points base on WorkPoint, the WorkPoint objects can not be on the same plane, and no datum target points base on other type of object can be provided. When provide the datum target points base on planar Face, all the datum target points should attach to the same Face or the Faces that are coplanar and from the same feature. When provide SketchPoint as datum target points they should be from the same planar sketch and the sketch should depend on a planar Face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DatumTargetPlanes">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection including the AnnotationPlaneDefinition objects that define the datum target planes that control the datum target texts’ orientation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DatumTargetTextPositions">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection including the Point objects that define the datum target texts’ positions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DatumTargetIndices">
                <summary>Optional input Long array to specify the indices of the datum targets. The item count of this array should be the same as the item count of the DatumTargetPoints.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DatumTargetType">
                <summary>Optional input the ModelDatumTargetTypeEnum that specifies the datum target type. If not specified the default ModelDatumTargetTypePoint is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DatumTargetAreaValueOne">
                <summary>Optional input Double array that specifies the datum target area size. If not specified the default values will be used. If the DatumTargetType is specified as kModelDatumTargetTypeCircle the values indicate the area diameter, If the DatumTargetType is kModelDatumTargetTypeRectangle the values indicate the area width. For other DatumTargetType values this is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DatumTargetAreaValueTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Double array that specifies the datum target area size. If not specified the default values will be used. If the DatumTargetType is specified as kModelDatumTargetTypeRectangle the values indicate the area height. For other DatumTargetType values this is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DatumText">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the datum label. If not specified an available label will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatums.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatums.NextAvailableDatumText">
            <summary>Returns a string value that indicates an unused datum text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatums.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget">
            <summary>ModelDatumTarget Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.AnnotationPlane">
            <summary>Gets and sets the annotation plane for the model datum target.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.AreaDiameter">
            <summary>Returns the parameter that controls the datum target area diameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.AreaHeight">
            <summary>Returns the parameter that controls the datum target area height.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.AreaWidth">
            <summary>Returns the parameter that controls the datum target area width.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.Index">
            <summary>Gets and sets the index of this model datum target object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.ModelDatum">
            <summary>Returns the parent model datum object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.TargetPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the placement point of this model datum target object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.TextPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the datum target text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTarget.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy">
            <summary>ModelDatumTargetProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.AnnotationPlane">
            <summary>Gets and sets the annotation plane for the model datum target.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.AreaDiameter">
            <summary>Returns the parameter that controls the datum target area diameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.AreaHeight">
            <summary>Returns the parameter that controls the datum target area height.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.AreaWidth">
            <summary>Returns the parameter that controls the datum target area width.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.Index">
            <summary>Gets and sets the index of this model datum target object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.ModelDatum">
            <summary>Returns the parent model datum object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.TargetPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the placement point of this model datum target object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.TextPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the datum target text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargetProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelDatumTargets">
            <summary>ModelDatumTargets Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargets.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargets.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargets.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDatumTargets.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelDimension">
            <summary>ModelDimension Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimension.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimension.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimension.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimension.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the definition associated with this dimension.&amp;nbsp;When reading this property, the definition returned remains associated to the dimension and any changes made to the definition will be immediately reflected in the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDimension.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDimension.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDimension.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDimension.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimension.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimension.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimension.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimension.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimension.ModelValue">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the dimension value as defined in the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimension.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimension.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimension.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimension.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimension.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimension.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelDimensionDefinition">
            <summary>The ModelDimensionDefinition object is the base class for all model dimension definitions in a part or assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensionDefinition.AnnotationPlane">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the annotation plane for the dimension.&amp;nbsp;Will return nothing in the case where the ModelDimensionDefinition object is transient and not associated with a dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensionDefinition.AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the annotation plane definition for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensionDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDimensionDefinition.GetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum@,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method returns an error if the IsInspectionDimension property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Output InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that indicates the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text.  Valid return values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text placed left of the dimension value.  The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.  For instance, it can contain “&amp;lt;StyleOverride Font='AIGDT'&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/StyleOverride&amp;gt;Hi They'WithI donno p” to specify &lt;img src="..\images\CircleM.png"&gt;.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text  (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value.  The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.  For instance, it can contain “&amp;lt'StyleOverride&amp;gt; Font='AIGDT'&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/StyleOverride&amp;gt;” to specify &lt;img src="..\images\CircleM.png"&gt;.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensionDefinition.IsInspectionDimension">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether this is an inspection dimension.&amp;nbsp;Inspection dimensions are used during the quality control process. They are formatted specifically to indicate which dimensions must be checked before accepting a part. The dimens.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensionDefinition.IsModelValueOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the model value is overridden for the dimension.&amp;nbsp;Setting the OverrideModelValue property automatically toggles this property to True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDimensionDefinition.IsValidAnnotationPlane(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns the wheather a planer object is valid to be used as an annotation plane for this model dimension.</summary>
            <param name="pPlane">
                <summary>Input planar object to check if it can be an annotation plane for the model dimension. This can be a Face or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensionDefinition.IsValueHidden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to display the dimension value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensionDefinition.OverrideModelValue">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the display value for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensionDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent model annotation that the definition is associated with.&amp;nbsp;This property will return Nothing in the case where the definition is not associated with any annotation.&amp;nbsp;This is the case when it’s been created using one of the create definition methods and when it’s been copied from another definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensionDefinition.Precision">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the number of decimal places displayed for this dimension. Values are truncated and rounded to the specified precision.&amp;nbsp;Valid range of values is 0 to 8.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDimensionDefinition.SetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method automatically sets the IsInspectionDimension property to True, if it isn’t already.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Optional input InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that specifies the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text.  Valid values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder.  If not specified, kNoInspectionBorder is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text placed left of the dimension value.  The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.  For instance, it can contain “&amp;lt;StyleOverride Font='AIGDT'&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/StyleOverride&amp;gt;” to specify &lt;img src="..\images\CircleM.png"&gt;.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text  (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value.  The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.  For instance, it can contain “&amp;lt;StyleOverride Font='AIGDT'&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/StyleOverride&amp;gt;” to specify &lt;img src="..\images\CircleM.png"&gt;.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensionDefinition.Text">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the text of the dimension.&amp;nbsp;Properties on the returned ModelAnnotationText object can be edited to change the displayed text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensionDefinition.TextPosition">
            <summary>Read-write property that controls the position of the dimension text.&amp;nbsp;When being set, the input point will be projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensionDefinition.Tolerance">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Tolerance object associated with this dimension. Methods and properties on the returned Tolerance object can be used to add/edit tolerance information for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensionDefinition.TolerancePrecision">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the number of decimal places displayed for this dimension tolerance. Values are truncated and rounded to the specified precision.&amp;nbsp;Valid range of values is 0 to 8.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensionDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelDimensions">
            <summary>The ModelDimensions collection object provides access to all of the model dimensions in a part or assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensions.AngularModelDimensions">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a collection providing access to the existing angular dimensions and provides functionality to create new angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensions.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensions.DiameterModelDimensions">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a collection providing access to the existing diameter dimensions and provides functionality to create new diameter dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensions.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  You can provide either the index of the item in the collection, where the first item is index 1, or you can provide the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensions.LinearModelDimensions">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a collection providing access to the existing linear dimensions and provides functionality to create new linear dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelDimensions.PromoteFrom(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that promotes a dimension constraint to ModelDimension.</summary>
            <param name="pDimConstr">
                <summary>Input dimension constraint object to be promoted as model dimension. Valid object is DimensionConstraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensions.RadiusModelDimensions">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a collection providing access to the existing radial dimensions and provides functionality to create new radial dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelDimensions.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kModelDimensionsObject indicating this objects type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrame">
            <summary>ModelFeatureControlFrame Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrame.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrame.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrame.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrame.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the definition associated with this symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrame.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrame.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrame.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrame.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrame.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrame.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrame.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrame.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrame.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrame.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrame.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrame.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrame.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrame.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition">
            <summary>ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition.AnnotationPlane">
            <summary>Gets and sets the annotation plane for the feature control frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition.AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the annotation plane definition for the feature control frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition.ArrowheadType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the type of the arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this LinearModelDimensionDefinition object. The new LinearModelDimensionDefinition object is independent of any dimension. It can edited and used as input to edit an existing dimension or to create a new dimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition.FeatureControlFrameRows">
            <summary>Gets the ModelFeatureControlFrameRows object associated with this definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition.Intent">
            <summary>Gets and sets the geometric entity the note is attached to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition.LandingPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the landing position of the note in the part or assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition.Leader">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the leader associated with the feature control frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition.MergeSymbolOverridden">
            <summary>Gets whether the OverrideMergeSymbol is set to override the MergeSymbol setting in FeatureControlFrameStyle. Set this to False will clear the override setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition.Notes">
            <summary>Gets and sets any notes associated with this feature control frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition.OverrideMergeSymbol">
            <summary>Gets and sets the merge symbol override value. Set this property will set the MergeSymbolOverridden to True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition.ProfileType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the profile type for the feature control frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition.Rotation">
            <summary>Gets the absolute rotation angle of the symbol in radians. The value can either be positive (counter-clockwise rotation) or negative (clockwise rotation).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition.TextPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the frame in the part or assembly. The point is projected onto the orientation plane first and then projected onto the landing line to locate the text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition.TopNotes">
            <summary>Gets and sets top notes associated with this feature control frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy">
            <summary>ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the definition associated with this symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow">
            <summary>Object represents a row within a feature control frame symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the row of the feature control frame, If this is not the last row of the feature control frame, all the rows below this row are also deleted.&amp;nbsp;The first row of the symbol cannot be deleted, so this method will return an error.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.DisplayCommonZoneModifier">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the common zone modifier or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.DisplayFreeStateModifier">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the free state modifier or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.DisplayProjectedToleranceZoneModifier">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the projected tolerance zone modifier or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.DisplayStatisticalModifier">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the statistical modifier or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.DisplayTangentPlaneModifier">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the tangent plane modifier or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.DisplayUnequallyDisposedModifier">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the unequally disposed modifier or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.GeneralProfileOfSurfaceModifier">
            <summary>Gets and sets the flag whether this FCF represents general surface profile tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.GeometricCharacteristic">
            <summary>Gets and sets the geometric characteristic symbol for the row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model feature control frame row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.PrimaryCompoundDatumIdentifier">
            <summary>Gets and sets the primary comopund datum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.PrimaryCompoundDatumModifier">
            <summary>Gets and sets the primary compound datum modifier.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.PrimaryDatumIdentifier">
            <summary>Gets and sets the primary datum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.PrimaryDatumModifier">
            <summary>Gets and sets the the material condition symbol to append to the primary datum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.ProjectedToleranceZonePrecision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the Projected Tolerance Zone precision associated with this geometric characteristic. The value is a short integer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.ProjectedToleranceZoneValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the value for the projected tolerance zone modifier.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.SecondaryCompoundDatumIdentifier">
            <summary>Gets and sets the secondary compound datum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.SecondaryCompoundDatumModifier">
            <summary>Gets and sets the secondary compound datum modifier.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.SecondaryDatumIdentifier">
            <summary>Gets and sets the secondary datum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.SecondaryDatumModifier">
            <summary>Gets and sets the material condition symbol to append to the secondary datum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.TertiaryCompoundDatumIdentifier">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tertiary compound datum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.TertiaryCompoundDatumModifier">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tertiary compound datum modifier.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.TertiaryDatumIdentifier">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tertiary datum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.TertiaryDatumModifier">
            <summary>Gets and sets the material condition symbol to append to the tertiary datum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.Tolerance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tolerance associated with this geometric characteristic. The value can be either in centimeters or radians depending on if the geometric characteristic defines a length or angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.ToleranceMaterialCondition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the symbol to use as tolerance material condition. Valid values are kGDTNoSymbol, kGDTMaximumMaterialCondition and kGDTLeastMaterialCondition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.ToleranceModifierPrefix">
            <summary>Gets and sets the symbol to use as a prefix for the tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.TolerancePrecision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tolerance precision associated with this geometric characteristic. The value is a short integer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.UnequallyDisposedPrecision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the Unequally Disposed precision associated with this geometric characteristic. The value is a short integer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRow.UnequallyDisposedValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the value for the unequally disposed modifier.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRows">
            <summary>Object provides access to all rows of a feature control frame in a part or assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRows.Add(Inventor.GeometricCharacteristicEnum,System.Double,Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum,Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum,System.Object,Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum,System.Object,Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum,System.Object,Inventor.GDTSymbolEnum)">
            <summary>Method that adds a row to the feature control frame.</summary>
            <param name="GeometricCharacteristic">
                <summary>Input GeometricCharacteristicEnum that specifies the geometric characteristic symbol for the row.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance associated with this geometric characteristic.  For length values the units for the value is always centimeters and for angles the value is always radians.  The actual displayed value will use the units and precision specified by the style.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToleranceModifierPrefix">
                <summary>Optional input GDTSymbolEnum that specifies a symbol to use as a prefix for the tolerance. For example, the n symbol is used when the tolerance zone is cylindrical.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToleranceMaterialCondition">
                <summary>Optional input GDTSymbolEnum that specifies a symbol to use as material condition for the tolerance. For example, the m symbol is used to specify maximum material condition. Valid values for this argument are kGDTNoSymbol, kGDTMaximumMaterialCondition and kGDTLeastMaterialCondition.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PrimaryDatumIdentifier">
                <summary>Optional input ModelDatumIdentifier object that specifies the primary datum reference. If the geometric characteristic is kStraightness, kFlatness, kCircularity, or kCylindricity no datum identifiers are needed and the datum arguments will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PrimaryDatumModifier">
                <summary>Optional input GDTSymbolEnum enum value that specifies the material condition symbol to append to the primary datum. For example, the m symbol is used to specify maximum material condition. The PrimaryDatumIdentifier argument must be specified for this argument to be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SecondaryDatumIdentifier">
                <summary>Optional input ModelDatumIdentifier object that specifies the secondary datum reference. The first datum identifier must be specified before the secondary will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SecondaryDatumModifier">
                <summary>Optional input GDTSymbolEnum enum value that specifies the material condition symbol to append to the secondary datum. For example, the m symbol is used to specify maximum material condition. The SecondaryDatumIdentifier argument must be specified for this argument to be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TertiaryDatumIdentifier">
                <summary>Optional input ModelDatumIdentifier object that specifies the tertiary datum reference.  The first and second datum identifiers must be specified before the tertiary will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TertiaryDatumModifier">
                <summary>Optional input GDTSymbolEnum enum value that specifies the material condition symbol to append to the tertiary datum. For example, the m symbol is used to specify maximum material condition. The TertiaryDatumIdentifier argument must be specified for this argument to be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRows.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRows.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRows.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameRows.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrames">
            <summary>The ModelFeatureControlFrames collection object provides access to all the model feature control frame symbols in a part or assembly and provides methods to create additional feature control frames.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrames.Add(Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a feature control frame symbol.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition object that defines the feature control frame to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrames.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrames.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrames.CreateDefinition(Inventor.GeometryIntent,Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that creates a feature control frame definition.</summary>
            <param name="Intent">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that defines the geometry to attach the symbol to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
                <summary>Input AnnotationPlaneDefinition object that defines the annotation plane the annotation will be created on.  An existing annotation plane can be specified by using the AnnotationPlaneDefinition object associated with the existing annotation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LandingPosition">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the landing position of the frame.  The point will be projected onto the orientation plane. This can be Nothing in the case where the symbol is attached directly to the object without a leader.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrames.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelFeatureControlFrames.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelGeneralNote">
            <summary>ModelGeneralNote Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNote.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNote.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNote.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNote.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the definition associated with this symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelGeneralNote.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelGeneralNote.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelGeneralNote.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelGeneralNote.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNote.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNote.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNote.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNote.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNote.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNote.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNote.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNote.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNote.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNote.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteDefinition">
            <summary>The ModelGeneralNoteDefinition provides access to all of the information that defines a model leader note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteDefinition.AnnotationPlane">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the annotation plane for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteDefinition.AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the annotation plane definition for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this LeaderModelNoteDefinition object. The new LeaderModelNoteDefinition object is independent of any leader note. It can edited and used as input to edit an existing note or to create a new note.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteDefinition.Intent">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the geometric entity the note is attached to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteDefinition.OnScreen">
            <summary>Gets whether the general note is displayed on screen.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteDefinition.Position">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the position of the note in the part or assembly. The point is projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteDefinition.ScreenQuadrant">
            <summary>Gets or sets the location where the general note is displayed on screen. Setting this property is only applicable when the OnScreen returns True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteDefinition.SetToModelSpaceDisplay(Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Sets the general note to be displayed in model space. This will set the OnScreen to be False.</summary>
            <param name="AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
                <summary>Input AnnotationPlaneDefinition object that defines the annotation plane the general note will be on.  An existing annotation plane can be specified by using the AnnotationPlaneDefinition object associated with the existing annotation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Intent">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent that specifies the geometry the general note attaches to, or Point to specify the position for the general note.  When input a Point and if the Point is not on the orientation plane, it will be projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>This reserved for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteDefinition.SetToOnScreenDisplay(System.Object)">
            <summary>Sets the general note to be displayed on screen. This will set the OnScreen to be True.</summary>
            <param name="ScreenQuadrant">
                <summary>Optional input ScreenQuadrantEnum value that specifies the location of the general note on screen. This is ignored if the OnScreen is specified as False. This defaults to kLowerLeftQuadrant if not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteDefinition.ShowTextBorder">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to show the text border or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteDefinition.SymbolDefinitions">
            <summary>Returns the GeneralNoteSymbolDefinitions object, which allows you add model annotation definitions that can be used to display their symbols in the general note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteDefinition.Text">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns an object that controls all of the text information associated with this note. Properties on the returned ModelAnnoationText object can be edited to change the displayed text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteProxy">
            <summary>ModelGeneralNoteProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteProxy.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the definition associated with this symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteProxy.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteProxy.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteProxy.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteProxy.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteProxy.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteProxy.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteProxy.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteProxy.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelGeneralNotes">
            <summary>The ModelGeneralNotes collection object provides access to all of the general notes in a part or assembly and provides functionality to create new general notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelGeneralNotes.Add(Inventor.ModelGeneralNoteDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a general note.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input ModelGeneralNoteDefinition object that defines the general note to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNotes.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNotes.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelGeneralNotes.CreateDefinition(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a general note definition. This is a not a general note but an object that encapsulates all of the information that defines a general note.</summary>
            <param name="FormattedText">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the text of the note. This string can contain tags that define internal formatting changes, which override the text style associated with the general note. The formatting is specified using XML tags within the string. By default, all text in the string will be displayed using the text style assigned to the note. You can use the XML tags to override the default style and apply style overrides for all or portions of the text. The formatting overrides are defined using tags. There is an opening tag and closing tag for each formatting override you define. The text between the opening and closing tags is affected by the override. See the list of XML text formatting tags under Reference Topics in the Overviews section.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OnScreen">
                <summary>Input Boolean value that specifies whether the general note is on screen or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ScreenQuadrant">
                <summary>Optional input ScreenQuadrantEnum value that specifies the location of the general note on screen. This is ignored if the OnScreen is specified as False. This defaults to kLowerLeftQuadrant if not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
                <summary>Optional input AnnotationPlaneDefinition object that defines the annotation plane the general note will be created on.  An existing annotation plane can be specified by using the AnnotationPlaneDefinition object associated with the existing annotation plane. If the OnScreen is specified as True then this argument is ignored, otherwise this is required.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelGeneralNotes.CreateEmbeddedFeatureControlFrameDefinition">
            <summary>Method that creates a ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition.&amp;nbsp;This ModelFeatureControlFrameDefinition is to define the model feature control frame symbol which is embedded in the model general note.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelGeneralNotes.CreateEmbeddedSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition">
            <summary>Method that creates a ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.&amp;nbsp;This ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition is to define the model surface texture symbol which is embedded in the model general note.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNotes.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelGeneralNotes.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNote">
            <summary>ModelHoleThreadNote Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNote.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNote.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNote.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNote.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the hole/thread defintion associated with the note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNote.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNote.Faces">
            <summary>Returns the model hole or thread feature faces associated with the hole or thread note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNote.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNote.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNote.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNote.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNote.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNote.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNote.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNote.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNote.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNote.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNote.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNote.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNote.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition">
            <summary>The ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition provides access to all of the information that defines a hole or thread note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.AnnotationPlane">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the annotation plane for the hole or thread note. Will return nothing in case where the ModelHoleThreadNodeDefinition object is transient and not associated with a hole or thread note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the annotation plane definition for the hole or thread note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.ArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of the arrowhead. This is a style override.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition object. The new ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition object is independent of any note. It can be edited and used as input to edit an existing note or to create a new note.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.FormattedHoleThreadNote">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the fully formatted string that defines the contents of the hole or thread text.

The formatting is specified using XML tags within the string. By default, all text in the string will be displayed using the defaults specified in the dimension style. You can use the XML tags to override the default style and apply style overrides for all or portions of the text. 

The formatting overrides are defined using tags. There is an opening tag and closing tag for each formatting override you define. The text between the opening and closing tags is affected by the override.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.GetHolePropertyTolerance(Inventor.HolePropertyEnum)">
            <summary>Method that gets the tolerance for the specified hole property.</summary>
            <param name="HolePropEnum">
                <summary>Input HolePropertyEnum value the specifies which tolerance to return.
Valid values are: kHoleDiameterHoleProperty, kHoleDepthHoleProperty, kCBoreDepthHoleProperty, kCBoreDiameterHoleProperty, kCSinkAngleHoleProperty, kCSinkDepthHoleProperty, kCSinkDiameterHoleProperty, kThreadDepthHoleProperty or kTapDrillDiameterHoleProperty.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.GetHolePropertyTolerancePrecision(Inventor.HolePropertyEnum)">
            <summary>Method that gets the tolerance precision for the specified hole property.</summary>
            <param name="HolePropEnum">
                <summary>Input HolePropertyEnum value the specifies which tolerance precision to return.
Valid values are: kHoleDiameterHoleProperty, kHoleDepthHoleProperty, kCBoreDepthHoleProperty, kCBoreDiameterHoleProperty, kCSinkAngleHoleProperty, kCSinkDepthHoleProperty, kCSinkDiameterHoleProperty, kThreadDepthHoleProperty or kTapDrillDiameterHoleProperty</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.GetHolePropertyToleranceStatus(Inventor.HolePropertyEnum)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether the tolerance for the specified hole property is enabled or not. This returns True if the hole property tolerance is enabled.</summary>
            <param name="HolePropEnum">
                <summary>Input HolePropertyEnum value the specifies the hole property type.
Valid values are: kHoleDiameterHoleProperty, kHoleDepthHoleProperty, kCBoreDepthHoleProperty, kCBoreDiameterHoleProperty, kCSinkAngleHoleProperty, kCSinkDepthHoleProperty, kCSinkDiameterHoleProperty, kThreadDepthHoleProperty or kTapDrillDiameterHoleProperty</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.Intent">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the geometry associated with the hole or thread note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.IsHoleNote">
            <summary>Read-write property that indicates if this note is for a hole or thread feature. Returns True if it is for a hole note. This is true even in the case where the hole is tapped and has threads. Returns False in the case where the note is for a thread feature. Th.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.IsTapDrill">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to set the hole note as tap drill type. This property only applies to tapped hole features. In other cases the value of this property should be ignored and setting it will fail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.IsValidAnnotationPlane(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns the wheather a planer object is valid to be used as an annotation plane for this hole or thread note.</summary>
            <param name="pPlane">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.LandingPosition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the landing position of the dimension. The point is projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent model annotation that the definition is associated with.&amp;nbsp;This property will return Nothing in the case where the definition is not associated with any annotation.&amp;nbsp;This is the case when it’s been created using one of the create definition methods and when it’s been copied from another definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.RightHandedThread">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to show RH for right handed thread.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.SetHolePropertyTolerancePrecision(Inventor.HolePropertyEnum,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that sets the tolerance precision for the specified hole property.</summary>
            <param name="HolePropEnum">
                <summary>Input HolePropertyEnum value the specifies which tolerance precision to return.
Valid values are: kHoleDiameterHoleProperty, kHoleDepthHoleProperty, kCBoreDepthHoleProperty, kCBoreDiameterHoleProperty, kCSinkAngleHoleProperty, kCSinkDepthHoleProperty, kCSinkDiameterHoleProperty, kThreadDepthHoleProperty or kTapDrillDiameterHoleProperty.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Input Long value the specifies the tolerance precision. Valid value range is from 0 to 8.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.SetHolePropertyToleranceStatus(Inventor.HolePropertyEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that enables/disables the tolerance for the specified hole property.</summary>
            <param name="HolePropEnum">
                <summary>Input HolePropertyEnum value the specifies hole property type.
Valid values are: kHoleDiameterHoleProperty, kHoleDepthHoleProperty, kCBoreDepthHoleProperty, kCBoreDiameterHoleProperty, kCSinkAngleHoleProperty, kCSinkDepthHoleProperty, kCSinkDiameterHoleProperty, kThreadDepthHoleProperty or kTapDrillDiameterHoleProperty.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Input Boolean value the specifies the enabled  status of the hole property tolerance.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.Text">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the text of the dimension.&amp;nbsp;Properties on the returned ModelAnnotationText object can be edited to change the displayed text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.TextPosition">
            <summary>Read-write property that controls the position of the hole or thread note text.&amp;nbsp;When being set, the input point will be projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.UseCustomThreadDesignation">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to use the custom thread designation, as defined in the Thread.xls spreadsheet for thread notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.UseDefaultFormat">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to use the default format for hole notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.UseModelUnits">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to use the model measurement units for hole note.

This is only valid for notes to hole features and not notes to thread features. This can easily be determined by checking the value of IsHoleNote property. In other cases the value of this property should be ignored and setting it will fail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition.UseParameterTolerance">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to use the format and tolerance information from parameters for hole note.
This is only valid for notes to hole features and not notes to thread features. This can easily be determined by checking the value of IsHoleNote property. In other cases the value of this property should be ignored and setting it will fail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy">
            <summary>ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the hole/thread defintion associated with the note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Returns the model hole or thread feature faces associated with the hole or thread note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNotes">
            <summary>The ModelHoleThreadNotes collection object provides access to all of the hole and thread notes in a part or assembly and provides functionality to create new hole and thread notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNotes.Add(Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a thread or hole note.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input ModelHoleThreadNoteDefinition object that defines the hole or thread note to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNotes.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNotes.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNotes.CreateClearanceInfo(System.String,System.String,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new HoleClearanceInfo object that can be used in editing HoleFeature objects.</summary>
            <param name="FastenerStandard">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="FastenerType">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="FastenerSize">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="FastenerFitType">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNotes.CreateDefinition(Inventor.GeometryIntent,Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that creates a hole or thread note definition.&amp;nbsp;This is a not a hole or thread note but an object that encapsulates all of the information that defines a hole or thread note.&amp;nbsp;You use the methods and properties of this object to define the hole or thread note you want to create and then provide it as input to the Add method.</summary>
            <param name="Intent">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that defines the hole or thread geometry to attach the note to.  The intent object must reference geometry associated with a hole or thread, otherwise an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
                <summary>Input AnnotationPlaneDefinition object that defines the annotation plane the annotation will be created on.  An existing annotation plane can be specified by using the AnnotationPlaneDefinition object associated with the existing annotation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LandingPosition">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the landing position of the note.  The point will be projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNotes.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  You can provide either the index of the item in the collection, where the first item is index 1, or you can provide the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelHoleThreadNotes.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelingEvents">
            <summary>The ModelingEvents object provides notification of modeling events including new feature, feature delete, changed feature, client feature or new/changed parameters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelingEvents.OnClientFeatureDoubleClick(Inventor.Document,Inventor.ClientFeature,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires when the user double-clicks a client feature.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>Input Document object that indicates the document in which the change occurred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Feature">
                <summary>Input ClientFeature object that indicates the client feature that was double-clicked.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. This argument is currently ignored for the event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelingEvents.OnClientFeatureSolve(Inventor.Document,Inventor.ClientFeature,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires before and after the client feature is solved.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Feature">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelingEvents.OnDelete(Inventor.Document,System.Object,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnDelete event notifies the client when a modeling entity is deleted.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The Document object that contains the entity being deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>The Entity that is being deleted. When the value of the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore, the object provided is the object before being deleted. When the value is kAfter, an object is also provided but since the actual entity has been deleted calling any methods or properties on the object will fail. The only thing that is valid to do with the object at this time is to compare it's identity with a reference previously saved. For example: Private m_oDeletedEntity As Object Private Sub oModelingEvents_OnDelete(ByVal DocumentObject As Document, ByVal Entity As Object, ByVal BeforeOrAfter As EventTimingEnum, ...) If BeforeOrAfter = kBefore Then ' Somehow Check to see if the Entity being deleted is an interesting one. ' For example, it could have an attribute attached to it to identify it. If Interesting(Entity) Then ' Save a reference to the object. Set m_oDeletedEntity = Entity End If Else ' Now we're either after the delete or it's been aborted. ' Check to see if the object is the interesting one. If Entity is m_oDeletedEntity Then If BeforeOrAfter = kAfter then ' The object was deleted. ElseIf BeforeOrAfter = kAbort Then ' The delete was aborted. End If End If End Sub</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is sent before and after the entity is deleted. You should only perform query operations when the value of this argument is kBefore. Inventor is not in a state to correctly handle edit operations after that point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelingEvents.OnFeatureChange(Inventor.Document,Inventor.PartFeature,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a feature changes.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>Input Document object that indicates the document in which the change occurred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Feature">
                <summary>Input PartFeature object that indicates the feature that changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the feature is changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelingEvents.OnGeneralSurfaceProfileGDTSolve(Inventor.Document,Inventor.ModelAnnotation,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires after General Surface Profile tolerance GDT is solved.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Annotation">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelingEvents.OnGenerateMember(Inventor.Document,System.String,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires before and after an iPart or an iAssembly member is being generated or regenerated.</summary>
            <param name="FactoryDocumentObject">
                <summary>Name of the factory document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MemberName">
                <summary>Name of iPart or iAssembly member. If multiple members are generated this returns the first member name.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the feature is changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that, if populated, can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. Additional information is provided through this argument to help in understanding the context of how the member is generated: &lt;br&gt;Name = "GenerateMemberReason", Value = String value that indicates the reason, the value can be "Create", "Update" or "Regenerate". &lt;br&gt;Name = "MemberFileName", Value = String value that indicates the full filename of the member file which is being generated. &lt;br&gt;Name = "AllGeneratedMembersFiles", Value = String array that indicates the full filename of the member files that are going to be generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelingEvents.OnGenerateModelStateMember(Inventor.Document,System.String,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires before and after an model state member document is being generated or regenerated.</summary>
            <param name="FactoryDocumentObject">
                <summary>Model state factory document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MemberName">
                <summary>Name of model state member.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the model state member is generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that, if populated, can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. Additional information is provided through this argument to help in understanding the context of how the model state member is generated: 
Name = "GenerateMemberReason", Value = String value that indicates the reason, the value can be "Create", "Update" or "Regenerate".</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelingEvents.OnModelAnnotationsScaleChange(Inventor.Document,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires before and after scale of model annotations is changed.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelingEvents.OnModelAnnotationsSolve(Inventor.Document,Inventor.ModelAnnotations,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires before and after ModelAnnotations are solved.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Annotations">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelingEvents.OnNewFeature(Inventor.Document,Inventor.PartFeature,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a feature is created.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>Input Document object that indicates the document in which the change occurred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Feature">
                <summary>Input PartFeature object that was just created. Nothing in the kBefore case.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Notification is sent before and after the feature has been created. You should only perform query operations when the valueof this argument is kBefore. Inventor is not in a state to correctly handle edit operations at that point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelingEvents.OnNewParameter(Inventor.Document,Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnNewParameter event notifies the client when a new parameter is created.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The Document object the parameter is contained within.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>The Parameter object that has just been created. When the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore, the value of this argument is Nothing since the Parameter does not yet exist.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is sent before and after the parameter has been created. Generally, you should only perform query operations in Inventor when the value of this argument is kBefore. Inventor is not in a state to correctly handle edit operations after that point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelingEvents.OnParameterChange(Inventor.Document,Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnParameterChange event notifies the client when a parameter is changed.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The Document object the parameter is contained within.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>The Parameter object that is being changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is sent before and after the value of the parameter is changed. Using the kBefore timing you can examine the parameter to determine its state before the change is applied and then compare it to the state when the timing is kAfter.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. When BeforeOrAfter is kBefore one of the following values is provided depending on what information associated with the parameter is changing: 
Name = "Value". Value = A String containing the new value of the parameter. This is provided if the value of the parameter is changed. This is the equivalent of the Value property of the parameter converted to a String, so it is in internal units. 
Name = "Unit". Value = The String containing the new units of the parameter. This indicates that the unit of the parameter has been changed. 
Name = "Name". Value = A String containing the new name of the parameter. This is provided if the name of the parameter is changed. </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelingEvents.OnPreGenerateMember(Inventor.Document,System.String,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires before OnGenerateMember.</summary>
            <param name="FactoryDocumentObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="MemberName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelingSettings">
            <summary>The ModelingSettings object provides access to properties that provide read and write access of the various modeling related document specific settings. This is somewhat equivalent to the Modeling tab of the Document Settings dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingSettings.AdaptivelyUsedInAssembly">
            <summary>Gets and sets the indicator that part is user adaptive in an assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingSettings.AdvancedFeatureValidation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the advanced feature validation setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingSettings.AllowSectioningThruPart">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether sectioning through part is allowed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingSettings.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingSettings.AutoFindErrorsAfterManualRepair">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to find errors automatically after manual repair.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingSettings.CompactModelHistory">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the rollback history should be purged when a document is saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingSettings.InitialDrawingViewHeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the initial view height (in centimeters) to use when creating a drawing view from this model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingSettings.InitialDrawingViewWidth">
            <summary>Gets and sets the initial view width (in centimeters) to use when creating a drawing view from this model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingSettings.InteractiveContactAnalysis">
            <summary>Gets and sets the type of components to use for interactive contact analysis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingSettings.InteractiveContactSurfaces">
            <summary>Gets and sets the type of surfaces to use for interactive contact analysis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingSettings.MaintainEnhancedGraphicsDetail">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to save enhanced graphics mesh data with the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingSettings.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingSettings.ShowConstraintStateInBrowser">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to show the constraint state in browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingSettings.Snap3DAngle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the snap angle used in 3D.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingSettings.Snap3DDistance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the snap distance value in 3D.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingSettings.SolidBodyNamePrefix">
            <summary>Gets and sets the naming prefix for solid bodies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingSettings.SurfaceBodyNamePrefix">
            <summary>Gets and sets the naming prefix for surface bodies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingSettings.TappedHoleDiameter">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tapped hole diameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingSettings.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingSettings.UpdateLegacyHoles">
            <summary>Gets and sets the update legacy holes setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelingSettings.UserCoordinateSystemSettings">
            <summary>Property that returns the UserCoordinateSystemSettings object. The UserCoordinateSystemSettings object provides access to various UCS related document level settings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelLeader">
            <summary>The ModelLeader represents the leader of a model leader note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelLeader.AddLeader(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that adds a leader branch with the input points. This is the equivalent of the 'Add Leader' command in the user interface. This method will succeed only if the HasRootNode property returns False (i.e. there are no existing leader segments). If there are existing leader segments, you should use the ModelLeaderNode.AddLeader method instead.</summary>
            <param name="Points">
                <summary>ObjectCollection containing a series of Point objects representing a leader branch originating at the drawing annotation or symbol. The first point indicates the position of the root node. The last item in the collection can be a GeometryIntent object indicating a geometry to attach the leader branch to. The ObjectCollection must contain at least two items, else the method will fail.  The points are projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeader.AllLeafNodes">
            <summary>Read-only propertythat returns a flat collection of all the leaf nodes in the leader tree. This property will return Nothing if the HasRootNode property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeader.AllNodes">
            <summary>Read-only that returns a flat collection of all the nodes in the leader tree. This property will return Nothing if the HasRootNode property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeader.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeader.ArrowheadType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the arrowhead type of the leader.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeader.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelLeader.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeader.HasRootNode">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns if a root node exists for this leader. If False, there are no leader segments associated with this leader and the RootNode property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeader.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent of the leader.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeader.RootNode">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the root node of this leader. This property will return Nothing if the HasRootNode property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeader.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelLeaderNode">
            <summary>The ModelLeaderNode represents the node in the leader of a model leader note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelLeaderNode.AddLeader(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that adds a leader branch with the input points. This is the equivalent of the 'Add Leader' command in the user interface. This method will succeed only if the HasRootNode property returns False (i.e. there are no existing leader segments). If there are existing leader segments, you should use the ModelLeaderNode.AddLeader method instead.</summary>
            <param name="Points">
                <summary>ObjectCollection containing a series of Point objects representing a leader branch originating at the drawing annotation or symbol. The first point indicates the position of the root node. The last item in the collection can be a GeometryIntent object indicating a geometry to attach the leader branch to. The ObjectCollection must contain at least two items, else the method will fail.  The points are projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNode.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNode.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNode.ChildNodes">
            <summary>Read-only that returns the child nodes under this node. The count will return 0 if the node is a leaf node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelLeaderNode.Delete(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes this leader node, optionally retaining any dependent nodes.</summary>
            <param name="RetainDependentNodes">
                <summary>Input optional value that specifies if the any dependent nodes should also be deleted.  Defaults to deleting all dependent nodes.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelLeaderNode.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelLeaderNode.InsertNode(Inventor.ModelLeaderNode,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that adds a leader node at the specified position between two existing leader nodes. This is the equivalent of the 'Add Vertex' command in the user interface. This method does not apply for leaf nodes.</summary>
            <param name="ChildNode">
                <summary>LeaderNode object that specifies a child node of this node. The new node will be inserted between these two nodes. If the input node is not an immediate child, an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Point object that specifies the position of the node to add. The method fails if the input position is not on the leader segment connecting the two leader nodes.  The point is projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNode.Intent">
            <summary>Gets and sets the attached entity of the leaf leader node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNode.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent of the leader.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNode.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the leader node location on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNode.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelLeaderNodesEnumerator">
            <summary>The ModelLeaderNodesEnumerator object provides an enumeration of ModelLeaderNode objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNodesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNodesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNodesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  You can provide either the index of the item in the collection, where the first item is index 1, or you can provide the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNodesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelLeaderNote">
            <summary>The ModelLeaderNote object represents a leader note in a part or assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNote.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNote.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNote.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNote.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the definition associated with this symbol.&amp;nbsp;When reading this property, the definition returned remains associated to the dimension and any changes made to the definition will be immediately reflected in the dimension.To.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelLeaderNote.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelLeaderNote.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelLeaderNote.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelLeaderNote.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNote.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNote.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNote.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNote.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNote.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNote.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNote.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNote.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNote.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNote.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteDefinition">
            <summary>The ModelLeaderNoteDefinition provides access to all of the information that defines a model leader note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteDefinition.AnnotationPlane">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the annotation plane for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteDefinition.AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the annotation plane definition for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteDefinition.ArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the arrowhead type of the leader.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteDefinition.AssociatedGeometries">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the associated geometries. Valid geometries include faces, edges and vertices.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this LeaderModelNoteDefinition object. The new LeaderModelNoteDefinition object is independent of any leader note. It can edited and used as input to edit an existing note or to create a new note.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteDefinition.Intent">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the geometric entity the note is attached to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteDefinition.Leader">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the leader associated with the leader note. This property will return Nothing in the cases where this object is not associated with a leader.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent model leader note that this definition is associated with.&amp;nbsp;If the definition is not associated with any existing note this property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteDefinition.Position">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the position of the note in the part or assembly. The point is projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteDefinition.ShowTextBorder">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to show the text border or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteDefinition.Text">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns an object that controls all of the text information associated with this note. Properties on the returned ModelAnnoationText object can be edited to change the displayed text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteProxy">
            <summary>ModelLeaderNoteProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteProxy.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the definition associated with this symbol.&amp;nbsp;When reading this property, the definition returned remains associated to the dimension and any changes made to the definition will be immediately reflected in the dimension.To.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteProxy.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteProxy.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteProxy.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteProxy.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteProxy.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteProxy.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteProxy.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteProxy.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelLeaderNotes">
            <summary>The ModelLeaderNotes collection object provides access to all of the leader notes in a part or assembly and provides functionality to create new leader notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelLeaderNotes.Add(Inventor.ModelLeaderNoteDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a leader note.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input ModelLeaderNoteDefinition object that defines the leader note to be created</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNotes.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNotes.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelLeaderNotes.CreateDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.String,Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a leader note definition.&amp;nbsp;This is a not a leader note but an object that encapsulates all of the information that defines a leader note.&amp;nbsp;You use the methods and properties of this object to define the leader note you want to create and then provide it as input to the Add method.</summary>
            <param name="LeaderPoints">
                <summary>ObjectCollection containing a series of Point objects representing the leader originating at the note. The last item in the collection (even if it is the only item) can be a GeometryIntent object indicating the geometry to attach the leader to. The ObjectCollection must contain at least one item, else the method will fail.  The points are projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FormattedText">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the text of the note. This string can contain tags that define internal formatting changes, which override the text style associated with the general note. The formatting is specified using XML tags within the string. By default, all text in the string will be displayed using the text style assigned to the note. You can use the XML tags to override the default style and apply style overrides for all or portions of the text. The formatting overrides are defined using tags. There is an opening tag and closing tag for each formatting override you define. The text between the opening and closing tags is affected by the override. See the list of XML text formatting tags under Reference Topics in the Overviews section.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
                <summary>Input AnnotationPlaneDefinition object that defines the annotation plane the annotation will be created on.  An existing annotation plane can be specified by using the AnnotationPlaneDefinition object associated with the existing annotation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNotes.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  You can provide either the index of the item in the collection, where the first item is index 1, or you can provide the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelLeaderNotes.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelParameter">
            <summary>Object that represents a parameter that was created automatically by Autodesk Inventor as the result of creating an object that is dependent on a parameter. For example, when a placing a driving dimension constraint a ModelParameter is automatically created to control the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.BuiltIn">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this is an Inventor-generated parameter or an API-created one. Returns True if it is Inventor-generated.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.Comment">
            <summary>Gets the user comments against this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelParameter.ConvertToReferenceParameter">
            <summary>Method that causes the parameter to be converted to a reference parameter. The new ReferenceParameter object is returned. This method will fail if this is a built-in parameter (indicated by the BuiltIn property).</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelParameter.ConvertToUserParameter">
            <summary>Method that causes the parameter to be converted to a user parameter. The new UserParameter object is returned. This method will fail if this is a built-in parameter (indicated by the BuiltIn property).</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.CustomPropertyFormat">
            <summary>Property that returns the CustomPropertyFormat object associated with this parameter. The CustomPropertyFormat provides control over how the parameter value is formatted when it is exposed as a custom iProperty.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelParameter.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this Parameter.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.Dependents">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that have a direct dependency on the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets the action types valid for this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.DisplayFormat">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display format for the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.DrivenBy">
            <summary>Method that returns the collection objects that the parameter is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.ExposedAsProperty">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the Boolean indicating if this parameter is exposed as a property of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.Expression">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the string that denotes the algebraic expression making up the definition of this parameter. Maybe a constant. 'Set' may not be allowed on some parameter types. When set this for Text parameter, the expression value should be quoted by quotation marks at beginning and ending of a string(like """I am Jack""").</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.ExpressionList">
            <summary>Property that returns the expression list associated with this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelParameter.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.InUse">
            <summary>Property that returns whether whether this parameter is currently in use (by a dimension, feature or by any other parameter).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.IsKey">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this parameter is a key parameter or not. Key parameters are typically those that need to be easily accessed and are designated as key to be filtered out from the rest of the parameters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.ModelValue">
            <summary>Property that returns the evaluation of this parameter (in database units) that is currently used by the model. This takes into account the value computed from the expression and the tolerance. This method is only valid for numeric unit types and will fail for Text and Boolean unit types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.ModelValueType">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the setting which is used for determining the method used to compute the model value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.ParameterType">
            <summary>Property that allows you to get the type of the parameter. The parameter type can be either kModelParameterType, kDerivedParameter, kFinishParameter,&amp;nbsp;kReferenceParameterType, kTableParameterType, or kUserParameterType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Document of this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.Precision">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the the number of decimal places displayed for this parameter. Note that the precision is used when applying a standard tolerance to the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.Renamed">
            <summary>Gets whether the ModelParameter has been renamed by the user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.Tolerance">
            <summary>Property that returns the tolerance for this parameter. This property returns Nothing in the case where the unit type of this parameter is kTextUnits or kBooleanUnits.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.Units">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the units of the parameter. Note that the units is always retrieved as a string, but may be set using a constant from UnitsTypeEnum. 'Set' may not be allowed on some parameter types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameter.Value">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the value of this parameter. Numeric values are in database units. Setting this is equivalent to setting the 'Expression' with a constant string. 'Set' may not be allowed on some parameter types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelParameters">
            <summary>Provides access to the model parameters ( objects) associated with the object the collection was obtained from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelParameters.AddByExpression(System.String,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new model parameter given an expression.</summary>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the equation for the parameter. This string is evaluated the same way as strings entered in any of the Inventor dialogs are evaluated. For example 'x + 3 in / 2 cm' is a valid string for input.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UnitsSpecifier">
                <summary>Input value that specifies the type of unit the parameter is. The units can be specified using either a string defining a valid unit or an item from the UnitsTypeEnum. If the equation references existing parameters, this unit type must be consistent with the unit type defined by the equation, otherwise an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input String value that specifies the name for the parameter. The name must be unique with respect to all other parameters in this document. If a unique name is not specified an error will occur. If not specified, a unique name generated by Inventor is assigned to the parameter.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelParameters.AddByValue(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new model parameter given a name and equation.</summary>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Specifies the value for the parameter. This value is given in database units for the unit type defined by the UnitsSpecifier argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UnitsSpecifier">
                <summary>Input value that specifies the type of unit the parameter is. The units can be specified using either a string defining a valid unit or an item from the UnitsTypeEnum. If the equation references existing parameters, this unit type must be consistent with the unit type defined by the equation, otherwise an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input String value that specifies the name for the parameter. The name must be unique with respect to all other parameters in this document. If a unique name is not specified an error will occur. If not specified, a unique name generated by Inventor is assigned to the parameter.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameters.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameters.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ModelParameter object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelParameters.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelState">
            <summary>ModelState Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelState.Activate">
            <summary>Method that activates the model state.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelState.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelState.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelState.BOMDelegate">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelState which this ModelState's BOM is delegated to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelState.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of the ModelState.&amp;nbsp;The new created ModelState is returned.</summary>
            <param name="NewName">
                <summary>Optional input String that specify the name of the new ModelState. If not specified a default name will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelState.CopyComponentSuppressionToVisibility(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new design view representation based on the suppression of components as defined by this model state. The newly created DesignViewRepresentation is returned.</summary>
            <param name="NewName">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the name of the design view representation to create.  If not specified, Inventor assigns a name to the design view representation.  If specified, the name must be unique with respect to the other design view representations in the document</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelState.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelState. The method returns an error if this is a built-in ModelState.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelState.Document">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the model state member Document that associates with this model state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelState.FactoryDocument">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the model state factory Document. If the model state factory document is not open, query this property will cause it open.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelState.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object.  The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelState.ModelStateType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the enum indicating the model state type. This can be kMasterModelState, kSubstituteModelState, or kCustomModelState.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelState.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the ModelState. When setting the name, the name must be unique with respect to all other ModelState objects in the document, or an error will occur. Setting this property returns an error if this is a built-in.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelState.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelState.SubstituteDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DocumentDescriptor of the document associated with the substitute occurrence. This property returns Nothing if the ModelState property returns anything but kSubstituteModelState.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelState.SubstituteOccurrence">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ComponentOccurrence object associated with this model state. This property returns Nothing if the ModelState property returns anything but kSubstituteModelState.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelState.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelStateEvents">
            <summary>The Model State Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateEvents.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelStateEvents.OnActivateModelState(Inventor.Document,Inventor.ModelState,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires when a model state is activated.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The Document object the model state is being activated within.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelState">
                <summary>The model state that is being activated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is sent before and after the model state has been activated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelStateEvents.OnDeleteModelState(Inventor.Document,System.Object,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires when a model state is deleted.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The Document object the deleted object is within.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelState">
                <summary>The model state that is being deleted. When the value of the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore, the model state provided is the object before being deleted. When the value is kAfter, a model state is also provided but since the actual model state has been deleted calling any methods or properties on the object will fail. The only thing that is valid to do with the object at this time is to compare it's identity with a reference previously saved.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is sent before and after the object is deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelStateEvents.OnNewModelState(Inventor.Document,Inventor.ModelState,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires when a model state is created.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The Document object the model state is being created within.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelState">
                <summary>The new ModelState object that has just been created. When the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore, this argument is Nothing since the model state has not yet been created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is sent before and after the object is created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateEvents.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelStates">
            <summary>ModelStates Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStates.ActiveModelState">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the active model state for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelStates.Add(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ModelState. The newly created ModelState is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the name of the new ModelState. If not specified a default name will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelStates.AddSubstitute(System.String,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ModelState. The newly created ModelState is returned.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full name of the file to create the substitute model state with.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the name of the new ModelState. If not specified a default name will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SkipDocumentSave">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to suppress the save dialogs that appear for dirty documents that are about to be closed as a result of this action. If set to True, any edits performed on the documents needing to be closed are lost. Also, any document never saved to disk and needing to be closed is lost. The default value is False indicating that the user will be prompted to save documents about to be closed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStates.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStates.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStates.ExcelWorkSheet">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the excel spreadsheet that represents the model states table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStates.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStates.MemberEditScope">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the edits to a member should affect just the active member or all members.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStates.ModelStatesInEdit">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the model states in edit.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStates.ModelStateTable">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the ModelStateTable object that represents the model states table. If the ModelStates is from a model state member document then this property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStates.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStates.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelStateTable">
            <summary>The ModelStateTable object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTable.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTable.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTable.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTable.TableColumns">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelStateTableColumns collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTable.TableRows">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelStateTableRows collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTable.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelStateTableCell">
            <summary>The ModelStateTableCell Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableCell.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableCell.Column">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the index of this cell within the parent ModelStatesTableColumn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableCell.HasFormula">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether a formula(equation) was input into this cell via Excel.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableCell.IsValid">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the contents of this cell are valid or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableCell.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableCell.Row">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the index of this cell within the parent ModelStatesTableRow.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableCell.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableCell.Value">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the value of the cell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelStateTableColumn">
            <summary>The ModelStateTableColumn Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableColumn.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableColumn.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelStateTableColumn.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelStateTableColumn.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableColumn.DisplayHeading">
            <summary>Read - only property that returns the localized heading of the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableColumn.FormattedHeading">
            <summary>Read - only property that returns the heading of the column in XML format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableColumn.Heading">
            <summary>Read - only property that returns the non - localized heading of the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableColumn.Index">
            <summary>Gets the the index of this column within the ModelStateTableColumns collection where the first column has an index of 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableColumn.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableColumn.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableColumn.ReferencedDataType">
            <summary>Read - only property that returns the data type contained in the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableColumn.ReferencedObject">
            <summary>Read - only property that returns the object referenced by the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableColumn.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelStateTableColumns">
            <summary>The ModelStateTableColumns Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableColumns.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableColumns.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableColumns.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableColumns.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelStateTableRow">
            <summary>The ModelStateTableRow Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableRow.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableRow.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelStateTableRow.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of the ModelStateTableRow. The new created ModelStateTableRow is returned.</summary>
            <param name="NewName">
                <summary>Optional input String that specify the member name of the new ModelStateTableRow. If not specified a default name will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableRow.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelStateTableRow.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelStateTableRow.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelStateTableRow.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object.  The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableRow.Index">
            <summary>Gets the index of this row within the ModelStateTableRows collection where the first row has an index of 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableRow.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableRow.MemberName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the member name of the ModelStateTableRow.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableRow.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableRow.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelStateTableRows">
            <summary>TheModelStateTableRows Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableRows.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableRows.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableRows.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelStateTableRows.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol">
            <summary>ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the definition associated with this symbol.&amp;nbsp;When reading this property, the definition returned remains associated to the dimension and any changes made to the definition will be immediately reflected in the dimension.To.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbol.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition">
            <summary>ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.AdditionalProductionMethod">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets an additional tail for the production method if the drafting standard is based on ISO or DIN. Setting this property will return an error if the ProductionMethod property is not specified.&amp;nbsp;Denoted by B' in the surface tex.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.AdditionalRoughness">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the roughness value other than Ra or the parameter value other than Ra. For ANSI, this property can also be used to specify the waviness height. Denoted by F in the surface texture symbol dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.AdditionalSamplingLength">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the following: (1)the roughness cutoff or sampling length for additional roughness value for ANSI (2)the sampling length for additional roughness value for ISO or DIN (3)the reference length and evaluation length for JIS.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.AddLeader(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that adds a leader branch with the input points. This is the equivalent of the 'Add Leader' command in the user interface. This method will succeed only if the HasRootNode property returns False (i.e. there are no existing leader segments). If there are existing leader segments, you should use the ModelLeaderNode.AddLeader method instead.</summary>
            <param name="Points">
                <summary>ObjectCollection containing a series of Point objects representing a leader branch originating at the drawing annotation or symbol. The first point indicates the position of the root node. The last item in the collection can be a GeometryIntent object indicating a geometry to attach the leader branch to. The ObjectCollection must contain at least two items, else the method will fail.  The points are projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.AllAroundSymbol">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to add the all-around indicator to the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.AllLeafNodes">
            <summary>Read-only that returns a flat collection of all the leaf nodes in the leader tree. This property will return Nothing if the HasRootNode property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.AllNodes">
            <summary>Read-only that returns a flat collection of all the nodes in the leader tree. This property will return Nothing if the HasRootNode property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.AnnotationPlane">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the annotation plane for the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the annotation plane definition for the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition object. The new ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition object is independent of any surface texture symbols. It can edited and used as input to edit an existing surface texture symbol or to create a new surface texture symbol.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.Faces">
            <summary>Gets or sets the faces the surface texture symbol is associative with.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.HasRootNode">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns if a root node exists for this leader. If False, there are no leader segments associated with this leader and the RootNode property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.Intent">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the geometric entity the note is attached to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.IsForceTailShown">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether a tail is added to the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.IsMajority">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether this symbol specifies the standard surface characteristics for the component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.LayDirection">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the direction of lay. Setting this property will return an error if the SurfaceTextureType is specified to be kMaterialRemovalProhibitedSurfaceType. Denoted by D in the surface texture symbol dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.Leader">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the leader associated with the leader note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.MachiningAllowance">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the machining allowance. Setting this property will return an error if the SurfaceTextureType is not kMaterialRemovalRequiredSurfaceType. Denoted by E in the surface texture symbol dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.ManufacturingProcess">
            <summary>Gets and sets the manufacturing process.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.MaximumRoughness">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the roughness value, roughness value Ra maximum, maximum roughness value, or grade number. Denoted by A' in the surface texture symbol dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.MinimumRoughness">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the roughness value, roughness value Ra minimum, minimum roughness value, or grade number. Setting this property will return an error if the MaximumRoughness property is not specified. Denoted by A in the surface texture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.NumberOfFeatureElements">
            <summary>Gets and sets the number of feature elements.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the symbol on the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.ProductionMethod">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the production method, treatment, or coating. If the active drafting standard is based on ANSI, this property can be used to specify a note callout. Denoted by B in the surface texture symbol dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.ProfileDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the profile direction relative to primary surface lay direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.RootNode">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the root node of this leader. This property will return Nothing if the HasRootNode property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.SamplingLength">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the following: (1)the roughness cutoff or sampling length for roughness average for ANSI (2)the waviness height or sampling length for ISO or DIN (3)the cutoff value and evaluation length for JIS.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.StandardReference">
            <summary>Returns the standard reference type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.SurfaceProfileLowerTolerance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the surface profile lower tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.SurfaceProfileUpperTolerance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the surface profile upper tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.SurfaceTextureType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the surface type for the symbol.&amp;nbsp;Possible values kBasicSurfaceType, kMaterialRemovalRequiredSurfaceType and kMaterialRemovalProhibitedSurfaceType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.SurfaceWaviness">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the surface waviness for JIS, or general comments for BSI. This property is ignored for ANSI, ISO, or DIN standards. Denoted by F' or G in the surface texture symbol dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy">
            <summary>ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the definition associated with this symbol.&amp;nbsp;When reading this property, the definition returned remains associated to the dimension and any changes made to the definition will be immediately reflected in the dimension.To.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbols">
            <summary>The ModelSurfaceTextureSymbols collection object provides access to all of the surface texture symbols in a part or assembly and provides functionality to create new surface texture symbols.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbols.Add(Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a surface texture symbol.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input ModelSurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition object that defines the leader note to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbols.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbols.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbols.CreateDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a surface texture symbol definition.&amp;nbsp;This is a not a surface texture symbol but an object that encapsulates all of the information that defines a surface texture symbol.&amp;nbsp;You use the methods and properties of this object to define the surface texture symbol you want to create and then provide it as input to the Add method.</summary>
            <param name="LeaderPoints">
                <summary>ObjectCollection containing a series of Point objects representing the leader originating at the note. The last item in the collection (even if it is the only item) can be a GeometryIntent object indicating the geometry to attach the leader to. The ObjectCollection must contain at least one item, else the method will fail.  The points are projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
                <summary>Input AnnotationPlaneDefinition object that defines the annotation plane the annotation will be created on.  An existing annotation plane can be specified by using the AnnotationPlaneDefinition object associated with the existing annotation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbols.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  You can provide either the index of the item in the collection, where the first item is index 1, or you can provide the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelSurfaceTextureSymbols.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeature">
            <summary>ModelToleranceFeature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeature.AllFaces">
            <summary>Gets all faces associated with the tolerance feature and its subfeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeature.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeature.ClientId">
            <summary>Returns string that uniquely identifies the client.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeature.ConstrainedStatus">
            <summary>Gets or sets the constrained status of the tolerance feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Returns the current health status of the tolerance feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets or sets the name of the tolerance feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeature.ParentToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the parent ModelToleranceFeature object if this ModelToleranceFeature is a sub feature of it.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeature.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeature.Visible">
            <summary>Gets or sets the visibility of the tolerance feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureDefinition">
            <summary>ModelToleranceFeatureDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureDefinition.AddAnnotation(Inventor.ModelAnnotation)">
            <summary>Adds a new member to the model tolerance feature.</summary>
            <param name="ModelAnnotation">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureDefinition.AddSubFeature(Inventor.ModelToleranceFeature)">
            <summary>Adds a new subfeature to the model tolerance feature.</summary>
            <param name="ModelToleranceFeature">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureDefinition.Annotations">
            <summary>Returns the ModelAnnotationsEnumerator collection that contains all the ModelAnnotation objects consumed by the tolerance annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this ModelToleranceFeatureDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureDefinition.Faces">
            <summary>Gets or sets the faces the model tolerance feature is associative with.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureDefinition.FeatureType">
            <summary>Gets or sets the model tolerance feature type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureDefinition.RemoveAnnotation(Inventor.ModelAnnotation)">
            <summary>Removes a member from the model tolerance feature.</summary>
            <param name="ModelAnnotation">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureDefinition.RemoveSubFeature(Inventor.ModelToleranceFeature)">
            <summary>Removes a subfeature from the model tolerance feature.</summary>
            <param name="ModelToleranceFeature">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureDefinition.SubFeatures">
            <summary>Returns the subfeatures in the model tolerance feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureProxy">
            <summary>ModelToleranceFeatureProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureProxy.AllFaces">
            <summary>Gets all faces associated with the tolerance feature and its subfeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureProxy.ClientId">
            <summary>Returns string that uniquely identifies the client.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureProxy.ConstrainedStatus">
            <summary>Gets or sets the constrained status of the tolerance feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Returns the current health status of the tolerance feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets or sets the name of the tolerance feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureProxy.ParentToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the parent ModelToleranceFeature object if this ModelToleranceFeature is a sub feature of it.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatureProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets or sets the visibility of the tolerance feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatures">
            <summary>ModelToleranceFeatures Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatures.CreateStatusVisualization">
            <summary>Creates the status face coloring.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatures.GetToleranceFeatureFromFace(Inventor.Face)">
            <summary>Gets the model tolerance feature that consumes the face.</summary>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatures.RemoveStatusVisualization">
            <summary>Removes the status face coloring if it is switched on.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatures.StatusVisualized">
            <summary>Indicates whether the status face coloring is switched on.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeatures.UpdateStatusVisualization">
            <summary>Updates the status face coloring if it is switched on.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeaturesEnumerator">
            <summary>The ModelToleranceFeaturesEnumerator collection object provides access to a set of tolerance features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeaturesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeaturesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeaturesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelToleranceFeaturesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbol">
            <summary>ModelWeldingSymbol Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbol.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbol.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbol.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbol.Definitions">
            <summary>Gets and sets the ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions object associated with this symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbol.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbol.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbol.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbol.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbol.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbol.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbol.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbol.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbol.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbol.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbol.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbol.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbol.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbol.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition">
            <summary>ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition.AllAroundSymbol">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to add the all-around indicator to the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition.ClosedNoteTail">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to enclose the note text in a box or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition.FieldWeldingSymbol">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to add a flag indicating a field or site weld to the selected reference line or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition.IdentificationLinePlacement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the placement of the identification line against the reference line. Available for ISO and DIN only.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition.StaggerType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the stagger type of the welding symbols for fillets. This is applicable only if fillet welding symbols are set on both sides of the reference line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition.SwapArrowAndSymbols">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to switch the arrow and symbols above or below the reference line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition.TailNote">
            <summary>Gets and sets the description to the reference line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition.UseSpacer">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to use spacer or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition.WeldSymbolOne">
            <summary>Returns the WeldSymbol object that is above the reference line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition.WeldSymbolTwo">
            <summary>Returns the WeldSymbol object that is below the reference line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions">
            <summary>The ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions collection object provides access to the definitions for a model welding  symbol and provides methods to create additional ones.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions.Add(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition.</summary>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Long value indicating the target index to position this new ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition. The newly created ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition will be placed just before the target index, if not provided the newly created ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition will be placed as the first one.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions.AddFromWeldBead(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition. The new ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition will extract info from the WeldBead object but no associative with it so users can then modify the properties if necessary.</summary>
            <param name="WeldBead">
                <summary>Input WeldBead object from which to get weld symbol values to initialize a new  ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition. Currently only a WeldBead generated by fillet weld is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Long value indicating the target index to position this new ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition. The newly created ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition will be placed just before the target index, if not provided the newly created ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition will be placed as the first one.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions.AnnotationPlane">
            <summary>Gets and sets the annotation plane for the welding symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions.AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the annotation plane definition for the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions.AssociatedGeometries">
            <summary>Gets and sets the associated geometries. Valid geometries include faces, edges and vertices.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions object. The new ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions object is independent of any model welding&amp;nbsp;symbol. It can be edited and used as input to edit an existing model welding&amp;nbsp;symbol or to create a new m.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions.Intent">
            <summary>Gets and sets the geometric entity the welding symbol is attached to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions.Leader">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the leader associated with the model welding symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the welding symbol in the part or assembly. The point is projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions.Remove(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition from the ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions collection.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long value indicating the index of the ModelWeldingSymbolDefinition to remove.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolProxy">
            <summary>ModelWeldingSymbolProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolProxy.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolProxy.Definitions">
            <summary>Gets and sets the ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions object associated with this symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolProxy.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolProxy.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolProxy.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolProxy.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolProxy.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolProxy.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolProxy.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolProxy.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbols">
            <summary>The ModelWeldingSymbols collection object provides access to all the model welding symbols in part or assembly and provides methods to create additional ones.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbols.Add(Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions)">
            <summary>Method that creates a model welding symbol.</summary>
            <param name="Definitions">
                <summary>Input ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions object that defines the input for the ModelWeldingSymbol. A ModelWeldingSymbolDefinitions object can be created using the ModelWeldingSymbols.CreateDefinitions method. It can also be obtained from an existing ModelWeldingSymbol object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbols.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbols.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbols.CreateDefinitions(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a model welding symbol definitions object.</summary>
            <param name="LeaderPoints">
                <summary>ObjectCollection containing a series of Point objects representing the leader originating at the model welding symbol. The last item in the collection (even if it is the only item) can be a GeometryIntent object indicating the geometry to attach the leader to. The ObjectCollection must contain at least one item, else the method will fail.  The points are projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
                <summary>Input AnnotationPlaneDefinition object that defines the annotation plane the annotation will be created on.  An existing annotation plane can be specified by using the AnnotationPlaneDefinition object associated with the existing annotation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbols.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ModelWeldingSymbols.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MoldDefinition">
            <summary>MoldDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoldDefinition.Cavity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the cavity body of separate result.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoldDefinition.Core">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the core body of separate result.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoldDefinition.HolePatches">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets or sets the collection of SurfaceBody objects that represent the various hole patch surfaces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoldDefinition.InsertBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets or sets the collection of SurfaceBody objects that represent the various insert solid bodies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoldDefinition.PartBody">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets or sets the body that represents the part to analyze.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoldDefinition.PullDirection">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets or sets the vector that defines the pull direction of the mold.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoldDefinition.RunoffSurfaces">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets or sets the set of SurfaceBody objects that represent the various run-off surfaces that define the split.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoldDefinition.Separate">
            <summary>Method that generates core body and cavity body. API client then may get the newly generated core/cavity body from Core and Cavity property.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoldDefinition.Tolerance">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines the maximum gap tolerance size for the analysis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoldDefinition.WorkpieceBody">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets or sets the body that represents the mold blank. This is used to determine the extents of the mold.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MoldSplitResult">
            <summary>MoldSplitResult Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoldSplitResult.GetNote(System.Int32,System.Int32@,Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator@,System.Double@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Gets the information associated with a note.</summary>
            <param name="NoteIndex">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="NoteType">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Entities">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="ErrorMessage">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoldSplitResult.NoteCount">
            <summary>Gets the number of notes associated with this result.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoldSplitResult.Status">
            <summary>Gets the status of the mold analysis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MouseEvents">
            <summary>The MouseEvents object supports a set of events that can be received by clients who are interested in mouse input from the end-user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MouseEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MouseEvents.MouseMoveEnabled">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether a mouse move should fire an event (OnMouseMove). Default is FALSE.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MouseEvents.OnMouseClick(Inventor.MouseButtonEnum,Inventor.ShiftStateEnum,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.View)">
            <summary>Event that occurs when the user presses and then releases a mouse button.</summary>
            <param name="Button">
                <summary>Returns an enumerated constant that identifies the button that was clicked to cause the event. The constants correspond to the left button (bit 0), right button (bit 1), and middle button (bit 2). These bits correspond to the values 1, 2, and 4, respectively. Only one of the bits is set, indicating the button that caused the event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShiftKeys">
                <summary>Returns an enumerated constant that corresponds to the state of the SHIFT, CTRL, and ALT keys when the button specified in the button argument is clicked. The constants correspond to one or more of those three keys being down. Each of these keys corresponds to a bit: SHIFT key (bit 0), the CTRL key (bit 1), and the ALT key (bit 2). These bits correspond to the values 1, 2, and 4, respectively. Combinations of these are provided as conveniences in the enumerator. For example, if only the ALT key was down, the constant kShiftStateAlt would be returned corresponding to the integer 4. If CTRL and ALT were pressed, the constant kShiftStateCtrlAlt would be returned whose integer value would be 6.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that specify the current location of the mouse pointer in model space and are returned in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that specify the current location of the mouse pointer in window space and are returned in pixels.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>Returns the View object where the mouse was pressed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MouseEvents.OnMouseDoubleClick(Inventor.MouseButtonEnum,Inventor.ShiftStateEnum,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.View)">
            <summary>Event that occurs when the user presses and releases a mouse button and then presses and releases it again in quick succession.</summary>
            <param name="Button">
                <summary>Returns an enumerated constant that identifies the button that was clicked to cause the event. The constants correspond to the left button (bit 0), right button (bit 1), and middle button (bit 2). These bits correspond to the values 1, 2, and 4, respectively. Only one of the bits is set, indicating the button that caused the event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShiftKeys">
                <summary>Returns an enumerated constant that corresponds to the state of the SHIFT, CTRL, and ALT keys when the button specified in the button argument is clicked. The constants correspond to one or more of those three keys being down. Each of these keys corresponds to a bit: SHIFT key (bit 0), the CTRL key (bit 1), and the ALT key (bit 2). These bits correspond to the values 1, 2, and 4, respectively. Combinations of these are provided as conveniences in the enumerator. For example, if only the ALT key was down, the constant kShiftStateAlt would be returned corresponding to the integer 4. If CTRL and ALT were pressed, the constant kShiftStateCtrlAlt would be returned whose integer value would be 6.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that specify the current location of the mouse pointer in model space and are returned in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that specify the current location of the mouse pointer in window space and are returned in pixels.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>Returns the View object where the mouse was pressed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MouseEvents.OnMouseDown(Inventor.MouseButtonEnum,Inventor.ShiftStateEnum,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.View)">
            <summary>Event that occurs then the user presses a mouse button and begins to hold it down for a perceptible time.</summary>
            <param name="Button">
                <summary>Returns an enumerated constant that identifies the button that was clicked to cause the event. The constants correspond to the left button (bit 0), right button (bit 1), and middle button (bit 2). These bits correspond to the values 1, 2, and 4, respectively. Only one of the bits is set, indicating the button that caused the event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShiftKeys">
                <summary>Returns an enumerated constant that corresponds to the state of the SHIFT, CTRL, and ALT keys when the button specified in the button argument is clicked. The constants correspond to one or more of those three keys being down. Each of these keys corresponds to a bit: SHIFT key (bit 0), the CTRL key (bit 1), and the ALT key (bit 2). These bits correspond to the values 1, 2, and 4, respectively. Combinations of these are provided as conveniences in the enumerator. For example, if only the ALT key was down, the constant kShiftStateAlt would be returned corresponding to the integer 4. If CTRL and ALT were pressed, the constant kShiftStateCtrlAlt would be returned whose integer value would be 6.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that specify the current location of the mouse pointer in model space and are returned in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that specify the current location of the mouse pointer in window space and are returned in pixels.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>Returns the View object where the mouse was pressed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MouseEvents.OnMouseLeave(Inventor.MouseButtonEnum,Inventor.ShiftStateEnum,Inventor.View)">
            <summary>Event that occurs when the user moves the mouse out of a view.</summary>
            <param name="Button">
                <summary>Returns an enumerated constant that identifies the button that was clicked to cause the event. The constants correspond to the left button (bit 0), right button (bit 1), and middle button (bit 2). These bits correspond to the values 1, 2, and 4, respectively. Only one of the bits is set, indicating the button that caused the event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShiftKeys">
                <summary>Returns an enumerated constant that corresponds to the state of the SHIFT, CTRL, and ALT keys when the button specified in the button argument is clicked. The constants correspond to one or more of those three keys being down. Each of these keys corresponds to a bit: SHIFT key (bit 0), the CTRL key (bit 1), and the ALT key (bit 2). These bits correspond to the values 1, 2, and 4, respectively. Combinations of these are provided as conveniences in the enumerator. For example, if only the ALT key was down, the constant kShiftStateAlt would be returned corresponding to the integer 4. If CTRL and ALT were pressed, the constant kShiftStateCtrlAlt would be returned whose integer value would be 6.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>Returns the View object the mouse was moved out of.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MouseEvents.OnMouseMove(Inventor.MouseButtonEnum,Inventor.ShiftStateEnum,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.View)">
            <summary>Event that occurs when the user moves the mouse. The position moved to is described by the arguments of this event.</summary>
            <param name="Button">
                <summary>Returns an enumerated constant that identifies the button that was clicked to cause the event. The constants correspond to the left button (bit 0), right button (bit 1), and middle button (bit 2). These bits correspond to the values 1, 2, and 4, respectively. Only one of the bits is set, indicating the button that caused the event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShiftKeys">
                <summary>Returns an enumerated constant that corresponds to the state of the SHIFT, CTRL, and ALT keys when the button specified in the button argument is clicked. The constants correspond to one or more of those three keys being down. Each of these keys corresponds to a bit: SHIFT key (bit 0), the CTRL key (bit 1), and the ALT key (bit 2). These bits correspond to the values 1, 2, and 4, respectively. Combinations of these are provided as conveniences in the enumerator. For example, if only the ALT key was down, the constant kShiftStateAlt would be returned corresponding to the integer 4. If CTRL and ALT were pressed, the constant kShiftStateCtrlAlt would be returned whose integer value would be 6.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that specify the current location of the mouse pointer in model space and are returned in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that specify the current location of the mouse pointer in window space and are returned in pixels.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>Returns the View object where the mouse was pressed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MouseEvents.OnMouseUp(Inventor.MouseButtonEnum,Inventor.ShiftStateEnum,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.View)">
            <summary>Event that occurs when the user transitions out of a MouseDown position, releasing the mouse button.</summary>
            <param name="Button">
                <summary>Returns an enumerated constant that identifies the button that was clicked to cause the event. The constants correspond to the left button (bit 0), right button (bit 1), and middle button (bit 2). These bits correspond to the values 1, 2, and 4, respectively. Only one of the bits is set, indicating the button that caused the event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShiftKeys">
                <summary>Returns an enumerated constant that corresponds to the state of the SHIFT, CTRL, and ALT keys when the button specified in the button argument is clicked. The constants correspond to one or more of those three keys being down. Each of these keys corresponds to a bit: SHIFT key (bit 0), the CTRL key (bit 1), and the ALT key (bit 2). These bits correspond to the values 1, 2, and 4, respectively. Combinations of these are provided as conveniences in the enumerator. For example, if only the ALT key was down, the constant kShiftStateAlt would be returned corresponding to the integer 4. If CTRL and ALT were pressed, the constant kShiftStateCtrlAlt would be returned whose integer value would be 6.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that specify the current location of the mouse pointer in model space and are returned in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that specify the current location of the mouse pointer in window space and are returned in pixels.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>Returns the View object where the mouse was pressed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MouseEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MouseEvents.PointInferenceEnabled">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating that Inventor should turn its special point inferencing on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MouseEvents.PointInferences">
            <summary>Gets the inferencing object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MouseEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MoveAlongRayMoveOperation">
            <summary>The MoveAlongRayMoveOperation object represents the definition of a move along a specified direction within a move feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveAlongRayMoveOperation.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveAlongRayMoveOperation.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this operation from the feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveAlongRayMoveOperation.DirectionEntity">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the entity used to define the direction of the move.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveAlongRayMoveOperation.EntityNaturalDirection">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that specifies if the movement direction of the bodies is in the natural direction of the direction entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveAlongRayMoveOperation.Offset">
            <summary>Read-write property that provides access to the offset of a move along ray operation on a move body feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveAlongRayMoveOperation.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property returning the associated MoveDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveAlongRayMoveOperation.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MoveDefinition">
            <summary>The MoveDefinition object is used to define all of the input required for move body features.  It is also used to query and edit existing move body features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveDefinition.AddFreeDrag(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a free drag operation on the associated move body feature.</summary>
            <param name="XOffset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the x offset of the move operation.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YOffset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the y offset of the move operation.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ZOffset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the z offset of the move operation.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveDefinition.AddMoveAlongRay(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a move along ray operation on the associated move body feature.</summary>
            <param name="DirectionEntity">
                <summary>Input entity that specifies the direction of the move.  Valid input includes linear edges, planar faces, work axes, and work planes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseNaturalEntityDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies if the movement direction of the bodies uses the natural direction of the direction entity. If True it uses the natural direction.  If False the direction is reversed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset value of the move operation.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveDefinition.AddRotateAboutAxis(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a move rotate about azis operation on the associated move body feature.</summary>
            <param name="AxisEntity">
                <summary>Input entity that defines the axis of rotation  Valid input includes linear edges, cylindrical faces, torus faces, and work axes.  The rotation of the body(s) about this entity is defined using the right-hand rule, where the thumb is pointed along the entity in its natural direction and the fingers define the direction of rotation.  The UseEntityNaturalDirection property can be used to reverse the rotation direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseNaturalAxisDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies if the rotation direction of the bodies uses the natural direction of the direction entity. If True it uses the natural direction.  If False the direction is reversed.
The rotation of the body(s) about the axis entity is defined using the right-hand rule, where the thumb is pointed along the entity in its natural direction and the fingers define the direction of rotation.  The UseEntityNaturalDirection property can be used to reverse the rotation direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation angle of the rotate operation.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are radians.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that returns a copy of the MoveDefinition object.&amp;nbsp;The copy is independent of any feature and making edits to it will not change any feature.&amp;nbsp;A common workflow if you need to makes several edits to a feature is to copy the definition, makes the changes and then assign the definition back to the feature so that all of the edits are made as part of a single update.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveDefinition.MoveOperation">
            <summary>Property that returns the specified MoveOperation object.&amp;nbsp;They are returned in the same order that they were applied.&amp;nbsp;The MoveOperationCount property can used to determine the number of operations avaialable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveDefinition.MoveOperationCount">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of move operations associated with this definition.&amp;nbsp;The MoveOperation property can be used to access a specific operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent MoveFeature of the definition.&amp;nbsp;This can return Nothing in the case where this definition is transient and is not associated with any feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveDefinition.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the set of bodies that are affected by this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MoveFaceDefinition">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceDefinition.AutomaticBlending">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the move operation should propagate to adjacent tangent faces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFaceDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this MoveFaceDefinition object. The new MoveFaceDefinition object is independent of any feature. It can edited and used as input to edit an existing feature or to create a new Move Face feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceDefinition.Faces">
            <summary>Gets and sets the FaceCollection object that contains the faces that are used to define the Move Face feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceDefinition.MoveFaceType">
            <summary>Property that returns the method used to define the type of the move face operation. The valid values for this property are kDirectionAndDistanceMoveType, kPlanarMoveType, and kFreeMoveType. This property is initialized to kFreeMoveType when the definition is created. Use the MoveFaceTypeDefinition property to get the corresponding definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceDefinition.MoveFaceTypeDefinition">
            <summary>Property that returns the definition object that defines the type of move.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent MoveFaceFeature of this MoveFaceDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFaceDefinition.SetDirectionAndDistanceMoveType(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the move face type to kDirectionAndDistanceMoveType. The move is defined using a direction and a distance along the direction.</summary>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Defines the distance to move along the specified direction. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Specifies the entity defining the direction for the move. This can either be a WorkAxis, a linear Edge, or a planar Face object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DirectionReversed">
                <summary>Specifies whether the direction defined by the entity in the Direction argument should be reversed. Defaults to False indicating that the direction is not reversed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFaceDefinition.SetFreeMoveType(Inventor.Matrix)">
            <summary>Method that sets the move face type to kFreeMoveType. The move is defined using a matrix that defines the transform to be applies to the face(s).</summary>
            <param name="Transformation">
                <summary>Matrix that defines the free move transform of the faces.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFaceDefinition.SetPlanarMoveType(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the move face type to kPlanarMoveType. The move is defined using two points, and optionally, a plane for the move.</summary>
            <param name="PointOne">
                <summary>Specifies the first point for the planar move. This can either be a WorkPoint or a Vertex object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointTwo">
                <summary>Specifies the second point for the planar move. This can either be a WorkPoint or a Vertex object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Specifies the plane for the planar move. This can either be a WorkPlane or a planar Face object. If not specified, the move is based on the input points.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature">
            <summary>The MoveFaceFeature provides the ability to move any face of a part along it's normal.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the MoveFaceDefinition object associated with this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the MoveFaceDefinition object associated with this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatures">
            <summary>The MoveFaceFeatures object provides access to all of the objects in a component definition and provides methods to create additional MoveFaceFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatures.Add(Inventor.MoveFaceDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Move Face feature. The newly created MoveFaceFeature object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>MoveFaceDefinition object that defines the move face feature you want to create. A MoveFaceDefinition object can be created using the MoveFaceFeatures.CreateDefinition method. It can also be obtained from an existing MoveFaceFeature object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatures.CreateDefinition(Inventor.FaceCollection)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new MoveFaceDefinition object</summary>
            <param name="Faces">
                <summary>FaceCollection object that specifies the faces to move.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified feature object from the collection. This is the default property of this collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFaceFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MoveFeature">
            <summary>Use a MoveFeature object to move and rotate solid(SurfaceBody) and surface(WorkSurface) objects to a new location.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the definition for the move feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.Transformation">
            <summary>A transformation matrix that moves an extrude, revolve, or sweep feature to a new location.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the definition for the move feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.Transformation">
            <summary>A transformation matrix that moves an extrude, revolve, or sweep feature to a new location.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MoveFeatures">
            <summary>The MoveFeatures object provides access to all of the MoveFeature objects in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFeatures.Add(Inventor.MoveDefinition)">
            <summary>Creates a new move feature.</summary>
            <param name="MoveDefinition">
                <summary>Input MoveDefinition object that defines the input for the move feature.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveFeatures.CreateMoveDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Creates a MoveDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that contains the surface bodies to move. The WorkSurface is also valid to be added into the ObjectCollection to move.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  You can provide either the index of the item in the collection, where the first item is index 1, or you can provide the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.MoveOperation">
            <summary>The MoveOperation object is the base class for the various type of move operations that can be defined for a move body feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveOperation.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.MoveOperation.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this operation from the feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveOperation.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property returning the associated MoveDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.MoveOperation.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.NameValueMap">
            <summary>The NameValueMap object. This object provides context-specific information, usually the context in which an event occurred. For more information, see the Event Context Information article in the overview section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NameValueMap.Add(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Add a value associated to the specified key name.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the value of the attribute.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NameValueMap.Clear">
            <summary>Removes all objects from the map.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NameValueMap.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the count of name - value pairs in the map.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NameValueMap.Insert(System.String,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Insert a name value pair into the name value map with specified location.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the value of the attribute.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional input an index that specifies the existing name value pair next to which the new name value pair will be inserted. This can either be a numeric value indicating the index of an existing name value pair, or it can be a string indicating the name of an existing name value pair in the NameValueMap. If this is not specified, the new name value pair will be added at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBefore">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if the name value pair should be inserted before or after the target index. If not specified, a default value of True is used. This argument is ignored if the value of TargetIndex is not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NameValueMap.Item">
            <summary>Gets the value at the specified index number or key name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NameValueMap.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the name associated with the specified integer index.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NameValueMap.Remove(System.Object)">
            <summary>Removes the specified object from the map.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NameValueMap.Value">
            <summary>Gets and sets the value of the item associated with the specified name.&amp;nbsp;If the item with the specified name does not exist, it is added to the map.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.NativeBrowserNodeDefinition">
            <summary>The BrowserNodeDefinition object contains the definition of a node in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NativeBrowserNodeDefinition.AdditionalDisplayState">
            <summary>Gets and sets the additional display state of browsernodes that use this definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NativeBrowserNodeDefinition.AdditionalStateIconToolTipText">
            <summary>Gets and sets additional state icon tool tip text on a existing definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NativeBrowserNodeDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NativeBrowserNodeDefinition.BuiltIn">
            <summary>Specifies if the node is a standard Autodesk Inventor node or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NativeBrowserNodeDefinition.DisplayState">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display state of browsernodes that use this definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NativeBrowserNodeDefinition.ExpandedIcon">
            <summary>Gets the expanded icon on a existing definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NativeBrowserNodeDefinition.Icon">
            <summary>Gets the icon on a existing definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NativeBrowserNodeDefinition.Label">
            <summary>Gets the label of the BrowserNode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NativeBrowserNodeDefinition.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NativeBrowserNodeDefinition.OnLabelEdit(System.String,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever this node is renamed by the user.</summary>
            <param name="NewLabel">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NativeBrowserNodeDefinition.OverrideExpandedIcon">
            <summary>Gets and sets expanded icon override on a existing definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NativeBrowserNodeDefinition.OverrideIcon">
            <summary>Gets and sets icon override on a existing definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NativeBrowserNodeDefinition.OverrideStateIcon">
            <summary>Gets and sets state icon override on a existing definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NativeBrowserNodeDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NativeBrowserNodeDefinition.StateIconToolTipText">
            <summary>Gets and sets state icon tool tip text on a existing definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NativeBrowserNodeDefinition.ToolTipText">
            <summary>Gets and sets tool tip text on a existing definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NativeBrowserNodeDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.NonLinearEdgeWorkPointDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work point using a non-linear edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonLinearEdgeWorkPointDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonLinearEdgeWorkPointDef.Edge">
            <summary>Property that returns a non-linear Edge object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonLinearEdgeWorkPointDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent WorkPoint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonLinearEdgeWorkPointDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature">
            <summary>The NonParametricBaseFeature object represents the feature that is created when a foreign file is translated into an Autodesk Inventor part file. If the foreign file defines a solid, it is read in and used to define the base feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.DeleteFaces(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary />
            <param name="Faces">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.Edit">
            <summary>Edits the base feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.ExitEdit">
            <summary>Exits the edit context of the base feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.InputSurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the underlying SurfaceBody object associated with this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.IsAssociative">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this contents of this base feature are associatively copied from bodies and faces in the assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.IsComposite">
            <summary>Property that indicates if the non-parametric base feature is a composite of multiple solids and/or surfaces or is a single solid or surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.IsSolid">
            <summary>Indicates whether this base feature is a solid or surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.Redefine(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the geometric contents of a non-parametric base feature.</summary>
            <param name="BRepEntities">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the entity(s) that will replace the existing entity(s). The input for this argument must currently be a SurfaceBody object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureDefinition">
            <summary>The NonParametricBaseFeatureDefinition is a utility object used for creating, querying, and editing non-parametric base features. A NonParametricBaseFeatureDefinition object can be created using the CreateDefinition method of the NonParametricBaseFeatures collection object. They can also be obtained from existing NonParametricBaseFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureDefinition.BRepEntities">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines the geometry to be used for creating the non-parametric base feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureDefinition.DeleteOriginal">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines if the original geometry in the construction environment is deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureDefinition.IsAssociative">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines if the copied geometry should be associative to the original geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureDefinition.OutputType">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies the desired result type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureDefinition.TargetOccurrence">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies the desired target Occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.DeleteFaces(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary />
            <param name="Faces">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.Edit">
            <summary>Edits the base feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.ExitEdit">
            <summary>Exits the edit context of the base feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.InputSurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the underlying SurfaceBody object associated with this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.IsAssociative">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this contents of this base feature are associatively copied from bodies and faces in the assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.IsComposite">
            <summary>Property that indicates if the non-parametric base feature is a composite of multiple solids and/or surfaces or is a single solid or surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.IsSolid">
            <summary>Indicates whether this base feature is a solid or surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.Redefine(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the geometric contents of a non-parametric base feature.</summary>
            <param name="BRepEntities">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the entity(s) that will replace the existing entity(s). The input for this argument must currently be a SurfaceBody object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatures">
            <summary>The object represented the base solid that was created when a file was imported into Autodesk Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatures.Add(Inventor.SurfaceBody,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds a NonParametricBaseFeature to the collection.</summary>
            <param name="SurfaceBody">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody to create the new NonParametricBaseFeature in the collection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Transform">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies the transformation for the new NonParametricBaseFeature in the collection.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatures.AddByDefinition(Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatureDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new NonParametricBaseFeature object.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input NonParametricBaseFeatureDefinition object that defines all of the input required to create a non-parametric base feature. A NonParametricBaseFeatureDefinition object is created using the CreateDefinition method of the NonParametricBaseFeatures collection object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatures.CreateDefinition">
            <summary>Method that creates and returns a NonParametricBaseFeatureDefinition object. This object is not a non-parametric base feature but contains the information that defines one and be used to create a new non-parametric base feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified NonParametricBaseFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NonParametricBaseFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.NormalToCurveWorkPlaneDef">
            <summary>The NormalToCurveWorkPlaneDef object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane defined as normal to a curve and through a point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NormalToCurveWorkPlaneDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NormalToCurveWorkPlaneDef.CurveEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the curve entity of a normal to curve defined work plane. This object can be an Edge, 3D Sketch entity, or 2D Sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NormalToCurveWorkPlaneDef.GetData(System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that returns all of the data defining a work plane defined by a curve and a point.</summary>
            <param name="CurveEntity">
                <summary>Output argument that returns the curve object used to define the NormalToCurveWorkPlaneDef. This object can be an Edge, 3D Sketch entity, or 2D Sketch entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Output argument that returns the point object used to define the NormalToCurveWorkPlaneDef. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint3D, or SketchPoint object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NormalToCurveWorkPlaneDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NormalToCurveWorkPlaneDef.Point">
            <summary>Property that returns the point of a normal to curve defined work plane. The point can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint3D or SketchPoint object. The work plane passes through the point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NormalToCurveWorkPlaneDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.NormalToSurfaceWorkAxisDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work axis defined normal to a surface and through a point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NormalToSurfaceWorkAxisDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.NormalToSurfaceWorkAxisDef.GetData(System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the data defining a work axis defined normal to a surface at a point.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Output object that represents a Point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint3D, or SketchPoint object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SurfaceEntity">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NormalToSurfaceWorkAxisDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent WorkAxis object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NormalToSurfaceWorkAxisDef.Point">
            <summary>Property that returns the point of a normal to surface defined work axis. The point can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint3D or SketchPoint object. The work axis passes through the point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NormalToSurfaceWorkAxisDef.SurfaceEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the surface entity of a normal to surface defined work axis. This object can be a Face, WorkPlane, or PlanarSketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NormalToSurfaceWorkAxisDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.NotebookOptions">
            <summary>The NotebookOptions object provides access to properties that provide read and write access of the notebook related application options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Notebook tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NotebookOptions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NotebookOptions.ArrowColor">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the color for arrows in design notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NotebookOptions.DisplayNoteIcons">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether enables or disables displaying icons for design notes in the graphics window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NotebookOptions.DisplayNoteText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether enables or disables displaying text for design notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NotebookOptions.KeepNotesOnDeletedObjects">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether design notes associated with model geometry should be retained after the geometry has been deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NotebookOptions.NoteHighlightColor">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the color for the highlighted component in note views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NotebookOptions.TextBackgroundColor">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the background color for the comment boxes in design notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.NotebookOptions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ObjectCollection">
            <summary>Generic collection of weakly-typed objects (IDispatch).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ObjectCollection.Add(System.Object)">
            <summary>Adds an object to the generic collection.</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Input Object to add to the collection.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ObjectCollection.Clear">
            <summary>Removes all objects from the generic collection.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectCollection.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectCollection.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ObjectCollection.Remove(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified object from the generic collection.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long value that specifies the index of the object to remove.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ObjectCollection.RemoveByObject(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified object from the generic object collection.</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Input Object to remove.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectCollection.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ObjectCollectionByVariant">
            <summary>Generic collection of weakly-typed objects (IDispatch).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ObjectCollectionByVariant.Add(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Adds an object to the generic collection.</summary>
            <param name="StringIndex">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the index key for the item.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Input Object to add to the collection.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectCollectionByVariant.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectCollectionByVariant.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object in the collection. The index can be numeric or the object name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ObjectCollectionByVariant.Remove(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified object from the generic collection.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the index of the object to remove.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectCollectionByVariant.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle">
            <summary>The Object Defaults style is a sub-style of the active standard style. In a drawing document, after a standard is selected, the active Object Default style specifies which layer and object style provides the format definition for a particular object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.AngularDimensionLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.AngularDimensionStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default dimension style for angular dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.AuxiliaryViewLineLayer">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the default layer for auxiliary view line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.AuxiliaryViewLineStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the default style for auxiliary view line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.BalloonLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for balloons.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.BalloonStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default style for balloons.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.BaselineDimensionLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for baseline dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.BaselineDimensionStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default dimension style for baseline dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.BendNoteLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for bend notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.BendNoteStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default dimension style for bend notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.BendTableLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for bend tables.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.BendTableStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default style for bend tables.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.BendTagLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for bend tags.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.BendTagStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default style for bend tags.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.BorderGeometryLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for border geometries.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.BorderTextLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for border texts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.BorderTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default text style for border texts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.CenterlineLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for center lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.CenterlineStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default style for center lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.CentermarkLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for center marks.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.CentermarkStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default style for center marks.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.CenterOfGravityLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for center mark identifying the center of gravity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.CenterOfGravityStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default style for center mark identifying the center of gravity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.ChainDimensionLayer">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the default layer for chain dimension sets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.ChainDimensionStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the default style for chain dimension sets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.ChamferNoteLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for chamfer notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.ChamferNoteStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default dimension style for chamfer notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.Comments">
            <summary>Gets and sets comments associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.ConfigurationTableLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for configuration tables.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.ConfigurationTableStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default style for configuration tables.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local Style object. The newly created style is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a dimension style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other dimension styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.CropCutLineLayer">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the default layer for crop cut line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.CropCutLineStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the default style for crop cut line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Style/Layer/UnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.DetailCutLineLayer">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the default layer for detail cut line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.DetailViewCalloutLayer">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the default layer for detail view callout.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.DetailViewCalloutStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the default style for detail view callout.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.DiameterDimensionLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for diameter dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.DiameterDimensionStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default dimension style for diameter dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.EdgeSymbolLayer">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the default layer for edge symbols.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.EdgeSymbolStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the default style for edge symbols.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.FeatureControlFrameLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for feature control frames.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.FeatureControlFrameStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default style for feature control frames.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.GeneralNoteLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for general notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.GeneralNoteStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default text style for general notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.HoleNoteLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for hole notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.HoleNoteStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default dimension style for hole notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.HoleTableLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for hole tables.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.HoleTableStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default style for hole tables.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.HoleTagLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for hole tags.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.HoleTagStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default dimension style for hole tags.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the standard style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user. Note that this name is not guaranteed to be unique.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.LeaderTextLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for leader texts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.LeaderTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default text style for leader text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.LinearDimensionLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for linear dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.LinearDimensionStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default dimension style for linear dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.OrdinateDimensionLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for ordinate dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.OrdinateDimensionSetLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for ordinate dimension sets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.OrdinateDimensionStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default dimension style for ordinate dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.OrdinateSetDimensionStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default dimension style for ordinate set dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.OriginIndicatorLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for origin indicators.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.OriginIndicatorStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default leader style for origin indicators.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.PartsListLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for parts lists.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.PartsListStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default style for parts lists.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.PunchNoteLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for punch notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.PunchNoteStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default dimension style for punch notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.RadialDimensionLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for radial dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.RadialDimensionStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default dimension style for radial dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.RevisionTableLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for revision tables.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.RevisionTableStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default style for revision tables.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.RevisionTagLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for revision tags.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.RevisionTagStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default style for revision tags.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.SectionBreakLineLayer">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the default layer for section break line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.SectionViewLineLayer">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the default layer for section view line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.SectionViewLineStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the default style for section view line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.SheetMetalPunchLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for a center mark identifying a sheet metal punch origin.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.SheetMetalPunchStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default style for a center mark identifying a sheet metal punch origin.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.Sketch3DGeometryLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for 3D sketch geometries.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.SketchedSymbolGeometryLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for user defined symbol sketch geometries.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.SketchedSymbolLeaderLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for user defined symbols.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.SketchedSymbolLeaderStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default leader style for user defined symbols.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.SketchedSymbolTextLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for user defined symbol sketch texts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.SketchedSymbolTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default text style for user defined symbol sketch texts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.SketchGeometryLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for sketch geometries.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.SketchTextLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for sketch texts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.SketchTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default text style for sketches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.StyleType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.SurfaceTextureLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for surface textures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.SurfaceTextureStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default style for surface textures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.TableLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for general (custom) tables.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.TableStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default style for general (custom) tables.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.ThreadNoteLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for thread notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.ThreadNoteStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default dimension style for thread notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.TitleBlockGeometryLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for title block geometries.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.TitleBlockTextLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for title block texts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.TitleBlockTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default text style for title block texts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.TransitionSymbolLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for transition symbols.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.TransitionSymbolStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default style for transition symbols.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.ViewLabelLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for view labels.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.ViewLabelStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default text style for view labels.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.WeldSymbolLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for weld symbols.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.WeldSymbolStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default style for weld symbols.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.WorkAxisLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for a centerline or center mark identifying a work axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.WorkAxisStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default style for a centerline or center mark identifying a work axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.WorkPlaneLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for a centerline identifying a work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.WorkPlaneStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default style for a centerline identifying a work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.WorkPointLayer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default layer for a center mark identifying a work point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStyle.WorkPointStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default style for a center mark identifying a work point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStylesEnumerator">
            <summary>The ObjectDefaultsStylesEnumerator object allows iteration through the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStylesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStylesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStylesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectDefaultsStylesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator">
            <summary>Generic enumerator for a group of objects. This enumerator will also support the IEnumxxx-style interface (IEnumUnknown, unless otherwise specified).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ObjectsEnumeratorByVariant">
            <summary>Generic enumerator for a group of objects. This enumerator will also support the IEnumxxx-style interface (IEnumUnknown, unless otherwise specified).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectsEnumeratorByVariant.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectsEnumeratorByVariant.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object in the collection. The index can be numeric or the object name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectsEnumeratorByVariant.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ObjectVisibility">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.AllWorkFeatures">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all work features should be visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.Annotations3D">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether 3d annotations should be visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.ComponentAnnotations3D">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether component 3d annotations should be visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.ConstructionSurfaces">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether construction work surfaces should be visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.GroupDiagnostics">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether group diagnostics should be visible in the construction environment of parts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.GroupSolids">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether group solids should be visible in the construction environment of parts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.GroupSurfaces">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether group surfaces should be visible in the construction environment of parts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.GroupWires">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether group wires should be visible in the construction environment of parts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.OriginWorkAxes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether origin work axes should be visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.OriginWorkPlanes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether origin work planes should be visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.OriginWorkPoints">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether origin work points should be visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.SketchDimensions">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether sketch (2D/3D) dimensions should be visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.Sketches">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether 2d sketches should be visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.Sketches3D">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether 3d sketches should be visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.UCSTriads">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether user coordinate system triads should be visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.UCSWorkAxes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether user coordinate system work axes should be visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.UCSWorkPlanes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether user coordinate system work planes should be visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.UCSWorkPoints">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether user coordinate system work points should be visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.UserWorkAxes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether user work axes should be visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.UserWorkPlanes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether user work planes should be visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.UserWorkPoints">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether user work points should be visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.WeldmentSymbols">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether weldment symbols should be visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ObjectVisibility.Welds">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether welds should be visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OccurrencePattern">
            <summary>The OccurrencePattern object is the base class for the FeatureBasedOccurrencePattern, RectangularOccurrencePattern, and CircularOccurrencePattern objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePattern.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePattern.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OccurrencePattern.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the pattern.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OccurrencePattern.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePattern.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePattern.IsPatternElement">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this occurrence pattern is itself an element of a parent pattern. In the case where this occurrence pattern represents a pattern element, this property returns True. The PatternElement property can be used to get that pattern element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePattern.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePattern.OccurrencePatternElements">
            <summary>Property returning an OccurrencePatternElements collection object. The first element within this collection will contain the components that were provided as input for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePattern.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePattern.ParentComponents">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the components used as input for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePattern.PatternElement">
            <summary>Property that returns the pattern element this occurrence pattern represents. In the case where this occurrence pattern is not part of a parent pattern this property returns Nothing. The IsPatternElement property can be used to check if this occurrence pattern is part of a parent pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OccurrencePattern.Suppress(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Suppress the occurrence pattern.</summary>
            <param name="SkipDocumentSave">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to skip document save or not. Default to False indicating the dirty documents will be saved.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePattern.Suppressed">
            <summary>Returns the suppress state of the occurrence pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePattern.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OccurrencePattern.Unsuppress">
            <summary>Unsuppress the occurrence pattern.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePattern.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible property for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElement">
            <summary>The OccurrencePatternElement object represents a single instance within an occurrence pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElement.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElement.Components">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of components that were created for this particular instance. There are cases where this collection can contain a count of zero. The obvious cases are when this element has been set to be independent or suppressed. There is another case when this element is the result of a feature based occurrence pattern and the instance it is associated with within the feature pattern has been suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElement.Independent">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether the element is independent of the pattern or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElement.Index">
            <summary>Property that returns the index of this element within the OccurrencePatternElements collection it is a member of.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElement.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the name of the element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElement.Occurrences">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of occurrences that were created for this particular instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElement.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent occurrence pattern of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElement.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether the element is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElement.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElementProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElementProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElementProxy.Components">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of components that were created for this particular instance. There are cases where this collection can contain a count of zero. The obvious cases are when this element has been set to be independent or suppressed. There is another case when this element is the result of a feature based occurrence pattern and the instance it is associated with within the feature pattern has been suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElementProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElementProxy.Independent">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether the element is independent of the pattern or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElementProxy.Index">
            <summary>Property that returns the index of this element within the OccurrencePatternElements collection it is a member of.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElementProxy.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the name of the element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElementProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElementProxy.Occurrences">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of occurrences that were created for this particular instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElementProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent occurrence pattern of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElementProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether the element is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElementProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElements">
            <summary>The OccurrencePatternElements collection object provides access to the instances ( objects) that result from the creation of a pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElements.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElements.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElements.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified OccurrencePatternElement object from the collection. This is the default method of the OccurrencePatternElements collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElements.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent OccurrencePattern object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatternElements.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OccurrencePatterns">
            <summary>The OccurrencePatterns collection object provides access to the existing assembly patterns ( objects) and supports methods to create new patterns.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OccurrencePatterns.AddCircularPattern(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new circular occurrence pattern of input component(s).</summary>
            <param name="ParentComponents">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the components to pattern. The valid objects that can be specified in the collection are ComponentOccurrence and OccurrencePattern objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisEntity">
                <summary>Input proxy object that defines the axis of the pattern. This can be a proxy to a linear edge or work axis in a part or subassembly, or it can be a work axis from the top-level assembly.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisEntityNaturalDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies if the rotation direction of the pattern uses the natural direction of the axis entity. If True it uses the natural direction which defines the rotation direction using the right hand rule where the thumb is pointed in the direction of the axis. If False the direction is reversed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AngleOffset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle offset between pattern instances. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Count">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the number of instances. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a string is input it must result in a unitless number.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OccurrencePatterns.AddFeatureBasedPattern(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.PartFeature)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new occurrence pattern of the input component(s) using a pattern feature to define the positions of the elements within the pattern.</summary>
            <param name="ParentComponents">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the components to pattern. The valid objects that can be specified in the collection are ComponentOccurrence and OccurrencePattern objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FeaturePattern">
                <summary>Input PatternFeatureProxy object that defines which pattern feature to use for this occurrence pattern.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OccurrencePatterns.AddRectangularPattern(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new rectangular occurrence pattern of input component(s).</summary>
            <param name="ParentComponents">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the components to pattern. The valid objects that can be specified in the collection are ComponentOccurrence and OccurrencePattern objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ColumnEntity">
                <summary>Input proxy object that defines the column (x) direction of the pattern. This must be a proxy to a linear edge or a work axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ColumnEntityNaturalDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies if the column direction is in the natural direction of the column entity or opposed. True if it is in the same direction as the natural direction of the column entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ColumnOffset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance between the columns. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ColumnCount">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the number of columns. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a string is input it must result in a unitless number.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RowEntity">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the row (y) direction of the pattern. This must be a proxy to a linear edge or a work axis. If this argument is left out then the pattern will have a single row and all subsequent arguments will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RowEntityNaturalDirection">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if the row direction is in the natural direction of the row entity or opposed. True if it is in the same direction as the natural direction of the row entity. This argument must be supplied if the RowEntity argument is provided; otherwise it is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RowOffset">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the distance between the rows. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document. This argument must be supplied if the RowEntity argument is provided; otherwise it is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RowCount">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the number of rows. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a string is input it must result in a unitless number. This argument must be supplied if the RowEntity argument is provided; otherwise it is ignored.Sub PatternComponent()
' Set a reference to the active assembly document
Dim oDoc As AssemblyDocument
Set oDoc = ThisApplication.ActiveDocument
' Set a reference to the AssemblyComponentDefinition
Dim oDef As AssemblyComponentDefinition
Set oDef = oDoc.ComponentDefinition
' Get the x\-axis of the assembly
Dim oXAxis As WorkAxis
Set oXAxis = oDef.WorkAxes.Item(1)
' Get the y\-axis of the assembly
Dim oYAxis As WorkAxis
Set oYAxis = oDef.WorkAxes.Item(2)
Dim oParentOccs As ObjectCollection
Set oParentOccs = ThisApplication.TransientObjects.CreateObjectCollection
oParentOccs.Add oDef.Occurrences.Item(1)
' Create a rectangular pattern of components\:
' 4 columns in the x\-direction with an offset of 5 in
' 3 rows in the y\-direction with an offset of 4 in
Dim oRectOccPattern As RectangularOccurrencePattern
Set oRectOccPattern = oDef.OccurrencePatterns.AddRectangularPattern( _
oParentOccs, oXAxis, True, "5 in", 4, oYAxis, True, "4 in", 3)
End Sub </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatterns.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatterns.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatterns.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified OccurrencePattern object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatterns.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OccurrencePatterns.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OffsetConstraint">
            <summary>The OffsetConstraint object represents a constraint that defines an offset of two entities from two other entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OffsetConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetConstraint.EntityFour">
            <summary>Property that returns one of the entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns one of the entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetConstraint.EntityThree">
            <summary>Property that returns one of the entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns one of the entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OffsetConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OffsetConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetConstraintProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OffsetConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetConstraintProxy.EntityFour">
            <summary>Property that returns one of the entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns one of the entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetConstraintProxy.EntityThree">
            <summary>Property that returns one of the entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns one of the entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OffsetConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraint">
            <summary>The OffsetDimConstraint object represents a constraint that controls the distance between two parallel lines or a line and a point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraint.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraint.DimensionCenterPoint">
            <summary>Gets the center of the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraint.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraint.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the circle or arc being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraint.Line">
            <summary>Property that returns the proxy SketchLine being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraint.LinearDiameter">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the dimension is a linear diameter style of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraint.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraint.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraintProxy.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraintProxy.DimensionCenterPoint">
            <summary>Gets the center of the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraintProxy.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraintProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the circle or arc being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraintProxy.Line">
            <summary>Property that returns the proxy SketchLine being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraintProxy.LinearDiameter">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the dimension is a linear diameter style of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraintProxy.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraintProxy.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetDimConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraint">
            <summary>The OffsetSplineDimConstraint is automatically created when offset spline dimensions are created. The OffsetDimConstraint object represents a constraint that controls the distance between two parallel lines or a line and a point. This constraint cannot be explicitly deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraint.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraint.DimensionCenterPoint">
            <summary>Gets the center of the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraint.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraint.OffsetSpline">
            <summary>Gets the SketchOffsetSpline being constrained to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraint.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraint.Spline">
            <summary>Gets the SketchSpline being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraint.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraintProxy.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraintProxy.DimensionCenterPoint">
            <summary>Gets the center of the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraintProxy.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraintProxy.OffsetSpline">
            <summary>Gets the SketchOffsetSpline being constrained to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraintProxy.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraintProxy.Spline">
            <summary>Gets the SketchSpline being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraintProxy.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetSplineDimConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OffsetWidthExtent">
            <summary>The OffsetWidthExtent is used by sheet metal features when the width of the feature is defined with respect to two entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetWidthExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetWidthExtent.OffsetDistanceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the distance of the feature from this offset entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetWidthExtent.OffsetDistanceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the distance of the feature from this offset entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetWidthExtent.OffsetEntityOne">
            <summary>Property that gets and set the entity the width is measured relative to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetWidthExtent.OffsetEntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that gets and set the entity the width is measured relative to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetWidthExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OffsetWidthExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OGSRenderItem">
            <summary>OGS Render Item Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSRenderItem.AmbientColor">
            <summary>Propod that gets the ambient color.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSRenderItem.AmbientFactor">
            <summary>Gets the AmbientFactor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSRenderItem.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSRenderItem.DiffuseColor">
            <summary>Propod that gets the diffuse color.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSRenderItem.DiffuseFactor">
            <summary>Gets the DiffuseFactor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSRenderItem.EmissiveColor">
            <summary>Propod that gets the emissive color.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OGSRenderItem.GetVerticesData(System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Gets the Vertex Data.</summary>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="TextureCoordinates">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSRenderItem.Gloss">
            <summary>Gets the Gloss.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSRenderItem.OGSGeometryType">
            <summary>Gets the OGS Geometry Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSRenderItem.OGSPrimitiveType">
            <summary>Gets the OGS Primitive Type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSRenderItem.Opacity">
            <summary>Gets the opacity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSRenderItem.Shininess">
            <summary>Gets the Shininess.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSRenderItem.SpecularColor">
            <summary>Propod that gets the specular color.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSRenderItem.SubRenderItems">
            <summary>Gets the RenderItemsEnumerator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSRenderItem.TextureFilename">
            <summary>Gets Texture full File Name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSRenderItem.TextureTransformation">
            <summary>Gets the transformation of the diffuse texture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSRenderItem.Transformation">
            <summary>Gets the transformation of this render item.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSRenderItem.TransmissionColor">
            <summary>Method that gets the Transmission color.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSRenderItem.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OGSRenderItemsEnumerator">
            <summary>OGS Render Items Enumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSRenderItemsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSRenderItemsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSRenderItemsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OGSSceneNode">
            <summary>OGSSceneNode object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSSceneNode.Document">
            <summary>Gets the document corresponding to this node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSSceneNode.Name">
            <summary>OGS scene node name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSSceneNode.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSSceneNode.RenderItems">
            <summary>Get the render items.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSSceneNode.SceneNodeType">
            <summary>Get the type of this scene node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSSceneNode.SubSceneNodes">
            <summary>Gets the sub scene node if this node is an assembly node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSSceneNode.Transformation">
            <summary>Gets the transformation of this scene node.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSSceneNode.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSSceneNode.Visible">
            <summary>Gets if the node is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OGSSceneNodesEnumerator">
            <summary>OGSSceneNodesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSSceneNodesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSSceneNodesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OGSSceneNodesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3D">
            <summary>OnFaceConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3D.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3D.Entity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the 3D sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3D.Face">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Face which the 3D sketch entity is constrained to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>OnFaceConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3DProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3DProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the 3D sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3DProxy.Face">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Face which the 3D sketch entity is constrained to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OnFaceCurve">
            <summary>OnFaceCurve Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurve.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurve.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OnFaceCurve.BreakLink">
            <summary>Method that breaks the link between the intersection curve and the model.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurve.Closed">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the curve is closed. Set this to True may result to generate new splines in the curve to make the curve to be closed. Defining a curve to be closed will cause it to close and be periodic if possible at the closure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurve.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurve.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OnFaceCurve.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the intersection curve.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OnFaceCurve.Edit(Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Method that edit the on face curve object.</summary>
            <param name="Faces">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that specifies an array of faces to create the splines on. The faces are in sequence and a face should be connected with the faces that are before and after it in the sequence, otherwise an error will occur. The format is as below:

&lt;P&gt;Name = “Face1”. Value = A Face object. The number in the Name is 1-based, and can be increased for more faces to be added.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FitPoints">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that contains an array of ObjectCollection objects that each ObjectCollection specifies the fit points for a spline curve on a face. The format is as below:

&lt;P&gt;Name = “Face1”. Value = An ObjectCollection object that contains the Point or SketchPoint3D objects which indicate the fit points positions. The number in the Name is 1-based and can be increased for more ObjectCollection objects to be added. The name in this argument should be matched to the name in the Faces argument so the fit points are located on the corresponding Face object.

&lt;P&gt;If the count of items in this argument is different from that in the Faces argument or the Name are not matched in the Faces and FitPoints argument, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurve.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchPoint3D that defines the position of the end of the curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurve.Faces">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the NameValueMap object that contains the faces in sequence that the sketch splines on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OnFaceCurve.FitPoint(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the fit point at the specified index. The indices correspond to the fit points in order from the start to the end of the splines in the curve. An Index of 1 returns the first SketchPoint3D. The FitPointCount property returns the.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long value that specifies the index of the fit point to return.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurve.FitPointCount">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the number of fit points for the curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OnFaceCurve.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurve.Name">
            <summary>Read-write properrty that gets and sets name of the OnFaceCurve. When setting this property, the name must be unique with respect to all other OnFaceCurve objects in the document. If the name is not unique an error will occur.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurve.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurve.RangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurve.SketchEntities">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a collection of sketch entities that belong to the on face curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurve.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchPoint3D that defines the position of the start of the curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurve.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy">
            <summary>OnFaceCurveProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy.BreakLink">
            <summary>Method that breaks the link between the intersection curve and the model.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy.Closed">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the curve is closed. Set this to True may result to generate new splines in the curve to make the curve to be closed. Defining a curve to be closed will cause it to close and be periodic if possible at the closure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the intersection curve.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy.Edit(Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Method that edit the on face curve object.</summary>
            <param name="Faces">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that specifies an array of faces to create the splines on. The faces are in sequence and a face should be connected with the faces that are before and after it in the sequence, otherwise an error will occur. The format is as below:

&lt;P&gt;Name = “Face1”. Value = A Face object. The number in the Name is 1-based, and can be increased for more faces to be added.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FitPoints">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that contains an array of ObjectCollection objects that each ObjectCollection specifies the fit points for a spline curve on a face. The format is as below:

&lt;P&gt;Name = “Face1”. Value = An ObjectCollection object that contains the Point or SketchPoint3D objects which indicate the fit points positions. The number in the Name is 1-based and can be increased for more ObjectCollection objects to be added. The name in this argument should be matched to the name in the Faces argument so the fit points are located on the corresponding Face object.

&lt;P&gt;If the count of items in this argument is different from that in the Faces argument or the Name are not matched in the Faces and FitPoints argument, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchPoint3D that defines the position of the end of the curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the NameValueMap object that contains the faces in sequence that the sketch splines on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy.FitPoint(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the fit point at the specified index. The indices correspond to the fit points in order from the start to the end of the splines in the curve. An Index of 1 returns the first SketchPoint3D. The FitPointCount property returns the.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long value that specifies the index of the fit point to return.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy.FitPointCount">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the number of fit points for the curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy.Name">
            <summary>Read-write properrty that gets and sets name of the OnFaceCurve. When setting this property, the name must be unique with respect to all other OnFaceCurve objects in the document. If the name is not unique an error will occur.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy.SketchEntities">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a collection of sketch entities that belong to the on face curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchPoint3D that defines the position of the start of the curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurveProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OnFaceCurves">
            <summary>OnFaceCurves Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OnFaceCurves.Add(Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Creates a new on face curve.</summary>
            <param name="Faces">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that specifies an array of faces to create the splines on. The faces are in sequence and a face should be connected with the faces that are before and after it in the sequence, otherwise an error will occur. The format is as below:

&lt;P&gt;Name = “Face1”. Value = A Face object. The number in the Name is 1-based, and can be increased for more faces to be added.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FitPoints">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that contains an array of ObjectCollection objects that each ObjectCollection specifies the fit points for a spline curve on a face. The format is as below:

&lt;P&gt;Name = “Face1”. Value = An ObjectCollection object that contains the Point or SketchPoint3D objects which indicate the fit points positions. The number in the Name is 1-based and can be increased for more ObjectCollection objects to be added. The name in this argument should be matched to the name in the Faces argument so the fit points are located on the corresponding Face object.

&lt;P&gt;If the count of items in this argument is different from that in the Faces argument or the Name are not matched in the Faces and FitPoints argument, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurves.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurves.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurves.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OnFaceCurves.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OrdinateDimension">
            <summary>The OrdinateDimension object represents an ordinate dimension placed on a sheet. The properties and methods listed below are in addition to those supported by the DrawingDimension object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.Attached">
            <summary>Indicates whether this dimension is attached to anything. If not, it is considered orphaned and can be removed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DrawingDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.DimensionLine">
            <summary>Property that returns the dimension line geometry of the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.DimensionType">
            <summary>Property that returns the dimension type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.GetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum@,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method returns an error if the IsInspectionDimension property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Output InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that indicates the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text. Valid return values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text placed left of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.HideValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the HideValue setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.Intent">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the geometry associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.IsInspectionDimension">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this is an inspection dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.IsOrdinateSetMember">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this dimension is a member of an ordinate dimension set. If this property returns True, the OrdinateDimensionSet object is returned by the OrdinateDimensionSet property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.JogPointOne">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the first jog point for the ordinate dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.JogPointTwo">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the second jog point for the ordinate dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.ModelValue">
            <summary>Property that gets the dimension value as defined in the model or as measured in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.ModelValueOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the model value is overridden for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.OrdinateDimensionSet">
            <summary>Property that returns the OrdinateDimensionSet that owns this dimension. This property returns nothing if this dimension is not an ordinate dimension set member. This can be checked using the IsOrdinateSetMember property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.OverrideModelValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the NominalValue setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sheet of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.Precision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the Precision setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.SetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method automatically sets the IsInspectionDimension property to True, if it isn't already.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Optional input InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that specifies the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text. Valid values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder. If not specified, kNoInspectionBorder is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text placed left of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.Style">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the dimension style used for this dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.Text">
            <summary>Gets and sets the DimensionText setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.Tolerance">
            <summary>Property that returns the Tolerance object associated with this dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.TolerancePrecision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the precision of the tolerance text for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimension.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OrdinateDimensions">
            <summary>The OrdinateDimensions collection object provides access to all of the ordinate dimensions on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OrdinateDimensions.Add(Inventor.GeometryIntent,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates an ordinate dimension.</summary>
            <param name="Intent">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that specifies the geometry to dimension. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the Sheet.CreateGeometryIntent method. Valid intent values are points that specify geometry to which an ordinate dimension can be attached. For example, the start, mid, end point of lines and start, end, center point of curves are valid intent values. If an invalid intent is specified, this method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextOrigin">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the position of the dimension text on the sheet. The specified position of the dimension text together with the dimension alignment type (specified by the DimensionType argument) will determine the actual resulting position for the dimension text. If the specified dimension text position lies along the dimension line implied by the DimensionType argument, the dimension text will be placed exactly at the specified position. On the other hand, if the specified dimension text position does not lie along the dimension line implied by the DimensionType argument, the specified point will be projected onto the dimension line and the dimension text will be placed at this projected point. The following figures show how the specified position will be interpreted. In the first figure, the dimension type is specified to be a horizontal ordinate dimension and the specified point (P) lies on the horizontal line (L), therefore the dimension text will be placed exactly at the specified point (P).

In the second figure (shown below), the dimension type is specified to be a horizontal ordinate dimension and the specified point (P) does not lie on the horizontal line (L), therefore the point P will be first projected onto the dimension line and this projected point (P') will be used as the placement point for the dimension text.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionType">
                <summary>Input DimensionTypeEnum that specifies the ordinate dimension type. Valid values kHorizontalDimensionType, kVerticalDimensionType and kAlignedDimensionType. The value kAlignedDimensionType can be specified only if the geometry of the specified input intent represents a line in which case an ordinate dimension that is aligned along the direction of the line will be created. An error will occur if an invalid dimension type is specified. For instance, kArcLengthDimensionType, kDiametricDimensionType and kSymmetricDimensionType are invalid for all types of intent and kAlignedDimensionType is invalid if the geometry of the specified input intent does not represent a line. The following figures show the aligned, horizontal and vertical ordinate dimensions for the same input intent (the geometry of the intent represents a line whose direction is used to place the aligned ordinate dimension).
Aligned Ordinate Dimension

Horizontal Ordinate Dimension

Vertical Ordinate Dimension</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionStyle">
                <summary>Optional input DimensionStyle object that specifies the dimension style to use for the dimension. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Optional input Layer object that specifies the layer to use for the dimension. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensions.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified dimension object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionsEnumerator">
            <summary>Allows iteration of available OrdinateDimension objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  The index of the first item in the collection is 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSet">
            <summary>The OrdinateDimensionSet object represents an ordinate dimension set placed on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSet.AddMember(Inventor.GeometryIntent)">
            <summary>Method that adds a member to the ordinate set and returns an OrdinateDimension object that represents the member.</summary>
            <param name="GeometryIntent">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that specifies the member to add. A GeometryIntent object can be created using the Sheet.CreateGeometryIntent method.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSet.AlignMembers">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to align the text and the jog points of all the members.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSet.AllowBrokenLeaders">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to allow jog points (movable vertices) on the dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSet.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSet.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSet.ContinuousRunning">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display continuity line between the set members.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSet.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the OrdinateDimensionSet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSet.DimensionType">
            <summary>Property that returns the dimension type of the ordinate set. Possible values are kAlignedDimensionType, kHorizontalDimensionType and kVerticalDimensionType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSet.DirectionReversed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to reverse the direction of positive numbers.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSet.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSet.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer for the dimension set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSet.Members">
            <summary>Property that returns all the member OrdinateDimension objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSet.OriginArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the arrowhead type for the origin member of the ordinate dimension set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSet.OriginMember">
            <summary>Gets and sets the origin for the ordinate dimension set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSet.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sheet of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSet.PositiveBothDirections">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether dimension values should be positive in both directions of the origin.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSet.Precision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the number of decimal places displayed for all the members in this set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSet.ShowDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to place an arrow on the origin dimension pointing in the positive direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSet.Style">
            <summary>Gets and sets the dimension style used for this dimension set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSets">
            <summary>The OrdinateDimensionSets collection object provides access to all of the ordinate dimension sets on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSets.Add(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.DimensionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates an ordinate dimension set and returns the newly created OrdinateDimensionSet object.</summary>
            <param name="GeometryIntents">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing GeometryIntent objects. The GeometryIntent objects specify the geometries to use for the dimension. The first geometry in the collection is assumed to be the origin.
A GeometryIntent object can be created using the Sheet.CreateGeometryIntent method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PlacementPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the placement point of the dimension set on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionType">
                <summary>' Input DimensionTypeEnum that specifies the dimension type. Valid values kHorizontalDimensionType, kVerticalDimensionType and kAlignedDimensionType. See Remarks.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionStyle">
                <summary>Optional input DimensionStyle object that specifies the dimension style to use for the dimension. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Optional input Layer object that specifies the layer to use for the dimension. If not specified, the layer defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSets.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSets.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSets.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified dimension set object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrdinateDimensionSets.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OrientedBox">
            <summary>The OrientedBox object is a mathematical utility object that represents a rectangular box. Not like the Box object, the OrientedBox faces are not necessarily parallel to the model XY/XZ/YZ planes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OrientedBox.Contains(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Determines whether the specified point is contained within this oriented box.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the coordinate to check.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OrientedBox.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this OrientedBox object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrientedBox.CornerPoint">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the corner point for the OrientedBox object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrientedBox.DirectionOne">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the vector that defines the first direction and length of the OrientedBox object. When set this value, the new vector should be parallel to the current vector, otherwise an error will occur.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrientedBox.DirectionThree">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the vector that defines the third direction and length of the OrientedBox object. When set this value, the new vector should be parallel to the current vector, otherwise an error will occur.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OrientedBox.DirectionTwo">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the vector that defines the second direction and length of the OrientedBox object. When set this value, the new vector should be parallel to the current vector, otherwise an error will occur.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OrientedBox.GetOrientedBoxData(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.Vector@,Inventor.Vector@,Inventor.Vector@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the corner point and edges data that define this OrientedBox.</summary>
            <param name="CornerPoint">
                <summary>Output Point object that defines a corner point of the oriented box.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DirectionOne">
                <summary>Output Vector object that defines the first direction of the oriented box starting from the corner point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DirectionTwo">
                <summary>Output Vector object that defines the second direction of the oriented box starting from the corner point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DirectionThree">
                <summary>Output Vector object that defines the third direction of the oriented box starting from the corner point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OrientedBox.IsDisjoint(Inventor.OrientedBox)">
            <summary>Determines whether this box does not intersect with the specified oriented box.</summary>
            <param name="OrientedBox">
                <summary>Input OrientedBox object to compare.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OrientedBox.PutOrientedBoxData(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Vector,Inventor.Vector,Inventor.Vector)">
            <summary>Method that sets the corner point and edges data that define this OrientedBox.</summary>
            <param name="CornerPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines a corner point of the oriented box.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DirectionOne">
                <summary>Input Vector object that defines the first direction of the oriented box starting from the corner point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DirectionTwo">
                <summary>Input Vector object that defines the second edge of the oriented box starting from the corner point. If this vector is not perpendicular to the DirectionOne, an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DirectionThree">
                <summary>Input Vector object that defines the third edge of the oriented box starting from the corner point. If this vector is not perpendicular to the DirectionOne and DirectionTwo, an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.OriginIndicator">
            <summary>The OriginIndicator object represents an origin indicator for ordinate dimensions and hole tables placed on a drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OriginIndicator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OriginIndicator.Attached">
            <summary>&lt;P; tab-stops: 40.5pt"&gt;Property that specifies whether the origin indicator is attached to an origin point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.OriginIndicator.Delete(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that deletes this origin indicator. This fails if this origin indicator is referenced by ordinate dimensions or hole tables.</summary>
            <param name="ForceToDelete">
                <summary>Optional  input Boolean value that specifies  whether to force to delete the origin indicator or not. If set this to False and the OriginIndicator.InUse returns True then the delete will fail. If set this to True and the OriginIndicator.InUse returns True then the delete will also delete the referencing dimensions and tables.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OriginIndicator.Intent">
            <summary>Gets and sets the origin point to which the origin indicator is attached. Valid intent values are points that specify geometry to which the origin indicator can be attached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OriginIndicator.InUse">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the origin indicator is used by any dimensions or tables.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OriginIndicator.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer associated with the origin indicator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OriginIndicator.LeaderStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the leader style associated with the origin indicator. The line format properties are the only properties of the leader style that are applicable to the origin indicator; other leader style properties have no effect on the origin indicator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OriginIndicator.RelativeX">
            <summary>Gets and sets the relative X coordinate of the origin indicator, this property will return a double value in centimeter units. When setting a value, the units of the specified value will be assumed to be centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OriginIndicator.RelativeY">
            <summary>Gets and sets the relative Y coordinate of the origin indicator, this property will return a double value in centimeter units. When setting a value, the units of the specified value will be assumed to be centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OriginIndicator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.OriginIndicator.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the origin indicator should be hidden.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PanelBar">
            <summary>The PanelBar object represents the panel window in an environment. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PanelBar.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PanelBar.CommandBarList">
            <summary>Gets CommandBarList of the PanelBar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PanelBar.CurrentCommandBar">
            <summary>Gets/Sets CommandBar currently displayed in PanelBar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PanelBar.DefaultCommandBar">
            <summary>Gets/Sets CommandBar displayed when Environment is activated.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PanelBar.OnCommandBarSelection(Inventor.CommandBar,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires when current selection of PanelBar is changed.</summary>
            <param name="CommandBarObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PanelBar.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PanelBar.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ParallelConstraint">
            <summary>The ParallelConstraint object represents a parallel constraint within a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity being constrained. This will be a line, ellipse, or elliptical arc. In the case where an elliptical entity is returned, the UsesEllipseOneMajorAxis property indicates if the parallel constraint is between the major or minor axis of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity being constrained. This will be a line, ellipse, or elliptical arc. In the case where an elliptical entity is returned, the UsesEllipseTwoMajorAxis property indicates if the parallel constraint is between the major or minor axis of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint.UseEllipseOneMajorAxis">
            <summary>Property used in the case where the entity returned by the EntityOne property is an ellipse. This property specifies if the major or minor axis of the ellipse is parallel to EntityTwo. True if it is the major axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint.UseEllipseTwoMajorAxis">
            <summary>Property used in the case where the entity returned by the EntityTwo property is an ellipse. This property specifies if the major or minor axis of the ellipse is parallel to EntityOne. True if it is the major axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3D">
            <summary>The ParallelConstraint3D object represents a parallel constraint within a 3D sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3D.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3D.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3D.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3DProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3DProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3DProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ParallelConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraintProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity being constrained. This will be a line, ellipse, or elliptical arc. In the case where an elliptical entity is returned, the UsesEllipseOneMajorAxis property indicates if the parallel constraint is between the major or minor axis of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity being constrained. This will be a line, ellipse, or elliptical arc. In the case where an elliptical entity is returned, the UsesEllipseTwoMajorAxis property indicates if the parallel constraint is between the major or minor axis of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraintProxy.UseEllipseOneMajorAxis">
            <summary>Property used in the case where the entity returned by the EntityOne property is an ellipse. This property specifies if the major or minor axis of the ellipse is parallel to EntityTwo. True if it is the major axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelConstraintProxy.UseEllipseTwoMajorAxis">
            <summary>Property used in the case where the entity returned by the EntityTwo property is an ellipse. This property specifies if the major or minor axis of the ellipse is parallel to EntityOne. True if it is the major axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ParallelToXAxisConstraint3D">
            <summary>ParallelToXAxisConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXAxisConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXAxisConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXAxisConstraint3D.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToXAxisConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToXAxisConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXAxisConstraint3D.Line">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchLine3D being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXAxisConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXAxisConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ParallelToXAxisConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>ParallelToXAxisConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXAxisConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXAxisConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXAxisConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXAxisConstraint3DProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToXAxisConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToXAxisConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXAxisConstraint3DProxy.Line">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchLine3D being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXAxisConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXAxisConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXAxisConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3D">
            <summary>ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3D.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3D.Entity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the 3D sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3DProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3DProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the 3D sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXYPlaneConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3D">
            <summary>ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3D.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3D.Entity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the 3D sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3DProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3DProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the 3D sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToXZPlaneConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ParallelToYAxisConstraint3D">
            <summary>ParallelToYAxisConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYAxisConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYAxisConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYAxisConstraint3D.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToYAxisConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToYAxisConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYAxisConstraint3D.Line">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchLine3D being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYAxisConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYAxisConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ParallelToYAxisConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>ParallelToYAxisConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYAxisConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYAxisConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYAxisConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYAxisConstraint3DProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToYAxisConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToYAxisConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYAxisConstraint3DProxy.Line">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchLine3D being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYAxisConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYAxisConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYAxisConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3D">
            <summary>ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3D.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3D.Entity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the 3D sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3DProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3DProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the 3D sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToYZPlaneConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ParallelToZAxisConstraint3D">
            <summary>ParallelToZAxisConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToZAxisConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToZAxisConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToZAxisConstraint3D.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToZAxisConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToZAxisConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToZAxisConstraint3D.Line">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchLine3D being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToZAxisConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToZAxisConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ParallelToZAxisConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>ParallelToZAxisConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToZAxisConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToZAxisConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToZAxisConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToZAxisConstraint3DProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToZAxisConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParallelToZAxisConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToZAxisConstraint3DProxy.Line">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchLine3D being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToZAxisConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToZAxisConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParallelToZAxisConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Parameter">
            <summary>General parameter type that serves as the base class for all types of parameters. This object is returned when accessing parameters using the Item method of the Parameters collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.Comment">
            <summary>Gets the user comments against this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.CustomPropertyFormat">
            <summary>Property that returns the CustomPropertyFormat object associated with this parameter. The CustomPropertyFormat provides control over how the parameter value is formatted when it is exposed as a custom iProperty.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Parameter.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this Parameter.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.Dependents">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that have a direct dependency on the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets the action types valid for this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.DisplayFormat">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display format for the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.DrivenBy">
            <summary>Method that returns the collection objects that the parameter is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.ExposedAsProperty">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the Boolean indicating if this parameter is exposed as a property of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.Expression">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the string that denotes the algebraic expression making up the definition of this parameter. Maybe a constant. 'Set' may not be allowed on some parameter types. When set this for Text parameter, the expression value should be quoted by quotation marks at beginning and ending of a string(like """I am Jack""").</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.ExpressionList">
            <summary>Property that returns the expression list associated with this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Parameter.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.InUse">
            <summary>Property that returns whether whether this parameter is currently in use (by a dimension, feature or by any other parameter).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.IsKey">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this parameter is a key parameter or not. Key parameters are typically those that need to be easily accessed and are designated as key to be filtered out from the rest of the parameters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.ModelValue">
            <summary>Property that returns the evaluation of this parameter (in database units) that is currently used by the model. This takes into account the value computed from the expression and the tolerance. This method is only valid for numeric unit types and will fail for Text and Boolean unit types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.ModelValueType">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the setting which is used for determining the method used to compute the model value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.ParameterType">
            <summary>Property that allows you to get the type of the parameter. The parameter type can be either kModelParameterType, kDerivedParameter, kFinishParameter,&amp;nbsp;kReferenceParameterType, kTableParameterType, or kUserParameterType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Document of this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.Precision">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the the number of decimal places displayed for this parameter. Note that the precision is used when applying a standard tolerance to the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.Tolerance">
            <summary>Property that returns the tolerance for this parameter. This property returns Nothing in the case where the unit type of this parameter is kTextUnits or kBooleanUnits.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.Units">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the units of the parameter. Note that the units is always retrieved as a string, but may be set using a constant from UnitsTypeEnum. 'Set' may not be allowed on some parameter types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameter.Value">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the value of this parameter. Numeric values are in database units. Setting this is equivalent to setting the 'Expression' with a constant string. 'Set' may not be allowed on some parameter types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Parameters">
            <summary>Provides access to the objects associated with the object the collection was obtained from. Using the properties supported by the collection you can access the all of the parameters as a set or by type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameters.AngularDimensionPrecision">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the precision for angular dimensions in this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameters.AngularStandardTolerance">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the standard tolerance for angular dimensions in this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameters.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameters.CustomParameterGroups">
            <summary>Property that returns the CustomParameterGroups collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameters.DerivedParameterTables">
            <summary>Property that returns the DerivedParameterTables collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameters.DimensionDisplayType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the dimension display type for dimensions in this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameters.DisplayParameterAsExpression">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether parameters are displayed as values or expressions in edit boxes when a dimension or a feature is edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameters.ExportStandardTolerances">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to export dimensions to drawings using the standard tolerance values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Parameters.ExportToXML(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Exports parameters to XML file.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the XML file name.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap that specifies the options when export parameters to XML file. If not specified the default options will be used. Valid options are:
&lt;Br&gt;&lt;Br&gt;
Name = AllParameters. Value = Boolean that specifies whether all parameters will be exported. When set to True all parameters will be exported, when set to False then only the key parameters will be exported. If not provided this defaults to True.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameters.FinishParameters">
            <summary>Gets the collection of Finish Feature parameters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Parameters.GetValueFromExpression(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that evaluates the input expression using the units specified and returns a value in database units.</summary>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Input String value that contains the expression to evaluate. This string is evaluated the same ways a string entered in any of the Autodesk Inventor dialogs are evaluated. For example "3 in / 2 cm" is a valid string for input.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UnitsSpecifier">
                <summary>Input variant value that specifies the unit type the expression is to be evaluated with. You specify a unit type using a value from UnitsTypeEnum or a string that describes a unit. For example, both of the following are valid unit specifiers for inch: kInchLengthUnits and "in." String specifiers are typically used for units that are not defined in the enum list. For example, the volume measure for cubic inches is not defined in the enum list but you can specify it using the string "in in in."</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Parameters.ImportFromXML(System.String)">
            <summary>Imports parameters from XML file.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the XML file name.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Parameters.IsExpressionValid(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Returns whether the input expression is valid or not.</summary>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the equation. This string is evaluated the same way as strings entered in any of the Inventor dialogs are evaluated. For example '3 in + 2 cm' is a valid string for input.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UnitsSpecifier">
                <summary>Input value that specifies the type of unit the expression should be evaluated. The units can be specified using either a string defining a valid unit or an item from the UnitsTypeEnum. If the equation references existing parameters, this unit type must be consistent with the unit type defined by the equation, otherwise an error will occur. If the expression does specify a unit type, it should match the unit type specified by the UnitsSpecifier otherwise an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameters.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Parameter object from the collection. This is the default property of the Parameters collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameters.LinearDimensionPrecision">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the precision for linear dimensions in this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameters.LinearStandardTolerance">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the standard tolerance for linear dimensions in this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameters.ModelParameters">
            <summary>Property that returns the ModelParameters collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameters.ParameterTables">
            <summary>Property that returns the ParameterTables collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameters.ReferenceParameters">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceParameters collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Parameters.SetAllToMax">
            <summary>Method that sets the values of all parameters to be the maximum value as defined by the parameter's tolerance.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Parameters.SetAllToMedian">
            <summary>Sets the values of all parameters to be the median value as defined by the parameter's tolerance.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Parameters.SetAllToMin">
            <summary>Method that sets the values of all parameters to be the minimum value as defined by the parameter's tolerance.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Parameters.SetAllToNominal">
            <summary>Method that sets the values of all parameters to be the nominal value as defined by the parameter's tolerance.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameters.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameters.UserParameters">
            <summary>Property that returns the UserParameters collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Parameters.UseStandardTolerances">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the boolean flag indicating whether to use standard tolerances for dimensions in this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ParametersEnumerator">
            <summary>The ParametersEnumerator object allows enumeration through available parameters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParametersEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParametersEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Parameter object from the collection. This is the default property of the ParametersEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParametersEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ParameterTable">
            <summary>The ParameterTable object represents the connection to a spreadsheet. From the ParameterTable object you can access the spreadsheet and the properties that define how the spreadsheet is read. In addition, the ParameterTable object provides access to the parameters that were created as a result of reading in the spreadsheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParameterTable.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParameterTable.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ParameterTable object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParameterTable.Export(System.String,Inventor.FileFormatEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Exports the ParameterTable to an external file.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the file name to export the ParameterTable to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileFormat">
                <summary>Input FileFormatEnum that specifies the file format to save to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap object that specifies additional options for export.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParameterTable.FileName">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the File Name of this linked table. Fails if this table is embedded. Setting a new File Name may add new parameters, update existing ones, and may turn some to DriverLost.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParameterTable.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParameterTable.Linked">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the Excel document is linked or embedded to the Autodesk Inventor document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParameterTable.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object of this ParameterTable. This property will return different types of objects depending on the document type the ParameterTable is contained in. If the ParameterTable is in a part document then the parent is a PartComponentDefinition object. If the ParameterTable is in an assembly document then the parent is an AssemblyComponentDefinition. If the document is a drawing document then the parent is a DraftDocument.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParameterTable.ReferencedFileDescriptor">
            <summary>Gets the description of the linked file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParameterTable.StartCell">
            <summary>Gets the starting cell in the WorkSheet from which the table is derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParameterTable.TableParameters">
            <summary>Property that returns the TableParameters collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParameterTable.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParameterTable.WorkSheet">
            <summary>Property that returns the Excel WorkSheet object. Using the Excel Automation interface you can query and modify the contents of the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ParameterTables">
            <summary>Creates and provides access to the parameters that were created as a result of reading in a spreadsheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ParameterTables.AddExcelTable(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ParameterTable object, given an existing Excel document as input. Returns the resulting ParameterTable object. The first sheet in the Excel document is used.</summary>
            <param name="ExcelDocument">
                <summary>Input String value that contains the full path to the Excel document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartCell">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the beginning cell to begin importing from, for example "A1".</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Link">
                <summary>Input Boolean value that specifies whether the Excel document is to be embedded or linked. True indicates it should be linked.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParameterTables.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParameterTables.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ParameterTable object from the collection. This is the default property of the ParameterTables collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ParameterTables.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition">
            <summary>The PartComponentDefinition object that provides access to the Part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.AnalysisManager">
            <summary>Property that returns the AnalysisManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.AnnotationPlanes">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the AnnotationPlanes collection object.&amp;nbsp;This object provides access to all of the annotation planes in the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.AppearanceOverridesObjects">
            <summary>Gets the objects that have appearance overrides in the active design view. The objects can include faces, features, work surfaces and surface bodies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.BIMComponent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the BIMComponent object associated with this component definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.BOMQuantity">
            <summary>Property that returns the BOMQuantity object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.BOMStructure">
            <summary>Gets and sets how the component is used/viewed in a BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.ClearAppearanceOverrides(System.Object)">
            <summary>Clears the appearance overrides on the provided objects. The objects can include faces, features, work surfaces, surface bodies and occurrences.</summary>
            <param name="AppearanceOverrideObjects">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection including the faces, features, work surfaces and bodies to clear their appearance overrides. If this argument is not provided, then it will clear all the appearance overrides in active design view.  If an object is provided that does not have an override, it is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.ClientGraphicsCollection">
            <summary>Property that returns the ClientGraphicsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.CompactModelHistoryOnNextSave">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the flag that decides whether the BRep's modifications through its history are saved explicitly in the next save or not (independent of CompactModelHistory setting).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.CreateFactory">
            <summary>Converts a part to an iPart factory.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.CreateGeometryIntent(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a GeometryIntent object.&amp;nbsp;GeometryIntent objects are used as input when creating annotations in the model.&amp;nbsp;They are used to identify geometry and optionally specific locations on that geometry.</summary>
            <param name="Geometry">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the geometry. Valid input objects are Vertex, WorkPoint, SketchPoint, SketchPoint3d, WorkAxis, SketchLine, SketchLine3d, SketchCircle, SketchCircle3d, Edge, or Face objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Intent">
                <summary>Optional input that specifies a specific position on the geometry. This can be a value from PointIntentEnum, an entity if the intent is the intersection of two geometries, a Point object that specifies a position on the geometry relative to model space, a double value indicating a position in the parametric space of the input curve, and a Point2d object that specifies a point in the parametric space of a surface.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.DataIO">
            <summary>Gets the object that directly deals with I/O to and from a storage-medium, including Streams(IStream).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.DeleteObjects(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes a collection of objects that belong to the part.</summary>
            <param name="Objects">
                <summary>Collection of objects to delete from the part. Valid objects are part features, work features, sketches and 3d sketches.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDepFeatsAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features and sketches should be deleted. If there are no such dependents this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDepWorkFeats">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.Document">
            <summary>Property that returns the containing Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.ExportObjects(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Marks all the input objects as exported.</summary>
            <param name="Objects">
                <summary>Object collection to mark as exported.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.FactoryDocument">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the model state factory document when IsModelStateMember returns True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.Features">
            <summary>Property that returns the PartFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.FindUsingPoint(Inventor.Point,Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum[],System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that finds all the entities of the specified type at the specified location.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the model space point at which to find the entities.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ObjectTypes">
                <summary>Input array of SelelctionFilterEnum values that indicate the type of objects to find. The values are the enum values from the SelectionFilterEnum and can be combined to specify multiple object types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance value for the search. This value defines the radius of a sphere at the input point. All objects that intersect this sphere will be returned. If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VisibleObjectsOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether or not invisible objects should be included in the search. Defaults to True indicating that invisible objects will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.FindUsingRay(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,System.Double,Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator@,Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator@,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that fires a ray through the part or assembly and returns the entities intersected by the ray. The objects intersected by the ray are returned in the order in which they are intersected, with the first entities returned being those closest to the clipping plane.</summary>
            <param name="RayStartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the start point of the ray in model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RayDirection">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object that defines the direction of the ray. The ray is infinite in the direction defined.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the radius of the ray. This value is specified in centimeters. Defining a radius for a ray allows the intersection to be within a given tolerance. This radius essentially results in the definition of a cylinder whose axis lies along the axis defined by the RayStartPoint and RayDirection. The intersection result is between the cylinder and the model's entities. A value higher than zero is recommended, though not explicitly required.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FoundEntities">
                <summary>Output ObjectsEnumerator that returns the entities that were intersected by the ray.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LocationPoints">
                <summary>Output ObjectsEnumerator that returns a set of Point objects. One Point object is returned for each entity in the FoundEntities list. The point defines the coordinate of the intersection between the ray and the corresponding entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FindFirstOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to find just the first entity in the ray's path. If False (the default) then all entities found are returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.FindUsingVector(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum[],System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that finds all the entities of the specified type along the specified vector using either a cylinder or cone that to define the tolerance within the defined vector.</summary>
            <param name="OriginPoint">
                <summary>Input Point that defines the model space location to position the vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Input UnitVector that defines direction to find all entities that the vector penetrates. The vector is treated as infinite in both directions from the origin point so all entities that lie in the path of the vector on either side of the origin point will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ObjectTypes">
                <summary>Input array of SelelctionFilterEnum values that indicate the type of objects to find. The values are the enum values from the SelectionFilterEnum and can be combined to specify multiple object types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseCylinder">
                <summary>Input argument that specifies if the vector defines a cylinder or cone when checking to see if an entity is hit by the ray.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityTolerance">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the tolerance value for the search. This value defines the radius of a cylinder if UseCylinder is True or the angle of the cone if False. If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VisibleObjectsOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether or not invisible objects should be included in the search. Defaults to True indicating that invisible objects will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LocationPoints">
                <summary>Optional output that returns a set of Point objects. One Point object is returned for each entity in the FoundEntities list. The point defines the coordinate of the intersection between the vector and the corresponding entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.GetEndOfPartPosition(System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Gets the current end of part position in the browser (in parts).</summary>
            <param name="After">
                <summary>The feature or sketch that the "End of Part" node is positioned immediately after.  If the "End of Part" node is at the top of the tree this will return Nothing.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>The feature or sketch that the "End of Part" node is positioned immediately before.  If the "End of Part" node is at the bottom of the tree this will return Nothing.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.GetUnusedGeometries(Inventor.ObjectCollection@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            <param name="UnusedGeometries">
                <summary>Output ObjectCollection object the includes the unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.HasMultipleSolidBodies">
            <summary>Determines whether the part contains multiple solid bodies or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.iMateDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateDefinitions collection object associated with this part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.iPartFactory">
            <summary>Property that returns the iPartFactory object. This property will fail in the case where the part is not an iPart Factory. You can determine this by using the IsiPartFactory property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.iPartMember">
            <summary>Property that returns the iPartMember object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.IsContentMember">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this part is a Content Center part or not. A value of True indicates it is a Content Center part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.IsiPartFactory">
            <summary>Property that returns if the part is an iPart Factory or not. It returns True in the case where the part is a factory. If True, the factory can be obtained using the iPartFactory property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.IsiPartMember">
            <summary>Property that returns the iPartMember object. This property will fail in the case where the part is not an iPart Member. You can determine this by using the IsiPartMember property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.IsModelStateFactory">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the document is a model state factory document or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.IsModelStateMember">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the document is a model state member document or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.MassProperties">
            <summary>Mass properties for this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.MeshFeatureSets">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the MeshFeatureSets collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.ModelAnnotations">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelAnnotations collection object.&amp;nbsp;This object provides access to all of the model annotations in the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.ModelGeometryVersion">
            <summary>Property that returns a string that can be used to determine if the document has been modified. This version string is changed every time the assembly is modified. By saving a previous version string, you can compare the current version string to see if the assembly has been modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.ModelStates">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelStates object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.ModelToleranceFeatures">
            <summary>Returns the ModelToleranceFeatures collection object.&amp;nbsp;This object provides access to all of the model annotations in the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.Occurrences">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.OrientedMinimumRangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the oriented minimum range box for this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.Parameters">
            <summary>Gets the Parameters collection object that encapsulates all of the parameters defined in this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.PartEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the PartEvents source object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.PointClouds">
            <summary>Gets the PointClouds collection object that encapsulates all of the point clouds defined in this Component Definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.PreciseRangeBox">
            <summary>Gets a bounding box that tightly encloses all the solid and surface bodies under the ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.PurgeUnusedGeometries(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that purges unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            <param name="UnusedGeometries">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that including the sketches and work features to purge. The unused sketches and work features can be retrieved using GetUnusedGeometries method. If this is not provided then all unused sketches and work features will be purged.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.ReferenceComponents">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponents collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.RepositionObject(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the specifies object(s) to the new position within the collection of the object in the document.</summary>
            <param name="TargetObject">
                <summary>Input the Object that specifies the target object to move other objects next to. Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether to position other object(s) before or after the target object.  A value of True indicates that the object(s) will be positioned before the target object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartObject">
                <summary>Input Object that specifies the object to be repositioned.  Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndObject">
                <summary>Optional input Object that specifies the object to be repositioned.  If specified, all the objects from the StartObject to the EndObject, both inclusive, will be repositioned to the specified position in the document.  If not specified, only the StartObject will be repositioned.  Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.RepresentationsManager">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the RepresentationsManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.RolledBackForEdit">
            <summary>Property that gets whether the model is currently rolled back to a previous point in the feature history.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.SetEndOfPartToTopOrBottom(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that positions the end-of-part marker at the top or bottom of the browser.</summary>
            <param name="SetToTop">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the end-of-part marker is to be moved to the top or the bottom of the browser. If True, the marker is moved to the top of the browser, just below the Origin folder. If False, it is moved to the bottom of the browser, just below the last item in the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.SketchBlockDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchBlockDefinitions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.Sketches">
            <summary>Gets the PlanarSketches collection object that encapsulates all of the planar sketches defined in this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.Sketches3D">
            <summary>Property that returns the Sketches3D collection object that encapsulates all of the 3D sketches defined in this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.SuppressFeatures(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that suppresses the specified features.</summary>
            <param name="Features">
                <summary>Collection of features to suppress.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns all of the result SurfaceBody objects contained within this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.UnsuppressFeatures(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that unsuppresses the specified features.</summary>
            <param name="Features">
                <summary>Collection of features to unsuppress.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.UserCoordinateSystems">
            <summary>Property that returns the UserCoordinateSystems collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.WorkAxes">
            <summary>Property that returns the WorkAxes collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.WorkPlanes">
            <summary>Property that returns the WorkPlanes collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.WorkPoints">
            <summary>Property that returns the WorkPoints collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinition.WorkSurfaces">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object that encapsulates all of the work surfaces defined in this PartComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartComponentDefinitions">
            <summary>The Part ComponentDefinitions object represents a collection of objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartComponentDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartDocument">
            <summary>The PartDocument object is derived from the Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.Activate">
            <summary>Makes this document the active one (receives user-focus).</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ActivatedObject">
            <summary>Gets the object that has been in-place activated for edit within the context of this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ActiveAppearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default appearance for the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ActiveLightingStyle">
            <summary>Gets the active lighting style object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ActiveMarkStyle">
            <summary>Property to get or set the active mark style object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ActiveMaterial">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default material for the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.AllReferencedDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the document references of this Document along with all of the recursively nested references.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.AppearanceAssets">
            <summary>Returns Assets collection object that contains the appearances associated with the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the part. Setting to kMaterialAppearance will clear appearance override so the document uses the appearance associated with active material.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.Assets">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns an Assets collection object that contains all of the assets, regardless of their type, that are associated with the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.AssociativeForeignFilename">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full file name of the associative foreign file. This property returns empty string if the IsEmbeddedDocument returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.AttributeManager">
            <summary>Returns the AttributeManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.BrowserPanes">
            <summary>Property that returns the &lt;link Inventor::BrowserPanes, BrowserPanes&gt; collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ClientViews">
            <summary>Returns document's client views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.Close(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Closes this document.</summary>
            <param name="SkipSave">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to skip the save. If SkipSave is set to True, it indicates that the changes to the document should not be saved and that the document should be closed silently. If SkipSave is set to False, it indicates that the normal save process should be followed (including prompting a dialog to the user). In addition, if Application.SilentOperation is set to True, the default choice on the dialog should be accepted. The Close method will fail if the combination of SkipSave = False and SilentOperation = True is used for a previously unsaved document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.Compacted">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean that states whether this file has been processed for compaction since the last save.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ComponentDefinition">
            <summary>Gets the primary ComponentDefinition that resides in this file (housing the BRep and its geometric Feature Constraints).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.CreateHighlightSet">
            <summary>Method that creates a new highlight set.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.DatabaseRevisionId">
            <summary>Gets the GUID that represents the last saved revision of database contained in this document. This revision id tracks modifications to the database (such as reference changes, geometry changes, etc.) but does not track file property changes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.DefaultCommand">
            <summary>Gets the default command for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.Dirty">
            <summary>Gets/Sets a Boolean flag indicating if the Document has been written into, since opened.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.DisabledCommandList">
            <summary>Property that returns the DisabledCommandList object. This object allows the document to disable specific commands. This list contains commands that are disabled in addition to those specified by the DisabledCommandTypes property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.DisabledCommandTypes">
            <summary>Bit mask indicating the disabled command types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.DisplayNameBasis">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display name basis of this document. This defaults to file name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.DisplayNameOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the display name of the document has been overridden.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.DisplaySettings">
            <summary>Property that returns the DisplaySettings object. The DisplaySettings object provides access to various display appearance related document settings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.DocumentEvents">
            <summary>This object supports a set of events that are specific to the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.DocumentInterests">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentInterests collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.DocumentSubType">
            <summary>Property that returns the subtype of the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.DocumentType">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.EmbeddingDocument">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the document in which this document is embedded in. This returns Nothing if the IsEmbeddedDocument is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.EnvironmentManager">
            <summary>Property that returns the EnvironmentManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.File">
            <summary>Property that returns the file (storage) on disk that contains this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.FilePropertySets">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the file PropertySets. This is equivalent to the iProperties that got from Shell Extension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.FileSaveCounter">
            <summary>Gets the number that indicates the number of times the file has been saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.FindWhereUsed(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that obtains the set of documents that reference the given file within this document.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full file name of the file to search for references to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.FlatPatternSettings">
            <summary>Gets the FlatPatternSettings object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.FullDisplayName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full display name of this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.FullDocumentName">
            <summary>Property that returns the fully qualified name of the document. The string is the full file name concatenated with the document name and is a unique identifier for the document. The document name is returned by the Name property on the Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.FullFileName">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the fully qualified file-name of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.GetLocationFoundIn(System.String@,Inventor.LocationTypeEnum@)">
            <summary>Obtains the name of the location this file was found in.</summary>
            <param name="LocationName">
                <summary>Output String that specifies the name of the location.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LocationType">
                <summary>Output String that specifies the type of the location.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.GetMissingAddInBehavior(System.String@,Inventor.CommandTypesEnum@,Inventor.ObjectCollection@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the commands disabled when a particular AddIn is absent.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Specifies the ClassId of the AddIn. When the AddIn corresponding to this ClientId is absent (unloaded or uninstalled), the commands specified are disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisabledCommandTypesEnum">
                <summary>CommandTypesEnum that specifies the classifications of the commands disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisabledCommands">
                <summary>ObjectCollection that specifies the commands disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.GetPrivateStorage(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Obtains a private sub-storage within this document with the given name. Can create one, if one does not exist.</summary>
            <param name="StorageName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the private sub-storage.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateIfNecessary">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to create a private sub-storage if one does not already exist.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.GetPrivateStream(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Obtains a private stream within this document with the given name. Can create one, if one does not exist.</summary>
            <param name="StreamName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the name of the stream to get (31 chars max).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateIfNecessary">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to create a private stream if one does not already exist.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.GetSelectedObject(Inventor.GenericObject,Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum@,Inventor.NameValueMap@,Inventor.ComponentOccurrence@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>In order to provide better handling of system resources Inventor does not load all of the data when a document is opened but delays loading information until it is needed.&amp;nbsp;A common need in many programs is to have the user select vertices on parts.&amp;nbsp;Instead of loading the part model in order to return the true selected Vertex, Inventor returns a GenericObject.&amp;nbsp;You can use this method to obtain more information about the selected object.&amp;nbsp;If it is a vertex you can get the point coordinates without forcing the entire model to be loaded, or if you do need to do additional processing that requires access to the full model you can also force that by using the "SelectedObject" argument.</summary>
            <param name="Selection">
                <summary>Input GenericObject that was obtained through a selection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ObjectType">
                <summary>Output ObjectTypeEnum value that indicates the type of object selected.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AdditionalData">
                <summary>Output NameValueMap object that provides any additional information for the entity. The following describes the data currently returned. Object TypeNameValue
VertexPointPoint</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ContainingOccurrence">
                <summary>Output ComponentOccurrence object that contains the entity that was selected.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SelectedObject">
                <summary>Optional output that returns the actual entity that was selected.  If this argument is provided then Inventor will load whatever additional data is required from the referenced document in order to provide the entity</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.GraphicsDataSetsCollection">
            <summary>Property that returns the object for the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.HasPrivateStorage(System.String)">
            <summary>Obtains a Boolean flag indicating if the specified sub-storage exists within this document.</summary>
            <param name="StorageName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the sub-storage.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.HasPrivateStream(System.String)">
            <summary>Obtains a Boolean flag indicating if the specified stream exists within this document.</summary>
            <param name="StreamName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the name of the stream.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.HasReferencesMissing">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether there are references missing for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the Internal Name (a GUID) for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.IsEmbeddedDocument">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether this document is embedded into another document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.IsModifiable">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this document can be currently modified. One of the reasons a document may be non-modifiable is if any other document belonging to the file containing this document is currently being edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.IsSubstitutePart">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether this part is intended to be used as a substitute part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.LightingStyles">
            <summary>Property that returns the LightingStyles collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.MarkStyles">
            <summary>Get the document's mark styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.MaterialAssets">
            <summary>Gets Assets collection object that contains the materials associated with the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ModelingSettings">
            <summary>Property that returns the ModelingSettings object. The ModelingSettings object provides access to various modeling related document options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Modeling tab of the Document Settings dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ModelStateName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the model state that this document represents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.NeedsMigrating">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the document needs to be migrated to the current release.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.NonTransactingClientGraphicsCollection">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the non-transacting ClientGraphicsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.NonTransactingGraphicsDataSetsCollection">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the non-transacting GraphicsDataSetsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ObjectVisibility">
            <summary>Property that returns the ObjectVisibility object providing override visibility controls for objects in the document. Changes are not saved with the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.Open">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this document is currently open. If False, the document has only been initialized and calling methods or properties on the document could cause it to open.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.PhysicalAssets">
            <summary>Get AssetsEnumerator object that contains the physical properties associated with the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.PrintManager">
            <summary>Property that returns the PrintManager, or when called from a DrawingDocument it returns a DrawingPrintManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.PropertySets">
            <summary>Gets the Property Sets object that controls the file's published-format properties.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.PutGraphicsLevelsOfDetail(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Sets the graphics facet groups that must be saved with this file. Each bit indicating a level of detail. Up to 6 permitted. File size affected adversely when more. Recommend pick from GraphicsLevelsOfDetailEnum.</summary>
            <param name="LevelsOfDetail">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the level of detail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.PutInternalNameAndRevisionId(System.String,System.String,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Constructs and sets the Internal Name and Revision Identifier for this Document from strings supplied. This can only be done on a previously un-saved document (New or SaveCopyAs)</summary>
            <param name="InternalNameToken">
                <summary>Input string value to specify the internal name token.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RevisionIdToken">
                <summary>Input string value to specify the revision token.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Output string(GUID) value that indicates the internal name.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RevisionId">
                <summary>Output string(GUID) value that indicates the revision Id.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.Rebuild">
            <summary>Performs compute operations on all of the entities within this document's scope as if all of the driving entities had been 'dirtied.'</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.Rebuild2(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that performs compute operations on all of the entities within this Document's scope as if all of the driving entities had been 'dirtied'.</summary>
            <param name="AcceptErrorsAndContinue">
                <summary>Optional argument that specifies if errors should be ignored and the rebuild completed or if the rebuild should be aborted if an error occurs.  If the IgnoreErrors argument is set to True, errors are skipped and the rebuild process continues. If IgnoreErrors is set to False, the method returns as soon as the first error is encountered.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.RecentChanges">
            <summary>Gets a bit-encoded value where the bits indicate the kind of changes made to the document since it became dirty.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ReferencedDocumentDescriptors">
            <summary>Property that returns an enumeration of descriptors that represent the native document references held by this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ReferencedDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the documents directly referenced by this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptors">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of linked and embedded files in the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptors2">
            <summary>Gets the collection of OLE attachments made in this Document that match the input type. Returns all OLE attachments if type is kOLEDocumentUnknownObject.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptors">
            <summary>Gets the collection of descriptor objects, presenting (editable) information about opaque references held.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ReferenceKeyManager">
            <summary>Gets this document's ReferenceKeyManager.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ReferencingDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the documents in memory that reference this document. A referencing document may or may not be fully open (i.e. may just be initialized).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.ReleaseReference">
            <summary>Method that releases the reference that gets added if a document is opened invisibly through the API. Releasing the reference on a hidden document makes it a candidate for closure the next time Inventor closes all unreferenced documents.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.RequiresUpdate">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean indicating if any of the entities within this document's scope is out of date with respect to their driving entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ReservedForWrite">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean flag indicating whether this file has been reserved for write by someone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ReservedForWriteByMe">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this file has been reserved for write by the caller.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ReservedForWriteLogin">
            <summary>Gets the login of the person who currently holds the reservation to write.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ReservedForWriteName">
            <summary>Gets the name of the person who currently holds the reservation to write.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ReservedForWriteTime">
            <summary>Gets the time at which the reservation was made.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ReservedForWriteVersion">
            <summary>Gets the version within this file that has been reserved for write.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.ResolveFile">
            <summary>Method that invoke the resolve file for the document if there are references missing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.RevertReservedForWriteByMe">
            <summary>Method that reverts the file checked out by the caller.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.Save">
            <summary>Saves this document to disk.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.Save2(System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that saves the document and the specified dependent documents.</summary>
            <param name="SaveDependents">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether or not to save dependent documents that have been dirtied. Defaults to True indicating that the dependents will be saved. If the DependentsToSave argument is not specified, all dirty dependents are saved. If the argument is specified as False, only this document will be saved. The argument is ignored if the document doesn't have any dependents needing save.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DocumentsToSave">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that contains the Document objects to save. Use the Document.AllReferencedDocuments property to iterate over all dependent documents and find the ones that need to be saved (i.e. Dirty property returns True). If the SaveDependents argument is True and this argument is not specified, all dirty documents are saved. The argument is ignored if the document doesn't have any dependents needing save.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.SaveAs(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Saves this document into a file of the specified name.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the file to save the document into.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SaveCopyAs">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether the file to be saved is new or is a copy of a previously existing file.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.SaveAs2(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Saves this document into a file of the specified name.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full filename of the file to save the document into.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SaveCopyAs">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether the file to be saved is new or is a copy of a previously existing file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap to specify additional options when save the document. Valid options include:

Name = SaveDependents. Value = Boolean that specifies whether or not to save dependent documents that have been dirtied. Defaults to True indicating that the dependents will be saved. If the DependentsToSave argument is not specified, all dirty dependents are saved. If the argument is specified as False, only this document will be saved. The argument is ignored if the document doesn't have any dependents needing save.

Name = DocumentsToSave. Value = ObjectCollection that contains the Document objects to save. Use the Document.AllReferencedDocuments property to iterate over all dependent documents and find the ones that need to be saved (i.e. Dirty property returns True). If the SaveDependents argument is True and this argument is not specified, all dirty documents are saved. The argument is ignored if the document doesn't have any dependents needing save.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.SelectionPreferences">
            <summary>Gets the SelectionPreferences.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.SelectionPriority">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current selection priority for the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.SelectSet">
            <summary>Property that returns the SelectSet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.SetMissingAddInBehavior(System.String,Inventor.CommandTypesEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the commands to be disabled when a particular AddIn is absent.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Specifies the ClassId of the AddIn. When the AddIn corresponding to this ClientId is absent (unloaded or uninstalled), the commands specified are disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisabledCommandTypesEnum">
                <summary>CommandTypesEnum that specifies the classifications of the commands to be disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisabledCommands">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that specifies the commands to be disabled. The ObjectCollection must contain only ControlDefinition objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.SetThumbnailSaveOption(Inventor.ThumbnailSaveOptionEnum,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the thumbnail (preview picture) save option.</summary>
            <param name="SaveOption">
                <summary>ThumbnailSaveOptionEnum indicating what gets saved as a thumbnail, if anything. Options include kNoThumbnail, kActiveComponentIsoViewOnSave, kActiveWindowOnSave, kActiveWindow, and kImportFromFile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ImageFullFileName">
                <summary>Indicates what image file to use if SaveOption is set to kImportFromFile.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.Sketch3DSettings">
            <summary>Property that returns the Sketch3DSettings object. The Sketch3DSettings object provides access to various 3D sketch related document options. This is somewhat equivalent to the 3D sketch related properties on Sketch tab of the Document Settings dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.SketchActive">
            <summary>Gets a Boolean flag indicating whether sketching is currently active.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.SketchSettings">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchSettings object. The SketchSettings object provides access to various sketch related document options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Sketch tab of the Document Settings dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.SoftwareVersionCreated">
            <summary>Gets the object that encapsulates the version of the software with which this document was first created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.SoftwareVersionSaved">
            <summary>Gets the object that encapsulates the version of the software with which this document was last saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.SubType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the sub-Type (a published GUID. See DocCLSIDs.h) of this Document. Setting a new sub-Type will invoke a validation sequence and may fail if the operation is invalid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.TextStyles">
            <summary>Gets the TextStylesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.Thumbnail">
            <summary>Property that returns a bitmap picture of the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.ThumbnailSaveOption">
            <summary>Property that returns the current thumbnail (preview picture) save option.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.UnitsOfMeasure">
            <summary>Property that returns the UnitsOfMeasure object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.Update">
            <summary>Performs compute operations on all of the entities within this Document's scope that may be out of date with respect to their driving entities.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartDocument.Update2(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that performs compute operations on all of the entities within this Document's scope that may be out of date with respect to their driving entities.</summary>
            <param name="AcceptErrorsAndContinue">
                <summary>Optional argument that specifies if errors should be ignored and the update completed or if the update should be aborted if an error occurs.  If the IgnoreErrors argument is set to True, errors are skipped and the update process continues. If IgnoreErrors is set to False, the method returns as soon as the first error is encountered.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.VBAProject">
            <summary>Property that returns the Autodesk Inventor VBA project for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartDocument.Views">
            <summary>Gets all the open views of this document in a collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartEvents">
            <summary>The PartEvents object provides notification of part events including changes to surface bodies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartEvents.OnSurfaceBodyChanged(Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnSurfaceBodyChanged event notifies the client when the surface and solid geometry of a part geometrically changes.</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. Additional information is provided through this argument to help in understanding the context of the notification. Name = "Undo". Value = A Boolean indicating if the change occurred as the result of an undo operation. This context value is only provided in the case where the change does occur because of an undo operation, so the value will always be True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is only sent after the surface body has changed, so this value is always kAfter.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartFeature">
            <summary>The PartFeature object is the base class for all part modeling features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartFeatureExtent">
            <summary>The PartFeatureExtent object is the base class that defines the extent for certain part features--those that are profile-based.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatureExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatureExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatureExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartFeatures">
            <summary>The PartFeatures collection object. Presents the current view of objects and allows their creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.AliasFreeformFeatures">
            <summary>Returns the AliasFrreeformFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.BendPartFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that besides listing out the subset of part features that are BendPartFeatures, allows the creations of BendPartFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.BossFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that lists the subset of part features that are BossFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.BoundaryPatchFeatures">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection object. Besides listing out the subset of part features that are BoundaryPatches, it allows the creation of new BoundaryPatches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.ChamferFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the ChamferFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing ChamferFeature objects and provides functionality to create new ChamferFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.CircularPatternFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the CircularPatternFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing CircularPatternFeature objects and provides functionality to create new CircularPatternFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.ClientFeatures">
            <summary>Property returning the client features collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.CoilFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the CoilFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing CoilFeature objects and provides functionality to create new CoilFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.CombineFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the CombineFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartFeatures.CreatePath(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a path used to define the shape of several part features such as sweep, rectangular pattern, split, etc. All other 2D and 3D curves that are connected to the input curve are obtained and used to create a Path object. The new Path is returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchCurve">
                <summary>Input sketch (planar or 3D) entity. This can be any entity that is part of the desired path. All curves that are end point connected will be found and used to create the path.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartFeatures.CreateSpecifiedPath(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that creates a path used to define the shape of several part features such as sweep, rectangular pattern, split, etc. The new path is returned. This method will fail if the input curves are not connected end-to-end.</summary>
            <param name="SketchCurves">
                <summary>Input (planar or 3D) sketch entities. These are entities that are part of the desired path. The input curves must form a contiguous set.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.DecalFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the DecalFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing DecalFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.DeleteFaceFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the DeleteFaceFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing DeleteFaceFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.DirectEditFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that besides listing out the subset of part features that are DirectEdit features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.EmbossFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the EmbossFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing EmbossFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.ExtendFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the ExtendFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing ExtendFeature objects and provides functionality to create new ExtendFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.ExtrudeFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object. This collection provides access to existing ExtrudeFeature objects and provides functionality to create new ExtrudeFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.FaceDraftFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the FaceDraftFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing FaceDraftFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.FilletFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the FilletFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing FilletFeature objects and provides functionality to create new FilletFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.FinishFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that lists the subset of part features that are FinishFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.FreeformFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that besides listing out the subset of part features that are Freeform features, allows the creations of new Freeform features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.GrillFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that lists the subset of part features that are GrillFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.HoleFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the HoleFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing HoleFeature objects and provides functionality to create new HoleFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.iFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the iFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified PartFeature object from the collection. It accesses all of the features regardless of their type. If you increment through the features in the collection they are returned in the same order as they appear in the feature browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.KnitFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the KnitFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing KnitFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.LipFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that lists the subset of part features that are LipFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.LoftFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the LoftFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing LoftFeature objects and provides functionality to create new LoftFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.MarkFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that lists the subset of part features that are MarkFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.MirrorFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the MirrorFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing MirrorFeature objects and provides functionality to create new MirrorFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.MoveFaceFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the MoveFaceFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.MoveFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that besides listing out the subset of part features that are Moves, allows the creations of new Moves.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.NonParametricBaseFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the NonParametericBaseFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing NonParametericBaseFeature objects and provides functionality to create new NonParametericBaseFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.RectangularPatternFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the RectangularPatternFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing RectangularPatternFeature objects and provides functionality to create new RectangularPatternFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.ReferenceFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.ReplaceFaceFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReplaceFaceFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing ReplaceFaceFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.RestFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that lists the subset of part features that are RestFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.RevolveFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the RevolveFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing RevolveFeature objects and provides functionality to create new RevolveFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.RibFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the RibFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing RibFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.RuledSurfaceFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that lists the subset of part features that are RuledSurfaceFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.RuleFilletFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that lists the subset of part features that are RuleFilletFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.SculptFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the SculptFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing SculptFeature objects and provides functionality to create new SculptFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.ShellFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the ShellFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing ShellFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.SimplifyFeatures">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SimplifyFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.SketchDrivenPatternFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that besides listing out the subset of part features that are SketchDrivenPatterns, allows the creations of new SketchDrivenPatterns.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.SnapFitFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that lists the subset of part features that are SnapFitFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.SplitFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the SplitFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing SplitFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.SweepFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the SweepFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing SweepFeature objects and provides functionality to create new SweepFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.ThickenFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the ThickenFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing ThickenFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.ThreadFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the ThreadFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing ThreadFeature objects and provides functionality to create new ThreadFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.TrimFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the TrimFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing TrimFeature objects and provides functionality to create new TrimFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeatures.UnwrapFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that lists the subset of part features that are UnwrapFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartFeaturesEnumerator">
            <summary>The PartFeaturesEnumerator object. Presents a snapshot of the set of objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeaturesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeaturesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object in the collection. The index can be numeric or the object name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartFeaturesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartialChamferEdge">
            <summary>Partial Chamfer edge object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartialChamferEdge.ChamferDistance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the distance of the chamfer on the Edge or Edge chain.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartialChamferEdge.Delete">
            <summary>Deletes this object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartialChamferEdge.Edge">
            <summary>Returns the Edge or EdgeCollection contains the Edge objects of being partially chamfered.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartialChamferEdge.EndDistance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the end distance of the chamfer on the Edge or Edge chain.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartialChamferEdge.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartialChamferEdge.StartDistance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the start distance of the chamfer on the Edge or Edge chain.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartialChamferEdge.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartialChamferEdges">
            <summary>Partial Chamfer edges object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartialChamferEdges.Add(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Adds an item to the collection.</summary>
            <param name="Edge">
                <summary>Input Edge or EdgeCollection object that specifies the which Edge or Edge chain to be partially chamfered. If the AutomaticEdgeChain is True and an Edge is input the Edge chain will be used if there is an Edge chain connected with the Edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Start">
                <summary>Input value that specifies the start of the Edge or Edge chain to be partially chamfered. This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current distance units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="End">
                <summary>Input value that specifies the end of the Edge or Edge chain to be partially chamfered. This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current distance units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartialChamferEdges.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartialChamferEdges.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartialChamferEdges.DrivenDimensionType">
            <summary>Gets and sets which&amp;nbsp;partial chamfer dimension is driven dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartialChamferEdges.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartialChamferEdges.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartOptions">
            <summary>The PartOptions object provides access to properties that provide read and write access of the part related application options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Part tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartOptions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartOptions.AutoConsumeWorkAndSurfaceFeatures">
            <summary>Enables/disables automatically consuming work and surface features when they are used as inputs for creating other features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartOptions.AutoHideInLineWorkFeatures">
            <summary>Enables/disables the behavior of automatically hiding an in-line work feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartOptions.DefaultDesignView">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the default design view representation to use when opening part documents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartOptions.DefaultDesignViewIsAssociative">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that gets and sets whether the default design view representation is associative.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartOptions.DimensionConstraintsRelaxation">
            <summary>Gets and Sets the preference for relaxing dimension constraints during 3D grip edit.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartOptions.DisplayExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to display extended information after the feature name in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartOptions.DisplayGripsOnSelection">
            <summary>Enables/disables display of glyphs for 3D grips when faces are selected.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartOptions.EditBaseSolidsUsingFusion">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether command to edit base solids in parts launches Inventor Fusion or the legacy Solid Edit environment. This property cannot be set to True if Inventor Fusion is not installed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartOptions.Enable3DGrips">
            <summary>Enables/disables access to 3D grips.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartOptions.EnableConstructionEnvironment">
            <summary>Enable/Disable Construction Environment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartOptions.GeometricConstraintsBreakage">
            <summary>Gets and Sets the preference for breaking geometric constraints during 3D grip edit.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartOptions.LinkFaceColorFromSource">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that specifies whether to link face color from source component or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartOptions.LinkSketchFormattingFromSource">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that specifies whether to link sketch formatting from source component or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartOptions.OpaqueConstructionSurfaces">
            <summary>Enables/disables whether construction surfaces are displayed opaque or translucent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartOptions.SketchCreationOnNewPart">
            <summary>Gets and sets the preference for creating a sketch when a new part file is created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartOptions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartsList">
            <summary>The PartsList object represents a parts list in a drawing sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.ColumnHeaderTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the column titles (headers).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsList.CopyTo(Inventor.Sheet)">
            <summary>Method that copies the parts list to another sheet.</summary>
            <param name="TargetSheet">
                <summary>Input Sheet object that specifies the sheet to copy the parts list to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.DataTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the contents of the parts list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsList.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this PartsList.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsList.Export(System.String,Inventor.PartsListFileFormatEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that saves the parts list to an external file.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the file name to export the parts list to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileFormat">
                <summary>Input that specifies the file format to save to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap object that specifies additional options for export. See Remarks for valid inputs.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.FilterSettings">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the filter settings for the parts list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsList.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.HeadingPlacement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the placement position of the table heading.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.HideZeroQuantityRows">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to hide rows of zero quantity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer used by the parts list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.Level">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of numbering for the parts list. Possible values are kFirstLevelComponents and kPartsOnly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.MaximumRows">
            <summary>Gets and sets the maximum number of rows per section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.MembersToInclude">
            <summary>Gets and sets the names of the iPart/iAssembly members to include as columns in the parts list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.NumberingScheme">
            <summary>Property that returns the numbering scheme used for a 'parts only' parts list. The property returns an error if this is not a 'parts only' parts list. Possible return values are kNumericNumbering, kLowercaseAlphaNumbering and kUppercaseAlphaNumbering.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.NumberOfSections">
            <summary>Gets and sets the number of columns to wrap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.Parent">
            <summary>Property that gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.PartsListColumns">
            <summary>Gets the PartsListColumns collection object for this parts list table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.PartsListRows">
            <summary>Gets the PartsListRows collection object for this parts list table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the origin position of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that gets the document referenced by this parts list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsList.Renumber">
            <summary>Method that renumbers all rows in the parts list.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.Rotation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the absolute rotation angle of the parts list in radians.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.RowGap">
            <summary>Property that returns the row gap. This value is obtained from the parts list style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.RowLineSpacing">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line spacing of the rows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsList.SaveItemOverridesToBOM">
            <summary>Saves any overrides to the item values in the balloon to the model BOM.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.ShowTitle">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the title is shown or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsList.Sort(System.String,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that changes the sort order of items in the parts list.</summary>
            <param name="PrimaryColumnTitle">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the primary column to use for the sorting. If the name of a non-existing column is provided, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PrimaryColumnAscending">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to sort from the lowest value to the highest or vice versa. If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the sorting will be from the lowest value to the highest.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SecondaryColumnTitle">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the secondary column to use for the sorting. If the name of a non-existing column or the primary column is provided, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SecondaryColumnAscending">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to sort from the lowest value to the highest or vice versa. If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the sorting will be from the lowest value to the highest.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TertiaryColumnTitle">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the tertiary column to use for the sorting. If the name of a non-existing column, the primary column or the secondary column is provided, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TertiaryColumnAscending">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to sort from the lowest value to the highest or vice versa. If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the sorting will be from the lowest value to the highest.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsList.Sort2(System.String,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Changes the sort order of items in the parts list.</summary>
            <param name="PrimaryColumnTitle">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="PrimaryColumnAscending">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="SecondaryColumnTitle">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="SecondaryColumnAscending">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="TertiaryColumnTitle">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="TertiaryColumnAscending">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="SortByString">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="AutoSortOnUpdate">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.Style">
            <summary>Gets and sets the associated PartsListStyle object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.TableDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the vertical direction of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.Title">
            <summary>Gets and sets the title of the parts list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.TitleTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the title of the parts list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.WrapAutomatically">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to split the table equally.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsList.WrapLeft">
            <summary>Gets whether the parts list wraps to the left.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartsListCell">
            <summary>The PartsListCell object represents an individual cell in the parts list table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListCell.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListCell.Parent">
            <summary>Property that gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListCell.Static">
            <summary>Gets whether the value of the cell is static.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListCell.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListCell.Value">
            <summary>Gets or sets the value of the cell in the parts list table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartsListColumn">
            <summary>The PartsListColumn object represents a column in a parts list table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListColumn.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListColumn.CustomPropertyName">
            <summary>Property that returns the name of the custom property associated with this object. This method will return an error if the PropertyType property does not return a value of kCustomPropertyType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsListColumn.GetFilePropertyId(System.String@,System.Int32@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the id of the property associated with the column. This method will return an error if the PropertyType property does not return a value of kFilePropertyType.</summary>
            <param name="PropertySetId">
                <summary>Returned String that specifies the internal name of the property set that contains the property. This is the FMTID associated with the property set.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PropId">
                <summary>Returned Long that specifies the property id. This value is unique within the specified property set.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListColumn.Parent">
            <summary>Property that gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListColumn.PropertyType">
            <summary>Property that returns the property type associated with this column. If this property returns kFilePropertyType, the GetFilePropertyId method returns the identity of the file property. If this property returns kCustomPropertyType, use the CustomPropertyName property to get the name of the custom property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsListColumn.Remove">
            <summary>Method that removes this column from the parts list.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsListColumn.Reposition(System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the column within the parts list.</summary>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the existing column next to which the column will be inserted. The valid range of values is 0 to the number of existing columns in the table. The position remains unchanged if the index of the column being moved is specified. A value of 0 will put the column at the end. If not specified, a default value of 0 is used, indicating that the column will be moved to the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBefore">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if the column should be inserted before or after the target index. If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the column will be inserted before the target index. This argument is ignored if the value of TargetIndex is 0.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListColumn.Title">
            <summary>Gets and sets the title of the column header in the parts list table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListColumn.TitleHorizontalJustification">
            <summary>Gets and sets the justification of the column title.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListColumn.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListColumn.ValueHorizontalJustification">
            <summary>Gets and sets the justification of the values in the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListColumn.Width">
            <summary>Gets and sets the width of the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartsListColumns">
            <summary>The PartsListColumns collection object provides access to all existing objects in the parts list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsListColumns.Add(Inventor.PropertyTypeEnum,System.String,System.Object,System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new PartsListColumn based on a property. The newly created PartsListColumn is returned.</summary>
            <param name="PropertyType">
                <summary>Input PropertyTypeEnum that specifies the property type to associate with the column. Valid values are kFileProperty, kCustomProperty, kFilenamePartsListProperty, kItemPartsListProperty, kMassPartsListProperty, kMaterialPartsListProperty and kQuantityPartsListProperty. If kFileProperty is specified, the PropertySetId and PropertyIdentifier arguments are required. If kCustomProperty is specified, the PropertyIdentifier argument is required.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PropertySetId">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the internal name of the property set that contains the property. This is the FMTID associated with the property set. This argument is ignored if the input PropertyType is not kFileProperty.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PropertyIdentifier">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that identifies a property. This could either be a Long value that specifies the PropId of a property within the specified property set or the name of a property. Typically, a PropId should be specified when the input PropertyType is kFileProperty and a name should be specified when the input PropertyType is kCustomProperty.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the existing column next to which the new column will be inserted. The valid range of values is 0 to the number of existing columns in the table. A value of 0 will put the row at the end. If not specified, a default value of 0 is used, indicating that the column will be added at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBefore">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if the column should be inserted before or after the target index. If not specified, a default value of True is used. This argument is ignored if the value of TargetIndex is 0.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListColumns.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListColumns.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListColumns.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified PartsListColumn object from the collection. This is the default property of the PartsListColumns collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListColumns.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartsListFilterItem">
            <summary>PartsListFilterItem Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListFilterItem.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsListFilterItem.Delete">
            <summary>Method that delete this item.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListFilterItem.Enabled">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether this filter item is enabled or not. This is applicable when the filter item is from a parts list style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListFilterItem.FilterItemType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the filter item type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListFilterItem.Options">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets options for the filter item.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListFilterItem.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListFilterItem.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartsListFilterSettings">
            <summary>PartsListFilterSettings Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsListFilterSettings.Add(Inventor.PartsListFilterItemTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified PartsListFilterItem object from the collection.</summary>
            <param name="PartsListFilterItemType">
                <summary>Input PartsListFilterItemTypeEnum value that specifies the PartsListFilterItem to add. If the same type item already exists, this returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap that specifies the options to set. Below are valid values: OptionsApplied to
Name = “StandardContentOnly”. Value = Boolean value that specifies whether to show only the standard content or not.kStandardContentFilterItem
Name = “PurchasedItemsOnly”. Value = Boolean value that specifies whether to show the purchased items only.kPurchasedItemsFilterItem
Name = “ItemNumberRange”. Value = String value that specifies the item number range(e.g.:1,3,7-10 ). kItemNumberRangeFilterItem
Name = “AssemblyViewRepresentation”. Value = DesignViewRepresentation object that specifies the assembly design view representation. AssemblyViewRepresentation 
Name = “LimitQTYToVisibleComponentsOnly”. Value = Boolean value that specifies whether limit QTY to visible components only.AssemblyViewRepresentation </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListFilterSettings.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListFilterSettings.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListFilterSettings.Enabled">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the filter settings is enabled or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListFilterSettings.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListFilterSettings.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartsListRow">
            <summary>The PartsListRow object represents a row in a parts list table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListRow.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListRow.Ballooned">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the item represented by this row in the parts list has been ballooned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListRow.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListRow.Custom">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this row is a custom row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListRow.Expandable">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this row is a nested one. (i.e. it references an assembly.)</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListRow.Expanded">
            <summary>Gets or sets whether this row is expanded if this row is a nested one i.e. it references an assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListRow.Height">
            <summary>Gets and sets the height of the parts list row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListRow.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified PartsListCells object from the collection. This is the default property of the PartsListCells collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListRow.Parent">
            <summary>Property that gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListRow.ReferencedRows">
            <summary>Property that returns an enumerator of DrawingBOMRow objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsListRow.Remove">
            <summary>Method that removes this row from the parts list. This method works only for custom rows.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsListRow.Reposition(System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the row within the parts list.</summary>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the existing row next to which the row will be inserted. The valid range of values is 0 to the number of existing rows in the table. The position remains unchanged if the index of the row being moved is specified. A value of 0 will put the row at the end. If not specified, a default value of 0 is used, indicating that the row will be moved to the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBefore">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if the row should be inserted before or after the target index. If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the row will be inserted before the target index. This argument is ignored if the value of TargetIndex is 0.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsListRow.SaveItemOverridesToBOM">
            <summary>Saves any overrides to the item values in the balloon to the model BOM.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListRow.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListRow.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the row is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartsListRows">
            <summary>The PartsListRows collection object provides access to all existing objects in the parts list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsListRows.Add(System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a custom PartsListRow. The newly created PartsListRow is returned.</summary>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the existing row next to which the new row will be inserted. The valid range of values is 0 to the number of existing rows in the table. A value of 0 will put the row at the end. If not specified, a default value of 0 is used, indicating that the row will be added at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBefore">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if the row should be inserted before or after the target index. If not specified, a default value of True is used. This argument is ignored if the value of TargetIndex is 0.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListRows.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListRows.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListRows.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified PartsListRows object from the collection. This is the default property of the PartsListRows collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListRows.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartsLists">
            <summary>The PartsLists collection object provides access to all existing objects on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsLists.Add(System.Object,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.PartsListLevelEnum,System.Object,System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new PartsList. The newly created PartsList is returned. Currently, this method will fail if the sheet from which this collection was obtained is not active.</summary>
            <param name="ViewOrModel">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the source for the parts list. This can either be a DrawingView object or a Document object. Valid document types include part files and assembly files. Use the Documents.Open method to open the file if not already open and obtain a Document object. Typically you'll want to set the OpenVisible argument of the Open method to False so the open is invisible to the user.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PlacementPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d that specifies the placement point of the parts list on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Level">
                <summary>Optional input enum that sets the type of numbering for the parts list. If supplied, this input is only used in the case where the ParentView references an assembly file. If this value was previously set on the parent drawing view as a result of creating a parts list or a balloon based on the view, this argument is ignored. Valid enums are: kFirstLevelComponents, that creates a parts list in which subassemblies are assigned nested numbering (for example, 1, 1.1, 1.1.1) and the nested number extends as many levels as needed for the assembly levels in the model and kPartsOnly, that creates a parts list that sequentially numbers all parts in the top level assembly, even if they are contained in subassemblies.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NumberingScheme">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap object that specifies the numbering scheme to use for the parts list. The NameValueMap can contain the following entries based on the input 'Level' argument: 	*	For kStructured: MinimumDigits As Long 	*	For kStructuredAllLevels: Delimiter As String 	*	For kPartsOnly: NumberingScheme As NumberingSchemeEnum and MinimumDigits As Long Valid values for NumberingSchemeEnum are kNumericNumbering, kLowercaseAlphaNumbering and kUppercaseAlphaNumbering. This input should be supplied only if the input argument Level is specified to be kPartsOnly. If this argument is not supplied for a 'parts only' parts list, a default value of kNumericNumbering is assumed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NumberOfSections">
                <summary>Optional input long that specifies the number of sections desired in the parts list. If supplied, this input is only used in the case where the ParentView references an assembly file. The default value is 1.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="WrapLeft">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to move the sections to the left or the right when the number of rows increase. If supplied, this input is only used in the case where the ParentView references an assembly file. The default value is true, indicating that sections will be moved to the left.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsLists.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsLists.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsLists.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified PartsList object from the collection. This is the default property of the PartsLists collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsLists.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartsListSortSettings">
            <summary>PartsListSortSetting Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListSortSettings.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListSortSettings.AutoSortOnUpdate">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to sort parts list automatically when update.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListSortSettings.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListSortSettings.PrimaryColumnAscending">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to sort from the lowest value to the highest or vice versa. The default value is True indicating that the sorting will be from the lowest value to the highest.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListSortSettings.PrimaryColumnTitle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the primary column to use for the sorting. If the title of a non-existing column is provided, an error occurs.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListSortSettings.SecondaryColumnAscending">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to sort from the lowest value to the highest or vice versa. The default value is True indicating that the sorting will be from the lowest value to the highest.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListSortSettings.SecondaryColumnTitle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the secondary column to use for the sorting. If the title of a non-existing column is provided, an error occurs.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListSortSettings.SortNumerically">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether sorts by numerical order or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListSortSettings.TertiaryColumnAscending">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to sort from the lowest value to the highest or vice versa. The default value is True indicating that the sorting will be from the lowest value to the highest.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListSortSettings.TertiaryColumnTitle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the tertiary column to use for the sorting. If the title of a non-existing column is provided, an error occurs.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListSortSettings.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartsListStyle">
            <summary>The PartsListStyle object represents a parts list style in a drawing. The properties and methods listed below are in addition to those supported by the Style object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsListStyle.AddColumn(Inventor.PropertyTypeEnum,System.String,System.Object,System.String,System.Double,Inventor.HorizontalTextAlignmentEnum,Inventor.HorizontalTextAlignmentEnum)">
            <summary>Method that adds a column to the list of default columns in the style.</summary>
            <param name="PropertyType">
                <summary>Input PropertyTypeEnum that specifies the property type to associate with the column. Valid values are kFileProperty, kCustomProperty, kFilenamePartsListProperty, kItemPartsListProperty, kMassPartsListProperty, kMaterialPartsListProperty, kQuantityPartsListProperty, kBaseQuantityPartsListProperty, kBaseUnitPartsListProperty, kItemQuantityPartsListProperty and kUnitQuantityPartsListProperty.
If kFileProperty is specified, the PropertySetId and PropertyIdentifier arguments are required. If kCustomProperty is specified, the PropertyIdentifier argument is required.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PropertySetId">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the internal name of the property set that contains the property. This is the FMTID associated with the property set. This argument is ignored if the input PropertyType is not kFileProperty.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PropertyIdentifier">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that identifies a property. This could either be a Long value that specifies the PropId of a property within the specified property set or the name of a property. Typically, a PropId should be specified when the \input PropertyType is kFileProperty and a name should be specified when the input PropertyType is kCustomProperty.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Title">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the column title. If not specified, the property name is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the width of the column. If not specified, the default width value is used. A value of 0 indicates the default width value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TitleHorizontalJustification">
                <summary>Optional input HorizontalTextAlignmentEnum that specifies the text justification for the column title.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ValueHorizontalJustification">
                <summary>Optional input HorizontalTextAlignmentEnum that specifies the text justification for the column values.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStyle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStyle.ColumnHeaderTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the column titles (headers).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStyle.Comments">
            <summary>Gets and sets comments associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsListStyle.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsListStyle.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local Style object. The newly created style is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a dimension style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other dimension styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStyle.DataTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the contents of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsListStyle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Style/Layer/UnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsListStyle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStyle.HeadingGap">
            <summary>Gets and sets the heading gap in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStyle.HeadingPlacement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the location of the heading (title).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStyle.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the standard style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user. Note that this name is not guaranteed to be unique.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStyle.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStyle.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStyle.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsListStyle.RemoveAllColumns">
            <summary>Method that removes all columns from the style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStyle.RowGap">
            <summary>Gets and sets the row gap in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStyle.RowLineSpacing">
            <summary>Gets and sets the spacing between the rows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsListStyle.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStyle.ShowTitle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the whether to show the title of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStyle.SortSettings">
            <summary>Gets the parts list sort settings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStyle.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStyle.StyleType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStyle.TableDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction of the table based on the Item numbers.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStyle.Title">
            <summary>Gets and sets the title of the PartListTable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStyle.TitleTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the title of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStyle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PartsListStyle.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStyle.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PartsListStylesEnumerator">
            <summary>The PartsListStylesEnumerator object provides access to the existing PartsListStyle objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStylesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStylesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStylesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified PartsListStyle object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PartsListStylesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Path">
            <summary>The Path object represents a single set of connected curves. The order of the objects within the collection is the same as the connection order of the entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Path.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Path.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Path.Closed">
            <summary>Property that returns a Boolean indicating if the path is closed or not. Returns True in the case of a closed path.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Path.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Path.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Path.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified PathEntity object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Path.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Path.Wires">
            <summary>Property returning the Wires collection object associated with this Path.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PathAndGuideRailSweepDef">
            <summary>The PathAndGuideRailSweepDef object provides access to the information that defines the variables for a sweep feature defined by a path and a guide rail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathAndGuideRailSweepDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathAndGuideRailSweepDef.GuideRail">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the guide rail for the sweep which is the guide curve that controls the scaling and twist of the sweep profile. This property is applicable when the SweepType is kPathAndGuideRailSweepType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathAndGuideRailSweepDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent SweepFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathAndGuideRailSweepDef.ProfileScaling">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the scaling direction for sweep profile. This property is applicable when the SweepType is kPathAndGuideRailSweepType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathAndGuideRailSweepDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PathAndGuideSurfaceSweepDef">
            <summary>The PathAndGuideSurfaceSweepDef object provides access to the information that defines the variables for a sweep feature defined by a path and a guide surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathAndGuideSurfaceSweepDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathAndGuideSurfaceSweepDef.GuideSurface">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the guide surface the normal of which controls the twist of the swept profile about the path. This property is applicable when the SweepType is kPathAndGuideSurfaceSweepType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathAndGuideSurfaceSweepDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent SweepFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathAndGuideSurfaceSweepDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PathAndSectionTwistsSweepDef">
            <summary>The PathAndSectionTwistsSweepDef object provides access to the information that defines the variables for a sweep feature defined by a path and twist sections.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathAndSectionTwistsSweepDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PathAndSectionTwistsSweepDef.GetSectionTwists(Inventor.ObjectCollection@,Inventor.ObjectCollection@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the twisted sweep sections and the twist conditions at these sections. This method is applicable when the SweepType is kPathAndSectionTwistSweepType.</summary>
            <param name="SectionTwistPoints">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="SectionTwistVectors">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathAndSectionTwistsSweepDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent SweepFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathAndSectionTwistsSweepDef.ProfileOrientation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the orientation of sweep profile. This property is applicable when the SweepType is kPathSweepType and kPathAndSectionTwistSweepType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PathAndSectionTwistsSweepDef.SetSectionTwists(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets the twisted sweep sections and the twist conditions at these sections. This method is applicable when the SweepType is kPathAndSectionTwistSweepType.</summary>
            <param name="SectionTwistPoints">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="SectionTwistVectors">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathAndSectionTwistsSweepDef.TaperAngle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the taper angle of sweep. This property is applicable when the SweepType is kPathSweepType and kPathAndSectionTwistSweepType and when the ProfileOrientation is kNormalToPath.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathAndSectionTwistsSweepDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PathEntity">
            <summary>The PathEntity object represents a curve within a path.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathEntity.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathEntity.Curve">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the entity. The geometry is returned such that the entities are connected in a head-to-tail fashion.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathEntity.CurveType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of the curve referenced by the path entity. This property allows you to determine what type of object will be returned by the Curve property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PathEntity.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathEntity.OpposedToSketchEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns a Boolean indicating if the parametric flow of the path entity is in the same direction as the sketch entity it was derived from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathEntity.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Path of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathEntity.SketchEntity">
            <summary>Property that gets the sketch entity (2D or 3D) this entity was derived from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathEntity.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PathEntityProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathEntityProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathEntityProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathEntityProxy.Curve">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the entity. The geometry is returned such that the entities are connected in a head-to-tail fashion.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathEntityProxy.CurveType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of the curve referenced by the path entity. This property allows you to determine what type of object will be returned by the Curve property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PathEntityProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathEntityProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathEntityProxy.OpposedToSketchEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns a Boolean indicating if the parametric flow of the path entity is in the same direction as the sketch entity it was derived from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathEntityProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Path of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathEntityProxy.SketchEntity">
            <summary>Property that gets the sketch entity (2D or 3D) this entity was derived from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathEntityProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PathProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathProxy.Closed">
            <summary>Property that returns a Boolean indicating if the path is closed or not. Returns True in the case of a closed path.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathProxy.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PathProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathProxy.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified PathEntity object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathProxy.Wires">
            <summary>Property returning the Wires collection object associated with this Path.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PathSweepDef">
            <summary>The PathSweepDef object provides access to the information that defines the variables for a sweep feature defined by a path and profile orientation constant.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathSweepDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathSweepDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent SweepFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathSweepDef.ProfileOrientation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the orientation of sweep profile. This property is applicable when the SweepType is kPathSweepType and kPathAndSectionTwistSweepType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathSweepDef.TaperAngle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the taper angle of sweep. This property is applicable when the SweepType is kPathSweepType and kPathAndSectionTwistSweepType and when the ProfileOrientation is kNormalToPath.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PathSweepDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PatternBoundarySetting">
            <summary>Pattern Boundary Settings object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PatternBoundarySetting.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PatternBoundarySetting.Boundary">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the boundary object for the pattern. This can be a FaceCollection object containing planar Face objects or a Profile object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PatternBoundarySetting.BoundaryInclusionType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets boundary inclusion type. Use the SetBoundarySettingData method when set this to kOccurrenceBasePointInclusionType so the OccurrenceBasePoint can be specified also.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PatternBoundarySetting.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this PatternBoundarySetting object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PatternBoundarySetting.GetBoundarySettingData(System.Object@,Inventor.PatternBoundaryInclusionEnum@,System.Object@,System.Double@,System.Boolean@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the boundary setting data.</summary>
            <param name="Boundary">
                <summary>Output object that indicate the boundary for the pattern feature.  This can be a FaceCollection object containing planar Face objects or a Profile object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BoundaryInclusionType">
                <summary>Output PatternBoundaryInclusionEnum 
that indicates the boundary inclusion type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OccurrenceBasePoint">
                <summary>Output point indicating the occurrence base point position. This can be a WorkPoint, Vertex or GeometryIntent indicating the mid point of an edge or center of circular/elliptical edge.  When the BoundaryInclusionType does not return kOccurrenceBasePointInclusionType this returns Nothing.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Output Double value indicating the offset value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetFlipped">
                <summary>Output Boolean value that indicates whether the offset is flipped or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary>Reserved argument for future use .</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PatternBoundarySetting.OccurrenceBasePoint">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the occurrence base point. This can be a WorkPoint, Vertex or GeometryIntent indicating the mid point of an edge or center of circular/elliptical edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PatternBoundarySetting.Offset">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the offset value for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PatternBoundarySetting.OffsetFlipped">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the offset is flipped or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PatternBoundarySetting.SetBoundarySettingData(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the boundary setting data.</summary>
            <param name="Boundary">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the boundary for the pattern feature.  This can be a FaceCollection object containing planar Face objects or a Profile object. If a FaceCollection object is specified, all the planar Face objects should be co-planar.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BoundaryInclusionType">
                <summary>Optional input PatternBoundaryInclusionEnum that specifies the boundary inclusion type. If not provided the default kEnclosedGeometryInclusionType will be used. If set this to kOccurrenceBasePointInclusionType the OccurrenceBasePoint should be specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OccurrenceBasePoint">
                <summary>Optional input point to specify the occurrence base point position. This can be a WorkPoint, Vertex or GeometryIntent indicating the mid point of an edge or center of circular/elliptical edges. This is ignored if the BoundaryInclusionType is not set to kOccurrenceBasePointInclusionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Optional input value to specify the offset. This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a numeric value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a String is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document. If not provided this default to 0.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetFlipped">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value that specifies whether the offset is flipped or not. If not provided this default to False and the boundary is shrunk based on the offset value. If set to True the boundary is grown based on the offset value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary>Reserved argument for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PatternBoundarySetting.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PatternConstraint">
            <summary>The PatternConstraint object represents a constraint placed between elements of a pattern to make these elements associative.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PatternConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PatternConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PatternConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PatternConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PatternConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PatternConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PatternConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PatternConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PatternConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PatternConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PatternConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PatternConstraintProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PatternConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PatternConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PatternConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PatternConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PatternConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint">
            <summary>The PerpendicularConstraint object represents a perpendicular constraint within a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity being constrained. This will be a line, ellipse, or elliptical arc. In the case where an elliptical entity is returned, the UsesEllipseOneMajorAxis property indicates if the perpendicular constraint is between the major or minor axis of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity being constrained. This will be a line, ellipse, or elliptical arc. In the case where an elliptical entity is returned, the UsesEllipseTwoMajorAxis property indicates if the perpendicular constraint is between the major or minor axis of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint.UseEllipseOneMajorAxis">
            <summary>Property used in the case where the entity returned by the EntityOne property is an ellipse. This property specifies if the major or minor axis of the ellipse is perpendicular to EntityTwo. True if it is the major axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint.UseEllipseTwoMajorAxis">
            <summary>Property used in the case where the entity returned by the EntityTwo property is an ellipse. This property specifies if the major or minor axis of the ellipse is perpendicular to EntityOne. True if it is the major axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3D">
            <summary>The PerpendicularConstraint3D object represents a perpendicular constraint within a 3D sketch. The constraint can be applied between a 3D sketch line and another 3D sketch line, a work axis, linear edge, work plane or a surface (face).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3D.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3D.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3D.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3DProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3DProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3DProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second sketch entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraintProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity being constrained. This will be a line, ellipse, or elliptical arc. In the case where an elliptical entity is returned, the UsesEllipseOneMajorAxis property indicates if the perpendicular constraint is between the major or minor axis of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity being constrained. This will be a line, ellipse, or elliptical arc. In the case where an elliptical entity is returned, the UsesEllipseTwoMajorAxis property indicates if the perpendicular constraint is between the major or minor axis of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraintProxy.UseEllipseOneMajorAxis">
            <summary>Property used in the case where the entity returned by the EntityOne property is an ellipse. This property specifies if the major or minor axis of the ellipse is perpendicular to EntityTwo. True if it is the major axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PerpendicularConstraintProxy.UseEllipseTwoMajorAxis">
            <summary>Property used in the case where the entity returned by the EntityTwo property is an ellipse. This property specifies if the major or minor axis of the ellipse is perpendicular to EntityOne. True if it is the major axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PitchAndHeightCoilExtent">
            <summary>The PitchAndHeightExtent object provides access to the information that defines the variables for a coil feature created using pitch and height values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PitchAndHeightCoilExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PitchAndHeightCoilExtent.Height">
            <summary>Property that gets the height of the coil feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PitchAndHeightCoilExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PitchAndHeightCoilExtent.Pitch">
            <summary>Property that indicates the pitch of the coil feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PitchAndHeightCoilExtent.TaperAngle">
            <summary>Property that indicates the taper angle of the coil feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PitchAndHeightCoilExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PitchAndRevolutionCoilExtent">
            <summary>The PitchAndRevolutionExtent object provides access to the information that defines the variables for a coil feature created using pitch and revolution values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PitchAndRevolutionCoilExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PitchAndRevolutionCoilExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PitchAndRevolutionCoilExtent.Pitch">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the pitch of the coil feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PitchAndRevolutionCoilExtent.Revolution">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the number of revolutions of the coil feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PitchAndRevolutionCoilExtent.TaperAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the taper angle of the coil feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PitchAndRevolutionCoilExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PlanarMoveDefinition">
            <summary>The PlanarMoveDefinition object defines all of the inputs that are unique to a move face feature defined using two planar points.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarMoveDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarMoveDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent MoveFaceDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarMoveDefinition.Plane">
            <summary>Gets and sets the plane for the planar move.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarMoveDefinition.PointOne">
            <summary>Gets and sets the first point for the planar move.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarMoveDefinition.PointTwo">
            <summary>Gets and sets the second point for the planar move.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarMoveDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PlanarSketch">
            <summary>The PlanarSketch object, situated in 3D space. See the overview articles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the sketch is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.AddArcSlotByCenterPointArc(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates an arc slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the center of the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the start point of the  slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SweepAngle">
                <summary>Input Double defines the sweep angle of the slot’s center-line in radians. The sweep angle is in a counter-clockwise direction from the start point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the width of the slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.AddArcSlotByThreePointArc(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates an arc slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the starting point of the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MidPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines a point along the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the end point of the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input a Double that specifies the width of the arc slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.AddByProjectingEntity(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch entity by projecting other entities onto the sketch plane. This method performs the same function as the Project Geometry or Project DWG Geometry command according to the Entity you specified.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input object to project onto the sketch plane. In a part context, valid input includes the various 2d sketch objects, the various 3d sketch objects, Edge, Vertex, WorkAxis, WorkPoints and DWGEntities. WorkPlanes that are perpendicular to the sketch are also valid. In an assembly context (where this method is called on a PlanarSketchProxy object) this method that projects an entity from one part into a sketch in another part. The valid input in this case includes the various 2d sketch proxy objects, the various 3d sketch proxy objects, EdgeProxy, VertexProxy, WorkAxisProxy, and WorkPointProxy objects. WorkPlaneProxy objects that are perpendicular to the sketch are also valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.AddBySilhouette(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that creates new reference sketch geometry as the silhouette on the input face near the input proximity point.</summary>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face that defines a silhouette edge that can be projected onto the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityPoint">
                <summary>Input that identifies which one of possible multiple results to use. For example, if the input face is a cylinder there are two possible silhouette edges.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.AddStraightSlotByCenterToCenter(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a straight slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the starting center point of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the ending center point of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the width of the straight slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.AddStraightSlotByOverall(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a straight slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the overall start point. The overall start point is a midpoint of the first arc of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the overall end point. The overall end point is a midpoint of the second arc of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the width of the straight slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.AddStraightSlotBySlotCenter(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a straight slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.AxisEntity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the object that defines the X or Y axis of the sketch plane.&amp;nbsp;The AxisIsX property defines whether it is the X or Y axis, and the NaturalAxisDirection property defines the direction of the axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.AxisEntityGeometry">
            <summary>Property that gets the geometry that describes the axis entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.AxisIsX">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the axis entity defines the X or Y axis.&amp;nbsp;True indicates the axis defines the X-axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.BreakLink">
            <summary>Method that breaks the link to the source sketch.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.CheckSumValue">
            <summary>Gets sketch checksum value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.CircularPatterns">
            <summary>Gets the SketchCircularPatterns collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.Color">
            <summary>Gets and Sets the color for the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.Consumed">
            <summary>Gets whether the sketch is consumed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.CopyContentsTo(Inventor.Sketch)">
            <summary>Method that copies all the contents of the sketch to the \input target sketch.</summary>
            <param name="TargetSketch">
                <summary>Sketch object that specifies the target sketch into which the contents of the sketch should be copied.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.CopyEntitiesTo(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Sketch,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that copies sketch entities of the sketch to the input target sketch.</summary>
            <param name="SketchEntities">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that specifies the sketch entities being copied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetSketch">
                <summary>Input Sketch object that specifies the target sketch into which the contents of the sketch should be copied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Optional input Point2d that specifies the position on target sketch to place the copied sketch entities. If not specified the position of the sketch entities in source sketch will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.CopyToFlatPattern">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether a sheet metal folded model sketch should be copied over (transposed) to the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.DataIO">
            <summary>Gets the object through which this sketch's data content can be persisted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.DeferUpdates">
            <summary>Gets and Sets whether to defer the solving of the sketch or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch. This method is only valid for sketches that are not used by a feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.Dependents">
            <summary>Gets the dependent objects of the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.DimensionConstraints">
            <summary>Gets the collection of all dimension constraints on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.DimensionsVisible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the dimensions on the sketch are visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets the action types valid for this sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.Edit">
            <summary>Method that causes the Sketch environment to be invoked with this sketch available for interactive edit.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.ExitEdit">
            <summary>Causes the Sketch environment to be closed and the user interface to return to the previous environment. This is equivalent to the Return command. This method is only valid in the case where this sketch is open for edit within the user interface.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.GeometricConstraints">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of all geometric constraints on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the \description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. This property should return True for sketches that are created as a result of an unfold or refold feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and Sets the line type override for the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and Sets the line weight override for the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.ModelToSketchSpace(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 3D coordinate in model space, projects it onto the sketch plane along the normal of the plane and returns a Point2d object containing the resulting coordinate point in sketch space.</summary>
            <param name="ModelCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point that specifies the point in model space to be transformed into sketch space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.ModelToSketchTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from model space to the 2d sketch coordinate space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.MoveSketchObjects(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Vector2d,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that moves a collection of sketch objects by a specified vector. If the Copy argument is set to True, the newly created objects are returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchObjects">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the sketch elements to move. The collection must contain at least one object and can be any SketchEntity, a TextBox or an Image.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Input Vector2d object that defines the delta distance to move the sketch elements.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Copy">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to copy the sketch elements to the new location or to move them. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the elements will be moved.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RemoveConstraints">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to remove or retain some of the constraints that constrain the input sketch entities to other geometry. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the constraints will be retained.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets name of the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.NaturalAxisDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the sketch plane X or Y axis is in the same direction as that defined by axis entity.&amp;nbsp;True indicates the axis direction is in the same direction as the axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.OffsetSketchEntitiesUsingDistance(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Double,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that offsets a sketch entity or a group of connected sketch entities. In both cases, the base sketch entity is first offset by the specified distance and along the specified direction. The base sketch entity is determined as follows: 	*	If only one sketch entity needs to be offset, it will be treated as the base sketch entity. 	*	If a group of end-to-end connected entities need to be offset, the first entity in the group will be treated as the base sketch entity. If this method successfully offsets the specified input sketch entities, the newly created sketch entities are returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchEntities">
                <summary>ObjectCollection that specifies either a single sketch entity or a set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The collection can contain any SketchEntity object except SketchPoint because sketch points cannot be offset. The first entity in the collection is always treated as the base sketch entity. The offset distance (OffsetDistance argument) and the offset direction (NaturalOffsetDirection argument) apply to this base sketch entity. If only one sketch entity needs to be offset, then it should be specified as the only item in the collection and the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be specified as False. Since the entity specified in the collection is the first and only item in the collection, it will be treated as the base sketch entity. If a group of end-to-end connected sketch entities need to be offset, then they can be specified using one of the following options: 	*	Specifying an exact set of sketch entities to offset. The collection can be used to specify an exact set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The objects in the collection must represent entities that are end-to-end connected and the collection must contain the objects in the order that they are connected. The first entity specified in the collection will be treated as the base sketch entity. 	*	Specifying only the base sketch entity and automatically including connected entities. The base sketch entity should be specified as the only item in the collection. The IncludeConnectedEntities boolean argument should be specified as True to indicate that all entities that form a loop (open or closed) which contains the base sketch entity should be automatically included to be offset. Since only one of the above options to specify a group of connected entities can be used at the same time and not both, if the collection contains multiple entities, it implies that the collection is being used to explicitly specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, in which case the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be False. If True is specified, the method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetDistance">
                <summary>Specifies the offset distance for the base sketch entity (the sketch entity specified by the first item in the SketchEntities collection). Since a group of connected entities that need to be offset will all be offset by the same distance, it implies that the distance value specified by this argument will be used not only for the base sketch entity but also for all the remaining connected sketch entities. Since the offset of the base sketch entity can lie on either side of the base entity, the offset distance in itself does not provide sufficient information regarding the final position for the offset of the base sketch entity. The NaturalOffsetDirection boolean argument can be used to specify one out of the two possible offset directions for the base sketch entity. Thus, the offset distance specified by this argument and the offset direction specified by the NaturalOffsetDirection boolean argument together determine the final position for the offset of the base sketch entity. Once the offset position for the base sketch entity is determined, the offset positions for any other additional connected sketch entities can be inferred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NaturalOffsetDirection">
                <summary>Value that can be used to specify one out of the two possible offset directions. This argument applies to the base sketch entity (the sketch entity specified by the first item in the SketchEntities collection). The natural offset direction is along the natural normal direction at any point on the base sketch entity which in-turn is defined as the cross-product of the vector representing the tangent at that point and the vector representing the sketch normal. If True is specified, then the points on the offset of the base sketch entity will be positioned in the direction specified by the natural normal at the corresponding points on the original base sketch entity. If False is specified, then the offset of the base sketch entity will be positioned in the direction opposite to that of the natural normal. Thus, this argument determines on which side of the base sketch entity the offset of the base sketch entity will be placed. Since this argument specifies only the offset direction, the OffsetDistance argument has to be used to specify the offset distance along the offset direction specified by this argument. Thus, the offset direction specified by this argument and the offset distance specified by the OffsetDistance argument together determine the final position for the offset of the base sketch entity. Once the offset position for the base sketch entity is determined, the offset positions for any other additional connected sketch entities can be inferred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IncludeConnectedEntities">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether all entities that form a loop containing the base sketch entity should also be offset. If True is specified, then all loop entities will be offset. But, if the sketch has multiple loops that contain the base sketch entity in which case it will not be possible to uniquely determine a single loop that needs to be offset, only the base sketch entity will be offset. If False is specified, then only the entities specified in the SketchEntities collection will be offset. If True is specified, the SketchEntities collection should contain only one item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, otherwise, if the SketchEntities collection contains multiple entities, then this method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset. If False is specified, the SketchEntities collection can contain either a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity or multiple items that correspond to a group of end-to-end connected entities. If the collection contains a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, then only this base sketch entity will be offset. On the other hand, if the collection contains multiple items, it implies that the collection is being used to specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, hence, only those exact set of sketch entities will be offset. If no value is specified for this argument, then a default value of False will be assumed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateOffsetConstraints">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether offset constraints between the original and offset entities should be automatically created. If True is specified, then offset constraints will be automatically created. If False is specified, then offset constraints will not be created. If no value is specified, then a default value of True will be assumed to indicate that the offset constraints will be automatically created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.OffsetSketchEntitiesUsingPoint(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Point2d,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that offsets a sketch entity or a group of end-to-end connected sketch entities. In both cases, the offset is first applied to the base sketch entity such that the offset of the base sketch entity passes through the specified offset point on the sketch. The shortest distance of this offset point from the original base sketch entity determines the offset distance.</summary>
            <param name="SketchEntities">
                <summary>ObjectCollection that specifies either a single sketch entity or a set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The collection can contain any SketchEntity object except SketchPoint because sketch points cannot be offset. The first entity in the collection is always treated as the base sketch entity. The offset distance (OffsetDistance argument) and the offset direction (NaturalOffsetDirection argument) apply to this base sketch entity. If only one sketch entity needs to be offset, then it should be specified as the only item in the collection and the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be specified as False. Since the entity specified in the collection is the first and only item in the collection, it will be treated as the base sketch entity. If a group of end\-to\-end connected sketch entities need to be offset, then they can be specified using one of the following options\: * Specifying an exact set of sketch entities to offset. The collection can be used to specify an exact set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The objects in the collection must represent entities that are end-to-end connected and the collection must contain the objects in the order that they are connected. The first entity specified in the collection will be treated as the base sketch entity. * Specifying only the base sketch entity and automatically including connected entities. The base sketch entity should be specified as the only item in the collection. The IncludeConnectedEntities boolean argument should be specified as True to indicate that all entities that form a loop (open or closed) which contains the base sketch entity should be automatically included to be offset. 
Since only one of the above options to specify a group of connected entities can be used at the same time and not both, if the collection contains multiple entities, it implies that the collection is being used to explicitly specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, in which case the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be False. If True is specified, the method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetPoint">
                <summary>Defines a point on the sketch through which the offset of the base sketch entity (the sketch entity specified by the first item in the SketchEntities collection) should pass. The shortest distance of this point from the base sketch entity is used to determine the offset distance. This offset distance will also be used to offset any other additional connected sketch entities. The location of the point with respect to the base sketch entity determines the position of the offset base sketch entity (i.e. the location of the point determines on which side of the base sketch entity the offset of the base sketch entity will be positioned). Once the offset distance and position for the offset of the base sketch entity are determined, this information is used to determine the position for all other connected sketch entities that need to be offset. Thus, the offset point provides sufficient information to calculate the offset distance as well as the offset direction for all the sketch entities that need to be offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IncludeConnectedEntities">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether all entities that form a loop containing the base sketch entity should also be offset. If True is specified, then all loop entities will be offset. But, if the sketch has multiple loops that contain the base sketch entity in which case it will not be possible to uniquely determine a single loop that needs to be offset, only the base sketch entity will be offset. If False is specified, then only the entities specified in the SketchEntities collection will be offset. If True is specified, the SketchEntities collection should contain only one item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, otherwise, if the SketchEntities collection contains multiple entities, then this method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset. If False is specified, the SketchEntities collection can contain either a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity or multiple items that correspond to a group of end\-to\-end connected entities. If the collection contains a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, then only this base sketch entity will be offset. On the other hand, if the collection contains multiple items, it implies that the collection is being used to specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, hence, only those exact set of sketch entities will be offset. If no value is specified for this argument, then a default value of False will be assumed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateOffsetConstraints">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether offset constraints between the original and offset entities should be automatically created. If True is specified, then offset constraints will be automatically created. If False is specified, then offset constraints will not be created. If no value is specified, then a default value of True will be assumed to indicate that the offset constraints will be automatically created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.OriginPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets origin of the sketch. When set this property, the valid object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex or SketchPoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.OriginPointGeometry">
            <summary>Property that gets the geometry that describes the origin point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the PartFeature object. This property should return the UnfoldFeature or RefoldFeature object that created the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.Parent">
            <summary>Property that gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.PlanarEntity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the planar object that defines the planar object the sketch is to be built on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.PlanarEntityGeometry">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry that describes the plane the sketch is based on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.Profiles">
            <summary>Property that returns the Profiles collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.ProjectedCuts">
            <summary>Property that returns the ProjectedCuts collection object. This collection provides access to the existing projected cut edges in the sketch and provides functionality to create new projected cut edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.RectangularPatterns">
            <summary>Gets the SketchRectangularPatterns collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the referenced sketch in the cases where this sketch was created as a result of a "derive" operation or copied over to the sheet metal flat pattern from the folded model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.RotateSketchObjects(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Point2d,System.Double,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that rotates a collection of sketch objects by a specified angle. If the Copy argument is set to True, the newly created objects are returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchObjects">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the sketch elements to rotate. The collection must contain at least one object and can be any SketchEntity, a TextBox or an Image.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that defines the center point to rotate the elements about.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the angle to rotate the elements by in radians.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Copy">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to copy the sketch elements to the new location or to rotate them. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the elements will be rotated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RemoveConstraints">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to remove or retain some of the constraints that constrain the input sketch entities to other geometry. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the constraints will be retained.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists. If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from. The argument defines if the end-of-part marker will be positioned just before or just after the object. If the object is contained within another object and is not in the top level of the browser, the positioning of the marker will be relative to the top-level object the calling object is contained within. An example of this case is a sketch that has not been shared and has been consumed by a feature. Another example is a nested work feature.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the profile is shared or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.SketchArcs">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchArcs collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.SketchBlocks">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchBlocks collection object. Only the first level sketch blocks in the sketch are returned. Use SketchBlock.ChildBlocks property recursively to get sketch blocks at all levels.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.SketchCircles">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchArcs collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.SketchControlPointSplines">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchControlPointSplines collection object.&amp;nbsp;This collection provides access to the existing control point splines in the sketch and provides functionality to create new control point splines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.SketchEllipses">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchEllipses collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.SketchEllipticalArcs">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchEllipticalArcs collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.SketchEntities">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of all entities on the sketch, regardless of their type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.SketchEquationCurves">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchEquationCurves collection object.&amp;nbsp;This collection provides access to the existing equation curves in the sketch and provides functionality to create new equation curves.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.SketchFixedSplines">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.SketchImages">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of all images on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.SketchLines">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchLines collection object. This collection provides access to the existing lines in the sketch and provides functionality to create new lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.SketchOffsetSplines">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object. This collection provides access to the existing offset splines in the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.SketchPoints">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchPoints collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.SketchSplines">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchSplines collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.SketchToModelSpace(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 2D coordinate in sketch space, and returns a Point3d containing the coordinates of the point in model space.</summary>
            <param name="SketchCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point2d that specifies the 2d coordinate in sketch space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.SketchToModelTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from the 2D sketch coordinate space to model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.Solve">
            <summary>Method that causes the sketch to solve.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.TextBoxes">
            <summary>Gets the TextBoxes collection associated with this Sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketch.UpdateProfiles">
            <summary>Method that updates all the profiles within the sketch.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketch.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PlanarSketches">
            <summary>The PlanarSketches collection object provides access to all of the objects and provides methods to create additional PlanarSketch objects. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketches.Add(System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch based on the input planar entity.</summary>
            <param name="PlanarEntity">
                <summary>Input object that defines the planar object the sketch is to be built on. Valid input for this argument includes planar faces and work planes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseFaceEdges">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if sketch geometry should automatically be created for all of the edges of the input face. This is the behavior when creating a sketch interactively in Autodesk Inventor. This argument is ignored in the case when PlanarEntity is a work plane. The default value of False specifies that no sketch geometry should automatically be created from the face edges.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketches.AddWithOrientation(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch based on the input planar entity and orientation information.</summary>
            <param name="PlanarEntity">
                <summary>Input object that defines the planar object the sketch is to be built on. Valid input for this argument includes planar faces and work planes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisEntity">
                <summary>Input object that defines the X or Y axis of the sketch plane (the AxisIsX argument defines which). Valid input includes linear edges, sketch lines from another sketch, and work axes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NaturalAxisDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines if the sketch plane X or Y axis is in the same direction as that defined by the input axis entity. True indicates the axis direction is in the same direction as that of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisIsX">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies if the axis entity defines the X or Y axis. True indicates the axis defines the X-axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Input object that defines the origin of the sketch plane. Valid input is a vertex, work point, or a sketch point from another sketch.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseFaceEdges">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if sketch geometry should automatically be created for all of the edges of the input face. This is the behavior when creating a sketch interactively in Autodesk Inventor. This argument is ignored in the case when PlanarEntity is a work plane. The default value of False specifies that no sketch geometry should automatically be created from the face edges.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketches.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketches.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketches.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketches.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the sketch is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.AddArcSlotByCenterPointArc(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates an arc slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the center of the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the start point of the  slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SweepAngle">
                <summary>Input Double defines the sweep angle of the slot’s center-line in radians. The sweep angle is in a counter-clockwise direction from the start point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the width of the slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.AddArcSlotByThreePointArc(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates an arc slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the starting point of the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MidPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines a point along the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the end point of the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input a Double that specifies the width of the arc slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.AddByProjectingEntity(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch entity by projecting other entities onto the sketch plane. This method performs the same function as the Project Geometry or Project DWG Geometry command according to the Entity you specified.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input object to project onto the sketch plane. In a part context, valid input includes the various 2d sketch objects, the various 3d sketch objects, Edge, Vertex, WorkAxis, WorkPoints and DWGEntities. WorkPlanes that are perpendicular to the sketch are also valid. In an assembly context (where this method is called on a PlanarSketchProxy object) this method that projects an entity from one part into a sketch in another part. The valid input in this case includes the various 2d sketch proxy objects, the various 3d sketch proxy objects, EdgeProxy, VertexProxy, WorkAxisProxy, and WorkPointProxy objects. WorkPlaneProxy objects that are perpendicular to the sketch are also valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.AddBySilhouette(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that creates new reference sketch geometry as the silhouette on the input face near the input proximity point.</summary>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face that defines a silhouette edge that can be projected onto the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityPoint">
                <summary>Input that identifies which one of possible multiple results to use. For example, if the input face is a cylinder there are two possible silhouette edges.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.AddStraightSlotByCenterToCenter(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a straight slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the starting center point of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the ending center point of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the width of the straight slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.AddStraightSlotByOverall(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a straight slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the overall start point. The overall start point is a midpoint of the first arc of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the overall end point. The overall end point is a midpoint of the second arc of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the width of the straight slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.AddStraightSlotBySlotCenter(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a straight slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.AxisEntity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the object that defines the X or Y axis of the sketch plane.&amp;nbsp;The AxisIsX property defines whether it is the X or Y axis, and the NaturalAxisDirection property defines the direction of the axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.AxisEntityGeometry">
            <summary>Property that gets the geometry that describes the axis entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.AxisIsX">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the axis entity defines the X or Y axis.&amp;nbsp;True indicates the axis defines the X-axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.BreakLink">
            <summary>Method that breaks the link to the source sketch.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.CheckSumValue">
            <summary>Gets sketch checksum value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.CircularPatterns">
            <summary>Gets the SketchCircularPatterns collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.Color">
            <summary>Gets and Sets the color for the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.Consumed">
            <summary>Gets whether the sketch is consumed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.CopyContentsTo(Inventor.Sketch)">
            <summary>Method that copies all the contents of the sketch to the \input target sketch.</summary>
            <param name="TargetSketch">
                <summary>Sketch object that specifies the target sketch into which the contents of the sketch should be copied.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.CopyEntitiesTo(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Sketch,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that copies sketch entities of the sketch to the input target sketch.</summary>
            <param name="SketchEntities">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that specifies the sketch entities being copied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetSketch">
                <summary>Input Sketch object that specifies the target sketch into which the contents of the sketch should be copied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Optional input Point2d that specifies the position on target sketch to place the copied sketch entities. If not specified the position of the sketch entities in source sketch will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.CopyToFlatPattern">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether a sheet metal folded model sketch should be copied over (transposed) to the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.DataIO">
            <summary>Gets the object through which this sketch's data content can be persisted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.DeferUpdates">
            <summary>Gets and Sets whether to defer the solving of the sketch or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch. This method is only valid for sketches that are not used by a feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.Dependents">
            <summary>Gets the dependent objects of the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.DimensionConstraints">
            <summary>Gets the collection of all dimension constraints on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.DimensionsVisible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the dimensions on the sketch are visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets the action types valid for this sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.Edit">
            <summary>Method that causes the Sketch environment to be invoked with this sketch available for interactive edit.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.ExitEdit">
            <summary>Causes the Sketch environment to be closed and the user interface to return to the previous environment. This is equivalent to the Return command. This method is only valid in the case where this sketch is open for edit within the user interface.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.GeometricConstraints">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of all geometric constraints on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the \description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. This property should return True for sketches that are created as a result of an unfold or refold feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and Sets the line type override for the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and Sets the line weight override for the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.ModelToSketchSpace(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 3D coordinate in model space, projects it onto the sketch plane along the normal of the plane and returns a Point2d object containing the resulting coordinate point in sketch space.</summary>
            <param name="ModelCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point that specifies the point in model space to be transformed into sketch space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.ModelToSketchTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from model space to the 2d sketch coordinate space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.MoveSketchObjects(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Vector2d,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that moves a collection of sketch objects by a specified vector. If the Copy argument is set to True, the newly created objects are returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchObjects">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the sketch elements to move. The collection must contain at least one object and can be any SketchEntity, a TextBox or an Image.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Input Vector2d object that defines the delta distance to move the sketch elements.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Copy">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to copy the sketch elements to the new location or to move them. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the elements will be moved.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RemoveConstraints">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to remove or retain some of the constraints that constrain the input sketch entities to other geometry. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the constraints will be retained.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets name of the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.NaturalAxisDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the sketch plane X or Y axis is in the same direction as that defined by axis entity.&amp;nbsp;True indicates the axis direction is in the same direction as the axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.OffsetSketchEntitiesUsingDistance(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Double,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that offsets a sketch entity or a group of connected sketch entities. In both cases, the base sketch entity is first offset by the specified distance and along the specified direction. The base sketch entity is determined as follows: 	*	If only one sketch entity needs to be offset, it will be treated as the base sketch entity. 	*	If a group of end-to-end connected entities need to be offset, the first entity in the group will be treated as the base sketch entity. If this method successfully offsets the specified input sketch entities, the newly created sketch entities are returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchEntities">
                <summary>ObjectCollection that specifies either a single sketch entity or a set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The collection can contain any SketchEntity object except SketchPoint because sketch points cannot be offset. The first entity in the collection is always treated as the base sketch entity. The offset distance (OffsetDistance argument) and the offset direction (NaturalOffsetDirection argument) apply to this base sketch entity. If only one sketch entity needs to be offset, then it should be specified as the only item in the collection and the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be specified as False. Since the entity specified in the collection is the first and only item in the collection, it will be treated as the base sketch entity. If a group of end-to-end connected sketch entities need to be offset, then they can be specified using one of the following options: 	*	Specifying an exact set of sketch entities to offset. The collection can be used to specify an exact set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The objects in the collection must represent entities that are end-to-end connected and the collection must contain the objects in the order that they are connected. The first entity specified in the collection will be treated as the base sketch entity. 	*	Specifying only the base sketch entity and automatically including connected entities. The base sketch entity should be specified as the only item in the collection. The IncludeConnectedEntities boolean argument should be specified as True to indicate that all entities that form a loop (open or closed) which contains the base sketch entity should be automatically included to be offset. Since only one of the above options to specify a group of connected entities can be used at the same time and not both, if the collection contains multiple entities, it implies that the collection is being used to explicitly specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, in which case the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be False. If True is specified, the method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetDistance">
                <summary>Specifies the offset distance for the base sketch entity (the sketch entity specified by the first item in the SketchEntities collection). Since a group of connected entities that need to be offset will all be offset by the same distance, it implies that the distance value specified by this argument will be used not only for the base sketch entity but also for all the remaining connected sketch entities. Since the offset of the base sketch entity can lie on either side of the base entity, the offset distance in itself does not provide sufficient information regarding the final position for the offset of the base sketch entity. The NaturalOffsetDirection boolean argument can be used to specify one out of the two possible offset directions for the base sketch entity. Thus, the offset distance specified by this argument and the offset direction specified by the NaturalOffsetDirection boolean argument together determine the final position for the offset of the base sketch entity. Once the offset position for the base sketch entity is determined, the offset positions for any other additional connected sketch entities can be inferred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NaturalOffsetDirection">
                <summary>Value that can be used to specify one out of the two possible offset directions. This argument applies to the base sketch entity (the sketch entity specified by the first item in the SketchEntities collection). The natural offset direction is along the natural normal direction at any point on the base sketch entity which in-turn is defined as the cross-product of the vector representing the tangent at that point and the vector representing the sketch normal. If True is specified, then the points on the offset of the base sketch entity will be positioned in the direction specified by the natural normal at the corresponding points on the original base sketch entity. If False is specified, then the offset of the base sketch entity will be positioned in the direction opposite to that of the natural normal. Thus, this argument determines on which side of the base sketch entity the offset of the base sketch entity will be placed. Since this argument specifies only the offset direction, the OffsetDistance argument has to be used to specify the offset distance along the offset direction specified by this argument. Thus, the offset direction specified by this argument and the offset distance specified by the OffsetDistance argument together determine the final position for the offset of the base sketch entity. Once the offset position for the base sketch entity is determined, the offset positions for any other additional connected sketch entities can be inferred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IncludeConnectedEntities">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether all entities that form a loop containing the base sketch entity should also be offset. If True is specified, then all loop entities will be offset. But, if the sketch has multiple loops that contain the base sketch entity in which case it will not be possible to uniquely determine a single loop that needs to be offset, only the base sketch entity will be offset. If False is specified, then only the entities specified in the SketchEntities collection will be offset. If True is specified, the SketchEntities collection should contain only one item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, otherwise, if the SketchEntities collection contains multiple entities, then this method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset. If False is specified, the SketchEntities collection can contain either a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity or multiple items that correspond to a group of end-to-end connected entities. If the collection contains a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, then only this base sketch entity will be offset. On the other hand, if the collection contains multiple items, it implies that the collection is being used to specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, hence, only those exact set of sketch entities will be offset. If no value is specified for this argument, then a default value of False will be assumed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateOffsetConstraints">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether offset constraints between the original and offset entities should be automatically created. If True is specified, then offset constraints will be automatically created. If False is specified, then offset constraints will not be created. If no value is specified, then a default value of True will be assumed to indicate that the offset constraints will be automatically created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.OffsetSketchEntitiesUsingPoint(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Point2d,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that offsets a sketch entity or a group of end-to-end connected sketch entities. In both cases, the offset is first applied to the base sketch entity such that the offset of the base sketch entity passes through the specified offset point on the sketch. The shortest distance of this offset point from the original base sketch entity determines the offset distance.</summary>
            <param name="SketchEntities">
                <summary>ObjectCollection that specifies either a single sketch entity or a set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The collection can contain any SketchEntity object except SketchPoint because sketch points cannot be offset. The first entity in the collection is always treated as the base sketch entity. The offset distance (OffsetDistance argument) and the offset direction (NaturalOffsetDirection argument) apply to this base sketch entity. If only one sketch entity needs to be offset, then it should be specified as the only item in the collection and the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be specified as False. Since the entity specified in the collection is the first and only item in the collection, it will be treated as the base sketch entity. If a group of end\-to\-end connected sketch entities need to be offset, then they can be specified using one of the following options\: * Specifying an exact set of sketch entities to offset. The collection can be used to specify an exact set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The objects in the collection must represent entities that are end-to-end connected and the collection must contain the objects in the order that they are connected. The first entity specified in the collection will be treated as the base sketch entity. * Specifying only the base sketch entity and automatically including connected entities. The base sketch entity should be specified as the only item in the collection. The IncludeConnectedEntities boolean argument should be specified as True to indicate that all entities that form a loop (open or closed) which contains the base sketch entity should be automatically included to be offset. 
Since only one of the above options to specify a group of connected entities can be used at the same time and not both, if the collection contains multiple entities, it implies that the collection is being used to explicitly specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, in which case the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be False. If True is specified, the method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetPoint">
                <summary>Defines a point on the sketch through which the offset of the base sketch entity (the sketch entity specified by the first item in the SketchEntities collection) should pass. The shortest distance of this point from the base sketch entity is used to determine the offset distance. This offset distance will also be used to offset any other additional connected sketch entities. The location of the point with respect to the base sketch entity determines the position of the offset base sketch entity (i.e. the location of the point determines on which side of the base sketch entity the offset of the base sketch entity will be positioned). Once the offset distance and position for the offset of the base sketch entity are determined, this information is used to determine the position for all other connected sketch entities that need to be offset. Thus, the offset point provides sufficient information to calculate the offset distance as well as the offset direction for all the sketch entities that need to be offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IncludeConnectedEntities">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether all entities that form a loop containing the base sketch entity should also be offset. If True is specified, then all loop entities will be offset. But, if the sketch has multiple loops that contain the base sketch entity in which case it will not be possible to uniquely determine a single loop that needs to be offset, only the base sketch entity will be offset. If False is specified, then only the entities specified in the SketchEntities collection will be offset. If True is specified, the SketchEntities collection should contain only one item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, otherwise, if the SketchEntities collection contains multiple entities, then this method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset. If False is specified, the SketchEntities collection can contain either a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity or multiple items that correspond to a group of end\-to\-end connected entities. If the collection contains a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, then only this base sketch entity will be offset. On the other hand, if the collection contains multiple items, it implies that the collection is being used to specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, hence, only those exact set of sketch entities will be offset. If no value is specified for this argument, then a default value of False will be assumed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateOffsetConstraints">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether offset constraints between the original and offset entities should be automatically created. If True is specified, then offset constraints will be automatically created. If False is specified, then offset constraints will not be created. If no value is specified, then a default value of True will be assumed to indicate that the offset constraints will be automatically created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.OriginPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets origin of the sketch. When set this property, the valid object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex or SketchPoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.OriginPointGeometry">
            <summary>Property that gets the geometry that describes the origin point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the PartFeature object. This property should return the UnfoldFeature or RefoldFeature object that created the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.PlanarEntity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the planar object that defines the planar object the sketch is to be built on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.PlanarEntityGeometry">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry that describes the plane the sketch is based on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.Profiles">
            <summary>Property that returns the Profiles collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.ProjectedCuts">
            <summary>Property that returns the ProjectedCuts collection object. This collection provides access to the existing projected cut edges in the sketch and provides functionality to create new projected cut edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.RectangularPatterns">
            <summary>Gets the SketchRectangularPatterns collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the referenced sketch in the cases where this sketch was created as a result of a "derive" operation or copied over to the sheet metal flat pattern from the folded model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.RotateSketchObjects(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Point2d,System.Double,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that rotates a collection of sketch objects by a specified angle. If the Copy argument is set to True, the newly created objects are returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchObjects">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the sketch elements to rotate. The collection must contain at least one object and can be any SketchEntity, a TextBox or an Image.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that defines the center point to rotate the elements about.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the angle to rotate the elements by in radians.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Copy">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to copy the sketch elements to the new location or to rotate them. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the elements will be rotated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RemoveConstraints">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to remove or retain some of the constraints that constrain the input sketch entities to other geometry. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the constraints will be retained.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists. If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from. The argument defines if the end-of-part marker will be positioned just before or just after the object. If the object is contained within another object and is not in the top level of the browser, the positioning of the marker will be relative to the top-level object the calling object is contained within. An example of this case is a sketch that has not been shared and has been consumed by a feature. Another example is a nested work feature.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the profile is shared or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.SketchArcs">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchArcs collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.SketchBlocks">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchBlocks collection object. Only the first level sketch blocks in the sketch are returned. Use SketchBlock.ChildBlocks property recursively to get sketch blocks at all levels.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.SketchCircles">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchArcs collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.SketchControlPointSplines">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchControlPointSplines collection object.&amp;nbsp;This collection provides access to the existing control point splines in the sketch and provides functionality to create new control point splines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.SketchEllipses">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchEllipses collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.SketchEllipticalArcs">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchEllipticalArcs collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.SketchEntities">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of all entities on the sketch, regardless of their type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.SketchEquationCurves">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchEquationCurves collection object.&amp;nbsp;This collection provides access to the existing equation curves in the sketch and provides functionality to create new equation curves.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.SketchFixedSplines">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.SketchImages">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of all images on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.SketchLines">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchLines collection object. This collection provides access to the existing lines in the sketch and provides functionality to create new lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.SketchOffsetSplines">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object. This collection provides access to the existing offset splines in the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.SketchPoints">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchPoints collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.SketchSplines">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchSplines collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.SketchToModelSpace(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 2D coordinate in sketch space, and returns a Point3d containing the coordinates of the point in model space.</summary>
            <param name="SketchCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point2d that specifies the 2d coordinate in sketch space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.SketchToModelTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from the 2D sketch coordinate space to model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.Solve">
            <summary>Method that causes the sketch to solve.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.TextBoxes">
            <summary>Gets the TextBoxes collection associated with this Sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.UpdateProfiles">
            <summary>Method that updates all the profiles within the sketch.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlanarSketchProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Plane">
            <summary>The Plane object. A plane object is infinite. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically. For more information, see the Transient Geometry article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Plane.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this Plane object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original Plane object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Plane.DistanceTo(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Determine the distance between this plane and the specified point.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Plane.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the surface evaluator for this plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Plane.GetPlaneData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the data defining this plane.</summary>
            <param name="RootPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the root point of the plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Normal">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the normal for the plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Plane.IntersectWithCurve(System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Gets the intersection points of the Plane and the input curve. Note that 3D transient geometry should be supplied. Obtain 3D transient geometry from any sktech entities or 2D geometry before calling this method (for example, by calling the Geometry method of the entity).</summary>
            <param name="Curve">
                <summary>Input object that represents a Curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Plane.IntersectWithLine(System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Compute the intersection point of this Plane and the specified Line. If the Plane and the Line are parallel, this method will fail.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a Line or LineSegment object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Plane.IntersectWithPlane(Inventor.Plane,System.Double)">
            <summary>Compute the intersection line of this Plane and the specified Plane. If the two Planes are parallel, this method will fail.</summary>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Input Plane object that represents a Plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Plane.IntersectWithSurface(System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Gets the intersection curves and points between the plane and the input surface.</summary>
            <param name="Surface">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the surface to intersect with the plane. The input can be any of the transient surface objects (Plane, Cone, Cylinder, EllipticalCone, EllipticalCylinder, Sphere, Torus or a BSplineSurface.)</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the linear tolerance to use for intersection computation.  If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Plane.IsCoplanarTo">
            <summary>Property that gets whether this Plane is coplanar with the specified Plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Plane.IsParallelTo">
            <summary>Property that gets whether this Plane is parallel to the specified Line or Plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Plane.IsPerpendicularTo">
            <summary>Determine if this Plane is perpendicular to the specified Line or Plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Plane.Normal">
            <summary>Property that indicates the vector for a specific normal in the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Plane.PutPlaneData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this plane.</summary>
            <param name="RootPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the root point of the plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Normal">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the normal for the plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Plane.RootPoint">
            <summary>Gets the root point for this plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PlaneAndOffsetWorkPlaneDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane that is parallel to an existing plane and offset a specified distance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlaneAndOffsetWorkPlaneDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlaneAndOffsetWorkPlaneDef.GetData(System.Object@,Inventor.Parameter@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the data defining a work planed defined by a plane, direction and offset. The work plane is parallel to the plane and is offset the specified distance in the specified direction. The sign of the value controls which side of the plane the offset is in. A positive value will be in the positive normal side of the plane.</summary>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Output object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object. The work plane is parallel to this plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Output Parameter that defines the offset of the work plane to the plane. The sign of the value controls which side of the plane the offset is in. A positive value will be in the positive normal side of the plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlaneAndOffsetWorkPlaneDef.Offset">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the offset of the work plane. The offset of the plane can be read and modified by accessing the returned Parameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlaneAndOffsetWorkPlaneDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent WorkPlane object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlaneAndOffsetWorkPlaneDef.Plane">
            <summary>Property that returns the plane of an offset work plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object. The work plane will be parallel to this plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlaneAndOffsetWorkPlaneDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PlaneAndPointWorkPlaneDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane that is parallel to an existing plane and passes through an existing point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlaneAndPointWorkPlaneDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlaneAndPointWorkPlaneDef.GetData(System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the data defining a work planed defined by a plane and a point. The work plane is parallel to the plane and passes through the point.</summary>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Output object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Output object that represents a Point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, or SketchPoint object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlaneAndPointWorkPlaneDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent WorkPlane object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlaneAndPointWorkPlaneDef.Plane">
            <summary>Property that returns the plane of a plane and point defined work plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object. The work plane is parallel to the plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlaneAndPointWorkPlaneDef.Point">
            <summary>Property that returns the point of a plane and point defined work plane. The point can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, or SketchPoint object. The work plane passes through the point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlaneAndPointWorkPlaneDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PlaneAndTangentWorkPlaneDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane that is parallel to a plane and tangent to a surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlaneAndTangentWorkPlaneDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlaneAndTangentWorkPlaneDef.Face">
            <summary>Property that returns the tangent of the work plane. This face must either be a cylinder whose axis is parallel to the line, a cone that is positioned such that a valid tangent exists, or a sphere.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PlaneAndTangentWorkPlaneDef.GetData(System.Object@,Inventor.Face@,Inventor.Point@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the data defining a work that is parallel to the plane and tangent to the input face.</summary>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Output object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object. The work plane is parallel to this plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Output Face object that indicates the tangent surface. This face will be a cylinder, cone, or sphere.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityPoint">
                <summary>Output object that indicates which of the possible two solutions was used when calculating the tangent plane. The original proximity point itself is not stored. The point returned is calculated as an arbitrary point along the tangent between the face and plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlaneAndTangentWorkPlaneDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent WorkPlane object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlaneAndTangentWorkPlaneDef.Plane">
            <summary>Property that returns the plane of a work plane that is parallel to a plane and tangent to a surface. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object. The work plane will be parallel to this plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlaneAndTangentWorkPlaneDef.ProximityPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the proximity point. The proximity point defines which of the two possible solutions is chosen when computing the tangent plane. This point is used for the initial computation and the specific point is not stored. During a recompute of the model the plane will remain on the same side of the tangent surface regardless of its position relative to the originally specified point. The point returned by this property is as an arbitrary point along the tangent between the face and plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PlaneAndTangentWorkPlaneDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PluginLicenseManager">
            <summary>Plugin License Manager.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PluginLicenseManager.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PluginLicenseManager.DisplayAuthorizationInfo">
            <summary>Displays Authorization Information.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PluginLicenseManager.IsAuthorized">
            <summary>Gets whether the license is authorized.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PluginLicenseManager.LicenseBehavior">
            <summary>Gets the license behavior.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PluginLicenseManager.LicenseExpirationDate">
            <summary>Gets the license expiration date.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PluginLicenseManager.LicenseExpirationState">
            <summary>Gets the license expiration state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PluginLicenseManager.LicenseSerialNumber">
            <summary>Gets license serial number.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PluginLicenseManager.LicenseUsage">
            <summary>Gets license usage.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PluginLicenseManager.PluginLicenseEvents">
            <summary>Gets the plugin license events.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PluginLicenseManager.SetLicenseIdleMode(Inventor.PluginLicenseIdleModeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that sets plugin license mode.</summary>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Input PluginLicenseIdleModeEnum value that specifies the idle mode to set.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PluginLicenseManager.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PluginLicenseManagerEvents">
            <summary>PluginLicenseManager Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PluginLicenseManagerEvents.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PluginLicenseManagerEvents.OnChangeLicense(Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires when the plugin license changes.</summary>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PluginLicenseManagerEvents.OnLoseLicense(Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires when the plugin license is lost.</summary>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PluginLicenseManagerEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PluginLicenseManagerEvents.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Point">
            <summary>The Point object. The object is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically. For more information see the Transient Geometry article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Point.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this Point object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original Point object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Point.DistanceTo(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Determine the distance between this point and the specified point.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Point.GetPointData(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this point.</summary>
            <param name="Coords">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the entity's coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Point.IsEqualTo(Inventor.Point,System.Double)">
            <summary>Compares this point for equality with the specified point.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the coordinate to compare.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance to be used when determining whether the points are equal.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Point.PutPointData(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this point.</summary>
            <param name="Coords">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the entity's coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Point.TransformBy(Inventor.Matrix)">
            <summary>Transform this point by the specified matrix.</summary>
            <param name="Matrix">
                <summary>Input Matrix object that specifies the matrix to transform by.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Point.TranslateBy(Inventor.Vector)">
            <summary>Translate this point by the specified vector.</summary>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Input Vector object that specifies the vector to translate by.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Point.VectorTo(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Gets the vector of translation between this point and the specified point.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Point.X">
            <summary>Read-write proerty that gets and sets the X coordinate value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Point.Y">
            <summary>Read-write proerty that gets and sets the Y coordinate value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Point.Z">
            <summary>Read-write proerty that gets and sets the Z coordinate value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Point2d">
            <summary>The Point2d object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically. Also, for more information see the Transient Geometry article in the overview section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Point2d.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this Point2d object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original Point2d object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Point2d.DistanceTo(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that returns the distance between this point and the specified point.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Point2d object that specifies the point to which the distance is to be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Point2d.GetPointData(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this point.</summary>
            <param name="Coords">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the entity's coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Point2d.IsEqualTo(Inventor.Point2d,System.Double)">
            <summary>Compares this point for equality with the specified point.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the coordinate to compare.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the tolerance to be used when determining whether the points are equal.  If not specified the internal tolerance used by Inventor is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Point2d.PutPointData(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this point.</summary>
            <param name="Coords">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the entity's coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Point2d.TransformBy(Inventor.Matrix2d)">
            <summary>Transform this point by the specified matrix.</summary>
            <param name="Matrix">
                <summary>Input Matrix2d object that specifies the matrix to transform by.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Point2d.TranslateBy(Inventor.Vector2d)">
            <summary>Translate this point by the specified vector.</summary>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Input Vector2d object that specifies the vector to translate by.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Point2d.VectorTo(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Gets the vector of translation between this point and the specified point.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Point2d.X">
            <summary>Specifies the X coordinate of the point. If not supplied, the X value will default to 0.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Point2d.Y">
            <summary>Specifies the Y coordinate of the point. If not supplied, the Y value will default to 0.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3D">
            <summary>The PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3D object represents a constraint that controls the distance between a 3D sketch point and a planar face or workplane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3D.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3D.DimensionPlane">
            <summary>Property that returns the transient dimension plane used to place and position the dimension text for this dimension constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3D.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3D.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3D.Plane">
            <summary>Property that returns the planar Face or WorkPlane object that defines the distance to the 3D sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3D.Point">
            <summary>Property that returns the 3D sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3D.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.DimensionPlane">
            <summary>Property that returns the transient dimension plane used to place and position the dimension text for this dimension constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.Plane">
            <summary>Property that returns the planar Face or WorkPlane object that defines the distance to the 3D sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.Point">
            <summary>Property that returns the 3D sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointAndPlaneWorkAxisDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work axis that is normal to a plane and passes through a point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneWorkAxisDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointAndPlaneWorkAxisDef.GetData(System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the data defining a work axis that is normal to a plane and passes through a point.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Output object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, or SketchPoint object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Output object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneWorkAxisDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent WorkAxis object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneWorkAxisDef.Plane">
            <summary>Property that returns the plane of a work axis that is normal to a plane and passes through a point. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneWorkAxisDef.Point">
            <summary>Property that returns the point of a work axis that is normal to a plane and passes through a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, or SketchPoint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndPlaneWorkAxisDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointAndTangentWorkPlaneDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane that passes through a point and is tangent to a surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndTangentWorkPlaneDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndTangentWorkPlaneDef.Face">
            <summary>Property that returns the tangent face of the work plane. This face must either be a cylinder whose axis is parallel to the line, a cone that is positioned such that a valid tangent exists, a sphere or a bspline surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointAndTangentWorkPlaneDef.GetData(System.Object@,Inventor.Face@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the data defining a work that passes through a point and is tangent to the input face.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Output object that represents a point. This object can be a Vertex, WorkPoint, or SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object. The work plane passes through this point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Output Face object that indicates the tangent surface. This face will be a cylinder, cone, sphere or a bspline surface.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndTangentWorkPlaneDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent WorkPlane object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndTangentWorkPlaneDef.Point">
            <summary>Property that returns the point of a work plane that passes through a point and is tangent to a surface. This object can be a Vertex, WorkPoint, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointAndTangentWorkPlaneDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointCloud">
            <summary>The PointCloud object represents a single point cloud within Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloud.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloud.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloud.Crops">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PointCloudCrops collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointCloud.Delete(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the point cloud.</summary>
            <param name="RetainDependents">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to retain the dependents or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloud.Density">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the density of the points displayed. The range of this property is from 1 to 10.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloud.DisplayedPointCount">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the total number of cloud points currently being displayed.&amp;nbsp;This is the result of the density, MaximumPointCount and cropping.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointCloud.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the key context to use when creating the reference key.  Although this argument is optional, you must currently always provide a valid key context.  A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloud.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloud.MaximumPointCount">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the maximum point count that can be displayed in current point cloud.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointCloud.ModelToPointCloudSpace(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 3d coordinate in model space and returns a Point object containing the coordinate point in point cloud space.</summary>
            <param name="ModelCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point object of a point in the model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloud.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the name of the point cloud. This is the name that’s visible in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloud.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointCloud.PointCloudToModelSpace(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 3d coordinate in point cloud space and returns a Point object containing the coordinate point in model space.</summary>
            <param name="PointCloudCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point object of a point in the point cloud space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloud.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloud.RangeBoxInPointCloudSpace">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object in point cloud space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloud.Regions">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the point cloud regions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloud.Scale">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the scale of the point cloud.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloud.Scans">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the point cloud scans collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloud.SourceFullFileName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the point cloud source full file name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloud.TotalPointCount">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the total number of points in the point cloud taking no account of the crops.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloud.Transform">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the matrix that defines the translation, rotation of the point cloud in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloud.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloud.UnitsFactor">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the units ratio between the point cloud source units and the Inventor database length unit(centimeters).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloud.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the visibility of this point cloud.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointCloudCrop">
            <summary>The PointCloudCrop object represents a crop within a point cloud.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudCrop.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudCrop.BoundingBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the oriented box presents the bounding volume of the point cloud crop.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudCrop.KeepInside">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the cloud points in the bounding box are kept or not in this crop.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudCrop.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudCrop.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointCloudCrops">
            <summary>PointCloudCrops Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointCloudCrops.Add(Inventor.OrientedBox,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that adds a crop to the point cloud and the result PointCloudCrop is returned.</summary>
            <param name="BoundingBox">
                <summary>Input OrientedBox object that defines the bounding volume. The TransientGeometry.CreateOrientedBox can be used to create an OrientedBox object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeepInside">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether keep the point cloud points in the BoundingBox.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudCrops.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointCloudCrops.Clear">
            <summary>Method that clears all the point cloud crops in this collection.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudCrops.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudCrops.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudCrops.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointCloudPlane">
            <summary>The PointCloudPlane object represents a plane that’s inferred by points within a point cloud.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudPlane.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudPlane.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a Plane object which provides the location and orientation of the inferred plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointCloudPlane.GetPlaneRectangle(Inventor.Plane@,Inventor.UnitVector@,System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the full definition of a bounded rectangular plane.</summary>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Output Plane object that defines the position and orientation of the plane.  The Plane object is boundless.  The origin point of this plane is at the center of the bounded plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LengthDirection">
                <summary>Output UnitVector object that specifies the direction that the length of the plane goes in.  This vector will also be perpendicular to the plane normal vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Length">
                <summary>The length of the plane in centimeters.  This is the entire length of the bounded plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>The height of the plane in centimeters.  This is the entire height of the bounded plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudPlane.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudPlane.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointCloudPlaneProxy">
            <summary>PointCloudPlaneProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudPlaneProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudPlaneProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudPlaneProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a Plane object which provides the location and orientation of the inferred plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointCloudPlaneProxy.GetPlaneRectangle(Inventor.Plane@,Inventor.UnitVector@,System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the full definition of a bounded rectangular plane.</summary>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Output Plane object that defines the position and orientation of the plane.  The Plane object is boundless.  The origin point of this plane is at the center of the bounded plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LengthDirection">
                <summary>Output UnitVector object that specifies the direction that the length of the plane goes in.  This vector will also be perpendicular to the plane normal vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Length">
                <summary>The length of the plane in centimeters.  This is the entire length of the bounded plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>The height of the plane in centimeters.  This is the entire height of the bounded plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudPlaneProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the source object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudPlaneProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudPlaneProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointCloudPoint">
            <summary>The PointCloudPoint object represents a point within a point cloud.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudPoint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudPoint.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a Point object which provides the coordinates of this point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudPoint.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent point cloud of this point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudPoint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointCloudPointProxy">
            <summary>PointCloudPointProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudPointProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudPointProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudPointProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a Point object which provides the coordinates of this point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudPointProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudPointProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent point cloud of this point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudPointProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointCloudProxy">
            <summary>PointCloudProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.Crops">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PointCloudCrops collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.Delete(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the point cloud.</summary>
            <param name="RetainDependents">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to retain the dependents or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.Density">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the density of the points displayed. The range of this property is from 1 to 10.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.DisplayedPointCount">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the total number of cloud points currently being displayed.&amp;nbsp;This is the result of the density, MaximumPointCount and cropping.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the key context to use when creating the reference key.  Although this argument is optional, you must currently always provide a valid key context.  A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.MaximumPointCount">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the maximum point count that can be displayed in current point cloud.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.ModelToPointCloudSpace(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 3d coordinate in model space and returns a Point object containing the coordinate point in point cloud space.</summary>
            <param name="ModelCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point object of a point in the model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the name of the point cloud. This is the name that’s visible in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the source object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.PointCloudToModelSpace(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 3d coordinate in point cloud space and returns a Point object containing the coordinate point in model space.</summary>
            <param name="PointCloudCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point object of a point in the point cloud space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.RangeBoxInPointCloudSpace">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object in point cloud space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.Regions">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the point cloud regions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.Scale">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the scale of the point cloud.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.Scans">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the point cloud scans collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.SourceFullFileName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the point cloud source full file name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.TotalPointCount">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the total number of points in the point cloud taking no account of the crops.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.Transform">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the matrix that defines the translation, rotation of the point cloud in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.UnitsFactor">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the units ratio between the point cloud source units and the Inventor database length unit(centimeters).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the visibility of this point cloud.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointCloudRegion">
            <summary>The PointCloudRegion object represents a region within a point cloud.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudRegion.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudRegion.Color">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns internal name of the point cloud region.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudRegion.DisplayName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the display name of the point cloud region.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudRegion.InternalName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns internal name of the point cloud region.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudRegion.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudRegion.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudRegion.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the visibility of the point cloud region object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointCloudRegions">
            <summary>PointCloudRegions Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudRegions.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudRegions.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudRegions.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudRegions.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointClouds">
            <summary>PointClouds Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointClouds.Add(System.String,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new point cloud. The newly created PointCloud object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="PointCloudFilename">
                <summary>Input full filename of a point cloud file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Transform">
                <summary>Optional input Matrix that defines the position and orientation of the point cloud in the model space.  The matrix must only define translation, rotation, and uniform scale.  If not provided an identity matrix is used which will result in the point cloud being aligned with model space and full scale.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Scale">
                <summary>Optional input Double that defines the scale of the point cloud. If not specified the default value of 1 will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap that specifies additional options for add.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointClouds.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointClouds.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointClouds.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointClouds.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointClouds.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointCloudScan">
            <summary>The PointCloudScan object represents a scan within a point cloud.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudScan.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudScan.DisplayName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the display name of the point cloud scan.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudScan.InternalName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns internal name of the point cloud scan.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudScan.Origin">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a point indicating the origin of the PointCloudScan.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudScan.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudScan.SourceFullFileName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the point cloud scan full file name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudScan.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudScan.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and set the visibility of the point cloud scan object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointCloudScans">
            <summary>PointCloudScans Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudScans.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudScans.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudScans.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointCloudScans.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointGraphics">
            <summary>The PointGraphics object defines a set of points. Each coordinate provided defines a point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointGraphics.Anchored">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this graphics primitive is anchored in view space. This property can only be set to False. The Anchored property is automatically set to True by the SetViewSpaceAnchor method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointGraphics.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointGraphics.BurnThrough">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether or not graphics are always visible even if they are blocked by other objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointGraphics.CoordinateIndexSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsIndexSet that defines indices within the coordinate set to use for the point of the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointGraphics.CoordinateSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsCoordinateSet associate with set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointGraphics.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the graphics primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointGraphics.DepthPriority">
            <summary>Read-write property that allows you specify a priority to a set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointGraphics.GetCustomImage(Inventor.GraphicsImageSet@,System.Int32@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the image used for this PointGraphics object. This is only valid in the case where the PointRenderStyle property returns kCustomImagePointStyle, otherwise this method will fail.</summary>
            <param name="GraphicsImageSet">
                <summary>Output GraphicsImageSet that is currently assigned to this PointGraphics object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GraphicsImageIndex">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates which image in the GraphicsImageSet is currently being used by this PointGraphics object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointGraphics.GetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.Point2d@,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the anchor information of the graphics object. This method returns an error if the 'Anchored' property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Output that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Output that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Output constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointGraphics.Id">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Id of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointGraphics.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointGraphics.PointRenderStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the point style associated with the PointGraphics object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointGraphics.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointGraphics.RemoveViewSpaceAnchor">
            <summary>The RemoveViewSpaceAnchor method removes the view space anchor from the object, and sets the Anchored property to false.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointGraphics.SetCustomImage(Inventor.GraphicsImageSet,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that sets the custom image to use for this PointGraphics object. This is cause the PointerRenderStyleProperty to return kCustomImagePointStyle. You can remove the custom image by setting the PointRenderStyle to one of the predefined point types.</summary>
            <param name="GraphicsImageSet">
                <summary>Input GraphicsImageSet to assign to this PointGraphics object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GraphicsImageIndex">
                <summary>Input Long that indicates which image in the GraphicsImageSet to use for this PointGraphics object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PointGraphics.SetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum)">
            <summary>Method that anchors the graphics object at the specified point in view space. The Anchored property is set to True.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Input that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Input constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointGraphics.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointHolePlacementDefinition">
            <summary>The PointHolePlacementDefinition object defines the placement of a hole feature using a work point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointHolePlacementDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointHolePlacementDefinition.Direction">
            <summary>Property that indicates the entity that defines the hole axis direction. This can be a planar Face object or a WorkPlane object with which the axis of the hole is perpendicular, or an Edge or WorkAxis object with which the axis of the hole is parallel.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointHolePlacementDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition. This property returns Nothing in the case where the definition object is created using one of the Create methods on the HoleFeatures object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointHolePlacementDefinition.Point">
            <summary>Property that indicates the point that defines the hole center. This can only be a WorkPoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointHolePlacementDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointInference">
            <summary>The PointInference object provides access to information that defines how the current point is being inferred.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointInference.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointInference.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object(s) that were used in defining the inference. The enumerator contains a single GeometryIntent object when a drawing document is active.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointInference.InferenceType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of inference.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointInference.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointInferenceEnumerator">
            <summary>This object returns all of the information gleaned by Autodesk Inventor's inferencing facility applied to a mouse position. This object is returned via the MouseEvents object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointInferenceEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of PointInference objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointInferenceEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified PointInference object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointInferenceEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointToPointRipTypeDef">
            <summary>The PointToPointRipTypeDef object defines the inputs unique to a point to point rip feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointToPointRipTypeDef.GapSide">
            <summary>Gets and sets the value that indicates the position of the gap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointToPointRipTypeDef.GapSize">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the width of the gap. When creating a new rip feature and the RipDefinition object is not associated with an actual feature, this property will return Nothing. You can use the SetSinglePointRipType method of the RipDefinition to set this value in that case. When this object is obtained from an existing rip feature you can edit the rip feature by modifying the parameter this property returns.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointToPointRipTypeDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent rip definition feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointToPointRipTypeDef.PointOne">
            <summary>Gets and sets the point that defines the location of the rip.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointToPointRipTypeDef.PointTwo">
            <summary>Gets and sets the point that defines the location of the rip.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointToPointRipTypeDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PointWorkPointDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work point defined to be coincident to a point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointWorkPointDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointWorkPointDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent WorkPoint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointWorkPointDef.Point">
            <summary>Property that returns the point of a work point that is defined to be coincident to the point. This object can be a Vertex or SketchPoint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PointWorkPointDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Polyline2d">
            <summary>The Polyline2d object is a mathematical utility object that represents a set of connected line segments in a two dimension space. It is a transient object that is never shown graphically or saved in the Inventor document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Polyline2d.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this Polyline2d object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original Polyline2d object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Polyline2d.Evaluator">
            <summary>Property that returns an evaluator object for the curve. The evaluator supports general curve evaluation functions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Polyline2d.GetPoints(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the points defining the shape of the polyline.</summary>
            <param name="Points">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the polyline. The array contains sequential X, Y coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Polyline2d.PointAtIndex">
            <summary>Gets or sets the x, y position of a specified point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Polyline2d.PointCount">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of points defining the polyline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Polyline2d.PutPoints(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets all of the coordinates of the polyline.</summary>
            <param name="Points">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the coordinates of the polyline. Valid input for this argument is an ObjectCollection of Point objects or an array of Double values that contains the X, Y values of each coordinate.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Polyline3d">
            <summary>The Polyline3d object is a mathematical utility object that represents a set of connected line segments. It is a transient object that is never shown graphically or saved in the Inventor document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Polyline3d.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this Polyline3d object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original Polyline3d object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Polyline3d.Evaluator">
            <summary>Property that returns an evaluator object for the curve. The evaluator supports general curve evaluation functions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Polyline3d.GetPoints(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the points defining the shape of the polyline.</summary>
            <param name="Points">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the polyline. The array contains sequential X, Y, Z coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Polyline3d.PointAtIndex">
            <summary>Gets or sets the x, y, z position of a specified point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Polyline3d.PointCount">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of points defining the polyline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Polyline3d.PutPoints(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets all of the coordinates of the polyline.</summary>
            <param name="Points">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the coordinates of the polyline. Valid input for this argument is an ObjectCollection of Point objects or an array of Double values that contains the X, Y, Z values of each coordinate.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation">
            <summary>The PositionalRepresentation object represents a positional representation in the assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.Activate">
            <summary>Method that activates the positional representation.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.ClearRelationshipOverrides(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that clears all the overrides applied to the assembly constraint or joint object.</summary>
            <param name="Relationship">
                <summary>Input an assembly constraint or connection object to clear its overrides.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of the PositionalRepresentation. The new created PositionalRepresentation is returned. The method returns an error if this is the 'master' positional representation.</summary>
            <param name="NewName">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the name of the positional representation to create. If not specified, Inventor assigns a name to the representation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the PositionalRepresentation. The method returns an error if this is the 'master' positional representation.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.IsFlexibleOverridden(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence,System.Boolean@)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether the flexible state of the input occurrence is overridden for the positional representation and returns the state.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the occurrence to be queried for the override.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Flexible">
                <summary>Boolean object that returns the flexible state (whether it is overridden or not).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.IsGroundingOverridden(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence,System.Boolean@)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether the grounded state of the input occurrence is overridden for the positional representation and returns the state.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the occurrence to be queried for the override.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Grounded">
                <summary>Boolean object that returns the grounding state (whether it is overridden or not).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.IsPatternAngleOffsetOverridden(Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether the angle offset of the input circular pattern is overridden for the positional representation and returns the offset value.</summary>
            <param name="Pattern">
                <summary>Input CircularOccurrencePattern object that specifies the pattern to be queried for the override.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AngleOffset">
                <summary>Output String that returns the angle offset (whether it is overridden or not).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.IsPatternColumnOffsetOverridden(Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether the column offset of the input rectangular pattern is overridden for the positional representation and returns the offset value.</summary>
            <param name="Pattern">
                <summary>Input RectangularOccurrencePattern object that specifies the pattern to be queried for the override.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ColumnOffset">
                <summary>Output String that returns the column offset (whether it is overridden or not).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.IsPatternRowOffsetOverridden(Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether the row offset of the input rectangular pattern is overridden for the positional representation and returns the offset value.</summary>
            <param name="Pattern">
                <summary>Input RectangularOccurrencePattern object that specifies the pattern to be queried for the override.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RowOffset">
                <summary>Output String that returns the row offset (whether it is overridden or not).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.IsPositionalRepresentationOverridden(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether the positional representation of the input occurrence is overridden for the positional representation and returns the representation.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the occurrence to be queried for the override.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Representation">
                <summary>Output String that returns the positional representation (whether it is overridden or not).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.IsRelationshipSuppressionOverridden(System.Object,System.Boolean@)">
            <summary>Function that returns whether the suppression state of the input assembly relationship is overridden for the positional representation.&amp;nbsp;It also returns the current state.</summary>
            <param name="Relationship">
                <summary>Input an assembly constraint or connection object to be queried for the override.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Suppressed">
                <summary>Output Boolean that returns the suppression state of the assembly constraint or connection object (whether it is overridden or not).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.IsRelationshipValueOverridden(System.Object,Inventor.RelationshipValueTypeEnum,System.String@)">
            <summary>Function that returns whether the value of the input assembly relationship is overridden for the positional representation.&amp;nbsp;It also returns the values expression.</summary>
            <param name="Relationship">
                <summary>Input assembly constraint or connection object to be queried for the override.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RelationShipValueType">
                <summary>Input RelationshipValueTypeEnum that specifies the value of the assembly constraint or connection object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Output string that returns the expression of the specified value of the assembly constraint or connection object (whether it is overridden or not).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.IsTransformOverridden(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence,Inventor.Matrix@)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether the transform of the input occurrence is overridden for the positional representation and returns the transform.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the occurrence to be queried for the override.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Transform">
                <summary>Matrix object that returns the transform (whether it is overridden or not).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the PositionalRepresentation. The name must be unique with respect to all other PositionalRepresentation objects in the document. Cannot be set if this is the master positional representation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent RepresentationsManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.Primary">
            <summary>Gets whether this is the primary positional representation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.RemoveFlexibleOverride(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the flexible override for the input occurrence.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the occurrence for which the override should be removed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.RemoveGroundingOverride(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the grounding override for the input occurrence.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the occurrence for which the override should be removed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.RemovePatternAngleOffsetOverride(Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern)">
            <summary>Method that removes the angle offset override for the input pattern.</summary>
            <param name="Pattern">
                <summary>Input CircularOccurrencePattern object that specifies the pattern for which the override should be removed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.RemovePatternColumnOffsetOverride(Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern)">
            <summary>Method that removes the column offset override for the input pattern.</summary>
            <param name="Pattern">
                <summary>Input RectangularOccurrencePattern object that specifies the pattern for which the override should be removed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.RemovePatternRowOffsetOverride(Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern)">
            <summary>Method that removes the row offset override for the input pattern.</summary>
            <param name="Pattern">
                <summary>Input RectangularOccurrencePattern object that specifies the pattern for which the override should be removed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.RemovePositionalRepresentationOverride(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the positional representation override for the input occurrence.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the occurrence for which the override should be removed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.RemoveRelationshipSuppressionOverride(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that removes the overridden suppression state of the input assembly relationship.</summary>
            <param name="Relationship">
                <summary>Input assembly constraint or connection object for which the override should be removed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.RemoveRelationshipValueOverride(System.Object,Inventor.RelationshipValueTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that removes an overridden value of the input assembly relationship.</summary>
            <param name="Relationship">
                <summary>Input assembly constraint or connection object that had the overridden value to remove.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RelationShipValueType">
                <summary>Input RelationshipValueTypeEnum that specifies the value of the assembly constraint or connection object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.RemoveTransformOverride(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the transform override for the input occurrence.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the occurrence for which the override should be removed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.SetFlexibleOverride(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets an override flexible state on the input occurrence. If not already overridden, the method has the effect of setting the 'Override' flag for flexible.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the occurrence to be overridden.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Flexible">
                <summary>Boolean that specifies the override flexible state.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.SetGroundingOverride(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets an override grounding state on the input occurrence. If not already overridden, the method has the effect of setting the 'Override' flag for grounding.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the occurrence to be overridden.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Grounded">
                <summary>Boolean that specifies the override grounding state.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.SetPatternAngleOffsetOverride(Inventor.CircularOccurrencePattern,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets an override angle offset on the input circular pattern. If not already overridden, the method has the effect of setting the 'Override' flag for the angle offset.</summary>
            <param name="Pattern">
                <summary>Input CircularOccurrencePattern object that specifies the pattern to be overridden.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AngleOffset">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the override angle offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.SetPatternColumnOffsetOverride(Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets an override column offset on the input rectangular pattern. If not already overridden, the method has the effect of setting the 'Override' flag for the column offset.</summary>
            <param name="Pattern">
                <summary>Input RectangularOccurrencePattern object that specifies the pattern to be overridden.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ColumnOffset">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the override column offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.SetPatternRowOffsetOverride(Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets an override row offset on the input rectangular pattern. If not already overridden, the method has the effect of setting the 'Override' flag for the row offset.</summary>
            <param name="Pattern">
                <summary>Input RectangularOccurrencePattern object that specifies the pattern to be overridden.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RowOffset">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the override row offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.SetPositionalRepresentationOverride(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets an override positional representation on the input occurrence. If not already overridden, the method has the effect of setting the 'Override' flag for positional representation.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the occurrence to be overridden.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Representation">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the override positional representation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.SetRelationshipSuppressionOverride(System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets an overridden suppression state for the input assembly relationship.</summary>
            <param name="Relationship">
                <summary>Input an assembly constraint or connection object to set the override.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Suppressed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the suppression override state of the assembly constraint or connection object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.SetRelationshipValueOverride(System.Object,Inventor.RelationshipValueTypeEnum,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets an overridden value for the input assembly relationship.</summary>
            <param name="Relationship">
                <summary>Input an assembly constraint or connection object to be queried for the override.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RelationShipValueType">
                <summary>Input RelationshipValueTypeEnum that specifies the value of the assembly constraint or connection object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the override expression of the specified value for the assembly constraint or connection object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.SetTransformOverride(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence,Inventor.Matrix)">
            <summary>Method that sets an override transform on the input occurrence. If not already overridden, the method has the effect of setting the 'Override' flag for the transform (offset).</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the occurrence to be overridden.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Transform">
                <summary>Matrix object that specifies the override transform.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PositionalRepresentation.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PositionalRepresentations">
            <summary>The PositionalRepresentations collection object provides access to all the positional representations in the assembly and provides methods to create new ones.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentations.Add(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new PositionalRepresentation. The new created PositionalRepresentation is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the name of the positional representation to create. If not specified, Inventor assigns a name to the representation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PositionalRepresentations.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PositionalRepresentations.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PositionalRepresentations.ExcelWorkSheet">
            <summary>Property that returns the Excel spreadsheet that contains the positional representations data.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PositionalRepresentations.Export(System.String,Inventor.FileFormatEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Exports the PositionalRepresentations to an external file.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the file name to export the PositionalRepresentations to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileFormat">
                <summary>Input FileFormatEnum that specifies the file format to save to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap object that specifies additional options for export.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PositionalRepresentations.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified PositionalRepresentation object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PositionalRepresentations.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Preparations">
            <summary>Represents the Preparations environment in a weldment assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Preparations.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Preparations.Edit">
            <summary>Method that activates this object for editing by the user.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Preparations.ExitEdit">
            <summary>Method that causes the current editing environment to be closed and the user interface to return to weldment editing environment.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Preparations.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationBodiesEnumerator">
            <summary>PresentationBodiesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationBodiesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationBodiesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationBodiesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationBodiesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationBody">
            <summary>PresentationBody Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationBody.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationBody.CalculateFacets(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the facetted representation for the given chord-height tolerance. If stored facets available for this tolerance, then those are returned.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the facet can deviate from the smooth surface. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of facets being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that defines the normal for each vertex in the facet mesh. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent vector components within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationBody.CalculateFacetsAndTextureMap(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the facetted representation for the given chord-height tolerance. If stored facets available for this tolerance, then those are returned.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the facet can deviate from the smooth surface. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of facets being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that defines the normal for each vertex in the facet mesh. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent vector components within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the texture map.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationBody.CalculateFacetsWithOptions(System.Double,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new set of facets within the specified conditions.</summary>
            <param name="ChordalTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the facet can deviate from the smooth surface. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of facets being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies additional tolerances that can be used to control the output mesh. The supported options are: 
Name: MaxSideLength, Value: Defines the maximum side of any triangle in the mesh. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no maximum length is specified.
Name: MaxAspectRatio, Value: Defines the maximum length to height ratio that a triangle can have. This helps to avoid long skinny triangles. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no maximum aspect ratio is specified.
Name: MaxNormalDeviation, Value: Defines the maximum deviation between adjacent vertex normals. This value is the maximum angle allows between normals and is input as radians. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no normal deviation is specified.
Name: ConversionMode, Value: Specifies the conversion mode (0 or 2). 
0 - Do not convert the display mesh to a Quad-Dominant mesh. This mode instructs the faceter to keep the generated display mesh (i.e., skip the tri-mesh to quad-dominant mesh conversion).	
2 - Convert the triangular display mesh to a triangular mesh suitable for STL output, 3D printing or other similar application requiring a slightly higher quality triangular mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that defines the normal for each vertex in the facet mesh. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent vector components within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureCoordinates">
                <summary>Optional output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the texture map.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationBody.CalculateStrokes(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the stroked or polygonal representation for the given chord-height tolerance. Client to deallocate pointers with CoTaskMemFree.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the stroke can deviate from the smooth curve. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of strokes being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SegmentCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of segments that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used to index into the vertex coordinates array. These indices provide the information that defines how the vertices are connected to create the connected set of strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationBody.CalculateStrokesWithOptions(System.Double,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new set of strokes within the specified conditions.</summary>
            <param name="ChordalTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the stroke can deviate from the smooth curve. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of strokes being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies additional tolerances that can be used to control the output strokes. The supported options are: 
Name: MaxSideLength, Value: Defines the maximum side of any stroke in the polyline. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no maximum length is specified.
Name: MaxNormalDeviation, Value: Defines the maximum deviation between adjacent vertex normals. This value is the maximum angle allowed between normals and is input as radians. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no normal deviation is supplied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of vertices used to define all of the output strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the stroked object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of polylines that the strokes represent.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that specifies the number of vertices that are used to define each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationBody.Edges">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns all the PresentationEdge objects contained within the Presentation body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationBody.Faces">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns all the PresentationFace objects contained within the presentation body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationBody.GetExistingFacets(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the facetted representation for the given chord-height tolerance as. Fails if the tolerance supplied is not pre-existing.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceIndex">
                <summary>Input Double that serves as an index as to which set of existing facets you want to retrieve. If the input tolerance does not match an existing set an error will occur. The tolerances for existing facets can be obtained using the GetExistingFacetTolerances method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that defines the normal for each vertex in the facet mesh. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent vector components within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationBody.GetExistingFacetsAndTextureMap(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the facetted representation for the given chord-height tolerance as. Fails if the tolerance supplied is not pre-existing.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceIndex">
                <summary>Input Double that serves as an index as to which set of existing facets you want to retrieve. If the input tolerance does not match an existing set an error will occur. The tolerances for existing facets can be obtained using the GetExistingFacetTolerances method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that defines the normal for each vertex in the facet mesh. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent vector components within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the texture map.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationBody.GetExistingFacetTolerances(System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the set of chord-height tolerances for which this object already stores facets.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of existing facet sets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExistingTolerances">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the tolerances that were used to compute the existing sets of display facets.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationBody.GetExistingStrokes(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the stroked or polygonal representation for the given chord-height tolerance. Fails if the tolerance supplied is not pre-existing.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceIndex">
                <summary>Input Double that serves as an index into which set of existing strokes you want to retrieve. If the input tolerance does not match an existing set an error will occur. The tolerances for existing strokes can be obtained using the GetExistingStrokeTolerances method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated for the facets. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of polylines that are represented by the strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that specifies the number of vertices that are used for each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationBody.GetExistingStrokeTolerances(System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the set of chord-height tolerances for which this object already stores strokes.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of existing stroke sets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExistingTolerances">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the tolerances that were used to compute the existing sets of display strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationBody.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the presentation body name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationBody.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationBody.RangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the range box that represents the bounds of the presentation body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationBody.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationBody.Vertices">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns all the PresentationVertex objects contained within the presentation body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationComponent">
            <summary>PresentationComponent Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationComponent.Appearance">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets and sets the current appearance for this presentation component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationComponent.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets and sets the source of the appearance for this presentation component. This can be set to kMaterialAppearance to clear the override.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationComponent.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationComponent.IsLeaf">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether this component is leaf component or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationComponent.MeshFeatureSets">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns all the PresentationMeshFeatureSet objects contained within the presentation component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationComponent.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns&amp;nbsp;the presentation component name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationComponent.Opacity">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the opacity of this presentation component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationComponent.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationComponent.ParentComponent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent PresentationComponent object. This property is only valid for the components in a multi-level assembly that are not in the top level.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationComponent.SubComponents">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the collection of components for a PresentationComponent object. This property applies to components that represent a.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationComponent.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns all the PresentationBody objects contained within the presentation component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationComponent.Transformation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Matrix object indicating the transform of the component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationComponent.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationComponent.Visible">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the visibility of the presentation component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationComponentsEnumerator">
            <summary>PresentationComponentsEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationComponentsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationComponentsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationComponentsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationComponentsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationDocument">
            <summary>The PresentationDocument object respesents a presentation document in Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.Activate">
            <summary>Makes this document the active one (receives user-focus).</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.ActivatedObject">
            <summary>Gets the object that has been in-place activated for edit within the context of this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.ActiveLightingStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the lighting style to use for the presentation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.ActiveScene">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the active PresentationScene object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.AllReferencedDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the document references of this Document along with all of the recursively nested references.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.AppearanceAssets">
            <summary>Gets an AssetsEnumerator collection object that contains the appearances associated with the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.AttributeManager">
            <summary>Returns the AttributeManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.BrowserPanes">
            <summary>Property that returns the &lt;link Inventor::BrowserPanes, BrowserPanes&gt; collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.ClientViews">
            <summary>Returns document's client views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.Close(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Closes this document.</summary>
            <param name="SkipSave">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to skip the save. If SkipSave is set to True, it indicates that the changes to the document should not be saved and that the document should be closed silently. If SkipSave is set to False, it indicates that the normal save process should be followed (including prompting a dialog to the user). In addition, if Application.SilentOperation is set to True, the default choice on the dialog should be accepted. The Close method will fail if the combination of SkipSave = False and SilentOperation = True is used for a previously unsaved document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.Compacted">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean that states whether this file has been processed for compaction since the last save.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.CreateHighlightSet">
            <summary>Method that creates a new highlight set.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.DatabaseRevisionId">
            <summary>Gets the GUID that represents the last saved revision of database contained in this document. This revision id tracks modifications to the database (such as reference changes, geometry changes, etc.) but does not track file property changes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.DefaultCommand">
            <summary>Gets the default command for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.Dirty">
            <summary>Gets/Sets a Boolean flag indicating if the Document has been written into, since opened.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.DisabledCommandList">
            <summary>Property that returns the DisabledCommandList object. This object allows the document to disable specific commands. This list contains commands that are disabled in addition to those specified by the DisabledCommandTypes property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.DisabledCommandTypes">
            <summary>Bit mask indicating the disabled command types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.DisplayNameBasis">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display name basis of this document. This defaults to file name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.DisplayNameOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the display name of the document has been overridden.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.DisplaySettings">
            <summary>Property that returns the DisplaySettings object. The DisplaySettings object provides access to various display appearance related document settings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.DocumentEvents">
            <summary>This object supports a set of events that are specific to the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.DocumentInterests">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentInterests collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.DocumentSubType">
            <summary>Property that returns the subtype of the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.DocumentType">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.EnvironmentManager">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.File">
            <summary>Property that returns the file (storage) on disk that contains this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.FilePropertySets">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the file PropertySets. This is equivalent to the iProperties that got from Shell Extension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.FileSaveCounter">
            <summary>Gets the number that indicates the number of times the file has been saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.FindWhereUsed(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that obtains the set of documents that reference the given file within this document.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full file name of the file to search for references to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.FullDisplayName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full display name of this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.FullDocumentName">
            <summary>Property that returns the fully qualified name of the document. The string is the full file name concatenated with the document name and is a unique identifier for the document. The document name is returned by the Name property on the Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.FullFileName">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the fully qualified file-name of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.GetLocationFoundIn(System.String@,Inventor.LocationTypeEnum@)">
            <summary>Obtains the name of the location this file was found in.</summary>
            <param name="LocationName">
                <summary>Output String that specifies the name of the location.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LocationType">
                <summary>Output String that specifies the type of the location.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.GetMissingAddInBehavior(System.String@,Inventor.CommandTypesEnum@,Inventor.ObjectCollection@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the commands disabled when a particular AddIn is absent.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Specifies the ClassId of the AddIn. When the AddIn corresponding to this ClientId is absent (unloaded or uninstalled), the commands specified are disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisabledCommandTypesEnum">
                <summary>CommandTypesEnum that specifies the classifications of the commands disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisabledCommands">
                <summary>ObjectCollection that specifies the commands disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.GetPrivateStorage(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Obtains a private sub-storage within this document with the given name. Can create one, if one does not exist.</summary>
            <param name="StorageName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the private sub-storage.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateIfNecessary">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to create a private sub-storage if one does not already exist.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.GetPrivateStream(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Obtains a private stream within this document with the given name. Can create one, if one does not exist.</summary>
            <param name="StreamName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the name of the stream to get (31 chars max).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateIfNecessary">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to create a private stream if one does not already exist.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.GraphicsDataSetsCollection">
            <summary>Property that returns the object for the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.HasPrivateStorage(System.String)">
            <summary>Obtains a Boolean flag indicating if the specified sub-storage exists within this document.</summary>
            <param name="StorageName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the sub-storage.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.HasPrivateStream(System.String)">
            <summary>Obtains a Boolean flag indicating if the specified stream exists within this document.</summary>
            <param name="StreamName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the name of the stream.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.HasReferencesMissing">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether there are references missing for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the Internal Name (a GUID) for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.IsModifiable">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this document can be currently modified. One of the reasons a document may be non-modifiable is if any other document belonging to the file containing this document is currently being edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.LightingStyles">
            <summary>Property that returns the LightingStyles collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.ModelStateName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the model state that this document represents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.NeedsMigrating">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the document needs to be migrated to the current release.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.NonTransactingClientGraphicsCollection">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the non-transacting ClientGraphicsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.NonTransactingGraphicsDataSetsCollection">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the non-transacting GraphicsDataSetsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.Open">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this document is currently open. If False, the document has only been initialized and calling methods or properties on the document could cause it to open.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.PrintManager">
            <summary>Property that returns the PrintManager, or when called from a DrawingDocument it returns a DrawingPrintManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.PropertySets">
            <summary>Gets the Property Sets object that controls the file's published-format properties.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.PutInternalNameAndRevisionId(System.String,System.String,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Constructs and sets the Internal Name and Revision Identifier for this Document from strings supplied. This can only be done on a previously un-saved document (New or SaveCopyAs)</summary>
            <param name="InternalNameToken">
                <summary>Input string value to specify the internal name token.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RevisionIdToken">
                <summary>Input string value to specify the revision token.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Output string(GUID) value that indicates the internal name.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RevisionId">
                <summary>Output string(GUID) value that indicates the revision Id.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.Rebuild">
            <summary>Performs compute operations on all of the entities within this document's scope as if all of the driving entities had been 'dirtied.'</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.Rebuild2(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that performs compute operations on all of the entities within this Document's scope as if all of the driving entities had been 'dirtied'.</summary>
            <param name="AcceptErrorsAndContinue">
                <summary>Optional argument that specifies if errors should be ignored and the rebuild completed or if the rebuild should be aborted if an error occurs.  If the IgnoreErrors argument is set to True, errors are skipped and the rebuild process continues. If IgnoreErrors is set to False, the method returns as soon as the first error is encountered.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.RecentChanges">
            <summary>Gets a bit-encoded value where the bits indicate the kind of changes made to the document since it became dirty.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.ReferencedDocumentDescriptors">
            <summary>Property that returns an enumeration of descriptors that represent the native document references held by this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.ReferencedDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the documents directly referenced by this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptors">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of linked and embedded files in the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptors2">
            <summary>Gets the collection of OLE attachments made in this Document that match the input type. Returns all OLE attachments if type is kOLEDocumentUnknownObject.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.ReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptors">
            <summary>Gets the collection of descriptor objects, presenting (editable) information about opaque references held.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.ReferenceKeyManager">
            <summary>Gets this document's ReferenceKeyManager.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.ReferencingDocuments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the documents in memory that reference this document. A referencing document may or may not be fully open (i.e. may just be initialized).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.ReleaseReference">
            <summary>Method that releases the reference that gets added if a document is opened invisibly through the API. Releasing the reference on a hidden document makes it a candidate for closure the next time Inventor closes all unreferenced documents.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.RequiresUpdate">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean indicating if any of the entities within this document's scope is out of date with respect to their driving entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.ReservedForWrite">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean flag indicating whether this file has been reserved for write by someone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.ReservedForWriteByMe">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this file has been reserved for write by the caller.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.ReservedForWriteLogin">
            <summary>Gets the login of the person who currently holds the reservation to write.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.ReservedForWriteName">
            <summary>Gets the name of the person who currently holds the reservation to write.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.ReservedForWriteTime">
            <summary>Gets the time at which the reservation was made.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.ReservedForWriteVersion">
            <summary>Gets the version within this file that has been reserved for write.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.ResolveFile">
            <summary>Method that invoke the resolve file for the document if there are references missing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.RevertReservedForWriteByMe">
            <summary>Method that reverts the file checked out by the caller.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.Save">
            <summary>Saves this document to disk.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.Save2(System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that saves the document and the specified dependent documents.</summary>
            <param name="SaveDependents">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether or not to save dependent documents that have been dirtied. Defaults to True indicating that the dependents will be saved. If the DependentsToSave argument is not specified, all dirty dependents are saved. If the argument is specified as False, only this document will be saved. The argument is ignored if the document doesn't have any dependents needing save.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DocumentsToSave">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that contains the Document objects to save. Use the Document.AllReferencedDocuments property to iterate over all dependent documents and find the ones that need to be saved (i.e. Dirty property returns True). If the SaveDependents argument is True and this argument is not specified, all dirty documents are saved. The argument is ignored if the document doesn't have any dependents needing save.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.SaveAs(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Saves this document into a file of the specified name.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the file to save the document into.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SaveCopyAs">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether the file to be saved is new or is a copy of a previously existing file.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.SaveAs2(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Saves this document into a file of the specified name.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full filename of the file to save the document into.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SaveCopyAs">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether the file to be saved is new or is a copy of a previously existing file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap to specify additional options when save the document. Valid options include:

Name = SaveDependents. Value = Boolean that specifies whether or not to save dependent documents that have been dirtied. Defaults to True indicating that the dependents will be saved. If the DependentsToSave argument is not specified, all dirty dependents are saved. If the argument is specified as False, only this document will be saved. The argument is ignored if the document doesn't have any dependents needing save.

Name = DocumentsToSave. Value = ObjectCollection that contains the Document objects to save. Use the Document.AllReferencedDocuments property to iterate over all dependent documents and find the ones that need to be saved (i.e. Dirty property returns True). If the SaveDependents argument is True and this argument is not specified, all dirty documents are saved. The argument is ignored if the document doesn't have any dependents needing save.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.Scenes">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PresentationScenes collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.SelectionPreferences">
            <summary>Gets the SelectionPreferences.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.SelectionPriority">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current selection priority for the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.SelectSet">
            <summary>Property that returns the SelectSet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.SetMissingAddInBehavior(System.String,Inventor.CommandTypesEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the commands to be disabled when a particular AddIn is absent.</summary>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Specifies the ClassId of the AddIn. When the AddIn corresponding to this ClientId is absent (unloaded or uninstalled), the commands specified are disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisabledCommandTypesEnum">
                <summary>CommandTypesEnum that specifies the classifications of the commands to be disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisabledCommands">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that specifies the commands to be disabled. The ObjectCollection must contain only ControlDefinition objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.SetThumbnailSaveOption(Inventor.ThumbnailSaveOptionEnum,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the thumbnail (preview picture) save option.</summary>
            <param name="SaveOption">
                <summary>ThumbnailSaveOptionEnum indicating what gets saved as a thumbnail, if anything. Options include kNoThumbnail, kActiveComponentIsoViewOnSave, kActiveWindowOnSave, kActiveWindow, and kImportFromFile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ImageFullFileName">
                <summary>Indicates what image file to use if SaveOption is set to kImportFromFile.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.SoftwareVersionCreated">
            <summary>Gets the object that encapsulates the version of the software with which this document was first created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.SoftwareVersionSaved">
            <summary>Gets the object that encapsulates the version of the software with which this document was last saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.SubType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the sub-Type (a published GUID. See DocCLSIDs.h) of this Document. Setting a new sub-Type will invoke a validation sequence and may fail if the operation is invalid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.Thumbnail">
            <summary>Property that returns a bitmap picture of the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.ThumbnailSaveOption">
            <summary>Property that returns the current thumbnail (preview picture) save option.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.UnitsOfMeasure">
            <summary>Property that returns the UnitsOfMeasure object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.Update">
            <summary>Performs compute operations on all of the entities within this Document's scope that may be out of date with respect to their driving entities.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationDocument.Update2(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that performs compute operations on all of the entities within this Document's scope that may be out of date with respect to their driving entities.</summary>
            <param name="AcceptErrorsAndContinue">
                <summary>Optional argument that specifies if errors should be ignored and the update completed or if the update should be aborted if an error occurs.  If the IgnoreErrors argument is set to True, errors are skipped and the update process continues. If IgnoreErrors is set to False, the method returns as soon as the first error is encountered.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.VBAProject">
            <summary>Property that returns the Autodesk Inventor VBA project for this document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationDocument.Views">
            <summary>Gets all the open views of this document in a collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationEdge">
            <summary>PresentationEdge Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationEdge.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationEdge.CalculateStrokes(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the stroked or polygonal representation for the given chord-height tolerance. Client to deallocate pointers with CoTaskMemFree.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the accuracy of the strokes. This is a "chord height" tolerance. This is the maximum distance the stroke can be from the actual curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated for the strokes. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SegmentCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of line segments represented by the strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used to index into the vertex coordinates array. These indices provide the information that defines how the vertices are connected to create the strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationEdge.CalculateStrokesWithOptions(System.Double,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new set of strokes within the specified conditions.</summary>
            <param name="ChordalTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the stroke can deviate from the smooth curve. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of strokes being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies additional tolerances that can be used to control the output strokes. The supported options are: 
Name: MaxSideLength, Value: Defines the maximum side of any stroke in the polyline. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no maximum length is specified 
Name: MaxNormalDeviation, Value: Defines the maximum deviation between adjacent vertex normals. This value is the maximum angle allowed between normals and is input as radians. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no normal deviation is supplied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of vertices used to define all of the output strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the stroked object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of polylines that the strokes represent.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that specifies the number of vertices that are used to define each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationEdge.Evaluator">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the CurveEvaluator for this presentation edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationEdge.Faces">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PresentationFace objects that are adjacent to this edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationEdge.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the underlying geometry of the edge (e.g. Arc2D, Circle, Cone etc.).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationEdge.GeometryForm">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the form of the underlying geometry as a combination of one or more CurveGeometryFormEnum values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationEdge.GeometryType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the curve type of the curve that will be returned from the Geometry property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationEdge.GetExistingStrokes(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the stroked or polygonal representation for the given chord-height tolerance. Fails if the tolerance supplied is not pre-existing.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceIndex">
                <summary>Input Double that serves as an index into which set of existing strokes you want to retrieve. If the input tolerance does not match an existing set an error will occur. The tolerances for existing strokes can be obtained using the GetExistingStrokeTolerances method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated for the strokes. This is the number of vertices will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of polylines that are represented by the strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that specifies the number of vertices that are used for each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationEdge.GetExistingStrokeTolerances(System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the set of chord-height tolerances for which this object already stores strokes.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of existing stroke sets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExistingTolerances">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the tolerances that were used to compute the existing sets of display strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationEdge.IsParamReversed">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets whether the parameterization of the geometry obtained from the Geometry property is aligned or opposed to the topological sense of this edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationEdge.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationEdge.PointOnEdge">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a characteristic somewhere in the middle of the edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationEdge.StartVertex">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PresentationVertex object referenced at the start of this presentation edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationEdge.StopVertex">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PresentationVertex object referenced at the end of this presentation edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationEdge.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationEdgesEnumerator">
            <summary>PresentationEdgesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationEdgesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationEdgesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationEdgesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationEdgesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationEvents">
            <summary>The Presentation Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationEvents.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationEvents.OnDelete(Inventor.PresentationDocument,Inventor.Publication,System.Object,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires just before and after an entity is deleted.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>Input PresentationDocument object that indicates the document in which the change occurred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PublicationObj">
                <summary>The Publication object in the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="pEntity">
                <summary>The entity that was just deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the entity is deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.  The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationEvents.OnNewPublication(Inventor.PresentationDocument,Inventor.Publication,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires just before and after a publication is created.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>PresentationDocument object that indicates the document in which the change occurred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PublicationObject">
                <summary>The Publication object that was just created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the Presentation is created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. This event provides additional information through the Context argument as described below:
Name = “CreatedByCopy”. Value = Boolean that indicates whether this Presentation is created by copying an existing presentation.
Name = “SourcePresentation”. Value = Object that indicates the source Presentation object this new presentation was copied from.
Name = “PresentationSnapshotViewNameMap”. Value = NameValueMap that indicates the name map of the PresentationSnapshotView objects in source Presentation object and the newly created presentation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.  The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationEvents.OnNewPublicationMarkedView(Inventor.PresentationDocument,Inventor.Publication,Inventor.PublicationMarkedView,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires just before and after a publication marked view is added.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The Presentation document the marked view was created in.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PublicationObj">
                <summary>The Publication object the marked view was created in.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PublicationMarkedViewObj">
                <summary>Input the newly added PublicationMarkedView object. This returns Nothing in the kBefore case.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the  PresentationSnapshotView is added.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. 

This event provides additional information through the Context argument as described below:
Name = “CreatedForDrawingViewCreation”. Value = Boolean that indicates whether this PresentationSnapshotView is created in drawing view creation dialog for place a new drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.  The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationEvents.OnPublicationComponentChange(Inventor.PresentationDocument,Inventor.PublicationComponent,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires just before and after a publication component is changed.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The PresentationDocument that whose PublicationComponent has changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PublicationComponent">
                <summary>The PublicComponent that changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the  PresentationComponent is changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. Information describing the change is passed through the context argument, as described below: 
Name = "Appearance", Value = Asset. Indicates the appearance is changing. The value indicates the new Appearance asset of the PresentationComponent. 
Name = "AppearanceChangedBy", Value = String that indicates the way the appearance is changed by. The value can be “UI” or “API”. 
Name = "Transformation", Value = Matrix. Indicates the Transformation is changing. The value indicates the newTransformation of the PresentationComponent. 
Name = "Visible", Value = True or False. Indicates the visibility state is changing. The value indicates the new visibility state of the PresentationComponent.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationEvents.OnPublicationDesignViewChange(Inventor.PresentationDocument,Inventor.Publication,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires just before and after a publication design view is changed.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The PresentationDocument where the change has taken place.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PublicationObj">
                <summary>The Publication object where the design view has changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the  Presentation’s design view is changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. This argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.  The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationEvents.OnPublicationModelingDataUpdate(Inventor.Publication,Inventor.CommandTypesEnum,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires just before and after a publication component is changed.</summary>
            <param name="Publication">
                <summary>Input Publication object indicating which publication is being updated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReasonsForChange">
                <summary>This argument indicates the type of change that occurred. The value is from the CommandTypesEnum list, which represents the different categories of changes that can be made. Typically this will be a single value from the list but it can represent multiple values that have been combined together so you need to use bitwise operations to check for a specific change.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the presentation data update.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. This argument provides additional information as described below:
Name = "Restructure", Value = ObjectCollection containing the PresentationComponent objects which are re-structured because of modeling data change.
Name = "DeletedComponents", Value = ObjectCollection containing the PresentationComponent objects which should be deleted because of modeling data change.
Name = "AddedComponents", Value =. </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.  The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationEvents.OnPublicationNameChange(Inventor.PresentationDocument,Inventor.Publication,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires just before and after a publication component’s name is changed.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The PresentationDocument where the name has changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PublicationObj">
                <summary>The Publication object whose name has changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the  Presentation’s name is changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. This argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.  The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationEvents.OnStoryboardChange(Inventor.Publication,Inventor.Storyboard,Inventor.CommandTypesEnum,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires just before and after a publication is updated because of modeling data changes.</summary>
            <param name="PublicationObj">
                <summary>Input Publication object indicating the presentation in which a Storyboard is being changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StoryboardObj">
                <summary>Input Storyboard object indicating which Storyboard is being changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReasonsForChange">
                <summary>This argument indicates the type of change that occurred. The value is from the CommandTypesEnum list, which represents the different categories of changes that can be made. Typically this will be a single value from the list but it can represent multiple values that have been combined together so you need to use bitwise operations to check for a specific change.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the presentation data update.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. This argument provides additional information as described below: 
Name = "EarliestAffectedTime", Value = Double value indicates the earliest time when the change will affect the Storyboard.
Name = "ChangedObjectType", Value = StoryboardObjectTypeEnum that indicates the object types the change happened to. A combination of enum values can be provided.
Name = "IsTweakPathDetached", Value = Boolean that indicates the change will cause a TweakPath to be detached from its original PresentationTweak.
Name = "DetachedTweakPath", Value = TweakPath object which is detached from a PresentationTweak. </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.  The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationEvents.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationExplodedView">
            <summary>The PresentationExplodedView object represents an exploded view within a presentation document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationExplodedView.Activate">
            <summary>Method that activates the exploded view.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationExplodedView.Appearance">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the current appearance used for the occurrence.&amp;nbsp;The appearance asset being used when setting&amp;nbsp;this property must be from the current document’s AppearanceAssets collection, otherwise an error will occur. Setting this property with an asset will also result in setting the AppearanceSourceType to kOverrideAppearance.&amp;nbsp;Setting this property to Nothing removes the override so that the weld bead will display using the appearance associated with the weld material.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationExplodedView.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the source of the appearance for the occurrence.&amp;nbsp;Setting this property to kComponentOccurrenceAppearance will clear any overrides so the occurrence will display the same as in the original assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationExplodedView.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationExplodedView.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the exploded view.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationExplodedView.GetTransform(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that returns the transform of a particular occurrence within the exploded view.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>Occurrence to get the transform matrix of.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationExplodedView.GetVisibility(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns the visibility of a particular occurrence or the entire document within the exploded view.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>Occurrence to determine visibility of.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationExplodedView.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the name of the exploded view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationExplodedView.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationExplodedView.SetVisibility(System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary />
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>Object to set the visibility state of.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Visible">
                <summary>Boolean that specifies whether the input object is visible in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationExplodedView.Trails">
            <summary>Returns the trails associated with the exploded view, optionally filtered to the input ComponentOccurrence (or ComponentOccurrenceProxy).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationExplodedView.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationExplodedViews">
            <summary>The collection of PresentationExplodedView objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationExplodedViews.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationExplodedViews.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationExplodedViews.Item">
            <summary>roperty that returns the specified object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationExplodedViews.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationFace">
            <summary>PresentationFace Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationFace.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationFace.CalculateFacets(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the facetted representation for the given chord-height tolerance. If stored facets available for this tolerance, then those are returned.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the facet can deviate from the smooth surface. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of facets being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that defines the normal for each vertex in the facet mesh. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent vector components within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationFace.CalculateFacetsAndTextureMap(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the facetted representation for the given chord-height tolerance. If stored facets available for this tolerance, then those are returned.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the facet can deviate from the smooth surface. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of facets being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that defines the normal for each vertex in the facet mesh. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent vector components within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the texture map.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationFace.CalculateFacetsWithOptions(System.Double,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new set of facets within the specified conditions.</summary>
            <param name="ChordalTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the facet can deviate from the smooth surface. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of facets being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies additional tolerances that can be used to control the output mesh. The supported options are: 
Name: MaxSideLength, Value: Defines the maximum side of any triangle in the mesh. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no maximum length is specified.
Name: MaxAspectRatio, Value: Defines the maximum length to height ratio that a triangle can have. This helps to avoid long skinny triangles. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no maximum aspect ratio is specified.
Name: MaxNormalDeviation, Value: Defines the maximum deviation between adjacent vertex normals. This value is the maximum angle allows between normals and is input as radians. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no normal deviation is specified.
Name: ConversionMode, Value: Specifies the conversion mode (0 or 2). 
0 - Do not convert the display mesh to a Quad-Dominant mesh. This mode instructs the faceter to keep the generated display mesh (i.e., skip the tri-mesh to quad-dominant mesh conversion).	
2 - Convert the triangular display mesh to a triangular mesh suitable for STL output, 3D printing or other similar application requiring a slightly higher quality triangular mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that defines the normal for each vertex in the facet mesh. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent vector components within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureCoordinates">
                <summary>Optional output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the texture map.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationFace.CalculateStrokes(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the stroked or polygonal representation for the given chord-height tolerance. Client to deallocate pointers with CoTaskMemFree.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the stroke can deviate from the smooth curve. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of strokes being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SegmentCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationFace.CalculateStrokesWithOptions(System.Double,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new set of strokes within the specified conditions.</summary>
            <param name="ChordalTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the stroke can deviate from the smooth curve. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of strokes being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies additional tolerances that can be used to control the output strokes. The supported options are: 
Name: MaxSideLength, Value: Defines the maximum side of any stroke in the polyline. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no maximum length is specified.
Name: MaxNormalDeviation, Value: Defines the maximum deviation between adjacent vertex normals. This value is the maximum angle allowed between normals and is input as radians. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no normal deviation is supplied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of vertices used to define all of the output strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the stroked object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of polylines that the strokes represent.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that specifies the number of vertices that are used to define each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationFace.Edges">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns all the PresentationEdge objects contained within the presentation face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationFace.Evaluator">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SurfaceEvaluator for this presentation face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationFace.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the underlying geometry of the face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationFace.GeometryForm">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the form of the underlying geometry as a combination of one or more CurveGeometryFormEnum values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationFace.GetExistingFacets(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the facetted representation for the given chord-height tolerance as. Fails if the tolerance supplied is not pre-existing.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceIndex">
                <summary>Input Double that serves as an index as to which set of existing facets you want to retrieve. If the input tolerance does not match an existing set an error will occur. The tolerances for existing facets can be obtained using the GetExistingFacetTolerances method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that defines the normal for each vertex in the facet mesh. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent vector components within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationFace.GetExistingFacetsAndTextureMap(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the facetted representation for the given chord-height tolerance as. Fails if the tolerance supplied is not pre-existing.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceIndex">
                <summary>Input Double that serves as an index as to which set of existing facets you want to retrieve. If the input tolerance does not match an existing set an error will occur. The tolerances for existing facets can be obtained using the GetExistingFacetTolerances method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that defines the normal for each vertex in the facet mesh. The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent vector components within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the texture map.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationFace.GetExistingFacetTolerances(System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the set of chord-height tolerances for which this object already stores facets.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of existing facet sets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExistingTolerances">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the tolerances that were used to compute the existing sets of display facets.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationFace.GetExistingStrokes(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the stroked or polygonal representation for the given chord-height tolerance. Fails if the tolerance supplied is not pre-existing.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceIndex">
                <summary>Input Double that serves as an index into which set of existing strokes you want to retrieve. If the input tolerance does not match an existing set an error will occur. The tolerances for existing strokes can be obtained using the GetExistingStrokeTolerances method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated for the facets. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of polylines that are represented by the strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that specifies the number of vertices that are used for each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationFace.GetExistingStrokeTolerances(System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the set of chord-height tolerances for which this object already stores strokes.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of existing stroke sets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExistingTolerances">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the tolerances that were used to compute the existing sets of display strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationFace.IsParamReversed">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets whether the parameterization of the geometry obtained from the Geometry property is aligned or opposed to the topological sense of this face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationFace.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationFace.PointOnFace">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a characteristic somewhere on the interior of the face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationFace.PresentationBody">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the presentation body that this face is associative with.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationFace.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationFace.Vertices">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns all the PresentationVertex objects contained within the presentation face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationFacesEnumerator">
            <summary>PresentationFacesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationFacesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationFacesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationFacesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationFacesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeature">
            <summary>PresentationMeshFeature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the appearance of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the source of the appearance for the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeature.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeature.Entities">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PresentationMeshFeatureEntitiesEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeature.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets whether this object is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeature.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeature.Visible">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the visiblity of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureEntitiesEnumerator">
            <summary>PresentationMeshFeatureEntitiesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureEntitiesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureEntitiesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureEntitiesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureEntitiesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureEntity">
            <summary>PresentationMeshFeatureEntity Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureEntity.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureEntity.ColorBinding">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns how the colors are defined for the mesh entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureEntity.ColorIndexSet">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the color index set of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureEntity.ColorSet">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the color set of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureEntity.CoordinateIndexSet">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the coordinate index set of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureEntity.CoordinateSet">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the coordinate set of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureEntity.NormalBinding">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns how the normals are defined for the mesh entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureEntity.NormalIndexSet">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the normal index set of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureEntity.NormalSet">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the normal set of the mesh feature entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureEntity.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureEntity.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureSet">
            <summary>PresentationMeshFeatureSet Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureSet.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureSet.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureSet.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureSet.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureSet.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureSet.Suppressed">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets whether all of the mesh features within this set are suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureSet.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureSet.Visible">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets whether all of the mesh features within this set are visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureSetsEnumerator">
            <summary>PresentationMeshFeatureSetsEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureSetsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureSetsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureSetsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationMeshFeatureSetsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationOptions">
            <summary>The PresentationOptions object provides access to properties that provide read and write access of the presentation related application options.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationOptions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationOptions.SkipAllUnresolvedFiles">
            <summary>Enables/disables skip all unresolved files during openning.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationOptions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationScene">
            <summary>PresentationScene object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationScene.Activate">
            <summary>Method that makes this presentation scene the active one.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationScene.ActiveModelState">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of active model state used for this presentation scene.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationScene.ActiveSnapshotView">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns active presentation snapshot view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationScene.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationScene.ClientGraphicsCollection">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the ClientGraphicsCollection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationScene.DesignViewAssociative">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the publication design view is associative or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationScene.GraphicsDataSetsCollection">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the GraphicsDataSetsCollection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationScene.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the presentation scene name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationScene.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationScene.SnapshotViews">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns PresentationSnapshotViews collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationScene.TopSceneComponent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the top PresentationComponent object in the presentation scene.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationScene.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationScenes">
            <summary>PresentationScenes collection object provides access to all of the existing PresentationScene objects in a presentation document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationScenes.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationScenes.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationScenes.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationScenes.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationSequence">
            <summary>PresentationSequence object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSequence.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSequence.Camera">
            <summary>Gets the camera that is set for this presentation sequence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationSequence.GetStartEndTime(System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the start and end time of this presentation sequence.</summary>
            <param name="StartTime">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="EndTime">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSequence.HiddenComponents">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the publication components which are hidden in this sequence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSequence.Id">
            <summary>Gets the Id of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSequence.Interval">
            <summary>Gets the interval of this sequence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSequence.IsCameraSaved">
            <summary>Gets whether the override camera is saved for this presentation sequence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSequence.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the presentation sequence name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSequence.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSequence.Tweaks">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PresentationTweaks collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSequence.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationSequences">
            <summary>PresentationSequences collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSequences.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSequences.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSequences.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSequences.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationSnapshotView">
            <summary>PresentationSnapshotView object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSnapshotView.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSnapshotView.DisplayName">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the presentation snapshot view name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationSnapshotView.Edit">
            <summary>Method that enters the presentation snapshot view edit mode. Currently the edit(or even for some query functions) out of edit mode for snapshot view is not allowed.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationSnapshotView.ExitEdit">
            <summary>Method that exits the presentation snapshot view edit mode.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSnapshotView.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSnapshotView.SavedCamera">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the saved camera for current presentation snapshot view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationSnapshotView.SetAppearance(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Asset)">
            <summary>Method that sets override appearance. This is applicable to the leaf component.</summary>
            <param name="PresentationComponents">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that includes the PresentationComponent objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Appearance">
                <summary>Input Asset object that specifies the appearance to set for the PresentationComponent objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationSnapshotView.SetOpacity(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets override opacity to PresentationComponent objects.</summary>
            <param name="PresentationComponents">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that includes the PresentationComponent objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Opacity">
                <summary>Input Double value that specifies the opacity. Valid value is from 0 to 1.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationSnapshotView.SetVisibility(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets override visibility to PresentationComponent objects.</summary>
            <param name="PresentationComponents">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that includes the PresentationComponent objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Visible">
                <summary>Input Boolean value that specifies the visibility.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSnapshotView.StoryboardAssociative">
            <summary>Read-write&amp;nbsp;property that gets and sets whether the PresentationSnapshotView is associative with a PresentationStoryboard object. This is only writable when you set it to False to break the associativity between the storyboard and snapshot view. This shoud be set to False to break the associativity between the snapshot view and sotryboard for editing the snapshot view, otherwise the edit will fail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSnapshotView.Trails">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PresentationTrails collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSnapshotView.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationSnapshotViews">
            <summary>PresentationSnapshotViews collection object provides access to all of the presentation snapshot view objects in a presentation scene.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSnapshotViews.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSnapshotViews.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSnapshotViews.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationSnapshotViews.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationTask">
            <summary>PresentationTask object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTask.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTask.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the presentation task name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTask.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTask.Sequences">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PresentationSequences collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTask.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationTasks">
            <summary>PresentationTasks collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTasks.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTasks.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTasks.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTasks.ItemById">
            <summary>Return the specified PresentationTask object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTasks.NextId">
            <summary>Return the next un-used Id for a new PresentationTask.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTasks.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationTrail">
            <summary>PresentationTrail Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTrail.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTrail.Deleted">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether this presentation trail is marked as deleted. This property is only applicable for the default presentation trial, i.e. the IsDefaultTrail should return True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTrail.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTrail.PresentationComponent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PresentationComponent object this trail is associative with.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTrail.Segments">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PresentationTrailSegments collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTrail.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationTrails">
            <summary>PresentationTrails Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTrails.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTrails.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTrails.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationTrailSegment">
            <summary>PresentationTrailSegment Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTrailSegment.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTrailSegment.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the tweak trail representative geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTrailSegment.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTrailSegment.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTrailSegment.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the presentation&amp;nbsp;trail segment is visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationTrailSegments">
            <summary>PresentationTrailSegments Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTrailSegments.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTrailSegments.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTrailSegments.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationTrailSegmentsEnumerator">
            <summary>PresentationTrailSegmentsEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTrailSegmentsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTrailSegmentsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTrailSegmentsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationTweak">
            <summary>PresentationTweak object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTweak.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PresentationTweak.GetRotationData(Inventor.UnitVector@,Inventor.Point@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the rotation data of the tweak. This is applicable only if the TweakType is kRotationTweakType.</summary>
            <param name="Axis">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BasePoint">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTweak.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the name of this tweak.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTweak.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTweak.TrailSegments">
            <summary>Property that returns all the trail segments objects associative with this tweak.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTweak.Translation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the translation of the tweak. This is applicable only if the TweakType is kTranslationTweakType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTweak.TweakType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the TweakTypeEnum indicating the type of the tweak.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTweak.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationTweaks">
            <summary>PresentationTweaks collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTweaks.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTweaks.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTweaks.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationTweaks.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationVertex">
            <summary>PresentationVertex Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationVertex.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationVertex.Edges">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PresentationEdge objects that are adjacent to this vertex.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationVertex.Faces">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PresentationFace objects that are adjacent to this vertex.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationVertex.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationVertex.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PresentationVerticesEnumerator">
            <summary>PresentationVerticesEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationVerticesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationVerticesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationVerticesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PresentationVerticesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PrintManager">
            <summary>The PrintManager object supports properties and methods that allow you to get and set the printing parameters and submit the print job.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PrintManager.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PrintManager.ColorMode">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the color mode to be used for printing. Defaults to using kPrintGrayScale.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PrintManager.NumberOfCopies">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the number of copies to be printed. Defaults to 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PrintManager.Orientation">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the orientation of the printer. Defaults to the printer's default.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PrintManager.PaperHeight">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the height of the paper to be printed (max value is 327.67cm). Setting this, sets PaperSize to kPaperSizeCustom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PrintManager.PaperSize">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the size of the paper to be printed. Defaults to the printer's default.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PrintManager.PaperSource">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the paper source (tray) on the printer. This is printer specific. Defaults to printer's default (denoted by -1).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PrintManager.PaperWidth">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the width of the paper to be printed (max value is 327.67cm). Setting this, sets PaperSize to kPaperSizeCustom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PrintManager.Printer">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the printer. This is the printer's identifier. Defaults to default printer for this machine.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PrintManager.PrinterDeviceContext">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the printer's device context.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PrintManager.PrintToFile(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that prints to the specified file using the current property settings defined by the PrintManager object.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full path of the file to write the print information to. If the specified file already exists it will be overwritten.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PrintManager.SetCurrentView(Inventor.ClientView)">
            <summary>Set the current view used for printing.</summary>
            <param name="CurrentView">
                <summary>Input a ClientView for the print manager to print.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PrintManager.SubmitPrint">
            <summary>Method that prints using the current property settings defined by the PrintManager object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PrintManager.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Profile">
            <summary>The Profile object defines a set of connected curves used as input for a feature. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Profile.Delete">
            <summary>Deletes this profile object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Profile.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ProfilePath object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile.MergeFaces">
            <summary>Gets and sets the MergeFaces setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch that the profile was derived from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile.RegionProperties">
            <summary>Returns the RegionProperties object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile.Wires">
            <summary>Property returning the Wires collection object associated with this Profile.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Profile3D">
            <summary>The Profile3D object defines a set of connected curves within a 3D sketch. The Profile3D object is used as input for various features that support 3D sketches as input, such as sweep and loft. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile3D.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Profile3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this Profile3D object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Profile3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile3D.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified ProfilePath3D object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the 3D sketch that the profile was derived from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile3D.Wires">
            <summary>Property returning the Wires collection object associated with this Profile3D.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Profile3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile3DProxy.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Profile3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this Profile3D object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Profile3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile3DProxy.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified ProfilePath3D object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the 3D sketch that the profile was derived from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profile3DProxy.Wires">
            <summary>Property returning the Wires collection object associated with this Profile3D.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProfileEntity">
            <summary>The ProfileEntity object represents a curve within a profile path.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity.Curve">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the entity. The geometry is returned such that the entities are connected in a head-to-tail fashion.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity.CurveType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of the curve referenced by the profile entity. This property allows you to determine what type of object will be returned by the Curve property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the end of the profile entity. This property is not valid in the case where the curve is a periodic curve, i.e. circle, ellipse, etc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProfileEntity.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity.OpposedToSketchEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns a Boolean indicating if the parametric flow of the profile entity is in the same direction as the sketch entity it was derived from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ProfilePath of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity.SketchEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity this profile entity was derived from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the that defines the start of the profile entity. This property is not valid in the case where the curve is a periodic curve, i.e. circle, ellipse, etc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProfileEntity3D">
            <summary>The ProfileEntity3D object represents a curve within a 3D profile path.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3D.Curve">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the entity. The geometry is returned such that the entities are connected in a head-to-tail fashion.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3D.CurveType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of the curve referenced by the profile entity. This property allows you to determine what type of object will be returned by the Curve property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3D.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the that defines the end of the profile entity. This property is not valid in the case where the curve is a periodic curve, i.e. circle, ellipse, etc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProfileEntity3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3D.OpposedToSketchEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns a Boolean indicating if the parametric flow of the profile entity is in the same direction as the sketch entity it was derived from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ProfilePath3D of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3D.SketchEntity">
            <summary>Property that gets the sketch entity this profile entity was derived from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3D.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the that defines the start of the profile entity. This property is not valid in the case where the curve is a periodic curve, i.e. circle, ellipse, etc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProfileEntity3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3DProxy.Curve">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the entity. The geometry is returned such that the entities are connected in a head-to-tail fashion.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3DProxy.CurveType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of the curve referenced by the profile entity. This property allows you to determine what type of object will be returned by the Curve property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3DProxy.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the that defines the end of the profile entity. This property is not valid in the case where the curve is a periodic curve, i.e. circle, ellipse, etc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProfileEntity3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3DProxy.OpposedToSketchEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns a Boolean indicating if the parametric flow of the profile entity is in the same direction as the sketch entity it was derived from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ProfilePath3D of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3DProxy.SketchEntity">
            <summary>Property that gets the sketch entity this profile entity was derived from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3DProxy.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the that defines the start of the profile entity. This property is not valid in the case where the curve is a periodic curve, i.e. circle, ellipse, etc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntity3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProfileEntityProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntityProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntityProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntityProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntityProxy.Curve">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the entity. The geometry is returned such that the entities are connected in a head-to-tail fashion.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntityProxy.CurveType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of the curve referenced by the profile entity. This property allows you to determine what type of object will be returned by the Curve property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntityProxy.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the end of the profile entity. This property is not valid in the case where the curve is a periodic curve, i.e. circle, ellipse, etc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProfileEntityProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntityProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntityProxy.OpposedToSketchEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns a Boolean indicating if the parametric flow of the profile entity is in the same direction as the sketch entity it was derived from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntityProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ProfilePath of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntityProxy.SketchEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity this profile entity was derived from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntityProxy.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the that defines the start of the profile entity. This property is not valid in the case where the curve is a periodic curve, i.e. circle, ellipse, etc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileEntityProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProfilePath">
            <summary>The ProfilePath object represents a single set of connected curves or a text box. The order of the collection defines the connected order of the entities. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath.AddsMaterial">
            <summary>Gets or sets a Boolean indicating whether the path adds or removes material from the entire area.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath.Closed">
            <summary>Property that returns a Boolean indicating if the path is closed or not. Returns True in the case of a closed path. This property is only valid if the profile path denotes a set of connected curves. On the other hand, if the profile path denotes a text box, which will be indicated by the value of the TextPath property being True, then this property does not apply.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection. This property is only valid if the profile path denotes a set of connected curves. On the other hand, if the profile path denotes a text box, which will be indicated by the value of the TextPath property being True, then this property does not apply.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProfilePath.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this ProfilePath object. This method can be used to delete profile paths that represent a set of connected curves as well as profile paths that represent text boxes.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProfilePath.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ProfileEntity object from the collection. This property is only valid if the profile path denotes a set of connected curves. On the other hand, if the profile path denotes a text box, which will be indicated by the value of the TextPath property being True, then this property does not apply.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Profile.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath.TextBox">
            <summary>Property that gets the text box this profile path was derived from. This property is only valid if the profile path denotes a text box which will be indicated by the value of the TextPath property being True. On the other hand, if the profile path denotes a set of connected curves, then this property does not apply and will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath.TextBoxPath">
            <summary>Property that returns a Boolean indicating if the profile path denotes a text box. Returns True in the case that the path denotes a text box. If the profile path denotes a set of connected curves, then this property will return False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProfilePath3D">
            <summary>The ProfilePath3D object represents a single set of connected 3D curves. The order of the collection defines the connected order of the entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath3D.Closed">
            <summary>Property that returns a Boolean indicating if the path is closed or not. Returns True in the case of a closed path.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath3D.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProfilePath3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath3D.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified ProfileEntity3D object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Profile3D.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProfilePath3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath3DProxy.Closed">
            <summary>Property that returns a Boolean indicating if the path is closed or not. Returns True in the case of a closed path.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath3DProxy.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProfilePath3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath3DProxy.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified ProfileEntity3D object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Profile3D.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePath3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProfilePathProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePathProxy.AddsMaterial">
            <summary>Gets or sets a Boolean indicating whether the path adds or removes material from the entire area.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePathProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePathProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePathProxy.Closed">
            <summary>Property that returns a Boolean indicating if the path is closed or not. Returns True in the case of a closed path. This property is only valid if the profile path denotes a set of connected curves. On the other hand, if the profile path denotes a text box, which will be indicated by the value of the TextPath property being True, then this property does not apply.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePathProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePathProxy.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection. This property is only valid if the profile path denotes a set of connected curves. On the other hand, if the profile path denotes a text box, which will be indicated by the value of the TextPath property being True, then this property does not apply.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProfilePathProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this ProfilePath object. This method can be used to delete profile paths that represent a set of connected curves as well as profile paths that represent text boxes.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProfilePathProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePathProxy.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ProfileEntity object from the collection. This property is only valid if the profile path denotes a set of connected curves. On the other hand, if the profile path denotes a text box, which will be indicated by the value of the TextPath property being True, then this property does not apply.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePathProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePathProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Profile.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePathProxy.TextBox">
            <summary>Property that gets the text box this profile path was derived from. This property is only valid if the profile path denotes a text box which will be indicated by the value of the TextPath property being True. On the other hand, if the profile path denotes a set of connected curves, then this property does not apply and will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePathProxy.TextBoxPath">
            <summary>Property that returns a Boolean indicating if the profile path denotes a text box. Returns True in the case that the path denotes a text box. If the profile path denotes a set of connected curves, then this property will return False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfilePathProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProfileProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileProxy.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProfileProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Deletes this profile object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProfileProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileProxy.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ProfilePath object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileProxy.MergeFaces">
            <summary>Gets and sets the MergeFaces setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch that the profile was derived from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileProxy.RegionProperties">
            <summary>Returns the RegionProperties object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProfileProxy.Wires">
            <summary>Property returning the Wires collection object associated with this Profile.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Profiles">
            <summary>Provides access to all of the objects owned by a particular X and supports the methods to create additional Profiles. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Profiles.AddForSolid(System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a profile containing multiple paths for creating solid features. The paths can include sketch curves as well as text boxes. Individual paths in the returned profile may be deleted to obtain the desired profile.</summary>
            <param name="Combine">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to combine the profile paths obtained when this method is used to create a new profile. For instance, let us take the example of a sketch containing two concentric circles. If this argument is specified to be true, the resulting profile will contain 2 profile paths, and the profile path corresponding to the inner circle will have its AddsMaterial flag set to False. Hence, the resulting profile is a circular disc with a circular cut\-out. If the Combine flag is specified to be False, the resulting profile will contain 2 profile paths with the AddsMaterial flag set to True for both paths. If the sketch contains text boxes, then the profile paths corresponding to them will always have the AddsMaterial flag set to True irrespective of whether the Combine flag is specified to be True or False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProfilePathSegments">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that can contain sketch curves as well as text boxes. If sketch curves are specified, then the profile created by this method will include profile paths that are comprised of the exact set of sketch curves specified in the ObjectCollection. If text boxes are specified, then the profile created by this method will include profile paths that correspond to the exact set of text boxes specified in the ObjectCollection. Each text box in the collection will correspond to a unique profile path. If not specified, all the possible profile paths including sketch curves as well as text boxes will be included. This argument is ignored if the Combine argument is specified to be True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary>Optional input Variant reserved for future use. This argument is currently ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Profiles.AddForSurface(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a profile for creating surface features. The resulting profile could be open or closed.</summary>
            <param name="Curve">
                <summary>Optional input sketch curve. The method retrieves the end connected chain of entities that this curve is a part of and creates a profile. If not specified, the method will create a new profile by examining the contents of the sketch and creating a single connected path.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profiles.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profiles.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profiles.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Profile object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profiles.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Profiles3D">
            <summary>Provides access to all of the 3d profiles owned by a particular 3d sketch and supports the methods to create additional 3d profiles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Profiles3D.AddClosed">
            <summary>Method that creates a new profile by examining the contents of the sketch and creating as many closed paths as possible. The resulting Profile3D is returned.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Profiles3D.AddOpen">
            <summary>Method that creates a new profile by examining the contents of the sketch for a set of connected entities and creating as many paths as possible. The paths may be open or closed. The resulting Profile3D is returned.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profiles3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profiles3D.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profiles3D.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified Profile3D object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Profiles3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProgressBar">
            <summary>The ProgressBar object represents an Inventor dialog to show the progress of a certain operation or a series of operations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProgressBar.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProgressBar.Close">
            <summary>Terminates the progress bar.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProgressBar.Message">
            <summary>Gets and sets the string specifying the message for the progress bar. The string can contain multiple prompt strings (“%s”) the actual values for which are specified in the MessagePrompts property before each call to UpdateProgress.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProgressBar.OnCancel">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the user chooses the cancel button on the progress bar.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProgressBar.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProgressBar.UpdateProgress">
            <summary>Updates the progress bar by incrementing the progress step by one. This method should be called as many times as the number of steps provided in the CreateProgressBar method.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProgressiveToolTip">
            <summary>A ProgressiveToolTip object provides access to enhanced tooltip display for controls in the ribbon interface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProgressiveToolTip.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProgressiveToolTip.Description">
            <summary>Gets and sets the short description of the progressive tooltip.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProgressiveToolTip.ExpandedDescription">
            <summary>Gets and sets the long&amp;nbsp;description of the progressive tooltip.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProgressiveToolTip.Image">
            <summary>Gets and sets the image to use for the progressive tooltip.&amp;nbsp;The standard recommended size is 304 x 188 pixels.&amp;nbsp;This property can either be set to an IPictureDisp object or a string indicating a URI (uniform resource identifier).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProgressiveToolTip.IsProgressive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the second level content (ExpandedDescription and Image) is displayed after a delay.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProgressiveToolTip.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the ControlDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProgressiveToolTip.Title">
            <summary>Gets and sets the title of the progressive tooltip.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProgressiveToolTip.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProgressiveToolTip.Video">
            <summary>Gets and sets the the video clip to use for the progressive tooltip.&amp;nbsp;The standard recommended size is 304 x 188 pixels.&amp;nbsp;This property can either be set to the full file name indicating the video clip or a string indicating a URI (uniform resource identifier).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProjectAssetLibraries">
            <summary>The ProjectAssetLibraries collection object provides access to the list of material and appearance libraries associated with a project.  Through the collection object you can add additional materials or appearances and access the specific library references.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectAssetLibraries.Add(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that adds a reference to a material library to the project.</summary>
            <param name="LibraryFilename">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full filename to the .asdklib file that contains the material and/or appearance definitions.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectAssetLibraries.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectAssetLibraries.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectAssetLibraries.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ProjectAssetLibrary object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectAssetLibraries.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProjectAssetLibrary">
            <summary>The ProjectAssetLibrary object represents a reference in this project to a material or appearance library.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectAssetLibrary.Activate">
            <summary>Method that activates this material or appearance library.
The user can override this and specify another library as the currently active library using the check boxes at the bottom of the material drop-down, as shown below, which will not change the project settings.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectAssetLibrary.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectAssetLibrary.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this library reference from the collection.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectAssetLibrary.LibraryFilename">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full filename of the library file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectAssetLibrary.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the name of the library.&amp;nbsp;This is the name displayed in the Projects dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectAssetLibrary.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent DesignProject object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectAssetLibrary.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProjectedCut">
            <summary>The ProjectedCut object represents a set of projected cut edges on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectedCut.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectedCut.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectedCut.BreakLink">
            <summary>Method that breaks the link between the projected cut edges and the model.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectedCut.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the projected cut edges.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectedCut.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectedCut.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets name of the projected cut edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectedCut.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the projected cut edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectedCut.SketchEntities">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch entities that belong to the projected cut edges. The sketch entities returned by this property cannot be edited or deleted because they are associated with the projected edges in the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectedCut.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProjectedCutProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectedCutProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectedCutProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectedCutProxy.BreakLink">
            <summary>Method that breaks the link between the projected cut edges and the model.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectedCutProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectedCutProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the projected cut edges.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectedCutProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectedCutProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets name of the projected cut edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectedCutProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectedCutProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the projected cut edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectedCutProxy.SketchEntities">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch entities that belong to the projected cut edges. The sketch entities returned by this property cannot be edited or deleted because they are associated with the projected edges in the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectedCutProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProjectedCuts">
            <summary>The ProjectedCuts object provides access to all of the projected cut edges on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectedCuts.Add">
            <summary>Method that adds projected cut edges by intersecting the model with the sketch plane and creating the resulting sketch entities. This method performs the same function as the Project Cut Edges command.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectedCuts.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectedCuts.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectedCuts.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified ProjectedCut object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectedCuts.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProjectOptionsButton">
            <summary>Project Options Buttons events object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectOptionsButton.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectOptionsButton.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the button from the projects dialog.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectOptionsButton.DisplayName">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the display name of the button.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectOptionsButton.FireOnClick(Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Method that fires the OnClick event.</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectOptionsButton.OnClick(Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever click the button.</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectOptionsButton.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProjectPath">
            <summary>The ProjectPath object represents a folder path for a library, workspace or a workgroup.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectPath.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectPath.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this path from the collection.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectPath.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the folder path.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectPath.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent DesignProject object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectPath.Path">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the folder path associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectPath.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProjectPaths">
            <summary>The ProjectPaths collection object provides access to a list of folder paths and provides ability to add/remove paths.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectPaths.Add(System.String,System.String,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that adds a folder path after the target index and returns the newly created ProjectPath object.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies a display name for the path.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Path">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the folder path.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the position of the new path in the list.  If not specified, the value defaults to 0 and the new path is added to the end of the list.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectPaths.AddFromFile(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that adds folder paths from an existing project (.ipj) \file.</summary>
            <param name="ProjectFullFileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the full \file name of an Inventor project file with an .ipj extension to add the paths from.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectPaths.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectPaths.Clear">
            <summary>Method that deletes all the paths in the collection.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectPaths.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectPaths.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ProjectPath object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectPaths.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurve">
            <summary>ProjectToSurfaceCurve Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurve.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurve.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurve.BreakLink">
            <summary>Method that breaks the link between the project to surface curve and the model. This breaks the associativity to the model, allowing you to edit the individual sketch entities.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurve.Curves">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the sketch curves to project. Valid objects are 2D&amp;3D sketch entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurve.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the project to surface curve. This will delete all of the related sketch entities.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurve.Edit(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that edits all of the inputs used to compute the project to surface curve. This method is more efficient than setting each of the individual properties since this will result in a single compute rather than computing after each property edit.</summary>
            <param name="Faces">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that specifies the faces and/or work planes to project curves to. Valid objects for this argument include Face and WorkPlane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Curves">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that specifies the curves to project.  This can be one or more 2D/3D sketch entities, the sketch entities need not to be from the same sketch.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProjectionType">
                <summary>Optional input ProjectCurveToSufaceTypeEnum that specifies the projection type.  If not specified this argument defaults to kProjectAlongVectorType and the PorjectDirection can be specified, and the Curves can include 2D&amp;3D sketch entities. If kProjectToClosestPointType is specified the Curves can include 2D&amp;3D sketch entities. If kWrapToFaceType is specified, the Faces should be developable faces, otherwise an error would occur. The Curves should include 2D sketch entities only.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProjectDirection">
                <summary>Optional input an object to specify the project direction. The direction is bidirectional. This is ignored if the ProjectionType is not specified as kProjectAlongVectorType. If not specified the normal of the sketch of first selected sketch curve is used. Valid objects are: 
·	Linear Edge/WorkAxis, the direction of the edge is used.
·	Planar Face/WorkPlane, the normal of the face is used.
·	Cylindrical/conical/elliptical Face, the axis of the face is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurve.Faces">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines the surfaces to project sketch curves to. The collection can contain Face and WorkPlane objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurve.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the key context to use when creating the reference key.  Although this argument is optional, you must currently always provide a valid key context.  A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurve.Name">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets name of the project to surface curve. When setting this property, the name must be unique with respect to all other project to surface curves in the document. If the name is not unique an error will occur.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurve.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurve.ProjectDirection">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines the project direction. The direction is bidirectional. If the ProjectionType is not kProjectAlongVectorType setting this property will fail. If the ProjectionType is kProjectAlongVectorType, set this to Nothing to use the norma.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurve.ProjectionType">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines the projection type for project to surface curve. Set this from other value to kProjectAlongVectorType will fail, the Edit function can be used to change the ProjectionType and ProjectDirection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurve.SketchEntities">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a collection of sketch entities that belong to the project to surface curve. The sketch entities returned by this property cannot be edited or deleted because they are associated with the project to surface curve in the model. T.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurve.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurveProxy">
            <summary>ProjectToSurfaceCurveProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurveProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurveProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurveProxy.BreakLink">
            <summary>Method that breaks the link between the project to surface curve and the model. This breaks the associativity to the model, allowing you to edit the individual sketch entities.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurveProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurveProxy.Curves">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the sketch curves to project. Valid objects are 2D&amp;3D sketch entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurveProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the project to surface curve. This will delete all of the related sketch entities.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurveProxy.Edit(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that edits all of the inputs used to compute the project to surface curve. This method is more efficient than setting each of the individual properties since this will result in a single compute rather than computing after each property edit.</summary>
            <param name="Faces">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that specifies the faces and/or work planes to project curves to. Valid objects for this argument include Face and WorkPlane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Curves">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that specifies the curves to project.  This can be one or more 2D/3D sketch entities, the sketch entities need not to be from the same sketch.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProjectionType">
                <summary>Optional input ProjectCurveToSufaceTypeEnum that specifies the projection type.  If not specified this argument defaults to kProjectAlongVectorType and the PorjectDirection can be specified, and the Curves can include 2D&amp;3D sketch entities. If kProjectToClosestPointType is specified the Curves can include 2D&amp;3D sketch entities. If kWrapToFaceType is specified, the Faces should be developable faces, otherwise an error would occur. The Curves should include 2D sketch entities only.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProjectDirection">
                <summary>Optional input an object to specify the project direction. The direction is bidirectional. This is ignored if the ProjectionType is not specified as kProjectAlongVectorType. If not specified the normal of the sketch of first selected sketch curve is used. Valid objects are: 
·	Linear Edge/WorkAxis, the direction of the edge is used.
·	Planar Face/WorkPlane, the normal of the face is used.
·	Cylindrical/conical/elliptical Face, the axis of the face is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurveProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines the surfaces to project sketch curves to. The collection can contain Face and WorkPlane objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurveProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the key context to use when creating the reference key.  Although this argument is optional, you must currently always provide a valid key context.  A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurveProxy.Name">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets name of the project to surface curve. When setting this property, the name must be unique with respect to all other project to surface curves in the document. If the name is not unique an error will occur.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurveProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurveProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurveProxy.ProjectDirection">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines the project direction. The direction is bidirectional. If the ProjectionType is not kProjectAlongVectorType setting this property will fail. If the ProjectionType is kProjectAlongVectorType, set this to Nothing to use the norma.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurveProxy.ProjectionType">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines the projection type for project to surface curve. Set this from other value to kProjectAlongVectorType will fail, the Edit function can be used to change the ProjectionType and ProjectDirection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurveProxy.SketchEntities">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a collection of sketch entities that belong to the project to surface curve. The sketch entities returned by this property cannot be edited or deleted because they are associated with the project to surface curve in the model. T.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurveProxy.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurves">
            <summary>ProjectToSurfaceCurves Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurves.Add(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a project to surface curve.</summary>
            <param name="Faces">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that specifies the faces and/or work planes to project curves to. Valid objects for this argument include Face and WorkPlane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Curves">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that specifies the curves to project.  This can be one or more 2D/3D sketch entities, the sketch entities need not to be from the same sketch.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProjectionType">
                <summary>Optional input ProjectCurveToSufaceTypeEnum that specifies the projection type. 
If not specified this argument defaults to kProjectAlongVectorType and the PorjectDirection can be specified, and the Curves can include 2D&amp;3D sketch entities.
If kProjectToClosestPointType is specified the Curves can include 2D&amp;3D sketch entities.
If kWrapToFaceType is specified, the Faces should be developable faces, otherwise an error would occur. The Curves should include 2D sketch entities only.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProjectDirection">
                <summary>Optional input an object to specify the project direction. The direction is bidirectional. If not specified the normal of the sketch of first selected sketch entity is used. Valid objects are: 
·	Linear Edge/WorkAxis, the direction of the edge is used.
·	Planar Face/WorkPlane, the normal of the face is used.
·	Cylindrical/conical/elliptical Face, the axis of the face is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurves.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurves.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurves.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ProjectToSurfaceCurves.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PromptMessage">
            <summary>PromptMessage object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PromptMessage.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PromptMessage.BuiltIn">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the prompt message is built-in or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PromptMessage.Buttons">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the buttons that are used for the prompt message.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PromptMessage.DefaultAnswer">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the default response for the prompt message.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PromptMessage.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this prompt message. This is applicable for custom prompt messages.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PromptMessage.Display(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that displays this prompt message. This is applicable for custom prompt messages.</summary>
            <param name="PromptStrings">
                <summary>Optional input the String array that specifies the String values for placeholders specified in the PromptText. The  placeholders in PromptText will be replaced by this String array sequentially.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PromptMessage.DisplayedPromptText">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the displayed prompt text of the prompt message.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PromptMessage.Icon">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the icon type of the prompt message. Values that can be used: vbCritical(16), vbExclamation(48), vbInformation(64), vbQuestion(32).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PromptMessage.Id">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Id of the prompt message.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PromptMessage.PromptText">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the prompt text of the prompt message.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PromptMessage.Restrictions">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the restrictions for the prompt.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PromptMessage.Title">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the title of the prompt message.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PromptMessage.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PromptMessages">
            <summary>PromptMessages object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PromptMessages.Add(System.String,System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new custom PromptMessage.</summary>
            <param name="Id">
                <summary>Input the String value to specify the Id of  PromptMessage. The Id should be unique in the collection of the PromptMessage objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PromptText">
                <summary>Input the String value to specify the formatted prompt text of  PromptMessage. The string can include “%s” to indicate a string placeholder that you can specify the string value for the placeholder using the PromptStrings argument in PromprMessage.Display method. Currently you can specify up to three placeholders. The string can also specify the hyperlink with XML tags.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Buttons">
                <summary>Input the Long value to specify the buttons to use for PromptMessage. Valid values are: 
vbOKOnly or 0. 
vbOKCancel or 1. 
vbAbortRetryIgnore or 2. 
vbYesNoCancel or 3. 
vbYesNo or 4. 
vbRetryCancel or 5. </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Icon">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the icon type. This can be vbCritical (16), vbExclamation (48), vbInformation(64) or vbQuestion (32).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Title">
                <summary>Optional input String value to specify the title for PromptMessage.  If not supplied, the title will default to "Inventor x", where x is the release number.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayedPromptText">
                <summary>Optional input String value to specify the displayed prompt text of  PromptMessage. If not specified the PromptText will be used as DisplayedPromptText and displayed on Prompt Text column onto Prompts option, otherwise this DisplayedPromptText will be displayed instead. This can be set when the PromptText contains special chars that is not suitable to display in UI.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DefaultAnswer">
                <summary>Optional input Long value to specify the default response for the PromptMessage dialog. Valid values are: 
vbDefaultButton1 (or 0) indicating the first button is set as default response button. This is also default value if not specified. 
vbDefaultButton2 (or 256) indicating the second button is set as default response button. 
vbDefaultButton3 (or 512) indicating the third button is set as default response button. 
If not supplied the first button will be set as default answer.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Restrictions">
                <summary>Optional input Long(PromptMessageRestrictionsEnum) value to specify the “Controls when you will see this prompt” option for PromptMessage(grey out the options). Zero or more of the following, in combination (can be added together with +): 
kNoRestrictions (Allow all of the radio button options in the dialog "Do not show this message again ever", "Do not show this message again this session", "Prompt only once per operation", "Always show this message ", for all buttons) 
kDontAllowNeverAgain (Disable the "Do not show this message again ever" option) 
kDontAllowNoMoreThisSession (Disable the "Do not show this message again this session" option) 
Button 1 options (i.e. what is allowed/not allowed if button 1 is picked) : 
kDontAllowButton1NeverAgain (Disable the "Do not show this message again ever" option if button 1 is selected) 
kDontAllowButton1NoMoreThisSession (Disable the "Do not show this message again this session" option if button 1 is selected) 
Button 2 options (i.e. what is allowed/not allowed if button 2 is picked) : 
kDontAllowButton2NeverAgain (Disable the "Do not show this message again ever" option if button 2 is selected) 
kDontAllowButton2NoMoreThisSession (Disable the "Do not show this message again this session" option if button 2 is selected) 
Button 3 options (i.e. what is allowed/not allowed if button 3 is picked) : 
kDontAllowButton3NeverAgain (Disable the "Do not show this message again ever" option if button 3 is selected) 
kDontAllowButton3NoMoreThisSession (Disable the "Do not show this message again this session" option if button 3 is selected) </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PromptSettings">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap object that specifies more prompt settings. 

This is reserved for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PromptMessages.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PromptMessages.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PromptMessages.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PromptMessages.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PromptsOptions">
            <summary>PromptsOptions object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PromptsOptions.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PromptsOptions.DoNotShowMessagesForPreexistingProblems">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that gets and sets whether or not to show messages for pre-existing problems.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PromptsOptions.PromptMessages">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the collection of prompt messages.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PromptsOptions.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Property">
            <summary>Object that represents a Property. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Property.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this Property from its PropertySet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Property.Dirty">
            <summary>Property that returns a Boolean flag that indicates whether this property has been edited or created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Property.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the human-readable name associated with this Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Property.Expression">
            <summary>Gets/Sets expression that defines the value of this property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Property.Name">
            <summary>Gets the human-readable name of this Property, if any.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Property.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Property.PropId">
            <summary>Gets the identifier (PROPID) of this Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Property.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Property.Value">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the value of this Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PropertySet">
            <summary>Object that represents a PropertySet. This is a collection of related Properties. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PropertySet.Add(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Adds a new Property to this PropertySet.</summary>
            <param name="PropValue">
                <summary>Input Variant that specifies the value of the Property to add to the set.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input Variant that specifies the name of the Property. When add a property in a custom property set but not the built-in "User Defined Properties" set(whose internal name is {D5CDD505-2E9C-101B-9397-08002B2CF9AE}), if this name is prefixed with an "_" character, then this property is created as a hidden property and can only be accessed if indexed by its name or propID. PropertySet.Count will not account for such hidden properties.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PropId">
                <summary>Input Variant that specifies the PropertyID of the Property to add to the set. Valid propids are 2 through 254 and 256 through 0x80000000. Other values are reserved.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PropertySet.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PropertySet.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this PropertySet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PropertySet.Dirty">
            <summary>Property that returns a Boolean flag that indicates whether any of the Properties have been edited, deleted or created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PropertySet.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the human-readable name associated with this Property Set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PropertySet.GetPropertyInfo(System.Int32[]@,System.String[]@,System.Object[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns property info in the PropertySet.</summary>
            <param name="Ids">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Names">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Values">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PropertySet.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the unambiguous, internal name (FMTID) associated with this PropertySet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PropertySet.Item">
            <summary>Gets the Property given either its name or its sequential index.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PropertySet.ItemByPropId">
            <summary>Gets the Property in this set by its PropId.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PropertySet.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this PropertySet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PropertySet.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PropertySet.SetPropertyValues(System.String[],System.Object[])">
            <summary>Method that batch sets property values in the PropertySet. If a specified name is not existent in the property set a new property with the specified name will be created.</summary>
            <param name="PropertyNames">
                <summary>Input String array that indicates the property names.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PropertyValues">
                <summary>Input Variant array that indicates the property values. The sequence of the values are the same as the corresponding PropNames.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PropertySet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PropertySets">
            <summary>Object that manages the collection of objects and provides the ability to add new property sets to the collection. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PropertySets.Add(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Adds a new PropertySet. The new set's FMTID can be optionally provided (as a string).</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Name of the PropertySet. If the name begins with an underscore the property set is hidden and can only be retrieved by asking for it by name.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input Variant that specifies the internal name of the PropertySet to be added.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PropertySets.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PropertySets.Dirty">
            <summary>Property that returns a Boolean flag that indicates whether any of the Properties have been edited, deleted or created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PropertySets.FlushToFile">
            <summary>Flush all of the Properties in each of the PropertySets onto the file. The 'dirty' flags are reset. Please note that this method is available in Apprentice only.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PropertySets.Item">
            <summary>Gets the set in this collection in a sequences fashion; by index, or by its name -- Display or Internal.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PropertySets.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PropertySets.PropertySetExists(System.String,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Function that returns a Boolean to indicate whether a PropertySet with the specified name exists in the PropertySets collection.</summary>
            <param name="PropertySetName">
                <summary>Input string value that indicating the property set name. This can be the display name or internal name.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PropertySet">
                <summary>Optional output the property set if found with the specified name, otherwise this will return Nothing.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PropertySets.RefreshFromFile">
            <summary>Refresh all of the Properties in each of the PropertySets from the File. The 'dirty' flags are reset and any edits are lost. Please note that this method is available in Apprentice only.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PropertySets.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Publication">
            <summary>Publication object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Publication.Activate">
            <summary>Method that makes this publication the active one.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Publication.ActiveStoryboard">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the active storyboard.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Publication.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Publication.ClearComponentsOverrideVisibility(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that clears the override visibility of a set of PublicationComponent objects.</summary>
            <param name="__MIDL__Publication0004">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Publication.ClientGraphicsCollection">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the ClientGraphicsCollection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Publication.CreateGeometryIntent(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a GeometryIntent object for the publication.</summary>
            <param name="Geometry">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Intent">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Publication.CurrentFrameTime">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the current frame time in active storyboard.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Publication.DeferUpdates">
            <summary>Read-write property that indicates whether to defer updating of the publication when edit its contents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Publication.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this publication.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Publication.DesignViewAssociative">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the publication design view is associative or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Publication.DisplayName">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the publication display name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Publication.GetClonedEntity(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets the cloned entity if this Publication is copied from another Publication object.</summary>
            <param name="SourceEntity">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Publication.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Publication.GraphicsDataSetsCollection">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the GraphicsDataSetsCollection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Publication.InitialCamera">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the initial camera for the publication.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Publication.InPreviewMode">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether in the preview mode or not. The preview mode can be in PublicationTweak creation and edit, or animation preview mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Publication.InternalName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the publication internal name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Publication.MarkedViews">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PublicationMarkedViews collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Publication.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Publication.PublicationComponents">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns PublicationComponents collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Publication.SetActiveStoryboard(Inventor.Storyboard,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the active storyboard with specified current frame time.</summary>
            <param name="Storyboard">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="CurrentFrameTime">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Publication.SetComponentsOverrideOpacity(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Double[])">
            <summary>Method that sets the override opacity of a set of PublicationComponent objects.</summary>
            <param name="__MIDL__Publication0000">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="__MIDL__Publication0001">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Publication.SetComponentsOverrideVisibility(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the override visibility of a set of PublicationComponent objects.</summary>
            <param name="__MIDL__Publication0002">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="__MIDL__Publication0003">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Publication.Storyboards">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Storyboards collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Publication.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationBodiesEnumerator">
            <summary>PublicationBody enumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationBodiesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationBodiesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationBodiesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationBodiesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationBody">
            <summary>PublicationBody object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationBody.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationBody.Component">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns PublicationComponent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationBody.Edges">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns all the PublicationEdge objects contained within the publication body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationBody.Faces">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns all the PublicationFace objects contained within the publication body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationBody.FaceShells">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns all the PublicationFaceShell objects contained within the publication body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationBody.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationBody.IsSolid">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether this body encloses a solid volume or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationBody.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the publication body name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationBody.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationBody.RangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the range box that represents the bounds of the publication body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationBody.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationBody.Vertices">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns all the PublicationVertex objects contained within the publication body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationBody.Visible">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether this body is visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationComponent">
            <summary>PublicationComponent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponent.Appearance">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the current appearance for this publication component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponent.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the source of the appearance for this publication component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponent.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationComponent.ClearVisibleOverrides">
            <summary>Method that clears the visible overrides of the publication component and its sub publication components.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponent.DisplayMode">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the display mode for this object. property is valid when DisplayModeSourceTypeEnum equals to kOverrideDisplayMode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponent.DisplayModeSourceType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the display mode source type for this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationComponent.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationComponent.GetTweakTransformationAt(Inventor.Storyboard,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that gets the publication component tweak transformation in a storyboard at specified time.</summary>
            <param name="Storyboard">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Time">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponent.InitialOpacity">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the initial opacity of this publication component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponent.InitialTransformation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Matrix object indicating the transform of the component when it was placed in the publication.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponent.InitialVisible">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the initial visibility of the publication component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponent.IsLeaf">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether this component is leaf component or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponent.IsVisibleOverridden">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the visibility of the publication component is overridden or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponent.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the publication component name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponent.OverrideOpacity">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the opacity of a publication component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponent.OverrideVisible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the overridden visibility of the publication component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponent.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponent.ParentComponent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent PublicationComponent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponent.RangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the range box that represents the bounds of the component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponent.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the referenced DocumentDescriptor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponent.SubComponents">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the collection of components for a PublicationComponent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponent.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns all the PublicationBody objects contained within the publication component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponent.Transformation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Matrix object indicating the transform of the component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponent.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationComponents">
            <summary>PublicationComponents collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationComponents.Add(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds a new PublicationComponent object.</summary>
            <param name="FullDocumentName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="IsAnyCAD">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="FactoryTableRow">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="CustomMemberDestination">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="CustomInput">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponents.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponents.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponents.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponents.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationComponentsEnumerator">
            <summary>PublicationComponent enumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponentsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponentsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponentsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationComponentsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationEdge">
            <summary>PublicationFace object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationEdge.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationEdge.Component">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns PublicationComponent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationEdge.Evaluator">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the CurveEvaluator for this publication edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationEdge.Faces">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PublicationFace objects that are adjacent to this edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationEdge.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the underlying geometry of the edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationEdge.GeometryForm">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the form of the underlying geometry as a combination of one or more CurveGeometryFormEnum values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationEdge.GeometryType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the curve type of the curve that will be returned from the Geometry property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationEdge.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationEdge.IsParamReversed">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets whether the parameterization of the geometry obtained from the Geometry property is aligned or opposed to the topological sense of this edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationEdge.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationEdge.PointOnEdge">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a characteristic somewhere in the middle of the edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationEdge.StartVertex">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PublicationVertex object referenced at the start of this publication edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationEdge.StopVertex">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PublicationVertex object referenced at the end of this publication edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationEdge.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationEdgesEnumerator">
            <summary>PublicationEdge enumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationEdgesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationEdgesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationEdgesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationEdgesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationEvents">
            <summary>The Publication Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationEvents.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationEvents.OnModelingDataUpdate(Inventor.PresentationDocument,Inventor.Publication,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires just before and after a publication component is changed.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Publication">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationEvents.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationFace">
            <summary>PublicationFace object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFace.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFace.Component">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns PublicationComponent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFace.Edges">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns all the PublicationEdge objects contained within the publication face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFace.Evaluator">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SurfaceEvaluator for this publication face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFace.FaceShell">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PublicationFaceShell that this face is a part of.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFace.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the underlying geometry of the face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFace.GeometryForm">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the form of the underlying geometry as a combination of one or more CurveGeometryFormEnum values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationFace.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFace.IsParamReversed">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets whether the parameterization of the geometry obtained from the Geometry property is aligned or opposed to the topological sense of this face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFace.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFace.PointOnFace">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a characteristic somewhere on the interior of the face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFace.PublicationBody">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the publication body that this face is associative with.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFace.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFace.Vertices">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns all the PublicationVertex objects contained within the publication face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationFacesEnumerator">
            <summary>PublicationFace enumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFacesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFacesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFacesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFacesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationFaceShell">
            <summary>PublicationFaceShell object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFaceShell.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFaceShell.Component">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns PublicationComponent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFaceShell.Edges">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns all the PublicationEdge objects contained within the publication faceshell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFaceShell.Faces">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PublicationFacesEnumerator collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationFaceShell.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFaceShell.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFaceShell.PublicationBody">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the publication body for this publication faceshell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFaceShell.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFaceShell.Volume">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the volume of the publication faceshell in database units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationFaceShellsEnumerator">
            <summary>PublicationFaceShell enumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFaceShellsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFaceShellsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFaceShellsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationFaceShellsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView">
            <summary>PublicationMarkedView object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.Associative">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the PublicationMarkedView is associative with a Storyboard object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.AssociativeStoryboard">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the associative Storyboard object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.BreakAssociativity(System.Object,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that breaks the associativity of PublicationMarkedView and Storyboard.</summary>
            <param name="StoryboardObjects">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="MarkedViewObjects">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.Camera">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets camera for current publication marked view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.Copy(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this PublicationMarkedView object, the newly copied PublicationMarkedView is returned.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the publication marked view.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.DisplayName">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the publication marked view display name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.Edit">
            <summary>Method that enters the publication marked view edit mode.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.ExitEdit">
            <summary>Method that exits the publication marked view edit mode.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.GetComponentTransformation(Inventor.PublicationComponent)">
            <summary>Method that gets the transformation for specified publication component.</summary>
            <param name="PublicationComponent">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.GetOpacity(Inventor.PublicationComponent)">
            <summary>Method that gets opacity of specified publication component.</summary>
            <param name="PublicationComponent">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.GetVisibility(Inventor.PublicationComponent)">
            <summary>Method that gets visibility of the specified publication component.</summary>
            <param name="PublicationComponent">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.Id">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Id of the PublicationMarkedView.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.RequireUpdate">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the publication marked view requires update or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.Rollback(Inventor.PublicationTweak,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that rollbacks the marked view to a publication tweak.</summary>
            <param name="Tweak">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.SetOpacity(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets override opacity.</summary>
            <param name="PublicationComponents">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Opacity">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.SetUpdateDataType(Inventor.MarkedViewDataTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that sets which data in publication marked view should be updated.</summary>
            <param name="MarkedViewDataType">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.SetVisibility(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets override visibility.</summary>
            <param name="PublicationComponents">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Visible">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.Time">
            <summary>Read-write property that get and sets the frame time.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.Trails">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PublicationTrails collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.TransformComponents(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Matrix)">
            <summary>Method that transforms specified publication components.</summary>
            <param name="PublicationComponents">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Transform">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.Tweaks">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PublicationTweaks collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationMarkedView.Update">
            <summary>Method that updates the publication marked view.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationMarkedViews">
            <summary>PublicationMarkedViews object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationMarkedViews.Add(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds a new PublicationMarkedView object based on the current frame time.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMarkedViews.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMarkedViews.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMarkedViews.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMarkedViews.ItemById">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the specified PublicationMarkedView object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMarkedViews.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationMeshEdge">
            <summary>PublicationMeshEdge Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMeshEdge.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMeshEdge.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMeshEdge.Component">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns PublicationComponent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMeshEdge.Edge">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the transient Brep Edge for the MeshEdge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMeshEdge.Evaluator">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the curve evaluator for this MeshEdge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMeshEdge.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the underlying geometry of the&amp;nbsp;MeshEdge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMeshEdge.GeometryType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns curve type of the curve that will be returned from the Geometry property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationMeshEdge.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMeshEdge.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationMeshFace">
            <summary>PublicationMeshFace Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMeshFace.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMeshFace.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMeshFace.Component">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns PublicationComponent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMeshFace.Evaluator">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the surface evaluator for this MeshFace.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMeshFace.Face">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the transient Brep Face for the MeshFace.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMeshFace.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the underlying geometry of the MeshFace.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationMeshFace.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMeshFace.SurfaceType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a SurfaceTypeEnum that specifies the surface type for this MeshFace.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationMeshFace.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Publications">
            <summary>Publications collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Publications.Add(System.String)">
            <summary>Create a new publication object.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Publications.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Publications.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Publications.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Publications.PublishToSVF(System.String)">
            <summary>Publish Publication to SVF.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Publications.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationTrail">
            <summary>PublicationTrail Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrail.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationTrail.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationTrail.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrail.Origin">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the origin point of the publication trail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrail.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrail.PublicationComponent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PublicationComponent object this trail is associative with.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrail.Segments">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PublicationTrailSegments collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrail.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationTrails">
            <summary>PublicationTrails Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrails.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrails.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrails.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrails.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationTrailSegment">
            <summary>PublicationTrail Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrailSegment.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationTrailSegment.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrailSegment.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the tweak trail representative geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrailSegment.Origin">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the origin point of the publication trail segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrailSegment.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrailSegment.PublicationTweakPath">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PublicationTweakPath object this segment is associative with.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrailSegment.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrailSegment.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the publication&amp;nbsp;trail segment is visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationTrailSegments">
            <summary>PublicationTrail Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrailSegments.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrailSegments.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrailSegments.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationTrailSegmentsEnumerator">
            <summary>PublicationTrailSegmentsEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrailSegmentsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrailSegmentsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTrailSegmentsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationTweak">
            <summary>PublicationTweak object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweak.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweak.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the PublicationTweakDefinition object associated with this publication tweak object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationTweak.Delete">
            <summary>Deletes the publication tweak.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationTweak.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweak.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweak.Paths">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PublicationTweakPaths collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweak.TrailSegments">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PublicationTrailSegmentsEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweak.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationTweakDefinition">
            <summary>PublicationTweakDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationTweakDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Create a copy of this PublicationTweakDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakDefinition.DirectionOrAxis">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the UnitVector to define the translation direction or Line to define the rotation axis of the publication tweak.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakDefinition.DisplayTrails">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to display the trails or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakDefinition.Distance">
            <summary>Read-write property that provides access to the translation distance of the publication tweak.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakDefinition.FullTrailOperationMode">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to add or delete the full trail when edit.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationTweakDefinition.GetTimeRange(System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that gets start time and end time of the the publication tweak in storyboard.</summary>
            <param name="StartTime">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="EndTime">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakDefinition.Local">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the triad is in local or world coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakDefinition.PublicationComponents">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the publication components affected by the tweak.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakDefinition.RotationAngle">
            <summary>Read-write property that provides access to the rotation angle of a publication tweak.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationTweakDefinition.SetTimeRange(System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets start time and end time of the the publication tweak in storyboard.</summary>
            <param name="StartTime">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="EndTime">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakDefinition.TrailOriginsForAdd">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the trail segments to add.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakDefinition.TrailSegmentsForDelete">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the trail segments to delete.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakDefinition.Transform">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the transform of the publication tweak.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakDefinition.TriadOrigin">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the triad origin associated with the component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakDefinition.TriadXAxisAlignment">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the X-axis alignment for triad.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakDefinition.TweakType">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the type of this tweak definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationTweakPath">
            <summary>PublicationTweakPath object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakPath.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationTweakPath.Delete">
            <summary>Delete this object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationTweakPath.GetTimeRange(System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that gets start time and end time of the publication tweak path.</summary>
            <param name="StartTime">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="EndTime">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakPath.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakPath.PublicationComponent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PublicationComponent object this path is associative with.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationTweakPath.SetTimeRange(System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets start time and end time of the publication tweak path.</summary>
            <param name="StartTime">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="EndTime">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakPath.TrailSegments">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PublicationTrailSegmentsEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakPath.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakPath.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the publication tweak path is visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationTweakPaths">
            <summary>PublicationTweakPaths collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakPaths.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakPaths.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakPaths.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakPaths.ItemByComponent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the specified PublicationTweakPath object from the collection according to the specified PublicationComponent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweakPaths.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationTweaks">
            <summary>PublicationTweaks collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.Add(Inventor.PublicationTweakDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that adds a new PublicationTweak object.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.ClearTrailInfo">
            <summary>Method to clear the trail info.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.CreateTweakDefinition(Inventor.TweakTypeEnum,Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a PublicationTweakDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="TweakType">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="PublicationComponents">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="DirectionOrAxis">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="RotationAngle">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Transform">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayTrails">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="StartTime">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="EndTime">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.EndToMonitorTriadOriginSelection">
            <summary>Method that ends to monitor the selection in an interaction events for triad origin.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.FullTrailOperationMode">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to add or delete the full trail when edit.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.HasSelectedComponent">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether there is selected component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.Local">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets Local/World.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.SelectTrailAnchor">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets to select trail anchor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.SelectTrailSegment">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets to select trail segment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.SelectTriadAlignment">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets to select alignment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.SelectTriadOrigin">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets to select origin.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.SelectTweakPath">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets to select tweak path.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.StartToMonitorTriadOriginSelection">
            <summary>Method that starts to monitor the selection in an interaction events for triad origin.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.TrailAnchors">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets trail anchor points.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.TrailSegments">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets trail segments to delete.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.TriadAlignment">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets Alignment Geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.TriadMatrix">
            <summary>Read-Only property that get triad matrix.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.TriadOrigin">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets Origin Geometry Intent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.TweakForPreview">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets tweak for preview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationTweaks.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationVertex">
            <summary>PublicationVertex object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationVertex.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationVertex.Component">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns PublicationComponent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationVertex.Edges">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PublicationEdge objects that are adjacent to this vertex.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationVertex.Faces">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PublicationFace objects that are adjacent to this vertex.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublicationVertex.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationVertex.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationVertex.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublicationVerticesEnumerator">
            <summary>PublicationVertex enumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationVerticesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationVerticesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationVerticesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PublicationVerticesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PublisherServer">
            <summary>PublisherServer Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublisherServer.GetActivePresentationScene(Inventor.PresentationDocument)">
            <summary>Method that gets the active PresentationScene object.</summary>
            <param name="Document">
                <summary>Inputs PresentationDocument object that indicates a presentation document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublisherServer.GetPresentationScenes(Inventor.PresentationDocument)">
            <summary>Method that gets the PresentationScenes object.</summary>
            <param name="Document">
                <summary>Inputs PresentationDocument object that indicates a presentation document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PublisherServer.GetStoryboardName(Inventor.PresentationDocument,System.String,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that gets the storyboard's name.</summary>
            <param name="Document">
                <summary>Inputs PresentationDocument object that indicates a presentation document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="publicationInternalName">
                <summary>Input publication internal name.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StoryboardId">
                <summary>Input Storyboard Id.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PunchNote">
            <summary>The PunchNote object represents a punch note with an attached leader on a sheet and derives from the LeaderNote object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.BackgroundColor">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the BackgroundColor associated with the LeaderNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.Color">
            <summary>Gets/Sets color of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PunchNote.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DrawingNote.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.DimensionStyle">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the DimensionStyle associated with the LeaderNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.FormattedPunchNote">
            <summary>Gets and sets the fully formatted string that defines the contents of the punch note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.FormattedQuantityNote">
            <summary>Gets and sets the fully formatted string that defines the quantity note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.FormattedText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets formatted text of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PunchNote.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.HideValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the punch note value in the note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.HorizontalJustification">
            <summary>Gets/Sets horizontal justification of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.Layer">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the layer used by the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.Leader">
            <summary>Property that returns the Leader object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.LineSpacing">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the LineSpacing used by the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.LineSpacingType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the LineSpacingType used by the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sheet of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.Position">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the position of the DrawingNote on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.PunchEdge">
            <summary>Gets and sets the punch edge associated with the note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.QuantityDefinition">
            <summary>Gets and sets how the quantity value is set for the note.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.Retrieved">
            <summary>Indicates whether the drawing note was created as a result of retrieving it from the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.RetrievedFrom">
            <summary>Returns the model annotation this drawing note was retrieved from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.Rotation">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the rotation of the LeaderNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.ShowTextBorder">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to show the text border or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.StackedTextPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position (alignment) of the stacked text with respect to regular text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.Text">
            <summary>Gets/Sets&amp;nbsp;text of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.UnitAttributes">
            <summary>Get the unit attributes associated with the LeaderNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.UseBackgroundColor">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the UseBackgroundColor associated with the LeaderNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.UsePartUnits">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to use model units or the units specified by dimension style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.VerticalJustification">
            <summary>Gets/Sets vertical justification of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNote.WidthScale">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the width scale factor of the DrawingNote.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PunchNotes">
            <summary>The PunchNotes collection object provides access to all of the punch notes on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PunchNotes.Add(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.GeometryIntent,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a punch note on the sheet based on the \input punch edge.</summary>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input Point2d that specifies the position of the punch note on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PunchEdge">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that specifies the punch geomery to create the note for. The GeometryIntent object defines the geometry (typically a curve but can also be a center mark that represents the origin of a punch) and the location on the geometry where the note will point. If the GeometryIntent does not represent a punch edge or punch center, the method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DimensionStyle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies which dimension style to use for the note. The dimension style can be specified by providing the name of an existing style or by supplying a DimensionStyle object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNotes.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNotes.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNotes.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified PunchNote object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchNotes.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PunchToolFeature">
            <summary>The PunchToolFeature object represents the instance of a placed punch tool feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.AcrossBends">
            <summary>Gets and sets the property that defines the across bends.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.Angle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter object that controls the angle of rotation of the punch tool.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.Depth">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter object that defines the custom punch depth.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.iFeatureDefinition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the associated iFeatureDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.iFeatureTemplateDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the iFeatureTemplateDescriptor object associated with this iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.PunchCenterPoints">
            <summary>Gets and sets the set of sketch points that define the origin points for the punch tool.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.PunchRepresentationType">
            <summary>Gets and sets punch tool feature representation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeature.UnfoldInFlatPattern">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the punch tool feature is unfoldable in flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.AcrossBends">
            <summary>Gets and sets the property that defines the across bends.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.Angle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter object that controls the angle of rotation of the punch tool.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.Depth">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter object that defines the custom punch depth.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.iFeatureDefinition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the associated iFeatureDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.iFeatureTemplateDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the iFeatureTemplateDescriptor object associated with this iFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.PunchCenterPoints">
            <summary>Gets and sets the set of sketch points that define the origin points for the punch tool.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.PunchRepresentationType">
            <summary>Gets and sets punch tool feature representation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatureProxy.UnfoldInFlatPattern">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the punch tool feature is unfoldable in flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.PunchToolFeatures">
            <summary>The PunchToolFeatures collection object provides access to all of the objects in a sheet metal component definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PunchToolFeatures.Add(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.iFeatureDefinition,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Creates a new PunchToolFeature using the input placement information.</summary>
            <param name="PunchCenterPoints">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection of SketchPoint objects that define the placement position(s) of the punch tool. All of the supplied SketchPoint objects must be owned by the same sketch.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input iFeatureDefinition object used to define the various input required for the placement of a PunchToolFeature. Appropriate input must be defined in the iFeatureDefinition object in order to place the punch tool.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Optional Input Variant that defines the placement angle of the punch tool. If not supplied, the punch tool will be placed with a rotation angle of zero. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AcrossBends">
                <summary>Input Boolean specifies whether the punch tool feature goes across bends or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.PunchToolFeatures.CreateiFeatureDefinition(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new iFeatureDefinition.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the iFeature file (.ide) to create the definition for. The file must be an existing iFeature file. If an invalid file is specified an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified PunchToolFeature object from the collection. This is the default property of the PunchToolFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.PunchToolFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.QueryManager">
            <summary>QueryManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenu">
            <summary>The RadialMarkingMenu object provides access to the contents of the radial marking menu (displayed when the user right clicks).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenu.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenu.BuiltIn">
            <summary>Read-only property that indicates if this radial marking menu is a standard Inventor marking menu or one created by an add-in.&amp;nbsp;Returns True in the case where it’s an Inventor marking menu.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenu.Clear">
            <summary>Method that clears the all of the controls for this radial marking menu.&amp;nbsp;This is equivalent to assigning Nothing to each control. When no controls are defined, the radial marking menu is not displayed.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenu.ClientId">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the string that uniquely identifies the client that created this radial marking menu. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}". 
If the menu is built-in, an empty string is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenu.CreateRadialSubMenu(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a transient RadialMarkingMenu.&amp;nbsp;This object can then be assigned to any of the radial menu controls to create a sub-menu.&amp;nbsp;Controls within the sub-menu can be left un-assigned to indicate the absence of those controls.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the sub-menu.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenu.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this radial marking menu.&amp;nbsp;Standard Inventor radial marking menus cannot be deleted, so this method is only valid for radial marking menus where the BuiltIn property returns False.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenu.EastControl">
            <summary>Gets and sets the command to display in the east control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenu.InternalName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the internal name of the radial marking menu.&amp;nbsp;This is a unique name with respect to all other radial marking menus and can be used to access a specific radial marking menu.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenu.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the radial marking menu.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenu.NorthControl">
            <summary>Gets and sets the command to display in the north control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenu.NortheastControl">
            <summary>Gets and sets the command to display in the north-east control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenu.NorthwestControl">
            <summary>Gets and sets the command to display in the north-west control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenu.SouthControl">
            <summary>Gets and sets the command to display in the south control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenu.SoutheastControl">
            <summary>Gets and sets the command to display in the south-east control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenu.SouthwestControl">
            <summary>Gets and sets the command to display in the south-west control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenu.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenu.WestControl">
            <summary>Gets and sets the command to display in the west control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenus">
            <summary>The RadialMarkingMenus object provides access to the existing radial marking menus and provides the ability to create additional radial marking menus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenus.Add(System.String,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new radial marking menu.&amp;nbsp;The newly created marking menu is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the radial marking menu. This is the name that the user will see in the Customize dialog.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the unique identifier for this radial marking menu.  The name specified must be unique with respect to all other radial marking menus or an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}".</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenus.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenus.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenus.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified RadialMarkingMenu from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadialMarkingMenus.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint">
            <summary>The RadiusDimConstraint object represents a constraint that controls the radius of a circle or arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint.DimensionCenterPoint">
            <summary>Gets the center of the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity being constrained to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3D">
            <summary>The RadiusDimConstraint3D object represents a constraint that controls the radius of a circle or an arc. The picture below illustrates the use of this constraint. </summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3D.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3D.DimensionPlane">
            <summary>Property that returns the transient dimension plane used to place and position the dimension text for this dimension constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3D.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3D.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the circle or arc being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3D.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3D.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3DProxy.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3DProxy.DimensionPlane">
            <summary>Property that returns the transient dimension plane used to place and position the dimension text for this dimension constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3DProxy.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3DProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the circle or arc being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3DProxy.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3DProxy.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraintProxy.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraintProxy.DimensionCenterPoint">
            <summary>Gets the center of the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraintProxy.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraintProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity being constrained to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraintProxy.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraintProxy.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusDimConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension">
            <summary>The RadiusGeneralDimension object represents a radial general dimension placed on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.ArrowheadsInside">
            <summary>Gets and sets the ArrowheadsInside setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.Attached">
            <summary>Indicates whether this dimension is attached to anything. If not, it is considered orphaned and can be removed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DrawingDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.DimensionLine">
            <summary>Property that returns the dimension line geometry of the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.FirstArrowheadInside">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the first arrowhead is inside or outside.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.FirstArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of the first arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.GeneralDimensionType">
            <summary>Returns an enum indicating the type of general dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.GetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum@,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method returns an error if the IsInspectionDimension property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Output InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that indicates the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text. Valid return values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text placed left of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.HideValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the HideValue setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.Intent">
            <summary>Gets and sets the geometry associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.IsInspectionDimension">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this is an inspection dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.Jogged">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the dimension is jogged.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.LeaderFromCenter">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the leader starts from the center of the arc or the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.ModelValue">
            <summary>Property that gets the dimension value as defined in the model or as measured in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.ModelValueOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the model value is overridden for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.OverrideModelValue">
            <summary>Gets and sets the NominalValue setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sheet of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.Precision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the Precision setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.PromoteToSketch">
            <summary>Method that copies the dimension to the underlying sketch. This method only works for dimensions associated with a draft view.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.Retrieved">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether the dimension was created as a result of retrieving it either from the model or a drawing view sketch. If True, the RetrievedFrom property returns the object that the dimension was retrieved from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.RetrievedFrom">
            <summary>Property that returns the object that this dimension was retrieved from. Possible return objects include all sketch constraint objects that derive from DimensionConstraint and their proxies, FeatureDimension and FeatureDimensionProxy. The property returns Nothing if the Retrieved property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.SecondArrowheadInside">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the second arrowhead is inside or outside.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.SecondArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of the second arrowhead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.SetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method automatically sets the IsInspectionDimension property to True, if it isn't already.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Optional input InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that specifies the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text. Valid values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder. If not specified, kNoInspectionBorder is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text placed left of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value. The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.ShowAllExtensionLines">
            <summary>Method that un-hides all the extension lines associated with this dimension. If there are no hidden extension lines associated with this dimension, this method does nothing and returns a success.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.Style">
            <summary>Gets and sets the DimensionStyle associated with the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.Text">
            <summary>Gets and sets the DimensionText setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.Tolerance">
            <summary>Property that returns the Tolerance object associated with this dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.TolerancePrecision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the precision of the tolerance text for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusGeneralDimension.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RadiusModelDimension">
            <summary>The RadiusModelDimension object represents a radius model dimension in a part or assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimension.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimension.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimension.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimension.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the definition associated with this dimension.&amp;nbsp;When reading this property, the definition returned remains associated to the dimension and any changes made to the definition will be immediately reflected in the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusModelDimension.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusModelDimension.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusModelDimension.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusModelDimension.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimension.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimension.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimension.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimension.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimension.ModelValue">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the dimension value as defined in the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimension.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimension.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimension.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimension.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimension.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimension.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition">
            <summary>The RadiusModelDimensionDefinition provides access to all of the information that defines a radius model dimension.  It is derived from the ModelDimensionDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.AnnotationPlane">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the annotation plane for the dimension.&amp;nbsp;Will return nothing in the case where the ModelDimensionDefinition object is transient and not associated with a dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the annotation plane definition for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.ArrowheadType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of the first arrowhead. This is a style override.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this RadiusModelDimensionDefinition object. The new RadiusModelDimensionDefinition object is independent of any dimension. It can edited and used as input to edit an existing dimension or to create a new dimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.GetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum@,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method returns an error if the IsInspectionDimension property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Output InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that indicates the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text.  Valid return values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text placed left of the dimension value.  The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.  For instance, it can contain “&amp;lt;StyleOverride Font='AIGDT'&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/StyleOverride&amp;gt;Hi They'WithI donno p” to specify &lt;img src="..\images\CircleM.png"&gt;.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Output string that returns the text  (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value.  The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.  For instance, it can contain “&amp;lt'StyleOverride&amp;gt; Font='AIGDT'&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/StyleOverride&amp;gt;” to specify &lt;img src="..\images\CircleM.png"&gt;.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.Intent">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the geometric entity associated with the dimension.&amp;nbsp;For a radius dimension this must be a circular edge, circular sketch entity, or a cylindrical face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.IsArrowheadInside">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the&amp;nbsp;arrowhead is inside or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.IsInspectionDimension">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether this is an inspection dimension.&amp;nbsp;Inspection dimensions are used during the quality control process. They are formatted specifically to indicate which dimensions must be checked before accepting a part. The dimens.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.IsJogged">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the dimension is jogged.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.IsLeaderFromCenter">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the leader starts from the center of the arc or the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.IsModelValueOverridden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the model value is overridden for the dimension.&amp;nbsp;Setting the OverrideModelValue property automatically toggles this property to True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.IsValidAnnotationPlane(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns the wheather a planer object is valid to be used as an annotation plane for this model dimension.</summary>
            <param name="pPlane">
                <summary>Input planar object to check if it can be an annotation plane for the model dimension. This can be a Face or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.IsValueHidden">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to display the dimension value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.LandingPosition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the landing position of the dimension. The point is projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.OverrideModelValue">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the display value for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent model annotation that the definition is associated with.&amp;nbsp;This property will return Nothing in the case where the definition is not associated with any annotation.&amp;nbsp;This is the case when it’s been created using one of the create definition methods and when it’s been copied from another definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.Precision">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the number of decimal places displayed for this dimension. Values are truncated and rounded to the specified precision.&amp;nbsp;Valid range of values is 0 to 8.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.SetInspectionDimensionData(Inventor.InspectionDimensionShapeEnum,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data associated with an inspection dimension. This method automatically sets the IsInspectionDimension property to True, if it isn’t already.</summary>
            <param name="Shape">
                <summary>Optional input InspectionDimensionShapeEnum that specifies the border shape surrounding the inspection dimension text.  Valid values are kNoInspectionBorder, kAngularEndsInspectionBorder and kRoundedEndsInspectionBorder.  If not specified, kNoInspectionBorder is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Label">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text placed left of the dimension value.  The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.  For instance, it can contain “&amp;lt;StyleOverride Font='AIGDT'&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/StyleOverride&amp;gt;” to specify &lt;img src="..\images\CircleM.png"&gt;.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rate">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the text  (typically a percentage value) placed to the right of the dimension value.  The string can contain symbols specified using the StyleOverride tag.  For instance, it can contain “&amp;lt;StyleOverride Font='AIGDT'&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/StyleOverride&amp;gt;” to specify &lt;img src="..\images\CircleM.png"&gt;.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.Text">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the text of the dimension.&amp;nbsp;Properties on the returned ModelAnnotationText object can be edited to change the displayed text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.TextPosition">
            <summary>Read-write property that controls the position of the dimension text.&amp;nbsp;When being set, the input point will be projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.Tolerance">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Tolerance object associated with this dimension. Methods and properties on the returned Tolerance object can be used to add/edit tolerance information for the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.TolerancePrecision">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the number of decimal places displayed for this dimension tolerance. Values are truncated and rounded to the specified precision.&amp;nbsp;Valid range of values is 0 to 8.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy">
            <summary>RadiusModelDimensionProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy.CompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelCompositeAnnotation object if this annotation is a member of it. This returns Nothing if the IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the definition associated with this dimension.&amp;nbsp;When reading this property, the definition returned remains associated to the dimension and any changes made to the definition will be immediately reflected in the dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ModelDimension.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy.GetDisplayGeometry(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Boolean[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns simple linear geometry that represents the display geometry of the annotation.&amp;nbsp;The result is returned as groups of connected lines (polylines).&amp;nbsp;Groups can optionally be filled with internal voids.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GroupCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the number of groups.  A group is a set of related polylines where there can be one outer and multiple inner polylines.  Groups can optionally also be filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylinesPerGroup">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of polylines in each of the groups.  The array size will be GroupCount where each value of this array indicates the number of polylines within each group.
When reading the polylines within a group, the first polyline is the outer polyline and any additional closed polylines represent internal voids if the group is filled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FilledGroups">
                <summary>Output array of Booleans that indicates which groups are filled.  A value of True indicates the corresponding group is filled.  The array size will be GroupCount.  If a group is filled, the first polyline in the group defines the outer loop.  Any other polylines for that group represent internal loops and voids in the fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of polylines.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that indicates the number of vertices used in each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates the total number of vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy.GetFilledAreaFacetsInfo(Inventor.Camera,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the filled areas of the annotation.</summary>
            <param name="Camera">
                <summary>Input Camera object that specifies the view orientation. This can either be a transient Camera object or that got from View object etc.. And the camera properties can be changed but not applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled texts.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled texts. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled text vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolFacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of filled symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the filled symbols. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolVertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the filled symbol vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets the internal name (GUID) of the model annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy.IsMemberOfCompositeAnnotation">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is a member of a ModelCompositeAnnotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy.IsOwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns whether this annotation is owned by a ModelToleranceFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy.ModelValue">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the dimension value as defined in the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy.Name">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy.OwnedByToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the owning ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent component definition of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy.TopToleranceFeature">
            <summary>Returns the top ModelToleranceFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the annotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensions">
            <summary>The RadiusModelDimensions collection object provides access to all of the radial model dimensions in a part or assembly and provides functionality to create new radius dimensions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensions.Add(Inventor.RadiusModelDimensionDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates an angular dimension.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input RadiusModelDimensionDefinition object that defines the dimension to be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensions.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensions.CreateDefinition(Inventor.GeometryIntent,Inventor.AnnotationPlaneDefinition,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that creates a radius dimension definition.&amp;nbsp;This is a not a radius dimension but an object that encapsulates all of the information that defines a dimension.&amp;nbsp;You use the methods an properties of this object to define the dimension you want to create and then provide it as input to the Add method.</summary>
            <param name="Intent">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that defines the geometry to dimension to.  For a radius dimension this can be a circular edge, cylindrical face, sketch arc, or sketch circle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnnotationPlaneDefinition">
                <summary>Input AnnotationPlaneDefinition object that defines the annotation plane the annotation will be created on.  An existing annotation plane can be specified by using the AnnotationPlaneDefinition object associated with the existing annotation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LandingPosition">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the landing position of the dimension.  The point will be projected onto the orientation plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensions.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  You can provide either the index of the item in the collection, where the first item is index 1, or you can provide the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RadiusModelDimensions.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kRadiusModelDimensionsObject indicating this objects type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern">
            <summary>The RectangularOccurrencePattern object represents a rectangular pattern of assembly occurrences.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.ColumnCount">
            <summary>Property returning the Parameter object that controls the number of columns.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.ColumnEntity">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the entity used to define the column (x) direction of the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.ColumnEntityNaturalDirection">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether the column direction is in the natural direction of the column entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.ColumnOffset">
            <summary>Property returning the Parameter object that controls the distance between columns.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the pattern.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.IsPatternElement">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this occurrence pattern is itself an element of a parent pattern. In the case where this occurrence pattern represents a pattern element, this property returns True. The PatternElement property can be used to get that pattern element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.OccurrencePatternElement">
            <summary>Property returning a specific element within a pattern. The pattern element returned for row 1, column 1 will contain the components that were provided as input for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.OccurrencePatternElements">
            <summary>Property returning an OccurrencePatternElements collection object. The first element within this collection will contain the components that were provided as input for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.ParentComponents">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the components used as input for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.PatternElement">
            <summary>Property that returns the pattern element this occurrence pattern represents. In the case where this occurrence pattern is not part of a parent pattern this property returns Nothing. The IsPatternElement property can be used to check if this occurrence pattern is part of a parent pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.RowCount">
            <summary>Property returning the Parameter object that controls the number of rows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.RowEntity">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the entity used to define the row (x) direction of the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.RowEntityNaturalDirection">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether the row direction is in the natural direction of the row entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.RowOffset">
            <summary>Property returning the Parameter object that controls the distance between rows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.Suppress(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Suppress the occurrence pattern.</summary>
            <param name="SkipDocumentSave">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to skip document save or not. Default to False indicating the dirty documents will be saved.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.Suppressed">
            <summary>Returns the suppress state of the occurrence pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.Unsuppress">
            <summary>Unsuppress the occurrence pattern.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePattern.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible property for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.ColumnCount">
            <summary>Property returning the Parameter object that controls the number of columns.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.ColumnEntity">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the entity used to define the column (x) direction of the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.ColumnEntityNaturalDirection">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether the column direction is in the natural direction of the column entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.ColumnOffset">
            <summary>Property returning the Parameter object that controls the distance between columns.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the pattern.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.IsPatternElement">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this occurrence pattern is itself an element of a parent pattern. In the case where this occurrence pattern represents a pattern element, this property returns True. The PatternElement property can be used to get that pattern element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.OccurrencePatternElement">
            <summary>Property returning a specific element within a pattern. The pattern element returned for row 1, column 1 will contain the components that were provided as input for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.OccurrencePatternElements">
            <summary>Property returning an OccurrencePatternElements collection object. The first element within this collection will contain the components that were provided as input for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.ParentComponents">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the components used as input for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.PatternElement">
            <summary>Property that returns the pattern element this occurrence pattern represents. In the case where this occurrence pattern is not part of a parent pattern this property returns Nothing. The IsPatternElement property can be used to check if this occurrence pattern is part of a parent pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.RowCount">
            <summary>Property returning the Parameter object that controls the number of rows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.RowEntity">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the entity used to define the row (x) direction of the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.RowEntityNaturalDirection">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether the row direction is in the natural direction of the row entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.RowOffset">
            <summary>Property returning the Parameter object that controls the distance between rows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.Suppress(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Suppress the occurrence pattern.</summary>
            <param name="SkipDocumentSave">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to skip document save or not. Default to False indicating the dirty documents will be saved.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Returns the suppress state of the occurrence pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.Unsuppress">
            <summary>Unsuppress the occurrence pattern.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularOccurrencePatternProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible property for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature">
            <summary>The RectangularPatternFeature object represents rectangular pattern feature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.AddParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Add the specified occurrence from the list of participants for this feature. This method only applies to assembly features.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence to add.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition object associated with this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.PatternElements">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection that contains the elements created by this pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.SurfacesOpaque">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all the resulting surfaces are opaque or transparent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.SurfacesVisible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all the resulting surfaces are visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition">
            <summary>Part Rectangular Pattern Definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.AffectedBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the collection of bodies affected by this feature. If this property is not set for multi-body parts, the default solid body is used as the affected body.&amp;nbsp;This property applies only to features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.AffectedOccurrences">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the collection of occurrences that should participate in this feature. If this property is not set, all possible occurrences will participate.&amp;nbsp;This property applies only to features in an assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.BoundarySetting">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the PatternBoundarySetting object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.ComputeType">
            <summary>Read-write property that that indicates the method of solution for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.HasBoundarySettingConfigured">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether this pattern has boundary setting configured or not. When set this property it can only be set from True to False to clear the boundary setting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.NaturalXDirection">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the flag that indicates if the direction of the pattern is in the natural direction of the XDirectionEntity or reversed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.NaturalYDirection">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the flag that indicates if the direction of the pattern is in the natural direction of the YDirectionEntity or reversed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.Operation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of operation used to add the feature to the model.&amp;nbsp;Valid values are kNewBodyOperation and kJoinOperation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.OrientationMethod">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of operation used to add the feature to the model.&amp;nbsp;Valid values are kNewBodyOperation and kJoinOperation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.ParentFeatures">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the parent features of the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.PatternOfBody">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets whether this pattern resulted from patterning the SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.XCount">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the number of instances in the X direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.XDirectionEntity">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the X direction entity. This can be a linear Edge, a WorkAxis, a WorkPlane (normal is used), a planar Face (normal is used), or a GeometryIntent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.XDirectionMidPlanePattern">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the patterned occurrences should fall on either side of the original in the X direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.XDirectionSpacingType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the enum that indicates if the occurrences in the x-direction have been fitted within a specified distance. Valid values are kDefault, kFitted and kFitToPathLength.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.XDirectionStartPoint">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the X direction start point. This can be a vertex, planar sketch point or a 3D sketch point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.XSpacing">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the spacing between instances in the X direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.YCount">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the number of instances in the Y direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.YDirectionEntity">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the Y direction entity. This can be a linear Edge, a WorkAxis, a WorkPlane (normal is used), a planar Face (normal is used), or a GeometryIntent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.YDirectionMidPlanePattern">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the patterned occurrences should fall on either side of the original in the Y direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.YDirectionSpacingType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the enum that indicates if the occurrences in the y-direction have been fitted within a specified distance. Valid values are kDefault, kFitted and kFitToPathLength.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.YDirectionStartPoint">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the Y direction start point. This can be a vertex, planar sketch point or a 3D sketch point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition.YSpacing">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the spacing between instances in the Y direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.AddParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Add the specified occurrence from the list of participants for this feature. This method only applies to assembly features.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence to add.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition object associated with this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.PatternElements">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection that contains the elements created by this pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.SurfacesOpaque">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all the resulting surfaces are opaque or transparent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.SurfacesVisible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all the resulting surfaces are visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatures">
            <summary>The RectangularPatternFeatures object provides access to all of the objects in a component definition and provides methods to create additional RectangularPatternFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatures.AddByDefinition(Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new rectangular pattern feature.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition objet that defines the  RectangularPatternFeature you want to create.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatures.CreateDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.PatternSpacingTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new RectangularPatternFeatureDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="ParentFeatures">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that contains the features or solids to be patterned. The collection could contain the various part features, sheet metal features, work planes, work axes, work points, or SurfaceBody objects. If SurfaceBody objects are supplied, the only other objects that can be in the collection are work planes, work axes, work points, and surface part features.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XDirectionEntity">
                <summary>Input a linear entity that defines the first direction. This can be a linear Edge, a WorkAxis, a WorkPlane (normal is used), a planar Face (normal is used), or a GeometryIntent. When input GeometryIntent the geometry can be a non-linear Edge or Path, and the intent is used to specify a point on the geometry and the tangent direction at the point of the geometry will be used as the X-direction of the pattern feature.Use the CreatePath or CreateSpecifiedPath methods on the PartFeatures object to create a Path. The path can be a combination of 2D and 3D sketch elements.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NaturalXDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the direction of the pattern is in the natural direction of the XDirectionEntity or reversed. A value of True indicates it is in the natural direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XCount">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the number of instances in the X direction. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter will be created to control this value when the feature is created. If a string is input it can be any string that can be evaluated by Inventor to result in a unitless number.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XSpacing">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the spacing between instances in the X direction. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter will be created to control this value when the feature is created. If a string is input it can be any string that can be evaluated by Inventor to result in a unitless number. This input may be left unspecified only if the XSpacingType is kFitToPathLength and if the XDirectionEntity is not a work axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XSpacingType">
                <summary>Optional input PatternSpacingTypeEnum enum that indicates if the occurrences along the x direction are to be fitted within a specified distance. A value of kDefault indicates that the occurrences are to be separated by the specified distance. A value of kFitted indicates that all occurrences are to be fitted within the specified distance. A value of kFitToPathLength indicates that all occurrences are to be fitted within a distance equal to the length of the XDirectionEntity. The kFitToPathLength value is invalid in cases where the XDirectionEntity is a work axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection. This is the default property of the RectangularPatternFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RectangularPatternFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReferenceAssetValue">
            <summary>The ReferenceAssetValue object represents an asset value that consists of a reference to another asset.  The Value property will return an asset that exists within the same library.  When setting the value, the Asset you’re setting and the one you’re assigning must exist within a document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceAssetValue.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceAssetValue.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets the name of this value as seen in the Material or Appearance Browser. This can change based on the current Inventor language.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceAssetValue.HasMultipleValues">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this value has multiple values or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceAssetValue.IsReadOnly">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this asset value is read-only. If True any attempted edits will fail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceAssetValue.Name">
            <summary>Gets the key name of the value. This name will remain constant for all languages and is the name used as input to the Item property or the Asset object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceAssetValue.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent Asset object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceAssetValue.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kAssetValueObject indicating this object’s type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceAssetValue.Value">
            <summary>Gets and sets this asset value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceAssetValue.Values">
            <summary>Gets and sets the values associated with this asset value. HasMultipleValues property indicates if this property will be returning more than one value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceAssetValue.ValueType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the data type that the Value property for this AssetValue object will return.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>The ReferenceComponent object is the base class for the DerivedPartComponent and DerivedAssemblyComponent objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceComponent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceComponent.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceComponent.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceComponent.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceComponent.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceComponent.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceComponent.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceComponent.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceComponent.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceComponent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceComponent.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceComponent.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceComponent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReferenceComponents">
            <summary>Provides access to all of the objects that are owned by a particular PartComponentDefinition and have an external file reference.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceComponents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceComponents.DerivedAliasComponents">
            <summary>Property that returns the DerivedAliasComponents collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceComponents.DerivedAssemblyComponents">
            <summary>Property that returns the DerivedAssemblyComponent collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceComponents.DerivedFutureAssemblyComponents">
            <summary>Gets the DerivedFutureAssemblyComponents collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceComponents.DerivedFuturePartComponents">
            <summary>Gets the DerivedFuturePartComponents collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceComponents.DerivedPartComponents">
            <summary>Property that returns the DerivedPartComponents collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceComponents.iFeatureTemplateDescriptors">
            <summary>Property that returns the iFeatureTemplateDescriptors collection object. This collection provides access to existing iFeatureTemplateDescriptor objects. Note: iFeatureTemplateDescriptors was previously known as iFeatureDescriptors and were accessed through the DerivativeDescriptors collection. The DerivativeDescriptors collection has been removed and is now obsolete.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceComponents.ImportedComponents">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ImportedComponents collection object.&amp;nbsp;This collection provides access to existing ImportedComponent objects and provides functionality to create new ImportedComponent objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceComponents.ShrinkwrapComponents">
            <summary>Gets the ShrinkwrapComponents collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceComponents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReferencedFileDescriptor">
            <summary>Object that represents a reference held within this Document, to a file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedFileDescriptor.DisplayName">
            <summary>Property that returns the display name of the document. This is the name that is displayed for a document when it is open within Autodesk Inventor. By default, it is the same as the filename, but it can be changed using the DisplayName property of the Document and ApprenticeServerDocument objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedFileDescriptor.DocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Gets the corresponding DocumentDescriptor for this descriptor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedFileDescriptor.DocumentType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of document being referenced.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedFileDescriptor.FileSaveCounter">
            <summary>Property that returns the current value of the file save counter of the referenced document. This counter is incremented whenever the referenced file is saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedFileDescriptor.FullFileName">
            <summary>Property that returns the full filename of the referenced file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferencedFileDescriptor.GetCustomLogicalFileName">
            <summary>Obtains the custom logical name of the file saved in this Document.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferencedFileDescriptor.GetLogicalFileName(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the logical filename information for the reference. The logical filename is essentially the relative path, including the filename, of the file where the path is evaluated using the project paths.</summary>
            <param name="RelativeFileName">
                <summary>Output String value that specifies the relative path and filename of the reference.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LibraryName">
                <summary>Output String value that specifies the name of the library if the reference is to a library file. If it is not in a library it returns an empty string.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferencedFileDescriptor.PutCustomLogicalFileName(System.Byte[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets the custom logical filename for the reference.</summary>
            <param name="CustomLogicalFileName">
                <summary>Input Byte array that specifies the custom logical name associated with the file.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferencedFileDescriptor.PutLogicalFileNameUsingFull(System.String)">
            <summary>Posts the logical file name of the referenced file indirectly, by supplying its full filename.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedFileDescriptor.ReferencedDocument">
            <summary>Property that returns the Document object being referenced.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedFileDescriptor.ReferenceStatus">
            <summary>Property returning a constant indicating the status of the file reference.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReferencedFileDescriptors">
            <summary>Object that holds a collection of ReferencedFileDescriptor interfaces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedFileDescriptors.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedFileDescriptors.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedFileDescriptors.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns the specified ReferencedFileDescriptor object from the collection. This is the default property of the ReferencedFileDescriptors collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedFileDescriptors.ItemByName">
            <summary>Allows string-indexed access to items in the collection. Usually found when this ability has been added to an pre-existing collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedFileDescriptors.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor">
            <summary>The ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor object represents an OLE reference to another file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor.Activate(Inventor.OLEVerbEnum,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that causes the OLE file to be activated by the process currently registered to handle that type of document.</summary>
            <param name="Verb">
                <summary>Input value that specifies how OLE should activate the document. Valid values are\: kDefaultOLEVerb\: Perform the default action. kEditOpenOLEVerb\: Open the document is a separate window for editing. kHideOLEVerb\: Open the document but keep its application hidden. kShowOLEVerb\: Open the document and show the application if it's been hidden. Otherwise this has the same behavior as kEditOpenOLEVerb.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OLEDocumentObject">
                <summary>Output object that if supported by the opening application is the object just opened. For example if an Excel spreadsheet is referenced and is activated this argument will return the WorkBook object for the file just opened.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor.BrowserVisible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets visible of the file reference in 3rdPartyFolder.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the reference file attachment.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the display name of the file as currently found (or the last known display name, if reference is not found).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor.FileDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the corresponding FileDescriptor object. The ReplaceReference method on the returned object can be used to replace the referenced file. This property returns Nothing for embeddings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor.FullFileName">
            <summary>Property that returns the full path name of the file as currently found (or the last known full file name, if reference is not found). This property returns a null string for an embedding descriptor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor.LastKnownFileTime">
            <summary>Property that returns the time stamp on the file when it was last reviewed. This property returns Nothing for embeddings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor.LogicalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the logical name of the reference. This is essentially the relative path used by Autodesk Inventor to find the file using the project paths as the search paths.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor.OLEDocumentType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of OLE reference this represents. Valid values are kOLEDocumentEmbeddingObject, kOLEDocumentLinkObject, or kOLEDocumentUnknownObject.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Document (in Inventor) or ApprenticeServerDocument (in Apprentice).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor.ReferenceMonitoring">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether the referenced file is monitored by Inventor for changes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor.ReferenceStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns the current status of the file reference. This property returns kUpToDateReference for embeddings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether the linked/embedded object is visible in the graphics window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptors">
            <summary>The ReferencedOLEFileDescriptors collection object contains information about all linked and embedded files within a document. Embeddings are not accessible in Apprentice.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptors.Add(System.String,Inventor.OLEDocumentTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor by linking/embedding a file. The newly created ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor is returned.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full filename of the file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Type">
                <summary>Constant indicating the OLE document type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptors.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptors.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptors.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor object from the collection. This is the default property of the ReferencedOLEFileDescriptors collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptors.ItemByName">
            <summary>Returns the specified ReferencedOLEFileDescriptor object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOLEFileDescriptors.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptor">
            <summary>Object that represents an opaque reference held in this Document to a file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptor.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptor.Delete">
            <summary>Deletes the opaque reference (does not delete the referenced file).</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptor.FullFileName">
            <summary>Gets the full path name of the file as currently found (or the last known full file name, if reference is not found).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptor.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptor.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptors">
            <summary>Object that holds a collection of Opaquely-Referenced File Descriptor objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptors.Add(System.String)">
            <summary>Creates an Opaque reference to the specified file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full filename of a file.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptors.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptors.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptors.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptors.ItemByName">
            <summary>Allows string-indexed access to items in the collection. Usually found when this ability has been added to an pre-existing collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferencedOpaqueFileDescriptors.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReferenceFeature">
            <summary>The ReferenceFeature object currently supports all of the methods and properties of the base PartFeature class.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity in the base part or assembly document. In the case of a derived assembly, the ReferencedEntity property returns the component occurrence in the base assembly that this ReferenceFeature represents. In the case of a derived part, the ReferencedEntity property can return a solid or surface body of the source part or a surface in the source part.. In cases where the component occurrence, solid or surface body entity is referencing a model entity, but the model entity no longer exists because it has been consumed by a subsequent modeling operation, this property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity in the base part or assembly document. In the case of a derived assembly, the ReferencedEntity property returns the component occurrence in the base assembly that this ReferenceFeature represents. In the case of a derived part, the ReferencedEntity property can return a solid or surface body of the source part or a surface in the source part.. In cases where the component occurrence, solid or surface body entity is referencing a model entity, but the model entity no longer exists because it has been consumed by a subsequent modeling operation, this property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReferenceFeatures">
            <summary>The ReferenceFeatures collection object provides access to all of the existing objects in a part component definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ReferenceFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReferenceFeaturesEnumerator">
            <summary>The ReferenceFeaturesEnumerator object enumerates through the objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeaturesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeaturesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ReferenceFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceFeaturesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReferenceKeyEvents">
            <summary>Object that provides access to events associated with custom reference keys.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceKeyEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceKeyEvents.OnBindKeyToObject(System.Byte[]@,System.Object,System.Object@,Inventor.SolutionNatureEnum@,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires when either the BindKeyToObject or CanBindKeyToObject method of the ReferenceKeyManager object is called with a custom reference key.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Document">
                <summary>The document object that the client obtained the ReferenceKeyManager object from and called the BindKeyToObject or CanBindKeyToObject method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Output object that was found as a result of binding the provided reference key.  The initial value of this argument is Nothing. 
In the case of multiple matches,  the client should return an ObjectCollection containing all the candidate matches. The primary match is always the first member of this collection. Except for the first element, the order is not significant.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MatchType">
                <summary>Output SolutionNatureEnum that returns the nature of the solution that was found.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Not currently used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates if you are handling the event.  kEventNotHandled indicates that the reference key is not yours and you’re not handling the binding.  kEventHandled indicates that the reference key is yours and you are handling the binding.  Even if the binding is unsuccessful you should return kEventHandled but with a match type of kNoSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceKeyEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReferenceKeyManager">
            <summary>Reference key manager object. This object provides methods to create and save reference key contexts as well as bind reference keys to their targets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceKeyManager.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceKeyManager.BindKeyToObject(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method to bind a reference key to the persistent object within the document.&amp;nbsp;Returns a specific object, if there is a unique solution.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input array of Bytes that contains the reference key to bind back.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context to use. This must reference the same context data that was used when the key was originally generated.  The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (SurfaceBody, Face, Edge, etc.).  For other entity types it is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MatchType">
                <summary>Output SolutionNatureEnum that returns the nature of the solution that was found.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceKeyManager.CanBindKeyToObject(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32,System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether the key can be bound to an entity or not.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Array of bytes that contains a reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context to use. This must reference the same context data that was used when the key was originally generated.  The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (SurfaceBody, Face, Edge, etc.).  For other entity types it is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Optional output object that returns the object if the bind was successful. An ObjectCollection is returned if multiple matches are found. Returns Nothing if the method returns False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Optional output NameValueMap object that returns information about the binding process.
Possible values:
ObjectSuppressed As Boolean. Indicates whether the bind failed because the object is in a suppressed occurrence.
ObjectMissing As Boolean. Indicates whether the bind failed because the object is in a missing (unresolved) occurrence.
ObjectDeleted As Boolean. Indicates whether the bind failed because the object is in a deleted occurrence.
KnownOccurrencePath As ComponentOccurrence. Contains the known occurrence path in which the object lives.
MatchType As SolutionNatureEnum. Contains the nature of the solution if found.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceKeyManager.CreateKeyContext">
            <summary>Method to create a key context to use in the creation of reference keys.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceKeyManager.KeyToString(System.Byte[]@)">
            <summary>Converts a ReferenceKey byte array to a Base64 encoded string.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>The reference key to convert.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceKeyManager.LoadContextFromArray(System.Byte[]@)">
            <summary>Method to load a previously saved key context from an array of data.</summary>
            <param name="ContextData">
                <summary>Input Byte array that specifies the context data as written out by a call to SaveContextToArray.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceKeyManager.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceKeyManager.ReleaseKeyContext(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Specifies a key context to release.</summary>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceKeyManager.SaveContextToArray(System.Int32,System.Byte[]@)">
            <summary>Method to save a key context out as an array of data.</summary>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities ( , FaceShell, Face and so on).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Result">
                <summary>Output Byte array that returns the context data.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceKeyManager.StringToKey(System.String,System.Byte[]@)">
            <summary>Converts a string to a reference key byte array.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKeyString">
                <summary>The string to convert that represents a reference key.  The string is a Base64 encoding of the original byte data representing the reference key.  Typically it is created by calling the ReferenceKeyManager.KeyToString method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>The resultant reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceKeyManager.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReferenceParameter">
            <summary>Object that represents a parameter that was created automatically by Autodesk Inventor as the result of creating an driven dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.BuiltIn">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this is an Inventor-generated parameter or an API-created one. Returns True if it is Inventor-generated.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.Comment">
            <summary>Gets the user comments against this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.ConvertToModelParameter">
            <summary>Method that causes the parameter to be converted to a model parameter. The new ModelParameter object is returned. This method will fail if this is a built-in parameter (indicated by the BuiltIn property).</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.ConvertToUserParameter">
            <summary>Method that causes the parameter to be converted to a user parameter. The new UserParameter object is returned. This method will fail if this is a built-in parameter (indicated by the BuiltIn property).</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.CustomPropertyFormat">
            <summary>Property that returns the CustomPropertyFormat object associated with this parameter. The CustomPropertyFormat provides control over how the parameter value is formatted when it is exposed as a custom iProperty.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this Parameter.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.Dependents">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that have a direct dependency on the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets the action types valid for this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.DisplayFormat">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display format for the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.DrivenBy">
            <summary>Method that returns the collection objects that the parameter is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.ExposedAsProperty">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the Boolean indicating if this parameter is exposed as a property of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.Expression">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the string that denotes the algebraic expression making up the definition of this parameter. Maybe a constant. 'Set' may not be allowed on some parameter types. When set this for Text parameter, the expression value should be quoted by quotation marks at beginning and ending of a string(like """I am Jack""").</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.ExpressionList">
            <summary>Property that returns the expression list associated with this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.InUse">
            <summary>Property that returns whether whether this parameter is currently in use (by a dimension, feature or by any other parameter).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.IsKey">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this parameter is a key parameter or not. Key parameters are typically those that need to be easily accessed and are designated as key to be filtered out from the rest of the parameters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.ModelValue">
            <summary>Property that returns the evaluation of this parameter (in database units) that is currently used by the model. This takes into account the value computed from the expression and the tolerance. This method is only valid for numeric unit types and will fail for Text and Boolean unit types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.ModelValueType">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the setting which is used for determining the method used to compute the model value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.ParameterType">
            <summary>Property that allows you to get the type of the parameter. The parameter type can be either kModelParameterType, kDerivedParameter, kFinishParameter,&amp;nbsp;kReferenceParameterType, kTableParameterType, or kUserParameterType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Document of this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.Precision">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the the number of decimal places displayed for this parameter. Note that the precision is used when applying a standard tolerance to the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.Renamed">
            <summary>Gets whether the ModelParameter has been renamed by the user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.Tolerance">
            <summary>Property that returns the tolerance for this parameter. This property returns Nothing in the case where the unit type of this parameter is kTextUnits or kBooleanUnits.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.Units">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the units of the parameter. Note that the units is always retrieved as a string, but may be set using a constant from UnitsTypeEnum. 'Set' may not be allowed on some parameter types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameter.Value">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the value of this parameter. Numeric values are in database units. Setting this is equivalent to setting the 'Expression' with a constant string. 'Set' may not be allowed on some parameter types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReferenceParameters">
            <summary>Provides access to the objects of the component definition the collection was obtained from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceParameters.AddByExpression(System.String,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new reference parameter given a name and expression.</summary>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the equation for the parameter. This string is evaluated the same way as strings entered in any of the Inventor dialogs are evaluated. For example 'x + 3 in / 2 cm' is a valid string for input.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UnitsSpecifier">
                <summary>Input value that specifies the type of unit the parameter is. The units can be specified using either a string defining a valid unit or an item from the UnitsTypeEnum. If the equation references existing parameters, this unit type must be consistent with the unit type defined by the equation, otherwise an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input String value that specifies the name for the parameter. The name must be unique with respect to all other parameters in this document. If a unique name is not specified an error will occur. If not specified, a unique name generated by Inventor is assigned to the parameter.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReferenceParameters.AddByValue(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new reference parameter given a name and equation.</summary>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Input Double value that specifies the value for the parameter. This value is given in database units for the unit type defined by the UnitsSpecifier argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UnitsSpecifier">
                <summary>Input value that specifies the type of unit the parameter is. The units can be specified using either a string defining a valid unit or an item from the UnitsTypeEnum. If the equation references existing parameters, this unit type must be consistent with the unit type defined by the equation, otherwise an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input String value that specifies the name for the parameter. The name must be unique with respect to all other parameters in this document. If a unique name is not specified an error will occur. If not specified, a unique name generated by Inventor is assigned to the parameter.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameters.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameters.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ReferenceParameter object from the collection. This is the default property of the ReferenceParameters collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReferenceParameters.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RefoldFeature">
            <summary>The RefoldFeature object (together with it's complementary UnfoldFeature object) allows sheet metal features to be added when the model is flat (unfolded) and then the model can be refolded.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.Bends">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of Bend objects refolded by this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RefoldFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RefoldFeature.Edit(Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that edits an existing refold feature. The stop node should be positioned immediately before this feature before calling this method so that all of the input is available and in a valid state.</summary>
            <param name="StationaryFace">
                <summary>Input Face object that specifies the geometry that will remain fixed while other geometry refolds. See Remarks.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Bends">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that defines the bend(s) to refold. The bends specified must be in an unfolded state (IsFlat equals True). Not providing this argument or inputting Nothing indicates that all flat bends are to be refolded.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Sketches">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that specifies any sketches to be copied and transformed as part of the folding operation. The input sketches must be a child of one of the faces being folded. Also only one sketch per folded face is allowed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RefoldFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RefoldFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.InputSketches">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketches that were specifies as \input when creating this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RefoldFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.ResultSketches">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketches that were created as a \result of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RefoldFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RefoldFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RefoldFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.StationaryFace">
            <summary>Property that returns the Face object that was specified as the stationary face during creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.Bends">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of Bend objects refolded by this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.Edit(Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that edits an existing refold feature. The stop node should be positioned immediately before this feature before calling this method so that all of the input is available and in a valid state.</summary>
            <param name="StationaryFace">
                <summary>Input Face object that specifies the geometry that will remain fixed while other geometry refolds. See Remarks.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Bends">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that defines the bend(s) to refold. The bends specified must be in an unfolded state (IsFlat equals True). Not providing this argument or inputting Nothing indicates that all flat bends are to be refolded.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Sketches">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that specifies any sketches to be copied and transformed as part of the folding operation. The input sketches must be a child of one of the faces being folded. Also only one sketch per folded face is allowed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.InputSketches">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketches that were specifies as \input when creating this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.ResultSketches">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketches that were created as a \result of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.StationaryFace">
            <summary>Property that returns the Face object that was specified as the stationary face during creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RefoldFeatures">
            <summary>Object allowing iteration of the collection of RefoldFeature objects, and allows creation of RefoldFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RefoldFeatures.Add(Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new refold feature.</summary>
            <param name="StationaryFace">
                <summary>Input Face object that specifies the geometry that will remain fixed while other geometry refolds. See Remarks.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Bends">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that defines the bend(s) to refold. The bends specified must be in an unfolded state (IsFlat equals True). Not providing this argument or inputting Nothing indicates that all flat bends are to be refolded.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Sketches">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that specifies any sketches to be copied and transformed as part of the folding operation. The input sketches must be a child of one of the faces being folded. Also only one sketch per folded face is allowed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of RefoldFeature objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified RefoldFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RefoldFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RegionProperties">
            <summary>The RegionProperties object. This object provides information relating to a profile region, including centroid, perimeter, rotation angle, moments of inertia, and axes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RegionProperties.Accuracy">
            <summary>Get and sets the desired accuracy of calculations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RegionProperties.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RegionProperties.Area">
            <summary>Property that returns the area of the section in database units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RegionProperties.Centroid">
            <summary>Property that returns the centroid of the section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RegionProperties.CentroidMomentsOfInertia(System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the moments of inertia about the centroid of the section.</summary>
            <param name="Ixx">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the XX partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Iyy">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the YY partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Izz">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the ZZ partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ixy">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the XY partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Iyz">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the YZ partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ixz">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the XZ partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RegionProperties.GetTorsionProperties(System.Double@,System.Double@,Inventor.Point@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that returns torsion coefficients of sketch profile.</summary>
            <param name="Torsion">
                <summary>The torsion value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="WorstStressValue">
                <summary>WorstStressValue</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="WorstStressPosition">
                <summary>WorstStressPosition</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FiniteElementNodeCount">
                <summary>FiniteElementNodeCount</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RegionProperties.MomentsOfInertia(System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the moments of inertia about the sketch origin.</summary>
            <param name="Ixx">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the XX partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Iyy">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the YY partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Izz">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the ZZ partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ixy">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the XY partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Iyz">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the YZ partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ixz">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the XZ partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RegionProperties.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RegionProperties.Perimeter">
            <summary>Property that returns the perimeter of the section in database units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RegionProperties.PrincipalAxes(Inventor.Vector@,Inventor.Vector@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the principal axes.</summary>
            <param name="XAxis">
                <summary>Output Vector object that indicates the direction of the X axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YAxis">
                <summary>Output Vector object that indicates the direction of the Y axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RegionProperties.PrincipalMomentsOfInertia(System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the moments of inertia about the principal axes.</summary>
            <param name="Ix">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the first moment of inertia.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Iy">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the second moment of inertia.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Iz">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the third moment of inertia.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RegionProperties.RadiusOfGyration(System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the radius of gyration about the principal axes.</summary>
            <param name="Kxx">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the X partial radius of gyration.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Kyy">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the Y partial radius of gyration.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Kzz">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the Z partial radius of gyration.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RegionProperties.RotationAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns the angle of rotation of the principal axes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RegionProperties.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RenderStyle">
            <summary>The RenderStyle object provides access to all of the properties that define a specific rendering style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RenderStyle.ApproximateFromRealisticAppearance">
            <summary>Method that extracts information (such as ambient color, diffuse color, etc.) from the associated realistic material and assigns it to the render style. Calling this method \returns an error if there is no associated realistic material.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.BumpMapAmount">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the amount of apparent bumpiness provided by the bump image. Valid range of values is from 0 to 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.BumpMapImageFilename">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the filename of the bitmap used for the bump map. The bump map image can be cleared by setting this to an empty string.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.BumpMapInvert">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to invert the bump effect on the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.BumpMapRotation">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the rotation of the bump map. The angle is defined in radians.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.BumpMapScale">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the scale of the bump map. Valid range of values is .01 to 10 indicating a range of 1% to 1000%.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.Category">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the category of the render style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RenderStyle.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style. This method fails if this style is already local. Use the Local property to determine whether the style is local.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RenderStyle.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that copies the rendering style and assigns the specified name to the copy. The new style is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="NewName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new rendering style. This name must be unique with respect to all other rendering styles in the document. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RenderStyle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the RenderStyle.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.DisplayInteriorFaces">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the visibility of interior faces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RenderStyle.GetAmbientColor(System.Byte@,System.Byte@,System.Byte@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the ambient color of the rendering style.</summary>
            <param name="Red">
                <summary>Output Byte that specifies the red component of the color. This value will be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Green">
                <summary>Output Byte that specifies the green component of the color. This value will be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Blue">
                <summary>Output Byte that specifies the blue component of the color. This value will be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RenderStyle.GetDiffuseColor(System.Byte@,System.Byte@,System.Byte@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the diffuse color of the rendering style.</summary>
            <param name="Red">
                <summary>Output Byte that specifies the red component of the color. This value will be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Green">
                <summary>Output Byte that specifies the green component of the color. This value will be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Blue">
                <summary>Output Byte that specifies the blue component of the color. This value will be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RenderStyle.GetEmissiveColor(System.Byte@,System.Byte@,System.Byte@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the emissive color of the rendering style.</summary>
            <param name="Red">
                <summary>Output Byte that specifies the red component of the color. This value will be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Green">
                <summary>Output Byte that specifies the green component of the color. This value will be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Blue">
                <summary>Output Byte that specifies the blue component of the color. This value will be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RenderStyle.GetProteinAsset(System.Object@)">
            <summary>Gets the Protein asset associated with the RenderStyle object as an IStream.</summary>
            <param name="Stream">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RenderStyle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RenderStyle.GetSpecularColor(System.Byte@,System.Byte@,System.Byte@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the specular color of the rendering style.</summary>
            <param name="Red">
                <summary>Output Byte that specifies the red component of the color. This value will be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Green">
                <summary>Output Byte that specifies the green component of the color. This value will be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Blue">
                <summary>Output Byte that specifies the blue component of the color. This value will be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that gets the internal name of the render style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this render style is in use in the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.Name">
            <summary>Property that indicates the name of this object or instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.Opacity">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the opacity of the render style. The opacity is defined using a value between 0 and 1. A value of 0 results in a completely translucent style while a value of 1 is completely opaque.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.RealisticAppearanceInternalName">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the realistic material associated with this render style using the internal name of the realistic material. This property returns a null string if there is no associated realistic material and can be set to a null string to clear the associated material.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.RealisticAppearanceName">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the realistic material associated with this render style using the display name of the realistic material. This property returns a null string if there is no associated realistic material and can be set to a null string to clear the associated material.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.RealisticAppearanceRotation">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the rotation to be applied to the realistic appearance texture. The angle is defined in radians. This property returns 0 if there is no associated realistic material.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.RealisticAppearanceScale">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the scale to be applied to the realistic appearance texture. Valid range of values is .01 to 10 indicating a range of 1% to 1000%. This property returns 1 if there is no associated realistic material.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.RealisticAppearanceThumbnail">
            <summary>Property that returns the thumbnail image of the associated realistic material. This property returns Nothing if there is no associated realistic material.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.ReflectionImageFilename">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Reflection image file name of the render style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.Reflectivity">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the reflectivity of the render style. The reflectivity is defined using a value between 0 and 1. A value of 0 results in a non-reflective rendering style while a value of 1 is very reflective.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.Refraction">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Refraction of the render style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RenderStyle.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>This method saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RenderStyle.SetAmbientColor(System.Byte,System.Byte,System.Byte)">
            <summary>Method that sets the ambient color of the rendering style.</summary>
            <param name="Red">
                <summary>Input Byte that specifies the red component of the color. This value must be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Green">
                <summary>Input Byte that specifies the green component of the color. This value must be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Blue">
                <summary>Input Byte that specifies the blue component of the color. This value must be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RenderStyle.SetDiffuseColor(System.Byte,System.Byte,System.Byte)">
            <summary>Method that sets the diffuse color of the rendering style.</summary>
            <param name="Red">
                <summary>Input Byte that specifies the red component of the color. This value must be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Green">
                <summary>Input Byte that specifies the green component of the color. This value must be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Blue">
                <summary>Input Byte that specifies the blue component of the color. This value must be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RenderStyle.SetEmissiveColor(System.Byte,System.Byte,System.Byte)">
            <summary>Method that sets the emissive color of the rendering style.</summary>
            <param name="Red">
                <summary>Input Byte that specifies the red component of the color. This value must be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Green">
                <summary>Input Byte that specifies the green component of the color. This value must be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Blue">
                <summary>Input Byte that specifies the blue component of the color. This value must be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RenderStyle.SetSpecularColor(System.Byte,System.Byte,System.Byte)">
            <summary>Method that sets the specular color of the rendering style.</summary>
            <param name="Red">
                <summary>Input Byte that specifies the red component of the color. This value must be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Green">
                <summary>Input Byte that specifies the green component of the color. This value must be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Blue">
                <summary>Input Byte that specifies the blue component of the color. This value must be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that indicates the location status ( ) of this render style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.TextureFilename">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the filename of the bitmap used for the texture. The texture can be cleared by setting this to an empty string.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.TextureRotation">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the rotation of the texture. The angle is defined in radians.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.TextureScale">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the scale of the texture.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RenderStyle.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyle.UpToDate">
            <summary>If a property of both a Local and Global style is changed, its UpToDate property returns False until UpdateFromGlobal is called. UpdateFromGlobal undoes any changes made locally on this style, so then the UpToDate property will return True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RenderStyles">
            <summary>The RenderStyles collection object allows for the creation of new objects and provides access to existing RenderStyle objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RenderStyles.Add(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new RenderStyle object. The name of the new style is specified, while the rendering attributes are initialized with the same values as the Default style.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the new rendering style. This name must be unique with respect to all other rendering styles defined in the document. The method will fail if the name is not unique.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyles.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyles.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyles.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object in the collection. The index can be numeric or the object name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyles.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RenderStyles.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReplaceFaceDefinition">
            <summary>Replace Face Definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReplaceFaceDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this ReplaceFaceDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceDefinition.ExistingFaces">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the faces that are being replaced.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceDefinition.NewFaces">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the new faces that are replacing the other faces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature">
            <summary>The ReplaceFaceFeature object represents a Replace Face feature, which is created interactively by using the Replace Face command on the Part Features menu.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the ReplaceFaceDefinition object associated with this replace face feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatures">
            <summary>The ReplaceFaceFeatures collection object represents a collection of objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatures.Add(Inventor.ReplaceFaceDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ReplaceFaceFeature. The newly created ReplaceFaceFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input ReplaceFaceDefinition object created using the CreateDefinition method.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatures.CreateDefinition(Inventor.FaceCollection,Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that creates a ReplaceFaceDefinition.</summary>
            <param name="ExistingFaces">
                <summary>Input FaceCollection object that specifies the faces that will be replaced. The faces must be part of a solid SurfaceBody and must all belong to the same SurfaceBody. 

All faces to be replaced need to be specified. All of the input faces must belong to the same SurfaceBody. The TangentiallyConnectedFaces method of the Face object can be useful in finding the set of faces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NewFaces">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that specifies the new faces.  The new faces can be work planes or Face objects, the Face objects can be from multiple SurfaceBody objects</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified ReplaceFaceFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ReplaceFaceFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RepresentationEvents">
            <summary>The RepresentationEvents object provides notification of representation events including creation, activation or deletion of design views or positional representations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RepresentationEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RepresentationEvents.OnActivateDesignView(Inventor.Document,Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a DesignViewRepresentation changes.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>Input AssemblyDocument object that indicates the document in which the change occurred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Representation">
                <summary>Input DesignViewRepresentation object that was just activated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the representation is activated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.  The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RepresentationEvents.OnActivateDesignViewRepresentation(Inventor.AssemblyDocument,Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a DesignViewRepresentation changes.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Representation">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RepresentationEvents.OnActivateLevelOfDetailRepresentation(Inventor.Document,Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentation,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a LevelOfDetailRepresentation changes.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Representation">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RepresentationEvents.OnActivatePositionalRepresentation(Inventor.AssemblyDocument,Inventor.PositionalRepresentation,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnActivatePositionalRepresentation event notifies the client when a positional representation is being activated.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The Document object the positional representation is being activated within.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Representation">
                <summary>The PositionalRepresentation object that is being activated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is sent before and after the positional representation has been activated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RepresentationEvents.OnDelete(Inventor.Document,System.Object,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnDelete event notifies the client when any representation related objects are deleted. These include positional representations and design views.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The Document object the deleted object is within.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>The representation that is being deleted. When the value of the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore, the object provided is the object before being deleted. When the value is kAfter, an object is also provided but since the actual entity has been deleted calling any methods or properties on the object will fail. The only thing that is valid to do with the object at this time is to compare it's identity with a reference previously saved. For example: Private m_oDeletedEntity As Object Private Sub oRepresentationEvents_OnDelete(ByVal DocumentObject As Document, ByVal Entity As Object, ByVal BeforeOrAfter As EventTimingEnum, ...) If BeforeOrAfter = kBefore Then ' Somehow Check to see if the representation being deleted is an interesting one. If Interesting(Entity) Then ' Save a reference to the object. Set m_oDeletedEntity = Entity End If Else ' Now we're either after the delete or it's been aborted. ' Check to see if the object is the interesting one. If Entity is m_oDeletedEntity Then If BeforeOrAfter = kAfter then ' The object was deleted. ElseIf BeforeOrAfter = kAbort Then ' The delete was aborted. End If End If End Sub</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is sent before and after the object is deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RepresentationEvents.OnNewDesignView(Inventor.Document,Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a DesignViewRepresentation is created.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>Input AssemblyDocument object that indicates the document in which the change occurred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Representation">
                <summary>Input DesignViewRepresentation object that was just created.  Nothing in the kBefore case.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the representation is created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.  The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RepresentationEvents.OnNewDesignViewRepresentation(Inventor.AssemblyDocument,Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a DesignViewRepresentation is created.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Representation">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RepresentationEvents.OnNewLevelOfDetailRepresentation(Inventor.Document,Inventor.LevelOfDetailRepresentation,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a LevelOfDetailRepresentation is created.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Representation">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RepresentationEvents.OnNewPositionalRepresentation(Inventor.AssemblyDocument,Inventor.PositionalRepresentation,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnNewPositionalRepresentation event notifies the client when a new positional representation is created.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The Document object the positional representation is being created within.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Representation">
                <summary>The new PositionalRepresentation object that has just been created. When the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore, this argument is Nothing since the positional representation has not yet been created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is sent before and after the positional representation has been created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RepresentationEvents.OnNewSectionView(Inventor.Document,Inventor.DesignViewRepresentation,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever an section view is created in part or assembly.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>Input Document object that indicates the document in which the change occurred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Representation">
                <summary>Input DesignViewRepresentation object that the section view is created in.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the section view is created. This notification is currently only provided after the section view is created so this is always kAfter.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. Additional information is provided through this argument to help in understanding the context of the notification.

&lt;P&gt;Name = “SectionViewType”. Value = A value from SectionViewTypeEnum that indicates which type of section view is just created or section view is ended.

&lt;P&gt;Name = “FirstSectionPlane”. Value = A Plane object that indicates the first section plane for quarter or three quarter section view and the section plane for the half section view. The normal of the section plane defines the section direction.

&lt;P&gt;Name = “SecondSectionPlane”. Value = A Plane object that indicates the second section plane for quarter or three quarter section view. The normal of the section plane defines the section direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.  The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RepresentationEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RepresentationEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RepresentationsManager">
            <summary>The RepresentationsManager object provides access to all types of representations in an assembly, and design view representations in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RepresentationsManager.ActiveDesignViewRepresentation">
            <summary>Property that returns the active DesignViewRepresentation object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RepresentationsManager.ActivePositionalRepresentation">
            <summary>Property that returns the active PositionalRepresentation object. This property returns Nothing in part documents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RepresentationsManager.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RepresentationsManager.DesignViewRepresentations">
            <summary>Property that returns the DesignViewRepresentations collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RepresentationsManager.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent AssemblyComponentDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RepresentationsManager.PositionalRepresentations">
            <summary>Property that returns the PositionalRepresentations collection object. This property returns Nothing in part documents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RepresentationsManager.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RestFeature">
            <summary>The RestFeature object represents a Rest sheet metal feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RestFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RestFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RestFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RestFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RestFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RestFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RestFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RestFeatures">
            <summary>The RestFeatures collection object provides access to the RestFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified RestFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RestFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevisionCloud">
            <summary>RevisionCloud Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloud.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloud.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionCloud.CopyTo(Inventor.Sheet,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that copies the revision cloud to specified sheet.</summary>
            <param name="TargetSheet">
                <summary>Input Sheet object that specifies the sheet to copy the revision cloud to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NewName">
                <summary>Optional input String value that specifies the name of the new revision cloud. If not provided the default name will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Optional input Point2d object that specifies the position on the sheet to copy the revision cloud to. If not provided the default position will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloud.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the RevisionCloudDefinition object associated with this revision cloud.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionCloud.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the RevisionCloud.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionCloud.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloud.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the RevisionCloud.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloud.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloud.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the revision cloud on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloud.RangeBox">
            <summary>Returns a Box2d object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloud.Sketch">
            <summary>Returns the associative DrawingSketch object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloud.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevisionCloudControlPoint">
            <summary>RevisionCloudControlPoint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloudControlPoint.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionCloudControlPoint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the RevisionCloudControlPoint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloudControlPoint.Index">
            <summary>Returns the index of the control point in the RevisionCloudControlPoint collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloudControlPoint.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloudControlPoint.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the control point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloudControlPoint.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevisionCloudControlPoints">
            <summary>RevisionCloudControlPoints Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionCloudControlPoints.Add(Inventor.Point2d,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new RevisionCloudControlPoint.</summary>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the position for a new revision cloud control point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional  input Long value that specifies the target index of the RevisionCloudControlPoint to add a new one next to. If not provided, default value 0 will be used which indicates the new control point will be added as the last one.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="After">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value that specifies whether the new added control point will be placed after the target index of the RevisionCloudControlPoint. If not provided this defaults to True.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloudControlPoints.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloudControlPoints.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloudControlPoints.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloudControlPoints.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevisionCloudDefinition">
            <summary>RevisionCloudDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloudDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloudDefinition.ControlPoints">
            <summary>Returns the RevisionCloudControlPoints object that handles control points of the revision cloud.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionCloudDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this RevisionCloudDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloudDefinition.Inverted">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the revision cloud is inverted or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloudDefinition.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloudDefinition.MaximumArcRadius">
            <summary>Gets and sets the maximum arc radius.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloudDefinition.MinimumArcRadius">
            <summary>Gets and sets the minimum arc radius.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloudDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloudDefinition.SetValuesAsDefault">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to set the arc radius values as default for next time when create a new RevisionCloudDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionCloudDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevisionClouds">
            <summary>RevisionClouds Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionClouds.Add(Inventor.RevisionCloudDefinition,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new revision cloud.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input RevisionCloudDefinition object that defines the revision cloud you want to create.  An RevisionCloudDefinition object can be created using the RevisionClouds.CreateRevisionCloudDefinition method.  It can also be obtained from an existing RevisionCloud object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional  input String value that specifies the name of the new RevisionCloud object. If not specified a default name will be applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionClouds.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionClouds.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionClouds.CreateRevisionCloudDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new RevisionCloudDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="ControlPoints">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection including Point2d objects that specify the control points to create revision cloud.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Optional input Layer object that specifies Layer for the revision cloud. If not provided, a default Layer will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Inverted">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value that specifies whether to invert the  revision cloud or not. If not provided, this defaults to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionClouds.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionClouds.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevisionIndexDefaults">
            <summary>RevisionIndexDefaults Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionIndexDefaults.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionIndexDefaults.AutoIndex">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to automatically set the index value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionIndexDefaults.IndexStartValue">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the index start value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionIndexDefaults.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionIndexDefaults.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionIndexDefaults.UpdatePropertyOnRevisionNumberEdit">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to update property on revision number edit or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionIndexDefaults.UseNumericIndex">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the revision index is numeric or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevisionTable">
            <summary>This object represent a revision table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.ColumnHeaderTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the column titles (headers).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTable.CopyTo(Inventor.Sheet)">
            <summary>Copies the revision table to another sheet, sheet scope revision tables may not be copied.</summary>
            <param name="TargetSheet">
                <summary>Input Sheet object that specifies the sheet to copy the revision table to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.DataTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the contents of the revision table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTable.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the RevisionTable.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTable.Export(System.String,Inventor.FileFormatEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Saves the revision table to an external file.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the file name to export the revision table to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileFormat">
                <summary>Input FileFormatEnum that specifies the file format to save to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap object that specifies additional options for export. Valid inputs are listed in the table below. NameValue TypeValid for export formats
TableNameStringkMicrosoftExcel
ExportedColumnsString containing semicolon separated column titlesAll
IncludeTitleBooleankMicrosoftExcel, kTextFileCommaDelimited, kTextFileTabDelimited, kUnicodeTextFileCommaDelimited, kUnicodeTextFileTabDelimited
StartingCellStringkMicrosoftExcel
TemplateStringkMicrosoftExcel
AutoFitColumnWidthBooleankMicrosoftExcel</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTable.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.HeadingGap">
            <summary>Gets the heading gap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.HeadingPlacement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the location of the heading.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.IsSheetScope">
            <summary>Gets whether the scope of the revision table is the entire drawing or the parent sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer used by the revision table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.MaximumRows">
            <summary>Gets and sets the maximum number of rows per section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.NumberOfSections">
            <summary>Gets and sets the number of columns to wrap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object of this RevisionTable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.Position">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the position of the RevisionTable on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.RevisionTableColumns">
            <summary>Property that returns the RevisionTableColumns collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.RevisionTableRows">
            <summary>Property that returns the RevisionTableRows collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.Rotation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the absolute rotation angle of the revision table in radians.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.RowGap">
            <summary>Gets the row gap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.RowLineSpacing">
            <summary>Gets and sets the spacing between the rows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.ShowTitle">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to show the title of the revision table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTable.Sort(System.String,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Changes the sort order of rows in the revision table.</summary>
            <param name="PrimaryColumnTitle">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the primary column to use for the sorting.  If the name of a non-existing column is provided, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PrimaryColumnAscending">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to sort from the lowest value to the highest or vice versa.  If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the sorting will be from the lowest value to the highest.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SecondaryColumnTitle">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the secondary column to use for the sorting.  If the name of a non-existing column or the primary column is provided, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SecondaryColumnAscending">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to sort from the lowest value to the highest or vice versa.  If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the sorting will be from the lowest value to the highest.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TertiaryColumnTitle">
                <summary>Optional input string that specifies the tertiary column to use for the sorting.  If the name of a non-existing column, the primary column or the secondary column is provided, an error occurs.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TertiaryColumnAscending">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to sort from the lowest value to the highest or vice versa.  If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the sorting will be from the lowest value to the highest.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.Style">
            <summary>Gets and sets the style associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.TableDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.Title">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the title of the RevisionTable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.TitleTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the title of the revision table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.UpdatePropertyToRevisionNumber">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether any edits made to the revision number cell in the active row are written back to either the Revision Number iProperty or sheet revision property (depending on the revision table scope).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.WrapAutomatically">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to split the table equally.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTable.WrapLeft">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the sections of the revision table are moved to the left or right when the number of rows increase.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevisionTableCell">
            <summary>The RevisionTableCell object represents an individual cell in the revision table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableCell.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableCell.FormattedText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets formatted text of the RevisionTable cell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableCell.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent RevisionTable object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableCell.StackedTextPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position (alignment) of the stacked text with respect to regular text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableCell.Text">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the text of the RevisionTable cell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableCell.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevisionTableColumn">
            <summary>This object represent a column in the revision table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableColumn.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableColumn.CustomPropertyName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the name of the custom property associated with this column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTableColumn.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the RevisionTable.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTableColumn.GetFilePropertyId(System.String@,System.Int32@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the id of the property associated with the column.</summary>
            <param name="PropertySetId">
                <summary>Output String that specifies the internal name of the property set that contains the property. This is the FMTID associated with the property set.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PropId">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the property id.  This value is unique within the specified property set.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableColumn.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent RevisionTable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableColumn.PropertyType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the property type associated with this column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTableColumn.Reposition(System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the column within the revision table.</summary>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the existing column next to which the column will be inserted.  The valid range of values is 0 to the number of existing columns in the table.  The position remains unchanged if the index of the column being moved is specified.  A value of 0 will put the column at the end.  If not specified, a default value of 0 is used, indicating that the column will be moved to the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBefore">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if the column should be inserted before or after the target index.  If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the column will be inserted before the target index.  This argument is ignored if the value of TargetIndex is 0.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableColumn.Title">
            <summary>Specifies the title of the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableColumn.TitleHorizontalJustification">
            <summary>Specifies the horizontal justification of the column title.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableColumn.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableColumn.ValueHorizontalJustification">
            <summary>Specifies the horizontal justification of the column values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableColumn.Width">
            <summary>Specifies the width of the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevisionTableColumns">
            <summary>This collection object represents the column objects in a revision table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTableColumns.Add(Inventor.RevisionTablePropertyEnum,System.String,System.Object,System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new revision table column based on a property.</summary>
            <param name="PropertyType">
                <summary>Input RevisionTablePropertyEnum that specifies the property type to associate with the column.  Valid values are kRevisionTableFileProperty, kRevisionTableCustomProperty, kRevisionTableDateProperty, kRevisionTableSheetProperty, kRevisionTableZoneProperty, kRevisionTableZoneSheetPropertyand kRevisionTableLtrProperty.  If kRevisionTableFileProperty is specified, the PropertySetId and PropertyIdentifier arguments are required.  If kRevisionTableCustomProperty is specified, the PropertyIdentifier argument is required.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PropertySetId">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the internal name of the property set that contains the property. This is the FMTID associated with the property set.  This argument is ignored if the input PropertyType is not kRevisionTableFileProperty.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PropertyIdentifier">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that identifies a property.  This could either be a Long value that specifies the PropId of a property within the specified property set or the name of a property.  Typically, a PropId should be specified when the input PropertyType is kRevisionTableFileProperty and a name should be specified when the input PropertyType is kRevisionTableCustomProperty.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the existing column next to which the new column will be inserted.  The valid range of values is 0 to the number of existing columns in the table.  A value of 0 will put the row at the end.  If not specified, a default value of 0 is used, indicating that the column will be added at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBefore">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if the column should be inserted before or after the target index.  If not specified, a default value of True is used.  This argument is ignored if the value of TargetIndex is 0.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableColumns.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableColumns.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableColumns.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Column object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableColumns.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevisionTableRow">
            <summary>This object represents a row in the revision table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableRow.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableRow.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableRow.Custom">
            <summary>Gets whether this is a custom row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTableRow.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the RevisionTableRow and any associated revision tags.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableRow.Height">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the height of the RevisionTable row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableRow.IsActiveRow">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether this is the active row of the revision table. When set this property it can only be set from False to True to make current RevisionTableRow the active row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableRow.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Cell object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableRow.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent RevisionTable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTableRow.Reposition(System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the row within the revision table.</summary>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the existing row next to which the row will be inserted.  The valid range of values is 0 to the number of existing rows in the table.  The position remains unchanged if the index of the row being moved is specified.  A value of 0 will put the row at the end.  If not specified, a default value of 0 is used, indicating that the row will be moved to the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBefore">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if the row should be inserted before or after the target index.  If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the row will be inserted before the target index.  This argument is ignored if the value of TargetIndex is 0.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableRow.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableRow.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the row is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevisionTableRows">
            <summary>This collection object represents row objects in the revision table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTableRows.Add">
            <summary>Method that creates a new RevisionTableRow. The new created RevisionTableRow is returned.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTableRows.AddCustom(System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Creates a new custom RevisionTableRow.</summary>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the existing row next to which the new row will be inserted.  The valid range of values is 0 to the number of existing rows in the table.  A value of 0 will put the row at the end.  If not specified, a default value of 0 is used, indicating that the row will be added at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBefore">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if the row should be inserted before or after the target index.  If not specified, a default value of True is used.  This argument is ignored if the value of TargetIndex is 0.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableRows.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableRows.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableRows.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified row object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableRows.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevisionTables">
            <summary>The RevisionTables collection object represents all the revision history tables on a sheet and provides methods to create additional tables.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTables.Add(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new RevisionTable. The new created RevisionTable is returned.</summary>
            <param name="PlacementPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the placement point of the revision table on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTables.Add2(Inventor.Point2d,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.String,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a new RevisionTable object on the sheet.</summary>
            <param name="PlacementPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the placement point of the revision table on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsSheetScope">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies the scope of the revision table - False indicates sheet scope and True indicates the entire drawing scope.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AutoIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to automatically index revision rows. If set to False, the revision cells remain blank.  This value is ignored if a revision table of the same scope (drawing or sheet) has already been created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AlphaIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the automatic indexing should be alphanumeric or numeric. Numeric by default.  This value is ignored if AutoIndex is set to False or a revision table of the same scope (drawing or sheet) has already been created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartValue">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the initial revision letter or number.  This value is ignored if AutoIndex is set to False or a revision table of the same scope (drawing or sheet) has already been created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RevisionTableStyle">
                <summary>Optional input RevisionTableStyle object that specifies the style to use for the table.  If not provided, the default style is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Optional input Layer object that specifies the layer to use for the revision table.  If not provided, the default layer is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTables.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTables.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTables.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified RevisionTable object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTables.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle">
            <summary>The RevisionTableStyle object represents a revision table style in a drawing. The properties and methods listed below are in addition to those supported by the Style object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.AddColumn(Inventor.RevisionTablePropertyEnum,System.String,System.Object,System.String,System.Double,Inventor.HorizontalTextAlignmentEnum,Inventor.HorizontalTextAlignmentEnum)">
            <summary>Method that adds a column to the list of default columns in the style.</summary>
            <param name="PropertyType">
                <summary>Input RevisionTablePropertyEnum that specifies the property type to associate with the column. Valid values are\:
kRevisionTableFileProperty, kRevisionTableCustomProperty, kRevisionTableDateProperty, kRevisionTableSheetProperty, kRevisionTableZoneProperty, kRevisionTableZoneSheetProperty and kRevisionTableLtrProperty.
If kRevisionTableFileProperty is specified, the PropertySetId and PropertyIdentifier \arguments are required. If kRevisionTableCustomProperty is specified, the PropertyIdentifier argument is required.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PropertySetId">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the internal name of the property set that contains the property. This is the FMTID associated with the property set. This argument is ignored if the input PropertyType is not kRevisionTableFileProperty.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PropertyIdentifier">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that identifies a property. This could either be a Long value that specifies the PropId of a property within the specified property set or the name of a property. Typically, a PropId should be specified when the \input PropertyType is kRevisionTableFileProperty and a name should be specified when the input PropertyType is kRevisionTableCustomProperty.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Title">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the column title. If not specified, the property name is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the width of the column. If not specified, the default width value is used. A value of 0 indicates the default width value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TitleHorizontalJustification">
                <summary>Optional input HorizontalTextAlignmentEnum that specifies the text justification for the column title.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ValueHorizontalJustification">
                <summary>Optional input HorizontalTextAlignmentEnum that specifies the text justification for the column values.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.AllowLandingLineForRevisionTags">
            <summary>Gets and sets the whether to add landing to revision tags.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.ColumnHeaderTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the column titles (headers).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.Comments">
            <summary>Gets and sets comments associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local Style object. The newly created style is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a dimension style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other dimension styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.DataTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the contents of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Style/Layer/UnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.HeadingGap">
            <summary>Gets and sets the heading gap in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.HeadingPlacement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the location of the heading (title).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.InsideLineColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color of the inner lines of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.InsideLineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line weight of the inner lines of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the standard style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user. Note that this name is not guaranteed to be unique.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.OutsideLineColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color of the outer lines of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.OutsideLineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line weight of the outer lines of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.RemoveAllColumns">
            <summary>Method that removes all columns from the style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.RevisionIndexDefaults">
            <summary>Gets the RevisionIndexDefaults object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.RevisionTagLeaderStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the leader style used for revision tags.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.RevisionTagShape">
            <summary>Gets and sets the shape for revision tags.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.RevisionTagTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for revision tags.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.RowGap">
            <summary>Gets and sets the row gap in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.RowLineSpacing">
            <summary>Gets and sets the spacing between the rows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.ShowTitle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the whether to show the title of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.StyleType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.TableDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.Title">
            <summary>Gets and sets the title of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.TitleTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the title of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStyle.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevisionTableStylesEnumerator">
            <summary>The RevisionTableStylesEnumerator object provides access to the existing RevisionTableStyle objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStylesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStylesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStylesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified RevisionTableStyle object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevisionTableStylesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevitExport">
            <summary>RevitExport Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExport.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExport.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExport.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that returns the RevitExport definition that defines the current state of the RevitExport.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevitExport.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the RevitExport browser node.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExport.FullFileName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full filename of the Revit model file that relates with this RevitExport object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevitExport.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object.  The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExport.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets browser node name of RevitExport..</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExport.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExport.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevitExport.Update">
            <summary>Method that updates the Revit model file that relates with this RevitExport object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition">
            <summary>RevitExportDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.ActiveDesignViewRepresentation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the active Design View Representation for the RevitExport. The IsAssociativeDesignView property indicates if an associate link to the design view is created or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.ActiveModelState">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the active model state for the RevitExport.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.ActivePositionalRepresentation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the name of the active Positional Representation for the RevitExport.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.AdditionalExcludedOccurrences">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the occurrences being excluded for the RevitExport.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.AdditionalIncludedOccurrences">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the occurrences being included for the RevitExport.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this RevitExportDefinition object. The new RevitExportDefinition is independent of any RevitExport. It can be edited and used as input to edit an existing RevitExport or to create a new RevitExport.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.EnableUpdating">
            <summary>Read-write property that controls whether or not a RevitExport object is created. If set to True, then an updateable RevitExport object is created. If set to False, then no RevitExport object is created, and no subsequent updates can be done.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.EnvelopesReplaceStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets envelopes replace style. When a new definition is created, this defaults to kNoneReplaceStyle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.FileName">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the filename of the RevitExport. This cannot be modified after the Revit model has been created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.IsAssociativeDesignView">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets if there is an associative link to the specified design view. When creating a new RevitExport, setting this property to True will create a derivation that is associative to the design view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.Location">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the location of the RevitExport. This cannot be modified after the Revit model has been created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.PreservedFeatures">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the features to preserve from remove. For each preserved feature a Face from the feature is required to indicate it.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.RemoveAllInternalVoids">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether remove all the internal voids or not. Set this to True will fill all the internal void shells in the RevitExport solid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.RemoveChamfersDistanceRange">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the distance of chamfers in centimeters to remove for the RevitExport. This is only applicable when the RemoveChamfersStyle is set to kRevitExportRemoveByRange.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.RemoveChamfersStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the style to remove chamfers for the RevitExport.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.RemoveEmbossMaxHeightRange">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the max height of embosses in centimeters to remove for the RevitExport. This is only applicable when the RemoveEmbossesStyle is set to kRevitExportRemoveByRange.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.RemoveFilletsRadiusRange">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the radius of fillets in centimeters to remove for the RevitExport. This is only applicable when the RemoveFilletsStyle is set to kRevitExportRemoveByRange.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.RemoveFilletsStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the style to remove fillets for the RevitExport.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.RemoveHolesDiameterRange">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the diameter of holes in centimeters to remove for the RevitExport. This is only applicable when the RemoveHolesStyle is set to kRevitExportRemoveByRange.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.RemoveHolesStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the style to remove holes for the RevitExport.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.RemoveInternalParts">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to remove internal parts or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.RemovePartsBySize">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether remove parts by size or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.RemovePartsSize">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the bounding box diagonal length in centimeters of the parts being removed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.RemovePocketsMaxDepthRange">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the max depth of pockets in centimeters to remove for the RevitExport. This is only applicable when the RemovePocketsStyle is set to kRevitExportRemoveByRange.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.RemovePocketsStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the style to remove pockets for the RevitExport.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.RemoveTunnelsStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the style to remove tunnels for the RevitExport. Valid values for this property are kSimplificationRemoveNone and kSimplificationRemoveAll.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.RevitTemplate">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the Revit template file used to create the RevitExport.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.RevitVersion">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the Revit version. Use the FileManager.GetRevitEngineInstallationStatus to get the Revit versions that can be used to create RevitExport objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.Structure">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the structure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExportDefinition.UseColorOverrideFromSourceComponent">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether use the color override from source component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevitExports">
            <summary>RevitExports Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevitExports.Add(Inventor.RevitExportDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Revit model using the information supplied by the input RevitExportDefinition object. If RevitExportDefinition.EnableUpdating is set to True, the new RevitExport is returned and a browser node will for it.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input RevitExportDefinition object that defines the RevitExport.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExports.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExports.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevitExports.CreateDefinition">
            <summary>Method that creates a new RevitExportDefinition. The returned definition provides control over the selection of components to be exported, the simplification options to be applied, and aspects of the exact format of the resulting Revit model.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExports.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevitExports.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevolutionAndHeightCoilExtent">
            <summary>The RevolutionAndHeightExtent object provides access to the information that defines the variables for a coil feature created using revolution and height values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolutionAndHeightCoilExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolutionAndHeightCoilExtent.Height">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the height of the coil feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolutionAndHeightCoilExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolutionAndHeightCoilExtent.Revolution">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the number of revolutions of the coil feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolutionAndHeightCoilExtent.TaperAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the taper angle of the coil feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolutionAndHeightCoilExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevolvedFaceWorkAxisDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work axis at the axis of a revolved face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolvedFaceWorkAxisDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolvedFaceWorkAxisDef.Face">
            <summary>Property that returns the used to define the revolved face work axis. This object must be a Face object whose geometry is a revolved surface. Valid surface types include cylinders, cones, and toroids.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolvedFaceWorkAxisDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent WorkAxis object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolvedFaceWorkAxisDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevolveFeature">
            <summary>The RevolveFeature object represents revolved modeling features. The properties and methods listed below are in addition to those supported by the Feature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeature.AddParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that adds the specified participant to the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be added. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a leaf occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.AxisEntity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the entity used to define the axis of revolution.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.EndFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of that cap one end of the revolution that are coincident with the sketch plane. The end faces are those not coincident to the sketch plane of the feature's profile. In the case of a symmetric revolution these faces are the ones on the negative normal side of the sketch plane. In the cases where there aren't any end faces this property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.Extent">
            <summary>Property that returns the object that defines how the extent of the feature is defined. The type of extent object that this property will return can be determined by using the ExtentType property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.ExtentTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the PartFeatureExtent object that defines how the second direction extent of the feature is defined. The type of extent object returned can be determined by using the ExtentTwoType property. This property returns Nothing if the IsTwoDirectional property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.ExtentTwoType">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating how the second direction extent of the feature is defined. This indicates the type of object returned by the Extent property. This property returns a failure if the IsTwoDirectional property \returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.ExtentType">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating how the extent of the feature is defined. This indicates the type of object returned by the Extent property. The valid possibilities returned are kAngleExtent and kFullSweepExtent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.IsTwoDirectional">
            <summary>Property that returns whether extents have been defined in two directions for the revolve. If this property returns True, the ExtentTwoType and ExtentTwo properties can be used to query details about the second direction extent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.Operation">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the type of operation used to add the feature to the model. Valid input is kJoinOperation, kCutOperation, kIntersectOperation, or kSurfaceOperation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.Profile">
            <summary>Gets and sets the Profile that defines the shape of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeature.SetAngleExtent(System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum)">
            <summary>Method that changes the extents of the revolution to the given angle</summary>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Defines the sweep angle of the revolution. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>constant that indicates the direction of the sweep. Valid input is kPositive, kNegative, or kSymmetric. The sweep direction is defined relative to the natural direction of the axis entity. kPositive defines the sweep to be in a positive direction using the right-hand rule about the axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeature.SetFromToExtent(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that changes the extents to be 'from and to face' extents.</summary>
            <param name="FromFace">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the 'from face'. This can be either a Face or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendFromFace">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the 'from face' should be extended to contain the extents of the profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToFace">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the 'to face'. This can be either a Face or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendToFace">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the 'to face' should be extended to contain the extents of the profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude towards. Valid input is kPositiveExtentDirection or kNegativeExtentDirection. kPositiveExtentDirection defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinimumSolution">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the feature terminates on the nearest valid face when there are multiple options for valid termination faces.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeature.SetFullExtent">
            <summary>Method that changes the angle of the revolve to a full (360-degree) revolution.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeature.SetToFaceExtent(System.Object,System.Boolean,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that changes the extents to be 'to face' extents.</summary>
            <param name="ToFace">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the 'to face'. This can be either a Face or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendToFace">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the 'to face' should be extended to contain the extents of the profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude towards. Valid input is kPositiveExtentDirection, kNegativeExtentDirection or kSymmetricExtentDirection. kPositiveExtentDirection defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinimumSolution">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the feature terminates on the nearest valid face when there are multiple options for valid termination faces.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeature.SetToNextExtent(Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,Inventor.SurfaceBody)">
            <summary>Method that changes the extents to be 'to next face' extents.</summary>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude towards. Valid input is kPositiveExtentDirection or kNegativeExtentDirection. kPositiveExtentDirection defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Terminator">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody object that specifies the solid or the surface on which to terminate the revolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.SideFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns a object that provides access to all of the faces created around the perimeter of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.StartFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of that cap one end of the revolution that are coincident with the sketch plane. In the case of a symmetric revolution these faces are the ones on the positive normal side of the sketch plane. In the cases where there aren't any start faces this property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.AddParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that adds the specified participant to the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be added. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a leaf occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.AxisEntity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the entity used to define the axis of revolution.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.EndFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of that cap one end of the revolution that are coincident with the sketch plane. The end faces are those not coincident to the sketch plane of the feature's profile. In the case of a symmetric revolution these faces are the ones on the negative normal side of the sketch plane. In the cases where there aren't any end faces this property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.Extent">
            <summary>Property that returns the object that defines how the extent of the feature is defined. The type of extent object that this property will return can be determined by using the ExtentType property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.ExtentTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the PartFeatureExtent object that defines how the second direction extent of the feature is defined. The type of extent object returned can be determined by using the ExtentTwoType property. This property returns Nothing if the IsTwoDirectional property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.ExtentTwoType">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating how the second direction extent of the feature is defined. This indicates the type of object returned by the Extent property. This property returns a failure if the IsTwoDirectional property \returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.ExtentType">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating how the extent of the feature is defined. This indicates the type of object returned by the Extent property. The valid possibilities returned are kAngleExtent and kFullSweepExtent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.IsTwoDirectional">
            <summary>Property that returns whether extents have been defined in two directions for the revolve. If this property returns True, the ExtentTwoType and ExtentTwo properties can be used to query details about the second direction extent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.Operation">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the type of operation used to add the feature to the model. Valid input is kJoinOperation, kCutOperation, kIntersectOperation, or kSurfaceOperation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.Profile">
            <summary>Gets and sets the Profile that defines the shape of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.SetAngleExtent(System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum)">
            <summary>Method that changes the extents of the revolution to the given angle</summary>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Defines the sweep angle of the revolution. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>constant that indicates the direction of the sweep. Valid input is kPositive, kNegative, or kSymmetric. The sweep direction is defined relative to the natural direction of the axis entity. kPositive defines the sweep to be in a positive direction using the right-hand rule about the axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.SetFromToExtent(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that changes the extents to be 'from and to face' extents.</summary>
            <param name="FromFace">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the 'from face'. This can be either a Face or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendFromFace">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the 'from face' should be extended to contain the extents of the profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToFace">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the 'to face'. This can be either a Face or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendToFace">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the 'to face' should be extended to contain the extents of the profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude towards. Valid input is kPositiveExtentDirection or kNegativeExtentDirection. kPositiveExtentDirection defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinimumSolution">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the feature terminates on the nearest valid face when there are multiple options for valid termination faces.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.SetFullExtent">
            <summary>Method that changes the angle of the revolve to a full (360-degree) revolution.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.SetToFaceExtent(System.Object,System.Boolean,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that changes the extents to be 'to face' extents.</summary>
            <param name="ToFace">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the 'to face'. This can be either a Face or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendToFace">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the 'to face' should be extended to contain the extents of the profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude towards. Valid input is kPositiveExtentDirection, kNegativeExtentDirection or kSymmetricExtentDirection. kPositiveExtentDirection defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinimumSolution">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the feature terminates on the nearest valid face when there are multiple options for valid termination faces.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.SetToNextExtent(Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,Inventor.SurfaceBody)">
            <summary>Method that changes the extents to be 'to next face' extents.</summary>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude towards. Valid input is kPositiveExtentDirection or kNegativeExtentDirection. kPositiveExtentDirection defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Terminator">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody object that specifies the solid or the surface on which to terminate the revolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.SideFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns a object that provides access to all of the faces created around the perimeter of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.StartFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of that cap one end of the revolution that are coincident with the sketch plane. In the case of a symmetric revolution these faces are the ones on the positive normal side of the sketch plane. In the cases where there aren't any start faces this property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RevolveFeatures">
            <summary>The RevolveFeatures collection object provides access to all of the objects in a component definition and provides methods to create additional RevolveFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeatures.AddByAngle(Inventor.Profile,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new RevolveFeature that sweeps a specified angle. The new RevolveFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Profile">
                <summary>Input Profile object used to define the shape of the revolution. If the AsSolid argument is True, then the input profile must have closed paths. Open paths are valid when creating surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisEntity">
                <summary>Input linear entity that defines the axis of the revolution. This can either be a sketch line in the same sketch that was used to generate the profile or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the sweep angle of the revolution. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude toward. Valid input is kPositive, kNegative, or kSymmetric. kPositive defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Operation">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates the type of operation to perform. Valid input is kJoinOperation, kCutOperation, kIntersectOperation, or kSurfaceOperation</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeatures.AddByFromToExtent(Inventor.Profile,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Boolean,Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new RevolveFeature using 'from and to face' extents. The new RevolveFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Profile">
                <summary>Input Profile object used to define the shape of the revolution. If the Operation argument is anything except kSurfaceOperation, then the input profile must have closed paths. Open paths are valid when creating surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisEntity">
                <summary>Input linear entity that defines the axis of the revolution. This can either be a sketch line in the same sketch that was used to generate the profile or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FromFace">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the 'from face'. This can be either a Face or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendFromFace">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the 'from face' should be extended to contain the extents of the profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToFace">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the 'to face'. This can be either a Face or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendToFace">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the 'to face' should be extended to contain the extents of the profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude towards. Valid input is kPositiveExtentDirection or kNegativeExtentDirection. kPositiveExtentDirection defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinimumSolution">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the feature terminates on the nearest valid face when there are multiple options for valid termination faces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Operation">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates the type of operation to perform. Valid input is kJoinOperation, kCutOperation, kIntersectOperation, kSurfaceOperation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeatures.AddByToFaceExtent(Inventor.Profile,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,System.Boolean,Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new RevolveFeature using 'to face' extents. The new RevolveFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Profile">
                <summary>Input Profile object used to define the shape of the revolution. If the Operation argument is anything except kSurfaceOperation, then the input profile must have closed paths. Open paths are valid when creating surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisEntity">
                <summary>Input linear entity that defines the axis of the revolution. This can either be a sketch line in the same sketch that was used to generate the profile or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToFace">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the 'to face'. This can be either a Face or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtendToFace">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the 'to face' should be extended to contain the extents of the profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude towards. Valid input is kPositiveExtentDirection, kNegativeExtentDirection or kSymmetricExtentDirection. kPositiveExtentDirection defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinimumSolution">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines whether the feature terminates on the nearest valid face when there are multiple options for valid termination faces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Operation">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates the type of operation to perform. Valid input is kJoinOperation, kCutOperation, kIntersectOperation, kSurfaceOperation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeatures.AddByToNextExtent(Inventor.Profile,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,Inventor.SurfaceBody,Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new RevolveFeature using 'to next' extents. The new RevolveFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Profile">
                <summary>Input Profile object used to define the shape of the revolution. If the Operation argument is anything except kSurfaceOperation, then the input profile must have closed paths. Open paths are valid when creating surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisEntity">
                <summary>Input linear entity that defines the axis of the revolution. This can either be a sketch line in the same sketch that was used to generate the profile or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the sketch plane to extrude towards. Valid input is kPositiveExtentDirection or kNegativeExtentDirection. kPositiveExtentDirection defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Terminator">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody object that specifies the solid or the surface on which to terminate the revolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Operation">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates the type of operation to perform. Valid input is kJoinOperation, kCutOperation, kIntersectOperation, kSurfaceOperation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RevolveFeatures.AddFull(Inventor.Profile,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new RevolveFeature that is a full 360-degree sweep. The new RevolveFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Profile">
                <summary>Input Profile object used to define the shape of the revolution. If the AsSolid argument is True, then the input profile must have closed paths. Open paths are valid when creating surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisEntity">
                <summary>Input linear entity that defines the axis of the revolution. This must be a sketch line in the same sketch that was used to generate the profile.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Operation">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates the type of operation to perform. Valid input is kJoinOperation, kCutOperation, kIntersectOperation, or kSurfaceOperation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified RevolveFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RevolveFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Ribbon">
            <summary>The Ribbon object represents the user interface containing a collection of tabs.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Ribbon.Active">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this ribbon is currently being displayed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Ribbon.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Ribbon.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the ribbon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Ribbon.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent UserInterfaceManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Ribbon.QuickAccessControls">
            <summary>Property that returns a CommandControls collection containing the controls in the Quick Access Toolbar (QAT).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Ribbon.RibbonTabs">
            <summary>Property that returns the RibbonTabs collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Ribbon.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RibbonPanel">
            <summary>A RibbonPanel object represents a panel within a ribbon tab.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonPanel.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonPanel.ClientId">
            <summary>Property that returns the string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}".</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonPanel.CommandControls">
            <summary>Property that returns the CommandControls collection object that provides access to all the visible controls within the panel.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibbonPanel.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the RibbonPanel.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonPanel.DisplayName">
            <summary>Property that returns the display name of the ribbon panel.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonPanel.Docked">
            <summary>Gets sets whether the ribbon panel docked within the ribbon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonPanel.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the unique internal name of the ribbon panel.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibbonPanel.Move(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that moves the ribbon panel. If the panel is docked, calling this method automatically undocks the panel and honors the input values.</summary>
            <param name="Top">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the distance between the top of the screen and top of the panel.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Left">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the distance between the left edge of the screen and left edge of the panel.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonPanel.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent RibbonTab object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibbonPanel.Reposition(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that moves the RibbonPanel to a new location within the ribbon tab.</summary>
            <param name="TargetPanelInternalName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the \internal name of an existing panel to reposition the panel next to. The InsertBeforeTargetPanel argument indicates whether to reposition the panel before or after the target panel.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBeforeTargetPanel">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to reposition the panel before or after the target ribbon panel.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonPanel.SlideoutControls">
            <summary>Property that returns the CommandControls collection object that provides access to all controls in the slideout section of the panel. </summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonPanel.SlideOutKeyTip">
            <summary>Gets and sets the keyboard access key for the slideout controls within the panel.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonPanel.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonPanel.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the ribbon panel is currently visible in the ribbon. Note that this property applies only when the parent ribbon tab and the ribbon within which the tab lives are currently active.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RibbonPanels">
            <summary>The RibbonPanels collection object provides access to all existing panels within a ribbon tab and provides methods to create additional panels.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibbonPanels.Add(System.String,System.String,System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new RibbonPanel within a ribbon tab. The newly created RibbonPanel is returned.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary>Input string that defines the display name of the ribbon panel. This is the name that is displayed to the user and should be localized for different locales.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input string that defines the unique internal name of the ribbon panel. This is the internal name and is not displayed to the user. The name must be unique with respect to all other ribbon panels within the tab. The name should remain constant in all locales so it can be used to find a specific panel.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580\-3817\-11D0\-BE4E\-080036E87B02}". If supplied, this string is used at Inventor start up time to determine whether the AddIn that created this ribbon panel has since been uninstalled. If so, the panel is deleted.The string is also used to find all the panels to delete when the associated Add\-in is unloaded. A 'dummy' string or a null string can be specified, but is not recommended.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetPanelInternalName">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the internal name of an existing panel to position the new panel next to. If specified, the InsertBeforeTargetPanel argument indicates whether to place the new panel before or after the target panel. If not specified, the new panel is positioned at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBeforeTargetPanel">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to position the new panel before or after the target ribbon panel. The argument defaults to False and is not used if the TargetPanelInternalName argument is not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonPanels.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonPanels.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonPanels.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified RibbonPanel object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonPanels.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Ribbons">
            <summary>The Ribbons collection object provides access to all existing ribbons in Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Ribbons.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Ribbons.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Ribbons.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Ribbon object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Ribbons.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RibbonTab">
            <summary>A RibbonTab object represents a tab within a ribbon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonTab.Active">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this tab is currently active. Setting this property returns an error if the parent ribbon is not active.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonTab.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonTab.ClientId">
            <summary>Property that returns the string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}".</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonTab.Contextual">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this tab is contextual.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibbonTab.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the RibbonTab.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonTab.DisplayName">
            <summary>Property that returns the display name of the ribbon tab.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonTab.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the unique internal name of the ribbon tab.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonTab.KeyTip">
            <summary>Gets and sets the keyboard access key for the tab.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonTab.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Ribbon object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonTab.RibbonPanels">
            <summary>Property that returns the RibbonPanels collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonTab.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonTab.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the ribbon tab is currently visible in the ribbon. Note that this property applies only when the parent ribbon is active.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RibbonTabs">
            <summary>The RibbonTabs collection object provides access to all existing tabs within a ribbon and provides methods to create additional tabs.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibbonTabs.Add(System.String,System.String,System.String,System.String,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new RibbonTab within a ribbon. The newly created RibbonTab is returned.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary>Input string that defines the display name of the ribbon tab. This is the name that is displayed to the user and should be localized for different locales.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Input string that defines the unique \internal name of the ribbon tab. This is the internal name and is not displayed to the user. The name must be unique with respect to all other ribbon tabs. The name should remain constant in all locales so it can be used to find a specific tab.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. "{C9A6C580\-3817\-11D0\-BE4E\-080036E87B02}". If supplied, this string is used at Inventor start up time to determine whether the AddIn that created this ribbon tab has since been uninstalled. If so, the tab is deleted.The string is also used to find all the tabs to delete when the associated Add\-in is unloaded. A 'dummy' string or a null string can be specified, but is not recommended.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetTabInternalName">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the internal name of an existing tab to position the new tab next to. If specified, the InsertBeforeTargetTab argument indicates whether to place the new tab before or after the specified tab. If not specified, the new tab is positioned at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBeforeTargetTab">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to position the new tab before or after the target ribbon tab. The argument defaults to False and is not used if the TargetTabInternalName argument is not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Contextual">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether this is a contextual tab. Contextual tabs, such as the Sketch tab in the Sketch environment, come and go based on the current environment. They are displayed in a different color to indicate to the user that this is not a permanent tab. If not provided, this argument defaults to False. If a value of False is provided, the tab is added visibly. If a value of True is provided, the tab is added invisibly. Contextual tabs should then be added to the Environment.AdditionalVisibleRibbonTabs so that they show up visible in the appropriate environment(s).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonTabs.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonTabs.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonTabs.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified RibbonTab object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibbonTabs.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RibDefinition">
            <summary>RibDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibDefinition.AffectedBody">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the solid body affected by the creation of this rib feature.&amp;nbsp;For parts containing multiple solid bodies, this property defaults to the primary solid body of the part, and can be set to any of the other solid bodies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibDefinition.BossSets">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the BossSets collection object containing boss definitions of the rib feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this RibDefinition object. The new RibDefinition object is independent of any feature. It can be edited and used as input to edit an existing feature or to create a new Rib feature.
One typical use of this method is when you need to make several changes to an existing Rib feature. If you edit the RibDefinition object associated with the Rib feature, the feature will recompute after each edit. It’s more efficient to make a copy, edit the copy, and then assign the copy to the feature. This will result in a single recompute.
  
The RibFeatures.CreateDefinition method can also be used to create an independent RibDefinition object. The difference is that one created with the Copy method will have the same initial values as the object is was copied from. One that’s created with the CreateDefinition method will be initialized to predefined default values. </summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibDefinition.DirectionReversed">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the direction of the profile projection should be reversed. If the profile is projected normal to the sketch plane, setting this property to True causes the profile to be projected in the reverse direction of the.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibDefinition.DraftAngle">
            <summary>Read-write property that provides access to the taper angle of a rib feature.&amp;nbsp;This property is writable when the RibDefinition object has been created using the RibFeatures.CreateDefinition or RibDefinition.Copy methods.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibDefinition.DraftProfileEnds">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the draft profile ends value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibDefinition.ExtendProfile">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the rib profile should be extended/trimmed to intersect faces, if necessary.&amp;nbsp;This property defaults to True for a newly created RibDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibDefinition.ExtentDistance">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parameter that corresponds to the distance value for rib feature defined with a finite extent.&amp;nbsp;This property returns a parameter only if the ExtentType is kFiniteRibExtent, else this property returns Nothing. Also, in the case where this is a newly created RibDefinition object or it has been copied from an existing RibDefinition object, this property returns Nothing since there isn’t a parameter created yet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibDefinition.ExtentType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the extent type of the rib feature.&amp;nbsp;The possible return values are kFiniteRibExtent and kToNextRibExtent.&amp;nbsp;When the RibDefinition object is initially created, this defaults to kToNextRibExtent.&amp;nbsp;If this property returns kFiniteRibExtent, the ExtentDistance property returns the correspond parameter.&amp;nbsp;Use the SetFiniteExtent and Set ToNextExtent methods to edit the extent type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibDefinition.GetThicknessPlane(Inventor.RibThicknessPlaneEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the plane at which the input thickness is held.</summary>
            <param name="HoldThicknessAt">
                <summary>Output RibThicknessPlaneEnum that defines the plane at which the thickness should be held.  Valid returns values are kRibThicknessAtSketchPlane, kRibThicknessAtRoot and kRibThicknessAtNeutralGeometry. If kRibThicknessAtNeutralGeometry is returned, the NeutralGeometry argument returns the correposnig geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NeutralGeometry">
                <summary>Output object that specifies the neutral geometry if the HoldThicknessAt argument returns kRibThicknessAtNeutralGeometry.  Else, this argument returns Nothing.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibDefinition.IsRib">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the sketch profile is projected lateral to the sketch plane (rib) or normal to the sketch plane (web) to create the feature.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates that the profile is projected lateral to the sketch plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent RibFeature of this RibDefinition object.&amp;nbsp;In the case where this is a newly created RibDefinition object or it has been copied from an existing RibDefinition object, this property will return Nothing because there is not a logical parent for the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibDefinition.ProfileCurves">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the collection of sketch entities used as the profile for feature creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibDefinition.SetFiniteExtent(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the extent type to be a finite distance.</summary>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance associated with the extent of the rib feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibDefinition.SetThicknessPlane(Inventor.RibThicknessPlaneEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the plane at which the input thickness is held.</summary>
            <param name="HoldThicknessAt">
                <summary>Input RibThicknessPlaneEnum that defines the plane at which the thickness should be held.  Valid inputs are kRibThicknessAtSketchPlane, kRibThicknessAtRoot and kRibThicknessAtNeutralGeometry. If kRibThicknessAtNeutralGeometry is provided as input, the NeutralGeometry argument must also be provided, else the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NeutralGeometry">
                <summary>Optional input object that specifies the neutral geometry if the HoldThicknessAt argument is specified to be kRibThicknessAtNeutralGeometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibDefinition.SetToNextExtent">
            <summary>Method that sets the extent type to be ‘to next’ (i.e. it terminates on the next face).</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibDefinition.Thickness">
            <summary>Read-write property that provides access to the thickness of the feature.&amp;nbsp;This property is writable when the RibDefinition object has been created using the RibFeatures.CreateDefinition or RibDefinition.Copy methods.&amp;nbsp;The value can be set using either a doubl.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibDefinition.ThicknessDirection">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the side of the profile on which to apply the thickness.&amp;nbsp;This property defaults to kSymmetricExtentDirection for a newly created RibDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RibFeature">
            <summary>The Part RibFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the RibDefinition object associated with this feature.&amp;nbsp;Modifying the RibDefinition object will edit the associated RibFeature.&amp;nbsp;If you want to batch up the edits to the feature, you can set a new definition object to thi.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the RibDefinition object associated with this feature.&amp;nbsp;Modifying the RibDefinition object will edit the associated RibFeature.&amp;nbsp;If you want to batch up the edits to the feature, you can set a new definition object to thi.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RibFeatures">
            <summary>The Part RibFeatures collection object. A is a closed, thin-walled support shape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibFeatures.Add(Inventor.RibDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Rib feature.&amp;nbsp;The newly created RibFeature object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input RibDefinition object that defines the rib feature you want to create.  A RibDefinition object can be created using the RibFeatures.CreateDefinition method.  It can also be obtained from an existing RibFeature object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RibFeatures.CreateDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new RibDefinition object.&amp;nbsp;The object created does not represent a rib feature but instead is a representation of the information that defines a rib feature.&amp;nbsp;You can use this object as input to the RibFeatures.Add method to create the actual feature.</summary>
            <param name="ProfileCurves">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing the sketch entities that will form the profile of the feature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsRib">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the sketch profile is projected lateral to the sketch plane (rib) or normal to the sketch plane (web) to create the feature.  A value of True indicates that the profile is projected lateral to the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DirectionReversed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the profile projection should be reversed. If the profile is projected normal to the sketch plane, setting this property to True causes the profile to be projected in the reverse direction of the sketch normal.  If the profile is projected lateral to the sketch plane, setting this property to True causes the profile to be projected in the reverse direction of the natural normal direction of the base sketch entity. The natural normal of a sketch entity is defined as the cross-product of the vector representing the tangent at that point and the vector representing the sketch normal.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Thickness">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the thickness of the rib feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object in the collection. The index can be numeric or the object name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RibFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RigidBodyGroup">
            <summary>RigidBodyGroup Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyGroup.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RigidBodyGroup.GetOccurrencesAndStates(Inventor.ComponentOccurrencesEnumerator@,Inventor.OccurrenceDOFStateEnum[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the occurrences within this group and their associated degree of freedom state.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrences">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="States">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyGroup.Grounded">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the group behaves as a grounded body or not. Returns True if the group is grounded.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyGroup.GroupID">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the unique group identifier.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyGroup.Occurrences">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of occurrences that are in the group. A group can consist of a single occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyGroup.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyGroup.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RigidBodyGroups">
            <summary>RigidBodyGroups Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyGroups.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyGroups.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyGroups.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns the specified RigidBodyGroup object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyGroups.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyGroups.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RigidBodyJoint">
            <summary>RigidBodyJoint Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyJoint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyJoint.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection containing the original assembly constraints that were used to derived this particular joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RigidBodyJoint.GetJointData(System.Object@,System.Object@,Inventor.NameValueMap@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the information associated with this joint.</summary>
            <param name="GeometryOne">
                <summary>Output geometry object that helps to define the joint.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GeometryTwo">
                <summary>Output geometry object that helps to define the joint.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AdditionalInfo">
                <summary>Output NameValueMap that contains additional information about the joint. This is used for some joints where the geometry information is not enough to completely define the joint. For most joint types the NameValueMap that is passed back will be empty. Below are the cases where additional information is passed back through this argument.
* For distance constraints the name 'Distance' is passed back with a corresponding Double value that specifies the distance. * For gear constraints the name 'Ratio' is passed back with a corresponding Double value specifying the gear ration. Also the name 'GearType' is passed back with a corresponding String indicating the type of gear; 'Rotational' or 'RackAndPinion'.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyJoint.GroupOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two groups this joint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyJoint.GroupTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two groups this joint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyJoint.Joints">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a collection containing the original assembly joints that were used to derived this particular joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyJoint.JointType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of joint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyJoint.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyJoint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RigidBodyJoints">
            <summary>RigidBodyJoints Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyJoints.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyJoints.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyJoints.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns the specified RigidBodyJoint object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyJoints.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyJoints.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RigidBodyResults">
            <summary>RigidBodyResults Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyResults.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyResults.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyResults.RigidBodyGroups">
            <summary>Property that returns the RigidBodyGroups object that contains the set of rigid bodies for this specific rigid body analysis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyResults.RigidBodyJoints">
            <summary>Property that returns the RigidBodyGroups object that contains the set of joints for this specific rigid body analysis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RigidBodyResults.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RipDefinition">
            <summary>The RipDefinition object represents all of the information that defines a rip feature. The RipDefinition object is used in two ways. First it is used as input when creating a rip feature. Second it is used to query and edit existing rip features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RipDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this RipDefinition object. The new RipDefinition object is independent of any feature. It can be edited and used as input to edit an existing feature or to create a new rip feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent rip definition feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipDefinition.RipFace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the face that the rip is defined along.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipDefinition.RipType">
            <summary>Property that returns the method used to define the type of rip. The valid values for this property are kSinglePointRipType, kPointToPointRipType, and kFaceExtentsRipType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipDefinition.RipTypeDefinition">
            <summary>Property that returns the RipTypeDefinition object that defines the type of rip.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RipDefinition.SetFaceExtentsRipType(Inventor.Face)">
            <summary>Method that sets the RipDefinition so that it defines a rip that uses the entire rip face to determine the extent of the rip.</summary>
            <param name="RipFace">
                <summary>The face that defines the extent of the rip. This must be a face this is valid for defining a rip extent. For example a face along the edge of the part where the thickness of the part is represented is not valid as input.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RipDefinition.SetPointToPointRipType(Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum)">
            <summary>Method that sets the RipDefinition so that it defines a point to point rip.</summary>
            <param name="RipFace">
                <summary>The face that the rip is defined along. This must be a face this is valid for defining a rip extent. For example a face along the edge of the part where the thickness of the part is represented is not valid as input.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointOne">
                <summary>Point that defines the location of the first rip point. Valid input includes Vertex, WorkPoint, SketchPoint, and SketchPoint3D objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointTwo">
                <summary>Point that defines the location of the second rip point. Valid input includes Vertex, WorkPoint, SketchPoint, and SketchPoint3D objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GapSize">
                <summary>Variant that defines the width of the gap. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GapSide">
                <summary>Input PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum value to indicate the position of the gap. Valid values are kPositiveExtentDirection, kNegativeExtentDirection, and kSymmetricExtentDirection. kPositiveExtentDirection indicates that the material will be removed from the right from the perspective of the first rip point where 'up' is along the normal of the rip face and you're looking towards the second rip point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RipDefinition.SetSinglePointRipType(Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum)">
            <summary>Method that sets the RipDefinition so that it defines a single point rip.</summary>
            <param name="RipFace">
                <summary>The face that the rip is defined along. This must be a face this is valid for defining a rip extent. For example a face along the edge of the part where the thickness of the part is represented is not valid as input.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>The point that defines the location of the rip. Valid input includes Vertex, WorkPoint, SketchPoint, and SketchPoint3D objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GapSize">
                <summary>Variant that defines the width of the gap. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GapSide">
                <summary>Input PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum value to indicate the position of the gap. Valid values are kPositiveExtentDirection, kNegativeExtentDirection, and kSymmetricExtentDirection. kPositiveExtentDirection indicates that the material will be removed from the right from the perspective of the rip point where 'up' is along the normal of the rip face and you're looking towards the other edge of the face where the rip will end.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RipFeature">
            <summary>The RepFeature object represents a rip sheet metal feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the RipDefinition object associated with this rip feature.&amp;nbsp;Modifying the RipDefinition object will edit the associated RipFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RipFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RipFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RipFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RipFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RipFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RipFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RipFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the RipDefinition object associated with this rip feature.&amp;nbsp;Modifying the RipDefinition object will edit the associated RipFeature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RipFeatures">
            <summary>The RipFeatures collection object provides access to the RipFeature objects</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RipFeatures.Add(Inventor.RipDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new rip feature. The newly created RipFeature object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="RipDefinition">
                <summary>Input LoftedFlangeDefinition object that defines the lofted flange feature you want to create.
A LoftedFlangeDefinition object can be created using the CreateLoftedFlangeDefinition method on the LoftedFlangeFeatures object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RipFeatures.CreateRipDefinition(Inventor.Face)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new RipDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="RipFace">
                <summary>The face that the rip is defined along. This must be a face this is valid for defining a rip extent. For example a face along the edge of the part where the thickness of the part is represented is not valid as input.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified RipFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RipFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RolledHemDefinition">
            <summary>The RolledHemDefinition object defines all of the inputs that are unique to a rolled style of hem feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RolledHemDefinition.Angle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the bend angle of a hem feature defined by a rolled style of bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RolledHemDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent hem definition feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RolledHemDefinition.Radius">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the radius of a hem feature defined by a rolled style of bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RotateAboutLineMoveOperation">
            <summary>The RotateAboutLineMoveOperation object represents the definition of a rotation about a line within a move feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateAboutLineMoveOperation.Angle">
            <summary>Read-write property that provides access to the angle of a rotate about line operation on a move body feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateAboutLineMoveOperation.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateAboutLineMoveOperation.AxisEntity">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the entity used to define the axis or rotation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateAboutLineMoveOperation.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this operation from the feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateAboutLineMoveOperation.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property returning the associated MoveDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateAboutLineMoveOperation.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateAboutLineMoveOperation.UseEntityNaturalDirection">
            <summary>Read-write Boolean property that specifies if the rotation direction of the bodies uses the natural direction of the direction entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint">
            <summary>Object that represents a rotation motion constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second geometry</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.ForwardDirection">
            <summary>Boolean property that returns the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If True, both objects will rotate in the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.Ratio">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the rotation ratio of the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraint.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.ConvertToInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.ConvertToMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second geometry</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.ForwardDirection">
            <summary>Boolean property that returns the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If True, both objects will rotate in the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.Ratio">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the rotation ratio of the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateConstraintProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinition">
            <summary>The RotateRotateiMateDefinition object represents a rotate iMate definition. It is derived from the iMateDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the iMateDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinition.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity used for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinition.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinition.ForwardDirection">
            <summary>Boolean property that returns the direction of rotation with respect to the axis direction. If True, both objects will rotate in the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinition.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinition.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinition.Identifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal unique identifier for this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinition.MatchList">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of strings that specifies the priority order for iMate definition matches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinition.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinition.Ratio">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the rotation ratio of the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinition.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinition.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Gets the object this entity is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinition.SequenceIndex">
            <summary>Gets the index of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinition.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates whether this iMateDefinition is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the iMateDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity used for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxy.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxy.ForwardDirection">
            <summary>Boolean property that returns the direction of rotation with respect to the axis direction. If True, both objects will rotate in the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxy.Identifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal unique identifier for this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxy.IsConsumed">
            <summary>Property that gets whether this object is consumed in the
context of the active assembly/part/sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxy.MatchList">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of strings that specifies the priority order for iMate definition matches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxy.Ratio">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the rotation ratio of the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Gets the object this entity is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxy.SequenceIndex">
            <summary>Gets the index of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates whether this iMateDefinition is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateRotateiMateDefinitionProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint">
            <summary>Object that represents a rotation-translate motion constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second geometry</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.Distance">
            <summary>Gets the Parameter object that controls the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.ForwardDirection">
            <summary>Boolean property that defines the direction of rotation and translation of the objects with respect to their axes directions. If the property is True then the translation will in the same direction as the rotation with respect to the rotation and translation axes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraint.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second geometry</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.Distance">
            <summary>Gets the Parameter object that controls the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.ForwardDirection">
            <summary>Boolean property that defines the direction of rotation and translation of the objects with respect to their axes directions. If the property is True then the translation will in the same direction as the rotation with respect to the rotation and translation axes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateConstraintProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinition">
            <summary>The RotateTranslateiMateDefinition object represents a rotate translate iMate definition. It is derived from the iMateDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the iMateDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinition.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity used for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinition.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinition.ForwardDirection">
            <summary>Property that returns the direction of rotation and translation of the objects with respect to their axes' directions. If the property is True then the translation will be in the same direction as the rotation with respect to the rotation and translation axes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinition.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinition.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinition.Identifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal unique identifier for this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinition.MatchList">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of strings that specifies the priority order for iMate definition matches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinition.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinition.Ratio">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the ratio of the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinition.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinition.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Gets the object this entity is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinition.SequenceIndex">
            <summary>Gets the index of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinition.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates whether this iMateDefinition is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the iMateDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity used for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxy.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxy.ForwardDirection">
            <summary>Property that returns the direction of rotation and translation of the objects with respect to their axes' directions. If the property is True then the translation will be in the same direction as the rotation with respect to the rotation and translation axes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxy.Identifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal unique identifier for this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxy.IsConsumed">
            <summary>Property that gets whether this object is consumed in the
context of the active assembly/part/sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxy.MatchList">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of strings that specifies the priority order for iMate definition matches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxy.Ratio">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the ratio of the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Gets the object this entity is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxy.SequenceIndex">
            <summary>Gets the index of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates whether this iMateDefinition is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RotateTranslateiMateDefinitionProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Row">
            <summary>The Row object represents a single row in this custom table. See the Custom Tables overview for more information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Row.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Row.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Row.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this Row object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Row.Height">
            <summary>Specifies the height of the row.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Row.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Cell object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Row.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Row.Reposition(System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the row within the table.</summary>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the existing row next to which the row will be inserted. The valid range of values is 0 to the number of existing rows in the table. The position remains unchanged if the index of the row being moved is specified. A value of 0 will put the row at the end. If not specified, a default value of 0 is used, indicating that the row will be moved to the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBefore">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if the row should be inserted before or after the target index. If not specified, a default value of True is used indicating that the row will be inserted before the target index. This argument is ignored if the value of TargetIndex is 0.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Row.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Row.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the row is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Rows">
            <summary>The Rows collection object represents all the objects contained by this custom table. See the Custom Tables overview for more information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Rows.Add(System.Int32,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Row. The new created Row is returned.</summary>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the existing row next to which the new row will be inserted. The valid range of values is 0 to the number of existing rows in the table. A value of 0 will put the row at the end. If not specified, a default value of 0 is used, indicating that the row will be added at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBefore">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if the row should be inserted before or after the target index. If not specified, a default value of True is used. This argument is ignored if the value of TargetIndex is 0.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Contents">
                <summary>Optional input array of Strings that specifies the contents of the new row. The number of strings should be equal to the number of columns in the table, else an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the height of the row. If not specified, a default value is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Rows.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Rows.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Rows.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Row object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Rows.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RuledSurfaceDefinition">
            <summary>The RuledSurfaceDefinition Object represents the definition for a RuledSurfaceFeature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this RuledSurfaceDefinition Object.&amp;nbsp;The new RuledSurfaceDefinition Object is independent of any RuledSurfaceFeature Object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceDefinition.Distance">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the the extend distance of the ruled surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceDefinition.DraftAngle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the draft angle of the ruled surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceDefinition.FlipExtendDirection">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to flip the extend direction of the ruled surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceDefinition.GeneratrixCurves">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the generatrix curves base on which to create the ruled surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceDefinition.RuledSurfaceType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ruled surface type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceDefinition.SetToNormal(Inventor.RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePairs,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets ruled surface to normal to face type.</summary>
            <param name="GeneratrixCurves">
                <summary>Input RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePairs object containing the edges base on which to create the ruled surface. The edges should be connected end-to-end with each other.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the length of the ruled surface.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FlipExtendDirection">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether flip the extend direction or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceDefinition.SetToSweep(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets ruled surface to sweep type.</summary>
            <param name="GeneratrixCurves">
                <summary>Input RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePairs object containing edge face pairs that the edges are connected end-to-end with each other, or Path object containing the 2D/3D sketch curves.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the length of the ruled surface.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Input object that defines the extend direction of ruled surface. 
Valid inputs are Edge, Face, WorkAxis, WorkPlane, SketchLine, and SketchLine3D.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FlipExtendDirection">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether flip the extend direction or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceDefinition.SetToTangent(Inventor.RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePairs,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets ruled surface to tangent to face type.</summary>
            <param name="GeneratrixCurves">
                <summary>Input RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePairs object containing the edges base on which to create the ruled surface. The edges should be connected end-to-end with each other.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the length of the ruled surface.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FlipExtendDirection">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether flip the extend direction or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceDefinition.Vector">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the extend direction of the ruled surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePair">
            <summary>Edge Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePair.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePair.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePair.GetData(Inventor.Edge@,Inventor.Face@)">
            <summary>Method that gets data from the edge face pair.</summary>
            <param name="Edge">
                <summary>Output Edge object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Output Face object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePair.SetData(Inventor.Edge,Inventor.Face)">
            <summary>Method that sets data for the edge face pair.</summary>
            <param name="Edge">
                <summary>Input Edge object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePair.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePairs">
            <summary>RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePairs collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePairs.Add(Inventor.Edge,Inventor.Face)">
            <summary>Method that adds a new RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePair to the collection.</summary>
            <param name="Edge">
                <summary>Input Edge object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePairs.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePairs.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePairs.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature">
            <summary>Part RuledSurfaceFeature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the RuledSurfaceDefinition Object associated with this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy">
            <summary>Part RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Get the component occurrence context through which the native object is being seen through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the RuledSurfaceDefinition Object associated with this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Get the source object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatures">
            <summary>Part RuledSurfaceFeatures Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatures.Add(Inventor.RuledSurfaceDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new RuledSurfaceFeature Object.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input RuledSurfaceDefinition object that defines the ruled surface feature you want to create. An RuledSurfaceDefinition object can be created using the RuledSurfaceFeatures.CreateDefinition method. It can also be obtained from an existing RuledSurfaceFeature object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatures.CreateDefinition(Inventor.RuledSurfaceTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new RuledSurfaceDefinition Object.</summary>
            <param name="RuledSurfaceType">
                <summary>Input RuledSurfaceTypeEnum to specify the type of the ruled surface.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GeneratrixCurves">
                <summary>Input RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePairs object or Path containing the 2D or 3D sketch entities base on which to create the ruled surface. If the RuledSurfaceType is specified as  kNormalRuledSurfaceType or kTangentRuledSurfaceType this property should be a RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePairs object including Edge objects which are connected end-to-end with each other. If the RuledSurfaceType is specified as  kSweepRuledSurfaceType this property can either be a RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePairs object including Edge objects which are connected end-to-end with each other or an Path object  including 2D or 3D sketch curves.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the length of the ruled surface.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Optional input object that defines the extend direction of ruled surface. This is required if the RuledSurfaceType is specified as kSweepRuledSurfaceType, otherwise this argument is ignored.
Valid inputs are Edge, Face, WorkAxis, WorkPlane, SketchLine,  and SketchLine3D .</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatures.CreateRuledSurfaceEdgeFacePairs">
            <summary>Method that creates a new RuledSurfaceEdgeFacePairs object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuledSurfaceFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature">
            <summary>The RuleFilletFeature object represents a rule fillet sheet metal feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatures">
            <summary>The RuleFilletFeatures collection object provides access to the RuleFilletFeature objects</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified RuleFilletFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.RuleFilletFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.RunoffSurfaceDefinition">
            <summary>This object represents a runoff surface definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RunoffSurfaceDefinition.AddCornerPiece(Inventor.Vertex,Inventor.UnitVector,Inventor.UnitVector)">
            <summary>Method that adds a planar patch to fill in a corner of the runoff surface.</summary>
            <param name="Corner">
                <summary>Input Vertex object that defines the corner of the open area of the runoff surface that you want to generate a patch to fill.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartVector">
                <summary>Input UnitVector that defines the start edge of the corner patch.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndVector">
                <summary>Input UnitVector that defines the end edge of the corner patch.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RunoffSurfaceDefinition.AddExtrusionPiece(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.UnitVector)">
            <summary>Method that adds an extrusion type of runoff surface to this runoff surface definition.</summary>
            <param name="EdgeUses">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection of EdgeUse objects that define the curve(s) to use to create the runoff extrusion. The object collection can contain one or more EdgeUse objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Input UnitVector that defines the direction of the extrusion. The length of the extrusion is defined by the range box associated with the RunoffSurfaceDefinition.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RunoffSurfaceDefinition.AddRadiatePiece(System.Object,Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that adds an extrusion type of runoff surface to this runoff surface definition.</summary>
            <param name="EdgeUse">
                <summary>Input EdgeUse object that defines the curve to use to create the radiate runoff piece.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RulingPoints">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection of Point objects. These are points along the input edge where you want to define a ruling condition. For each point in this collection there must be a matching vector supplied in the RulingVectors argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RulingVectors">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection of UnitVector objects. These are vectors that define the radiate direction. These vectors match up with the ruling points to define a position along the curve and a direction for the ruling. This collection must contain the same number of vectors as there are points in the ObjectCollection supplied for the RulingPoints argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RunoffSurfaceDefinition.AddSurfaceExtensionPiece(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a runoff piece by extending the face attached to the input EdgeUse object.</summary>
            <param name="EdgeUse">
                <summary>Input EdgeUse object that defines the surface to extend.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RunoffSurfaceDefinition.AddTangentExtensionPiece(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Adds a runoff surface by tangentially extending the face attached to the input EdgeUse object.&amp;nbsp;This method returns the index identifying this piece of the runoff.</summary>
            <param name="EdgeUses">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RunoffSurfaceDefinition.CreateRunoff">
            <summary>Method that creates the runoff surface for all of the pieces defined in the RunoffSurfaceDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.RunoffSurfaceDefinition.CreateSingleRunoffPiece(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that creates the runoff surface for a single piece of the runoff definition.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the index of the runoff piece you want to create. This is the index that was returned by the call to the AddExtrusionPiece, AddRadiatePiece, AddSurfaceExtensionPiece, or AddCornerPiece method.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SaveOptions">
            <summary>The SaveOptions object provides access to properties that provide read and write access of the save related application options. This is somewhat equivalent to the Save tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.DefaultToSaveForAPIChanges">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default save condition for a document that has API changes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.DefaultToSaveForFileResolutionChange">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default save condition for a document that has file resolution change.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.DefaultToSaveForImplicitUpdate">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default save condition for a document that has implicit update.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.DefaultToSaveForManualUpdates">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default save condition for a document that has manual updates.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.DefaultToSaveForMassPropertyUpdate">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default save condition for a document that has mass property update.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.DefaultToSaveForMigration">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default save condition for a document that has been migrated from a previous version of Autodesk Inventor is closed without being explicitly saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.DefaultToSaveForModelStateUpdates">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default save condition for a document that has model state updates.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.DefaultToSaveForUserEdits">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default save condition for a document that has user edits.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.PromptSaveForAPIChanges">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether a prompt to save the document should be displayed when a document that has API changes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.PromptSaveForFileResolutionChange">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether a prompt to save the document should be displayed when a document that has file resolution change.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.PromptSaveForImplicitUpdate">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether a prompt to save the document should be displayed when a document that has implicit update.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.PromptSaveForManualUpdates">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether a prompt to save the document should be displayed when a document that has manual updates.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.PromptSaveForMassPropertyUpdate">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether a prompt to save the document should be displayed when a document that has mass property update.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.PromptSaveForMigration">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether a prompt to save the document should be displayed when a document that has been migrated from a previous version of Autodesk Inventor is closed without being explicitly saved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.PromptSaveForModelStateUpdates">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether a prompt to save the document should be displayed when a document that has model state updates.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.PromptSaveForUserEdits">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether a prompt to save the document should be displayed when a document that has user edits.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.SaveFilesInLibraryFolders">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to save the files in library folders or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.SaveReminderTimer">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the save reminder timer (in minutes).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.ShowSaveReminder">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to display a save reminder to the user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.TranslatorReportLocation">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether to create a tranlation report and where to save it.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SaveOptions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SculptFeature">
            <summary>The SculptFeature object represents sculpt modeling features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SculptFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SculptFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SculptFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.Operation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the type of operation used to add the feature to the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SculptFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SculptFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SculptFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SculptFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.Surfaces">
            <summary>Gets and sets the set of surfaces and their respective directions associated with the sculpt feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.Operation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the type of operation used to add the feature to the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.Surfaces">
            <summary>Gets and sets the set of surfaces and their respective directions associated with the sculpt feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SculptFeatures">
            <summary>The SculptFeatures collection object provides access to all of the SculptFeature objects in a part component definition and provides methods to create additional SculptFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SculptFeatures.Add(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new SculptFeature. If the sculpt feature is created successfully, a SculptFeature object corresponding to the newly created sculpt feature is returned from this method.</summary>
            <param name="Surfaces">
                <summary>ObjectCollection that contains SculptSurface objects that represent the set of surfaces and the corresponding directions that are required to create the sculpt feature. The CreateSculptSurface method should be used to create each of the SculptSurface objects which should then be added to an ObjectCollection. The ObjectCollection that contains these SculptSurface objects can be created using the CreateObjectCollection method of the TransientObjects object. The ObjectCollection should contain only SculptSurface objects, if the collection contains other types of objects, then the creation of the sculpt feature will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Operation">
                <summary>Input PartFeatureOperationEnum that specifies the operation type (kJoinOperation, kCutOperation and kNewBodyOperation).
If kJoinOperation is specified, then the fill operation will be performed to add material. If kCutOperation is specified, then the drain operation will be performed to remove material.  If kCutOperation is specified, then the part model should contain solid material that can be removed. Specifying kNewBodyOperation will result in creation of a new body.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AffectedBody">
                <summary>Optional input SurfaceBody object that specifies the body that should be affected by this sculpt operation.  Applies only if kJoinOperation or kCutOperation is specified as the operation type.  If not specified, a default body is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SculptFeatures.CreateSculptSurface(System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new SculptSurface object. The new SculptSurface is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Surface">
                <summary>Object that defines a boundary surface for the sculpt feature. Valid input objects for the surface are WorkSurface and WorkPlane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies the sculpt direction for the surface specified by the Surface argument. The direction specifies the side of the surface that should be used when creating the sculpt feature. Valid input is kPositiveExtentDirection, kNegativeExtentDirection or kSymmetricExtentDirection. If no value is specified, then kPositiveExtentDirection will be assumed for the direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified SculptFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SculptSurface">
            <summary>The SculptSurface object provides access to a sculpt surface and its associated direction. The surface defines a boundary of the sculpt feature and the associated direction defines the side of the surface used to create the sculpt feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptSurface.Direction">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction associated with the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptSurface.Surface">
            <summary>Gets and sets a boundary surface for the sculpt feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SculptSurface.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SearchBox">
            <summary>Represents a search box in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SearchBox.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SearchBox.Enabled">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the search box is enabled or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SearchBox.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SearchBox.Search(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that start to search text.</summary>
            <param name="SearchText">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="SearchOptions">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SearchBox.SearchBoxEvents">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a SearchBoxEvents object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SearchBox.SearchFilter">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the search box filter. This could be a bit-mask defining various of filters. Set this to 0 will clear the search filter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SearchBox.SearchText">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the search text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SearchBox.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SearchBox.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the search box is displayed or hidden.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SearchBoxEvents">
            <summary>SearchBox Events Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SearchBoxEvents.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SearchBoxEvents.OnClearSearch(Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires just after the search is cleared.</summary>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.  The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SearchBoxEvents.OnEndSearch(Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires just after the search is ended.</summary>
            <param name="SearchResult">
                <summary>Intput Variant that indicates the search result.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SearchBoxEvents.OnStartSearch(Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires just after the search is started.</summary>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SearchBoxEvents.OnStopSearch(Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires just after the search is stopped.</summary>
            <param name="SearchResult">
                <summary>Output Variant that indicates the search result. This is ignored if the HandlingCode is not set to kEventHandled.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SearchBoxEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SearchBoxEvents.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SectionDrawingView">
            <summary>The SectionDrawingView object represents a section view within a drawing. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ActiveMemberName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the active member for a drawing view of an iPart or an iAssembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ActiveModelState">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the name of the active model state for a drawing view. This property returns a null string for drawing views of presentations and in the case where the model is unresolved.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ActivePositionalRepresentation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the active Positional Representation for a drawing view of an assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ActivePresentationView">
            <summary>Property that returns the name of the active Presentation (Exploded) View for a drawing view of a presentation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.Align(Inventor.DrawingView,Inventor.DrawingViewAlignmentEnum)">
            <summary>Method that aligns this view with the input drawing view. The method returns a failure if the view is already aligned. Use the Aligned property to check for this condition and to break existing alignment.</summary>
            <param name="DrawingView">
                <summary>Input DrawingView object that specifies the view with which to align this view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AlignmentType">
                <summary>Input DrawingViewAlignmentEnum that specifies the alignment type. Valid values are kHorizontalViewAlignment, kVerticalViewAlignment and kInPositionViewAlignment.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.AlignAuxiliary(Inventor.DrawingCurve,Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that re-aligns an auxiliary view. The method fails if the view is not an auxiliary view.</summary>
            <param name="DrawingCurve">
                <summary>Input DrawingCurve object that specifies the orientation edge for the auxiliary view. This must be from the parent view, else the method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the new placement point for the auxiliary view on the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.Aligned">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the view is aligned with another view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.AuxiliaryOrientationEdge">
            <summary>Property that returns drawing curve that the auxiliary view is aligned to. This property returns Nothing if this is not an auxiliary view or if the orientation edge (drawing curve) has been removed from the parent view during a subsequent update.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.BitmapAvailable">
            <summary>Property that returns if this view's graphics are also available as a bitmap as well. If a bitmap exists it can be retrieved using the DataIO object. This is only applicable within Apprentice.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.BreakOperations">
            <summary>Property that returns the BreakOperations object containing information about all the break operations applied to this view as well as methods to add breaks. Both local as well as inherited break operations are returned in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.BreakOutOperations">
            <summary>Property that returns the BreakOutOperations object containing information about all the break out operations applied to this view as well as methods to add break outs. Only local break out operations are returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.Camera">
            <summary>Property that returns a Camera object that defines the orientation of the model within the view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.Center">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display center point of the drawing view on the owning sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ClientGraphicsCollection">
            <summary>Property that returns the ClientGraphicsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.CopyTo(Inventor.Sheet)">
            <summary>Method that copies this drawing view into the specified sheet. The new object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="TargetSheet">
                <summary>Input Sheet object that specifies the sheet that this drawing view is to be copied into. An error occurs if the input sheet is the parent sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.CreateOriginIndicator(Inventor.GeometryIntent)">
            <summary>Method that creates the origin indicator for ordinate dimensions and hole tables. The specified input GeometryIntent object must be associated with this drawing view, otherwise this method will fail.</summary>
            <param name="Intent">
                <summary>Input GeometryIntent object that specifies the origin point with which the origin indicator is associated. The GeometryIntent object can be created using the Sheet.CreateGeometryIntent method. Valid intent values are points. If an invalid intent value is specified, this method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.CropOperations">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the CropOperations object containing information about all the crop operations applied to this view as well as methods to add crops.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.DataIO">
            <summary>Property that returns the associated DataIO object. This can be used in Apprentice to obtain an associated bitmap, if it exists.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DrawingView.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.DesignViewAssociative">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets whether the DesignViewRepresentation for a drawing view of a model is associative or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.DesignViewRepresentation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the name of the Design View Representation for a drawing view of a model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.DisplayBendExtents">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display sheet metal bend extents on the drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.DisplayDefinitionInBase">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display detail circles, section lines and the associated text in the base view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.DisplayForeshortenedTangentEdges">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display shortened tangent edges in order to distinguish them from visible edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.DisplayHatching">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display hatches for section and slice views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.DisplayInterferenceEdges">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display both hidden edges that are excluded due to an interference condition (press, or interference fit conditions, threaded fasteners in tapped holes where the hole feature is modeled with the minor diameter).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.DisplayTangentEdges">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to display the tangent edges on the drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.DisplayThreadFeatures">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display thread features on the drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.DisplayTrails">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display trails.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.DrawingCurves">
            <summary>Property that returns all the drawing curves within the drawing view optionally filtered to the input model object. This property returns Nothing for draft views.iew object represents a drawing view on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.DrawingViewEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the object, which provides event notifcation. For example, view updates.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.DrawingViewToModelSpace(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 2d coordinate in drawing view space, and returns a Line in model space. Since this method transforms from 2D space to 3D space, there is insufficient information to obtain a 3D model point. Hence, this method returns a Line in the view direction on which the point lies. You may then use the FindUsingRay method to find the point(s) of interest.</summary>
            <param name="ViewCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point2d object of a point within drawing view space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.DrawingViewToModelTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from drawing view coordinate space to the model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.DrawingViewToSheetSpace(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 2d coordinate in drawing view space, and returns a Point2d containing the coordinates of the point in sheet space.</summary>
            <param name="ViewCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point2d object of a point within drawing view space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.DrawingViewToSheetTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from drawing view coordinate space to the sheet space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.FullSectionDepth">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to section all geometry beyond the cutting line. If set to False, the SectionDepth property specifies a distance of viewing beginning from the cutting line. Setting the SectionDepth property automatically toggles this property to False. This property does not apply (and setting it returns an error) if the SliceAllParts property is set to True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.GeneralDimensionType">
            <summary>Read-write property that indicates the type of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.GetAutomatedCenterlineSettings(Inventor.AutomatedCenterlineSettings@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the settings that define how automatic center lines and center marks are to be calculated for this view.</summary>
            <param name="AutomatedCenterlineSettings">
                <summary>Output AutomatedCenterlineSettings object that defines the automatic center line and center mark creation settings for this drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.GetComponentLineColor(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets color of a component in drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="Component">
                <summary>Input Document, ComponentOccurrence, ComponentOccurrenceProxy, SurfaceBody, SurfaceBodyProxy, PartFeature or PartFeatureProxy  object to indicate a component in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.GetHiddenLinesStatus(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets the hidden lines status of a component in the drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="Component">
                <summary>Input Document, ComponentOccurrence, ComponentOccurrenceProxy, SurfaceBody, SurfaceBodyProxy, MeshFeature or MeshFeatureProxy object to indicate a component in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.GetIncludeStatus(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets the include status of the input object in the drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Input object to get the include status of. Valid objects are 2d and 3d sketches, work features, surface features, and proxies for all of these. The object needs to be supplied in the context of the document referenced by the drawing view. For instance, to set the include status of a 3D sketch within a part instanced in an assembly (and the drawing view is of the assembly), the input should be a Sketch3DProxy object created in context of the assembly. An error will occur if no corresponding object exists in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.GetVisibility(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets the visibility of the input object in the drawing view. This returns error if the input object has partial visibility status.</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Input object to get the visibility state of. Valid objects are 2d and 3d sketches, work features, surface features, occurrences and proxies for all of these. The object needs to be supplied in the context of the document referenced by the drawing view. For instance, to set the visibility state of a 3D sketch within a part instanced in an assembly (and the drawing view is of the assembly), the input should be a Sketch3DProxy object created in context of the assembly. An error will occur if no corresponding object exists in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.GetWeldmentState(Inventor.WeldmentStateEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the weldment option for the drawing view. The method returns a failure if the referenced model does not contain weldments.</summary>
            <param name="WeldmentState">
                <summary>Output WeldmentStateEnum that returns the weldment state of the drawing view. Valid return values are kAssemblyWeldmentState, kMachiningWeldmentState, kWeldsWeldmentState and kPreparationsWeldmentState. If kPreparationsWeldmentState is returned, the Component argument returns the corresponding preparations component.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Component">
                <summary>Output object that returns the component used for the Preparations weldment state. Valid return objects include an AssemblyDocument that represents the top level weldment document or a ComponentOccurrence that represents a first level occurrence in the weldment document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.GraphicsDataSetsCollection">
            <summary>Property that returns the object for the drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.HasOriginIndicator">
            <summary>Property that specifies whether the origin indicator for ordinate dimensions and hole tables has been created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.HatchRegions">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the DrawingViewHatchRegions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.Height">
            <summary>Property that specifies the height of the drawing view. The view height cannot be set but is defined by the contents of the view</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.HiddenLineCalculationForAllBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the hidden line are calculated for all bodies or reference data separately.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.Include3DAnnotations">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to include the 3D annotations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.IncludeMeshBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to include the mesh bodies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.IncludeSlice">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether some components are sliced and some components are sectioned, depending on their individual settings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.IncludeSurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to include the work surfaces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.InheritBreak">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the view should inherit the corresponding break from the parent view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.InheritBreakOut">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the view should inherit the corresponding break out from the parent view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.InheritSection">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the view should inherit the corresponding section cut from the parent view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.InheritSlice">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the view should inherit the corresponding slice cut from the parent view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.InsertInModelSpace">
            <summary>Inserts the view geometry into model space only if the drawing lives in an Inventor DWG file.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.IsBreakLineSmooth">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the cut edges are smooth or jogged.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.IsFlatPatternView">
            <summary>Gets whether the drawing view is of a sheet metal flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.IsRasterView">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the drawing view is raster view or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.IsTextPropertySource">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the drawing view is specified as the text property source.This is applicable only when the drawing view is a base view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.IsUpdateComplete">
            <summary>Indicates if the view has finished updating.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.Label">
            <summary>Property that returns the DrawingViewLabel object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.Left">
            <summary>Property that returns the position of the left edge of the drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.Margin">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the amount of area outside the normal view boundary that the view boundary extends.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ModelToDrawingViewSpace(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 3d coordinate in model space, and returns a Point2d object containing the coordinate point in drawing view space.</summary>
            <param name="ModelCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point object of a point within model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ModelToDrawingViewTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from model space to the drawing view coordinate space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ModelToSheetSpace(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 3d coordinate in model space, and returns a Point2d object containing the coordinate point in sheet space.</summary>
            <param name="ModelCoordinate">
                <summary>Point object of a point within model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ModelToSheetTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from model space to the sheet coordinate space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.MoveTo(Inventor.Sheet)">
            <summary>Method that moves this drawing view into the specified sheet. The moved object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="TargetSheet">
                <summary>Input Sheet object that specifies the sheet that this drawing view is to be moved into. An error occurs if the input sheet is the parent sheet object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.Name">
            <summary>Gets or sets the name of this View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.OriginIndicator">
            <summary>Property that gets the origin indicator for ordinate dimensions and hole tables.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent Sheet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ParentView">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent . This property returns Nothing in the case where no parent view exists.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the point used to position the drawing view on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.PresentationViewAssociative">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to associate the drawing view to the referenced presentation view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ReferenceDataDisplayStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the reference data display style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the model document referenced by this view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ReverseDirection">
            <summary>Method that reverses the section line direction.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.RevisionClouds">
            <summary>Returns the collection of revision clouds on this drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.RotateByAngle(System.Double,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that rotates the drawing view by the specified angle.</summary>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input double that specifies the angle by which to rotate the view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Clockwise">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to rotate the view clockwise or counter-clockwise. The default value is True indicating that the view will be rotated clockwise.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.Rotation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the absolute rotation angle of the drawing view in radians. The value can either be positive (counter-clockwise rotation) or negative (clockwise rotation).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.Scale">
            <summary>Gets or sets the Model-to-PaperSpace scale of this particular Drawing View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ScaleFromBase">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the scale of the view derives from the parent view or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ScaleString">
            <summary>Gets or sets the Model-to-PaperSpace scale in string format of this particular Drawing View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.SectionDepth">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the section depth in centimeters. Setting this property automatically toggles the FullSectionDepth property to False. Setting the property to a value between 0 and 0.00003 sets the depth to the smallest available section depth value of 0.00003. This property does not apply (and setting it returns an error) if the SliceAllParts property is set to True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.SectionLineSketch">
            <summary>Gets the object that contains the profile used to define the section line of the view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.SetActiveModelState(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the active model state for a drawing view. In this method users can also decide to update the PartsList objects which use the same model state as the drawing view. This method fails for drawing views where the model is unresolved.</summary>
            <param name="ModelState">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the name of active model state to set for the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UpdatePartsList">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the PartsList objects in the document with the same model state as the drawing view should be updated or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeepOverrides">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to keep the overrides in the PartsList objects. This is ignored if the UpdatePartsLists is set to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.SetAutomatedCenterlineSettings(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the automatic centerline and center mark settings for this view and creates the centerlines and center marks defined by the settings. The centerlines and center marks that were created are returned.</summary>
            <param name="AutomatedCenterlineSettings">
                <summary>Optional input AutomatedCenterlineSettings object that defines the automatic center line and center mark creation settings for this drawing view.
If this argument is omitted the following rules apply. If automated centerlines and center marks have not been created for this view then this argument will default to the settings defined by the drawing settings. If this view has had automatic centerlines and center marks created, then the values used for the previous created are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.SetComponentLineColor(System.Object,Inventor.Color)">
            <summary>Method that sets color for a component in the drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="Component">
                <summary>Input Document, ComponentOccurrence, ComponentOccurrenceProxy, SurfaceBody, SurfaceBodyProxy, PartFeature or PartFeatureProxy  object to indicate a component in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Color">
                <summary>Input Color object to set the color for the component in the drawing view. This the color has its ColorSourceType set to kLayerColorSource or kAutomaticColorSource then the color of the component will be set by layer or automatic.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.SetDesignViewRepresentation(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a design view representation for a drawing view of an assembly. This method fails for drawing views of parts and presentations and in the case where the model (assembly) is unresolved.</summary>
            <param name="Representation">
                <summary>String that specifies the Design View Representation to set on the drawing view. The method returns a failure if a representation with this name is not found in the referenced assembly.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Associative">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to associatively apply the design view. If set to True, any changes to the design view in the referenced assembly will show in this view. If not specified, a value of False is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.SetHiddenLinesStatus(System.Object,Inventor.HiddenLinesStatusEnum)">
            <summary>Method that sets the hidden lines status of a component in the drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="Component">
                <summary>Input Document, ComponentOccurrence, ComponentOccurrenceProxy, SurfaceBody, SurfaceBodyProxy, MeshFeature or MeshFeatureProxy object to indicate a component in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="visibleStatus">
                <summary>Input HiddenLinesStatusEnum value to specify the hidden line status for the component. Valid values are kAllHiddenLinesVisible and kAllHiddenLinesInvisible.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.SetIncludeStatus(System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the include status of the input object in the drawing view. This method automatically makes the object visible as well. After an object has been included, its visibility can be controlled using the GetVisibility and SetVisibility methods.</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Input object to set the include status of. Valid objects are 2d and 3d sketches, work features, surface features, and proxies for all of these. The object needs to be supplied in the context of the document referenced by the drawing view. For instance, to set the include status of a 3D sketch within a part instanced in an assembly (and the drawing view is of the assembly), the input should be a Sketch3DProxy object created in context of the assembly. An error will occur if no corresponding object exists in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Include">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the input object is included in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.SetVisibility(System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the visibility of the input object in the drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="Object">
                <summary>Input object to set the visibility state of. Valid objects are 2d and 3d sketches, work features, surface features, occurrences and proxies for all of these. The object needs to be supplied in the context of the document referenced by the drawing view. For instance, to set the visibility state of a 3D sketch within a part instanced in an assembly (and the drawing view is of the assembly), the input should be a Sketch3DProxy object created in context of the assembly. An error will occur if no corresponding object exists in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Visible">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the input object is visible in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.SetWeldmentState(Inventor.WeldmentStateEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the weldment option for the drawing view. The method returns a failure if the referenced model does not contain weldments.</summary>
            <param name="WeldmentState">
                <summary>Input WeldmentStateEnum that specifies the weldment state of the drawing view. Valid options are kAssemblyWeldmentState, kMachiningWeldmentState, kWeldsWeldmentState and kPreparationsWeldmentState. If kPreparationsWeldmentState is specified, the Component argument must also be specified, else the top level weldment document is assumed as the component.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Component">
                <summary>Optional input object that specifies the component to use for the Preparations weldment state. Valid input objects include an AssemblyDocument that represents the top level weldment document or a ComponentOccurrence that represents a first level occurrence in the weldment document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.SheetToDrawingViewSpace(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 2d coordinate in sheet space, and returns a Point2d object containing the coordinate point in drawing view space.</summary>
            <param name="SheetCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point2d object of a point within sheet space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.SheetToDrawingViewTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from sheet space to the drawing view coordinate space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.SheetToModelSpace(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 2d coordinate in sheet space, and returns a Line in model space. Since this method transforms from 2D space to 3D space, there is insufficient information to obtain a 3D model point. Hence, this method returns a Line in the view direction on which the point lies. You may then use the FindUsingRay method to find the point(s) of interest.</summary>
            <param name="SheetCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point2d object of a point within sheet space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.SheetToModelTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from sheet coordinate space to the model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ShowEntireLine">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether to show the entire section line or hide parts of it.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ShowHiddenAnnotations">
            <summary>Method that displays all the annotations hidden by the user.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ShowHiddenCurves">
            <summary>Method that displays all the curves explicitly hidden by the user.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ShowLabel">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to show the label of the drawing view on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ShowTrails">
            <summary>Gets and set whether to show the trails or not for a drawing view of a presentation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.Sketches">
            <summary>Property that returns the DrawingSketches collection object for the sheet. This object provides access to all of the sketches that have been created on the sheet and provides functionality to create new sketches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.SliceAllParts">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to override all individual settings and slice all components in the view according to the Section Line geometry. Components that are not crossed by the Section Line will not participate in the resulting view. Setting this property to True automatically toggles the IncludeSlice property to True. This property does not apply (and setting it returns an error) for drawing views of a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.StandardPartsSectionBehavior">
            <summary>Gets and sets the sectioning behavior for standard parts in drawing views of assemblies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this drawing view is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.Top">
            <summary>Property that specifies the position of the top edge of the drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the drawing view is up to date with respect to the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.UseAlignedMethod">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to use the projected or the aligned method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ViewAnnotation">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the drawing view annotation object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ViewJustification">
            <summary>Gets and sets the view justification.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ViewOrientationFromBase">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the view should inherit the orientation from the base view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ViewStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the drawing view style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.ViewType">
            <summary>Property returning an DrawingViewTypeEnum constant indicating the type of view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SectionDrawingView.Width">
            <summary>Property that specifies the width of the drawing view. The view width cannot be set but is defined by the contents of the view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SelectEvents">
            <summary>The SelectEvents object supports a set of events that are fired when the user is selecting geometry. These events are fired when the user is selecting items from various UI elements such as the graphics window or the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SelectEvents.AddSelectionFilter(Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum)">
            <summary>Adds a new filter (indication of the type of object(s) of interest) to the existing list of filters.</summary>
            <param name="Filter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SelectEvents.AddToSelectedEntities(System.Object)">
            <summary>Adds an entity to the selected entities collection.</summary>
            <param name="ItemObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SelectEvents.AddWindowSelectionFilter(Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum)">
            <summary>Adds a new filter (indication of the type of object(s) of interest) to the list of filters for Window Select (defaults to same filter list specified by AddSelectionFilter).</summary>
            <param name="Filter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SelectEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SelectEvents.ClearSelectionFilter">
            <summary>Clears out the filter list.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SelectEvents.ClearWindowSelectionFilter">
            <summary>Clears out the window selection filter list.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SelectEvents.Enabled">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the flag indicating whether the selection is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SelectEvents.ExpressSelectionEnabled">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the flag indicating whether express selection is enabled which controls the behavior of selection when an assembly is open in Express mode. If the assembly is not in Express mode this property has no effect.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SelectEvents.IgnoreProfileInnerLoops">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to ignore inner loops during 2d and 3d sketch profile selection. This property defaults to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SelectEvents.MouseMoveEnabled">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the flag indicating whether a mouse move should fire an event (OnPreSelectMouseMove). Default is TRUE.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SelectEvents.OnPreSelect(System.Object@,System.Boolean@,Inventor.ObjectCollection@,Inventor.SelectionDeviceEnum,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.View)">
            <summary>Fires signaling that a particular object has been indicated as a potential candidate for selection.</summary>
            <param name="PreSelectEntity">
                <summary>Input/Output. When called, Inventor returns the entity the mouse is currently over. The client though has a chance to change this entity to some other, if so desired. The entity passed back from the call is the one Inventor will highlight for the pre-select.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DoHighlight">
                <summary>Input value that specifies whether the entity should be available for selection or not. If True, this signifies a successful pre-selection and the entity is highlighted by Inventor.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MorePreSelectEntities">
                <summary>Input argument through which you can supply a group of objects that are logically pre-selected along with the one that Inventor found on its own. This argument is ignored if DoHighLight is False. Inventor passes in an empty collection that you can add additional entities to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SelectionDevice">
                <summary>Returns a constant denoting whether the selection was made via a pick in a graphics window or was it by a pick in the browser or by some other means. An object can also be selected programmatically by calling the selection simulation methods on the CommandManager. A value of kGraphicsWindowSelection indicates it was selected in a graphic window. For all other values the View, ModelPosition, and ViewPosition arguments are meaningless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that result from projecting the click point onto the selected entity. This is returned in centimeters relative to model space. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that specify the current location of the mouse pointer in window space and are returned in pixels. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>Returns the View &lt;Inventor__View.html&gt; object where the selection took place. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SelectEvents.OnPreSelectMouseMove(System.Object,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.View)">
            <summary>Event that occurs while an object is in pre-select mode and the user is moving the mouse. This allows you to receive mouse input relative to the pre-selected object.</summary>
            <param name="PreSelectEntity">
                <summary>Input argument that specifies the object currently pre-selected.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that result from projecting the current location of the mouse onto the selected entity. This is returned in centimeters relative to model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that specify the current location of the mouse pointer in window space and are returned in pixels.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>Returns the View object where the selection took place.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SelectEvents.OnSelect(Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator,Inventor.SelectionDeviceEnum,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.View)">
            <summary>Event that occurs when the user selects an entity.</summary>
            <param name="JustSelectedEntities">
                <summary>Returns the object(s) that were just selected by the user. This may be the only one selected so far or the latest one in a series during this selection process. Multiple objects may be returned if the user does a window (area) select.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SelectionDevice">
                <summary>Input constant denoting whether the selection was made via a pick in a graphics window or was it by a pick in the browser or by some other means. An object can also be selected programmatically by calling the selection simulation methods on the CommandManager. A value of kGraphicsWindowSelection indicates it was selected in a graphic window. For all other values the View, ModelPosition, and ViewPosition arguments are meaningless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that result from projecting the click point onto the selected entity. This is returned in centimeters relative to model space. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that specify the current location of the mouse pointer in window space and are returned in pixels. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>Returns the View object where the selection took place. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SelectEvents.OnStopPreSelect(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.View)">
            <summary>Event that occurs when the currently pre-selected entity stops being displayed in pre-selection highlight--happens usually when the user has moved his/her mouse away from the vicinity of the pre-selected entity. This way, the client programmer has the ability to display additional graphics on pre-select and with the OnStopPreSelect knows when to stop displaying this additional graphics. An example can be seen in the Sketch trim command. As you move the mouse over some sketch graphics, you see the preview of what the result will be if you select the object and when you move away this trimmed preview is taken away.</summary>
            <param name="ModelPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that result from projecting the click point onto the selected entity. This is returned in centimeters relative to model space. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that specify the current location of the mouse pointer in window space and are returned in pixels. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>Returns the View object where the selection took place. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SelectEvents.OnUnSelect(Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator,Inventor.SelectionDeviceEnum,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.View)">
            <summary>Event that occurs when the user unselects an entity. This is done in the user interface by pressing the Shift button and selecting a previously selected entity.</summary>
            <param name="UnSelectedEntities">
                <summary>Input ObjectsEnumerator that specifies the object(s) (un)selected by the user to be taken out of the selection set being built.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SelectionDevice">
                <summary>Input constant denoting whether the (un)selection was made via a pick in a graphics window or was it by a pick in the browser or by some other means. An object can also be selected programmatically by calling the selection simulation methods on the CommandManager. A value of kGraphicsWindowSelection indicates it was (un)selected in a graphic window. For all other values the View, ModelPosition, and ViewPosition arguments are meaningless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that result from projecting the click point onto the (un)selected entity. This is returned in centimeters relative to model space. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that specify the current location of the mouse pointer in window space and are returned in pixels. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>Returns the View object where the selection took place. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SelectEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SelectEvents.PreSelectBurnThrough">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the flag indicating whether the preselected items will burn through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SelectEvents.RemoveFromSelectedEntities(System.Object)">
            <summary>Removes entities from the selected entities collection.</summary>
            <param name="ItemObject">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the object to remove from the selected entities collection.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SelectEvents.ResetSelections">
            <summary>Resets the set of selections being recorded by this object to an empty set.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SelectEvents.RestrictSelectionToOccurrence">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the ComponentOccurrence to which the selection should be restricted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SelectEvents.RestrictWindowSelectionToOccurrence">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the ComponentOccurrence the window selection should be restricted to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SelectEvents.SelectedEntities">
            <summary>Gets an ObjectsEnumerator that presents all of the selected objects so far.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SelectEvents.SingleSelectEnabled">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the flag indicating whether single select is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SelectEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SelectEvents.WindowSelectEnabled">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the flag indicating whether window select is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SelectionPreferences">
            <summary>SelectionPreferences object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SelectionPreferences.Add(Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Adds a type to the selection preferences.</summary>
            <param name="Type">
                <summary>Input ObjectTypeEnum to add an object type item to the collection .</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Optional input an index that specifies the location the item to be added. If not specified the item will be added at the end. If the input index is larger than the count of items the new item will be added at the end.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SelectionPreferences.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SelectionPreferences.Clear">
            <summary>clear all the types in the selection preferences.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SelectionPreferences.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SelectionPreferences.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SelectionPreferences.Remove(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Remove a type from the selection preferences.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SelectionPreferences.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SelectSet">
            <summary>The SelectSet object acts as a container for all of the objects that are currently selected using the Select command. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SelectSet.Clear">
            <summary>Method that removes all objects from the select set.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SelectSet.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of objects in the select set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SelectSet.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes all deletable objects in the select set. This is the equivalent of the Delete command. Not all objects that are selectable can be deleted. For example, you can select an edge, but it cannot be deleted. Any undeletable objects in the select set are ignored.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SelectSet.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the select set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SelectSet.Remove(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified object from the select set.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input value that specifies the object to remove. This can be a Long which specifies the index within the collection of the item to remove, or it can be the object you wish to remove. This only removes the object from the select set. It does not delete it from the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SelectSet.Select(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds an entity to the select set.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input Autodesk Inventor object that is valid to be selected. This method will fail in the case where an unselectable object is provided. For example, you can't select a Document or Matrix object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SelectSet.SelectMultiple(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Adds multiple entities to the select set.</summary>
            <param name="Entities">
                <summary>Object collection of entities to add to the set.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SelectSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ShadedDisplayOptions">
            <summary>The ShadedDisplayOptions object provides access to properties that provide read and write access of the shaded display related application options. This is equivalent to the Shaded Display Mode section of the Display tab on the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShadedDisplayOptions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShadedDisplayOptions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Sheet">
            <summary>The Sheet object represents a sheet in a drawing document. See here for an overview on drawing views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sheet.Activate">
            <summary>Method that causes this sheet to become the active sheet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sheet.AddBorder(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds the specified border definition to the sheet. This method will fail in the case where a border instance already exists on the sheet. In this case, use the Delete method of the Border object to remove the existing one first.</summary>
            <param name="BorderDefinition">
                <summary>Input Variant that specifies which BorderDefinition to use. The input for the argument can be either a BorderDefinition object or string containing the name of an existing BorderDefinition object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PromptStrings">
                <summary>Optional input array of Strings that specifies the input strings to use as input for prompted text fields that my be present in the border definition. If prompted strings exist in the border definition you must supply input strings through this argument or this method will fail. The prompt strings and their order are obtained by querying the TextBox objects in the BorderDefinition. The order they're returned by the TextBoxes collection is the same order the input strings need to be supplied in the PromptStrings array.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sheet.AddDefaultBorder(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds an instance of the default border to the sheet. This method is the equivalent of inserting the 'Default Border' border. A border created using the default border is created 'on the fly' by Autodesk Inventor using the supplied input. It is not based on an existing border definition.</summary>
            <param name="HorizontalZoneCount">
                <summary>Optional value that specifies the number of horizontal zones to be created for the border. If not supplied it will default to a standard value, which varies depending on the width of the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HorizontalZoneLabelMode">
                <summary>Optional input BorderLabelModeEnum value that specifies label style for the horizontal labels. Valid values are kBorderLabelModeAlphabetical, kBorderLabelModeNumeric, and kBorderLabelModeNone. If not specified, it will default to kBorderLabelModeNumeric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VerticalZoneCount">
                <summary>Optional value that specifies the number of vertical zones to be created for the border. If not supplied it will default to a standard value, which varies depending on the height of the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VerticalZoneLabelMode">
                <summary>Optional input BorderLabelModeEnum value that specifies label style for the vertical labels. Valid values are kBorderLabelModeAlphabetical, kBorderLabelModeNumeric, and kBorderLabelModeNone. If not specified, it will default to kBorderLabelModeAlphabetical.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LabelFromBottomRight">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that indicates whether the zone numbers should begin at the bottom\-right or top\-left corner. A value of True indicates the bottom\-right corner and False specifies the top\-left. If not specified, it will default to True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DelimitByLines">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean input that indicates if delimit zones should be indicated by lines or arrowheads. A value of True indicates lines and False specifies arrowheads. If not specified, it will default to True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Centermarks">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to a incorporate center marks into the border. A value of True will add center marks. If not specified, it will default to True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TopMargin">
                <summary>Optional Double input that specifies the space between the top edge of the sheet and the border line. The distance is specified in centimeters. If not specified, it defaults to a value appropriate for the current active standard.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BottomMargin">
                <summary>Optional Double input that specifies the space between the bottom edge of the sheet and the border line. The distance is specified in centimeters. If not specified, it defaults to a value appropriate for the current active standard.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LeftMargin">
                <summary>Optional Double input that specifies the space between the left edge of the sheet and the border line. The distance is specified in centimeters. If not specified, it defaults to a value appropriate for the current active standard.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RightMargin">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies the space between the right edge of the sheet and the border line. The distance is specified in centimeters. If not specified, it defaults to a value appropriate for the current active standard.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextStyle">
                <summary>Optional input TextStyle object that specifies the text style for the zone labels.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextLayer">
                <summary>Optional input Layer object that specifies the layer for the zone labels.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineLayer">
                <summary>Optional input Layer object that specifies the layer for the border geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sheet.AddTitleBlock(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds the specified title block definition to the sheet. Since a sheet can only have one title block at a time, calling this method will remove the existing title block.</summary>
            <param name="TitleBlockDefinition">
                <summary>Input Variant that specifies which TitleBlockDefinition to use. The input for the argument can be either a TitleBlockDefinition object or string containing the name of an existing TitleBlockDefinition object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TitleBlockLocation">
                <summary>Optional input value from the TitleBlockLocationEnum enum that defines which corner of the sheet the title block is positioned in. If not supplied, it defaults to the position defined by the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PromptStrings">
                <summary>Optional input array of Strings that specifies the input strings to use as input for prompted text fields that my be present in the title block definition. If prompted strings exist in the title block definition you must supply input strings through this argument or this method will fail. The prompt strings and their order are obtained by querying the TextBox objects in the TitleBlockDefinition. The order they're returned by the TextBoxes collection is the same order the input strings need to be supplied in the PromptStrings array.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.AutoCADBlocks">
            <summary>Property that returns the AutoCADBlocks collection object. This object provides access to all instances of AutoCAD blocks on a sheet. This property returns Nothing for sheets on an Inventor IDW document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.Balloons">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of on this sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.Border">
            <summary>Property that returns the Border or DefaultBorder object associated with the sheet. This property will return Nothing in the case where the sheet doesn't have a border.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.Centerlines">
            <summary>Property that returns the Centerlines collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.Centermarks">
            <summary>Property that returns the Centermarks collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sheet.ChangeLayer(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Layer)">
            <summary>Method that changes the associated layer for all the input objects.</summary>
            <param name="Objects">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing the objects to change the layer of. All the objects should belong to the parent Sheet. The collection can contain any drawing object that has a layer associated with it.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Layer">
                <summary>Input Layer object that specifies the new layer to which the objects should be moved to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.ClientGraphicsCollection">
            <summary>Gets the ClientGraphicsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.ClientViews">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection for the drawing sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sheet.CopyTo(Inventor.DrawingDocument)">
            <summary>Method that copies this sheet into the specified drawing document. The new sheet is returned.</summary>
            <param name="TargetDocument">
                <summary>Input DrawingDocument object that specifies the document that this sheet is to be copied into. An error occurs if the input document is the parent DrawingDocument.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sheet.CreateGeometryIntent(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a GeometryIntent object for use in various annotation and view creations.</summary>
            <param name="Geometry">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the geometry. Valid \input objects are DrawingCurve, sketch entities from a sheet sketch, DrawingDimension, Centerline, and Centermark objects. If a DrawingDimension object is input, a Point2d on the dimension must be provided in the Intent argument. A Point object can be provided for true dimensions in an iso\-view. Use the DimensionLine, ExtensionLineOne and ExtensionLineTwo properties on the dimension objects to get points on the dimension.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Intent">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the intent point on the input geometry. This can be a value from PointIntentEnum, a geometry if the intent is the intersection of two geometries, a Point2d object that specifies a sheet point on the geometry or a double value (0 to 1) indicating the parameter on the input curve geometry. The range of valid parameter values can be obtained using the GetParamExtents method on the curve's evaluator.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.CustomTables">
            <summary>Property that returns the CustomTables collection object for this sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.DataIO">
            <summary>Property that returns a DataIO object. The DataIO object can be used to write out the sheet data in various formats. The Sheet currently only supports</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sheet.Delete(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes this sheet.</summary>
            <param name="RetainDependentViews">
                <summary>Indicates whether to retain any views dependent on this sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.DrawingDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the DrawingDimensions collection object. This object provides access to all of the dimensions on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.DrawingNotes">
            <summary>Property that returns the DrawingNotes collection object consisting of all drawing notes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.DrawingViews">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object. This provides access to the existing drawing views on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.EdgeSymbols">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the collection of edge symbols on this sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.ExcludeFromCount">
            <summary>Gets or sets whether to exclude the sheet in the count of sheets in the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.ExcludeFromPrinting">
            <summary>Gets or sets whether to exclude the sheet when printing the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.FeatureControlFrames">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureControlFrames collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sheet.FindUsingPoint(Inventor.Point2d,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that finds drawing curve segments, entities on a sheet sketch, centerlines and centermarks that the given point lies on.</summary>
            <param name="PointOnSheet">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies a sheet point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance value for the search. If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sheet.GetAvailableDesignViewsToRetrieve3DAnnotations(Inventor.DrawingView)">
            <summary>Gets an array of strings containing names of the design views of model document that the 3D annotations can be retrieved from.</summary>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>Input DrawingView object from which to get the names of the model document’s design views that can be used to get the retrievable annotations.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sheet.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sheet.GetRetrievableAnnotations2(Inventor.DrawingView,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Returns a collection of objects that represent the valid set of model dimensions that can be retrieved into the input drawing view.</summary>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>Input DrawingView object to get the retrievable annotations from.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SketchAndFeatureDimensions">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to get the retrievable sketch and feature dimensions. This defaults to True. If not specified or this is set to True, the retrievable sketch constraint objects or their proxies that derive from DimensionConstraint, FeatureDimension objects or FeatureDimensionProxy objects will be returned. If this is set to False, the retrievable 3D annotation objects and their proxy objects will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelObject">
                <summary>Optional input object from the model referenced by the drawing view that specifies a filter for this method.  If specified, only the annotations related to this object will be returned.  Valid inputs include PlanarSketch, any of the objects that derive from PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence and the proxies to all these objects.  If not specified, all the valid annotations for the input view are returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DesignView">
                <summary>Optional input String value that specifies a design view of the model document to get the retrievable 3D annotation objects. If SketchAndFeatureDimensions is set to True this will be ignored. If SketchAndFeatureDimensions  is set to False and ModelObject is provided then this is ignored also. If not provided the default design view will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.GraphicsDataSetsCollection">
            <summary>Gets the GraphicsDataSetsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.Height">
            <summary>Gets or sets the height of the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.HoleTables">
            <summary>Property that returns the HoleTables collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.IsModelSpaceSheet">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this is a model space sheet created automatically when opening (rather than importing) AutoCAD dwg files.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.Name">
            <summary>Gets or sets the user-friendly name of the Sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.Orientation">
            <summary>Gets or sets the orientation of the sheet as it is viewed or printed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent document. When used within Autodesk Inventor the DrawingDocument object will be returned. When used within Apprentice the ApprenticeServerDrawingDocument object will be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.PartsLists">
            <summary>Property that returns the PartsLists collection object associated with this sheet. This provides access to the existing parts lists on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sheet.RetrieveAnnotations2(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Retrieves sketch and/or model annotations into the drawing.</summary>
            <param name="ViewOrSketch">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the DrawingView or the DrawingSketch object to retrieve annotations from.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnnotationsToRetrieve">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that specifies the annotations to retrieve.  If not specified, all annotations from the specified view or sketch are retrieved.  If specified, the collection can contain sketch constraint objects or their proxies that derive from DimensionConstraint, FeatureDimension objects or FeatureDimensionProxy objects, 3D annotation objects and their proxy objects.  The objects must belong to the view or sketch specified in the first argument, else an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.Revision">
            <summary>Gets or sets the revision number of the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.RevisionClouds">
            <summary>Get the RevisionClouds collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.RevisionTables">
            <summary>Property that returns the RevisionTables collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.Size">
            <summary>Gets or sets the size of the Sheet as value in an enumeration of standard sheet sizes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.SketchedSymbols">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchedSymbols collection object. This object provides access to all sketched symbols on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.Sketches">
            <summary>Property that returns the DrawingSketches collection object for the sheet. This object provides access to all of the sketches that have been created on the sheet and provides functionality to create new sketches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.Status">
            <summary>Property that returns the current status of the sheet and its contents. If the value is equal to kUpToDateDrawingSheet then the drawing sheet is up to date. Any other value means some portion of the sheet is out of date. The returned value can contain status information about several things about the sheet. You can use bitwise operators to determine the status for a particular item. For example the following can be used to see if the precise display for views on sheet are up to date. If (oSheet.Status And kProcessingPreciseDisplayDrawingSheet) = kProcessingPreciseDisplayDrawingSheet Then MsgBox "Processing precise display." End If This is useful when an operation requires the sheet to be up to date. For example, when plotting the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.SurfaceTextureSymbols">
            <summary>Property that returns the SurfaceTextureSymbols collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.TextPropertySource">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the text property source model. This is the name of a drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.TitleBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the TitleBlock object associated with the sheet. This property will return Nothing in the case where the sheet doesn't have a title block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.TransitionSymbols">
            <summary>Returns the collection of edge symbols on this sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sheet.Update">
            <summary>Method that updates the sheet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.WeldingSymbols">
            <summary>Get the DrawingWeldingSymbols collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheet.Width">
            <summary>Gets or sets the width of the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SheetFormat">
            <summary>The SheetFormat object represents a sheet format in a drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetFormat.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetFormat.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetFormat.CopyTo(Inventor.DrawingDocument)">
            <summary>Method that copies the sheet format to the target drawing document.</summary>
            <param name="TargetDocument">
                <summary>Input DrawingDocument object that specifies the document to copy the format into.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetFormat.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sheet format.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetFormat.FitViewsToSheet">
            <summary>Returns whether to fit the drawing views to the sheet or no.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetFormat.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetFormat.HasDrawingViews">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this sheet format contains definitions for one or more drawing views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetFormat.Height">
            <summary>Property that gets the height of the sheet as defined in the format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetFormat.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the SheetFormat.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetFormat.Orientation">
            <summary>Property that gets whether the sheet is oriented using landscape or portrait orientation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetFormat.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent DrawingDocument object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetFormat.ReferencedAutoCADBlockDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns an enumerator of all the AutoCADBlockDefinition objects that this format references. The property returns Nothing if the sheet format does not reference any AutoCAD block definitions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetFormat.ReferencedBorderDefinition">
            <summary>Property that returns the BorderDefinition that this format references.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetFormat.ReferencedSymbolDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns an enumerator of all the SketchedSymbolDefinition objects that this format references.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetFormat.ReferencedTitleBlockDefinition">
            <summary>Property that returns the TitleBlockDefinition that this format references.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetFormat.Size">
            <summary>Property that gets the size of the sheet as defined in the format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetFormat.TitleBlockLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the position of the title block on the sheet as defined in the format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetFormat.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetFormat.Width">
            <summary>Property that gets the width of the sheet as defined in the format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SheetFormats">
            <summary>The SheetFormats collection object provides access to all the existing SheetFormat objects in a drawing document and provides methods to create additional sheet formats.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetFormats.Add(Inventor.Sheet,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new SheetFormat. The newly created SheetFormat is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Sheet">
                <summary>Input Sheet object that specifies the sheet to be used as the template for creating the sheet format.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that defines the name of the sheet format. The name must be unique with respect to all other SheetFormats in the document or an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetFormats.AddWithOptions(Inventor.Sheet,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a new SheetFormat object.</summary>
            <param name="Sheet">
                <summary>Input Sheet object that specifies the sheet to be used as the template for creating the sheet format.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that defines the name of the sheet format.  The name must be unique with respect to all other SheetFormats in the document or an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap that specifies more options for creating the sheet format. Valid values are:
Name = “FitViewsToSheet”, Value = Boolean value that specifies whether to fit drawing views to sheet or not. If set this to True then the drawing views that are created on this sheet format will be auto-scaled according to the model and the sheet. If set this to False then the drawing views that are created on this sheet format will honor the scale that was saved in the drawing views in the sheet format. If not specified this default to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetFormats.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetFormats.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetFormats.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SheetFormat object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetFormats.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition">
            <summary>The SheetMetalComponentDefinition object derives from the PartComponentDefinition object. It adds the sheet metal-specific behavior to the PartComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.ActiveSheetMetalStyle">
            <summary>Property that returns the active SheetMetalStyle object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.AnalysisManager">
            <summary>Property that returns the AnalysisManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.AnnotationPlanes">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the AnnotationPlanes collection object.&amp;nbsp;This object provides access to all of the annotation planes in the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.AppearanceOverridesObjects">
            <summary>Gets the objects that have appearance overrides in the active design view. The objects can include faces, features, work surfaces and surface bodies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.ASideDefinitions">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ASideFaceDefinitions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.BendRadius">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the bend radius of the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.BendReliefDepth">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the bend relief depth of the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.BendReliefWidth">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the bend relief width of the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.Bends">
            <summary>Inventor::PartComponentDefinition::Bends</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.BIMComponent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the BIMComponent object associated with this component definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.BOMQuantity">
            <summary>Property that returns the BOMQuantity object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.BOMStructure">
            <summary>Gets and sets how the component is used/viewed in a BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.ClearAppearanceOverrides(System.Object)">
            <summary>Clears the appearance overrides on the provided objects. The objects can include faces, features, work surfaces, surface bodies and occurrences.</summary>
            <param name="AppearanceOverrideObjects">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection including the faces, features, work surfaces and bodies to clear their appearance overrides. If this argument is not provided, then it will clear all the appearance overrides in active design view.  If an object is provided that does not have an override, it is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.ClientGraphicsCollection">
            <summary>Property that returns the ClientGraphicsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.CompactModelHistoryOnNextSave">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the flag that decides whether the BRep's modifications through its history are saved explicitly in the next save or not (independent of CompactModelHistory setting).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.CornerReliefSize">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the corner relief size of the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.CreateFactory">
            <summary>Converts a part to an iPart factory.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.CreateGeometryIntent(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a GeometryIntent object.&amp;nbsp;GeometryIntent objects are used as input when creating annotations in the model.&amp;nbsp;They are used to identify geometry and optionally specific locations on that geometry.</summary>
            <param name="Geometry">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the geometry. Valid input objects are Vertex, WorkPoint, SketchPoint, SketchPoint3d, WorkAxis, SketchLine, SketchLine3d, SketchCircle, SketchCircle3d, Edge, or Face objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Intent">
                <summary>Optional input that specifies a specific position on the geometry. This can be a value from PointIntentEnum, an entity if the intent is the intersection of two geometries, a Point object that specifies a position on the geometry relative to model space, a double value indicating a position in the parametric space of the input curve, and a Point2d object that specifies a point in the parametric space of a surface.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.DataIO">
            <summary>Gets the object that directly deals with I/O to and from a storage-medium, including Streams(IStream).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.DeleteObjects(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes a collection of objects that belong to the part.</summary>
            <param name="Objects">
                <summary>Collection of objects to delete from the part. Valid objects are part features, work features, sketches and 3d sketches.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDepFeatsAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features and sketches should be deleted. If there are no such dependents this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDepWorkFeats">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.Document">
            <summary>Property that returns the containing Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.ExportObjects(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Marks all the input objects as exported.</summary>
            <param name="Objects">
                <summary>Object collection to mark as exported.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.FactoryDocument">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the model state factory document when IsModelStateMember returns True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.Features">
            <summary>Property that returns the PartFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.FindUsingPoint(Inventor.Point,Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum[],System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that finds all the entities of the specified type at the specified location.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the model space point at which to find the entities.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ObjectTypes">
                <summary>Input array of SelelctionFilterEnum values that indicate the type of objects to find. The values are the enum values from the SelectionFilterEnum and can be combined to specify multiple object types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance value for the search. This value defines the radius of a sphere at the input point. All objects that intersect this sphere will be returned. If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VisibleObjectsOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether or not invisible objects should be included in the search. Defaults to True indicating that invisible objects will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.FindUsingRay(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,System.Double,Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator@,Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator@,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that fires a ray through the part or assembly and returns the entities intersected by the ray. The objects intersected by the ray are returned in the order in which they are intersected, with the first entities returned being those closest to the clipping plane.</summary>
            <param name="RayStartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the start point of the ray in model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RayDirection">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object that defines the direction of the ray. The ray is infinite in the direction defined.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the radius of the ray. This value is specified in centimeters. Defining a radius for a ray allows the intersection to be within a given tolerance. This radius essentially results in the definition of a cylinder whose axis lies along the axis defined by the RayStartPoint and RayDirection. The intersection result is between the cylinder and the model's entities. A value higher than zero is recommended, though not explicitly required.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FoundEntities">
                <summary>Output ObjectsEnumerator that returns the entities that were intersected by the ray.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LocationPoints">
                <summary>Output ObjectsEnumerator that returns a set of Point objects. One Point object is returned for each entity in the FoundEntities list. The point defines the coordinate of the intersection between the ray and the corresponding entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FindFirstOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to find just the first entity in the ray's path. If False (the default) then all entities found are returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.FindUsingVector(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum[],System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that finds all the entities of the specified type along the specified vector using either a cylinder or cone that to define the tolerance within the defined vector.</summary>
            <param name="OriginPoint">
                <summary>Input Point that defines the model space location to position the vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Input UnitVector that defines direction to find all entities that the vector penetrates. The vector is treated as infinite in both directions from the origin point so all entities that lie in the path of the vector on either side of the origin point will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ObjectTypes">
                <summary>Input array of SelelctionFilterEnum values that indicate the type of objects to find. The values are the enum values from the SelectionFilterEnum and can be combined to specify multiple object types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseCylinder">
                <summary>Input argument that specifies if the vector defines a cylinder or cone when checking to see if an entity is hit by the ray.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityTolerance">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the tolerance value for the search. This value defines the radius of a cylinder if UseCylinder is True or the angle of the cone if False. If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VisibleObjectsOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether or not invisible objects should be included in the search. Defaults to True indicating that invisible objects will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LocationPoints">
                <summary>Optional output that returns a set of Point objects. One Point object is returned for each entity in the FoundEntities list. The point defines the coordinate of the intersection between the vector and the corresponding entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.FlatPattern">
            <summary>Property that returns the FlatPattern object. If the sheet metal part hasn't been unfolded, this property returns Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.GapSize">
            <summary>Inventor::PartComponentDefinition::GapSize</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.GetBodySheetMetalStyle(Inventor.SurfaceBody)">
            <summary>Method that gets the sheet metal style for a surface body.</summary>
            <param name="Body">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.GetEndOfPartPosition(System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Gets the current end of part position in the browser (in parts).</summary>
            <param name="After">
                <summary>The feature or sketch that the "End of Part" node is positioned immediately after.  If the "End of Part" node is at the top of the tree this will return Nothing.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>The feature or sketch that the "End of Part" node is positioned immediately before.  If the "End of Part" node is at the bottom of the tree this will return Nothing.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.GetUnusedGeometries(Inventor.ObjectCollection@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            <param name="UnusedGeometries">
                <summary>Output ObjectCollection object the includes the unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.HasFlatPattern">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the sheet metal body has been unfolded and a FlatPattern object exists.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.HasMultipleSolidBodies">
            <summary>Determines whether the part contains multiple solid bodies or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.iMateDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateDefinitions collection object associated with this part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.iPartFactory">
            <summary>Property that returns the iPartFactory object. This property will fail in the case where the part is not an iPart Factory. You can determine this by using the IsiPartFactory property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.iPartMember">
            <summary>Property that returns the iPartMember object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.IsContentMember">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this part is a Content Center part or not. A value of True indicates it is a Content Center part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.IsiPartFactory">
            <summary>Property that returns if the part is an iPart Factory or not. It returns True in the case where the part is a factory. If True, the factory can be obtained using the iPartFactory property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.IsiPartMember">
            <summary>Property that returns the iPartMember object. This property will fail in the case where the part is not an iPart Member. You can determine this by using the IsiPartMember property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.IsModelStateFactory">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the document is a model state factory document or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.IsModelStateMember">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the document is a model state member document or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.JacobiRadiusSize">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the Jacobi radius size of the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.MassProperties">
            <summary>Mass properties for this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.MeshFeatureSets">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the MeshFeatureSets collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.MinimumRemnant">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the minimum remnant of the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.ModelAnnotations">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelAnnotations collection object.&amp;nbsp;This object provides access to all of the model annotations in the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.ModelGeometryVersion">
            <summary>Property that returns a string that can be used to determine if the document has been modified. This version string is changed every time the assembly is modified. By saving a previous version string, you can compare the current version string to see if the assembly has been modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.ModelStates">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelStates object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.ModelToleranceFeatures">
            <summary>Returns the ModelToleranceFeatures collection object.&amp;nbsp;This object provides access to all of the model annotations in the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.Occurrences">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.OrientedMinimumRangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the oriented minimum range box for this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.Parameters">
            <summary>Gets the Parameters collection object that encapsulates all of the parameters defined in this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.PartEvents">
            <summary>Property that returns the PartEvents source object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.PointClouds">
            <summary>Gets the PointClouds collection object that encapsulates all of the point clouds defined in this Component Definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.PreciseRangeBox">
            <summary>Gets a bounding box that tightly encloses all the solid and surface bodies under the ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.PurgeUnusedGeometries(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that purges unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            <param name="UnusedGeometries">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that including the sketches and work features to purge. The unused sketches and work features can be retrieved using GetUnusedGeometries method. If this is not provided then all unused sketches and work features will be purged.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.ReferenceComponents">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponents collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.RepositionObject(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the specifies object(s) to the new position within the collection of the object in the document.</summary>
            <param name="TargetObject">
                <summary>Input the Object that specifies the target object to move other objects next to. Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether to position other object(s) before or after the target object.  A value of True indicates that the object(s) will be positioned before the target object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartObject">
                <summary>Input Object that specifies the object to be repositioned.  Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndObject">
                <summary>Optional input Object that specifies the object to be repositioned.  If specified, all the objects from the StartObject to the EndObject, both inclusive, will be repositioned to the specified position in the document.  If not specified, only the StartObject will be repositioned.  Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.RepresentationsManager">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the RepresentationsManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.RolledBackForEdit">
            <summary>Property that gets whether the model is currently rolled back to a previous point in the feature history.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.SetBodySheetMetalStyle(Inventor.SurfaceBody,Inventor.SheetMetalStyle)">
            <summary>Method that sets the sheet metal style for a surface body.</summary>
            <param name="Body">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody object that specifies the body to set its sheet metal style.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Input SheetMetalStyle object that specifies the sheet metal style to set to the body.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.SetBodySheetMetalStyle2(Inventor.SurfaceBody,Inventor.SheetMetalStyle,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the sheet metal style for a surface body, can ignore computation errors.</summary>
            <param name="Body">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody object that specifies the body to set its sheet metal style.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Input SheetMetalStyle object that specifies the sheet metal style to set to the body.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AcceptErors">
                <summary>Optional  input Boolean value that indicates if accepts errors when set the sheet metal style to the body. If the AcceptErrors argument is set to True, errors are accepted and the process continues.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.SetEndOfPartToTopOrBottom(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that positions the end-of-part marker at the top or bottom of the browser.</summary>
            <param name="SetToTop">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the end-of-part marker is to be moved to the top or the bottom of the browser. If True, the marker is moved to the top of the browser, just below the Origin folder. If False, it is moved to the bottom of the browser, just below the last item in the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.SheetMetalStyles">
            <summary>Property that returns the SheetMetalStyles collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.SketchBlockDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchBlockDefinitions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.Sketches">
            <summary>Gets the PlanarSketches collection object that encapsulates all of the planar sketches defined in this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.Sketches3D">
            <summary>Property that returns the Sketches3D collection object that encapsulates all of the 3D sketches defined in this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.SuppressFeatures(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that suppresses the specified features.</summary>
            <param name="Features">
                <summary>Collection of features to suppress.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns all of the result SurfaceBody objects contained within this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.Thickness">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the thickness of the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.TransitionRadius">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the transition radius of the part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.Unfold">
            <summary>Method that generates the flat pattern.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.Unfold2(Inventor.Face)">
            <summary>Method that generates the flat pattern with the input face as the base face.</summary>
            <param name="BaseFace">
                <summary>Input Face object from the folded model to be used as the base face when generating the flat pattern.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.UnfoldMethod">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the currently active unfold method for the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.UnfoldMethods">
            <summary>Property that returns the UnfoldMethods collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.UnsuppressFeatures(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that unsuppresses the specified features.</summary>
            <param name="Features">
                <summary>Collection of features to unsuppress.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.UserCoordinateSystems">
            <summary>Property that returns the UserCoordinateSystems collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.UseSheetMetalStyleMaterial">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies if the material is defined by the sheet metal style or it is explictly set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.UseSheetMetalStyleThickness">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies if the active thickness is defined by the sheet metal style or it is explictly set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.UseSheetMetalStyleUnfoldMethod">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether to use the unfold method specified by the sheet metal style or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.WorkAxes">
            <summary>Property that returns the WorkAxes collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.WorkPlanes">
            <summary>Property that returns the WorkPlanes collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.WorkPoints">
            <summary>Property that returns the WorkPoints collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalComponentDefinition.WorkSurfaces">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object that encapsulates all of the work surfaces defined in this PartComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures">
            <summary>The SheetMetalFeaturesFeatures collection object provides access to all of the SheetMetalFeature objects in a sheet metal component definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.AliasFreeformFeatures">
            <summary>Returns the AliasFrreeformFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.BendFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the BendFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing BendFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.BendPartFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that besides listing out the subset of part features that are BendPartFeatures, allows the creations of BendPartFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.BossFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that lists the subset of part features that are BossFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.BoundaryPatchFeatures">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection object. Besides listing out the subset of part features that are BoundaryPatches, it allows the creation of new BoundaryPatches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.ChamferFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the ChamferFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing ChamferFeature objects and provides functionality to create new ChamferFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.CircularPatternFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the CircularPatternFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing CircularPatternFeature objects and provides functionality to create new CircularPatternFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.ClientFeatures">
            <summary>Property returning the client features collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.CoilFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the CoilFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing CoilFeature objects and provides functionality to create new CoilFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.CombineFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the CombineFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.ContourFlangeFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the CounterFlangeFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.ContourRollFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the ContourRollFeatures Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.CornerChamferFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the CornerChamferFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.CornerFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the CornerFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.CornerRoundFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the CornerRoundFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.CreatePath(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a path used to define the shape of several part features such as sweep, rectangular pattern, split, etc. All other 2D and 3D curves that are connected to the input curve are obtained and used to create a Path object. The new Path is returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchCurve">
                <summary>Input sketch (planar or 3D) entity. This can be any entity that is part of the desired path. All curves that are end point connected will be found and used to create the path.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.CreateSpecifiedPath(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that creates a path used to define the shape of several part features such as sweep, rectangular pattern, split, etc. The new path is returned. This method will fail if the input curves are not connected end-to-end.</summary>
            <param name="SketchCurves">
                <summary>Input (planar or 3D) sketch entities. These are entities that are part of the desired path. The input curves must form a contiguous set.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.CutFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the CutFeatures object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.DecalFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the DecalFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing DecalFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.DeleteFaceFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the DeleteFaceFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing DeleteFaceFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.DirectEditFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that besides listing out the subset of part features that are DirectEdit features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.EmbossFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the EmbossFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing EmbossFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.ExtendFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the ExtendFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing ExtendFeature objects and provides functionality to create new ExtendFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.ExtrudeFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object. This collection provides access to existing ExtrudeFeature objects and provides functionality to create new ExtrudeFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.FaceDraftFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the FaceDraftFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing FaceDraftFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.FaceFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the FaceDraftFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing FaceFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.FilletFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the FilletFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing FilletFeature objects and provides functionality to create new FilletFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.FinishFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that lists the subset of part features that are FinishFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.FlangeFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the FlangeFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing FlangeFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.FoldFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the FoldFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing FoldFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.FreeformFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that besides listing out the subset of part features that are Freeform features, allows the creations of new Freeform features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.GrillFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that lists the subset of part features that are GrillFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.HemFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the HemFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing HemFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.HoleFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the HoleFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing HoleFeature objects and provides functionality to create new HoleFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.iFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the iFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified PartFeature object from the collection. It accesses all of the features regardless of their type. If you increment through the features in the collection they are returned in the same order as they appear in the feature browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.KnitFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the KnitFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing KnitFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.LipFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that lists the subset of part features that are LipFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.LoftedFlangeFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the LoftedFlangeFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.LoftFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the LoftFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing LoftFeature objects and provides functionality to create new LoftFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.MarkFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that lists the subset of part features that are MarkFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.MirrorFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the MirrorFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing MirrorFeature objects and provides functionality to create new MirrorFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.MoveFaceFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the MoveFaceFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.MoveFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that besides listing out the subset of part features that are Moves, allows the creations of new Moves.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.NonParametricBaseFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the NonParametericBaseFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing NonParametericBaseFeature objects and provides functionality to create new NonParametericBaseFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.PunchToolFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the PunchToolFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.RectangularPatternFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the RectangularPatternFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing RectangularPatternFeature objects and provides functionality to create new RectangularPatternFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.ReferenceFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.RefoldFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the RefoldFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing RefoldFeature objects and provides functionality to create new RefoldFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.ReplaceFaceFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReplaceFaceFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing ReplaceFaceFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.RestFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that lists the subset of part features that are RestFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.RevolveFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the RevolveFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing RevolveFeature objects and provides functionality to create new RevolveFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.RibFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the RibFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing RibFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.RipFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the RipFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.RuledSurfaceFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that lists the subset of part features that are RuledSurfaceFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.RuleFilletFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that lists the subset of part features that are RuleFilletFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.SculptFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the SculptFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing SculptFeature objects and provides functionality to create new SculptFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.ShellFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the ShellFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing ShellFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.SimplifyFeatures">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SimplifyFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.SketchDrivenPatternFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that besides listing out the subset of part features that are SketchDrivenPatterns, allows the creations of new SketchDrivenPatterns.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.SnapFitFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that lists the subset of part features that are SnapFitFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.SplitFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the SplitFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing SplitFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.SweepFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the SweepFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing SweepFeature objects and provides functionality to create new SweepFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.ThickenFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the ThickenFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing ThickenFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.ThreadFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the ThreadFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing ThreadFeature objects and provides functionality to create new ThreadFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.TrimFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the TrimFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing TrimFeature objects and provides functionality to create new TrimFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.UnfoldFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the UnfoldFeatures collection object. This collection provides access to existing UnfoldFeature objects and provides functionality to create new UnfoldFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalFeatures.UnwrapFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the collection object that lists the subset of part features that are UnwrapFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle">
            <summary>The SheetMetalStyle object contains all of the information about a particular sheet metal style (these are also referred to as sheet metal rules).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.Activate">
            <summary>Method that causes this sheet metal style to become the active sheet metal style for this document.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.BendAngleReportType">
            <summary>Gets and sets which angle is to be reported in the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.BendRadius">
            <summary>Gets and sets the expression that defines the value of the bend radius depth.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.BendReliefDepth">
            <summary>Gets and sets the expression that defines the value of the bend relief depth.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.BendReliefShape">
            <summary>Gets/Sets BendReliefShape.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.BendReliefWidth">
            <summary>Gets and sets the expression that defines the value of the bend relief width.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.BendTransition">
            <summary>Gets/Sets BendTransition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.BendTransitionArcRadius">
            <summary>Gets and sets the expression that defines the value of the bend relief arc radius.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.Comments">
            <summary>Gets and sets comments associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local Style object. The newly created style is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a dimension style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other dimension styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.CornerReliefPlacement">
            <summary>Gets and sets corner relief placement (valid only for square and round corners).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.CornerReliefShape">
            <summary>Gets and sets the expression that defines the value of the corner relief size radius.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.CornerReliefSize">
            <summary>Gets CornerReliefSize.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Style/Layer/UnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.GapSize">
            <summary>Gets and sets the expression that defines the value of the gap size for miters, seams, and rips.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the standard style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user. Note that this name is not guaranteed to be unique.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.MinimumRemnant">
            <summary>Gets and sets the expression that defines the value of the corner relief size radius.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.PunchRepresentationType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default punch representation type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.StyleType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.Thickness">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the expression that defines the value of the thickness.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.ThreeBendCornerReliefShape">
            <summary>Gets and sets the expression that defines the value of the corner relief size radius.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.ThreeBendCornerReliefSize">
            <summary>Get the parameter that defines the three bend corner relief size for this style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.UnfoldMethod">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and set the unfold method associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyle.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SheetMetalStyles">
            <summary>The SheetMetalStyles collection object provides access to all of the objects in a part component definition and provides methods to create additional sheet metal styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyles.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyles.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyles.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified SheetMetalStyle object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetMetalStyles.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Sheets">
            <summary>The Sheets collection object provides access to all the existing objects in a drawing document and provides methods to create additional sheets. See here for an overview on drawing views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sheets.Add(Inventor.DrawingSheetSizeEnum,Inventor.PageOrientationTypeEnum,System.String,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Sheet.</summary>
            <param name="Size">
                <summary>Optional input enum value that defines the size of sheet to create. If kCustomDrawingSheetSize is used the Width and Height arguments must be specified. If not specified, the default value kCDrawingSheetSize is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Orientation">
                <summary>Optional input PageOrientationTypeEnum that defines if the sheet will be landscape or portrait orientation. If not specified or if specified as kDefaultPageOrientation, the sheet will be created with a landscape orientation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SheetName">
                <summary>Optional input String that defines the editable portion of the name that is displayed within the browser. If not specified, a default name is assigned to the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Optional input Double that defines the width of the sheet. This value is used when the Size argument is kCustomDrawingSheetSize, otherwise it is ignored. The size is defined in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Optional input Double that defines the height of the sheet. This value is used when the Size argument is kCustomDrawingSheetSize, otherwise it is ignored. The size is defined in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sheets.AddUsingSheetFormat(Inventor.SheetFormat,System.Object,System.String,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Sheet based on the input format. The newly created Sheet is returned.</summary>
            <param name="SheetFormat">
                <summary>Input Sheet object that specifies the sheet to be used as the template for creating the sheet format.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Model">
                <summary>Optional input that specifies the model to create drawings views of. This can either be the model Document object or a string that specifies the FullDocumentName of the model. This is a required input if the input SheetFormat defines at least one drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SheetName">
                <summary>Optional input String that defines the editable portion of the name that is displayed within the browser. If not specified, a default name is assigned to the sheet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AdditionalOptions">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap object that specifies additional or advanced options for drawing view creation. See Remarks for supported values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TitleBlockPromptStrings">
                <summary>Optional input array of Strings that specifies the input strings to use as input for prompted text fields that my be present in the title block definition referenced by the sheet format.  The prompt strings and their order are obtained by querying the TextBox objects in the TitleBlockDefinition.  The order they’re returned by the TextBoxes collection is the same order the input strings need to be supplied in the TitleBlockPromptStrings array.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BorderPromptStrings">
                <summary>Optional input array of Strings that specifies the input strings to use as input for prompted text fields that my be present in the border definition.  The prompt strings and their order are obtained by querying the TextBox objects in the BorderDefinition.  The order they’re returned by the TextBoxes collection is the same order the input strings need to be supplied in the BorderPromptStrings array.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheets.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheets.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheets.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Sheet object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sheets.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SheetSettings">
            <summary>The SheetSettings object provides access to properties that provide read and write access of the various sheet related document specific settings. This is somewhat equivalent to the Sheet tab of the Document Settings dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetSettings.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetSettings.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent DrawingDocument object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetSettings.SheetColor">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the background color used for drawing sheets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetSettings.SheetEntityHighlightColor">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the color used to highlight elements on the drawing sheet when the cursor passes over them.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetSettings.SheetEntitySelectionColor">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the color used to illuminate elements on the drawing sheet when they are selected.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetSettings.SheetLabel">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default prefix name used for newly created drawing sheets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetSettings.SheetOutlineColor">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the color used for the border of drawing sheets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SheetSettings.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ShellDefinition">
            <summary>New Features of Inventor 2026
Updated the step #11 for Port to .Net 8 process (C# and VB.net projects) in article Port .Net Framework-based project to .Net to embed manifest with a simpler way.
New DrawingViewAnnotation object that allows to access the drawing view annotation information for detail and section drawing view.
 
Hide Sketch3dOptions object, move the Sketch3dOptions.AutoBendWithLineCreation to SketchOptions, and exposed SketchOptions.SketchOpacity property.
 
New SimplifyFeature object allows to create, edit and delete the simplify features in part documents.
 
ContourFlangeDefinition is enhanced to make use of edge sets to set the extent, some functions are hidden to keep legacy behavior and new functions are exposed for the enhancement.
 
New ShellFeatures.CreateDefinition method to replace ShellFeatures.CreateShellDefinition method to enhance the ShellDefinition with AffectedBodies and Method functions. 
 
New BreakOperation.AddBySketch function allows to create a break operation using an existing drawing sketch. And new BreakOperation.BreakLineSketch property can be used to return the drawing sketch that is used to create the break operation.
 
New ClientFeature.ClientGraphicsVisible property allows to get and set the visibility of client graphics in a client feature. 
Public the ComponentOccurrence.ActiveDesignViewRepresentation property. 
Public the CosmeticWelds.Add and CreateDefinition methods. 
New DrawingView.ShowTrails property allows to show or hide the trails for a drawing view of a presentation.
 
New DimensionStyle.ExtendBeyondTicks property allows to set the extend distance beyond ticks. New DimensionStyle.ExtensionLine property allows to set the extention line distance. New DimensionStyle.UseCapitalXForEquallySpacedFeatures property allows to set whether to use captical X in equally spaced features or not. 
 
New DrawingStandardStyle.GetAvailableStyles and SetAvailableStyles allow to get and set the available styles. 
 
New DrawingStandardStyle.GetViewAnnotationDefaults and SetViewAnnotationDefaults functions allow to get and set the view annotation defaults for detail and section view. 
 
New FileDialogEvents.OnOptionsReset event allows to notify you when the options requires to be reset(e.g. when change the file types). 
New FileManager.GetRevitFileVersionCreated method returns the Revit file version when it was created.
New ModelStates.ModelStatesInEdit property allows to get and set the model states that are in edit mode, and the MemberEditScope will return kEditMultipleMembers in this case. 
 
New Parameters.ExportToXML and ImportFromXML methods allow to import and export parameters. 
 
New RevitExportDefinition.RevitTemplate property allows to set the template when export to Revit. 
 
Change ContourFlangeFeature.Definition and PunchToolFeature.iFeatureDefinition properties as read-write properties so a definition object can be assigned to them to make multple changes with one recomputation. 
Support new version type(IFC4x3) when export to IFC file using BIMComponet.ExportBuildingComponentWithOptions. </summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShellDefinition.AddThicknessFaceSet(Inventor.FaceCollection,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new thickness face set. The new ShellThicknessFaceSet is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Faces">
                <summary>Input FaceCollection object that contains faces that have a unique thickness defined.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Thickness">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the unique thickness associated with the input Faces. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current distance units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellDefinition.AffectedBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies the solid bodies to be hollowed out.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellDefinition.ApproximationOptimized">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the approximation is optimized.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellDefinition.ApproximationTolerance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the approximation tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellDefinition.ApproximationType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the approximation method used for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShellDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that returns a copy of the ShellDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellDefinition.Direction">
            <summary>Gets and sets the shell boundary relative to part face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellDefinition.FaceSetCount">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of face sets currently defined in the defintion.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellDefinition.FaceSetItem">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified ShellThicknessFaceSet object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellDefinition.InputFaces">
            <summary>Gets and sets the faces that were specified to create or edit the Shell feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellDefinition.Method">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the shell method. This defaults to kSharpShellMethod when the definition is just created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellDefinition.Thickness">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the thickness of the shell. This property will return Nothing if the shell feature has not been created yet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ShellFeature">
            <summary>The ShellFeature object represents the shell modeling feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the ShellDefinition object which defines the various input that was used to create the shell feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShellFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShellFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShellFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShellFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShellFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShellFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShellFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the ShellDefinition object which defines the various input that was used to create the shell feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ShellFeatures">
            <summary>The ShellFeatures collection object provides access to all of the objects in a component definition and provides methods to create additional ShellFeatures.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShellFeatures.Add(Inventor.ShellDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ShellFeature. The new created ShellFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Property that returns the object which defines the various input that was used to create the shell feature.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShellFeatures.CreateDefinition(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.ShellDirectionEnum,Inventor.ShellMethodEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ShellDefinition object. The object returned by this method isused to define the inputs for a shell feature and is provided as the argument to the Add method of the ShellFeatures collection.</summary>
            <param name="InputFaces">
                <summary>Optional input FaceCollection object that defines the part faces to remove, leaving the remaining faces as shell walls.  If the argument is not specified, the Solids argument can be used to specify the SurfaceBody objects to hollow out.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Solids">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that specifies the SurfaceBody objects being hollowed out. If the InputFaces and this Solids are both not specified then the first solid SurfaceBody will be used to hollow out if applicable, otherwise an error would occur when create a shell feature. If  the InputFaces argument is specified and this argument is not specified the SurfaceBody objects containing the input faces will be automatically included in the Solids after this definition is created. If  the InputFaces argument is specified and this argument is specified also the SurfaceBody objects containing the input faces should be provided in this Solids argument also.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Thickness">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies the thickness to be applied uniformly to shell walls.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current distance units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Optional input ShellDirectionEnum that specifies the shell boundary relative to the part face.  Valid inputs are kInsideShellDirection that offsets the shell wall to the part interior, kOutsideShellDirection that offsets the shell wall to the exterior of the part, and kBothSidesShellDirection that offsets the shell wall equal distances to inside and outside the part.  The default value is kInsideShellDirection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Method">
                <summary>Optional input ShellMethodEnum that specifies the shell method type.  Valid inputs are kSharpShellMethod and kRoundedShellMethod.  The default value is kSharpShellMethod.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MoreOptions">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap that specifies more options. This is reserved for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object in the collection. The index can be numeric or the object name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ShellThicknessFaceSet">
            <summary>The ShellThicknessFaceSet object provides access to the faces and their associated thickness for a shell.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellThicknessFaceSet.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShellThicknessFaceSet.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the face set.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellThicknessFaceSet.Faces">
            <summary>Gets and sets the shell boundary relative to part face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellThicknessFaceSet.Thickness">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the thickness of the faces in the face set. This property will return Nothing if the shell feature has not been created yet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShellThicknessFaceSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponent">
            <summary>The ShrinkwrapComponent object represents a specific shrinkwarp component.  This is derived from ReferenceComponent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponent.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponent.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponent.Definition">
            <summary>Gets or Sets ShrinkwrapDefinition that defines the current state of this shrinkwrap component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponent.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponent.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponent.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponent.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponent.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponent.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponent.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponent.ReferenceFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the ReferenceFeature objects that&amp;nbsp;were created as a result of this shrinkwrap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponent.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponent.SuppressLinkToFile">
            <summary>Gets and Sets a Boolean flag indicating whether the link to the assembly file is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponentProxy">
            <summary>Shrinkwrap Component Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponentProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponentProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponentProxy.BreakLinkToFile">
            <summary>Method that breaks the connection of the derived component with the part or assembly from which it was created. When the link is broken the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponentProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponentProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Gets or Sets ShrinkwrapDefinition that defines the current state of this shrinkwrap component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponentProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the ReferenceComponent.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponentProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponentProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponentProxy.IsEmbedded">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the reference component refers to an embedded document or a linked document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponentProxy.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the derived component is still linked to the base part or assembly document. If True, the link still exists. If False, the link has been broken and the ReferencedFile property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponentProxy.Name">
            <summary>Property that returns the component's name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponentProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponentProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponentProxy.ReferencedDocumentDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the DocumentDescriptor object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponentProxy.ReferenceFeatures">
            <summary>Gets the ReferenceFeature objects that&amp;nbsp;were created as a result of this shrinkwrap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponentProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this reference component. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponentProxy.SuppressLinkToFile">
            <summary>Gets and Sets a Boolean flag indicating whether the link to the assembly file is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponentProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponents">
            <summary>The ShrinkwrapComponents collection object provides access to all of the existing ShrinkwrapComponent objects in a part and provides methods to create additional shrinkwrap components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponents.Add(Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition)">
            <summary>Creates a new ShrinkwrapComponent using the information supplied by the input ShrinkwrapDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input ShrinkwrapDefinition object that defines the shrinkwrap component.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponents.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponents.CreateDefinition(System.String)">
            <summary>Creates a new ShrinkwrapDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="FullDocumentName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the file to create the definition for.  The file must be an existing assembly document.  If an invalid file is specified an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponents.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified ShrinkwrapComponent object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapComponents.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kShrinkwrapComponentsObject indicating the type of object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition">
            <summary>Shrinkwrap Definition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.ActiveDesignViewRepresentation">
            <summary>Gets or Sets the name of the active Design View Representation for the shrinkwrap component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.ActiveModelState">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets or sets the name of active model state for the shrinkwrap component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.ActivePositionalRepresentation">
            <summary>Gets or Sets the name of active Positional Representation for the shrinkwrap component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.AdditionalExcludedOccurrences">
            <summary>Gets or Sets the occurrences being excluded for the shrinkwrap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.AdditionalIncludedOccurrences">
            <summary>Gets or Sets the occurrences being included for the shrinkwrap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.BreakLink">
            <summary>Gets or Sets whether break link to the source assembly or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this ShrinkwrapComponentDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.CreateIndependentBodiesOnFailedBoolean">
            <summary>Gets or Sets whether multi-body part is created when a Boolean operation fails on a single solid body style option.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.DeriveStyle">
            <summary>Gets or Sets how bodies are derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.EnvelopesReplaceStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets envelopes replace style. When a new definition is created, this defaults to kNoneReplaceStyle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.FullFileName">
            <summary>Gets the full filename of the shrinkwrapped document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.IsAssociativeDesignView">
            <summary>Gets or Sets if there is an associative link to the specified design view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.LinkFaceColorFromSource">
            <summary>Gets or Sets whether use the color override from source component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.PreservedFeatures">
            <summary>Gets or Sets the features to preserve from remove.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.RemoveAllInternalVoids">
            <summary>Gets or Sets whether remove all the internal voids or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.RemoveChamfersDistanceRange">
            <summary>Gets or Sets the distance of chamfers in centimeters to remove for the shrinkwrap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.RemoveChamfersStyle">
            <summary>Gets or Sets the style to remove chamfers for the shrinkwrap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.RemoveEmbossesStyle">
            <summary>Gets or Sets the style to remove emboss for the shrinkwrap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.RemoveEmbossMaxHeightRange">
            <summary>Gets or Sets the max depth of pockets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.RemoveFilletsRadiusRange">
            <summary>Gets or Sets the radius of fillets in centimeters to remove for the shrinkwrap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.RemoveFilletsStyle">
            <summary>Gets or Sets the style to remove fillets for the shrinkwrap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.RemoveHolesDiameterRange">
            <summary>Gets or Sets the diameter of holes in centimeters to remove for the shrinkwrap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.RemoveHolesStyle">
            <summary>Gets or Sets the style to remove holes for the shrinkwrap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.RemoveInternalParts">
            <summary>Gets or Sets whether remove internal parts or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.RemovePartsBySize">
            <summary>Gets or Sets whether remove parts by size or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.RemovePartsSize">
            <summary>Gets or Sets the bounding box diagonal length in centimeters of the parts being removed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.RemovePocketsMaxDepthRange">
            <summary>Gets or Sets the max depth of pockets.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.RemovePocketsStyle">
            <summary>Gets or Sets the style to remove chamfers for the shrinkwrap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.RemoveTunnelsStyle">
            <summary>Gets or Sets the style to remove voids for the shrinkwrap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.RenameComponent">
            <summary>Gets or Sets whether rename the component or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ShrinkwrapDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kShrinkwrapComponentDefinitionObject indicating the type of object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SilhouetteCurve">
            <summary>SilhouetteCurve Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurve.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurve.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurve.Body">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines the surfaces the silhouette is calculated for.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SilhouetteCurve.BreakLink">
            <summary>Method that breaks the link between the silhouette curve and the model.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SilhouetteCurve.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the silhouette curve. This will delete all of the related sketch entities.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurve.DirectionEntity">
            <summary>Read-write property gets and set the direction used to calculate the silhouette curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SilhouetteCurve.Edit(Inventor.SurfaceBody,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that edits all of the inputs used to compute the silhouette curve.&amp;nbsp;This method is more efficient than setting each of the individual properties since this will result in a single compute rather than computing after each property edit.</summary>
            <param name="FacesOrBody">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="DirectionEntity">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="ExcludedFaces">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="ExcludeStraightFaces">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="ExcludeInternalFaces">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurve.ExcludedFaces">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the faces that are excluded in the silhouette curve projection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurve.ExcludeInternalFaces">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether to exclude the internal faces from the silhouette curve projection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurve.ExcludeStraightFaces">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether to exclude the faces that are perpendicular to the project direction from the silhouette curve projection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SilhouetteCurve.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurve.Name">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets name of the silhouette curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurve.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurve.SketchEntities">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a collection of sketch entities that belong to silhouette curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurve.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SilhouetteCurveProxy">
            <summary>SilhouetteCurveProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurveProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurveProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurveProxy.Body">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines the surfaces the silhouette is calculated for.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SilhouetteCurveProxy.BreakLink">
            <summary>Method that breaks the link between the silhouette curve and the model.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurveProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SilhouetteCurveProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the silhouette curve. This will delete all of the related sketch entities.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurveProxy.DirectionEntity">
            <summary>Read-write property gets and set the direction used to calculate the silhouette curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SilhouetteCurveProxy.Edit(Inventor.SurfaceBody,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that edits all of the inputs used to compute the silhouette curve.&amp;nbsp;This method is more efficient than setting each of the individual properties since this will result in a single compute rather than computing after each property edit.</summary>
            <param name="FacesOrBody">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="DirectionEntity">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="ExcludedFaces">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="ExcludeStraightFaces">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="ExcludeInternalFaces">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurveProxy.ExcludedFaces">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the faces that are excluded in the silhouette curve projection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurveProxy.ExcludeInternalFaces">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether to exclude the internal faces from the silhouette curve projection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurveProxy.ExcludeStraightFaces">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether to exclude the faces that are perpendicular to the project direction from the silhouette curve projection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SilhouetteCurveProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurveProxy.Name">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets name of the silhouette curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurveProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurveProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurveProxy.SketchEntities">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a collection of sketch entities that belong to silhouette curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurveProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SilhouetteCurves">
            <summary>SilhouetteCurves Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SilhouetteCurves.AddSilhouette(Inventor.SurfaceBody,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a silhouette curve.</summary>
            <param name="Body">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody that defines the surfaces to project the silhouette curve from.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DirectionEntity">
                <summary>Input entity that defines the direction used to calculate the silhouette curve.  Valid input is a planar face or work plane (the normal of the face or work plane is used), a cylindrical/conical face (the axis is used), a work axis, or a linear edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExcludedFaces">
                <summary>Optional input FaceCollection that specifies the faces that are excluded in the silhouette curve projection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExcludeStraightFaces">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to exclude the faces that are perpendicular to the project direction from the silhouette curve projection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExcludeInteralFaces">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to exclude the internal faces from the silhouette curve projection.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurves.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurves.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurves.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SilhouetteCurves.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition">
            <summary>The SimplifyDefinition object represents all of the information that defines a part simplify feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this SimplifyDefinition object. The new SimplifyDefinition is independent of any SimplifyFeature. It can be edited and used as input to edit an existing SimplifyFeature or to create a new SimplifyFeature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.EnvelopeBoundingType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets envelope bounding type. This is applicable only when the EnvelopesReplaceStyle is not kNoneReplaceStyle. When the definition is just created this is default to kOrthogonalBoundingBox.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.EnvelopesReplaceBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets bodies that replaced by envelopes. This is applicable only when the EnvelopesReplaceStyle is set to kSelectedBodiesReplaceStyle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.EnvelopesReplaceStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets envelopes replace style. When the definition is just created this is default to kNoneReplaceStyle. Valid values are kNoneReplaceStyle, kAllInOneEnvelopeReplaceStyle, kEachBodyReplaceStyle and kSelectedBodiesReplaceStyle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.PreservedBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the bodies to preserve from removing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.PreservedFeatures">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the features to preserve from removing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.RemoveBodiesBySize">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether remove bodies by size or not. This is applicable when the source document is a part document. This is applicable when the EnvelopesReplaceStyle is not kAllInOneEnvelopeReplaceStyle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.RemoveBodiesSize">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the bounding box diagonal length in centimeters of the bodies being removed. This is applicable when the RemoveBodiesBySize is set to True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.RemoveChamfersMaxDistanceRange">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the max distance of chamfers in centimeters to remove for the simplify feature. The chamfers which distance is less than or equal to this value will be removed. This is only applicable when the RemoveChamfersStyle is set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.RemoveChamfersStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the style to remove chamfers for the simplify feature. This is applicable when the EnvelopesReplaceStyle is kNoneReplaceStyle or kSelectedBodiesReplaceStyle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.RemovedBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the bodies being removed. This is applicable when the RemoveBodiesBySize is set to True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.RemoveEmbossesStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the style to remove embosses for the simplify feature. This is applicable when the EnvelopesReplaceStyle is kNoneReplaceStyle or kSelectedBodiesReplaceStyle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.RemoveEmbossMaxHeightRange">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the max height of embosses in centimeters to remove for the simplify feature. The embosses which height is less than or equal to this value will be removed. This is only applicable when the RemoveEmbossesStyle is set to k.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.RemoveFilletsMaxRadiusRange">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the max radius of fillets in centimeters to remove for the simplify feature. The fillets which radius is less than or equal to this value will be removed. This is only applicable when the RemoveFilletsStyle is set to kSim.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.RemoveFilletsStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the style to remove fillets for the simplify feature. This is applicable when the EnvelopesReplaceStyle is kNoneReplaceStyle or kSelectedBodiesReplaceStyle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.RemoveHolesMaxDiameterRange">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the max diameter of holes in centimeters to remove for the simplify feature. The holes which diameter is less than or equal to this value will be removed. This is only applicable when the RemoveHolesStyle is set to kSimpl.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.RemoveHolesStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the style to remove holes for the simplify feature. This is applicable when the EnvelopesReplaceStyle is kNoneReplaceStyle or kSelectedBodiesReplaceStyle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.RemoveInternalBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether internal bodies will be removed or not. This is applicable when the EnvelopesReplaceStyle is not kAllInOneEnvelopeReplaceStyle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.RemoveInternalVoids">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether remove all the internal voids or not. Set this to True will fill all the internal void shells in the simplified solid. This is applicable when the EnvelopesReplaceStyle is kNoneReplaceStyle or kSelectedBodiesRepla.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.RemovePocketsMaxDepthRange">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the max depth of pockets in centimeters to remove for the simplify feature. The pockets which max depth is less than or equal to this value will be removed. This is only applicable when the RemovePocketsStyle is set to kS.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.RemovePocketsStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the style to remove pockets for the simplify feature. This is applicable when the EnvelopesReplaceStyle is kNoneReplaceStyle or kSelectedBodiesReplaceStyle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.RemoveTunnelsStyle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the style to remove tunnels for the simplify feature. This is applicable when the EnvelopesReplaceStyle is kNoneReplaceStyle or kSelectedBodiesReplaceStyle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SimplifyFeature">
            <summary>Part Simplify Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the SimplifyDefinition object associated with this simplify feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy">
            <summary>Part Simplify Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the SimplifyDefinition object associated with this simplify feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Use F1 key to display help topic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SimplifyFeatures">
            <summary>Part Simplify Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SimplifyFeatures.Add(Inventor.SimplifyDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new SimplifyFeature. The new created SimplifyFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="pDefinition">
                <summary>Input SimplifyDefinition object created using CreateDefinition method.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SimplifyFeatures.CreateDefinition">
            <summary>Method that creates a SimplifyDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimplifyFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SimulationManager">
            <summary>SimulationManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimulationManager.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimulationManager.DynamicSimulations">
            <summary>Gets the DynamicSimulations object.&amp;nbsp;This object provides access to the existing dynamic simulations in this document and provides the ability to create new simulations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimulationManager.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent assembly or part component definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SimulationManager.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SingleHemDefinition">
            <summary>The SingleHemDefinition object defines all of the inputs that are unique to a single style of hem feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SingleHemDefinition.Gap">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the gap of a hem feature defined by a single bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SingleHemDefinition.Length">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the length of a hem feature defined by a single bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SingleHemDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent hem definition feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SinglePointRipTypeDef">
            <summary>The SinglePointRipTypeDef object defines the inputs unique to a single point rip feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SinglePointRipTypeDef.GapSide">
            <summary>Gets and sets the value that indicates the position of the gap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SinglePointRipTypeDef.GapSize">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the width of the gap. When creating a new rip feature and the RipDefinition object is not associated with an actual feature, this property will return Nothing. You can use the SetSinglePointRipType method of the RipDefinition to set this value in that case. When this object is obtained from an existing rip feature you can edit the rip feature by modifying the parameter this property returns.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SinglePointRipTypeDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent rip definition feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SinglePointRipTypeDef.Point">
            <summary>Gets and sets the point that defines the location of the rip.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SinglePointRipTypeDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Sketch">
            <summary>The generic Sketch object. All types of Sketch objects derive from this object. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch.AddArcSlotByCenterPointArc(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates an arc slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the center of the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the start point of the  slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SweepAngle">
                <summary>Input Double defines the sweep angle of the slot’s center-line in radians. The sweep angle is in a counter-clockwise direction from the start point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the width of the slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch.AddArcSlotByThreePointArc(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates an arc slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the starting point of the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MidPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines a point along the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the end point of the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input a Double that specifies the width of the arc slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch.AddByProjectingEntity(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch entity by projecting other entities onto the sketch plane. This method performs the same function as the Project Geometry or Project DWG Geometry command according to the Entity you specified.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input object to project onto the sketch plane. In a part context, valid input includes the various 2d sketch objects, the various 3d sketch objects, Edge, Vertex, WorkAxis, WorkPoints and DWGEntities. WorkPlanes that are perpendicular to the sketch are also valid. In an assembly context (where this method is called on a PlanarSketchProxy object) this method that projects an entity from one part into a sketch in another part. The valid input in this case includes the various 2d sketch proxy objects, the various 3d sketch proxy objects, EdgeProxy, VertexProxy, WorkAxisProxy, and WorkPointProxy objects. WorkPlaneProxy objects that are perpendicular to the sketch are also valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch.AddStraightSlotByCenterToCenter(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a straight slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the starting center point of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the ending center point of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the width of the straight slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch.AddStraightSlotByOverall(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a straight slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the overall start point. The overall start point is a midpoint of the first arc of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the overall end point. The overall end point is a midpoint of the second arc of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the width of the straight slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch.AddStraightSlotBySlotCenter(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a straight slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.CircularPatterns">
            <summary>Gets the SketchCircularPatterns collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.Color">
            <summary>Gets and Sets the color for the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch.CopyContentsTo(Inventor.Sketch)">
            <summary>Method that copies all the contents of the sketch to the \input target sketch.</summary>
            <param name="TargetSketch">
                <summary>Sketch object that specifies the target sketch into which the contents of the sketch should be copied.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch.CopyEntitiesTo(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Sketch,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that copies sketch entities of the sketch to the input target sketch.</summary>
            <param name="SketchEntities">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that specifies the sketch entities being copied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetSketch">
                <summary>Input Sketch object that specifies the target sketch into which the contents of the sketch should be copied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Optional input Point2d that specifies the position on target sketch to place the copied sketch entities. If not specified the position of the sketch entities in source sketch will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.DataIO">
            <summary>Gets the object through which this sketch's data content can be persisted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.DeferUpdates">
            <summary>Gets and Sets whether to defer the solving of the sketch or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch. This method is only valid for sketches that are not used by a feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.DimensionConstraints">
            <summary>Gets the collection of all dimension constraints on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets the action types valid for this sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch.Edit">
            <summary>Method that causes the Sketch environment to be invoked with this sketch available for interactive edit.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch.ExitEdit">
            <summary>Causes the Sketch environment to be closed and the user interface to return to the previous environment. This is equivalent to the Return command. This method is only valid in the case where this sketch is open for edit within the user interface.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.GeometricConstraints">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of all geometric constraints on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the \description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and Sets the line type override for the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and Sets the line weight override for the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch.MoveSketchObjects(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Vector2d,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that moves a collection of sketch objects by a specified vector. If the Copy argument is set to True, the newly created objects are returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchObjects">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the sketch elements to move. The collection must contain at least one object and can be any SketchEntity, a TextBox or an Image.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Input Vector2d object that defines the delta distance to move the sketch elements.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Copy">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to copy the sketch elements to the new location or to move them. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the elements will be moved.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RemoveConstraints">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to remove or retain some of the constraints that constrain the input sketch entities to other geometry. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the constraints will be retained.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets name of the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch.OffsetSketchEntitiesUsingDistance(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Double,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that offsets a sketch entity or a group of connected sketch entities. In both cases, the base sketch entity is first offset by the specified distance and along the specified direction. The base sketch entity is determined as follows: 	*	If only one sketch entity needs to be offset, it will be treated as the base sketch entity. 	*	If a group of end-to-end connected entities need to be offset, the first entity in the group will be treated as the base sketch entity. If this method successfully offsets the specified input sketch entities, the newly created sketch entities are returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchEntities">
                <summary>ObjectCollection that specifies either a single sketch entity or a set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The collection can contain any SketchEntity object except SketchPoint because sketch points cannot be offset. The first entity in the collection is always treated as the base sketch entity. The offset distance (OffsetDistance argument) and the offset direction (NaturalOffsetDirection argument) apply to this base sketch entity. If only one sketch entity needs to be offset, then it should be specified as the only item in the collection and the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be specified as False. Since the entity specified in the collection is the first and only item in the collection, it will be treated as the base sketch entity. If a group of end-to-end connected sketch entities need to be offset, then they can be specified using one of the following options: 	*	Specifying an exact set of sketch entities to offset. The collection can be used to specify an exact set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The objects in the collection must represent entities that are end-to-end connected and the collection must contain the objects in the order that they are connected. The first entity specified in the collection will be treated as the base sketch entity. 	*	Specifying only the base sketch entity and automatically including connected entities. The base sketch entity should be specified as the only item in the collection. The IncludeConnectedEntities boolean argument should be specified as True to indicate that all entities that form a loop (open or closed) which contains the base sketch entity should be automatically included to be offset. Since only one of the above options to specify a group of connected entities can be used at the same time and not both, if the collection contains multiple entities, it implies that the collection is being used to explicitly specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, in which case the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be False. If True is specified, the method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetDistance">
                <summary>Specifies the offset distance for the base sketch entity (the sketch entity specified by the first item in the SketchEntities collection). Since a group of connected entities that need to be offset will all be offset by the same distance, it implies that the distance value specified by this argument will be used not only for the base sketch entity but also for all the remaining connected sketch entities. Since the offset of the base sketch entity can lie on either side of the base entity, the offset distance in itself does not provide sufficient information regarding the final position for the offset of the base sketch entity. The NaturalOffsetDirection boolean argument can be used to specify one out of the two possible offset directions for the base sketch entity. Thus, the offset distance specified by this argument and the offset direction specified by the NaturalOffsetDirection boolean argument together determine the final position for the offset of the base sketch entity. Once the offset position for the base sketch entity is determined, the offset positions for any other additional connected sketch entities can be inferred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NaturalOffsetDirection">
                <summary>Value that can be used to specify one out of the two possible offset directions. This argument applies to the base sketch entity (the sketch entity specified by the first item in the SketchEntities collection). The natural offset direction is along the natural normal direction at any point on the base sketch entity which in-turn is defined as the cross-product of the vector representing the tangent at that point and the vector representing the sketch normal. If True is specified, then the points on the offset of the base sketch entity will be positioned in the direction specified by the natural normal at the corresponding points on the original base sketch entity. If False is specified, then the offset of the base sketch entity will be positioned in the direction opposite to that of the natural normal. Thus, this argument determines on which side of the base sketch entity the offset of the base sketch entity will be placed. Since this argument specifies only the offset direction, the OffsetDistance argument has to be used to specify the offset distance along the offset direction specified by this argument. Thus, the offset direction specified by this argument and the offset distance specified by the OffsetDistance argument together determine the final position for the offset of the base sketch entity. Once the offset position for the base sketch entity is determined, the offset positions for any other additional connected sketch entities can be inferred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IncludeConnectedEntities">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether all entities that form a loop containing the base sketch entity should also be offset. If True is specified, then all loop entities will be offset. But, if the sketch has multiple loops that contain the base sketch entity in which case it will not be possible to uniquely determine a single loop that needs to be offset, only the base sketch entity will be offset. If False is specified, then only the entities specified in the SketchEntities collection will be offset. If True is specified, the SketchEntities collection should contain only one item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, otherwise, if the SketchEntities collection contains multiple entities, then this method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset. If False is specified, the SketchEntities collection can contain either a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity or multiple items that correspond to a group of end-to-end connected entities. If the collection contains a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, then only this base sketch entity will be offset. On the other hand, if the collection contains multiple items, it implies that the collection is being used to specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, hence, only those exact set of sketch entities will be offset. If no value is specified for this argument, then a default value of False will be assumed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateOffsetConstraints">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether offset constraints between the original and offset entities should be automatically created. If True is specified, then offset constraints will be automatically created. If False is specified, then offset constraints will not be created. If no value is specified, then a default value of True will be assumed to indicate that the offset constraints will be automatically created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch.OffsetSketchEntitiesUsingPoint(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Point2d,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that offsets a sketch entity or a group of end-to-end connected sketch entities. In both cases, the offset is first applied to the base sketch entity such that the offset of the base sketch entity passes through the specified offset point on the sketch. The shortest distance of this offset point from the original base sketch entity determines the offset distance.</summary>
            <param name="SketchEntities">
                <summary>ObjectCollection that specifies either a single sketch entity or a set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The collection can contain any SketchEntity object except SketchPoint because sketch points cannot be offset. The first entity in the collection is always treated as the base sketch entity. The offset distance (OffsetDistance argument) and the offset direction (NaturalOffsetDirection argument) apply to this base sketch entity. If only one sketch entity needs to be offset, then it should be specified as the only item in the collection and the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be specified as False. Since the entity specified in the collection is the first and only item in the collection, it will be treated as the base sketch entity. If a group of end\-to\-end connected sketch entities need to be offset, then they can be specified using one of the following options\: * Specifying an exact set of sketch entities to offset. The collection can be used to specify an exact set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The objects in the collection must represent entities that are end-to-end connected and the collection must contain the objects in the order that they are connected. The first entity specified in the collection will be treated as the base sketch entity. * Specifying only the base sketch entity and automatically including connected entities. The base sketch entity should be specified as the only item in the collection. The IncludeConnectedEntities boolean argument should be specified as True to indicate that all entities that form a loop (open or closed) which contains the base sketch entity should be automatically included to be offset. 
Since only one of the above options to specify a group of connected entities can be used at the same time and not both, if the collection contains multiple entities, it implies that the collection is being used to explicitly specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, in which case the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be False. If True is specified, the method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetPoint">
                <summary>Defines a point on the sketch through which the offset of the base sketch entity (the sketch entity specified by the first item in the SketchEntities collection) should pass. The shortest distance of this point from the base sketch entity is used to determine the offset distance. This offset distance will also be used to offset any other additional connected sketch entities. The location of the point with respect to the base sketch entity determines the position of the offset base sketch entity (i.e. the location of the point determines on which side of the base sketch entity the offset of the base sketch entity will be positioned). Once the offset distance and position for the offset of the base sketch entity are determined, this information is used to determine the position for all other connected sketch entities that need to be offset. Thus, the offset point provides sufficient information to calculate the offset distance as well as the offset direction for all the sketch entities that need to be offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IncludeConnectedEntities">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether all entities that form a loop containing the base sketch entity should also be offset. If True is specified, then all loop entities will be offset. But, if the sketch has multiple loops that contain the base sketch entity in which case it will not be possible to uniquely determine a single loop that needs to be offset, only the base sketch entity will be offset. If False is specified, then only the entities specified in the SketchEntities collection will be offset. If True is specified, the SketchEntities collection should contain only one item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, otherwise, if the SketchEntities collection contains multiple entities, then this method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset. If False is specified, the SketchEntities collection can contain either a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity or multiple items that correspond to a group of end\-to\-end connected entities. If the collection contains a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, then only this base sketch entity will be offset. On the other hand, if the collection contains multiple items, it implies that the collection is being used to specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, hence, only those exact set of sketch entities will be offset. If no value is specified for this argument, then a default value of False will be assumed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateOffsetConstraints">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether offset constraints between the original and offset entities should be automatically created. If True is specified, then offset constraints will be automatically created. If False is specified, then offset constraints will not be created. If no value is specified, then a default value of True will be assumed to indicate that the offset constraints will be automatically created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.Parent">
            <summary>Property that gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.RectangularPatterns">
            <summary>Gets the SketchRectangularPatterns collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch.RotateSketchObjects(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Point2d,System.Double,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that rotates a collection of sketch objects by a specified angle. If the Copy argument is set to True, the newly created objects are returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchObjects">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the sketch elements to rotate. The collection must contain at least one object and can be any SketchEntity, a TextBox or an Image.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that defines the center point to rotate the elements about.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the angle to rotate the elements by in radians.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Copy">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to copy the sketch elements to the new location or to rotate them. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the elements will be rotated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RemoveConstraints">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to remove or retain some of the constraints that constrain the input sketch entities to other geometry. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the constraints will be retained.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists. If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.SketchArcs">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchArcs collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.SketchCircles">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchArcs collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.SketchControlPointSplines">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchControlPointSplines collection object.&amp;nbsp;This collection provides access to the existing control point splines in the sketch and provides functionality to create new control point splines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.SketchEllipses">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchEllipses collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.SketchEllipticalArcs">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchEllipticalArcs collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.SketchEntities">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of all entities on the sketch, regardless of their type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.SketchEquationCurves">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchEquationCurves collection object.&amp;nbsp;This collection provides access to the existing equation curves in the sketch and provides functionality to create new equation curves.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.SketchFixedSplines">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.SketchImages">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of all images on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.SketchLines">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchLines collection object. This collection provides access to the existing lines in the sketch and provides functionality to create new lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.SketchOffsetSplines">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object. This collection provides access to the existing offset splines in the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.SketchPoints">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchPoints collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.SketchSplines">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchSplines collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch.Solve">
            <summary>Method that causes the sketch to solve.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.TextBoxes">
            <summary>Gets the TextBoxes collection associated with this Sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Sketch3D">
            <summary>The Sketch3D object provides access to the current contents of a specific 3D sketch and its related properties and methods. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.CheckSumValue">
            <summary>Gets sketch checksum value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.Consumed">
            <summary>Gets whether the 3D Sketch is consumed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.DeferUpdates">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to defer the solving of the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the 3D sketch. This method will fail in the cases where the sketch is active, and when there are dependents on the sketch. In the cases where other geometry, besides a feature, is dependent on the sketch, the dependent geometry will be deleted or modified.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.Dependents">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of the objects that are dependent on the 3D sketch. Examples of objects that can be returned are profiles, features, work features, other sketches, and assembly constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.DimensionConstraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of all dimension constraints on the 3D sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.DimensionsVisible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the dimensions on the sketch are visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets the action types valid for this sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch3D.Edit">
            <summary>Method that causes the Sketch environment to be invoked with this sketch available for interactive edit.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch3D.ExitEdit">
            <summary>Method that causes the Sketch environment to be closed and the user interface to return to the previous environment. This is equivalent to the Return command. This method is only valid in the case where this sketch is open for edit within the user interface. Calling this method in other cases will not do anything.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.GeometricConstraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of all geometric constraints on the 3D sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.HelicalCurves">
            <summary>Gets the HelicalCurves collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch3D.Include(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch entity by copying other entities into the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input object to copy into the sketch. In a part context, valid input includes Edges, 3d sketch entities and planar sketch entities. In an assembly context (where this method is called on a Sketch3DProxy object) this method that includes an entity from one part into a sketch in another part. The valid input in this case includes EdgeProxy objects, the various 3d sketch proxy objects and the various 2d sketch proxy objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.IntersectionCurves">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the IntersectionCurves collection object.&amp;nbsp;This collection provides access to the existing intersection curves in the sketch and provides functionality to create new intersection curves.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets name of the 3D sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.OnFaceCurves">
            <summary>Gets the 3D Sketch OnFaceCurves collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Specifies the override color, if any, for this sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the client feature that owns this object.&amp;nbsp;This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object. This will return the parent PartComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.Profiles3D">
            <summary>Property that returns the Profiles3D collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.ProjectToSurfaceCurves">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ProjectToSurfaceCurves collection object. This object provides access to all the existing ProjectToSurfaceCurve objects in the sketch and also provides methods to create new ProjectToSurfaceCurve objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the referenced 3D sketch, if there is one. Currently this property always returns 'Nothing'; it was implemented to support future functionality.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch3D.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from. The argument defines if the end-of-part marker will be positioned just before or just after the object. If the object is contained within another object and is not in the top level of the browser, the positioning of the marker will be relative to the top-level object the calling object is contained within. An example of this case is a sketch that has not been shared and has been consumed by a feature. Another example is a nested work feature.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this 3D sketch A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the sketch is shared or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.SilhouetteCurves">
            <summary>Gets the SilhouetteCurve collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.SketchArcs3D">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchArcs3D collection object. This collection provides access to the existing arcs and bends in the sketch and provides functionality to create new bends.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.SketchCircles3D">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchCircles3D collection object. This collection provides access to the existing circles in the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.SketchControlPointSplines3D">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchControlPointSplines3D collection object.&amp;nbsp;This collection provides access to the existing control point splines in the sketch and provides functionality to create new control point curves.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.SketchEllipses3D">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchEllipses3D collection object. This collection provides access to the existing ellipses in the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.SketchEllipticalArcs3D">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchEllipticalArcs3D collection object. This collection provides access to the existing elliptical arcs in the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.SketchEntities3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of all geometric entities on the sketch, regardless of their type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.SketchEquationCurves3D">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchEquationCurves3D collection object.&amp;nbsp;This collection provides access to the existing equation curves in the sketch and provides functionality to create new equation curves.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.SketchFixedSplines3D">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.SketchLines3D">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchLines3D collection object. This collection provides access to the existing lines in the sketch and provides functionality to create new lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.SketchPoints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchPoints3D collection object. This collection provides access to the existing points in the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.SketchSplines3D">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchSplines3D collection object. This collection provides access to the existing splines in the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch3D.Solve">
            <summary>Method that causes the sketch to solve.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3D.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Sketch3DOptions">
            <summary>The Sketch3DOptions object provides access to properties that provide read and write access of the 3D sketch related application options. This is somewhat equivalent to the 3D Sketch portion on the Sketch tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DOptions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DOptions.AutoBendWithLineCreation">
            <summary>Enables/disables automatically creating corner bends on 3D lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DOptions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.CheckSumValue">
            <summary>Gets sketch checksum value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.Consumed">
            <summary>Gets whether the 3D Sketch is consumed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.DeferUpdates">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to defer the solving of the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the 3D sketch. This method will fail in the cases where the sketch is active, and when there are dependents on the sketch. In the cases where other geometry, besides a feature, is dependent on the sketch, the dependent geometry will be deleted or modified.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.Dependents">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of the objects that are dependent on the 3D sketch. Examples of objects that can be returned are profiles, features, work features, other sketches, and assembly constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.DimensionConstraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of all dimension constraints on the 3D sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.DimensionsVisible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the dimensions on the sketch are visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets the action types valid for this sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.Edit">
            <summary>Method that causes the Sketch environment to be invoked with this sketch available for interactive edit.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.ExitEdit">
            <summary>Method that causes the Sketch environment to be closed and the user interface to return to the previous environment. This is equivalent to the Return command. This method is only valid in the case where this sketch is open for edit within the user interface. Calling this method in other cases will not do anything.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.GeometricConstraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of all geometric constraints on the 3D sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.HelicalCurves">
            <summary>Gets the HelicalCurves collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.Include(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch entity by copying other entities into the sketch.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input object to copy into the sketch. In a part context, valid input includes Edges, 3d sketch entities and planar sketch entities. In an assembly context (where this method is called on a Sketch3DProxy object) this method that includes an entity from one part into a sketch in another part. The valid input in this case includes EdgeProxy objects, the various 3d sketch proxy objects and the various 2d sketch proxy objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.IntersectionCurves">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the IntersectionCurves collection object.&amp;nbsp;This collection provides access to the existing intersection curves in the sketch and provides functionality to create new intersection curves.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets name of the 3D sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.OnFaceCurves">
            <summary>Gets the 3D Sketch OnFaceCurves collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Specifies the override color, if any, for this sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the client feature that owns this object.&amp;nbsp;This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object. This will return the parent PartComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.Profiles3D">
            <summary>Property that returns the Profiles3D collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.ProjectToSurfaceCurves">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ProjectToSurfaceCurves collection object. This object provides access to all the existing ProjectToSurfaceCurve objects in the sketch and also provides methods to create new ProjectToSurfaceCurve objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the referenced 3D sketch, if there is one. Currently this property always returns 'Nothing'; it was implemented to support future functionality.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from. The argument defines if the end-of-part marker will be positioned just before or just after the object. If the object is contained within another object and is not in the top level of the browser, the positioning of the marker will be relative to the top-level object the calling object is contained within. An example of this case is a sketch that has not been shared and has been consumed by a feature. Another example is a nested work feature.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this 3D sketch A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the sketch is shared or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.SilhouetteCurves">
            <summary>Gets the SilhouetteCurve collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.SketchArcs3D">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchArcs3D collection object. This collection provides access to the existing arcs and bends in the sketch and provides functionality to create new bends.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.SketchCircles3D">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchCircles3D collection object. This collection provides access to the existing circles in the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.SketchControlPointSplines3D">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchControlPointSplines3D collection object.&amp;nbsp;This collection provides access to the existing control point splines in the sketch and provides functionality to create new control point curves.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.SketchEllipses3D">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchEllipses3D collection object. This collection provides access to the existing ellipses in the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.SketchEllipticalArcs3D">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchEllipticalArcs3D collection object. This collection provides access to the existing elliptical arcs in the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.SketchEntities3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of all geometric entities on the sketch, regardless of their type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.SketchEquationCurves3D">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchEquationCurves3D collection object.&amp;nbsp;This collection provides access to the existing equation curves in the sketch and provides functionality to create new equation curves.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.SketchFixedSplines3D">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.SketchLines3D">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchLines3D collection object. This collection provides access to the existing lines in the sketch and provides functionality to create new lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.SketchPoints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchPoints3D collection object. This collection provides access to the existing points in the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.SketchSplines3D">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchSplines3D collection object. This collection provides access to the existing splines in the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.Solve">
            <summary>Method that causes the sketch to solve.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Sketch3DSettings">
            <summary>The Sketch3DSettings object provides access to properties that provide read and write access of the various 3D sketch related document specific settings. This is somewhat equivalent to the 3D sketch related properties on Sketch tab of the Document Settings dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DSettings.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DSettings.AutoBendRadius">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default radius used for corner bends.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DSettings.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketch3DSettings.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchArc">
            <summary>The SketchArc object represents an arc within a sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.CenterSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the sketch point that defines the position of the center of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchArc.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the end of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns an geometry object. The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the sketch arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns arc geometry that represents this arc in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchArc.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchArc.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.Length">
            <summary>Property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the lineDefinitionSpace applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the lineScale applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the lineType applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the lineWeight applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this sketch arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.Radius">
            <summary>Property that returns the radius of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchArc.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.StartAngle">
            <summary>Double property that returns the start angle of the arc. This is measured counterclockwise from the X axis of the sketch in radians.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the that defines the position of the start of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.SweepAngle">
            <summary>Double property that returns the sweep angle of the arc. This is measured counterclockwise from the start angle of the arc in radians.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchArc3D">
            <summary>The SketchArc3D object represents an arc within a 3D sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.CenterPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the center point of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchArc3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the that defines the position of the end of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.Geometry">
            <summary>Gets and sets an Arc3d geometry object.&amp;nbsp;The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the sketch arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchArc3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.Radius">
            <summary>Gets the Radius of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.StartAngle">
            <summary>Gets the StartAngle of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the that defines the position of the start of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.SweepAngle">
            <summary>Gets the SweepAngle of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.CenterPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the center point of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the that defines the position of the end of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Gets and sets an Arc3d geometry object.&amp;nbsp;The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the sketch arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.Radius">
            <summary>Gets the Radius of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.StartAngle">
            <summary>Gets the StartAngle of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the that defines the position of the start of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.SweepAngle">
            <summary>Gets the SweepAngle of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArc3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchArcProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.CenterSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the sketch point that defines the position of the center of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the end of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns an geometry object. The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the sketch arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns arc geometry that represents this arc in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.Length">
            <summary>Property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the lineDefinitionSpace applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the lineScale applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the lineType applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the lineWeight applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this sketch arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.Radius">
            <summary>Property that returns the radius of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.StartAngle">
            <summary>Double property that returns the start angle of the arc. This is measured counterclockwise from the X axis of the sketch in radians.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the that defines the position of the start of the arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.SweepAngle">
            <summary>Double property that returns the sweep angle of the arc. This is measured counterclockwise from the start angle of the arc in radians.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchArcs">
            <summary>The SketchArcs object provides access to all the objects in a sketch and provides methods to create additional sketch arcs. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchArcs.AddByCenterStartEndPoint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch arc defined by a center point and two points defining the start and end. The input points can be a combination of existing sketch points or Point2d objects. In the case where a sketch points is input, the arc will be attached to the sketch point. The sweep direction of the arc from the start to end point is determined by the CounterClockwise argument. The radius of the arc is determined by the start point. If the input for the start point is a sketch point, the arc will be tied to the sketch point. The second point, whether it is a sketch point or coordinate point defines the sweep of the arc. In the case where a sketch point is input and it is on the arc, the arc will be tied to the sketch point.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the center point. This can be either a SketchPoint or Point2d object. In the case where a SketchPoint object is input, the center point of the arc will be attached to the sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the start point. This can be either a SketchPoint or Point2d object. In the case where a SketchPoint object is input, the start point of the arc will be attached to the sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the end point. This can be either a SketchPoint or Point2d object. In the case where a SketchPoint object is input and the point lies on the arc, the end point of the arc will be attached to the sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CounterClockwise">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that defines whether the arc sweeps in a clockwise or counterclockwise direction between the start and end points. The default value is True which indicates a counterclockwise sweep direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchArcs.AddByCenterStartSweepAngle(System.Object,System.Double,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch arc using the input point and angles.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the center point. This can be either a SketchPoint or Point2d object. In the case where a SketchPoint object is input, the center point of the arc will be attached to the sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the radius of the arc in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the start angle in radians. The start angle is defined with respect to the sketch x-axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SweepAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the sweep angle in radians. The sweep is in a counter-clockwise direction from the start.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchArcs.AddByFillet(Inventor.SketchEntity,Inventor.SketchEntity,System.Object,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch arc as a fillet between two sketch entities.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input sketch entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input sketch entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input double that defines the radius of the arc in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointOnEntityOne">
                <summary>Input that defines the point on the first entity on which to start the SketchArc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointOnEntityTwo">
                <summary>Input that defines the point on the second entity on which to end the SketchArc.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchArcs.AddByThreePoints(System.Object,Inventor.Point2d,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch arc that passes through the three input points.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the start point. This can be either a SketchPoint or Point2d object. In the case where a SketchPoint object is input, that start point of the arc will be attached to the sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MidPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that defines a point along the arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the end point. This can be either a SketchPoint or Point2d object. In the case where a SketchPoint object is input, that end point of the arc will be attached to the sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcs.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcs.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcs.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SketchArcobject from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcs.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchArcs3D">
            <summary>The SketchArcs3D object provides access to all the sketch arcs ( objects, including bends) in a 3D sketch and provides methods to create additional bends. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchArcs3D.AddAsBend(Inventor.SketchLine3D,Inventor.SketchLine3D,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new bend feature based on the two input lines.</summary>
            <param name="LineOne">
                <summary>Input 3D sketch line. Note that LineOne and LineTwo should be constrained end to end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTwo">
                <summary>Input 3D sketch line. Note that LineOne and LineTwo should be constrained end to end.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BendRadius">
                <summary>Optional input variant that defines the radius of the bend. If not supplied the auto bend radius defined in the document options is used. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchArcs3D.AddByCenterStartEndPoint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch arc defined by a center point and two points defining the start and end. Method that creates a new sketch arc defined by a center point and two points defining the start and end.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the center point. This can currently only be a Point object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the start point. This can be either a SketchPoint3D or Point object. In the case where a SketchPoint3D object is input, the start point of the arc will be attached to the sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the end point. This can be either a SketchPoint3D or Point object. In the case where a SketchPoint3D object is input and the point lies on the arc, the end point of the arc will be attached to the sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Normal">
                <summary>Optional input UnitVector that defines the normal direction for the arc. This is only required when the start, center and end points are collinear (i.e. the arc is a semi-circle). In other cases, the normal need not be provided, but if it is, it needs to be consistent with the input points.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CounterClockwise">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that defines whether the arc sweeps in a clockwise or counterclockwise direction between the start and end points. The default value is True which indicates a counterclockwise sweep direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchArcs3D.AddByCenterStartSweepAngle(System.Object,Inventor.UnitVector,Inventor.UnitVector,System.Double,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch arc using the input point and angles.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the center point. This can currently only be a Point object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Normal">
                <summary>Input UnitVector that defines the normal direction for the arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVector">
                <summary>Input UnitVector that defines the reference vector. The ReferenceVector is the direction that is used to measure the start and the end angles of the arc. In other words, the ReferenceVector represents the zero angle and the start and end angles are measure with respect to this vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the radius of the arc in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the start angle in radians. The start angle is defined with respect to the sketch x-axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SweepAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the sweep angle in radians. The sweep is in a counter-clockwise direction from the start.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchArcs3D.AddByThreePoints(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch arc that passes through the three input points. All the points must lie on the same plane.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the start point. This can be either a SketchPoint3D or Point object. In the case where a SketchPoint3D object is input, that start point of the arc will be attached to the sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MidPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines a point along the arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the end point. This can be either a SketchPoint3D or Point object. In the case where a SketchPoint3D object is input, that end point of the arc will be attached to the sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcs3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcs3D.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcs3D.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SketchArc3D object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchArcs3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchBlock">
            <summary>The SketchBlock object represents a sketch block instance within a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlock.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlock.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlock.ChildBlocks">
            <summary>Property that returns an enumerator of SketchBlocks objects found directly under this sketch block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlock.Color">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color for the sketch block.&amp;nbsp;Setting the property to Nothing restores the sketch block to the default color.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlock.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns the constraint status of the sketch block. Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlock.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that in turn contains this sketch block. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property \returns Nothing if this sketch block does not belong to another sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlock.Definition">
            <summary>Property that returns the referenced sketch block definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlock.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch block.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlock.Edit">
            <summary>Method that activates the sketch block for editing by the user.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlock.ExitEdit(Inventor.ExitTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that causes the sketch block to return from the edit mode and into the environment specified by the input argument. If the sketch block is not currently active (i.e. this is not the same block as returned by Application.ActiveEditObject property), then this method does nothing.</summary>
            <param name="ExitTo">
                <summary>Input ExitTypeEnum that specifies the environment to exit to. Possible values are kExitToPrevious, kExitToParent and kExitToTop.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlock.Explode">
            <summary>Method that explodes the contents of the block and deletes the block instance. Note that the contents of the block are retained.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlock.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlock.Flexible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this sketch block is flexible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlock.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the \description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlock.GetObject(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns the corresponding object in the sketch block for the given object from it's definition.</summary>
            <param name="ObjectInDefinition">
                <summary>Input Object to get the corresponding object (in the sketch block) for. This can be one of the following objects\: SketchEntity, SketchBlock, SketchImage or TextBox.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlock.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlock.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlock.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line type override for the sketch block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlock.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line weight override for the sketch block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlock.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets name of the sketch block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlock.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlock.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the sketch block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlock.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlock.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the referenced sketch block, if there is one. Else, the property returns Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlock.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists. If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlock.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch block is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the block lives directly under a sketch. The path does not include this sketch block itself.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlock.Transformation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the transformation matrix for the sketch block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlock.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlock.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this sketch block is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition">
            <summary>The SketchBlockDefinition object represents a sketch block definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the sketch is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.AddArcSlotByCenterPointArc(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates an arc slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the center of the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the start point of the  slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SweepAngle">
                <summary>Input Double defines the sweep angle of the slot’s center-line in radians. The sweep angle is in a counter-clockwise direction from the start point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the width of the slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.AddArcSlotByThreePointArc(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates an arc slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the starting point of the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MidPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines a point along the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the end point of the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input a Double that specifies the width of the arc slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.AddByProjectingEntity(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch entity by projecting other entities onto the sketch plane. This method performs the same function as the Project Geometry or Project DWG Geometry command according to the Entity you specified.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input object to project onto the sketch plane. In a part context, valid input includes the various 2d sketch objects, the various 3d sketch objects, Edge, Vertex, WorkAxis, WorkPoints and DWGEntities. WorkPlanes that are perpendicular to the sketch are also valid. In an assembly context (where this method is called on a PlanarSketchProxy object) this method that projects an entity from one part into a sketch in another part. The valid input in this case includes the various 2d sketch proxy objects, the various 3d sketch proxy objects, EdgeProxy, VertexProxy, WorkAxisProxy, and WorkPointProxy objects. WorkPlaneProxy objects that are perpendicular to the sketch are also valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.AddBySilhouette(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that creates new reference sketch geometry as the silhouette on the input face near the input proximity point.</summary>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face that defines a silhouette edge that can be projected onto the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityPoint">
                <summary>Input that identifies which one of possible multiple results to use. For example, if the input face is a cylinder there are two possible silhouette edges.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.AddStraightSlotByCenterToCenter(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a straight slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the starting center point of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the ending center point of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the width of the straight slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.AddStraightSlotByOverall(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a straight slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the overall start point. The overall start point is a midpoint of the first arc of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the overall end point. The overall end point is a midpoint of the second arc of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the width of the straight slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.AddStraightSlotBySlotCenter(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a straight slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.AdjustContext(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified sketch object scoped into this sketch block definition, trimming any portion of the context from any sketch block in which this definition has been instanced. In other words, for the given object, this method returns the corresponding object in the context of this sketch block definition, by trimming the sketch block path.</summary>
            <param name="SketchObject">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the object to trim the context of. This can be a SketchEntity, SketchBlock, SketchImage or a TextBox.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.AxisEntity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the object that defines the X or Y axis of the sketch plane.&amp;nbsp;The AxisIsX property defines whether it is the X or Y axis, and the NaturalAxisDirection property defines the direction of the axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.AxisEntityGeometry">
            <summary>Property that gets the geometry that describes the axis entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.AxisIsX">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the axis entity defines the X or Y axis.&amp;nbsp;True indicates the axis defines the X-axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.BreakLink">
            <summary>Method that breaks the link to the source sketch.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.CheckSumValue">
            <summary>Gets sketch checksum value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.CircularPatterns">
            <summary>Gets the SketchCircularPatterns collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.Color">
            <summary>Gets and Sets the color for the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.Consumed">
            <summary>Gets whether the sketch is consumed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.CopyContentsTo(Inventor.Sketch)">
            <summary>Method that copies all the contents of the sketch to the \input target sketch.</summary>
            <param name="TargetSketch">
                <summary>Sketch object that specifies the target sketch into which the contents of the sketch should be copied.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.CopyEntitiesTo(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Sketch,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that copies sketch entities of the sketch to the input target sketch.</summary>
            <param name="SketchEntities">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that specifies the sketch entities being copied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetSketch">
                <summary>Input Sketch object that specifies the target sketch into which the contents of the sketch should be copied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Optional input Point2d that specifies the position on target sketch to place the copied sketch entities. If not specified the position of the sketch entities in source sketch will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.CopyTo(Inventor.Document,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that copies the definition to the target document.</summary>
            <param name="TargetDocument">
                <summary>Input Document object that specifies the document to copy the definition into. This can be the source document object if a copy of the definition is to be created in the same document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean reserved for future use. This value is currently ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.CopyToFlatPattern">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether a sheet metal folded model sketch should be copied over (transposed) to the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.DataIO">
            <summary>Gets the object through which this sketch's data content can be persisted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.DeferUpdates">
            <summary>Gets and Sets whether to defer the solving of the sketch or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch. This method is only valid for sketches that are not used by a feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.Dependents">
            <summary>Gets the dependent objects of the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.Description">
            <summary>Gets and sets the description for the sketch block definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.DimensionConstraints">
            <summary>Gets the collection of all dimension constraints on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.DimensionsVisible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the dimensions on the sketch are visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets the action types valid for this sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.Edit">
            <summary>Method that causes the Sketch environment to be invoked with this sketch available for interactive edit.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.ExitEdit">
            <summary>Causes the Sketch environment to be closed and the user interface to return to the previous environment. This is equivalent to the Return command. This method is only valid in the case where this sketch is open for edit within the user interface.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.GeometricConstraints">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of all geometric constraints on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the \description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.InsertionPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the insertion point of the sketch block definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.IsInsertionPointVisible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the insertion point is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. This property should return True for sketches that are created as a result of an unfold or refold feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.IsReferenced">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this sketch block definition is currently referenced within the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and Sets the line type override for the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and Sets the line weight override for the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.ModelToSketchSpace(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 3D coordinate in model space, projects it onto the sketch plane along the normal of the plane and returns a Point2d object containing the resulting coordinate point in sketch space.</summary>
            <param name="ModelCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point that specifies the point in model space to be transformed into sketch space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.ModelToSketchTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from model space to the 2d sketch coordinate space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.MoveSketchObjects(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Vector2d,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that moves a collection of sketch objects by a specified vector. If the Copy argument is set to True, the newly created objects are returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchObjects">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the sketch elements to move. The collection must contain at least one object and can be any SketchEntity, a TextBox or an Image.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Input Vector2d object that defines the delta distance to move the sketch elements.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Copy">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to copy the sketch elements to the new location or to move them. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the elements will be moved.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RemoveConstraints">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to remove or retain some of the constraints that constrain the input sketch entities to other geometry. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the constraints will be retained.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets name of the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.NaturalAxisDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the sketch plane X or Y axis is in the same direction as that defined by axis entity.&amp;nbsp;True indicates the axis direction is in the same direction as the axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.OffsetSketchEntitiesUsingDistance(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Double,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that offsets a sketch entity or a group of connected sketch entities. In both cases, the base sketch entity is first offset by the specified distance and along the specified direction. The base sketch entity is determined as follows: 	*	If only one sketch entity needs to be offset, it will be treated as the base sketch entity. 	*	If a group of end-to-end connected entities need to be offset, the first entity in the group will be treated as the base sketch entity. If this method successfully offsets the specified input sketch entities, the newly created sketch entities are returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchEntities">
                <summary>ObjectCollection that specifies either a single sketch entity or a set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The collection can contain any SketchEntity object except SketchPoint because sketch points cannot be offset. The first entity in the collection is always treated as the base sketch entity. The offset distance (OffsetDistance argument) and the offset direction (NaturalOffsetDirection argument) apply to this base sketch entity. If only one sketch entity needs to be offset, then it should be specified as the only item in the collection and the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be specified as False. Since the entity specified in the collection is the first and only item in the collection, it will be treated as the base sketch entity. If a group of end-to-end connected sketch entities need to be offset, then they can be specified using one of the following options: 	*	Specifying an exact set of sketch entities to offset. The collection can be used to specify an exact set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The objects in the collection must represent entities that are end-to-end connected and the collection must contain the objects in the order that they are connected. The first entity specified in the collection will be treated as the base sketch entity. 	*	Specifying only the base sketch entity and automatically including connected entities. The base sketch entity should be specified as the only item in the collection. The IncludeConnectedEntities boolean argument should be specified as True to indicate that all entities that form a loop (open or closed) which contains the base sketch entity should be automatically included to be offset. Since only one of the above options to specify a group of connected entities can be used at the same time and not both, if the collection contains multiple entities, it implies that the collection is being used to explicitly specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, in which case the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be False. If True is specified, the method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetDistance">
                <summary>Specifies the offset distance for the base sketch entity (the sketch entity specified by the first item in the SketchEntities collection). Since a group of connected entities that need to be offset will all be offset by the same distance, it implies that the distance value specified by this argument will be used not only for the base sketch entity but also for all the remaining connected sketch entities. Since the offset of the base sketch entity can lie on either side of the base entity, the offset distance in itself does not provide sufficient information regarding the final position for the offset of the base sketch entity. The NaturalOffsetDirection boolean argument can be used to specify one out of the two possible offset directions for the base sketch entity. Thus, the offset distance specified by this argument and the offset direction specified by the NaturalOffsetDirection boolean argument together determine the final position for the offset of the base sketch entity. Once the offset position for the base sketch entity is determined, the offset positions for any other additional connected sketch entities can be inferred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NaturalOffsetDirection">
                <summary>Value that can be used to specify one out of the two possible offset directions. This argument applies to the base sketch entity (the sketch entity specified by the first item in the SketchEntities collection). The natural offset direction is along the natural normal direction at any point on the base sketch entity which in-turn is defined as the cross-product of the vector representing the tangent at that point and the vector representing the sketch normal. If True is specified, then the points on the offset of the base sketch entity will be positioned in the direction specified by the natural normal at the corresponding points on the original base sketch entity. If False is specified, then the offset of the base sketch entity will be positioned in the direction opposite to that of the natural normal. Thus, this argument determines on which side of the base sketch entity the offset of the base sketch entity will be placed. Since this argument specifies only the offset direction, the OffsetDistance argument has to be used to specify the offset distance along the offset direction specified by this argument. Thus, the offset direction specified by this argument and the offset distance specified by the OffsetDistance argument together determine the final position for the offset of the base sketch entity. Once the offset position for the base sketch entity is determined, the offset positions for any other additional connected sketch entities can be inferred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IncludeConnectedEntities">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether all entities that form a loop containing the base sketch entity should also be offset. If True is specified, then all loop entities will be offset. But, if the sketch has multiple loops that contain the base sketch entity in which case it will not be possible to uniquely determine a single loop that needs to be offset, only the base sketch entity will be offset. If False is specified, then only the entities specified in the SketchEntities collection will be offset. If True is specified, the SketchEntities collection should contain only one item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, otherwise, if the SketchEntities collection contains multiple entities, then this method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset. If False is specified, the SketchEntities collection can contain either a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity or multiple items that correspond to a group of end-to-end connected entities. If the collection contains a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, then only this base sketch entity will be offset. On the other hand, if the collection contains multiple items, it implies that the collection is being used to specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, hence, only those exact set of sketch entities will be offset. If no value is specified for this argument, then a default value of False will be assumed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateOffsetConstraints">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether offset constraints between the original and offset entities should be automatically created. If True is specified, then offset constraints will be automatically created. If False is specified, then offset constraints will not be created. If no value is specified, then a default value of True will be assumed to indicate that the offset constraints will be automatically created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.OffsetSketchEntitiesUsingPoint(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Point2d,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that offsets a sketch entity or a group of end-to-end connected sketch entities. In both cases, the offset is first applied to the base sketch entity such that the offset of the base sketch entity passes through the specified offset point on the sketch. The shortest distance of this offset point from the original base sketch entity determines the offset distance.</summary>
            <param name="SketchEntities">
                <summary>ObjectCollection that specifies either a single sketch entity or a set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The collection can contain any SketchEntity object except SketchPoint because sketch points cannot be offset. The first entity in the collection is always treated as the base sketch entity. The offset distance (OffsetDistance argument) and the offset direction (NaturalOffsetDirection argument) apply to this base sketch entity. If only one sketch entity needs to be offset, then it should be specified as the only item in the collection and the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be specified as False. Since the entity specified in the collection is the first and only item in the collection, it will be treated as the base sketch entity. If a group of end\-to\-end connected sketch entities need to be offset, then they can be specified using one of the following options\: * Specifying an exact set of sketch entities to offset. The collection can be used to specify an exact set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The objects in the collection must represent entities that are end-to-end connected and the collection must contain the objects in the order that they are connected. The first entity specified in the collection will be treated as the base sketch entity. * Specifying only the base sketch entity and automatically including connected entities. The base sketch entity should be specified as the only item in the collection. The IncludeConnectedEntities boolean argument should be specified as True to indicate that all entities that form a loop (open or closed) which contains the base sketch entity should be automatically included to be offset. 
Since only one of the above options to specify a group of connected entities can be used at the same time and not both, if the collection contains multiple entities, it implies that the collection is being used to explicitly specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, in which case the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be False. If True is specified, the method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetPoint">
                <summary>Defines a point on the sketch through which the offset of the base sketch entity (the sketch entity specified by the first item in the SketchEntities collection) should pass. The shortest distance of this point from the base sketch entity is used to determine the offset distance. This offset distance will also be used to offset any other additional connected sketch entities. The location of the point with respect to the base sketch entity determines the position of the offset base sketch entity (i.e. the location of the point determines on which side of the base sketch entity the offset of the base sketch entity will be positioned). Once the offset distance and position for the offset of the base sketch entity are determined, this information is used to determine the position for all other connected sketch entities that need to be offset. Thus, the offset point provides sufficient information to calculate the offset distance as well as the offset direction for all the sketch entities that need to be offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IncludeConnectedEntities">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether all entities that form a loop containing the base sketch entity should also be offset. If True is specified, then all loop entities will be offset. But, if the sketch has multiple loops that contain the base sketch entity in which case it will not be possible to uniquely determine a single loop that needs to be offset, only the base sketch entity will be offset. If False is specified, then only the entities specified in the SketchEntities collection will be offset. If True is specified, the SketchEntities collection should contain only one item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, otherwise, if the SketchEntities collection contains multiple entities, then this method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset. If False is specified, the SketchEntities collection can contain either a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity or multiple items that correspond to a group of end\-to\-end connected entities. If the collection contains a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, then only this base sketch entity will be offset. On the other hand, if the collection contains multiple items, it implies that the collection is being used to specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, hence, only those exact set of sketch entities will be offset. If no value is specified for this argument, then a default value of False will be assumed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateOffsetConstraints">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether offset constraints between the original and offset entities should be automatically created. If True is specified, then offset constraints will be automatically created. If False is specified, then offset constraints will not be created. If no value is specified, then a default value of True will be assumed to indicate that the offset constraints will be automatically created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.OriginPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets origin of the sketch. When set this property, the valid object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex or SketchPoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.OriginPointGeometry">
            <summary>Property that gets the geometry that describes the origin point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the PartFeature object. This property should return the UnfoldFeature or RefoldFeature object that created the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.PlanarEntity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the planar object that defines the planar object the sketch is to be built on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.PlanarEntityGeometry">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry that describes the plane the sketch is based on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.Profiles">
            <summary>Property that returns the Profiles collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.ProjectedCuts">
            <summary>Property that returns the ProjectedCuts collection object. This collection provides access to the existing projected cut edges in the sketch and provides functionality to create new projected cut edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.RectangularPatterns">
            <summary>Gets the SketchRectangularPatterns collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the referenced sketch in the cases where this sketch was created as a result of a "derive" operation or copied over to the sheet metal flat pattern from the folded model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.RotateSketchObjects(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Point2d,System.Double,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that rotates a collection of sketch objects by a specified angle. If the Copy argument is set to True, the newly created objects are returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchObjects">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the sketch elements to rotate. The collection must contain at least one object and can be any SketchEntity, a TextBox or an Image.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that defines the center point to rotate the elements about.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the angle to rotate the elements by in radians.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Copy">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to copy the sketch elements to the new location or to rotate them. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the elements will be rotated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RemoveConstraints">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to remove or retain some of the constraints that constrain the input sketch entities to other geometry. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the constraints will be retained.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists. If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from. The argument defines if the end-of-part marker will be positioned just before or just after the object. If the object is contained within another object and is not in the top level of the browser, the positioning of the marker will be relative to the top-level object the calling object is contained within. An example of this case is a sketch that has not been shared and has been consumed by a feature. Another example is a nested work feature.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the profile is shared or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.SketchArcs">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchArcs collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.SketchBlocks">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchBlocks collection object. Only the first level sketch blocks in the sketch are returned. Use SketchBlock.ChildBlocks property recursively to get sketch blocks at all levels.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.SketchCircles">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchArcs collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.SketchControlPointSplines">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchControlPointSplines collection object.&amp;nbsp;This collection provides access to the existing control point splines in the sketch and provides functionality to create new control point splines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.SketchEllipses">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchEllipses collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.SketchEllipticalArcs">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchEllipticalArcs collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.SketchEntities">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of all entities on the sketch, regardless of their type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.SketchEquationCurves">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchEquationCurves collection object.&amp;nbsp;This collection provides access to the existing equation curves in the sketch and provides functionality to create new equation curves.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.SketchFixedSplines">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.SketchImages">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of all images on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.SketchLines">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchLines collection object. This collection provides access to the existing lines in the sketch and provides functionality to create new lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.SketchOffsetSplines">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object. This collection provides access to the existing offset splines in the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.SketchPoints">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchPoints collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.SketchSplines">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchSplines collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.SketchToModelSpace(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 2D coordinate in sketch space, and returns a Point3d containing the coordinates of the point in model space.</summary>
            <param name="SketchCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point2d that specifies the 2d coordinate in sketch space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.SketchToModelTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from the 2D sketch coordinate space to model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.Solve">
            <summary>Method that causes the sketch to solve.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.TextBoxes">
            <summary>Gets the TextBoxes collection associated with this Sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.UpdateProfiles">
            <summary>Method that updates all the profiles within the sketch.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the sketch is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.AddArcSlotByCenterPointArc(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates an arc slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the center of the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the start point of the  slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SweepAngle">
                <summary>Input Double defines the sweep angle of the slot’s center-line in radians. The sweep angle is in a counter-clockwise direction from the start point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the width of the slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.AddArcSlotByThreePointArc(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates an arc slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the starting point of the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MidPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines a point along the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the end point of the slot’s center-line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input a Double that specifies the width of the arc slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.AddByProjectingEntity(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch entity by projecting other entities onto the sketch plane. This method performs the same function as the Project Geometry or Project DWG Geometry command according to the Entity you specified.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input object to project onto the sketch plane. In a part context, valid input includes the various 2d sketch objects, the various 3d sketch objects, Edge, Vertex, WorkAxis, WorkPoints and DWGEntities. WorkPlanes that are perpendicular to the sketch are also valid. In an assembly context (where this method is called on a PlanarSketchProxy object) this method that projects an entity from one part into a sketch in another part. The valid input in this case includes the various 2d sketch proxy objects, the various 3d sketch proxy objects, EdgeProxy, VertexProxy, WorkAxisProxy, and WorkPointProxy objects. WorkPlaneProxy objects that are perpendicular to the sketch are also valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.AddBySilhouette(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that creates new reference sketch geometry as the silhouette on the input face near the input proximity point.</summary>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face that defines a silhouette edge that can be projected onto the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityPoint">
                <summary>Input that identifies which one of possible multiple results to use. For example, if the input face is a cylinder there are two possible silhouette edges.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.AddStraightSlotByCenterToCenter(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a straight slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the starting center point of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the ending center point of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the width of the straight slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.AddStraightSlotByOverall(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a straight slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the overall start point. The overall start point is a midpoint of the first arc of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d or SketchPoint object that defines the overall end point. The overall end point is a midpoint of the second arc of the straight slot.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the width of the straight slot in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.AddStraightSlotBySlotCenter(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a straight slot. The sketch entities represent the sketch slot are returned.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.AdjustContext(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified sketch object scoped into this sketch block definition, trimming any portion of the context from any sketch block in which this definition has been instanced. In other words, for the given object, this method returns the corresponding object in the context of this sketch block definition, by trimming the sketch block path.</summary>
            <param name="SketchObject">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the object to trim the context of. This can be a SketchEntity, SketchBlock, SketchImage or a TextBox.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.AxisEntity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the object that defines the X or Y axis of the sketch plane.&amp;nbsp;The AxisIsX property defines whether it is the X or Y axis, and the NaturalAxisDirection property defines the direction of the axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.AxisEntityGeometry">
            <summary>Property that gets the geometry that describes the axis entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.AxisIsX">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the axis entity defines the X or Y axis.&amp;nbsp;True indicates the axis defines the X-axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.BreakLink">
            <summary>Method that breaks the link to the source sketch.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.CheckSumValue">
            <summary>Gets sketch checksum value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.CircularPatterns">
            <summary>Gets the SketchCircularPatterns collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.Color">
            <summary>Gets and Sets the color for the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.Consumed">
            <summary>Gets whether the sketch is consumed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.CopyContentsTo(Inventor.Sketch)">
            <summary>Method that copies all the contents of the sketch to the \input target sketch.</summary>
            <param name="TargetSketch">
                <summary>Sketch object that specifies the target sketch into which the contents of the sketch should be copied.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.CopyEntitiesTo(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Sketch,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that copies sketch entities of the sketch to the input target sketch.</summary>
            <param name="SketchEntities">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that specifies the sketch entities being copied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetSketch">
                <summary>Input Sketch object that specifies the target sketch into which the contents of the sketch should be copied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Optional input Point2d that specifies the position on target sketch to place the copied sketch entities. If not specified the position of the sketch entities in source sketch will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.CopyTo(Inventor.Document,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that copies the definition to the target document.</summary>
            <param name="TargetDocument">
                <summary>Input Document object that specifies the document to copy the definition into. This can be the source document object if a copy of the definition is to be created in the same document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean reserved for future use. This value is currently ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.CopyToFlatPattern">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether a sheet metal folded model sketch should be copied over (transposed) to the flat pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.DataIO">
            <summary>Gets the object through which this sketch's data content can be persisted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.DeferUpdates">
            <summary>Gets and Sets whether to defer the solving of the sketch or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch. This method is only valid for sketches that are not used by a feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.Dependents">
            <summary>Gets the dependent objects of the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.Description">
            <summary>Gets and sets the description for the sketch block definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.DimensionConstraints">
            <summary>Gets the collection of all dimension constraints on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.DimensionsVisible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the dimensions on the sketch are visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets the action types valid for this sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.Edit">
            <summary>Method that causes the Sketch environment to be invoked with this sketch available for interactive edit.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.ExitEdit">
            <summary>Causes the Sketch environment to be closed and the user interface to return to the previous environment. This is equivalent to the Return command. This method is only valid in the case where this sketch is open for edit within the user interface.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.GeometricConstraints">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of all geometric constraints on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the \description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.InsertionPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the insertion point of the sketch block definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.IsInsertionPointVisible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the insertion point is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. This property should return True for sketches that are created as a result of an unfold or refold feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.IsReferenced">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this sketch block definition is currently referenced within the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and Sets the line type override for the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and Sets the line weight override for the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.ModelToSketchSpace(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 3D coordinate in model space, projects it onto the sketch plane along the normal of the plane and returns a Point2d object containing the resulting coordinate point in sketch space.</summary>
            <param name="ModelCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point that specifies the point in model space to be transformed into sketch space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.ModelToSketchTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from model space to the 2d sketch coordinate space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.MoveSketchObjects(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Vector2d,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that moves a collection of sketch objects by a specified vector. If the Copy argument is set to True, the newly created objects are returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchObjects">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the sketch elements to move. The collection must contain at least one object and can be any SketchEntity, a TextBox or an Image.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Input Vector2d object that defines the delta distance to move the sketch elements.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Copy">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to copy the sketch elements to the new location or to move them. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the elements will be moved.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RemoveConstraints">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to remove or retain some of the constraints that constrain the input sketch entities to other geometry. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the constraints will be retained.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets name of the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.NaturalAxisDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the sketch plane X or Y axis is in the same direction as that defined by axis entity.&amp;nbsp;True indicates the axis direction is in the same direction as the axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.OffsetSketchEntitiesUsingDistance(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Double,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that offsets a sketch entity or a group of connected sketch entities. In both cases, the base sketch entity is first offset by the specified distance and along the specified direction. The base sketch entity is determined as follows: 	*	If only one sketch entity needs to be offset, it will be treated as the base sketch entity. 	*	If a group of end-to-end connected entities need to be offset, the first entity in the group will be treated as the base sketch entity. If this method successfully offsets the specified input sketch entities, the newly created sketch entities are returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchEntities">
                <summary>ObjectCollection that specifies either a single sketch entity or a set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The collection can contain any SketchEntity object except SketchPoint because sketch points cannot be offset. The first entity in the collection is always treated as the base sketch entity. The offset distance (OffsetDistance argument) and the offset direction (NaturalOffsetDirection argument) apply to this base sketch entity. If only one sketch entity needs to be offset, then it should be specified as the only item in the collection and the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be specified as False. Since the entity specified in the collection is the first and only item in the collection, it will be treated as the base sketch entity. If a group of end-to-end connected sketch entities need to be offset, then they can be specified using one of the following options: 	*	Specifying an exact set of sketch entities to offset. The collection can be used to specify an exact set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The objects in the collection must represent entities that are end-to-end connected and the collection must contain the objects in the order that they are connected. The first entity specified in the collection will be treated as the base sketch entity. 	*	Specifying only the base sketch entity and automatically including connected entities. The base sketch entity should be specified as the only item in the collection. The IncludeConnectedEntities boolean argument should be specified as True to indicate that all entities that form a loop (open or closed) which contains the base sketch entity should be automatically included to be offset. Since only one of the above options to specify a group of connected entities can be used at the same time and not both, if the collection contains multiple entities, it implies that the collection is being used to explicitly specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, in which case the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be False. If True is specified, the method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetDistance">
                <summary>Specifies the offset distance for the base sketch entity (the sketch entity specified by the first item in the SketchEntities collection). Since a group of connected entities that need to be offset will all be offset by the same distance, it implies that the distance value specified by this argument will be used not only for the base sketch entity but also for all the remaining connected sketch entities. Since the offset of the base sketch entity can lie on either side of the base entity, the offset distance in itself does not provide sufficient information regarding the final position for the offset of the base sketch entity. The NaturalOffsetDirection boolean argument can be used to specify one out of the two possible offset directions for the base sketch entity. Thus, the offset distance specified by this argument and the offset direction specified by the NaturalOffsetDirection boolean argument together determine the final position for the offset of the base sketch entity. Once the offset position for the base sketch entity is determined, the offset positions for any other additional connected sketch entities can be inferred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NaturalOffsetDirection">
                <summary>Value that can be used to specify one out of the two possible offset directions. This argument applies to the base sketch entity (the sketch entity specified by the first item in the SketchEntities collection). The natural offset direction is along the natural normal direction at any point on the base sketch entity which in-turn is defined as the cross-product of the vector representing the tangent at that point and the vector representing the sketch normal. If True is specified, then the points on the offset of the base sketch entity will be positioned in the direction specified by the natural normal at the corresponding points on the original base sketch entity. If False is specified, then the offset of the base sketch entity will be positioned in the direction opposite to that of the natural normal. Thus, this argument determines on which side of the base sketch entity the offset of the base sketch entity will be placed. Since this argument specifies only the offset direction, the OffsetDistance argument has to be used to specify the offset distance along the offset direction specified by this argument. Thus, the offset direction specified by this argument and the offset distance specified by the OffsetDistance argument together determine the final position for the offset of the base sketch entity. Once the offset position for the base sketch entity is determined, the offset positions for any other additional connected sketch entities can be inferred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IncludeConnectedEntities">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether all entities that form a loop containing the base sketch entity should also be offset. If True is specified, then all loop entities will be offset. But, if the sketch has multiple loops that contain the base sketch entity in which case it will not be possible to uniquely determine a single loop that needs to be offset, only the base sketch entity will be offset. If False is specified, then only the entities specified in the SketchEntities collection will be offset. If True is specified, the SketchEntities collection should contain only one item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, otherwise, if the SketchEntities collection contains multiple entities, then this method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset. If False is specified, the SketchEntities collection can contain either a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity or multiple items that correspond to a group of end-to-end connected entities. If the collection contains a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, then only this base sketch entity will be offset. On the other hand, if the collection contains multiple items, it implies that the collection is being used to specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, hence, only those exact set of sketch entities will be offset. If no value is specified for this argument, then a default value of False will be assumed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateOffsetConstraints">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether offset constraints between the original and offset entities should be automatically created. If True is specified, then offset constraints will be automatically created. If False is specified, then offset constraints will not be created. If no value is specified, then a default value of True will be assumed to indicate that the offset constraints will be automatically created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.OffsetSketchEntitiesUsingPoint(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Point2d,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that offsets a sketch entity or a group of end-to-end connected sketch entities. In both cases, the offset is first applied to the base sketch entity such that the offset of the base sketch entity passes through the specified offset point on the sketch. The shortest distance of this offset point from the original base sketch entity determines the offset distance.</summary>
            <param name="SketchEntities">
                <summary>ObjectCollection that specifies either a single sketch entity or a set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The collection can contain any SketchEntity object except SketchPoint because sketch points cannot be offset. The first entity in the collection is always treated as the base sketch entity. The offset distance (OffsetDistance argument) and the offset direction (NaturalOffsetDirection argument) apply to this base sketch entity. If only one sketch entity needs to be offset, then it should be specified as the only item in the collection and the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be specified as False. Since the entity specified in the collection is the first and only item in the collection, it will be treated as the base sketch entity. If a group of end\-to\-end connected sketch entities need to be offset, then they can be specified using one of the following options\: * Specifying an exact set of sketch entities to offset. The collection can be used to specify an exact set of sketch entities that need to be offset. The objects in the collection must represent entities that are end-to-end connected and the collection must contain the objects in the order that they are connected. The first entity specified in the collection will be treated as the base sketch entity. * Specifying only the base sketch entity and automatically including connected entities. The base sketch entity should be specified as the only item in the collection. The IncludeConnectedEntities boolean argument should be specified as True to indicate that all entities that form a loop (open or closed) which contains the base sketch entity should be automatically included to be offset. 
Since only one of the above options to specify a group of connected entities can be used at the same time and not both, if the collection contains multiple entities, it implies that the collection is being used to explicitly specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, in which case the IncludeConnectedEntities argument should be False. If True is specified, the method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OffsetPoint">
                <summary>Defines a point on the sketch through which the offset of the base sketch entity (the sketch entity specified by the first item in the SketchEntities collection) should pass. The shortest distance of this point from the base sketch entity is used to determine the offset distance. This offset distance will also be used to offset any other additional connected sketch entities. The location of the point with respect to the base sketch entity determines the position of the offset base sketch entity (i.e. the location of the point determines on which side of the base sketch entity the offset of the base sketch entity will be positioned). Once the offset distance and position for the offset of the base sketch entity are determined, this information is used to determine the position for all other connected sketch entities that need to be offset. Thus, the offset point provides sufficient information to calculate the offset distance as well as the offset direction for all the sketch entities that need to be offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IncludeConnectedEntities">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether all entities that form a loop containing the base sketch entity should also be offset. If True is specified, then all loop entities will be offset. But, if the sketch has multiple loops that contain the base sketch entity in which case it will not be possible to uniquely determine a single loop that needs to be offset, only the base sketch entity will be offset. If False is specified, then only the entities specified in the SketchEntities collection will be offset. If True is specified, the SketchEntities collection should contain only one item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, otherwise, if the SketchEntities collection contains multiple entities, then this method will fail and the sketch entities will not be offset. If False is specified, the SketchEntities collection can contain either a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity or multiple items that correspond to a group of end\-to\-end connected entities. If the collection contains a single item that corresponds to the base sketch entity, then only this base sketch entity will be offset. On the other hand, if the collection contains multiple items, it implies that the collection is being used to specify an exact set of sketch entities to offset, hence, only those exact set of sketch entities will be offset. If no value is specified for this argument, then a default value of False will be assumed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateOffsetConstraints">
                <summary>Value that specifies whether offset constraints between the original and offset entities should be automatically created. If True is specified, then offset constraints will be automatically created. If False is specified, then offset constraints will not be created. If no value is specified, then a default value of True will be assumed to indicate that the offset constraints will be automatically created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.OriginPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets origin of the sketch. When set this property, the valid object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex or SketchPoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.OriginPointGeometry">
            <summary>Property that gets the geometry that describes the origin point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the PartFeature object. This property should return the UnfoldFeature or RefoldFeature object that created the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.PlanarEntity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the planar object that defines the planar object the sketch is to be built on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.PlanarEntityGeometry">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry that describes the plane the sketch is based on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.Profiles">
            <summary>Property that returns the Profiles collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.ProjectedCuts">
            <summary>Property that returns the ProjectedCuts collection object. This collection provides access to the existing projected cut edges in the sketch and provides functionality to create new projected cut edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.RectangularPatterns">
            <summary>Gets the SketchRectangularPatterns collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the referenced sketch in the cases where this sketch was created as a result of a "derive" operation or copied over to the sheet metal flat pattern from the folded model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.RotateSketchObjects(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.Point2d,System.Double,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that rotates a collection of sketch objects by a specified angle. If the Copy argument is set to True, the newly created objects are returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchObjects">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the sketch elements to rotate. The collection must contain at least one object and can be any SketchEntity, a TextBox or an Image.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that defines the center point to rotate the elements about.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the angle to rotate the elements by in radians.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Copy">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to copy the sketch elements to the new location or to rotate them. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the elements will be rotated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RemoveConstraints">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to remove or retain some of the constraints that constrain the input sketch entities to other geometry. If not specified, a default value of False is used indicating that the constraints will be retained.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists. If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from. The argument defines if the end-of-part marker will be positioned just before or just after the object. If the object is contained within another object and is not in the top level of the browser, the positioning of the marker will be relative to the top-level object the calling object is contained within. An example of this case is a sketch that has not been shared and has been consumed by a feature. Another example is a nested work feature.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the profile is shared or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.SketchArcs">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchArcs collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.SketchBlocks">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchBlocks collection object. Only the first level sketch blocks in the sketch are returned. Use SketchBlock.ChildBlocks property recursively to get sketch blocks at all levels.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.SketchCircles">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchArcs collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.SketchControlPointSplines">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchControlPointSplines collection object.&amp;nbsp;This collection provides access to the existing control point splines in the sketch and provides functionality to create new control point splines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.SketchEllipses">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchEllipses collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.SketchEllipticalArcs">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchEllipticalArcs collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.SketchEntities">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of all entities on the sketch, regardless of their type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.SketchEquationCurves">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchEquationCurves collection object.&amp;nbsp;This collection provides access to the existing equation curves in the sketch and provides functionality to create new equation curves.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.SketchFixedSplines">
            <summary>Property that gets the collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.SketchImages">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of all images on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.SketchLines">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchLines collection object. This collection provides access to the existing lines in the sketch and provides functionality to create new lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.SketchOffsetSplines">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object. This collection provides access to the existing offset splines in the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.SketchPoints">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchPoints collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.SketchSplines">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchSplines collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.SketchToModelSpace(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that takes a 2D coordinate in sketch space, and returns a Point3d containing the coordinates of the point in model space.</summary>
            <param name="SketchCoordinate">
                <summary>Input Point2d that specifies the 2d coordinate in sketch space.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.SketchToModelTransform">
            <summary>Property that returns the transformation from the 2D sketch coordinate space to model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.Solve">
            <summary>Method that causes the sketch to solve.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.TextBoxes">
            <summary>Gets the TextBoxes collection associated with this Sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.UpdateProfiles">
            <summary>Method that updates all the profiles within the sketch.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitions">
            <summary>The SketchBlockDefinitions collection object provides access to all sketch block definitions and provides methods to create additional definitions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitions.Add(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new (empty) SketchBlockDefinition. The newly created SketchBlockDefinition is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies a name for the sketch block definition. If not provided, the name is automatically generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertionPoint">
                <summary>Optional input Point2d object that specifies the insertion point for the sketch block. The insertion sketch point is created in space and no constraints are created on the insertion point. The insertion point can be retrieved using SketchBlockDefinition.InsertionPoint property and constraints can be added to it. If not specified, a default insertion point is chosen.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SketchBlockDefinition object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionsEnumerator">
            <summary>The SketchBlockDefinitionsEnumerator allows iteration of available sketchBlockDefinition objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  The index of the first item in the collection is 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockDefinitionsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.ChildBlocks">
            <summary>Property that returns an enumerator of SketchBlocks objects found directly under this sketch block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.Color">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color for the sketch block.&amp;nbsp;Setting the property to Nothing restores the sketch block to the default color.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns the constraint status of the sketch block. Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that in turn contains this sketch block. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property \returns Nothing if this sketch block does not belong to another sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Property that returns the referenced sketch block definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch block.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.Edit">
            <summary>Method that activates the sketch block for editing by the user.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.ExitEdit(Inventor.ExitTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that causes the sketch block to return from the edit mode and into the environment specified by the input argument. If the sketch block is not currently active (i.e. this is not the same block as returned by Application.ActiveEditObject property), then this method does nothing.</summary>
            <param name="ExitTo">
                <summary>Input ExitTypeEnum that specifies the environment to exit to. Possible values are kExitToPrevious, kExitToParent and kExitToTop.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.Explode">
            <summary>Method that explodes the contents of the block and deletes the block instance. Note that the contents of the block are retained.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.Flexible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this sketch block is flexible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the \description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.GetObject(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns the corresponding object in the sketch block for the given object from it's definition.</summary>
            <param name="ObjectInDefinition">
                <summary>Input Object to get the corresponding object (in the sketch block) for. This can be one of the following objects\: SketchEntity, SketchBlock, SketchImage or TextBox.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line type override for the sketch block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line weight override for the sketch block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets name of the sketch block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the sketch block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the referenced sketch block, if there is one. Else, the property returns Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists. If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch block is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the block lives directly under a sketch. The path does not include this sketch block itself.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.Transformation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the transformation matrix for the sketch block.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlockProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this sketch block is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchBlocks">
            <summary>The SketchBlocks collection object provides access to all sketch block instances within a sketch and provides methods to create additional block instances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlocks.Add(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a sketch block instance using existing sketch objects. A sketch block definition is implicitly created. The newly created SketchBlock object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="SketchObjects">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that specifies the sketch entities to create the sketch block from. The collection can contain SketchEntity, (other) SketchBlock, SketchImage and TextBox objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies a name for the sketch block definition. If not provided, the name is automatically generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertionPoint">
                <summary>Optional input Point2d object that specifies the insertion point for the sketch block. The insertion sketch point is created in space and no constraints are created on the insertion point. The insertion point can be retrieved using SketchBlockDefinition.InsertionPoint property and constraints can be added to it. If not specified, a default insertion point is chosen.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchBlocks.AddByDefinition(Inventor.SketchBlockDefinition,Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that creates a sketch block instance based on the \input definition. The newly created SketchBlock object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input SketchBlockDefinition that specifies the definition to create the instance from.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the placement point for the block in sketch space. The block is placed such that the insertion point of the sketch block definition coincides with this point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlocks.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlocks.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlocks.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SketchBlock object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlocks.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchBlocksEnumerator">
            <summary>The SketchBlocksEnumerator allows iteration of available SketchBlock objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlocksEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlocksEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  You can provide either the index of the item in the collection, where the first item is index 1, or you can provide the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchBlocksEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchCircle">
            <summary>The SketchCircle object represents a circle within a sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.Area">
            <summary>Double property that returns the area of the entity in square centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.CenterSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the sketch point that defines the position of the center of the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchCircle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns a Circle2d geometry object. The object returned represents a snapshot view of the current state of the sketch circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns circle geometry that represents this circle in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchCircle.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchCircle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.Length">
            <summary>Property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this sketch circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this sketch circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineType applied to this sketch circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this sketch circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this sketch circl.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.Radius">
            <summary>Gets and sets the radius of the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchCircle.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchCircle3D">
            <summary>The SketchCircle3D object represents a circle within a 3D sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3D.Area">
            <summary>Double property that returns the area of the entity in square centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3D.CenterPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the point that defines the position of the center of the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3D.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3D.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3D.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3D.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchCircle3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3D.Geometry">
            <summary>Gets and sets a Circle geometry object.&amp;nbsp;The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the sketch circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchCircle3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3D.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3D.Length">
            <summary>Gets the Length of the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3D.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3D.Radius">
            <summary>Gets the Radius of the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3D.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3D.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3D.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3D.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.Area">
            <summary>Double property that returns the area of the entity in square centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.CenterPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the point that defines the position of the center of the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Gets and sets a Circle geometry object.&amp;nbsp;The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the sketch circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.Length">
            <summary>Gets the Length of the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.Radius">
            <summary>Gets the Radius of the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircle3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.Area">
            <summary>Double property that returns the area of the entity in square centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.CenterSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the sketch point that defines the position of the center of the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns a Circle2d geometry object. The object returned represents a snapshot view of the current state of the sketch circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns circle geometry that represents this circle in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.Length">
            <summary>Property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this sketch circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this sketch circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineType applied to this sketch circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this sketch circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this sketch circl.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.Radius">
            <summary>Gets and sets the radius of the circle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircleProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchCircles">
            <summary>The SketchCircles object provides access to all the objects in a sketch and provides methods to create additional sketch circles. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchCircles.AddByCenterRadius(System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch circle at a specified location and radius.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the center point. This can be either a SketchPoint or Point2d object. In the case where a SketchPoint object is input, the circle will be attached to the point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the radius of the circle in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchCircles.AddByThreePoints(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch circle passing through the three input points. The three points are any three points along the perimeter of the desired circle.</summary>
            <param name="PointOne">
                <summary>Input that defines the first point along the circle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointTwo">
                <summary>Input that defines the second point along the circle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointThree">
                <summary>Input that defines the third point along the circle.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircles.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircles.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircles.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SketchCircle object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircles.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchCircles3D">
            <summary>The SketchCircles3D object provides access to all the objects in a sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchCircles3D.AddByCenterRadius(System.Object,Inventor.UnitVector,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch circle at a specified location and radius.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the center point. This can currently only be a Point object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Normal">
                <summary>Input UnitVector that defines the normal of the circle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the radius of the circle in centimeters</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchCircles3D.AddByThreePoints(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch circle passing through the three input points.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point that defines the first point along the circle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MidPoint">
                <summary>Input Point that defines the second point along the circle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point that defines the third point along the circle.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircles3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircles3D.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircles3D.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SketchCircle3D object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircles3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchCircularPattern">
            <summary>SketchCircularPattern Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPattern.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPattern.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPattern.Constraints">
            <summary>Returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPattern.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Returns the constraint status of the sketch entity. Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPattern.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the associative definition of the sketch patter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchCircularPattern.Delete">
            <summary>Deletes the sketch pattern.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPattern.Elements">
            <summary>Returns the SketchPatternElements collection objec.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPattern.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPattern.RangeBox">
            <summary>Returns a Box2d object which contains the diagonal points of a rectangle that tightly encloses the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPattern.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchCircularPatternDefinition">
            <summary>SketchCircularPatternDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPatternDefinition.Angle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the angle between instances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPatternDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPatternDefinition.Associative">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the pattern will update when changes are made to the part. If set this to False then the pattern constraints will be removed and the pattern will not update when change an element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPatternDefinition.AxisEntity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the axis entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPatternDefinition.BoundarySetting">
            <summary>Gets and set the PatternBoundarySetting object. When set this property a PatternBoundarySetting can be copied using PatternBoundarySetting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchCircularPatternDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this SketchCircularPatternDefinition object. The new SketchCircularPatternDefinition object is independent of any pattern.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPatternDefinition.Count">
            <summary>Gets and sets the number of instances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPatternDefinition.Fitted">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether pattern elements are equally fitted within the specified angle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPatternDefinition.Geometries">
            <summary>Gets and sets the ObjectCollection object that contains the sketch geometries to be patterned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPatternDefinition.HasBoundarySettingConfigured">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this pattern has boundary setting configured or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPatternDefinition.NaturalAxisDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the flag that indicates if the direction of the pattern is in the natural direction of the AxisEntity or reversed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPatternDefinition.SuppressedElements">
            <summary>Gets and sets the suppressed elements.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPatternDefinition.Symmetric">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the occurrences are distributed on both sides of the original geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPatternDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchCircularPatterns">
            <summary>SketchCircularPatterns Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchCircularPatterns.Add(Inventor.SketchCircularPatternDefinition)">
            <summary>Creates a new sketch circular pattern. The new SketchCircularPattern object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input SketchCircularPatternDefinition objet that defines the  SketchCircularPattern to create.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPatterns.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPatterns.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchCircularPatterns.CreateDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a new sketch circular pattern definition. The new SketchCircularPatternDefinition object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Geometries">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that contains the sketch geometries to be patterned.  The collection could contain the various sketch entities and sketch blocks. When a SketchEntity has containing SketchBlock the SketchBlock should be used as input. The TextBox can’t be included in this argument but it can be included in a containing SketchBlock.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisEntity">
                <summary>Input sketch entity that defines the axis entity.  This can be a SketchPoint, SketchArc or SketchCircle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NaturalAxisDirection">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates if the direction of the pattern is in the natural direction of the AxisEntity or reversed.  A value of True indicates it is in the natural direction. If not provided this default to True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Count">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the number of instances in the x direction.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter will be created to control this value when the pattern is created.  If a string is input it can be any string that can be evaluated by Inventor to result in a unitless number(e.g. the name of a unitless Parameter).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Optional input String or value to specify the angle between instances. A parameter will be created to control angle between instances when the pattern is created. If a value is input, the units are radians.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current angle units of the document, or it can be a name of an angular parameter.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Symmetric">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the occurrences are distributed on both sides of the original geometry.  A value of True indicates the occurrences are distributed on both sides of the original geometry. If not provided this defaults to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Associative">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the pattern will update when changes are made to the part.  If set this to False then the pattern constraints will be removed and the pattern will not update when change an element. If not provided this defaults to True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Fitted">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether pattern elements are equally fitted within the specified angle. If set to False, the pattern spacing measures the distance between elements instead of the overall angle for the pattern. If not provided this defaults to True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SuppressedElements">
                <summary>Optional input Long array that specifies the indices of the elements to be suppressed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary>Reserved for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPatterns.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchCircularPatterns.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchConstraints3DEnumerator">
            <summary>The SketchConstraints3DEnumerator object provides access to a list of SketchConstraint objects in a specific 3D sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraints3DEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraints3DEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SketchConstraint object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraints3DEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchConstraintsEnumerator">
            <summary>The SketchConstraintEnumerator object provides access to a list of SketchConstraint objects. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraintsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraintsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraintsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchConstraintSettings">
            <summary>Provides access to sketch constraints application settings.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraintSettings.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraintSettings.ConstraintInferencePriority">
            <summary>Gets and sets the priority of inferred constraints when placing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraintSettings.CreateDimensionsOnValueInput">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to create dimensions when inputting values into heads-up display fields.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraintSettings.DisplayCoincidentConstraintsInSketch">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display coincident constraints in sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraintSettings.DisplayConstraintsOnCreation">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display constraints on creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraintSettings.EditDimensionsWhenCreated">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to edit dimensions just after creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraintSettings.EnableInferConstraints">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to enable inferred constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraintSettings.EnablePersistConstraints">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to persist inferred constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraintSettings.EnableRelaxMode">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to enable relax mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraintSettings.GeometricConstraintsToRemoveInRelaxMode">
            <summary>Gets and sets which geometric constraints can be removed in relax mode when dragging sketch entitiess.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraintSettings.KeepDimensionsWithEquationInRelaxMode">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to keep the dimensions with an equation in relax dragging and over-constraint solving.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraintSettings.OverConstrainedDimensionBehavior">
            <summary>Gets and sets the behavior when create an over-constrained dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraintSettings.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraintSettings.SelectionForGeometricConstraintsInference">
            <summary>Gets and sets which geometric constraints have their inference indicators shown to assist creating sketch entities.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraintSettings.ShowConstraintsForSelectedObjects">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to show constraints for the selected objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchConstraintSettings.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline">
            <summary>The SketchControlPointSpline object represents a control point spline within a sketch.  These splines are created by defining the vertices of a control polygon of a NURBS curve.  The properties and methods listed below are in addition to those supported by the SketchEntity object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.ControlPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchPoint at the specified index.&amp;nbsp;The indices correspond to the control points in order from the start to the end of the spline.&amp;nbsp;An Index of 1 returns the first SketchPoint.&amp;nbsp;The ControlPointCount property returns the total number of control points for the spline.&amp;nbsp;Deleting the returned sketch point will delete the control point from the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.ControlPointCount">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the number of control points defining the control point spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.ControlPolygonSide">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchLine that represents a side of the control polygon.&amp;nbsp;The indices correspond to the control polygon edges in order from the start to the end of the spline.&amp;nbsp;An Index of 1 returns the first edge, with the last side being ControlPointCount -1 since there is one less side than number of control points.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.ConvertToSpline">
            <summary>Method that inserts a new control point into the existing control point spline.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the sketch point that defines the position of the end of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a BSplineCurve2d geometry object.&amp;nbsp;The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns b-spline geometry that represents this spline in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.InsertKnot(System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that inserts a knot into the existing control point spline. The effect of this will be that the shape of the curve is maintained, but the control polygon will change shape and one additional point will be added.</summary>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>The parametric position along the curve to insert the new knot.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.IsClosed">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the curve is closed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.Length">
            <summary>Returns&amp;nbsp;the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineType applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the sketch point that defines the position of the start of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D">
            <summary>The SketchControlPointSpline3D object represents a control point spline within a 3D sketch.  These splines are created by defining the vertices of a control polygon of a NURBS curve.  The properties and methods listed below are in addition to those supported by the SketchEntity3D object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.ControlPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchPoint3D at the specified index.&amp;nbsp;The indices correspond to the control points in order from the start to the end of the spline.&amp;nbsp;The ControlPointCount property returns the total number of control points for the spline.&amp;nbsp;Deleting the returned sketch point will delete the control point from the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.ControlPointCount">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the number of control points defining the control point spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.ControlPolygonSide">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchLine3D object that represents a side of the control polygon.&amp;nbsp;The indices correspond to the control polygon edges in order from the start to the end of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.ConvertToSpline">
            <summary>Method that inserts a new control point into the existing control point spline.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the sketch point that defines the position of the end of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets a BSplineCurve2d geometry object.&amp;nbsp;The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.InsertKnot(System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that inserts a knot into the existing control point spline. The effect of this will be that the shape of the curve is maintained, but the control polygon will change shape and one additional point will be added.</summary>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>The parametric position of where to insert the new knot.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.IsClosed">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the curve is closed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.Length">
            <summary>Gets the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Returns the sketch point that defines the position of the start of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy">
            <summary>The proxy representation of a SketchControlPointSpline3D object.  This represents a part SketchControlPointSpline3D object within an assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.ControlPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchPoint3D at the specified index.&amp;nbsp;The indices correspond to the control points in order from the start to the end of the spline.&amp;nbsp;The ControlPointCount property returns the total number of control points for the spline.&amp;nbsp;Deleting the returned sketch point will delete the control point from the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.ControlPointCount">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the number of control points defining the control point spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.ControlPolygonSide">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchLine3D object that represents a side of the control polygon.&amp;nbsp;The indices correspond to the control polygon edges in order from the start to the end of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.ConvertToSpline">
            <summary>Method that inserts a new control point into the existing control point spline.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the sketch point that defines the position of the end of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets a BSplineCurve2d geometry object.&amp;nbsp;The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.InsertKnot(System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that inserts a knot into the existing control point spline. The effect of this will be that the shape of the curve is maintained, but the control polygon will change shape and one additional point will be added.</summary>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>The parametric position of where to insert the new knot.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.IsClosed">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the curve is closed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.Length">
            <summary>Gets the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Returns the sketch point that defines the position of the start of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSpline3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy">
            <summary>Proxy for the SketchControlPointSpline object.  This object is used to represent a SketchControlPointSpline object from a part in an assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.ControlPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchPoint at the specified index.&amp;nbsp;The indices correspond to the control points in order from the start to the end of the spline.&amp;nbsp;An Index of 1 returns the first SketchPoint.&amp;nbsp;The ControlPointCount property returns the total number of control points for the spline.&amp;nbsp;Deleting the returned sketch point will delete the control point from the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.ControlPointCount">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the number of control points defining the control point spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.ControlPolygonSide">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchLine that represents a side of the control polygon.&amp;nbsp;The indices correspond to the control polygon edges in order from the start to the end of the spline.&amp;nbsp;An Index of 1 returns the first edge, with the last side being ControlPointCount -1 since there is one less side than number of control points.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.ConvertToSpline">
            <summary>Method that inserts a new control point into the existing control point spline.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the sketch point that defines the position of the end of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a BSplineCurve2d geometry object.&amp;nbsp;The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns b-spline geometry that represents this spline in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.InsertKnot(System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that inserts a knot into the existing control point spline. The effect of this will be that the shape of the curve is maintained, but the control polygon will change shape and one additional point will be added.</summary>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>The parametric position along the curve to insert the new knot.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.IsClosed">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the curve is closed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.Length">
            <summary>Returns&amp;nbsp;the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineType applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the sketch point that defines the position of the start of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplineProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplines">
            <summary>The SketchControlPointSplines object supports creating new control point splines and provides access to all the existing control point splines in a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplines.Add(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that creates a control point spline based on the set of input points that define the vertices of the control polygon.&amp;nbsp;A closed spline is created when the start and end points have the same coordinate.</summary>
            <param name="ControlPoints">
                <summary>A collection of the points that defines the position of the control points.  The inputs can be combination of Point2d and SketchPoint objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplines.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplines.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplines.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SketchControlPointSpline object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplines.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kSketchControlPointSplinesObject indicating the type of object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplines3D">
            <summary>The SketchControlPointSplines3D object supports the creation of new control point splines and provides access to all the control point splines in a 3D sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplines3D.Add(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that creates a control point spline based on the set of input points that define the vertices of the control polygon.&amp;nbsp;A closed spline is created when the start and end points have the same coordinate.</summary>
            <param name="ControlPoints">
                <summary>A collection of the points that defines the position of the control points.  The inputs can be combination of Point and SketchPoint3D objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplines3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplines3D.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplines3D.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified SketchControlPointSpline3D object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchControlPointSplines3D.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kSketchControlPointSplinesObject indicating the type of object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternDefinition">
            <summary>Part Sketch Driven Pattern Feature Definition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternDefinition.AffectedBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the collection of bodies affected by this feature. If this property is not set for multi-body parts, the default solid body is used as the affected body.&amp;nbsp;This property applies only to features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternDefinition.AffectedOccurrences">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the collection of occurrences that should participate in this feature. If this property is not set, all possible occurrences will participate.&amp;nbsp;This property applies only to features in an assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternDefinition.BasePoint">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the geometry that defines the base point. When set this property, it can be a SketchPoint, SketchPoint3D, WorkPoint, GeometryIntent that indicates a point on geometry. If a GeometryIntent is provided, you can specify the mid-point of sketch line, start/end/mid-point of a linear edge, the center of a circular/elliptical edge, planar face center, the start/mid/end point of the axis of a cylindrical/conical face, or the center of torus/spherical face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternDefinition.ComputeType">
            <summary>Read-write property that indicates the method of solution for the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that returns a copy of the SketchDrivenPatternDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternDefinition.Operation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the operation type.&amp;nbsp;Valid values are kNewBodyOperation and kJoinOperation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternDefinition.ParentFeatures">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the parent features of the pattern.&amp;nbsp;The ObjectCollection returned by this property is a “tear off” and does not affect the pattern if its contents are modified.&amp;nbsp;To change the which features are the parents of the pattern you need to use this property to set the parent features by providing an ObjectCollection that contains the desired set of parent features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternDefinition.PatternOfBody">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets whether this pattern resulted from patterning the Surface Body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternDefinition.ReferenceFaces">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets FaceCollection object to specify the reference faces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternDefinition.Sketch">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets PlanarSketch or Sketch3D object that contains the sketch points to locate the pattern occurrences.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature">
            <summary>Part Sketch Driven Pattern Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the SketchDrivenPatternDefinition object associated with this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.PatternElements">
            <summary>Gets the FeaturePatternElements collection that contains the elements created by this pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.SurfacesOpaque">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all the resulting surfaces are opaque or transparent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.SurfacesVisible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all the resulting surfaces are visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy">
            <summary>Part Sketch Driven Pattern Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the SketchDrivenPatternDefinition object associated with this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.PatternElements">
            <summary>Gets the FeaturePatternElements collection that contains the elements created by this pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.SurfacesOpaque">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all the resulting surfaces are opaque or transparent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.SurfacesVisible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether all the resulting surfaces are visible or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatures">
            <summary>Part Sketch Driven Pattern Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatures.Add(Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch driven pattern feature.&amp;nbsp;The new SketchDrivenPatternFeature object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input SketchDrivenPatternDefinition objet that defines the  SketchDrivenPatternFeature you want to create.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatures.CreateDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch driven pattern feature definition.</summary>
            <param name="ParentFeatures">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that contains the features to be patterned.  The collection could contain the various part features, sheet metal features, work planes, work axes, work points, or a SurfaceBody. If a SurfaceBody is supplied, the only other objects that can be in the collection are work features and surface part features.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Sketch">
                <summary>Input PlanarSketch or Sketch3D object that contains the sketch points to locate the pattern occurrences.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BasePoint">
                <summary>Optional input object that indicates the position of base point.  This can be a SketchPoint, SketchPoint3D, WorkPoint, or GeometryIntent that indicates a point on geometry. If a GeometryIntent is provided, you can specify the mid-point of sketch line,  start/end/mid-point of a linear edge, the center of a circular/elliptical edge, planar face center, the start/mid/end point of the axis of a cylindrical/conical face, or the center of torus/spherical face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceFaces">
                <summary>Optional input FaceCollection that specifies the reference faces.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchDrivenPatternFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchedSymbol">
            <summary>The SketchedSymbol object represents the instance of a SketchedSymbolDefinition on a sheet. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.Callout">
            <summary>Property that gets whether this sketched symbol is a callout symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.Color">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color for the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.Definition">
            <summary>Property returning the sketched symbol definition object referenced by the sketched symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketched symbol (e.g. the title block) from the sheet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the entity from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of the LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>The linetype name specified in the .lin \file.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the \description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.GetResultText(Inventor.TextBox)">
            <summary>Method that returns the text that is currently displayed for a specific text box. This is useful for text boxes that use input form other sources to define their content, i.e. properties and prompted text. The string displayed within this text box is returned.</summary>
            <param name="DefinitionText">
                <summary>Input TextBox object from the referenced TitleBlockDefinition object. This text box is used to specify which prompted text box to set the text for.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer associated with the sketched symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.Leader">
            <summary>Property that returns the Leader object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.LeaderClipping">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the symbol's leader should be clipped where it overlaps the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.LeaderStyle">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the associated leader style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.LeaderVisible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the leader of the SketchedSymbol is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line type override for the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line weight override for the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the sketched symbol instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.Parent">
            <summary>Property that gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the origin position of the symbol on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.Rotation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the rotation angle of the symbol in radians.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.Scale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the scale of the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists. If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.SetPromptResultText(Inventor.TextBox,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the text that was supplied for a specified sketched symbol that contains prompted text. The string displayed within this symbol is changed.</summary>
            <param name="DefinitionText">
                <summary>Input TextBox object from the referenced sketched symbol object. This text box is used to specify which prompted text box to set the text for.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NewValue">
                <summary>Input String that defines the new text to use for the specified prompted text.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.Static">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to show the scale and rotation grip points on the SketchedSymbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.SymbolClipping">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to trim annotations applied to the SketchedSymbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.Transformation">
            <summary>Property that provides the transform that is applied to display the associated sketched symbol definition in the correct location on the sheet. The matrix defines the sheet to sketched symbol transform.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbol.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinition">
            <summary>The SketchedSymbolDefinition object represents a sketched symbol definition. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinition.CopyTo(Inventor.DrawingDocument,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that copies the definition to the target drawing document.</summary>
            <param name="TargetDocument">
                <summary>Input DrawingDocument object that specifies the document to copy the definition into.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to replace or create a new definition with a different name if a definition of the same name exists in the target document. If not specified, the argument defaults to False indicating that a new definition will be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the SketchedSymbolDefinition object. This method will fail in the case where the definition is being referenced. This can be determined by using the IsReferenced property.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinition.Edit(Inventor.DrawingSketch@)">
            <summary>Method that opens a copy of the sketched symbol definition's sketch for edit in the Sketch environment. The DrawingSketch returned is a new sketch that Autodesk Inventor creates by copying the sketch associated with the sketched symbol definition. Returns \Output DrawingSketch created by copying the sketch associated with the sketched symbol definition.</summary>
            <param name="Result">
                <summary>Output DrawingSketch object.  This DrawingSketch is a copy of the DrawingSketch associated with the sketched symbol definition.  This new DrawingSketch is opened within the sketch environment.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinition.ExitEdit(System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that closes the currently active sketch (see below for limitations) and depending on the input parameters, replaces the sketch of the sketched symbol definition with the edited sketch.</summary>
            <param name="SaveChanges">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to save the changes or not. True indicates to save the changes. Setting this property to False will cause the sketch to close and lose all edits.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SaveAsName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the new sketched symbol definition to create. This argument is used in the case where the SaveChanges argument is True. If not specified, or an empty string is supplied, the edited sketch replaces the sketch associated with the sketched symbol definition being edited. If a string is supplied, a new sketched symbol definition is created and the edited sketch is used for it. The supplied name must be unique with respect to all other SketchedSymbolDefinition objects in the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinition.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinition.IsReferenced">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the sketched symbol definition is being referenced or not. A sketched symbol definition is referenced when an instance of the definition has been placed. A referenced sketched symbol definition cannot be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinition.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the sketched symbol definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent .</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinition.SaveToLibrary(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Saves the sketched symbol definition to the specified library.</summary>
            <param name="TargetSketchedSymbolDefinitionLibrary">
                <summary>Input SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibrary object or String that specifies the sketched symbol library name.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainResourceFolderStructure">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether retain resource folder structure when save sketched symbol definition to the library.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DestinationFolder">
                <summary>Optional input LibraryFolder that specifies destination folder to save the sketched symbol definition to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether replace the existing sketched symbol definition in the library if it has same name with the definition that is being saved to the library.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinition.Sketch">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch associated with the sketched symbol definition. The DrawingSketch returned by the Sketch property supports all query functionality but cannot be edited. To edit the contents of a sketched symbol definition, use the Edit method. This creates a copy of the sketched symbol definition's sketch for edit. The ExitEdit method of the SketchedSymbolDefinition can then be used to save the edited sketch as the sketched symbol definition's sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinition.Thumbnail">
            <summary>Returns the thumbnail of this objec.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibraries">
            <summary>SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibraries Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibraries.Add(System.String)">
            <summary>Creates a new sketch symbol library.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the sketched symbol library name. The name should be unique in the libraries collection</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibraries.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibraries.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibraries.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibraries.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibrary">
            <summary>SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibrary Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibrary.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibrary.Folders">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the LibraryFolders collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibrary.IsReadOnly">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether this sketched symbol definition library is read only.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibrary.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the name of the sketched symbol definition library.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibrary.SketchedSymbolDefinitions">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the LibrarySketchedSymbolDefinitions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibrary.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitions">
            <summary>The SketchedSymbolDefinitions collection object provides access to all the existing objects in a drawing document and provides methods to create additional sketched symbol definitions. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitions.Add(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketched symbol definition. This method will fail in the case where a sketch is currently active. You can check for this case using the ActiveEditObject property of the Application object to see if a sketch is active.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that defines name of the sketched symbol definition. The name specified must be unique with respect to the other sketched symbol definitions in the document. If a unique name is not specified, an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitions.AddFromLibrary(System.Object,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Imports a new sketched symbol definition from library.</summary>
            <param name="SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibrary">
                <summary>Input SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibrary object or String that specifies the sketched symbol library name.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SketchedSymbolDefinitionName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the sketched symbol definition in the library.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether replace the existing sketched symbol definition in the document if one with the same name is found in the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified SketchedSymbolDefinition object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitions.SaveAllToLibrary(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Saves all the sketched symbol definitions in current document to the specified library.</summary>
            <param name="TargetSketchedSymbolDefinitionLibrary">
                <summary>Input SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibrary  object or String that specifies the sketched symbol library name.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainResourceFolderStructure">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether retain resource folder structure when save sketched symbol definitions to the library.  This defaults to True indicating the resource folder structure will be retained.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DestinationFolder">
                <summary>Optional input LibraryFolder that specifies destination folder to save the sketched symbol definition to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether replace the existing sketched symbol definitions in the library if they have same names with the definitions that are being saved to the library.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitions.SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibraries">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SketchedSymbolDefinitionLibraries collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbolDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchedSymbols">
            <summary>The SketchedSymbols collection object provides access to the objects on a specific sheet. It also provides the ability to place sketched symbols onto a sheet. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchedSymbols.Add(System.Object,Inventor.Point2d,System.Double,System.Double,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that places a sketched symbol onto the sheet.</summary>
            <param name="SketchedSymbolDefinition">
                <summary>Input Variant that specifies which SketchedSymbolDefinition to use. The input for the argument can be either a SketchedSymbolDefinition object or string containing the name of an existing SketchedSymbolDefinition object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input that specifies the location on the sheet to place the sketched symbol instance.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rotation">
                <summary>The rotation of the symbol, in radians.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Scale">
                <summary>The scale of the symbol.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PromptStrings">
                <summary>Optional input array of Strings that specifies the input strings to use as input for prompted text fields that my be present in the sketched symbol definition. If prompted strings exist in the sketched symbol definition you must supply input strings through this argument or this method will fail. The prompt strings and their order are obtained by querying the TextBox objects in the SketchedSymbolDefinition. The order they're returned by the TextBoxes collection is the same order the input strings need to be supplied in the PromptStrings array.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchedSymbols.AddWithLeader(System.Object,Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Double,System.Double,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that places a sketched symbol with a leader.</summary>
            <param name="SketchedSymbolDefinition">
                <summary>Input Variant that specifies which SketchedSymbolDefinition to use.  The input for the argument can be either a SketchedSymbolDefinition object or string containing the name of an existing SketchedSymbolDefinition object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LeaderPoints">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing a series of Point2d objects representing the leader originating at the symbol.  The last item in the collection (even if it is the only item) can be a GeometryIntent object indicating a geometry to attach the leader to.  A GeometryIntent object can be created using the Sheet.CreateGeometryIntent method.  The ObjectCollection must contain at least one item, else the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Rotation">
                <summary>Optional input double that specifies a rotation angle for the symbol in radians. If not specified, a default value of 0 is used, indicating that no rotation is applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Scale">
                <summary>Optional input double that specifies a scale for the symbol in radians. If not specified, a default value of 1 is used, indicating that no scaling is applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PromptStrings">
                <summary>Optional input array of Strings that specifies the input strings to use as input for prompted text fields that my be present in the sketched symbol definition.  If prompted strings exist in the sketched symbol definition you must supply input strings through this argument or this method will fail.  The prompt strings and their order are obtained by querying the TextBox objects in the SketchedSymbolDefinition.  The order they’re returned by the TextBoxes collection is the same order the input strings need to be supplied in the PromptStrings array.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymbolClipping">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to trim the annotations applied to the symbol.  If True, the annotations are trimmed.  If not specified, a value of True is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Static">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to show the scale and rotation grip points on the symbol.  If True, the grip points are disabled.  If not specified, a value of False is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbols.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbols.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbols.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified SketchedSymbol object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchedSymbols.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEllipse">
            <summary>The SketchEllipse object represents an ellipse within a sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.Area">
            <summary>Double property that returns the area of the entity in square centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.CenterSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the sketch point that defines the position of the center of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipse.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns an EllipseFull2d geometry object. The object returned represents a snapshot view of the current state of the sketch ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns ellipse geometry that represents this ellipse in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipse.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipse.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.Length">
            <summary>Gets the length of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineType applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.MajorAxisVector">
            <summary>Gets and sets the major axis vector.&amp;nbsp;This vector defines the direction of the major axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.MajorRadius">
            <summary>Gets and sets the major radius.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.MinorRadius">
            <summary>Gets and sets the minor radius.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipse.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D">
            <summary>The SketchEllipse3D object represents an ellipse within a 3D sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.Area">
            <summary>Double property that returns the area of the entity in square centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.CenterPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the point that defines the position of the center of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.Geometry">
            <summary>Gets and sets an EllipseFull geometry object.&amp;nbsp;The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the sketch ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.Length">
            <summary>Gets the length of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.MajorAxisVector">
            <summary>Gets the MajorAxisVector of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.MajorRadius">
            <summary>Gets the MajorRadius of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.MinorRadius">
            <summary>Gets the MinorRadius of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.Area">
            <summary>Double property that returns the area of the entity in square centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.CenterPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the point that defines the position of the center of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Gets and sets an EllipseFull geometry object.&amp;nbsp;The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the sketch ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.Length">
            <summary>Gets the length of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.MajorAxisVector">
            <summary>Gets the MajorAxisVector of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.MajorRadius">
            <summary>Gets the MajorRadius of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.MinorRadius">
            <summary>Gets the MinorRadius of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipse3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.Area">
            <summary>Double property that returns the area of the entity in square centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.CenterSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the sketch point that defines the position of the center of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns an EllipseFull2d geometry object. The object returned represents a snapshot view of the current state of the sketch ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns ellipse geometry that represents this ellipse in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.Length">
            <summary>Gets the length of the ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineType applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.MajorAxisVector">
            <summary>Gets and sets the major axis vector.&amp;nbsp;This vector defines the direction of the major axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.MajorRadius">
            <summary>Gets and sets the major radius.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.MinorRadius">
            <summary>Gets and sets the minor radius.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipseProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEllipses">
            <summary>The SketchEllipses object provides access to all the objects in a sketch and provides methods to create additional sketch ellipses. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipses.Add(System.Object,Inventor.UnitVector2d,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch ellipse.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the center point. This can be either a SketchPoint or Point2d object. In the case where a SketchPoint object is input, the ellipse will be attached to the point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorAxisVector">
                <summary>Input UnitVector2d that defines the direction of the major axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorRadius">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the major radius in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorRadius">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the minor radius in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipses.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipses.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipses.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SketchEllipse object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipses.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEllipses3D">
            <summary>The SketchEllipses3D object provides access to all the objects in a sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipses3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipses3D.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipses3D.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SketchEllipse3D object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipses3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc">
            <summary>The SketchEllipticalArc object represents an elliptical arc within a sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.CenterSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the sketch point that defines the position of the center of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the end of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns an EllipticalArc2d geometry object. The object returned represents a snapshot view of the current state of the sketch elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns elliptical arc geometry that represents this elliptical arc in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineType applied to this elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.MajorAxisVector">
            <summary>Gets and sets the major axis vector.&amp;nbsp;This vector defines the direction of the major axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.MajorRadius">
            <summary>Gets and sets the major radius.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.MinorRadius">
            <summary>Gets and sets the minor radius.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.StartAngle">
            <summary>Double property that returns the start angle of the elliptical arc. This is measured counterclockwise from the major axis in radians.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the start of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.SweepAngle">
            <summary>Double property that returns the sweep angle of the elliptical arc. This is measured counterclockwise from the major axis in radians.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D">
            <summary>The SketchEllipticalArc3D object represents an elliptical arc within a 3D sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.CenterPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the center point of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the that defines the position of the end of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.Geometry">
            <summary>Gets and sets an EllipticalArc geometry object.&amp;nbsp;The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the sketch ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.MajorAxisVector">
            <summary>Gets the MajorAxisVector of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.MajorRadius">
            <summary>Gets the MajorRadius of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.MinorRadius">
            <summary>Gets the MinorRadius of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.StartAngle">
            <summary>Gets the StartAngle of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the start of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.SweepAngle">
            <summary>Gets the SweepAngle of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.CenterPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the center point of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the that defines the position of the end of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Gets and sets an EllipticalArc geometry object.&amp;nbsp;The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the sketch ellipse.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.MajorAxisVector">
            <summary>Gets the MajorAxisVector of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.MajorRadius">
            <summary>Gets the MajorRadius of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.MinorRadius">
            <summary>Gets the MinorRadius of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.StartAngle">
            <summary>Gets the StartAngle of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the start of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.SweepAngle">
            <summary>Gets the SweepAngle of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArc3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.CenterSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the sketch point that defines the position of the center of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the end of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns an EllipticalArc2d geometry object. The object returned represents a snapshot view of the current state of the sketch elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns elliptical arc geometry that represents this elliptical arc in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineType applied to this elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.MajorAxisVector">
            <summary>Gets and sets the major axis vector.&amp;nbsp;This vector defines the direction of the major axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.MajorRadius">
            <summary>Gets and sets the major radius.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.MinorRadius">
            <summary>Gets and sets the minor radius.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.StartAngle">
            <summary>Double property that returns the start angle of the elliptical arc. This is measured counterclockwise from the major axis in radians.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the start of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.SweepAngle">
            <summary>Double property that returns the sweep angle of the elliptical arc. This is measured counterclockwise from the major axis in radians.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcs">
            <summary>The SketchEllipticalArcs object provides access to all the objects in a sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcs.Add(System.Object,Inventor.UnitVector2d,System.Double,System.Double,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch elliptical arc.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the center point. This can be either a SketchPoint or Point2d object. In the case where a SketchPoint object is input, the ellipse will be attached to the point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorAxisVector">
                <summary>Input UnitVector2d that defines the direction of the major axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorRadius">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the major radius in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorRadius">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the minor radius in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the start angle in radians. The start angle is defined with respect to the major axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SweepAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the sweep angle in radians. The sweep is in a counter-clockwise direction from the start angle.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcs.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcs.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcs.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SketchEllipticalArc object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcs.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcs3D">
            <summary>The SketchEllipticalArcs3D object provides access to all the objects in a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcs3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcs3D.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcs3D.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SketchEllipticalArc3D object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEllipticalArcs3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEntities3DEnumerator">
            <summary>The SketchEntities3DEnumerator object provides access to a set of 3D sketch entities. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntities3DEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntities3DEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SketchEntity3D object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntities3DEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEntitiesEnumerator">
            <summary>The SketchEntitiesEnumerator object provides access to all of the geometric entities on the sketch regardless of their type. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntitiesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntitiesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SketchEntity object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntitiesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEntity">
            <summary>The SketchEntity object is the base class for all geometric sketch entities. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEntity.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEntity.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEntity3D">
            <summary>The SketchEntity object is the base class for all geometric sketch entities. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity3D.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity3D.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity3D.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEntity3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEntity3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity3D.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity3D.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity3D.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity3D.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity3D.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity3D.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEntity3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve">
            <summary>The SketchEquationCurve object represents an equation curve within a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the sketch point that defines the position of the end of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that retruns a BSplineCurve2d geometry object.&amp;nbsp;The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns b-spline geometry that represents this spline in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.GetEquation(Inventor.CurveEquationTypeEnum@,Inventor.CoordinateSystemTypeEnum@,System.String@,System.String@,Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.Parameter@)">
            <summary>Method that returns all of the information that defines the equation for this curve.&amp;nbsp;To edit the equation use the SetEquation method.</summary>
            <param name="EquationType">
                <summary>Enum value indicating if the equation is parametric or explicit.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CoordinateSystemType">
                <summary>Enum value indicating if the coordinate system being used is Cartesian or Polar.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XValueOrRadius">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the X value when using a Cartesian coordinate system and the radius when using a Polar coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YValueOrTheta">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the Y value when using a Cartesian coordinate system and the theta value (or angle from the X axis) when using a Polar coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinValue">
                <summary>Parameter that defines the minimum value of “t”.  The value can be queried and edited by using the returned Parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaxValue">
                <summary>Parameter that defines the maximum value of “t”.  The value can be queried and edited by using the returned Parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.Length">
            <summary>Gets the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineType applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.SetEquation(Inventor.CurveEquationTypeEnum,Inventor.CoordinateSystemTypeEnum,System.String,System.String,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns edits the information of the curve.&amp;nbsp;You can use the GetEquation method to get the current equation values.</summary>
            <param name="EquationType">
                <summary>Enum value indicating if the equation is parametric or explicit.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CoordinateSystemType">
                <summary>Enum value indicating if the coordinate system being used is Cartesian or Polar.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XValueOrRadius">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the X value when using a Cartesian coordinate system and the radius when using a Polar coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YValueOrTheta">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the Y value when using a Cartesian coordinate system and the theta value (or angle from the X axis) when using a Polar coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinValue">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the the minimum value of “t”. This can be either a numeric value or a string and is assigned to the associated parameter. If a string is input, the resulting equation must be unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaxValue">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the the maximum value of “t”. This can be either a numeric value or a string and is assigned to the associated parameter. If a string is input, the resulting equation must be unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Gets the sketch point that defines the position of the start of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D">
            <summary>The SketchEquationCurve3D object represents an equation curve within a 3D sketch.  The properties and methods listed below are in addition to those supported by the SketchEntity3D object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the sketch point that defines the position of the end of the curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets a BSplineCurve2d geometry object.&amp;nbsp;The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.GetEquation(Inventor.CoordinateSystemTypeEnum@,System.String@,System.String@,System.String@,Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.Parameter@)">
            <summary>Method that returns all of the information that defines the equatino for this curve. To edit use the SetEquation method.</summary>
            <param name="CoordinateSystemType">
                <summary>Enum value indicating if the coordinate system being used is Cartesian, Cylindrical, or Spherical.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XValueOrRadius">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the X value when using a Cartesian coordinate system and the radius when using a Cylindrical or Spherical coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YValueOrTheta">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the Y value when using a Cartesian coordinate system and the theta value (or angle from the X axis) when using a Cylindrical coordinate system, and the theta value (or azimuth) for a spherical coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ZValueOrPhi">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the Z value when using a Cartesian or Cylindrical coordinate system, and the phi value (or inclination) for a spherical coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinValue">
                <summary>Parameter that defines the minimum value of “t”.  The value can be queried and edited by using the returned Parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaxValue">
                <summary>Parameter that defines the maximum value of “t”.  The value can be queried and edited by using the returned Parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.Length">
            <summary>Gets the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.SetEquation(Inventor.CoordinateSystemTypeEnum,System.String,System.String,System.String,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns all of the information that defines the equatino for this curve. To edit use the SetEquation method.</summary>
            <param name="CoordinateSystemType">
                <summary>Enum value indicating if the coordinate system being used is Cartesian or Polar.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XValueOrRadius">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the X value when using a Cartesian coordinate system and the radius when using a Cylindrical or Spherical coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YValueOrTheta">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the Y value when using a Cartesian coordinate system and the theta value (or angle from the X axis) when using a Cylindrical coordinate system, and the theta value (or azimuth) for a spherical coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ZValueOrPhi">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the Z value when using a Cartesian or Cylindrical coordinate system, and the phi value (or inclination) for a spherical coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinValue">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the the minimum value of “t”. This can be either a numeric value or a string and is assigned to the associated parameter. If a string is input, the resulting equation must be unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaxValue">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the the maximum value of “t”. This can be either a numeric value or a string and is assigned to the associated parameter. If a string is input, the resulting equation must be unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the sketch point that defines the position of the start of the sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy">
            <summary>Represents a part SketchEquationCurve3D in an assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the sketch point that defines the position of the end of the curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets a BSplineCurve2d geometry object.&amp;nbsp;The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.GetEquation(Inventor.CoordinateSystemTypeEnum@,System.String@,System.String@,System.String@,Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.Parameter@)">
            <summary>Method that returns all of the information that defines the equatino for this curve. To edit use the SetEquation method.</summary>
            <param name="CoordinateSystemType">
                <summary>Enum value indicating if the coordinate system being used is Cartesian, Cylindrical, or Spherical.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XValueOrRadius">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the X value when using a Cartesian coordinate system and the radius when using a Cylindrical or Spherical coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YValueOrTheta">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the Y value when using a Cartesian coordinate system and the theta value (or angle from the X axis) when using a Cylindrical coordinate system, and the theta value (or azimuth) for a spherical coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ZValueOrPhi">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the Z value when using a Cartesian or Cylindrical coordinate system, and the phi value (or inclination) for a spherical coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinValue">
                <summary>Parameter that defines the minimum value of “t”.  The value can be queried and edited by using the returned Parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaxValue">
                <summary>Parameter that defines the maximum value of “t”.  The value can be queried and edited by using the returned Parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.Length">
            <summary>Gets the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.SetEquation(Inventor.CoordinateSystemTypeEnum,System.String,System.String,System.String,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns all of the information that defines the equatino for this curve. To edit use the SetEquation method.</summary>
            <param name="CoordinateSystemType">
                <summary>Enum value indicating if the coordinate system being used is Cartesian or Polar.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XValueOrRadius">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the X value when using a Cartesian coordinate system and the radius when using a Cylindrical or Spherical coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YValueOrTheta">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the Y value when using a Cartesian coordinate system and the theta value (or angle from the X axis) when using a Cylindrical coordinate system, and the theta value (or azimuth) for a spherical coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ZValueOrPhi">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the Z value when using a Cartesian or Cylindrical coordinate system, and the phi value (or inclination) for a spherical coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinValue">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the the minimum value of “t”. This can be either a numeric value or a string and is assigned to the associated parameter. If a string is input, the resulting equation must be unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaxValue">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the the maximum value of “t”. This can be either a numeric value or a string and is assigned to the associated parameter. If a string is input, the resulting equation must be unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the sketch point that defines the position of the start of the sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurve3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the sketch point that defines the position of the end of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Read-only property that retruns a BSplineCurve2d geometry object.&amp;nbsp;The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns b-spline geometry that represents this spline in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.GetEquation(Inventor.CurveEquationTypeEnum@,Inventor.CoordinateSystemTypeEnum@,System.String@,System.String@,Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.Parameter@)">
            <summary>Method that returns all of the information that defines the equation for this curve.&amp;nbsp;To edit the equation use the SetEquation method.</summary>
            <param name="EquationType">
                <summary>Enum value indicating if the equation is parametric or explicit.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CoordinateSystemType">
                <summary>Enum value indicating if the coordinate system being used is Cartesian or Polar.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XValueOrRadius">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the X value when using a Cartesian coordinate system and the radius when using a Polar coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YValueOrTheta">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the Y value when using a Cartesian coordinate system and the theta value (or angle from the X axis) when using a Polar coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinValue">
                <summary>Parameter that defines the minimum value of “t”.  The value can be queried and edited by using the returned Parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaxValue">
                <summary>Parameter that defines the maximum value of “t”.  The value can be queried and edited by using the returned Parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.Length">
            <summary>Gets the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineType applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.SetEquation(Inventor.CurveEquationTypeEnum,Inventor.CoordinateSystemTypeEnum,System.String,System.String,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns edits the information of the curve.&amp;nbsp;You can use the GetEquation method to get the current equation values.</summary>
            <param name="EquationType">
                <summary>Enum value indicating if the equation is parametric or explicit.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CoordinateSystemType">
                <summary>Enum value indicating if the coordinate system being used is Cartesian or Polar.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XValueOrRadius">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the X value when using a Cartesian coordinate system and the radius when using a Polar coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YValueOrTheta">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the Y value when using a Cartesian coordinate system and the theta value (or angle from the X axis) when using a Polar coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinValue">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the the minimum value of “t”. This can be either a numeric value or a string and is assigned to the associated parameter. If a string is input, the resulting equation must be unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaxValue">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the the maximum value of “t”. This can be either a numeric value or a string and is assigned to the associated parameter. If a string is input, the resulting equation must be unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Gets the sketch point that defines the position of the start of the elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurveProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEquationCurves">
            <summary>The SketchEquationCurves object provides access to all the equation curves in a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurves.Add(Inventor.CurveEquationTypeEnum,Inventor.CoordinateSystemTypeEnum,System.String,System.String,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a new sketch equation curve.</summary>
            <param name="EquationType">
                <summary>Enum value indicating if the equation is parametric or explicit.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CoordinateSystemType">
                <summary>Enum value indicating if the coordinate system being used is Cartesian or Polar.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XValueOrRadius">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the X value when using a Cartesian coordinate system and the radius when using a Polar coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YValueOrTheta">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the Y value when using a Cartesian coordinate system and the theta value (or angle from the X axis) when using a Polar coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinValue">
                <summary>Expression defining the minimum value of “t”.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaxValue">
                <summary>Expression defining the maximum value of “t”.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurves.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurves.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurves.IsValidExpression(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Function that evaluates the provided expression and returns whether it is a valid expression or not.&amp;nbsp;This can be useful when you allow the user to enter an expression and verify that it is valid before attempting to use it.</summary>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Input String value that contains the expression to evaluate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Unit">
                <summary>Input variant value that specifies the unit type the expression is to be evaluated with. You specify a unit type using a value from UnitsTypeEnum or a string that describes a unit. For example, both of the following are valid unit specifiers for inch: kInchLengthUnits and "in." String specifiers are typically used for units that are not defined in the enum list. For example, the volume measure for cubic inches is not defined in the enum list but you can specify it using the string "in in in” or “in^3”.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurves.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SketchEquationCurve object from the collection</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurves.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEquationCurves3D">
            <summary>The SketchEquationCurves3D object provides access to all the equation curves in a 3D sketch and supports the ability to create new equation curves.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurves3D.Add(Inventor.CoordinateSystemTypeEnum,System.String,System.String,System.String,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a new sketch equation curve in a 3D sketch.</summary>
            <param name="CoordinateSystemType">
                <summary>Enum value indicating if the coordinate system being used is Cartesian, Cylindrical, or Spherical.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XValueOrRadius">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the X value when using a Cartesian coordinate system and the radius when using a Cylindrical or Spherical coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YValueOrTheta">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the Y value when using a Cartesian coordinate system and the theta value (or angle from the X axis) when using a Cylindrical coordinate system, and the theta value (or azimuth) for a spherical coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ZValueOrPhi">
                <summary>Expression that defines the equation for the Z value when using a Cartesian or Cylindrical coordinate system, and the phi value (or inclination) for a spherical coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinValue">
                <summary>Expression defining the minimum value of “t”.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaxValue">
                <summary>Expression defining the maximum value of “t”.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurves3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurves3D.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEquationCurves3D.IsValidExpression(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Function that evaluates the provided expression and returns whether it is a valid expression or not.&amp;nbsp;This can be useful when you allow the user to enter an expression and verify that it is valid before attempting to use it.</summary>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Input String value that contains the expression to evaluate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Unit">
                <summary>Input variant value that specifies the unit type the expression is to be evaluated with. You specify a unit type using a value from UnitsTypeEnum or a string that describes a unit. For example, both of the following are valid unit specifiers for inch: kInchLengthUnits and "in." String specifiers are typically used for units that are not defined in the enum list. For example, the volume measure for cubic inches is not defined in the enum list but you can specify it using the string "in in in” or “in^3”.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurves3D.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified SketchEquationCurve3D object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEquationCurves3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Sketches3D">
            <summary>Provides access to all of the objects owned by a particular PartComponentDefinition. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sketches3D.Add">
            <summary>Method that creates a new 3D sketch.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketches3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketches3D.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketches3D.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Sketch3D object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketches3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Sketches3DEnumerator">
            <summary>The Sketches3DEnumerator allows iteration of available Sketch3D objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketches3DEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketches3DEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  The index of the first item in the collection is 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sketches3DEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchesEnumerator">
            <summary>The SketchesEnumerator object. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Sketch object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchEvents">
            <summary>The SketchEvents object provides notification of sketch events including new, changed, solved or deleted sketches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEvents.OnDelete(Inventor.Document,System.Object,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnDelete event notifies the client when a 2d or 3d sketch is being deleted. This notification is not sent when the contents of the sketch is deleted, but only when the sketch itself is deleted.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The Document object that contains the sketch.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>The sketch that is being deleted. When the value of the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore, the entity provided is the sketch before being deleted. When the value is kAfter, an object is also provided but since the actual entity has been deleted calling any methods or properties on the object will fail. The only thing that is valid to do with the object at this time is to compare it's identity with a reference previously saved. For example: Private m_oDeletedSketch As Object Private Sub oSketchEvents_OnDelete( ByVal DocumentObject As Document, ByVal Entity As Object, ByVal BeforeOrAfter As EventTimingEnum, ...) If BeforeOrAfter = kBefore Then ' Somehow Check to see if the sketch being deleted is an interesting one. ' For example, it could have an attribute attached to it to identify it. If Interesting(Entity) Then ' Save a reference to the object. Set m_ oDeletedSketch = Entity End If Else ' Now we're either after the delete or it's been aborted. ' Check to see if the sketch is the interesting one. If Entity is m_ oDeletedSketch Then If BeforeOrAfter = kAfter then ' The sketch was deleted. ElseIf BeforeOrAfter = kAbort Then ' The delete was aborted. End If End If End Sub</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is sent before and after the sketch is deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEvents.OnNewSketch(Inventor.Document,Inventor.Sketch,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a sketch is created.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>Input Document object that indicates the document in which the change occurred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Sketch">
                <summary>Input PlanarSketch or a DrawingSketch object that was just created. Nothing in the kBefore case.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the sketch is created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEvents.OnNewSketch3D(Inventor.Document,Inventor.Sketch3D,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnNewSketch3D event notifies the client when a new 3D sketch is being created.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The Document object the new 3D sketch is being created within.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Sketch3D">
                <summary>The new 3D sketch just created. When the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore, the value of this argument is Nothing since the sketch has not yet been created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is sent before and after the sketch is created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEvents.OnSketch3DChange(Inventor.Document,Inventor.Sketch3D,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnSketch3DChange event notifies the client when the geometry of a 3D sketch is changed.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The Document object the 3D sketch is within.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Sketch3D">
                <summary>The 3D sketch that is changing.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is sent before and after the sketch is changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEvents.OnSketch3DSolve(Inventor.Document,System.Object,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a sketch or sketch 3D containing client controlled geometry needs to be updated.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Sketch">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchEvents.OnSketchChange(Inventor.Document,Inventor.Sketch,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnSketchChange event notifies the client when the geometry of a 2D sketch is changed.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>The Document object the 3D sketch is within.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Sketch">
                <summary>PlanarSketch or a DrawingSketch object that is changing.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is sent before and after the sketch is changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchFillRegion">
            <summary>An object representing a color-filled region in a drawing sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFillRegion.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFillRegion.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFillRegion.Color">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color of the sketch fill region.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFillRegion.Delete">
            <summary>Method to delete this SketchFillRegion object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFillRegion.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFillRegion.Parent">
            <summary>Property that gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFillRegion.Profile">
            <summary>Property to gets the profile object associated with this sketch fill region.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFillRegion.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchFillRegions">
            <summary>A collection of SketchFillRegion objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFillRegions.Add(Inventor.Profile,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method to add a SketchFillRegion object to the collection.</summary>
            <param name="Profile">
                <summary>The Profile object to use for this region.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Color">
                <summary>The color for this SketchFillRegion.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFillRegions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFillRegions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFillRegions.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFillRegions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline">
            <summary>The SketchFixedSpline object represents a fixed spline within a sketch. These splines are created using the geometry definition (BSplineCurve2d). See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.Closed">
            <summary>Boolean property that gets whether the curve is closed. A periodic curve is closed and curvature continuous at the closure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.ConvertToSpline">
            <summary>Method that converts the fixed spline to a SketchSpline object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.Edit(Inventor.BSplineCurve2d,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that edits a fixed sketch spline based on an input NURBS definition.</summary>
            <param name="SplineCurve">
                <summary>Input BSplineCurve2d geometry object that contains the definition of a curve that will be used to redefine the spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Optional input SketchPoint object that contains the start point to fit the curve through. If this argument is not specified, a sketch point is created at the point defined by the start point of the input BSplineCurve2d and the resulting spline is constrained to it.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Optional input SketchPoint that contains the end point to fit the curve through. If this argument is not specified, a sketch point is created at the point defined by the end point of the input BSplineCurve2d and the resulting spline is constrained to it.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the end of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns a geometry object. The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the fixed sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns B-Spline geometry that represents this spline in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this sketch fixed spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this sketch fixed spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineType applied to this sketch fixed spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this sketch fixed spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this sketch fixed spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the start of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D">
            <summary>The SketchFixedSpline3D object represents a fixed spline within a sketch. These splines are created using the geometry definition (BSplineCurve). See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.Closed">
            <summary>Boolean property that gets whether the curve is closed. A periodic curve is closed and curvature continuous at the closure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.ConvertToSpline">
            <summary>Method that converts the fixed spline to a SketchSpline3D object. This method is currently only valid for SketchFixedSpline3D objects that were created using a BSplineCurve as input.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.Edit(Inventor.BSplineCurve,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that edits a fixed sketch spline based on an input NURBS definition. This method is only valid for SketchFixedSpline3D objects that were created using a BSplineCurve as input. This method will fail if the curve was created with an Edge.</summary>
            <param name="SplineCurve">
                <summary>Input BSplineCurve geometry object that contains the definition of a curve that will be used to redefine the spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Optional input Object that contains the start point to fit the curve through. The point can be either an existing SketchPoint3D object, a SketchPoint object, a workpoint or vertex. If the input is not a SketchPoint3D object, a SketchPoint3D object is automatically created at the position of the input point. If the argument is not supplied, a SketchPoint3D object is automatically created at the position of the start point of the input BSplineCurve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Optional input Object that contains the end point to fit the curve through. The point can be either an existing SketchPoint3D object, a SketchPoint object, a workpoint or vertex. If the input is not a SketchPoint3D object, a SketchPoint3D object is automatically created at the position of the input point. If the argument is not supplied, a SketchPoint3D object is automatically created at the position of the end point of the input BSplineCurve.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.EditByEdge(Inventor.Edge)">
            <summary>Method that edits the geometry of a fixed sketch spline based on an input transient Edge.</summary>
            <param name="TransientEdge">
                <summary>Input transient Edge object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the end of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.Geometry">
            <summary>Gets and sets a BSplineCurve3d geometry object.&amp;nbsp;The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the sketch fixed spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.IsDefinedByEdge">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this SketchFixedSpline3D object is defined by a BSplineCurve or was created using an Edge as \input. Returns True if it was created using an Edge. Returns False if it was created using a BSplineCurve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the start of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.Closed">
            <summary>Boolean property that gets whether the curve is closed. A periodic curve is closed and curvature continuous at the closure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.ConvertToSpline">
            <summary>Method that converts the fixed spline to a SketchSpline3D object. This method is currently only valid for SketchFixedSpline3D objects that were created using a BSplineCurve as input.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.Edit(Inventor.BSplineCurve,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that edits a fixed sketch spline based on an input NURBS definition. This method is only valid for SketchFixedSpline3D objects that were created using a BSplineCurve as input. This method will fail if the curve was created with an Edge.</summary>
            <param name="SplineCurve">
                <summary>Input BSplineCurve geometry object that contains the definition of a curve that will be used to redefine the spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Optional input Object that contains the start point to fit the curve through. The point can be either an existing SketchPoint3D object, a SketchPoint object, a workpoint or vertex. If the input is not a SketchPoint3D object, a SketchPoint3D object is automatically created at the position of the input point. If the argument is not supplied, a SketchPoint3D object is automatically created at the position of the start point of the input BSplineCurve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Optional input Object that contains the end point to fit the curve through. The point can be either an existing SketchPoint3D object, a SketchPoint object, a workpoint or vertex. If the input is not a SketchPoint3D object, a SketchPoint3D object is automatically created at the position of the input point. If the argument is not supplied, a SketchPoint3D object is automatically created at the position of the end point of the input BSplineCurve.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.EditByEdge(Inventor.Edge)">
            <summary>Method that edits the geometry of a fixed sketch spline based on an input transient Edge.</summary>
            <param name="TransientEdge">
                <summary>Input transient Edge object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the end of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Gets and sets a BSplineCurve3d geometry object.&amp;nbsp;The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the sketch fixed spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.IsDefinedByEdge">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this SketchFixedSpline3D object is defined by a BSplineCurve or was created using an Edge as \input. Returns True if it was created using an Edge. Returns False if it was created using a BSplineCurve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the start of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSpline3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.Closed">
            <summary>Boolean property that gets whether the curve is closed. A periodic curve is closed and curvature continuous at the closure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.ConvertToSpline">
            <summary>Method that converts the fixed spline to a SketchSpline object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.Edit(Inventor.BSplineCurve2d,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that edits a fixed sketch spline based on an input NURBS definition.</summary>
            <param name="SplineCurve">
                <summary>Input BSplineCurve2d geometry object that contains the definition of a curve that will be used to redefine the spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Optional input SketchPoint object that contains the start point to fit the curve through. If this argument is not specified, a sketch point is created at the point defined by the start point of the input BSplineCurve2d and the resulting spline is constrained to it.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Optional input SketchPoint that contains the end point to fit the curve through. If this argument is not specified, a sketch point is created at the point defined by the end point of the input BSplineCurve2d and the resulting spline is constrained to it.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the end of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns a geometry object. The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the fixed sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns B-Spline geometry that represents this spline in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this sketch fixed spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this sketch fixed spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineType applied to this sketch fixed spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this sketch fixed spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this sketch fixed spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the start of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplineProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchFixedSplines">
            <summary>SketchFixedSplines object provides access to all the objects in a sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSplines.Add(Inventor.BSplineCurve2d,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a fixed spline based on an input NURBS definition.</summary>
            <param name="SplineCurve">
                <summary>Input BSplineCurve2d geometry object that contains the definition of a curve from which to create a SketchFixedSpline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Optional input SketchPoint object that contains the start point to fit the curve through. If this argument is not specified, a sketch point is created at the point defined by the start point of the input BSplineCurve2d and the resulting spline is constrained to it.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Optional input SketchPoint that contains the end point to fit the curve through. If this argument is not specified, a sketch point is created at the point defined by the end point of the input BSplineCurve2d and the resulting spline is constrained to it.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplines.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplines.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplines.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified SketchFixedSpline object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplines.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchFixedSplines3D">
            <summary>The SketchFixedSplines3D object provides access to all the objects in a 3D sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSplines3D.Add(Inventor.BSplineCurve,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a fixed spline based on an input NURBS definition.</summary>
            <param name="SplineCurve">
                <summary>Input BSplineCurve geometry object that contains the definition of a curve from which to create a SketchFixedSpline3D.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Optional input Object that contains the start point to fit the curve through. The point can be either an existing SketchPoint3D object, a SketchPoint object, a workpoint or vertex. If the input is not a SketchPoint3D object, a SketchPoint3D object is automatically created at the position of the input point. If the argument is not supplied, a SketchPoint3D object is automatically created at the position of the start point of the input BSplineCurve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Optional input Object that contains the end point to fit the curve through. The point can be either an existing SketchPoint3D object, a SketchPoint object, a workpoint or vertex . If the input is not a SketchPoint3D object, a SketchPoint3D object is automatically created at the position of the input point. If the argument is not supplied, a SketchPoint3D object is automatically created at the position of the end point of the input BSplineCurve.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchFixedSplines3D.AddByEdge(Inventor.Edge)">
            <summary>Method that creates a fixed spline based on an input transient Edge object. This capability is useful because some edges are defined precisely using a procedural algorithm. Converting these to a NURBS curves results in an approximation of the procedural curve. The SketchFixedSpline3D object created with this method has the full accuracy of the procedural curve without any approximation.</summary>
            <param name="TransientEdge">
                <summary>Input Edge object. The edge must be a transient B\-Rep Edge or the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplines3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplines3D.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplines3D.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified SketchFixedSpline3D object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchFixedSplines3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchHatchRegion">
            <summary>SketchHatchRegion Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchHatchRegion.Angle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the rotation angle of the pattern in radians.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchHatchRegion.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchHatchRegion.Color">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the color of the hatch pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchHatchRegion.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the SketchHatchRegion.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchHatchRegion.DoublePattern">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies if a duplicate hatch pattern should be created that is perpendicular to the hatch pattern assigned to the sketch hatch region.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchHatchRegion.Layer">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the layer associated with the hatch region object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchHatchRegion.LineWeight">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies the line weight of the sketch hatch region object in centimeters. A value of 0 indicates the line weight is By Layer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchHatchRegion.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchHatchRegion.Pattern">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the DrawingHatchPattern of the sketch hatch region.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchHatchRegion.Profile">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the profile associated with the sketch hatch region.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchHatchRegion.Scale">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies the scale of the distance between lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchHatchRegion.Shift">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies the hatch pattern offset from original hatch pattern position.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchHatchRegion.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchHatchRegions">
            <summary>SketchHatchRegions Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchHatchRegions.Add(Inventor.Profile,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new SketchHatchRegion.&amp;nbsp;The new created SketchHatchRegion is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Profile">
                <summary>Input Profile object that being hatched.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DrawingHatchPattern">
                <summary>Optional input DrawingHatchPattern that specifies the hatch pattern. If this is left empty, the default pattern will be used for the sketch hatch region. If not provided the “ANSI 31” will be used. The “Solid” pattern can be used to set the color fill region.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Optional input Double that defines the rotation angle of the hatch pattern in radians.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Scale">
                <summary>Optional input Double that indicates the scale factor when applying the pattern.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Shift">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the distance to offset the hatch original hatch pattern position.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineWeight">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the line weight in centimeters. A value of 0 indicates By Layer.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DoublePattern">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if a duplicate hatch pattern should be created that is perpendicular to the hatch pattern assigned to the sketch hatch region.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Color">
                <summary>Optional input Color object that specifies the color for hatch pattern.  A value of Nothing indicates that the layer color should be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchHatchRegions.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchHatchRegions.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchHatchRegions.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchHatchRegions.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchHolePlacementDefinition">
            <summary>The SketchHolePlacementDefinition object defines the placement of a hole feature using sketch points.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchHolePlacementDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchHolePlacementDefinition.HoleCenterPoints">
            <summary>Gets and sets the set of sketch points that define the centers of the holes of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchHolePlacementDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition. This property returns Nothing in the case where the definition object is created using one of the Create methods on the HoleFeatures object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchHolePlacementDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchImage">
            <summary>The SketchImage object represents an image within a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImage.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImage.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImage.BoundaryGeometry">
            <summary>Property that returns the four construction sketch lines that form the boundary of the image.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImage.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchImage.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchImage.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImage.Height">
            <summary>Get and set the image height.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImage.Image">
            <summary>Gets the Picture object representing the associated bitmap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImage.ImageAlpha">
            <summary>Gets the Alpha channel bitmap of the Picture object representing the associated bitmap.&amp;nbsp;Returns Nothing if there is no alpha data being used.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImage.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this image is linked to the picture file that was used to create this image.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchImage.MirrorHorizontal">
            <summary>Method that mirrors the image horizontally.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchImage.MirrorVertical">
            <summary>Method that mirrors the image vertically.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImage.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the image.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImage.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImage.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the image on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImage.ReferencedFileDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the reference to the picture file used to create this image. This property returns Nothing if the source file is not linked (use the LinkedToFile property to determine this).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchImage.RotateLeft">
            <summary>Method that rotates the image counter-clockwise by 90 degrees.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchImage.RotateRight">
            <summary>Method that rotates the image clockwise by 90 degrees.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImage.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImage.Transparent">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the image is transparent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImage.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchImage.Update">
            <summary>Method that updates this image if the linked source file has been modified. This method returns a failure if there is no linked file associated with this image.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImage.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the image is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImage.Width">
            <summary>Get and set the image width.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchImageProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.BoundaryGeometry">
            <summary>Property that returns the four construction sketch lines that form the boundary of the image.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.Height">
            <summary>Get and set the image height.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.Image">
            <summary>Gets the Picture object representing the associated bitmap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.ImageAlpha">
            <summary>Gets the Alpha channel bitmap of the Picture object representing the associated bitmap.&amp;nbsp;Returns Nothing if there is no alpha data being used.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.LinkedToFile">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this image is linked to the picture file that was used to create this image.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.MirrorHorizontal">
            <summary>Method that mirrors the image horizontally.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.MirrorVertical">
            <summary>Method that mirrors the image vertically.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the image.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the image on the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.ReferencedFileDescriptor">
            <summary>Property that returns the reference to the picture file used to create this image. This property returns Nothing if the source file is not linked (use the LinkedToFile property to determine this).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.RotateLeft">
            <summary>Method that rotates the image counter-clockwise by 90 degrees.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.RotateRight">
            <summary>Method that rotates the image clockwise by 90 degrees.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.Transparent">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the image is transparent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.Update">
            <summary>Method that updates this image if the linked source file has been modified. This method returns a failure if there is no linked file associated with this image.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the image is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImageProxy.Width">
            <summary>Get and set the image width.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchImages">
            <summary>The SketchImages collection object provides access to all the images in a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchImages.Add(System.String,Inventor.Point2d,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates an image based on an input picture file name.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Specifies the full file name of a picture file that contains the image to be inserted.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Object that specifies the position on the sketch to insert the image at.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Link">
                <summary>Boolean that specifies whether or not to link the input source file. The default value is True indicating the file will be linked.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImages.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImages.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImages.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified Image object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchImages.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchLine">
            <summary>The SketchLine object represents a line within a sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.Centerline">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the line behaves as a centerline or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchLine.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the end of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns a LineSegment2d geometry object. The object returned represents a snapshot view of the current state of the sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns line segment geometry that represents this line in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchLine.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchLine.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineType applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchLine.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the start of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchLine3D">
            <summary>The SketchLine3D object represents a line within a 3D sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3D.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3D.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3D.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchLine3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3D.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the end of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3D.Geometry">
            <summary>Gets and sets a LineSegment geometry object. The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchLine3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3D.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3D.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3D.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3D.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3D.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3D.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3D.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3D.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the start of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the end of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Gets and sets a LineSegment geometry object. The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the start of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLine3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchLineProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.Centerline">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the line behaves as a centerline or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the end of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns a LineSegment2d geometry object. The object returned represents a snapshot view of the current state of the sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns line segment geometry that represents this line in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineType applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the start of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLineProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchLines">
            <summary>The SketchLines object provides access to all of the objects in a sketch and provides methods to create additional sketch lines. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchLines.AddAsPolygon(System.Int32,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a polygon with up to 120 sides. The sketch lines representing the polygon are returned.</summary>
            <param name="NumberOfSides">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the number of sides of the polygon. If a value lesser than 3 or greater than 120 is provided, the method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the center of the polygon. This can either be a SketchPoint or a Point2d object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CircumferencePoint">
                <summary>Input object that specifies a point on the circumference of the circle that inscribes or circumscribes the polygon. This can either be a SketchPoint or a Point2d object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Inscribed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the specified CircumferencePoint is on a circle that inscribes or circumscribes the polygon.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchLines.AddAsThreePointCenteredRectangle(System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that creates four lines to represent a rectangle where the center of the rectangle is defined by a point, the length and orientation is defined by a second point, and the width defined by a third point.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the center of the rectangle. This can either be a SketchPoint or a Point2d object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EdgePoint">
                <summary>Input object that specifies a point on the edge of the rectangle that defines the orientation and length of the rectangle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="WidthPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d that defines the width of the rectangle.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchLines.AddAsThreePointRectangle(System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that creates four lines to represent a rectangle where the base of the rectangle is defined by two points and the height is defined by a third point. The input points for the base can be either Point2d objects defining an X-Y point in space, or an existing SketchPoint object.</summary>
            <param name="BasePointOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first base point of the rectangle. Either a SketchPoint or Point2d object can be used. If an existing sketch point is input, that lines become connected to the point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BasePointTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second base point of the rectangle. Either a SketchPoint or Point2d object can be used. If an existing sketch point is input, the lines become connected to the point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HeightPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that defines the height of the rectangle. The point can be anywhere in space and the height of the rectangle is computed by finding the shortest distance of this point to an infinite line defined by the two base points.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchLines.AddAsTwoPointCenteredRectangle(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates four lines to represent a rectangle where the center of the rectangle is defined by a point and the corner of the rectangle is defined by the second point and the rectangle is aligned with the sketch x and y axes.&amp;nbsp;The input points can be either Point2d objects defining an x-y point in space, or an existing SketchPoint object.&amp;nbsp;If an existing sketch point is input, the lines will become connected to that point.&amp;nbsp;The created sketch lines are returned in a SketchEntitiesEnumerator object.&amp;nbsp;This includes the four lines representing the rectangle and the two internal construction lines.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the center of the rectangle. This can either be a SketchPoint or a Point2d object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CornerPoint">
                <summary>Input object that specifies a corner of the rectangle. This can either be a SketchPoint or a Point2d object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchLines.AddAsTwoPointRectangle(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates four lines to represent a rectangle where the diagonal corners of the rectangle are defined by the two input points and the rectangle is aligned with the sketch X and Y axes. The four new sketch lines are returned in an SketchEntitiesEnumerator object.</summary>
            <param name="CornerPointOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines a corner of the rectangle. This can be a SketchPoint or a Point2d object. If an existing sketch point is input, the lines become connected to that point and the point becomes the corner point of the rectangle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CornerPointTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the diagonal corner of the rectangle. This can be a SketchPoint or a Point2d object. If an existing sketch point is input, the lines become connected to that point and the point becomes the corner point of the rectangle.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchLines.AddByMidEndPoints(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch line based on the mid and end points. The new sketch line is returned.</summary>
            <param name="MidPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the mid point of the line.  This can be either a Point2d object defining an x-y point in space, or an existing SketchPoint object.  If an existing sketch point is input, a MidpointContraint will be created between the SketchPoint and the new sketch line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the end point of the line.  This can be either a Point2d object defining an x-y point in space, or an existing SketchPoint object.  If an existing sketch point is input, that point becomes the line’s end point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchLines.AddByTwoPoints(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch line based on the two input points. The new sketch line is returned.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the start point of the line. This can be either a Point2d object defining an x-y point in space, or an existing SketchPoint object. If an existing sketch point is input, that point becomes the line's start point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the end point of the line. This can be either a Point2d object defining an x-y point in space, or an existing SketchPoint object. If an existing sketch point is input, that point becomes the line's end point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLines.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLines.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLines.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SketchLine object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLines.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchLines3D">
            <summary>The SketchLines3D object provides access to all of the objects in a sketch and provides methods to create additional sketch lines. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchLines3D.AddByTwoPoints(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch line based on the two input points. The new sketch line is returned.</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the start point of the line. This can be either a vertex object, a workpoint, a SketchPoint, or an existing SketchPoint3D object. If an existing sketch point is input, that point becomes the line's start point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the end point of the line. This can be either a vertex object, a workpoint, a SketchPoint, or an existing SketchPoint3D object. If an existing sketch point is input, that point becomes the line's end point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseAutoBend">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether a bend should be automatically applied if the StartPoint or the EndPoint is shared by another sketch line. The default is True, which means that the bend will be automatically applied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BendRadius">
                <summary>Optional input variant that defines the radius of the auto-bend. If the UseAutoBend flag is set to true and this variant is not supplied, a default value is used for the bend radius. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLines3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLines3D.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLines3D.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SketchLine3D object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchLines3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline">
            <summary>The SketchOffsetSpline object represents an offset spline within a sketch. These special splines are created as a result of offsetting splines and ellipses in a sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.Closed">
            <summary>Boolean property that gets whether the curve is closed. A periodic curve is closed and curvature continuous at the closure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.ConvertToSpline">
            <summary>Method that converts the offset spline to a SketchSpline object and breaks the association to the spline from which it is offset.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the offset spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the end of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns a geometry object. The object returned represents a "snapshot" view of the current state of the offset sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns b-spline geometry that represents this spline in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineType applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.OriginalSpline">
            <summary>Returns the original spline that was used as the source to create the offset spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the start of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSpline.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.Closed">
            <summary>Boolean property that gets whether the curve is closed. A periodic curve is closed and curvature continuous at the closure.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.ConvertToSpline">
            <summary>Method that converts the offset spline to a SketchSpline object and breaks the association to the spline from which it is offset.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the offset spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the end of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns a geometry object. The object returned represents a "snapshot" view of the current state of the offset sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns b-spline geometry that represents this spline in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineType applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.OriginalSpline">
            <summary>Returns the original spline that was used as the source to create the offset spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the start of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplineProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplines">
            <summary>The SketchOffsetSplines object provides access to all the objects in a sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplines.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplines.Count">
            <summary>Property that specifies the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplines.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified SketchOffsetSpline object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOffsetSplines.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchOptions">
            <summary>The SketchOptions object provides access to properties that provide read and write access of the 2D sketch related application options. This is somewhat equivalent to the 2D Sketch portion on the Sketch tab of the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.AutoBendWithLineCreation">
            <summary>Enables/disables automatically creating corner bends on 3D lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.AutomaticReferenceEdges">
            <summary>Gets/sets the capability to automatically project edges of the selected face onto the sketch plane as reference geometry, when creating a new sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.AutoProjectEdges">
            <summary>Gets/sets the capability to select and project existing geometry to the current sketch by rubbing existing lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.AutoProjectPartOrigin">
            <summary>Enables/disables&amp;nbsp;projecting the part origin onto a sketch when the sketch is created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.AutoScaleSketchGeometriesOnInitialDimension">
            <summary>Enables/disables whether to auto scale sketch geometries on initial dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.ConstraintToolbarScale">
            <summary>Gets/sets the scale for the size of the constraint toolbars with respect to the graphics window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.DisplayAxes">
            <summary>Enables/disables the display of the sketch plane axes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.DisplayCoordinateSystemIndicator">
            <summary>Enables/disables the display of the sketch plane coordinate system indicator (triad).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.DisplayGridLines">
            <summary>Enables/disables the display of the sketch plane grid lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.DisplayMinorGridLines">
            <summary>Enables/disables the display of minor sketch plane grid lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.HeadsUpDisplayOptions">
            <summary>Property that returns the HeadsUpDisplayOptions object. The HeadsUpDisplayOptions object provides access to various heads-up display related application level options for sketches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.ImageInsertionLINKOptionCheckedAsDefault">
            <summary>Gets/sets the default option for LINK when attaching image.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.ParallelViewOnSketchCreationInAssembly">
            <summary>Enables/disables whether the view is automatically reoriented to be planar to the screen in assembly environment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.ParallelViewOnSketchCreationInPart">
            <summary>Enables/disables whether the view is automatically reoriented to be planar to the screen in part environment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.PointAlignment">
            <summary>Gets/sets whether to infer alignment between endpoints of newly created geometry and points of existing geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.ProjectObjectsAsConstructionGeometry">
            <summary>Enables/disables whether project objects as construction geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.SketchConstraintSettings">
            <summary>Returns the SketchConstraintSettings object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.SketchOpacity">
            <summary>Gets/sets the opacity of the sketch displayed through shaded model, valid value is from 0 to 100 indicating the opacity percentage.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.SnapToGrid">
            <summary>Enables/disables the snap behavior for sketching tasks.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.SplineDefaultTension">
            <summary>Gets/sets the default tension for splines in 2d sketches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.SplineFitMethod">
            <summary>Gets/sets the default fit method for splines in 2d sketches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchOptions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchPatternElement">
            <summary>SketchPatternElement Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPatternElement.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPatternElement.Index">
            <summary>Returns the index of this element within the pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPatternElement.Parent">
            <summary>Returns the parent pattern this element is a member of.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPatternElement.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this pattern element is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPatternElement.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchPatternElements">
            <summary>SketchPatternElements Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPatternElements.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPatternElements.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPatternElements.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPatternElements.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchPoint">
            <summary>The SketchPoint object represents a point within a sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.AttachedEntities">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that are connected to this point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.ConnectionPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the point behaves as a connection point or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPoint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns a Point2d geometry object. The object returned represents a snapshot view of the current state of the sketch point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns point geometry that represents this point in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPoint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.HoleCenter">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the point behaves as a hole center or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.InsertionPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the point behaves as an insertion point or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPoint.Merge(Inventor.SketchPoint)">
            <summary>Method that merges this sketch point with the input sketch point. Any objects dependent on this sketch point will change their dependency to the new sketch point.</summary>
            <param name="SketchPoint">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPoint.MoveBy(Inventor.Vector2d)">
            <summary>Method that moves the sketch point a delta distance from its current location. Movement of a sketch point is limited by the constraints currently defined on the sketch. If a sketch is partially constrained it will perform the move within the range allowed by the constraints. Because of this, the result of a move may not always be exactly what was specified.</summary>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Input Vector2d object that defines the delta distance to move the sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPoint.MoveTo(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that moves the sketch point to an explicit X-Y location. Movement of a sketch point is limited by the constraints currently defined on the sketch. If a sketch is partially constrained it will perform the move within the range allowed by the constraints. Because of this, the result of a move may not always be exactly what was specified.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that defines the new position of the sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchPoint3D">
            <summary>The SketchPoint3D object represents a point within a 3D sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3D.AttachedEntities">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that are connected to this point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPoint3D.ConnectTo(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that connects this sketch point to the input point. Valid inputs are SketchPoint3D, SketchPoint, Vertex or WorkPoint. This method is the UI equivalent of 'Add Coincident Constraint'. The point being constrained is the sketch point on which this method is called and the input point is the constraining point. This method will fail if a coincident constraint exists between this sketch point and a vertex; i.e. this sketch point must be underconstrained.</summary>
            <param name="ConstrainingPoint">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint3D, Vertex or Workpoint to use as the constraining point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3D.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3D.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3D.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPoint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3D.Geometry">
            <summary>Gets and sets a Point geometry object. The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the sketch point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPoint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3D.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3D.HoleCenter">
            <summary>Defines if the sketch point is being displayed as a hole center.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPoint3D.MoveBy(Inventor.Vector)">
            <summary>Method that moves the sketch point a delta distance from its current location. Movement of a sketch point is limited by the constraints currently defined on the sketch. If a sketch is partially constrained it will perform the move within the range allowed by the constraints. Because of this, the result of a move may not always be exactly what was specified.</summary>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Object that defines the delta distance to move the sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPoint3D.MoveTo(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that moves the sketch point to an explicit x-y-z location. Movement of a sketch point is limited by the constraints currently defined on the sketch. If a sketch is partially constrained it will perform the move within the range allowed by the constraints. Because of this, the result of a move may not always be exactly what was specified.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Object that defines the new position of the sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3D.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3D.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3D.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3D.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3D.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.AttachedEntities">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that are connected to this point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.ConnectTo(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that connects this sketch point to the input point. Valid inputs are SketchPoint3D, SketchPoint, Vertex or WorkPoint. This method is the UI equivalent of 'Add Coincident Constraint'. The point being constrained is the sketch point on which this method is called and the input point is the constraining point. This method will fail if a coincident constraint exists between this sketch point and a vertex; i.e. this sketch point must be underconstrained.</summary>
            <param name="ConstrainingPoint">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint3D, Vertex or Workpoint to use as the constraining point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Gets and sets a Point geometry object. The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the sketch point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.HoleCenter">
            <summary>Defines if the sketch point is being displayed as a hole center.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.MoveBy(Inventor.Vector)">
            <summary>Method that moves the sketch point a delta distance from its current location. Movement of a sketch point is limited by the constraints currently defined on the sketch. If a sketch is partially constrained it will perform the move within the range allowed by the constraints. Because of this, the result of a move may not always be exactly what was specified.</summary>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Object that defines the delta distance to move the sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.MoveTo(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that moves the sketch point to an explicit x-y-z location. Movement of a sketch point is limited by the constraints currently defined on the sketch. If a sketch is partially constrained it will perform the move within the range allowed by the constraints. Because of this, the result of a move may not always be exactly what was specified.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Object that defines the new position of the sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchPointProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.AttachedEntities">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that are connected to this point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.ConnectionPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the point behaves as a connection point or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns a Point2d geometry object. The object returned represents a snapshot view of the current state of the sketch point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns point geometry that represents this point in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.HoleCenter">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the point behaves as a hole center or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.InsertionPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the point behaves as an insertion point or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.Merge(Inventor.SketchPoint)">
            <summary>Method that merges this sketch point with the input sketch point. Any objects dependent on this sketch point will change their dependency to the new sketch point.</summary>
            <param name="SketchPoint">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.MoveBy(Inventor.Vector2d)">
            <summary>Method that moves the sketch point a delta distance from its current location. Movement of a sketch point is limited by the constraints currently defined on the sketch. If a sketch is partially constrained it will perform the move within the range allowed by the constraints. Because of this, the result of a move may not always be exactly what was specified.</summary>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Input Vector2d object that defines the delta distance to move the sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.MoveTo(Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that moves the sketch point to an explicit X-Y location. Movement of a sketch point is limited by the constraints currently defined on the sketch. If a sketch is partially constrained it will perform the move within the range allowed by the constraints. Because of this, the result of a move may not always be exactly what was specified.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that defines the new position of the sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPointProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchPoints">
            <summary>The SketchPoints object provides access to all the objects in a sketch and provides methods to create additional sketch points. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPoints.Add(Inventor.Point2d,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new sketch point at the specified coordinate.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input that defines the position of the sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HoleCenter">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if the point is a hole center or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoints.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoints.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoints.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SketchPoint object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoints.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchPoints3D">
            <summary>The SketchPoints3D object provides access to all the objects in a sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchPoints3D.Add(Inventor.Point,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new 3D sketch point at the specified coordinate.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that defines the position of the 3D sketch point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HoleCenter">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if the point is a hole center or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoints3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoints3D.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoints3D.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SketchPoint3D object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchPoints3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchRectangularPattern">
            <summary>SketchRectangularPattern Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPattern.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPattern.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPattern.Constraints">
            <summary>Returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPattern.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Returns the constraint status of the sketch entity. Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPattern.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the associative definition of the sketch pattern.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchRectangularPattern.Delete">
            <summary>Deletes the sketch pattern.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPattern.Elements">
            <summary>Returns the SketchPatternElements collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPattern.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPattern.RangeBox">
            <summary>Returns a Box2d object which contains the diagonal points of a rectangle that tightly encloses the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPattern.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatternDefinition">
            <summary>SketchRectangularPatternDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatternDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatternDefinition.Associative">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the pattern will update when changes are made to the part. If set this to False then the pattern constraints will be removed and the pattern will not update when change an element.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatternDefinition.BoundarySetting">
            <summary>Gets and set the PatternBoundarySetting object. When set this property a PatternBoundarySetting can be copied using PatternBoundarySetting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatternDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this SketchRectangularPatternDefinition object. The new SketchRectangularPatternDefinition object is independent of any pattern.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatternDefinition.Fitted">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether pattern elements are equally fitted within the specified distances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatternDefinition.Geometries">
            <summary>Gets and sets the ObjectCollection object that contains the sketch geometries to be patterned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatternDefinition.HasBoundarySettingConfigured">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this pattern has boundary setting configured or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatternDefinition.NaturalXDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the flag that indicates if the direction of the pattern is in the natural direction of the XDirectionEntity or reversed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatternDefinition.NaturalYDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the flag that indicates if the direction of the pattern is in the natural direction of the YDirectionEntity or reversed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatternDefinition.SuppressedElements">
            <summary>Gets and sets the suppressed elements.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatternDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatternDefinition.XCount">
            <summary>Gets and sets the number of instances in the X direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatternDefinition.XDirectionEntity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the X direction entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatternDefinition.XDirectionSymmetric">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the occurrences are distributed on both sides of the original geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatternDefinition.XSpacing">
            <summary>Gets and sets the spacing between instances in the X direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatternDefinition.YCount">
            <summary>Gets and sets the number of instances in the Y direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatternDefinition.YDirectionEntity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the Y direction entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatternDefinition.YDirectionSymmetric">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the occurrences are distributed on both sides of the original geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatternDefinition.YSpacing">
            <summary>Gets and sets the spacing between instances in the Y direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatterns">
            <summary>SketchRectangularPatterns Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatterns.Add(Inventor.SketchRectangularPatternDefinition)">
            <summary>Creates a new sketch rectangular pattern. The new SketchRectangularPattern object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input SketchRectangularPatternDefinition objet that defines the  SketchRectangularPattern to create.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatterns.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatterns.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatterns.CreateDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a new sketch rectangular pattern definition. The new SketchRectangularPatternDefinition object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Geometries">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that contains the sketch geometries to be patterned.  The collection could contain the various sketch entities and sketch blocks. When a SketchEntity has containing SketchBlock the SketchBlock should be used as input. The TextBox can’t be included in this argument but it can be included in a containing SketchBlock.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XDirectionEntity">
                <summary>Input linear sketch entity that defines the X direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XCount">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the number of instances in the x direction.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter will be created to control this value when the pattern is created.  If a string is input it can be any string that can be evaluated by Inventor to result in a unitless number(e.g. the name of a unitless Parameter).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NaturalXDirection">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates if the direction of the pattern is in the natural direction of the XDirectionEntity or reversed.  A value of True indicates it is in the natural direction. If not provided this default to True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XDirectionSymmetric">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates if the occurrences are distributed on both sides of the original geometry. If the occurrence count is even, NaturalXDirection can indicate which side gets the extra occurrence.  A value of True indicates the occurrences are distributed on both sides of the original geometry. If not provided this default to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XSpacing">
                <summary>Optional input String or value to specify the spacing between instances in the X direction. A parameter will be created to control spacing between instances in the X direction when the pattern is created. If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YDirectionEntity">
                <summary>Optional input linear sketch entity that defines the Y direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YCount">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the number of instances in the Y direction.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter will be created to control this value when the pattern is created.  If a string is input it can be any string that can be evaluated by Inventor to result in a unitless number(e.g. the name of a unitless Parameter).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NaturalYDirection">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates if the direction of the pattern is in the natural direction of the YDirectionEntity or reversed.  A value of True indicates it is in the natural direction. If not provided this default to True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YDirectionSymmetric">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates if the occurrences are distributed on both sides of the original geometry. If the occurrence count is even, NaturalYDirection can indicate which side gets the extra occurrence.  A value of True indicates the occurrences are distributed on both sides of the original geometry. If not provided this default to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YSpacing">
                <summary>Optional input String or value to specify the spacing between instances in the Y direction. A parameter will be created to control spacing between instances in the Y direction when the pattern is created. If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Associative">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether the pattern will update when changes are made to the part.  If set this to False then the pattern constraints will be removed and the pattern will not update when change an element. If not provided this default to True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Fitted">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether pattern elements are equally fitted within the specified distances. If set to False, the pattern spacing measures the distance between elements instead of the overall distance for the pattern. If not provided this default to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SuppressedElements">
                <summary>Optional input Long array that specifies the indices of the elements to be suppressed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Reserved">
                <summary>Reserved for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatterns.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchRectangularPatterns.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchSettings">
            <summary>The SketchSettings object provides access to properties that provide read and write access to the various sketch related document specific settings. This is somewhat equivalent to the Sketch tab of the Document Settings dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSettings.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSettings.DisplayLineWeights">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display of unique line weights.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSettings.LineWeightType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the type of line weight to apply when displaying lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSettings.MinorLinesPerMajorGridLine">
            <summary>Gets and sets the number of minor lines to appear between major lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSettings.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSettings.SnapsPerMinorGrid">
            <summary>Gets and sets the distance between minor grid lines relative to the specified snap distance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSettings.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSettings.UpperLimitForFirstRangeOfLineWeights">
            <summary>Gets and sets the upper limit for the first range of line weights.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSettings.UpperLimitForSecondRangeOfLineWeights">
            <summary>Gets and sets the upper limit for the second range of line weights.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSettings.UpperLimitForThirdRangeOfLineWeights">
            <summary>Gets and sets the upper limit for the third range of line weights.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSettings.XSnapSpacing">
            <summary>Gets and sets the spacing between snap points for the X axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSettings.YSnapSpacing">
            <summary>Gets and sets the spacing between snap points for the Y axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchSpline">
            <summary>The SketchSpline object represents a spline within a sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.Closed">
            <summary>Specifies whether the curve is closed.&amp;nbsp;Setting a curve to be closed will cause it to close and be periodic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the that defines the position of the end of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.FitMethod">
            <summary>Specifies the fit method for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.FitPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchPoint at the specified index. The indices correspond to the fit points in order from the start to the end of the spline. An Index of 1 returns the first SketchPoint. The FitPointCount property returns the total number of fits points for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.FitPointCount">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of fit points for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns a geometry object. The object returned represents a snapshot view of the current state of the sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the BSplineCurve geometry that represents this sketch spline in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline.GetHandle(Inventor.SketchPoint)">
            <summary>Method that returns the fit point handle at the given fit point. The method returns Nothing if the handle is not enabled at the input fit point.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoint">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint object that specifies the fit point at which to obtain the handle.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline.GetHandleStatus(Inventor.SketchPoint)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether the handle at a given fit point is enabled or disabled.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoint">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint object that specifies the fit point at which to get the handle status.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline.InsertFitPoint(System.Object,System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that inserts a new fit point into the spline.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoint">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the position of the new fit point. This can be either a SketchPoint or Point2d object. In the case where a Point2d object is input, a SketchPoint will be created at that location.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the existing fit point to insert the new fit point next to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBefore">
                <summary>Input Boolean indicating if the fit point should be inserted before or after the target index.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineType applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline.SetHandleStatus(Inventor.SketchPoint,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets whether the handle at a given fit point is enabled or disabled.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoint">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint object that specifies the fit point at which to set the handle status.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the handle at the input fit point is enabled or disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the start of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.Tension">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tension for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchSpline3D">
            <summary>The SketchSpline3D object represents a spline within a 3D sketch. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.Closed">
            <summary>Specifies whether the curve is closed.&amp;nbsp;Setting a curve to be closed will cause it to close and be periodic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.Disconnect(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that removes an existing fit point from the spline. This method can have the effect of deleting the sketch point if it is not associated with any other sketch entity.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoint">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the point to disconnect. This can be either a numeric value indicating the index of the fit point (the indices corresponding to the fit points in order from the start to the end of the spline, where the first fit point has an index of 1) or it can be an existing fit point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the that defines the position of the end of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.EndTangentScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tangent scale parameter at the end point of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.FitMethod">
            <summary>Specifies the fit method for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.FitPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the at the specified index. The indices correspond to the fit points in order from the start to the end of the spline. An Index of 1 returns the first SketchPoint3D. The FitPointCount property returns the total number of fit points for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.FitPointCount">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of fit points for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.Geometry">
            <summary>Gets and sets a BSplineCurve geometry object.&amp;nbsp;The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.GetHandle(Inventor.SketchPoint3D)">
            <summary>Method that returns the fit point handle at the given fit point. The method returns Nothing if the handle is not enabled at the input fit point.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoint">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint3D object that specifies the fit point at which to obtain the handle.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.GetHandleStatus(Inventor.SketchPoint3D)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether the handle at a given fit point is enabled or disabled.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoint">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint3D object that specifies the fit point at which to get the handle status.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.InsertFitPoint(System.Object,System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that inserts a new fit point into the spline and returns the inserted fit point.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoint">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the position of the new fit point. This can be a , a SketchPoint, a workpoint or a vertex. If the input is not a SketchPoint3D object, a SketchPoint3D object is automatically created at the position of the input point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the existing fit point to insert the new fit point next to. If not supplied, this value defaults to 0. If the value is 0, then the new fit point is inserted between the two existing fit points that are closest to the new fit point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBefore">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if the fit point should be inserted before or after the target index. The default is true, meaning that the new fit point will be inserted before the target index. This Boolean is ignored if the TargetIndex specified is 0.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.SetHandleStatus(Inventor.SketchPoint3D,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets whether the handle at a given fit point is enabled or disabled.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoint">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint3D object that specifies the fit point at which to set the handle status.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the handle at the input fit point is enabled or disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.Split(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that splits the spline at the specified location. After the split, the original object (the one on which this method was called) represents the part of the spline associated with the original start point. The SketchSpline3D object returned by this method represents the part of the spline associated with the original end point. The curvature of the final result may differ from the original spline.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoint">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the location at which to split the spline. This can be either a numeric value indicating the index of the fit point (the indices corresponding to the fit points in order from the start to the end of the spline, where the first fit point has an index of 1) or it can be an existing fit point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the start of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.StartTangentScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tangent scale parameter at the start point of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.Tension">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tension for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.Closed">
            <summary>Specifies whether the curve is closed.&amp;nbsp;Setting a curve to be closed will cause it to close and be periodic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.Disconnect(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that removes an existing fit point from the spline. This method can have the effect of deleting the sketch point if it is not associated with any other sketch entity.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoint">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the point to disconnect. This can be either a numeric value indicating the index of the fit point (the indices corresponding to the fit points in order from the start to the end of the spline, where the first fit point has an index of 1) or it can be an existing fit point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the that defines the position of the end of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.EndTangentScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tangent scale parameter at the end point of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.FitMethod">
            <summary>Specifies the fit method for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.FitPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the at the specified index. The indices correspond to the fit points in order from the start to the end of the spline. An Index of 1 returns the first SketchPoint3D. The FitPointCount property returns the total number of fit points for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.FitPointCount">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of fit points for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Gets and sets a BSplineCurve geometry object.&amp;nbsp;The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.GetHandle(Inventor.SketchPoint3D)">
            <summary>Method that returns the fit point handle at the given fit point. The method returns Nothing if the handle is not enabled at the input fit point.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoint">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint3D object that specifies the fit point at which to obtain the handle.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.GetHandleStatus(Inventor.SketchPoint3D)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether the handle at a given fit point is enabled or disabled.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoint">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint3D object that specifies the fit point at which to get the handle status.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.InsertFitPoint(System.Object,System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that inserts a new fit point into the spline and returns the inserted fit point.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoint">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the position of the new fit point. This can be a , a SketchPoint, a workpoint or a vertex. If the input is not a SketchPoint3D object, a SketchPoint3D object is automatically created at the position of the input point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Optional input Long that specifies the existing fit point to insert the new fit point next to. If not supplied, this value defaults to 0. If the value is 0, then the new fit point is inserted between the two existing fit points that are closest to the new fit point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBefore">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if the fit point should be inserted before or after the target index. The default is true, meaning that the new fit point will be inserted before the target index. This Boolean is ignored if the TargetIndex specified is 0.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.SetHandleStatus(Inventor.SketchPoint3D,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets whether the handle at a given fit point is enabled or disabled.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoint">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint3D object that specifies the fit point at which to set the handle status.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the handle at the input fit point is enabled or disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.Split(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that splits the spline at the specified location. After the split, the original object (the one on which this method was called) represents the part of the spline associated with the original start point. The SketchSpline3D object returned by this method represents the part of the spline associated with the original end point. The curvature of the final result may differ from the original spline.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoint">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the location at which to split the spline. This can be either a numeric value indicating the index of the fit point (the indices corresponding to the fit points in order from the start to the end of the spline, where the first fit point has an index of 1) or it can be an existing fit point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the start of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.StartTangentScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tangent scale parameter at the start point of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.Tension">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tension for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSpline3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle">
            <summary>The SketchSplineHandle object represents a spline handle within a sketch at a spline fit point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.Centerline">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the line behaves as a centerline or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the end of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.FitPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the fit point associated with the handle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns a LineSegment2d geometry object. The object returned represents a snapshot view of the current state of the sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns line segment geometry that represents this line in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineType applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.Spline">
            <summary>Property that returns the spline associated with the handle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the start of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.Tangent">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tangent vector at the fit point associated with this handle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle.Weight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tangent weight at the fit point associated with this handle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D">
            <summary>The SketchSplineHandle3D object represents a spline handle within a 3D sketch at a spline fit point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the end of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.FitPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the fit point associated with the handle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.Geometry">
            <summary>Gets and sets a LineSegment geometry object. The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.Spline">
            <summary>Property that returns the spline associated with the handle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the start of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.Tangent">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tangent vector at the fit point associated with this handle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3D.Weight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tangent weight at the fit point associated with this handle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.Constraints3D">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of geometric and bend constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the constraint status of the sketch entity, signifying whether it is fully constrained, over constrained, or under constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets / sets the Sketch3D Construction Property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the end of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.FitPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the fit point associated with the handle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Gets and sets a LineSegment geometry object. The object returned represents a 'snapshot' view of the current state of the sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property indicating entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified. This property returns the model entity the sketch entity is dependent on. The Reference property indicates whether the sketch entity is driven by a model entity or not. If the sketch entity is not referencing a model entity, this property will return Nothing. This property can also return nothing even when the sketch entity is referencing a model entity in the case where the model entity has been consumed by some subsequent modeling operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.Spline">
            <summary>Property that returns the spline associated with the handle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the start of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.Tangent">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tangent vector at the fit point associated with this handle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandle3DProxy.Weight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tangent weight at the fit point associated with this handle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.Centerline">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the line behaves as a centerline or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the end of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.FitPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the fit point associated with the handle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns a LineSegment2d geometry object. The object returned represents a snapshot view of the current state of the sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns line segment geometry that represents this line in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineType applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this sketch line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.Spline">
            <summary>Property that returns the spline associated with the handle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the start of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.Tangent">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tangent vector at the fit point associated with this handle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineHandleProxy.Weight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tangent weight at the fit point associated with this handle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.Closed">
            <summary>Specifies whether the curve is closed.&amp;nbsp;Setting a curve to be closed will cause it to close and be periodic.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection of sketch constraints that are tied directly to this entity. This collection consists of both geometric and dimension constraints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.ConstraintStatus">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the constraint status of the sketch.&amp;nbsp;Possible return values are kFullyConstrainedConstraintStatus, kOverConstrainedConstraintStatus, kUnderConstrainedConstraintStatus, and kUnknownConstraintStatus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the entity behaves as a construction entity or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.CurvatureDisplay">
            <summary>Specifies whether curvature information is displayed for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the sketch entity. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether specific user actions are blocked on this sketch geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.EndSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that gets the that defines the position of the end of the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.FitMethod">
            <summary>Specifies the fit method for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.FitPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchPoint at the specified index. The indices correspond to the fit points in order from the start to the end of the spline. An Index of 1 returns the first SketchPoint. The FitPointCount property returns the total number of fits points for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.FitPointCount">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of fit points for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns a geometry object. The object returned represents a snapshot view of the current state of the sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.Geometry3d">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the BSplineCurve geometry that represents this sketch spline in model space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.GetHandle(Inventor.SketchPoint)">
            <summary>Method that returns the fit point handle at the given fit point. The method returns Nothing if the handle is not enabled at the input fit point.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoint">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint object that specifies the fit point at which to obtain the handle.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.GetHandleStatus(Inventor.SketchPoint)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether the handle at a given fit point is enabled or disabled.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoint">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint object that specifies the fit point at which to get the handle status.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.InsertFitPoint(System.Object,System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that inserts a new fit point into the spline.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoint">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the position of the new fit point. This can be either a SketchPoint or Point2d object. In the case where a Point2d object is input, a SketchPoint will be created at that location.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetIndex">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the existing fit point to insert the new fit point next to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsertBefore">
                <summary>Input Boolean indicating if the fit point should be inserted before or after the target index.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this sketch entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.Length">
            <summary>Double property that returns the length of the entity in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.LineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineType applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.OverrideColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color applied to this sketch spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Indicates entity or entities that own this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.Reference">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is a reference entity or not. It is only valid to set this property to False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the object this entity is dependent on. When sketch entities are created by projecting model edges or intersecting the model, the resulting entities are driven by the original model entities and cannot be modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>OInput string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists.  If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.SetHandleStatus(Inventor.SketchPoint,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets whether the handle at a given fit point is enabled or disabled.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoint">
                <summary>Input SketchPoint object that specifies the fit point at which to set the handle status.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the handle at the input fit point is enabled or disabled.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.SketchOnly">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this entity is visible only when editing the sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.StartSketchPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the that defines the position of the start of the line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.Tension">
            <summary>Gets and sets the tension for the spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplineProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchSplines">
            <summary>The SketchSplines object provides access to all the objects in a sketch and provides methods to create additional sketch splines. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplines.Add(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.SplineFitMethodEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates a sketch spline through the set of input points.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoints">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the set of points to fit the curve through. The points can be either existing SketchPoint objects or Point2d objects. If a Point2d object is input a SketchPoint is automatically created at that position. The curve passes through all of the fit points and is related to them by SplineFitPointConstraints, which are also automatically created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FitMethod">
                <summary>Property that indicates the fit method (SplineFitMethodEnum) used for the spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplines.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplines.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplines.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SketchSpline object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplines.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SketchSplines3D">
            <summary>The SketchSplines3D object provides access to all the objects in a sketch and provides methods to create additional sketch splines. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SketchSplines3D.Add(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.SplineFitMethodEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates a sketch spline through the set of input points.</summary>
            <param name="FitPoints">
                <summary>Input that contains the set of points to fit the curve through. The points can be either existing SketchPoint3D objects, SketchPointobjects, workpoints or vertices. If the input is not a SketchPoint3D object, a SketchPoint3D object is automatically created at the position of the input point. The curve passes through all of the fit points and is related to them by the SplineFitPointsConstraint3D object, which is also automatically created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FitMethod">
                <summary>Property that indicates the fit method (SplineFitMethodEnum) used for the spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplines3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplines3D.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplines3D.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SketchSpline3D object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SketchSplines3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SmoothConstraint">
            <summary>The SmoothConstraint object represents a smooth (G2-continuous) constraint within a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SmoothConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that is constrained to be smooth (G2-continuous) to entity two.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that is constrained to be smooth (G2-continuous) to entity one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SmoothConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3D">
            <summary>The SmoothConstraint3D object represents a smooth (G2-continuous) constraint within a 3d sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3D.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3D.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that is constrained to be smooth (G2-continuous) to entity two.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3D.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that is constrained to be smooth (G2-continuous) to entity one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3DProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3DProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that is constrained to be smooth (G2-continuous) to entity two.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3DProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that is constrained to be smooth (G2-continuous) to entity one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SmoothConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraintProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SmoothConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that is constrained to be smooth (G2-continuous) to entity two.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that is constrained to be smooth (G2-continuous) to entity one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SmoothConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SmoothConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SnapFitFeature">
            <summary>The SnapFitFeature object represents a snap fit feature within the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SnapFitFeatures">
            <summary>The SnapFitFeatures collection object provides access to existing snap fit features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  You can provide either the index of the item in the collection, where the first item is index 1, or you can provide the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SnapFitFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SoftwareVersion">
            <summary>Object that encapsulates a given software version. Used in various contexts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SoftwareVersion.BetaVersion">
            <summary>Gets the Beta version. If this is not a Beta version software, this value will be zero.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SoftwareVersion.BuildIdentifier">
            <summary>Gets the number that completely identifies a particular build of Autodesk Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SoftwareVersion.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets the human-readable, displayable name designating this particular version (e.g.: 'Autodesk Inventor (tm) Release 2.5 Service Pack 3').</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SoftwareVersion.DisplayVersion">
            <summary>Returns the release version displayed to users. (e.g.: '2009' for Major version 13 or '2010' for Major version 14)</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SoftwareVersion.Is64BitVersion">
            <summary>Always false in 32-bit Inventor. Use this property to find out whether your code is connected to a 64-bit version of Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SoftwareVersion.IsEducationVersion">
            <summary>Returns whether this is an educational versions of Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SoftwareVersion.Major">
            <summary>Gets the Major release number (e.g.: Release '1', '2', ...).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SoftwareVersion.Minor">
            <summary>Gets the Minor release number. If none, a zero is returned. (e.g.: the '5' in release 1.5).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SoftwareVersion.NotProduction">
            <summary>Gets a Boolean flag indicating whether this software is intended for purely internal purposes or not. Beta is considered external.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SoftwareVersion.ProductEdition">
            <summary>Gets the product edition. Only valid when SoftwareVersion is obtained from the Application.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SoftwareVersion.ProductName">
            <summary>Gets the product name.&amp;nbsp;Only valid when SoftwareVersion is obtained from the Application.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SoftwareVersion.ServicePack">
            <summary>Gets the number of the Service Pack if this software has been updated with such. If none, a zero is returned. (e.g.: the '3' in Release 2.5 Service Pack 3).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SoftwareVersion.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SolidSweepDefinition">
            <summary>SolidSweepDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SolidSweepDefinition.AffectedBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the collection of bodies affected by this feature.&amp;nbsp;If this property is not set for multi-body parts, the default solid body is used as the affected body.&amp;nbsp;This property applies only to features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SolidSweepDefinition.AlignToVector">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the object to define the align to vector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SolidSweepDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SolidSweepDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this SolidSweepDefinition object.&amp;nbsp;The new SolidSweepDefinition object is independent of any feature.&amp;nbsp;It can be edited and used as input to edit an existing feature or to create a new Sweep feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SolidSweepDefinition.KeepToolbody">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether to keep the toolbody.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SolidSweepDefinition.Operation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of operation used to add the feature to the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SolidSweepDefinition.Orientation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the orientation of sweep.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SolidSweepDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SolidSweepDefinition.Path">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the entity that defines the path of the sweep.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SolidSweepDefinition.SetOrientationInfo(Inventor.SweepProfileOrientationEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the orientation info.</summary>
            <param name="Orientation">
                <summary>Input SweepProfileOrientationEnum  to set the orientation of the sweep.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AlignToVector">
                <summary>Optional input object to specify the align to vector. This is required if the Orientation is specified to kAlignToVector. This can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, WorkPlane or Face which can infer an axis. When a WorkPlane or planar Face object is specified, its normal is used, when a cylindrical, conical, elliptical or toroidal Face is specified its axis is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SolidSweepDefinition.SetTwistInfo(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the twist angle info.</summary>
            <param name="TwistAngle">
                <summary>Input numeric or string value to set the twist angle, a parameter will be created for the twist angle when the sweep is created. If a numeric value is supplied, the value is in radian. If a string value is supplied it will be used as the expression for the newly created parameter, if the value is supplied without a unit qualifier it will default to the current document angle unit. The following is a valid entry for it, assuming the parameter d1 already exists and defines a angle “d1+3 deg”.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TwistAxis">
                <summary>Optional input object to specify the twist axis. This is required if the TwistAngle is specified with non-zero value. This can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis or Face which can infer an axis. When a Face object is specified it should be a cylindrical, conical, elliptical or toroidal surface where its axis is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SolidSweepDefinition.ToolBody">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the SurfaceBody object used to define the toolbody of the sweep.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SolidSweepDefinition.TwistAngle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the twist angle of sweep.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SolidSweepDefinition.TwistAxis">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the twist axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SolidSweepDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SpellCheckOptions">
            <summary>SpellCheckOptions object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SpellCheckOptions.ActiveCustomDictionary">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the active custom dictionary.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SpellCheckOptions.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SpellCheckOptions.CustomDictionaries">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the CustomDictionaries object containing all the custom dictionaries.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SpellCheckOptions.DictionaryLanguage">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets dictionary language.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SpellCheckOptions.IgnoreCapitalizedWords">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether or not to ignore the capitalized words (e.g. Autodesk).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SpellCheckOptions.IgnoreUppercaseWords">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether or not to ignore the uppercase words (e.g. DWG).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SpellCheckOptions.IgnoreWordsContainingPunctuation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether or not to ignore the words with punctuation (e.g. A/3).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SpellCheckOptions.IgnoreWordsWithNumbers">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether or not to ignore the words with numbers (e.g. ISO9000).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SpellCheckOptions.IgnoreWordWithMixedCase">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether or not to ignore the word with mixed case(e.g. TrueType).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SpellCheckOptions.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Sphere">
            <summary>The Sphere object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sphere.CenterPoint">
            <summary>Specifies the center of the sphere.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sphere.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this Sphere object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original Sphere object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sphere.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the surface evaluator for this sphere.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sphere.GetSphereData(System.Double[]@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this sphere.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the center point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the radius of the sphere.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Sphere.PutSphereData(System.Double[]@,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this sphere.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the center point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the radius of the sphere.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Sphere.Radius">
            <summary>Specifies the radius of the sphere.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SphereCenterPointWorkPointDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work point defined to be at the center of a sphere.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SphereCenterPointWorkPointDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SphereCenterPointWorkPointDef.Face">
            <summary>Gets the face object whose geometry is a Sphere surface, the center point of which defines the position of the work point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SphereCenterPointWorkPointDef.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent WorkPoint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SphereCenterPointWorkPointDef.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns kSphereCenterPointWorkPointDefObject indicating the type of object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SpiralCoilExtent">
            <summary>The SpiralCoilExtent object provides access to the information that defines the variables for a spiral coil feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SpiralCoilExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SpiralCoilExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SpiralCoilExtent.Pitch">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the pitch of the coil feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SpiralCoilExtent.Revolution">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the number of revolutions of the coil feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SpiralCoilExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraint">
            <summary>The SplineFitPointConstraint object represents a constraint that makes a spline fit through a specified sketch point. This constraint is created automatically when a spline is created or when new fit points are added to a spline.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraint.Point">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch point the spline is fit through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraint.Spline">
            <summary>Property that returns the spline entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraintProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraintProxy.Point">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch point the spline is fit through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraintProxy.Spline">
            <summary>Property that returns the spline entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3D">
            <summary>The SplineFitPointsConstraint3D object represents a constraint that makes a spline fit through a series of specified sketch points. This constraint is created automatically when a spline is created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3D.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3D.Points">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch points the spline is fit through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3D.Spline">
            <summary>Property that returns the spline entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3DProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3DProxy.Points">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch points the spline is fit through.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3DProxy.Spline">
            <summary>Property that returns the spline entity being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineFitPointsConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3D">
            <summary>SplineLengthDimConstraint3D Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3D.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3D.DimensionPlane">
            <summary>Property that returns the transient dimension plane used to place and position the dimension text for this dimension constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3D.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3D.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3D.Spline">
            <summary>Returns the 3D sketch spline being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3D.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>SplineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.DimensionPlane">
            <summary>Property that returns the transient dimension plane used to place and position the dimension text for this dimension constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.Spline">
            <summary>Returns the 3D sketch spline being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplineLengthDimConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SplitFeature">
            <summary>The Part SplitFeature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.FaceSplitSplitAll">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the split feature split all of the faces possible, or a specified subset. This property fails in the case where the split feature defines a part split. This can be determined using the SplitType property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.RemovePositiveSide">
            <summary>Gets and sets which side of the split body is removed for the trim body operation. This property fails in the case where the split feature defines a face split or a split body operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeature.SetToSplitBody(System.Object,Inventor.SurfaceBody)">
            <summary>Method that changes the SplitFeature type to kSplitBody. The original body is consumed by the operation and two new bodies are created.</summary>
            <param name="SplitTool">
                <summary>Input Object that specifies the entity that will be used to define the split. The input can be a WorkPlane, WorkSurface, or 2D Path. Use the CreatePath or CreateSpecifiedPath method on the PartFeatures object to create a Path. Currently, a Path may only consist of 2D sketch elements.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Body">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody object that specifies the body to be split.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeature.SetToSplitFaces(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the SplitFeature type to kSplitFaces.</summary>
            <param name="SplitTool">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the parting line for the split. The input can be a WorkPlane, WorkSurface, SurfaceBody or a Path. Use the CreatePath or CreateSpecifiedPath method on the PartFeatures object to create a Path. Currently, a Path may only consist of 2D sketch elements.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SplitAll">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to split all the faces possible on the part. The default is true indicating that all possible faces will be split. If False, the FacesOrBody argument must be supplied as an ObjectCollection and must contain atleast one face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacesOrBody">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies either an ObjectCollection containing the faces to be split or the SurfaceBody object that contains the faces to be split. If an ObjectCollection of faces is supplied, all the faces must belong to the same body. This argument must be specified if the SplitAll argument is False. If the SplitAll argument is True and this argument is not supplied, all the faces on the solid body are split.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeature.SetToTrimSolid(System.Object,Inventor.SurfaceBody,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that changes the SplitFeature type to kTrimSolid. The specified portion of the solid is removed.</summary>
            <param name="SplitTool">
                <summary>Input Object that specifies the entity that will be used to define the split. The input can be a WorkPlane, WorkSurface, or 2D Path. Use the CreatePath or CreateSpecifiedPath method on the PartFeatures object to create a Path. Currently, a Path may only consist of 2D sketch elements.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Body">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody object that specifies the body to be trimmed. Only solid bodies are valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RemovePositiveSide">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates which portion of the split body is to be removed. The default value is True, which indicates that the positive side will be removed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.SplitTool">
            <summary>Gets and sets the split tool used to create the split feature.&amp;nbsp;The object can be a WorkPlane, WorkSurface, SurfaceBody or a Path.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.SplitToolType">
            <summary>Property that returns the split tool type used to create the split feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.SplitType">
            <summary>Property that returns the split feature type. Possible values are kSplitFaces and kSplitPart.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.FaceSplitSplitAll">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the split feature split all of the faces possible, or a specified subset. This property fails in the case where the split feature defines a part split. This can be determined using the SplitType property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.RemovePositiveSide">
            <summary>Gets and sets which side of the split body is removed for the trim body operation. This property fails in the case where the split feature defines a face split or a split body operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.SetToSplitBody(System.Object,Inventor.SurfaceBody)">
            <summary>Method that changes the SplitFeature type to kSplitBody. The original body is consumed by the operation and two new bodies are created.</summary>
            <param name="SplitTool">
                <summary>Input Object that specifies the entity that will be used to define the split. The input can be a WorkPlane, WorkSurface, or 2D Path. Use the CreatePath or CreateSpecifiedPath method on the PartFeatures object to create a Path. Currently, a Path may only consist of 2D sketch elements.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Body">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody object that specifies the body to be split.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.SetToSplitFaces(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that changes the SplitFeature type to kSplitFaces.</summary>
            <param name="SplitTool">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the parting line for the split. The input can be a WorkPlane, WorkSurface, SurfaceBody or a Path. Use the CreatePath or CreateSpecifiedPath method on the PartFeatures object to create a Path. Currently, a Path may only consist of 2D sketch elements.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SplitAll">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to split all the faces possible on the part. The default is true indicating that all possible faces will be split. If False, the FacesOrBody argument must be supplied as an ObjectCollection and must contain atleast one face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacesOrBody">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies either an ObjectCollection containing the faces to be split or the SurfaceBody object that contains the faces to be split. If an ObjectCollection of faces is supplied, all the faces must belong to the same body. This argument must be specified if the SplitAll argument is False. If the SplitAll argument is True and this argument is not supplied, all the faces on the solid body are split.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.SetToTrimSolid(System.Object,Inventor.SurfaceBody,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that changes the SplitFeature type to kTrimSolid. The specified portion of the solid is removed.</summary>
            <param name="SplitTool">
                <summary>Input Object that specifies the entity that will be used to define the split. The input can be a WorkPlane, WorkSurface, or 2D Path. Use the CreatePath or CreateSpecifiedPath method on the PartFeatures object to create a Path. Currently, a Path may only consist of 2D sketch elements.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Body">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody object that specifies the body to be trimmed. Only solid bodies are valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RemovePositiveSide">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates which portion of the split body is to be removed. The default value is True, which indicates that the positive side will be removed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.SplitTool">
            <summary>Gets and sets the split tool used to create the split feature.&amp;nbsp;The object can be a WorkPlane, WorkSurface, SurfaceBody or a Path.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.SplitToolType">
            <summary>Property that returns the split tool type used to create the split feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.SplitType">
            <summary>Property that returns the split feature type. Possible values are kSplitFaces and kSplitPart.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SplitFeatures">
            <summary>The Part SplitFeatures object represents a collection of objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SplitFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeatures.SplitBody(System.Object,Inventor.SurfaceBody)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new SplitFeature by splitting a body. The original body is consumed by the operation and two new bodies are created. The new SplitFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="SplitTool">
                <summary>Input Object that specifies the entity that will be used to define the split. The input can be a WorkPlane, WorkSurface, or 2D Path. Use the CreatePath or CreateSpecifiedPath method on the PartFeatures object to create a Path. Currently, a Path may only consist of 2D sketch elements.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Body">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody object that specifies the body to be split.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeatures.SplitFaces(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new SplitFeature by splitting faces of a part. The new SplitFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="SplitTool">
                <summary>Input Object that defines the parting line for the split. The input can be a WorkPlane, WorkSurface, SurfaceBody or a Path. Use the CreatePath or CreateSpecifiedPath method on the PartFeatures object to create a Path. Currently, a Path may only consist of 2D sketch elements.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SplitAll">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether to split all the faces possible on the part. The default is true indicating that all possible faces will be split. If False, the FacesOrBody argument must be supplied as an ObjectCollection and must contain at least one face</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacesOrBody">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies either an ObjectCollection containing the faces to be split or the SurfaceBody object that contains the faces to be split. If an ObjectCollection of faces is supplied, all the faces must belong to the same body. This argument must be specified if the SplitAll argument is False. If the SplitAll argument is True and this argument is not supplied, all the faces on the solid body are split.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SplitFeatures.TrimSolid(System.Object,Inventor.SurfaceBody,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new SplitFeature by splitting a solid body. The specified portion of the solid is removed. The new SplitFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="SplitTool">
                <summary>Input Object that specifies the entity that will be used to define the split. The input can be a WorkPlane, WorkSurface, or 2D Path. Use the CreatePath or CreateSpecifiedPath method on the PartFeatures object to create a Path. Currently, a Path may only consist of 2D sketch elements.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Body">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody object that specifies the body to be trimmed. Only solid bodies are valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RemovePositiveSide">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates which portion of the split body is to be removed. The default value is True, which indicates that the positive side will be removed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SplitFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo">
            <summary>The StandardThreadInfo object defines the thread information that is used by the Hole and Thread features. For tapered threads the TaperedThreadInfo object is used.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.Class">
            <summary>Property that returns the thread class. For example a valid class for an inch internal thread is '2B'. A valid class for a metric external thread is '6g'.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.CustomThreadDesignation">
            <summary>Indicates the custom thread designation from the Custom Thread Designation column of the thread data spreadsheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.FullThreadDepth">
            <summary>Gets whether this thread is the full length of the cylinder or cone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.Internal">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this is an internal thread or external (False).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.MajorDiameterMax">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the maximum major diameter. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.MajorDiameterMin">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the minimum major diameter. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.Metric">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this thread is metric or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.MinorDiameterMax">
            <summary>Property that returns the maximum minor diameter. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.MinorDiameterMin">
            <summary>Property that returns the minimum minor diameter. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.NominalSize">
            <summary>Property that returns the description of the nominal size. Any string is valid but the following examples are typical of the strings used, '1.6', 'M4', and '9/16'.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.Pitch">
            <summary>Property that returns the actual thread pitch. This value is used when displaying the threads in the model. This value is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.PitchDiameterMax">
            <summary>Property that returns the maximum pitch diameter. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.PitchDiameterMin">
            <summary>Property that returns the minimum pitch diameter. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.RightHanded">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this is a right handed thread or left handed (False).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.TapDrillDiameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the maximum pitch diameter. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.ThreadBasePoints">
            <summary>Property that returns an enumerator of Point objects indicating the base points for the thread. Typically, there is only one item in the collection. The exception is a hole feature based on multiple sketch points, in which case there are as many Point objects returned as there are sketch points. The point accounts for any offsets applied to the thread. The property returns a point only when the ThreadInfo object is obtained from a feature and returns Nothing in the forward create scenario.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.ThreadDesignation">
            <summary>Property that returns a string that contains the thread designation. This is the full thread designation that is used in a drawing for the thread callout.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.ThreadDirection">
            <summary>Property that returns the direction of the thread. The property returns a vector only when the ThreadInfo object is obtained from a feature and returns Nothing in the forward create scenario.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.ThreadType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the thread type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.ThreadTypeIdentifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the string that identifies the thread type. This string is not localized and should not be changed by the user. The thread type is the name of the sheet in the Thread.xls file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StandardThreadInfo.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Storyboard">
            <summary>Storyboard object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Storyboard.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Storyboard.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the storyboard.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Storyboard.Id">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ID of the storyboard.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Storyboard.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Storyboard.Trails">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PublicationTrails collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Storyboard.Tweaks">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the PublicationTweaks collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Storyboard.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Storyboards">
            <summary>Storyboards collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Storyboards.Add(System.Object)">
            <summary>Create a new Storyboard object.</summary>
            <param name="StoryboardId">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Storyboards.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Storyboards.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Storyboards.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Storyboards.ItemById">
            <summary>Return the specified Storyboard object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Storyboards.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.StringAssetValue">
            <summary>The StringAssetValue object represents an asset value that consists of a String.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StringAssetValue.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StringAssetValue.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets the name of this value as seen in the Material or Appearance Browser. This can change based on the current Inventor language.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StringAssetValue.IsReadOnly">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this asset value is read-only. If True any attempted edits will fail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StringAssetValue.Name">
            <summary>Gets the key name of the value. This name will remain constant for all languages and is the name used as input to the Item property or the Asset object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StringAssetValue.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent Asset object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StringAssetValue.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kAssetValueObject indicating this object’s type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StringAssetValue.Value">
            <summary>Gets and sets this asset value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StringAssetValue.ValueType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the data type that the Value property for this AssetValue object will return.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Style">
            <summary>The Style object is the base class for all the drawing styles and contains methods/properties common to all the styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Style.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Style.Comments">
            <summary>Gets and sets comments associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Style.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Style.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local Style object. The newly created style is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a dimension style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other dimension styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Style.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Style/Layer/UnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Style.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Style.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the standard style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user. Note that this name is not guaranteed to be unique.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Style.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Style.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Style.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Style.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Style.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Style.StyleType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Style.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Style.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Style.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.StyleEvents">
            <summary>The StyleEvents object provides notification of style events including new, activated, changed or deleted styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StyleEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.StyleEvents.OnActivateStyle(Inventor.Document,System.Object,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a style is activated in a document.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>Input AssemblyDocument object that indicates the document in which the change occurred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Style">
                <summary>Input object that was just activated. This can be a Material, RenderStyle, LightingStyle or one of the drawing style objects (including Layer).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the style is activated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.StyleEvents.OnDelete(Inventor.Document,System.Object,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever an object within this events set is deleted in a document.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>Input Document object that indicates the document in which the change occurred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Style">
                <summary>Object that was just deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the entity is deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.StyleEvents.OnMigrateStyleLibrary(System.String,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires whenever a style library migrates, supplying the context in which this action is being taken.</summary>
            <param name="LibraryPath">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.StyleEvents.OnNewStyle(Inventor.Document,System.Object,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a new style is created in a document.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>Input Document object that indicates the document in which the change occurred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Style">
                <summary>Input object that was just created. This can be a Material, RenderStyle, LightingStyle or one of the drawing style objects (including Layer). Nothing in the kBefore case.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the style is created.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.StyleEvents.OnStyleChange(Inventor.Document,System.Object,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever a style changes.</summary>
            <param name="DocumentObject">
                <summary>Input Document object that indicates the document in which the change occurred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Style">
                <summary>Input object that indicates the style that changed. This can be a Material, RenderStyle, LightingStyle or one of the drawing style objects (including Layer).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the style is changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StyleEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StyleEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Styles">
            <summary>The Styles collection object provides access to all the Style objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Styles.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Styles.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Styles.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Style object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Styles.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.StylesManager">
            <summary>The StylesManager object provides utilities to manage the various styles in a document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StylesManager.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.StylesManager.GetStyleNameFromKey(System.Byte[]@,System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that extracts and returns the internal and display name of a style from the input reference key of the style.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input Byte array indicating the reference key of a style.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Output String value indicating the internal name of a style.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary>Output String value indicating the display name of a style.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StylesManager.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.StylesManager.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>The SurfaceBodies object represents a collection of SurfaceBody objects. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodies.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodies.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodies.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceBody">
            <summary>The SurfaceBody object. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.AffectedByFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the features that affected this body. The returned enumerator includes the feature that created this body. This property returns Nothing for transient bodies</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.AlternateBody">
            <summary>Property that returns a new SurfaceBody that was derived from the existing body using the specified form input. The primary purpose of this property is to obtain a body that consists entirely of NURBS surfaces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBody.BindTransientKeyToObject(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Bind the transient key of a subentity on this body to a live object.</summary>
            <param name="TransientKey">
                <summary>Transient key to bind.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBody.CalculateFacets(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the facetted representation for the given chord-height tolerance. If stored facets available for this tolerance, then those are returned.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the facet can deviate from the smooth surface. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of facets being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.
The picture below illustrates how the chordal tolerance is used when creating a stroked version of a curve. The chordal tolerance defines the maximum distance a line can be from the actual curve. When calculating facets the same concept applies but it defines the maximum distance between a triangle facet and the smooth surface.

The pictures below illustrate the difference obtained when calculating facets for a model using different chordal tolerances. The overall size of this model is approx. 6x6x4 cm’s. The picture on the left used a chordal tolerance of 0.1 cm and the one on the right used a tolerance of 0.01 cm.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that defines the normal for each vertex in the facet mesh.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent vector components within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list.  The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1.  Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBody.CalculateFacetsAndTextureMap(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the facetted representation for the given chord-height tolerance. If stored facets available for this tolerance, then those are returned.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the facet can deviate from the smooth surface. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of facets being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.
The picture below illustrates how the chordal tolerance is used when creating a stroked version of a curve. The chordal tolerance defines the maximum distance a line can be from the actual curve. When calculating facets the same concept applies but it defines the maximum distance between a triangle facet and the smooth surface.

The pictures below illustrate the difference obtained when calculating facets for a model using different chordal tolerances. The overall size of this model is approx. 6x6x4 cm’s. The picture on the left used a chordal tolerance of 0.1 cm and the one on the right used a tolerance of 0.01 cm.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that defines the normal for each vertex in the facet mesh.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent vector components within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list.  The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1.  Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the texture map.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBody.CalculateFacetsWithOptions(System.Double,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new set of facets within the specified conditions.</summary>
            <param name="ChordalTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the facet can deviate from the smooth surface.  This value is in centimeters.  Smaller values can result in a much greater number of facets being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies additional tolerances that can be used to control the output mesh. The supported options are: 
Name: MaxSideLength, Value: Defines the maximum side of any triangle in the mesh. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no maximum length is specified.
Name: MaxAspectRatio, Value: Defines the maximum length to height ratio that a triangle can have. This helps to avoid long skinny triangles. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no maximum aspect ratio is specified.
Name: MaxNormalDeviation, Value: Defines the maximum deviation between adjacent vertex normals. This value is the maximum angle allows between normals and is input as radians. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no normal deviation is specified.
Name: ConversionMode, Value: Specifies the conversion mode (0 or 2). 0 - Do not convert the display mesh to a Quad-Dominant mesh. This mode instructs the faceter to keep the generated display mesh (i.e., skip the tri-mesh to quad-dominant mesh conversion).
2 - Convert the triangular display mesh to a triangular mesh suitable for STL output, 3D printing or other similar application requiring a slightly higher quality triangular mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of vertices in the facet mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number facets in the mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that defines the normal for each vertex in the facet mesh.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent vector components within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list.  The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1.  Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureCoordinates">
                <summary>Optional output array of Doubles that defines the texture coordinates that Inventor uses to map the render style texture to the face.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBody.CalculateStrokes(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the stroked or polygonal representation for the given chord-height tolerance. Client to deallocate pointers with CoTaskMemFree.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the stroke can deviate from the smooth curve. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of strokes being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.
The picture below illustrates how the chordal tolerance is used when creating a stroked version of a curve. The chordal tolerance defines the maximum distance a line can be from the actual curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SegmentCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of segments that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used to index into the vertex coordinates array. These indices provide the information that defines how the vertices are connected to create the connected set of strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBody.CalculateStrokesWithOptions(System.Double,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new set of strokes within the specified conditions.</summary>
            <param name="ChordalTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the stroke can deviate from the smooth curve.  This value is in centimeters.  Smaller values can result in a much greater number of strokes being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies additional tolerances that can be used to control the output strokes. The supported options are: 
Name: MaxSideLength, Value: Defines the maximum side of any stroke in the polyline. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no maximum length is specified.
Name: MaxNormalDeviation, Value: Defines the maximum deviation between adjacent vertex normals. This value is the maximum angle allowed between normals and is input as radians. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no normal deviation is supplied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of vertices used to define all of the output strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the stroked object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of polylines that the strokes represent.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that specifies the number of vertices that are used to define each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBody.ClearAppearanceOverrides">
            <summary>Method that clears all the appearance overrides that have been applied to faces or features in the body. When the SurfaceBody has its IsSolid return True, this method sets the AppearanceSourceType to kBodyAppearance for all the features and kFeatureAppearance for all the faces in the body. When the SurfaceBody has its IsSolid return False, this method sets the AppearanceSourceType to kBodyAppearance for all the features directly owned by the work surface and kFeatureAppearance for all the faces in the body.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.ComponentDefinition">
            <summary>Gets the primary that resides in this file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.ConcaveEdges">
            <summary>Property that returns an that contains all of the concave edges of the surface body. The CollectionType of the output EdgeCollection is set to kAllConcave.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.ConvexEdges">
            <summary>Property that returns an that contains all of the convex edges of the surface body. The CollectionType of the output EdgeCollection is set to kAllConvex.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.CreatedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns the feature that resulted in the creation of this body. This property returns Nothing for transient bodies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.DataIO">
            <summary>Returns the DataIO object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBody.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this SurfaceBody object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.Edges">
            <summary>Gets the referenced by this SurfaceBody.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection object generated as a result of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.FaceShells">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBody.FindUsingRay(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,System.Double,Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator@,Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator@,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Please note: As of Autodesk Inventor 5.3 Service Pack 2, the FindUsingRay method below has superseded LocateUsingRay. Please update your applications accordingly. Method that fires a ray through the part or assembly and returns the entities intersected by the ray. The objects intersected by the ray are returned in the order in which they are intersected, with the first entities returned being those closest to the clipping plane. There is also a precedence in the type of entities returned. The entities returned can be Vertex, Edge, or Face objects. The precedence is in that order. If the ray intersects a vertex, then that vertex is returned and none of the edges or faces that connect to that vertex are returned. If the ray intersects an edge, then that edge is returned and none of the faces that connect to the edge are returned. If the ray intersects a face, then that face is returned. If desired, you can use the functionality provided by the B-Rep portion of the API to obtain the various associated objects from the entity returned. For example if you need a face but an edge is returned, you can use the Faces property of the Edge object to get the associated faces. The start point defines the physical starting point from which to determine intersections. Any intersections behind the start point are ignored. However, the ray is infinite from the start point, so all intersections in the direction of the ray will be returned.</summary>
            <param name="RayStartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the start point of the ray in model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RayDirection">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object that defines the direction of the ray. The ray is infinite in the direction defined.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the radius of the ray. This value is specified in centimeters. Defining a radius for a ray allows the intersection to be within a given tolerance. This radius essentially results in the definition of a cylinder whose axis lies along the axis defined by the RayStartPoint and RayDirection. The intersection result is between the cylinder and the model's entities. A value higher than zero is recommended, though not explicitly required.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FoundEntities">
                <summary>Output ObjectsEnumerator that returns the entities that were intersected by the ray.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LocationPoints">
                <summary>Output ObjectsEnumerator that returns a set of Point objects. One Point object is returned for each entity in the FoundEntities list. The point defines the coordinate of the intersection between the ray and the corresponding entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FindFirstOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to find just the first entity in the ray's path. If False (the default) then all entities found are returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.GeometryForm">
            <summary>Gets the form of the underlying geometry as a combination of one or more CurveGeometryFormEnum values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBody.GetAppearanceTextureMappingData(Inventor.TextureMappingTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Gets the texture mapping type and alignment.</summary>
            <param name="TextureMappingType">
                <summary>Output texture mapping type applied to the object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureMappingAlignment">
                <summary>Output unit vector that indicates the texture mapping alignment. This value will be invalid if the TextureMappingType is not kCylindricalMappingType or kSphericalMappingType.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBody.GetExistingFacets(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the faceted representation for the given chord-height tolerance as. Fails if the tolerance supplied is not pre-existing/</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceIndex">
                <summary>Input Double that serves as an index as to which set of existing facets you want to retrieve. If the input tolerance does not match an existing set an error will occur. The tolerances for existing facets can be obtained using the GetExistingFacetTolerances method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated for the facets. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Singles that contains the components of the vertex normals. A normal is returned for each vertex. The normal is the normal of the actual surface at the position of the vertex.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used to index into the vertex coordinates array. These indices provide the information that defines how the vertices are connected to create the triangular facets.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBody.GetExistingFacetsAndTextureMap(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified set of existing display facets. Existing display facets are stored to single-precision floating point accuracy. This is typically adequate accuracy for display purposes. If a more accurate result is required you can use the CalculateFacets method which will calculate new facets to a given tolerance at double-precision accuracy.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceIndex">
                <summary>Input Double that serves as an index as to which set of existing facets you want to retrieve. If the input tolerance does not match an existing set an error will occur. The tolerances for existing facets can be obtained using the GetExistingFacetTolerances method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated for the facets. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Singles that contains the components of the vertex normals. A normal is returned for each vertex. The normal is the normal of the actual surface at the position of the vertex.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used to index into the vertex coordinates array. These indices provide the information that defines how the vertices are connected to create the triangular facets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the texture.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBody.GetExistingFacetTolerances(System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the tolerances that were used to calculate the existing sets of display facets. These can be used to determine if any existing facets have been calculated within your desired accuracy. The tolerance value is also used as an index to specify which set of existing facets to retrieve when using the GetExistingFacets method.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of existing facet sets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExistingTolerances">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the tolerances that were used to compute the existing sets of display facets.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBody.GetExistingStrokes(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified set of strokes from the SurfaceBody, Face or Edge the method was called from. Existing strokes are stored to single-precision floating point accuracy. This is typically adequate accuracy for display purposes. If a more accurate result is required you can use the CalculateStrokes method, which will calculate new strokes to a given tolerance at double-precision accuracy. If you are using this method within Apprentice, you can use the DisplayAffinity property to optimize Apprentice for access to strokes. Setting this property to True before you begin to traverse an assembly notifies Apprentice not to load any B-rep entities.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceIndex">
                <summary>Input Double that serves as an index into which set of existing strokes you want to retrieve. If the input tolerance does not match an existing set an error will occur. The tolerances for existing strokes can be obtained using the GetExistingStrokeTolerances method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated for the facets. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of polylines that are represented by the strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that specifies the number of vertices that are used for each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBody.GetExistingStrokeTolerances(System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the tolerances that were used to calculate the existing sets of display strokes. These can be used to determine if any existing strokes have been calculated within your desired accuracy. The tolerance value is also used as an index to specify which set of existing strokes to retrieve when using the GetExistingStrokes method. If you are using this method within Apprentice, you can use the DisplayAffinity property to optimize Apprentice for access to strokes. Setting this property to True before you begin to traverse an assembly notifies Apprentice not to load any B-rep entities.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of existing stroke sets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExistingTolerances">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the tolerances that were used to compute the existing sets of display strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBody.GetFaceColors(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets the appearance colors for the faces. The returned ObjectCollection contains the Color objects with the same sequence as the corresponding Face objects in the input Faces argument.</summary>
            <param name="Faces">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBody.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBody.IsEntityValid(System.Object,System.Int32,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether an entity passes the quality check at the specified level.</summary>
            <param name="EntityToCheck">
                <summary>Method checks whole body if not specified. Valid inputs: FaceShell, Wire, Face, Edge and Vertex.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CheckLevel">
                <summary>Value Checks Performed 
1-Fast error checks.
2-As above plus slower error checks. 
3-(default) As above plus D-cubed curve and surface checks.
4-As above plus fast warning checks.
5-As above plus slower warning checks.
6-As above plus slow edge convexity change point checks.
7-As above plus face/face intersection checks.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProblemEntities">
                <summary>Output ObjectsEnumerator containing the entities that did not pass the check.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.IsPointInside">
            <summary>Property that returns a constant indicating whether the specified point is inside, on or outside the body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.IsSolid">
            <summary>Determine if this SurfaceBody is solid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.IsTransient">
            <summary>Property that specified if this SurfaceBody is transient or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBody.LocateUsingPoint(Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum,Inventor.Point,System.Object)">
            <summary>Finds the object of specified type within the proximity of the given point. By default an internal tolerance is used to gauge the proximity.</summary>
            <param name="ObjectType">
                <summary>Input ObjectType of object to find.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointOnObject">
                <summary>Input .</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityTolerance">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies the tolerance to use to test proximity. If this value is not specified, the internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.MassProperties">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns mass properties for this body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.OrientedMinimumRangeBox">
            <summary>Retrieves the oriented minimum range box for this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.PreciseRangeBox">
            <summary>Gets a tight fitting bounding box for this body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBody.SetAppearanceTextureMappingData(Inventor.TextureMappingTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the texture mapping type and alignment. Setting this value is only valid when the appearance assigned to the body has a texture defined.</summary>
            <param name="TextureMappingType">
                <summary>Input texture mapping type applies to the object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureMappingAlignment">
                <summary>Optional input unit vector that indicates the texture mapping alignment. This argument will be ignored if the TextureMappingType is not kCylindricalMappingType or kSphericalMappingType.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.Vertices">
            <summary>Property that retrieves all vertices on the body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.Volume">
            <summary>Property that returns the volume of the component in database units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBody.Wires">
            <summary>Property returning the Wires collection object associated with this SurfaceBody.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceBodyDefinition">
            <summary>The SurfaceBodyDefinition represents a transient definition of a B-Rep object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyDefinition.CreateTransientSurfaceBody(Inventor.NameValueMap@,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a transient SurfaceBody object based on the B-Rep defined within this SurfaceBodyDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="Errors">
                <summary>Output NameValueMap that contains a list of any errors that occurred during the creation of the surface body. This list will be empty if no errors occurred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>List of options to control certain behaviors during the creation of the surface body. The various options are listed below. * DoStitch ' Boolean value that specifies if the faces should be stitched together to create a connected set of faces or a solid if they result in a completely closed volume. If this value is True or is not specified stitching will be attempted. A value of False indicates that no stitching is attempted and the defined topology is used. * MergeFaces ' Boolean value that specifies if the analytic faces should be merged where possible. If this value is False or is not specified then no merging is done. A value of True indicates that faces should be merged.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyDefinition.EdgeDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of EdgeDefinition objects associated with this SurfaceBodyDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyDefinition.LumpDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of LumpDefinition objects associated with this SurfaceBodyDefinition object. The primary use of the LumpDefinitions collection is to create new LumpDefinition objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyDefinition.VertexDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of VertexlDefinition objects associated with this SurfaceBodyDefinition object. The primary use of the VertexDefinitions collection is to create new VertexDefinition objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceBodyMassProperties">
            <summary>The SurfaceBodyMassProperties for the SurfaceBody object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyMassProperties.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyMassProperties.Area">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the area of the surface body in database units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyMassProperties.CenterOfMass">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the center of mass.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyMassProperties.Mass">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the mass of the surface body in database units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyMassProperties.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyMassProperties.PrincipalMomentsOfInertia(System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets the moments of inertia about the principal axis.</summary>
            <param name="I1">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the first moment of inertia.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="I2">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the second moment of inertia</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="I3">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the third moment of inertia</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OverriddenMass">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the overridden mass in kilograms to calculate the moment of inertia. If this is not specified the calculated mass of the body will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyMassProperties.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyMassProperties.Volume">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the volume of the surface body in database units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyMassProperties.XYZMomentsOfInertia(System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Double@,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets the moments of inertia about the reference axis with the center of gravity as origin.</summary>
            <param name="Ixx">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the XX partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Iyy">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the YY partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Izz">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the ZZ partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ixy">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the XY partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Iyz">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the YZ partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ixz">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the XZ partial moment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OverriddenMass">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the overridden mass in kilograms to calculate the moment of inertia. If this is not specified the calculated mass of the body will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.AffectedByFeatures">
            <summary>Property that returns the features that affected this body. The returned enumerator includes the feature that created this body. This property returns Nothing for transient bodies</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.AlternateBody">
            <summary>Property that returns a new SurfaceBody that was derived from the existing body using the specified form input. The primary purpose of this property is to obtain a body that consists entirely of NURBS surfaces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.BindTransientKeyToObject(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Bind the transient key of a subentity on this body to a live object.</summary>
            <param name="TransientKey">
                <summary>Transient key to bind.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.CalculateFacets(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the facetted representation for the given chord-height tolerance. If stored facets available for this tolerance, then those are returned.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the facet can deviate from the smooth surface. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of facets being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.
The picture below illustrates how the chordal tolerance is used when creating a stroked version of a curve. The chordal tolerance defines the maximum distance a line can be from the actual curve. When calculating facets the same concept applies but it defines the maximum distance between a triangle facet and the smooth surface.

The pictures below illustrate the difference obtained when calculating facets for a model using different chordal tolerances. The overall size of this model is approx. 6x6x4 cm’s. The picture on the left used a chordal tolerance of 0.1 cm and the one on the right used a tolerance of 0.01 cm.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that defines the normal for each vertex in the facet mesh.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent vector components within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list.  The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1.  Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.CalculateFacetsAndTextureMap(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the facetted representation for the given chord-height tolerance. If stored facets available for this tolerance, then those are returned.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the facet can deviate from the smooth surface. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of facets being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.
The picture below illustrates how the chordal tolerance is used when creating a stroked version of a curve. The chordal tolerance defines the maximum distance a line can be from the actual curve. When calculating facets the same concept applies but it defines the maximum distance between a triangle facet and the smooth surface.

The pictures below illustrate the difference obtained when calculating facets for a model using different chordal tolerances. The overall size of this model is approx. 6x6x4 cm’s. The picture on the left used a chordal tolerance of 0.1 cm and the one on the right used a tolerance of 0.01 cm.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that defines the normal for each vertex in the facet mesh.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent vector components within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list.  The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1.  Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the texture map.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.CalculateFacetsWithOptions(System.Double,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new set of facets within the specified conditions.</summary>
            <param name="ChordalTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the facet can deviate from the smooth surface.  This value is in centimeters.  Smaller values can result in a much greater number of facets being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies additional tolerances that can be used to control the output mesh. The supported options are: 
Name: MaxSideLength, Value: Defines the maximum side of any triangle in the mesh. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no maximum length is specified.
Name: MaxAspectRatio, Value: Defines the maximum length to height ratio that a triangle can have. This helps to avoid long skinny triangles. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no maximum aspect ratio is specified.
Name: MaxNormalDeviation, Value: Defines the maximum deviation between adjacent vertex normals. This value is the maximum angle allows between normals and is input as radians. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no normal deviation is specified.
Name: ConversionMode, Value: Specifies the conversion mode (0 or 2). 0 - Do not convert the display mesh to a Quad-Dominant mesh. This mode instructs the faceter to keep the generated display mesh (i.e., skip the tri-mesh to quad-dominant mesh conversion).
2 - Convert the triangular display mesh to a triangular mesh suitable for STL output, 3D printing or other similar application requiring a slightly higher quality triangular mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of vertices in the facet mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number facets in the mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that defines the normal for each vertex in the facet mesh.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent vector components within the model space of the faceted object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the vertex coordinate list.  The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1.  Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureCoordinates">
                <summary>Optional output array of Doubles that defines the texture coordinates that Inventor uses to map the render style texture to the face.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.CalculateStrokes(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the stroked or polygonal representation for the given chord-height tolerance. Client to deallocate pointers with CoTaskMemFree.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the stroke can deviate from the smooth curve. This value is in centimeters. Smaller values can result in a much greater number of strokes being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.
The picture below illustrates how the chordal tolerance is used when creating a stroked version of a curve. The chordal tolerance defines the maximum distance a line can be from the actual curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SegmentCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of segments that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used to index into the vertex coordinates array. These indices provide the information that defines how the vertices are connected to create the connected set of strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.CalculateStrokesWithOptions(System.Double,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new set of strokes within the specified conditions.</summary>
            <param name="ChordalTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the maximum distance that the stroke can deviate from the smooth curve.  This value is in centimeters.  Smaller values can result in a much greater number of strokes being returned and will require more processing time to calculate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies additional tolerances that can be used to control the output strokes. The supported options are: 
Name: MaxSideLength, Value: Defines the maximum side of any stroke in the polyline. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no maximum length is specified.
Name: MaxNormalDeviation, Value: Defines the maximum deviation between adjacent vertex normals. This value is the maximum angle allowed between normals and is input as radians. A value of 0, or not supplying this value indicates that no normal deviation is supplied.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of vertices used to define all of the output strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinate locations of the vertices.  The values are defined in x, y, z order within the array and represent coordinates within the model space of the stroked object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of polylines that the strokes represent.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that specifies the number of vertices that are used to define each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.ClearAppearanceOverrides">
            <summary>Method that clears all the appearance overrides that have been applied to faces or features in the body. When the SurfaceBody has its IsSolid return True, this method sets the AppearanceSourceType to kBodyAppearance for all the features and kFeatureAppearance for all the faces in the body. When the SurfaceBody has its IsSolid return False, this method sets the AppearanceSourceType to kBodyAppearance for all the features directly owned by the work surface and kFeatureAppearance for all the faces in the body.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.ComponentDefinition">
            <summary>Gets the primary that resides in this file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.ConcaveEdges">
            <summary>Property that returns an that contains all of the concave edges of the surface body. The CollectionType of the output EdgeCollection is set to kAllConcave.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.ConvexEdges">
            <summary>Property that returns an that contains all of the convex edges of the surface body. The CollectionType of the output EdgeCollection is set to kAllConvex.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.CreatedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns the feature that resulted in the creation of this body. This property returns Nothing for transient bodies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.DataIO">
            <summary>Returns the DataIO object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this SurfaceBody object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.Edges">
            <summary>Gets the referenced by this SurfaceBody.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection object generated as a result of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.FaceShells">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.FindUsingRay(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,System.Double,Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator@,Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator@,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Please note: As of Autodesk Inventor 5.3 Service Pack 2, the FindUsingRay method below has superseded LocateUsingRay. Please update your applications accordingly. Method that fires a ray through the part or assembly and returns the entities intersected by the ray. The objects intersected by the ray are returned in the order in which they are intersected, with the first entities returned being those closest to the clipping plane. There is also a precedence in the type of entities returned. The entities returned can be Vertex, Edge, or Face objects. The precedence is in that order. If the ray intersects a vertex, then that vertex is returned and none of the edges or faces that connect to that vertex are returned. If the ray intersects an edge, then that edge is returned and none of the faces that connect to the edge are returned. If the ray intersects a face, then that face is returned. If desired, you can use the functionality provided by the B-Rep portion of the API to obtain the various associated objects from the entity returned. For example if you need a face but an edge is returned, you can use the Faces property of the Edge object to get the associated faces. The start point defines the physical starting point from which to determine intersections. Any intersections behind the start point are ignored. However, the ray is infinite from the start point, so all intersections in the direction of the ray will be returned.</summary>
            <param name="RayStartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the start point of the ray in model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RayDirection">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object that defines the direction of the ray. The ray is infinite in the direction defined.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the radius of the ray. This value is specified in centimeters. Defining a radius for a ray allows the intersection to be within a given tolerance. This radius essentially results in the definition of a cylinder whose axis lies along the axis defined by the RayStartPoint and RayDirection. The intersection result is between the cylinder and the model's entities. A value higher than zero is recommended, though not explicitly required.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FoundEntities">
                <summary>Output ObjectsEnumerator that returns the entities that were intersected by the ray.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LocationPoints">
                <summary>Output ObjectsEnumerator that returns a set of Point objects. One Point object is returned for each entity in the FoundEntities list. The point defines the coordinate of the intersection between the ray and the corresponding entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FindFirstOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to find just the first entity in the ray's path. If False (the default) then all entities found are returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.GeometryForm">
            <summary>Gets the form of the underlying geometry as a combination of one or more CurveGeometryFormEnum values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.GetAppearanceTextureMappingData(Inventor.TextureMappingTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Gets the texture mapping type and alignment.</summary>
            <param name="TextureMappingType">
                <summary>Output texture mapping type applied to the object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureMappingAlignment">
                <summary>Output unit vector that indicates the texture mapping alignment. This value will be invalid if the TextureMappingType is not kCylindricalMappingType or kSphericalMappingType.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.GetExistingFacets(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Obtain the faceted representation for the given chord-height tolerance as. Fails if the tolerance supplied is not pre-existing/</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceIndex">
                <summary>Input Double that serves as an index as to which set of existing facets you want to retrieve. If the input tolerance does not match an existing set an error will occur. The tolerances for existing facets can be obtained using the GetExistingFacetTolerances method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated for the facets. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Singles that contains the components of the vertex normals. A normal is returned for each vertex. The normal is the normal of the actual surface at the position of the vertex.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used to index into the vertex coordinates array. These indices provide the information that defines how the vertices are connected to create the triangular facets.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.GetExistingFacetsAndTextureMap(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified set of existing display facets. Existing display facets are stored to single-precision floating point accuracy. This is typically adequate accuracy for display purposes. If a more accurate result is required you can use the CalculateFacets method which will calculate new facets to a given tolerance at double-precision accuracy.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceIndex">
                <summary>Input Double that serves as an index as to which set of existing facets you want to retrieve. If the input tolerance does not match an existing set an error will occur. The tolerances for existing facets can be obtained using the GetExistingFacetTolerances method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated for the facets. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of facets that were generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalVectors">
                <summary>Output array of Singles that contains the components of the vertex normals. A normal is returned for each vertex. The normal is the normal of the actual surface at the position of the vertex.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used to index into the vertex coordinates array. These indices provide the information that defines how the vertices are connected to create the triangular facets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the texture.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.GetExistingFacetTolerances(System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the tolerances that were used to calculate the existing sets of display facets. These can be used to determine if any existing facets have been calculated within your desired accuracy. The tolerance value is also used as an index to specify which set of existing facets to retrieve when using the GetExistingFacets method.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of existing facet sets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExistingTolerances">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the tolerances that were used to compute the existing sets of display facets.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.GetExistingStrokes(System.Double,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified set of strokes from the SurfaceBody, Face or Edge the method was called from. Existing strokes are stored to single-precision floating point accuracy. This is typically adequate accuracy for display purposes. If a more accurate result is required you can use the CalculateStrokes method, which will calculate new strokes to a given tolerance at double-precision accuracy. If you are using this method within Apprentice, you can use the DisplayAffinity property to optimize Apprentice for access to strokes. Setting this property to True before you begin to traverse an assembly notifies Apprentice not to load any B-rep entities.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceIndex">
                <summary>Input Double that serves as an index into which set of existing strokes you want to retrieve. If the input tolerance does not match an existing set an error will occur. The tolerances for existing strokes can be obtained using the GetExistingStrokeTolerances method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long that returns the number of vertices that were generated for the facets. This is the number of vertices that will be returned by the VertexCoordinates argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the vertices.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of polylines that are represented by the strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PolylineLengths">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that specifies the number of vertices that are used for each polyline.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.GetExistingStrokeTolerances(System.Int32@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the tolerances that were used to calculate the existing sets of display strokes. These can be used to determine if any existing strokes have been calculated within your desired accuracy. The tolerance value is also used as an index to specify which set of existing strokes to retrieve when using the GetExistingStrokes method. If you are using this method within Apprentice, you can use the DisplayAffinity property to optimize Apprentice for access to strokes. Setting this property to True before you begin to traverse an assembly notifies Apprentice not to load any B-rep entities.</summary>
            <param name="ToleranceCount">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the number of existing stroke sets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExistingTolerances">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that contains the tolerances that were used to compute the existing sets of display strokes.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.GetFaceColors(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that gets the appearance colors for the faces. The returned ObjectCollection contains the Color objects with the same sequence as the corresponding Face objects in the input Faces argument.</summary>
            <param name="Faces">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.IsEntityValid(System.Object,System.Int32,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that returns whether an entity passes the quality check at the specified level.</summary>
            <param name="EntityToCheck">
                <summary>Method checks whole body if not specified. Valid inputs: FaceShell, Wire, Face, Edge and Vertex.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CheckLevel">
                <summary>Value Checks Performed 
1-Fast error checks.
2-As above plus slower error checks. 
3-(default) As above plus D-cubed curve and surface checks.
4-As above plus fast warning checks.
5-As above plus slower warning checks.
6-As above plus slow edge convexity change point checks.
7-As above plus face/face intersection checks.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProblemEntities">
                <summary>Output ObjectsEnumerator containing the entities that did not pass the check.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.IsPointInside">
            <summary>Property that returns a constant indicating whether the specified point is inside, on or outside the body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.IsSolid">
            <summary>Determine if this SurfaceBody is solid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.IsTransient">
            <summary>Property that specified if this SurfaceBody is transient or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.LocateUsingPoint(Inventor.ObjectTypeEnum,Inventor.Point,System.Object)">
            <summary>Finds the object of specified type within the proximity of the given point. By default an internal tolerance is used to gauge the proximity.</summary>
            <param name="ObjectType">
                <summary>Input ObjectType of object to find.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointOnObject">
                <summary>Input .</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityTolerance">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies the tolerance to use to test proximity. If this value is not specified, the internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.MassProperties">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns mass properties for this body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.OrientedMinimumRangeBox">
            <summary>Retrieves the oriented minimum range box for this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.PreciseRangeBox">
            <summary>Gets a tight fitting bounding box for this body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.SetAppearanceTextureMappingData(Inventor.TextureMappingTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the texture mapping type and alignment. Setting this value is only valid when the appearance assigned to the body has a texture defined.</summary>
            <param name="TextureMappingType">
                <summary>Input texture mapping type applies to the object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextureMappingAlignment">
                <summary>Optional input unit vector that indicates the texture mapping alignment. This argument will be ignored if the TextureMappingType is not kCylindricalMappingType or kSphericalMappingType.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.Vertices">
            <summary>Property that retrieves all vertices on the body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.Volume">
            <summary>Property that returns the volume of the component in database units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceBodyProxy.Wires">
            <summary>Property returning the Wires collection object associated with this SurfaceBody.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceEvaluator">
            <summary>The SurfaceEvaluator object. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceEvaluator.Area">
            <summary>Property that returns the area of the entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceEvaluator.Continuity">
            <summary>Gets the level of continuity of the curve. The continuity is the largest order of continuity maintained for the entire curve.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceEvaluator.Get3dCurveFrom2dCurve(System.Object)">
            <summary>Function that calculates the equivalent 3D curve for a 2D curve defined in the parametric space of the surface associated with the evaluator.&amp;nbsp;The resulting transient geometry 3D curve is returned.&amp;nbsp;The type of curve(s) returned is dependent on the shape of the input curve and the surface.</summary>
            <param name="Curve2d">
                <summary>Input 2d transient geometry entity that defines geometry in the parametric space of the surface associated with the evaluator.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceEvaluator.GetCurvatures(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates the curvature direction and magnitude of the curve at the given parameter values.</summary>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the parameters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaxTangents">
                <summary>Output Double array that returns the maximum curvature direction vector at each specified parameter point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaxCurvatures">
                <summary>Output Double array that returns the maximum curvature value at each specified parameter point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinCurvatures">
                <summary>Output Double array that returns the minimum curvature value at each specified parameter point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceEvaluator.GetFirstDerivatives(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates the first order derivatives at the given parameter values on the surface.</summary>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the parameters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UPartials">
                <summary>Output Double array that returns the first U partial derivatives.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VPartials">
                <summary>Output Double array that returns the first V partial derivatives.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceEvaluator.GetIsoCurve(System.Double,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Function that extracts a curve from the surface that follows a constant u or v parameter along the surface.&amp;nbsp;It will have the same properties of the surface in the direction of the extraction.&amp;nbsp;For example, if a curve is extracted from a periodic surface in the direction where it is periodic, the extracted curve will also be periodic.&amp;nbsp;The type of curve returned is dependent on the shape the surface.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the parameter value to indicate where the curve should be extracted.  It can be either a U or V parameter depending on the value of the next argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean indicating if the parameter value is a U or V parameter value.  If True, then the parameter value is a V parameter indicating that the position of the U iso curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceEvaluator.GetNormal(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the surface normal.</summary>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the parameters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Normals">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that contains the x-y-z values of the normals. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, and z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceEvaluator.GetNormalAtPoint(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Function that returns the normal vectors for the specified points.</summary>
            <param name="Points">
                <summary>Input Double array that specifies the x,y,z values of the point(s) to calculate the normal vector(s) for.  The array consists of x,y,z values where each triplet defines a point in the model space of the surface.  The points specified must lie on the surface.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Normals">
                <summary>Output Double array that contains the x,y,z components of the normal vector(s). A triplet containing the x,y,z components of each vector is returned for each input point.
If an input point did not lie on the surface and a normal could not be computed, a zero length vector is returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceEvaluator.GetParamAnomaly(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Boolean[]@)">
            <summary>Gets general information about the parameterization of the surface, such as whether or not it is periodic, singular, or unbounded in the parameter domain.</summary>
            <param name="PeriodicityU">
                <summary>Output two element Double array that returns whether the surface is periodic in the U parameter direction. If the surface is periodic in U, the first array element is the period of the surface in U and the second element is the starting U parameter of the principle period. If the surface is not periodic in U, the first element is zero, and the second element is unused.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PeriodicityV">
                <summary>Output two element Double array that returns whether the surface is periodic in the V parameter direction. If the surface is periodic in V, the first array element is the period of the surface in V and the second element is the starting V parameter of the principle period. If the surface is not periodic in V, the first element is zero, and the second element is unused.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NumEndSingularitiesU">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the number of singularities in the U parameter direction. Valid values are zero to indicate no singularities, one to indicate one end singularity, or two to indicate a singularity at both ends.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SingularitiesU">
                <summary>Output Double array that returns the U parameter values at which there is a singularity. If NumEndSingularitiesU returns zero, this argument is not used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NumEndSingularitiesV">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the number of singularities in the V parameter direction. Valid values are zero to indicate no singularities, one to indicate one end singularity, or two to indicate a singularity at both ends.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SingularitiesV">
                <summary>Output Double array that returns the V parameter values at which there is a singularity. If NumEndSingularitiesV returns zero, this argument is not used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UnboundedParams">
                <summary>Input/output Boolean array of two elements that returns whether the surface is unbounded in the U or V parameter directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceEvaluator.GetParamAtPoint(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,Inventor.SolutionNatureEnum[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates the parameter value on the surface that is equal to the specified point. The point must lie on the surface.</summary>
            <param name="Points">
                <summary>Input/output double that specifies the points.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="GuessParams">
                <summary>Input array of parameter points that are an initial guess to optimize the calculation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaxDeviations">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that returns the maximum deviation achieved from the input points.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the parameters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionNatures">
                <summary>Output SolutionNatureEnum that returns the nature of the solution found.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceEvaluator.GetPointAtParam(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates the coordinate points at the given parameter values on the surface.</summary>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the u-v parameters. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential u and v values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Points">
                <summary>Input/output double that specifies the points.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceEvaluator.GetSecondDerivatives(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates the second order derivatives at the given parameter values on the surface.</summary>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the parameters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UUPartials">
                <summary>Output Double array that returns the second U partial derivatives.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UVPartials">
                <summary>Output Double array that returns the second mixed UV partial derivatives.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VVPartials">
                <summary>Output Double array that returns the second V partial derivatives.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceEvaluator.GetTangents(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates the tangency directions at the given parameter values on the curve.</summary>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the parameters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UTangents">
                <summary>Output Double array that returns the tangent vectors in the U parameter direction at the specified parameter points.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VTangents">
                <summary>Output Double array that returns the tangent vectors in the V parameter direction at the specified parameter points.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceEvaluator.GetThirdDerivatives(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Calculates the third order derivatives at the given parameter values on the surface.</summary>
            <param name="Params">
                <summary>Input/output array of Doubles that specifies the parameters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UUUPartials">
                <summary>Output Double array that returns the third U partial derivatives.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VVVPartials">
                <summary>Output Double array that returns the third V partial derivatives.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceEvaluator.IsExtrudedShape">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the surface resulted from an extrusion.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceEvaluator.IsParamOnFace">
            <summary>Determines if the parameter is on the face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceEvaluator.IsRevolvedShape">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the surface resulted from a revolution.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceEvaluator.ParamRangeRect">
            <summary>Property that returns a that defines the parameter range for this surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceEvaluator.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics">
            <summary>The SurfaceGraphics object defines a graphics object created using a body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.Anchored">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this graphics primitive is anchored in view space. This property can only be set to False. The Anchored property is automatically set to True by the SetViewSpaceAnchor method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.Body">
            <summary>Property that returns the SurfaceBody object associated with the SurfaceGraphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.BurnThrough">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether or not graphics are always visible even if they are blocked by other objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.ChildrenAreSelectable">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the children elements of the surface graphics are selectable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.Color">
            <summary>Gets and sets color associated with this primitive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the graphics primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.DepthPriority">
            <summary>Read-write property that allows you to specify a display priority to the surface graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.DisplayedEdges">
            <summary>Property that returns a SurfaceGraphicsEdgeList object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.DisplayedFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns a SurfaceGraphicsFaceList object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.DisplayedVertices">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns a SurfaceGraphicsVertexList object. This list provides access to all vertices that are currently displayed.&amp;nbsp;Vertices can be added to or removed from the list. The vertices added to the list must be from the surface body associated with the SurfaceGraphics, else an error will occur.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.DisplaySilhouettes">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether or not to display the silhouette edges of the body.&amp;nbsp;The property defaults to True when the SurfaceGraphics object is created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.GetTransformBehavior(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the current transform behavior of the graphic object.</summary>
            <param name="TextAnchor">
                <summary>Output Point object that returns the anchor point of the graphic object in model space. The coordinates of this point are always defined in model space. The value of this argument is irrelevant when the behavior type to kNoTransformBehaviors.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BehaviorType">
                <summary>Output value from DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum that returns the type of transform behavior the text has. Valid values are kFrontFacing, kFrontFacingAndPixelScaling, kNoTransformBehaviors, and kPixelScaling. TextGraphics objects are always front facing regardless of the defined behavior type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PixelScale">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the scale factor to apply to all coordinates associated with this graphics object. The scale factor is only relevant when the object has pixel scaling behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.GetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.Point2d@,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the anchor information of the graphics object. This method returns an error if the 'Anchored' property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Output that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Output that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Output constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.Id">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Id of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this surface graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this surface graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.LineType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the line type override. Setting the property to kDefaultLineType restores the default line type. If the property returns kCustomLineType, the GetCustomLineType method can be used to get further details about the line type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this surface graphics.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.RemoveViewSpaceAnchor">
            <summary>The RemoveViewSpaceAnchor method removes the view space anchor from the object, and sets the Anchored property to false.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists. If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.SetTransformBehavior(Inventor.Point,Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets the transform behavior of the graphic object.</summary>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the anchor point of the graphic object in model space. The coordinates of this point are always defined in model space. The value of this argument is ignored when setting the behavior type to kNoTransformBehaviors.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BehaviorType">
                <summary>Input value from DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum that specifies the type of transform behavior the text has. Valid values are kFrontFacing, kFrontFacingAndPixelScaling, kNoTransformBehaviors, and kPixelScaling. TextGraphics objects are always front facing regardless of the defined behavior type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PixelScale">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the scale factor to apply to all coordinates associated with this graphics object. This scale factor is only used when the behavior type is kFrontFacingAndPixelScaling or kPixelScaling.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.SetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum)">
            <summary>Method that anchors the graphics object at the specified point in view space. The Anchored property is set to True.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Input that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Input constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphics.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdge">
            <summary>The SurfaceGraphicsEdge represents an individual edge displayed by the SurfaceGraphics object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdge.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdge.Color">
            <summary>Gets and sets color associated with this primitive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdge.Edge">
            <summary>Property that returns the Edge object associated with the SurfaceGraphicsEdge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdge.GetCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Method that returns information regarding the custom line type in use. The method returns a failure if the return value of the LineType property is not kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output string that returns the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output string that returns the description of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdge.Index">
            <summary>Property that returns the index of the SurfaceGraphicsEdge object within the SurfaceGraphicsEdgeList.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdge.LineDefinitionSpace">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineDefinitionSpace applied to this surface graphics edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdge.LineScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineScale applied to this surface graphics edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdge.LineType">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the line type override. Setting the property to kDefaultLineType restores the default line type. If the property returns kCustomLineType, the GetCustomLineType method can be used to get further details about the line type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdge.LineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the LineWeight applied to this surface graphice edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdge.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent SurfaceGraphics object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdge.Selectable">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether the surface graphics edge can be selected or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdge.SetCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets a custom line type to the curve from the specified .lin file. The method automatically changes the value of LineType property to kCustomLineType.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists. If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdge.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdgeList">
            <summary>The SurfaceGraphicsEdgeList object contains a list of edges currently displayed by a SurfaceGraphics primitive and allows you to add edges to the list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdgeList.Add(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that specifies additional edges to be displayed.</summary>
            <param name="Edges">
                <summary>Input object that defines the additional edges to display. This can be one of the following: Edge, Edge or a EdgeCollection object. The edges provided must belong to the SurfaceBody associated with the SurfaceGraphics, else an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdgeList.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdgeList.Clear">
            <summary>Method that removes all the edges from the list. No edges will be displayed after the method is called.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdgeList.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of SurfaceGraphicsEdge objects in the list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdgeList.Item">
            <summary>Returns a SurfaeGraphicsEdge object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdgeList.Remove(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that removes a edge from the list. The edge will no longer be displayed.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the SurfaceGraphicsEdge to remove from the list.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsEdgeList.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsFace">
            <summary>The SurfaceGraphicsFace represents an individual face displayed by the SurfaceGraphics object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsFace.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets appearance associated with the surface graphics face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsFace.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsFace.Color">
            <summary>Gets and sets color associated with this primitive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsFace.Face">
            <summary>Property that returns the Face object associated with the SurfaceGraphicsFace.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsFace.Index">
            <summary>Property that returns the index of the SurfaceGraphicsFace object within the SurfaceGraphicsFaceList.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsFace.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent SurfaceGraphics object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsFace.Selectable">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether the surface graphics face can be selected or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsFace.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsFaceList">
            <summary>The SurfaceGraphicsFaceList object contains a list of faces currently displayed by a SurfaceGraphics primitive and allows you to add faces to the list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsFaceList.Add(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that specifies additional faces to be displayed.</summary>
            <param name="Faces">
                <summary>Input object that defines the additional faces to display. This can be one of the following: Face, Faces or a FaceCollection object. The faces provided must belong to the SurfaceBody associated with the SurfaceGraphics, else an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsFaceList.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsFaceList.Clear">
            <summary>Method that removes all the faces from the list. No faces will be displayed after the method is called.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsFaceList.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of SurfaceGraphicsFace objects in the list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsFaceList.Item">
            <summary>Returns a SurfaeGraphicsFace object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsFaceList.Remove(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that removes a face from the list. The face will no longer be displayed.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the SurfaceGraphicsFace to remove from the list.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsFaceList.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsVertex">
            <summary>surface graphics vertex object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsVertex.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsVertex.Index">
            <summary>Gets the index of the SurfaceGraphicsVertex object within the SurfaceGraphicsVertexList.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsVertex.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent SurfaceGraphics object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsVertex.Selectable">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether the surface graphics vertex can be selected or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsVertex.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsVertex.Vertex">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Vertex object associated with the SurfaceGraphicsVertex.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsVertexList">
            <summary>The SurfaceGraphicsVertexList object contains a list of vertices currently displayed by a SurfaceGraphics primitive and allows you to add vertices to the list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsVertexList.Add(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that specifies additional vertices to be displayed.</summary>
            <param name="Vertex">
                <summary>Input object that defines the additional vertices to display. This can be one of the following: Vertex or ObjectCollection object.  The vertices provided must belong to the SurfaceBody associated with the SurfaceGraphics, else an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsVertexList.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsVertexList.Clear">
            <summary>Method that removes all the vertices from the list. No vertices will be displayed after the method is called.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsVertexList.Count">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the number of SurfaceGraphicsVertex objects in the list.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsVertexList.Item">
            <summary>Returns a SurfaeGraphicsVertex object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsVertexList.Remove(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that remove a vertex from the Vertexlist. The vertex will no longer be displayed.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the SurfaceGraphicsVertex to remove from the list.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceGraphicsVertexList.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceTextureANSIDefinition">
            <summary>SurfaceTextureANSIDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureANSIDefinition.AdditionalMaxRoughness">
            <summary>Gets and sets the other maximum roughness value for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureANSIDefinition.AdditionalMinRoughness">
            <summary>Gets and sets the other minimum roughness value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureANSIDefinition.AllAroundSymbol">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to add the all-around indicator to the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureANSIDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureANSIDefinition.Cutoff">
            <summary>Gets and sets the cutoff value for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureANSIDefinition.IsForceTailShown">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to add a tail to the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureANSIDefinition.IsMajority">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this symbol specifies the standard surface characteristics for the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureANSIDefinition.LayDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction of lay.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureANSIDefinition.MachiningAllowance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the machining allowance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureANSIDefinition.MaximumRoughness">
            <summary>Gets and sets the maximum roughness average value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureANSIDefinition.MinimumRoughness">
            <summary>Gets and sets the minimum roughness value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureANSIDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureANSIDefinition.ProcessNote">
            <summary>Gets and sets the process requirements for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureANSIDefinition.SamplingLength">
            <summary>Gets and sets the sampling length for roughness value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureANSIDefinition.StandardReference">
            <summary>Returns the standard reference type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureANSIDefinition.SurfaceTextureType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the surface type for the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureANSIDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceTextureBSIDefinition">
            <summary>SurfaceTextureBSIDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureBSIDefinition.AllAroundSymbol">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to add the all-around indicator to the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureBSIDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureBSIDefinition.FirstRequirement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the first requirement value for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureBSIDefinition.IsForceTailShown">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to add a tail to the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureBSIDefinition.IsMajority">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this symbol specifies the standard surface characteristics for the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureBSIDefinition.LayDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction of lay.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureBSIDefinition.MachiningAllowance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the machining allowance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureBSIDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureBSIDefinition.ProcessNote">
            <summary>Gets and sets the process requirements for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureBSIDefinition.SecondRequirement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the second requirement value for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureBSIDefinition.StandardReference">
            <summary>Returns the standard reference type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureBSIDefinition.SurfaceTextureType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the surface type for the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureBSIDefinition.ThirdRequirement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the third requirement value for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureBSIDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceTextureDINDefinition">
            <summary>SurfaceTextureDINDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureDINDefinition.AllAroundSymbol">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to add the all-around indicator to the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureDINDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureDINDefinition.FirstRequirement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the first requirement value for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureDINDefinition.IsForceTailShown">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to add a tail to the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureDINDefinition.IsMajority">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this symbol specifies the standard surface characteristics for the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureDINDefinition.LayDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction of lay.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureDINDefinition.MachiningAllowance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the machining allowance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureDINDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureDINDefinition.ProcessNoteOne">
            <summary>Gets and sets the process requirements for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureDINDefinition.ProcessNoteTwo">
            <summary>Gets and sets the process requirements for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureDINDefinition.SecondRequirement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the second requirement value for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureDINDefinition.StandardReference">
            <summary>Returns the standard reference type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureDINDefinition.SurfaceTextureType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the surface type for the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureDINDefinition.ThirdRequirement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the third requirement value for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureDINDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGBDefinition">
            <summary>SurfaceTextureGBDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGBDefinition.AllAroundSymbol">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to add the all-around indicator to the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGBDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGBDefinition.FirstRequirement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the first requirement value for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGBDefinition.IsForceTailShown">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to add a tail to the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGBDefinition.IsMajority">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this symbol specifies the standard surface characteristics for the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGBDefinition.LayDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction of lay.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGBDefinition.MachiningAllowance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the machining allowance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGBDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGBDefinition.ProcessNoteOne">
            <summary>Gets and sets the process requirements for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGBDefinition.ProcessNoteTwo">
            <summary>Gets and sets the process requirements for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGBDefinition.SecondRequirement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the second requirement value for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGBDefinition.StandardReference">
            <summary>Returns the standard reference type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGBDefinition.SurfaceTextureType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the surface type for the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGBDefinition.ThirdRequirement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the third requirement value for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGBDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGOSTDefinition">
            <summary>SurfaceTextureGOSTDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGOSTDefinition.AllAroundSymbol">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to add the all-around indicator to the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGOSTDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGOSTDefinition.FirstRequirement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the first requirement value for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGOSTDefinition.FourthRequirement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the fourth requirement value for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGOSTDefinition.IsForceTailShown">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to add a tail to the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGOSTDefinition.IsMajority">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this symbol specifies the standard surface characteristics for the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGOSTDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGOSTDefinition.ProductionMethod">
            <summary>Gets and sets the productuction method for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGOSTDefinition.SecondRequirement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the second requirement value for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGOSTDefinition.StandardReference">
            <summary>Returns the standard reference type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGOSTDefinition.SurfaceTextureType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the surface type for the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGOSTDefinition.TextureDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction of texture for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGOSTDefinition.ThirdRequirement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the third requirement value for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureGOSTDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceTextureISODefinition">
            <summary>SurfaceTextureISODefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureISODefinition.AllAroundSymbol">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to add the all-around indicator to the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureISODefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureISODefinition.FirstRequirement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the first requirement value for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureISODefinition.IsForceTailShown">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to add a tail to the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureISODefinition.IsMajority">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this symbol specifies the standard surface characteristics for the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureISODefinition.LayDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction of lay.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureISODefinition.MachiningAllowance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the machining allowance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureISODefinition.ManufacturingProcess">
            <summary>Gets and sets the manufacturing process.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureISODefinition.NumberOfFeatureElements">
            <summary>Gets and sets the number of feature elements.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureISODefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureISODefinition.ProcessNoteOne">
            <summary>Gets and sets the process requirements for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureISODefinition.ProcessNoteTwo">
            <summary>Gets and sets the process requirements for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureISODefinition.ProfileDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the profile direction relative to primary surface lay direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureISODefinition.SecondRequirement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the second requirement value for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureISODefinition.StandardReference">
            <summary>Returns the standard reference type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureISODefinition.SurfaceProfileLowerTolerance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the surface profile lower tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureISODefinition.SurfaceProfileUpperTolerance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the surface profile upper tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureISODefinition.SurfaceTextureType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the surface type for the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureISODefinition.ThirdRequirement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the third requirement value for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureISODefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceTextureJISDefinition">
            <summary>SurfaceTextureJISDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureJISDefinition.AllAroundSymbol">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to add the all-around indicator to the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureJISDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureJISDefinition.FirstRequirement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the first requirement value for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureJISDefinition.IsForceTailShown">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to add a tail to the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureJISDefinition.IsMajority">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this symbol specifies the standard surface characteristics for the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureJISDefinition.LayDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction of lay.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureJISDefinition.MachiningAllowance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the machining allowance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureJISDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureJISDefinition.ProcessNote">
            <summary>Gets and sets the process requirements for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureJISDefinition.SecondRequirement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the second requirement value for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureJISDefinition.StandardReference">
            <summary>Returns the standard reference type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureJISDefinition.SurfaceTextureType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the surface type for the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureJISDefinition.ThirdRequirement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the third requirement value for the surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureJISDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle">
            <summary>The SurfaceTextureStyle object represents a surface texture style in a drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.AvailableLaySymbols">
            <summary>Gets and sets a bit mask defining the machining lay symbols to be made available for surface texture symbol creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.AvailableProfileDirectionSymbols">
            <summary>Gets and sets a bit mask defining the profile direction symbols to be made available for surface texture symbol creation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.Comments">
            <summary>Gets and sets comments associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local Style object. The newly created style is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a dimension style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other dimension styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Style/Layer/UnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.EnableAllAroundSymbol">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to enable the all-around indicator to the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the standard style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user. Note that this name is not guaranteed to be unique.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.LeaderStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the leader style used for a surface texture symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.MachiningProhibitedSymbolSizeSmall">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to use a large or small maching-prohibited symbol. If the property is set to True, the symbol with the smaller diameter is used.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.MajorityType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the majority type of this style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.StandardReferenceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the drafting standard that controls surface texture symbol format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.StyleType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.TextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used to format the text in a surface texture symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStyle.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStylesEnumerator">
            <summary>The SurfaceTextureStylesEnumerator object provides access to the existing SurfaceTextureStyle objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStylesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStylesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStylesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified SurfaceTextureStyle object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureStylesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbol">
            <summary>The SurfaceTextureSymbol object represents a surface texture symbol on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbol.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbol.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbol.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the SurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition object associated with this symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbol.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the SurfaceTextureSymbol.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbol.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbol.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbol.Leader">
            <summary>Property that returns the leader associated with the surface texture symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbol.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Sheet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbol.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the symbol on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbol.Style">
            <summary>Gets and sets the associated SurfaceTextureStyle object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbol.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition">
            <summary>SurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.AllAroundSymbol">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to add the all-around indicator to the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.IsForceTailShown">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to add a tail to the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.IsMajority">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this symbol specifies the standard surface characteristics for the drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.StandardReference">
            <summary>Returns the standard reference type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.SurfaceTextureType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the surface type for the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbols">
            <summary>The SurfaceTextureSymbols collection object provides access to all the surface texture symbols on a sheet and provides methods to create additional ones.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbols.AddByDefinition(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a surface texture symbol.</summary>
            <param name="LeaderPoints">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection containing a series of Point2d objects representing the leader originating at the symbol.  The last item in the collection (even if it is the only item) can be a GeometryIntent object indicating a geometry to attach the leader to.  A GeometryIntent object can be created using the Sheet.CreateGeometryIntent method.  The ObjectCollection must contain at least one item, else the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition">
                <summary>Input SurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition object that defines the input for the SurfaceTextureSymbol. A SurfaceTextureSymbolDefinition  object can be created using the SurfaceTextureSymbols.CreateDefinition method. It can also be obtained from an existing SurfaceTextureSymbol object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbols.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbols.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbols.CreateDefinition(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a surface texture definition.</summary>
            <param name="SurfaceTextureStyle">
                <summary>Optional input SurfaceTextureStyle object to determine which standard reference will be used to define the requirements in the SurfaceTextureSymbol. If not specified, the style defined by the active standard is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbols.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified SurfaceTextureSymbol object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SurfaceTextureSymbols.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SweepDefinition">
            <summary>The SweepDefinition object is the base class that defines the variables for sweep features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepDefinition.AffectedBodies">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the collection of bodies affected by this feature.&amp;nbsp;If this property is not set for multi-body parts, the default solid body is used as the affected body.&amp;nbsp;This property applies only to features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepDefinition.AffectedOccurrences">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the collection of occurrences that should participate in this feature.&amp;nbsp;If this property is not set, all possible occurrences will participate.&amp;nbsp;This property applies only to features in an assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this SweepDefinition object.&amp;nbsp;The new SweepDefinition object is independent of any feature.&amp;nbsp;It can edited and used as input to edit an existing feature or to create a new Sweep feature.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepDefinition.GetSectionTwists(Inventor.ObjectCollection@,Inventor.ObjectCollection@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the twisted sweep sections and the twist conditions at these sections. This method is applicable when the SweepType is kPathAndSectionTwistSweepType.</summary>
            <param name="SectionTwistPoints">
                <summary>Output ObjectCollection that contains the points along the sweep path at which the sweep twists have been specified. The sweep path points define the positions of the sweep cross-sections at which the twists have been specified. Since the sweep feature is created by sweeping a profile cross-section along a sweep path, the twist of the sweep can theoretically be controlled at all points along the sweep path. But for practical purposes, the creation of a twisted sweep feature is limited to sweep features that are swept along a spline path and the twist can only be specified for cross-sections at fit points of the spline path. Since the sweep feature can only be twisted at fit points of the spline that defines the sweep path, the objects returned in the collection will correspond to those fit points at which the twists have been specified. The objects returned in the collection will be either SketchPoint objects that correspond to one of the fit points of the sweep path if it is a 2D spline or SketchPoint3D objects that correspond to one of the fit points of the sweep path if it is a 3D spline. Since this argument together with the SectionTwistVectors argument defines the twist conditions at the cross-sections of the sweep at which the twists have been specified, the order of the sweep path points in the collection returned by this argument will correspond to the order of the twist unit-vectors in the collection returned by the SectionTwistVectors argument. Therefore, if a particular item number in the collection returned by this argument corresponds to a particular sweep path point at which the sweep section has been twisted, the same item number in the collection returned by the SectionTwistVectors argument will correspond to the twist vector for that sweep section. For example, if a twist condition has been applied for the sweep cross-section at the first fit point of the sweep path and if the first item in the collection returned by this argument is the first fit point of the sweep path, then the first item in the collection returned by the SectionTwistVectors argument will be the twist vector for the cross-section at the first fit point of the sweep path. If no twist conditions have been specified for any of the sweep sections, then this argument will return Nothing.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SectionTwistVectors">
                <summary>Output ObjectCollection object that contains the unit-vectors that define the twists for the sweep sections. The sweep twist vectors define the twists for the sweep cross-sections returned in the SectionTwistPoints argument. The twist vectors are unit-vectors specified in the model space coordinate system. Also, each vector lies on the plane of the sweep cross-section for which it defines the twist. The objects returned in the collection will be UnitVector objects that specify the twist vector directions for the sweep sections. Since this argument together with the SectionTwistPoints argument defines the twist conditions at the cross-sections of the sweep at which the twists have been specified, the order of the twist unit-vectors in the collection returned by this argument will correspond to the order of the sweep path points in the collection returned by the SectionTwistPoints argument. Therefore, if a particular item number in the collection returned by the SectionTwistPoints argument corresponds to a particular sweep path point at which the sweep section has been twisted, the same item number in the collection returned by this argument will correspond to the twist vector for that sweep section. For example, if a twist condition has been applied for the sweep cross-section at the first fit point of the sweep path and if the first item in the collection returned by the SectionTwistPoints argument is the first fit point of the sweep path, then the first item in the collection returned by this argument will be the twist vector for the cross-section at the first fit point of the sweep path.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepDefinition.GuideRail">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the guide rail for the sweep which is the guide curve that controls the scaling and twist of the sweep profile. This property is applicable when the SweepType is kPathAndGuideRailSweepType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepDefinition.GuideSurface">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the guide surface the normal of which controls the twist of the swept profile about the path. This property is applicable when the SweepType is kPathAndGuideSurfaceSweepType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepDefinition.Operation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the type of operation used to add the feature to the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent SweepFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepDefinition.Path">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the entity that defines the path of the sweep.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepDefinition.Profile">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the profile object used to define the shape of the sweep.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepDefinition.ProfileOrientation">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the orientation of sweep profile. This property is applicable when the SweepType is kPathSweepType and kPathAndSectionTwistSweepType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepDefinition.ProfileScaling">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the scaling direction for sweep profile. This property is applicable when the SweepType is kPathAndGuideRailSweepType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepDefinition.SetSectionTwists(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets the twisted sweep sections and the twist conditions at these sections. This method is applicable when the SweepType is kPathAndSectionTwistSweepType.</summary>
            <param name="SectionTwistPoints">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the points along the sweep path at which the sweep twists need to be specified. The sweep path points define the positions of the sweep cross-sections at which the twists need to be specified. Since the sweep feature is created by sweeping a profile cross-section along a sweep path, the twist of the sweep can theoretically be controlled at all points along the sweep path. But for practical purposes, the creation of a twisted sweep feature will be limited to sweep features that are swept along a spline path and the twist can only be specified for cross-sections at fit points of the spline path. Since the sweep feature can only be twisted at fit points of the spline that defines the sweep path, the valid input points are only the fit points of the spline that defines the sweep path. If any of the specified input points are not fit points on the sweep path specified by the Path argument, then setting the twists for the sweep sections will fail. Therefore, the valid input objects can be either SketchPoint objects that correspond to any of the fit points of the sweep path if it is a 2D spline or SketchPoint3D objects that correspond to any of the fit points of the sweep path if it is a 3D spline. Since this argument together with the SectionTwistVectors argument defines the twist conditions at all cross-sections of the sweep at which the twist needs to be specified, valid collection objects need to be specified for both these arguments in order to define twist conditions for the sweep. Also, the following conditions need to be satisfied in order to correctly specify both these arguments: 

The number of items in the collection specified by this argument must be the same as the number of items in the collection specified by the SectionTwistVectors argument. 
The order of the sweep path points in the collection specified by this argument must correspond to the order of the twist unit-vectors in the collection specified by the SectionTwistVectors argument. 
Therefore, if a particular item number in the collection specified by this argument corresponds to a particular sweep path point at which the sweep section needs to be twisted, the same item number in the collection specified by the SectionTwistVectors argument should correspond to the twist vector for that sweep section. For example, for a twist condition that needs to be applied for the sweep cross-section at the first fit point of the sweep path, if the first item in the collection specified by this argument is the first fit point of the sweep path, then the first item in the collection specified by the SectionTwistVectors argument must be the twist vector for the cross-section at the first fit point of the sweep path. Setting the twists for the sweep sections will fail for the following cases: 
The object collections specified for this argument and the SectionTwistVectors arguments are both empty. 
Valid object collections are specified for both this argument and the SectionTwistVectors argument, but any of the sweep path points specified by this argument are not fit points on the sweep path specified by the Path argument. </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SectionTwistVectors">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that specifies the unit-vectors that define the twists for the sweep sections. The sweep twist vectors define the twists for the sweep cross-sections specified using the SectionTwistPoints argument. The twist vectors are unit-vectors specified in the model space coordinate system. Also, each vector should lie on the plane of the sweep cross-section for which it defines the twist, otherwise, setting the twists for the sweep sections will fail. Therefore, the valid input objects are UnitVector objects that specify the twist vector directions for the sweep sections. Since this argument together with the SectionTwistPoints argument defines the twist conditions at all cross-sections of the sweep at which the twist needs to be specified, valid collection objects need to be specified for both these arguments in order to define twist conditions for the sweep. Also, the following conditions need to be satisfied in order to correctly specify both these arguments: 
The number of items in the collection specified by this argument must be the same as the number of items in the collection specified by the SectionTwistPoints argument. 
The order of the sweep path points in the collection specified by the SectionTwistPoints argument must correspond to the order of the twist unit-vectors in the collection specified by this argument. 
Therefore, if a particular item number in the collection specified by the SectionTwistPoints argument corresponds to a particular sweep path point at which the sweep section needs to be twisted, the same item number in the collection specified by this argument should correspond to the twist vector for that sweep section. For example, for a twist condition that needs to be applied for the sweep cross-section at the first fit point of the sweep path, if the first item in the collection specified by the SectionTwistPoints argument is the first fit point of the sweep path, then the first item in the collection specified by this argument must be the twist vector for the cross-section at the first fit point of the sweep path. Setting the twists for the sweep sections will fail for the following cases: The object collections specified for this argument and the SectionTwistPoints arguments are both empty. Valid object collections are specified for both this argument and the SectionTwistPoints argument, but any of the twist unit-vectors specified by this argument does not lie on the respective sweep cross-section plane for which the unit-vector defines the twist.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepDefinition.SweepType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the sweep type. When set this value the properties in this SweepDefinition which are not supported with the sweep type will be reset.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepDefinition.TaperAngle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the taper angle of sweep. This property is applicable when the SweepType is kPathSweepType and kPathAndSectionTwistSweepType and when the ProfileOrientation is kNormalToPath.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepDefinition.TwistAngle">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the twist angle of sweep. This property is applicable when the SweepType is kPathSweepType and the ProfileOrientation is kNormalToPath.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SweepFeature">
            <summary>The SweepFeature object represents swept modeling features. The properties and methods listed below are in addition to those supported by the Feature object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepFeature.AddParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Add the specified occurrence from the list of participants for this feature. This method only applies to assembly features.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>Input ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be added. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a leaf occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the SweepDefinition object associated with this sweep feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.EndFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of that cap one end of the sweep that are coincident with the sketch plane. The end faces are those not coincident to the sketch plane of the feature's profile. In the case of a symmetric revolution these faces are the ones on the negative normal side of the sketch plane. In the cases where there aren't any end faces this property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.IsSolidSweep">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the feature is a solid sweep feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.SideFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns a object that provides access to all of the faces created around the perimeter of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.SolidSweepDefinition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the SolidSweepDefinition object associated with this sweep feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.AddParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Add the specified occurrence from the list of participants for this feature. This method only applies to assembly features.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>Input ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be added. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a leaf occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the SweepDefinition object associated with this sweep feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.EndFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of that cap one end of the sweep that are coincident with the sketch plane. The end faces are those not coincident to the sketch plane of the feature's profile. In the case of a symmetric revolution these faces are the ones on the negative normal side of the sketch plane. In the cases where there aren't any end faces this property will return Nothing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.IsSolidSweep">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the feature is a solid sweep feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.SideFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns a object that provides access to all of the faces created around the perimeter of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.SolidSweepDefinition">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the SolidSweepDefinition object associated with this sweep feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SweepFeatures">
            <summary>The SweepFeatures collection object provides access to all of the objects in a component definition and provides methods to create additional SweepFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepFeatures.Add(Inventor.SweepDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new SweepFeature object.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input SweepDefinition object that defines the input for the sweep feature. An SweepDefinition object can be created using the SweepFeatures.CreateSweepDefinition method. It can also be obtained from an existing SweepFeature object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepFeatures.AddSolidSweep(Inventor.SolidSweepDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new SweepFeature object based on a surfacebody.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input SolidSweepDefinition object that defines the input for the sweep feature. An SolidSweepDefinition object can be created using the SweepFeatures.CreateSolidSweepDefinition method. It can also be obtained from an existing SweepFeature object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepFeatures.CreateSolidSweepDefinition(Inventor.SurfaceBody,Inventor.Path,Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum,Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates the SolidSweepDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="ToolBody">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody object indicates which surfacebody will be used as tool body to sweep.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Path">
                <summary>Input entity that defines the path of the sweep.  Use the CreatePath or CreateSpecifiedPath methods on the PartFeatures object to create a Path.  The path can be a combination of 2D and 3D sketch elements and can be open or closed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Operation">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates the type of operation to perform.  Valid input is kJoinOperation, kCutOperation, kIntersectOperation or kNewBodyOperation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AffectedBodies">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object that specifies which surface bodies will be affected.  When the Operation is set to  kJoinOperation only one surface body should be specified, when the operation is set to kCutOperation or kIntersectOperation more than one surface bodies can be specified, when the operation is set to kNewBodyOperation an empty ObjectCollection should be provided. Anyway the ToolBody should not be provided in this argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeepToolbody">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to keep the source tool body or not. This defaults to False if not provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepFeatures.CreateSweepDefinition(Inventor.SweepTypeEnum,Inventor.Profile,Inventor.Path,Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates the SweepDefinition object.</summary>
            <param name="SweepType">
                <summary>Input SweepTypeEnum indicates which sweep type you will use to create the sweep feature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Profile">
                <summary>Input Profile object used to define the shape of the sweep.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Path">
                <summary>Input entity that defines the path of the sweep.  Use the CreatePath or CreateSpecifiedPath methods on the PartFeatures object to create a Path.  The path can be a combination of 2D and 3D sketch elements and can be open or closed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Operation">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates the type of operation to perform.  Valid input is kJoinOperation, kCutOperation, kIntersectOperation, kSurfaceOperation or kNewBodyOperation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Method that returns the specified SweepFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SweepGraphics">
            <summary>SweepGraphics object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepGraphics.Anchored">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this graphics primitive is anchored in view space. This property can only be set to False. The Anchored property is automatically set to True by the SetViewSpaceAnchor method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepGraphics.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepGraphics.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the graphics primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepGraphics.GetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.Point2d@,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the anchor information of the graphics object. This method returns an error if the 'Anchored' property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Output that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Output that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Output constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepGraphics.Id">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Id of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepGraphics.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepGraphics.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepGraphics.RemoveViewSpaceAnchor">
            <summary>The RemoveViewSpaceAnchor method removes the view space anchor from the object, and sets the Anchored property to false.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SweepGraphics.SetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum)">
            <summary>Method that anchors the graphics object at the specified point in view space. The Anchored property is set to True.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Input that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Input constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SweepGraphics.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SymmetryConstraint">
            <summary>The SymmetryConstraint object represents a symmetry constraint within a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SymmetryConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SymmetryConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SymmetryConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SymmetryConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SymmetryConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that is constrained to be symmetric to the entity returned by the EntityTwo property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SymmetryConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that is constrained to be symmetric to the entity returned by the EntityOne property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SymmetryConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SymmetryConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SymmetryConstraint.SymmetryLine">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that defines the axis of symmetry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SymmetryConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.SymmetryConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SymmetryConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SymmetryConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SymmetryConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SymmetryConstraintProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SymmetryConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SymmetryConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that is constrained to be symmetric to the entity returned by the EntityTwo property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SymmetryConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that is constrained to be symmetric to the entity returned by the EntityOne property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.SymmetryConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SymmetryConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SymmetryConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SymmetryConstraintProxy.SymmetryLine">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that defines the axis of symmetry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.SymmetryConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TableFormat">
            <summary>The TableFormat object contains values for the various overrides of the table's appearance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableFormat.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableFormat.InsideLineColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color of the inside lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableFormat.InsideLineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the weight of the inside lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableFormat.OutsideLineColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color of the outside lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableFormat.OutsideLineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the weight of the outside lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableFormat.TextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableFormat.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TableParameter">
            <summary>Object that represents a parameter that was created automatically by Autodesk Inventor as the result of reading a spreadsheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.Comment">
            <summary>Gets the user comments against this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TableParameter.ConvertToUserParameter">
            <summary>Method that causes the parameter to be converted to a user parameter. The new UserParameter object is returned.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.CustomPropertyFormat">
            <summary>Property that returns the CustomPropertyFormat object associated with this parameter. The CustomPropertyFormat provides control over how the parameter value is formatted when it is exposed as a custom iProperty.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TableParameter.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this Parameter.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.Dependents">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that have a direct dependency on the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets the action types valid for this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.DisplayFormat">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display format for the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.DrivenBy">
            <summary>Method that returns the collection objects that the parameter is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.ExposedAsProperty">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the Boolean indicating if this parameter is exposed as a property of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.Expression">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the string that denotes the algebraic expression making up the definition of this parameter. Maybe a constant. 'Set' may not be allowed on some parameter types. When set this for Text parameter, the expression value should be quoted by quotation marks at beginning and ending of a string(like """I am Jack""").</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.ExpressionList">
            <summary>Property that returns the expression list associated with this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TableParameter.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.InUse">
            <summary>Property that returns whether whether this parameter is currently in use (by a dimension, feature or by any other parameter).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.IsKey">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this parameter is a key parameter or not. Key parameters are typically those that need to be easily accessed and are designated as key to be filtered out from the rest of the parameters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.ModelValue">
            <summary>Property that returns the evaluation of this parameter (in database units) that is currently used by the model. This takes into account the value computed from the expression and the tolerance. This method is only valid for numeric unit types and will fail for Text and Boolean unit types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.ModelValueType">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the setting which is used for determining the method used to compute the model value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.ParameterType">
            <summary>Property that allows you to get the type of the parameter. The parameter type can be either kModelParameterType, kDerivedParameter, kFinishParameter,&amp;nbsp;kReferenceParameterType, kTableParameterType, or kUserParameterType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Document of this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.Precision">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the the number of decimal places displayed for this parameter. Note that the precision is used when applying a standard tolerance to the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.Tolerance">
            <summary>Property that returns the tolerance for this parameter. This property returns Nothing in the case where the unit type of this parameter is kTextUnits or kBooleanUnits.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.Units">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the units of the parameter. Note that the units is always retrieved as a string, but may be set using a constant from UnitsTypeEnum. 'Set' may not be allowed on some parameter types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameter.Value">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the value of this parameter. Numeric values are in database units. Setting this is equivalent to setting the 'Expression' with a constant string. 'Set' may not be allowed on some parameter types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TableParameters">
            <summary>Provides access to the objects associated with the ParameterTable object the collection was obtained from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameters.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameters.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified TableParameter object from the collection. This is the default property of the TableParameters collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableParameters.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TableStyle">
            <summary>The TableStyle object represents a general (custom) table style in a drawing. The properties and methods listed below are in addition to those supported by the Style object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TableStyle.AddColumn(System.String,System.Double,Inventor.HorizontalTextAlignmentEnum,Inventor.HorizontalTextAlignmentEnum)">
            <summary>Method that adds a column to the list of default columns in the style.</summary>
            <param name="Title">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the column title. If not specified, a default name is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the width of the column. If not specified, the default width value is used. A value of 0 indicates the default width value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TitleHorizontalJustification">
                <summary>Optional input HorizontalTextAlignmentEnum that specifies the text justification for the column title.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ValueHorizontalJustification">
                <summary>Optional input HorizontalTextAlignmentEnum that specifies the text justification for the column values.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.ColumnHeaderTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the column titles (headers).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.ColumnTitleHorizontalJustification">
            <summary>Gets and sets the justification of the column title.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.ColumnValueHorizontalJustification">
            <summary>Gets and sets the justification of the values in the column.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.ColumnWidth">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default width of columns in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.Comments">
            <summary>Gets and sets comments associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TableStyle.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TableStyle.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local Style object. The newly created style is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a dimension style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other dimension styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.DataTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the contents of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TableStyle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Style/Layer/UnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TableStyle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.HeadingGap">
            <summary>Gets and sets the heading gap in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.HeadingPlacement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the location of the heading (title).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.InsideLineColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color of the inner lines of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.InsideLineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line weight of the inner lines of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the standard style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user. Note that this name is not guaranteed to be unique.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.OutsideLineColor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the color of the outer lines of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.OutsideLineWeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line weight of the outer lines of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TableStyle.RemoveAllColumns">
            <summary>Method that removes all columns from the style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.RowGap">
            <summary>Gets and sets the row gap in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.RowLineSpacing">
            <summary>Gets and sets the spacing between the rows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TableStyle.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.ShowTitle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the whether to show the title of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.StyleType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.TableDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.Title">
            <summary>Gets and sets the title of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.TitleTextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the title of the table.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TableStyle.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStyle.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TableStylesEnumerator">
            <summary>The TableStylesEnumerator object provides access to the existing TableStyle objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStylesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStylesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStylesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified TableStyle object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TableStylesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TangentConstraint">
            <summary>Object that represents a tangent assembly constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.ConstraintLimits">
            <summary>Property that returns the ConstraintLimits object that provides access to various limits related settings for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraint.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraint.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraint.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second geometry</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraint.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraint.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraint.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraint.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraint.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.InsideTangency">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the curvatures of the surfaces at the point of tangency are on the same side. True if they are on the same side.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.Offset">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the offset distance of the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TangentConstraint3D">
            <summary>The TangentConstraint3D object represents a tangent constraint within a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint3D.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint3D.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that is constrained to be tangent to entity two.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint3D.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that is constrained to be tangent to entity one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraint3D.FlipDirection">
            <summary>Flips the direction of the tangency between the two 3D entities.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TangentConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint3DProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object can be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint. In the case of coincident constraint, all the connected lines are disconnected and the constraint is deleted.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint3DProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that is constrained to be tangent to entity two.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint3DProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that is constrained to be tangent to entity one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraint3DProxy.FlipDirection">
            <summary>Flips the direction of the tangency between the two 3D entities.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.ConstraintLimits">
            <summary>Property that returns the ConstraintLimits object that provides access to various limits related settings for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.ConvertToInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.ConvertToMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second geometry</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.InsideTangency">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the curvatures of the surfaces at the point of tangency are on the same side. True if they are on the same side.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.Offset">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the offset distance of the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentConstraintProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraint">
            <summary>The TangentDistanceDimConstraint object represents a constraint that controls the distance to a circle or arc at the tangent location.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraint.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraint.DimensionCenterPoint">
            <summary>Gets the center of the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraint.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first circle or line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second circle or line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraint.LinearDiameter">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the dimension is a linear diameter style of dimension. Returns True if it is a linear diameter dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraint.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraint.ProximityPointOne">
            <summary>The point supplied by this argument is used when EntityOne is a circle or arc. This point specifies which of the possible two tangent cases is used when creating the constraint. The closest tangent to the input point is used. If EntityOne is a line, this argument is ignored.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraint.ProximityPointTwo">
            <summary>The point supplied by this argument is used when EntityTwo is a circle or arc. This point specifies which of the possible two tangent cases is used when creating the constraint. The closest tangent to the input point is used. If EntityTwo is a line, this argument is ignored.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraint.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraintProxy.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraintProxy.DimensionCenterPoint">
            <summary>Gets the center of the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraintProxy.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first circle or line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second circle or line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraintProxy.LinearDiameter">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the dimension is a linear diameter style of dimension. Returns True if it is a linear diameter dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraintProxy.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraintProxy.ProximityPointOne">
            <summary>The point supplied by this argument is used when EntityOne is a circle or arc. This point specifies which of the possible two tangent cases is used when creating the constraint. The closest tangent to the input point is used. If EntityOne is a line, this argument is ignored.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraintProxy.ProximityPointTwo">
            <summary>The point supplied by this argument is used when EntityTwo is a circle or arc. This point specifies which of the possible two tangent cases is used when creating the constraint. The closest tangent to the input point is used. If EntityTwo is a line, this argument is ignored.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraintProxy.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentDistanceDimConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinition">
            <summary>The TangentiMateDefinition object represents a tangent iMate definition. It is derived from the iMateDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinition.ConstraintLimits">
            <summary>Property that returns the ConstraintLimits object that provides access to various limits related settings for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the iMateDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinition.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity used for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinition.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinition.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinition.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinition.Identifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal unique identifier for this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinition.InsideTangency">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the curvatures of the surfaces at the point of tangency are on the same side. True if they are on the same side.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinition.MatchList">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of strings that specifies the priority order for iMate definition matches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinition.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinition.Offset">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the offset distance of the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinition.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinition.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Gets the object this entity is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinition.SequenceIndex">
            <summary>Gets the index of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinition.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates whether this iMateDefinition is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy.ConstraintLimits">
            <summary>Property that returns the ConstraintLimits object that provides access to various limits related settings for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the iMateDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the entity used for the iMate definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy.Identifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal unique identifier for this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy.InsideTangency">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the curvatures of the surfaces at the point of tangency are on the same side. True if they are on the same side.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy.IsConsumed">
            <summary>Property that gets whether this object is consumed in the
context of the active assembly/part/sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy.MatchList">
            <summary>Gets and sets an array of strings that specifies the priority order for iMate definition matches.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy.Offset">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the offset distance of the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Gets the object this entity is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy.SequenceIndex">
            <summary>Gets the index of this iMateDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates whether this iMateDefinition is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentiMateDefinitionProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraint">
            <summary>The TangentSketchConstraint object represents a tangent constraint within a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that is constrained to be tangent to entity two.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that is constrained to be tangent to entity one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraintProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that is constrained to be tangent to entity two.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity that is constrained to be tangent to entity one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TangentSketchConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo">
            <summary>The TaperedThreadInfo object defines the thread information that is used by the Hole and Thread features. For standard threads the StandardThreadInfo object is used.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.BasicMinorDiameter">
            <summary>Property that returns s the basic minor diameter, or the diameter of the small end of the pipe. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.CustomThreadDesignation">
            <summary>Indicates the custom thread designation from the Custom Thread Designation column of the thread data spreadsheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.EffectiveDiameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the external effective thread diameter. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.EffectiveLength">
            <summary>Property that returns the external effective thread length. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.EngagementDiameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the hand tight engagement diameter. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.EngagementLength">
            <summary>Property that returns the hand tight engagement length. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.ExternalPitchDiameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the external pitch diameter. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.FullThreadDepth">
            <summary>Gets whether this thread is the full length of the cylinder or cone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.Internal">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this is an internal thread or external (False).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.Metric">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this thread is metric or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.NominalExternalDiameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the nominal external diameter. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.NominalExternalLength">
            <summary>Property that returns the nominal perfect external thread length. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.OutsidePipeDiameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the outside of the pipe diameter. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.OverallExternalLength">
            <summary>Property that returns the overall external thread length. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.Pitch">
            <summary>Property that returns the actual thread pitch. This value is used when displaying the threads in the model. This value is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.RightHanded">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this is a right handed thread or left handed (False).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.TapDrillDiameter">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the maximum pitch diameter.&amp;nbsp;This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False.&amp;nbsp;This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.ThreadBasePoints">
            <summary>Property that returns an enumerator of Point objects indicating the base points for the thread. Typically, there is only one item in the collection. The exception is a hole feature based on multiple sketch points, in which case there are as many Point objects returned as there are sketch points. The point accounts for any offsets applied to the thread. The property returns a point only when the ThreadInfo object is obtained from a feature and returns Nothing in the forward create scenario.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.ThreadDesignation">
            <summary>Property that returns a string that contains the thread designation. This is the full thread designation that is used in a drawing for the thread callout.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.ThreadDirection">
            <summary>Property that returns the direction of the thread. The property returns a vector only when the ThreadInfo object is obtained from a feature and returns Nothing in the forward create scenario.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.ThreadHeight">
            <summary>Property that returns the thread height. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.ThreadsPerInch">
            <summary>Property that returns a string that describes the pitch. This is generally described in threads per inch, although this string can contain any characters. This string is used as part of the text when a callout is created for the thread in a drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.ThreadType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the thread type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.ThreadTypeIdentifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the string that identifies the thread type. This string is not localized and should not be changed by the user. The thread type is the name of the sheet in the Thread.xls file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.VanishThread">
            <summary>Property that returns the vanish thread. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.WrenchMakeupDiameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal wrench makeup diameter. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TaperedThreadInfo.WrenchMakeupLength">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the internal wrench makeup length. This is in millimeters if the Metric argument is True and inches if False. This property contains a Double value or can be Nothing if the value is not set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TeardropHemDefinition">
            <summary>The TeardropHemDefinition object defines all of the inputs that are unique to a tear drop style of hem feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TeardropHemDefinition.Angle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the bend angle of a hem feature defined by a tear drop style of bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TeardropHemDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent hem definition feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TeardropHemDefinition.Radius">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the radius of a hem feature defined by a tear drop style of bend.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TestCase">
            <summary>Test Case Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestCase.Baseline">
            <summary>Gets the basline result object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestCase.Description">
            <summary>Gets the description of the test case.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestCase.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of the test case.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestCase.Path">
            <summary>Gets the full path of the test case.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestCase.Program">
            <summary>Gets the associated Test program object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TestCase.Run(System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Runs the associated test program with the given inputs and returns the result object.</summary>
            <param name="ResultName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="bDebug">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestCase.TestInputs">
            <summary>Gets the inputs as XML string.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestCase.TestResults">
            <summary>Gets the collection of all the results of the test case.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TestCases">
            <summary>Test cases Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestCases.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestCases.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TestCases.Refresh">
            <summary>Refreshes the collection by scanning the files on the disk.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TestConfiguration">
            <summary>Test Configuration Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestConfiguration.InstallationType">
            <summary>Gets/Sets installtion type. This has only three possible values: Developer/QA/Custom. It defaults to Developer/QA depending on the build that is running.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestConfiguration.TestCasesLocation">
            <summary>Required Test case location.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestConfiguration.TestDataLocation">
            <summary>Supporting Test Data Location.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestConfiguration.TestProgramsLocation">
            <summary>Required Test program location.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestConfiguration.TestResultsLocation">
            <summary>Required Test results location.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TestInputOutput">
            <summary>Test Input/Output Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TestInputOutput.AddLabel(System.String)">
            <summary>Adds a label to the result.</summary>
            <param name="strLabelName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TestInputOutput.AssignBadBoolValue(System.Int16)">
            <summary>Assign an Integer value to a Boolean variable without converting to valid Boolean value.</summary>
            <param name="bVal">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TestInputOutput.BeginContext(System.String)">
            <summary>Adds the given string to the result, to bracket the following result values.</summary>
            <param name="strContext">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TestInputOutput.Defect(System.String)">
            <summary>Adds a special label to the result indicating that a known defect has been reproduced.</summary>
            <param name="strDefectNumMsg">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TestInputOutput.EndContext">
            <summary>Ends the current bracketing of the result values.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TestInputOutput.Error(System.String)">
            <summary>Adds a special error indicator to the result.</summary>
            <param name="strError">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TestInputOutput.GetChoice(System.String)">
            <summary>Gets a boolean value from the input.</summary>
            <param name="strPrompt">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TestInputOutput.GetDocument(System.String)">
            <summary>Gets an Inventor document full file name from the input.</summary>
            <param name="strPrompt">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TestInputOutput.GetInteger(System.String)">
            <summary>Gets a integer from the input.</summary>
            <param name="strPrompt">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TestInputOutput.GetString(System.String)">
            <summary>Gets a string from the input.</summary>
            <param name="strPrompt">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TestInputOutput.GetValue(System.String)">
            <summary>Gets a double value from the input.</summary>
            <param name="strPrompt">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestInputOutput.InputText">
            <summary>Gets the entire input as a text string.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TestInputOutput.NotImplemented(System.String)">
            <summary>Adds a special label to the result indicating that a functionality is not implemented.</summary>
            <param name="strMessage">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestInputOutput.TestContext">
            <summary>Gets/sets a test context. It is usually added by the Test manager and used by the test program.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TestInputOutput.Trace(System.String)">
            <summary>Adds the string to the trace text of the test case.</summary>
            <param name="strTraceText">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestInputOutput.TraceText">
            <summary>Gets the trace text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestInputOutput.ValidationText">
            <summary>Gets the result for validation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TestInputOutput.Verify(System.String,System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Adds the first value to the result. If the comparison with the second value fails, it reports an error to the result.</summary>
            <param name="strName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="varExpected">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="varActual">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="dTolerancePercentage">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TestManager">
            <summary>Test Manager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TestManager.GetEnumType(System.String)">
            <summary>Get a wrapper object for an enum type by name.</summary>
            <param name="EnumNameType">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestManager.TestCases">
            <summary>Gets the collection of test cases.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestManager.TestConfiguration">
            <summary>Locations for test files for running test cases.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestManager.TestPrograms">
            <summary>Gets the collection of test programs.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TestProgram">
            <summary>Test Program Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TestProgram.ActivatePane(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Activate the pane in the debugger and optionally set a breakpoint.</summary>
            <param name="bDebug">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestProgram.Description">
            <summary>Gets the description of the test program.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestProgram.Name">
            <summary>Gets the name of the test program.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestProgram.Path">
            <summary>Gets the full path of the test program.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TestProgram.Run(System.Object,Inventor.TestInputOutput,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Runs the test program using the given test object and TestIO object. Setting the debug flag, activates the pane in the debugger and sets a breakpoint.</summary>
            <param name="TestObject">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="TestIO">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="bDebug">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestProgram.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TestPrograms">
            <summary>Test Programs Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestPrograms.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestPrograms.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TestPrograms.Refresh">
            <summary>Refreshes the collection by scanning the files on the disk.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TestResult">
            <summary>Test Result Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestResult.Compare">
            <summary>Compare the two test results and returns true if they match.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestResult.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestResult.Succeeded">
            <summary>Returns the validation output for the result as an XML string.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestResult.ValidationText">
            <summary>Returns the validation output for the result as an XML string.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TestResults">
            <summary>Test Results Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestResults.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TestResults.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TestResults.Refresh">
            <summary>Refreshes the collection by scanning the files on the disk.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TextBox">
            <summary>The TextBox object represents text on a sheet or sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.BackgroundColor">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the BackgroundColor associated with the TextBox.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.BoundaryGeometry">
            <summary>Property that returns the four construction sketch lines that form the boundary of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.Color">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the color of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextBox.ConvertToGeometry(System.String,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the text box to sketch geometries.</summary>
            <param name="SHXFont">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="UseBigFont">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BigFont">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextBox.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the text box.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.Fitted">
            <summary>Property that returns if the text box remains tightly fitted to the text within the box. True indicates the text box just encloses the text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.FittedTextHeight">
            <summary>Property that returns the actual height of the text within the text box. This does not necessarily represent the current height of the text box, but only the text within the box. If the Fitted property is True then this value is the same as the height of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.FittedTextWidth">
            <summary>Property that returns the actual width of the text within the text box. This does not necessarily represent the current width of the text box, but only the text within the box. If the Fitted property is True then this value is the same as the width of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.FormattedText">
            <summary>Gets and sets the fully formatted string that defines the contents of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextBox.GetFacetsInfo(System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the text box.</summary>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of the facets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of the facets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the facets. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the facets vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextBox.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.Height">
            <summary>Gets and sets the height of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.HorizontalJustification">
            <summary>Gets and sets the horizontal justification override of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.LineSpacing">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line spacing of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.LineSpacingType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the method used to define the line spacing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.Origin">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of upper-left corner of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.OriginSketchPoint">
            <summary>Gets the SketchPoint on the origin of this TextBox. This will be Nothing in the case that the boundaries are displayed</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.Rotation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the override rotation of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.ShowBoundaries">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether boundary geometry is displayed for the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.SingleLineText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the single line text option.&amp;nbsp;If True, all line breaks are removed from multi-line text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.StackedTextPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position (alignment) of the stacked text with respect to regular text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.Style">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the text style associated with the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.Text">
            <summary>Gets and sets the string that defines the contents of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.UseBackgroundColor">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the UseBackgroundColor associated with the TextBox.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.VerticalJustification">
            <summary>Gets and sets the vertical justification override of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.Width">
            <summary>Gets and sets the width of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBox.WidthScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets override stretch factor for the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TextBoxConstraint">
            <summary>The TextBoxConstraint is automatically created when a text box is created. This constraint cannot be explicitly deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextBoxConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextBoxConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxConstraint.TextBox">
            <summary>The text box that is constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TextBoxConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxConstraintProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextBoxConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextBoxConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxConstraintProxy.TextBox">
            <summary>The text box that is constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TextBoxDefinitionHandler">
            <summary>Represents a ButtonDefinitionHandler Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextBoxDefinitionHandler.Execute">
            <summary>Executes the handler.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxDefinitionHandler.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TextBoxes">
            <summary>The TextBoxes collection object provides access to all the existing objects in a drawing document and supports methods to create new TextBox objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextBoxes.AddByRectangle(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.Point2d,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a text box whose size is defined by the \input points that define opposing diagonals of the text box.</summary>
            <param name="CornerOne">
                <summary>Input Point2d that specifies the first corner of the rectangle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CornerTwo">
                <summary>Input Point2d that specifies the diagonal corner of the rectangle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FormattedText">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the text of the text box. This string can contain tags that define internal formatting changes, which override the text style of the text box. See the list of XML text formatting tags under Reference Topics in the Overviews section.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextStyle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies which text style to use for the text box. The text style can be specified by providing the name of an existing style or by supplying a TextStyle object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextBoxes.AddFitted(Inventor.Point2d,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a text box positioned at the specified point. The size of the resulting text box is just large enough to contain the input text.</summary>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input that specifies the position of the text box. The position of this point in relation to the resulting text string is dependent on the vertical and horizontal justification of the text. For example if the vertical justification is the top and horizontal is the left, then the position point defines the upper\-left corner of the text box. If the vertical justification is the center and the horizontal justification is the center, the position point defines the center of the text box.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FormattedText">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the text of the text box. This string can contain tags that define internal formatting changes, which override the text style associated with the text box. See the list of XML text formatting tags under Reference Topics in the Overviews section.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TextStyle">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that specifies which text style to use for the text box. The text style can be specified by providing the name of an existing style or by supplying a TextStyle object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxes.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxes.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxes.Item">
            <summary>Returns a TextBox from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxes.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TextBoxProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.BackgroundColor">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the BackgroundColor associated with the TextBox.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.BoundaryGeometry">
            <summary>Property that returns the four construction sketch lines that form the boundary of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.Color">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the color of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.ContainingSketchBlock">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch block that contains this object. This is the same SketchBlock returned as the last item in the SketchBlockPath property. This property returns Nothing if this object does not belong to a sketch block and lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.ConvertToGeometry(System.String,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the text box to sketch geometries.</summary>
            <param name="SHXFont">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="UseBigFont">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BigFont">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the text box.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.Fitted">
            <summary>Property that returns if the text box remains tightly fitted to the text within the box. True indicates the text box just encloses the text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.FittedTextHeight">
            <summary>Property that returns the actual height of the text within the text box. This does not necessarily represent the current height of the text box, but only the text within the box. If the Fitted property is True then this value is the same as the height of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.FittedTextWidth">
            <summary>Property that returns the actual width of the text within the text box. This does not necessarily represent the current width of the text box, but only the text within the box. If the Fitted property is True then this value is the same as the width of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.FormattedText">
            <summary>Gets and sets the fully formatted string that defines the contents of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.GetFacetsInfo(System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Double[]@,System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Returns facets’ coordinates of the text box.</summary>
            <param name="VertexCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates vertex count of the facets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FacetCount">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates facet count of the facets.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexCoordinates">
                <summary>Output array of Doubles that indicates the vertices coordinates of the facets. The array is a single dimension array containing sequential x, y, z values.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VertexIndices">
                <summary>Output array of Longs that are used as index values to index into the facets vertex coordinate list. The first coordinate in the vertex coordinate list is index 1. Using vertex indices allows vertex coordinates to be reused by more than one triangle, thus reducing the overall resources required to define the entire mesh.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.Height">
            <summary>Gets and sets the height of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.HorizontalJustification">
            <summary>Gets and sets the horizontal justification override of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer applied to this text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.LineSpacing">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line spacing of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.LineSpacingType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the method used to define the line spacing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.Origin">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of upper-left corner of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.OriginSketchPoint">
            <summary>Gets the SketchPoint on the origin of this TextBox. This will be Nothing in the case that the boundaries are displayed</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.Rotation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the override rotation of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.ShowBoundaries">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether boundary geometry is displayed for the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.SingleLineText">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the single line text option.&amp;nbsp;If True, all line breaks are removed from multi-line text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.SketchBlockPath">
            <summary>Property that returns the path of sketch blocks at the leaf of which this sketch object is found. The enumerator returns a count of 0 if the object lives directly under a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.StackedTextPosition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position (alignment) of the stacked text with respect to regular text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.Style">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the text style associated with the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.Text">
            <summary>Gets and sets the string that defines the contents of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.UseBackgroundColor">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the UseBackgroundColor associated with the TextBox.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.VerticalJustification">
            <summary>Gets and sets the vertical justification override of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.Width">
            <summary>Gets and sets the width of the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextBoxProxy.WidthScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets override stretch factor for the text box.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TextGraphics">
            <summary>The TextGraphics object defines a set of text strings that are displayed within the model. Each coordinate provided defines a new TextGraphics object. For each coordinate you must also provide a text string.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextGraphics.Anchor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextGraphics.Anchored">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this graphics primitive is anchored in view space. This property can only be set to False. The Anchored property is automatically set to True by the SetViewSpaceAnchor method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextGraphics.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextGraphics.Bold">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the text has bold formatting or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextGraphics.BurnThrough">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether or not graphics are always visible even if they are blocked by other objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextGraphics.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the graphics primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextGraphics.DepthPriority">
            <summary>Read-write property that allows you to specify a priority for a set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextGraphics.Font">
            <summary>Gets and sets the font used for the text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextGraphics.FontSize">
            <summary>Gets/sets the font size. The font size is defined in pixels for non-scalable text graphics objects. It is defined in model space units for scalable text graphics objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextGraphics.GetTextColor(System.Byte@,System.Byte@,System.Byte@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the color of the text.</summary>
            <param name="Red">
                <summary>Output Byte that specifies the red component of the color. This value will be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Green">
                <summary>Output Byte that specifies the green component of the color. This value will be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Blue">
                <summary>The blue component of the color. A Byte value between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextGraphics.GetTransformBehavior(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Returns the current view transformation settings (e.g. pixel scaling and front facing).</summary>
            <param name="TextAnchor">
                <summary>Output Point that returns the point that is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BehaviorType">
                <summary>Output DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum that returns the transform behaviors currently being used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PixelScale">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the number of pixels that are used to draw one model unit when pixel scaling is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextGraphics.GetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.Point2d@,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the anchor information of the graphics object. This method returns an error if the 'Anchored' property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Output that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Output that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Output constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextGraphics.HorizontalAlignment">
            <summary>Read-write property that allows you to specify the horizontal justification of the text with respect to the coordinate point for the text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextGraphics.Id">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Id of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextGraphics.Italic">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the text has italic formatting or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextGraphics.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextGraphics.PutTextColor(System.Byte,System.Byte,System.Byte)">
            <summary>Method that sets the color of the text.</summary>
            <param name="Red">
                <summary>Input Byte that specifies the red component of the color. This value must be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Green">
                <summary>Input Byte that specifies the green component of the color. This value must be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Blue">
                <summary>The blue component of the color. A Byte value between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextGraphics.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextGraphics.RemoveViewSpaceAnchor">
            <summary>The RemoveViewSpaceAnchor method removes the view space anchor from the object, and sets the Anchored property to false.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextGraphics.Scalable">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the TextGraphics object is scalable. If True, the FontSize property can be set a double value indicating its size in model space units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextGraphics.SetTransformBehavior(Inventor.Point,Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum,System.Double)">
            <summary>Sets the view transformation settings (e.g. pixel scaling and front facing).</summary>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BehaviorType">
                <summary>Input DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum that specifies which transform behaviors are to be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PixelScale">
                <summary>Input Double that indicates how many pixels should be used to draw one model unit when pixel scaling is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextGraphics.SetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum)">
            <summary>Method that anchors the graphics object at the specified point in view space. The Anchored property is set to True.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Input that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Input constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextGraphics.Text">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text displayed for the TextGraphics object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextGraphics.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextGraphics.VerticalAlignment">
            <summary>Read-write property that allows you to specify the vertical justification of the text with respect to the coordinate point for the text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TextStyle">
            <summary>The TextStyle object represents a text style in a drawing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.Bold">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the text style has bold formatting or not.&amp;nbsp;True if the text style has bold formatting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.Color">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current color of the text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.Comments">
            <summary>Gets and sets comments associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextStyle.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextStyle.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local Style object. The newly created style is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a dimension style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other dimension styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextStyle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Style/Layer/UnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.Font">
            <summary>Gets and sets the font used for the text style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.FontSize">
            <summary>Gets and sets the size of the font.&amp;nbsp;The size is specified in centimeters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextStyle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.HorizontalJustification">
            <summary>Gets and sets the horizontal justification of the text style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the standard style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user. Note that this name is not guaranteed to be unique.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.Italic">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the text style has italic formatting or not.&amp;nbsp;True if the text style has italic formatting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.LineSpacing">
            <summary>Gets and sets the line spacing of the text style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.LineSpacingType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the method used to define the line spacing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.Rotation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the rotation of the text style.&amp;nbsp;The units used to define the rotation angle are radians.&amp;nbsp;Currently text rotation is limited to 90 degree increments so valid values for this property are 0, pi/2, pi, and 1.5pi.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextStyle.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.StyleType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.Underline">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the text style has underline formatting or not.&amp;nbsp;True if the text style has underline formatting.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextStyle.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.VerticalJustification">
            <summary>Gets and sets the vertical justification of the text style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyle.WidthScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the width scale factor for the text style.&amp;nbsp;This is also referred to as the 'stretch factor'. A value of 1.0 will display the text as designed; a value of 0.5 will decrease the width of the text by 50%.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TextStyles">
            <summary>The TextStyles collection object provides access to all the existing objects in a drawing document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyles.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyles.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyles.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns the specified TextStyle object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStyles.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TextStylesEnumerator">
            <summary>The TextStylesEnumerator Collection Object allows iteration of the available text styles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStylesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStylesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStylesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextStylesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TextureAssetValue">
            <summary>The TextureAssetValue object represents an asset value that consists of a texture.  The Value property will a TextureAsset object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureAssetValue.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureAssetValue.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets the name of this value as seen in the Material or Appearance Browser. This can change based on the current Inventor language.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureAssetValue.IsReadOnly">
            <summary>Gets the boolean flag that indicates if this asset value is read-only. If True any attempted edits will fail.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureAssetValue.Name">
            <summary>Gets the key name of the value. This name will remain constant for all languages and is the name used as input to the Item property or the Asset object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureAssetValue.Parent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the parent Asset object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureAssetValue.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kAssetValueObject indicating this object’s type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureAssetValue.Value">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns an AssetTexture object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureAssetValue.ValueType">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the data type that the Value property for this AssetValue object will return.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TextureCoordinateSet">
            <summary>A TextureCoordinateSet defines the coordinates of the map on the face. The TextureMap.Transformation matrix defines how the coordinates map to the actual face coordinates. Several TextureMaps could reference a single TextureCoordinateSet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureCoordinateSet.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureCoordinateSet.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of coordinates in this set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextureCoordinateSet.GetCoordinates(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method to obtain the coordinates to this set.</summary>
            <param name="Coordinates">
                <summary>The coordinates to obtain.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureCoordinateSet.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified coordinates from the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureCoordinateSet.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureCoordinateSet.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TextureMap">
            <summary>Each TextureMap references a TextureCoordinateSet that defines the coordinates of the map on the face. Several TextureMaps could reference a single TextureCoordinateSet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureMap.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextureMap.GenerateImage(System.String)">
            <summary>Generates an image at the specified location.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TextureMap.GetTextureCoordinateSet(System.Double)">
            <summary>Gets the TextureCoordinateSet for the input tolerance.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input tolerance value.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureMap.Image">
            <summary>Gets the image for the texture map.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureMap.MaskColor">
            <summary>Gets the mask color for the texture map image.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureMap.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureMap.Transformation">
            <summary>A matrix that defines how the coordinates map to the actual face coordinates.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureMap.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureMap.UseMask">
            <summary>Gets whether the texture map mask is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TextureMaps">
            <summary>The TextureMaps collection returns all the texture maps applied to a face. There could be multiple maps that are 'wrapped' around a face.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureMaps.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureMaps.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureMaps.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TextureMaps.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Theme">
            <summary>Theme object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Theme.Activate">
            <summary>Method that activates current theme.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Theme.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Theme.Name">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the name of this theme.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Theme.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ThemeManager">
            <summary>ThemeManager Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThemeManager.ActiveTheme">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the active theme.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThemeManager.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThemeManager.GetComponentThemeColor(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that gets the current theme color of the specified component.</summary>
            <param name="ComponentName">
                <summary>Input String value that indicates a component name. Valid values include:
ApplicationFrame_BackgroundColor
BrowserPane_BackgroundColor
BrowserPane_TextColor</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThemeManager.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThemeManager.Themes">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the themes collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThemeManager.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ThemesEnumerator">
            <summary>ThemesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThemesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThemesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThemesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThemesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ThickenFeature">
            <summary>The ThickenFeature object represents a thicken feature, which is created interactively using the Thicken/Offset tool on the Part features toolbar. A thicken operation adds or removes volume from parts or adds thickness to surfaces to create parts.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.ApproximationOptimized">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the approximation is optimized.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.ApproximationTolerance">
            <summary>Gets and set the approximation tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.ApproximationType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the approximation method used for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.AutomaticBlending">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the offset operation should propagate to adjacent tangent faces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.AutomaticFaceChain">
            <summary>Property that gets whether or not to perform chaining of tangent continuous faces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.CreateVerticalSurfaces">
            <summary>Property that gets whether or not to create vertical or "side" faces connecting the offset faces to the original work surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThickenFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.Direction">
            <summary>Gets and sets the distance direction of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.Distance">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the thickness of the Thickness feature or the distance of the Offset feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThickenFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThickenFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.InputFaces">
            <summary>Specifies the faces used to create the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.Operation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the type of operation used to add the feature to the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThickenFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThickenFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThickenFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThickenFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.ApproximationOptimized">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the approximation is optimized.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.ApproximationTolerance">
            <summary>Gets and set the approximation tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.ApproximationType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the approximation method used for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.AutomaticBlending">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the offset operation should propagate to adjacent tangent faces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.AutomaticFaceChain">
            <summary>Property that gets whether or not to perform chaining of tangent continuous faces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.CreateVerticalSurfaces">
            <summary>Property that gets whether or not to create vertical or "side" faces connecting the offset faces to the original work surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.Direction">
            <summary>Gets and sets the distance direction of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.Distance">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the thickness of the Thickness feature or the distance of the Offset feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.InputFaces">
            <summary>Specifies the faces used to create the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.Operation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the type of operation used to add the feature to the model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ThickenFeatures">
            <summary>The ThickenFeatures collection object represents a collection of objects on a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThickenFeatures.Add(System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.PartFeatureExtentDirectionEnum,Inventor.PartFeatureOperationEnum,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ThickenFeature. The new created ThickenFeature is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Faces">
                <summary>Input object that defines the faces to thicken or faces from which to create an offset surface. This can either be a WorkSurface or a FaceCollection. If multiple faces are provided, they must be connected.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the thickness of the Thicken feature or specifies distance for the Offset feature. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document. When the output is a surface, the offset distance can be zero.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ExtentDirection">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates which side of the input faces to thicken or offset towards. Valid input is kPositive, kNegative, or kSymmetric. kPositive defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the input faces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Operation">
                <summary>Input constant that indicates the type of operation to perform. Valid \input is kJoinOperation, kCutOperation, kIntersectOperation, or kSurfaceOperation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AutomaticFaceChain">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether or not to perform chaining of tangent continuous faces. The default value is False indicating that automatic chaining will not be performed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CreateVerticalSurfaces">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether or not to create vertical or "side" faces connecting the offset faces to the original work surface. Vertical surfaces are created only at internal surface edges, not at boundary edges of surfaces. The default value is False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AutomaticBlending">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether or not to perform automatic blending or not. The default value is False.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ThickenFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThickenFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ThreadFeature">
            <summary>The ThreadFeature object represents thread modeling features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.DirectionReversed">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether the direction of the thread is in the default direction or reversed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.DisplayInModel">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether the threads are displayed on the part when viewed in any of the 3d environments, i.e. part or assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.FullDepth">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether the threads extend the full length of the cylinder or cone. If True, they extend the full length. If False, the depth is controlled by the value of the ThreadDepth property</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadFeature.SetThreadDepth(System.Object,Inventor.Edge)">
            <summary>Method that sets the thread depth for the thread feature.</summary>
            <param name="ThreadDepth">
                <summary>Input Variant that specifies the total depth of the thread, as measured from its starting edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartEdge">
                <summary>Input Edge that specifies the point at which to begin thread.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.StartEdge">
            <summary>Property that returns the thread depth is measured from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.ThreadDepth">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the depth of the thread. Even though the parameter for the thread depth is always created and accessible through this property, it is only used in the case where the FullDepth property is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.ThreadedFace">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of that the thread is applied to. Usually this is just the face that was input for application of the thread feature, but in the case where the original face has been cut by subsequent features, the multiple resulting faces will be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.ThreadInfo">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the thread information of the feature. This can return either a StandardThreadInfo or TaperedThreadInfo object. The ThreadType property can be used to determine the type before getting the thread info.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.ThreadInfoType">
            <summary>Property that returns a indicating the thread type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.ThreadOffset">
            <summary>Property that gets the parameter that controls the offset value of the thread. The offset is the distance along the axis of the cylinder or cone from the start edge to the start of the thread.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.DirectionReversed">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether the direction of the thread is in the default direction or reversed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.DisplayInModel">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether the threads are displayed on the part when viewed in any of the 3d environments, i.e. part or assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.FullDepth">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether the threads extend the full length of the cylinder or cone. If True, they extend the full length. If False, the depth is controlled by the value of the ThreadDepth property</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.SetThreadDepth(System.Object,Inventor.Edge)">
            <summary>Method that sets the thread depth for the thread feature.</summary>
            <param name="ThreadDepth">
                <summary>Input Variant that specifies the total depth of the thread, as measured from its starting edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartEdge">
                <summary>Input Edge that specifies the point at which to begin thread.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.StartEdge">
            <summary>Property that returns the thread depth is measured from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.ThreadDepth">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter that controls the depth of the thread. Even though the parameter for the thread depth is always created and accessible through this property, it is only used in the case where the FullDepth property is False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.ThreadedFace">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of that the thread is applied to. Usually this is just the face that was input for application of the thread feature, but in the case where the original face has been cut by subsequent features, the multiple resulting faces will be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.ThreadInfo">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the thread information of the feature. This can return either a StandardThreadInfo or TaperedThreadInfo object. The ThreadType property can be used to determine the type before getting the thread info.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.ThreadInfoType">
            <summary>Property that returns a indicating the thread type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.ThreadOffset">
            <summary>Property that gets the parameter that controls the offset value of the thread. The offset is the distance along the axis of the cylinder or cone from the start edge to the start of the thread.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ThreadFeatures">
            <summary>The ThreadFeatures object provides access to all of the objects in a component definition and provides methods to create additional ThreadFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadFeatures.Add(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Edge,Inventor.ThreadInfo,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ThreadFeature. The new ThreadFeature object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object that defines which face the thread feature is to be applied to. The face must be either a cylinder or cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartEdge">
                <summary>Input Edge object that defines the start of the thread. The edge must be an edge of the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ThreadInfo">
                <summary>Input ThreadInfo object that defines the thread attributes. This must be a StandardThreadInfo in the case where the input face is a cylinder and a TaperedThreadInfo in the case where the input face is a cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DirectionReversed">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies which direction from the start along the cone or cylinder the thread goes in.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FullDepth">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if the thread go the full length of the cylinder or cone. A value of True indicates it goes the full the length. If False, the ThreadDepth argument needs to be supplies.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ThreadDepth">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the depth of the thread. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ThreadOffset">
                <summary>Optional input Variant that defines the offset of the start of the thread from the start edge. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value will be created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadFeatures.CreateStandardThreadInfo(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.String,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new HoleTapInfo object that can be used in creating threads for Hole features. See the Thread.xls \file that is delivered with Autodesk Inventor for examples of valid input for these arguments. Internal \Input Boolean that indicates if the thread is an internal or external thread. A value of True indicates an Internal thread. RightHanded : Input Boolean that indicates if the thread is right or left-handed thread. A value of True indicates a right-handed thread. ThreadType : Input String that specifies the sheet in the Thread.xls that this thread information should be validated within. Each sheet within the Excel document is typically used for different thread types. The string is the name of the sheet. For example "ANSI Unified Screw Threads" or "ANSI Metric M Profile" are valid for English versions of Autodesk Inventor. ThreadDesignation : Input String that contains the thread designation. This is input as the full thread designation that will be used in a drawing for the thread callout. The nominal size and pitch information are extracted from the designation. For example valid inch thread designations are '10-24 UNC' and '7/16-20 UNF'. Examples of valid metric designations are 'M16x1.5' and 'M55x1.5'. Class : Input String that defines the thread class. For \example a valid class for an inch internal thread is 2B. A valid class for a metric external thread is 6g.</summary>
            <param name="Internal">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="RightHanded">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="ThreadType">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="ThreadDesignation">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Class">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadFeatures.CreateTaperedThreadInfo(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new TaperedThreadInfo object that can be used in creating Hole and ThreadFeature objects. See the Thread.xls file that is delivered with Autodesk Inventor for examples of valid input for these arguments. The spreadsheet columns match one for one with these arguments.</summary>
            <param name="Internal">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the thread is an internal or external thread. A value of True indicates an Internal thread.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RightHanded">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the thread is right or left-handed thread. A value of True indicates a right-handed thread.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ThreadType">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the sheet in the Thread.xls that this thread information should be validated within. Each sheet within the Excel document is typically used for different thread types. The string is the name of the sheet. For example "NPT" or "JIS Taper" are valid for English versions of Autodesk Inventor.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ThreadDesignation">
                <summary>Input String that contains the thread designation. This is input as the full thread designation that will be used in a drawing for the thread callout. The nominal size information is extracted from the designation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified ThreadFeature object from the collection. This is the default property of the ThreadFeatures collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ThreadInfo">
            <summary>This is a common base object from which the rest of the concrete objects that hold thread information are derived. It contains the generally applicable properties of threads.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadInfo.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadInfo.CustomThreadDesignation">
            <summary>Indicates the custom thread designation from the Custom Thread Designation column of the thread data spreadsheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadInfo.FullThreadDepth">
            <summary>Gets whether this thread is the full length of the cylinder or cone.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadInfo.Internal">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this is an internal thread or external (False).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadInfo.Metric">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this thread is metric or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadInfo.RightHanded">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this is a right handed thread or left handed (False).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadInfo.ThreadBasePoints">
            <summary>Property that returns an enumerator of Point objects indicating the base points for the thread. Typically, there is only one item in the collection. The exception is a hole feature based on multiple sketch points, in which case there are as many Point objects returned as there are sketch points. The point accounts for any offsets applied to the thread. The property returns a point only when the ThreadInfo object is obtained from a feature and returns Nothing in the forward create scenario.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadInfo.ThreadDesignation">
            <summary>Property that returns a string that contains the thread designation. This is the full thread designation that is used in a drawing for the thread callout.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadInfo.ThreadDirection">
            <summary>Property that returns the direction of the thread. The property returns a vector only when the ThreadInfo object is obtained from a feature and returns Nothing in the forward create scenario.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadInfo.ThreadType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the thread type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadInfo.ThreadTypeIdentifier">
            <summary>Property that returns the string that identifies the thread type. This string is not localized and should not be changed by the user. The thread type is the name of the sheet in the Thread.xls file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadInfo.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ThreadTableQuery">
            <summary>The ThreadTableQuery object has methods to query the thread table data contained in the Thread.xls spreadsheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadTableQuery.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadTableQuery.CreateThreadInfo(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.String,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new ThreadInfo object that can be used in creating thread features. The object returned is a StandardThreadInfo for parallel threads and TaperedThreadInfo for tapered threads. See the Thread.xls file that is delivered with Autodesk Inventor for examples of valid input for these arguments.</summary>
            <param name="Internal">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the thread is an internal or external thread.  A value of True indicates an Internal thread.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RightHanded">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the thread is right or left\-handed thread. A value of True indicates a right\-handed thread.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ThreadType">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the thread type. The thread type is the name of the sheet in the Thread.xls file that is used by the Thread command to define valid thread definitions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ThreadDesignation">
                <summary>Input String that contains the thread designation. This is input as the full thread designation that will be used in a drawing for the thread callout. The nominal size and pitch information are extracted from the designation. For \example valid inch thread designations are '10\-24 UNC' and '7/16\-20 UNF'. Examples of valid metric designations are 'M16x1.5' and 'M55x1.5'.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Class">
                <summary>Optional input String that defines the thread class. For example a valid class for an inch internal thread is '2B'. A valid class for a metric external thread is '6g'. Null strings are valid for some thread types.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadTableQuery.GetAvailableClasses(System.Boolean,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns all the available classes for a thread type of a given thread designation.</summary>
            <param name="Internal">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the thread is an internal or external thread.  A value of True indicates an Internal thread.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ThreadType">
                <summary>Thread type identifier string.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ThreadDesignation">
                <summary>A string that contains the thread designation. This is the full thread designation that is used in a drawing for the thread callout.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadTableQuery.GetAvailableDesignations(System.Boolean,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns all the available thread designations for a thread type of a given size.</summary>
            <param name="Internal">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the thread is an internal or external thread.  A value of True indicates an Internal thread.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ThreadType">
                <summary>Thread type identifier string.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NominalSize">
                <summary>The description of the nominal size.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadTableQuery.GetAvailableThreadSizes(System.Boolean,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns all the available thread sizes for a given thread type.</summary>
            <param name="Internal">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the thread is an internal or external thread.  A value of True indicates an Internal thread.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ThreadType">
                <summary>Thread type identifier string.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadTableQuery.GetAvailableThreadTypes">
            <summary>Method that returns all the available thread types (families).</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadTableQuery.GetThreadTypeIdentifier(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns the non-localized thread type identifier given the localized thread type name</summary>
            <param name="ThreadTypeName">
                <summary>Thread type identifier string.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreadTableQuery.GetThreadTypeName(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that returns the localized thread type name given the non-localized thread type identifier</summary>
            <param name="ThreadTypeIdentifier">
                <summary>The thread type identifier.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreadTableQuery.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ThreePlanesWorkPointDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work point defined by the intersection of three planes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePlanesWorkPointDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreePlanesWorkPointDef.GetData(System.Object@,System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the data defining a work point at the intersection of three planes.</summary>
            <param name="Plane1">
                <summary>Output object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane2">
                <summary>Output object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane3">
                <summary>Output object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePlanesWorkPointDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent WorkPoint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePlanesWorkPointDef.Plane1">
            <summary>Property that returns the first plane of a work point that is defined by the intersection of three planes. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePlanesWorkPointDef.Plane2">
            <summary>Property that returns the second plane of a work point that is defined by the intersection of three planes. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePlanesWorkPointDef.Plane3">
            <summary>Property that returns the third plane of a work point that is defined by the intersection of three planes. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePlanesWorkPointDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraint">
            <summary>The ThreePointAngleDimConstraint object represents a constraint that controls the angle defined by three points.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraint.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraint.DimensionCenterPoint">
            <summary>Gets the center of the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraint.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraint.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraint.PointOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraint.PointThree">
            <summary>Property that returns the third sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraint.PointTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraint.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraintProxy.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraintProxy.DimensionCenterPoint">
            <summary>Gets the center of the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraintProxy.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraintProxy.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraintProxy.PointOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraintProxy.PointThree">
            <summary>Property that returns the third sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraintProxy.PointTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraintProxy.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointAngleDimConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ThreePointsWorkPlaneDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane defined by three points.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointsWorkPlaneDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ThreePointsWorkPlaneDef.GetData(System.Object@,System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the data defining a work planed defined by three points. Point1 to Point2 defines the positive X axis and Point3 defines the positive Y direction.</summary>
            <param name="Point1">
                <summary>Output object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, or SketchPoint object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point2">
                <summary>Output object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, or SketchPoint object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point3">
                <summary>Output object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, or SketchPoint object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointsWorkPlaneDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent WorkPlane object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointsWorkPlaneDef.Point1">
            <summary>Property that returns the first point of a three point defined work plane. The first point defines the origin of the work plane. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, or SketchPoint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointsWorkPlaneDef.Point2">
            <summary>Property that returns the second point of a three point defined work plane. The second point defines the X-axis in relation to the first point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, or SketchPoint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointsWorkPlaneDef.Point3">
            <summary>Property that returns the third point of a three point defined work plane. The third point defines the positive y-axis direction of the work plane. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, or SketchPoint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThreePointsWorkPlaneDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ThroughAllExtent">
            <summary>The ThroughAllExtent object provides access to the information that defines the extent for a feature using through all extent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThroughAllExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThroughAllExtent.Direction">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the distance direction of the feature. Valid input is kPositiveExtentDirection, kNegativeExtentDirection, or kSymmetricExtentDirection. kPositiveExtentDirection defines the offset direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThroughAllExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ThroughAllExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TitleBlock">
            <summary>The TitleBlock object represents the instance of a title block on a sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TitleBlock.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TitleBlock.Definition">
            <summary>Property returning the title block definition object this title block is an instance of.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TitleBlock.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the title block from the sheet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TitleBlock.GetResultText(Inventor.TextBox)">
            <summary>Method that returns the text that is currently displayed for a specific text box. This is useful for text boxes that use input from other sources to define their content, i.e. properties and prompted text. The string displayed within this text box is returned.</summary>
            <param name="DefinitionText">
                <summary>Input TextBox object from the referenced TitleBlockDefinition object. This text box is used as in index to specify which text box in the instance to return the text for.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TitleBlock.Location">
            <summary>Property that returns the position of the title block on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TitleBlock.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the title block instance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TitleBlock.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent sheet object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TitleBlock.Position">
            <summary>Property that returns the position on the sheet where the origin of the title block definition's sketch is positioned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TitleBlock.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box2D object which contains the lower-left and upper-right corners of a rectangle that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TitleBlock.SetPromptResultText(Inventor.TextBox,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the text that was supplied for a specified title block that contains prompted text. The string displayed within this title block is changed.</summary>
            <param name="DefinitionText">
                <summary>Input TextBox object from the referenced TitleBlockDefinition object. This text box is used to specify which prompted text box to set the text for.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NewValue">
                <summary>Input String that defines the new text to use for the specified prompted text.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TitleBlock.Transformation">
            <summary>Property that provides the transform that is applied to display the associated title block definition in the correct location on the sheet. The matrix defines the sheet to title block transform.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TitleBlock.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TitleBlockDefinition">
            <summary>The TitleBlockDefinition object represents a title block definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TitleBlockDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TitleBlockDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TitleBlockDefinition.CopyTo(Inventor.DrawingDocument,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that copies the definition to the target drawing document.</summary>
            <param name="TargetDocument">
                <summary>Input DrawingDocument object that specifies the document to copy the definition into.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to replace or create a new definition with a different name if a definition of the same name exists in the target document. If not specified, the argument defaults to False indicating that a new definition will be created.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TitleBlockDefinition.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the TitleBlockDefinition object. This method will fail in the case where the definition is being referenced. This can be determined by using the IsReferenced property.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TitleBlockDefinition.Edit(Inventor.DrawingSketch@)">
            <summary>Method that opens a copy of the title block definition's sketch for edit in the Sketch environment. Returns \Output DrawingSketch created by copying the sketch associated with the title block definition.</summary>
            <param name="Result">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TitleBlockDefinition.ExitEdit(System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that closes the currently active sketch (see below for limitations) and depending on the input parameters, replaces the sketch of the title block definition with the edited sketch.</summary>
            <param name="SaveChanges">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to save the changes or not. True indicates to save the changes. Setting this property to False will cause the sketch to close and lose all edits.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SaveAsName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the new title block definition to create. This argument is used in the case where the SaveChanges argument is True. If not specified, or an empty string is supplied, the edited sketch replaces the sketch associated with the title block definition being edited. If a string is supplied, a new title block definition is created and the edited sketch is used for it. The supplied name must be unique with respect to all other TitleBlockDefinition objects in the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TitleBlockDefinition.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TitleBlockDefinition.IsReferenced">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the title block definition is being referenced or not. A title block definition is referenced whenever it is used on a sheet. A referenced title block definition cannot be deleted.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TitleBlockDefinition.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the title block definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TitleBlockDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent .</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TitleBlockDefinition.Sketch">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch associated with the title block definition. The DrawingSketch returned by the Sketch property supports all query functionality but cannot be edited. To edit the contents of a title block definition, use the Edit method. This creates a copy of the title block definition's sketch for edit. The ExitEdit method of the TitleBlockDefinition can then be used to save the edited sketch as the title block definition's sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TitleBlockDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TitleBlockDefinitions">
            <summary>The TitleBlockDefinitions collection object provides access to all the existing objects in a drawing document and provides methods to create additional title block definitions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TitleBlockDefinitions.Add(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new title block definition. This method will fail in the case where a sketch is currently active. You can check for this case using the ActiveEditObject property of the Application object to see if a sketch is active.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that defines the name of the new title block definition. The name specified must be unique with respect to the other title block definitions in the document. If a unique name is not specified, an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TitleBlockDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TitleBlockDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TitleBlockDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified TitleBlockDefinition object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TitleBlockDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ToExtent">
            <summary>The ToExtent object defines the feature extent type where the feature extent is defined up to a specified entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ToExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ToExtent.Direction">
            <summary>Gets and sets the direction of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ToExtent.ExtendToFace">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether the plane defined by the 'to entity' should be extended to contain the extents of the profile.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ToExtent.MinimumSolution">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the feature terminates on the nearest valid face when there are multiple options for valid termination faces.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ToExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ToExtent.ToEntity">
            <summary>Gets and sets the entity that defines the 'to' extents of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ToExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ToHeightExtent">
            <summary>The ToHeightExtent is used by the FlangeFeature object when the height extent type is defined as a 'To' extent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ToHeightExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ToHeightExtent.Offset">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the offset distance of the flange relative to the 'To' point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ToHeightExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ToHeightExtent.ToEntity">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the entity defining the 'To' extent.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ToHeightExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Tolerance">
            <summary>The Tolerance object represents information about tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Tolerance.HoleTolerance">
            <summary>Property that returns a string specifying the hole tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Tolerance.Lower">
            <summary>Property that returns the lower variation from the nominal value in database units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Tolerance.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Tolerance.SetToBasic">
            <summary>Sets the type of this tolerance to be a basic type of tolerance (only valid for drawing dimensions).</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Tolerance.SetToDefault">
            <summary>Method that sets the tolerance to the default value.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Tolerance.SetToDeviation(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the type of this tolerance to be a deviation tolerance.</summary>
            <param name="UpperTolerance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the upper limit of the deviation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LowerTolerance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the lower limit of the deviation.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Tolerance.SetToFits(Inventor.ToleranceTypeEnum,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that sets the type of this tolerance to be a fits tolerance.</summary>
            <param name="FitsToleranceType">
                <summary>Input constant that specifies the type of tolerance.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HoleTolerance">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the tolerance for the hole feature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShaftTolerance">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the tolerance for the shaft.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Tolerance.SetToLimits(Inventor.ToleranceTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the type of this tolerance to be a limits tolerance.</summary>
            <param name="LimitsToleranceType">
                <summary>constant Indicates the type of limits tolerance.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UpperTolerance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the upper limit of the tolerance.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LowerTolerance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the lower limit of the tolerance.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Tolerance.SetToMax">
            <summary>Sets the type of this tolerance to be a MAX type of tolerance.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Tolerance.SetToMin">
            <summary>Sets the type of this tolerance to be a MIN type of tolerance.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Tolerance.SetToReference">
            <summary>Sets the type of this tolerance to be a reference type of tolerance (only valid for drawing dimensions).</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Tolerance.SetToSymmetric(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the type of this tolerance to be a symmetric tolerance.</summary>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Variant that specifies the tolerance.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Tolerance.ShaftTolerance">
            <summary>Property that returns the shaft tolerance.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Tolerance.ToleranceType">
            <summary>Property that returns a constant specifying the tolerance type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Tolerance.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Tolerance.Upper">
            <summary>Property that returns a constant specifying the upper variation from the nominal value in database units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ToNextExtent">
            <summary>The ToNextExtent object provides access to the information that defines the extent for a feature that's extent is determined by extruding up to the closest set of faces that the feature completely intersects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ToNextExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ToNextExtent.Direction">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the direction of the feature. Valid \input is kPositiveExtentDirection or kNegativeExtentDirection. kPositiveExtentDirection defines the extrusion direction to be in the same direction as the normal of the sketch plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ToNextExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ToNextExtent.Terminator">
            <summary>Gets and sets the SurfaceBody that specifies the solid or the surface on which to terminate the revolution.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ToNextExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Torus">
            <summary>The Torus object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Torus.AxisVector">
            <summary>Specifies the direction of the axis of the torus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Torus.CenterPoint">
            <summary>Specifies the center of the torus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Torus.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this Torus object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original Torus object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Torus.Evaluator">
            <summary>Gets the surface evaluator for this torus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Torus.GetTorusData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this torus.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the center point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisVector">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorRadius">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies major radius.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorRadius">
                <summary>Output Double that specifies the minor radius.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Torus.MajorRadius">
            <summary>Specifies the major radius of the torus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Torus.MinorRadius">
            <summary>Specifies the minor radius of the torus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Torus.PutTorusData(System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this torus.</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the center point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisVector">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorRadius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies major radius.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorRadius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the minor radius.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TorusCenterPointWorkPointDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work point defined to be at the center of a torus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TorusCenterPointWorkPointDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TorusCenterPointWorkPointDef.Face">
            <summary>Property that indicates the Face object whose geometry is a torus surface, the center point of which defines the position of the work point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TorusCenterPointWorkPointDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent WorkPoint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TorusCenterPointWorkPointDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TorusMidPlaneWorkPlaneDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane defined to be at the mid-plane of a torus.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TorusMidPlaneWorkPlaneDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TorusMidPlaneWorkPlaneDef.Face">
            <summary>Property that indicates the Face object whose geometry is a torus surface, the mid-plane of which defines the position of the work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TorusMidPlaneWorkPlaneDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent WorkPlane object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TorusMidPlaneWorkPlaneDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Trail">
            <summary>The Trail object represents the path of an occurrence from its initial to the final position in the exploded view as a result of the tweaks applied to it.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Trail.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Trail.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Trail.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Trail.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Trail.SetVisibility(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the visibility of the entire trail in the presentation view.</summary>
            <param name="Visible">
                <summary>Specifies whether the input object is visible in the drawing view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Trail.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TrailSegment">
            <summary>The TrailSegment object represents a portion of a trail created by one particular tweak operation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrailSegment.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrailSegment.Geometry">
            <summary>Property that returns the snapshot of the geometry of the trail segment. The object returned can either be a LineSegment or an Arc3d.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrailSegment.Linear">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether the trail segment is linear or circular. The property returns True if the segment is linear.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrailSegment.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrailSegment.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrailSegment.Visible">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the TrailSegment is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TrailSegmentsEnumerator">
            <summary>TrailSegmentsEnumerator Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrailSegmentsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrailSegmentsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrailSegmentsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrailSegmentsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TrailsEnumerator">
            <summary>Object that enumerates presentation view trails.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrailsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrailsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrailsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrailsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Transaction">
            <summary>The Transaction object that stands for a single transaction. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Transaction.Abort">
            <summary>Method that aborts this transaction. This method will fail if this transaction is not the current transaction.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Transaction.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Transaction.CheckPoints">
            <summary>Gets the enumeration of all of the check points that may be present in this transaction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Transaction.ChildTransactions">
            <summary>Gets the enumeration of all of the child transactions that this transaction may contain.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Transaction.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets the display name of this transaction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Transaction.Document">
            <summary>Gets the affected by this transaction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Transaction.End">
            <summary>Method that ends this transaction. This method will fail if this transaction is not the current transaction.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Transaction.HasParentTransaction">
            <summary>Gets the Boolean flag indicating if this transaction is a child of another transaction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Transaction.Id">
            <summary>Gets the unique identifier for this transaction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Transaction.IdentifyForDocumentOpen(Inventor.Document)">
            <summary>Identify the document open transaction. This action should precede the end of document open transaction.</summary>
            <param name="Document">
                <summary>The associated with this transaction.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Transaction.MergeWithPrevious">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to merge this transaction with the previously committed transaction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Transaction.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Transaction.ParentTransaction">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent transaction, if one exists; else returns a NULL pointer.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Transaction.State">
            <summary>Property that returns a TransactionStateEnum that describes the current state of the transaction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Transaction.SuppressChangeNotifications(System.String[],System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets whether the changes notifications within this transaction should be suppressed or not.</summary>
            <param name="SuppressedEvents">
                <summary>Input String array that specifies the event names to determine which events should be suppressed. 

Valid events can be suppressed are: ApplicationEvents.OnDocumentChange.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Suppressed">
                <summary>Input Boolean value that specifies whether the events should be suppressed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Transaction.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TransactionEvents">
            <summary>Inventor::TransactionEventsSink</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransactionEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransactionEvents.OnAbort(Inventor.Transaction,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.EventTimingEnum)">
            <summary>The OnAbort event notifies the client when a transaction has been aborted.</summary>
            <param name="TransactionObject">
                <summary>The Transaction object being aborted. When the BeforeOrAfter argument is kBefore this is the Transaction being aborted and it supports the full functionality of a Transaction object. When the BeforeOrAfter argument is kAfter the Transaction object no longer exists so the object provided by this argument is not functional except to compare its identity to another Transaction object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is sent before and after the transaction is aborted.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransactionEvents.OnCommit(Inventor.Transaction,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnCommit event notifies the client when a transaction has been committed.</summary>
            <param name="TransactionObject">
                <summary>The Transaction object that is being committed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is sent before and after the transaction is committed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. This argument is ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransactionEvents.OnDelete(Inventor.Transaction,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.EventTimingEnum)">
            <summary>The OnDelete event notifies the client when a transaction has been deleted from the transaction stack.</summary>
            <param name="TransactionObject">
                <summary>The Transaction object just deleted. When the BeforeOrAfter argument is kAfter the actual Transaction has been deleted and the Transaction object provided is not functional except to have it's identify compared with a previously saved reference to a Transaction object. For example: Private m_oSavedTransaction As Transaction Private Sub oTransActionEvents_OnCommit( ByVal TransactionObject As Transaction, ...) If BeforeOrAfter = kAfter Then ' Somehow determine this is an interesting transaction. If Interesting(TransactionObject) Then ' Save a reference to the object. Set m_oSavedTransaction = TransactionObject End If End If End Sub Private Sub oTransActionEvents_OnDelete( ByVal TransactionObject As Transaction, ...) If BeforeOrAfter = kAfter Then ' Check to see if this is the interesting transaction being deleted. If TransactionObject is m_oSavedTransaction Then ' The transaction was deleted. End If End If End Sub</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is sent only after the transaction is deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransactionEvents.OnRedo(Inventor.Transaction,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnRedo event notifies the client when a redo operation is being performed.</summary>
            <param name="TransactionObject">
                <summary>The Transaction object being redone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is sent before and after the transaction is redone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. This argument is ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransactionEvents.OnUndo(Inventor.Transaction,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnUndo event notifies a client when an undo operation is being performed.</summary>
            <param name="TransactionObject">
                <summary>The Transaction object being undone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is sent before and after the transaction is undone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. This argument is ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransactionEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransactionEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TransactionManager">
            <summary>The TransactionManager object encapsulates all of the transaction-based functionality. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransactionManager.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransactionManager.ClearAllTransactions">
            <summary>Method that clears all the transactions in the committed and undone stacks. After this method is called a user may no longer Undo/Redo until another transaction is committed. This method fails if an identified transaction is in progress.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransactionManager.CommittedTransactions">
            <summary>Gets the collection of all committed transactions currently held by the system. These can be undone in reverse sequence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransactionManager.CurrentTransaction">
            <summary>Gets the current transaction in progress.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransactionManager.GoToCheckPoint(Inventor.CheckPoint)">
            <summary>Aborts back up to the checkpoint specified.</summary>
            <param name="CheckPoint">
                <summary>Input CheckPoint that specifies the checkpoint to abort back to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransactionManager.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransactionManager.RedoTransaction">
            <summary>Redoes the transaction following the current (if that had been undone).</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransactionManager.SetCheckPoint">
            <summary>Sets a bookmark in the current transaction in progress.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransactionManager.StartTransaction(Inventor.Document,System.String)">
            <summary>Starts a new transaction.</summary>
            <param name="Document">
                <summary>Input object in which to start the transaction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the human-readable name for the transaction.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransactionManager.StartTransactionForDocumentOpen(System.String)">
            <summary>Start a transaction that wraps a document open or new document operation.</summary>
            <param name="DisplayName">
                <summary>The display name of this transaction.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransactionManager.TransactionEvents">
            <summary>Gets the object that will fire transaction events.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransactionManager.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransactionManager.UndoneTransactions">
            <summary>Gets the collection of all currently undone transactions. These can be redone in forward sequence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransactionManager.UndoTransaction">
            <summary>Undoes the current transaction.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TransactionsEnumerator">
            <summary>Provides access to a list of objects. See the article in the overviews section.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransactionsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransactionsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransactionsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TransientBRep">
            <summary>The TransientBRep object is used to create and manipulate B-Rep objects within a transient space.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientBRep.Copy(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of the input SurfaceBody, Face, or Edge object.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>The input B-Rep entity, which can be a SurfaceBody, Face, or Edge object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientBRep.CreateIntersectionWithPlane(Inventor.SurfaceBody,Inventor.Plane)">
            <summary>Method that intersects a body with a plane.</summary>
            <param name="Body">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody to intersect.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Input Plane that defines the plane to intersect the body with.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientBRep.CreateRuledSurface(Inventor.Wire,Inventor.Wire)">
            <summary>Method that creates a ruled surface between the two sections.</summary>
            <param name="SectionOne">
                <summary>Input Wire that defines the shape of the first section.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SectionTwo">
                <summary>Input Wire that defines the shape of the second section.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientBRep.CreateSilhouetteCurve(Inventor.Face,Inventor.UnitVector,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that calculates the silhouette curve geometry for a given face as viewed from a given direction.</summary>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object to calculate the silhouette curve for.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewDirection">
                <summary>Input UnitVector that defines the view direction to calculate the silhouette curve relative to. The silhouette curve will lie on the input where the face normal is perpendicular to the view direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReturnCoincidentSilhouettes">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies if silhouette curves that are coincident to the edges of the face should be returned or not. If True, these curves will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientBRep.CreateSolidBlock(Inventor.Box)">
            <summary>Method that creates a solid box.</summary>
            <param name="Box">
                <summary>Input Box object that defines the size of the solid block.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientBRep.CreateSolidCylinderCone(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point,System.Double,System.Double,System.Double,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that create a solid cylinder or cone.</summary>
            <param name="BottomPoint">
                <summary>Input Point that defines the center of the bottom of the cylinder or cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TopPoint">
                <summary>Input Point that defines the center of the top of the cylinder or cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BottomMajorRadius">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the major axis radius at the bottom of an elliptical cylinder or cone or the radius at the bottom of a circular cylinder or cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BottomMinorRadius">
                <summary>Input Double that define the minor axis radius at the bottom of an elliptical cylinder or cone. For a circular cylinder or cone this value should be the same at the BottomMajorRadius argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TopMajorRadius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the radius at the top of the cylinder or cone. In the case of an elliptical cylinder or cone this is the radius of the major axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorAxisPosition">
                <summary>Optional input Point that specifies the orientation of the major axis. This is only needed in the case of an elliptical cylinder or cone. If not provided the major axis is determined based on the model coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientBRep.CreateSolidSphere(Inventor.Point,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that create a solid sphere.</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input Point that defines the center of the sphere.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Point Double that defines the radius of the sphere in centimeters</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientBRep.CreateSolidTorus(Inventor.Point,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a solid torus.</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input Point that defines the center of the torus.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorRadius">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the major radius of the torus in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorRadius">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the minor radius of the torus in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientBRep.CreateSurfaceBodyDefinition">
            <summary>Method that creates a new SurfaceBodyDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientBRep.DeleteFaces(System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that modifies an existing transient surface body by deleting specified faces.</summary>
            <param name="Faces">
                <summary>Input Object to specifies the Face object(s) to either delete or save. This argument can be a single Face object or it can be a FaceCollection to specify more than one face. Depending on the value of the second argument these faces will be deleted or saved in the SurfaceBody. If a FaceCollection is provided as input all of the input faces must exist within the same transient SurfaceBody object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DeleteSpecifiedFaces">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the face(s) specified in the Faces argument should be deleted or saved. If True, then the specified face(s) will be deleted from the SurfaceBody. If False, the specified face(s) will be saved and all other faces in the SurfaceBody will be deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientBRep.DoBoolean(Inventor.SurfaceBody,Inventor.SurfaceBody,Inventor.BooleanTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that performs the specified Boolean operation between the blank and tool bodies.</summary>
            <param name="BlankBody">
                <summary>Input/Output SurfaceBody that will be modified as a result.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ToolBody">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody that is used to operate on the blank body.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BooleanType">
                <summary>Input BooleanTypeEnum that specifies the type of Boolean operation to perform. Valid values are kBooleanTypeDifference, kBooleanTypeUnion, and kBooleanTypeIntersect.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientBRep.GetIdenticalBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that find the identical SurfaceBody objects in a SurfaceBody objects collection. In the return value, all the identical surface bodies will be placed in the same ObjectCollection.</summary>
            <param name="InputSurfaceBodies">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that includes the SurfaceBody objects to compute the identity ones in it.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap that specifies the options when compute the comparison. Valid options includes: Name = Tolerance. Value = Double that specifies the tolerance when compare the surface bodies. If this is not specified, the default tolerance value 0.000001 will be used.

Name = MatchTopology. Value = Boolean that specifies whether the two bodies will match only if there is a one-to-one match between each topological entity (Vertex, Edge and Face) within the body. This defaults to False if not specified. .

Name = MatchReflection. Value = Boolean that specifies whether the bodies that differ by a reflection transform will match. This defaults to True if not specified. .

Name = TargetBody. Value = SurfaceBody object that specifies a target body for comparison. This defaults to nothing. If a target body is supplied it will be compared to every other body supplied to InputSurfaceBodies and will return either 0 matches or 1 match with the target body returned in the result group. Only one target body can be supplied and it should be included in the InputSurfaceBodies also.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientBRep.ImprintBodies(Inventor.SurfaceBody,Inventor.SurfaceBody,System.Boolean,Inventor.SurfaceBody@,Inventor.SurfaceBody@,Inventor.Faces@,Inventor.Faces@,Inventor.Edges@,Inventor.Edges@,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that finds regions of faces on two bodies which overlap and creates new bodies where the faces are split at the edges of the overlaps. This does not modify the original bodies but creates new transient bodies that contain the imprints.</summary>
            <param name="InputBodyOne">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody that will participate in the imprint operation.  This body can be either a parametric or transient body.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InputBodyTwo">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody that will participate in the imprint operation.  This body can be either a parametric or transient body.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ImprintCoincidentEdges">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if overlapping edges should be included in the result. The picture below shows an example of when this argument will make a difference. The two bodies have overlapping faces and there is also an overlapping edge. If this argument is True, then the edge shown in red below will be included in the output as an overlapping edge. If False it will not be included and only the edges of the overlapping faces will be in the overlapping faces collections.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OutputBodyOne">
                <summary>Output transient SurfaceBody that contains the imprinted body that corresponds to the body provided through InputBodyOne argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OutputBodyTwo">
                <summary>Output transient SurfaceBody that contains the imprinted body that corresponds to the body provided through InputBodyTwo argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BodyOneOverlappingFaces">
                <summary>Output Faces collection that contains the overlapping faces that are part of OutputBodyOne.  The faces from OutputBodyTwo are returned in the BodyTwoOverlappingFaces argument.  Faces at the same index within the two collections are overlapping.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BodyTwoOverlappingFaces">
                <summary>Output Faces collection that contains the overlapping faces that are part of OutputBodyTwo.  The faces from OutputBodyOne are returned in the BodyOneOverlappingFaces argument.  Faces at the same index within the two collections are overlapping.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BodyOneOverlappingEdges">
                <summary>Output Edges collection that returns edges in body one that overlap with edges in body two, which are returned in the BodyTwoOverlappingEdges argument.  Edges as the same index within the two collection are overlapping.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BodyTwoOverlappingEdges">
                <summary>Output Edges collection that returns edges in body two that overlap with edges in body one, which are returned in the BodyOneOverlappingEdges argument.  Edges as the same index within the two collection are overlapping.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Optional Input Double that specifies the tolerance to use when comparing the bodies.  If not specified, or a value of zero is specified, the internal modeling tolerance will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientBRep.ReadFromFile(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates one or more new SurfaceBody objects based on the content of the input file. A SurfaceBodies collection is returned that can contain one or more SurfaceBody object.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String that defines the full filename of the file to read in. This can be either a SAT, SAB, or a DWG file that contains solids or surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientBRep.Transform(Inventor.SurfaceBody,Inventor.Matrix)">
            <summary>Method that transforms the input SurfaceBody.</summary>
            <param name="SurfaceBody">
                <summary>Input SurfaceBody object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Transform">
                <summary>Input Matrix that defines the transform to apply to the input B-Rep entity. This matrix can only define rotations and translations, it cannot define scaling, shearing, or perspective and will fail for these cases.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientBRep.WriteToFile(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Writes out the specified bodies as a file.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection of Bodies that are to be written out.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String containing the full filename of the file to write to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Format">
                <summary>Input String that defines the file format to write the body information.  This can be one of the formats defined in SDK\DeveloperTools\Include\ClipboardFormats.h</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TransientGeometry">
            <summary>Object through which all transient geometry objects are constructed. For more information, see the Transient Geometry overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateArc2d(Inventor.Point2d,System.Double,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Arc2d object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the center of the arc. Length units are always centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the radius of the arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the start angle of the arc. An angle of 0 is along the positive X axis of the sketch plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SweepAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the sweep angle of the arc. The sweep direction is always counterclockwise.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateArc2dByThreePoints2(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that creates a Arc2d object.</summary>
            <param name="PointOne">
                <summary>Input Point2d that defines one of ending points of the arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointTwo">
                <summary>Input Point2d that defines a point on the arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointThree">
                <summary>Input Point2d that defines the other ending point of the arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateArc3d(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,Inventor.UnitVector,System.Double,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Arc3d object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the center of the arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Normal">
                <summary>Input UnitVector that specifies the axis of the arc. The direction of this vector will also determine the direction of the start and sweep angles. Their direction is defined using the right\-hand rule relative to this vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVector">
                <summary>Input UnitVector that specifies the zero angle direction the start angle is relative to. Any vector is valid except one that is parallel to the axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the radius of the arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the start angle of the arc. An angle of 0 is along the direction specified by the reference vector. The direction of the angle is defined using the right\-hand rule around the axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SweepAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the sweep angle of the arc. The sweep direction is defined using the right\-hand rule around the axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateArc3dByThreePoints(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Arc2d object by three points. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
            <param name="PointOne">
                <summary>First of three points.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointTwo">
                <summary>Second of three points.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointThree">
                <summary>Third of three points.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateBox">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Box object. The min and max points of the box are initialized to (0,0,0) . The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateBox2d">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Box2d object. The min and max points of the box are initialized to (0,0) . The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateBSplineCurve(System.Int32,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new BSplineCurve object. The definition of the curve is supplied using the input arguments. If an invalid curve is defined the method will fail. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
            <param name="Order">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the order of the curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Poles">
                <summary>Input array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the curve. The array contains sequential X, Y, Z coordinates. The number of poles is inferred by the size of the array.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Knots">
                <summary>Input array of Doubles that contains the knot vectors of the curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Weights">
                <summary>Input array of Doubles that contains the weight factor for each pole. If the curve is non-rational this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsPeriodic">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies if the curve is periodic or not. True if it is periodic False if it is non-periodic.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateBSplineCurve2d(System.Int32,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Double[]@,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new BSplineCurve2d object. The definition of the curve is supplied using the input \arguments. If an invalid curve is defined the method will fail. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
            <param name="Order">
                <summary>Output Long that specifies the order of the spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Poles">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the poles of the B\-Spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Knots">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the knots of the B\-Spline.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Weights">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the B\-spline's weights.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsPeriodic">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the B\-Spline curve is periodic.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateBSplineCurve2dDefinition">
            <summary>Method that creates a new BSplineCurve2dDefinition object. This method creates an empty object. Use the methods/properties on this object to populate it and then use it as the argument in the CreateFittedBSplineCurve2d method.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateBSplineCurveDefinition">
            <summary>Method that creates a new BSplineCurveDefinition object. This method creates an empty object. Use the methods/properties on this object to populate it and then use it as the argument in the CreateFittedBSplineCurve method.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateBSplineSurface(System.Int32[],System.Double[],System.Double[],System.Double[],System.Double[],System.Boolean[])">
            <summary>Method that creates a new BSplineSurface object. The definition of the surface is supplied using the input \arguments. If an invalid surface is defined the method will fail. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
            <param name="Order">
                <summary>Input array of Longs that specifies the order of the surface in the U and V directions. The size of this array should be 2.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Poles">
                <summary>Input array of Doubles that contains the coordinates of the surface. The array contains X, Y, Z coordinates of each pole. The first row of poles along the U direction are specified, then stepping in the V direction the next row of poles along the U direction are specified. The size of this array should be U Pole Count * V Pole Count * 3.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KnotsU">
                <summary>Input array of Doubles that contains the knot vectors along the U direction of the surface.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KnotsV">
                <summary>Input array of Doubles that contains the knot vectors along the V direction of the surface.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Weights">
                <summary>Input array of Doubles that contains the weight factor for each pole for a rational surface. The weights for the first row of poles along the U direction are specified, then stepping in the V direction the weights for the next row of poles along the U direction are specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsPeriodic">
                <summary>Input array of Booleans that specifies if the surface is periodic in the U and V directions. True if it is periodic False if it is non\-periodic. The size of this array should be 2.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateCircle(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new 3d Circle object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the center of the arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Normal">
                <summary>Input UnitVector that specifies the axis of the circle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the radius of the circle.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateCircle2d(Inventor.Point2d,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Circle2d object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the center of the circle.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the radius of the circle.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateCircle2dByThreePoints(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Circle2D object by three points. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
            <param name="PointOne">
                <summary>First of three points.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointTwo">
                <summary>Second of three points.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointThree">
                <summary>Third of three points.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateCircleByThreePoints(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Circle object by three points. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
            <param name="PointOne">
                <summary>First of three points.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointTwo">
                <summary>Second of three points.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointThree">
                <summary>Third of three points.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateCone(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,System.Double,System.Double,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Cone object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
            <param name="RootPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the base of the cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Axis">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object that specifies the direction of the axis of the cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the radius of the cone at the base point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HalfAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the taper angle of the cone. This is the angle measured from the axis to the side of the cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsExpanding">
                <summary>Input Boolean that if the taper of the cone is expanding outwards or inwards in the direction of the axis vector. If True and the HalfAngle is positive, then the cone is expanding outward along the axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateCylinder(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Cylinder object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
            <param name="RootPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the base of the cylinder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Axis">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object that specifies the direction of the axis of the cylinder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the radius of the cylinder.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateEllipseFull(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,Inventor.Vector,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new EllipseFull object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the center of the ellipse.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Normal">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object that specifies the axis of the ellipse. The axis extends out of the ellipse.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorAxisVector">
                <summary>Input Vector object that specifies the direction of the major axis of the ellipse.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorMajorRatio">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the ratio of the minor and major axes of the ellipse.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateEllipseFull2d(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.Vector2d,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new EllipseFull2d object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the center of the ellipse.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorAxisVector">
                <summary>Input Vector2d object that specifies the direction of the major axis of the ellipse.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorMajorRatio">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the ratio of the minor and major axes of the ellipse.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateEllipticalArc(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,Inventor.UnitVector,System.Double,System.Double,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new EllipticalArc object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the center of the elliptical arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorAxis">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object that specifies the direction of the major axis of the elliptical arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorAxis">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object that specifies the direction of the minor axis of the elliptical arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorRadius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the major radius of the elliptical arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorRadius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the minor radius of the elliptical arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies start angle of the elliptical arc. The start angle is measured from the major axis vector using the right\-hand rule about the axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SweepAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the sweep angle from the start angle in a direction defined using the right\-hand rule about the axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateEllipticalArc2d(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.UnitVector2d,System.Double,System.Double,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new EllipticalArc2d object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically</summary>
            <param name="Center">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the center of the elliptical arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorAxis">
                <summary>Input UnitVector2d object that specifies the direction of the major axis of the elliptical arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorRadius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the major radius of the elliptical arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorRadius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the minor radius of the elliptical arc.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies start angle of the elliptical arc. The start angle is measured from the major axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SweepAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the sweep angle from the start angle in a counterclockwise direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateEllipticalCone(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,Inventor.Vector,System.Double,System.Double,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new EllipticalCone object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically</summary>
            <param name="BasePoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the base of the elliptical cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisVector">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object that specifies the direction of the axis of the elliptical cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorAxisVector">
                <summary>Input Vector object that specifies the direction of the major axis of the elliptical cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorMajorRatio">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the ratio of the minor and major axes of the elliptical cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HalfAngle">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the taper angle of the elliptical cone. This is the angle measured from the axis to the side of the elliptical cone.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IsExpanding">
                <summary>Input Boolean that if the taper of the elliptical cone is expanding outwards or inwards in the direction of the axis vector. If True and the HalfAngle is positive, then the elliptical cone is expanding outward along the axis vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateEllipticalCylinder(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,Inventor.Vector,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new EllipticalCylinder object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically</summary>
            <param name="BasePoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the base of the elliptical cylinder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisVector">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object that specifies the direction of the axis of the elliptical cylinder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorAxisVector">
                <summary>Input Vector object that specifies the direction of the major axis of the elliptical cylinder.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorMajorRatio">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the ratio of the minor and major axes of the elliptical cylinder.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateFittedBSplineCurve(Inventor.BSplineCurveDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new object using fit points. The definition of the curve is supplied using the input definition object. If an invalid curve is defined the method will fail. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input BSplineCurveDefinition object that defines the BSpline curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateFittedBSplineCurve2d(Inventor.BSplineCurve2dDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new object using fit points. The definition of the curve is supplied using the input definition object. If an invalid curve is defined the method will fail. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input BSplineCurve2dDefinition object that defines the 2d BSpline curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateLine(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Vector)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Line object. A Line object is infinite. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
            <param name="RootPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the root point of the line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Input Vector object that specifies the direction of the line.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateLine2d(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.UnitVector2d)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Line2d object. A Line2d object is infinite. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically</summary>
            <param name="RootPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the root point of the line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Input UnitVector2d object that specifies the direction of the line.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateLineSegment(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new LineSegment object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the start point of the line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the end point of the line.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateLineSegment2d(Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.Point2d)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new LineSegment2d object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically</summary>
            <param name="StartPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the start point of the line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndPoint">
                <summary>Input Point2d object that specifies the end point of the line.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateMatrix">
            <summary>Method that creates a new 4x4 Matrix object. The matrix is initialized with an identity matrix.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateMatrix2d">
            <summary>Method that creates a new 3x3 Matrix object. The matrix is initialized with an identity matrix.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateOrientedBox(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new oriented box object.</summary>
            <param name="CornerPoint">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that defines a corner point of the oriented box. The below DirectionOne/ DirectionTwo/DirectionThree arguments define the oriented box directions with this corner point as starting point. If not specified the origin point will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DirectionOne">
                <summary>Optional input Vector object that specifies the first direction and length. If not specified a default vector(1,0,0) will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DirectionTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Vector object that specifies the second direction and length. If not specified a default vector(0,1,0) will be used. If this vector is not perpendicular to the DirectionOne, an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DirectionThree">
                <summary>Optional input Vector object that specifies the third direction and length. If not specified 
(Vector(0,0,1) a default vector(0,0,1) will be used. If this vector is not perpendicular to the DirectionOne and DirectionTwo, an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreatePlane(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Vector)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Plane object. A plane object is infinite. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
            <param name="RootPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies a point on the plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Normal">
                <summary>Input Vector object that specifies the normal direction of the plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreatePlaneByThreePoints(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Plane object by three points. A plane object is infinite. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
            <param name="PointOne">
                <summary>First of three points.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointTwo">
                <summary>Second of three points.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PointThree">
                <summary>Third of three points.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreatePoint(System.Double,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Point object.</summary>
            <param name="XCoord">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the point's X-coordinate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YCoord">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the Point's Y-coordinate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ZCoord">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the point's Z-coordinate.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreatePoint2d(System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Point2d object.</summary>
            <param name="XCoord">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the point's X-coordinate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YCoord">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the Point's Y-coordinate.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreatePolyline2d(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Polyline2d object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically</summary>
            <param name="Points">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the coordinates of the 2d polyline. Valid input for this argument is an ObjectCollection of Point2d objects or an array of Double values that contains the X, Y values of each coordinate.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreatePolyline2dFromCurve(System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Polyline2d object by approximating the input curve within the specified tolerance. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
            <param name="Curve">
                <summary>Input transient geometry curve that will be approximated. Valid input for this argument is an Arc2d, BSplineCurve2d, Circle2d, EllipseFull2d, EllipticalArc2d, and LineSegment2d.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double defining the approximation tolerance. This value is in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreatePolyline3d(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Polyline3d object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically</summary>
            <param name="Points">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the coordinates of the polyline. Valid input for this argument is an ObjectCollection of Point objects or an array of Double values that contains the X, Y, Z values of each coordinate.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreatePolyline3dFromCurve(System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Polyline3d object by approximating the input curve within the specified tolerance. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically.</summary>
            <param name="Curve">
                <summary>Input transient geometry curve that will be approximated. Valid input for this argument is an Arc3d, BSplineCurve, Circle, EllipseFull, EllipticalArc, and LineSegment.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double defining the approximation tolerance. This value is in centimeters.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateSphere(Inventor.Point,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Sphere object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the center of the sphere.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double value that specifies the radius of the sphere.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateTorus(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Torus object. The object created is a transient mathematical object and is not displayed graphically</summary>
            <param name="CenterPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the center of the torus.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxisVector">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object that specifies the direction of the axis of the torus.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MajorRadius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the major radius of the torus.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinorRadius">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the minor radius of the torus.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateUnitVector(System.Double,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new UnitVector object.</summary>
            <param name="XCoord">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the UnitVector's X-coordinate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YCoord">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the UnitVector's Y-coordinate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ZCoord">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the UnitVector's Z-coordinate.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateUnitVector2d(System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new UnitVector2d object.</summary>
            <param name="XCoord">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the UnitVector's X-coordinate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YCoord">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the UnitVector's Y-coordinate.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateVector(System.Double,System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Vector object.</summary>
            <param name="XCoord">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the Vector's X-coordinate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YCoord">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the Vector's Y-coordinate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ZCoord">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the Vector's Z-coordinate.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CreateVector2d(System.Double,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Vector2d object.</summary>
            <param name="XCoord">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the Vector's X-coordinate.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YCoord">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the Vector's Y-coordinate.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CurveCurveIntersection(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Gets the intersection between the input curves.</summary>
            <param name="CurveOne">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the first curve for the intersection.  The input can be any of the transient 3D curve objects (Line, LineSegment, Arc3d, EllipticalArc, Circle, EllipseFull, or a BSplineCurve).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CurveTwo">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the second curve for the intersection. The input can be any of the transient 3D curve objects (Line, LineSegment, Arc3d, EllipticalArc, Circle, EllipseFull, or a BSplineCurve).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the linear tolerance to use for intersection computation.  If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.CurveSurfaceIntersection(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Gets the intersection between the input curve and the input surface.</summary>
            <param name="Curve">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the curve for the intersection.  The input can be any of the transient 3D curve objects (Line, LineSegment, Arc3d, EllipticalArc, Circle, EllipseFull, or a BSplineCurve).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Surface">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the surface for the intersection. The input can be any of the transient surface objects (Plane, Cone, Cylinder, EllipticalCone, EllipticalCylinder, Sphere, Torus or a BSplineSurface).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the linear tolerance to use for intersection computation.  If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.GetFarmostPoint(System.Object,Inventor.UnitVector)">
            <summary>Gets the farmost point along the direction.</summary>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input the entity object from which to get the farmost point along specified direction.
Valid entity can be Edge, Face and SurfaceBody.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Input the UnitVector object to specify the direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransientGeometry.PointTolerance">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal tolerance used to compare whether two points are equal. For example, this is the default tolerance value used in the IsEqualTo method on the Point object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientGeometry.SurfaceSurfaceIntersection(System.Object,System.Object,System.Double)">
            <summary>Gets the intersection between the input surfaces.</summary>
            <param name="SurfaceOne">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the first surface for the intersection. The input can be any of the transient surface objects (Plane, Cone, Cylinder, EllipticalCone, EllipticalCylinder, Sphere, Torus or a BSplineSurface).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SurfaceTwo">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the second surface for the intersection. The input can be any of the transient surface objects (Plane, Cone, Cylinder, EllipticalCone, EllipticalCylinder, Sphere, Torus or a BSplineSurface).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the linear tolerance to use for intersection computation.  If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransientGeometry.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TransientObjects">
            <summary>Object through which all general transient objects are constructed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientObjects.CreateCamera">
            <summary>Constructs a new Camera object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientObjects.CreateColor(System.Byte,System.Byte,System.Byte,System.Double)">
            <summary>Method to construct a new Color object.</summary>
            <param name="Red">
                <summary>Input Byte that specifies the red component of the color. This value must be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Green">
                <summary>Input Byte that specifies the green component of the color. This value must be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Blue">
                <summary>Input Byte that specifies the blue component of the color. This value must be between 0 and 255.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Opacity">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the opacity of the color. The opacity is defined using a value between 0 and 1. A value of 0 indicates complete translucency while a value of 1 is completely opaque. If not specified this argument defaults to 1.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientObjects.CreateDataMedium">
            <summary>Method that constructs a new DataMedium object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientObjects.CreateEdgeCollection(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method creates a new EdgeCollection object. Optionally, the resulting EdgeCollection can be initialized with the contents of an enumerator containing edges that is passed in. Typically, an empty EdgeCollection will be created and populated using the Add method of the EdgeCollection object.</summary>
            <param name="ObjectsEnumerator">
                <summary>Input enumerator object that contains edges. For example, the Edges object returned by the Edges property of a face can be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientObjects.CreateFaceCollection(System.Object)">
            <summary>Constructs a new FaceCollection object. If an ObjectsEnumerator is passed in, the collection starts off containing the enumerated objects.</summary>
            <param name="ObjectsEnumerator">
                <summary>Optional objects enumerator.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientObjects.CreateFileMetadata(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new FileMetadata object. The newly created FileMetadata is returned.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Optional input string object that specifies a full file name (with the extension and the path).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientObjects.CreateNameValueMap">
            <summary>Constructs a new NameValueMap object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientObjects.CreateObjectCollection(System.Object)">
            <summary>Constructs a new ObjectCollection object. If an ObjectsEnumerator is passed in, the collection starts off containing the enumerated objects.</summary>
            <param name="ObjectsEnumerator">
                <summary>Input Variant that contains the enumerated objects to place in the collection.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientObjects.CreateObjectCollectionByVariant(System.Object)">
            <summary>Constructs a new ObjectCollectionByVariant object. If an ObjectsEnumeratorByVariant is passed in, the collection starts off containing the enumerated objects.</summary>
            <param name="ObjectsEnumeratorByVariant">
                <summary>Input Variant that contains the enumerated objects to place in the collection.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientObjects.CreateSignatureString(System.String)">
            <summary>Constructs a unique signature for a string.</summary>
            <param name="StringToSign">
                <summary>Input String value to get the signature GUID.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransientObjects.CreateTranslationContext">
            <summary>Constructs a new TranslationContext object, used in TranslatorAddin workflows.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint">
            <summary>Object that represents a transition assembly constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second geometry</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraint.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.ConvertToInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.ConvertToMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second geometry</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionalConstraintProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TransitionSymbol">
            <summary>TransitionSymbol Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbol.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbol.AttachmentType">
            <summary>Returns the attachment type for the transition symbol when it is created.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbol.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Gets the Attribute Sets collection on this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionSymbol.CopyTo(Inventor.Sheet,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Copies the transition symbol to specified sheet.</summary>
            <param name="TargetSheet">
                <summary>Input Sheet object that specifies the sheet to copy the transition symbol to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NewName">
                <summary>Optional input String value that specifies the name of the new transition symbol. If not provided the default name will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Optional input Point2d object that specifies the position on the sheet to copy the transition symbol to. If not provided the default position will be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbol.Definition">
            <summary>Gets and sets the TransitionSymbolDefinition object associated with this transition symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionSymbol.Delete">
            <summary>Deletes the TransitionSymbol.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionSymbol.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Generate the sequence of bytes, called this object's reference key, which can be held onto beyond document edits and which will allow the caller to be bound back to the live object.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object.  The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbol.Leader">
            <summary>Returns the Leader object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbol.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbol.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the transition symbol on the sheet.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbol.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TransitionSymbolDefinition">
            <summary>TransitionSymbolDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolDefinition.CenterMainIndicationArea">
            <summary>Gets and sets the center main indication area value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolDefinition.CenterMainIndicationArea2">
            <summary>Gets and sets the center main indication area value for combined maximum material and least material radius boundary specification.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolDefinition.CombinedMaximumAndLeastMaterial">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to combine maximum material and least material radius boundary specification for the transition symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionSymbolDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this TransitionSymbolDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolDefinition.IndicationType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the indication type of the transition symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolDefinition.Layer">
            <summary>Gets and sets the layer associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolDefinition.LowerMainIndicationArea">
            <summary>Gets and sets the lower main indication area value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolDefinition.LowerMainIndicationArea2">
            <summary>Gets and sets the lower main indication area value for combined maximum material and least material radius boundary specification.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolDefinition.SeveralTolerancedFeaturesIndication">
            <summary>Gets and sets the several tolerance features indication value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolDefinition.Style">
            <summary>Gets and sets the transition symbol style associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolDefinition.UpperMainIndicationArea">
            <summary>Gets and sets the upper main indication area value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolDefinition.UpperMainIndicationArea2">
            <summary>Gets and sets the upper main indication area value for combined maximum material and least material radius boundary specification.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TransitionSymbols">
            <summary>TransitionSymbols Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionSymbols.Add(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.TransitionSymbolDefinition)">
            <summary>Creates a new transition symbol.</summary>
            <param name="LeaderPoints">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection object containing a series of Point2d objects representing the leader originating at the transition symbol. If the ObjectCollection contains only one Point2d which is on empty space then no leader will be created, and the newly created transition symbol will have its AttachementType set to kNoAttachementType. If the ObjectCollection contains a series of Point2d objects, the last item in the collection (even if it is the only item) can be a GeometryIntent object indicating a geometry to attach the leader to(the newly created transition symbol will have its AttachementType set to kGeometryAttachementType) or a Point2d which locates on the position within a drawing view(the newly created transition symbol will have its AttachementType set to kDrawingViewAttachementType). The ObjectCollection must contain at least one item, else the method will fail. This defines whether the symbol is attached to an empty space, a geometry or a DrawingView, and this will require different symbol indication options defined in the TransitionSymbolDefinition argument. 
A GeometryIntent object can be created using the Sheet.CreateGeometryIntent method.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TransitionSymbolDefinition">
                <summary>Input TransitionSymbolDefinition object that defines the transition symbol to create.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbols.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbols.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionSymbols.CreateDefinition(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a new transition symbol definition.</summary>
            <param name="SymbolIndicationType">
                <summary>Optional input TransitionSymbolIndicationTypeEnum indicating the transition symbol indication type. If not provided, this defaults to kNoSymbolIndication.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CombinedMaximumAndLeastMaterial">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value that specifies whether to combine maximum material and least material radius boundary specification. 
If not provided this defaults to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap to specify more options for the definition.

This is reserved for future use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbols.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbols.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStyle">
            <summary>TransitionSymbolStyle object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStyle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStyle.Comments">
            <summary>Gets and sets comments associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStyle.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStyle.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local Style object. The newly created style is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a dimension style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other dimension styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStyle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Style/Layer/UnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStyle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStyle.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the standard style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user. Note that this name is not guaranteed to be unique.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStyle.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStyle.LeaderStyleForEdgeSelected">
            <summary>Gets and sets the leader style used for the transition symbol style when attaches to geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStyle.LeaderStyleForFaceSelected">
            <summary>Gets and sets the leader style used for the transition symbol style when attaches to drawing view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStyle.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStyle.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStyle.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStyle.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStyle.StyleType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStyle.TextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the transition symbol style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStyle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStyle.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStyle.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStylesEnumerator">
            <summary>TransitionSymbolStylesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStylesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStylesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStylesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TransitionSymbolStylesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint">
            <summary>The TranslateTranslate assembly motion constraint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second geometry</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.ForwardDirection">
            <summary>Gets/sets the Boolean that defines the sense of translation of the occurrences with respect to each other. True implies constrained in the same direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.Ratio">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the ration of translation between the constrained ComponentOccurrences.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraint.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceOne property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the first of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.AffectedOccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects affected by this constraint. This is the same as the owning occurrence obtained from the OccurrenceTwo property in the case where the owning assembly is not adaptive. Else, this is the first non-adaptive occurrence in the path leading from the owning occurrence to the occurrence that contains the second of the two geometries that this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToAngleConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an angle constraint, and returns the AngleConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an angle constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the angle between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are radians. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current angle units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input AngleConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type. If specified to be kDirectedSolution, the solution always applies the right hand rule. If specified to be kUndirectedSolution, the solution allows either orientation, thus resolving situations where component orientation flips during a constraint drive or drag. If specified to be kReferenceVectorSolution, the ReferenceVectorEntity argument must be provided with a third entity for the solution. The default value is kDirectedSolution.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReferenceVectorEntity">
                <summary>Optional input object that provides a third entity to solve the angle constraint. This argument is ignored if the SolutionType argument is not kReferenceVectorSolution. This object can be a planar face, work plane, linear edge, work axis, or a face that defines an axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other. If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToCustomConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a custom constraint, and returns the CustomConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a custom constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ClientId">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the ClientId, typically the ClassId of the Add-in creating the constraint.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToFlushConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a flush constraint, and returns the FlushConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a flush constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. The input object must be either a planar Face object or WorkPlane object</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToInsertConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with an insert constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToInsertConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to an insert constraint, and returns the InsertConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AxesOpposed">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the direction of the axies of the input entities are in the same direction or opposed. A value of True indicates they are opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LockRotation">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to lock the rotation freedom or not.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.


An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.


If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToMateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a mate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine. For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint. 
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToMateConstraint2(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a mate constraint, and returns the MateConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first geometry.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second geometry</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities.  This can be either a numeric value or a string.  A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter.  If a value is input, the units are centimeters.  If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible.
If entity one is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity two must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity two must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity one is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity two must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity one is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted.  Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible.
If entity two is a cylinder this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cylinder, entity one must also be a cylinder and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a sphere this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredPoint.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a sphere, entity one must also be a sphere and they must be the same radius.
If entity two is a cone this can be either kNoInferrence or kInferredLine.  For kNoInferrence to be valid for a cone, entity one must also be a cone and they must have the same taper angle.
If entity two is a torus this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint.
For a plane, only kNoInferrence is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SolutionType">
                <summary>Optional input MateConstraintSolutionTypeEnum that specifies the solution type for the mate constraint. If not provided this defaults to kOpposedSolutionType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence.  The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident.  This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn’t being controlled by another constraint.  
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint.  In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact.  Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateRotateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-rotate constraint, and returns the RotateRotateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-rotate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the rotation ratio between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. The input value is unitless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of rotation of the objects with respect to the axis direction. If the input value is True then both objects will rotate the same direction around their axes. If False, then they will rotate in opposite directions.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToRotateTranslateConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a rotate-translate constraint, and returns the RotateTranslateConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a rotate-translate constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object and its rotation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the rotation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object and its translation axis. The input object must be a planar Face, a revolved Face, a linear Edge, a WorkPlane, or a WorkAxis object. For planar objects the translation axis is normal to the input face.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Ratio">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the distance of translation for every revolution of the rotated occurrence. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ForwardDirection">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines the direction of translation with respect to the rotation direction relative to the axes directions. If the input value is True then when the rotation object is rotated in a positive direction about its axis, the translation object will move in the positive direction of its vector, If False, it will move in the negative direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToSymmetryConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,Inventor.InferredTypeEnum,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Converts the constraint to a symmetry constraint, and returns the AssemblySymmetryConstraint object.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input entity that is to be symmetric.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SymmetryPlane">
                <summary>Input planar entity that defines the symmetry plane. This can either be a planar face or a work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityOneInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input constant that specifies how the geometry of entity one is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity one, different options are possible. 
If entity one is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity one is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity one is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity one is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity one is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwoInferredType">
                <summary>Optional input enum that specifies how the geometry of entity two is to be interpreted. Depending on the geometry of the entity two, different options are possible. If entity two is a linear entity this can be either kNoInference or kInferredPoint, for kInferredPoint the mid-point of the linear entity is used for the constraint. If entity two is a circular/elliptical sketch entity, this can be either kInferredPiont or kInferredLine. If entity two is a cylindrical, elliptic-cylindrical, conical face this can be kNoInference or kInferredLine. If entity two is a toroidal face this can be either kInferredLine or kInferredPoint. If entity two is a spherical face this can be kInferredPoint. For a plane, only kNoInference is valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="NormalsOpposed">
                <summary>This argument only applies when the two entities are planar (planar face or work plane) and defines if the normal of the planar entities are oriented so they are opposed or aligned.  If the input entities are not planar, this argument is ignored.  If they are planar and this argument is not specified they will defined to be opposed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToTangentConstraint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a tangent constraint, and returns the TangentConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a tangent constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="EntityOne">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EntityTwo">
                <summary>Input object that defines the second object. This object is a circular edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InsideTangency">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies the orientation of the surfaces at the tangent contact point of the surfaces.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset between the two input entities. This can be either a numeric value or a string. A parameter for this value is created and the supplied string or value is assigned to the parameter. If a value is input, the units are centimeters. If a string is input the units can be specified as part of the string or will default to the current length units of the document.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.ConvertToTransitionalConstraint(Inventor.Face,Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts the constraint to a transitional constraint, and returns the TransitionalConstraint object. This method can also be used to edit the geometries associated with a transitional constraint without changing its type, in which case the same object is returned by the method.</summary>
            <param name="FaceOne">
                <summary>First input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FaceTwo">
                <summary>Second input face that defines the initial face that is used in repositioning the parts. Once the constraint is placed it can move along any of the faces of the part.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointOne">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BiasPointTwo">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that is used help in determining the initial position of the occurrence. The occurrences are repositioned in an attempt to make the two bias points coincident. This provides some general control over the position of the occurrence when it isn't being controlled by another constraint.
An example of when the bias points are useful is the case when the first constraint on a part is a mate constraint. In the case where the mate is between two planes, the parts can be positioned anywhere along the infinite plane that defines their mating contact. Using the bias points you can define the position of the two occurrences, relative to each other.
If a bias point is not given, one is calculated that is at the center of the parameter range of the input entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.DriveSettings">
            <summary>Returns the DriveSettings object for the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.EntityOne">
            <summary>Property that indicates the first of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.EntityTwo">
            <summary>Property that indicates the second of the geometric entities (Face, Axis, Edge, etc.) being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.ForwardDirection">
            <summary>Gets/sets the Boolean that defines the sense of translation of the occurrences with respect to each other. True implies constrained in the same direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.GeometryOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the first of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.GeometryTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the geometry of the second of the two entities that this constraint is between. The geometry returned is in the space of the assembly and for face or work plane geometries it accounts for the orientation of the face or work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.iMateResult">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResult object that resulted in the creation of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.IsDefaultName">
            <summary>Indicates if the name of this constraint is the original default name or if the user has changed the name.&amp;nbsp;A value of True indicates the name is the original default name.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.LayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that returns the layout constraint this constraint is a member of. Returns Nothing in the case where this constraint is not a member of a layout constraint. You can also determine if a constraint is a member of a layout constraint by using the ResultOfLayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the displayable name of this constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.OccurrenceOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.OccurrenceTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second of the two objects this constraint is between.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.Ratio">
            <summary>Property that returns the Parameter object that controls the ration of translation between the constrained ComponentOccurrences.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.ResultOfiMate">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this iMateResult represents a composite iMate.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.ResultOfLayoutConstraint">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this constraint is a member of a layout constraint. If True then it is a member of a layout constraint. The layout constraint can be obtained by using the LayoutConstraint property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether this constraint is suppressed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslateTranslateConstraintProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Visible indicating whether this constraint is visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TranslationContext">
            <summary>The TranslationContext object is used in TranslatorAddin workflows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslationContext.OpenIntoExisting">
            <summary>Specifies the object that is the target of the translation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslationContext.Type">
            <summary>Specifies the IO operation type of the translation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn">
            <summary>Object that represents an Translator AddIn inside Autodesk Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.Activate">
            <summary>Creates and initializes the AddIn. No effect if AddIn already active.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.Activated">
            <summary>Gets a Boolean flag indicating whether this AddIn is currently active in the session.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.AddInType">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this AddIn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.Automation">
            <summary>Property that returns the Add-in's automation interface (if any). Fails if the Add-in is currently inactive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.ClassIdString">
            <summary>Gets the CLSID of the AddIn as the string used in the class moniker.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.ClientId">
            <summary>Property that returns a GUID in string format that uniquely identifies this Add-in. This GUID is used as an identifier when creating Add-in specific objects such as user interface elements, client features, etc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.DataVersion">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current data version of the AddIn.&amp;nbsp;This value corresponds to the 'Data Version' registry entry in the AddIn's registry hive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.Deactivate">
            <summary>Invokes the shutdown sequence on the AddIn. No effect if AddIn inactive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.Description">
            <summary>Gets the description of the AddIn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets the displayable name of the AddIn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.FileExtensions">
            <summary>Property that gets the semicolon-separated list of the native file extensions that this translator reads from and/or writes to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.FilterText">
            <summary>Property that gets the filter text string to be displayed in the file dialog for this translator.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.GetThumbnail(Inventor.DataMedium)">
            <summary>Obtains the thumbnail, if any, for the given data-source. Could be a metafile handle (long) or the interface to a StdPicture object.</summary>
            <param name="SourceData">
                <summary>Input DataMedium object that specifies the data source.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.HasOpenOptions">
            <summary>Gets whether the translator has options available for opening the specified data-source.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.HasSaveCopyAsOptions">
            <summary>Gets whether the translator has options available for saving the specified data-source.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.Hidden">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the AddIn is hidden or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.LicenseStatus">
            <summary>Gets the license status of the AddIn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.LoadAutomatically">
            <summary>Gets/Sets whether the add-in loads automatically based on the load behavior specified for the add-in.&amp;nbsp;If set to False, the add-in needs to be manually loaded by the user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.LoadBehavior">
            <summary>Gets a constant indicating the load behavior (load time) of the add-in. This applies only if the LoadAutomatically property is set to True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.Location">
            <summary>Property that returns the full file name of the dll associated with this Add-in.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.Open(Inventor.DataMedium,Inventor.TranslationContext,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Open the data specified by the data-source.</summary>
            <param name="SourceData">
                <summary>Input DataMedium object that specifies the data source.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input TranslationContext object that can be used to determine the context for the translation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies translation options.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetObject">
                <summary>Output object in which to place the data from the data source.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Application object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.ProgId">
            <summary>Gets the ProgID of the AddIn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.SaveCopyAs(System.Object,Inventor.TranslationContext,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.DataMedium)">
            <summary>Save the document to the specified data-source.</summary>
            <param name="SourceObject">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the source of the data to be saved. This can be a Document or FlatPattern object. FlatPattern can be exported to DXF, DWG, SAT, STEP and IGES formats.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input TranslationContext object that can be used to determine the context for the translation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies translation options.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetData">
                <summary>Input DataMedium object that specifies the medium of the data to be saved.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.ShortDisplayName">
            <summary>Property that returns the short display name of the Add-in. Used in places to succinctly identify the AddIn inside Inventor's UI.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.ShowOpenOptions(Inventor.DataMedium,Inventor.TranslationContext,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Show the open options for the specified data-source. This method is only called if True was returned from HasOpenOptions.</summary>
            <param name="SourceData">
                <summary>Input DataMedium object that specifies the data source.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input TranslationContext object that can be used to determine the context for the translation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ChosenOptions">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies the options chosen.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.ShowSaveCopyAsOptions(System.Object,Inventor.TranslationContext,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Show the save options for the specified data-source. This method is only called if True was returned from HasSaveCopyAsOptions.</summary>
            <param name="SourceObject">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the source of the data to show the save options for.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input TranslationContext object that can be used to determine the context for the translation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ChosenOptions">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies the options chosen.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.SupportsImportInto">
            <summary>Property that returns semicolon-separated Inventor file types that this translator supports importing into. Example: ".iam;.ipt."</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.SupportsOpen">
            <summary>Property that gets whether this translator supports opening files.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.SupportsOpenInto">
            <summary>Property that returns semicolon-separated Inventor file types that this translator supports opening into. Example: ".iam;.ipt."</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.SupportsSaveCopyAs">
            <summary>Property that gets whether this translator supports saving data to a file.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.SupportsSaveCopyAsFrom">
            <summary>Property that returns semicolon-separated Inventor file types that this translator supports saving from. Example: ".iam;.ipt."</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.TranslatorAvailable">
            <summary>Gets/Sets a Boolean flag indicating whether this Translator is available to Inventor, regardless of whether it is loaded or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.UserInterfaceVersion">
            <summary>Property that returns the version of the user interface of the add-in. Incrementing this version results in all of the add-in"s UI getting cleaned up during Inventor start-up.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddIn.UserUnloadable">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the AddIn is allowed to be unloaded by the user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TranslatorAddInServer">
            <summary>Object required to be supported by Server to qualify as an Autodesk Inventor Translator AddIn.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslatorAddInServer.Activate(Inventor.ApplicationAddInSite,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Invoked by Autodesk Inventor after creating the AddIn. AddIn should initialize within this call.</summary>
            <param name="AddInSiteObject">
                <summary>Input argument that specifies the object, which provides access to the Autodesk Inventor Application object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FirstTime">
                <summary>The FirstTime flag, if True, indicates to the Addin that this is the first time it is being loaded and to take some specific action. It does not take these actions when this flag is False. Typically, when the flag is True, the AddIn proceeds to create all of the objects under the UserInterfaceManager that it needs - Environments, Ribbons and Controls. These objects are persistent, but if this is the first time the Addin is loaded, they need to be created from scratch. When the FirstTime flag is False, meaning the Addin has already been loaded, it only needs to create the objects under the CommandManager - CommandCategories and ControlDefinitions.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddInServer.Automation">
            <summary>Gets the IUnknown of the object implemented inside the AddIn that supports AddIn-specific API.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslatorAddInServer.Deactivate">
            <summary>Invoked by Autodesk Inventor to shut down the AddIn. AddIn should complete shutdown within this call.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslatorAddInServer.ExecuteCommand(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Invoked by Autodesk Inventor in response to user requesting the execution of an AddIn-supplied command. AddIn must perform the command within this call.</summary>
            <param name="CommandID">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the command to execute.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslatorAddInServer.GetThumbnail(Inventor.DataMedium)">
            <summary>Obtains the thumbnail, if any, for the given data-source. Could be a metafile handle (long) or the interface to a StdPicture object.</summary>
            <param name="SourceData">
                <summary>Input DataMedium object that specifies the data source.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddInServer.HasOpenOptions">
            <summary>Gets whether the translator has options available for opening the specified data-source.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TranslatorAddInServer.HasSaveCopyAsOptions">
            <summary>Gets whether the translator has options available for saving the specified data-source.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslatorAddInServer.Open(Inventor.DataMedium,Inventor.TranslationContext,Inventor.NameValueMap,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Open the data specified by the data-source.</summary>
            <param name="SourceData">
                <summary>Input DataMedium object that specifies the data source.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input TranslationContext object that can be used to determine the context for the translation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies translation options.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetObject">
                <summary>Input/output object in which to place the data from the data source.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslatorAddInServer.SaveCopyAs(System.Object,Inventor.TranslationContext,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.DataMedium)">
            <summary>Save the specified document to the specified data-source.</summary>
            <param name="SourceObject">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the source of the data to be saved.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input TranslationContext object that can be used to determine the context for the translation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies translation options.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetData">
                <summary>Input DataMedium object that specifies the medium of the data to be saved.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslatorAddInServer.ShowOpenOptions(Inventor.DataMedium,Inventor.TranslationContext,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Show the open options for the specified data-source. This method is only called if True was returned from HasOpenOptions.</summary>
            <param name="SourceData">
                <summary>Input DataMedium object that specifies the data source.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input TranslationContext object that can be used to determine the context for the translation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ChosenOptions">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies the options chosen.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TranslatorAddInServer.ShowSaveCopyAsOptions(System.Object,Inventor.TranslationContext,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Show the save options for the specified data-source. This method is only called if True was returned from HasSaveCopyAsOptions.</summary>
            <param name="SourceObject">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the source of the data to show the save options for.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input TranslationContext object that can be used to determine the context for the translation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ChosenOptions">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies the options chosen.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TriadEvents">
            <summary>Event object that provides Triad (3D Move/Rotate tool) events.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriadEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriadEvents.DegreesOfFreedom">
            <summary>Gets/sets the allowed translation and rotation directions.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriadEvents.Enabled">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the flag indicating whether the Triad is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriadEvents.GlobalTransform">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the current position of the Triad.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriadEvents.IsInRedefineMode">
            <summary>Read-only property that indicates whether the triad is currently in redefine mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriadEvents.MoveTriadOnly">
            <summary>Gets/sets a flag indicating whether to move the triad independent of the object that the triad is being used to move.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriadEvents.MoveTriadOnlyEnabled">
            <summary>Gets/sets a flag indicating whether to provide the 'Move Triad Only' option to the end user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriadEvents.OnActivate(Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that occurs when the triad is activated.</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriadEvents.OnEndMove(Inventor.TriadSegmentEnum,Inventor.ShiftStateEnum,Inventor.Matrix,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fired when the user ends a mouse drag, after repositioning the triad by aligning or when the user selects another triad segment after entering translation/rotation values in the dialog.</summary>
            <param name="SelectedTriadSegment">
                <summary>Returns a TriadSegmentEnum indicating the segment of the triad that was selected for this drag operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShiftKeys">
                <summary>Returns an enumerated constant that corresponds to the state of the SHIFT, CTRL, and ALT keys when the button specified in the button argument is clicked. The constants correspond to one or more of those three keys being down. Each of these keys corresponds to a bit: SHIFT key (bit 0), the CTRL key (bit 1), and the ALT key (bit 2). These bits correspond to the values 1, 2, and 4, respectively. Combinations of these are provided as conveniences in the enumerator. For example, if only the ALT key was down, the constant kShiftStateAlt would be returned corresponding to the integer 4. If CTRL and ALT were pressed, the constant kShiftStateCtrlAlt would be returned whose integer value would be 6.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CoordinateSystem">
                <summary>Returns a Matrix object indicating the triad's current position in model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriadEvents.OnEndSequence(System.Boolean,Inventor.Matrix,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Superseded; use OnEndSequence2.</summary>
            <param name="Cancelled">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="CoordinateSystem">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriadEvents.OnEndSequence2(System.Boolean,Inventor.Matrix,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires when the user ends a move sequence of the triad.</summary>
            <param name="Cancelled">
                <summary>Returns a Boolean indicating whether this sequence of moves was cancelled by the user.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CoordinateSystem">
                <summary>Returns a Matrix object indicating the triad's current position in model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriadEvents.OnMove(Inventor.TriadSegmentEnum,Inventor.ShiftStateEnum,Inventor.Matrix,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that occurs when the triad moves as a result of a drag, a reposition or user entering values for translation or rotation. A 'reposition' move is always immediately followed by the OnEndMove event.</summary>
            <param name="SelectedTriadSegment">
                <summary>Returns a TriadSegmentEnum indicating the segment of the triad that was selected for this move operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShiftKeys">
                <summary>Returns an enumerated constant that corresponds to the state of the SHIFT, CTRL, and ALT keys when the drag operation occurs. The constants correspond to one or more of those three keys being down. Each of these keys corresponds to a bit: SHIFT key (bit 0), the CTRL key (bit 1), and the ALT key (bit 2). These bits correspond to the values 1, 2, and 4, respectively. Combinations of these are provided as conveniences in the enumerator. For example, if only the ALT key was down, the constant kShiftStateAlt would be returned corresponding to the integer 4. If CTRL and ALT were pressed, the constant kShiftStateCtrlAlt would be returned whose integer value would be 6.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CoordinateSystem">
                <summary>Returns a Matrix object indicating the triad's current position in model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Returns the NameValueMap object with information regarding the context in which the move occurred.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriadEvents.OnMoveTriadOnlyToggle(System.Boolean,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Superseded; use OnMoveTriadOnlyToggle2.</summary>
            <param name="MoveTriadOnly">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriadEvents.OnMoveTriadOnlyToggle2(System.Boolean,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires when the 'Move Triad Only' option is toggled.</summary>
            <param name="MoveTriadOnly">
                <summary>Indicates whether to move the triad independent of the object that the triad is being used to move. A value of True indicates that the triad move should not move the object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the MoveTriadOnly is changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriadEvents.OnSegmentSelectionChange(Inventor.TriadSegmentEnum,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that occurs every time a segment of a triad is selected.</summary>
            <param name="SelectedTriadSegment">
                <summary>Returns a TriadSegmentEnum indicating the segment of the triad that was selected for this operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the triad segment selection is changed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output &lt;link Inventor::HandlingCodeEnum, HandlingCodeEnum&gt; that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriadEvents.OnStartMove(Inventor.TriadSegmentEnum,Inventor.ShiftStateEnum,Inventor.Matrix,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that occurs when the triad begins to move as a result of a drag, a reposition or user entering values for translation or rotation. The event provides information of the state of the triad before the move actually occurs.</summary>
            <param name="SelectedTriadSegment">
                <summary>Returns a TriadSegmentEnum indicating the segment of the triad that was selected for this move operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShiftKeys">
                <summary>Returns an enumerated constant that corresponds to the state of the SHIFT, CTRL, and ALT keys when the button specified in the button argument is clicked. The constants correspond to one or more of those three keys being down. Each of these keys corresponds to a bit: SHIFT key (bit 0), the CTRL key (bit 1), and the ALT key (bit 2). These bits correspond to the values 1, 2, and 4, respectively. Combinations of these are provided as conveniences in the enumerator. For example, if only the ALT key was down, the constant kShiftStateAlt would be returned corresponding to the integer 4. If CTRL and ALT were pressed, the constant kShiftStateCtrlAlt would be returned whose integer value would be 6.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CoordinateSystem">
                <summary>Returns a Matrix object indicating the triad's current position in model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriadEvents.OnStartSequence(Inventor.Matrix,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires indicating the logical start of a sequence of triad moves.</summary>
            <param name="CoordinateSystem">
                <summary>Returns a Matrix object indicating the triad's current position in model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriadEvents.OnTerminate(System.Boolean,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Superseded; use OnTerminate2.</summary>
            <param name="Cancelled">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriadEvents.OnTerminate2(System.Boolean,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires when the triad is terminated.</summary>
            <param name="Cancelled">
                <summary>Returns a Boolean indicating whether this sequence of moves was cancelled by the user.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. The value of this argument is currently ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriadEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriadEvents.Repeat">
            <summary>Gets and sets a flag indicating whether the triad should be terminated after one sequence of moves.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriadEvents.Reposition(Inventor.TriadSegmentEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Repositions the specified triad to the specified object.</summary>
            <param name="TriadSegment">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="AlignWith">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriadEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics">
            <summary>The TriangleFanGraphics object defines a set of connected triangles. The first three coordinates define a triangle and the next coordinate defines another triangle using two previous coordinates.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.Anchored">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this graphics primitive is anchored in view space. This property can only be set to False. The Anchored property is automatically set to True by the SetViewSpaceAnchor method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.BackFaceCulling">
            <summary>Gets and sets how the back face culling are defined for the triangles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.BurnThrough">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether or not graphics are always visible even if they are blocked by other object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.ColorBinding">
            <summary>Gets and sets how the colors are defined for the triangle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.ColorIndexSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsIndexSet that defines the indices within the GraphicsColorSet to use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.ColorMapper">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the GraphicsColorMapper object associated with the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.ColorSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsColorSet associated with the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.CoordinateIndexSet">
            <summary>Get and sets the GraphicsIndexSet that defines the indices within the coordinate set to use for the triangles of the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.CoordinateSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsCoordinateSet associated with the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the graphics primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.DepthPriority">
            <summary>Read-write property that allows you to specify a priority to a set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.GetStripLengths(System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the current strip lengths. The strip lengths are defined by the number of coordinates used for each strip.</summary>
            <param name="StripLengths">
                <summary>Array of Longs that defines the strip lengths. The length of a strip is defined by specifying the number of coordinates used for each strip.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.GetTransformBehavior(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Returns the current view transformation settings (e.g. pixel scaling and front facing).</summary>
            <param name="TextAnchor">
                <summary>Output Point that returns the point that is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BehaviorType">
                <summary>Output DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum that returns the transform behaviors currently being used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PixelScale">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the number of pixels that are used to draw one model unit when pixel scaling is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.GetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.Point2d@,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the anchor information of the graphics object. This method returns an error if the 'Anchored' property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Output that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Output that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Output constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.Id">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Id of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.NormalBinding">
            <summary>Gets and sets how the normals are defined for the triangles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.NormalIndexSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsIndexSet that defines the indices within the normal set to use for the triangles of the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.NormalSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsNormalSet associated with the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.PutStripLengths(System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets the current strip lengths. The strip lengths are defined by the number of coordinates used for each strip.</summary>
            <param name="StripLengths">
                <summary>Array of Longs that defines the strip lengths. The length of a strip is defined by specifying the number of coordinates used for each strip.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.RemoveViewSpaceAnchor">
            <summary>The RemoveViewSpaceAnchor method removes the view space anchor from the object, and sets the Anchored property to false.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.SetTransformBehavior(Inventor.Point,Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum,System.Double)">
            <summary>Sets the view transformation settings (e.g. pixel scaling and front facing).</summary>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input &lt;link Inventor::Point, Point&gt; that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BehaviorType">
                <summary>Input DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum that specifies which transform behaviors are to be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PixelScale">
                <summary>Input Double that indicates how many pixels should be used to draw one model unit when pixel scaling is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.SetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum)">
            <summary>Method that anchors the graphics object at the specified point in view space. The Anchored property is set to True.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Input that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Input constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.TextureCoordinateIndexSet">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the GraphicsCoordinateIndexSet that defines the indices within the texture coordinate set to use for the triangles of the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.TextureCoordinateSet">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the GraphicsCoordinateSet associated with the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleFanGraphics.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TriangleGraphics">
            <summary>The TriangleGraphics object defines a set of disconnected triangles. Each set of three coordinates defines a triangle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.Anchored">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this graphics primitive is anchored in view space. This property can only be set to False. The Anchored property is automatically set to True by the SetViewSpaceAnchor method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.BackFaceCulling">
            <summary>Gets and sets how the back face culling are defined for the triangles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.BurnThrough">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether or not graphics are always visible even if they are blocked by other object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.ColorBinding">
            <summary>Gets and sets how the colors are defined for the triangle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.ColorIndexSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsIndexSet that defines the indices within the GraphicsColorSet to use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.ColorMapper">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the GraphicsColorMapper object associated with the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.ColorSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsColorSet associated with the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.CoordinateIndexSet">
            <summary>Get and sets the GraphicsIndexSet that defines the indices within the coordinate set to use for the triangles of the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.CoordinateSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsCoordinateSet associated with the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the graphics primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.DepthPriority">
            <summary>Read-write property that allows you to specify a priority to a set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.GetCustomImage(Inventor.GraphicsImageSet@,System.Int32@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the image used for this TriangleGraphics object.</summary>
            <param name="ImageSet">
                <summary>Output GraphicsImageSet that is currently assigned to this TriangleGraphics object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ImageIndex">
                <summary>Output Long that indicates which image in the GraphicsImageSet is currently being used by this TriangleGraphics object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.GetTransformBehavior(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Returns the current view transformation settings (e.g. pixel scaling and front facing).</summary>
            <param name="TextAnchor">
                <summary>Output Point that returns the point that is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BehaviorType">
                <summary>Output DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum that returns the transform behaviors currently being used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PixelScale">
                <summary>Output Double that returns the number of pixels that are used to draw one model unit when pixel scaling is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.GetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.Point2d@,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the anchor information of the graphics object. This method returns an error if the 'Anchored' property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Output that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Output that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Output constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.HasCustomImage">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether a custom image is set for this TriangleGraphics object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.Id">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Id of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.NormalBinding">
            <summary>Gets and sets how the normals are defined for the triangles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.NormalIndexSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsIndexSet that defines the indices within the normal set to use for the triangles of the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.NormalSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsNormalSet associated with the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.RemoveViewSpaceAnchor">
            <summary>The RemoveViewSpaceAnchor method removes the view space anchor from the object, and sets the Anchored property to false.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.SetCustomImage(Inventor.GraphicsImageSet,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that sets the custom image to use for this TriangleGraphics object.</summary>
            <param name="ImageSet">
                <summary>Input GraphicsImageSet to assign to this TriangleGraphics object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ImageIndex">
                <summary>Input Long that indicates which image in the GraphicsImageSet to use for this TriangleGraphics object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.SetTransformBehavior(Inventor.Point,Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum,System.Double)">
            <summary>Sets the view transformation settings (e.g. pixel scaling and front facing).</summary>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input &lt;link Inventor::Point, Point&gt; that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BehaviorType">
                <summary>Input DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum that specifies which transform behaviors are to be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PixelScale">
                <summary>Input Double that indicates how many pixels should be used to draw one model unit when pixel scaling is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.SetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum)">
            <summary>Method that anchors the graphics object at the specified point in view space. The Anchored property is set to True.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Input that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Input constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.TextureCoordinateIndexSet">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the GraphicsCoordinateIndexSet that defines the indices within the texture coordinate set to use for the triangles of the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.TextureCoordinateSet">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the GraphicsCoordinateSet associated with the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleGraphics.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics">
            <summary>The TriangleStripGraphics object defines a set of connected triangles. The first three coordinates define a triangle and the next coordinate defines another triangle using the previous two coordinates.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.Anchored">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether this graphics primitive is anchored in view space. This property can only be set to False. The Anchored property is automatically set to True by the SetViewSpaceAnchor method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.BackFaceCulling">
            <summary>Gets and sets how the back face culling are defined for the triangles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.BurnThrough">
            <summary>Read-write property that specifies whether or not graphics are always visible even if they are blocked by other object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.ColorBinding">
            <summary>Gets and sets how the colors are defined for the triangle.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.ColorIndexSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsIndexSet that defines the indices within the GraphicsColorSet to use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.ColorMapper">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the GraphicsColorMapper object associated with the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.ColorSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsColorSet associated with the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.CoordinateIndexSet">
            <summary>Get and sets the GraphicsIndexSet that defines the indices within the coordinate set to use for the triangles of the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.CoordinateSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsCoordinateSet associated with the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the graphics primitive.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.DepthPriority">
            <summary>Read-write property that allows you to specify a priority to a set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.GetStripLengths(System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the current strip lengths. The strip lengths are defined by the number of coordinates used for each strip.</summary>
            <param name="StripLengths">
                <summary>Array of Longs that defines the strip lengths. The length of a strip is defined by specifying the number of coordinates used for each strip.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.GetTransformBehavior(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Returns the current view transformation settings (e.g. pixel scaling and front facing).</summary>
            <param name="TextAnchor">
                <summary>Output Point that returns the point that is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BehaviorType">
                <summary>Output DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum that returns the transform behaviors currently being used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PixelScale">
                <summary>Output Point that returns the number of pixels that are used to draw one model unit when pixel scaling is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.GetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.Point2d@,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the anchor information of the graphics object. This method returns an error if the 'Anchored' property returns False.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Output that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Output that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Output constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.Id">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the Id of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.NormalBinding">
            <summary>Gets and sets how the normals are defined for the triangles.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.NormalIndexSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsIndexSet that defines the indices within the normal set to use for the triangles of the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.NormalSet">
            <summary>Gets and sets the GraphicsNormalSet associated with the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.PutStripLengths(System.Int32[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets the current strip lengths. The strip lengths are defined by the number of coordinates used for each strip.</summary>
            <param name="StripLengths">
                <summary>Array of Longs that defines the strip lengths. The length of a strip is defined by specifying the number of coordinates used for each strip.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.RemoveViewSpaceAnchor">
            <summary>The RemoveViewSpaceAnchor method removes the view space anchor from the object, and sets the Anchored property to false.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.SetTransformBehavior(Inventor.Point,Inventor.DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum,System.Double)">
            <summary>Sets the view transformation settings (e.g. pixel scaling and front facing).</summary>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input &lt;link Inventor::Point, Point&gt; that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BehaviorType">
                <summary>Input DisplayTransformBehaviorEnum that specifies which transform behaviors are to be used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PixelScale">
                <summary>Input Double that indicates how many pixels should be used to draw one model unit when pixel scaling is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.SetViewSpaceAnchor(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.ViewLayoutEnum)">
            <summary>Method that anchors the graphics object at the specified point in view space. The Anchored property is set to True.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Input that specifies the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Anchor">
                <summary>Input that indicates which point is unaffected by the transform behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AnchorRelativeTo">
                <summary>Input constant indicating which corner of the view the anchor is relative to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.TextureCoordinateIndexSet">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the GraphicsCoordinateIndexSet that defines the indices within the texture coordinate set to use for the triangles of the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.TextureCoordinateSet">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the GraphicsCoordinateSet associated with the set.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TriangleStripGraphics.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TrimFeature">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TrimFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TrimFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TrimFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TrimFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TrimFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TrimFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TrimFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TrimFeatures">
            <summary>The TrimFeatures collection provides access to all of the TrimFeature objects in a component definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  You can provide either the index of the item in the collection, where the first item is index 1, or you can provide the name of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TrimFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TutorialsManager">
            <summary>The TutorialsManager provides functions for tutorials.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TutorialsManager.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TutorialsManager.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TutorialsManager.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TwoDistancesChamferDef">
            <summary>The TwoDistancesChamferDef object provides access to the information that defines the variables for a chamfer feature created using two distances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoDistancesChamferDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoDistancesChamferDef.DistanceOne">
            <summary>Returns the parameter that controls the first distance used for the chamfer feature. This is applicable when the DefinitionType is kTwoDistances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoDistancesChamferDef.DistanceTwo">
            <summary>Returns the parameter that controls the second distance used for the chamfer feature. This is applicable when the DefinitionType is kTwoDistances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoDistancesChamferDef.Face">
            <summary>Returns the face used to define the chamfer feature created using a distance and an angle or two distances.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoDistancesChamferDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ChamferFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoDistancesChamferDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint">
            <summary>The TwoLineAngleDimConstraint object represents a constraint that controls the angle between two lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint.DimensionCenterPoint">
            <summary>Gets the center of the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint.LineOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first sketch line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint.LineTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second sketch line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3D">
            <summary>The TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3D object represents a constraint that controls the angle between two 3D sketch lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3D.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3D.DimensionPlane">
            <summary>Property that returns the transient dimension plane used to place and position the dimension text for this dimension constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3D.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3D.LineOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first 3D sketch line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3D.LineTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second 3D sketch line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3D.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3D.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3DProxy.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3DProxy.DimensionPlane">
            <summary>Property that returns the transient dimension plane used to place and position the dimension text for this dimension constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3DProxy.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3DProxy.LineOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first 3D sketch line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3DProxy.LineTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second 3D sketch line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3DProxy.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3DProxy.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraintProxy.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraintProxy.DimensionCenterPoint">
            <summary>Gets the center of the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraintProxy.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraintProxy.LineOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first sketch line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraintProxy.LineTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second sketch line being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraintProxy.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraintProxy.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLineAngleDimConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TwoLinesWorkPlaneDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work plane defined by two lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLinesWorkPlaneDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TwoLinesWorkPlaneDef.GetData(System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the data defining a work planed defined by a two lines. Line1 defines the X-axis.</summary>
            <param name="Line1">
                <summary>Output object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, or SketchLine object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Line2">
                <summary>Output object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, or SketchLine object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLinesWorkPlaneDef.Line1">
            <summary>Property that returns the first line of the two line defined work plane. This line defines the X-axis of the work plane. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, or SketchLine object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLinesWorkPlaneDef.Line2">
            <summary>Property that returns the second line of the two line defined work plane. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, or SketchLine object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLinesWorkPlaneDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent WorkPlane object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLinesWorkPlaneDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TwoLinesWorkPointDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work point defined by the intersection of two lines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLinesWorkPointDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TwoLinesWorkPointDef.GetData(System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the data defining a work point at the intersection of two lines.</summary>
            <param name="Line1">
                <summary>Output object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, or SketchLine object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Line2">
                <summary>Output object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, or SketchLine object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLinesWorkPointDef.Line1">
            <summary>Property that returns the first line of a work point that is defined by the intersection of two lines. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, or SketchLine object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLinesWorkPointDef.Line2">
            <summary>Property that returns the second line of a work point that is defined by the intersection of two lines. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, or SketchLine object..</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLinesWorkPointDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent WorkPoint object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoLinesWorkPointDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TwoPlanesWorkAxisDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work axis along a line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPlanesWorkAxisDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TwoPlanesWorkAxisDef.GetData(System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the data defining a work axis at the intersection of two planes.</summary>
            <param name="Plane1">
                <summary>Output object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane2">
                <summary>Output object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPlanesWorkAxisDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent WorkAxis object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPlanesWorkAxisDef.Plane1">
            <summary>Property that returns the plane of a two plane defined work axis. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object. The work axis is at the intersection of the two planes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPlanesWorkAxisDef.Plane2">
            <summary>Property that returns the plane of a two plane defined work axis. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object. The work axis is at the intersection of the two planes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPlanesWorkAxisDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TwoPlanesWorkPlaneDef">
            <summary>The TwoPlanesWorkPlaneDef object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work a work plane defined by two planes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPlanesWorkPlaneDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TwoPlanesWorkPlaneDef.GetData(System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the data defining a work plane defined by a two planes. Plane1 defines the X-axis.</summary>
            <param name="Plane1">
                <summary>Output object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face or a WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane2">
                <summary>Output object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face or a WorkPlane object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPlanesWorkPlaneDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent WorkPlane object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPlanesWorkPlaneDef.Plane1">
            <summary>Property that returns the first plane of the two-plane-defined work plane This object can be a planar Face or a WorkPlane object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPlanesWorkPlaneDef.Plane2">
            <summary>Property that returns the second plane of the two plane defined work plane This object can be a planar Face or a WorkPlane object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPlanesWorkPlaneDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint">
            <summary>The TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint object represents a constraint that controls the distance between two points. The vertical, horizontal, or true distance can be controlled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint.DimensionCenterPoint">
            <summary>Gets the center of the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint.Orientation">
            <summary>Property that indicates an enum indicating if the constraint is controlling the horizontal, vertical, or true distance between the points.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint.PointOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint.PointTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3D">
            <summary>The TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3D object represents a constraint that controls the distance between two 3D sketch points.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3D.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3D.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3D.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3D.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3D.DimensionPlane">
            <summary>Property that returns the transient dimension plane used to place and position the dimension text for this dimension constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3D.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3D.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3D.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3D.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3D.PointOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchPoint3D object that defines the first point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3D.PointTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchPoint3D object that defines the second point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3D.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3D.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.DimensionPlane">
            <summary>Property that returns the transient dimension plane used to place and position the dimension text for this dimension constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.PointOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchPoint3D object that defines the first point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.PointTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the SketchPoint3D object that defines the second point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraint3DProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraintProxy.AnchorPoints">
            <summary>Gets the anchor points of dimension.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraintProxy.DimensionCenterPoint">
            <summary>Gets the center of the dimension line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraintProxy.Driven">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this dimension constraint is driving the geometry or the geometry is defining the value associated with the constraint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraintProxy.Orientation">
            <summary>Property that indicates an enum indicating if the constraint is controlling the horizontal, vertical, or true distance between the points.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraintProxy.Parameter">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with this dimension constraint. If the Driven property of the constraint is True, this will return a ReferenceParameter object. Otherwise it will return a ModelParameter object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraintProxy.PointOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraintProxy.PointTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraintProxy.TextPoint">
            <summary>Gets and sets the position of the dimension text.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointDistanceDimConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.TwoPointsWorkAxisDef">
            <summary>Object that allows you to get and set the information that specifies a work axis along a line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointsWorkAxisDef.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.TwoPointsWorkAxisDef.GetData(System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets all of the data defining a work axis between two points.</summary>
            <param name="Point1">
                <summary>Output object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, or SketchPoint object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point2">
                <summary>Output object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, or SketchPoint object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointsWorkAxisDef.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent WorkAxis object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointsWorkAxisDef.Point1">
            <summary>Property that returns the first point of a two point defined work axis. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, or SketchPoint object. The work axis runs between the two points.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointsWorkAxisDef.Point2">
            <summary>Property that returns the second point of a two point defined work axis. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, or SketchPoint object. The work axis runs between the two points.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.TwoPointsWorkAxisDef.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UnfoldFeature">
            <summary>The UnfoldFeature object (together with it's complementary RefoldFeature object) allows sheet metal features to be added when the model is flat (unfolded) and then the model can be refolded.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.Bends">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of Bend objects unfolded by this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.Edit(Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that edits an existing unfold feature. The stop node should be positioned immediately before this feature before calling this method so that all of the input is available and in a valid state.</summary>
            <param name="StationaryFace">
                <summary>Input Face object that specifies the geometry that will remain fixed while other geometry unfolds. See Remarks.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Bends">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that defines the bend(s) to unfold. The bends specified must be in a folded state (IsFlat equals False). Not providing this argument or inputting Nothing indicates that all flat bends are to be unfolded.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Sketches">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that specifies any sketches to be copied and transformed as part of the unfolding operation. The input sketches must be a child of one of the faces being unfolded. Also only one sketch per unfolded face is allowed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.InputSketches">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketches that were specifies as \input when creating this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.ResultSketches">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketches that were created as a \result of this feature. The ReferencedEntity property of the sketches returned will return the input sketch this result is based on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.StationaryFace">
            <summary>Property that returns the Face object that was specified as the stationary face during creation. This property can return Nothing in the case where the face has been consumed by another operation and no longer exists in the model. Rolling back the state of the model to a point where the face exists will allow you to access it.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.Bends">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of Bend objects unfolded by this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.Edit(Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that edits an existing unfold feature. The stop node should be positioned immediately before this feature before calling this method so that all of the input is available and in a valid state.</summary>
            <param name="StationaryFace">
                <summary>Input Face object that specifies the geometry that will remain fixed while other geometry unfolds. See Remarks.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Bends">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that defines the bend(s) to unfold. The bends specified must be in a folded state (IsFlat equals False). Not providing this argument or inputting Nothing indicates that all flat bends are to be unfolded.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Sketches">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that specifies any sketches to be copied and transformed as part of the unfolding operation. The input sketches must be a child of one of the faces being unfolded. Also only one sketch per unfolded face is allowed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.InputSketches">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketches that were specifies as \input when creating this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.ResultSketches">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketches that were created as a \result of this feature. The ReferencedEntity property of the sketches returned will return the input sketch this result is based on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.StationaryFace">
            <summary>Property that returns the Face object that was specified as the stationary face during creation. This property can return Nothing in the case where the face has been consumed by another operation and no longer exists in the model. Rolling back the state of the model to a point where the face exists will allow you to access it.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UnfoldFeatures">
            <summary>Object allowing iteration of the collection of UnfoldFeature objects, and allows creation of UnfoldFeature objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldFeatures.Add(Inventor.Face,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new unfold feature.</summary>
            <param name="StationaryFace">
                <summary>Input Face object that specifies the geometry that will remain fixed while other geometry unfolds. See Remarks.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Bends">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that defines the bend(s) to unfold. The bends specified must be in a folded state (IsFlat equals False). Not providing this argument or inputting Nothing indicates that all flat bends are to be unfolded.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Sketches">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that specifies any sketches to be copied and transformed as part of the unfolding operation. The input sketches must be a child of one of the faces being unfolded. Also only one sketch per unfolded face is allowed.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of UnfoldFeature objects in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified UnfoldFeature object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UnfoldMethod">
            <summary>The UnfoldMethod object provides access to the information associated with a specific unfold method. This object derives from the Style object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.BendAngleType">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the bend or open angle value is to be used for the angle in equations.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.Comments">
            <summary>Gets and sets comments associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local Style object. The newly created style is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a dimension style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other dimension styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Style/Layer/UnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.DeleteEquation(System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the specified equation. An equation unfold method always needs to have at least one equation. Deleting the last equation will cause a default equation to be created.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies which equation to delete. Valid values are 1 to the current value of the UnfoldMethod.EquationCount property.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.EquationCount">
            <summary>Property that reports the number of equations currently associated with this unfold method. This property is only used in the case where the UnfoldMethodType property returns kCustomEquationUnfoldMethod and will return 0 for other unfold method types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.EquationType">
            <summary>Property that specifies the type of equation defined for the unfold method. This property is only valid in the case where the UnfoldMethodType property returns kCustomEquationUnfoldMethod. In all other cases the value of this property should be ignored.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.GetEquation(System.Int32,System.String@,System.String@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.String@,System.String@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@)">
            <summary>Method that sets this unfold method to be an equation type of unfold method and defines the associated equation and limits.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies which equation to get. Valid values are 1 to the current value of the UnfoldMethod.EquationCount property.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Equation">
                <summary>Output String that contains the equation. This String uses xml like syntax to allow the inclusion of predefined variables. The available variables and an example of their use are shown below.
&lt;Angle\&gt; - Variable used to specify the bend angle within an equation (β).
&lt;Thickness\&gt; - Variable used to specify the thickness within an equation (μ).
&lt;Radius\&gt; - Variable used to specify the inner radius within an equation (ρ).
&lt;Pi\&gt; - Variable used to specify pi within an equation (π).
Example:
"&lt;Pi\&gt; * ((180 deg - &lt;Angle\&gt;)/180 deg) * (&lt;Radius\&gt; + (&lt;Thickness\&gt;/2 ul) * (0.65 ul + 0.5 ul * log(&lt;Radius\&gt; / &lt;Thickness\&gt;))) – 2 ul * (&lt;Radius\&gt; + &lt;Thickness\&gt; * tan(( 180 deg - &lt;Angle\&gt;) / 2 ul)" </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinimumValue">
                <summary>Output String that specifies the minimum value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinimumCompareCondition">
                <summary>Output value that specifies the comparison type used for the minimum value. Valid values are kGreaterThanComparisonType, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparisonType, and kEqualToComparisonType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BoundedVariable">
                <summary>Output String that specifies the name of the variable whose values are being bounded. Possible returned values are "Angle" (&amp;beta;), "Thickness" (&amp;mu;), and "Radius" (&amp;rho;).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaximumValue">
                <summary>Output String that specifies the maximum value. If an empty string is returned then no maximum value is defined.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaximumCompareCondition">
                <summary>Output value that specifies the comparison type used for the maximum value. If the MaximumValue is an empty string the value of this argument should be ignored. Valid values are kLessThanComparisonType or kLessThanOrEqualToComparisonType.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the standard style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user. Note that this name is not guaranteed to be unique.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.kFactor">
            <summary>Gets/sets the kFactor associated with this unfold method.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.SetEquation(System.Int32,Inventor.UnfoldMethodEquationTypeEnum,System.String,System.String,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.String,System.String,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that creates or edits an equation associated with this unfold method. Creating the first equation will change the unfold method be to a custom equation type of unfold method.</summary>
            <param name="Index">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies which equation to set. When editing an existing equation, valid values are 1 to the current value of the UnfoldMethod.EquationCount property. Any value outside of this range will cause a new equation to be created.
If a new equation is created it will be positioned within the existing equations depending on how its bounding conditions compare to the other equations. This is the same behavior as in the user-interface.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EquationType">
                <summary>Input value from UnfoldMethodEquationTypeEnum that specifies the type of equation being defined.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Equation">
                <summary>Inputt String that contains the equation. This String uses xml like syntax to allow the inclusion of predefined variables. The available variables and an example of their use are shown below.
&lt;Angle\&gt; - Variable used to specify the bend angle within an equation (β).
&lt;Thickness\&gt; - Variable used to specify the thickness within an equation (μ).
&lt;Radius\&gt; - Variable used to specify the inner radius within an equation (ρ).
&lt;Pi\&gt; - Variable used to specify pi within an equation (π).
Example:
"&lt;Pi\&gt; * ((180 deg - &lt;Angle\&gt;)/180 deg) * (&lt;Radius\&gt; + (&lt;Thickness\&gt;/2 ul) * (0.65 ul + 0.5 ul * log(&lt;Radius\&gt; / &lt;Thickness\&gt;))) – 2 ul * (&lt;Radius\&gt; + &lt;Thickness\&gt; * tan(( 180 deg - &lt;Angle\&gt;) / 2 ul)"</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinimumValue">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the minimum value. This can be any valid expression. If this argument is supplied the MinimumCompareCondition and BoundedVariable arguments must also be provided. The maximum value is optional. If this is not supplied then there is no minimum limit to the value.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MinimumCompareCondition">
                <summary>Optional input value from ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the method used to compare the value to the minimum value. Valid values are kGreaterThanComparisonTypekLessThanComparisonType, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparisonTypekLessThanOrEqualToComparisonType, or kEqualToComparisonType. If this argument is supplied the MinimumValue and BoundedVariable arguments must also be provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BoundedVariable">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the name of the variable whose values are being bounded. Possible values are "Angle" (&amp;beta;), "Thickness" (&amp;mu;), and "Radius" (&amp;rho;).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaximumValue">
                <summary>Optional input String that specifies the maximum value as an expression. This argument is ignored in the case where the MinimumCompareCondition is kEqualToComparisonType.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MaximumCompareCondition">
                <summary>Optional input value from ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the method used to compare the value to the maximum value. Valid values are kLessThanComparisonType or kLessThanOrEqualToComparisonType. This argument is ignored in the case where the MinimumCompareCondition is kEqualToComparisonType.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.SplineFactor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the factor used when unfolding ruled surfaces defined using ellipses and splines.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.StyleType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.UnfoldMethodType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of unfold method used by this UnfoldMethod object. kLinearUnfoldMethod, kBendTableUnfoldMethod, and kCustomEquationUnfoldMethod are possible return values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldMethod.WriteBendTableToFile(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that writes the bend table information of the UnfoldMethod object into an external file. This method is only valid in the case where UnfoldMethodType is kBendTableUnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name of the file to write bend table information to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UnfoldMethods">
            <summary>Provides access to the unfold method list (collection of &lt;link Inventor::UnfoldMethod, UnfoldMethod&gt; objects) for a particular sheet metal style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldMethods.AddBendTableFromFile(System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that adds a BendTable unfold method to the collection and returns the created UnfoldMethod object.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String used to specify the name of bendtable UnfoldMethod. This name must be unique with respect to other UnfoldMethod objects. If a unique name is not provided, an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FileName">
                <summary>Input String used to specify the name of the bend table. This is a text file in the format specified in the Sheet Metal documentation. When the UnfoldMethod object is created, the bend table information is extracted from the input file and saved in the sheet metal document. Not relationship is maintained to the original bend table file to it can moved or deleted without any loss of bend table info. This also means that if the text file is changed later, the UnfoldMethod object will not detect the changes and it will have no impact on the bend table.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldMethods.AddEquationUnfoldMethod(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that adds an equation linear unfold method to the collection and returns the created UnfoldMethod object. The new unfold method will have a single equation that specifies that the bend compensation will be 0 for a bend from 0 to 180 degrees. You can edit the equation to the desired equation using the functionality of the returned UnfoldMethod object.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String used to specify the name of the UnfoldMethod. This name must be unique with respect to other UnfoldMethod objects. If a unique name is not provided, an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnfoldMethods.AddLinearUnfoldMethod(System.String,System.String)">
            <summary>Method that adds a linear unfold method to the collection and returns the created UnfoldMethod object.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String used to specify the name of the UnfoldMethod. This name must be unique with respect to other UnfoldMethod objects. If a unique name is not provided, an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Input String used to specify the k Factor value for this UnfoldMethod object. This can be an expression. This parameter determines where the bend allowance is calculated. The allowable range is from 0 to 1. The bend allowance is calculated using the following equation: 2*Pi*(Bend Radius + Linear Offset*Thickness/2)*(Bend Angle/360)</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldMethods.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldMethods.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldMethods.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified UnfoldMethod object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnfoldMethods.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UnitAttributes">
            <summary>UnitAttributes Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitAttributes.AlternateDecimalMarkerType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the character to be used as decimal marker for alternate values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitAttributes.AlternateLeadingZerosDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether display the leading zeros for alternate values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitAttributes.AlternateLinearPrecision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the linear precision for alternate units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitAttributes.AlternateLinearUnits">
            <summary>Gets and sets the alternate units of length measurement.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitAttributes.AlternateTrailingZerosDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether display the trailing zeros for alternate values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitAttributes.AlternateUnitsDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the alternate units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitAttributes.AlternateUnitTypeDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether display the alternate unit type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitAttributes.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitAttributes.DisplayStyleProp">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display style for alternate units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitAttributes.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitAttributes.PrimaryDecimalMarkerType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the character to be used as decimal marker for primary values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitAttributes.PrimaryLeadingZerosDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether display the leading zeros for primary values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitAttributes.PrimaryLinearUnits">
            <summary>Gets and sets the primary units of length measurement.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitAttributes.PrimaryTrailingZerosDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether display the trailing zeros for primary values.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitAttributes.PrimaryUnitTypeDisplay">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether display the primary unit type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitAttributes.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitAttributes.UseStandardsNotation">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether use the standards notation.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UnitsFormatting">
            <summary>UnitsFormatting Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitsFormatting.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitsFormatting.DecimalMarkerType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the decimal marker type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitsFormatting.DisplayFormat">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitsFormatting.FractionalTextScale">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display format.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitsFormatting.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitsFormatting.Precision">
            <summary>Gets and sets the precision.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitsFormatting.ShowUnitString">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to show the unit string or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitsFormatting.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitsFormatting.Units">
            <summary>Gets and sets the units.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitsFormatting.UnitType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the value units type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UnitsOfMeasure">
            <summary>The UnitsOfMeasure object supports various functions to allow you to interact with the units associated with the document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitsOfMeasure.AngleDisplayPrecision">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the number of places to display after the decimal point, when displaying an angle value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitsOfMeasure.AngleUnits">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default unit of angle for this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitsOfMeasure.CompatibleUnits(System.String,System.Object,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that evaluates the two input expressions and determines if the result in units that have the same base unit type.</summary>
            <param name="Expression1">
                <summary>The first expression to be used in the comparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UnitsSpecifier1">
                <summary>Input variant value that specifies the unit type the first expression is to be evaluated with. You specify a unit type using a value from UnitsTypeEnum or a string that describes a unit. For example, both of the following are valid unit specifiers for inch\: kInchLengthUnits and "in". String specifiers are typically used for units that are not defined in the enum list. For example, the volume measure for cubic inches is not defined in the enum list but you can specify it using the string "in in in". A common use of this method will be to evaluate an expression using the current display units of the document. For example if the expression should define a length you can use kDefaultDisplayLengthUnit as the unit specifier so the expression will be evaluated as a length in the current document units. The enum values that specify to use the document default display units are kDefaultDisplayLengthUnit, kDefaultDisplayAngleUnit, kDefaultDisplayMassUnit, kDefaultDisplayTimeUnit, and kDefaultDisplayTemperatureUnit.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression2">
                <summary>The second expression to be used in the comparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UnitsSpecifier2">
                <summary>Input variant value that specifies the unit type the second expression is to be evaluated with. You specify a unit type using a value from UnitsTypeEnum or a string that describes a unit. For example, both of the following are valid unit specifiers for inch\: kInchLengthUnits and "in". String specifiers are typically used for units that are not defined in the enum list. For example, the volume measure for cubic inches is not defined in the enum list but you can specify it using the string "in in in". A common use of this method will be to evaluate an expression using the current display units of the document. For example if the expression should define a length you can use kDefaultDisplayLengthUnit as the unit specifier so the expression will be evaluated as a length in the current document units. The enum values that specify to use the document default display units are kDefaultDisplayLengthUnit, kDefaultDisplayAngleUnit, kDefaultDisplayMassUnit, kDefaultDisplayTimeUnit, and kDefaultDisplayTemperatureUnit.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitsOfMeasure.ConvertUnits(System.Double,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that converts a value from one unit to another. The input and output unit specifiers must both define compatible units. For example, "in" (inches) and "cm" (centimeters) will work because they both define lengths. If incompatible units are specified, this method will fail. The converted value, in the units specified by the OutputUnitsSpecifier argument is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Input Double value that specifies the value to be converted. This value is in the units specified by the InputUnitsSpecifier argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="InputUnitsSpecifier">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the unit type of the input value. You specify a unit type using a value from UnitsTypeEnum or a string that describes a unit. For example, both of the following are valid unit specifiers for inch: kInchLengthUnits and "in". String specifiers are typically used for units that are not defined in the enum list. For example, the volume measure for cubic inches is not defined in the enum list but you can specify it using the string "in in in".</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="OutputUnitsSpecifier">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the unit type of the output value. You specify a unit type using a value from UnitsTypeEnum or a string that describes a unit. For example, both of the following are valid unit specifiers for inch: kInchLengthUnits and "in". String specifiers are typically used for units that are not defined in the enum list. For example, the volume measure for cubic inches is not defined in the enum list but you can specify it using the string "in in in".</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitsOfMeasure.GetDatabaseUnitsFromExpression(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Evaluates an input string and returns equivalent database units as a string.</summary>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Input String value that contains the expression to evaluate. This string is evaluated the same ways a string entered in any of the Autodesk Inventor dialogs are evaluated. For example "3 in / 2 cm" is a valid string for input.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UnitsSpecifier">
                <summary>Input Variant value that specifies the unit type of the input value. You specify a unit type using a value from UnitsTypeEnum or a string that describes a unit. For example, both of the following are valid unit specifiers for inch: kInchLengthUnits and "in". String specifiers are typically used for units that are not defined in the enum list. For example, the volume measure for cubic inches is not defined in the enum list but you can specify it using the string "in in in".</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitsOfMeasure.GetDrivingParameters(System.String)">
            <summary>Obtains the driving parameters enumerator corresponding to the input string.</summary>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Input String value that contains the expression to evaluate. This string is evaluated the same ways a string entered in any of the Autodesk Inventor dialogs are evaluated. For example "3 in / 2 cm" is a valid string for input.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitsOfMeasure.GetLocaleCorrectedExpression(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>This method converts the input expression to a locale-friendly version. For instance, if you input "1.0 in" on a machine set to the German locale, the return value is "1,0 in". In this case, the decimal separator is different.</summary>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Input String value that contains the expression to evaluate. This string is evaluated the same ways a string entered in any of the Autodesk Inventor dialogs are evaluated. For example "3 in / 2 cm" is a valid string for input.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UnitsSpecifier">
                <summary>Input variant value that specifies the unit type the string is to be returned in. You specify a unit type using a value from UnitsTypeEnum or a string that describes a unit. For example, both of the following are valid unit specifiers for inch: kInchLengthUnits and 'in'. string specifiers are typically used for units that are not defined in the enum list. For example, the volume measure for cubic inches is not defined in the enum list but you can specify it using the string 'in in in'.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitsOfMeasure.GetPreciseStringFromValue(System.Double,System.Object)">
            <summary>Obtains the precise string along with the units, given a value. The output units needs to be specified as well.</summary>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Value from which to obtain precise string and units.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UnitsSpecifier">
                <summary>Input variant value that specifies the unit type the string is to be returned in. You specify a unit type using a value from UnitsTypeEnum or a string that describes a unit. For example, both of the following are valid unit specifiers for inch: kInchLengthUnits and "in". string specifiers are typically used for units that are not defined in the enum list. For example, the volume measure for cubic inches is not defined in the enum list but you can specify it using the string "in in in".</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitsOfMeasure.GetStringFromType(Inventor.UnitsTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Given a unit type from the UnitsTypeEnum as input, this method returns the string that can be used to specify the same unit type.</summary>
            <param name="UnitsType">
                <summary>Input constant value that specifies the unit type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitsOfMeasure.GetStringFromValue(System.Double,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a string that represents the input value evaluated using the specified units.</summary>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Input Double value that contains the value in database units for the unit category specified in the second argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UnitsSpecifier">
                <summary>Input variant value that specifies the unit type the string is to be returned in. You specify a unit type using a value from UnitsTypeEnum or a string that describes a unit. For example, both of the following are valid unit specifiers for inch: kInchLengthUnits and "in". string specifiers are typically used for units that are not defined in the enum list. For example, the volume measure for cubic inches is not defined in the enum list but you can specify it using the string "in in in".</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitsOfMeasure.GetTypeFromString(System.String)">
            <summary>Given a string defining a unit this method returns the corresponding unit from the UnitsTypeEnum constant list. If the unit specified by the string does not exist in the constant list an error will occur. For example, inputting "mm" will return kMillimeterLengthUnits. This method is not currently supported when the UnitsOfMeasure object was obtained using Apprentice.</summary>
            <param name="UnitsString">
                <summary>Input string specifies the unit type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitsOfMeasure.GetValueFromExpression(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that evaluates the input expression using the units specified and returns a value in database units.</summary>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Input String value that contains the expression to evaluate. This string is evaluated the same ways a string entered in any of the Autodesk Inventor dialogs are evaluated. For example "3 in / 2 cm" is a valid string for input.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UnitsSpecifier">
                <summary>Input variant value that specifies the unit type the expression is to be evaluated with. You specify a unit type using a value from UnitsTypeEnum or a string that describes a unit. For example, both of the following are valid unit specifiers for inch: kInchLengthUnits and "in." String specifiers are typically used for units that are not defined in the enum list. For example, the volume measure for cubic inches is not defined in the enum list but you can specify it using the string "in in in."</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitsOfMeasure.IsExpressionValid(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Returns whether the input expression is valid or not.</summary>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the equation. This string is evaluated the same way as strings entered in any of the Inventor dialogs are evaluated. For example '3 in + 2 cm' is a valid string for input.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UnitsSpecifier">
                <summary>Input value that specifies the type of unit the expression should be evaluated. The units can be specified using either a string defining a valid unit or an item from the UnitsTypeEnum.  If the expression does specify a unit type, it should match the unit type specified by the UnitsSpecifier, otherwise an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitsOfMeasure.LengthDisplayPrecision">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the number of places to display after the decimal point, when displaying a length value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitsOfMeasure.LengthUnits">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default unit of length for this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitsOfMeasure.MassUnits">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default unit of mass for this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitsOfMeasure.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitsOfMeasure.TimeUnits">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the default unit of time for this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitsOfMeasure.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UnitVector">
            <summary>The UnitVector object. For more information, see the Transient Geometry overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitVector.AngleTo(Inventor.UnitVector)">
            <summary>Determines the angle between this vector and the specified vector.</summary>
            <param name="Argument">
                <summary>Input &lt;link Inventor::UnitVector, UnitVector&gt; used for comparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitVector.AsVector">
            <summary>Get the vector equivalent of this unit vector.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitVector.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this UnitVector object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original UnitVector object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitVector.CrossProduct(Inventor.UnitVector)">
            <summary>Determine the cross product between this vector and the specified vector.</summary>
            <param name="Argument">
                <summary>Input &lt;link Inventor::UnitVector, UnitVector&gt; used for comparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitVector.DotProduct(Inventor.UnitVector)">
            <summary>Determine the dot product of this vector to the specified vector.</summary>
            <param name="Argument">
                <summary>Input &lt;link Inventor::UnitVector, UnitVector&gt; used for comparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitVector.GetUnitVectorData(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this unit vector.</summary>
            <param name="Coords">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the entity's coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitVector.IsEqualTo(Inventor.UnitVector,System.Double)">
            <summary>Compare this unit vector for equality to the specified unit vector.</summary>
            <param name="Argument">
                <summary>Input &lt;link Inventor::UnitVector, UnitVector&gt; used for comparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance to be used when determining whether the UnitVectors are equal.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitVector.IsParallelTo(Inventor.UnitVector,System.Double)">
            <summary>Determine if this vector is parallel to the specified vector.</summary>
            <param name="Argument">
                <summary>Input &lt;link Inventor::UnitVector, UnitVector&gt; used for comparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance to be used when determining whether the UnitVectors are parallel.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitVector.IsPerpendicularTo(Inventor.UnitVector,System.Double)">
            <summary>Determine if this vector is perpendicular to the specified vector.</summary>
            <param name="Argument">
                <summary>Input &lt;link Inventor::UnitVector, UnitVector&gt; used for comparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance to be used when determining whether the vectors are perpendicular.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitVector.PutUnitVectorData(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this unit vector.</summary>
            <param name="Coords">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the entity's coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitVector.TransformBy(Inventor.Matrix)">
            <summary>Transform this vector by the specified matrix.</summary>
            <param name="Matrix">
                <summary>Input Matrix object that specifies the matrix to transform the vector by.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitVector.X">
            <summary>Specifies the X coordinate of the vector. If not supplied, the X value will default to 0.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitVector.Y">
            <summary>Specifies the Y coordinate of the vector. If not supplied, the Y value will default to 0.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitVector.Z">
            <summary>Specifies the Z coordinate of the vector. If not supplied, the Z value will default to 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UnitVector2d">
            <summary>The UnitVector2d object. For more information, see the Transient Geometry overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitVector2d.AngleTo(Inventor.UnitVector2d)">
            <summary>Determines the angle between this unit vector2d and the specified unit vector2d.</summary>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>2nd vector to measure to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitVector2d.AsVector">
            <summary>Get the vector2d equivalent of this unit vector2d.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitVector2d.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this UnitVector2d object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original UnitVector2d object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitVector2d.DotProduct(Inventor.UnitVector2d)">
            <summary>Determine the dot product of this unit vector2d to the specified unit vector2d.</summary>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>2nd vector to use to calculate dot product.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitVector2d.GetUnitVectorData(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this unit vector.</summary>
            <param name="Coords">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the entity's coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitVector2d.IsEqualTo(Inventor.UnitVector2d,System.Double)">
            <summary>Compare this unit vector2d for equality to the specified unit vector2d.</summary>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Vector to compare to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Tolerance for comparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitVector2d.IsParallelTo(Inventor.UnitVector2d,System.Double)">
            <summary>Determine if this unit vector2d is parallel to the specified unit vector2d.</summary>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Vector with which to test parallel status.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Tolerance for test.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitVector2d.IsPerpendicularTo(Inventor.UnitVector2d,System.Double)">
            <summary>Determine if this unit vector2d is perpendicular to the specified unit vector2d.</summary>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Vector with which to test perpendicular status.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Tolerance for test.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitVector2d.PutUnitVectorData(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this unit vector.</summary>
            <param name="Coords">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the entity's coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnitVector2d.TransformBy(Inventor.Matrix2d)">
            <summary>Transform this unit vector2d by the specified matrix.</summary>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Matrix2d for transform.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitVector2d.X">
            <summary>Gets the X-component for this UnitVector2d.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnitVector2d.Y">
            <summary>Gets the Y-component for this UnitVector2d.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UnwrapDefinition">
            <summary>UnwrapDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapDefinition.AutomaticFaceChain">
            <summary>Read-write Property that gets and sets whether or not to use all tangentially connected faces. A value of True indicates that automatic face chaining of tangentially connected faces should be performed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnwrapDefinition.Copy">
            <summary>Method that creates a copy of this UnwrapDefinition object.&amp;nbsp;The new UnwrapDefinition object is independent of any feature.&amp;nbsp;It can edited and used as input to edit an existing feature or to create a new unwrap feature.
One typical use of this method is when you need to make several changes to an existing unwrap feature.&amp;nbsp;If you edit the UnwrapDefinition object associated with the unwrap feature, the feature will recompute after each edit.&amp;nbsp;It’s more efficient to make a copy, edit the copy, and then assign the copy to the feature.&amp;nbsp;This will result in a single recompute.&amp;nbsp;
The UnwrapFeatures.CreateDefinition method can also be used to create an independent UnwrapDefinition object.&amp;nbsp;The difference is that one created with the Copy method will have the same initial values as the object is was copied from.&amp;nbsp;One that’s created with the CreateDefinition method will be initialized to predefined default values.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapDefinition.InputFaces">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the faces to unwrap.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapDefinition.LinearResult">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets an EdgeCollection that specifies a set of consecutive edges to become a single colinear segment in the result. The edges should be from the faces in the Faces property and only outer edges that enclose the faces are valid.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapDefinition.MergeResultBody">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether merge the result body or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapDefinition.Origin">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the vertex as origin.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapDefinition.ResultAlignment">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets alignment of the deformed result.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapDefinition.RigidResult">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets an EdgeCollection that specifies a set of consecutive planar edges to remain undeformed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapDefinition.SeamEdges">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets an EdgeCollection that specifies the seam edges.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UnwrapFeature">
            <summary>Part Unwrap Feature Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the UnwrapDefinition object associated with this unwrap feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeature.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy">
            <summary>Part Unwrap Feature Proxy Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is adaptive or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.Appearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current appearance of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.AppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the UnwrapDefinition object associated with this unwrap feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the feature. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.ExtendedName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the full feature name including any extended information.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns a collection that provides access to all of the faces of the feature. The Faces collection object will return the faces that still currently exist in the part. For example, if a face has been consumed by additional modeling operations it will not be returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.FeatureDimensions">
            <summary>Property that returns the FeatureDimensions collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.GetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter@,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the suppression condition for the feature. The method returns False if no condition has been applied.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid return types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string or a parameter object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this Part Feature within the scope of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the owning PartFeature object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns all the parameters associated with the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.Participants">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of participants for an assembly feature. This list is empty for features in a part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.RemoveParticipant(Inventor.ComponentOccurrence)">
            <summary>Method that removes the specified participant from the assembly feature. This method fails for features in a part.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrence">
                <summary>ComponentOccurrence object that specifies the participant to be removed. An error occurs if the input ComponentOccurrence is not a participant.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.SetAffectedBodies(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that sets a collection of SurfaceBody objects affected by this feature.</summary>
            <param name="Bodies">
                <summary>ObjectCollection of SurfaceBody objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.SetSuppressionCondition(Inventor.Parameter,Inventor.ComparisonTypeEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the suppression condition for the feature.</summary>
            <param name="Parameter">
                <summary>Parameter object that specifies the parameter whose value is to be checked for feature suppression.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ComparisonType">
                <summary>ComparisonTypeEnum that specifies the type of comparison. Valid types are kEqualToComparison, kNotEqualToComparison, kLessThanComparison, kGreaterThanComparison, kLessThanOrEqualToComparison, kGreaterThanOrEqualToComparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Specifies the expression used for the comparison with the parameter value. This can either be a string, a value or a parameter object. If a value is input, the database units for the units defined by the parameter are used. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the value is assumed to be in centimeters. If a string is input, the units can be specified as part of the string or it will default to the current units of the document. For instance, if the parameter defines length units, the current length units of the document are used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the part feature is shared or not, applies only to surface features.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.Suppressed">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this feature is suppressed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the bodies that this feature has created or modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatureProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UnwrapFeatures">
            <summary>Part Unwrap Features Collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnwrapFeatures.Add(Inventor.UnwrapDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new Unwrap feature.&amp;nbsp;The newly created UnwrapFeature object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input UnwrapDefinition object that defins the unwrap feature you want to create.An UnwrapDefinition object can be created using the UnwrapFeatures.CreateDefinition method. It can also be obtained from an existing UnwrapFeature object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatures.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatures.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnwrapFeatures.CreateDefinition(Inventor.FaceCollection,System.Object,Inventor.UnwrapResultAlignmentEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new UnwrapDefinition object.&amp;nbsp;The object created does not represent a Unwrap feature but instead is a representation of the information that defines a Unwrap feature.&amp;nbsp;You can use this object as input to the UnwrapFeatures.Add method to create the actual feature.</summary>
            <param name="Faces">
                <summary>Input FaceCollection object that specifies the faces to Unwrap. The faces should be from the same body, otherwise an error would occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="pOrigin">
                <summary>Optional input a Vertex object that specifies the origin.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Align">
                <summary>Optional input UnwrapResultAlignmentEnum that specifies the alignment of the deformed result. This defaults to kOriginAlignment if it is not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LinearResult">
                <summary>Optional input EdgeCollection that specifies a set of consecutive edges to become a single colinear segment in the result. 
The edges should be from the faces in the InputFaces property and only outer edges that enclose the faces are valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RigidResult">
                <summary>Optional input EdgeCollection that specifies a set of 
consecutive planar edges to remain rigid in the result. The edges should be from the faces in the InputFaces property and only outer edges that enclose the faces are valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AutomaticFaceChain">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that defines if automatic face chaining along tangentially connected faces should be performed. The default value is True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MergeResultBody">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that defines if merge result body or not. The default value is True.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UnwrapFeatures.CreateDefinitionWithOptions(Inventor.FaceCollection,System.Object,Inventor.UnwrapResultAlignmentEnum,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates the UnwrapDefinition. The object created does not represent a Unwrap feature but instead is a representation of the information that defines a Unwrap feature.&amp;nbsp;You can use this object as input to the UnwrapFeatures.Add method to create the.</summary>
            <param name="Faces">
                <summary>Input FaceCollection object that specifies the faces to Unwrap. The faces should be from the same body, otherwise an error would occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="pOrigin">
                <summary>Optional input a Vertex object that specifies the origin.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Align">
                <summary>Optional input UnwrapResultAlignmentEnum that specifies the alignment of the deformed result. This defaults to kOriginAlignment if it is not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LinearResult">
                <summary>Optional input EdgeCollection that specifies a set of consecutive edges to become a single colinear segment in the result. 
The edges should be from the faces in the InputFaces property and only outer edges that enclose the faces are valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RigidResult">
                <summary>Optional input EdgeCollection that specifies a set of 
consecutive planar edges to remain rigid in the result. The edges should be from the faces in the InputFaces property and only outer edges that enclose the faces are valid.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AutomaticFaceChain">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that defines if automatic face chaining along tangentially connected faces should be performed. The default value is True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MergeResultBody">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that defines if merge result body or not. The default value is True.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MoreOptions">
                <summary>Optional input NameValueMap that defines more options for the unwrap definition. 

Valid options are:

Name = SeamEdges. Value = EdgeCollection that specifies the seam edges.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatures.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UnwrapFeatures.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem">
            <summary>The UserCoordinateSystem object represents a user coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.Definition">
            <summary>Property that returns the UserCoordinateSystemDefinition object that can be used to get and set the inputs for the coordinate system and redefine the coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the UserCoordinateSystem.</summary>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to retain dependent features and sketches. Defaults to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to retain dependent work features. Defaults to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature (such as a ClientFeature). If True, the OwnedBy property returns the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the UserCoordinateSystem.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.Origin">
            <summary>Property that returns the work point that represents the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the PartFeature object that owns this object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ComponentDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end of part marker relative to the object.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to position the end of part marker before or after the object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.Transformation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the transformation matrix for the coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.XAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with the rotation angle about the x-axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.XAxis">
            <summary>Property that returns the work axis that represents the x-axis of the coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.XOffset">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with the X offset value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.XYPlane">
            <summary>Property that returns the work plane that represents the X-Y plane of the coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.XZPlane">
            <summary>Property that returns the work plane that represents the X-Z plane of the coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.YAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with the rotation angle about the y-axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.YAxis">
            <summary>Property that returns the work axis that represents the y-axis of the coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.YOffset">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with the Y offset value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.YZPlane">
            <summary>Property that returns the work plane that represents the Y-Z plane of the coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.ZAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with the rotation angle about the z-axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.ZAxis">
            <summary>Property that returns the work axis that represents the z-axis of the coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystem.ZOffset">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with the Z offset value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemDefinition">
            <summary>The UserCoordinateSystemDefinition object represents the information that defines a coordinate system. You can use this object as input to the UserCoordinateSystems.Add method to create the actual coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemDefinition.DefinitionType">
            <summary>Property that returns how the inputs for the coordinate system are defined. This can return either kTransformationDefinitionType or kThreePointsDefinitionType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemDefinition.GetByThreePoints(System.Object@,System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the inputs that fully define the coordinate system. The objects returned will be Nothing if the coordinate system was not parametrically defined (i.e. if the DefinitionType property returns kTransformationDefinitionType). This method returns a failure in assembly documents.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Output object that specifies the origin of the coordinate system. This can be one of the following objects: WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, SketchPoint3D or Edge. If a linear Edge is specified, it's midpoint is used. If circular or elliptical edges are specified, their center is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XDirectionPoint">
                <summary>Output object that specifies a point defining the x-direction for the coordinate system. The vector from the origin to this point defines the x-direction vector. This can be one of the following objects: WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, SketchPoint3D or Edge. If a linear Edge is specified, it's midpoint is used. If circular or elliptical edges are specified, their center is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YDirectionPoint">
                <summary>Output object that specifies a point defining the y-direction for the coordinate system. This can be one of the following objects: WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, SketchPoint3D or Edge. If a linear Edge is specified, it's midpoint is used. If circular or elliptical edges are specified, their center is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent UserCoordinateSystem of this definition. In the case where this is a newly created UserCoordinateSystemDefinition object, this property will return Nothing because there is not a logical parent for the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemDefinition.SetByThreePoints(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that sets the inputs that fully define the coordinate system. This method returns a failure in assembly documents.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the origin of the coordinate system. This can be one of the following objects: WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, SketchPoint3D or Edge. If a linear Edge is specified, it's midpoint is used. If circular or elliptical edges are specified, their center is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XDirectionPoint">
                <summary>Input object that specifies a point defining the x-direction for the coordinate system. The vector from the origin to this point defines the x-direction vector. This can be one of the following objects: WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, SketchPoint3D or Edge. If a linear Edge is specified, it's midpoint is used. If circular or elliptical edges are specified, their center is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YDirectionPoint">
                <summary>Input object that specifies a point defining the y-direction for the coordinate system. This can be one of the following objects: WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, SketchPoint3D or Edge. If a linear Edge is specified, it's midpoint is used. If circular or elliptical edges are specified, their center is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemDefinition.Transformation">
            <summary>Gets and puts the transformation matrix.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Property that returns the UserCoordinateSystemDefinition object that can be used to get and set the inputs for the coordinate system and redefine the coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the UserCoordinateSystem.</summary>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to retain dependent features and sketches. Defaults to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to retain dependent work features. Defaults to False.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature (such as a ClientFeature). If True, the OwnedBy property returns the feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the UserCoordinateSystem.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.Origin">
            <summary>Property that returns the work point that represents the origin of the coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the PartFeature object that owns this object. This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ComponentDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end of part marker relative to the object.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to position the end of part marker before or after the object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.Transformation">
            <summary>Gets and sets the transformation matrix for the coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Gets and sets the visibility of the coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.XAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with the rotation angle about the x-axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.XAxis">
            <summary>Property that returns the work axis that represents the x-axis of the coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.XOffset">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with the X offset value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.XYPlane">
            <summary>Property that returns the work plane that represents the X-Y plane of the coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.XZPlane">
            <summary>Property that returns the work plane that represents the X-Z plane of the coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.YAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with the rotation angle about the y-axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.YAxis">
            <summary>Property that returns the work axis that represents the y-axis of the coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.YOffset">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with the Y offset value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.YZPlane">
            <summary>Property that returns the work plane that represents the Y-Z plane of the coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.ZAngle">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with the rotation angle about the z-axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.ZAxis">
            <summary>Property that returns the work axis that represents the z-axis of the coordinate system.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemProxy.ZOffset">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter associated with the Z offset value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystems">
            <summary>The UserCoordinateSystems collection object contains all user coordinate systems within the document and provides methods to create additional ones.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystems.Add(Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new User Coordinate System. The newly created UserCoordinateSystem object is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input UserCoordinateSystemDefinition object that defines the coordinate system you want to create. A UserCoordinateSystemDefinition object can be created using the UserCoordinateSystems.CreateDefinition method. It can also be obtained from an existing UserCoordinateSystem object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystems.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystems.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystems.CreateDefinition">
            <summary>Method that creates a new UserCoordinateSystemDefinition object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystems.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified UserCoordinateSystem object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystems.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemSettings">
            <summary>The UserCoordinateSystemSettings object provides access to various UCS related document level settings. This object is obtained from the ModelingSettings.UserCoordinateSystemSettings property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemSettings.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemSettings.DefaultPlane">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default plane to use for user coordinate systems.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemSettings.NamingPrefix">
            <summary>Gets and sets the prefix to use for the name of new user coordinate systems.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemSettings.ShowOrigin">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether whether or not to make the origin visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemSettings.ShowTriad">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether whether or not to display the UCS triad.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemSettings.ShowXAxis">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether whether or not to make the X axis visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemSettings.ShowXYPlane">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether whether or not to make the XY plane visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemSettings.ShowXZPlane">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether whether or not to make the XZ plane visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemSettings.ShowYAxis">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether whether or not to make the Y axis visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemSettings.ShowYZPlane">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether whether or not to make the YZ plane visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemSettings.ShowZAxis">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether whether or not to make the Z axis visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserCoordinateSystemSettings.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UserInputEvents">
            <summary>The UserInputEvents object provides input event notification. For example, use of the context menu.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInputEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInputEvents.OnActivateCommand(System.String,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>The OnActivateCommand event notifies the client when a command has been invoked.</summary>
            <param name="CommandName">
                <summary>The internal name of the command. This is the same name as the internal name of the ControlDefinition object associated with this command.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInputEvents.OnContextMenu(Inventor.SelectionDeviceEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.CommandBar)">
            <summary>Fires just before context menu is about to be displayed.</summary>
            <param name="SelectionDevice">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="AdditionalInfo">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="CommandBar">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInputEvents.OnContextMenuOld(Inventor.SelectionDeviceEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.CommandBar)">
            <summary>Fires just before context menu is about to be displayed.</summary>
            <param name="SelectionDevice">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="AdditionalInfo">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="CommandBar">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInputEvents.OnContextualMiniToolbar(Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Fires before contextual commands are displayed to the user in the graphics window when the user selects an object.</summary>
            <param name="SelectedEntities">
                <summary>Input ObjectsEnumerator that contains the selected entities. This is the same set of entities currently contained in the document’s SelectSet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DisplayedCommands">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that contains the commands that should be displayed.  Name contains the internal name of the command and Value contains the entity to be highlighted when the user hovers over this command in the contextual toolbar.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AdditionalInfo">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that contains additional information about why the menu is being displayed. This is currently empty.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInputEvents.OnDeleteKeyUp(Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator,Inventor.SelectionDeviceEnum,Inventor.View,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires when the user performs a delete key click when no command is active.</summary>
            <param name="SelectedEntities">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="SelectionDevice">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="View">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="AdditionalInfo">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInputEvents.OnDoubleClick(Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator,Inventor.SelectionDeviceEnum,Inventor.MouseButtonEnum,Inventor.ShiftStateEnum,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.View,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that is sent when the user double-clicks in the window.</summary>
            <param name="SelectedEntities">
                <summary>Enumerator of entities selected by double click. Count of SelectedEntities will be 0 if user double-clicks in space. If any of the selected objects are not supported by the API, no notification is sent.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SelectionDevice">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Button">
                <summary>Returns an enumerated constant that identifies the button that was clicked to cause the event. The constants correspond to the left button (bit 0), right button (bit 1), and middle button (bit 2). These bits correspond to the values 1, 2, and 4, respectively. Only one of the bits is set, indicating the button that caused the event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShiftKeys">
                <summary>Returns an enumerated constant that corresponds to the state of the SHIFT, CTRL, and ALT keys when the button specified in the button argument is clicked. The constants correspond to one or more of those three keys being down. Each of these keys corresponds to a bit: SHIFT key (bit 0), the CTRL key (bit 1), and the ALT key (bit 2). These bits correspond to the values 1, 2, and 4, respectively. Combinations of these are provided as conveniences in the enumerator. For example, if only the ALT key was down, the constant kShiftStateAlt would be returned corresponding to the integer 4. If CTRL and ALT were pressed, the constant kShiftStateCtrlAlt would be returned whose integer value would be 6.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that specify the current location of the mouse pointer in model space and are returned in centimeters. Model Returns Nothing if user double-clicks in browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that specify the current location of the mouse pointer in window space and are returned in pixels. Model Returns Nothing if user double-clicks in browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>Returns the View object where the mouse was pressed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AdditionalInfo">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Returning kEventCanceled or kEventHandled as the HandlingCode cancels regular Inventor behavior.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInputEvents.OnDrag(Inventor.DragStateEnum,Inventor.ShiftStateEnum,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.View,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnDrag event notifies the client whenever the end-user performs a drag operation in the graphics window. Using this event, the client can override Inventor's standard drag behavior.</summary>
            <param name="DragState">
                <summary>&lt;link Inventor::DragStateEnum, DragStateEnum&gt; indicating the current state of the drag operation. When the drag is initially started this value is kDragStateDragHandlerSelection, indicating the selection of an entity to be dragged. During the drag, this value is kDragStateOnDrag. When the mouse button is released to stop the drag operation this value is kDragStateEndDrag.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ShiftKeys">
                <summary>A value indicating what combinations of the Shift, Control, and Alt keys are currently pressed. This allows you to use combinations of these keys to control options for the command implementing the drag. For example, a Control drag might result in copying the entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelPosition">
                <summary>The current position of the mouse in model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewPosition">
                <summary>The current position of the mouse in view space. The coordinates are pixels where the upper-left corner of the view is (0,0).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>The View object the drag is taking place within.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AdditionalInfo">
                <summary>Input &lt;link Inventor::NameValueMap, NameValueMap&gt; object that contains additional information about why the context menu is being displayed. No additional information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output &lt;link Inventor::HandlingCodeEnum, HandlingCodeEnum&gt; that indicates how you are handling the event. Setting this argument to kEventHandled results in turning off Inventor's standard behavior for the drag operation and causing additional OnDrag event notifications to be sent as the end-user continues the drag operation. By responding to these events the client can define their own behavior for the entity being dragged. Setting this to kEventNotHandled will cause Inventor to use its standard drag behavior for the entity being dragged. kEventCanceled is not supported and will result in the same behavior as kEventNotHandled.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInputEvents.OnLinearMarkingMenu(Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator,Inventor.SelectionDeviceEnum,Inventor.CommandControls,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Fires before the overflow context menu is displayed to the user.</summary>
            <param name="SelectedEntities">
                <summary>Input ObjectsEnumerator that contains the selected entities. This is the same set of entities currently contained in the document’s SelectSet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SelectionDevice">
                <summary>Input constant denoting whether the menu was invoked via a click in a graphics window (kGraphicsWindowSelection) or by a click in the browser (kBrowserSelection).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LinearMenu">
                <summary>Input/Output CommandControls object.  This object represents the contents of the linear menu that will be displayed to the user.  Using the functionality of the CommandControls object you can iterate over the current contents and add and remove items from the menu.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AdditionalInfo">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that contains additional information about why the menu is being displayed. This is currently empty.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInputEvents.OnMarkTutorialCommand(System.String,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires when click a command on ribbon during the tutorial record process.</summary>
            <param name="CommandID">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInputEvents.OnPreSelect(System.Object@,System.Boolean@,Inventor.ObjectCollection@,Inventor.SelectionDeviceEnum,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.View)">
            <summary>Fires when the user hovers over an Inventor object, and it is a potential candidate for selection.</summary>
            <param name="PreSelectEntity">
                <summary>When called, Inventor returns the entity the mouse is currently over. The client though has a chance to change this entity to some other, if so desired. The entity passed back from the call is the one Inventor will highlight for the pre-select.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DoHighlight">
                <summary>Input value that specifies whether the entity should be available for selection or not. If True, this signifies a successful pre-selection and the entity is highlighted by Inventor.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MorePreSelectEntities">
                <summary>Input argument through which you can supply a group of objects that are logically pre-selected along with the one that Inventor found on its own. This argument is ignored if DoHighLight is False. Inventor passes in an empty collection that you can add additional entities to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SelectionDevice">
                <summary>Returns a constant denoting whether the selection was made via a pick in a graphics window or was it by a pick in the browser or by some other means. An object can also be selected programmatically by calling the selection simulation methods on the CommandManager. A value of kGraphicsWindowSelection indicates it was selected in a graphic window. For all other values the View, ModelPosition, and ViewPosition arguments are meaningless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that result from projecting the click point onto the selected entity. This is returned in centimeters relative to model space. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that specify the current location of the mouse pointer in window space and are returned in pixels. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>Returns the View object where the selection took place. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInputEvents.OnRadialMarkingMenu(Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator,Inventor.SelectionDeviceEnum,Inventor.RadialMarkingMenu,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Fires before the marking menu is displayed to the user or before the user gestures using the right mouse button.</summary>
            <param name="SelectedEntities">
                <summary>Input ObjectsEnumerator that contains the selected entities. This is the same set of entities currently contained in the document’s SelectSet.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SelectionDevice">
                <summary>Input constant denoting whether the menu was invoked via a click in a graphics window (kGraphicsWindowSelection) or by a click in the browser (kBrowserSelection).</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RadialMenu">
                <summary>Input/Output RadialMarkingMenu object.  This object represents the contents of the radial menu that will be displayed to the user.  The radial marking menu that Inventor would usually show in the current context is passed through this argument.  You can then choose to modify the contents of that marking menu.  Any changes you make are transient and will only be used for that display of the marking menu.  
Instead of modifying the marking menu you can instead return a different marking menu.  For example, you can create a custom radial marking menu, and then in certain contexts, provide that marking menu.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AdditionalInfo">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that contains additional information about why the menu is being displayed. This is currently empty.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInputEvents.OnSelect(Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator,Inventor.ObjectCollection@,Inventor.SelectionDeviceEnum,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.View)">
            <summary>Fires when the user selects an object by clicking.</summary>
            <param name="JustSelectedEntities">
                <summary>Returns the object(s) that were just selected by the user. This may be the only one selected so far or the latest one in a series during this selection process. Multiple objects may be returned if the user does a window (area) select.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="MoreSelectedEntities">
                <summary>Subsequently selected entities.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SelectionDevice">
                <summary>Returns a constant denoting whether the selection was made via a pick in a graphics window or was it by a pick in the browser or by some other means. An object can also be selected programmatically by calling the selection simulation methods on the CommandManager. A value of kGraphicsWindowSelection indicates it was selected in a graphic window. For all other values the View, ModelPosition, and ViewPosition arguments are meaningless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that result from projecting the click point onto the selected entity. This is returned in centimeters relative to model space. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that specify the current location of the mouse pointer in window space and are returned in pixels. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>Returns the View object where the selection took place. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInputEvents.OnStartCommand(Inventor.CommandIDEnum)">
            <summary>Fires before starting up a command.</summary>
            <param name="CommandID">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInputEvents.OnStopCommand(Inventor.CommandIDEnum)">
            <summary>Fires after a command terminates.</summary>
            <param name="CommandID">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInputEvents.OnStopPreSelect(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.View)">
            <summary>Fires when the user hovers away from an Inventor object and it is no longer highlighted.</summary>
            <param name="ModelPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that result from projecting the click point onto the selected entity. This is returned in centimeters relative to model space. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that specify the current location of the mouse pointer in window space and are returned in pixels. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>Returns the View object where the selection took place. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInputEvents.OnTerminateCommand(System.String,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>The OnTerminateCommand event notifies the client when a command has been terminated.</summary>
            <param name="CommandName">
                <summary>The internal name of the command. This is the same name as the internal name of the ControlDefinition object associated with this command.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInputEvents.OnUnSelect(Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator,Inventor.SelectionDeviceEnum,Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point2d,Inventor.View)">
            <summary>Event that occurs when the user unselects an entity. This is done in the user interface by pressing the Shift button and selecting a previously selected entity.</summary>
            <param name="UnSelectedEntities">
                <summary>Returns the object(s) (un)selected by the user to be taken out of the selection set being built.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="SelectionDevice">
                <summary>Returns a constant denoting whether the (un)selection was made via a pick in a graphics window or was it by a pick in the browser or by some other means. An object can also be selected programmatically by calling the selection simulation methods on the CommandManager. A value of kGraphicsWindowSelection indicates it was (un)selected in a graphic window. For all other values the View, ModelPosition, and ViewPosition arguments are meaningless.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that result from projecting the click point onto the (un)selected entity. This is returned in centimeters relative to model space. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewPosition">
                <summary>Returns the coordinates that specify the current location of the mouse pointer in window space and are returned in pixels. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>Returns the View object where the selection took place. Applicable only when the SelectionDevice argument is kGraphicsWindowSelection.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInputEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInputEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UserInterfaceEvents">
            <summary>This object provides notification of environment and command bar reset events.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceEvents.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInterfaceEvents.OnEnvironmentChange(Inventor.Environment,Inventor.EnvironmentStateEnum,Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>The OnEnvironmentChange event notifies the client when the active environment switches from one environment to another.</summary>
            <param name="Environment">
                <summary>The environment object whose state is changing.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EnvironmentState">
                <summary>Indicates the transition state the environment is going through.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating when the event is being fired. Notification is sent before and after the environment change.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that contains additional information about the event. Name = "Document". Value = The Document object this environment is associated with. Name = "Reason for event". Value = "Undo" or "Redo". The activation of environments is transacted so environments can be activated as a result of an undo or redo operation. If this value is " " then the activation is occurring from an explicit action either from the end-user or through the API. If this value is "Undo" then the activation occurred as the result of an undo operation and if it is "Redo" then it is the result of a redo operation.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output HandlingCodeEnum that indicates how you are handling the event. You can cancel the environment change by changing this value to kEventCanceled.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInterfaceEvents.OnResetCommandBars(Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Event that is fired whenever ResetCommandsBars is executed.</summary>
            <param name="CommandBars">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInterfaceEvents.OnResetEnvironments(Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>The OnResetEnvironments event notifies the client when environments have been reset.</summary>
            <param name="Environments">
                <summary>A collection of the Environment objects that have been reset. In the case where the end-user uses the "Reset" button this collection will contain a single Environment object. If the "Reset All" button is pressed this collection contains all of the Environment objects.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that contains additional information about the event. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInterfaceEvents.OnResetInventorLayout(Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the Inventor layout is reset.</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that contains additional information about the event. No additional information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInterfaceEvents.OnResetMarkingMenu(System.String,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the user resets an individual or all radial marking menus.</summary>
            <param name="MarkingMenuInternalName">
                <summary>The internal name of the radial marking menu that was reset. In the case of an add-in created radial marking menu, the marking menu is deleted by Inventor and will need to be re-created by the add-in in response to this event. For built-in marking menus, this name can be used to obtain the existing marking menu and apply any desired modifications. 
If the user has chosen to reset all marking menus then this argument will be an empty String.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that contains additional information about the event. No additional information is currently provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInterfaceEvents.OnResetRibbonInterface(Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Event that is fired when the ribbon user interface is reset.</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that contains additional information about the event. Currently, this argument does not contain any information.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInterfaceEvents.OnResetShortcuts(Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Event that is fired when command shortcuts/aliases are reset in the Customize dialog (using either the "Reset All Keys" or "Reset All" button).</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap object that contains additional information about the event. No additional information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceEvents.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager">
            <summary>The UserInterfaceManager object, through which all UI customization objects can be accessed. See Ribbon Customization for an overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.ActiveEnvironment">
            <summary>Property that returns the Environment that is currently active.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.AllReferencedControls(Inventor.ControlDefinition)">
            <summary>Method that returns all command controls in Inventor's ribbon interface that reference the input ControlDefinition. Controls from ribbons panels, Quick Access Toolbar and the File Browser (application menu) are returned.</summary>
            <param name="Definition">
                <summary>Input ControlDefinition object to find the controls for.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.BalloonTips">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the BalloonTips collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.CapacityMeterEnabled">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to enable the capacity meter display in Inventor's status bar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.DockableWindows">
            <summary>Property that returns the DockableWindows collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.DoEvents">
            <summary>Allows Inventor to process all Windows messages currently in the message queue.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.Environments">
            <summary>Property that returns the Environments collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.ExpertMode">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag indicating whether the UI is in Expert mode.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.FileBrowserControls">
            <summary>Property that returns a CommandControls collection containing the controls in the File Browser (a.k.a Application Menu).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.GetCommandPaths(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that returns all the paths that the given command is found in, optionally filtered to an environment.</summary>
            <param name="CommandInternalName">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the internal name of a ControlDefinition.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Environment">
                <summary>Optional input Environment object that specifies which Environment to return the paths for. If not specified, paths from all environments are returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.HelpControls">
            <summary>Property that returns a CommandControls collection containing the controls in the Help Menu.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.OverflowMenuBehavior">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the behavior of the overflow menu.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.ParallelEnvironments">
            <summary>Property that returns the list of Environments valid for the edit target or the environment being switched to. Environments can be added to or removed from the list as seen appropriate by the client when an OnNewEditObject or an OnEnvironmentChange event is received. This list of environments will show in the Applications menu item. This list may only contain non-built-in environments.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.PinMiniToolbarPosition">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets whether the MiniToolbar position is pinned or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.ResetRibbonInterface">
            <summary>Method that removes all customizations from the ribbon user interface.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.RibbonAppearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the appearance of the ribbon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.RibbonDockingState">
            <summary>Gets and sets the docking state of the ribbon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.Ribbons">
            <summary>Property that returns the Ribbons collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.RibbonState">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display state of the ribbon.&amp;nbsp;Valid values are kFullRibbon, kMinimizeToTabs, kMinimizeToPanelTitles and kMinimizeToPanelButtons.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.ShowBrowser">
            <summary>Show/Hide Browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.ShowCleanScreen">
            <summary>Gets sets whether the viewed screen area is maximized.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.ShowDocumentTabs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether document tabs are displayed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.ShowMarkingMenu">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets whether to use the marking menu.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.ShowNavigationBar">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the navigation bar is displayed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.ShowQuickAccessControlsBelowRibbon">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the Quick Access Toolbar (QAT) is shown below or above the ribbon.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.ShowStatusBar">
            <summary>Show/Hide StatusBar.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.ShowSteeringWheel">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the steering wheel control is displayed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.ShowViewCube">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the view cube is displayed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.UserInteractionDisabled">
            <summary>Enable/Disable user interaction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserInterfaceManager.UserInterfaceEvents">
            <summary>Property returning the UserInterfaceEvents object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UserParameter">
            <summary>Object that represents a parameter that was created by the user.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.Comment">
            <summary>Gets the user comments against this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserParameter.ConvertToModelParameter">
            <summary>Method that causes the parameter to be converted to a model parameter. The new ModelParameter object is returned.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserParameter.ConvertToReferenceParameter">
            <summary>Method that causes the parameter to be converted to a reference parameter. The new ReferenceParameter object is returned.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.CustomPropertyFormat">
            <summary>Property that returns the CustomPropertyFormat object associated with this parameter. The CustomPropertyFormat provides control over how the parameter value is formatted when it is exposed as a custom iProperty.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserParameter.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this Parameter.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.Dependents">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that have a direct dependency on the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.DisabledActionTypes">
            <summary>Gets and sets the action types valid for this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.DisplayFormat">
            <summary>Gets and sets the display format for the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.DrivenBy">
            <summary>Method that returns the collection objects that the parameter is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.ExposedAsProperty">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the Boolean indicating if this parameter is exposed as a property of this Document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.Expression">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the string that denotes the algebraic expression making up the definition of this parameter. Maybe a constant. 'Set' may not be allowed on some parameter types. When set this for Text parameter, the expression value should be quoted by quotation marks at beginning and ending of a string(like """I am Jack""").</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.ExpressionList">
            <summary>Property that returns the expression list associated with this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserParameter.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.InUse">
            <summary>Property that returns whether whether this parameter is currently in use (by a dimension, feature or by any other parameter).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.IsKey">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this parameter is a key parameter or not. Key parameters are typically those that need to be easily accessed and are designated as key to be filtered out from the rest of the parameters.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.ModelValue">
            <summary>Property that returns the evaluation of this parameter (in database units) that is currently used by the model. This takes into account the value computed from the expression and the tolerance. This method is only valid for numeric unit types and will fail for Text and Boolean unit types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.ModelValueType">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the setting which is used for determining the method used to compute the model value.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.ParameterType">
            <summary>Property that allows you to get the type of the parameter. The parameter type can be either kModelParameterType, kDerivedParameter, kFinishParameter,&amp;nbsp;kReferenceParameterType, kTableParameterType, or kUserParameterType.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent Document of this parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.Precision">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the the number of decimal places displayed for this parameter. Note that the precision is used when applying a standard tolerance to the parameter.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.Tolerance">
            <summary>Property that returns the tolerance for this parameter. This property returns Nothing in the case where the unit type of this parameter is kTextUnits or kBooleanUnits.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.Units">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the units of the parameter. Note that the units is always retrieved as a string, but may be set using a constant from UnitsTypeEnum. 'Set' may not be allowed on some parameter types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameter.Value">
            <summary>Gets/(Sets) the value of this parameter. Numeric values are in database units. Setting this is equivalent to setting the 'Expression' with a constant string. 'Set' may not be allowed on some parameter types.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.UserParameters">
            <summary>Provides access to the user parameters ( &lt;link Inventor::UserParameter, UserParameter&gt; objects) associated with the object the collection was obtained from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserParameters.AddByExpression(System.String,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new parameter given a name and expression.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the name for the parameter. The name must be unique with respect to all other parameters in this document. If a unique name is not specified an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Expression">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the equation for the parameter. This string is evaluated the same way as strings entered in any of the Autodesk Inventor dialogs are evaluated. For example "x + 3 in / 2 cm" is a valid string for input.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UnitsSpecifier">
                <summary>Input value that specifies the type of unit the parameter is. The units can be specified using either a string defining a valid unit or an item from the UnitsTypeEnum. If the equation references existing parameters, this unit type must be consistent with the unit type defined by the equation, otherwise an error will occur. You specify a unit type using a value from UnitsTypeEnum or a string that describes a unit. For example, both of the following are valid unit specifiers for inch: kInchLengthUnits and "in". String specifiers are typically used for units that are not defined in the enum list. For example, the volume measure for cubic inches is not defined in the enum list but you can specify it using the string "in in in".</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.UserParameters.AddByValue(System.String,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new parameter given a name and equation.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the name for the parameter. The name must be unique with respect to all other parameters in this document. If a unique name is not specified an error will occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Input Double value that specifies the value for the parameter. This value is given in database units for the unit type defined by the UnitType argument.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UnitsSpecifier">
                <summary>Input value that specifies the type of unit the parameter is. The units can be specified using either a string defining a valid unit or an item from the UnitsTypeEnum. If the equation references existing parameters, this unit type must be consistent with the unit type defined by the equation, otherwise an error will occur. You specify a unit type using a value from UnitsTypeEnum or a string that describes a unit. For example, both of the following are valid unit specifiers for inch: kInchLengthUnits and "in". String specifiers are typically used for units that are not defined in the enum list. For \example, the volume measure for cubic inches is not defined in the enum list but you can specify it using the string "in in in".</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameters.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameters.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified UserParameter object from the collection. This is the default property of the UserParameters collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.UserParameters.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.VbaApplication">
            <summary>The VBAApplication object represents the currently available VBA application.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VbaApplication.ThisApplication">
            <summary>Gets the VBA application interface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VbaApplication.ThisServer">
            <summary>Gets the VBA InventorServer interface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Vector">
            <summary>The Vector object. For more information, see the Transient Geometry overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector.AddVector(Inventor.Vector)">
            <summary>Add the specified vector to this vector.</summary>
            <param name="Argument">
                <summary>Input &lt;link Inventor::Vector, Vector&gt; to add.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector.AngleTo(Inventor.Vector)">
            <summary>Determines the angle between this vector and the specified vector.</summary>
            <param name="Argument">
                <summary>Input &lt;link Inventor::Vector, Vector&gt; used for comparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector.AsUnitVector">
            <summary>Get the unit vector equivalent of this vector normalized.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this Vector object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original Vector object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector.CrossProduct(Inventor.Vector)">
            <summary>Determine the cross product between this vector and the specified vector.</summary>
            <param name="Argument">
                <summary>Input &lt;link Inventor::Vector, Vector&gt; used for comparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector.DotProduct(Inventor.Vector)">
            <summary>Determine the dot product of this vector to the specified vector.</summary>
            <param name="Argument">
                <summary>Input &lt;link Inventor::Vector, Vector&gt; used for comparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector.GetVectorData(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this vector.</summary>
            <param name="Coords">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the entity's coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector.IsEqualTo(Inventor.Vector,System.Double)">
            <summary>Compare this vector for equality to the specified vector.</summary>
            <param name="Argument">
                <summary>Input &lt;link Inventor::Vector, Vector&gt; used for comparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance to be used when determining whether the vectors are equal.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector.IsParallelTo(Inventor.Vector,System.Double)">
            <summary>Determine if this vector is parallel to the specified vector.</summary>
            <param name="Argument">
                <summary>Input &lt;link Inventor::Vector, Vector&gt; used for comparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance to be used when determining whether the vectors are parallel.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector.IsPerpendicularTo(Inventor.Vector,System.Double)">
            <summary>Determine if this vector is perpendicular to the specified vector.</summary>
            <param name="Argument">
                <summary>Input &lt;link Inventor::Vector, Vector&gt; used for comparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance to be used when determining whether the vectors are perpendicular.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Vector.Length">
            <summary>Get the length of this vector.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector.Normalize">
            <summary>Normalize this vector to result in a length equal to 1.0.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector.PutVectorData(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this vector.</summary>
            <param name="Coords">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the entity's coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector.ScaleBy(System.Double)">
            <summary>Scale this vector by the specified scale factor.</summary>
            <param name="Scale">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the scale.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector.SubtractVector(Inventor.Vector)">
            <summary>Subtract the specified vector from this vector.</summary>
            <param name="Argument">
                <summary>Input &lt;link Inventor::Vector, Vector&gt; to subtract.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector.TransformBy(Inventor.Matrix)">
            <summary>Transform this vector by the specified matrix.</summary>
            <param name="Matrix">
                <summary>Input Matrix object that specifies the position and orientation of the occurrence.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Vector.X">
            <summary>Specifies the X coordinate of the vector. If not supplied, the X value will default to 0.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Vector.Y">
            <summary>Specifies the Y coordinate of the vector. If not supplied, the Y value will default to 0.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Vector.Z">
            <summary>Specifies the Z coordinate of the vector. If not supplied, the Z value will default to 0.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Vector2d">
            <summary>The Vector2d object. For more information, see the Transient Geometry overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector2d.AddVector(Inventor.Vector2d)">
            <summary>Add the specified vector2d to this vector2d.</summary>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Vector2d to add.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector2d.AngleTo(Inventor.Vector2d)">
            <summary>Determines the angle between this vector2d and the specified vector2d.</summary>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Vector to measure to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector2d.AsUnitVector">
            <summary>Get the unit vector2d equivalent of this vector2d normalized.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector2d.Copy">
            <summary>Creates a copy of this Vector2d object.&amp;nbsp;The result is entirely independent and can be edited without affecting the original Vector2d object.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector2d.DotProduct(Inventor.Vector2d)">
            <summary>Determine the dot product of this vector2d to the specified vector2d.</summary>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Vector with which to calculate the dot product.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector2d.GetVectorData(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Get the data defining this vector.</summary>
            <param name="Coords">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the entity's coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector2d.IsEqualTo(Inventor.Vector2d,System.Double)">
            <summary>Compare this vector2d for equality to the specified vector2d.</summary>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Vector to compare to.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Tolerance for comparison.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector2d.IsParallelTo(Inventor.Vector2d,System.Double)">
            <summary>Determine if this vector2d is parallel to the specified vector2d.</summary>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Vector to use for parallel test.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Tolerance value for test.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector2d.IsPerpendicularTo(Inventor.Vector2d,System.Double)">
            <summary>Determine if this vector2d is perpendicular to the specified vector2d.</summary>
            <param name="Vector">
                <summary>Vector to use for perpendicular test.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Tolerance">
                <summary>Tolerance value for test.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Vector2d.Length">
            <summary>Get the length of this vector2d.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector2d.Normalize">
            <summary>Normalize this vector2d to result in a length equal to 1.0.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector2d.PutVectorData(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that sets the data defining this vector.</summary>
            <param name="Coords">
                <summary>Input/output Double that specifies the entity's coordinates.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector2d.ScaleBy(System.Double)">
            <summary>Scale this vector2d by the specified scale factor.</summary>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Scale factor to use.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector2d.SubtractVector(Inventor.Vector2d)">
            <summary>Subtract the specified vector2d from this vector2d.</summary>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Vector2d to subtract.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vector2d.TransformBy(Inventor.Matrix2d)">
            <summary>Transform this vector2d by the specified matrix.</summary>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Matrix2d for transform.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Vector2d.X">
            <summary>Gets the X-component for this Vector2d.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Vector2d.Y">
            <summary>Gets the Y-component for this Vector2d.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Vertex">
            <summary>The Vertex object represents a transient point in boundary representation data.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Vertex.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Vertex.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Vertex.Edges">
            <summary>Gets the &lt;link Inventor::Edges, Edges&gt; referenced by this Vertex.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Vertex.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns the &lt;link Inventor::Faces, Faces&gt; that this Vertex is referenced from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vertex.GetPoint(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the coordinates of the vertex point.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Output Double array that returns the coordinates of the vertex point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vertex.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Vertex.GetSourceVertex(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that gets the source vertex that has been overridden by this vertex. The method returns Nothing if this vertex is not an override. An error is returned if this method is called on a vertex in a part.</summary>
            <param name="GetLeafSource">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to get the 'leaf' source vertex in the case where there are multiple levels of override. If specified to be False, the method returns the next level override vertex. If not specified, the argument defaults to True indicating that the leaf source will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Vertex.IsTolerant">
            <summary>Indicates if this vertex is using tolerant modeling to allow a non-exact model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Vertex.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Vertex.Point">
            <summary>Property that returns a Point geometry object. The Point object returned provides information about the position of the vertex.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Vertex.Tolerance">
            <summary>Returns the tolerance being used for modeling calculations and this Vertex.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Vertex.TransientKey">
            <summary>Property that obtains an ID key that can be used to bind back to the live object. This transient key is only valid as long as the document state has not changed. For more information, see the ReferenceKeys overview</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Vertex.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.VertexDefinition">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VertexDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VertexDefinition.AssociativeID">
            <summary>Gets and sets the associate ID of this vertex.&amp;nbsp;This ID will be transferred to the corresponding vertex when this SurfaceBodyDefinition is used to create a SurfaceBody.&amp;nbsp;It is used by Inventor as the identifier for the vertex and is used for tracking this geom.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VertexDefinition.Position">
            <summary>Gets and sets the defined location of the vertex.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VertexDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.VertexDefinitions">
            <summary />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.VertexDefinitions.Add(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new VertexDefinition within the associated SurfaceBodyDefinition.</summary>
            <param name="Position">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the position of the vertex.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VertexDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VertexDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VertexDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Property that returns an item from the collection.  The index of the first item in the collection is 1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VertexDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.VertexProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VertexProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VertexProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VertexProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VertexProxy.Edges">
            <summary>Gets the &lt;link Inventor::Edges, Edges&gt; referenced by this Vertex.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VertexProxy.Faces">
            <summary>Property that returns the &lt;link Inventor::Faces, Faces&gt; that this Vertex is referenced from.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.VertexProxy.GetPoint(System.Double[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the coordinates of the vertex point.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Output Double array that returns the coordinates of the vertex point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.VertexProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.VertexProxy.GetSourceVertex(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that gets the source vertex that has been overridden by this vertex. The method returns Nothing if this vertex is not an override. An error is returned if this method is called on a vertex in a part.</summary>
            <param name="GetLeafSource">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to get the 'leaf' source vertex in the case where there are multiple levels of override. If specified to be False, the method returns the next level override vertex. If not specified, the argument defaults to True indicating that the leaf source will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VertexProxy.IsTolerant">
            <summary>Indicates if this vertex is using tolerant modeling to allow a non-exact model.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VertexProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VertexProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VertexProxy.Point">
            <summary>Property that returns a Point geometry object. The Point object returned provides information about the position of the vertex.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VertexProxy.Tolerance">
            <summary>Returns the tolerance being used for modeling calculations and this Vertex.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VertexProxy.TransientKey">
            <summary>Property that obtains an ID key that can be used to bind back to the live object. This transient key is only valid as long as the document state has not changed. For more information, see the ReferenceKeys overview</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VertexProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraint">
            <summary>The VeticalAlignConstraint object represents a constraint the makes two sketch points align vertically.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraint.PointOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraint.PointTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraintProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraintProxy.PointOne">
            <summary>Property that returns the first sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraintProxy.PointTwo">
            <summary>Property that returns the second sketch point being constrained.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalAlignConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.VerticalConstraint">
            <summary>The VerticalConstraint object represents a vertical constraint within a sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalConstraint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalConstraint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalConstraint.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.VerticalConstraint.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalConstraint.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity being constrained. This can be a sketch line, ellipse, or elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.VerticalConstraint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalConstraint.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalConstraint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalConstraint.UseEllipseMajorAxis">
            <summary>Property used in the case where the entity returned by the Entity property is an ellipse. This property specifies if the major or minor axis of the ellipse is vertical. True if it is the major axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.VerticalConstraintProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalConstraintProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalConstraintProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalConstraintProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalConstraintProxy.Deletable">
            <summary>Indicates whether this object is deletable.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.VerticalConstraintProxy.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the constraint.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalConstraintProxy.Entity">
            <summary>Property that returns the sketch entity being constrained. This can be a sketch line, ellipse, or elliptical arc.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.VerticalConstraintProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalConstraintProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalConstraintProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent sketch of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalConstraintProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VerticalConstraintProxy.UseEllipseMajorAxis">
            <summary>Property used in the case where the entity returned by the Entity property is an ellipse. This property specifies if the major or minor axis of the ellipse is vertical. True if it is the major axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Vertices">
            <summary>The Vertices object represents a collection of &lt;link Inventor::Vertex, Vertex&gt; objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Vertices.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Vertices.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Vertices.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.View">
            <summary>The View object represents a view in a document.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.View.Activate">
            <summary>Method that causes this view to become the active view (i.e. receive user-focus).</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.AreTexturesOn">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to turn textures on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.Camera">
            <summary>Property that returns a Camera object which contains the information that defines the current contents of the view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.Caption">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the caption on this View's window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.View.Close">
            <summary>Method that closes the view. If only one view exists for a document and the Close method is called it will also cause the Document to close.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.DisplayMode">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Display Mode on this View's window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.DisplaySeparateColorsType">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets which type of display separate colors will be applied.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.Document">
            <summary>Property that returns the &lt;link Inventor::Document, Document&gt; the view is associated with.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.View.Fit(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that fits all of the contents of the document within the view. Can optionally cause the display of the view to be updated.</summary>
            <param name="DoUpdate">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to update the view after the document contents have been fitted into it. The default is to perform the update.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.View.GetWindowExtents(System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the current size and position of the view's window.</summary>
            <param name="Top">
                <summary>Output Long that contains the position of the top edge of the window (including the entire frame of the window). The value returned is in pixels relative to screen space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Left">
                <summary>Output Long that contains the position of the left edge of the window (including the entire frame of the window). The value returned is in pixels relative to screen space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Output Long that contains the height of the window (including the entire frame of the window). The value returned is in pixels.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Output Long that contains the width of the window (including the entire frame of the window). The value returned is in pixels.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.View.GoHome">
            <summary>Method that sets the view to the default view of the model.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.Height">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Height of the view window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.HWND">
            <summary>Property that returns the hWnd for the window. This provides convenient access to the window's hWnd. Having the hWnd allows you to use various Windows API calls with the window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.IsRayTracingPaused">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the current ray tracing process is paused. If this property returns true then set it to false will continue the current ray tracing.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.Left">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the distance between the left edge of the view window and left edge of the frame window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.View.Move(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that moves the window this view is contained within.</summary>
            <param name="Top">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the position of the top edge of the window (including the entire frame of the window). The value specified is in pixels and relative to screen space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Left">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the position of the left edge of the window (including the entire frame of the window). The value specified is in pixels and relative to screen space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the height of the window (including the entire frame of the window). The value specified is in pixels.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the width of the window (including the entire frame of the window). The value specified is in pixels.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.NoiseReductionEnabled">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the noise reduction is enabled or not when ray tracing is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent &lt;link Inventor::Document, Document&gt; object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.RayTracing">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to enable ray tracing for the view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.RayTracingProgress">
            <summary>Gets the progress in percentage of the ray tracing process.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.RayTracingQuality">
            <summary>Gets and sets the quality used when ray tracing is enabled.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.View.ResetFront">
            <summary>Method that resets the front view to the factory default.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.View.SaveAsBitmap(System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that saves the view as a bitmap.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full filename of the file to which to save the view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the width of the view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the height of the view.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.View.SaveAsBitmapWithOptions(System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32,Inventor.NameValueMap)">
            <summary>Method that saves the view as a bitmap with more options. The width and height arguments define the aspect ratio and the number of pixels in the output image. The Options argument allow you to define more effects for the bitmap.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full filename of the file to which to save the view.  The extension of this filename controls the type of file that’s created.  Valid extensions are bmp, jpg, png, tiff, and gif.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the width of the view.  A value of 0 will use the current width of the view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the height of the view.  A value of 0 will use the current height of the view.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Options">
                <summary>Input NameValueMap that specifies more options to create the bitmap. The valid values for the options are: NameValue TypeDescription
TransparentBackgroundBooleanSpecifies whether the saved bitmap will have transparent background. If not specified this will default to False. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.View.SaveAsBitmapWithRayTracing(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that saves the view with ray tracing on as a bitmap in one of the following types: bmp, jpg, png, tiff, and gif.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the full filename of the file to which to save the view.  The extension of this filename controls the type of file that’s created.  Valid extensions are bmp, jpg, png, tiff, and gif.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.View.SetCurrentAsFront">
            <summary>Method that sets the current view as the front view.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.View.SetCurrentAsHome(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that sets the current view as the home view.</summary>
            <param name="FitToView">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to set the view extent as "view all" (fit to view) or to the extent of the model that currently fills the view (fixed distance).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.View.SetCurrentAsTop">
            <summary>Method that sets the current view as the top view.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.ShowAmbientShadows">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display ambient shadows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.ShowGroundPlane">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the ground plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.ShowGroundReflections">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display ground reflections.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.ShowGroundShadows">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display ground shadows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.ShowObjectShadows">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display object shadows.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.View.StartRenderingRateRecord">
            <summary>Method that starts a rendering rate record for the graphics window.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.View.StopRenderingRateRecord(System.Int32@,System.Double@)">
            <summary>Method that stops the rendering rate record for the graphics window and gets the results.</summary>
            <param name="frames">
                <summary>Output Long value that indicates the count of the frame increases.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ElapsedTime">
                <summary>Output Double value that indicates the elapsed time for frames change.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.Top">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the distance between the top of the view window and top of the frame window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.View.Update">
            <summary>Method that causes the view to update. In some cases, changes made to a model or to the view will not immediately be shown in the view and the Update method must be called to cause the view to refresh.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.ViewFrame">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ViewFrame this view is located in.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.ViewTab">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ViewTab of this view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.Visible">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the visibility of this View.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.Width">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Width of the view window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.View.WindowState">
            <summary>Gets/Sets this windows state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStyle">
            <summary>ViewAnnotationStyle object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStyle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStyle.Comments">
            <summary>Gets and sets comments associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStyle.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStyle.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local Style object. The newly created style is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a dimension style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other dimension styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStyle.CropViewAnnotationSettings">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the CropViewAnnotationStyleSettings object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStyle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Style/Layer/UnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStyle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStyle.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the standard style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user. Note that this name is not guaranteed to be unique.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStyle.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStyle.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStyle.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStyle.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStyle.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStyle.StyleType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStyle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStyle.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStyle.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStylesEnumerator">
            <summary>ViewAnnotationStylesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStylesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStylesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStylesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewAnnotationStylesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ViewFrame">
            <summary>ViewFrame Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewFrame.Application">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the root Application object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ViewFrame.Arrange(Inventor.ViewTileTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that tiles the views in the view frame window.</summary>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewFrame.Caption">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the caption of this view frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ViewFrame.Close">
            <summary>Method that closes this view frame.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ViewFrame.Close2(System.Boolean,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that closes this view frame. Close a ViewFrame may cause documents to close, use the argument to specify the documents to save if necessary. This does nothing if try to close the default ViewFrame.</summary>
            <param name="SaveDocuments">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value to specify whether to save the documents.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DocumentsToSave">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection including the documents to save.  This is ignored if the SaveDocuments is specified as False. If the SaveDocuments is set to True and this is not specified then all the documents being closed in this ViewFrame will be saved.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewFrame.Height">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the height of the view frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewFrame.IsDefault">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether this view frame is the default one.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewFrame.Left">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the distance between the left edge of the screen and left edge of the view frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ViewFrame.Move(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that moves the view frame window.</summary>
            <param name="Top">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the position of the top edge of the window. The value specified is in pixels and relative to screen space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Left">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the position of the left edge of the window. The value specified is in pixels and relative to screen space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the height of the window. The value specified is in pixels.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the width of the window. The value specified is in pixels.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewFrame.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ViewFrame.RestorePreviousLayout">
            <summary>Method that restores the previous layout for this view frame window.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewFrame.Top">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the distance between the top edge of the screen and top edge of the view frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewFrame.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kViewFrameObject indicating this object’s type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewFrame.ViewTabGroups">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ViewTabGroupsEnumerator collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewFrame.ViewTabs">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the view tabs that are located in this view frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewFrame.Width">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the width of the view frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewFrame.WindowState">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the window state of this view frame.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ViewFramesEnumerator">
            <summary>ViewFrames enumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewFramesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the root Application object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewFramesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewFramesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewFramesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Read-only property returning kViewFramesEnumeratorObject indicating this object’s type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ViewList">
            <summary>A ViewList object is a collection of &lt;link Inventor::View, View&gt; objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ViewList.Add(Inventor.View)">
            <summary>Method that adds a View object to the collection.</summary>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>View object to add.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewList.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewList.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified object in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ViewList.Remove(Inventor.View)">
            <summary>Method that removes a View object from the collection.</summary>
            <param name="View">
                <summary>View object to remove.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewList.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Views">
            <summary>The Views collection object provides access to all of the graphic &lt;link Inventor::View, View&gt; objects associated with a particular document. It also provides functionality to create new views.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Views.Add">
            <summary>Create a new view of the document.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Views.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Views.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Views.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ViewsEnumerator">
            <summary>The ViewsEnumerator object provides access to a list of &lt;link Inventor::View, View&gt; objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ViewTab">
            <summary>ViewTab Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewTab.Application">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the root Application object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ViewTab.Close">
            <summary>Method that closes this ViewTab.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ViewTab.MoveToGroup(System.Boolean,Inventor.ViewTab,Inventor.DockingStateEnum,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that moves the current view tab to a ViewTabGroup. The ViewTabGroup the current ViewTab moves into will be returned.</summary>
            <param name="CreateNewGroup">
                <summary>Input Boolean value that specifies whether to move  the current ViewTab to a newly created ViewTabGroup or an existing ViewTabGroup. If set this as True then a new ViewTabGroup containing this ViewTab will be created. If this is set to False current ViewTab will be moved to an existing ViewTabGroup that contains the TargetViewTab.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="TargetViewTab">
                <summary>Input ViewTab object that specifies the target ViewTab.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DockingState">
                <summary>Input DockingStateEnum value that specifies the docking state of the current ViewTab. If the CreateNewGroup is set to True then the current ViewTab will be docked to the location against the TargetViewTab’s group, valid values for this argument are: kDockBottom, kDockTop, kDockLeft and kDockRight. If the CreateNewGroup is set to False, then the current ViewTab will be moved to the left or right side of the TargetViewTab, so valid values for this argument are: kDockLeft and kDockRight.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AdditionalViewTabs">
                <summary>Optional  input ObjectCollection object containing ViewTab objects as additional view tabs to move to the group with current ViewTab.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ViewTab.MoveToNewViewFrame(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that moves current ViewTab to a new ViewFrame.</summary>
            <param name="ViewFrameWidth">
                <summary>Optioanl input Long value that specifies the width of the new ViewFrame.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewFrameHeight">
                <summary>Optioanl input Long value that specifies the height of the new ViewFrame.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewFrameLeft">
                <summary>Optioanl input Long value that specifies the left of the new ViewFrame.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewFrameTop">
                <summary>Optioanl input Long value that specifies the top of the new ViewFrame.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="AdditionalViewTabs">
                <summary>Optional  input ObjectCollection object containing ViewTab objects as additional view tabs to move to the ViewFrame with current ViewTab.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewTab.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewTab.View">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the View or WebView this view tab is associated with.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewTab.ViewFrame">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ViewFrame this view tab is located in.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewTab.ViewTabGroup">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ViewTabGroup this view tab is located in. This returns Nothing if the ViewTab is not grouped.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ViewTabGroup">
            <summary>ViewTabGroup object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewTabGroup.Application">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the root Application object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ViewTabGroup.Close">
            <summary>Method that closes this ViewTabGroup.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewTabGroup.Count">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the number of view tabs in this view tab group.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewTabGroup.Item">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the specified ViewTab object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ViewTabGroup.MoveToGroup(Inventor.ViewTab,Inventor.DockingStateEnum)">
            <summary>Method that moves the current ViewTabGroup to another ViewTabGroup. The ViewTabGroup the current ViewTabGroup moves into will be returned.</summary>
            <param name="TargetViewTab">
                <summary>Input ViewTab object that specifies the target ViewTab.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="DockingState">
                <summary>Input DockingStateEnum value that specifies the docking state of the current ViewTabGroup. Valid values for this argument are: kDockLeft and kDockRight.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.ViewTabGroup.MoveToNewViewFrame(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that moves current ViewTabGroup to a new ViewFrame.</summary>
            <param name="ViewFrameWidth">
                <summary>Optioanl input Long value that specifies the width of the new ViewFrame.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewFrameHeight">
                <summary>Optioanl input Long value that specifies the height of the new ViewFrame.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewFrameLeft">
                <summary>Optioanl input Long value that specifies the left of the new ViewFrame.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ViewFrameTop">
                <summary>Optioanl input Long value that specifies the top of the new ViewFrame.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewTabGroup.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewTabGroup.ViewFrame">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ViewFrame this view tab Group is located in.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ViewTabGroupsEnumerator">
            <summary>ViewTabGroupsEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewTabGroupsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the root Application object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewTabGroupsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewTabGroupsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewTabGroupsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.ViewTabsEnumerator">
            <summary>ViewTabsEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewTabsEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the root Application object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewTabsEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the number of view tabs in this view tab group.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewTabsEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.ViewTabsEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition">
            <summary>This object derives from the ComponentDefinition object. It represents a ComponentDefinition that exists solely for the BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.ActiveMaterial">
            <summary>Gets and sets the material for the VirtualComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.BOMQuantity">
            <summary>Property that returns the BOMQuantity object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.BOMStructure">
            <summary>Gets and sets how the component is used/viewed in a BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.ClientGraphicsCollection">
            <summary>Property that returns the ClientGraphicsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.DataIO">
            <summary>Gets the object that directly deals with I/O to and from a storage-medium, including Streams(IStream).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.DisplayName">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the virtual component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.Document">
            <summary>Property that returns the containing Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.FindUsingPoint(Inventor.Point,Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum[],System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that finds all the entities of the specified type at the specified location.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the model space point at which to find the entities.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ObjectTypes">
                <summary>Input array of SelelctionFilterEnum values that indicate the type of objects to find. The values are the enum values from the SelectionFilterEnum and can be combined to specify multiple object types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance value for the search. This value defines the radius of a sphere at the input point. All objects that intersect this sphere will be returned. If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VisibleObjectsOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether or not invisible objects should be included in the search. Defaults to True indicating that invisible objects will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.FindUsingVector(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum[],System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that finds all the entities of the specified type along the specified vector using either a cylinder or cone that to define the tolerance within the defined vector.</summary>
            <param name="OriginPoint">
                <summary>Input Point that defines the model space location to position the vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Input UnitVector that defines direction to find all entities that the vector penetrates. The vector is treated as infinite in both directions from the origin point so all entities that lie in the path of the vector on either side of the origin point will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ObjectTypes">
                <summary>Input array of SelelctionFilterEnum values that indicate the type of objects to find. The values are the enum values from the SelectionFilterEnum and can be combined to specify multiple object types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseCylinder">
                <summary>Input argument that specifies if the vector defines a cylinder or cone when checking to see if an entity is hit by the ray.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityTolerance">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the tolerance value for the search. This value defines the radius of a cylinder if UseCylinder is True or the angle of the cone if False. If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VisibleObjectsOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether or not invisible objects should be included in the search. Defaults to True indicating that invisible objects will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LocationPoints">
                <summary>Optional output that returns a set of Point objects. One Point object is returned for each entity in the FoundEntities list. The point defines the coordinate of the intersection between the vector and the corresponding entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.GetUnusedGeometries(Inventor.ObjectCollection@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            <param name="UnusedGeometries">
                <summary>Output ObjectCollection object the includes the unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.ModelGeometryVersion">
            <summary>Property that returns a string that can be used to determine if the document has been modified. This version string is changed every time the assembly is modified. By saving a previous version string, you can compare the current version string to see if the assembly has been modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.Occurrences">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.OrientedMinimumRangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the oriented minimum range box for this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.PreciseRangeBox">
            <summary>Gets a bounding box that tightly encloses all the solid and surface bodies under the ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.PropertySets">
            <summary>Property that gets the PropertySets object associated with the virtual component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.PurgeUnusedGeometries(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that purges unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            <param name="UnusedGeometries">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that including the sketches and work features to purge. The unused sketches and work features can be retrieved using GetUnusedGeometries method. If this is not provided then all unused sketches and work features will be purged.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.RepositionObject(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the specifies object(s) to the new position within the collection of the object in the document.</summary>
            <param name="TargetObject">
                <summary>Input the Object that specifies the target object to move other objects next to. Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether to position other object(s) before or after the target object.  A value of True indicates that the object(s) will be positioned before the target object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartObject">
                <summary>Input Object that specifies the object to be repositioned.  Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndObject">
                <summary>Optional input Object that specifies the object to be repositioned.  If specified, all the objects from the StartObject to the EndObject, both inclusive, will be repositioned to the specified position in the document.  If not specified, only the StartObject will be repositioned.  Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns all of the result SurfaceBody objects contained within this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VirtualComponentDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.VisibleOccurrenceFinder">
            <summary>The VisibleOccurrenceFinder object is a utility object created using the AssemblyComponentDefinition.CreateVisibleOccurrenceFinder method.  It is used to find occurrences in the assembly based on their visibility.  It is equivalent to the “Select Internal Components”, “Select External Components”, and “Select All in Camera” commands in Inventor.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VisibleOccurrenceFinder.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VisibleOccurrenceFinder.CompactResult">
            <summary>Read-write property Boolean that defines if all components that are found within an assembly will be consolidated so that their paraent assembly is returned instead of each one of the child components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VisibleOccurrenceFinder.FoundOccurrences">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the occurrences that meet the current criteria defined by the other properties on the VisibleOccurrenceFinder object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VisibleOccurrenceFinder.PercentageVisible">
            <summary>Read-write property Double that defines the percentage of the component that can be visible or hidden.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VisibleOccurrenceFinder.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.VisibleOccurrenceFinder.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that defines if visible or hidden objects should be found.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WebBrowserDialog">
            <summary>WebBrowserDialog Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDialog.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WebBrowserDialog.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes this web browser dialog.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDialog.DisabledWindowState">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets a bit-mask defining the disabled window states of this web browser dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDialog.Height">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the height of this web browser dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDialog.HWND">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the HWND of this web browser dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDialog.InternalName">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the internal name of the web browser dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDialog.Left">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the left edge of this web browser dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDialog.Modal">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether this dialog is modal dialog or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WebBrowserDialog.Move(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that moves this web browser dialog.</summary>
            <param name="Top">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the distance between the top of the screen and top of the dialog.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Left">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the distance between the left edge of the screen and left edge of the window.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Input Long value that specifies the height of the dialog.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Long value that specifies the width of the dialog.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WebBrowserDialog.Navigate(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that navigates to a url in this web browser dialog.</summary>
            <param name="Url">
                <summary>Input String value that specifies the url to navigate to.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WebBrowserDialog.Refresh">
            <summary>Method that refreshes the content in this web browser dialog.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDialog.Title">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the title of this web browser dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDialog.Top">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the top edge of this web browser dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDialog.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDialog.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the visibility of this web browser dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDialog.WebBrowserDialogEvents">
            <summary>Read-only property that gets the WebBrowserDialogEvents object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDialog.Width">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the width of this web browser dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDialog.WindowState">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the window state of this web browser dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WebBrowserDialogEvents">
            <summary>WebBrowserDialogEvents Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDialogEvents.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WebBrowserDialogEvents.OnClose(Inventor.EventTimingEnum,Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Fires when the user clicks the close button on the Web Browser Dialog. Clients can use this event to handle the close dialog event.</summary>
            <param name="BeforeOrAfter">
                <summary>Input EventTimingEnum indicating if the event is being fired before (kBefore) or after (kAfter) the web browser dialog is closed.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. This argument is ignored for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WebBrowserDialogEvents.OnHelp(Inventor.NameValueMap,Inventor.HandlingCodeEnum@)">
            <summary>Event that fires when F1 is pressed when the Web Browser Dialog is active.</summary>
            <param name="Context">
                <summary>Input object that can be used to determine the context of why the event fired. No context information is provided for this event.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="HandlingCode">
                <summary>Output that indicates how you are handling the event. Setting the value of the HandlingCode argument specifies how Inventor is to handle displaying help. If you set this argument to kEventNotHandled or kEventCanceled, Inventor will display some general browser help. Setting the value of this argument to kEventHandled will allow you to handle displaying help to the end-user and Inventor will not display anything. To display help to the end-user you can choose to use whatever help system you want. Inventor's API does not provide support for the actual display of the clients help.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDialogEvents.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDialogEvents.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WebBrowserDialogs">
            <summary>WebBrowserDialogs collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WebBrowserDialogs.Add(System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new WebBrowserDialog, the new WebBrowserDialog is returned.</summary>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary>Optional input String object that specifies the internal name of newly created WebBrowserDialog. If provided, the internal name should be unique in the WebBrowserDialogs collection, otherwise an error will occur. If not provided, the internal name is automatically generated.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Modal">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean value that specifies the whether the newly created WebBrowserDialog is modal dialog or not. This defaults to False if not specified.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDialogs.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDialogs.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDialogs.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow">
            <summary>WebBrowserDockableWindow Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.AddChild(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that adds a dialog or a control to the dockable window. Currently, you can only add a single child to a dockable window. So this method returns a failure if the dockable window already has a child. It is the responsibility of the client to destroy the dialog/control as and when appropriate.</summary>
            <param name="Identifier">
                <summary>Input Variant that specifies the dialog or control. This can either be the HWND of a dialog/window, or the ProgID of a control or the GUID of the control as a string (including the braces "{ }"). The ProgID/GUID can be that of an ActiveX or a .NET user control.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.Caption">
            <summary>Gets and sets the caption of the window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.Clear">
            <summary>Method that empties the contents of the dockable window (i.e. removes any children of the window). This does not destroy the child dialog/controls; it is the responsibility of the client to destroy them.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.ClientId">
            <summary>Property that returns the string that uniquely identifies the client. This is the CLSID of the AddIn in a string form, e.g. '{C9A6C580-3817-11D0-BE4E-080036E87B02}'.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.Control">
            <summary>Property that returns the control associated with the pane. This property returns Nothing if the pane contains a dialog and not a control.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the DockableWindow. This does not destroy the child dialog/controls; it is the responsibility of the client to destroy them.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.DisableCloseButton">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to disable close button.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.DisabledDockingStates">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the bit-mask that specifies the docking positions to disallow.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.Height">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current height of the window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.HWND">
            <summary>Property that returns the handle of the dockable window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the unique internal name of the window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.IsCustomized">
            <summary>Property that returns whether size, position and docking states of this window have previously been customized and remembered by Inventor. If this property returns True, the size, position and docking states should not be initialized by the creating application so that the last known values are re-applied.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.Left">
            <summary>Property that returns the distance between the left edge of the screen and left edge of the window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.Move(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that repositions and resizes the window. If the window is docked, calling this method automatically undocks the window and honors the input values.</summary>
            <param name="Top">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the distance between the top of the screen and top of the window.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Left">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the distance between the left edge of the screen and left edge of the window.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the height of the window.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the width of the window.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent UserInterfaceManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.SetMinimumSize(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that sets the minimum size that the user can resize the window to.</summary>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the minimum height for the window.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the minimum width for the window.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.ShowVisibilityCheckBox">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to display the visibility check box in the User Interface dropdown in the View tab | Windows panel.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.Top">
            <summary>Property that returns the distance between the top of the screen and top of the window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.VisibilityControl">
            <summary>Property that returns the button control automatically created by Inventor to control the visibility of the dockable window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the window is currently visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebBrowserDockableWindow.Width">
            <summary>Gets and sets the current width of the window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WebView">
            <summary>WebView Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WebView.Activate">
            <summary>Method that makes this web view the active one.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebView.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebView.Caption">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and set the caption of web view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WebView.Close">
            <summary>Method that close the web view.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebView.Height">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the height of the web view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebView.HWND">
            <summary>Returns the HWND.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebView.Icon">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the icon of the web view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebView.InternalName">
            <summary>Gets either control identifier or the internal identifier depending on whether this browser pane is a ActiveX control identifier or an Inventor tree browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebView.Left">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the left edge of the web view window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WebView.Move(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that moves this web view window.</summary>
            <param name="Top">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Left">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Height">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="Width">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WebView.Navigate(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that navigates to the url in the web view.</summary>
            <param name="Url">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebView.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WebView.StartAction(System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that start an action onto the web view.</summary>
            <param name="ActionType">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <param name="ActionData">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebView.Top">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the top of the web view window.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebView.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebView.Visible">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the visibility of this web view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebView.Width">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the width of the web view.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebView.WindowState">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets the web view window state.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WebViews">
            <summary>WebViews collection Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WebViews.Add(System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a new Document of the specified type. Optionally, a template file can be specified instead.</summary>
            <param name="InternalName">
                <summary />
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebViews.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebViews.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WebViews.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Weld">
            <summary>The Weld object represents a weld within an assembly. The Weld object is a base class of the CosmeticWeld and WeldBead objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Weld.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Weld.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the weld. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Weld.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the Weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Weld.SymbolAttachPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the coordinate where the weld symbol attached to the weld geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Weld.SymbolBreakPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the coordinate where the weld symbol leader line break point is.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Weld.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Weld.WeldInfo">
            <summary>Gets the weld description information as a String containing XML formatted data. For more information on XML formatting see More XML Weld Info...</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WeldBead">
            <summary>The WeldBead object represents a weld bead within an assembly. The WeldBead object is derived from the Weld object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldBead.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldBead.BeadFaces">
            <summary>Property that returns the set of &lt;link Inventor::Faces, Faces&gt; that define the geometric result of the weld bead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldBead.BeadLength">
            <summary>Gets the length of the weld bead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldBead.Delete(System.Boolean,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the weld. The arguments allow control over which dependent objects are also deleted.</summary>
            <param name="RetainConsumedSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean indicating if consumed sketches within the feature should be deleted. If the feature being deleted is not a sketch based feature this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentFeaturesAndSketches">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent features should be deleted. If there are no dependent features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RetainDependentWorkFeatures">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies if dependent work features should be deleted. If there are no dependent work features this argument is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldBead.EndFaces">
            <summary>Gets the set of faces that define the ends of the weld bead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldBead.FaceSetOne">
            <summary>Returns the first set of faces the weld bead is on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldBead.FaceSetTwo">
            <summary>Returns the second set of faces the weld bead is on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldBead.Name">
            <summary>Gets and sets the name of the Weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldBead.SideFaces">
            <summary>Gets the set of faces that define the sides of the weld bead.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldBead.SymbolAttachPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the coordinate where the weld symbol attached to the weld geometry.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldBead.SymbolBreakPoint">
            <summary>Property that returns the coordinate where the weld symbol leader line break point is.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldBead.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldBead.WeldInfo">
            <summary>Gets the weld description information as a String containing XML formatted data. For more information on XML formatting see More XML Weld Info...</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WeldBeads">
            <summary>The WeldBeads object provides access to all the existing &lt;link Inventor::WeldBead, WeldBead&gt; objects within a weldment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldBeads.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldBeads.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldBeads.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified WeldBead object from the collection</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldBeads.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition">
            <summary>The WeldmentComponentDefinition object provides access to all of the assembly and weldment information of a weldment assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.ActiveOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the that is currently in edit.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.AdjustProxyContext(System.Object)">
            <summary>Returns the specified object proxy scoped into this assembly, trimming any portion of the context from any assembly in which this assembly is a subassembly. In other words, for the given object proxy, this method makes a new object proxy which has this component definition as the context definition.</summary>
            <param name="ObjectProxy">
                <summary>An object representing an Object Proxy - known in earlier versions of Inventor as a Geom Proxy. Each Object Proxy has an associated ComponentOccurrence, which has a property called ContextDefinition. The value of this property is the top level ComponentDefinition.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.AnalyzeInterference(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that analyzes the interference between two components. The input ObjectCollections contain the component occurrences that are to be checked for interference. If only one set is provided then interference checking is performed between all occurrences provided in the set. If two sets are provided then the overlap between the components of the two collections are calculated.</summary>
            <param name="Set1">
                <summary>Input that contains ComponentOccurrenceobjects. If this set is provided without Set2, all occurrences in the set are checked for interference against all other occurrences in the set.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Set2">
                <summary>Optional input that contains ComponentOccurrence objects. When this set is provided the occurrences in Set1 are checked for interference against the occurrences in Set2.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.AppearanceOverridesObjects">
            <summary>Property that returns the objects that have appearance overrides in the active design view. The objects returned in the collection can include occurrences.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.AssemblyEvents">
            <summary>Property returning an AssemblyEvents collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.BIMComponent">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the BIMComponent object associated with this component definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.BOM">
            <summary>Property that returns the BOM object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.BOMQuantity">
            <summary>Property that returns the BOMQuantity object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.BOMStructure">
            <summary>Gets and sets how the component is used/viewed in a BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.ClearAppearanceOverrides(System.Object)">
            <summary>Clears the appearance overrides on the provided objects. The objects can include faces, features, work surfaces, surface bodies and occurrences.</summary>
            <param name="AppearanceOverrideObjects">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection including occurrences to clear their appearance overrides. If this argument is not provided, then it will clear all the appearance overrides in active design view.  If an object is provided that does not have an override, it is ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.ClientGraphicsCollection">
            <summary>Property that returns the ClientGraphicsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.Constraints">
            <summary>Property that returns the AssemblyConstraints collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.CreateFactory">
            <summary>Method that converts an assembly to an iAssemblyFactory. The newly created iAssemblyFactory object will have an empty excel spreadsheet.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.CreateGeometryIntent(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that creates a GeometryIntent object.&amp;nbsp;GeometryIntent objects are used as input when creating assembly joints.&amp;nbsp;They are used to identify geometry and specific locations on that geometry.</summary>
            <param name="Geometry">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the geometry. 
Valid input objects are proxies of SketchLine, SketchCircle, SketchArc, SketchEllipse, SketchEllipticalArc, Edge, or Face objects. </summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Intent">
                <summary>Optional input that specifies a specific position on the geometry. This can be a value from PointIntentEnum, a Point, or a GeometryIntent object that specifies a position on the geometry relative to model space, a double value indicating a position in the parametric space of the input curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.CreateVisibleOccurrenceFinder(System.Boolean,System.Double,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates an occurrence finder object that allows you to find all occurrences that are visible or hidden by a defined amount. By default, visible is defined by a portion of the part being visible from any view of the part. Optionally you can specify a camera to limit the viewing angle and the extents.</summary>
            <param name="Visible">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines if visible or hidden objects should be found. If True then fully and partially visible occurrences will be returned. If False, completely and partially hidden occurrences will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PercentageVisible">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the percentage of the component that can be visible or hidden. A value of 1 (100%) indicates that all components that are visible at all, or that are completely hidden (depending on the Visible argument) will be returned. A value of 0 (0%) indicates that the most visible or hidden components will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Compact">
                <summary>Input Boolean that defines if all components that are found within an assembly will be consolidated so that their parent assembly is returned instead of each one of the child components. A value of True indicates that they will be consolidated.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.DataIO">
            <summary>Gets the object that directly deals with I/O to and from a storage-medium, including Streams(IStream).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.DefaultVirtualComponentMaterial">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default material associated with the assembly component. This is the material that is used for newly created virtual components.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.Document">
            <summary>Property that returns the containing Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.ExportObjects(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that marks all the input objects as exported.</summary>
            <param name="Objects">
                <summary>Collection of objects to mark as exported.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.FactoryDocument">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the model state factory document when IsModelStateMember returns True.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.Features">
            <summary>Gets the Features collection for this assembly (assembly features).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.FindUsingPoint(Inventor.Point,Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum[],System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that finds all the entities of the specified type at the specified location.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the model space point at which to find the entities.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ObjectTypes">
                <summary>Input array of SelelctionFilterEnum values that indicate the type of objects to find. The values are the enum values from the SelectionFilterEnum and can be combined to specify multiple object types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance value for the search. This value defines the radius of a sphere at the input point. All objects that intersect this sphere will be returned. If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VisibleObjectsOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether or not invisible objects should be included in the search. Defaults to True indicating that invisible objects will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.FindUsingRay(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,System.Double,Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator@,Inventor.ObjectsEnumerator@,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that fires a ray through the part or assembly and returns the entities intersected by the ray. The objects intersected by the ray are returned in the order in which they are intersected, with the first entities returned being those closest to the clipping plane.</summary>
            <param name="RayStartPoint">
                <summary>Input object that defines the start point of the ray in model space.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="RayDirection">
                <summary>Input object that defines the direction of the ray. The ray is infinite in the direction defined.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Radius">
                <summary>Input Double that defines the radius of the ray. This value is specified in centimeters. Defining a radius for a ray allows the intersection to be within a given tolerance. This radius essentially results in the definition of a cylinder whose axis lies along the axis defined by the RayStartPoint and RayDirection. The intersection result is between the cylinder and the model's entities. A value higher than zero is recommended, though not explicitly required.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FoundEntities">
                <summary>Output that returns the entities that were intersected by the ray.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LocationPoints">
                <summary>Output that returns a set of Point objects. One Point object is returned for each entity in the FoundEntities list. The point defines the coordinate of the intersection between the ray and the corresponding entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="FindFirstOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to find just the first entity in the ray's path. If False (the default) then all entities found are returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.FindUsingVector(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum[],System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that finds all the entities of the specified type along the specified vector using either a cylinder or cone that to define the tolerance within the defined vector.</summary>
            <param name="OriginPoint">
                <summary>Input Point that defines the model space location to position the vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Input UnitVector that defines direction to find all entities that the vector penetrates. The vector is treated as infinite in both directions from the origin point so all entities that lie in the path of the vector on either side of the origin point will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ObjectTypes">
                <summary>Input array of SelelctionFilterEnum values that indicate the type of objects to find. The values are the enum values from the SelectionFilterEnum and can be combined to specify multiple object types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseCylinder">
                <summary>Input argument that specifies if the vector defines a cylinder or cone when checking to see if an entity is hit by the ray.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityTolerance">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the tolerance value for the search. This value defines the radius of a cylinder if UseCylinder is True or the angle of the cone if False. If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VisibleObjectsOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether or not invisible objects should be included in the search. Defaults to True indicating that invisible objects will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LocationPoints">
                <summary>Optional output that returns a set of Point objects. One Point object is returned for each entity in the FoundEntities list. The point defines the coordinate of the intersection between the vector and the corresponding entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.GetEndOfFeaturesPosition(System.Object@,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Gets the current end of Features position in the browser in an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="After">
                <summary>The assembly feature or sketch that the "End of Features" node is positioned immediately after.  If the "End of Features" node is at the top of the tree this will return Nothing.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>The assembly feature or sketch that the "End of Features" node is positioned immediately before.  If the "End of Features" node is at the bottom of the tree this will return Nothing.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.GetUnusedGeometries(Inventor.ObjectCollection@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            <param name="UnusedGeometries">
                <summary>Output ObjectCollection object the includes the unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.HideAllRelationships">
            <summary>Method that hides all of the assembly constraints, joints and iMate objects in the document.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.iAssemblyFactory">
            <summary>Property that returns the iAssemblyFactory object. This property will return Nothing in the case where the assembly is not an iAssembly Factory. You can determine this by using the IsiAssemblyFactory property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.iAssemblyMember">
            <summary>Property that returns the iAssemblyMember object. This property will return Nothing in the case where the assembly is not an iAssembly Member. You can determine this by using the IsiAssemblyMember property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.iMateDefinitions">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateDefinitions collection object associated with this assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.iMateResults">
            <summary>Property that returns the iMateResults collection object associated with this assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.ImportedComponents">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ImportedComponents collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.IsiAssemblyFactory">
            <summary>Property that returns if the assembly is an iAssembly factory or not. It returns True in the case where the assembly is a factory. If True, the factory can be obtained using the iAssemblyFactory property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.IsiAssemblyMember">
            <summary>Property that returns if the assembly is an iAssembly Member or not. It returns True in the case where the assembly is a member. If True, the member can be obtained using the iAssemblyMember property.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.IsModelStateFactory">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the document is a model state factory document or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.IsModelStateMember">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns whether the document is a model state member document or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.Joints">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the AssemblyJoints collection object which provides access to the existing joints in the assembly and provides the capability to create new joints.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.Machining">
            <summary>Property that returns the Machining object associated with this Weldment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.MassProperties">
            <summary>Property that returns the MassProperties object. This supports performing mass properties calculations for the entire assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.ModelAnnotations">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelAnnotations collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.ModelGeometryVersion">
            <summary>Property that returns a string that can be used to determine if the document has been modified. This version string is changed every time the assembly is modified. By saving a previous version string, you can compare the current version string to see if the assembly has been modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.ModelStates">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the ModelStates object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.OccurrencePatterns">
            <summary>Method that returns the pattern element this occurrence represents.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.Occurrences">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.OrientedMinimumRangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the oriented minimum range box for this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.Parameters">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameters collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.PointClouds">
            <summary>Gets the PointClouds collection object that encapsulates all of the point clouds defined in this Component Definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.PreciseRangeBox">
            <summary>Gets a bounding box that tightly encloses all the solid and surface bodies under the ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.Preparations">
            <summary>Property that returns the Preparations object associated with this Weldment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.PurgeUnusedGeometries(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that purges unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            <param name="UnusedGeometries">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that including the sketches and work features to purge. The unused sketches and work features can be retrieved using GetUnusedGeometries method. If this is not provided then all unused sketches and work features will be purged.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.RepositionObject(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the specifies object(s) to the new position within the collection of the object in the document.</summary>
            <param name="TargetObject">
                <summary>Input the Object that specifies the target object to move other objects next to. Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether to position other object(s) before or after the target object.  A value of True indicates that the object(s) will be positioned before the target object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartObject">
                <summary>Input Object that specifies the object to be repositioned.  Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndObject">
                <summary>Optional input Object that specifies the object to be repositioned.  If specified, all the objects from the StartObject to the EndObject, both inclusive, will be repositioned to the specified position in the document.  If not specified, only the StartObject will be repositioned.  Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.RepresentationsManager">
            <summary>Property that returns the RepresentationsManager object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.RevitExports">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the RevitExports collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.SetEndOfFeaturesToTopOrBottom(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Sets the End of Part marker to the top or bottom of the browser.</summary>
            <param name="SetToTop">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether the "End of Features" node is to be moved to the top or the bottom of the modeling portion of the browser. If True, the marker is moved to the top of the browser, just below the Origin folder. If False, it is moved to the bottom of the browser modeling section of the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.SetOccurrencesProperty(Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.String,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that process the property of a collection of occurrences.</summary>
            <param name="pOccurrences">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the ComponentOccurrence objects to set the grounded on. The collection can contain top-level occurrences only, if occurrences within a subassembly are specified then they will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="PropertyName">
                <summary>Input String that indicates the property of the occurrences to set. Valid properties include: Grounded.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Value">
                <summary>Input value to set for the occurrences for their property. Valid values for the properties are as below:
PropertyName = “Grounded”. Value = Boolean that indicates whether the occurrences are grounded or not. A value of True indicates that their grounded will be turned on. The Occurrences collection can contain top-level occurrences only, if occurrences within a subassembly are specified then they will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.SimulationManager">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the SimulationManager object.&amp;nbsp;This object provides access to the various simulation API’s.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.Sketches">
            <summary>Gets the Sketches collection for this assembly component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.SuppressFeatures(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Property that returns the SurfaceBodies collection. Surface bodies within the assembly is not currently supported by Inventor. The returned SurfaceBodies collection will be a collection of zero.</summary>
            <param name="Features">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the list of features to suppress.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns all of the result SurfaceBody objects contained within this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.TransformOccurrences(Inventor.ObjectCollection,Inventor.ObjectCollection,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that transforms a collection of occurrences.</summary>
            <param name="Occurrences">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the ComponentOccurrence objects to be transformed. The collection can only contain top level occurrences from the document. An exception is the case of a flexible occurrence within the top level assembly, in which case, deeper level occurrences may be provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Transforms">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains Matrix objects defining the transform for the input occurrences. The collection must have the same number of objects as the number of input occurrences, else the method returns an error. The collection can also contain a single Matrix, in which case all occurrences are transformed similarly using the single Matrix.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="IgnoreConstraints">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean which specifies whether to transform the occurrences without re-applying the current assembly constraints. An update of the Assembly will honor the constraints and ignore these transforms. If not specified, a default value of False is used (i.e. constraints are honored).</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.UnsuppressFeatures(Inventor.ObjectCollection)">
            <summary>Method that unsuppresses previously suppressed features.</summary>
            <param name="Features">
                <summary>Input ObjectCollection that contains the list of features to unsuppress.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.UserCoordinateSystems">
            <summary>Property that returns the UserCoordinateSystems collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.WeldBeadAppearance">
            <summary>Get and sets current appearance used for the weld beads. Setting to Nothing removes the overrides so that the weld bead uses the appearance associated with the weld material.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.WeldBeadAppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the source of the appearance for the weld bead. Setting to kMaterialAppearance will clear any overrides so that weld bead use the appearance associated with the weld material.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.WeldBeadMaterial">
            <summary>Gets and sets the material of the welds.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.WeldEndFillAppearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the currrent appearance used for the end caps of a weld. Setting to Nothing removes the overrides so that the caps use same appearance as the weld beads.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.WeldEndFillAppearanceSourceType">
            <summary>Gets and set the source of the appearance for the end caps of a weld bead. Setting to kWeldsAppearance will clear any overrides so that the caps use same appearance as the weld beads.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.Welds">
            <summary>Property that returns the Welds object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.WeldsComponentDefinition">
            <summary>Property that returns the associated WeldsComponentDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.WorkAxes">
            <summary>Property that returns the WorkAxes collection object that encapsulates all of the work axes defined in this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.WorkPlanes">
            <summary>Property that returns the WorkPlanes collection object that encapsulates all of the work planes defined in this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldmentComponentDefinition.WorkPoints">
            <summary>Property that returns the WorkPoints collection object that encapsulates all of the work points defined in this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Welds">
            <summary>The Welds object provides access to all of the existing welds within a weldment.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Welds.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Welds.CosmeticWelds">
            <summary>Property that returns the CosmeticWelds object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Welds.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Welds.Edit">
            <summary>Method that activates this object for editing by the user.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Welds.ExitEdit">
            <summary>Method that causes the current editing environment to be closed and the user interface to return to weldment editing environment.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Welds.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified Weld object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Welds.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Welds.WeldBeads">
            <summary>Property that returns the WeldBeads object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WeldsComponentDefinition">
            <summary>The WeldsComponentDefinition object derives from the PartComponentDefinition object. It adds weld-specific behavior to the PartComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldsComponentDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldsComponentDefinition.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldsComponentDefinition.BOMQuantity">
            <summary>Property that returns the BOMQuantity object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldsComponentDefinition.BOMStructure">
            <summary>Gets and sets how the component is used/viewed in a BOM.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldsComponentDefinition.ClientGraphicsCollection">
            <summary>Property that returns the ClientGraphicsCollection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldsComponentDefinition.DataIO">
            <summary>Gets the object that directly deals with I/O to and from a storage-medium, including Streams(IStream).</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldsComponentDefinition.Document">
            <summary>Property that returns the containing Document object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldsComponentDefinition.FindUsingPoint(Inventor.Point,Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum[],System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that finds all the entities of the specified type at the specified location.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input Point object that specifies the model space point at which to find the entities.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ObjectTypes">
                <summary>Input array of SelelctionFilterEnum values that indicate the type of objects to find. The values are the enum values from the SelectionFilterEnum and can be combined to specify multiple object types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityTolerance">
                <summary>Input Double that specifies the tolerance value for the search. This value defines the radius of a sphere at the input point. All objects that intersect this sphere will be returned. If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VisibleObjectsOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether or not invisible objects should be included in the search. Defaults to True indicating that invisible objects will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldsComponentDefinition.FindUsingVector(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,Inventor.SelectionFilterEnum[],System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object@)">
            <summary>Method that finds all the entities of the specified type along the specified vector using either a cylinder or cone that to define the tolerance within the defined vector.</summary>
            <param name="OriginPoint">
                <summary>Input Point that defines the model space location to position the vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Direction">
                <summary>Input UnitVector that defines direction to find all entities that the vector penetrates. The vector is treated as infinite in both directions from the origin point so all entities that lie in the path of the vector on either side of the origin point will be returned.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ObjectTypes">
                <summary>Input array of SelelctionFilterEnum values that indicate the type of objects to find. The values are the enum values from the SelectionFilterEnum and can be combined to specify multiple object types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="UseCylinder">
                <summary>Input argument that specifies if the vector defines a cylinder or cone when checking to see if an entity is hit by the ray.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityTolerance">
                <summary>Optional input Double that specifies the tolerance value for the search. This value defines the radius of a cylinder if UseCylinder is True or the angle of the cone if False. If not specified, the default internal tolerance is used.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="VisibleObjectsOnly">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that indicates whether or not invisible objects should be included in the search. Defaults to True indicating that invisible objects will be ignored.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LocationPoints">
                <summary>Optional output that returns a set of Point objects. One Point object is returned for each entity in the FoundEntities list. The point defines the coordinate of the intersection between the vector and the corresponding entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldsComponentDefinition.GetUnusedGeometries(Inventor.ObjectCollection@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            <param name="UnusedGeometries">
                <summary>Output ObjectCollection object the includes the unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldsComponentDefinition.ModelGeometryVersion">
            <summary>Property that returns a string that can be used to determine if the document has been modified. This version string is changed every time the assembly is modified. By saving a previous version string, you can compare the current version string to see if the assembly has been modified.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldsComponentDefinition.Occurrences">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldsComponentDefinition.OrientedMinimumRangeBox">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the oriented minimum range box for this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldsComponentDefinition.PreciseRangeBox">
            <summary>Gets a bounding box that tightly encloses all the solid and surface bodies under the ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldsComponentDefinition.PurgeUnusedGeometries(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that purges unused sketches and work features.</summary>
            <param name="UnusedGeometries">
                <summary>Optional input ObjectCollection that including the sketches and work features to purge. The unused sketches and work features can be retrieved using GetUnusedGeometries method. If this is not provided then all unused sketches and work features will be purged.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldsComponentDefinition.RangeBox">
            <summary>Property that returns a Box object which contains the opposing points of a rectangular box that is guaranteed to enclose this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldsComponentDefinition.RepositionObject(System.Object,System.Boolean,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the specifies object(s) to the new position within the collection of the object in the document.</summary>
            <param name="TargetObject">
                <summary>Input the Object that specifies the target object to move other objects next to. Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates whether to position other object(s) before or after the target object.  A value of True indicates that the object(s) will be positioned before the target object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="StartObject">
                <summary>Input Object that specifies the object to be repositioned.  Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndObject">
                <summary>Optional input Object that specifies the object to be repositioned.  If specified, all the objects from the StartObject to the EndObject, both inclusive, will be repositioned to the specified position in the document.  If not specified, only the StartObject will be repositioned.  Valid object includes: PartFeature, ComponentOccurrence, Sketch, Sketch3D, WorkFeature.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldsComponentDefinition.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns all of the result SurfaceBody objects contained within this ComponentDefinition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldsComponentDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WeldSymbol">
            <summary>WeldSymbol Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Angle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the angle between weldments.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Brazing">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the weld is brazed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Clearance">
            <summary>Gets and sets the clearance for the braze.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Contour">
            <summary>Gets and sets the contour finish type for the weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.CountersinkAngle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the hole countersink angle of the plug weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Depth">
            <summary>Gets and sets the depth of the weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Diameter">
            <summary>Gets and sets the diameter of the weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.EitherSide">
            <summary>Gets and sets the either side of the weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.EnableSecondaryFilletWeld">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether to enable the secondary fillet weld or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.FillingDepth">
            <summary>Gets and sets the hole filling depth of the plug weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Gap">
            <summary>Gets and sets the space between weldments.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Height">
            <summary>Gets and sets the height of the weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.IncludedAngle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the groove included angle of the butt weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Leg1">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text for leg1.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Leg2">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text for leg2.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Length">
            <summary>Gets and sets the length of the weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Method">
            <summary>Gets and sets the contour finish method for the weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Number">
            <summary>Gets and sets the number of welds.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Parent">
            <summary>Gets the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.PenetrationDepth">
            <summary>Gets and sets the penetration depth of the weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Pitch">
            <summary>Gets and sets the distance between welds.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Prefix">
            <summary>Gets and sets the prefix to precede the symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.PreparationDepth">
            <summary>Gets and sets the preparation depth of the butt weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Root">
            <summary>Gets and sets the root thickness of the weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.RootGap">
            <summary>Gets and sets the gap for the weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.SecondaryWeldSymbol">
            <summary>Returns the WeldSymbol object indicating the secondary fillet weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.SizeOrStrength">
            <summary>Gets and sets the size or strength of the weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Spacing">
            <summary>Gets and sets the space between welds.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Test">
            <summary>Gets and sets the test of the weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Thickness">
            <summary>Gets and sets the thickness of the weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.WeldSymbolType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the weld symbol type. This can be a value of WeldSymbolTypeEnum&amp;nbsp;or BackingSymbolTypeEnum.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbol.Width">
            <summary>Gets and sets the width of the weld.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle">
            <summary>WeldSymbolStyle object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.ArrowSidePositionAbove">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the arrow side position if above or below the reference line.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.Comments">
            <summary>Gets and sets comments associated with the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.ConvertToLocal">
            <summary>Method that creates a local cached copy of a global style and returns the local style.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.Copy(System.String)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new local Style object. The newly created style is returned.</summary>
            <param name="Name">
                <summary>Input String that specifies the name for the new style. This name must be unique with respect to all other styles of a similar type in the document. That is, if a dimension style is being copied, the name must be unique with respect to all the other dimension styles. If it is not unique the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.Delete">
            <summary>Method that deletes the Style/Layer/UnfoldMethod.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.FieldFlagDirection">
            <summary>Gets and sets the field&amp;nbsp;weld symbol flag direction.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.GetBackingSymbolsFilter(Inventor.BackingSymbolTypeEnum[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the backing symbol filter.</summary>
            <param name="BackingSymbolFilter">
                <summary>Output an array of BackingSymbolsTypeEnum indicating available backing symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.GetContourSymbolFilterVariationType(Inventor.ContourSymbolTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Gets the variation type of a contour symbol filter.</summary>
            <param name="ContourSymbolFilter">
                <summary>Input ContourSymbolTypeEnum to specify a contour symbol filter.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.GetContourSymbolsFilter(Inventor.ContourSymbolTypeEnum[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the contour symbol filter.</summary>
            <param name="ContourSymbolFilter">
                <summary>Input an array of ContourSymbolTypeEnum values to set contour symbol filter.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.GetIdentificationLineCustomLineType(System.String@,System.String@)">
            <summary>Gets information regarding the custom line type in use for identification line.</summary>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Output String value that indicates the line type name.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeDescription">
                <summary>Output String value that indicates the line type description.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.GetWeldingSymbolFilterVariationType(Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Gets the variation type of a welding symbol filter.</summary>
            <param name="WeldingSymbolFilter">
                <summary>Input WeldSymbolTypeEnum to specify a welding symbol filter.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.GetWeldingSymbolsFilter(Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum[]@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the welding symbol filter.</summary>
            <param name="WeldingSymbolFilter">
                <summary>Output an array of WeldSymbolTypeEnum indicating available welding symbols.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.IdentificationLineOffset">
            <summary>Gets and sets the distance between the identification line and weld symbol.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.IdentificationLinePlacement">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default identification line placement.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.IdentificationLineType">
            <summary>Gets and sets the default identification line type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.InternalName">
            <summary>Property that returns the internal name of the style. The name is the internal English name of the standard style. This name will remain constant and is not affected by locale. This name is never displayed to the user. Note that this name is not guaranteed to be unique.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.InUse">
            <summary>Property that indicates if this style is in use.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.JustifyTextToLeader">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether justifies the text to leader or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.LeaderStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the leader style used for the weld symbol style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.Name">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the name of the Style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.SaveToGlobal">
            <summary>Method that saves this style to the global repository. If a style with the same name is found in the repository, that style is updated.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.SetBackingSymbolsFilter(Inventor.BackingSymbolTypeEnum[])">
            <summary>Method that sets the backing symbol filter.</summary>
            <param name="BackingSymbolFilter">
                <summary>Input an array of BackingSymbolsTypeEnum values to set backing symbol filter.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.SetContourSymbolFilterVariationType(Inventor.ContourSymbolTypeEnum,Inventor.ContourSymbolVariationTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Sets the variation type of a contour symbol filter.</summary>
            <param name="ContourSymbolFilter">
                <summary>Input ContourSymbolTypeEnum to specify a contour symbol filter.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ContourSymbolVariation">
                <summary>Intput ContourSymbolVariationTypeEnum value that indicates the included contour symbol filter variation type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.SetContourSymbolsFilter(Inventor.ContourSymbolTypeEnum[])">
            <summary>Method that sets the contour symbol filter.</summary>
            <param name="ContourSymbolFilter">
                <summary>Input an array of ContourSymbolTypeEnum values to set contour symbol filter.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.SetIdentificationLineCustomLineType(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Sets a custom line type to the identification line from the specified .lin file.</summary>
            <param name="FullFileName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the full file name of the *.lin file containing the custom line types.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="LineTypeName">
                <summary>Input string that specifies the name of the line type.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ReplaceExisting">
                <summary>Input Boolean that specifies whether to replace the existing line type if a line type of the same name exists. If set to False, and a line type of the same name exists, this method returns an error.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.SetWeldingSymbolFilterVariationType(Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum,Inventor.WeldSymbolVariationTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Sets the variation type of a welding symbol filter.</summary>
            <param name="WeldingSymbolFilter">
                <summary>Input WeldSymbolTypeEnum to specify a welding symbol filter.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="WeldingSymbolVariation">
                <summary>Intput WeldingSymbolVariationTypeEnum value that indicates the included welding symbol filter variation type.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.SetWeldingSymbolsFilter(Inventor.WeldSymbolTypeEnum[])">
            <summary>Method that sets the welding symbol filter.</summary>
            <param name="WeldingSymbolFilter">
                <summary>Input an array of WeldSymbolTypeEnum values to set welding symbol filter.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.StyleLocation">
            <summary>Property that returns the location of this style, i.e. local to the document, cached locally in the document, exists in the library. Styles that exist in the library cannot be edited.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.StyleType">
            <summary>Gets the type of the style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.SymbolSizeLinkToTextHeight">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the symbol size is linked to text height or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.SymbolSizeScaleFactor">
            <summary>Gets and sets the symbol size scale factor. Scale factor must be between 0.5 and 2.00.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.TextStyle">
            <summary>Gets and sets the text style used for the weld symbol style.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.UpdateFromGlobal">
            <summary>Method that updates this style from the global repository.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStyle.UpToDate">
            <summary>Property that gets the up-to-date status of the style against the global repository.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WeldSymbolStylesEnumerator">
            <summary>WeldSymbolStylesEnumerator object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStylesEnumerator.Application">
            <summary>Gets the root Application object. Where the property is weakly-typed, it can be set to (QueryInterfaced for) 'Application' when running with Inventor whereas, 'ApprenticeServer' when running with the Apprentice Server.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStylesEnumerator.Count">
            <summary>Gets the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStylesEnumerator.Item">
            <summary>Allows VARIANT-indexed access to items in the collection. You can use names as indexes as well.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WeldSymbolStylesEnumerator.Type">
            <summary>Gets the constant that indicates the type of this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WidthOffsetWidthExtent">
            <summary>The WidthOffsetWidthExtent is used by sheet metal features when the position of a width defined feature is relative to another entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WidthOffsetWidthExtent.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WidthOffsetWidthExtent.OffsetDistance">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the distance of the flange from the offset entity.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WidthOffsetWidthExtent.OffsetEntity">
            <summary>Property that gets and sets the entity the width is measured relative to.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WidthOffsetWidthExtent.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent PartFeature of the definition.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WidthOffsetWidthExtent.PositiveDirection">
            <summary>Property that specifies the side of the offset entity the flange is on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WidthOffsetWidthExtent.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WidthOffsetWidthExtent.Width">
            <summary>Property that returns the parameter controlling the width of the flange.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Wire">
            <summary>A Wire object represents a set of 3D curves.  They are used in several different areas within the Inventor API.  The bend and fold lines on the 3D flattened model of a sheet metal part are returned as a Wire object.  It is also used to define 3D curves that are used as input when using some of the functions to create transient B-Rep bodies.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Wire.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Wire.Edges">
            <summary>Gets the &lt;link Inventor::Edges, Edges&gt; referenced by this Wire.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Wire.EdgeUses">
            <summary>Property that returns the EdgeUses collection object associated with this Wire.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Wire.IsPlanar">
            <summary>Read-only property that indicates if this wire is planar or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.Wire.OffsetPlanarWire(Inventor.UnitVector,System.Double,Inventor.OffsetCornerClosureTypeEnum)">
            <summary>Method that computes the offset for a planar wire.&amp;nbsp;A SurfaceBody containing the resulting Wire object(s) is returned.&amp;nbsp;It’s possible that the offset result of a single wire can result in multiple wires.</summary>
            <param name="Normal">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object that defines the normal of the wire.  This vector must be normal to the plane of the wire and is used to specify the positive side of the plane.  This is used to determine the side to offset the curves to.  A positive offset distance is in the direction of the cross product (wire_tangent x wire_plane_normal). A negative offset is in the opposite direction.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Distance">
                <summary>Input double in centimeters that specifies the offset distance of the new wire.  See the description for the Normal argument to see how a positive or negative value for the distance specifies the direction of the offset.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="CornerClosureType">
                <summary>Input enum value that defines how to close the external corners of the offset. The valid values are listed below: 
kCircularCornerClosure - Circular arcs are attached tangentially to the offset edges so that gaps are replaced by rounded corners. In the picture below, the original curves are black, the offset curves are green and the circular rounded corner is red. 

kLinearCornerClosure - Linear extensions are attached tangentially to offset edges where there is a gap. The gap is closed where the extensions intersect, giving a sharp corner. In the picture below, the original curves are black, the offset curves are green and the linear extended corner is red. 

kExtendCornerClosure - Offset edges are extended smoothly where there is a gap, with the extension depending on the curve type. The gap is closed where the extensions intersect, giving a sharp corner. This method may fall back to using linear extensions or circular arcs if there is a problem. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Wire.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Wire.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WireDefinition">
            <summary>WireDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WireDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WireDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WireDefinition.WireEdgeDefinitions">
            <summary>Gets the collection of EdgeDefinition objects associated with this WireDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WireDefinitions">
            <summary>Represents a set of definitions of 3D wireframe geometry that will be used to create an Wire object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WireDefinitions.Add">
            <summary>Creates a new WireDefinition within the associated SurfaceBodyDefinition.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WireDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WireDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WireDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified WireDefinition object from the collection</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WireDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WireEdgeDefinition">
            <summary>WireEdgeDefinition Object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WireEdgeDefinition.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WireEdgeDefinition.AssociativeID">
            <summary>Gets and sets the associate ID of this edge.&amp;nbsp;This ID will be transferred to the corresponding edge when this SurfaceBodyDefinition is used to create a SurfaceBody.&amp;nbsp;It is used by Inventor as the identifier for the edge and is used for tracking this geometry f.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WireEdgeDefinition.EndVertex">
            <summary>Gets and sets the end vertex of the edge.&amp;nbsp;This can be Nothing where no end vertex is specifically defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WireEdgeDefinition.IsParamReversed">
            <summary>Gets and sets if the orientation of this EdgeUse is in the same direction or not relative to the associated EdgeDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WireEdgeDefinition.ModelSpaceCurve">
            <summary>Gets and sets the definition of the edge in model space.&amp;nbsp;This can be Nothing in the case where no model space geometry is specified for this edge.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WireEdgeDefinition.StartVertex">
            <summary>Gets and sets the starting vertex of the edge.&amp;nbsp;This can be Nothing where no start vertex is specifically defined.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WireEdgeDefinition.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WireEdgeDefinitions">
            <summary>Utility object used to create new WireEdgeDefinition objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WireEdgeDefinitions.Add(Inventor.VertexDefinition,Inventor.VertexDefinition,System.Object)">
            <summary>Creates a new WireEdgeDefinition within the associated SurfaceBodyDefinition.</summary>
            <param name="StartVertex">
                <summary>Input VertexDefinition object that defines the start of the edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="EndVertex">
                <summary>Input VertexDefinition object that defines the end of the edge.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ModelSpaceCurve">
                <summary>Input transient geometry curve object that defines the shape of this edge using 3d geometry in model space.  Valid input is Arc3d, BsplineCurve, Circle, EllipseFull, EllipticalArc, LineSegment and Polyline3D.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WireEdgeDefinitions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WireEdgeDefinitions.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WireEdgeDefinitions.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified WireEdgeDefinition object from the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WireEdgeDefinitions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WireframeDisplayOptions">
            <summary>The WireframeDisplayOptions object provides access to properties that provide read and write access of the wireframe display related application options. This is equivalent to the Wireframe Display Mode section of the Display tab on the Application Options dialog.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WireframeDisplayOptions.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WireframeDisplayOptions.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.Wires">
            <summary>The Wires collection object provides access to a set of Wire objects.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Wires.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Wires.Item">
            <summary>Allows integer-indexed access to items in the collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.Wires.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WorkAxes">
            <summary>The WorkAxes collection object provides access to all of the &lt;link Inventor::WorkAxis, WorkAxis&gt; objects in the parent document and provides methods to create new work axes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxes.AddByAnalyticEdge(Inventor.Edge,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work axis based on the input analytic edge. This method is not currently supported when creating a work axis within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Edge">
                <summary>Input Edge object that can be a circle, arc, or an ellipse.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work axis as a construction axis or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work axis. A construction work axis is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxes.AddByLine(System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work axis based on the input line. This method is not currently supported when creating a work axis within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work axis as a construction axis or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work axis. A construction work axis is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. If work features are created as construction: * Deleting any downstream feature that consumes this construction work feature will have the effect of deleting this work feature as well. * If there are no consumers of the construction work feature, it is the responsibility of the creator to delete them since they will never get cleaned up and are not visible to users.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxes.AddByLineAndPlane(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work axis that is along a line defined by projecting the input line onto the input plane along the plane normal. This method is not currently supported when creating a work axis within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Input line object to project along the plane. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, or SketchLine object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Input plane object along which to project the line. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work axis as a construction axis or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work axis, not a construction work axis. A construction work axis is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. If work features are created as construction: * Deleting any downstream feature that consumes this construction work feature will have the effect of deleting this work feature as well. * If there are no consumers of the construction work feature, it is the responsibility of the creator to delete them since they will never get cleaned up and are not visible to users.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxes.AddByLineAndPoint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work axis that is parallel to a line and passes through the input point. This method is not currently supported when creating a work axis within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a Vertex, WorkPoint, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work axis as a construction axis or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work axis. A construction work axis is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxes.AddByNormalToSurface(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work axis that passes through the point and is normal to the input surface. This method is not currently supported when creating a work axis within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Surface">
                <summary>Input object that represents a surface entity. This object can be a Face (planar or non-planar), a WorkPlane or a PlanarSketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work axis as a construction axis or not. The default is False which indicates to create a standard work axis, not a construction work axis. A construction work axis is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxes.AddByRevolvedFace(Inventor.Face,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work axis through the axis of a revolved face. This method is not currently supported when creating a work axis within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object whose geometry is a revolved surface. Valid surface types include cylinders, cones, and toroids.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work axis as a construction axis or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work axis. A construction work axis is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxes.AddByTwoPlanes(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work axis at the intersection of the two input planes. This method is not currently supported when creating a work axis within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Plane1">
                <summary>First input plane object for which to find the intersection at which to create the work axis. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane2">
                <summary>Second input plane object for which to find the intersection at which to create the work axis. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work axis as a construction axis or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work axis, not a construction work axis. A construction work axis is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. If work features are created as construction: * Deleting any downstream feature that consumes this construction work feature will have the effect of deleting this work feature as well. * If there are no consumers of the construction work feature, it is the responsibility of the creator to delete them since they will never get cleaned up and are not visible to users.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxes.AddByTwoPoints(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work axis through the two input points. This method is not currently supported when creating a work axis within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Point1">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, or SketchPoint object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point2">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, or SketchPoint object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work axis as a construction axis or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work axis, not a construction work axis. A construction work axis is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. If work features are created as construction: * Deleting any downstream feature that consumes this construction work feature will have the effect of deleting this work feature as well. * If there are no consumers of the construction work feature, it is the responsibility of the creator to delete them since they will never get cleaned up and are not visible to users.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxes.AddFixed(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work axis that passes through the input point in the direction of the input vector. When used to create a work axis within an assembly the resulting work axis will return an AssemblyWorkAxisDef definition.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input &lt;link Inventor::Point, Point&gt; object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Axis">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object. that defines the X-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work axis as a construction axis or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work axis. A construction work axis is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxes.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxes.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxes.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified WorkAxis object from the collection. This is the default property of the WorkAxes collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxes.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent &lt;link Inventor::ComponentDefinition, ComponentDefinition&gt; object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxes.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WorkAxis">
            <summary>Represents a work axis. See here for an overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.Adaptive">
            <summary>Specifies whether the work axis is adaptive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.AutoResize">
            <summary>Gets or sets whether this work axis should be resized automatically based on the component size.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.Construction">
            <summary>Boolean property that returns whether the work axis is a construction work axis or not. A construction work axis is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. Some properties and methods of the WorkAxis object will behave differently for a construction work axis. These are Adaptive, Name, and Visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.Consumed">
            <summary>Gets whether the WorkAxis is consumed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.Definition">
            <summary>Property that returns one of the work axis definition objects. Which definition object returned will depend on how the work axis is defined. The DefinitionType property can be used to determine the type of definition the Definition property will return.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.DefinitionType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of definition that is used to define the work axis. This can be kLineWorkAxis, kTwoPlanesWorkAxis, kTwoPointsWorkAxis, kRevolvedFaceWorkAxis, kNormalToSurfaceWorkAxis, kLineAndPlaneWorkAxis, kLineAndPointWorkAxis, kAnalyticEdgeWorkAxis, kFixedWorkAxis, or kAssemblyWorkAxis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxis.Delete(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the work axis. Optionally the dependent objects will be deleted. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <param name="RetainDependents">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether any dependent objects should also be deleted. If True, no dependent objects will be deleted. This argument is ignored in the case of an assembly work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.Dependents">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that have a direct dependency on the work axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.DrivenBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that the work axis is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxis.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxis.GetSize(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.Point@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the current size of the displayed graphics for the work axis. The returned points are in model coordinate space.</summary>
            <param name="Point1">
                <summary>Output Point object that defines the first end point of the work axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point2">
                <summary>Output Point object that defines the other end point of the work axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.Grounded">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag that specifies whether this work axis is grounded or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.IsCoordinateSystemElement">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the work axis belongs to a coordinate system. If so, edits and delete are not allowed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.IsParentSketch">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether the work axis belongs to a 3d sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.IsPatternElement">
            <summary>Property that gets whether the work axis was created by a pattern. If so, edits and delete are not allowed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.Line">
            <summary>Property that returns a Line geometry. The Line object returned provides information about the position and direction of the work axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.Name">
            <summary>Specifies the name of the work axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the client feature that owns this object.&amp;nbsp;This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent &lt;link Inventor::ComponentDefinition, ComponentDefinition&gt; object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.ParentSketch">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ComponentDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property indicating the object this entity is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxis.SetByAnalyticEdge(Inventor.Edge)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work axis to be based on the input edge.</summary>
            <param name="Edge">
                <summary>Input Edge object that can be a circle, arc, or an ellipse.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxis.SetByLine(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work axis to be based on the input line. This method is not valid when the work axis exists in an Assembly component definition.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxis.SetByLineAndPlane(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work axis so that it is along a line defined by projecting the input line onto the input plane along the plane normal.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxis.SetByLineAndPoint(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work axis so that it is parallel to a line and passes through the input point.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a Vertex, WorkPoint, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxis.SetByNormalToSurface(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work axis to pass through the input point and be normal to the input surface.</summary>
            <param name="Surface">
                <summary>Input object that represents a surface entity. This object can be a Face (planar or non-planar), a WorkPlane or a PlanarSketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxis.SetByRevolvedFace(Inventor.Face)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work axis to be at the axis of the input revolved face.</summary>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face whose geometry is a revolved surface. Valid surface types include cylinders, cones, and toroids.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxis.SetByTwoPlanes(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work axis to be at the intersection of the two input planes.</summary>
            <param name="Plane1">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane2">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxis.SetByTwoPoints(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work axis to go between the two input points.</summary>
            <param name="Point1">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point2">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxis.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from. The argument defines if the end-of-part marker will be positioned just before or just after the object. If the object is contained within another object and is not in the top level of the browser, the positioning of the marker will be relative to the top-level object the calling object is contained within. An example of this case is a sketch that has not been shared and has been consumed by a feature. Another example is a nested work feature.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxis.SetFixed(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work axis so it passes through the input point in the direction of the input vector.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input Point object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Axis">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxis.SetSize(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that sets the current size of the displayed graphics for the work axis.</summary>
            <param name="Point1">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the first end point of the work axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point2">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the other end point of the work axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the work axis is shared or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxis.Visible">
            <summary>Specifies the visibility of the work axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Specifies whether the work axis is adaptive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.AutoResize">
            <summary>Gets or sets whether this work axis should be resized automatically based on the component size.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Boolean property that returns whether the work axis is a construction work axis or not. A construction work axis is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. Some properties and methods of the WorkAxis object will behave differently for a construction work axis. These are Adaptive, Name, and Visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.Consumed">
            <summary>Gets whether the WorkAxis is consumed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Property that returns one of the work axis definition objects. Which definition object returned will depend on how the work axis is defined. The DefinitionType property can be used to determine the type of definition the Definition property will return.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.DefinitionType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of definition that is used to define the work axis. This can be kLineWorkAxis, kTwoPlanesWorkAxis, kTwoPointsWorkAxis, kRevolvedFaceWorkAxis, kNormalToSurfaceWorkAxis, kLineAndPlaneWorkAxis, kLineAndPointWorkAxis, kAnalyticEdgeWorkAxis, kFixedWorkAxis, or kAssemblyWorkAxis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.Delete(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the work axis. Optionally the dependent objects will be deleted. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <param name="RetainDependents">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether any dependent objects should also be deleted. If True, no dependent objects will be deleted. This argument is ignored in the case of an assembly work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.Dependents">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that have a direct dependency on the work axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.DrivenBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that the work axis is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.GetSize(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.Point@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the current size of the displayed graphics for the work axis. The returned points are in model coordinate space.</summary>
            <param name="Point1">
                <summary>Output Point object that defines the first end point of the work axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point2">
                <summary>Output Point object that defines the other end point of the work axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.Grounded">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag that specifies whether this work axis is grounded or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.IsCoordinateSystemElement">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the work axis belongs to a coordinate system. If so, edits and delete are not allowed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.IsParentSketch">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether the work axis belongs to a 3d sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.IsPatternElement">
            <summary>Property that gets whether the work axis was created by a pattern. If so, edits and delete are not allowed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.Line">
            <summary>Property that returns a Line geometry. The Line object returned provides information about the position and direction of the work axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.Name">
            <summary>Specifies the name of the work axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the client feature that owns this object.&amp;nbsp;This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent &lt;link Inventor::ComponentDefinition, ComponentDefinition&gt; object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.ParentSketch">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ComponentDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property indicating the object this entity is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.SetByAnalyticEdge(Inventor.Edge)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work axis to be based on the input edge.</summary>
            <param name="Edge">
                <summary>Input Edge object that can be a circle, arc, or an ellipse.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.SetByLine(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work axis to be based on the input line. This method is not valid when the work axis exists in an Assembly component definition.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.SetByLineAndPlane(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work axis so that it is along a line defined by projecting the input line onto the input plane along the plane normal.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.SetByLineAndPoint(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work axis so that it is parallel to a line and passes through the input point.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a Vertex, WorkPoint, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.SetByNormalToSurface(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work axis to pass through the input point and be normal to the input surface.</summary>
            <param name="Surface">
                <summary>Input object that represents a surface entity. This object can be a Face (planar or non-planar), a WorkPlane or a PlanarSketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.SetByRevolvedFace(Inventor.Face)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work axis to be at the axis of the input revolved face.</summary>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face whose geometry is a revolved surface. Valid surface types include cylinders, cones, and toroids.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.SetByTwoPlanes(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work axis to be at the intersection of the two input planes.</summary>
            <param name="Plane1">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane2">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.SetByTwoPoints(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work axis to go between the two input points.</summary>
            <param name="Point1">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point2">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from. The argument defines if the end-of-part marker will be positioned just before or just after the object. If the object is contained within another object and is not in the top level of the browser, the positioning of the marker will be relative to the top-level object the calling object is contained within. An example of this case is a sketch that has not been shared and has been consumed by a feature. Another example is a nested work feature.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.SetFixed(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work axis so it passes through the input point in the direction of the input vector.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input Point object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Axis">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.SetSize(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that sets the current size of the displayed graphics for the work axis.</summary>
            <param name="Point1">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the first end point of the work axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point2">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the other end point of the work axis.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the work axis is shared or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkAxisProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Specifies the visibility of the work axis.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WorkPlane">
            <summary>Represents a work plane. See here for an overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.Adaptive">
            <summary>Specifies whether the work plane is adaptive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.AutoResize">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this work plane should be resized automatically based on the component size.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.Construction">
            <summary>Boolean property that returns whether the work plane is a construction work plane or not. A construction work plane is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. Some properties and methods of the WorkPlane object will behave differently for a construction work plane. These are Adaptive, Name, Visible, GetSize, and SetSize.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.Consumed">
            <summary>Gets whether the WorkPlane is consumed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.Definition">
            <summary>Property that returns one of the work plane definition objects. Which definition object returned will depend on how the work plane is defined. The DefinitionType property can be used to determine the type of definition the Definition property will return.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.DefinitionType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of definition that is used to define the work plane. This can be kThreePointsWorkPlane, kTwoLinesWorkPlane, kLineAndPointWorkPlane, kPlaneAndPointWorkPlane, kLinePlaneAndAngleWorkPlane, kPlaneAndOffsetWorkPlane, kLineAndTangentWorkPlane, kPlaneAndTangentWorkPlane, kSketchWorkPlane, kFixedWorkPlane, kNormalToCurveWorkPlane, kTwoPlanesWorkPlane, kTorusMidPlaneWorkPlane, or AssemblyWorkPlane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlane.Delete(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the work plane. Optionally the dependent objects will be deleted. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <param name="RetainDependents">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether any dependent objects should also be deleted. If True, no dependent objects will be deleted. This argument is ignored in the case of an assembly work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.Dependents">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that have a direct dependency on the work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.DrivenBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that the work plane is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlane.FlipNormal">
            <summary>Method that reverses the normal of the work plane. The current normal direction can be determined by using the Plane object returned by Plane property of the work plane.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlane.GetPosition(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.UnitVector@,Inventor.UnitVector@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the position and orientation of a work plane. When sketches are created on a work plane they inherit the work plane's origin and orientation. This method is useful to predetermine what the orientation will be before the sketch is created.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Output Point object that defines the origin of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XAxis">
                <summary>Output UnitVector object that defines the X-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YAxis">
                <summary>Output UnitVector object that defines the Y-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlane.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlane.GetSize(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.Point@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the current size of the displayed graphics for the work plane. The returned points are in the coordinate space of the workplane.</summary>
            <param name="Point1">
                <summary>Output Point object that defines the first corner of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point2">
                <summary>Output Point object that defines the diagonal corner of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.Grounded">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag that specifies whether this work plane is grounded or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.IsCoordinateSystemElement">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the work plane belongs to a coordinate system. If so, edits and delete are not allowed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.IsParentSketch">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether the work plane belongs to a 3d sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.IsPatternElement">
            <summary>Property that gets whether the work plane was created by a pattern. If so, edits and delete are not allowed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.Name">
            <summary>Specifies the name of the work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the client feature that owns this object.&amp;nbsp;This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent &lt;link Inventor::ComponentDefinition, ComponentDefinition&gt; object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.ParentSketch">
            <summary>Gets the parent 3d sketch if this work plane belongs to a 3d sketch, Gets Nothing otherwise.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.Plane">
            <summary>Property that returns a Plane's geometry. The Plane object returned provides information about the position and normal of the work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the referenced WorkPlane in the case where this work plane was created using a referenced component. An example of this is when a work plane is selected as part of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property indicates if this work plane is based on a referenced component or not. This property returns Nothing in the case where it is not based on a referenced component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlane.SetByLineAndTangent(System.Object,Inventor.Face,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane to be through the input line and tangent to the input surface.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object that indicates the tangent surface. Valid geometry for the face includes cylinders, cones, and spheres. This face must either be a cylinder whose axis is parallel to the line, a cone that is positioned such that a valid tangent exists, or a sphere.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that indicates which of the possible two solutions to use. For cylinders and spheres the plane can be on either side of the surface. Which solution to use will be determined by which side the proximity point is closest to. This point is only used for the initial computation. During a recompute of the model the plane will remain on the same side of the tangent surface regardless of its position relative to the originally specified point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlane.SetByLinePlaneAndAngle(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane to be through the input line at the specified angle from the input plane.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Input object that represents a Plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset angle of the work plane from the input plane. This can be a numeric value or a string. The offset angle of a work plane is always defined by a parameter. When a new work plane is created, the parameter is automatically created. If a numeric value is supplied the new parameter is set to the value specified and the value is always in radians. If a string is supplied it is used as the expression for the newly created parameter and will be interpreted the same as if the user entered it in a dialog. This means if a value is specified without a unit qualifier it will default to the current document length unit. The following is a valid entry for the angle, assuming the parameter d2 already exists and defines an angle, 'd2 + 10 deg'. The positive angle direction is computed by crossing the axis vector with the plane normal vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlane.SetByNormalToCurve(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane to pass through the input point and normal to the input curve.</summary>
            <param name="CurveEntity">
                <summary>Input object that represents a curve entity. This object can be an Edge, 3D sketch entity, 2D sketch entity or a WorkAxis. For an Edge or 3D sketch entity the geometry must be a Spline, Arc, Circle, EllipticalArc, or Ellipse. For a 2D sketch entity, the geometry must be a Spline2d, Arc2d, Circle2d, EllipticalArc2d, or Ellipse2d.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point, The point must lie on the curve, as described below. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object. If the input curve is a 2D sketch entity, the point must be a SketchPoint that meets one of the following conditions: start or end point of the curve, one of the fit points of a spline, or constrained to the curve with a coincident constraint. If the input curve is a 3D curve, the point must be related to the curve. For a 3D point to be related to a 3D curve, it can be the start, mid, or end point of the curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlane.SetByPlaneAndOffset(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane to be parallel to the input plane at a specified distance in the specified direction.</summary>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Input object that represents a Plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object..</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset distance of the Plane. This can be a numeric value or a string. The offset distance of a work plane is always defined by a parameter. When a new work plane is created that requires a parameter, that parameter is automatically created when the work plane is created. If a numeric value is supplied the new parameter is set to the value specified. The input value is in centimeters. If a string is supplied this will be used as the expression for the newly created parameter and will be interpreted the same as if the user entered it in a dialog. This means if a value is specified without a unit qualifier it will default to the current document length unit. The following is a valid entry for the offset, assuming the parameter d2 already exists and defines a length, 'd2 + 3 in'. The sign of the value controls which side of the plane the offset is in. A positive value will be in the positive normal side of the plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlane.SetByPlaneAndPoint(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane to be parallel to the input plane and passing through the input point.</summary>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Input object that represents a Plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlane.SetByPlaneAndTangent(System.Object,Inventor.Face,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane to be parallel to the input plane and tangent to the input surface.</summary>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Input object that represents a Plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object that indicates the tangent surface. This face must either be a cylinder whose axis is parallel to the line, a cone that is positioned such that a valid tangent exists, or a sphere.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that indicates which of the possible two solutions to use. Valid geometry for the face includes cylinders, cones, and spheres. For cylinders and spheres the plane can be on either side of the surface. Which solution to use will be determined by which side the proximity point is closest to. This point is only used for the initial computation. During a recompute the plane will remain on the same side of the tangent surface regardless of its position relative to the originally specified point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlane.SetByPointAndTangent(System.Object,Inventor.Face)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane to pass through the input point and tangent to the input surface.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a Vertex, WorkPoint, SketchPoint3D or SketchPoint object. The input point must lie on the input surface.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object that indicates the tangent surface. This face must either be a cylinder, a cone that is positioned such that a valid tangent exists, a sphere or a bspline surface.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlane.SetByThreePoints(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane to be based on the three input points.</summary>
            <param name="Point1">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point2">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point3">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlane.SetByTorusMidPlane(Inventor.Face)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane to be at the mid-plane of the torus specified by the input face.</summary>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object that represents a torus surface.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlane.SetByTwoLines(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane to be based on the two input lines.</summary>
            <param name="Line1">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Line2">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlane.SetByTwoPlanes(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines a bisection work plane to be based on the two planes.</summary>
            <param name="Plane1">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane.  This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane or PlanarSketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane2">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane.  This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane or PlanarSketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="QuadrantPoint">
                <summary>Optional input Point to indicate which quadrant the new work plane should be created in. If the two input planes are parallel this argument will be ignored, while the two input planes are intersected then this argument is required to determine which quadrant the new work plane will be created in.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlane.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from. The argument defines if the end-of-part marker will be positioned just before or just after the object. If the object is contained within another object and is not in the top level of the browser, the positioning of the marker will be relative to the top-level object the calling object is contained within. An example of this case is a sketch that has not been shared and has been consumed by a feature. Another example is a nested work feature.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlane.SetFixed(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,Inventor.UnitVector)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane at the position and orientation defined by the point and X and Y axis vectors.</summary>
            <param name="OriginPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the origin of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XAxis">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object that defines the X-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YAxis">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object that defines the Y-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlane.SetSize(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that sets the current size of the displayed graphics for the work plane.</summary>
            <param name="Point1">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first corner of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point2">
                <summary>Input &lt;link Inventor::Point, Point&gt; object that defines the diagonal corner of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the work plane is shared or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlane.Visible">
            <summary>Specifies the visibility of the work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Specifies whether the work plane is adaptive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.AutoResize">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether this work plane should be resized automatically based on the component size.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Boolean property that returns whether the work plane is a construction work plane or not. A construction work plane is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. Some properties and methods of the WorkPlane object will behave differently for a construction work plane. These are Adaptive, Name, Visible, GetSize, and SetSize.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.Consumed">
            <summary>Gets whether the WorkPlane is consumed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Property that returns one of the work plane definition objects. Which definition object returned will depend on how the work plane is defined. The DefinitionType property can be used to determine the type of definition the Definition property will return.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.DefinitionType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of definition that is used to define the work plane. This can be kThreePointsWorkPlane, kTwoLinesWorkPlane, kLineAndPointWorkPlane, kPlaneAndPointWorkPlane, kLinePlaneAndAngleWorkPlane, kPlaneAndOffsetWorkPlane, kLineAndTangentWorkPlane, kPlaneAndTangentWorkPlane, kSketchWorkPlane, kFixedWorkPlane, kNormalToCurveWorkPlane, kTwoPlanesWorkPlane, kTorusMidPlaneWorkPlane, or AssemblyWorkPlane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.Delete(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the work plane. Optionally the dependent objects will be deleted. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <param name="RetainDependents">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether any dependent objects should also be deleted. If True, no dependent objects will be deleted. This argument is ignored in the case of an assembly work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.Dependents">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that have a direct dependency on the work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.DrivenBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that the work plane is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.FlipNormal">
            <summary>Method that reverses the normal of the work plane. The current normal direction can be determined by using the Plane object returned by Plane property of the work plane.</summary>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.GetPosition(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.UnitVector@,Inventor.UnitVector@)">
            <summary>Method that returns the position and orientation of a work plane. When sketches are created on a work plane they inherit the work plane's origin and orientation. This method is useful to predetermine what the orientation will be before the sketch is created.</summary>
            <param name="Origin">
                <summary>Output Point object that defines the origin of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XAxis">
                <summary>Output UnitVector object that defines the X-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YAxis">
                <summary>Output UnitVector object that defines the Y-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.GetSize(Inventor.Point@,Inventor.Point@)">
            <summary>Method that gets the current size of the displayed graphics for the work plane. The returned points are in the coordinate space of the workplane.</summary>
            <param name="Point1">
                <summary>Output Point object that defines the first corner of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point2">
                <summary>Output Point object that defines the diagonal corner of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.Grounded">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag that specifies whether this work plane is grounded or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.IsCoordinateSystemElement">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the work plane belongs to a coordinate system. If so, edits and delete are not allowed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.IsParentSketch">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether the work plane belongs to a 3d sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.IsPatternElement">
            <summary>Property that gets whether the work plane was created by a pattern. If so, edits and delete are not allowed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.Name">
            <summary>Specifies the name of the work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the client feature that owns this object.&amp;nbsp;This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent &lt;link Inventor::ComponentDefinition, ComponentDefinition&gt; object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.ParentSketch">
            <summary>Gets the parent 3d sketch if this work plane belongs to a 3d sketch, Gets Nothing otherwise.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.Plane">
            <summary>Property that returns a Plane's geometry. The Plane object returned provides information about the position and normal of the work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the referenced WorkPlane in the case where this work plane was created using a referenced component. An example of this is when a work plane is selected as part of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property indicates if this work plane is based on a referenced component or not. This property returns Nothing in the case where it is not based on a referenced component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.SetByLineAndTangent(System.Object,Inventor.Face,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane to be through the input line and tangent to the input surface.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object that indicates the tangent surface. Valid geometry for the face includes cylinders, cones, and spheres. This face must either be a cylinder whose axis is parallel to the line, a cone that is positioned such that a valid tangent exists, or a sphere.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that indicates which of the possible two solutions to use. For cylinders and spheres the plane can be on either side of the surface. Which solution to use will be determined by which side the proximity point is closest to. This point is only used for the initial computation. During a recompute of the model the plane will remain on the same side of the tangent surface regardless of its position relative to the originally specified point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.SetByLinePlaneAndAngle(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane to be through the input line at the specified angle from the input plane.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Input object that represents a Plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset angle of the work plane from the input plane. This can be a numeric value or a string. The offset angle of a work plane is always defined by a parameter. When a new work plane is created, the parameter is automatically created. If a numeric value is supplied the new parameter is set to the value specified and the value is always in radians. If a string is supplied it is used as the expression for the newly created parameter and will be interpreted the same as if the user entered it in a dialog. This means if a value is specified without a unit qualifier it will default to the current document length unit. The following is a valid entry for the angle, assuming the parameter d2 already exists and defines an angle, 'd2 + 10 deg'. The positive angle direction is computed by crossing the axis vector with the plane normal vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.SetByNormalToCurve(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane to pass through the input point and normal to the input curve.</summary>
            <param name="CurveEntity">
                <summary>Input object that represents a curve entity. This object can be an Edge, 3D sketch entity, 2D sketch entity or a WorkAxis. For an Edge or 3D sketch entity the geometry must be a Spline, Arc, Circle, EllipticalArc, or Ellipse. For a 2D sketch entity, the geometry must be a Spline2d, Arc2d, Circle2d, EllipticalArc2d, or Ellipse2d.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point, The point must lie on the curve, as described below. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object. If the input curve is a 2D sketch entity, the point must be a SketchPoint that meets one of the following conditions: start or end point of the curve, one of the fit points of a spline, or constrained to the curve with a coincident constraint. If the input curve is a 3D curve, the point must be related to the curve. For a 3D point to be related to a 3D curve, it can be the start, mid, or end point of the curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.SetByPlaneAndOffset(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane to be parallel to the input plane at a specified distance in the specified direction.</summary>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Input object that represents a Plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object..</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset distance of the Plane. This can be a numeric value or a string. The offset distance of a work plane is always defined by a parameter. When a new work plane is created that requires a parameter, that parameter is automatically created when the work plane is created. If a numeric value is supplied the new parameter is set to the value specified. The input value is in centimeters. If a string is supplied this will be used as the expression for the newly created parameter and will be interpreted the same as if the user entered it in a dialog. This means if a value is specified without a unit qualifier it will default to the current document length unit. The following is a valid entry for the offset, assuming the parameter d2 already exists and defines a length, 'd2 + 3 in'. The sign of the value controls which side of the plane the offset is in. A positive value will be in the positive normal side of the plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.SetByPlaneAndPoint(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane to be parallel to the input plane and passing through the input point.</summary>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Input object that represents a Plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.SetByPlaneAndTangent(System.Object,Inventor.Face,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane to be parallel to the input plane and tangent to the input surface.</summary>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Input object that represents a Plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object that indicates the tangent surface. This face must either be a cylinder whose axis is parallel to the line, a cone that is positioned such that a valid tangent exists, or a sphere.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that indicates which of the possible two solutions to use. Valid geometry for the face includes cylinders, cones, and spheres. For cylinders and spheres the plane can be on either side of the surface. Which solution to use will be determined by which side the proximity point is closest to. This point is only used for the initial computation. During a recompute the plane will remain on the same side of the tangent surface regardless of its position relative to the originally specified point.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.SetByPointAndTangent(System.Object,Inventor.Face)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane to pass through the input point and tangent to the input surface.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a Vertex, WorkPoint, SketchPoint3D or SketchPoint object. The input point must lie on the input surface.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object that indicates the tangent surface. This face must either be a cylinder, a cone that is positioned such that a valid tangent exists, a sphere or a bspline surface.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.SetByThreePoints(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane to be based on the three input points.</summary>
            <param name="Point1">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point2">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point3">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.SetByTorusMidPlane(Inventor.Face)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane to be at the mid-plane of the torus specified by the input face.</summary>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object that represents a torus surface.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.SetByTwoLines(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane to be based on the two input lines.</summary>
            <param name="Line1">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Line2">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.SetByTwoPlanes(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines a bisection work plane to be based on the two planes.</summary>
            <param name="Plane1">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane.  This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane or PlanarSketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane2">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane.  This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane or PlanarSketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="QuadrantPoint">
                <summary>Optional input Point to indicate which quadrant the new work plane should be created in. If the two input planes are parallel this argument will be ignored, while the two input planes are intersected then this argument is required to determine which quadrant the new work plane will be created in.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from. The argument defines if the end-of-part marker will be positioned just before or just after the object. If the object is contained within another object and is not in the top level of the browser, the positioning of the marker will be relative to the top-level object the calling object is contained within. An example of this case is a sketch that has not been shared and has been consumed by a feature. Another example is a nested work feature.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.SetFixed(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,Inventor.UnitVector)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work plane at the position and orientation defined by the point and X and Y axis vectors.</summary>
            <param name="OriginPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the origin of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XAxis">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object that defines the X-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YAxis">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object that defines the Y-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.SetSize(Inventor.Point,Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that sets the current size of the displayed graphics for the work plane.</summary>
            <param name="Point1">
                <summary>Input object that defines the first corner of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point2">
                <summary>Input &lt;link Inventor::Point, Point&gt; object that defines the diagonal corner of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the work plane is shared or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlaneProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Specifies the visibility of the work plane.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WorkPlanes">
            <summary>The WorkPlanes collection object provides access to all of the &lt;link Inventor::WorkPlane, WorkPlane&gt; objects in the parent document and provides methods to create new work planes.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlanes.AddByLineAndTangent(System.Object,Inventor.Face,Inventor.Point,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work plane through the input line and tangent to the input surface.&amp;nbsp;This method is not currently supported when creating a work plane within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object that indicates the tangent surface. This face must either be a cylinder whose axis is parallel to the line, a cone that is positioned such that a valid tangent exists, or a sphere.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that indicates which of the possible two solutions to use. For cylinders and spheres the plane can be on either side of the surface. Which solution to use will be determined by which side the proximity point is closest to. This point is only used for the initial computation. During a recompute of the model the plane will remain on the same side of the tangent surface regardless of its position relative to the originally specified point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work plane as a construction plane or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work plane, not a construction work plane. A construction work plane is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlanes.AddByLinePlaneAndAngle(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work plane through the input line at the specified angle from the input plane. This method is not currently supported when creating a work plane within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Line">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, or SketchLine object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Input object that represents a Plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Angle">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset angle of the work plane from the input plane. This can be a numeric value or a string. The offset angle of a work plane is always defined by a parameter. When a new work plane is created that requires a parameter, that parameter is automatically created when the work plane is created. If a numeric value is supplied the new parameter is set to the value specified. The input value is in radians. If a string is supplied it is used as the expression for the newly created parameter and will be interpreted the same as if the user entered it in a dialog. This means if a value is specified without a unit qualifier it will default to the current document length unit. The following is a valid entry for the angle, assuming the parameter d2 already exists and defines an angle, "d2 + 10 deg." The positive angle direction is computed by crossing the axis vector with the plane normal vector.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work plane as a construction plane or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work plane, not a construction work plane. A construction work plane is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. If work features are created as construction: 
Deleting any downstream feature that consumes this construction work feature will have the effect of deleting this work feature as well. 
If there are no consumers of the construction work feature, it is the responsibility of the creator to delete them since they will never get cleaned up and are not visible to users. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlanes.AddByNormalToCurve(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work plane that passes through the point and is normal to the input curve. The point must lie on the curve, as described below. This method is not currently supported when creating a work plane within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="CurveEntity">
                <summary>Input object that represents a curve entity. This object can be an Edge, 3D sketch entity, or a 2D sketch entity. For an Edge or 3D sketch entity the geometry must be a Spline, Arc, Circle, EllipticalArc, or Ellipse. For a 2D sketch entity, the geometry must be a Spline2d, Arc2d, Circle2d, EllipticalArc2d, or Ellipse2d.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object. If the input curve is a 2D sketch entity, the point must be a SketchPoint that meets one of the following conditions: start or end point of the curve, one of the fit points of a spline, or constrained to the curve with a coincident constraint. If the input curve is a 3D curve, the point must be related to the curve. For a 3D point to be related to a 3D curve, it can be the start, mid, or end point of the curve.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work plane as a construction plane or not. The default is False which indicates to create a standard work plane, not a construction work plane. A construction work plane is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. If work features are created as construction: 
Deleting any downstream feature that consumes this construction work feature will have the effect of deleting this work feature as well. 
If there are no consumers of the construction work feature, it is the responsibility of the creator to delete them since they will never get cleaned up and are not visible to users. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlanes.AddByPlaneAndOffset(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work plane that is parallel to the input plane at a specified distance in the specified direction. This method is not currently supported when creating a work plane within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Input object that represents a Plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Offset">
                <summary>Input Variant that defines the offset distance of the Plane. This can be a numeric value or a string. The offset distance of a work plane is always defined by a parameter. When a new work plane is created that requires a parameter, that parameter is automatically created when the work plane is created. If a numeric value is supplied the new parameter is set to the value specified. The input value is in centimeters. If a string is supplied this will be used as the expression for the newly created parameter and will be interpreted the same as if the user entered it in a dialog. This means if a value is specified without a unit qualifier it will default to the current document length unit. The following is a valid entry for the offset, assuming the parameter d2 already exists and defines a length, "d2 + 3 in." The sign of the value controls which side of the plane the offset is in. A positive value will be in the positive normal side of the plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work plane as a construction plane or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work plane, not a construction work plane. A construction work plane is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. If work features are created as construction: 
Deleting any downstream feature that consumes this construction work feature will have the effect of deleting this work feature as well. 
If there are no consumers of the construction work feature, it is the responsibility of the creator to delete them since they will never get cleaned up and are not visible to users. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlanes.AddByPlaneAndPoint(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work plane that is parallel to the input plane and passes through the input point. This method is not currently supported when creating a work plane within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex or SketchPoint object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work plane as a construction plane or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work plane, not a construction work plane. A construction work plane is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. If work features are created as construction: 
Deleting any downstream feature that consumes this construction work feature will have the effect of deleting this work feature as well. 
If there are no consumers of the construction work feature, it is the responsibility of the creator to delete them since they will never get cleaned up and are not visible to users. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlanes.AddByPlaneAndTangent(System.Object,Inventor.Face,Inventor.Point,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work plane that is parallel to the input plane and tangent to the input surface. Valid geometry for the face includes cylinders, cones, and spheres. This method is not currently supported when creating a work plane within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Plane">
                <summary>Input object that represents a Plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object that indicates the tangent surface. This face must either be a cylinder whose axis is parallel to the plane, a cone that is positioned such that a valid tangent exists, or a sphere.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that indicates which of the possible two solutions to use. For cylinders and spheres the plane can be on either side of the surface. Which solution to use will be determined by which side the proximity point is closest to. This point is only used for the initial computation. During a recompute the plane will remain on the same side of the tangent surface regardless of its position relative to the originally specified point.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work plane as a construction plane or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work plane, not a construction work plane. A construction work plane is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlanes.AddByPointAndTangent(System.Object,Inventor.Face,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work plane through the input point and tangent to the input surface. The input point must lie on the input surface. This method is not currently supported when creating a work plane within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a Vertex, WorkPoint, SketchPoint3D, or SketchPoint object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object that indicates the tangent surface. This face must either be a cylinder, a cone that is positioned such that a valid tangent exists, a sphere, or a bspline surface.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work plane as a construction plane or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work plane, not a construction work plane. A construction work plane is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlanes.AddByThreePoints(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work plane based on the three input points. The three input points must be unique non-coincident points. Point1 to Point2 defines the positive X axis and Point3 defines the positive Y direction. This method is not currently supported when creating a work plane within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Point1">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, or SketchPoint object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point2">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, or SketchPoint object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Point3">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a WorkPoint, Vertex, or SketchPoint object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work plane as a construction plane or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work plane, not a construction work plane. A construction work plane is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. If work features are created as construction: 
Deleting any downstream feature that consumes this construction work feature will have the effect of deleting this work feature as well. 
If there are no consumers of the construction work feature, it is the responsibility of the creator to delete them since they will never get cleaned up and are not visible to users. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlanes.AddByTorusMidPlane(Inventor.Face,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work plane at the mid-plane of the torus specified by the input face. This method is not currently supported when creating a work plane within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object that represents a torus surface.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work plane as a construction plane or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work plane, not a construction work plane. A construction work plane is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlanes.AddByTwoLines(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work plane based on the two input lines. Line1 defines the X axis. If the two lines are not in the same plane, the plane is calculated by crossing the vectors defined by Line1 and Line2. This method is not currently supported when creating a work plane within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Line1">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, or SketchLine object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Line2">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, or SketchLine object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work plane as a construction plane or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work plane, not a construction work plane. A construction work plane is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. If work features are created as construction: * 
Deleting any downstream feature that consumes this construction work feature will have the effect of deleting this work feature as well. 
If there are no consumers of the construction work feature, it is the responsibility of the creator to delete them since they will never get cleaned up and are not visible to users. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlanes.AddByTwoPlanes(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Creates a new work plane that bisects the two input planes. This method is not currently supported when creating a work plane within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Plane1">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane.  This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane or PlanarSketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane2">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane.  This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane or PlanarSketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="QuadrantPoint">
                <summary>Optional input Point to indicate which quadrant the new work plane should be created in. If the two input planes are parallel this argument will be ignored, while the two input planes are intersected then this argument is required to determine which quadrant the new work plane will be created in.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work plane as a construction plane or not.  The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work plane, not a construction work plane.  A construction work plane is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPlanes.AddFixed(Inventor.Point,Inventor.UnitVector,Inventor.UnitVector,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work plane at the position and orientation defined by the point and X and Y axis vectors. When used to create a work plane within an assembly the resulting work plane will return an AssemblyWorkPlaneDef definition.</summary>
            <param name="OriginPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that defines the origin of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="XAxis">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object that defines the X-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="YAxis">
                <summary>Input UnitVector object that defines the Y-axis vector of the work plane.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work plane as a construction plane or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work plane, not a construction work plane. A construction work plane is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. If work features are created as construction: 
Deleting any downstream feature that consumes this construction work feature will have the effect of deleting this work feature as well. 
If there are no consumers of the construction work feature, it is the responsibility of the creator to delete them since they will never get cleaned up and are not visible to users. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlanes.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlanes.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlanes.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified WorkPlane object from the collection. This is the default property of the WorkPlanes collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlanes.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent &lt;link Inventor::ComponentDefinition, ComponentDefinition&gt; object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPlanes.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WorkPoint">
            <summary>Represents a work point. See here for an overview.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.Adaptive">
            <summary>Specifies whether the work point is adaptive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.Construction">
            <summary>Boolean property that returns whether the work point is a construction work point or not. A construction work point is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. Some properties and methods of the WorkPoint object will behave differently for a construction work point. These are Adaptive, Name, and Visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.Consumed">
            <summary>Gets whether the WorkPoint is consumed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.Definition">
            <summary>Property that returns one of the work point definition objects. Which definition object returned will depend on how the work point is defined. The DefinitionType property can be used to determine the type of definition the Definition property will return.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.DefinitionType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of definition that is used to define the work axis. This can be kThreePlanesWorkPoint, kTwoLinesWorkPoint, kCurveAndEntityWorkPoint, kPointWorkPoint, kMidPointWorkPoint, kNonLinearEdgeWorkPoint, kCentroidWorkPoint, kFixedWorkPoint, kTorusCenterPointWorkPoint and kAssemblyWorkPoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPoint.Delete(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the work point. Optionally the dependent objects will be deleted. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <param name="RetainDependents">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether any dependent objects should also be deleted. If True, no dependent objects will be deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.Dependents">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that have a direct dependency on the work point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.DrivenBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that the work point is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPoint.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.Grounded">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag that specifies whether this work point is grounded or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.IsCoordinateSystemElement">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the work point belongs to a coordinate system. If so, edits and delete are not allowed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.IsParentSketch">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether the work point belongs to a 3d sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.IsPatternElement">
            <summary>Property that gets whether the work point was created by a pattern. If so, edits and delete are not allowed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.Name">
            <summary>Specifies the name of the work point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the client feature that owns this object.&amp;nbsp;This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent &lt;link Inventor::ComponentDefinition, ComponentDefinition&gt; object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.ParentSketch">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ComponentDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.Point">
            <summary>Property that returns a Point geometry object. The Point object returned provides information about the position of the work point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the referenced WorkPoint in the case where this work point was created using a referenced component. An example of this is when a work point is selected as part of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property indicates if this work point is based on a referenced component or not. This property returns Nothing in the case where it is not based on a referenced component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPoint.SetAtCentroid(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines a work point to be located at the centroid of the input entities.</summary>
            <param name="Entities">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the entities. This can be an Edge, an EdgeLoop object or an EdgeCollection containing one or more edges. If an EdgeCollection is input, the collection must contain connected edges. If isolated edges appear in the collection, the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPoint.SetByCurveAndEntity(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines a work point to be at the intersection of the input curve and an entity.</summary>
            <param name="Curve">
                <summary>Input object that represents a curve. This object can be an edge or a 2d or 3d sketch entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input object that will be intersected with the curve. This object can be a face or a work plane. There is a current limitation that this must be a planar face or work plane when anything but a line is input as the curve. Any face can be used when the curve is a line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityPoint">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that indicates multiple solutions to use. For example, a circle can intersect a plane twice, or a spline can intersect multiple times. If this argument is supplied, the result closest to the input point will be used. If this argument is not supplied and multiple solutions are possible, one solution will be arbitrarily chosen.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPoint.SetByMidPoint(Inventor.Edge)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work point to be at the midpoint of the input edge.</summary>
            <param name="Edge">
                <summary>Input Edge object. Any open edge is valid as input. Inputting a closed edge, (i.e. circle), will cause and error to occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPoint.SetByPoint(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work point to be at the input point.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a Vertex, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPoint.SetBySphereCenterPoint(Inventor.Face)">
            <summary>Redefines the work point to be at the center of the Sphere specified by the input face.</summary>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object whose geometry is a spherical surface.  An error occurs if the geometry of the input face is not a spherical surface</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPoint.SetByThreePlanes(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work point to be at the intersection of the three input planes.</summary>
            <param name="Plane1">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane2">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane3">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPoint.SetByTorusCenterPoint(Inventor.Face)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work point to be at the center of the torus specified by the input face.</summary>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object whose geometry is a torus surface. An error occurs if the geometry of the input face is not a torus surface.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPoint.SetByTwoLines(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work point to be at the intersection of the two input lines.</summary>
            <param name="Line1">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Line2">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPoint.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from. The argument defines if the end-of-part marker will be positioned just before or just after the object. If the object is contained within another object and is not in the top level of the browser, the positioning of the marker will be relative to the top-level object the calling object is contained within. An example of this case is a sketch that has not been shared and has been consumed by a feature. Another example is a nested work feature.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPoint.SetFixed(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work point to be at the position specified by the input point.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input Point object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the work point is shared or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoint.Visible">
            <summary>Specifies the visibility of the work point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WorkPointProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.Adaptive">
            <summary>Specifies whether the work point is adaptive.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.Construction">
            <summary>Boolean property that returns whether the work point is a construction work point or not. A construction work point is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. Some properties and methods of the WorkPoint object will behave differently for a construction work point. These are Adaptive, Name, and Visible.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.Consumed">
            <summary>Gets whether the WorkPoint is consumed or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.ConsumeInputs">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the inputs to this feature should be nested under this feature in the browser.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.Definition">
            <summary>Property that returns one of the work point definition objects. Which definition object returned will depend on how the work point is defined. The DefinitionType property can be used to determine the type of definition the Definition property will return.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.DefinitionType">
            <summary>Property that returns the type of definition that is used to define the work axis. This can be kThreePlanesWorkPoint, kTwoLinesWorkPoint, kCurveAndEntityWorkPoint, kPointWorkPoint, kMidPointWorkPoint, kNonLinearEdgeWorkPoint, kCentroidWorkPoint, kFixedWorkPoint, kTorusCenterPointWorkPoint and kAssemblyWorkPoint.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.Delete(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that deletes the work point. Optionally the dependent objects will be deleted. This method will fail in the case where this object was created as a result of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property can be used to determine when this is the case.</summary>
            <param name="RetainDependents">
                <summary>Optional input Boolean that specifies whether any dependent objects should also be deleted. If True, no dependent objects will be deleted.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.Dependents">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that have a direct dependency on the work point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.DrivenBy">
            <summary>Property that returns the collection of objects that the work point is dependent on.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.Grounded">
            <summary>Gets/Sets the Boolean flag that specifies whether this work point is grounded or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.HasReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that specifies if the object was created as the result of a derived part.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.HealthStatus">
            <summary>Property that returns an enum indicating the current state of the object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.IsCoordinateSystemElement">
            <summary>Property that returns whether the work point belongs to a coordinate system. If so, edits and delete are not allowed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.IsOwnedByFeature">
            <summary>Property that returns whether this object is owned by a feature. If True, the OwnedBy property returns the owning feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.IsParentSketch">
            <summary>Property that indicates whether the work point belongs to a 3d sketch.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.IsPatternElement">
            <summary>Property that gets whether the work point was created by a pattern. If so, edits and delete are not allowed.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.Name">
            <summary>Specifies the name of the work point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.OwnedBy">
            <summary>Read-only property that returns the client feature that owns this object.&amp;nbsp;This property returns Nothing if the IsOwnedByFeature property returns False.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent &lt;link Inventor::ComponentDefinition, ComponentDefinition&gt; object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.ParentSketch">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent ComponentDefinition object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.Point">
            <summary>Property that returns a Point geometry object. The Point object returned provides information about the position of the work point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.ReferenceComponent">
            <summary>Property that returns the ReferenceComponent that resulted in the creation of this feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.ReferencedEntity">
            <summary>Property that returns the referenced WorkPoint in the case where this work point was created using a referenced component. An example of this is when a work point is selected as part of a derived part. The HasReferenceComponent property indicates if this work point is based on a referenced component or not. This property returns Nothing in the case where it is not based on a referenced component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.SetAtCentroid(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines a work point to be located at the centroid of the input entities.</summary>
            <param name="Entities">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the entities. This can be an Edge, an EdgeLoop object or an EdgeCollection containing one or more edges. If an EdgeCollection is input, the collection must contain connected edges. If isolated edges appear in the collection, the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.SetByCurveAndEntity(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines a work point to be at the intersection of the input curve and an entity.</summary>
            <param name="Curve">
                <summary>Input object that represents a curve. This object can be an edge or a 2d or 3d sketch entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input object that will be intersected with the curve. This object can be a face or a work plane. There is a current limitation that this must be a planar face or work plane when anything but a line is input as the curve. Any face can be used when the curve is a line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityPoint">
                <summary>Optional input Point object that indicates multiple solutions to use. For example, a circle can intersect a plane twice, or a spline can intersect multiple times. If this argument is supplied, the result closest to the input point will be used. If this argument is not supplied and multiple solutions are possible, one solution will be arbitrarily chosen.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.SetByMidPoint(Inventor.Edge)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work point to be at the midpoint of the input edge.</summary>
            <param name="Edge">
                <summary>Input Edge object. Any open edge is valid as input. Inputting a closed edge, (i.e. circle), will cause and error to occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.SetByPoint(System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work point to be at the input point.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a Vertex, SketchPoint, or SketchPoint3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.SetBySphereCenterPoint(Inventor.Face)">
            <summary>Redefines the work point to be at the center of the Sphere specified by the input face.</summary>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object whose geometry is a spherical surface.  An error occurs if the geometry of the input face is not a spherical surface</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.SetByThreePlanes(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work point to be at the intersection of the three input planes.</summary>
            <param name="Plane1">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane2">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane3">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.SetByTorusCenterPoint(Inventor.Face)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work point to be at the center of the torus specified by the input face.</summary>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object whose geometry is a torus surface. An error occurs if the geometry of the input face is not a torus surface.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.SetByTwoLines(System.Object,System.Object)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work point to be at the intersection of the two input lines.</summary>
            <param name="Line1">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Line2">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, SketchLine, or SketchLine3D object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.SetEndOfPart(System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that repositions the end-of-part marker relative to the object this method is called from. The argument defines if the end-of-part marker will be positioned just before or just after the object. If the object is contained within another object and is not in the top level of the browser, the positioning of the marker will be relative to the top-level object the calling object is contained within. An example of this case is a sketch that has not been shared and has been consumed by a feature. Another example is a nested work feature.</summary>
            <param name="Before">
                <summary>Input Boolean that indicates if the end of part marker should be immediately before or after this work feature. A value of True indicates before and False indicates after.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.SetFixed(Inventor.Point)">
            <summary>Method that redefines the work point to be at the position specified by the input point.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input Point object.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.Shared">
            <summary>Gets and sets whether the work point is shared or not.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPointProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Specifies the visibility of the work point.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WorkPoints">
            <summary>Provides access to all of the &lt;link Inventor::WorkPoint, WorkPoint&gt; objects in the parent document and provides methods to create new work points.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPoints.AddAtCentroid(System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work point at the centroid of the input entities. This method is not currently supported when creating a work point within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Entities">
                <summary>Input object that specifies the entities. This can be an Edge, an EdgeLoop object or an EdgeCollection containing one or more edges. If an EdgeCollection is input, the collection must contain connected edges. If isolated edges appear in the collection, the method will fail.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work point as a construction point or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work point. A construction work point is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPoints.AddByCurveAndEntity(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work point at the intersection of the input curve and entity. This method is not currently supported when creating a work point within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Curve">
                <summary>Input object that represents a curve. This object can be an edge or a 2d or 3d sketch entity.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Entity">
                <summary>Input object that will be intersected with the curve. This object can be a face or a work plane. There is a current limitation that this must be a planar face or work plane when anything but a line is input as the curve. Any face can be used when the curve is a line.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="ProximityPoint">
                <summary>Input Point object that indicates multiple solutions to use. For example, a circle can intersect a plane twice, or a spline can intersect multiple times. If this argument is supplied, the result closest to the input point will be used. If this argument is not supplied and multiple solutions are possible, one solution will be arbitrarily chosen.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work point as a construction point or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work point. A construction work point is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. If work features are created as construction: 
Deleting any downstream feature that consumes this construction work feature will have the effect of deleting this work feature as well. 
If there are no consumers of the construction work feature, it is the responsibility of the creator to delete them since they will never get cleaned up and are not visible to users. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPoints.AddByMidPoint(Inventor.Edge,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work point at the midpoint of the input edge. This method is not currently supported when creating a work point within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Edge">
                <summary>Input Edge object. Any open edge is valid as input. Inputting a closed edge, (i.e. circle), will cause and error to occur.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work point as a construction point or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work point. A construction work point is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. If work features are created as construction: 
Deleting any downstream feature that consumes this construction work feature will have the effect of deleting this work feature as well. 
If there are no consumers of the construction work feature, it is the responsibility of the creator to delete them since they will never get cleaned up and are not visible to users. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPoints.AddByPoint(System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work point at the input point. This method is not currently supported when creating a work point within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input object that represents a point. This object can be a Vertex or SketchPoint object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work point as a construction point or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work point. A construction work point is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. If work features are created as construction: 
Deleting any downstream feature that consumes this construction work feature will have the effect of deleting this work feature as well. 
If there are no consumers of the construction work feature, it is the responsibility of the creator to delete them since they will never get cleaned up and are not visible to users. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPoints.AddBySphereCenterPoint(Inventor.Face,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Creates a new work point at the center of the sphere specified by the input face. This method is not currently supported when creating a work point within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object whose geometry is a spherical surface.  An error occurs if the geometry of the input face is not a spherical surface.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work point as a construction point or not.  The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work point.  A construction work point is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPoints.AddByThreePlanes(System.Object,System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work point at the intersection of the three input planes. If the three input planes don't intersect an error will occur. This method is not currently supported when creating a work point within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Plane1">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane2">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Plane3">
                <summary>Input object that represents a plane. This object can be a planar Face, WorkPlane, or Sketch object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work point as a construction point or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work point. A construction work point is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. If work features are created as construction: 
Deleting any downstream feature that consumes this construction work feature will have the effect of deleting this work feature as well. 
If there are no consumers of the construction work feature, it is the responsibility of the creator to delete them since they will never get cleaned up and are not visible to users. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPoints.AddByTorusCenterPoint(Inventor.Face,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work point at the center of the torus specified by the input face. This method is not currently supported when creating a work point within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Face">
                <summary>Input Face object whose geometry is a torus surface. An error occurs if the geometry of the input face is not a torus surface.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work point as a construction point or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work point. A construction work point is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPoints.AddByTwoLines(System.Object,System.Object,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work point at the intersection of the two input lines. If the lines don't intersect an error will occur. This method is not currently supported when creating a work point within an assembly.</summary>
            <param name="Line1">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, or SketchLine object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Line2">
                <summary>Input object that represents a line. This object can be a linear Edge, WorkAxis, or SketchLine object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work point as a construction point or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work point. A construction work point is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. If work features are created as construction: 
Deleting any downstream feature that consumes this construction work feature will have the effect of deleting this work feature as well. 
If there are no consumers of the construction work feature, it is the responsibility of the creator to delete them since they will never get cleaned up and are not visible to users. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkPoints.AddFixed(Inventor.Point,System.Boolean)">
            <summary>Method that creates a new work point at the position specified by the input point. When used to create a work point within an assembly the resulting work point will return an AssemblyWorkPointDef definition.</summary>
            <param name="Point">
                <summary>Input Point object.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="Construction">
                <summary>Optional Input Boolean that specifies whether to create the work point as a construction point or not. The default is False, which indicates to create a standard work point. A construction work point is hidden from the user and is not displayed graphically or listed in the browser. If work features are created as construction: 
Deleting any downstream feature that consumes this construction work feature will have the effect of deleting this work feature as well. 
If there are no consumers of the construction work feature, it is the responsibility of the creator to delete them since they will never get cleaned up and are not visible to users. </summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoints.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoints.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoints.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified WorkPoint object from the collection. This is the default property of the WorkPoints collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoints.Parent">
            <summary>Property returning the parent &lt;link Inventor::ComponentDefinition, ComponentDefinition&gt; object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkPoints.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WorkSurface">
            <summary>The WorkSurface object represents a work surface, which is a type of work feature.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurface.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurface.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurface.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkSurface.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurface.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent &lt;link Inventor::ComponentDefinition, ComponentDefinition&gt; object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurface.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the surface bodies associated with this work surface. A work surface can contain more than one surface body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurface.Translucent">
            <summary>Specifies the translucency of the work surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurface.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurface.Visible">
            <summary>Specifies the visibility of the work surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WorkSurfaceProxy">
            <summary>This is an assembly-context proxy object derived from its native definition-context object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurfaceProxy.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurfaceProxy.AttributeSets">
            <summary>Property that returns the AttributeSets collection object associated with this object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurfaceProxy.ContainingOccurrence">
            <summary>Property that returns the ComponentOccurrence that the native object is being referenced through. The returned occurrence is the containing occurrence.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurfaceProxy.Exported">
            <summary>Read-write property that gets and sets whether the object is exported. Objects must be marked for export in order for them to be derived.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="M:Inventor.WorkSurfaceProxy.GetReferenceKey(System.Byte[]@,System.Int32)">
            <summary>Method that generates and returns the reference key for this entity.</summary>
            <param name="ReferenceKey">
                <summary>Input/output array of Bytes that contains the reference key.</summary>
            </param>
            <param name="KeyContext">
                <summary>Input Long that specifies the key context. The key context must be supplied when working with any B-Rep entities (and SurfaceBody, FaceShell, Face, Edge, EdgeUse and Vertex objects). A key context is created using the CreateKeyContext method of the ReferenceKeyManager object. For all other object types, the key context argument is not used and is ignored if provided.</summary>
            </param>
            <returns />
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurfaceProxy.NativeObject">
            <summary>Gets the object in the context of the definition instead of the containing assembly.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurfaceProxy.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent &lt;link Inventor::ComponentDefinition, ComponentDefinition&gt; object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurfaceProxy.SurfaceBodies">
            <summary>Property that returns the surface bodies associated with this work surface. A work surface can contain more than one surface body.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurfaceProxy.Translucent">
            <summary>Specifies the translucency of the work surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurfaceProxy.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurfaceProxy.Visible">
            <summary>Specifies the visibility of the work surface.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="T:Inventor.WorkSurfaces">
            <summary>The WorkSurfaces collection object represents all of the &lt;link Inventor::WorkSurface, WorkSurface&gt; objects associated with this part or component.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurfaces.Application">
            <summary>Returns the top-level parent application object.  When used the context of Inventor, an Application object is returned.  When used in the context of Apprentice, an ApprenticeServer object is returned.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurfaces.Count">
            <summary>Property that returns the number of items in this collection.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurfaces.Item">
            <summary>Returns the specified WorkSurface object from the collection. This is the default property of the WorkSurfaces collection object.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurfaces.Parent">
            <summary>Property that returns the parent &lt;link Inventor::ComponentDefinition, ComponentDefinition&gt; object from whom this object can logically be reached.</summary>
        </member>
        <member name="P:Inventor.WorkSurfaces.Type">
            <summary>Returns an ObjectTypeEnum indicating this object's type.</summary>
        </member>
    </members>
</doc>